29/2 BATTERY-GRID MAKING
29/2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK
29/2.11 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK ->        Including orbital cutter
29/2.12 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK  ->        Including orbital cutter->        Within stock support
29/2.13 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK  ->        Including orbital cutter->        With orbiting strip accumulator
29/2.14 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK ->        Including means to inflate stock
29/2.15 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK ->        With means to feed stock along support or mandrel
29/2.16 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK  ->        With means to feed stock along support or mandrel->        Single means produces compound motion
29/2.17 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK  ->        With means to feed stock along support or mandrel ->        Single means produces compound motion->        Endless belt drive means
29/2.18 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK  ->        With means to feed stock along support or mandrel->        Axially
29/2.19 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK  ->        With means to feed stock along support or mandrel->        Rotatably
29/2.2 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK ->        With means to rotate and store stock supply
29/2.21 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK  ->        With means to rotate and store stock supply->        Axis of rotation parallel to support or mandrel
29/2.22 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK ->        With means for arcuate shift of mandrel
29/2.23 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK ->        Including means to handle produced strip or web
29/2.24 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK  ->        Including means to handle produced strip or web->        With common adjustment for cutter
29/2.25 -> 2.1 BIAS (I.E., HELICALLY) CUTTING OF TUBULAR STOCK ->        Method
29/3 BUCKLE MAKING
29/4 BUTTON-FASTENER MAKING
29/4.51 SHREDDING METAL OR METAL WOOL ARTICLE MAKING
29/4.52 -> 4.51 SHREDDING METAL OR METAL WOOL ARTICLE MAKING ->        Metal wool making
29/4.53 -> 4.51 SHREDDING METAL OR METAL WOOL ARTICLE MAKING  ->        Metal wool making->        Shaving or longitudinal cutting
29/4.54 -> 4.51 SHREDDING METAL OR METAL WOOL ARTICLE MAKING  ->        Metal wool making ->        Shaving or longitudinal cutting->        Soap-pad making
29/4.55 -> 4.51 SHREDDING METAL OR METAL WOOL ARTICLE MAKING ->        Metal wool bundling
29/4.56 -> 4.51 SHREDDING METAL OR METAL WOOL ARTICLE MAKING  ->        Metal wool bundling->        Soap-pad making
29/4.6 CORD HEDDLE MAKING
29/5 COTTER-PIN MAKING
29/6.01 CRANKSHAFT MAKING APPARATUS
29/6.1 EXPANDED METAL MAKING
29/6.2 -> 6.1 EXPANDED METAL MAKING ->        By use of reciprocating perforator
29/7 EYEBOLT OR HOOK MAKING
29/7.1 FENCE BARB MAKING
29/7.2 -> 7.1 FENCE BARB MAKING ->        By use of reciprocating cutter or die
29/7.3 -> 7.1 FENCE BARB MAKING ->        By use of rotary cutter or die
29/8 FINGER-RING FORMING OR SIZING
29/9 FISHHOOK MAKING
29/10 GEM AND JEWEL SETTING
29/11 HINGE MAKING OR ASSEMBLING
29/12 LACING-STUD MAKING
29/13 PAPER-FASTENER MAKING
29/14 PLOW OR CULTIVATOR IRON MAKING
29/15 PUDDLERS` BALLS MAKING
29/16 RAILWAY-CHAIR MAKING
29/17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING
29/17.2 -> 17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING ->        Method
29/17.3 -> 17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING  ->        Method->        Clad or other composite foil or thin metal making
29/17.4 -> 17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING  ->        Method->        With assembling or disassembling of a pack
29/17.5 -> 17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING  ->        Method ->        With assembling or disassembling of a pack->        Using transitory solid cover material
29/17.6 -> 17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING  ->        Method ->        With assembling or disassembling of a pack->        Including bond prevention treatment
29/17.7 -> 17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING  ->        Method ->        With assembling or disassembling of a pack->        Disassembling of a pack
29/17.8 -> 17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING  ->        Method->        By shaving or longitudinal cutting
29/17.9 -> 17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING  ->        Method->        Using transitory material
29/18.1 -> 17.1 FOIL OR OTHER THIN SHEET-METAL MAKING OR TREATING ->        Means for opening or separating a pack
29/20 SPECTACLE-FRAME MAKING
29/20.1 SPIRAL CUTTING OF FLAT STOCK
29/21 STEREOTYPE-PLATE FINISHING
29/21.1 MEANS FOR FORMING CLENCH-TONGUE (E.G., FOR TIEBAND)
29/22 TIRE UPSETTING, WITH CUTTING, PUNCHING, ETC.
29/23.1 TOOTHED-CYLINDER MAKING APPARATUS (E.G., TEXTURE WORKING CYLINDER)
29/23.51 IMPELLER MAKING APPARATUS
29/24 TYPE FINISHING AND GROOVING
29/24.5 VENETIAN BLIND ASSEMBLING
29/25 UMBRELLA-FRAME MAKING
29/25.01 BARRIER LAYER OR SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MAKING
29/25.02 -> 25.01 BARRIER LAYER OR SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MAKING ->        Barrier layer device making
29/25.03 -> 25.01 BARRIER LAYER OR SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE MAKING  ->        Barrier layer device making->        Electrolytic device making (e.g., capacitor)
29/25.35 PIEZOELECTRIC DEVICE MAKING
29/25.41 ELECTRIC CONDENSER MAKING
29/25.42 -> 25.41 ELECTRIC CONDENSER MAKING ->        Solid dielectric type
29/76.1 FILING
29/76.2 -> 76.1 FILING ->        Of key article
29/76.3 -> 76.1 FILING ->        Continuous band type
29/76.4 -> 76.1 FILING ->        Reciprocating type
29/77 -> 76.1 FILING ->        File-blank stripper
29/81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR
29/81.02 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR ->        For hollow workpiece
29/81.021 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR  ->        For hollow workpiece->        Interior surface
29/81.03 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR ->        Rolling deformation or deflection
29/81.04 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR  ->        Rolling deformation or deflection->        For wire or rod
29/81.05 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR ->        With rotary head
29/81.06 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR ->        Fluid impingement
29/81.07 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR  ->        Fluid impingement->        With heater
29/81.08 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR  ->        Fluid impingement->        Liquid jet
29/81.09 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR  ->        Fluid impingement->        Airblast
29/81.1 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR ->        Chainer
29/81.11 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR ->        Scraper or scalper
29/81.12 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR ->        Brush type
29/81.13 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR ->        Mechanically powered operator
29/81.14 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR  ->        Mechanically powered operator->        Tack or needle type
29/81.15 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR  ->        Mechanically powered operator->        Hammer
29/81.16 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR  ->        Mechanically powered operator->        Blade or chisel
29/81.17 -> 81.01 SCALE REMOVER OR PREVENTOR ->        Hand tool
29/89.5 BURNING IN, WEARING IN, OR OIL BURNISHING
29/90.01 BURNISHING
29/90.1 -> 90.01 BURNISHING ->        Of water laid fibrous article (e.g., paper)
29/90.2 -> 90.01 BURNISHING  ->        Of water laid fibrous article (e.g., paper)->        Heated burnishing member
29/90.3 -> 90.01 BURNISHING  ->        Of water laid fibrous article (e.g., paper) ->        Heated burnishing member->        Burnishing tool reciprocates across work surface
29/90.5 -> 90.01 BURNISHING ->        Continuous feed
29/90.6 -> 90.01 BURNISHING ->        Of gear article
29/90.7 -> 90.01 BURNISHING ->        By shot peening or blasting
29/91 UPHOLSTERED ARTICLE MAKING
29/91.1 -> 91 UPHOLSTERED ARTICLE MAKING ->        Method
29/91.2 -> 91 UPHOLSTERED ARTICLE MAKING ->        Tufting
29/91.3 -> 91 UPHOLSTERED ARTICLE MAKING  ->        Tufting->        With means to clench fastener
29/91.4 -> 91 UPHOLSTERED ARTICLE MAKING  ->        Tufting->        With means to insert guide pin or fastener
29/91.5 -> 91 UPHOLSTERED ARTICLE MAKING ->        Cover stretching
29/91.6 -> 91 UPHOLSTERED ARTICLE MAKING ->        Edge-roll forming
29/91.7 -> 91 UPHOLSTERED ARTICLE MAKING ->        Form or holder
29/91.8 -> 91 UPHOLSTERED ARTICLE MAKING  ->        Form or holder->        With follower
29/592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE
29/592.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Electrical device making
29/593 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Including measuring or testing of device or component part
29/594 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Acoustic transducer
29/595 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Indicating transducer
29/596 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Dynamoelectric machine
29/597 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Dynamoelectric machine->        Commutator or slip ring assembly
29/598 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Dynamoelectric machine->        Rotor
29/599 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Superconductor
29/600 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Antenna or wave energy "plumbing" making
29/601 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Antenna or wave energy "plumbing" making->        With other electrical component
29/602.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor
29/603.01 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.)
29/603.02 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.)->        Including dissassembly step
29/603.03 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.)->        Making disc drive
29/603.04 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.)->        Mounting preformed head/core onto other structure
29/603.05 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Mounting preformed head/core onto other structure->        Mounting multitrack head
29/603.06 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Mounting preformed head/core onto other structure->        With bonding
29/603.07 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.)->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof
29/603.08 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof->        Treating to affect magnetic properties
29/603.09 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof->        Including measuring or testing
29/603.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Including measuring or testing->        Using reference point/surface to facilitate measuring
29/603.11 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Including measuring or testing->        With dual gap materials
29/603.12 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Including measuring or testing->        With significant slider/housing shaping or treating
29/603.13 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Including measuring or testing->        Depositing magnetic layer or coating
29/603.14 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Including measuring or testing ->        Depositing magnetic layer or coating->        Plural magnetic deposition layers
29/603.15 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Including measuring or testing ->        Depositing magnetic layer or coating->        With etching or machining of magnetic material
29/603.16 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof->        Machining magnetic material (e.g., grinding, etching, polishing)
29/603.17 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Machining magnetic material (e.g., grinding, etching, polishing)->        Employing workholding means
29/603.18 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Machining magnetic material (e.g., grinding, etching, polishing)->        By etching
29/603.19 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof->        Multitrack heads having integral holding means
29/603.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof->        With bond/laminating preformed parts, at least two magnetic
29/603.21 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        With bond/laminating preformed parts, at least two magnetic->        Using glass bonding material
29/603.22 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        With bond/laminating preformed parts, at least two magnetic->        With work positioning means
29/603.23 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof->        Providing winding
29/603.24 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Providing winding->        Multilayered winding
29/603.25 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Providing winding->        By coating
29/603.26 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof ->        Providing winding->        Preformed winding
29/603.27 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Magnetic recording reproducing transducer (e.g., tape head, core, etc.) ->        Fabricating head structure or component thereof->        Specified diverse magnetic materials
29/604 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor->        Data storage inductor or core
29/605 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor->        By winding or coiling
29/606 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor->        By assembling coil and core
29/607 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor->        Including permanent magnet or core
29/608 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Including permanent magnet or core->        From comminuted material
29/609 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor ->        Including permanent magnet or core->        Laminated
29/609.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electromagnet, transformer or inductor->        Acoustic transducer
29/610.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Resistor making
29/611 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making->        Heater type
29/612 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making->        Thermally variable
29/613 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making->        With envelope or housing
29/614 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making ->        With envelope or housing->        Filling with powdered insulation
29/615 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making ->        With envelope or housing ->        Filling with powdered insulation->        With direct compression of powdered insulation
29/616 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making ->        With envelope or housing->        Powdering the insulation
29/617 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making ->        With envelope or housing ->        Powdering the insulation->        By oxidation
29/618 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making ->        With envelope or housing->        With winding
29/619 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making ->        With envelope or housing->        Applying terminal
29/620 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making->        Coating resistive material on a base
29/621 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making->        Applying terminal
29/621.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Resistor making->        Strain gauge making
29/622 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Switch making
29/623 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Fuse making
29/623.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Electric battery cell making
29/623.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electric battery cell making->        Including sealing
29/623.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electric battery cell making->        Including laminating of indefinite length material
29/623.4 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electric battery cell making->        Including adhesively bonding
29/623.5 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Electric battery cell making->        Including coating or impregnating
29/825 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing
29/826 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing->        Brush
29/827 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing->        Beam lead frame or beam lead device
29/828 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing->        Co-axial cable
29/829 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
29/830 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.->        Assembling bases
29/831 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.->        Assembling formed circuit to base
29/832 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc.
29/833 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc.->        By utilizing optical sighting device
29/834 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc.->        With component orienting
29/835 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc. ->        With component orienting->        And shaping, e.g., cutting or bending, etc.
29/836 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc. ->        With component orienting->        Different components
29/837 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc.->        By inserting component lead or terminal into base aperture
29/838 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc. ->        By inserting component lead or terminal into base aperture->        With deforming of lead or terminal
29/839 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc. ->        By inserting component lead or terminal into base aperture ->        With deforming of lead or terminal->        Including metal fusion
29/840 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc.->        By metal fusion
29/841 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc.->        With encapsulating, e.g., potting, etc.
29/842 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.->        Assembling terminal to base
29/843 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling terminal to base->        By metal fusion bonding
29/844 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling terminal to base->        By deforming or shaping
29/845 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Assembling terminal to base ->        By deforming or shaping->        With shaping or forcing terminal into base aperture
29/846 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.->        Manufacturing circuit on or in base
29/847 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Manufacturing circuit on or in base->        With selective destruction of conductive paths
29/848 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Manufacturing circuit on or in base->        With molding of insulated base
29/849 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Manufacturing circuit on or in base ->        With molding of insulated base->        Simultaneous circuit manufacturing
29/850 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Manufacturing circuit on or in base->        By using wire as conductive path
29/851 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Manufacturing circuit on or in base->        With sintering of base
29/852 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Manufacturing circuit on or in base->        By forming conductive walled aperture in base
29/853 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc. ->        Manufacturing circuit on or in base ->        By forming conductive walled aperture in base->        With deforming of conductive path
29/854 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing->        Assembling electrical component directly to terminal or elongated conductor
29/855 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling electrical component directly to terminal or elongated conductor->        With encapsulating
29/856 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling electrical component directly to terminal or elongated conductor ->        With encapsulating->        By molding of insulating material
29/857 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor
29/858 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor->        With molding of electrically insulating material
29/859 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor ->        With molding of electrically insulating material->        By shrinking of cover
29/860 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor->        By metal fusion bonding
29/861 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor->        By deforming
29/862 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor ->        By deforming->        Of ferrule about conductor and terminal
29/863 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor ->        By deforming->        Of terminal
29/864 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor ->        By deforming ->        Of terminal->        With forming eyelet from elongated conductor
29/865 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor ->        By deforming ->        Of terminal->        With penetrating portion
29/866 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor ->        By deforming ->        Of terminal ->        With penetrating portion->        Through insulation
29/867 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling terminal to elongated conductor ->        By deforming ->        Of terminal->        With insulation removal
29/868 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing->        Assembling elongated conductors, e.g., splicing, etc.
29/869 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling elongated conductors, e.g., splicing, etc.->        With end-to-end orienting
29/870 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling elongated conductors, e.g., splicing, etc. ->        With end-to-end orienting->        Including fluid evacuating or pressurizing
29/871 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling elongated conductors, e.g., splicing, etc. ->        With end-to-end orienting->        Including deforming of joining bridge
29/872 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling elongated conductors, e.g., splicing, etc.->        With overlapping orienting
29/873 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Assembling elongated conductors, e.g., splicing, etc. ->        With overlapping orienting->        Including oppositely facing end orienting
29/874 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing->        Contact or terminal manufacturing
29/875 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing->        By powder metallurgy
29/876 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing->        By assembling plural parts
29/877 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing ->        By assembling plural parts->        With bonding
29/878 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing ->        By assembling plural parts ->        With bonding->        Of fused material
29/879 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing ->        By assembling plural parts ->        With bonding ->        Of fused material->        Metal
29/880 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing ->        By assembling plural parts ->        With bonding ->        Of fused material ->        Metal->        By impregnating a porous mass
29/881 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing ->        By assembling plural parts->        By elastic joining
29/882 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing ->        By assembling plural parts->        With deforming
29/883 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing ->        By assembling plural parts->        With molding of insulation
29/884 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing ->        By assembling plural parts->        Forming array of contacts or terminals
29/885 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making ->        Conductor or circuit manufacturing ->        Contact or terminal manufacturing->        With coating
29/886 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Electret making
29/887 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Electrical device making->        Insulator making
29/888 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making
29/888.01 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        I.C. (internal combustion) engine making
29/888.011 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        I.C. (internal combustion) engine making->        Repairing, converting, servicing or salvaging
29/888.012 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        I.C. (internal combustion) engine making->        Rotary or radial engine making
29/888.02 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Fluid pump or compressor making
29/888.021 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Fluid pump or compressor making->        Repairing, converting, servicing or salvaging
29/888.022 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Fluid pump or compressor making->        Scroll or peristaltic type
29/888.023 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Fluid pump or compressor making->        Screw or gear type, e.g., Moineau type
29/888.024 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Fluid pump or compressor making->        Centrifugal type
29/888.025 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Fluid pump or compressor making->        Vane type or other rotary, e.g., fan
29/888.03 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Valve lifter making
29/888.04 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Piston making
29/888.041 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making->        Repairing, converting, servicing or salvaging
29/888.042 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making->        Multi-element piston making
29/888.043 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making ->        Multi-element piston making->        Utilizing a high energy beam, e.g., laser, electron beam
29/888.044 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making->        With assembly or composite article making
29/888.045 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making ->        With assembly or composite article making->        With thermal barrier or heat flow provision
29/888.046 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making ->        With assembly or composite article making->        With fiber reinforced structure
29/888.047 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making ->        With assembly or composite article making->        By composite casting or molding
29/888.048 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making ->        With assembly or composite article making->        By coating or cladding
29/888.049 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making->        Ring groove forming or finishing
29/888.05 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making->        Gudgeon pin, wrist pin, piston pin, or boss therefor
29/888.051 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston making->        With other attaching provision for connecting rod
29/888.06 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Cylinder, cylinder head or engine valve sleeve making
29/888.061 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Cylinder, cylinder head or engine valve sleeve making->        With liner, coating, or sleeve
29/888.07 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Piston ring or piston packing making
29/888.071 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston ring or piston packing making->        Including forging or hammering
29/888.072 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston ring or piston packing making->        Including casting or molding
29/888.073 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston ring or piston packing making->        Including rolling or die forming, e.g., drawing, punching
29/888.074 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston ring or piston packing making->        Including coating or plating
29/888.075 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston ring or piston packing making->        Including grinding or honing
29/888.076 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Piston ring or piston packing making->        Including machining or angular cutting
29/888.08 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Crankshaft making
29/888.09 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Connecting rod making
29/888.091 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Connecting rod making->        Including metallurgical bonding
29/888.092 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Connecting rod making->        Including metal forging or die shaping
29/888.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Camshaft making
29/888.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Push rod or rocker arm making
29/888.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Seal or packing making
29/888.4 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making
29/888.41 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making->        Valve guide making
29/888.42 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making->        Repairing, converting, servicing or salvaging
29/888.43 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making->        Valve tappet making
29/888.44 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making->        Valve seat making
29/888.45 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making->        Composite or hollow valve stem or head making
29/888.451 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making ->        Composite or hollow valve stem or head making->        Including forging
29/888.452 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making ->        Composite or hollow valve stem or head making->        Including extruding
29/888.453 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making ->        Composite or hollow valve stem or head making->        Including casting
29/888.46 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Prime mover or fluid pump making ->        Poppet or I.C. engine valve or valve seat making->        With assembly or composite article making
29/889 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Impeller making
29/889.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making->        Repairing or disassembling
29/889.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making->        Turbomachine making
29/889.21 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making ->        Turbomachine making->        Assembling individual fluid flow interacting members, e.g., blades, vanes, buckets, on rotary support member
29/889.22 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making ->        Turbomachine making->        Assembling fluid flow directing devices, e.g., stators, diaphragms, nozzles
29/889.23 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making ->        Turbomachine making->        Shaping integrally bladed rotor
29/889.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making->        Axial blower or fan
29/889.4 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making->        Centrifugal blower or fan
29/889.5 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making->        Fluid coupling device
29/889.6 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making->        Propeller making
29/889.61 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making ->        Propeller making->        Utilizing hollow tube blank
29/889.7 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making->        Blade making
29/889.71 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making ->        Blade making->        Composite blade
29/889.72 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making ->        Blade making->        Hollow blade
29/889.721 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making ->        Blade making ->        Hollow blade->        With cooling passage
29/889.722 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Impeller making ->        Blade making ->        Hollow blade ->        With cooling passage->        Passage contains tubular insert
29/890 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Catalytic device making
29/890.01 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Rocket or jet device making
29/890.02 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Burner, torch or metallurgical lance making
29/890.03 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making
29/890.031 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Repairing, converting, servicing or salvaging
29/890.032 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Heat pipe device making
29/890.033 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Solar energy device making
29/890.034 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Regenerator or recuperator making
29/890.035 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Cooling apparatus making, e.g., air conditioner, refrigerator
29/890.036 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Tube inside tube
29/890.037 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Tube wound about tube
29/890.038 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Tube joined to flat sheet longitudinally, i.e., tube sheet
29/890.039 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Sheet joined to sheet
29/890.04 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making ->        Sheet joined to sheet->        With inserted tubes
29/890.041 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making ->        Sheet joined to sheet->        Utilizing bond inhibiting material
29/890.042 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making ->        Sheet joined to sheet ->        Utilizing bond inhibiting material->        With subsequent fluid expansion
29/890.043 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Tube joint and tube plate structure
29/890.044 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making ->        Tube joint and tube plate structure->        Including conduit expansion or inflation
29/890.045 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Tube with heat transfer means
29/890.046 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making ->        Tube with heat transfer means->        Finned tube
29/890.047 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making ->        Tube with heat transfer means ->        Finned tube->        Common fin traverses plurality of tubes
29/890.048 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making ->        Tube with heat transfer means ->        Finned tube->        Helically finned
29/890.049 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making ->        Tube with heat transfer means ->        Finned tube->        Internally finned
29/890.05 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making ->        Tube with heat transfer means ->        Finned tube->        Made from unitary workpiece, i.e., no assembly
29/890.051 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Boiler making
29/890.052 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Header or manifold making
29/890.053 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        Tube making or reforming
29/890.054 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Heat exchanger or boiler making->        With metallurgical bonding
29/890.06 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Accumulator making
29/890.07 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Condenser, evaporator or vaporizer making
29/890.08 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Muffler, manifold or exhaust pipe making
29/890.09 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Fluidic or fluid actuated device making
29/890.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Fluid pattern dispersing device making, e.g., ink jet
29/890.11 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Tapping device making
29/890.12 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Valve or choke making
29/890.121 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making->        Repairing, converting, servicing or salvaging
29/890.122 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making->        Valve seat forming
29/890.123 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making->        Valve stem or tire valve making
29/890.124 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making->        With assembly, disassembly or composite article making
29/890.125 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making ->        With assembly, disassembly or composite article making->        Joining plural semi-circular components
29/890.126 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making ->        With assembly, disassembly or composite article making->        With material shaping or cutting
29/890.127 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making ->        With assembly, disassembly or composite article making ->        With material shaping or cutting->        Including molding or casting
29/890.128 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making ->        With assembly, disassembly or composite article making ->        With material shaping or cutting->        Including machining or drilling
29/890.129 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making ->        With assembly, disassembly or composite article making ->        With material shaping or cutting->        Including metallurgical bonding
29/890.13 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making ->        With assembly, disassembly or composite article making ->        With material shaping or cutting->        Including metal deforming
29/890.131 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making ->        With assembly, disassembly or composite article making->        Including metallurgical bonding
29/890.132 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Valve or choke making->        Including metal shaping and diverse operation
29/890.14 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making
29/890.141 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making->        Plumbing fixture making
29/890.142 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making->        Nozzle making
29/890.143 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making ->        Nozzle making->        Sprayer
29/890.144 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making->        Flexible conduit or fitting therefor
29/890.145 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making->        Flue connector device making
29/890.146 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making->        Trap making
29/890.147 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making->        Return connector device making
29/890.148 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making->        T-shaped fitting making
29/890.149 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making->        Elbow or L-shaped fitting making
29/890.15 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gas and water specific plumbing component making->        Ferrule making or reforming
29/891 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Agricultural device making
29/891.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Agricultural device making->        Traction apparatus, e.g., for tractor
29/891.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Agricultural device making->        Harvester guard
29/892 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Pulley making
29/892.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Pulley making->        Assembly
29/892.11 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Pulley making ->        Assembly->        With shaping
29/892.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Pulley making->        Disc splitting to form pulley rim groove
29/892.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Pulley making->        Groove forming in sheet metal pulley rim
29/893 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Gear making
29/893.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making->        Assembling of gear into force transmitting device
29/893.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making->        Gear mounting
29/893.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making->        Gear shaping
29/893.31 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making ->        Gear shaping->        Worm gear
29/893.32 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making ->        Gear shaping->        Roll forming
29/893.33 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making ->        Gear shaping->        Punching or stamping
29/893.34 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making ->        Gear shaping->        Die-press shaping
29/893.35 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making ->        Gear shaping->        Gear tooth cutting
29/893.36 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making ->        Gear shaping->        Gear blank making
29/893.37 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Gear making ->        Gear shaping->        With specific gear material
29/894 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Wheel making
29/894.01 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making->        Railway or trolley wheel making
29/894.011 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Railway or trolley wheel making->        Multiple part or composite
29/894.012 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Railway or trolley wheel making ->        Multiple part or composite->        With axle or hub
29/894.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making->        Steering wheel
29/894.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making->        Material winding, e.g., reel, spool
29/894.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making->        Land wheel
29/894.31 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel->        Assembling tire to wheel body
29/894.32 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel->        Disc type wheel
29/894.321 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Disc type wheel->        Assembling wheel disc to rim and hub
29/894.322 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Disc type wheel->        Assembling wheel disc to rim
29/894.323 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Disc type wheel ->        Assembling wheel disc to rim->        With disc shaping
29/894.324 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Disc type wheel->        Integral rim and disc making
29/894.325 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Disc type wheel->        Disc shaping
29/894.33 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel->        Tensioned spoke type wheel making
29/894.331 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Tensioned spoke type wheel making->        Tensioning all spokes simultaneously
29/894.332 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Tensioned spoke type wheel making->        Tensioning spokes in series
29/894.333 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Tensioned spoke type wheel making->        Tensioning spokes individually
29/894.34 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel->        Compression, e.g., nontension, spoke type wheel making
29/894.341 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Compression, e.g., nontension, spoke type wheel making->        Joining spokes to rim and hub
29/894.342 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Compression, e.g., nontension, spoke type wheel making->        Joining spokes to rim
29/894.343 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Compression, e.g., nontension, spoke type wheel making->        Joining spokes to hub
29/894.344 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Compression, e.g., nontension, spoke type wheel making->        Making plural spokes from a single blank
29/894.345 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Compression, e.g., nontension, spoke type wheel making->        Individual spoke making
29/894.35 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel->        Rim making
29/894.351 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Rim making->        With assembling
29/894.352 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Rim making ->        With assembling->        Demountable rim making
29/894.353 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Rim making->        Die-press shaping
29/894.354 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Rim making->        Roller forming
29/894.36 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel->        Hub making
29/894.361 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Hub making->        With assembling
29/894.362 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Hub making->        Hub shaping
29/894.37 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel->        Tire making
29/894.38 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel->        Wheel trim making, e.g., wheel cover, hubcap
29/894.381 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Wheel making ->        Land wheel ->        Wheel trim making, e.g., wheel cover, hubcap->        With means for retaining trim member on wheel
29/895 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Roller making
29/895.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making->        Repairing or servicing
29/895.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making->        Assembling preformed components
29/895.21 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making ->        Assembling preformed components->        Work contacting surface element assembled to core
29/895.211 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making ->        Assembling preformed components ->        Work contacting surface element assembled to core->        Work contacting surface wound about core
29/895.212 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making ->        Assembling preformed components ->        Work contacting surface element assembled to core->        With prestressing of component by heat differential, e.g., shrink, fit
29/895.213 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making ->        Assembling preformed components ->        Work contacting surface element assembled to core->        Work contacting surface having annular axial sections
29/895.22 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making ->        Assembling preformed components->        Work contacting surface element assembled to end support members
29/895.23 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making ->        Assembling preformed components->        Includes securing removable cover on roller
29/895.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making->        Fabricating and shaping roller work contacting surface element
29/895.31 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making ->        Fabricating and shaping roller work contacting surface element->        Toothed roller
29/895.32 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making ->        Fabricating and shaping roller work contacting surface element->        With coating or casting about a core
29/895.33 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Roller making->        One-piece roller making
29/896.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Dental appliance making
29/896.11 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Dental appliance making->        Orthodontic device making
29/896.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Sound device making
29/896.21 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Sound device making->        Hearing aid component making
29/896.22 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Sound device making->        Musical instrument or tuning fork making
29/896.23 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Sound device making->        Including diaphragm or support therefor
29/896.24 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Sound device making->        Phonograph component making
29/896.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Watch or clock making
29/896.31 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Watch or clock making->        Having arbor, pinion, or balance
29/896.32 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Watch or clock making->        Having indicia, face, or dial
29/896.33 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Watch or clock making->        Having case, cover, or back
29/896.34 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Watch or clock making->        Having crown, stem, or pendent
29/896.4 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Jewelry or locket making
29/896.41 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Jewelry or locket making->        Human adornment device making
29/896.411 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Jewelry or locket making ->        Human adornment device making->        Bracelet making
29/896.412 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Jewelry or locket making ->        Human adornment device making->        Finger ring making
29/896.42 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Jewelry or locket making->        Latch, clasp, or fastener component making
29/896.43 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Jewelry or locket making->        Ornamental stock making
29/896.5 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Knob or knob shank making
29/896.6 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Multiperforated metal article making
29/896.61 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Multiperforated metal article making->        Coil wound wall screen
29/896.62 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Multiperforated metal article making->        Filter
29/896.7 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Turnbuckle making
29/896.8 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Spring-head clip making
29/896.9 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Spring making
29/896.91 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Spring making->        For vehicle or clutch
29/896.92 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Spring making->        For human comfort
29/896.93 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Spring making->        Resilient shock or vibration absorber utility
29/897 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Structural member making
29/897.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making->        Restoring existing member, e.g., reinforcing, repairing
29/897.15 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making->        Grille making
29/897.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making->        Vehicular structural member making
29/897.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making->        Static structure, e.g., a building component
29/897.31 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making ->        Static structure, e.g., a building component->        Openwork, e.g., a truss, joist, frame, lattice-type or box beam
29/897.312 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making ->        Static structure, e.g., a building component ->        Openwork, e.g., a truss, joist, frame, lattice-type or box beam->        Frame component
29/897.32 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making ->        Static structure, e.g., a building component->        Panel
29/897.33 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making ->        Static structure, e.g., a building component->        Columnar member
29/897.34 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making ->        Static structure, e.g., a building component->        Metal reinforcement member for nonmetallic, e.g., concrete, structural element
29/897.35 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Structural member making ->        Static structure, e.g., a building component->        Beam or girder
29/898 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof
29/898.01 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Repairing
29/898.02 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Fluid bearing
29/898.03 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Linear bearing
29/898.04 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Rotary bearing
29/898.041 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing->        Thrust bearing
29/898.042 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing->        Plain bearing
29/898.043 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making
29/898.044 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making->        Deforming socket to secure ball
29/898.045 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making ->        Deforming socket to secure ball->        Die-press shaping
29/898.046 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making ->        Deforming socket to secure ball ->        Die-press shaping->        Having liner
29/898.047 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making->        Having liner
29/898.048 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making->        Socket making
29/898.049 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making ->        Socket making->        By molding or casting
29/898.05 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making ->        Socket making->        Nonmetallic socket
29/898.051 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making ->        Socket making->        By assembling
29/898.052 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making->        Ball making
29/898.053 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Self-adjusting or self-aligning, including ball and socket type, bearing and component making ->        Ball making->        With metallurgical bonding
29/898.054 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing->        Sleeve or bushing making
29/898.055 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Sleeve or bushing making->        Nonmetallic
29/898.056 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Sleeve or bushing making->        Strip or blank material shaping
29/898.057 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Sleeve or bushing making ->        Strip or blank material shaping->        Die-press shaping
29/898.058 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Sleeve or bushing making ->        Strip or blank material shaping ->        Die-press shaping->        Having inner lining layer
29/898.059 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Plain bearing ->        Sleeve or bushing making->        Having liner
29/898.06 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof
29/898.061 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof->        Assembling of race, cage, and rolling anti-friction members
29/898.062 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof->        Assembling of race and rolling anti-friction members
29/898.063 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof ->        Assembling of race and rolling anti-friction members->        With race making
29/898.064 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof->        Assembling of cage and rolling anti-friction members
29/898.065 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof ->        Assembling of cage and rolling anti-friction members->        With cage making
29/898.066 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof->        Race making
29/898.067 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof->        Cage making
29/898.068 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof->        Roller making
29/898.069 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof ->        Rotary bearing ->        Anti-friction bearing or component thereof->        Ball making
29/898.07 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Mounting
29/898.08 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Demounting
29/898.09 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Pre-usage process, e.g., preloading, aligning
29/898.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Lubricating
29/898.11 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Sealing
29/898.12 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Coating or casting
29/898.13 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Bearing surface treatment
29/898.14 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Specific metallic composition
29/898.15 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Process for making bearing or component thereof->        Nonmetallic bearing element
29/899 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Ball making
29/899.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Ball making->        Hollow ball
29/401.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Converting
29/402.01 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Repairing
29/402.02 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing->        Seal or element thereof
29/402.03 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing->        With disassembling
29/402.04 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        With disassembling->        Including reconditioning of part
29/402.05 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        With disassembling ->        Including reconditioning of part->        By shaping
29/402.06 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        With disassembling ->        Including reconditioning of part ->        By shaping->        Removing material
29/402.07 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        With disassembling ->        Including reconditioning of part ->        By shaping ->        Removing material->        And by a metallurgical operation, e.g., welding, diffusion bonding, casting
29/402.08 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        With disassembling->        Replacing of defective part
29/402.09 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing->        By attaching repair preform, e.g., remaking, restoring, or patching
29/402.11 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        By attaching repair preform, e.g., remaking, restoring, or patching->        And removing damaged material
29/402.12 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        By attaching repair preform, e.g., remaking, restoring, or patching ->        And removing damaged material->        Mechanically attaching preform with separate fastener
29/402.13 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        By attaching repair preform, e.g., remaking, restoring, or patching ->        And removing damaged material->        Metallurgically attaching preform
29/402.14 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        By attaching repair preform, e.g., remaking, restoring, or patching->        Mechanically attaching preform by separate fastener
29/402.15 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        By attaching repair preform, e.g., remaking, restoring, or patching ->        Mechanically attaching preform by separate fastener->        Screw threaded fastener
29/402.16 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        By attaching repair preform, e.g., remaking, restoring, or patching->        Metallurgically attaching preform
29/402.17 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        By attaching repair preform, e.g., remaking, restoring, or patching->        Screw threaded preform
29/402.18 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing->        By applying fluent material, e.g., coating, casting
29/402.19 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing->        By shaping, e.g., bending, extruding, turning, etc.
29/402.21 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Repairing ->        By shaping, e.g., bending, extruding, turning, etc.->        Including heating
29/403.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Scrap recovering or utilizing
29/403.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Scrap recovering or utilizing->        Metalworking to consolidate scrap
29/403.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Scrap recovering or utilizing->        Separating one material from another
29/403.4 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Scrap recovering or utilizing ->        Separating one material from another->        By burning or heating
29/404 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        During simulated operation or operating conditions
29/405 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        During simulated operation or operating conditions->        Temperature
29/406 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Center locating and shaping
29/407.01 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        With testing or indicating
29/407.02 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With testing or indicating->        Torquing threaded assemblage or determining torque herein
29/407.03 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With testing or indicating ->        Torquing threaded assemblage or determining torque herein->        Determining relative number of threaded member rotations
29/407.04 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With testing or indicating->        Using optical instrument (excludes mere human eyeballing)
29/407.05 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With testing or indicating->        Quantitative measuring or gauging
29/407.06 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With testing or indicating ->        Quantitative measuring or gauging->        By radioactive tracing
29/407.07 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With testing or indicating ->        Quantitative measuring or gauging->        By vibratory or oscillatory movement
29/407.08 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With testing or indicating ->        Quantitative measuring or gauging->        Pressure, force, or weight determining
29/407.09 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With testing or indicating->        With aligning, guiding, or instruction
29/407.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With testing or indicating ->        With aligning, guiding, or instruction->        Assisting assembly or disassembly
29/408 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Of a slide fastener
29/409 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Of a slide fastener->        Of slider
29/410 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Of a slide fastener->        Of interlocking element
29/411 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Obtaining plural composite product pieces from preassembled workpieces
29/412 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Obtaining plural product pieces from unitary workpiece
29/413 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Obtaining plural product pieces from unitary workpiece->        Breaking through weakened portion
29/414 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Obtaining plural product pieces from unitary workpiece->        Dividing through modified portion
29/415 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Obtaining plural product pieces from unitary workpiece->        Dividing on common outline
29/416 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Obtaining plural product pieces from unitary workpiece->        Coacting pieces
29/417 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Obtaining plural product pieces from unitary workpiece->        Dividing sequentially from leading end, e.g., by cutting or breaking
29/418 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Providing transitory integral holding or handling portion
29/419.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Shaping fiber or fibered material
29/419.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Magnetically shaping
29/421.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Shaping by direct application of fluent pressure
29/421.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Shaping by direct application of fluent pressure->        Explosively shaping
29/422 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Shaping container end to encapsulate material
29/423 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Utilizing transitory attached element or associated separate material
29/424 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Utilizing transitory attached element or associated separate material->        Temporary protective coating, impregnation, or cast layer
29/425 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Shaping mating parts for reassembly in different positions
29/426.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Disassembling
29/426.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Disassembling->        With other than ancillary treating or assembling
29/426.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Disassembling->        With conveying of work or disassembled work part
29/426.4 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Disassembling->        By altering or destroying work part or connector
29/426.5 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Disassembling->        By applying force
29/426.6 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Disassembling ->        By applying force->        To elastically deform work part or connector
29/428 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Assembling or joining
29/429 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Progressively advancing of work assembly station or assembled portion of work
29/430 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Progressively advancing of work assembly station or assembled portion of work->        Advancing work to successive stations (i.e., assembly line)
29/431 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Progressively advancing of work assembly station or assembled portion of work->        Advancing station
29/432 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Punching, piercing or reaming part by surface of second part
29/432.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Punching, piercing or reaming part by surface of second part->        With shaping
29/432.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Punching, piercing or reaming part by surface of second part ->        With shaping->        Of first part
29/433 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        By stringing
29/434 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts
29/435 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts->        Between tube-forming helical coils
29/436 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts->        Through resilient media
29/437 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts->        By deforming interlock
29/438 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts ->        By deforming interlock->        By folding part into plural ears
29/439 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts ->        By deforming interlock->        By wrapping around
29/440 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts ->        By deforming interlock ->        By wrapping around->        Of link closure
29/441.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts ->        By deforming interlock->        Of sphere, i.e., ball, in socket
29/441.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts ->        By deforming interlock ->        Of sphere, i.e., ball, in socket->        Ball point pen making
29/442 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts ->        By deforming interlock ->        Of sphere, i.e., ball, in socket->        Allowing assembled sphere to move in single plane only
29/443 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts ->        By deforming interlock->        Of flange into tubular socket
29/444 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Retaining clearance for motion between assembled parts ->        By deforming interlock->        Outwardly deforming internally fitted rod
29/445 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Sizing mating parts during final positional association
29/446 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        With prestressing of part
29/447 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        With prestressing of part->        By temperature differential (e.g., shrink fit)
29/448 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        With prestressing of part->        Of skin on frame member
29/449 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        With prestressing of part ->        Of skin on frame member->        By flexing
29/450 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        With prestressing of part->        Elastic joining of parts
29/451 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        With prestressing of part ->        Elastic joining of parts->        Confining elastic part in socket
29/452 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        With prestressing of part->        Prestressing rod, filament or strand
29/453 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        With prestressing of part->        By snap fit
29/454 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Of flexible wall, expansible chamber devices (e.g., bellows)
29/455.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Spaced wall tube or receptacle
29/456 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Of separate helix (e.g., screw thread)
29/457 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Ribbing
29/458 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        With coating before or during assembling
29/459 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        With coating before or during assembling->        To roughen surface
29/460 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Subsequently coating
29/461 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        With spreading of cable strands
29/462 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Joining plate edge perpendicularly to frame
29/463 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Peripheral joining of opposed mirror image parts to form a hollow body
29/464 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Associating parts by use of aligning means (e.g., use of a drift pin or a "fixture")
29/465 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Associating parts by use of aligning means (e.g., use of a drift pin or a "fixture")->        Registering mating opposed tool parts (e.g., registering a punch and a cooperating die)
29/466 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Associating parts by use of aligning means (e.g., use of a drift pin or a "fixture")->        By multiple cooperating aligning means
29/467 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Associating parts by use of aligning means (e.g., use of a drift pin or a "fixture")->        Sequentially associating parts on stationary aligning means
29/468 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Associating parts by use of aligning means (e.g., use of a drift pin or a "fixture")->        By manipulating aligning means
29/469 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Assembling a subassembly, then assembling with a second subassembly
29/469.5 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Metal deforming with nonmetallic bonding
29/505 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        Joining by deforming
29/506 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming->        Securing cup or tube between axially extending concentric annuli
29/507 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Securing cup or tube between axially extending concentric annuli->        By expanding inner annulus
29/508 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Securing cup or tube between axially extending concentric annuli->        By constricting outer annulus
29/509 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming->        Overedge assembling of seated part
29/510 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Overedge assembling of seated part->        By necking in cup or tube wall
29/511 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Overedge assembling of seated part ->        By necking in cup or tube wall->        At cup or tube end
29/512 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Overedge assembling of seated part->        By flaring inserted cup or tube end
29/513 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Overedge assembling of seated part->        By bending over projecting prongs
29/514 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming->        Of parallel side-by-side elongated members
29/515 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming->        Inward deformation of aperture or hollow body wall
29/516 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Inward deformation of aperture or hollow body wall->        Hollow body is axially joined cup or tube
29/517 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Inward deformation of aperture or hollow body wall ->        Hollow body is axially joined cup or tube->        Joined to rod
29/518 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Inward deformation of aperture or hollow body wall ->        Hollow body is axially joined cup or tube ->        Joined to rod->        Joined to overlapping ends of plural rods
29/519 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Inward deformation of aperture or hollow body wall ->        Hollow body is axially joined cup or tube ->        Joined to rod->        After thinning
29/520 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Inward deformation of aperture or hollow body wall->        By axially applying force
29/521 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming->        Surface interlocking
29/522.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming->        Radially expanding part in cavity, aperture, or hollow body
29/523 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Radially expanding part in cavity, aperture, or hollow body->        Radially expanding internal tube
29/524 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Radially expanding part in cavity, aperture, or hollow body->        Peripheral edge joining of abutting plates
29/524.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        Joining by deforming ->        Radially expanding part in cavity, aperture, or hollow body->        Riveting
29/525 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        By driven force fit
29/525.01 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining->        By applying separate fastener
29/525.02 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener->        Multipart cooperating fastener (e.g., bolt and nut)
29/525.03 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener ->        Multipart cooperating fastener (e.g., bolt and nut)->        Nonthreaded
29/525.04 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener ->        Multipart cooperating fastener (e.g., bolt and nut)->        At least one part is nonmetallic
29/525.05 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener->        Fastener deformed after application
29/525.06 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener ->        Fastener deformed after application->        Riveting
29/525.07 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener ->        Fastener deformed after application ->        Riveting->        At least one part nonmetallic
29/525.08 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener->        Nonresilient fastener
29/525.09 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener ->        Nonresilient fastener->        At least one part nonmetallic
29/525.11 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener->        Threaded fastener
29/525.12 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener ->        Threaded fastener->        At least one part nonmetallic
29/525.13 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener->        With supplemental joining
29/525.14 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener ->        With supplemental joining->        Metal fusion joining
29/525.15 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Assembling or joining ->        By applying separate fastener ->        With supplemental joining->        At least one part nonmetallic
29/526.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        With separating, localizing, or eliminating of as-cast defects from a metal casting (e.g., anti-pipe)
29/526.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With separating, localizing, or eliminating of as-cast defects from a metal casting (e.g., anti-pipe)->        Compressing ingot while still partially molten
29/526.4 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With separating, localizing, or eliminating of as-cast defects from a metal casting (e.g., anti-pipe)->        Removing defects
29/526.5 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With separating, localizing, or eliminating of as-cast defects from a metal casting (e.g., anti-pipe) ->        Removing defects->        From center of ingot to leave hollow blank
29/526.6 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        With separating, localizing, or eliminating of as-cast defects from a metal casting (e.g., anti-pipe) ->        Removing defects->        After deforming
29/527.1 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Combined manufacture including applying or shaping of fluent material
29/527.2 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Combined manufacture including applying or shaping of fluent material->        Coating
29/527.3 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Combined manufacture including applying or shaping of fluent material ->        Coating->        And casting
29/527.4 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Combined manufacture including applying or shaping of fluent material ->        Coating->        Subsequent to metal working
29/527.5 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Combined manufacture including applying or shaping of fluent material->        Metal casting
29/527.6 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Combined manufacture including applying or shaping of fluent material ->        Metal casting->        Followed by cutting or removing material
29/527.7 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Combined manufacture including applying or shaping of fluent material ->        Metal casting->        Combined with rolling
29/530 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Combined manufacture including applying or shaping of fluent material->        Filling of opening
29/557 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Shaping one-piece blank by removing material
29/558 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE  ->        Shaping one-piece blank by removing material->        Successive distinct removal operations
29/559 -> 592 METHOD OF MECHANICAL MANUFACTURE ->        Work holding
29/560 CONVERTIBLE METAL WORKING MACHINE
29/560.1 -> 560 CONVERTIBLE METAL WORKING MACHINE ->        Vise type
29/33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING
29/33.2 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Slide fastener or slide fastener element
29/33.5 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Binding or covering and cutting
29/33.52 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting->        Cutting covering material only
29/26R -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting->        Drill press
29/26A -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting ->        Drill press->        Drilling and other
29/26B -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting ->        Drill press->        Portable
29/27R -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting->        Lathe
29/28 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting ->        Lathe->        Grinding attachment
29/29 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting ->        Lathe->        Pulley or wheel
29/27A -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting ->        Lathe->        Convertible
29/27B -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting ->        Lathe->        Commutator
29/27C -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting ->        Lathe->        Lathe and tool
29/30 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Binding or covering and cutting->        Planer
29/34R -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Forging and bending, cutting or punching
29/34A -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Forging and bending, cutting or punching->        Fastener (zipper)
29/34B -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Forging and bending, cutting or punching->        Riveting
29/34C -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Forging and bending, cutting or punching->        Ball making
29/34D -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Forging and bending, cutting or punching->        Wire working
29/561 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        With means to feed work during tool contact
29/562 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work during tool contact->        Including nonrotary flying tool
29/563 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another
29/37R -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another->        Stock turret
29/37A -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another ->        Stock turret->        Swiss type
29/38R -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another->        Blank turret
29/38A -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another ->        Blank turret->        Rotary work - vertical axis
29/38B -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another ->        Blank turret->        Rotary work - horizontal axis
29/38C -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another ->        Blank turret->        Stationary work
29/38D -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another ->        Blank turret->        Belt drive
29/38E -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another ->        Blank turret->        Crankshaft
29/38F -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another ->        Blank turret->        Collapsible tube
29/38.9 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With means to feed work intermittently from one tool station to another->        Endless belt
29/564 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Separate tool stations for selective or successive operation on work
29/564.1 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Separate tool stations for selective or successive operation on work->        Including assembling or disassembling station
29/564.2 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Separate tool stations for selective or successive operation on work ->        Including assembling or disassembling station->        And means to machine work part to fit cooperating work part
29/564.3 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Separate tool stations for selective or successive operation on work ->        Including assembling or disassembling station->        And means to sever work prior to disassembling
29/564.4 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Separate tool stations for selective or successive operation on work ->        Including assembling or disassembling station ->        And means to sever work prior to disassembling->        Comprising means to strip insulation from wire
29/564.5 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Separate tool stations for selective or successive operation on work ->        Including assembling or disassembling station->        And means to stake electric wire to commutator or armature in assembling of electric motor or generator
29/564.6 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Separate tool stations for selective or successive operation on work ->        Including assembling or disassembling station->        And means to sever work from supply
29/564.7 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Separate tool stations for selective or successive operation on work ->        Including assembling or disassembling station->        And means to machine product
29/564.8 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Separate tool stations for selective or successive operation on work ->        Including assembling or disassembling station ->        And means to machine product->        To sever product to length
29/565 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Common reciprocating support for spaced tools
29/566 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Including composite tool
29/566.1 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Including composite tool->        Including severing means
29/566.2 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Including composite tool ->        Including severing means->        To sever electric terminal from supply strip
29/566.3 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Including composite tool ->        Including severing means->        To trim electric component
29/566.4 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Including composite tool ->        Including severing means ->        To trim electric component->        Means comprising hand-manipulatable implement
29/35.5 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        With turret mechanism
29/36 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism->        Multiple turret
29/39 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism->        Tool turret
29/40 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Tool turret->        Rotary tool holder
29/41 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Tool turret->        Sliding tool holder
29/42 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Tool turret->        Fluid operated
29/43 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Tool turret ->        Fluid operated->        Longitudinal turret axis
29/44 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Tool turret ->        Fluid operated->        Transverse turret axis
29/45 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Tool turret->        Lever operated
29/46 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Tool turret->        Rack-and-pinion operated
29/47 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Tool turret->        Screw operated
29/48.5R -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism->        Including rotating and/or locking means
29/49 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Including rotating and/or locking means->        Frictional and positive
29/48.5A -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        With turret mechanism ->        Including rotating and/or locking means->        Lock means for tool or work turrets
29/50 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Multiple-tool holder
29/51 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Multiple-tool holder->        Laterally movable stock holder
29/52 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Multiple-tool holder->        Axial tool and transversely movable slide rest
29/53 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Multiple-tool holder ->        Axial tool and transversely movable slide rest->        Rotary tool spindle
29/54 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Multiple-tool holder->        Longitudinally and transversely movable
29/55 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Multiple-tool holder ->        Longitudinally and transversely movable->        Rotary tool spindle
29/56 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Multiple-tool holder->        Oscillating tool
29/56.5 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Including machining means
29/56.6 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING  ->        Including machining means->        And work-holder for assembly
29/57 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Attachment
29/64 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Speed controller
29/65 -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Carriage stop mechanism
29/33A -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Flash remover
29/33B -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Welding strip ends
29/33C -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Casting and working
29/33D -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Tube making
29/33E -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Covering
29/33F -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Wire working
29/33G -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Radiator making
29/33H -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Printing plate
29/33J -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Turret
29/33K -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Assembly
29/33L -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Armature
29/33M -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Electrical connector or terminal
29/33N -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Tire valve or spark plug
29/33P -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Multiple station with conveyor
29/33Q -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Multiple stations working strip material
29/33S -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Continuous strip
29/33T -> 33R PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS INCLUDING MEANS FOR METAL SHAPING OR ASSEMBLING ->        Work on tubes
29/650 PLURAL DIVERSE MANUFACTURING APPARATUS
29/700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE
29/701 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        With means to regulate operation by use of templet, tape, card or other replaceable information supply
29/702 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With means to regulate operation by use of templet, tape, card or other replaceable information supply->        With comparator
29/703 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With means to regulate operation by use of templet, tape, card or other replaceable information supply ->        With comparator->        Computer input
29/704 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With means to regulate operation by use of templet, tape, card or other replaceable information supply->        Web or strand-carried information supply
29/705 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        With means to test work or product
29/706 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        With randomly actuated stopping or disabling means
29/707 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With randomly actuated stopping or disabling means->        Responsive to condition of work or product
29/708 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With randomly actuated stopping or disabling means->        Responsive to operative (e.g., safety device, etc.)
29/709 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor
29/710 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor->        Including means to divert defective work part
29/711 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor->        Multiple station assembly or disassembly apparatus
29/712 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor ->        Multiple station assembly or disassembly apparatus->        Including position sensor
29/713 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor->        Responsive to timer
29/714 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor->        Responsive to work or work-related machine element
29/715 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor ->        Responsive to work or work-related machine element->        With means to fasten by deformation
29/716 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor ->        Responsive to work or work-related machine element ->        With means to fasten by deformation->        Self-piercing work part
29/717 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor ->        Responsive to work or work-related machine element->        With means to fasten by elastic joining
29/718 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor ->        Responsive to work or work-related machine element->        With means to fasten by frictional fitting
29/719 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With control means energized in response to activator stimulated by condition sensor ->        Responsive to work or work-related machine element->        Including means to apply magnetic force directly to position or hold work
29/720 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        With signal, scale, illuminator, or optical viewer
29/721 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With signal, scale, illuminator, or optical viewer->        For work-holder for assembly or disassembly
29/722 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Including means to provide a controlled environment
29/723 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Nuclear device
29/724 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Roller or ball bearing
29/725 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Roller or ball bearing->        Including deforming means
29/726 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Heat exchanger
29/726.5 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Heat exchanger->        Including means to manipulate heat exchanger tube bundle
29/727 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Heat exchanger->        Including deforming means
29/728 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to place sheath on running-length core
29/729 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to assemble electrical device
29/730 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Storage cell or battery
29/731 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Storage cell or battery->        Including deforming means
29/732 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Motor or generator
29/733 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Motor or generator->        Means to assemble commutator
29/734 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Motor or generator->        Means to position insulation
29/735 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Motor or generator->        Means to stake wire to commutator or armature
29/736 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Motor or generator->        Including deforming means
29/737 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Magnetic memory device
29/738 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Laminated device
29/739 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Means to fasten electrical component to wiring board, base, or substrate
29/740 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Means to fasten electrical component to wiring board, base, or substrate->        Chip component
29/741 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Means to fasten electrical component to wiring board, base, or substrate->        Multilead component
29/742 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Multiple station assembly apparatus
29/743 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Means to apply vacuum directly to position or hold work part
29/744 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Means to apply magnetic force directly to position or hold work part
29/745 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Conductor
29/746 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor->        Electrode
29/747 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor->        Terminal or connector
29/748 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor ->        Terminal or connector->        Assembled to wire-type conductor
29/749 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor ->        Terminal or connector ->        Assembled to wire-type conductor->        Means to simultaneously assemble multiple, independent conductors to terminal
29/750 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor ->        Terminal or connector ->        Assembled to wire-type conductor->        Means comprising hand-manipulatable implement
29/751 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor ->        Terminal or connector ->        Assembled to wire-type conductor ->        Means comprising hand-manipulatable implement->        Fastening by deformation
29/752 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor ->        Terminal or connector ->        Assembled to wire-type conductor ->        Means comprising hand-manipulatable implement->        Fastening by elastic joining
29/753 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor ->        Terminal or connector ->        Assembled to wire-type conductor->        Means to fasten by deformation
29/754 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor ->        Terminal or connector ->        Assembled to wire-type conductor->        Means to fasten by elastic joining
29/755 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor->        Multiple, independent conductors
29/756 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device ->        Conductor->        Switch or fuse
29/757 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Means to simultaneously fasten three or more parts
29/758 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Means comprising hand-manipulatable implement
29/759 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Means to align and advance work part
29/760 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        With work-holder for assembly
29/761 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to assemble electrical device->        Means to fasten by deforming
29/762 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to disassemble electrical device
29/763 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to disassemble electrical device->        Storage cell or battery
29/764 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to disassemble electrical device->        Means comprising hand-manipulatable implement
29/765 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to place traveler on ring or ring on bobbin of a textile machine
29/766 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Slide fastener
29/767 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Slide fastener->        Means to assemble stop onto stringer
29/768 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Slide fastener->        Means to assemble slider onto stringer
29/769 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Slide fastener->        Means to assemble teeth onto stringer
29/770 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Slide fastener->        Disassembly means
29/771 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention
29/772 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention->        Box or pallet assembly means
29/773 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention->        Means to assemble container
29/774 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        Means to assemble container->        Handle to container
29/775 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        Means to assemble container->        Label to container
29/776 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        Means to assemble container->        Pressurized dispensing container
29/777 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        Means to assemble container->        Hypodermic syringe
29/778 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        Means to assemble container->        Including fluid component
29/779 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention->        Running-length work
29/780 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        Running-length work->        Means including orbiting running-length work supply
29/781 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        Running-length work->        Pipe section
29/782 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        Running-length work->        Assembled to article
29/783 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention->        Multiple station assembly apparatus
29/784 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention->        Including assembly pallet
29/785 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention->        Including turret-type conveyer
29/786 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention->        Including converging conveyers
29/787 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention->        And means to fasten work parts together
29/788 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        And means to fasten work parts together->        By deforming
29/789 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        And means to fasten work parts together->        By elastic joining
29/790 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to interrelatedly feed plural work parts from plural sources without manual intervention ->        And means to fasten work parts together->        By friction fit
29/791 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Multiple station assembly or disassembly apparatus
29/792 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Multiple station assembly or disassembly apparatus->        Including turret-type conveyer
29/793 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Multiple station assembly or disassembly apparatus->        Including converging conveyers
29/794 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Multiple station assembly or disassembly apparatus ->        Including converging conveyers->        And primary central conveyer
29/795 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Multiple station assembly or disassembly apparatus->        Means to fasten work parts together
29/796 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Multiple station assembly or disassembly apparatus ->        Means to fasten work parts together->        By deforming
29/797 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Multiple station assembly or disassembly apparatus ->        Means to fasten work parts together->        By elastic joining
29/798 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to drive self-piercing work part
29/799 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Including assembly pallet
29/800 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Including provision to utilize thermal expansion of work
29/801 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to assemble or disassemble container and fluid component
29/802 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Vehicle wheel
29/803 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Vehicle wheel->        Railway wheel
29/804 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Tumbler lock
29/805 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Toy doll
29/806 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Film or tape cartridge
29/807 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Crystal to watch or clock
29/808 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to insert or extract pen point
29/809 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        With magazine supply
29/810 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply->        And magnetic work-holder or positioner
29/811.2 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply->        Assembling means comprising hand-manipulatable implement
29/812 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply ->        Assembling means comprising hand-manipulatable implement->        One work part comprising living tissue
29/812.5 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply ->        Assembling means comprising hand-manipulatable implement->        Comprising driver for snap-off-mandrel fastenerSEMI e.g., Pop (TM) riveter
29/813 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply ->        Assembling means comprising hand-manipulatable implement->        One work part comprising nut or screw
29/814 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply ->        Assembling means comprising hand-manipulatable implement->        One work part comprising paper clip
29/815 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply ->        Assembling means comprising hand-manipulatable implement->        Means to assemble tire stud into tire tread
29/816 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply ->        Assembling means comprising hand-manipulatable implement->        Means to fasten by deforming
29/817 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply ->        Assembling means comprising hand-manipulatable implement ->        Means to fasten by deforming->        Fastening sinker to fishing line
29/818 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With magazine supply->        Means to fasten by deforming
29/819 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Running-length work
29/820 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Running-length work->        Assembled on core
29/821 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Including means to vibrate work
29/822 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Including work conveyer
29/823 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Including work conveyer->        Including transporting track
29/824 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Including work conveyer ->        Including transporting track->        And work carrying vehicle
29/213.1 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Valve applying or removing
29/214 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing->        Engine valve unit puller or applier
29/215 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing->        Engine valve spring compressor (only)
29/216 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing ->        Engine valve spring compressor (only)->        Plural spring engagement
29/217 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing ->        Engine valve spring compressor (only)->        Screw operated
29/218 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing ->        Engine valve spring compressor (only) ->        Screw operated->        Parallel or tong type, side entrance
29/219 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing ->        Engine valve spring compressor (only)->        Lever operated
29/220 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing ->        Engine valve spring compressor (only) ->        Lever operated->        Single jaw or valve engagement
29/221 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing ->        Engine valve spring compressor (only) ->        Lever operated->        Plier type
29/221.5 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing->        To or from wheel rim of resilient tire or tube
29/221.6 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Valve applying or removing->        Removal tool
29/222 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Piston ring inserter or remover
29/223 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Piston ring inserter or remover->        Plier-type operation
29/224 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Piston ring inserter or remover ->        Plier-type operation->        With ring encirclement
29/225 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Spring applier or remover
29/226 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Spring applier or remover->        Transmission spring
29/227 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Spring applier or remover->        Helical spring
29/228 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Spring applier or remover->        Flat spiral spring (e.g., watch or clock type)
29/229 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Spring applier or remover->        Circular spring
29/230 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Spring applier or remover->        Leaf spring
29/231 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to stake watch or clock
29/232 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means to stake watch or clock->        Plier type
29/233 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Brake lining to brake shoe
29/234 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Tube and coextensive core
29/235 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        To apply or remove a resilient article (e.g., tube, sleeve, etc.)
29/235.5 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        To apply or remove a resilient article (e.g., tube, sleeve, etc.)->        Nipple to nursing bottle
29/236 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        To apply or remove a resilient article (e.g., tube, sleeve, etc.)->        Well protector to sucker rod
29/237 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Coupling to conduit
29/237.5 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Loose-leaf sheet binder
29/238 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Compressing parts together face to face
29/239 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Spreading parts apart or separating them from face to face engagement
29/240 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        By rotation of work part
29/240.5 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        By rotation of work part->        Means to insert or remove helix
29/241 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means to string
29/242 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Tool handle and tool
29/243 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Tool chuck and tool
29/243.5 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Overedge assembling means
29/243.51 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means->        Belt-hook attacher
29/243.517 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means->        Annular work
29/243.518 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work->        With radially acting tool inside annular work
29/243.519 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other
29/243.521 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work ->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other->        Comprising driver for snap-off-mandrel fastenerSEMI e.g., Pop (TM) riveter
29/243.522 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work ->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other ->        Comprising driver for snap-off-mandrel fastenerSEMI e.g., Pop (TM) riveter->        Including near side fastener shaping tool
29/243.523 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work ->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other ->        Comprising driver for snap-off-mandrel fastenerSEMI e.g., Pop (TM) riveter->        Pneumatic- or fluid-actuated tool
29/243.524 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work ->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other ->        Comprising driver for snap-off-mandrel fastenerSEMI e.g., Pop (TM) riveter ->        Pneumatic- or fluid-actuated tool->        Liquid
29/243.525 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work ->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other ->        Comprising driver for snap-off-mandrel fastenerSEMI e.g., Pop (TM) riveter ->        Pneumatic- or fluid-actuated tool ->        Liquid->        And gas
29/243.526 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work ->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other ->        Comprising driver for snap-off-mandrel fastenerSEMI e.g., Pop (TM) riveter->        Having rotary drive mechanism
29/243.527 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work ->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other ->        Comprising driver for snap-off-mandrel fastenerSEMI e.g., Pop (TM) riveter->        Having allochiral actuating handles
29/243.528 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work ->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other ->        Comprising driver for snap-off-mandrel fastenerSEMI e.g., Pop (TM) riveter->        Having repositionable annulus engaging tool
29/243.529 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Annular work ->        With second workpiece inside annular work one workpiece moved to shape the other->        Including near side fastener shaping tool
29/243.53 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means->        Riveter
29/243.54 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Riveter->        Single header
29/243.55 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Riveter ->        Single header->        Pipe joiner
29/243.56 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means->        Clip applier
29/243.57 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means->        Binding or covering
29/243.58 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Overedge assembling means ->        Binding or covering->        Edge binding
29/244 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator
29/245 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Hubcap and hub
29/246 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Battery post and terminal
29/247 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Cotter pin and cooperating member
29/248 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Cotter pin and cooperating member->        Plier type means
29/249 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Valve stem pin or key and another member
29/250 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Machine key and another member
29/251 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Arbor-type press means
29/252 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Having fluid operator
29/253 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Having wedge operator
29/254 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Having percussion or explosive operator
29/255 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having percussion or explosive operator->        Tube, sleeve, or ferrule inserting or removing
29/256 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Having screw operator
29/257 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator->        C-frame
29/258 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator->        Central screw, work-engagers around screw
29/259 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator ->        Central screw, work-engagers around screw->        Work-engager arms along or parallel to screw
29/260 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator ->        Central screw, work-engagers around screw ->        Work-engager arms along or parallel to screw->        With arm connecting engaging means
29/261 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator ->        Central screw, work-engagers around screw ->        Work-engager arms along or parallel to screw->        Pivotal arms
29/262 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator ->        Central screw, work-engagers around screw ->        Work-engager arms along or parallel to screw->        Pivotal grippers on screw
29/263 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator ->        Central screw, work-engagers around screw->        Tubular or tube segment forms work-engager
29/264 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator ->        Central screw, work-engagers around screw ->        Tubular or tube segment forms work-engager->        Screw threaded work-engager
29/265 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator ->        Central screw, work-engagers around screw ->        Tubular or tube segment forms work-engager->        Movable grippers on screw
29/266 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having screw operator ->        Central screw, work-engagers around screw->        Plate or bar forms work-engager
29/267 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator->        Having lever operator
29/268 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Puller or pusher means, contained force multiplying operator ->        Having lever operator->        Plier type means
29/269 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means comprising piston ring group contractor or holder
29/270 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool
29/271 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool->        Aligner or center
29/272 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool ->        Aligner or center->        Tube with tube
29/273 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool ->        Aligner or center->        Auto wheel with auto chassis
29/274 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool ->        Aligner or center->        Clutch plates
29/275 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool->        Means comprising impact receiving tool
29/276 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool ->        Means comprising impact receiving tool->        C-frame
29/277 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool ->        Means comprising impact receiving tool->        Thread protector (e.g., wheel axle type)
29/278 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool->        Hand gripper for direct push or pull
29/279 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool ->        Hand gripper for direct push or pull->        Centrifugal separator
29/280 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool ->        Hand gripper for direct push or pull->        Tube sleeve or ferrule applying or removing
29/281 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        Means comprising hand manipulatable tool ->        Hand gripper for direct push or pull ->        Tube sleeve or ferrule applying or removing->        Thread-tapping grip
29/281.1 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        With work-holder for assembly
29/281.2 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With work-holder for assembly->        For assembling a luminescent mantle
29/281.3 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With work-holder for assembly->        And assembling press (e.g., truss assembling means, etc.)
29/281.4 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE  ->        With work-holder for assembly->        Having means to permit support movement while work is thereon
29/281.5 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Including means to relatively position plural work parts
29/281.6 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Work-supported apparatus
29/282 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Tube, sleeve or ferrule
29/283 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        Work gripper, anvil, or element
29/283.5 -> 700 MEANS TO ASSEMBLE OR DISASSEMBLE ->        By deforming
29/284 MISCELLANEOUS APPARATUS
29/900 METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ASSEMBLY BY ELECTROSTATIC ATTRACTION
29/901 BALANCING METHOD
29/902 FILTER MAKING
29/903 FIREARM BOLT MAKING
29/904 LAMINATED METAL ARTICLE MAKING
29/905 MAKING COIL WOUND WALL SCREEN
29/906 NUCLEAR DEVICE MAKING
57/200 STRAND STRUCTURE
57/201 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Endless bands
57/202 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Splices
57/203 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Chenille
57/204 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Alternately twisted
57/205 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Alternately twisted->        Crimped or bulked type
57/206 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Longitudinal variation
57/207 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Longitudinal variation->        Covered or wrapped type
57/208 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Longitudinal variation->        Crimped or bulked type
57/209 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Longitudinal variation->        Slub type
57/210 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Covered or wrapped
57/211 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Plied
57/212 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Wire wrapped
57/213 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped->        Plural wire wrapped layer
57/214 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped ->        Plural wire wrapped layer->        Stranded layers
57/215 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped ->        Plural wire wrapped layer->        Including nonround cross section
57/216 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped ->        Plural wire wrapped layer->        With core other than wire
57/217 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped ->        Plural wire wrapped layer->        Coated or impregnated
57/218 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped->        Stranded wire-wrapped layer
57/219 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped ->        Stranded wire-wrapped layer->        Including nonround cross section
57/220 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped ->        Stranded wire-wrapped layer->        With core other than wire
57/221 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped ->        Stranded wire-wrapped layer->        Coated or impregnated
57/222 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped->        With core other than wire
57/223 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Wire wrapped->        Coated or impregnated
57/224 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Discrete fiber wrap
57/225 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Elastomeric material core
57/226 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Elastomeric material core->        With crimped or bulked material
57/227 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Including crimped or bulked material
57/228 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Including crimped or bulked material->        Crimped or bulked core
57/229 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Including glass material
57/230 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Plural wrapped layers
57/231 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Stranded layer
57/232 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Coated or impregnated
57/233 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Coated or impregnated->        Web material
57/234 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped ->        Coated or impregnated->        Adhesively bonded
57/235 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Covered or wrapped->        Web material
57/236 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Plied
57/237 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Plied->        Cabled or cord type (i.e., plied plies)
57/238 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Plied->        Composite
57/239 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Plied ->        Composite->        Crimped or bulked
57/240 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Plied->        Glass material
57/241 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Plied->        Coated or impregnated
57/242 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Plied ->        Coated or impregnated->        Adhesively bonded
57/243 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Multifilament yarns
57/244 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Multifilament yarns->        Composite
57/245 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Multifilament yarns ->        Composite->        Crimped or bulked
57/246 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Multifilament yarns->        Crimped or bulked
57/247 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Multifilament yarns ->        Crimped or bulked->        Twist crimped type
57/248 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Multifilament yarns->        Particular cross section
57/249 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Multifilament yarns->        Glass material
57/250 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Multifilament yarns->        Coated impregnated
57/251 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Multifilament yarns ->        Coated impregnated->        Adhesively bonded
57/252 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Staple fiber blends
57/253 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Staple fiber blends->        Particular cross sections
57/254 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Staple fiber blends->        Crimped or bulked fibers
57/255 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Staple fiber blends->        Synthetic material
57/256 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Staple fiber blends ->        Synthetic material->        With natural fibers
57/257 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Staple fiber blends->        Coated
57/258 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Coated or impregnated
57/259 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE  ->        Coated or impregnated->        Web material
57/260 -> 200 STRAND STRUCTURE ->        Web material
57/1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES
57/2 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Stapilizing
57/2.3 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Untwisting with separating
57/2.5 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Untwisting with separating->        With component winding
57/3 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Covering or wrapping
57/3.5 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        With core substitution
57/4 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        Hair, grass, quillstock or the like
57/5 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        With loose fibers
57/6 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        With other operations
57/7 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping ->        With other operations->        With coating or impregnating
57/8 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping ->        With other operations->        With powdered material incorporating
57/9 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping ->        With other operations->        With wire or strand preforming or shaping
57/10 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        Stationary core type
57/11 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        Rotating core type
57/12 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        With twisting of core or product
57/13 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        With plural strands
57/14 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping ->        With plural strands->        With cabling or doubling
57/15 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping ->        With plural strands->        In successive layers
57/16 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping ->        With plural strands ->        In successive layers->        With coaxial covering material supply
57/17 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping ->        With plural strands->        With coaxial covering material supply
57/18 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        With coaxial covering material supply
57/19 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Covering or wrapping->        With stopping or starting
57/20 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Waxed ends
57/21 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Endless bands
57/22 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Splicing
57/23 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Splicing->        Implements
57/24 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Chenille
57/25 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Ends or hanks
57/26 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Ends or hanks->        Double feature
57/27 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Ends or hanks ->        Double feature->        With reverse twist controller
57/28 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Hair, grass or the like
57/29 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Hair, grass or the like->        Curling hair
57/30 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Hair, grass or the like->        Feeding
57/31 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Web material
57/32 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Web material->        With coating or impregnating
57/33 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Hollow rope machines
57/261 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Piecing up
57/262 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Piecing up->        With traveler threading
57/263 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Piecing up->        On open-end machine
57/264 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Monitor and control
57/265 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Monitor and record
57/266 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Doffing or donning
57/267 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Doffing or donning->        On cap or roving frame
57/268 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Doffing or donning->        Carriage
57/269 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Doffing or donning ->        Carriage->        With strand manipulation
57/270 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Doffing or donning ->        Carriage->        Bobbin or package manipulation
57/271 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Doffing or donning ->        Carriage->        Successive and individual type
57/272 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Doffing or donning ->        Carriage ->        Successive and individual type->        Ejector type
57/273 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Doffing or donning->        Bottom lifting
57/274 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Doffing or donning->        Over end of bobbin
57/275 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Doffing or donning->        Bobbin graspers
57/276 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        With preparation for doffing- or donning-type operation
57/277 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With preparation for doffing- or donning-type operation->        Rail positioning
57/278 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With preparation for doffing- or donning-type operation->        Strand manipulation
57/279 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Threading up
57/280 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Threading up->        On false twist type machines
57/281 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Package handling
57/282 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Twist setting
57/283 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting->        With twist variation
57/284 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting->        False twist crimp
57/285 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting ->        False twist crimp->        Intertwine type
57/286 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting ->        False twist crimp->        With coating or impregnating
57/287 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting ->        False twist crimp->        With stretching
57/288 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting ->        False twist crimp ->        With stretching->        Simultaneous type
57/289 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting ->        False twist crimp->        Fluid jet type
57/290 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting ->        False twist crimp->        Plural twisting or heating
57/291 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting ->        False twist crimp->        Operator accommodating frame arrangement
57/292 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Twist setting->        With coating or impregnating
57/293 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Alternate twist
57/294 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Alternate twist->        Accumulator type
57/295 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        With coating or impregnating
57/296 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With coating or impregnating->        On twisting device
57/297 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With coating or impregnating->        Strand bonding or adhesion
57/298 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With coating or impregnating->        Wet drafting
57/299 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Transfer tail
57/300 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Clearing
57/301 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Clearing->        On open-end machine
57/302 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Clearing ->        On open-end machine->        Rotor
57/303 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Clearing->        Strand winding
57/304 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Clearing->        Pneumatic
57/305 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Clearing ->        Pneumatic->        Strand type
57/306 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Clearing->        Strand accumulating or scavenging
57/307 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Clearing->        Of traveler
57/308 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Atmospheric conditioning
57/309 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Strand finishing or developing
57/310 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        With stretching
57/311 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        With wire or strand preforming or shaping
57/58.3 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Skip type stranding machines
57/58.32 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Skip type stranding machines->        With cradle driving or holding means
57/58.34 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Skip type stranding machines->        With cradle supported by tube section joint and/or tube supporting or driving disc
57/58.36 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Skip type stranding machines->        With strand guiding means
57/58.38 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Skip type stranding machines ->        With strand guiding means->        Rotating strand guide
57/58.49 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Unitary multiple twist devices
57/58.52 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices->        With stranding or plying (e.g., doubling)
57/58.54 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With stranding or plying (e.g., doubling)->        Plural multiple twist devices
57/58.55 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With stranding or plying (e.g., doubling) ->        Plural multiple twist devices->        Tandemly arranged
57/58.57 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With stranding or plying (e.g., doubling)->        With false twist
57/58.59 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices->        With false twist
57/58.61 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices->        Plural co-axial loops
57/58.63 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices->        Spaced, driven flyer members
57/58.65 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices->        Take-up type
57/58.67 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        Take-up type->        With packaging by revolving strand guide and/or reciprocating package holder
57/58.68 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        Take-up type->        With slip connection between flier drive and package
57/58.7 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices->        With strand feeding means
57/58.72 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices->        With package control means
57/58.74 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With package control means->        For vibration damping
57/58.76 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With package control means->        Magnetic
57/58.78 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With package control means->        Gear
57/58.79 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With package control means ->        Gear->        Friction type
57/58.81 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With package control means->        Gravity
57/58.83 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices->        With strand guiding, guarding, or controlling means
57/58.84 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With strand guiding, guarding, or controlling means->        Including transitory strand-storage means
57/58.86 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Unitary multiple twist devices ->        With strand guiding, guarding, or controlling means->        Including tensioning means
57/400 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Open end spinning
57/401 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning->        Friction
57/402 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning->        Electrostatic
57/403 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning->        Fluid
57/404 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning->        Rotating chamber type
57/405 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type->        With strand controlled stopping
57/406 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type->        With housing for drive or support
57/407 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type ->        With housing for drive or support->        Having operator access
57/408 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type->        With fiber separating and/or feeding
57/409 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type ->        With fiber separating and/or feeding->        Plural or variable feed
57/410 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type ->        With fiber separating and/or feeding->        Coaxial roll
57/411 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type ->        With fiber separating and/or feeding->        With fluid flow controlling or directing
57/412 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type ->        With fiber separating and/or feeding->        With specific feed device for opening roll
57/413 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type ->        With fiber separating and/or feeding->        With specific rotor feed channel
57/414 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type->        Rotor with fiber accreting portion
57/415 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type ->        Rotor with fiber accreting portion->        With fluid flow controlling or directing
57/416 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type ->        Rotor with fiber accreting portion->        Specific wall configuration
57/417 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Open end spinning ->        Rotating chamber type ->        Rotor with fiber accreting portion->        With specific yarn guiding device
57/59 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Delivery twist type
57/60 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Delivery twist type->        With twisting couple
57/61 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Delivery twist type ->        With twisting couple->        With stopping or starting
57/62 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Delivery twist type->        With winding
57/63 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Delivery twist type ->        With winding->        With cabling
57/64 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Delivery twist type->        With cabling
57/65 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Delivery twist type->        Planetary type
57/66 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Receiving twist type
57/66.5 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type->        Rotating cradle package holder
57/67 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type->        Flier type
57/68 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type ->        Flier type->        With capstan
57/70 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type ->        Flier type->        Bobbin lag or drag type
57/71 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type ->        Flier type->        With traversing strand guide or receiver
57/72 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type->        Bobbin lag or drag type
57/73 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type->        Spindle tip type
57/74 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type->        Cap type
57/75 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type->        Ring and traveler type
57/76 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type->        Centrifugal pots and guides
57/312 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type ->        Centrifugal pots and guides->        With strand or package manipulation
57/77 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Receiving twist type ->        Centrifugal pots and guides->        With driving connections
57/313 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        With rewinding
57/314 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Stranding
57/315 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        With drafting
57/316 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting->        Domestic
57/317 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting->        Variable draft
57/318 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        Variable draft->        False twist type
57/319 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting->        Intermittent
57/320 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        Intermittent->        Mule type
57/321 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        Intermittent ->        Mule type->        Spindle drive control
57/322 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        Intermittent ->        Mule type ->        Spindle drive control->        Quadrant
57/323 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        Intermittent ->        Mule type ->        Spindle drive control ->        Quadrant->        Faller controlled
57/324 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        Intermittent ->        Mule type->        Faller control
57/325 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        Intermittent ->        Mule type ->        Faller control->        Copping rail
57/326 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        Intermittent ->        Mule type->        Feed control
57/327 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting->        With carding
57/328 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting->        False twist type
57/329 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        False twist type->        Interstage
57/330 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        False twist type->        With self-contained drawing means
57/331 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        With drafting ->        False twist type->        Friction type
57/332 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        False twist device
57/333 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device->        Having fluid jet twisting means
57/334 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device->        Friction type
57/335 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Friction type->        Revolving roll-pair type
57/336 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Friction type->        Having a frictional belt
57/337 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Friction type->        Having a frictional disc
57/338 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Friction type ->        Having a frictional disc->        On plural axes
57/339 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Friction type ->        Having a frictional disc ->        On plural axes->        With discs overlapping
57/340 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Friction type ->        Having a frictional disc ->        On plural axes ->        With discs overlapping->        With nonperipheral surfaces of discs substantially abutting
57/341 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Friction type->        Having a frictional tube, or a twisting head therefor, through which yarn passes
57/342 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Friction type ->        Having a frictional tube, or a twisting head therefor, through which yarn passes->        Plural twist tubes
57/343 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Friction type ->        Having a frictional tube, or a twisting head therefor, through which yarn passes->        Including mounting, support, or housing
57/344 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device->        Having a tube, or a twisting head therefor, through which yarn passes, with a yarn gripper
57/345 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Having a tube, or a twisting head therefor, through which yarn passes, with a yarn gripper->        Plural tubes
57/346 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Having a tube, or a twisting head therefor, through which yarn passes, with a yarn gripper->        Including mounting, support, or housing
57/347 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Having a tube, or a twisting head therefor, through which yarn passes, with a yarn gripper ->        Including mounting, support, or housing->        Magnetic support
57/348 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device->        Including mounting, support, or housing
57/349 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        False twist device ->        Including mounting, support, or housing->        Magnetic support
57/350 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        With fluid jet
57/351 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        With other type crimping or texturing
57/78 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Stopping or starting
57/79 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting->        Traverse controlled
57/80 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting->        Strand controlled
57/81 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting ->        Strand controlled->        Electric
57/82 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting ->        Strand controlled->        Twisting couple and feed
57/83 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting ->        Strand controlled->        Feeding means stopping
57/84 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting ->        Strand controlled ->        Feeding means stopping->        Roll separating
57/85 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting ->        Strand controlled ->        Feeding means stopping->        Strand shifting
57/86 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting ->        Strand controlled ->        Feeding means stopping->        Severing
57/87 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting ->        Strand controlled ->        Feeding means stopping ->        Severing->        With clamping
57/88 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting->        Spindle stopping
57/89 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Stopping or starting ->        Spindle stopping->        Laterally movable spindle
57/90 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Feeding
57/91 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Feeding->        Irregular
57/92 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Driving
57/93 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving->        Speed adjusting
57/94 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving ->        Speed adjusting->        Constant variation
57/95 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving ->        Speed adjusting ->        Constant variation->        With traverse controlled variation
57/96 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving ->        Speed adjusting ->        Constant variation->        Fly frame
57/97 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving ->        Speed adjusting->        Drawing rollers
57/98 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving ->        Speed adjusting->        Traverse controlled variation
57/99 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving->        Traversing
57/100 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving->        Electric
57/101 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving->        Turbine
57/102 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving->        Gear
57/103 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving ->        Gear->        Friction
57/104 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving->        Band
57/105 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Driving ->        Band->        Tensioning
57/352 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Strand guiding or guarding
57/353 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Strand guiding or guarding->        Catching or holding
57/354 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Strand guiding or guarding->        Separator or balloon limitor
57/355 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Strand guiding or guarding ->        Separator or balloon limitor->        Having antifriction coating or material
57/356 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Strand guiding or guarding ->        Separator or balloon limitor->        Readily removable or adjustable
57/357 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Strand guiding or guarding ->        Separator or balloon limitor->        Having threading slot
57/358 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Strand guiding or guarding->        Threadboard
57/359 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Strand guiding or guarding ->        Threadboard->        Traversing
57/360 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Strand guiding or guarding ->        Threadboard->        With lifting means
57/361 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Strand guiding or guarding->        Lay head
57/112 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Elements
57/113 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements->        Drag
57/114 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements->        Nippers
57/115 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements->        Fliers
57/116 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Fliers->        Unwinding type
57/117 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Fliers->        With pressers
57/118 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Fliers->        Ring and raceway type
57/119 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements->        Rings and travelers
57/120 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Rings and travelers->        With lubrication
57/121 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Rings and travelers->        With guards or protectors
57/122 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Rings and travelers->        With supporting, retaining or adjusting means
57/123 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Rings and travelers ->        With supporting, retaining or adjusting means->        With bar type traveler
57/124 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Rings and travelers ->        With supporting, retaining or adjusting means->        Rotating rings
57/125 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Rings and travelers->        Travelers
57/126 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Rings and travelers ->        Travelers->        Bar type
57/127 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements->        Caps
57/127.5 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements->        Delivering elements
57/127.7 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Delivering elements->        With adjustable package support
57/129 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements->        Receiving elements
57/130 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Receiving elements->        Whirl driven
57/131 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Receiving elements ->        Whirl driven->        With yarn holding means
57/132 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Receiving elements ->        Whirl driven->        With spindle retaining means
57/133 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Receiving elements ->        Whirl driven->        With lubrication
57/134 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Receiving elements ->        Whirl driven ->        With lubrication->        Live spindle
57/135 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Receiving elements ->        Whirl driven->        Live spindle
57/136 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements->        Rails, rail guides, and support
57/137 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements ->        Rails, rail guides, and support->        Ring
57/138 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES  ->        Elements->        Dies and mandrels
57/362 -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Processes
57/1UN -> 1R APPARATUS AND PROCESSES ->        Untwisting
57/901 ANTISTATIC
57/902 REINFORCING OR TIRE CORDS
57/903 SEWING THREADS
57/904 FLAME RETARDANT
57/905 BICOMPONENT MATERIAL
57/906 LINE APPLIANCES
57/907 FOAMED AND/OR FIBRILLATED
57/908 JET INTERLACED OR INTERMINGLED
65/376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS
65/377 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, programming, timing, indicating, or testing
65/378 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, programming, timing, indicating, or testing->        Optical property
65/379 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, programming, timing, indicating, or testing->        Fluid pressure
65/380 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, programming, timing, indicating, or testing->        Molten material level
65/381 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, programming, timing, indicating, or testing->        Winder or puller movement
65/382 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, programming, timing, indicating, or testing->        Diameter or coating thickness
65/384 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, programming, timing, indicating, or testing->        Temperature
65/385 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof
65/386 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Planar waveguides
65/387 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Forming lens integral with optical fiber
65/388 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Nonoxygen halide glass (e.g., metal halide, etc.)
65/389 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Nonoxygen chalcogenide glass containing
65/390 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Scandium (Sc), yttrium (Y), or rare earth doped core or preform (i.e., atomic numbers 21, 39, 57-72)
65/391 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Plasma utilized
65/392 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Laser utilized
65/393 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Hollow optical fibers or waveguides
65/394 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Ion implantation
65/395 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Sol-gel or liquid phase route utilized
65/396 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        Sol-gel or liquid phase route utilized->        Sonic or ultrasonic energy utilized (e.g., homogenizing, dispersing, etc.)
65/397 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Fluorine doping
65/398 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        Fluorine doping->        Germanium or boron containing
65/399 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Incorporating dopant into porous body
65/400 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Ion exchange utilized
65/401 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Extruding
65/402 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Producing bent, crimped, twisted, textured, or curled optical fibers or waveguides
65/403 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Producing noncircular optical fibers or waveguides (e.g., particular cross section, etc.)
65/404 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        With step of casting or forming nonfiber workpiece (e.g., molding liquid preform, shaping molten glass against a forming surface, etc.)
65/405 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Utilizing multiple crucibles or multiple feed streams of molten glass
65/406 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Joining or bonding optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms (e.g., coupling, etc.)
65/407 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        Joining or bonding optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms (e.g., coupling, etc.)->        End to end (i.e., butt end joining)
65/408 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        Joining or bonding optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms (e.g., coupling, etc.)->        Side to side
65/409 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        Joining or bonding optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms (e.g., coupling, etc.) ->        Side to side->        Having plural adjacent fibers or rods sheathed (i.e., bundle) in tube or enclosure
65/410 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        Joining or bonding optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms (e.g., coupling, etc.) ->        Side to side->        By fusing preformed fibers without attenuating stock material
65/411 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        Joining or bonding optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms (e.g., coupling, etc.) ->        Side to side->        With stretching or drawing
65/412 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        Joining or bonding optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms (e.g., coupling, etc.)->        Rod placed inside of tube
65/413 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        With step of vapor deposition
65/414 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition->        Forming optical fiber or fiber preform by soot buildup (i.e., vapor axial deposition, VAD)
65/415 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition ->        Forming optical fiber or fiber preform by soot buildup (i.e., vapor axial deposition, VAD)->        Forming glass layers with graded or radially varying refractive index
65/416 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition ->        Forming optical fiber or fiber preform by soot buildup (i.e., vapor axial deposition, VAD)->        Consolidation in situ (e.g., sintering, etc.)
65/417 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition->        Inside of tube or hollow form by soot buildup
65/418 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition ->        Inside of tube or hollow form by soot buildup->        Elongated material feed means within tube (e.g., reactant feed means place inside of tube, etc.)
65/419 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition ->        Inside of tube or hollow form by soot buildup->        With step of collapsing tube
65/420 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition ->        Inside of tube or hollow form by soot buildup->        Maintaining isotropic conditions inside of tube
65/421 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition->        Outside of tube or rod by soot buildup
65/422 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition ->        Outside of tube or rod by soot buildup->        With dehydration (e.g., OH removal, etc.)
65/423 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With step of vapor deposition->        Inorganic carbon, metal oxide, or inorganic nitrogen containing material deposited (e.g., elemental carbon, carbides, nitrides, etc.)
65/424 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Inert, nonoxidizing, or reducing environment
65/425 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Electromagnetic, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy utilized
65/426 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Drying, dehydration, OH removal or prevention
65/427 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        Consolidating preform (e.g., sintering, etc.)
65/428 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        Consolidating preform (e.g., sintering, etc.)->        Collapsing tube
65/429 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        With etching or leaching
65/430 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        With significant coating step
65/431 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With significant coating step->        Free metal or metal alloy containing coating
65/432 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof ->        With significant coating step->        Synthetic or natural resin containing coating
65/433 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        With cutting or severing
65/434 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        With quench cooling (e.g., forced air or cryogenic immersion, etc.)
65/435 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Process of manufacturing optical fibers, waveguides, or preforms thereof->        With fiber stretching, drawing, or pulling (e.g., from rod, etc.)
65/436 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        Plasma utilized
65/437 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        Producing noncircular fibers (e.g., particular cross section, flat, elliptical, etc.)
65/438 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        Producing crimped, twisted, or curled fibers (e.g., textured, etc.)
65/439 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        Producing hollow fibers or tubular preforms
65/440 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        Sol-gel route or ion exchange utilized
65/441 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        Electromagnetic, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy utilized
65/442 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        Composite fiber matrix (e.g., carbon or metal fiber with glass matrix or vice versa, etc.)
65/443 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.)
65/444 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.)->        Glass (i.e., nonoptical fiber, metal oxide)
65/445 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.)->        Free metal or alloy containing
65/446 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.) ->        Free metal or alloy containing->        Vapor deposition of free metal or free metal containing material
65/447 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.)->        Synthetic resin, natural resin, or asphalt coating
65/448 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.) ->        Synthetic resin, natural resin, or asphalt coating->        Organic silicon containing (e.g., coupling agent, etc.)
65/449 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.) ->        Synthetic resin, natural resin, or asphalt coating->        Asphalt
65/450 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.) ->        Synthetic resin, natural resin, or asphalt coating->        Thermosetting or themoplastic resin
65/451 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.) ->        Synthetic resin, natural resin, or asphalt coating ->        Thermosetting or themoplastic resin->        Nitrogen or phenol containing
65/452 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.)->        With severing
65/453 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With coating (e.g., lubricant, sizing, etc.)->        With advancing, gathering, or winding continuous fiber or filament
65/454 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.)
65/455 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.)->        During slinging or rotary-centrifugal fiber distribution
65/456 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.) ->        During slinging or rotary-centrifugal fiber distribution->        Depositing molten glass on periphery of rotating fiberizing means (e.g., disc, rotor, wheel, etc.)
65/457 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.) ->        During slinging or rotary-centrifugal fiber distribution->        Specified composition of slinger or rotary-centrifugal fiber distributor
65/458 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.) ->        During slinging or rotary-centrifugal fiber distribution->        Fluid blast guide, baffle, or deflector
65/459 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.) ->        During slinging or rotary-centrifugal fiber distribution->        Centrifuge with fiberizing holes
65/460 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.) ->        During slinging or rotary-centrifugal fiber distribution ->        Centrifuge with fiberizing holes->        Adjacent combustion chamber, burner, or blower utilized
65/461 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.) ->        During slinging or rotary-centrifugal fiber distribution ->        Centrifuge with fiberizing holes ->        Adjacent combustion chamber, burner, or blower utilized->        Having at least two concentric burners or blowers
65/462 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.)->        Solid fibers comminuted by fluid blast
65/463 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.)->        Specified nozzle opening or configuration (e.g., opening size, cross section, etc.)
65/464 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.)->        Fluid discharge skirt or shield utilized
65/465 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.)->        Attenuation by fluid blast contacting glass
65/466 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.) ->        Attenuation by fluid blast contacting glass->        Plural fluid blasts or jets contacting single glass stream
65/467 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.) ->        Attenuation by fluid blast contacting glass ->        Plural fluid blasts or jets contacting single glass stream->        Fluid blast penetrated transversely by jet (e.g., toration, etc.)
65/468 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        Formation of fiber or preform utilizing fluid blast (e.g., from molten glass, etc.)->        Flame or combustible fluid blast utilized
65/469 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        By slinging or rotary-centrifugal fiber distribution (i.e., without fluid blast)
65/470 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        By slinging or rotary-centrifugal fiber distribution (i.e., without fluid blast)->        Centrifuge with fiberizing holes
65/471 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        With bushing flood prevention, removal, or breakout prevention
65/472 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        With chemical etching or leaching
65/473 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        With removal of coating (e.g., desizing, oxidizing coating, etc.)
65/474 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        With purifying or homogenizing molten glass (e.g., removing bubbles, etc.)
65/475 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        With fiber drawing or pulling (e.g., attenuating, etc.)
65/476 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With fiber drawing or pulling (e.g., attenuating, etc.)->        By modifying fluid pressure (e.g., vacuum, reduced or superatmospheric pressure, etc.)
65/477 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With fiber drawing or pulling (e.g., attenuating, etc.)->        Drawing fiber from rod
65/478 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With fiber drawing or pulling (e.g., attenuating, etc.)->        Fluid assisted attenuation or directing of fiber or filament
65/479 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With fiber drawing or pulling (e.g., attenuating, etc.)->        Reeling or winding
65/480 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With fiber drawing or pulling (e.g., attenuating, etc.)->        Cutting or severing
65/481 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS  ->        With fiber drawing or pulling (e.g., attenuating, etc.)->        Cooling of molten glass at forming area (e.g., cooling fins, etc.)
65/482 -> 376 PROCESSES OF MANUFACTURING FIBERS, FILAMENTS, OR PREFORMS ->        With charging or pretreatment of batch material (e.g., gas heating, crushing, etc.)
65/483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS
65/484 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, timing, inspecting, indicating, or testing means
65/485 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, timing, inspecting, indicating, or testing means->        By optical means or of optical property
65/486 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, timing, inspecting, indicating, or testing means->        Winder or puller movement (e.g., drawing sensor, etc.)
65/487 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, timing, inspecting, indicating, or testing means->        Having fiber breakout detection, compensation, or prevention means
65/488 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, timing, inspecting, indicating, or testing means->        Temperature
65/489 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, timing, inspecting, indicating, or testing means->        Fluid pressure
65/490 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, timing, inspecting, indicating, or testing means->        Molten glass level (e.g., sensor, check valve, etc.)
65/491 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, controlling, sensing, timing, inspecting, indicating, or testing means->        Diameter or coating thickness
65/492 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With designated composition of dies, bushings, or nozzles
65/493 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With designated composition of dies, bushings, or nozzles->        Platinum group metal containing (i.e., ruthenium (Ru), rhodium (Rh), osmium (Os), iridium (Ir), palladium (Pd), platinum (Pt))
65/494 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With means to form hollow fiber or preform
65/495 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With specified bushing, tip, or feeder structure
65/496 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With specified bushing, tip, or feeder structure->        Tipless
65/497 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With specified bushing, tip, or feeder structure->        Noncircular tip opening (e.g., elliptical, polygonal, etc.)
65/498 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With specified bushing, tip, or feeder structure->        With cooling means for bushing (e.g., orifice plate cooling, etc.)
65/499 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With specified bushing, tip, or feeder structure->        With heating means for bushing
65/500 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With means to align preform with drawing apparatus or form multifilament fibers (e.g., gathering shoe, etc.)
65/501 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With fiber splicing or coupling means (e.g., fusion splicing, end to end, side to side, etc.)
65/502 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With multiple crucible or multichamber system
65/503 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With cleaning means
65/504 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With crimping or curling means
65/505 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With means to distribute fibers across collecting surface (e.g., blower, mechanical distribution means, reciprocating, oscillating, etc.)
65/506 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With assorting means
65/507 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With means for heating newly formed filament, fiber, or preform
65/508 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With means for heating newly formed filament, fiber, or preform->        Having means to shape or modify
65/509 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With means for heating newly formed filament, fiber, or preform->        Electric or electromagnetic heating utilized (e.g., induction heat, etc.)
65/510 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With means for cooling newly formed fiber, filament, or preform (e.g., nascent fiber, etc.)
65/511 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With means for cooling newly formed fiber, filament, or preform (e.g., nascent fiber, etc.)->        With cooling surfaces or fins
65/512 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With means for cooling newly formed fiber, filament, or preform (e.g., nascent fiber, etc.) ->        With cooling surfaces or fins->        Fluid cooling agent circulated
65/513 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With means for cooling newly formed fiber, filament, or preform (e.g., nascent fiber, etc.)->        Gas column (e.g., generally upward gas stream, etc.)
65/514 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With means for cooling newly formed fiber, filament, or preform (e.g., nascent fiber, etc.)->        Liquid stream or spray
65/515 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        Specified composition of slinger or rotary-centrifugal fiber forming means
65/516 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        Rotary-centrifugal fiber forming means (e.g., slinger, rotary disc, no fiberizing holes, etc.)
65/517 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        Rotary-centrifugal fiber forming means (e.g., slinger, rotary disc, no fiberizing holes, etc.)->        Having fluid blast means for contacting glass
65/518 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        Rotary-centrifugal fiber forming means (e.g., slinger, rotary disc, no fiberizing holes, etc.) ->        Having fluid blast means for contacting glass->        With fluid blast guide, baffle, or deflector
65/519 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        Rotary-centrifugal fiber forming means (e.g., slinger, rotary disc, no fiberizing holes, etc.)->        Having means to pass cooling fluid through apparatus
65/520 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        Rotary-centrifugal fiber forming means (e.g., slinger, rotary disc, no fiberizing holes, etc.)->        Depositing glass on periphery of rotating fiber forming means (e.g., disc, rotor, wheel, etc.)
65/521 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        Centrifuge with fiberizing holes (e.g., rotor, etc.)
65/522 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        Centrifuge with fiberizing holes (e.g., rotor, etc.)->        Having adjacent combustion chamber, burner, or blower utilized
65/523 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        Centrifuge with fiberizing holes (e.g., rotor, etc.) ->        Having adjacent combustion chamber, burner, or blower utilized->        With at least two concentric blowers or burners
65/524 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With fluid blast means
65/525 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With fluid blast means->        Having specified nozzle opening size or nozzle cross section
65/526 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With fluid blast means->        Having fluid discharge skirt or deflector
65/527 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With fluid blast means ->        Having fluid discharge skirt or deflector->        Toration means utilized
65/528 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With fluid blast means->        Combustion or flame attenuation
65/529 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        Having coating or treating means
65/530 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        Having coating or treating means->        Having gas feeding or withdrawal means
65/531 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        Having coating or treating means ->        Having gas feeding or withdrawal means->        Having soot forming flame hydrolysis burner (e.g., flame oxidation, etc.)
65/532 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        Having coating or treating means ->        Having gas feeding or withdrawal means->        With means for recovery, recirculation, or elimination of excess gas feed or coating material
65/533 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With drawing means
65/534 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With drawing means->        Movable furnace or bushing (e.g., rotatable, reciprocating, etc.)
65/535 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With drawing means->        Pulling wheels or rolls
65/536 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With drawing means ->        Pulling wheels or rolls->        With severing
65/537 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With drawing means->        From rod stock
65/538 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS  ->        With drawing means->        With fluid assisting means
65/539 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With winding means
65/540 -> 483 FIBER MAKING APPARATUS ->        With furnace charging means
65/17.1 PROCESSES
65/17.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Sol-gel or liquid phase route utilized
65/17.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With shaping of particulate material and subsequent fusing of particles
65/17.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With shaping of particulate material and subsequent fusing of particles->        Including flame or gas contact
65/17.5 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With shaping of particulate material and subsequent fusing of particles->        Employing nonoxide additive
65/17.6 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With shaping of particulate material and subsequent fusing of particles->        With treatment subsequent to fusing
65/19 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Slag, utilization
65/20 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Slag, utilization->        Foaming of slag
65/21.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Self-supporting particle making (e.g., bead, ball, granule, etc.)
65/21.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Self-supporting particle making (e.g., bead, ball, granule, etc.)->        By molten glass comminuting
65/21.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Self-supporting particle making (e.g., bead, ball, granule, etc.)->        Spheroidizing or rounding of solid glass particles
65/21.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Self-supporting particle making (e.g., bead, ball, granule, etc.)->        Hollow or porous particle
65/21.5 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Self-supporting particle making (e.g., bead, ball, granule, etc.)->        With mechanical shaping or subdividing
65/22 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With pore forming in situ
65/23 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With destruction or delamination of transitory attached or associated separate material
65/24 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Utilizing parting or lubricating layer
65/25.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Utilizing parting or lubricating layer->        Providing a gaseous layer between glass and apparatus
65/25.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Utilizing parting or lubricating layer ->        Providing a gaseous layer between glass and apparatus->        Sheet
65/25.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Utilizing parting or lubricating layer ->        Providing a gaseous layer between glass and apparatus ->        Sheet->        Formed from molten glass
65/25.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Utilizing parting or lubricating layer ->        Providing a gaseous layer between glass and apparatus ->        Sheet->        Reshaping
65/26 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Utilizing parting or lubricating layer->        Coating of apparatus
65/27 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Repairing or cleaning of apparatusSEMI or batch dust prevention or control
65/28 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With glass reclaiming, repairing or crack run interruption
65/29.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With program, time, or cyclic control
65/29.11 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With program, time, or cyclic control->        Electric computer or data processing system utilized
65/29.12 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With measuring, sensing, inspecting, indicating, or testing
65/29.13 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With measuring, sensing, inspecting, indicating, or testing->        Combustion chamber atmosphere
65/29.14 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With measuring, sensing, inspecting, indicating, or testing->        Diameter, width, or thickness of formed article
65/29.15 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With measuring, sensing, inspecting, indicating, or testing->        Fluid pressure
65/29.16 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With measuring, sensing, inspecting, indicating, or testing->        Batch or feed material
65/29.17 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With measuring, sensing, inspecting, indicating, or testing->        Level or flow of molten material
65/29.18 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With measuring, sensing, inspecting, indicating, or testing->        Magnetic, electromagnetic, or wave energy utilized (e.g., light, infrared, ultrasonic, etc.)
65/29.19 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With measuring, sensing, inspecting, indicating, or testing->        Temperature
65/29.21 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With measuring, sensing, inspecting, indicating, or testing ->        Temperature->        Of molten glass
65/30.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With chemically reactive treatment of glass preform
65/30.11 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With chemically reactive treatment of glass preform->        To enhance the ability to darken or change color in response to radiation exposure (e.g., photochromic)
65/30.12 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With chemically reactive treatment of glass preform->        To hydrate the glass
65/30.13 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With chemically reactive treatment of glass preform->        With metal ion penetrating into glass (i.e., ion exchange)
65/30.14 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With chemically reactive treatment of glass preform ->        With metal ion penetrating into glass (i.e., ion exchange)->        To temper or strengthen the glass
65/31 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With chemically reactive treatment of glass preform->        By etching or leaching
65/32.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Operating under inert or reducing conditions
65/32.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Operating under inert or reducing conditions->        With bonding or sealing
65/32.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Operating under inert or reducing conditions->        With crystallization or photochromism or phase separation
65/32.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Operating under inert or reducing conditions->        With coating
65/32.5 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Operating under inert or reducing conditions->        With forming glass from molten state, with treatment of molten glass, or with drawing of glass in softened state
65/33.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Devitrifying glass or vitrifying crystalline glass (e.g., starting with or forming crystalline glass, etc.)
65/33.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Devitrifying glass or vitrifying crystalline glass (e.g., starting with or forming crystalline glass, etc.)->        Electromagnetic radiation or resulting heat utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles UV, visible, IR, actinic, laser, microwave or radio wave, etc.)
65/33.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Devitrifying glass or vitrifying crystalline glass (e.g., starting with or forming crystalline glass, etc.)->        Halogen containing phase (e.g., crystalline or noncrystalline, etc.)
65/33.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Devitrifying glass or vitrifying crystalline glass (e.g., starting with or forming crystalline glass, etc.)->        With coating
65/33.5 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Devitrifying glass or vitrifying crystalline glass (e.g., starting with or forming crystalline glass, etc.)->        With fusion bonding glass to a formed part (e.g., devitrified seals, glass to metal, etc.)
65/33.6 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Devitrifying glass or vitrifying crystalline glass (e.g., starting with or forming crystalline glass, etc.) ->        With fusion bonding glass to a formed part (e.g., devitrified seals, glass to metal, etc.)->        Glass applied in powdered form (i.e., frit)
65/33.7 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Devitrifying glass or vitrifying crystalline glass (e.g., starting with or forming crystalline glass, etc.)->        Alumino-silicate containing phase
65/33.8 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Devitrifying glass or vitrifying crystalline glass (e.g., starting with or forming crystalline glass, etc.) ->        Alumino-silicate containing phase->        Containing at least 3 percent lithium or lithium oxide (e.g., spodumene, eucryptite, petalite, etc.)
65/33.9 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Devitrifying glass or vitrifying crystalline glass (e.g., starting with or forming crystalline glass, etc.)->        Forming product or preform from molten glass
65/34 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With sealing off of gas evacuating opening
65/35 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With vibrating, oscillating or agitating a preform
65/36 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part
65/37 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        Lens making
65/38 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Lens making->        With bonding of at least three formed parts
65/39 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Lens making->        With molding or reshaping of glass to assume shape of configured lens part during bonding
65/40 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        Dielectric or joule effect heating of work
65/41 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        With annealing or tempering of glass
65/42 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        Bonding of subassembly with subsequent assembly and bonding (formed parts only)
65/43 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        By or with coating at joint interface of a formed part prior to bonding
65/44 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        With embossing or corrugating
65/45 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        With glass part forming from shapeless molten glass
65/46 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        With glass part forming from shapeless molten glass->        With blowing to shape glass
65/47 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        With glass part forming from shapeless molten glass->        In mold cavity
65/48 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        With glass part forming from shapeless molten glass ->        In mold cavity->        And bonding to part in same mold cavity
65/49 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        With glass part forming from shapeless molten glass ->        In mold cavity ->        And bonding to part in same mold cavity->        Bonding to metal formed part
65/50 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        With glass part forming from shapeless molten glass->        Forming and bonding glass sheet to metal part
65/51 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        With glass part forming from shapeless molten glass ->        Forming and bonding glass sheet to metal part->        Contacting metal with molten glass prior to forming sheet
65/52 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        With glass part forming from shapeless molten glass ->        Forming and bonding glass sheet to metal part ->        Contacting metal with molten glass prior to forming sheet->        Forming of plural glass sheets
65/53 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        With glass part forming from shapeless molten glass->        Forming plural sheets or sheet-like streams from same source
65/54 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        With reshaping glass preform prior to assembly or subsequent to bonding
65/55 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        With reshaping glass preform prior to assembly or subsequent to bonding->        Prior to assembly
65/56 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        With severing, perforating, or breaking of glass
65/57 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        Relative rotation of work and heating means
65/58 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        Of parts having opposed facing areas out of contact (e.g., building blocks)
65/59.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part->        Of glass to metal part
65/59.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part->        Maintaining cavity in glass
65/59.21 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        Maintaining cavity in glass->        Glass applied in powdered (i.e., frit) form
65/59.22 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        Maintaining cavity in glass->        Named fusible bonding material employed
65/59.23 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        Maintaining cavity in glass->        With firing in vacuum, in inert atmosphere, or in pumped in gas
65/59.24 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        Maintaining cavity in glass->        Metal part outside of glass part
65/59.25 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        Maintaining cavity in glass->        Metal part inserted through hole or into groove in glass part
65/59.26 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        Maintaining cavity in glass->        Metal part forced through or into softened glass part (e.g., pinch sealing, etc.)
65/59.27 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        Maintaining cavity in glass->        Metal part coaxial with and inside of glass part
65/59.28 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        Maintaining cavity in glass->        Relative movement or manipulation of parts during or immediately preceding fusion
65/59.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part->        More than two parts in overlaying series (noncavity)
65/59.31 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        More than two parts in overlaying series (noncavity)->        Metal part inserted through hole or into groove in glass part
65/59.32 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        More than two parts in overlaying series (noncavity)->        Metal part forced through or into softened glass part (e.g., pinch sealing, etc.)
65/59.33 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        More than two parts in overlaying series (noncavity)->        Relative movement or manipulation of parts during or immediately preceding fusion
65/59.34 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        More than two parts in overlaying series (noncavity)->        Metal part outside of glass part
65/59.35 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part ->        More than two parts in overlaying series (noncavity)->        Metal part coaxial with and inside of glass part
65/59.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part->        Metal part outside of glass part
65/59.5 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part->        Glass applied in powdered (i.e., frit) form
65/59.6 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part->        Metal part coaxial with and inside of glass part
65/59.7 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fusion bonding of glass to a formed part ->        Of glass to metal part->        Metal part forced through or into softened glass part (e.g., pinch sealing, etc.)
65/60.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With coating
65/60.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating->        Plural diverse layers
65/60.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating->        Organic coating
65/60.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating->        Free metal coating
65/60.5 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating->        Oxide coating
65/60.51 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating ->        Oxide coating->        From inorganic metal salt
65/60.52 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating ->        Oxide coating->        From organic metal compound
65/60.53 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating ->        Oxide coating->        From inorganic oxides or hydroxides
65/60.6 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating->        Free carbon containing coating
65/60.7 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating->        Inorganic metal salt containing coating
65/60.8 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        With coating->        Silicon containing coating
65/61 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        With wearing away of surface material (e.g., abrading or grinding)
65/62 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Combined
65/63 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Sequentially forming, reheating, and working
65/64 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Sequentially forming, reheating, and working->        Reshaping
65/65 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Forming and fire polishing or product
65/66 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass
65/67 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass->        Converting sheet to hollow product or hollow product to sheet
65/68 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity
65/69 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity->        With annealing or tempering
65/70 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity->        With severing of formed product
65/71 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity->        Spreading of molten glass by rotation
65/72 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity->        With charging of mold cavity
65/73 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity ->        With charging of mold cavity->        By suction from upper surface of "pool"
65/74 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity ->        With charging of mold cavity ->        By suction from upper surface of "pool"->        With sequential blowing in charged cavity
65/75 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity ->        With charging of mold cavity->        Through orifice in bottom wall of dispenser
65/76 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity ->        With charging of mold cavity->        With additional diverse shaping step
65/77 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity->        With additional forming step
65/78 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity ->        With additional forming step->        Diverse
65/79 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity ->        With additional forming step ->        Diverse->        Press and blow
65/80 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity ->        With additional forming step ->        Diverse ->        Press and blow->        In separate lines
65/81 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Initial forming of hollow product or preform in mold cavity->        By differential gas pressure
65/82 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass->        Reshaping of hot parison in mold cavity to form hollow article
65/83 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass->        With positive cooling of product or molten glass at forming area
65/84 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        With positive cooling of product or molten glass at forming area->        By direct gaseous contact
65/85 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        With positive cooling of product or molten glass at forming area->        Of glass product
65/86 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass->        Drawing and simultaneously forming hollow stock from molten glass
65/87 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Drawing and simultaneously forming hollow stock from molten glass->        With additional shaping, or severing, or perforating
65/88 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Drawing and simultaneously forming hollow stock from molten glass->        Vertically drawing upwardly while applying fluid internally of stock
65/89 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass->        Forming hollow stock by surface filming
65/90 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass->        Sheet
65/91 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet->        With application of lateral tension to edge portion of moving sheet
65/92 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet->        With smoothing subsequent to sheet formation
65/93 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet->        With reshaping or surface deformation
65/94 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet ->        With reshaping or surface deformation->        Subsequent to formation
65/95 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet->        With annealing or tempering
65/96 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet ->        With annealing or tempering->        Conveying at different rate than speed of formation
65/97 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet->        With severing or perforating
65/98 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet->        Simultaneously forming plural separate sheets
65/99.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet->        By or with pouring molten glass onto forming surface
65/99.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet ->        By or with pouring molten glass onto forming surface->        Utilizing molten metal forming surface
65/99.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet ->        By or with pouring molten glass onto forming surface ->        Utilizing molten metal forming surface->        Maintaining molten metal temperature
65/99.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet ->        By or with pouring molten glass onto forming surface ->        Utilizing molten metal forming surface->        Treating or removing impurities in molten metal or glass
65/99.5 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet ->        By or with pouring molten glass onto forming surface ->        Utilizing molten metal forming surface->        Maintaining or adjusting sheet width or thickness
65/99.6 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet ->        By or with pouring molten glass onto forming surface ->        Utilizing molten metal forming surface ->        Maintaining or adjusting sheet width or thickness->        By nonmechanical means
65/100 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet ->        By or with pouring molten glass onto forming surface->        Onto moving roll or platen
65/101 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Forming product or preform from molten glass ->        Sheet ->        By or with pouring molten glass onto forming surface ->        Onto moving roll or platen->        Through bite of rolls
65/102 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Reshaping or surface deformation of glass preform
65/103 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Reshaping or surface deformation of glass preform->        Utilizing heat shield or heat-sink
65/104 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Reshaping or surface deformation of glass preform->        With annealing, tempering, or fire-polishing
65/105 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Reshaping or surface deformation of glass preform->        With severing or perforating
65/106 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Reshaping or surface deformation of glass preform->        Reshaping of planar sheet
65/107 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Reshaping or surface deformation of glass preform ->        Reshaping of planar sheet->        By sagging by gravity on mold surface
65/108 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Reshaping or surface deformation of glass preform->        Reshaping of tubular preform, retaining cavity
65/109 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Reshaping or surface deformation of glass preform ->        Reshaping of tubular preform, retaining cavity->        During rotation
65/110 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Reshaping or surface deformation of glass preform ->        Reshaping of tubular preform, retaining cavity->        Utilizing vacuum or gas pressure
65/111 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Glass preform treating
65/112 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Glass preform treating->        With severing or preforating
65/113 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Glass preform treating ->        With severing or preforating->        By or with flame
65/114 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Glass preform treating->        Tempering
65/115 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Glass preform treating ->        Tempering->        Differential or localized
65/116 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Glass preform treating ->        Tempering->        Quenching in liquid bath
65/117 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Glass preform treating->        Annealing
65/118 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Glass preform treating ->        Annealing->        During conveying
65/119 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Glass preform treating ->        Annealing ->        During conveying->        Annealing by direct contact with gaseous heat exchange medium
65/120 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Glass preform treating->        By flame
65/121 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Blending of separate molten glass streams
65/122 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Charging of molten glass into mold cavity
65/123 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Charging of molten glass into mold cavity->        By gravity and severing subsequent to charging mold cavity
65/124 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Charging of molten glass into mold cavity->        By suction
65/125 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Gathering from upper surface of glass pool
65/126 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Discharging molten glass downwardly through orifice
65/127 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Discharging molten glass downwardly through orifice->        With gob shaping or treating subsequent to discharge through orifice
65/128 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Discharging molten glass downwardly through orifice->        With temperature modification at orifice
65/129 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Discharging molten glass downwardly through orifice->        Regulating or arresting of flow into or out of orifice
65/130 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Discharging molten glass downwardly through orifice ->        Regulating or arresting of flow into or out of orifice->        With or by differential gas pressure
65/131 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Discharging molten glass downwardly through orifice ->        Regulating or arresting of flow into or out of orifice ->        With or by differential gas pressure->        With segregation prior to discharge
65/132 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Discharging molten glass downwardly through orifice ->        Regulating or arresting of flow into or out of orifice->        With segregation prior to discharge
65/133 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Severing of molten glass stream
65/134.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass
65/134.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        Subatmospheric pressure or vacuum utilized
65/134.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        Melt accelerator or color modifier utilized (e.g., fining agent, etc.)
65/134.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        Oxygen enriched or nitrogen reduced gas utilized (i.e., modified air)
65/134.5 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        By injecting gas below surface of molten glass
65/134.6 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        Exhaust or top gas treated or recycled
65/134.7 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        Rotating furnace or chamber utilized (e.g., crucible, etc.)
65/134.8 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        By melting toxic or waste material
65/134.9 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        By eliminating gaseous inclusions (e.g., bubbles, etc.)
65/135.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        Glass conditioning channel section utilized
65/135.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        By agitating
65/135.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass ->        By agitating->        Mechanical stirrers utilized
65/135.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass ->        By agitating ->        Mechanical stirrers utilized->        Spiral
65/135.6 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        Electric furnace utilized (e.g., induction or radiant heat from electric source, etc.)
65/135.7 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass ->        Electric furnace utilized (e.g., induction or radiant heat from electric source, etc.)->        With submerged electrodes
65/135.8 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass ->        Electric furnace utilized (e.g., induction or radiant heat from electric source, etc.) ->        With submerged electrodes->        Melting in separate zone of glass furnace
65/135.9 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        By charging batch material
65/136.1 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass ->        By charging batch material->        Preheating batch material
65/136.2 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass ->        By charging batch material->        Directing batch feed to float on molten glass surface
65/136.3 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass ->        By charging batch material->        Burner directed towards batch or melt
65/136.4 -> 17.1 PROCESSES  ->        Fining or homogenizing molten glass->        By cooling molten glass
65/137 -> 17.1 PROCESSES ->        Cooling of molten glass
65/138 ELECTRONIC ENVELOPE HEADER, TERMINAL, OR STEM MAKING MEANS
65/139 -> 138 ELECTRONIC ENVELOPE HEADER, TERMINAL, OR STEM MAKING MEANS ->        With means inserting wire into glass
65/140 -> 138 ELECTRONIC ENVELOPE HEADER, TERMINAL, OR STEM MAKING MEANS ->        By press mold
65/141 MELT DISINTEGRATOR AND SOLIDIFIER INCLUDING FLUID-MELT CONTACT MEANS
65/142 PARTICULATE BEAD OR BALL MAKING APPARATUS (E.G., PIN HEADING)
65/143 -> 142 PARTICULATE BEAD OR BALL MAKING APPARATUS (E.G., PIN HEADING) ->        By rolling means
65/144 MEANS SHAPING PREFORM FROM GRANULAR MATERIAL WITH FUSION MEANS
65/145 PLURAL SOURCES FEEDING DIVERSE GLASS MELTS TO COMMON FORMING MEANS
65/146 WITH MEANS TO FEED DIVERSE MATERIAL TO GLASS WORKING MEANS
65/147 -> 146 WITH MEANS TO FEED DIVERSE MATERIAL TO GLASS WORKING MEANS ->        Wire laminating means
65/148 -> 146 WITH MEANS TO FEED DIVERSE MATERIAL TO GLASS WORKING MEANS  ->        Wire laminating means->        Sheet rolling means
65/149 -> 146 WITH MEANS TO FEED DIVERSE MATERIAL TO GLASS WORKING MEANS  ->        Wire laminating means ->        Sheet rolling means->        Sandwiching wire between opposed glass feeds
65/150 -> 146 WITH MEANS TO FEED DIVERSE MATERIAL TO GLASS WORKING MEANS  ->        Wire laminating means ->        Sheet rolling means->        Roll coacting with platen
65/151 -> 146 WITH MEANS TO FEED DIVERSE MATERIAL TO GLASS WORKING MEANS  ->        Wire laminating means ->        Sheet rolling means ->        Roll coacting with platen->        Embedding means on roll
65/152 FUSION BONDING MEANS
65/153 -> 152 FUSION BONDING MEANS ->        Concentric body making (e.g., vacuum bottle making, etc.)
65/154 -> 152 FUSION BONDING MEANS ->        Glass to metal
65/155 -> 152 FUSION BONDING MEANS ->        Electronic device making
65/156 -> 152 FUSION BONDING MEANS ->        With article molding means
65/157 MEANS PROVIDING SPECIAL ATMOSPHERE
65/158 WITH SIGNAL, INDICATOR, INSPECTION MEANS, REGISTER, OR RECORDER
65/159 WITH APPARATUS SAFETY MEANS
65/160 CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO CONDITION SENSING MEANS
65/161 -> 160 CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO CONDITION SENSING MEANS ->        Glass working fluid or treating fluid control
65/162 -> 160 CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO CONDITION SENSING MEANS ->        Temperature or heater control
65/163 -> 160 CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO CONDITION SENSING MEANS ->        Speed control
65/164 -> 160 CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO CONDITION SENSING MEANS ->        Molten glass dispenser or gatherer control
65/165 WITH REJECT CATCHER, DEFLECTOR, OR HOLDER
65/166 PERFORATOR FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM
65/167 CONVERTIBLE TO DIFFERENT OPERATION
65/168 WITH POSITIVE CLEANING MEANS FOR APPARATUS
65/169 WITH MEANS PROVIDING PARTING MATERIAL
65/170 WITH APPARATUS LUBRICATING MEANS
65/171 WITH REPAIR, ASSEMBLY, OR DISASSEMBLY MEANS FOR APPARATUS
65/172 -> 171 WITH REPAIR, ASSEMBLY, OR DISASSEMBLY MEANS FOR APPARATUS ->        To replace worn or damaged parts
65/173 -> 171 WITH REPAIR, ASSEMBLY, OR DISASSEMBLY MEANS FOR APPARATUS ->        To provide alternately used parts
65/174 WITH MECHANICAL CUTTER, SCORER, OR SCRIBER FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM
65/175 -> 174 WITH MECHANICAL CUTTER, SCORER, OR SCRIBER FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        With annealing means
65/176 -> 174 WITH MECHANICAL CUTTER, SCORER, OR SCRIBER FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Running length
65/177 -> 174 WITH MECHANICAL CUTTER, SCORER, OR SCRIBER FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Associated with article mold
65/178 WITH AGITATOR FOR MOLTEN OR SOFT GLASS
65/179 -> 178 WITH AGITATOR FOR MOLTEN OR SOFT GLASS ->        Delivery area associated
65/180 -> 178 WITH AGITATOR FOR MOLTEN OR SOFT GLASS  ->        Delivery area associated->        Orifice associated
65/181 COMBINED
65/182.1 WITH FLUID SUPPORT FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM
65/182.2 -> 182.1 WITH FLUID SUPPORT FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Gaseous support
65/182.3 -> 182.1 WITH FLUID SUPPORT FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Means for treating or maintaining molten metal
65/182.4 -> 182.1 WITH FLUID SUPPORT FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Including preform width maintaining or stretching mean
65/182.5 -> 182.1 WITH FLUID SUPPORT FOR ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Structure or composition of lining material or arrangement with shell
65/183 EXTRUSION DIE FORMER WITH UPSTREAM DISCHARGE ASSISTANT
65/184 MEANS CHARGING CONTINUOUS FILM OR STRIP TO SEPARATE AND DISTINCT FORMER
65/185 -> 184 MEANS CHARGING CONTINUOUS FILM OR STRIP TO SEPARATE AND DISTINCT FORMER ->        Into sheet rolling means
65/186 -> 184 MEANS CHARGING CONTINUOUS FILM OR STRIP TO SEPARATE AND DISTINCT FORMER  ->        Into sheet rolling means->        With auxiliary heating or cooling means upstream of rolling means
65/187 MEANS DRAWING TUBE OR ROD STOCK FROM BATH
65/188 -> 187 MEANS DRAWING TUBE OR ROD STOCK FROM BATH ->        Drawing vertically upward
65/189 -> 187 MEANS DRAWING TUBE OR ROD STOCK FROM BATH  ->        Drawing vertically upward->        With product take-down means
65/190 -> 187 MEANS DRAWING TUBE OR ROD STOCK FROM BATH  ->        Drawing vertically upward->        Means correlating air supply and bait movement
65/191 -> 187 MEANS DRAWING TUBE OR ROD STOCK FROM BATH  ->        Drawing vertically upward->        With internal core or centering means
65/192 -> 187 MEANS DRAWING TUBE OR ROD STOCK FROM BATH  ->        Drawing vertically upward->        Air injection means extending through bath
65/193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH
65/194 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH ->        With annealing or tempering means
65/195 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH ->        Means dividing and recombining melt in draw chamber
65/196 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH ->        Vertically upwardly with means bending sheet to horizontal
65/197 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH  ->        Vertically upwardly with means bending sheet to horizontal->        With moving endless drawing or flattening table
65/198 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH  ->        Vertically upwardly with means bending sheet to horizontal->        With coacting roll contacting surface of supply bath
65/199 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH ->        With width maintaining and/or lateral stretching means
65/200 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH  ->        With width maintaining and/or lateral stretching means->        Stretching means
65/201 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH  ->        With width maintaining and/or lateral stretching means->        Adjustable width maintaining means
65/202 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH ->        With pivoted lip tile
65/203 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH ->        With auxiliary heating means for draw pot or drawing chamber
65/204 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH ->        With cooling means in drawing chamber
65/205 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH ->        With radiant heat reflector in draw pot or drawing chamber
65/206 -> 193 MEANS DRAWING SHEET FROM BATH ->        With skimmer
65/207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS
65/208 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS ->        With glass treating means
65/209 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS ->        By fluid pressure discharge assistant means
65/210 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply
65/211 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply->        With means correlating movable pool-closure
65/212 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply->        Gatherer moving transversely from orbit of traveling mold (i.e., ram type)
65/213 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply->        Mold is gatherer
65/214 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply ->        Mold is gatherer->        Parison mold
65/215 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply ->        Mold is gatherer ->        Parison mold->        With plunger movable relative to mold
65/216 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply ->        Mold is gatherer ->        Parison mold ->        With plunger movable relative to mold->        With separate, distinct blow mold
65/217 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply ->        Mold is gatherer ->        Parison mold ->        With plunger movable relative to mold ->        With separate, distinct blow mold->        Diverse molds traveling concentric orbits
65/218 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply ->        Mold is gatherer ->        Parison mold ->        With plunger movable relative to mold ->        With separate, distinct blow mold ->        Diverse molds traveling concentric orbits->        Finish mold pivotally mounted below parison's orbit
65/219 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply ->        Mold is gatherer ->        Parison mold->        With blow means
65/220 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By suction gatherer mounted above supply ->        Mold is gatherer ->        Parison mold ->        With blow means->        Sequentially used, distinct molds
65/221 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS ->        By delivery from tank feeder
65/222 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By delivery from tank feeder->        To parallel mold tables
65/223 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By delivery from tank feeder->        With press means
65/224 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By delivery from tank feeder ->        With press means->        With diverse molding
65/225 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS  ->        By delivery from tank feeder->        With gob guide means
65/226 -> 207 GOB CHARGING MEANS WITH SHAPE IMPARTING RECEPTACLE MEANS ->        With press means
65/227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS
65/228 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS ->        Marvering means with blow means
65/229 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS ->        Press means with blow means
65/230 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means->        With reheating means therebetween
65/231 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means->        Blank mold encaseable in finish mold
65/232 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means->        With mold inverting means
65/233 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means ->        With mold inverting means->        With pneumatic charge compacting means
65/234 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means ->        With mold inverting means ->        With pneumatic charge compacting means->        Settle-blow means
65/235 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means ->        With mold inverting means->        Neck mold inverting
65/236 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means ->        With mold inverting means ->        Neck mold inverting->        With parison mold inverting
65/237 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means->        Diverse molds traveling concentric orbits
65/238 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means ->        Diverse molds traveling concentric orbits->        With diverse motion of mold
65/239 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means ->        Diverse molds traveling concentric orbits->        With movable work transfer means between orbits
65/240 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means->        Plural traveling mold carriers
65/241 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means ->        Plural traveling mold carriers->        With movable intermediate work transfer means
65/242 -> 227 DIVERSE DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Press means with blow means->        Reciprocating mold bottom
65/243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS
65/244 -> 243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS ->        Spaced preform reheating means with reshaping means
65/245 -> 243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS ->        Sheet rolling means
65/246 -> 243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS ->        Plural presses
65/247 -> 243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Plural presses->        Plungers sequentially coacting with same mold
65/248 -> 243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Plural presses->        With relative rotation between plunger and mold during withdrawal
65/249 -> 243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Plural presses ->        With relative rotation between plunger and mold during withdrawal->        Plungers oppositely disposed
65/250 -> 243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Plural presses->        Plungers oppositely disposed
65/251 -> 243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS  ->        Plural presses->        Plungers orbiting above orbiting molds
65/252 -> 243 PLURAL DISTINCT GLASSWORKING APPARATUS ->        Fire-polishing means
65/253 ROLLING MEANS TO FORM SHEET OR STRIP
65/254 -> 253 ROLLING MEANS TO FORM SHEET OR STRIP ->        With treating means
65/255 -> 253 ROLLING MEANS TO FORM SHEET OR STRIP ->        With corrugating or surface imprinting means
65/256 -> 253 ROLLING MEANS TO FORM SHEET OR STRIP ->        Roll coacting with planar platen
65/257 -> 253 ROLLING MEANS TO FORM SHEET OR STRIP  ->        Roll coacting with planar platen->        Reciprocating platen
65/258 SHEET CASTING AND RECEIVING MEANS
65/259 -> 258 SHEET CASTING AND RECEIVING MEANS ->        With pot handling means
65/260 WITH MEANS ABOVE MOLD TO TAKE-OUT OR TRANSFER PRODUCT
65/261 BLOWING MEANS WITH BLOW MOLD
65/262 -> 261 BLOWING MEANS WITH BLOW MOLD ->        With treating means
65/263 -> 261 BLOWING MEANS WITH BLOW MOLD ->        Combined with vacuum means
65/264 -> 261 BLOWING MEANS WITH BLOW MOLD ->        Traveling mold
65/265 -> 261 BLOWING MEANS WITH BLOW MOLD  ->        Traveling mold->        With means heating and/or cooling apparatus
65/266 -> 261 BLOWING MEANS WITH BLOW MOLD ->        Mold rotary about own axis
65/267 -> 261 BLOWING MEANS WITH BLOW MOLD ->        With means heating and/or cooling apparatus
65/268 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS WITH TREATING MEANS
65/269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING)
65/270 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING) ->        Envelope tipping off type
65/271 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING) ->        Heating means movable relative to work during shaping operation
65/272 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING) ->        Work, workholder, or tool correlated burner control
65/273 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING) ->        Planar sheet preform
65/274 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING) ->        With spaced preheating means
65/275 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING) ->        Mechanical means to reshape preform
65/276 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING)  ->        Mechanical means to reshape preform->        Tubular type preform
65/277 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING)  ->        Mechanical means to reshape preform ->        Tubular type preform->        By resizing mandrel
65/278 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING)  ->        Mechanical means to reshape preform ->        Tubular type preform->        Means supporting and orbiting preform
65/279 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING)  ->        Mechanical means to reshape preform ->        Tubular type preform ->        Means supporting and orbiting preform->        Preform supported horizontally
65/280 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING)  ->        Mechanical means to reshape preform ->        Tubular type preform ->        Means supporting and orbiting preform->        Preform supported vertically
65/281 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING)  ->        Mechanical means to reshape preform ->        Tubular type preform->        By bending means
65/282 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING)  ->        Mechanical means to reshape preform ->        Tubular type preform->        By internal forming means
65/283 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING)  ->        Mechanical means to reshape preform ->        Tubular type preform->        By stretching means
65/284 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING) ->        Fire-polishing means
65/285 -> 269 GLASSWORKING OR PREFORM BY OR WITH REHEATING MEANS (E.G., FLAME SEVERING) ->        To reshape preform by flame pressure or gravity
65/286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS
65/287 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS ->        Sheet bending mold
65/288 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Sheet bending mold->        With heat shield or heat sink
65/289 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Sheet bending mold->        Including auxiliary movable sheet support or movable sheet guide means
65/290 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Sheet bending mold ->        Including auxiliary movable sheet support or movable sheet guide means->        Movable mold section
65/291 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Sheet bending mold->        Having movable section
65/292 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS ->        Cylindrical preform
65/293 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Cylindrical preform->        By threading means
65/294 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Cylindrical preform->        By expansible mandrel
65/295 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Cylindrical preform->        By crimping means
65/296 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Cylindrical preform->        By internal and external forming means
65/297 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Cylindrical preform ->        By internal and external forming means->        Both rotary driven
65/298 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Cylindrical preform ->        By internal and external forming means->        Rotary internal, stationary external
65/299 -> 286 PREFORM RESHAPING MEANS  ->        Cylindrical preform->        By flaring means
65/300 MEANS APPLYING PNEUMATIC PRESSURE INSIDE OF DISCRETE CHARGE (I.E., BLOW MEANS)
65/301 -> 300 MEANS APPLYING PNEUMATIC PRESSURE INSIDE OF DISCRETE CHARGE (I.E., BLOW MEANS) ->        With selective control means
65/302 ARTICLE FORMING MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION (E.G., CENTRIFUGAL CASTING)
65/303 GOB SHAPING OR TREATING MEANS DOWNSTREAM OF GOB SEVERING MEANS
65/304 WITH GOB HANDLING MEANS
65/305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE
65/306 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        With product treating means
65/307 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        Mold ring or baffle laterally and movably supported
65/308 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        Plunger coacting with successively presented molds
65/309 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE  ->        Plunger coacting with successively presented molds->        Relative rotation between plunger and orbiting mold
65/310 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE  ->        Plunger coacting with successively presented molds ->        Relative rotation between plunger and orbiting mold->        Independent dies actuated by common plunger
65/311 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE  ->        Plunger coacting with successively presented molds->        Means providing orbiting mold with diverse motion
65/312 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE  ->        Plunger coacting with successively presented molds->        Mold orbiting about horizontal axis
65/313 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE  ->        Plunger coacting with successively presented molds->        Vertically segmented orbiting mold
65/314 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        Plural motors coaxial with plunger
65/315 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        With core drawing means
65/316 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        With means to rotate plunger during withdrawal
65/317 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        Means reciprocating or oscillating female mold member
65/318 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        With means varying plunger pressure during pressing
65/319 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        With means for heating or cooling apparatus
65/320 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        Selectively operated plural plungers
65/321 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        Plunger penetrating superimposed mold table
65/322 -> 305 PRESS MOLDING MACHINE ->        With means to adjust plunger stroke
65/323 PRODUCT OR PARISON CENTERING MEANS, OR MOLD AND/OR CORE ALIGNING MEANS
65/324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE)
65/325 -> 324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE) ->        Discharge orifice below melt level
65/326 -> 324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE)  ->        Discharge orifice below melt level->        With auxiliary heating or cooling means
65/327 -> 324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE)  ->        Discharge orifice below melt level ->        With auxiliary heating or cooling means->        At orifice
65/328 -> 324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE)  ->        Discharge orifice below melt level->        Plural plunger-type discharge assistants or discharge orifices
65/329 -> 324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE)  ->        Discharge orifice below melt level->        By differential gas pressure
65/330 -> 324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE)  ->        Discharge orifice below melt level->        By reciprocating plunger-type discharge assistant
65/331 -> 324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE)  ->        Discharge orifice below melt level ->        By reciprocating plunger-type discharge assistant->        With diverse motion
65/332 -> 324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE)  ->        Discharge orifice below melt level ->        By reciprocating plunger-type discharge assistant->        With severing means
65/333 -> 324 MOLTEN GLASS DISPENSING MEANS (E.G., FEEDER OR LADLE) ->        Discharge lip with discharge assistant
65/334 WITH MOLTEN GLASS CHARGE CUTTING OR SCRAPING MEANS
65/335 GLASS FURNACE WITH FURNACE CHARGING MEANS
65/336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE
65/337 -> 336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE ->        Supplemental heating or heat exchange means associated with pool
65/338 -> 336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE  ->        Supplemental heating or heat exchange means associated with pool->        With deputer, draw ring, or draw shield
65/339 -> 336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE ->        Separate and distinct means defining pool (e.g., floor-supported dam)
65/340 -> 336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE  ->        Separate and distinct means defining pool (e.g., floor-supported dam)->        Movably mounted
65/341 -> 336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE  ->        Separate and distinct means defining pool (e.g., floor-supported dam)->        Cascadingly connected
65/342 -> 336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE  ->        Separate and distinct means defining pool (e.g., floor-supported dam)->        By bridge
65/343 -> 336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE  ->        Separate and distinct means defining pool (e.g., floor-supported dam) ->        By bridge->        Floating bridge
65/344 -> 336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE  ->        Separate and distinct means defining pool (e.g., floor-supported dam)->        With deputer, draw ring, or draw shield
65/345 -> 336 GATHERING OR DRAWING POOL TYPE FURNACE  ->        Separate and distinct means defining pool (e.g., floor-supported dam)->        By suspended baffle
65/346 GLASS CONDITIONING CHANNEL SECTION
65/347 MELTING POT OR FURNACE WITH STRUCTURALLY DEFINED DELIVERY OR FINING ZONE
65/348 PRODUCT COOLING MEANS (E.G., TEMPERING)
65/349 -> 348 PRODUCT COOLING MEANS (E.G., TEMPERING) ->        With preceding reheater
65/350 -> 348 PRODUCT COOLING MEANS (E.G., TEMPERING)  ->        With preceding reheater->        Plural spaced reheaters
65/351 -> 348 PRODUCT COOLING MEANS (E.G., TEMPERING)  ->        With preceding reheater->        Plural spaced cooling means
65/352 DRAWING BAIT
65/353 -> 352 DRAWING BAIT ->        With air supply means
65/354 -> 352 DRAWING BAIT  ->        With air supply means->        With heating or cooling means
65/355 MEANS HEATING OR COOLING APPARATUS
65/356 -> 355 MEANS HEATING OR COOLING APPARATUS ->        Internally positioned
65/357 MOLD WITH SEPARATING MEANS OR CLAMPING MEANS
65/358 -> 357 MOLD WITH SEPARATING MEANS OR CLAMPING MEANS ->        Core drawing means
65/359 -> 357 MOLD WITH SEPARATING MEANS OR CLAMPING MEANS ->        With mold support or carrier
65/360 -> 357 MOLD WITH SEPARATING MEANS OR CLAMPING MEANS  ->        With mold support or carrier->        Pivoted mold sections
65/361 MOLD WITH SUPPORTING OR CARRYING MEANS
65/362 PLUNGER
65/370.1 ROLLER MEANS FOR GLASSWORKING, TEMPERING, OR ANNEALING
65/374.1 APPARATUS MADE OF SPECIAL MATERIAL
65/374.11 -> 374.1 APPARATUS MADE OF SPECIAL MATERIAL ->        Metal-nonmetal composite
65/374.12 -> 374.1 APPARATUS MADE OF SPECIAL MATERIAL ->        Metallic
65/374.13 -> 374.1 APPARATUS MADE OF SPECIAL MATERIAL ->        Ceramic material
65/374.14 -> 374.1 APPARATUS MADE OF SPECIAL MATERIAL ->        Asbestos containing
65/374.15 -> 374.1 APPARATUS MADE OF SPECIAL MATERIAL ->        Elemental carbon containing (e.g., graphite, charcoal, etc.)
65/375 MISCELLANEOUS
65/900 DRYING, DEHYDRATION, MINIMIZING OH GROUPS
65/901 LIQUID PHASE REACTION PROCESS
65/DIG16 -> 901 LIQUID PHASE REACTION PROCESS ->        Optical filament or fiber treatment with fluorine or incorporating fluorine in final product
148/95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL
148/96 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Superconductive metal or alloy (i.e., superconductive Tc at or below 30`K)
148/97 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Superconductive metal or alloy (i.e., superconductive Tc at or below 30`K)->        Particle (e.g., ion, neutron, etc.) bombardment or electromagnetic wave energy (e.g., laser, etc.)
148/98 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Superconductive metal or alloy (i.e., superconductive Tc at or below 30`K)->        Producing or treating an A3B (e.g., Nb3Sn, V3Ga, Nb3Al, etc.) superconducting alloy
148/99 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Treating in extraterrestrial environment (e.g., space, moon, etc.) or zero gravity environment
148/100 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Magnetic materials
148/101 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials->        Permanent magnet
148/102 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials ->        Permanent magnet->        Age hardening
148/103 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials ->        Permanent magnet->        Treatment in a magnetic field
148/104 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials->        Dust cores
148/105 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials->        Particulate material
148/108 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials->        Treatment in a magnetic field
148/110 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials->        Silicon steel
148/111 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials ->        Silicon steel->        Working
148/112 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials ->        Silicon steel->        Heat treatment
148/113 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials ->        Silicon steel ->        Heat treatment->        With special compositions
148/120 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials->        Working
148/121 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials->        Heat treatment
148/122 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Magnetic materials ->        Heat treatment->        With special compositions
148/194 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal
148/195 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal->        Control responsive to sensed condition of workpiece
148/196 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal->        Program or pattern control
148/197 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal->        Utilizing fluid contact other than flame
148/198 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal->        With solid additive
148/199 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal ->        With solid additive->        Metal powder
148/200 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal->        Of edge or corner (e.g., deburring, etc.)
148/201 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal->        Cylindrical workpiece
148/202 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal->        Scarfing (e.g., desurfacing, planing, gouging, etc.)
148/203 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal ->        Scarfing (e.g., desurfacing, planing, gouging, etc.)->        Simultaneous removing or burning of multiple sides of workpiece
148/204 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal->        Flame piercing
148/205 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Chemical-heat removing (e.g., flame-cutting, etc.) or burning of metal->        Plural nozzles or plural work-contacting jets
148/206 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source
148/207 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Carburizing or nitriding uniformly throughout the entire mass (i.e., internal carburizing)
148/208 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        With decarburizing or denitriding
148/209 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Utilizing particulate fluid bed
148/210 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Of selected surface area (e.g., zone, top only, etc.)
148/211 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Of selected surface area (e.g., zone, top only, etc.)->        With working, machining, or cutting
148/212 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Of selected surface area (e.g., zone, top only, etc.)->        Nitriding
148/213 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Of selected surface area (e.g., zone, top only, etc.)->        Utilizing attached protective shield, mask or coating
148/214 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Of selected surface area (e.g., zone, top only, etc.) ->        Utilizing attached protective shield, mask or coating->        With noncarburizing or non-nitriding coating
148/215 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Measuring, sensing, or testing
148/216 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Measuring, sensing, or testing->        Of gas composition (e.g., carbon content, etc.)
148/217 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        With noncarburizing or non-nitriding reactive coating (e.g., oxidizing, siliconizing, boronizing, etc.)
148/218 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Combined carburizing and nitriding (e.g., carbonitriding, nitrocarburizing, etc.)
148/219 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Combined carburizing and nitriding (e.g., carbonitriding, nitrocarburizing, etc.)->        With working, machining, cutting, or post-carburizing and post-nitriding heating or quenching
148/220 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        With producing or treating of workpiece having plural noncarburized or non-nitrided layers or mechanically engaged article or stock
148/221 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        With casting or solidifying from melt
148/222 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Utilizing ionized gas (e.g., plasma, etc.) or electron arc or beam
148/223 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Including use of vacuum
148/224 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Utilizing wave energy (e.g., laser, etc.) or electric heating with work as conductor
148/225 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy
148/226 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        With working, machining, or cutting
148/227 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Utilizing fused agent or media
148/228 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Utilizing fused agent or media->        Nitriding
148/229 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Utilizing fused agent or media->        With post-carburizing quenching
148/230 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Nitriding
148/231 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Nitriding->        Utilizing nitrogen containing agent other than ammonia or elemental nitrogen
148/232 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Nitriding->        With post-nitriding heat or quenching
148/233 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        With post-carburizing heating or quenching
148/234 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Utilizing agent containing cyano (CN) radical or halogen (X) radical or metal carbonate
148/235 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Utilizing hydrocarbon, oil or oxygenated hydrocarbon (e.g., alcohol, furan, carbohydrate, etc.)
148/236 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Utilizing solid carbonaceous material containing free carbon, coal, peat, or coke
148/237 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Refractory metal (i.e., Ti, V, Cr, Zr, Nb, Mo, Hf, Ta, W) or refractory base alloy
148/238 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Carburizing or nitriding using externally supplied carbon or nitrogen source->        Nitriding
148/239 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        With ion implantation
148/240 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore
148/241 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Testing or electrical or wave energy utilized
148/242 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Molten bath or molten surface utilized during reaction
148/243 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized
148/244 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Dye or organic pigment containing
148/245 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Electrically insulating coating formed which is more than mere oxide formation
148/246 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains lubricant or oil or overcoat thereof
148/247 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains an atom of hafnium, titanium or zirconium (excludes activating composition)
148/248 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains nonreactive organic liquid at ambient temperature (e.g., solvent, etc.)
148/249 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains nonreactive organic liquid at ambient temperature (e.g., solvent, etc.)->        Nonreactive halogenated hydrocarbon
148/250 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains organic phosphorus or organic chromium compound
148/251 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains solid synthetic polymer
148/252 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains dicarboxylic acid or salt thereof which reacts with metal substrate
148/253 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains phosphorus
148/254 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus->        Liquid composition applied prior to reaction of metal substrate with phosphorus (e.g., cleaning, activating, etc.)
148/255 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus->        With additional coating composition containing an atom of chromium, phosphorus or sulfur
148/256 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus->        Specified liquid or gaseous coating composition applied after reaction with phosphorus
148/257 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus ->        Specified liquid or gaseous coating composition applied after reaction with phosphorus->        Specified coating composition contains organic material
148/258 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus->        Contains an atom of chromium
148/259 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus->        Contains organic additive other than for pH control
148/260 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus ->        Contains organic additive other than for pH control->        Nitrogen-containing organic compound
148/261 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus->        Contains an atom of arsenic, boron or metal atom other than alkali metal
148/262 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus ->        Contains an atom of arsenic, boron or metal atom other than alkali metal->        Contains an atom of iron or manganese or a group II metal atom (Be, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, Cd, Hg)
148/263 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains phosphorus ->        Contains an atom of arsenic, boron or metal atom other than alkali metal ->        Contains an atom of iron or manganese or a group II metal atom (Be, Ca, Sr, Ba, Zn, Cd, Hg)->        Contains an atom of calcium
148/264 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains an atom of chromium
148/265 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains an atom of chromium->        Post chromium treatment with specified material (other than mere air drying)
148/266 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains an atom of chromium->        Contains an atom of sulfur, selenium or tellurium
148/267 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains an atom of chromium->        Contains trivalent chromium ion or reducing agent or an organic additive
148/268 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains an atom of chromium->        Contains an atom or boron, silicon or metal atom other than alkali metal
148/269 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Metal substrate contains elemental Ti, Zr, Hf, Cu, Ta, or Th or alloy thereof
148/270 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains an atom of sulfur, selenium or tellurium
148/271 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized ->        Contains an atom of sulfur, selenium or tellurium->        Contains organic sulfur compound
148/272 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Coating or treating a metal oxide with a specified composition
148/273 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains an atom of arsenic or metal atom other than alkali metal
148/274 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Contains organic material
148/275 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Liquid reactive coating composition utilized->        Metal substrate contains elemental aluminum or magnesium or alloy thereof
148/276 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Coating during or after metal oxide formation
148/277 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Metal oxide formed after applied coating
148/278 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Carbide formation, decarburization or carbonizing
148/279 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Contains an atom of boron or silicon that reacts with metal substrate
148/280 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Reactive material applied nonuniformly or reacted selectively
148/281 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Metal substrate contains elemental Ti, Zr, Nb, Ag, Ta, or W or alloy thereof
148/282 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Metal substrate contains elemental copper or alloy thereof
148/283 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Contains an atom of halogen, organic material or gaseous sulfur
148/284 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore->        Coating composition applied forms oxide coating
148/285 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Coating composition applied forms oxide coating->        Oxide of aluminum, beryllium or magnesium formed
148/286 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Coating composition applied forms oxide coating->        Oxide of cobalt, chromium or nickel formed
148/287 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Processes of coating utilizing a reactive composition which reacts with metal substrate or composition therefore ->        Coating composition applied forms oxide coating->        Oxide of iron formed
148/500 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Utilizing disclosed mathematical formula or relationship
148/501 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Utilizing disclosed mathematical formula or relationship->        Nonferrous metal, nonferrous based alloy or no-base alloy
148/502 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Utilizing disclosed mathematical formula or relationship ->        Nonferrous metal, nonferrous based alloy or no-base alloy->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy
148/503 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Utilizing disclosed mathematical formula or relationship->        Utilizing therein symbol for temperature
148/504 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Utilizing disclosed mathematical formula or relationship ->        Utilizing therein symbol for temperature->        With working step
148/505 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Utilizing disclosed mathematical formula or relationship->        Utilizing therein factors or percentages related to metal or metal alloy composition (i.e., including carbon content)
148/506 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Utilizing disclosed mathematical formula or relationship ->        Utilizing therein factors or percentages related to metal or metal alloy composition (i.e., including carbon content)->        With chromium(Cr) in the mathematical relationship
148/507 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Utilizing disclosed mathematical formula or relationship ->        Utilizing therein factors or percentages related to metal or metal alloy composition (i.e., including carbon content)->        With titanium(Ti) in the mathematical relationship
148/508 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        With measuring, testing, or sensing
148/509 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With measuring, testing, or sensing->        Magnetic or electrical property
148/510 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With measuring, testing, or sensing->        Change in dimension (e.g., expansion, elongation, distortion, etc.)
148/511 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With measuring, testing, or sensing->        Temperature
148/512 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Surface melting (e.g., melt alloying, etc.)
148/513 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Treating loose metal powder, particle or flake
148/514 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Treating consolidated metal powder, per se (i.e., no sintering or compacting step present)
148/515 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        With explosive or exothermic agent
148/516 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product
148/517 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product->        Subambient temperature
148/518 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product->        With electrocoating (e.g., electroplating, anodizing, sputtering, etc.)
148/519 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product->        Pipe or tube
148/520 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        Pipe or tube->        With induction heating
148/521 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        Pipe or tube->        With metal fusion bonding
148/522 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product->        With casting or solidifying from melt
148/523 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With casting or solidifying from melt->        Of aluminum(Al) or aluminum alloy
148/524 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product->        With metal fusion bonding step utilizing electron arc or beam
148/525 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product->        Utilizing wave energy (e.g., laser, electromagnetic wave energy, etc.), plasma or electron arc or beam
148/526 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product->        Electric heating with work as electrical conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.)
148/527 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product->        With metal next to or bonded to metal
148/528 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With metal next to or bonded to metal->        With brazing or soldering
148/529 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With metal next to or bonded to metal->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy present
148/530 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With metal next to or bonded to metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy present->        Next to nonferrous metal or nonferrous base alloy
148/531 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With metal next to or bonded to metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy present ->        Next to nonferrous metal or nonferrous base alloy->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy
148/532 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With metal next to or bonded to metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy present ->        Next to nonferrous metal or nonferrous base alloy->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy
148/533 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With metal next to or bonded to metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy present ->        Next to nonferrous metal or nonferrous base alloy->        Zinc(Zn), zinc base alloy or unspecified galvanizing
148/534 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With metal next to or bonded to metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy present->        With working
148/535 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With metal next to or bonded to metal->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy present
148/536 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product ->        With metal next to or bonded to metal->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy
148/537 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Producing or treating layered, bonded, welded, or mechanically engaged article or stock as a final product->        With coating step
148/538 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        With casting or solidifying from melt
148/539 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt->        Centrifugal casting
148/540 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy
148/541 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Continuous casting
148/542 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Containing at least nine percent chromium(Cr) (e.g., stainless steel, etc.)
148/543 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Containing at least 1.5 percent carbon
148/544 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Containing at least 1.5 percent carbon->        With working
148/545 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Containing at least 1.5 percent carbon->        With tempering, ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening, or quenching
148/546 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        With working
148/547 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With working->        With tempering, ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening, or quenching
148/548 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        With tempering, ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening, or quenching
148/549 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy
148/550 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy->        With extruding or drawing
148/551 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy->        Continuous casting
148/552 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy->        With working
148/553 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy
148/554 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy->        With working
148/555 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt->        Nickel(Ni) or nickel base alloy
148/556 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt ->        Nickel(Ni) or nickel base alloy->        With working
148/557 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        With casting or solidifying from melt->        With working
148/558 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        With vibration (e.g., mechanical, sound, etc.)
148/559 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal
148/560 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Actinide or trans-actinide metal or alloy having greater than 50 percent actinide or trans-actinide metals
148/561 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Passing through an amorphous state or treating or producing an amorphous metal or alloy
148/562 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Treating single crystal
148/563 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Mechanical memory (e.g., shape memory, heat-recoverable, etc.)
148/564 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Superplastic (e.g., dynamic recrystallization, etc.)
148/565 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Utilizing wave energy (e.g., laser, electromagnetic, etc.) plasma or electron arc or beam
148/566 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.)
148/567 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.)->        Induction
148/568 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.) ->        Induction->        Wire or filament
148/569 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.) ->        Induction->        Railway stock (e.g., rails, wheels, axles, etc.)
148/570 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.) ->        Induction->        Of hollow bodies (e.g., pipe, sphere, etc.)
148/571 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.) ->        Induction ->        Of hollow bodies (e.g., pipe, sphere, etc.)->        Inside only
148/572 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.) ->        Induction->        Rod, axle, shaft, or roller
148/573 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.) ->        Induction->        Gear, threaded article, drill or serrated work surface (e.g., saw blade, etc.)
148/574 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.) ->        Induction->        And cooling with fluid contact
148/575 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.) ->        Induction ->        And cooling with fluid contact->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy
148/576 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Electric heating with work as conductor (e.g., alternating current, induction, etc.)->        Wire or filament
148/577 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Chilling to subambient temperature
148/578 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Chilling to subambient temperature->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy
148/579 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy
148/580 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Spring or spring material
148/581 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Railway stock (e.g., rails, wheels, axles, etc.)
148/582 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Railway stock (e.g., rails, wheels, axles, etc.)->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum
148/583 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Railway stock (e.g., rails, wheels, axles, etc.)->        Wheel
148/584 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Railway stock (e.g., rails, wheels, axles, etc.)->        With working
148/585 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Railway stock (e.g., rails, wheels, axles, etc.)->        With work handling
148/586 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Gear
148/587 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Threaded article (e.g., screws, drill bits, etc.)
148/588 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Serrated work surface (e.g., saw blades, etc.)
148/589 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Ring
148/590 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Pipe or tube
148/591 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Pipe or tube->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum
148/592 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Pipe or tube->        Nine percent or more chromium(Cr) (e.g., stainless steel, etc.)
148/593 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Pipe or tube->        With working
148/594 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Pipe or tube->        With work handling
148/595 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Wire, rod, or filament
148/596 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Wire, rod, or filament->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum
148/597 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Wire, rod, or filament->        Nine percent or more chromium(Cr) (e.g., stainless steel, etc.)
148/598 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Wire, rod, or filament->        With working
148/599 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Wire, rod, or filament ->        With working->        With working at or below 120`C or unspecified cold working
148/600 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Wire, rod, or filament->        With work handling
148/601 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        With coiling or treating of coiled strip
148/602 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With coiling or treating of coiled strip->        With working
148/603 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With coiling or treating of coiled strip ->        With working->        With working at or below 120`C or unspecified cold working
148/604 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Of stacked plural workpieces
148/605 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Nine percent or more chromium(Cr) (e.g., Stainless steel, etc.)
148/606 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Nine percent or more chromium(Cr) (e.g., Stainless steel, etc.)->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum
148/607 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Nine percent or more chromium(Cr) (e.g., Stainless steel, etc.)->        Ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation strengthening or precipitation hardening
148/608 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Nine percent or more chromium(Cr) (e.g., Stainless steel, etc.) ->        Ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation strengthening or precipitation hardening->        With working
148/609 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Nine percent or more chromium(Cr) (e.g., Stainless steel, etc.)->        With working
148/610 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Nine percent or more chromium(Cr) (e.g., Stainless steel, etc.) ->        With working->        With working at or below 120`C or unspecified cold working
148/611 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Nine percent or more chromium(Cr) (e.g., Stainless steel, etc.)->        Austenitic phase structure
148/612 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Starting material contains 1.7 percent or more carbon (e.g., cast iron, etc.)
148/613 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Starting material contains 1.7 percent or more carbon (e.g., cast iron, etc.)->        Decarburizing
148/614 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Starting material contains 1.7 percent or more carbon (e.g., cast iron, etc.)->        Starting material is spherulitic (i.e., spheroidal) or vermicular (i.e., wormlike)
148/615 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Starting material contains 1.7 percent or more carbon (e.g., cast iron, etc.)->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum
148/616 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Starting material contains 1.7 percent or more carbon (e.g., cast iron, etc.)->        Treating or producing white or malleable cast iron
148/617 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Starting material contains 1.7 percent or more carbon (e.g., cast iron, etc.) ->        Treating or producing white or malleable cast iron->        Producing malleable cast iron
148/618 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Starting material contains 1.7 percent or more carbon (e.g., cast iron, etc.) ->        Treating or producing white or malleable cast iron ->        Producing malleable cast iron->        With spheroidal graphite production
148/619 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Containing 10 percent or more manganese(Mn) (e.g., Hadfield steel, etc.)
148/620 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Containing 10 percent or more manganese(Mn) (e.g., Hadfield steel, etc.)->        With working
148/621 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Highly alloyed (i.e., greater than 10 percent alloying elements)
148/622 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/623 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening->        Overageing
148/624 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening->        With working
148/625 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum
148/626 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        With preserving, recovering, separately treating or handling of the specified treating agent
148/627 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        With localized or zone heating or cooling
148/628 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        Using vacuum
148/629 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        Decarburizing or denitriding
148/630 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        Utilizing particulate fluid bed
148/631 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        Fused treating agent
148/632 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum ->        Fused treating agent->        With working
148/633 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        Gaseous agent
148/634 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum ->        Gaseous agent->        Hydrogen
148/635 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum ->        Gaseous agent->        With working
148/636 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        Liquid agent
148/637 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum ->        Liquid agent->        And cooling or quenching
148/638 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum ->        Liquid agent ->        And cooling or quenching->        Treating composition contains water
148/639 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Localized or zone heating or cooling
148/640 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Localized or zone heating or cooling->        Utilizing protective or insulating shielding from heat
148/641 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Localized or zone heating or cooling->        Simultaneous heating and cooling treatment
148/642 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Localized or zone heating or cooling->        Heating with flame treatment
148/643 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Localized or zone heating or cooling->        With working
148/644 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Localized or zone heating or cooling->        Cooling
148/645 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        With flattening, straightening, or tensioning by external force
148/646 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        With restraining of metal from expanding or contracting during heating or cooling
148/647 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With restraining of metal from expanding or contracting during heating or cooling->        Die quenching
148/648 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        With working
148/649 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With working->        Forging
148/650 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With working->        With working at or below 120`C or unspecified cold working
148/651 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With working ->        With working at or below 120`C or unspecified cold working->        Heating step follows cold working
148/652 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With working ->        With working at or below 120`C or unspecified cold working ->        Heating step follows cold working->        Separate cooling step follows cold working step
148/653 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With working->        With additional nonworking heating step
148/654 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        With working->        Including cooling (e.g., quenching, etc.)
148/655 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        With separate handling or treating of air, water, or unspecified fluid treating media
148/656 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Work handling
148/657 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Work handling->        Continuous strip or sheet
148/658 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Work handling->        During cooling step
148/659 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Including spheroidizing
148/660 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy->        Including cooling (e.g., quenching, etc.)
148/661 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Including cooling (e.g., quenching, etc.)->        Strip, sheet, or plate
148/662 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Including cooling (e.g., quenching, etc.)->        Heating step follows cooling
148/663 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Including cooling (e.g., quenching, etc.) ->        Heating step follows cooling->        Tempering
148/664 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Iron(Fe) or iron base alloy ->        Including cooling (e.g., quenching, etc.)->        Multiple cooling steps
148/665 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Beryllium(Be) or beryllium base alloy
148/666 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Magnesium(Mg) or magnesium base alloy
148/667 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Magnesium(Mg) or magnesium base alloy->        With working
148/668 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Refractory metal (i.e., titanium(Ti), zirconium(Zr), hafnium(Hf), vanadium(V), niobium(Nb), columbium(Cb), tantalum(Ta), chromium(Cr), molybdenum(Mo), tungsten(W)), or alloy base thereof
148/669 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Refractory metal (i.e., titanium(Ti), zirconium(Zr), hafnium(Hf), vanadium(V), niobium(Nb), columbium(Cb), tantalum(Ta), chromium(Cr), molybdenum(Mo), tungsten(W)), or alloy base thereof->        Titanium(Ti) or titanium base alloy
148/670 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Refractory metal (i.e., titanium(Ti), zirconium(Zr), hafnium(Hf), vanadium(V), niobium(Nb), columbium(Cb), tantalum(Ta), chromium(Cr), molybdenum(Mo), tungsten(W)), or alloy base thereof ->        Titanium(Ti) or titanium base alloy->        With working
148/671 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Refractory metal (i.e., titanium(Ti), zirconium(Zr), hafnium(Hf), vanadium(V), niobium(Nb), columbium(Cb), tantalum(Ta), chromium(Cr), molybdenum(Mo), tungsten(W)), or alloy base thereof ->        Titanium(Ti) or titanium base alloy ->        With working->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/672 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Refractory metal (i.e., titanium(Ti), zirconium(Zr), hafnium(Hf), vanadium(V), niobium(Nb), columbium(Cb), tantalum(Ta), chromium(Cr), molybdenum(Mo), tungsten(W)), or alloy base thereof->        Zirconium(Zr) or zirconium base alloy
148/673 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Refractory metal (i.e., titanium(Ti), zirconium(Zr), hafnium(Hf), vanadium(V), niobium(Nb), columbium(Cb), tantalum(Ta), chromium(Cr), molybdenum(Mo), tungsten(W)), or alloy base thereof->        Tungsten(W) or tungsten base alloy
148/674 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Cobalt(Co) or cobalt base alloy
148/675 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Nickel(Ni) or nickel base alloy
148/676 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Nickel(Ni) or nickel base alloy->        With working
148/677 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Nickel(Ni) or nickel base alloy ->        With working->        With ageing, solution treating, (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/678 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Noble metals (i.e., silver(Ag), gold(Au), osmium(Os), iridium(Ir), platinum(Pt), ruthenium(Ru), rhodium(Rh), palladium(Pd)) or alloy base thereof
148/679 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy
148/680 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy->        With working above 400`C or nonspecified hot working
148/681 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy ->        With working above 400`C or nonspecified hot working->        Multiple working steps
148/682 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy ->        With working above 400`C or nonspecified hot working ->        Multiple working steps->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/683 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy ->        With working above 400`C or nonspecified hot working->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/684 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy->        With working
148/685 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy ->        With working->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/686 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/687 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Copper(Cu) or copper base alloy->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent or denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum
148/688 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy
148/689 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy->        With extruding or drawing
148/690 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With extruding or drawing->        And ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/691 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy->        With working above 400`C or nonspecified hot working
148/692 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With working above 400`C or nonspecified hot working->        Multiple working steps
148/693 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With working above 400`C or nonspecified hot working ->        Multiple working steps->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/694 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With working above 400`C or nonspecified hot working->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/695 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy->        With working
148/696 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With working->        Multiple working steps
148/697 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With working ->        Multiple working steps->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/698 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening
148/699 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening->        Copper(Cu) containing
148/700 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening ->        Copper(Cu) containing->        Magnesium(Mg) containing
148/701 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening ->        Copper(Cu) containing ->        Magnesium(Mg) containing->        Zinc(Zn) containing
148/702 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        With ageing, solution treating (i.e., for hardening), precipitation hardening or strengthening->        Magnesium(Mg) containing
148/703 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum
148/704 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Aluminum(Al) or aluminum base alloy ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        In fused state
148/705 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Zinc(Zn) or zinc base alloy
148/706 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Lead(Pb) or lead base alloy
148/707 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Over 50 percent metal, but no base
148/708 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum
148/709 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        With preserving, recovering or separately handling or treating of the agent
148/710 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        Utilizing particulate form in fluid bed
148/711 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        In fused state
148/712 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        In gaseous state
148/713 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal ->        Treating with specified agent (e.g., heat exchange agent, protective agent, decarburizing agent, denitriding agent, etc.) or vacuum->        In liquid state
148/714 -> 95 PROCESS OF MODIFYING OR MAINTAINING INTERNAL PHYSICAL STRUCTURE (I.E., MICROSTRUCTURE) OR CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF METAL, PROCESS OF REACTIVE COATING OF METAL AND PROCESS OF CHEMICAL-HEAT REMOVING (E.G., FLAME-CUTTING, ETC.) OR BURNING OF METAL  ->        Heating or cooling of solid metal->        Localized or zone heating or cooling treatment
148/22 COMPOSITIONS
148/23 -> 22 COMPOSITIONS ->        Fluxing
148/24 -> 22 COMPOSITIONS  ->        Fluxing->        Metallic
148/25 -> 22 COMPOSITIONS  ->        Fluxing->        Oleaginous
148/26 -> 22 COMPOSITIONS  ->        Fluxing->        Inorganic
148/27 -> 22 COMPOSITIONS ->        Heat treating
148/28 -> 22 COMPOSITIONS  ->        Heat treating->        Liquid
148/29 -> 22 COMPOSITIONS  ->        Heat treating ->        Liquid->        Oleaginous
148/30 -> 22 COMPOSITIONS  ->        Heat treating->        Carbonaceous
148/33 BARRIER LAYER STOCK MATERIAL, P-N TYPE
148/33.1 -> 33 BARRIER LAYER STOCK MATERIAL, P-N TYPE ->        With contiguous layer doped to degeneracy
148/33.2 -> 33 BARRIER LAYER STOCK MATERIAL, P-N TYPE ->        With recess, void, dislocation, grain boundaries or channel openings
148/33.3 -> 33 BARRIER LAYER STOCK MATERIAL, P-N TYPE ->        With non-semiconductive coating thereon
148/33.4 -> 33 BARRIER LAYER STOCK MATERIAL, P-N TYPE ->        With contiguous layers of different semiconductive material
148/33.5 -> 33 BARRIER LAYER STOCK MATERIAL, P-N TYPE ->        Having at least three contiguous layers of semiconductive material
148/33.6 -> 33 BARRIER LAYER STOCK MATERIAL, P-N TYPE  ->        Having at least three contiguous layers of semiconductive material->        Including an alloy layer having named impurities
148/400 STOCK
148/401 -> 400 STOCK ->        Radioactive
148/300 -> 400 STOCK ->        Magnetic
148/301 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic->        Rare earth and transition metal containing
148/302 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic ->        Rare earth and transition metal containing->        Boron containing
148/303 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic ->        Rare earth and transition metal containing->        Copper containing
148/304 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic->        Amorphous
148/305 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic ->        Amorphous->        With inclusion
148/306 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic->        Iron base (i.e., ferrous)
148/307 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic ->        Iron base (i.e., ferrous)->        Silicon containing
148/308 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic ->        Iron base (i.e., ferrous) ->        Silicon containing->        Specific crystallographic orientation
148/309 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic ->        Iron base (i.e., ferrous) ->        Silicon containing->        Containing over 1 percent aluminium
148/310 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic ->        Iron base (i.e., ferrous)->        Nickel containing
148/311 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic ->        Iron base (i.e., ferrous)->        Cobalt containing
148/312 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic->        Nickel base
148/313 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic->        Cobalt base
148/314 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic->        Manganese base
148/315 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Magnetic->        No single metal over 50 percent
148/316 -> 400 STOCK ->        Carburized or nitrided
148/317 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Carburized or nitrided->        Nitrided
148/318 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Carburized or nitrided ->        Nitrided->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)
148/319 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Carburized or nitrided->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)
148/402 -> 400 STOCK ->        Mechanical memory
148/403 -> 400 STOCK ->        Amorphous, i.e., glassy
148/404 -> 400 STOCK ->        Directionally solidified
148/320 -> 400 STOCK ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)
148/321 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        1.7 percent or more carbon containing (e.g., cast iron)
148/322 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base) ->        1.7 percent or more carbon containing (e.g., cast iron)->        Malleabilized
148/323 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base) ->        1.7 percent or more carbon containing (e.g., cast iron)->        Chill cast
148/324 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base) ->        1.7 percent or more carbon containing (e.g., cast iron)->        Six percent or more group IV, V or VI transition metal containing
148/325 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        Nine percent or more chromium containing
148/326 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base) ->        Nine percent or more chromium containing->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened
148/327 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base) ->        Nine percent or more chromium containing->        Eight percent or more total content of nickel and/or manganese containing
148/328 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthed
148/329 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        Eight percent or more manganese containing
148/330 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        Beryllium or boron containing
148/331 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        Rare earth meal containing
148/332 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        Copper containing
148/333 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        Chromium containing, but less than 9 percent
148/334 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base) ->        Chromium containing, but less than 9 percent->        Molybdenum containing
148/335 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base) ->        Chromium containing, but less than 9 percent ->        Molybdenum containing->        Nickel containing
148/336 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        Nickel containing
148/337 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Ferrous (i.e., iron base)->        Three percent or more manganese containing or containing other transition metal in any amount
148/405 -> 400 STOCK ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened
148/406 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened->        Magnesium base
148/407 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened->        Refractory metal base
148/408 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened->        Cobalt base
148/409 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened->        Nickel base
148/410 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened ->        Nickel base->        Chromium containing
148/411 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened->        Copper base
148/412 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened ->        Copper base->        Tin containing
148/413 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened ->        Copper base->        Zinc containing
148/414 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened ->        Copper base->        Nickel containing
148/415 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened->        Aluminum base
148/416 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened ->        Aluminum base->        Copper containing
148/417 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened ->        Aluminum base ->        Copper containing->        Magnesium containing
148/418 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened ->        Aluminum base ->        Copper containing ->        Magnesium containing->        Vanadium, niobium or tantalum containing
148/419 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Age or precipitation hardened or strengthened->        Containing over 50 percent metal, but no base metal
148/420 -> 400 STOCK ->        Magnesium base
148/421 -> 400 STOCK ->        Titanium, zirconium, or hafnium base
148/422 -> 400 STOCK ->        Vanadium, niobum, or tantalum base
148/423 -> 400 STOCK ->        Chromium, molybdenum, or tungsten base
148/424 -> 400 STOCK ->        Manganese base
148/425 -> 400 STOCK ->        Cobalt base
148/426 -> 400 STOCK ->        Nickel base
148/427 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Nickel base->        Chromium containing
148/428 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Nickel base ->        Chromium containing->        Aluminum containing
148/429 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Nickel base->        Aluminum containing
148/430 -> 400 STOCK ->        Noble metal base
148/431 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Noble metal base->        Silver base containing in situ formed oxides
148/432 -> 400 STOCK ->        Copper base
148/433 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Copper base->        Tin containing
148/434 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Copper base->        Zinc containing
148/435 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Copper base->        Nickel containing
148/436 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Copper base->        Aluminum containing
148/437 -> 400 STOCK ->        Aluminum base
148/438 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Aluminum base->        Copper containing
148/439 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Aluminum base ->        Copper containing->        Magnesium containing
148/440 -> 400 STOCK  ->        Aluminum base->        Magnesium containing
148/441 -> 400 STOCK ->        Zinc base
148/442 -> 400 STOCK ->        Containing over 50 per cent metal, but no base metal
148/900 ION IMPLANTED
148/901 SURFACE DEPLETED IN AN ALLOY COMPONENT (E.G., DECARBURIZED)
148/902 HAVING PORTIONS OF DIFFERING METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES OR CHARACTERISTICS
148/903 -> 902 HAVING PORTIONS OF DIFFERING METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES OR CHARACTERISTICS ->        Directly treated with high energy electromagnetic waves or particles (e.g., laser, electron beam)
148/904 -> 902 HAVING PORTIONS OF DIFFERING METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES OR CHARACTERISTICS ->        Crankshaft
148/905 -> 902 HAVING PORTIONS OF DIFFERING METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES OR CHARACTERISTICS ->        Cutting tool
148/906 -> 902 HAVING PORTIONS OF DIFFERING METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES OR CHARACTERISTICS ->        Roller bearing element
148/907 -> 902 HAVING PORTIONS OF DIFFERING METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES OR CHARACTERISTICS ->        Threaded or headed fastener
148/908 -> 902 HAVING PORTIONS OF DIFFERING METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES OR CHARACTERISTICS ->        Spring
148/909 -> 902 HAVING PORTIONS OF DIFFERING METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES OR CHARACTERISTICS ->        Tube
148/910 -> 902 HAVING PORTIONS OF DIFFERING METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES OR CHARACTERISTICS ->        In pattern discontinuous in two dimensions (e.g., checkerboard pattern)
156/1 METHODS
156/39 -> 1 METHODS ->        Plaster board making
156/40 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Plaster board making->        With bending or folding of facing sheet
156/41 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Plaster board making->        With water-proofing with added material
156/42 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Plaster board making->        With embedding of reinforcing material during or subsequent to core formation
156/43 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Plaster board making->        Pore forming in situ
156/44 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Plaster board making->        With preliminary treatment of facing sheet
156/45 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Plaster board making->        With subsequent treatment of plaster board
156/46 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Plaster board making ->        With subsequent treatment of plaster board->        Perforating
156/47 -> 1 METHODS ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length
156/48 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length->        With filling of void or cavity with fluent material
156/49 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length->        Splicing
156/50 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length->        With mechanical working of conductor
156/51 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length->        Covering of conductor
156/52 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length ->        Covering of conductor->        With preformed material
156/53 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length ->        Covering of conductor ->        With preformed material->        Wrapping of sheet material (e.g., tape) about conductor and/or conductor assembly
156/54 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length ->        Covering of conductor ->        With preformed material ->        Wrapping of sheet material (e.g., tape) about conductor and/or conductor assembly->        By longitudinally bending sheet
156/55 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length ->        Covering of conductor ->        With preformed material ->        Wrapping of sheet material (e.g., tape) about conductor and/or conductor assembly->        Plural spaced conductors
156/56 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Making electrical conductors of indefinite length ->        Covering of conductor ->        With preformed material ->        Wrapping of sheet material (e.g., tape) about conductor and/or conductor assembly->        Plural covering operations
156/57 -> 1 METHODS ->        Maintaining the natural appearance of plants or animal parts
156/58 -> 1 METHODS ->        Contour or profile photography to reproduce three-dimensional objects
156/59 -> 1 METHODS ->        Relief or intaglio representations of three-dimensional objects (e.g., relief modeling of photographs)
156/60 -> 1 METHODS ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor
156/61 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Simulated products of nature
156/62 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With manual drawing or engraving
156/62.2 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With formation of lamina by bulk deposition of discrete particles to form self-supporting article
156/62.4 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With formation of lamina by bulk deposition of discrete particles to form self-supporting article->        Liberation or formation of fibers
156/62.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With formation of lamina by bulk deposition of discrete particles to form self-supporting article->        By joining portions of batt to itself
156/62.8 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With formation of lamina by bulk deposition of discrete particles to form self-supporting article->        To similarly formed batt
156/63 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Manually arranging different colored or shaped discrete elements to form design
156/64 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With measuring, testing, or inspecting
156/65 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Of multiple spaced elements between and transverse of parallel webs (e.g., Venetian blind ladders)
156/66 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Adhesive application of fasteners to articles (e.g., slide fastener to garment)
156/67 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Utilizing phosphorescent or fluorescent material
156/68 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With fur removal from animal pelt
156/69 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Application of end closures to containers
156/70 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Encasing movable or loosely confined element between adhering lamina (e.g., drawstrings)
156/71 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Of lamina to building or installed structure
156/72 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Setting or embedding tufts or discrete pile elements onto backing (e.g., rugs, brushes, etc.)
156/73.1 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With sonic or ultrasonic treatment
156/73.2 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With sonic or ultrasonic treatment->        Rod, strand, or filament
156/73.3 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With sonic or ultrasonic treatment->        With sonic or ultrasonic cutting
156/73.4 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With sonic or ultrasonic treatment->        Sheet or web splicing
156/73.5 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Friction treatment (e.g., welding)
156/73.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Vibratory treatment
156/74 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With application of centrifugal force
156/75 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With balancing of product
156/76 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With parchmentizing or transparentizing
156/77 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With pore forming in situ to form cellular lamina
156/78 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With pore forming in situ to form cellular lamina->        Foaming
156/79 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With pore forming in situ to form cellular lamina ->        Foaming->        Subsequent to assembly of laminae
156/80 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With refrigeration or freezing
156/81 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With melting or gasification of permanently associated solid material in situ in airtight cavity
156/82 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With flame contact of lamina
156/83 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With swelling of material of lamina
156/84 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With shrinking of material of lamina
156/85 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With shrinking of material of lamina->        Subsequent to assembly of laminae
156/86 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With shrinking of material of lamina ->        Subsequent to assembly of laminae->        Of lamina covering cylindrical or spherical body
156/87 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Providing escapeways for gases trapped or generated between layers
156/88 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Fray-prevention by bonding
156/89.11 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material
156/89.12 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material->        Forming electrical article or component thereof
156/89.13 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material ->        Forming electrical article or component thereof->        Elemental carbon containing (e.g., graphite, etc.)
156/89.14 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material ->        Forming electrical article or component thereof->        Inorganic titanate compound containing
156/89.15 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material ->        Forming electrical article or component thereof->        Nitride compound containing
156/89.16 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material ->        Forming electrical article or component thereof->        Elemental metal or alloy containing
156/89.17 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material ->        Forming electrical article or component thereof ->        Elemental metal or alloy containing->        Silver containing
156/89.18 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material ->        Forming electrical article or component thereof ->        Elemental metal or alloy containing->        Copper containing
156/89.19 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material ->        Forming electrical article or component thereof ->        Elemental metal or alloy containing->        Tungsten containing
156/89.21 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material ->        Forming electrical article or component thereof ->        Elemental metal or alloy containing->        Molybdenum containing
156/89.22 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material->        Honeycomb-like
156/89.23 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material->        With wax or wax-like processing aid
156/89.24 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material->        Coloring agent containing
156/89.25 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material->        Elemental carbon containing (e.g., graphite, etc.)
156/89.26 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material ->        Elemental carbon containing (e.g., graphite, etc.)->        Carbon fibers or filaments
156/89.27 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material->        Nitride compound containing
156/89.28 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With vitrification or firing ceramic material->        Elemental metal or alloy containing
156/90 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Utilizing layer to prevent migration or bleeding between laminae
156/91 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With separate permanent mechanical joining means (riveted, sewed, stapled, etc.)
156/92 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With separate permanent mechanical joining means (riveted, sewed, stapled, etc.)->        With penetrating of fastener
156/93 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With separate permanent mechanical joining means (riveted, sewed, stapled, etc.) ->        With penetrating of fastener->        Sewing
156/94 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Reclaiming, renewing or repairing articles for reuse
156/95 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Reclaiming, renewing or repairing articles for reuse->        Toroidal shapes (e.g., tire or tube)
156/96 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Reclaiming, renewing or repairing articles for reuse ->        Toroidal shapes (e.g., tire or tube)->        Adhesively secured tire retreads
156/97 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Reclaiming, renewing or repairing articles for reuse ->        Toroidal shapes (e.g., tire or tube)->        Puncture repairing
156/98 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Reclaiming, renewing or repairing articles for reuse->        With removal of defective area to be repaired
156/99 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Optically transparent glass sandwich making (e.g., window or filter)
156/100 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Optically transparent glass sandwich making (e.g., window or filter)->        Variegated colored lamina or interlayer
156/101 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Optically transparent glass sandwich making (e.g., window or filter)->        With cutting or breaking or partial removal of interlayer and/or lamina
156/102 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Optically transparent glass sandwich making (e.g., window or filter)->        With deformation or shaping of interlayer and/or lamina
156/103 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Optically transparent glass sandwich making (e.g., window or filter)->        With application of plural sequential pressures
156/104 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Optically transparent glass sandwich making (e.g., window or filter)->        With air evacuation between laminae
156/105 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Optically transparent glass sandwich making (e.g., window or filter)->        Directly applied fluid pressure
156/106 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Optically transparent glass sandwich making (e.g., window or filter)->        With preformed intermediate adhesive layer
156/107 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Optically transparent glass sandwich making (e.g., window or filter)->        Sandwich edge sealing
156/108 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Mounting transparent lamina over window opening (e.g., slide-mounting)
156/109 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Multipane glazing unit making (e.g., air-spaced panes)
156/110.1 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.
156/111 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.->        Moving work progressively to separate assembly stations
156/112 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.->        Solid tire type (i.e., nonpneumatic)
156/113 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Solid tire type (i.e., nonpneumatic)->        Having cushioning void or cavity
156/114 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.->        Incorporation of solid nonrubber material at exposed tread surface of tire (e.g., anti-skid)
156/115 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.->        Applying flowable puncture sealing material
156/116 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.->        Applying differently colored material at sidewall (e.g., white wall)
156/117 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.->        Building tires directly from strands or cords
156/118 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.->        Tubular (airtight) torus (e.g., auto tube-making)
156/119 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Tubular (airtight) torus (e.g., auto tube-making)->        Multichamber safety tube
156/120 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Tubular (airtight) torus (e.g., auto tube-making)->        Valve-applying
156/121 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Tubular (airtight) torus (e.g., auto tube-making)->        Applying reinforcing material to external tube surface
156/122 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Tubular (airtight) torus (e.g., auto tube-making)->        Joining tube ends to form torus
156/123 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.->        Of plural layers
156/124 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers->        At least one layer including metal cords
156/125 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers->        With injection molding of outer lamina
156/126 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers->        Axially assembling preformed flexible endless bands
156/127 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers ->        Axially assembling preformed flexible endless bands->        With tread-preforming
156/128.1 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers->        Applying tread material to fully-formed carcass
156/128.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers ->        Applying tread material to fully-formed carcass->        With specified treatment of tread material before application to carcass
156/129 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers ->        Applying tread material to fully-formed carcass ->        With specified treatment of tread material before application to carcass->        Shaping
156/130 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers ->        Applying tread material to fully-formed carcass->        By winding or including application of inextensible lamina under tread bond
156/130.3 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers ->        Applying tread material to fully-formed carcass->        With specified procedure for interlocking of lamina or removal of air from therebetweenSEMI e.g., "stitching", etc.
156/130.5 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers ->        Applying tread material to fully-formed carcass->        With specified procedure for cooling or heatingSEMI e.g., for vulcanization, etc.
156/130.7 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers ->        Applying tread material to fully-formed carcass->        With specified procedure for bead, carcass or sidewall formation
156/131 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers->        Bead-applying
156/132 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers ->        Bead-applying->        Folding fabric about bead
156/133 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers->        Applying fabric to form (e.g., carcass building)
156/134 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc. ->        Of plural layers ->        Applying fabric to form (e.g., carcass building)->        Fabric splice end treatment
156/135 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Making flexible or resilient toroidal shapeSEMI e.g., tire, inner tube, etc.->        Bead portion of carcass treatment
156/136 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Tire bead ring making
156/137 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Flexible endless drive belt making
156/138 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Flexible endless drive belt making->        Forming grooves on inner surface
156/139 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Flexible endless drive belt making->        "V" or trapezoid section belt
156/140 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Flexible endless drive belt making ->        "V" or trapezoid section belt->        With plastic shaping or molding
156/141 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Flexible endless drive belt making ->        "V" or trapezoid section belt ->        With plastic shaping or molding->        Wrapping of belt prior to shaping
156/142 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Flexible endless drive belt making ->        "V" or trapezoid section belt->        With cutting to "V" or trapezoid section
156/143 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Helical wire or plural ring reinforced flexible tube making
156/144 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Helical wire or plural ring reinforced flexible tube making->        Assembling preformed helical coil or rings with separate tube
156/145 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With encapsulating of permanently fluent material in hollow or porous lamina or filling of space between adhered laminae
156/146 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With encapsulating of permanently fluent material in hollow or porous lamina or filling of space between adhered laminae->        Prior to bonding of laminae (e.g., golf balls)
156/147 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With encapsulating of permanently fluent material in hollow or porous lamina or filling of space between adhered laminae ->        Prior to bonding of laminae (e.g., golf balls)->        With inflation of airtight cavity
156/148 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With weaving, knitting, braiding, twisting or needling
156/149 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With weaving, knitting, braiding, twisting or needling->        About tubular lamina
156/150 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With electro-deposition
156/151 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With electro-deposition->        On adherent surface of lamina prior to assembly
156/152 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With temporary disassembling and subsequent bonding of same laminae
156/153 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With abrading or grinding of lamina
156/154 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With abrading or grinding of lamina->        Subsequent to assembly
156/155 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With destruction of solid transitory materialSEMI e.g., dissolving, melting, etc.
156/156 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With fluid pressure to prevent collapse of hollow structure during assembly and/or joining
156/157 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Joining indefinite length laminae end-to-end
156/158 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Joining indefinite length laminae end-to-end->        Of wire, rod, tube or filament
156/159 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Joining indefinite length laminae end-to-end->        With cutting of joining ends
156/160 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Bonding in stressed condition of at least one prestressed element
156/161 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding in stressed condition of at least one prestressed element->        Of stressed filaments
156/162 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding in stressed condition of at least one prestressed element->        During winding of lamina
156/163 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding in stressed condition of at least one prestressed element->        Bonding of sheets or webs only
156/164 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding in stressed condition of at least one prestressed element ->        Bonding of sheets or webs only->        Running length web
156/165 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding in stressed condition of at least one prestressed element->        Stressing spherical or tubular body
156/166 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length
156/167 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length->        With formation of filaments
156/168 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length->        With removal of filamentary material subsequent to lamination thereof
156/169 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length->        With winding of filamentary material
156/170 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        With winding of filamentary material->        About spherical lamina
156/171 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        With winding of filamentary material->        With winding of separate sheet or web
156/172 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        With winding of filamentary material->        Winding about and uniting to core
156/173 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        With winding of filamentary material->        Winding about subsequently removed core or mandrel
156/174 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        With winding of filamentary material ->        Winding about subsequently removed core or mandrel->        With cutting of filamentary material to form web or sheet
156/175 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        With winding of filamentary material ->        Winding about subsequently removed core or mandrel->        Of filamentary material only
156/176 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length->        To web of indefinite length
156/177 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        To web of indefinite length->        With axis of filamentary material nonparallel to axis of web
156/178 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        To web of indefinite length->        Plural filaments
156/179 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        To web of indefinite length ->        Plural filaments->        Between plural webs
156/180 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length->        Of filamentary material only to form article
156/181 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of flexible filamentary material while in indefinite length or running length ->        Of filamentary material only to form article->        Article is sheet or web
156/182 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Of at least two bonded subassemblies
156/183 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With creping, wrinkling, crinkling
156/184 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With winding of web or sheet
156/185 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet->        Uniting to separate core
156/186 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet ->        Uniting to separate core->        Spherical core
156/187 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet ->        Uniting to separate core->        Tubular core
156/188 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet ->        Uniting to separate core ->        Tubular core->        Sequential winding of separate webs
156/189 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet->        About irregular or configured mandrel surface
156/190 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet->        Sequential winding of separate webs
156/191 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet->        With additional assembly (other than winding)
156/192 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet ->        With additional assembly (other than winding)->        Prior to winding
156/193 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet->        With cutting of wound body (excludes nominal cutoff)
156/194 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet->        With reshaping of wound body
156/195 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With winding of web or sheet->        Longitudinally progressive helical winding
156/196 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina
156/197 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        By separating laminae between spaced secured areas (e.g., honeycomb expanding)
156/198 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        By inward collapsing of portion of hollow body
156/199 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        Running or continuous length work
156/200 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work->        Longitudinal bending
156/201 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work ->        Longitudinal bending->        Prior to or during assembly with additional lamina
156/202 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work ->        Longitudinal bending->        Overedge bending or overedge folding
156/203 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work ->        Longitudinal bending->        And edge-joining of one piece blank to form tube
156/204 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work->        Folding
156/205 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work->        Transverse corrugating
156/206 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work ->        Transverse corrugating->        Subsequent to assembly of laminae
156/207 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work ->        Transverse corrugating->        With deformation or cutting of corrugated lamina
156/208 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work ->        Transverse corrugating->        Treating material of corrugated lamina or dry adhesive thereon to render tacky
156/209 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Running or continuous length work->        Surface deformation only (e.g., embossing)
156/210 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        To form undulated to corrugated sheet and securing to base with parts of shaped areas out of contact
156/211 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        With slitting or removal of material at reshaping area prior to reshaping
156/212 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        By bending, drawing or stretch forming sheet to assume shape of configured lamina while in contact therewith
156/213 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        By bending, drawing or stretch forming sheet to assume shape of configured lamina while in contact therewith->        Encasing or enveloping the configured lamina
156/214 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        By bending, drawing or stretch forming sheet to assume shape of configured lamina while in contact therewith->        With preshaping of lamina
156/215 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        By bending, drawing or stretch forming sheet to assume shape of configured lamina while in contact therewith->        Flexible sheet to cylinder lamina
156/216 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        Overedge bending of lamina about edges of sheetlike base
156/217 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        Bending of one piece blank and joining edges to form article
156/218 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Bending of one piece blank and joining edges to form article->        Hollow cylinder article
156/219 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        Surface deformation only of sandwich or lamina (e.g., embossed panels)
156/220 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Surface deformation only of sandwich or lamina (e.g., embossed panels)->        Subsequent to lamination
156/221 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        Subsequent to assembly
156/222 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Subsequent to assembly->        Of parallel stacked sheets only
156/223 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Subsequent to assembly ->        Of parallel stacked sheets only->        Bending of one lamina only
156/224 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Subsequent to assembly ->        Of parallel stacked sheets only->        To form dished or receptacle-like product
156/226 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina ->        Subsequent to assembly->        Folding only
156/227 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With permanent bending or reshaping or surface deformation of self sustaining lamina->        By folding
156/228 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Of preshaped laminae between closed similarly shaped press platens or clamps
156/229 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With stretching
156/230 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base
156/231 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        With formation of lamina of continuous length by molding or casting on endless carrier
156/232 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        Carrier is configured mold
156/233 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        Metal foil lamina
156/234 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        Of portion only of lamina from carrier
156/235 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        Plural transferring operations and/or with additional laminating
156/236 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        Solvent other than water to release lamina
156/237 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        Coating of transferred lamina
156/238 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        Running or continuous flexible web carrier
156/239 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        Plural superimposed laminae transferred
156/240 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base ->        Plural superimposed laminae transferred->        Transfer of printing or design
156/241 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct contact transfer of adhered lamina from carrier to base->        To base coated with adhesive
156/242 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With lamina formation by molding or casting
156/243 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting->        Forming plural continuous web laminae
156/244.11 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting->        By extrusion
156/244.12 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Encapsulating or enclosing a lamina
156/244.13 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Hollow article or lamina
156/244.14 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion ->        Hollow article or lamina->        Differential fluid pressure used
156/244.15 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion ->        Hollow article or lamina->        Specific nonuniform lamina or articleSEMI e.g., netting or rib and groove, etc.
156/244.16 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        With printing
156/244.17 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Electrical, magnetic, or wave energy used
156/244.18 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        With cutting, severing, or perforating
156/244.19 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion ->        With cutting, severing, or perforating->        After bondingSEMI e.g., as finishing step, etc.
156/244.21 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Differential fluid pressure used
156/244.22 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Bonding spaced preforms
156/244.23 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Pretreatment
156/244.24 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Post-treatment
156/244.25 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Article or at least one lamina of nonuniform thickness or discontinuous
156/244.26 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Bonding in specified environment (other than temperature)
156/244.27 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting ->        By extrusion->        Pressure assisted bonding
156/245 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting->        In configured mold
156/246 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With lamina formation by molding or casting->        On temporary planar support (e.g., film casting)
156/247 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With stripping of adhered lamina
156/248 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With stripping of adhered lamina->        With cutting of one lamina only while adhered
156/249 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With stripping of adhered lamina->        And assembly with different lamina
156/250 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing
156/251 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing->        And simultaneously bonding (e.g., cut-seaming)
156/252 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing->        Perforating lamina
156/253 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Perforating lamina->        Subsequent to assembly of laminae
156/254 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing->        Splitting sheet lamina in plane intermediate of faces
156/255 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing->        Spiral peeling
156/256 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing->        Prior to assembly
156/257 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly->        Partial cutting (e.g., grooving or incising)
156/258 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly->        Cutting to shape joining edge surfaces only
156/259 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly->        Continuous longitudinal slitting
156/260 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly ->        Continuous longitudinal slitting->        Bonding face to face of laminae cut from single sheet
156/261 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly->        Punching and bonding pressure application by punch
156/262 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly ->        Punching and bonding pressure application by punch->        Closure cap liner applying type
156/263 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly->        Separate cutting of separate sheets or webs
156/264 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly->        Of plural laminae from single stock and assembling to each other or to additional lamina
156/265 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly ->        Of plural laminae from single stock and assembling to each other or to additional lamina->        Applying plural cut laminae to single face of additional lamina
156/266 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Prior to assembly ->        Of plural laminae from single stock and assembling to each other or to additional lamina->        Joining of cut laminae end-to-end
156/267 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing->        Flash, trim or excess removal
156/268 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing->        Partial cutting bonded sandwich (e.g., grooving or incising)
156/269 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing->        Of continuous or running length bonded web
156/270 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Of continuous or running length bonded web->        One web only
156/271 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With cutting, punching, tearing or severing ->        Of continuous or running length bonded web->        Continuous longitudinal slitting
156/272.2 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work
156/272.4 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        Involving magnetically susceptible lamina or incorporating into the work a particulate susceptor material having magnetic properties
156/272.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        Exposure of work to corona or glow discharge
156/272.8 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        Exposure of work to laser
156/273.1 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        Developing electrostatic charge
156/273.3 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        Before final assemblySEMI e.g., to cure lamina, etc.
156/273.5 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work ->        Before final assemblySEMI e.g., to cure lamina, etc.->        Before and after final assembly
156/273.7 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        Applying pressure before electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy
156/273.9 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        Work constitutes conductor of electrical circuit
156/274.2 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work ->        Work constitutes conductor of electrical circuit->        Conductor is a coil
156/274.4 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        Exposure of work to electrode
156/274.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work ->        Exposure of work to electrode->        Continuously moving work in relation to electrode
156/274.8 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work ->        Exposure of work to electrode->        With application of adhesive
156/275.1 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        Only part of containing lamina surfaces bondedSEMI e.g., seaming, etc.
156/275.3 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work ->        Only part of containing lamina surfaces bondedSEMI e.g., seaming, etc.->        With application of adhesive
156/275.5 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        To polymerize or cure material in work
156/275.7 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With direct application of electrical, magnetic, or radiant energy to work->        With application of adhesive
156/276 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With mass application of nonadhesive fibers or particles between laminae
156/277 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With printing
156/278 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        With coating of nonadherent face of lamina
156/279 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With coating of nonadherent face of lamina->        Coating with fibers or particles
156/280 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        With coating of nonadherent face of lamina->        Subsequent to bonding
156/281 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        CombinedSEMI e.g., with cleaning, etc.
156/282 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Simultaneous heating and cooling
156/283 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Adhesive applied as dry particles
156/284 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Adhesive applied as dry particles->        Treating particle with liquid to render tacky
156/285 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Direct application of vacuum or fluid pressure during bonding
156/286 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct application of vacuum or fluid pressure during bonding->        To remove gas from between assembled laminae
156/287 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Direct application of vacuum or fluid pressure during bonding->        To the lining of hollow body
156/288 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Simultaneous pressure application to at least two separate sandwiches
156/289 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Utilizing parting or release material to prevent adhesion
156/290 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Bonding of facing continuously contacting laminae at spaced points only
156/291 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Bonding of facing continuously contacting laminae at spaced points only->        By nonuniform adhesive application
156/292 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Of laminae having opposed facing areas out of contact
156/293 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Inserting of lamina in hole, aperture or recess of other lamina and adherence to side walls thereof
156/294 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Inserting of lamina in hole, aperture or recess of other lamina and adherence to side walls thereof->        Core within tube
156/295 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Adhesive applying to restricted area and spreading thereof by assembly pressure
156/296 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Strands, rods, tubes or sticklike bodies to each other only
156/297 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Of discrete laminae to single face of additional lamina
156/298 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Of discrete laminae to single face of additional lamina->        Embedding of laminae within face of additional laminae
156/299 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Of discrete laminae to single face of additional lamina->        All laminae planar and face to face
156/300 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Of discrete laminae to single face of additional lamina ->        All laminae planar and face to face->        With covering of discrete laminae with additional lamina
156/301 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Of discrete laminae to single face of additional lamina ->        All laminae planar and face to face ->        With covering of discrete laminae with additional lamina->        Opposed laminae are running length webs
156/302 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Of discrete laminae to single face of additional lamina ->        All laminae planar and face to face->        Lamina is running length web
156/303 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Of discrete laminae to single face of additional lamina ->        All laminae planar and face to face ->        Lamina is running length web->        Feeding of discrete laminae from separate sources
156/303.1 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Inserting lamina into preformed plastic body
156/304.1 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Butt edge joining of laminae
156/304.2 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Butt edge joining of laminae->        Joining of nonplanar elementsSEMI e.g., configured hollow objects, etc.
156/304.3 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Butt edge joining of laminae->        With joiner member or reinforcement
156/304.4 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Butt edge joining of laminae ->        With joiner member or reinforcement->        Carpet or fabric joined
156/304.5 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Butt edge joining of laminae->        With preliminary edge treatment or joining of edges of irregular shapeSEMI e.g., tongue and groove, beveled, etc.
156/304.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Butt edge joining of laminae->        By heat
156/304.7 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Butt edge joining of laminae->        Of carpet or fabric
156/305 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        By applying after assembly an adhesive, solvent or chemical activating agent
156/306.3 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        By pressure or drying only, without tackSEMI e.g., for easy delamination, etc.
156/306.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Using single, preformed, diverse bonding lamina between other laminae
156/306.9 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Using single, preformed, diverse bonding lamina between other laminae->        Including curing of nonfully polymerized material
156/307.1 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        By curing of nonfully polymerized self-sustaining lamina
156/307.3 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By curing of nonfully polymerized self-sustaining lamina->        With coating or impregnating a face to be adhered
156/307.4 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By curing of nonfully polymerized self-sustaining lamina ->        With coating or impregnating a face to be adhered->        Indefinite plurality of similar impregnated thin sheetsSEMI e.g., "decorative laminate" type, etc.
156/307.5 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By curing of nonfully polymerized self-sustaining lamina ->        With coating or impregnating a face to be adhered->        Coating solidifiedSEMI e.g., by drying, etc., before assembly
156/307.7 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By curing of nonfully polymerized self-sustaining lamina->        Including uncurable laminaSEMI e.g., metal, paper, etc.
156/308.2 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        By tackifying substance of self-sustaining lamina to be bondedSEMI e.g., autogenous bonding, etc.
156/308.4 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By tackifying substance of self-sustaining lamina to be bondedSEMI e.g., autogenous bonding, etc.->        Only part of contacting laminae surfaces bondedSEMI e.g., seam, seal, etc.
156/308.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By tackifying substance of self-sustaining lamina to be bondedSEMI e.g., autogenous bonding, etc.->        With treating agent application to a surface
156/308.8 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By tackifying substance of self-sustaining lamina to be bondedSEMI e.g., autogenous bonding, etc. ->        With treating agent application to a surface->        Plural agents applied sequentially or to different laminae or using water as sole agent
156/309.3 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By tackifying substance of self-sustaining lamina to be bondedSEMI e.g., autogenous bonding, etc. ->        With treating agent application to a surface->        Diverse laminae
156/309.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By tackifying substance of self-sustaining lamina to be bondedSEMI e.g., autogenous bonding, etc.->        Involving defined plastic flow or melting of entire lamina
156/309.9 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        By tackifying substance of self-sustaining lamina to be bondedSEMI e.g., autogenous bonding, etc.->        With heating of lamina prior to assembly
156/310 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Of laminae having a different coating on at least two mating surfaces
156/311 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Sequential heating and cooling during pressure applying
156/312 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Sequential different pressure applying
156/313 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Interposing intermediate laminate between non-coated laminae
156/314 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Sequentially applying different liquids or liquefiable materials to adhering face of lamina
156/315 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Sequentially applying different liquids or liquefiable materials to adhering face of lamina->        At least two liquids rubber and/or resin-containing
156/316 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Sequentially applying different liquids or liquefiable materials to adhering face of lamina->        First applied liquid acid-containing
156/317 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Sequentially applying different liquids or liquefiable materials to adhering face of lamina->        Protein-containing liquid
156/318 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Sequentially applying different liquids or liquefiable materials to adhering face of lamina->        Carbohydrate-containing liquid
156/319 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Sequentially applying different liquids or liquefiable materials to adhering face of lamina->        One liquid containing inorganic material only
156/320 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Heating of dry adhesive on lamina prior to assembly contact
156/321 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Heating adhesive by contacting with heated lamina
156/322 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Heating lamina prior to assembly or adhesive applying
156/323 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Interposing subsequently removed flexible element between lamina and a pressure applying surface
156/324 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Running or continuous webs of indefinite length
156/324.4 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        By tackifying a single lamina of intermediate laminate
156/325 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor->        Particular adhesive
156/326 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive->        Organic containing
156/327 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing->        Synthetic resin containing
156/328 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing->        With carbohydrate and/or protein or derivatives thereof
156/329 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Silicon resin
156/330 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Epoxy resin
156/330.9 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Nitrogenous resin
156/331.1 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Nitrogenous resin->        With polymerization completion, i.e., curing, after assembly
156/331.2 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Nitrogenous resin ->        With polymerization completion, i.e., curing, after assembly->        N only in unlinked side-chain or side-ring
156/331.3 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Nitrogenous resin ->        With polymerization completion, i.e., curing, after assembly->        Derived from aldehyde or ketone
156/331.4 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Nitrogenous resin ->        With polymerization completion, i.e., curing, after assembly->        Iso- or thio-cyanate moiety reacted in curing
156/331.5 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Nitrogenous resin ->        With polymerization completion, i.e., curing, after assembly->        N in a ring
156/331.6 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Nitrogenous resin->        N only in unlinked side-chain or side-ringSEMI e.g., polyvinyl, pyridine, etc.
156/331.7 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Nitrogenous resin->        Derived from iso- or thio-cyanateSEMI e.g., polyurethane, etc.
156/331.8 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Nitrogenous resin->        Derived from acyclic compound containing N
156/331.9 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Nitrogenous resin ->        Derived from acyclic compound containing N->        And aldehyde, ketone, or carbocyclic moiety-containing compound
156/332 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Polycarboxylic acid ester resin
156/333 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Halogenated hydrocarbon resin
156/334 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Hydrocarbon resin
156/335 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Phenolic-aldehyde resin
156/336 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing->        Protein and/or carbohydrate containing and/or derivatives thereof
156/337 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing->        Bituminous containing
156/338 -> 1 METHODS  ->        Surface bonding and/or assembly therefor ->        Particular adhesive ->        Organic containing->        Natural rubber containing
156/344 -> 1 METHODS ->        Delaminating, per se
156/345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS
156/345.11 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        For liquid etchant
156/345.12 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant->        With mechanical polishing (i.e., CMP-chemical mechanical polishing)
156/345.13 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant ->        With mechanical polishing (i.e., CMP-chemical mechanical polishing)->        With measuring, sensing, detection or process control means
156/345.14 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant ->        With mechanical polishing (i.e., CMP-chemical mechanical polishing)->        With wafer retaining ring
156/345.15 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant->        With measuring, sensing, detection or process control means
156/345.16 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant ->        With measuring, sensing, detection or process control means->        With endpoint detection means
156/345.17 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant ->        With measuring, sensing, detection or process control means->        Liquid etchant spray means
156/345.18 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant->        With means to supply, remove, or recycle liquid etchant outside of etching tank or chamber (e.g., supply tanks or pipe network)
156/345.19 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant->        With mechanical mask or shield or shutter for shielding workpiece
156/345.2 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant->        Running length workpiece (e.g., etching indeterminate length strip)
156/345.21 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant->        Liquid etchant spray type
156/345.22 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant->        With plural etching zones for a single discrete workpiece in apparatus
156/345.23 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        For liquid etchant->        With specified workpiece support
156/345.24 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With measuring, sensing, detection or process control means
156/345.25 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, sensing, detection or process control means->        For endpoint detection
156/345.26 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, sensing, detection or process control means->        For detection or control of pressure or flow of etchant gas
156/345.27 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, sensing, detection or process control means->        For temperature detection or control
156/345.28 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With measuring, sensing, detection or process control means->        For detection or control of electrical parameter (e.g., current, voltage, resistance, power, etc.)
156/345.29 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With etchant gas supply or exhaust structure located outside of etching chamber (e.g., supply tank, pipe network, exhaust pump, particle filter)
156/345.3 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With mechanical mask, shield or shutter for shielding workpiece
156/345.31 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With means for passing discrete workpiece through plural chambers (e.g., loadlock)
156/345.32 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With means for passing discrete workpiece through plural chambers (e.g., loadlock)->        With robot arm connected by doors to plural other chambers (i.e., cluster tool)
156/345.33 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With gas inlet structure (e.g., inlet nozzle, gas distributor)
156/345.34 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With gas inlet structure (e.g., inlet nozzle, gas distributor)->        Showerhead-type
156/345.35 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With plasma generation means remote from processing chamber
156/345.36 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With plasma generation means remote from processing chamber->        By microwave
156/345.37 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With heating or cooling means for apparatus part other than workpiece support
156/345.38 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With multiple gas energizing means associated with one workpiece etching
156/345.39 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With means to generate and to direct a reactive ion etchant beam at a workpiece
156/345.4 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With means to direct electron beam or ion beam to a gas to energize the gas
156/345.41 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With microwave gas energizing means
156/345.42 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With microwave gas energizing means->        With magnetic field generating means for control of the etchant gas
156/345.43 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        Having glow discharge electrode gas energizing means
156/345.44 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        Having glow discharge electrode gas energizing means->        Electrically coupled to a power supply or matching circuit
156/345.45 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        Having glow discharge electrode gas energizing means->        Including more than two electrodes (e.g., triode reactors)
156/345.46 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        Having glow discharge electrode gas energizing means->        With magnetic field generating means for control of the etchant gas
156/345.47 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        Having glow discharge electrode gas energizing means->        Parallel plate electrodes
156/345.48 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With radio frequency (rf) antenna or inductive coil gas energizing means
156/345.49 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With radio frequency (rf) antenna or inductive coil gas energizing means->        With magnetic field generating means for control of the etchant gas
156/345.5 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With means for photochemical energization of a gas using ultraviolet, visible, or x-ray radiation
156/345.51 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS ->        With workpiece support
156/345.52 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With workpiece support->        With means to heat the workpiece support
156/345.53 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With workpiece support->        With means to cool the workpiece support
156/345.54 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With workpiece support->        With means to move the workpiece inside the etching chamber
156/345.55 -> 345.1 DIFFERENTIAL FLUID ETCHING APPARATUS  ->        With workpiece support ->        With means to move the workpiece inside the etching chamber->        With means to cause rotary movement of the workpiece
156/346 PLASTER BOARD MAKING APPARATUS
156/347 -> 346 PLASTER BOARD MAKING APPARATUS ->        With surface deformation means
156/348 -> 346 PLASTER BOARD MAKING APPARATUS ->        With edge treatment means
156/349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR
156/350 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control
156/351 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control->        Plural interrelated sensing means
156/352 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control->        To stop operation of complete machine
156/353 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control->        Of cutter
156/354 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control ->        Of cutter->        And separate means feeding cut pieces in sequence and applying to serially conveyed articles
156/355 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control ->        Of cutter->        Responsive to feed of article to which cut piece is applied
156/356 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control->        Of application of fluent material to work
156/357 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control ->        Of application of fluent material to work->        By presence or absence of work to which applied
156/358 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control->        Of application of bonding pressure
156/359 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control->        Of temperature and/or motion of heat exchange means
156/360 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control->        Means responsive to weight or dimension
156/361 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control->        Of feed or motion of indefinite length work or transfer carrying tape
156/362 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control->        Of feed of articles to assembly station
156/363 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control ->        Of feed of articles to assembly station->        Responsive to presence, absence, or condition of article to which applied
156/364 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Automatic and/or material-triggered control ->        Of feed of articles to assembly station ->        Responsive to presence, absence, or condition of article to which applied->        Sheet feeding
156/365 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With safety interlocks
156/366 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With timing means
156/367 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With electrical controls
156/368 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With electrical controls->        For starting or stopping machine operation
156/378 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With testing, measuring, and/or indicating means
156/379 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With inspecting and/or illuminating means
156/379.6 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work
156/379.7 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work->        To an electrically conductive lamina or component incorporated into the work
156/379.8 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work->        With means to assemble laminae or position them relative to each other
156/379.9 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work ->        With means to assemble laminae or position them relative to each other->        With plural diverse heating means
156/380.1 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work ->        With means to assemble laminae or position them relative to each other->        With tube-forming means
156/380.2 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work ->        With means to assemble laminae or position them relative to each other->        With electrode or coil member contacting work
156/380.3 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work ->        With means to assemble laminae or position them relative to each other ->        With electrode or coil member contacting work->        Electrodes on opposing sides of smallest dimension of work
156/380.4 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work ->        With means to assemble laminae or position them relative to each other ->        With electrode or coil member contacting work ->        Electrodes on opposing sides of smallest dimension of work->        With means moving one electrode toward the other electrode
156/380.5 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work ->        With means to assemble laminae or position them relative to each other ->        With electrode or coil member contacting work ->        Electrodes on opposing sides of smallest dimension of work ->        With means moving one electrode toward the other electrode->        With means to change the configuration of a lamina, e.g., folding, deforming, etc.
156/380.6 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work->        With electrode having a mechanical functionSEMI e.g., pressing, etc.
156/380.7 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work ->        With electrode having a mechanical functionSEMI e.g., pressing, etc.->        Cutting, tearing, or breaking function
156/380.8 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work ->        With electrode having a mechanical functionSEMI e.g., pressing, etc.->        Shaping or deforming functionSEMI e.g., patterned electrode, etc.
156/380.9 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With means applying wave energy or electrical energy directly to work->        With radiant heater not touching work
156/381 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Chamber enclosing work during bonding and/or assembly
156/382 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Chamber enclosing work during bonding and/or assembly->        Evacuated or fluid pressure chamber
156/383 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Means encasing separate nonadhered part between adhered laminae
156/384 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With printing
156/385 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With printing->        Simultaneous with bonding
156/386 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With printing ->        Simultaneous with bonding->        Printing member also bonds
156/387 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With printing->        Printing
156/388 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With printing->        After bonding
156/389 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Including cleaning, conditioning or renewing means for apparatus
156/390 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With coating means for work (other than laminating adhesive)
156/391 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Work-secured and/or work-guided
156/392 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Work-secured and/or work-guided->        Pipe wrapping type
156/393 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With braiding or weaving means
156/394.1 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Tire body building type
156/395 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Means delaminating protective liner from lamina
156/396 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Multiple discrete building forms and/or means advancing a building form through multiple work stations
156/397 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Means building tires from strands or narrow tapes
156/398 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Means operating on the bead portion of the tire
156/399 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Means operating on the bead portion of the tire->        Means trimming fabric adjacent bead
156/400 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Means operating on the bead portion of the tire->        Means folding carcass fabric about a bead
156/401 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Means operating on the bead portion of the tire ->        Means folding carcass fabric about a bead->        Inflatable bag type
156/402 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Means operating on the bead portion of the tire ->        Means folding carcass fabric about a bead->        Disc or roller type
156/403 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Means operating on the bead portion of the tire->        Means placing bead ring on tire carcass
156/404 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Solid tire building type
156/405.1 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        With fabric or tread stock feeding means
156/406 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        With fabric or tread stock feeding means->        Means selecting stock from multiple source
156/406.2 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        With fabric or tread stock feeding means->        For transporting discrete ring-shaped lamina
156/406.4 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        With fabric or tread stock feeding means->        With cutting, heating, laminating, or shaping means upstream of assembling means
156/406.6 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        With fabric or tread stock feeding means ->        With cutting, heating, laminating, or shaping means upstream of assembling means->        Stretching means
156/407 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Centerless core or off-center support of annular tire structure
156/408 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Relative traversing motion between rotating tire supporting structure and pressing or bending means
156/409 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Relative traversing motion between rotating tire supporting structure and pressing or bending means->        Compound traversing motion
156/410 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Relative traversing motion between rotating tire supporting structure and pressing or bending means ->        Compound traversing motion->        With changing direction of force of pressing or bending means with respect to the axis of rotation of the supporting structure (e.g., curved drum)
156/411 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Relative traversing motion between rotating tire supporting structure and pressing or bending means ->        Compound traversing motion ->        With changing direction of force of pressing or bending means with respect to the axis of rotation of the supporting structure (e.g., curved drum)->        Pressing means manually advanced toward the axis or rotation of the supporting structure
156/412 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Relative traversing motion between rotating tire supporting structure and pressing or bending means->        Resilient or deformable surface pressing or bending element
156/413 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Relative traversing motion between rotating tire supporting structure and pressing or bending means->        Plural sequential pressing or bending elements
156/414 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Building drums, per se
156/415 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Building drums, per se->        Axially or widthwise adjustable or collapsible
156/416 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Building drums, per se->        Resilient and/or inflatable core
156/417 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Building drums, per se->        Collapsible
156/418 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Building drums, per se ->        Collapsible->        Rack and pinion type actuator
156/419 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Building drums, per se ->        Collapsible->        Resilient spring actuated
156/420 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type ->        Building drums, per se ->        Collapsible->        Toggle linkage lever type actuator
156/421 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Stitching elements, per se
156/421.2 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Tire chamber and means regulating interior casing pressure
156/421.4 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        With means for folding lamina while on drum
156/421.6 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Tire support with pressing or heating means
156/421.8 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Tire body building type->        Ring-shaped lamina stretching means
156/422 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Tire bead ring winding type
156/423 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Means assembling part within hole or aperture (telescoping)
156/424 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Means assembling part within hole or aperture (telescoping)->        Electric lamp or space discharge device envelope basing type
156/425 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Longitudinally progressive helical winding means
156/426 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Longitudinally progressive helical winding means->        With means cutting wound body to form sheet or web
156/427 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Longitudinally progressive helical winding means ->        With means cutting wound body to form sheet or web->        Strands secured to web
156/428 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Longitudinally progressive helical winding means->        Forming and/or covering indefinite length article
156/429 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Longitudinally progressive helical winding means ->        Forming and/or covering indefinite length article->        Rotating core or mandrel
156/430 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Longitudinally progressive helical winding means ->        Forming and/or covering indefinite length article->        By winding plural strands or webs
156/431 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Longitudinally progressive helical winding means ->        Forming and/or covering indefinite length article ->        By winding plural strands or webs->        About circular section core or mandrel
156/432 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Longitudinally progressive helical winding means ->        Forming and/or covering indefinite length article ->        By winding plural strands or webs ->        About circular section core or mandrel->        Plural discrete axially spaced winding means
156/433 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Indefinite or running length flexible strand, rod, tube, or filament uniting
156/434 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Indefinite or running length flexible strand, rod, tube, or filament uniting->        Means applying transverse spacers to spaced parallel strands
156/435 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Indefinite or running length flexible strand, rod, tube, or filament uniting->        Pile fabric making type
156/436 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Indefinite or running length flexible strand, rod, tube, or filament uniting->        To indefinite or running length web
156/437 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Indefinite or running length flexible strand, rod, tube, or filament uniting ->        To indefinite or running length web->        With means forming web by calendering
156/438 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Indefinite or running length flexible strand, rod, tube, or filament uniting ->        To indefinite or running length web->        With means folding web longitudinally
156/439 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Indefinite or running length flexible strand, rod, tube, or filament uniting ->        To indefinite or running length web->        Transversely of web
156/440 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Indefinite or running length flexible strand, rod, tube, or filament uniting ->        To indefinite or running length web ->        Transversely of web->        Reciprocating feed means for strand
156/441 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Indefinite or running length flexible strand, rod, tube, or filament uniting->        Means gathering strands or filaments only into indefinite length
156/441.5 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Envelope sealing type
156/442 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Envelope sealing type->        With stamp applying means
156/442.1 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Envelope sealing type->        With bending or folding means
156/442.2 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Envelope sealing type->        With feeding means
156/442.3 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Envelope sealing type ->        With feeding means->        Reciprocating feed
156/442.4 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Envelope sealing type->        Work traversing type
156/443 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means
156/444 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means->        Pneumatic blast to bend work
156/445 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means->        About preformed sphere
156/446 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means->        Rotating mandrel or article
156/447 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article->        Means registering sheet with selected peripheral portion of rotating article
156/448 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article->        Translating axis of rotation
156/449 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article ->        Translating axis of rotation->        Rolling mandrel or article
156/450 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article ->        Translating axis of rotation ->        Rolling mandrel or article->        Winding flexible web
156/451 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article ->        Translating axis of rotation ->        Rolling mandrel or article->        Article rolls across sheet stack
156/452 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article ->        Translating axis of rotation ->        Rolling mandrel or article ->        Article rolls across sheet stack->        By gravity
156/453 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article ->        Translating axis of rotation ->        Rolling mandrel or article ->        Article rolls across sheet stack->        Belt feed
156/454 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article ->        Translating axis of rotation ->        Rolling mandrel or article->        By gravity
156/455 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article ->        Translating axis of rotation ->        Rolling mandrel or article->        Belt feed
156/456 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article ->        Translating axis of rotation->        Axis translates in circular path
156/457 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article->        Centerless core or mandrel
156/458 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        Rotating mandrel or article->        Means serially feeding mandrel or article to applying station
156/459 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web
156/460 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web->        Tire bead or endless belt covering type
156/461 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web->        Longitudinal bending
156/462 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web ->        Longitudinal bending->        Corrugating
156/463 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web ->        Longitudinal bending->        Plural sequential bending means
156/464 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web ->        Longitudinal bending->        And means feeding discrete articles to web
156/465 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web ->        Longitudinal bending->        Single web only
156/466 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web ->        Longitudinal bending ->        Single web only->        Tube-making type
156/467 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web ->        Longitudinal bending->        And means uniting noncoextensive plural webs
156/468 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web->        Means bending to configuration of part to which secured
156/469 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web->        Transverse withdrawal of shaping or shape-retaining elements
156/470 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web->        And means applying separate web to shaped web
156/471 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web ->        And means applying separate web to shaped web->        While still on shape-retaining means
156/472 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web ->        And means applying separate web to shaped web ->        While still on shape-retaining means->        Fluted roll-shape retainer
156/473 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web ->        And means applying separate web to shaped web ->        While still on shape-retaining means ->        Fluted roll-shape retainer->        Separate means holding web in flutes
156/474 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        For an indefinite or running length flexible web->        Pleating means
156/475 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means->        To configuration of part to which secured
156/476 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured->        Plural discrete bending means, each acting on separate article
156/477.1 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured->        Plural, distinct, sequential bending or folding means
156/478 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Plural, distinct, sequential bending or folding means->        Intersecting bend axis
156/479 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Plural, distinct, sequential bending or folding means ->        Intersecting bend axis->        Means bending sheet over edges of planar part
156/480 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Plural, distinct, sequential bending or folding means ->        Intersecting bend axis ->        Means bending sheet over edges of planar part->        With separate member pressing bent sheet corner at axis intersection
156/481 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Plural, distinct, sequential bending or folding means->        Arcuate bending
156/482 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Plural, distinct, sequential bending or folding means->        Having intersecting axes of force
156/483 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured->        Flexible sheet across through passage for work
156/484 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Flexible sheet across through passage for work->        Sheet applied to passage
156/485 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Flexible sheet across through passage for work ->        Sheet applied to passage->        With additional separate smoothing means
156/486 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured->        Member travels along configured part
156/487 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Member travels along configured part->        Flexible bristle wiping surface
156/488 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Member travels along configured part->        Bodily deformable pad type
156/489 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Member travels along configured part->        Opposed movable biased members
156/490 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Member travels along configured part ->        Opposed movable biased members->        Positively actuated to intermittently defeat bias
156/491 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured ->        Member travels along configured part ->        Opposed movable biased members ->        Positively actuated to intermittently defeat bias->        Cam defeats bias
156/492 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured->        By swinging folding member approaching part
156/493 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With bending, folding, winding, or wrapping means ->        To configuration of part to which secured->        Deformable pad
156/494 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With stretching or tensioning means
156/495 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With stretching or tensioning means->        By driven web feeding means
156/496 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With stretching or tensioning means ->        By driven web feeding means->        To transversely stretch or tension the web
156/497 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With gas, vapor, or flame contact means for work
156/498 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With work cooling means
156/499 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With separate (nonpress) heating means for work
156/500 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With casting, plastic molding, or extruding means
156/501 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With casting, plastic molding, or extruding means->        With means generating at least one self-sustaining web (e.g., film casting)
156/502 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Means joining flexible indefinite length or endless bodies end-to-end (e.g., film, tape, belt splicers)
156/503 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Means joining flexible indefinite length or endless bodies end-to-end (e.g., film, tape, belt splicers)->        Tube splicing type (e.g., inner tube)
156/504 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Means joining flexible indefinite length or endless bodies end-to-end (e.g., film, tape, belt splicers)->        Moving web (flying splice or with web accumulating means)
156/505 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Means joining flexible indefinite length or endless bodies end-to-end (e.g., film, tape, belt splicers)->        Means applying adhesive tape to joint only
156/506 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Means joining flexible indefinite length or endless bodies end-to-end (e.g., film, tape, belt splicers) ->        Means applying adhesive tape to joint only->        With severing means for tape before application
156/507 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Means joining flexible indefinite length or endless bodies end-to-end (e.g., film, tape, belt splicers)->        Longitudinally moving web support moving web ends into association
156/508 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Means joining flexible indefinite length or endless bodies end-to-end (e.g., film, tape, belt splicers) ->        Longitudinally moving web support moving web ends into association->        With scraper or adhesive applying means
156/509 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Means joining flexible indefinite length or endless bodies end-to-end (e.g., film, tape, belt splicers)->        With scraper or adhesive applying means
156/510 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing
156/511 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing->        Plural severing means each acting on a different work piece
156/512 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing->        Severing followed by associating with part from same source
156/513 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing->        Means making hole or aperture in part to be laminated
156/514 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Means making hole or aperture in part to be laminated->        And securing separate part over hole or aperture
156/515 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing->        Cutting element simultaneously bonds (e.g., cut seaming)
156/516 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing->        Means feeding plural workpieces to be joined
156/517 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Means feeding plural workpieces to be joined->        Severing before bonding or assembling of parts
156/518 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Means feeding plural workpieces to be joined ->        Severing before bonding or assembling of parts->        Severing means or member secured thereto also bonds
156/519 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Means feeding plural workpieces to be joined ->        Severing before bonding or assembling of parts->        Delivering cut part to indefinite or running length web
156/520 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Means feeding plural workpieces to be joined ->        Severing before bonding or assembling of parts ->        Delivering cut part to indefinite or running length web->        Cutter also delivers cut piece
156/521 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Means feeding plural workpieces to be joined ->        Severing before bonding or assembling of parts->        Delivering cut part in sequence to serially conveyed articles
156/522 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Means feeding plural workpieces to be joined->        Cutting indefinite length web after assembly with discrete article
156/523 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing->        Work traversing type
156/524 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Work traversing type->        With liquid applying means
156/525 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Work traversing type ->        With liquid applying means->        Slitting and severing
156/526 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Work traversing type ->        With liquid applying means->        Cutting after bonding
156/527 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Work traversing type->        Fixed cutter
156/528 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing->        Stamp from multiple row sheet type
156/529 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing->        With means projecting fluid against work
156/530 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing->        Cutter actuated by or secured to bonding element
156/531 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Cutter actuated by or secured to bonding element->        With liquid applicator
156/532 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Cutter actuated by or secured to bonding element ->        With liquid applicator->        Common actuator for bonding and liquid applying means
156/533 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Cutter actuated by or secured to bonding element ->        With liquid applicator ->        Common actuator for bonding and liquid applying means->        Liquid applied to web before cutting
156/534 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With cutting, punching, piercing, severing, or tearing ->        Cutter actuated by or secured to bonding element ->        With liquid applicator ->        Common actuator for bonding and liquid applying means ->        Liquid applied to web before cutting->        Roller applicator
156/535 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With means shaping, scarifying, or cleaning joining surface only
156/536 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Combined and/or convertible
156/537 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With bond interfering means (slip sheet, etc.)
156/538 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With work feeding or handling means
156/539 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part
156/540 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part->        Lamina transferred to base from adhered flexible web or sheet type carrier
156/541 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Lamina transferred to base from adhered flexible web or sheet type carrier->        Discrete spaced laminae on adhered carrier
156/542 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Lamina transferred to base from adhered flexible web or sheet type carrier ->        Discrete spaced laminae on adhered carrier->        Means serially presenting discrete base articles or separate portions of a single article
156/543 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part->        Indefinite or running length work
156/544 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work->        Means joining indefinite length work edge to edge
156/545 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work ->        Means joining indefinite length work edge to edge->        Means applying adhesively secured tape to seam
156/546 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work ->        Means joining indefinite length work edge to edge->        Means applying fluid adhesive to work edge
156/547 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work->        Means applying fluent adhesive or adhesive activator material between layers
156/548 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work ->        Means applying fluent adhesive or adhesive activator material between layers->        At spaced areas
156/549 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work ->        Means applying fluent adhesive or adhesive activator material between layers->        Plural indefinite length or running length workpieces
156/550 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work ->        Means applying fluent adhesive or adhesive activator material between layers ->        Plural indefinite length or running length workpieces->        Fluid applied to nip between indefinite length webs
156/551 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work ->        Means applying fluent adhesive or adhesive activator material between layers ->        Plural indefinite length or running length workpieces->        Fluid applied to plural workpieces
156/552 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work->        Means bringing articles into association with web
156/553 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work->        Discontinuous, spaced area, and/or patterned pressing
156/554 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work->        Webs of different width, longitudinally aligned
156/555 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Indefinite or running length work->        Progressive continuous bonding press (e.g., roll couples)
156/556 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship
156/557 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship->        Plural lines and/or separate means assembling separate sandwiches
156/558 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship->        All articles from single source only
156/559 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship->        At least three articles
156/560 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        At least three articles->        At least two applied side by side to common base
156/561 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        At least three articles ->        At least two applied side by side to common base->        Plural ranks
156/562 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        At least three articles ->        At least two applied side by side to common base->        Sheet form common base
156/563 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        At least three articles->        Stacked serially
156/564 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship->        Magazine stack directly contacting separate work
156/565 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        Magazine stack directly contacting separate work->        Magazine movable to work
156/566 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship->        Means simultaneously conveying plural articles from a single source and serially presenting them to an assembly station
156/567 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        Means simultaneously conveying plural articles from a single source and serially presenting them to an assembly station->        Turret or rotary drum-type conveyer
156/568 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        Means simultaneously conveying plural articles from a single source and serially presenting them to an assembly station ->        Turret or rotary drum-type conveyer->        For flexible sheets
156/569 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship->        Means separating articles from bulk source
156/570 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        Means separating articles from bulk source->        Stacked sheet source
156/571 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        Means separating articles from bulk source ->        Stacked sheet source->        Rotary or pivoted picker
156/572 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        For plural parts or plural areas of single part ->        Means bringing discrete articles into assembled relationship ->        Means separating articles from bulk source ->        Stacked sheet source->        Translating picker
156/573 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means->        Magazine stack directly contacting work
156/574 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means->        Work traversing type and/or means applying work to wall or static structure
156/575 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        Work traversing type and/or means applying work to wall or static structure->        With liquid applying means
156/576 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        Work traversing type and/or means applying work to wall or static structure->        Grip or clamp for web end
156/577 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means ->        Work traversing type and/or means applying work to wall or static structure->        Implement carried web supply
156/578 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        With work feeding or handling means->        With liquid adhesive or adhesive activator applying means
156/579 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        With handle or handgrip
156/580 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se
156/580.1 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se->        With sonic or ultrasonic means
156/580.2 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        With sonic or ultrasonic means->        Specified structure of sonic or ultrasonic work contacting surface
156/581 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se->        Relieved or configured pressing face
156/582 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Relieved or configured pressing face->        Rotary
156/583.1 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se->        Heated
156/583.2 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Heated->        Impulse heating
156/583.3 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Heated->        With significantly flexible platen
156/583.4 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Heated->        Nonuniform heating
156/583.5 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Heated->        With endless belt
156/583.6 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Heated->        C-frame type
156/583.7 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Heated ->        C-frame type->        Electric heating
156/583.8 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Heated->        Hinged platen
156/583.9 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Heated ->        Hinged platen->        Electric heating
156/583.91 -> 349 SURFACE BONDING MEANS AND/OR ASSEMBLY MEANS THEREFOR  ->        Presses or press platen structures, per se ->        Heated->        Plural adjustable pressure points
156/584 DELAMINATING APPARATUS
156/598 MISCELLANEOUS
156/906 OFF-DRUM MANUFACTURE OF TIRE FABRIC OR PLY
156/907 -> 906 OFF-DRUM MANUFACTURE OF TIRE FABRIC OR PLY ->        Including assembly of bias-cut fabric
156/908 LAMINATING SHEET TO ENTIRE EDGE OF BLOCK AND BOTH ADJACENT OPPOSITE SURFACESSEMI E.G., BOOKBINDING, ETC.
156/909 APPARATUS FOR APPLYING NEW TREAD TO USED TIRE CASINGSEMI E.G., RETREADING, RECAPPING, ETC.
156/910 BONDING TIRE CORD AND ELASTOMERCOLON IMPROVED ADHESIVE SYSTEM
156/912 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A VERTICAL TUBE REACTOR
156/913 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A HORIZONTAL TUBE REACTOR
156/914 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS INCLUDING PARTICULAR MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
156/915 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS INCLUDING FOCUS RING SURROUNDING A WAFER FOR PLASMA APPARATUS
156/916 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS INCLUDING CHAMBER CLEANING MEANS OR SHIELD FOR PREVENTING DEPOSITS
156/917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR
156/DIG2 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Affixing labels to one flat surface of articlesSEMI e.g., of packages, of flat bands (1/02)
156/DIG3 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Affixing labelsSEMI e.g., wrap-around labels, to two or more flat surfaces of a polyhedral article (1/04)
156/DIG4 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labelsSEMI e.g., wrap-around labels, to two or more flat surfaces of a polyhedral article (1/04)->        Of a boxSEMI e.g., cigarette box (1/06)
156/DIG6 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Affixing labels to elongated objectsSEMI e.g., wires, cables, bars, tubes, (3/02)
156/DIG7 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to elongated objectsSEMI e.g., wires, cables, bars, tubes, (3/02)->        Applying bands or labels to cigars or cigarettes (3/04)
156/DIG8 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06)
156/DIG9 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06)->        To container bodies (3/08)
156/DIG10 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06) ->        To container bodies (3/08)->        The container being positioned for labelling with its centerline horizontal (3/10)
156/DIG11 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06) ->        To container bodies (3/08) ->        The container being positioned for labelling with its centerline horizontal (3/10)->        By rolling the labels onto cylindrical containersSEMI e.g., bottles (3/12)
156/DIG12 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06) ->        To container bodies (3/08)->        The container being positioned for labelling with its centerline vertical (3/14)
156/DIG13 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06) ->        To container bodies (3/08) ->        The container being positioned for labelling with its centerline vertical (3/14)->        By rolling the labels onto cylindrical containersSEMI e.g., bottles (3/16)
156/DIG14 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06)->        To container necks (3/18)
156/DIG15 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06)->        To bottle closures (3/20)
156/DIG16 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06) ->        To bottle closures (3/20)->        Affixing metal foil coverings (3/22)
156/DIG17 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Affixing labels to short rigid containers (3/06) ->        To bottle closures (3/20)->        Affixing labels indicating original state of bottle snap or screw closure (3/24)
156/DIG18 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Affixing labels to nonrigid containersSEMI e.g., bottles made of polyethylene, boxes to be inflated by internal air pressure prior to labelling (3/26)
156/DIG20 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Using adhesives (5/02)
156/DIG21 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Using adhesives (5/02)->        Thermo-activatable adhesives (5/04)
156/DIG22 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Using staples (5/06)
156/DIG25 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Devices for moving articles, e.g., containers, past labelling station (9/02)
156/DIG26 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Devices for moving articles, e.g., containers, past labelling station (9/02)->        Having means for rotating the articles (9/04)
156/DIG27 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Devices for presenting articles in predetermined attitude or position at labelling station (9/06)
156/DIG28 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Label feeding (9/08)
156/DIG29 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Label feeding (9/08)->        Label magazines (9/10)
156/DIG30 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Label feeding (9/08)->        Removing separate labels from stacks (9/12)
156/DIG31 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Label feeding (9/08) ->        Removing separate labels from stacks (9/12)->        By vacuum (9/14)
156/DIG32 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Label feeding (9/08) ->        Removing separate labels from stacks (9/12)->        By wetting devices (9/16)
156/DIG33 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Label feeding (9/08)->        Label feeding from stripsSEMI e.g., from rolls (9/18)
156/DIG34 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Gluing the labels or articles (9/20)
156/DIG35 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Gluing the labels or articles (9/20)->        By wetting (9/22)
156/DIG36 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Gluing the labels or articles (9/20)->        By heat (9/24)
156/DIG37 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Devices for applying labels (9/26)
156/DIG38 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Devices for applying labels (9/26)->        Air-blast devices (9/28)
156/DIG39 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Devices for applying labels (9/26)->        Rollers (9/30)
156/DIG40 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Devices for applying labels (9/26) ->        Rollers (9/30)->        Cooperating rollers between which articles and labels are fed (9/32)
156/DIG41 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Devices for applying labels (9/26)->        Flexible bands (9/34)
156/DIG42 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        Devices for applying labels (9/26)->        WipersSEMI pressers (9/36)
156/DIG43 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Label cooling or drying (9/38)
156/DIG44 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        ControlsSEMI safety devices (9/40)
156/DIG45 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        ControlsSEMI safety devices (9/40)->        Label feed control (9/42)
156/DIG46 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR  ->        ControlsSEMI safety devices (9/40) ->        Label feed control (9/42)->        By special means responsive to marks on labels or articles (9/44)
156/DIG47 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Applying date marks, code marks, or the like to the label during labelling (9/46)
156/DIG49 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Having printing equipment (11/02)
156/DIG50 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Having means for moistening the labels (11/04)
156/DIG51 -> 917 DIFFERENTIAL ETCHING APPARATUS HAVING A BARREL REACTOR ->        Having means for heating thermoactivable labels (11/06)
174/1 MISCELLANEOUS
174/2 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
174/3 -> 2 LIGHTNING PROTECTION ->        Rods
174/4R AIR TERMINALS
174/4C -> 4R AIR TERMINALS ->        Coated and radioactive
174/5R ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD PROTECTIVE DEVICES
174/5SB -> 5R ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD PROTECTIVE DEVICES ->        Shock protection, body insulation
174/5SG -> 5R ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD PROTECTIVE DEVICES ->        Shock protection, grounding devices
174/6 EARTH GROUNDS
174/7 -> 6 EARTH GROUNDS ->        Driving type
174/8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM
174/9R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        Current conductive fluid and/or vacuum
174/9F -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Current conductive fluid and/or vacuum->        Conductive fluid
174/10 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        With cable or conduit preinstallation devices
174/11R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        With fluid-condition responsive and/or indicating means
174/11BH -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With fluid-condition responsive and/or indicating means->        Bushings
174/12R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        With expansion and contraction means
174/13 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With expansion and contraction means->        Built into conduit or cable
174/12BH -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With expansion and contraction means->        Expansion bushings
174/14R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        With fluid maintenance or conditioning means
174/14BH -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With fluid maintenance or conditioning means->        Bushings
174/15.1 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing
174/15.2 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing->        By heat pipe
174/15.3 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing->        For bushing or pothead
174/15.4 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing->        Superconductive type
174/15.5 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing ->        Superconductive type->        For cable, conductor or joint
174/15.6 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing->        For cable, conductor or joint
174/15.7 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing->        For welding or furnace cable
174/16.1 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing->        By ventilation or gas circulation
174/16.2 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing ->        By ventilation or gas circulation->        Of bus bars or bus ducts
174/16.3 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With cooling or fluid feeding, circulating or distributing ->        By ventilation or gas circulation->        With heat sink
174/17R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        Boxes and housings
174/17.05 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings->        Hermetic sealed envelope type (e.g., with exhaust stem)
174/17.06 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type (e.g., with exhaust stem)->        Liquid seal
174/17.07 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type (e.g., with exhaust stem)->        Combined lead-in and exhaust tube
174/17.08 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type (e.g., with exhaust stem)->        With electric connector
174/18 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings->        With bushing, terminal or lead-in
174/17LF -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings->        Liquid filled
174/17GF -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings->        Gas filled
174/17SF -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings->        Solid filled
174/17VA -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings->        Venting, absorption, expansion
174/17CT -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Boxes and housings->        Closures, terminals, gaskets
174/19 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        Conduit or cable end structure
174/20 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduit or cable end structure->        With fluid stops
174/21R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        Conduit or cable joints
174/22R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduit or cable joints->        With fluid stops
174/22C -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduit or cable joints ->        With fluid stops->        Concentric
174/21JS -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduit or cable joints->        JointsCOLON separable
174/21JR -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduit or cable joints->        JointsCOLON rotatable
174/21JC -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduit or cable joints->        JointsCOLON rotatable, coaxial
174/21C -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduit or cable joints->        JointsCOLON coaxial
174/21CA -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduit or cable joints->        JointsCOLON coaxial angle expansion
174/23R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        With fluid stops
174/23C -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        With fluid stops->        Compositions
174/24 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        Conduits, cables and conductors
174/25R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduits, cables and conductors->        Impregnated insulation type
174/26R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduits, cables and conductors ->        Impregnated insulation type->        Multiple conductor
174/26G -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduits, cables and conductors ->        Impregnated insulation type ->        Multiple conductor->        Gas filled
174/25C -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduits, cables and conductors ->        Impregnated insulation type->        Impregnating compositions
174/25G -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduits, cables and conductors ->        Impregnated insulation type->        Gas filled
174/25P -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduits, cables and conductors ->        Impregnated insulation type->        Processes
174/27 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduits, cables and conductors->        Parallel or twisted conductors
174/28 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduits, cables and conductors->        Coaxial or concentric type
174/29 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Conduits, cables and conductors ->        Coaxial or concentric type->        With spiral spacer
174/30 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM ->        Insulators
174/31R -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Insulators->        Axial passage and/or through wall or plate
174/31.5 -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Insulators ->        Axial passage and/or through wall or plate->        Liquid sealed joint
174/31S -> 8 WITH FLUIDS OR VACUUM  ->        Insulators ->        Axial passage and/or through wall or plate->        Spark plugs
174/32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES
174/33 -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES ->        Conductor transposition
174/34 -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES  ->        Conductor transposition->        Conduit or cable structure
174/35R -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES ->        Shielded or screened
174/36 -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES  ->        Shielded or screened->        Conductor only
174/35C -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES  ->        Shielded or screened->        Connectors and joints
174/35SM -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES  ->        Shielded or screened->        Spark plugs, manifolds
174/35GC -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES  ->        Shielded or screened->        Gaskets, covers
174/35CE -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES  ->        Shielded or screened->        Coils, anti-eddy-current
174/35MS -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES  ->        Shielded or screened->        Materials, stock and screen rooms
174/35TS -> 32 ANTI-INDUCTIVE STRUCTURES  ->        Shielded or screened->        Radio tube shields
174/37 UNDERGROUND
174/38 -> 37 UNDERGROUND ->        Distributing and/or combined with overhead
174/39 -> 37 UNDERGROUND ->        Street, sidewalk, gutter or curb structure
174/40R OVERHEAD
174/41 -> 40R OVERHEAD ->        With messenger cable
174/42 -> 40R OVERHEAD ->        With conductor vibration damping means
174/43 -> 40R OVERHEAD ->        Distributing and/or plural point support
174/44 -> 40R OVERHEAD ->        With connector or wire fanning arrangements
174/45R -> 40R OVERHEAD ->        Towers, poles or posts
174/45TD -> 40R OVERHEAD  ->        Towers, poles or posts->        Tension devices
174/40CC -> 40R OVERHEAD ->        Ground clamps and cable clips
174/40TD -> 40R OVERHEAD ->        Tension devices
174/46 HANDLES
174/47 COMBINED FLUID CONDUIT AND ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR
174/48 WALL MOUNTED CONDUITS AND/OR HOUSINGS
174/49 -> 48 WALL MOUNTED CONDUITS AND/OR HOUSINGS ->        Plural outlet and/or conduit
174/50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS
174/50.5 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type
174/50.51 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type->        With covering or casing for envelope
174/50.52 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type->        With electrical connector
174/50.53 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type ->        With electrical connector->        Envelope portion forms connector
174/50.54 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type->        With mounting means for a device within envelope
174/50.55 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type->        Hollow lead surrounding another lead (e.g., concentric type)
174/50.56 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type->        Lead-in insulated from metal wall
174/50.57 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type->        Stem or sealing disk attached to envelope neck
174/50.58 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type ->        Stem or sealing disk attached to envelope neck->        By fused-type seal
174/50.59 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type->        With shield for lead-in seal or between the lead-in conductors
174/50.6 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type->        Plural lead-in
174/50.61 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type->        With bonded seal for conductive member (e.g., glass to metal)
174/50.62 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type ->        With bonded seal for conductive member (e.g., glass to metal)->        With cement or plastic
174/50.63 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type ->        With bonded seal for conductive member (e.g., glass to metal)->        Metal disk or ring-type seal
174/50.64 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        Hermetic sealed envelope type ->        With bonded seal for conductive member (e.g., glass to metal)->        Foil or flat lead-in
174/51 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS ->        With grounding means
174/52.1 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor
174/52.2 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor->        Potted or encapsulated
174/52.3 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor->        Sealed
174/52.4 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Sealed->        Flat housing for electronic device (e.g., flat pack, dual-in-line package)
174/52.5 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Sealed->        Header, mounting stud, or can-type housing for semiconductor or crystal
174/52.6 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Sealed->        Pellet type housing
174/53 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor->        Plug receptacle or wall switch type
174/54 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Plug receptacle or wall switch type->        With fixture coupling or mounting means
174/55 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Plug receptacle or wall switch type->        Unitary with face plate
174/56 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Plug receptacle or wall switch type ->        Unitary with face plate->        External
174/57 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Plug receptacle or wall switch type->        Adjustable
174/58 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Plug receptacle or wall switch type->        With box or housing mounting means
174/59 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor->        With connectors
174/60 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        With connectors->        Cable or conduit terminal casings
174/61 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor->        Fixtures coupling or mounting means
174/62 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Fixtures coupling or mounting means->        Stud or nipple
174/63 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Fixtures coupling or mounting means ->        Stud or nipple->        With box supporting means
174/64 -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With electric device or mounting means therefor ->        Fixtures coupling or mounting means ->        Stud or nipple->        With conduit or cable coupling means
174/65R -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS ->        With conduit or cable opening, coupling means or hole closures
174/65SS -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With conduit or cable opening, coupling means or hole closures->        Sealed stuffing-gland type
174/65G -> 50 BOXES AND HOUSINGS  ->        With conduit or cable opening, coupling means or hole closures->        Grommet type
174/66 COVERS OR FACE PLATES
174/67 -> 66 COVERS OR FACE PLATES ->        With closure for face plate opening
174/68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS
174/68.2 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Bus bars or bus ducts (Residual)
174/68.3 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Single duct conduits
174/250 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)
174/251 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)->        With encapsulated wire
174/252 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)->        With cooling means
174/253 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)->        Micropanel
174/254 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)->        Convertible shape (e.g., flexible) or circuit (e.g., breadboard)
174/255 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)->        With particular substrate or support structure
174/256 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)->        With particular material
174/257 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit) ->        With particular material->        Conducting (e.g., ink)
174/258 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit) ->        With particular material->        Insulating
174/259 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit) ->        With particular material->        Adhesive/bonding
174/260 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)->        With electrical device
174/261 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)->        With particular conductive connection (e.g., crossover)
174/262 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit) ->        With particular conductive connection (e.g., crossover)->        Feedthrough
174/263 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit) ->        With particular conductive connection (e.g., crossover) ->        Feedthrough->        With solder
174/264 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit) ->        With particular conductive connection (e.g., crossover) ->        Feedthrough->        Voidless (e.g., solid)
174/265 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit) ->        With particular conductive connection (e.g., crossover) ->        Feedthrough ->        Voidless (e.g., solid)->        Preform in hole
174/266 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit) ->        With particular conductive connection (e.g., crossover) ->        Feedthrough->        Hollow (e.g., plated cylindrical hole)
174/267 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit) ->        With particular conductive connection (e.g., crossover)->        Termination post
174/268 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Preformed panel circuit arrangement (e.g., printed circuit)->        With single conductive plane (e.g., tape, cable)
174/69 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Extensible
174/70R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Combined
174/71R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined->        Branched
174/72R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        Branched->        Multi-duct conduit and/or plural branch
174/72A -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        Branched ->        Multi-duct conduit and/or plural branch->        Wire harness
174/72B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        Branched ->        Multi-duct conduit and/or plural branch->        Bus bars
174/72C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        Branched ->        Multi-duct conduit and/or plural branch->        Casing, moldings
174/72TR -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        Branched ->        Multi-duct conduit and/or plural branch->        Ribbon type
174/71B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        Branched->        Bus bars
174/71C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        Branched->        Coaxial
174/73.1 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined->        With joint or end structure conductive stress distributing means
174/74R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined->        With end structure
174/75R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        With joint
174/75B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure ->        With joint->        Bootleg
174/75D -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure ->        With joint->        With detachable joint (e.g., potheads)
174/75F -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure ->        With joint->        Flexible spring type
174/75C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure ->        With joint->        Coaxial
174/76 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        Plastic filled
174/77R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        Sealing
174/77S -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure ->        Sealing->        Spark plugs
174/78 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        With grounding means
174/79 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        With supporting means
174/80 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        With insulator skirts
174/81 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        Elbow or hood outlet type
174/82 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        End cap outlet type
174/83 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        Lining thimble
174/74A -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With end structure->        Insulating cap or sleeve
174/84R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined->        With joints
174/85 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Axially insulated joint sleeve sections
174/86 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Angularly movable or adjustable
174/87 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Angular
174/88R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Plural conductor and/or duct
174/88B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints ->        Plural conductor and/or duct->        Bus bars
174/88C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints ->        Plural conductor and/or duct->        Coaxial
174/88S -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints ->        Plural conductor and/or duct->        Separable
174/89 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Radially spread or flanged sheath or conduit
174/90 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Stranded conductor
174/91 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Divided joint sleeves
174/92 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints ->        Divided joint sleeves->        Longitudinally
174/93 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Sleeve and end cap-type casing
174/94R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Bare-conductor
174/94S -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints ->        Bare-conductor->        Separable
174/84C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Crimped
174/84S -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined ->        With joints->        Separable
174/70S -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined->        Submarine repeater housings
174/70B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined->        Bus bars
174/70C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined->        Conduits or strips
174/70A -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Combined->        Aerial cable
174/95 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Plural duct
174/96 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Plural duct->        Embedded conduit-ducts or conductors
174/97 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Plural duct->        Grooves or channels
174/98 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        With embedded conduit-duct or conductor
174/99R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        With interior conductor or cable supports
174/100 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        With interior conductor or cable supports->        Vertical conductor or cable
174/99B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        With interior conductor or cable supports->        Bus bars
174/99E -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        With interior conductor or cable supports->        Expansion
174/101 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Removable wall
174/101.5 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Buoyant
174/102R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Conductive armor or sheath
174/103 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Plural individually sheathed or armored conductors
174/104 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath ->        Plural individually sheathed or armored conductors->        Embedded in shield
174/105R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Plural, insulated
174/105SC -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath ->        Plural, insulated->        Semiconducting
174/105B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath ->        Plural, insulated->        Segmental
174/106R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Plural, conductively contacting or composite
174/106SC -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath ->        Plural, conductively contacting or composite->        Semiconducting
174/106D -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath ->        Plural, conductively contacting or composite->        Corrugated
174/107 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Protected by nonconductive layer
174/108 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Spirally applied
174/109 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath ->        Spirally applied->        Overlapping or interlocking
174/102A -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Alloys
174/102SC -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Semiconducting
174/102C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Sheath coated
174/102SP -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Strip, type, perforated, slotted
174/102P -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Powdered insulation
174/102D -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Corrugated
174/102E -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductive armor or sheath->        Rope
174/110R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Insulated
174/111 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        With beads or disc
174/112 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        With identifying means
174/113R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Multiple conductor
174/114R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor->        Split conductor
174/114S -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor ->        Split conductor->        Segmental reentrant
174/115 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor->        Dissimilar or auxiliary conducting elements
174/116 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor->        With filler insulation
174/117R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor->        Assemblies of noncircular section
174/117F -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor ->        Assemblies of noncircular section->        Flat or ribbon type
174/117FF -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor ->        Assemblies of noncircular section->        Conductor itself is flat
174/117M -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor ->        Assemblies of noncircular section->        Mesh
174/117AS -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor ->        Assemblies of noncircular section->        Air-spaced
174/117A -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor ->        Assemblies of noncircular section->        Adhesive
174/113A -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor->        Radially compressed
174/113AS -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor->        Air-spaced
174/113C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Multiple conductor->        Insulating core
174/118 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        With powdered or granular material
174/119R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Composite or noncircular strand section
174/119C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Composite or noncircular strand section->        Coated, compositions
174/120R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Plural or impregnated layers
174/121R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers->        Fibrous or fabric with plastic or coating materials
174/121A -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers ->        Fibrous or fabric with plastic or coating materials->        Flame, weather or mold proof
174/121B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers ->        Fibrous or fabric with plastic or coating materials->        Cellulose
174/121AR -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers ->        Fibrous or fabric with plastic or coating materials->        Rubber
174/121SR -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers ->        Fibrous or fabric with plastic or coating materials->        Synthetic resin
174/122R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers->        Fibrous or fabric
174/122G -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers ->        Fibrous or fabric->        Glass
174/122C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers ->        Fibrous or fabric->        Coated
174/120C -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers->        Coated or impregnated
174/120FP -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers->        Fluid-type cable paper
174/120SC -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers->        Semiconducting
174/120AR -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers->        Rubber
174/120SR -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Plural or impregnated layers->        Synthetic resin
174/124R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Fibrous or fabric
174/124G -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Fibrous or fabric->        Mineral-glass
174/124GC -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated ->        Fibrous or fabric->        Mineral-glass, coated
174/110A -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Oxide
174/110P -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Cellulose
174/110AR -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Rubber
174/110SR -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Synthetic resin
174/110SY -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Styrene
174/110B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Isobutylent
174/110N -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Polyamide (Nylon)
174/110PM -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Polyethylene (including "Mylar")
174/110D -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Dacron
174/110V -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Vinyl
174/110FC -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Fluorocarbons (teflon, Kel-f, FEP-Teflon)
174/110S -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Silicones
174/110F -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Foam
174/110E -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Insulated->        Epoxy
174/125.1 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Superconductors
174/126.1 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive)
174/126.2 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive)->        Composite
174/126.3 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive)->        Corrugated or slotted
174/126.4 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive)->        Metal coated on insulation
174/127 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive)->        Corona prevention
174/128.1 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive)->        Plural strand
174/128.2 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive) ->        Plural strand->        Bundle conductors
174/129R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive) ->        Plural strand->        Assemblies of noncircular section
174/129B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive) ->        Plural strand ->        Assemblies of noncircular section->        Bus bars
174/129S -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive) ->        Plural strand ->        Assemblies of noncircular section->        Segmental, reentrant
174/130 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive) ->        Plural strand->        Annular
174/131R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive) ->        Plural strand ->        Annular->        With wall support
174/131A -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive) ->        Plural strand ->        Annular ->        With wall support->        Insulating core
174/131B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive) ->        Plural strand ->        Annular ->        With wall support->        Synthetic, coated
174/133R -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive)->        Noncircular strand section
174/133B -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Conductor structure (nonsuperconductive) ->        Noncircular strand section->        Bus bars
174/135 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS ->        Accessories
174/136 -> 68.1 CONDUITS, CABLES OR CONDUCTORS  ->        Accessories->        Anti-abrasion devices
174/137R INSULATORS
174/138R -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Special application
174/138A -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Antennas
174/138C -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Compositions
174/138S -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Spark plugs
174/138B -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Pull chains
174/138D -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Studs, rods, and joints
174/138E -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Slot liners and spacers
174/138F -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Terminal covers
174/138G -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Component mounting pads, spacers and holders
174/138H -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Neon tube type
174/138J -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Special application->        Resistor or heater type
174/139 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Combined
174/140R -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means
174/141R -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined ->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means->        Strings or stacks
174/141C -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined ->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means ->        Strings or stacks->        Coated
174/142 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined ->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means->        Bushing type
174/143 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined ->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means ->        Bushing type->        Condenser type
174/144 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined ->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means->        Arcing or grading devices
174/140C -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined ->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means->        Coated
174/140H -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined ->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means->        Hood type
174/140S -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined ->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means->        Strain type
174/140CR -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined ->        With conductive arcing or stress distributing means->        Corona ring
174/145 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Combined->        With connector
174/146 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Mid-line spacers
174/147 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Mid-line spacers->        Cross-over
174/148 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Multiple insulator assemblies
174/149R -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Multiple insulator assemblies->        Multiple conductor
174/149B -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Multiple insulator assemblies ->        Multiple conductor->        Bus bars
174/150 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Multiple insulator assemblies->        Strings and stacks
174/151 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Through wall or plate
174/152R -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Through wall or plate->        Bushing type
174/153R -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Through wall or plate ->        Bushing type->        Opposed wall engaging means
174/153A -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Through wall or plate ->        Bushing type ->        Opposed wall engaging means->        Antennas
174/153G -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Through wall or plate ->        Bushing type ->        Opposed wall engaging means->        Grommets
174/152A -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Through wall or plate ->        Bushing type->        Antennas
174/152E -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Through wall or plate ->        Bushing type->        Electric space discharge device
174/152S -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Through wall or plate ->        Bushing type->        Spark plugs
174/152G -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Through wall or plate ->        Bushing type->        Grommets or tubes
174/152GM -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Through wall or plate ->        Bushing type->        Glass-to-metal seal
174/154 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Insulator and conductor embracing holder
174/155 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Insulator and conductor embracing holder->        Divided insulator
174/156 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Divided insulator
174/157 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Divided insulator->        Aligned through aperture
174/158R -> 137R INSULATORS ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means
174/159 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means->        Insulated nail or staple type
174/160 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means->        Strand engaging suspension means
174/161R -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means->        Adjustably or movably mounted
174/161F -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means ->        Adjustably or movably mounted->        Fence post insulators
174/162 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means->        Double arm
174/163R -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means->        Support and/or insulator embracing or clamping
174/163F -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means ->        Support and/or insulator embracing or clamping->        Fence post insulators
174/164 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means->        Support penetrating
174/165 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means ->        Support penetrating->        Penetrating element socketed in insulator
174/166R -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means ->        Support penetrating->        Through aperture, penetrating element clamped
174/166S -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means ->        Support penetrating ->        Through aperture, penetrating element clamped->        Stand-off insulators
174/158F -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With insulator-supporting or attaching means->        Fence post insulators
174/167 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        With conductor receiving aperture or bushing type
174/168 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        With conductor holding means
174/169 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With conductor holding means->        Fitting or terminal type
174/170 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With conductor holding means ->        Fitting or terminal type->        Hooks
174/171 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With conductor holding means ->        Fitting or terminal type->        Special conductor form
174/172 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With conductor holding means->        Insulator embracing
174/173 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With conductor holding means ->        Insulator embracing->        Tie wires
174/174 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With conductor holding means->        Insulator structure
174/175 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With conductor holding means ->        Insulator structure->        Self-retaining
174/176 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        With terminal elements
174/177 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements->        Plural
174/178 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Plural->        Multi-part, sectional or composite insulator
174/179 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Plural ->        Multi-part, sectional or composite insulator->        Protected rod type
174/180 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Plural ->        Multi-part, sectional or composite insulator->        Pin and opposed overlapping terminal
174/181 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Plural->        With insulated reinforcing or interlocking element
174/182 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Plural->        Cap and pin
174/183 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Plural->        Overlapping
174/184 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Plural ->        Overlapping->        Interlinking
174/185 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Plural ->        Overlapping->        Pin and opposed terminal
174/186 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Plural->        Caps
174/187 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements->        Ventilating
174/188 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements->        Cap type
174/189 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Cap type->        Plastic material adhered
174/190 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Cap type->        Divided cap
174/191 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Cap type->        Clamps or clasps
174/192 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Cap type->        Rings or wedges
174/193 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Cap type->        Screw or bayonet
174/194 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements->        Pin type
174/195 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type->        Multi-part insulators
174/196 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type->        Plastic material adhered
174/197 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type->        Clamps or clasps
174/198 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type->        Rings or wedges
174/199 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type->        Expanded
174/200 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type->        With thimble in socket
174/201 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type->        Through pin
174/202 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type->        Screw or bayonet type
174/203 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type ->        Screw or bayonet type->        Strand thread
174/204 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type ->        Screw or bayonet type->        Sheet material thread
174/205 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type ->        Screw or bayonet type->        Soft yielding material pin
174/206 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements ->        Pin type ->        Screw or bayonet type->        Sockets
174/207 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        With terminal elements->        Link or clevis
174/208 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Link type
174/209 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Sectional, multi-part, composite, or coated
174/210 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Sectional, multi-part, composite, or coated->        Pin socket type
174/211 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        With moisture or dirt removing or shedding
174/212 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Surface configuration
174/137A -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Coated
174/137B -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Compositions
174/DIG14 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.)
174/DIG15 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.)->        In a power generation system (e.g., prime-mover dynamo, generator system, etc.)
174/DIG16 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.)->        In a motive power system (e.g., electric motor control system, etc.)
174/DIG17 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.)->        In an electric power conversion, regulation, or protection system
174/DIG18 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.)->        In a power distribution network
174/DIG19 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.)->        In a dynamo-electric machine
174/DIG20 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.) ->        In a dynamo-electric machine->        Stator
174/DIG21 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.) ->        In a dynamo-electric machine->        Rotor
174/DIG22 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.) ->        In a dynamo-electric machine->        Winding, per se
174/DIG23 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.)->        In a circuit breaker, relay, or switch
174/DIG24 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.)->        In an inductive device (e.g., reactor, electromagnet, etc.)
174/DIG25 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a particular cable application (e.g., winding, etc.) ->        In an inductive device (e.g., reactor, electromagnet, etc.)->        Transformer
174/DIG26 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Having a plural-layer insulation system
174/DIG27 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a plural-layer insulation system->        Including a semiconductive layer
174/DIG28 -> 137R INSULATORS  ->        Having a plural-layer insulation system ->        Including a semiconductive layer->        Plural semiconductive layers
174/DIG29 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Having a semiconductive layer
174/DIG30 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Having insulation with a particular dimension or geometry
174/DIG31 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Having a shield or metallic layer
174/DIG32 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Having means for cooling
174/DIG33 -> 137R INSULATORS ->        Method of cable manufacture, assembly, repair, or splicing
180/164 WITH POWERED MEANS FOR CREATING FLUID FORCE TO ATTRACT VEHICLE TO SURFACE OF TRAVEL
180/116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES)
180/117 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES) ->        Having propulsion or control means
180/118 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES)  ->        Having propulsion or control means->        Responsive to instability condition
180/119 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES)  ->        Having propulsion or control means->        Surface contacting control
180/120 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES)  ->        Having propulsion or control means->        Integrated with working fluid
180/121 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES)  ->        Having propulsion or control means ->        Integrated with working fluid->        With plural cushions
180/122 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES)  ->        Having propulsion or control means ->        Integrated with working fluid->        With dynamic seal or fluid curtain
180/123 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES) ->        Spray deflector
180/124 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES) ->        Expansible chamber
180/125 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES) ->        Fluid bearing or fluid pad
180/126 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES) ->        Rigid side walls
180/127 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES) ->        Flexible skirt
180/128 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES)  ->        Flexible skirt->        Having outlet for working fluid
180/129 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES) ->        Dynamic seal or fluid curtain
180/130 -> 116 SURFACE EFFECT VEHICLES (I.E., GROUND EFFECT MACHINES)  ->        Dynamic seal or fluid curtain->        Recirculating
180/165 WITH FLUID OR MECHANICAL MEANS TO ACCUMULATE ENERGY (I) DERIVED FROM MOTION OF VEHICLE OR (II) OBTAINED FROM OPERATION OF VEHICLE MOTOR, AND GIVE UP THE ENERGY (1) WHEN NEEDED FOR VEHICLE ACCELERATION OR (2) TO POWER AN AUXILIARY SYSTEM OF THE VEHICLE
180/166 WHEELED INFANT CARRIAGE OR CRIB WITH DRIVEN MEANS FOR RECIPROCATING IT LONGITUDINALLY
180/2.1 MOTOR SUPPLIED WITH POWER FROM EXTERNAL SOURCE
180/2.2 -> 2.1 MOTOR SUPPLIED WITH POWER FROM EXTERNAL SOURCE ->        Source comprises or includes energy derived from force of nature (e.g., sun, wind)
180/167 WITH MEANS FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION RESPONSIVE TO ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION, MAGNETIC FORCE, OR SOUND WAVES RECEIVED FROM SOURCE, OR REFLECTED FROM OBJECT OR SURFACE, LOCATED APART FROM VEHICLE
180/168 -> 167 WITH MEANS FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION RESPONSIVE TO ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION, MAGNETIC FORCE, OR SOUND WAVES RECEIVED FROM SOURCE, OR REFLECTED FROM OBJECT OR SURFACE, LOCATED APART FROM VEHICLE ->        Having controlling means adapted to interact with stationary means which describes course of vehicle's travel
180/169 -> 167 WITH MEANS FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION RESPONSIVE TO ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION, MAGNETIC FORCE, OR SOUND WAVES RECEIVED FROM SOURCE, OR REFLECTED FROM OBJECT OR SURFACE, LOCATED APART FROM VEHICLE ->        Radiation, force, or waves reflected from external object or surface
180/170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE
180/171 -> 170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE ->        Including device to signal to operator existence of unusual or unintended speed
180/172 -> 170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE ->        Including device responsive to centrifugal force
180/173 -> 170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE  ->        Including device responsive to centrifugal force->        And means to prevent tampering or unauthorized use
180/174 -> 170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE  ->        Including device responsive to centrifugal force->        Having electrical switch
180/175 -> 170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE ->        Including fluid pressure actuated servomechanism
180/176 -> 170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE  ->        Including fluid pressure actuated servomechanism->        And electrical quantities comparison means for development of input pressure
180/177 -> 170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE  ->        Including fluid pressure actuated servomechanism->        And one or more electrical components for establishing or regulating input pressure
180/178 -> 170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE ->        Including electrically actuated servomechanism
180/179 -> 170 WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE TO SPEED OF VEHICLE FOR MAINTAINING SPEED AT, OR PREVENTING IT FROM EXCEEDING, A PARTICULAR VALUE  ->        Including electrically actuated servomechanism->        And electrical quantities comparison means for development of electrical input
180/180 SKI- OR SKATE-TYPE VEHICLE FOR IMPARTING MOVEMENT TO A PERSON STANDING THEREON
180/181 -> 180 SKI- OR SKATE-TYPE VEHICLE FOR IMPARTING MOVEMENT TO A PERSON STANDING THEREON ->        With power means or a portion thereof affixed to or built into the ski or skate
180/182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS
180/183 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS ->        Member substitutable for wheel type support structure
180/184 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        Member substitutable for wheel type support structure->        With propulsion element of endless track type
180/185 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        Member substitutable for wheel type support structure ->        With propulsion element of endless track type->        Track comprises substitute for or addition to propulsion element of traction wheel type
180/186 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element
180/187 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element->        Element shuffles along support surface
180/188 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element->        Spiral type element
180/189 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element->        Plural elements connected to and spaced along the plural throws of a common crankshaft
180/190 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element->        Endless track type element
180/191 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element ->        Endless track type element->        Protruding from member
180/192 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element ->        Endless track type element->        Plural tracks with interconnected drive or support means
180/193 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element ->        Endless track type element->        With vertically movable track support located intermediate the forward and rearward extremities of the track
180/194 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element->        Plural discrete elements protruding from a wheel, hub, or shaft
180/195 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element ->        Plural discrete elements protruding from a wheel, hub, or shaft->        Each element moves relative to wheel, hub, or shaft
180/196 -> 182 INCLUDING ONE OR MORE SKI-LIKE OR RUNNER MEMBERS  ->        With at least one surface-engaging propulsion element->        Element comprises traction wheel
180/197 WITH MEANS FOR DETECTING WHEEL SLIP DURING VEHICLE ACCELERATION AND CONTROLLING IT BY REDUCING APPLICATION OF POWER TO WHEEL
180/198 PORTABLE CARRIER SUPPORTS MOTOR VEHICLE IN TOTO AND IS PROPELLED THEREBY
180/199 WITH POWERED, GROUND-ENGAGING MEANS FOR PRODUCING, OR ASSISTING IN THE PRODUCTION OF, LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE VEHICLE (E.G., FOR PARKING)
180/200 -> 199 WITH POWERED, GROUND-ENGAGING MEANS FOR PRODUCING, OR ASSISTING IN THE PRODUCTION OF, LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE VEHICLE (E.G., FOR PARKING) ->        Comprising rotatably driven auxiliary wheel or endless track
180/201 -> 199 WITH POWERED, GROUND-ENGAGING MEANS FOR PRODUCING, OR ASSISTING IN THE PRODUCTION OF, LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE VEHICLE (E.G., FOR PARKING)  ->        Comprising rotatably driven auxiliary wheel or endless track->        Driven by frictional engagement with tire of vehicle traction wheel
180/202 -> 199 WITH POWERED, GROUND-ENGAGING MEANS FOR PRODUCING, OR ASSISTING IN THE PRODUCTION OF, LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE VEHICLE (E.G., FOR PARKING)  ->        Comprising rotatably driven auxiliary wheel or endless track->        Driven by auxiliary electric or fluid motor
180/203 -> 199 WITH POWERED, GROUND-ENGAGING MEANS FOR PRODUCING, OR ASSISTING IN THE PRODUCTION OF, LATERAL MOVEMENT OF THE VEHICLE (E.G., FOR PARKING) ->        Comprising reciprocably driven stepper or rotatably driven cam
180/204 WITH DEVICE FOR PROGRAMMABLY OPERATING VEHICLE`S STEERABLE WHEELS
180/6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING
180/6.24 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING ->        Combined with manual steering
180/6.26 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Combined with manual steering->        Interlocked
180/6.28 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Combined with manual steering ->        Interlocked->        Electrical
180/6.3 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Combined with manual steering ->        Interlocked->        Fluid
180/6.32 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Combined with manual steering ->        Interlocked->        Lever and/or linkage
180/6.34 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Combined with manual steering ->        Interlocked ->        Lever and/or linkage->        With controller cam
180/6.36 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Combined with manual steering ->        Interlocked ->        Lever and/or linkage->        Lost motion type
180/6.38 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Combined with manual steering ->        Interlocked ->        Lever and/or linkage->        Geared
180/6.4 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Combined with manual steering ->        Interlocked ->        Lever and/or linkage->        With flexible and/or yieldable link
180/6.44 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING ->        Auxiliary steering motor
180/6.48 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING ->        Independently operable drive motors
180/6.5 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Independently operable drive motors->        Electrical
180/6.54 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING ->        Variable contact
180/6.58 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING ->        Controlled from rotatably mounted superstructure
180/6.6 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING  ->        Controlled from rotatably mounted superstructure->        Steering responsive to rotary movement of superstructure
180/6.62 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING ->        Combined
180/6.64 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING ->        Swinging traction frame responsive to differential drive
180/6.66 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING ->        Reversing drive to traction element
180/6.7 -> 6.2 STEERING BY DRIVING ->        Endless flexible track
180/7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE
180/7.2 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE ->        Spiral type element
180/7.3 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE ->        Reaction jet propulsion
180/7.4 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE ->        Propeller type
180/7.5 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE ->        Vehicle mounted winch for pulling vehicle
180/8.1 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE ->        Stepper
180/8.2 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Stepper->        Step or abutment ascending/desending type vehicle
180/8.3 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Stepper->        Wheel and stepper type
180/8.4 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Stepper ->        Wheel and stepper type->        Nonsupporting pusher type stepper
180/8.5 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Stepper->        With alternately lifted supporting base and leg
180/8.6 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Stepper->        With alternately lifted feet or skid
180/8.7 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Stepper->        Endless or rotary type
180/9 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE ->        Portable track
180/9.1 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track->        Endless, flexible
180/9.21 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        Track substituted for drive wheel
180/9.22 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        Guided by walking attendant
180/9.23 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        With attendant station
180/9.25 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        With attendant station->        Rider straddles vehicle (e.g., motorcycle)
180/9.26 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        Convertible from wheel type
180/9.28 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        Convertible from wheel type->        Track remains with vehicle
180/9.3 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        Convertible from wheel type ->        Track remains with vehicle->        Wheel or track contacts ground
180/9.32 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        With auxiliary obstacle surmounting means
180/9.34 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        With ground wheel
180/9.36 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        With ground wheel->        Opposite and laterally spaced
180/9.38 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        With ground wheel->        Steering
180/9.4 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        With hitch
180/9.42 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        Combined
180/9.44 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        With track-related steering means
180/9.46 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        With track-related steering means->        Pivoted track frame
180/9.48 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        Laterally extendable track
180/9.5 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        Track support mounted for vertical movement
180/9.52 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        Track support mounted for vertical movement->        Adjustable
180/9.54 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        Track support mounted for vertical movement->        With spring
180/9.56 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        Track support mounted for vertical movement ->        With spring->        Longitudinally extending coil spring
180/9.58 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        Track support mounted for vertical movement ->        With spring->        Leaf or torsion spring
180/9.6 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        Track support mounted for vertical movement ->        With spring ->        Leaf or torsion spring->        Transversely extending
180/9.62 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible->        Toothed wheel drive
180/9.64 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track ->        Endless, flexible ->        Toothed wheel drive->        Belt or chain driven
180/10 -> 7.1 SPECIAL DRIVING DEVICE  ->        Portable track->        Annular
180/11 MOTOR-CARRYING ATTACHMENTS
180/12 -> 11 MOTOR-CARRYING ATTACHMENTS ->        Driven steering wheel type
180/13 -> 11 MOTOR-CARRYING ATTACHMENTS  ->        Driven steering wheel type->        Single wheel
180/14.1 VEHICLE TRAINS
180/14.2 -> 14.1 VEHICLE TRAINS ->        Motorized trailer
180/14.3 -> 14.1 VEHICLE TRAINS  ->        Motorized trailer->        All motors supplied from power plant of a single vehicle
180/14.4 -> 14.1 VEHICLE TRAINS ->        Drive means betwen vehicles through coupling
180/14.6 -> 14.1 VEHICLE TRAINS ->        Tractor drive effort varied by pull exerted by trailer
180/14.7 -> 14.1 VEHICLE TRAINS ->        Vehicle drive drives other vehicle wheel
180/14.5 -> 14.1 VEHICLE TRAINS ->        Overload release
180/15 ADDITIONAL TRACTION WHEEL
180/16 TRACTION WHEEL ATTACHMENTS
180/19.1 STEERED BY WALKING ATTENDANT
180/19.2 -> 19.1 STEERED BY WALKING ATTENDANT ->        Who steerably controls steerable wheel
180/19.3 -> 19.1 STEERED BY WALKING ATTENDANT ->        Handle movement controls vehicle drive
180/20 WITH ROLLERS
180/21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE
180/22 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE ->        Five or more wheels
180/23 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        Driven steering wheel type
180/24 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels ->        Driven steering wheel type->        Stub-axle type
180/24.01 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        Having tandem steerable or translatable wheels or wheel sets
180/24.02 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        Displaceable wheel shifts or proportions load
180/24.03 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        Independently rotatable side-by-side dual wheels
180/24.04 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        With differential housing integrally fixed to vehicle frame
180/24.05 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        Rocker beam houses drive means
180/24.06 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        Plural propelling motors
180/24.07 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels ->        Plural propelling motors->        Separate driving motor for each drive wheel
180/24.08 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        Each wheel positively driven
180/24.09 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        With interaxle differential
180/24.1 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        With drive interrupt means to either tandem drive wheel
180/24.11 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        Driven tandem wheels
180/24.12 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels ->        Driven tandem wheels->        One serially driven by other
180/24.13 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Five or more wheels->        Spring rocker beam
180/205 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE ->        With mechanism of occupant-powered type for developing torque for supplementing, alternating with, or replacing torque of motor
180/206 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        With mechanism of occupant-powered type for developing torque for supplementing, alternating with, or replacing torque of motor->        And means for controlling motor in response to either operation of occupant powered mechanism or vehicular movement resulting therefrom
180/207 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        With mechanism of occupant-powered type for developing torque for supplementing, alternating with, or replacing torque of motor->        Including member utilized in common by occupant-powered mechanism and by motor for transmitting torque output of each to wheel
180/208 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE ->        Collapsible or knockdown for storage or transport
180/209 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE ->        With means for changing number of supporting wheels, or for adjusting relative location thereof
180/210 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE ->        Having only three wheels
180/211 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only three wheels->        Including steerable and driven wheel
180/212 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only three wheels ->        Including steerable and driven wheel->        All wheels motor driven
180/213 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only three wheels ->        Including steerable and driven wheel->        Having motor mounted to swing with steerable wheel
180/214 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only three wheels ->        Including steerable and driven wheel ->        Having motor mounted to swing with steerable wheel->        Electrical-type motor
180/215 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only three wheels->        Including two wheels driven and having common axis of rotation
180/216 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only three wheels ->        Including two wheels driven and having common axis of rotation->        Electrical-type motor
180/217 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only three wheels ->        Including two wheels driven and having common axis of rotation->        Including endless element for transmitting drive to wheels
180/218 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE ->        Having only two wheels
180/219 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels->        Arranged in tandem
180/220 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        Electrical-type motor
180/221 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        Including rotating element for frictionally engaging and driving a wheel
180/222 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem ->        Including rotating element for frictionally engaging and driving a wheel->        And means for steering that wheel
180/223 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        Including steerable and driven wheel
180/224 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem ->        Including steerable and driven wheel->        Both wheels motor driven
180/225 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        Having frame element or fender constituting also exhaust or fuel passageway or fuel reservoir
180/226 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        Including longitudinally extending shaft for transmitting drive to wheel
180/227 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        Including resilient means for mounting driven wheel
180/228 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        Including resilient means for mounting motor
180/229 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        With means for cooling motor
180/230 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        With change-speed means between motor and driven wheel
180/231 -> 21 SPECIAL WHEEL BASE  ->        Having only two wheels ->        Arranged in tandem->        Including endless element for transmitting drive and means for adjusting tension of element
180/36 STEAM TRACTION ENGINES
180/37 -> 36 STEAM TRACTION ENGINES ->        Driven steering wheel type
180/38 -> 36 STEAM TRACTION ENGINES  ->        Driven steering wheel type->        Four wheels driven
180/39 -> 36 STEAM TRACTION ENGINES ->        With boiler leveler
180/40 -> 36 STEAM TRACTION ENGINES ->        Spring mounted on axle
180/232 WITH MEANS FOR (1) PROTECTING MOTOR FROM IMPACT OF COLLISION, (2) UTILIZING MASS OF MOTOR TO ABSORB FORCE THEREOF, OR (3) PROTECTING OCCUPANT REGION OF VEHICLE FROM IMPACT-INDUCED SHIFTING OF MOTOR
180/41 WITH LEVELING DEVICE
180/233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN
180/234 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN ->        With means for steering all driven wheels
180/235 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        With means for steering all driven wheels->        Comprising articulated frame and means for pivoting one portion of frame relative to other portion about vertical axis located centrally of vehicle
180/236 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        With means for steering all driven wheels->        In a path of travel other than that produced by turning the front wheels and the rear wheels substantially equally and oppositely
180/237 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        With means for steering all driven wheels->        Comprising swingable, plural-wheel-carrying axles on individual, vertical axes of pivot
180/238 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        With means for steering all driven wheels ->        Comprising swingable, plural-wheel-carrying axles on individual, vertical axes of pivot->        At least one axle being offset from its pivotable axis
180/239 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        With means for steering all driven wheels ->        Comprising swingable, plural-wheel-carrying axles on individual, vertical axes of pivot->        Including longitudinally extending, endless element for transmitting drive to wheels
180/240 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        With means for steering all driven wheels->        Including rotatable shaft extending longitudinally from wheels at one end of vehicle to wheels at other end for transmitting steering force thereto
180/241 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        With means for steering all driven wheels->        Including longitudinally extending, endless element for transmitting drive to wheels
180/242 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN ->        Including pump and fluid motor, or generator and electric motor, for driving one or more wheels
180/243 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        Including pump and fluid motor, or generator and electric motor, for driving one or more wheels->        And another means for driving the remaining driven wheels
180/244 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN ->        With means for braking either (1) one or more driven wheels or (2) structure transmitting drive to wheel
180/245 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN ->        Including separate mechanical assemblies for transmitting drive to each of two wheels at one end of vehicle
180/246 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        Including separate mechanical assemblies for transmitting drive to each of two wheels at one end of vehicle->        And assemblies for each of two wheels at other end, also
180/247 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN ->        With manually operated means for disengaging drive to one or more, but fewer than all, of the four wheels
180/248 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN ->        With differential means for driving two wheel sets at dissimilar speeds
180/249 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        With differential means for driving two wheel sets at dissimilar speeds->        And means for locking out the differential means
180/250 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN  ->        With differential means for driving two wheel sets at dissimilar speeds ->        And means for locking out the differential means->        Manually operated type of lockout means
180/251 -> 233 HAVING FOUR WHEELS DRIVEN ->        Including longitudinally extending, endless element for transmitting drive to wheels
180/252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE
180/253 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type)
180/254 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type)->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto
180/255 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type) ->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto->        Pivotable portion of means has additional structure of gearlike nature in driving engagement with corresponding structure on wheel
180/256 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type) ->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto->        Means comprises rotatable shaft containing plural universal joints
180/257 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type) ->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto ->        Means comprises rotatable shaft containing plural universal joints->        Having at least one joint located on each side of axis of pivot
180/258 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type) ->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto->        Pivotable portion of means includes ball or socket element of ball-and socket type universal joint
180/259 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type) ->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto ->        Pivotable portion of means includes ball or socket element of ball-and socket type universal joint->        Joint includes intermediate ball, floating in groove, for positively engaging ball with socket
180/260 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type) ->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto->        Pivotable portion of means includes gear element of intermeshing gear type universal joint
180/261 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type) ->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto ->        Pivotable portion of means includes gear element of intermeshing gear type universal joint->        Joint includes at least one gear element rotatable on axis of pivot and intermeshing with gear element on pivotable portion
180/262 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type) ->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto ->        Pivotable portion of means includes gear element of intermeshing gear type universal joint ->        Joint includes at least one gear element rotatable on axis of pivot and intermeshing with gear element on pivotable portion->        Joint also includes gear element on fixed portion engaging gear element on axis of pivot and vertically offset from gear element on pivotable portion
180/263 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        Steerable wheel has exclusive axis of pivot (i.e., stub-axle type) ->        Including flexible, axially rotatable means having one portion fixed to vehicle and another portion pivotable with wheel for transmitting drive thereto->        Having axis of pivot disposed between parallel planes defined by opposite sides of wheel
180/264 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE ->        With driven axle, mounting two or more wheels, swingable about axis of pivot, and motor mounted to swing therewith
180/265 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE  ->        With driven axle, mounting two or more wheels, swingable about axis of pivot, and motor mounted to swing therewith->        Having axle offset longitudinally from axis of pivot
180/266 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE ->        With driven axle, mounting two or more wheels, swingable about axis of pivot, and swingable also about a horizontal axis
180/267 -> 252 HAVING AT LEAST ONE WHEEL BOTH DRIVEN AND STEERABLE ->        With driven axle, mounting two or more wheels, swingable about axis of pivot, and shaft for transmitting drive coincident with axis
180/268 WITH BELT OR HARNESS FOR RESTRAINING OCCUPANT, AND MEANS WHEREBY THE BELT OR HARNESS CONTROLS, OR IS CONTROLLED BY, THE FUNCTIONING OF A VEHICLE SYSTEM OR COMPONENT
180/269 -> 268 WITH BELT OR HARNESS FOR RESTRAINING OCCUPANT, AND MEANS WHEREBY THE BELT OR HARNESS CONTROLS, OR IS CONTROLLED BY, THE FUNCTIONING OF A VEHICLE SYSTEM OR COMPONENT ->        System comprises transmission or element thereof
180/270 -> 268 WITH BELT OR HARNESS FOR RESTRAINING OCCUPANT, AND MEANS WHEREBY THE BELT OR HARNESS CONTROLS, OR IS CONTROLLED BY, THE FUNCTIONING OF A VEHICLE SYSTEM OR COMPONENT ->        System comprises ignition circuit or starter circuit or element of one or other
180/271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT
180/272 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT ->        Responsive to absence or inattention of operator, or negatively reactive to attempt to operate vehicle by person not qualified mentally or physically to do so
180/273 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to absence or inattention of operator, or negatively reactive to attempt to operate vehicle by person not qualified mentally or physically to do so->        Utilizing weight, or lack thereof, of operator on seat or other support to determine presence or absence
180/274 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT ->        Responsive to engagement of portion of perimeter of vehicle with external object
180/275 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to engagement of portion of perimeter of vehicle with external object->        And causing application of vehicle brake
180/276 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to engagement of portion of perimeter of vehicle with external object ->        And causing application of vehicle brake->        Brake comprises or includes element moved or deformed into engagement with ground
180/277 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to engagement of portion of perimeter of vehicle with external object ->        And causing application of vehicle brake->        And also interruption of at least one operational system of the vehicle or its motor
180/278 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to engagement of portion of perimeter of vehicle with external object ->        And causing application of vehicle brake ->        And also interruption of at least one operational system of the vehicle or its motor->        System comprises clutch
180/279 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to engagement of portion of perimeter of vehicle with external object->        And causing interruption of an electrical system of the vehicle or its motor
180/280 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to engagement of portion of perimeter of vehicle with external object->        And causing operation of vehicle steering system
180/281 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT ->        Comprising either movable closure member or fastening device therefor responsive to forward or rearward movement, or variations therein, of vehicle
180/282 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT ->        Responsive to sensing of acceleration, deceleration, or tilt of vehicle
180/283 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to sensing of acceleration, deceleration, or tilt of vehicle->        And causing interruption of ignition circuit
180/284 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to sensing of acceleration, deceleration, or tilt of vehicle ->        And causing interruption of ignition circuit->        And also impeding flow of fuel
180/285 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        Responsive to sensing of acceleration, deceleration, or tilt of vehicle->        And causing disruption of drive train between motor and wheels
180/286 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT ->        Comprising vehicle system or component responsive either to position of movable closure member or to status of fastening device therefor
180/287 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT ->        By preventing unauthorized or unintended access or use
180/288 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        By preventing unauthorized or unintended access or use->        Reponsive to failure of taxicab operator to activate fare meter upon boarding of passenger
180/289 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT  ->        By preventing unauthorized or unintended access or use->        Comprising device, mechanism, or system for either repositioning a movable or removable closure member or operating a fastening device therefor
180/290 -> 271 WITH MEANS FOR PROMOTING SAFETY OF VEHICLE, ITS OCCUPANT OR LOAD, OR AN EXTERNAL OBJECT ->        Responsive to weight of cargo load transported by vehicle
180/53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE
180/53.2 -> 53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE ->        Other machine is creeper drive on motor vehicle
180/53.3 -> 53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE ->        Other machine is mounted by three point hitch (i.e., Ford-Ferguson hitch)
180/53.4 -> 53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE ->        Hydraulic drive to other machine
180/53.5 -> 53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE ->        Electric drive to other machine
180/53.6 -> 53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE ->        Drive to other machine by power take-off (PTO) driven by wheel or axle of motor vehicle
180/53.61 -> 53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE  ->        Drive to other machine by power take-off (PTO) driven by wheel or axle of motor vehicle->        PTO mounted directly on or engaging drive wheel to rotate therewith
180/53.62 -> 53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE  ->        Drive to other machine by power take-off (PTO) driven by wheel or axle of motor vehicle->        PTO constantly driven with wheel selectively driven
180/53.7 -> 53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE ->        Drive to other machine by power take-off (PTO) at front end of vehicle
180/53.8 -> 53.1 MOTOR AS SOURCE OF POWER FOR OTHER MACHINE ->        Other machine is vehicle accessory
180/54.1 POWER
180/54.2 -> 54.1 POWER ->        With spring powered motor
180/55 -> 54.1 POWER ->        On lower running gear
180/56 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        On lower running gear->        Rear axle and body
180/57 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        On lower running gear ->        Rear axle and body->        Longitudinal shaft
180/58 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        On lower running gear->        Frame
180/59 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        On lower running gear ->        Frame->        Pivoted support on axle
180/60 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        On lower running gear ->        Frame->        Electric
180/61 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        On lower running gear->        Pivoted support on axle
180/62 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        On lower running gear->        Rear axle
180/63 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Motor moved by axle
180/291 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship
180/292 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship->        Including change-speed gearing, or clutch, mounted in common with motor
180/293 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship ->        Including change-speed gearing, or clutch, mounted in common with motor->        With member or mechanism for controlling gearing or clutch, and means for minimizing transfer of movement, caused by operation of motor, to member or mechanism
180/294 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship ->        Including change-speed gearing, or clutch, mounted in common with motor->        With means enabling repositioning of motor and gearing or clutch
180/295 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship ->        Including change-speed gearing, or clutch, mounted in common with motor->        With wheeled auxiliary frame, resiliently joined to body frame, for supporting motor and gearing or clutch
180/296 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship->        Including means on body frame or motor for handling exhaust
180/297 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship->        Having motor shaft parallel to rotational axis of driven wheel
180/298 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship->        Including means enabling repositioning of motor
180/299 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship->        Including auxiliary frame for motor and resilient means for connecting auxiliary frame to body frame
180/300 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Having specific motor-to-body-frame relationship->        Including means of nonsupporting nature for minimizing operation-induced movement of motor
180/65.1 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Electric
180/65.2 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Electric->        Combined with nonelectric drive means
180/65.3 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Electric->        With means on vehicle for generating power for the electric motor
180/65.4 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Electric ->        With means on vehicle for generating power for the electric motor->        Generating means is driven by a prime mover
180/65.5 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Electric->        With motor in or moveable with wheel
180/65.6 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Electric->        With gearing between electric motor and drive wheel
180/65.7 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Electric ->        With gearing between electric motor and drive wheel->        Gearing is a changeable ratio gearing
180/65.8 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Electric->        With electronic devices (logic gates, semi-conductors, vacuum tubes, etc.) in control circuit
180/301 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Including traction motor of turbine type driven by fluid product of combustion
180/302 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Including traction motor of kind driven by expansible fluid from source external of motor
180/303 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Including traction motor of kind driven by expansible fluid from source external of motor->        Gas is product of treatment of a volatile fluid (e.g., gas is steam)
180/304 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Including traction motor of kind driven by expansible fluid from source external of motor ->        Gas is product of treatment of a volatile fluid (e.g., gas is steam)->        With means to condense gas discharged from motor
180/305 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Including traction motor of kind driven by noncompressible fluid received under pressure from a pump
180/306 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Including traction motor of kind driven by noncompressible fluid received under pressure from a pump->        Vehicle includes another system operated by same fluid
180/307 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Including traction motor of kind driven by noncompressible fluid received under pressure from a pump->        Having variable displacement type motor or pump
180/308 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Including traction motor of kind driven by noncompressible fluid received under pressure from a pump->        Having separate motor for each driven, surface-engaging member
180/309 -> 54.1 POWER ->        With means for handling motor exhaust
180/310 -> 54.1 POWER ->        With means to generate steam for a propulsion purpose
180/68.1 -> 54.1 POWER ->        With means to guide and/or control air for power plant cooling
180/68.2 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        With means to guide and/or control air for power plant cooling->        With further means to utilize power plant cooling air for other purposes
180/68.3 -> 54.1 POWER ->        With means to guide and/or control combustion air for power plant
180/68.4 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Radiators and condensers, mounting
180/68.6 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Radiators and condensers, mounting->        With protector for the radiator or condenser
180/68.5 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Battery mountings and holders
180/69.2 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Hoods
180/69.21 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Hoods->        Pivoted about horizontal axis extending transversely of vehicle (e.g., alligator type or front end pivot)
180/69.22 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Hoods->        With noise suppression means
180/69.23 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Hoods ->        With noise suppression means->        Noise suppression means prevents hood from vribrating (i.e., anti rattlers)
180/69.24 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Hoods->        With access openings having moveable or removeable closures
180/69.25 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        Hoods->        Water deflectors
180/69.3 -> 54.1 POWER ->        With means to increase idle speed of internal combustion engine to compensate for accessory load
180/69.4 -> 54.1 POWER ->        With fuel supply for internal combustion engine
180/69.5 -> 54.1 POWER  ->        With fuel supply for internal combustion engine->        Engine uses gaseous fuel
180/69.6 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Vehicle has plural power plants
180/69.1 -> 54.1 POWER ->        Underpans
180/337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM
180/338 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Condition responsive (e.g., responsive to speed, load, etc.)
180/339 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        With temperature control, lubrication or sealing
180/340 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        With laterally movable wheel
180/341 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Wheel drives parallel wheel
180/342 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Tire directly driven
180/343 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Tire directly driven->        With particular gear structure
180/344 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Assembly feature
180/345 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Traction aid
180/346 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        With protective guard or casing
180/347 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Mechanical movement transmission
180/348 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Final drive axle movable
180/349 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable->        Rigid axle
180/350 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        Rigid axle->        Belt or chain drive
180/351 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        Rigid axle ->        Belt or chain drive->        With tensioning means
180/352 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        Rigid axle->        With lateral support between the differential or axle housing and the vehicle frame
180/353 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        Rigid axle->        With sprung differential
180/354 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        Rigid axle ->        With sprung differential->        And differential support feature
180/355 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        Rigid axle ->        With sprung differential->        And final gear drive
180/356 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        Rigid axle->        And final gear drive
180/357 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable->        Belt or chain drive
180/358 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable->        Swinging axle, single pivot
180/359 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable->        With sprung differential
180/360 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        With sprung differential->        And differential support feature
180/361 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        With sprung differential->        And final gear drive
180/362 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable ->        With sprung differential->        And transverse leaf spring suspension
180/363 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final drive axle movable->        And final gear drive
180/364 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Variable speed or direction
180/365 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Variable speed or direction->        Plural
180/366 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Variable speed or direction->        Belt or chain
180/367 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Variable speed or direction->        Fluid drive
180/368 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Variable speed or direction->        Friction drive
180/369 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Variable speed or direction->        Planetary
180/370 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        With brake
180/371 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Final gear drive at each of two parallel wheels
180/372 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final gear drive at each of two parallel wheels->        Planetary
180/373 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Final gear drive at each of two parallel wheels->        Belt or chain
180/374 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Gear transmission relationship to frame or axle
180/375 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Gear transmission relationship to frame or axle->        Transmission is differential
180/376 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Shaft relationship to frame or shaft
180/377 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        Transmission support
180/378 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Transmission support->        Differential or axle housing
180/379 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Transmission support->        Shaft
180/380 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Transmission support ->        Shaft->        With propeller shaft casing, (e.g., torque tube)
180/381 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Transmission support ->        Shaft->        Vibration damping
180/382 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        Transmission support->        Flexible support
180/383 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM ->        With particular drive coupling
180/384 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        With particular drive coupling->        Relative axial movement
180/385 -> 337 TRANSMISSION MECHANISM  ->        With particular drive coupling->        Drive connection to wheel
180/76 COMPENSATING DEVICES
180/314 WITH PLURAL FUEL TANKS
180/315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES
180/316 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        By other than hand or foot of operator
180/317 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        On mine car vehicle
180/318 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        On delivery-type vehicle
180/319 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        With rein means
180/320 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        With vehicle control extension
180/321 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        With plural control stations
180/322 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES  ->        With plural control stations->        Side-by-side
180/323 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES  ->        With plural control stations->        For single control means
180/324 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES  ->        With plural control stations->        With tool or equipment control
180/325 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES  ->        With plural control stations->        Braking controllable by passenger
180/326 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        With movable control station or seat position
180/327 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES  ->        With movable control station or seat position->        Movable cab
180/328 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES  ->        With movable control station or seat position ->        Movable cab->        Tilting
180/329 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES  ->        With movable control station or seat position->        Simultaneously movable seat and control
180/330 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES  ->        With movable control station or seat position->        Seat on seat portion movable to alternate positon
180/331 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES  ->        With movable control station or seat position ->        Seat on seat portion movable to alternate positon->        With tool or equipment control
180/332 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        With tiller-type handle
180/333 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        Multiple vehicle functions controllable by single device
180/334 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        With adjustable operator engageable control
180/335 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        With fuel or air throttle control
180/336 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        With transmission control
180/78 -> 315 MANUALLY ACTUATED CONTROLLING DEVICES ->        Steering shaft
180/400 STEERING GEAR
180/401 -> 400 STEERING GEAR ->        Steering by terrestrial guide
180/402 -> 400 STEERING GEAR ->        No mechanical connection between steering shaft and steering gear
180/403 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        No mechanical connection between steering shaft and steering gear->        Hydraulic
180/404 -> 400 STEERING GEAR ->        Power assist alarms or disablers
180/405 -> 400 STEERING GEAR ->        With alternate emergency power means (e.g., pump, gearing, etc.)
180/406 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With alternate emergency power means (e.g., pump, gearing, etc.)->        With fluid backup
180/407 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With alternate emergency power means (e.g., pump, gearing, etc.)->        With electrical backup
180/408 -> 400 STEERING GEAR ->        Each wheel steerable
180/409 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        Each wheel steerable->        Occupant steered
180/410 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        Each wheel steerable ->        Occupant steered->        With condition modulated steering
180/411 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        Each wheel steerable->        Independently controlled steerable wheels
180/412 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        Each wheel steerable->        With electric power assist
180/413 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        Each wheel steerable ->        With electric power assist->        With electric power assist to all wheels
180/414 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        Each wheel steerable->        With fluid power assist
180/415 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        Each wheel steerable ->        With fluid power assist->        With electrical control
180/416 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        Each wheel steerable->        With mechanical power assist
180/417 -> 400 STEERING GEAR ->        With fluid power assist
180/418 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Between articulated wheeled vehicle sections
180/419 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist ->        Between articulated wheeled vehicle sections->        Combined with another steering mode
180/420 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist ->        Between articulated wheeled vehicle sections->        Reciprocating power assist
180/421 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        With condition modulated steering
180/422 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist ->        With condition modulated steering->        With electrical control
180/423 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist ->        With condition modulated steering ->        With electrical control->        Vehicle speed condition only
180/424 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        With swinging axle
180/425 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Including flexible power transmitting means
180/426 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Steering column supported
180/427 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist ->        Steering column supported->        Including rack gear means
180/428 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        With rack and pinion gearing intermediate steering shaft and power assist
180/429 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Having rotary working member
180/430 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Having flexible working member
180/431 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Steering linkage includes interengaging gear means
180/432 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        With plural working members
180/433 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist ->        With plural working members->        Working member movement traverses vehicle path
180/434 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Working member movement traverses vehicle path
180/435 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist ->        Working member movement traverses vehicle path->        Moves separate rod for each wheel steering arm
180/436 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist ->        Working member movement traverses vehicle path->        Working member part engages wheel steering arm
180/437 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist ->        Working member movement traverses vehicle path->        Working member part engages tie rod
180/438 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Movable working member engages wheel steering arm
180/439 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Movable working member is a moving cylinder
180/440 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        With linkage intermediate working member and wheel steering arm
180/441 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Device to control pressure (e.g., valve)
180/442 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With fluid power assist->        Hydraulic circuit
180/443 -> 400 STEERING GEAR ->        With electric power assist
180/444 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With electric power assist->        Specific mechanical feature
180/445 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With electric power assist->        Controlling rear wheels
180/446 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With electric power assist->        Condition modulated
180/447 -> 400 STEERING GEAR ->        With mechanical power assist
180/448 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With mechanical power assist->        Swinging axle
180/449 -> 400 STEERING GEAR  ->        With mechanical power assist->        Bogie truck having more than one axle
180/84 DUST GUARDS
180/89.1 BODIES
180/89.11 -> 89.1 BODIES ->        With passenger compartment having article receiving or removing means
180/89.12 -> 89.1 BODIES ->        Tractor and similar vehicle cabs
180/89.13 -> 89.1 BODIES ->        Movable cab or operator's station
180/89.14 -> 89.1 BODIES  ->        Movable cab or operator's station->        Tilting
180/89.15 -> 89.1 BODIES  ->        Movable cab or operator's station ->        Tilting->        Via power or power enhancing means
180/89.16 -> 89.1 BODIES  ->        Movable cab or operator's station->        Overmotor cab
180/89.17 -> 89.1 BODIES ->        Movable body portion facilitating engine access
180/89.18 -> 89.1 BODIES  ->        Movable body portion facilitating engine access->        Cab portion
180/89.19 -> 89.1 BODIES ->        Overmotor cab
180/89.2 -> 89.1 BODIES ->        With means for handling exhaust of a motor
180/90 -> 89.1 BODIES ->        Dashboards
180/90.6 -> 89.1 BODIES ->        Footboards and pedal guards
180/311 FRAME
180/312 -> 311 FRAME ->        With structure adapted to receive or support a motor, change-speed gearing, or other power train element
180/313 MISCELLANEOUS
180/900 ARGICULTURAL-TYPE TRACTORS
180/901 DEVICES FOR TRAVERSING VERTICAL SURFACES
180/902 SHOCK OR VIBRATION ABSORBING OR TRANSMITTING MEANS BETWEEN WHEEL SUSPENSION AND MOTOR
180/903 AIRSTREAM REACTIVE VEHICLE OR VEHICLE STRUCTURE
180/904 TRACTION DOLLIES FOR AIRCRAFT (CROSS REFERENCE ART COLLECTION CREATED IN COMPANION PROJECT)
180/905 AXLES
180/906 ADJUSTABLE AXLES
180/907 MOTORIZED WHEELCHAIRS
180/908 MOTOR VEHICLES WITH SHORT WHEELBASE
204/155 -> ->        Electrical, or wave energy in magnetic field
204/156 ->  ->        Electrical, or wave energy in magnetic field->        With discharge
204/157.15 -> ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy
204/157.2 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy->        Isotope separation or enrichment
204/157.21 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Isotope separation or enrichment->        Inorganic product produced
204/157.22 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Isotope separation or enrichment ->        Inorganic product produced->        Using laser
204/157.3 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy->        Removing a component from normally gaseous mixture
204/157.4 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material
204/157.41 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Using laser
204/157.42 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Using sonic or ultrasonic energy
204/157.43 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Using microwave energy
204/157.44 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Using ionizing radiation
204/157.45 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Boron, phosphorous or silicon containing product produced
204/157.46 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Nitrogen containing product produced
204/157.47 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Carbon containing product produced
204/157.48 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Halogen containing product produced
204/157.49 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Sulfur containing product produced
204/157.5 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Oxygen containing product produced
204/157.51 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material ->        Oxygen containing product produced->        Metal oxide or hydrate thereof
204/157.52 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process of preparing desired inorganic material->        Hydrogen containing product produced
204/157.6 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen
204/157.61 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Using laser
204/157.62 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Using sonic or ultrasonic energy
204/157.63 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Using ionizing radiation
204/157.64 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Using ionizing radiation->        Nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorous or silicon containing product produced
204/157.65 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Using ionizing radiation->        Carbocyclic ring containing product produced
204/157.67 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Vitamin product produced
204/157.68 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Carbohydrate or protein product produced
204/157.69 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Heterocyclic product produced
204/157.7 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Heterocyclic product produced->        Hetero sulfur containing
204/157.71 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Heterocyclic product produced->        Hetero nitrogen containing
204/157.72 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Heterocyclic product produced ->        Hetero nitrogen containing->        Hetero nitrogen ring contains at least two hetero atoms
204/157.73 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Phosphorous product produced
204/157.74 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Silicon product produced
204/157.75 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Heavy metal product produced
204/157.76 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Sulfur product produced
204/157.77 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Sulfur product produced->        Nitrogen containing
204/157.78 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Sulfur product produced->        Oxygen containing
204/157.79 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Sulfur product produced ->        Oxygen containing->        Halogen containing
204/157.8 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Sulfur product produced->        Halogen containing
204/157.81 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Nitrogen product produced
204/157.82 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Nitrogen product produced->        Oxygen containing
204/157.83 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Nitrogen product produced ->        Oxygen containing->        Nitroso or oxime containing
204/157.84 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Nitrogen product produced ->        Oxygen containing ->        Nitroso or oxime containing->        Halogen containing
204/157.85 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Nitrogen product produced->        Carbon triple bonded to nitrogen containing
204/157.86 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Nitrogen product produced->        Halogen containing
204/157.87 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Carboxylic acid or derivative product produced
204/157.88 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Carboxylic acid or derivative product produced->        Oxygen other than as part of a carboxylic acid or derivative moiety
204/157.89 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Carboxylic acid or derivative product produced->        Atom other than carbon, hydrogen or oxygen
204/157.9 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Alcohol product produced
204/157.91 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Alcohol product produced->        Fused or bridged ring containing
204/157.92 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Ether product produced
204/157.93 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Aldehyde or ketone product produced
204/157.94 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen->        Halogen product produced
204/157.95 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Halogen product produced->        Carbon and halogen only in product
204/157.96 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Halogen product produced ->        Carbon and halogen only in product->        Carbocyclic ring containing
204/157.97 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Halogen product produced ->        Carbon and halogen only in product ->        Carbocyclic ring containing->        Aryl ring containing
204/157.98 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Halogen product produced->        Unsaturated product
204/157.99 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Halogen product produced ->        Unsaturated product->        Unsaturation in aryl ring
204/158.1 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Halogen product produced->        Carbocyclic ring containing
204/158.11 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Halogen product produced->        Two or more diverse halogen atoms containing
204/158.12 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Process or preparing desired organic product containing at least one atom other than carbon and hydrogen ->        Halogen product produced->        Four or more carbon atoms containing
204/158.14 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy->        At least one carbocyclic ring and only carbon and hydrogen atoms in product produced
204/158.2 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy->        Processes of purifying materials
204/158.21 ->  ->        Processes of treating materials by wave energy ->        Processes of purifying materials->        Organic material purified
204/164 -> ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge
204/165 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        Organic
204/166 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Organic->        Vitamins
204/167 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Organic->        Fats, fatty oils, ester type waxes, or higher fatty acids
204/168 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Organic->        Hydrocarbons
204/169 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Organic ->        Hydrocarbons->        Halogenated or oxidized
204/170 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Organic ->        Hydrocarbons->        Gaseous
204/171 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Organic ->        Hydrocarbons ->        Gaseous->        Acetylene
204/172 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Organic ->        Hydrocarbons->        Cracking hydrocarbon oils
204/173 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        Carbon
204/174 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        Sulfur-oxygen compounds
204/175 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        Hydrogen peroxide
204/176 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        Ozone
204/177 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        Nitrogen compounds
204/178 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Nitrogen compounds->        Arc or spark discharge
204/179 ->  ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Nitrogen compounds ->        Arc or spark discharge->        Nitrogen oxides
204/450 -> ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere
204/451 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Capillary electrophoresis
204/452 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Capillary electrophoresis->        With detailed detection
204/453 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Capillary electrophoresis->        With injection
204/454 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Capillary electrophoresis->        With adjustment or alteration of electro-osmotic bulk flow
204/455 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Capillary electrophoresis->        Using gel-filled capillary
204/456 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Gel electrophoresis
204/457 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis->        With programmed, cylic, or time responsive control
204/458 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis ->        With programmed, cylic, or time responsive control->        Plural rapid changes in direction of electric field (at least 1,000 times total and at more than 1/sec) (e.g., pulsed field, etc.)
204/459 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis->        Isoelectric focusing (i.e., using pH variation)
204/461 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis->        With analysis or detailed detection
204/462 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis->        With posttreatment of gel to purify or recover a desired component
204/463 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis ->        With posttreatment of gel to purify or recover a desired component->        Destaining
204/464 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis ->        With posttreatment of gel to purify or recover a desired component->        Blotting
204/465 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis->        Preparation in unitary apparatus (e.g., preparative, etc.)
204/466 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis->        Using slab gel
204/467 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis ->        Using slab gel->        Vertical or inclined
204/468 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis->        Electrolyte composition
204/469 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis->        Gel composition (other than simple agarose or polyacrylamide)
204/470 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Gel electrophoresis ->        Gel composition (other than simple agarose or polyacrylamide)->        Including manufacture or preparation (e.g., molding, gelation, etc.)
204/471 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Coating or forming of object
204/472 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        With control responsive to sensed condition
204/473 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        With control responsive to sensed condition->        Temperature sensed
204/474 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        With control responsive to sensed condition->        Current sensed
204/475 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        Rubber or vulcanizable gum used to coat or form
204/476 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Rubber or vulcanizable gum used to coat or form->        Sheet, web, wire, or filament of indeterminant length formed or coated
204/477 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        Alternating current
204/478 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        With irradiation or illumination (e.g., for curing, etc.)
204/479 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        Coating interior of object
204/480 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        With regeneration or replenishment of coating bath (e.g., ultrafiltration, ion exchange, measurement followed by addition of concentrated reagent, etc.)
204/481 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        With regeneration or replenishment of coating bath (e.g., ultrafiltration, ion exchange, measurement followed by addition of concentrated reagent, etc.)->        Using ion exchange material
204/482 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        With regeneration or replenishment of coating bath (e.g., ultrafiltration, ion exchange, measurement followed by addition of concentrated reagent, etc.)->        Using filter or membrane
204/483 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        Forming of object
204/484 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        Plural coating operations
204/485 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Plural coating operations->        Using mask
204/486 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Plural coating operations->        Including nonelectrophoretic coating
204/487 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Plural coating operations ->        Including nonelectrophoretic coating->        With heat treatment of a coated layer (e.g., curing, sintering, etc.)
204/488 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Plural coating operations ->        Including nonelectrophoretic coating ->        With heat treatment of a coated layer (e.g., curing, sintering, etc.)->        Organic (e.g., curing thermoset resin, etc.)
204/489 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC)
204/490 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC)->        Resultant coating is solely inorganic
204/491 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Resultant coating is solely inorganic->        With heat treatment of coating
204/492 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC)->        Anodic processes only
204/493 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Anodic processes only->        With heat treatment of coating
204/494 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Anodic processes only ->        With heat treatment of coating->        And washing, rinsing, or drying of coating
204/495 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Anodic processes only->        With pretreatment of substrate or bath
204/496 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Anodic processes only->        Bath contains shading or coloring agent (e.g., pigment, etc.)
204/497 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Anodic processes only->        Bath contains surface active agent (e.g., soap or detergent, wetting or emulsifying agent, etc.)
204/498 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Anodic processes only->        Bath contains carboxyl group
204/499 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC)->        Cathodic processes only
204/500 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Cathodic processes only->        With heat treatment of coating
204/501 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Cathodic processes only ->        With heat treatment of coating->        Bath contains epoxy or epoxide
204/502 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Cathodic processes only->        Bath contains epoxy or epoxide
204/503 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Cathodic processes only ->        Bath contains epoxy or epoxide->        And shading or coloring agent
204/504 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Cathodic processes only ->        Bath contains epoxy or epoxide->        And separate crosslinking or curing agent
204/505 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Cathodic processes only ->        Bath contains epoxy or epoxide ->        And separate crosslinking or curing agent->        Isocyanate
204/506 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC) ->        Cathodic processes only->        Bath contains separate crosslinking or curing agent
204/507 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC)->        With posttreatment of coating (e.g., heat treatment, washing, drying, etc.)
204/508 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object ->        Using bath having designated chemical composition (DCC)->        Bath contains shading or coloring agent, metal oxide, free metal, or free carbon
204/509 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        With heat treatment of coating
204/510 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        With pretreatment of substrate (e.g., cleaning, wetting, etc.)
204/511 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        Using liquid jet
204/512 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Coating or forming of object->        Continuous movement of substrate through bath
204/513 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Hydrocarbon oil separated or purified
204/514 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Hydrocarbon oil separated or purified->        Aqueous system
204/515 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Inorganic siliceous or calcareous material prepared, separated, or treated (e.g., clay, earth, concrete, asbestos, glass, etc.)
204/516 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Inorganic siliceous or calcareous material prepared, separated, or treated (e.g., clay, earth, concrete, asbestos, glass, etc.)->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.)
204/517 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Inorganic siliceous or calcareous material prepared, separated, or treated (e.g., clay, earth, concrete, asbestos, glass, etc.) ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.)->        Ion selective
204/518 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.)
204/519 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.)->        With control responsive to sensed condition
204/520 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.)->        Ion selective
204/521 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        Combined with manufacture or pretreatment of barrier
204/522 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes
204/523 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes
204/524 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        And using ion exchange material (e.g., suspended particles, etc.)
204/525 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        With prevention of scale buildup or fouling of membrane
204/526 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        Gas or vapor treated
204/527 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        Biological material prepared, recovered, or treated (e.g., urine, etc.)
204/528 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        Regeneration of liquid electrolyte
204/529 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        Metal or metal salt recovered or removed
204/530 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        Organic material prepared, recovered, or treated
204/531 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        Acid prepared, recovered, or treated
204/532 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes->        And using nonion selective membrane
204/533 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes->        And using ion exchange material (e.g., suspended particles, etc.)
204/534 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using both anion and cation selective membranes->        And using bipolar membrane
204/535 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        And using nonion selective membrane
204/536 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        And using ion exchange material (e.g., suspended particles, etc.)
204/537 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        Using bipolar membrane
204/538 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Using bipolar membrane->        Water splitting
204/539 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        Using anion selective membrane
204/540 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        Biological material prepared, recovered, or treated (e.g., urine, etc.)
204/541 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        Organic material prepared, recovered, or treated
204/542 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.)->        Combined with diverse-type separation (e.g., electro-osmotic barrier separation combined with centrifugal separation, etc.)
204/543 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.)->        Biological material prepared, recovered, or treated (e.g., urine, etc.)
204/544 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere ->        Barrier separation (e.g., using membrane, filter paper, etc.)->        Organic material prepared, recovered, or treated
204/545 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        With use of nonelectrical field or force to separate (e.g., magnetic, centrifugal, etc.)
204/546 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Absorbent strip electrophoresis (e.g., using cellulose acetate or paper strip, etc.)
204/547 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Dielectrophoresis (i.e., using nonuniform electric field)
204/548 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Isoelectric focusing (i.e., using pH variation)
204/549 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Isotachophoresis (i.e., displacement electrophoresis) or measurement of ion or particle mobility
204/550 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Ionophoresis
204/551 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Solid sorption or desorption
204/553 ->  ->        Electrophoresis or electro-osmosis processes and electrolyte compositions therefor when not provided for elsewhere->        Bulk separation of solids and liquids (e.g., dewatering solids, clarifying water, etc.)
204/554 -> ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)
204/555 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        With control responsive to sensed condition
204/556 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        With measuring, testing, or sensing
204/557 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        Using magnetic field
204/558 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        With simultaneous use of liquid-liquid extraction solvent
204/559 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        Predominantly hydrocarbon
204/560 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon->        Removing solids
204/561 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon ->        Removing solids->        With addition of agent to facilitate removal
204/562 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon ->        Removing solids->        Using cohesive filter or solid packing
204/563 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon->        Resolving emulsion or dispersion
204/564 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon ->        Resolving emulsion or dispersion->        Using interrupted or pulsed direct current field
204/565 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon ->        Resolving emulsion or dispersion->        Using modified alternating current (other than standard 50 Hz or 60 Hz sine wave) field
204/567 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon ->        Resolving emulsion or dispersion->        Using modifying agent
204/568 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon ->        Resolving emulsion or dispersion ->        Using modifying agent->        Gas or vapor
204/569 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon ->        Resolving emulsion or dispersion ->        Using modifying agent->        Dielectric liquid
204/570 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Predominantly hydrocarbon ->        Resolving emulsion or dispersion ->        Using modifying agent->        Water
204/571 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        Removing solids
204/572 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Removing solids->        Using cohesive filter or solid packing
204/573 ->  ->        Electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        Resolving emulsion or dispersion
204/192.1 -> ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering
204/192.11 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering->        Ion beam sputter deposition
204/192.12 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.)
204/192.13 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.)->        Measuring or testing (e.g., of operating parameters, property of article, etc.)
204/192.14 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.)->        Coating inorganic material onto polymeric material
204/192.15 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.)->        Specified deposition material or use
204/192.16 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        Wear or abrasion resistant
204/192.17 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        Electrical contact material
204/192.18 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        Piezoelectric
204/192.2 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        Ferromagnetic
204/192.21 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        Resistor
204/192.22 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        Insulator or dielectric
204/192.23 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use ->        Insulator or dielectric->        Silicon containing
204/192.24 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        Superconductor
204/192.25 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        Semiconductor
204/192.26 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        Optical or photoactive
204/192.27 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use ->        Optical or photoactive->        Reflective
204/192.28 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use ->        Optical or photoactive->        Absorptive
204/192.29 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use ->        Optical or photoactive->        Transparent conductor
204/192.3 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Glow discharge sputter deposition (e.g., cathode sputtering, etc.) ->        Specified deposition material or use->        With sputter etching
204/192.32 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering->        Sputter etching
204/192.33 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Sputter etching->        Measuring or testing (e.g., of operating parameters, end point determination, etc.)
204/192.34 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Sputter etching->        Ion beam etching (e.g., ion milling, etc.)
204/192.35 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Sputter etching->        Etching specified material
204/192.36 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Sputter etching ->        Etching specified material->        Organic
204/192.37 ->  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Sputter etching ->        Etching specified material->        Silicon containing
204/192.38 -> ->        Vacuum arc discharge coating
204/193 APPARATUS
204/194 -> 193 APPARATUS ->        Electrolytic
204/400 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        Analysis and testing
204/401 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Fault testing of sensor or component
204/402 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Regeneration or activation
204/403.01 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus
204/403.02 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus->        Disposable apparatus or apparatus having removable section (e.g., removable cartridge, etc.)
204/403.03 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        Disposable apparatus or apparatus having removable section (e.g., removable cartridge, etc.)->        Plural measuring sections or zones
204/403.04 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        Disposable apparatus or apparatus having removable section (e.g., removable cartridge, etc.)->        Enzyme included in apparatus
204/403.05 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        Disposable apparatus or apparatus having removable section (e.g., removable cartridge, etc.) ->        Enzyme included in apparatus->        With semipermeable membrane
204/403.06 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus->        With semipermeable membrane
204/403.07 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        With semipermeable membrane->        For blocking passage of macromolecules (molecular weight greater than or equal to 8,000)
204/403.08 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        With semipermeable membrane ->        For blocking passage of macromolecules (molecular weight greater than or equal to 8,000)->        Lipid included in apparatus
204/403.09 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        With semipermeable membrane ->        For blocking passage of macromolecules (molecular weight greater than or equal to 8,000)->        Enzyme included in apparatus
204/403.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        With semipermeable membrane->        Enzyme included in apparatus
204/403.11 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        With semipermeable membrane ->        Enzyme included in apparatus->        Glucose oxidase
204/403.12 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        With semipermeable membrane ->        Enzyme included in apparatus ->        Glucose oxidase->        With diverse enzyme or catalyst (e.g., bienzyme or coenzyme system, glucose oxidase with Pt catalyst, etc.)
204/403.13 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus ->        With semipermeable membrane->        And microelectrode (i.e., at least one electrode dimension is less than 500 microns)
204/403.14 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus->        Enzyme included in apparatus
204/403.15 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Biological material (e.g., microbe, enzyme, antigen, etc.) analyzed, tested, or included in apparatus->        Electrode containing free carbon
204/404 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Corrosion
204/405 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Titration
204/406 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        With significant electrical circuitry or nominal computer device
204/407 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        With significant display or analytical device
204/408 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        With means for temperature or pressure compensation
204/409 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        With means providing specified-flow condition or flow-path
204/410 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        With means providing specified-flow condition or flow-path->        Solid electrolyte means
204/411 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        With means providing specified-flow condition or flow-path->        Three or more electrodes
204/412 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Three or more electrodes
204/413 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Liquid electrode, e.g., Hg, Na, etc.
204/414 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Gel electrolyte
204/415 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Selectively permeable membrane
204/416 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Ion-sensitive electrode
204/417 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Ion-sensitive electrode->        Liquid ion-exchanger
204/418 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Ion-sensitive electrode->        Organic membrane
204/419 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Ion-sensitive electrode->        Inorganic membrane
204/420 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Ion-sensitive electrode ->        Inorganic membrane->        Glass ion-selective membrane
204/421 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Solid electrolyte
204/422 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Solid electrolyte->        Liquid sample sensor
204/423 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Solid electrolyte ->        Liquid sample sensor->        With fugitive protective element
204/424 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Solid electrolyte->        Gas sample sensor
204/425 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Solid electrolyte ->        Gas sample sensor->        With impressed current means
204/426 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Solid electrolyte ->        Gas sample sensor->        Planar electrode surface
204/427 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Solid electrolyte ->        Gas sample sensor->        With gas reference material
204/428 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Solid electrolyte ->        Gas sample sensor ->        With gas reference material->        With protective element
204/429 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Solid electrolyte ->        Gas sample sensor ->        With gas reference material ->        With protective element->        Protective element is a layer
204/430 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Moisture absorbing electrolyte
204/431 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Gas sensing electrode
204/432 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing ->        Gas sensing electrode->        With gas diffusion electrode
204/433 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Measuring carbon or pH
204/434 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Involving plating, coating or stripping
204/435 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Analysis and testing->        Standard reference electrode
204/196.01 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        Object protection
204/196.02 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        With control means responsive to sensed condition
204/196.03 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        With control means responsive to sensed condition->        And programmed, cyclic, or time responsive control means
204/196.04 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        With control means responsive to sensed condition->        Internal battery
204/196.05 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        With programmed, cyclic, or time responsive control means
204/196.06 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        With measuring, testing, or sensing means
204/196.07 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        With measuring, testing, or sensing means->        Internal battery
204/196.08 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        With gas or vapor removing or treating means
204/196.09 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Plural cells used or protected
204/196.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Internal battery
204/196.11 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        Resistor or impedance in series between anode and object
204/196.12 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        With fluid filter
204/196.13 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        With bypass means
204/196.14 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        Anode moving relative to object
204/196.15 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        With fluid inlet or outlet means used or protected
204/196.16 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery ->        With fluid inlet or outlet means used or protected->        Dielectric coating, casing, or section
204/196.17 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        Rigid anode with rigid support
204/196.18 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery ->        Rigid anode with rigid support->        More than half of anode is or has coating, covering, or shield
204/196.19 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery ->        Rigid anode with rigid support ->        More than half of anode is or has coating, covering, or shield->        Dielectric coating, covering, or shield
204/196.2 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        Flexible cable, chain, or wire anode or support
204/196.21 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        Earth grounded object or protection means
204/196.22 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        Copper and zinc electrically coupled or alloyed into one or more electrodes
204/196.23 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery->        Anode contains aluminum
204/196.24 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery ->        Anode contains aluminum->        And magnesium
204/196.25 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Internal battery ->        Anode contains aluminum->        And zinc
204/196.26 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Resistor or impedance in series between power supply and object
204/196.27 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Alternative energy supply (e.g., solar panel, thermoelectric or piezoelectric power supply, etc.)
204/196.28 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Rotating electrode
204/196.29 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Magnetic mounting means
204/196.3 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Rigid anode with rigid support
204/196.31 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Rigid anode with rigid support->        Threaded coupling for rigid anode or rigid support
204/196.32 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Rigid anode with rigid support ->        Threaded coupling for rigid anode or rigid support->        Dielectric thread
204/196.33 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Flexible cable, chain, or wire anode or support
204/196.34 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Flexible cable, chain, or wire anode or support->        Plural anode sections on single cable, chain, or wire
204/196.35 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Flexible cable, chain, or wire anode or support ->        Plural anode sections on single cable, chain, or wire->        Helically wound
204/196.36 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Earth grounded object or protection means
204/196.37 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Vessel protected (e.g., steam boiler, etc.)
204/196.38 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Anode contains precious metal or free carbon
204/198 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Work conveyer
204/199 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Work conveyer->        Rotary
204/200 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Work conveyer ->        Rotary->        With base treatment
204/201 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Work conveyer ->        Rotary->        Loose article
204/202 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Work conveyer->        Endless
204/203 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Work conveyer ->        Endless->        With base treatment
204/204 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Work conveyer ->        Endless ->        With base treatment->        With current control
204/205 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Work conveyer ->        Endless->        With current control
204/206 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Continuous strip or filament electrode
204/207 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Continuous strip or filament electrode->        With base treatment
204/208 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Continuous strip or filament electrode ->        With base treatment->        Stripping
204/209 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Continuous strip or filament electrode ->        With base treatment->        Mechanical working
204/210 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Continuous strip or filament electrode ->        With base treatment->        Heat treatment means
204/211 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Continuous strip or filament electrode->        With current control
204/212 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Rotary
204/213 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Rotary->        Barrels and rotary receptacles
204/214 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Rotary ->        Barrels and rotary receptacles->        Swinging or tilting receptacles
204/215 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Rotary->        With base treatment
204/216 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Rotary ->        With base treatment->        Stripping
204/217 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Rotary ->        With base treatment->        Mechanical working
204/218 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Rotary->        With current control
204/219 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Liquid electrode
204/220 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Liquid electrode->        With electrode recirculation means
204/221 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Liquid electrode->        With oscillator, reciprocator or agitator
204/222 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Electrode oscillator, reciprocator or agitator
204/223 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Electrode oscillator, reciprocator or agitator->        With current control
204/224R -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Localized area applicators
204/224M -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Localized area applicators->        Electrochemical machining
204/225 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection->        Electrode feeding or withdrawal means
204/226 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Object protection ->        Electrode feeding or withdrawal means->        With base treatment
204/227 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        Cells with base treatment means
204/228.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition
204/228.2 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition->        Fluid level sensing means
204/228.3 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition->        Fluid flow sensing means
204/228.4 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition->        Fluid pressure sensing means
204/228.5 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition ->        Fluid pressure sensing means->        Gaseous fluid
204/228.6 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition->        Electrolyte property sensing means (e.g., temperature, concentration, pH, conductivity, etc.)
204/228.7 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition->        Workpiece property sensing means (e.g., mass, coating thickness, etc.)
204/228.8 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition->        Workpiece presence, position, or movement sensing means
204/228.9 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition->        Having auxiliary electrode
204/229.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition ->        Having auxiliary electrode->        Reference electrode as or with auxiliary electrode
204/229.2 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition->        And programmed, cyclic, or time responsive control means
204/229.3 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means responsive to sensed condition ->        And programmed, cyclic, or time responsive control means->        For controlling waveform supplied to working electrode
204/229.4 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        With programmed, cyclic, or time responsive current, voltage, or power control means
204/229.5 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With programmed, cyclic, or time responsive current, voltage, or power control means->        For controlling waveform supplied to working electrode
204/229.6 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With programmed, cyclic, or time responsive current, voltage, or power control means->        For simultaneously reversing polarity of working and counter electrodes
204/229.7 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With programmed, cyclic, or time responsive current, voltage, or power control means->        Having specified circuit details
204/229.8 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        With means for measuring, testing, or sensing current, voltage, or power
204/229.9 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With means for measuring, testing, or sensing current, voltage, or power->        Having auxiliary electrode
204/230.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With means for measuring, testing, or sensing current, voltage, or power ->        Having auxiliary electrode->        Reference electrode as or with auxiliary electrode
204/230.2 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        With current, voltage, or power control means
204/230.3 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means->        Mechanical
204/230.4 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means->        For inhibiting short circuits
204/230.5 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means->        Switch or connector
204/230.6 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means->        For controlling waveform
204/230.7 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means->        Having auxiliary electrode
204/230.8 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        With current, voltage, or power control means->        Having specified circuit details
204/232 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means
204/233 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means->        Leacher, dissolver or extractor
204/234 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means ->        Leacher, dissolver or extractor->        Recirculation
204/235 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means ->        Leacher, dissolver or extractor ->        Recirculation->        With filter
204/236 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means ->        Leacher, dissolver or extractor ->        Recirculation->        With heater or cooler
204/237 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means->        Recirculation
204/238 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means ->        Recirculation->        With filter
204/239 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means ->        Recirculation->        With heater or cooler
204/240 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means->        With filter
204/241 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells with electrolyte treatment means->        With heater or cooler
204/242 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        Cells
204/243.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        Fused bath
204/244 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Fused bath->        Plural cells
204/245 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Fused bath->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means
204/246 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Fused bath ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Gas feeding
204/247 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Fused bath ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Gas withdrawal
204/247.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Fused bath->        With magnetic field effect compensating means
204/247.2 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Fused bath->        With means for cleaning electrode element
204/247.3 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Fused bath->        Refractory hard material (RHM) containing electrode
204/247.4 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Fused bath->        With cell lining or coating
204/247.5 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Fused bath ->        With cell lining or coating->        Thermal effect compensating means
204/248 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        Internal battery
204/249 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Internal battery->        Filter or loose electrode type
204/250 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        Liquid electrode
204/251 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Liquid electrode->        Diaphragm type
204/252 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        Diaphragm type
204/253 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type->        Plural cells
204/254 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type ->        Plural cells->        Bipolar electrode
204/255 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type ->        Plural cells ->        Bipolar electrode->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means
204/256 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type ->        Plural cells ->        Bipolar electrode ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Gas
204/257 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type ->        Plural cells->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means
204/258 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type ->        Plural cells ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Gas
204/259 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type->        Basket-type electrode
204/260 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type->        Concentrically arranged electrodes
204/261 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type->        With agitator
204/262 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type->        With heater or cooler
204/263 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means
204/264 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        And filter
204/265 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Gas feeding
204/266 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Diaphragm type ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Gas withdrawal
204/267 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        Plural cells
204/268 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Plural cells->        Bipolar electrode
204/269 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Plural cells->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means
204/270 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        Plural cells ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Gas
204/271 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        Portable
204/272 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        Concentrically arranged electrodes
204/273 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        With agitator
204/274 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        With heater or cooler
204/275.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means
204/276 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        And filter
204/277 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Gas feeding
204/278 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Gas withdrawal
204/278.5 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Cells ->        With feeding and/or withdrawal means->        Parallel plate type electrodes
204/279 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic->        Elements
204/280 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements->        Electrodes
204/281 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes->        Electroforming molds or strips plates
204/282 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes->        With diaphragm
204/283 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        With diaphragm->        Perforated or foraminous electrode
204/284 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes->        Perforated or foraminous
204/285 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Perforated or foraminous->        Work holder
204/286.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes->        With electrode supporting means
204/287 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        With electrode supporting means->        Work container
204/288 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        With electrode supporting means->        Electrodes with lateral extensions
204/288.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        With electrode supporting means->        And dielectric gasket or spacer
204/288.2 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        With electrode supporting means->        And additional electrical conductor of diverse material
204/288.3 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        With electrode supporting means->        Including resilient means (e.g., spring, etc.)
204/288.4 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        With electrode supporting means->        Including threaded connector
204/288.5 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        With electrode supporting means ->        Including threaded connector->        Having wedge or tapered tightening means
204/288.6 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        With electrode supporting means->        Hook or loop
204/289 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes->        With lateral extensions
204/290.01 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers)
204/290.02 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers)->        Actinide series element (i.e., Ac, Th, Pa, U, Np, Pu, Am, Cm, Bk, Cf, Es, Fm, Md, No, or Lr) or compound containing
204/290.03 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers)->        Having three or more layers
204/290.04 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers) ->        Having three or more layers->        Rare earth metal (i.e., Sc, Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, or Lu) or compound containing
204/290.05 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers) ->        Having three or more layers->        Organic compound containing
204/290.06 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers) ->        Having three or more layers ->        Organic compound containing->        And noble metal (i.e., Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt, Ag, or Au) or compound containing
204/290.07 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers) ->        Having three or more layers ->        Organic compound containing->        And free carbon containing
204/290.08 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers) ->        Having three or more layers->        Noble metal (i.e., Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt, Ag, or Au) or compound containing
204/290.09 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers) ->        Having three or more layers ->        Noble metal (i.e., Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt, Ag, or Au) or compound containing->        Plural metal oxides containing
204/290.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers)->        Rare earth metal (i.e., Sc, Y, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb, or Lu) or compound containing
204/290.11 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers)->        Organic compound containing
204/290.12 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers)->        Refractory metal (i.e., Ti, V, Cr, Zr, Nb or Cb, Mo, Hf, Ta, or W) or compound containing
204/290.13 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers) ->        Refractory metal (i.e., Ti, V, Cr, Zr, Nb or Cb, Mo, Hf, Ta, or W) or compound containing->        Surface layer contains electrolytically exposed refractory metal or compound
204/290.14 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers)->        Noble metal (i.e., Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt, Ag, or Au) or compound containing
204/290.15 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Laminated or coated (i.e., composite having two or more layers)->        Free carbon containing
204/291 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes->        Composition
204/292 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Composition->        Metallic
204/293 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Composition ->        Metallic->        Alloys
204/294 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrodes ->        Composition->        Carbon containing
204/295 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements->        Diaphragms
204/296 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Diaphragms->        Organic
204/297.01 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements->        Electrode support or work holder
204/297.02 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder->        Magnetic support
204/297.03 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder->        Vacuum support
204/297.04 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder->        Float or buoyant support
204/297.05 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder->        Mask for workpiece
204/297.06 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder->        Workpiece rack
204/297.07 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder ->        Workpiece rack->        Adjustable
204/297.08 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder ->        Workpiece rack ->        Adjustable->        Mechanized
204/297.09 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder ->        Workpiece rack ->        Adjustable->        Including resilient means (e.g., spring, etc.)
204/297.1 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder ->        Workpiece rack->        Including resilient means (e.g., spring, etc.)
204/297.11 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder ->        Workpiece rack->        Porous enclosure
204/297.12 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder ->        Workpiece rack->        Grid or grating
204/297.13 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder ->        Workpiece rack->        Including threaded connector
204/297.14 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder->        Including resilient means (e.g., spring, etc.)
204/297.15 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder->        Including threaded connector
204/297.16 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrolytic ->        Elements ->        Electrode support or work holder->        Hook or loop
204/298.01 -> 193 APPARATUS ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering
204/298.02 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering->        Coating
204/298.03 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Measuring, analyzing or testing
204/298.04 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Ion beam sputter deposition
204/298.05 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Ion plating
204/298.06 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Triode, tetrode, auxiliary electrode or biased workpiece
204/298.07 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Specified gas feed or withdrawal
204/298.08 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Specified power supply or matching network
204/298.09 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Specified cooling or heating
204/298.11 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Specified mask, shield or shutter
204/298.12 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Specified target particulars
204/298.13 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Specified target particulars->        Target composition
204/298.14 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Specified anode particulars
204/298.15 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Specified work holder
204/298.16 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Magnetically enhanced
204/298.17 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Magnetically enhanced->        Flux passes through target surface
204/298.18 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Magnetically enhanced ->        Flux passes through target surface->        Focusing target (e.g., conical target, plural inclined targets, etc.)
204/298.19 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Magnetically enhanced ->        Flux passes through target surface->        Planar magnetron
204/298.2 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Magnetically enhanced ->        Flux passes through target surface ->        Planar magnetron->        Moving magnetic field or target
204/298.21 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Magnetically enhanced ->        Flux passes through target surface->        Cylindrical or curved magnetron target
204/298.22 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Magnetically enhanced ->        Flux passes through target surface ->        Cylindrical or curved magnetron target->        Moving magnetic field or target
204/298.23 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating->        Moving workpiece or target
204/298.24 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Moving workpiece or target->        Indeterminate length moving workpiece
204/298.25 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Moving workpiece or target->        Multi-chamber (e.g., including air lock, load/unload chamber, etc.)
204/298.26 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Moving workpiece or target->        Plural diverse treatment stations, zones, or coating material source within single chamber
204/298.27 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Moving workpiece or target->        Plural modes of movement (e.g., planetary, epicyclic, etc.)
204/298.28 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Moving workpiece or target->        Rotational movement
204/298.29 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Coating ->        Moving workpiece or target->        Oscillatory movement
204/298.31 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering->        Etching
204/298.32 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Etching->        Measuring, analyzing or testing
204/298.33 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Etching->        Specified gas feed or withdrawal
204/298.34 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Etching->        Auxiliary electrode, bias means or specified power supply
204/298.35 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Etching->        Multi-chamber, load/unload means or moving workpiece
204/298.36 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Etching->        Beam or directed flux etching (e.g., ion beam, etc.)
204/298.37 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Etching->        Magnetically enhanced
204/298.38 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Etching->        Microwave excitation
204/298.39 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Coating, forming or etching by sputtering ->        Etching->        Plural parallel plates (e.g., desmearing reactor, etc.)
204/298.41 -> 193 APPARATUS ->        Vacuum arc discharge coating
204/600 -> 193 APPARATUS ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus
204/601 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Capillary electrophoresis type
204/602 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Capillary electrophoresis type->        With control means responsive to sensed condition
204/603 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Capillary electrophoresis type->        With detailed detection system (e.g., including a light source and a camera, etc.)
204/604 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Capillary electrophoresis type->        With injector
204/605 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Capillary electrophoresis type->        Gel filled
204/606 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Gel electrophoresis type
204/607 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type->        With control means responsive to sensed condition
204/608 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type->        With programmed, cyclic, or time responsive control means
204/609 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type ->        With programmed, cyclic, or time responsive control means->        Plural rapid changes in direction of electric field (at least 1,000 times total and at more than 1/sec) (e.g., pulsed field, etc.)
204/610 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type->        Isoelectric focusing (i.e., uses pH variation)
204/612 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type->        With detailed detection system (e.g., including a light source and a camera, etc.)
204/613 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type->        With means for posttreatment of gel to purify or recover a desired component
204/614 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type ->        With means for posttreatment of gel to purify or recover a desired component->        Blotter (e.g., membrane, etc.)
204/615 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type->        Unitary preparation apparatus (e.g., preparative means, etc.)
204/616 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type->        Slab gel
204/617 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type ->        Slab gel->        Curved
204/618 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type ->        Slab gel->        Vertical or inclined
204/619 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type ->        Slab gel ->        Vertical or inclined->        With gel shaping or molding means (e.g., comb, ribbed insert, gel injectors, etc.)
204/620 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type ->        Slab gel->        With gel shaping or molding means (e.g., comb, ribbed insert, gel injectors, etc.)
204/621 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Gel electrophoresis type ->        Slab gel->        With liquid heat exchange means to cool gel slab during electrophoresis
204/622 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Coating or forming means
204/623 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Coating or forming means->        With moving or movable electrode
204/624 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Coating or forming means ->        With moving or movable electrode->        And means for posttreatment of coating (e.g., drying, heating, curing, etc.)
204/625 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Coating or forming means ->        With moving or movable electrode->        Coating interior of object or article (e.g., water main, automobile body, etc.)
204/626 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Coating or forming means->        With means for regeneration or replenishment of coating bath or electrolyte
204/627 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.)
204/628 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.)->        With control means responsive to sensed condition
204/629 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.)->        With moving or movable electrode
204/630 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.)->        Ion selective
204/631 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        With bipolar membrane
204/632 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        And ion exchange material (e.g., suspended ion exchange resin particles, etc.)
204/633 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        Both anion and cation selective membranes
204/634 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Both anion and cation selective membranes->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes
204/635 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        Tortuous path-type frame or membrane spacer
204/636 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.) ->        Ion selective ->        Both anion and cation selective membranes ->        Alternating anion and cation selective membranes->        With foraminous or perforated membrane support or spacer (e.g., screen, perforated plate, fabric, etc.)
204/637 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        And nonion selective membrane
204/638 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.) ->        Ion selective->        With foraminous or perforated membrane support or spacer (e.g., screen, perforated plate, fabric, etc.)
204/639 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.)->        With foraminous or perforated membrane support or spacer (e.g., screen, perforated plate, fabric, etc.)
204/640 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Barrier separator (e.g., electrodialyzer, etc.)->        Cylindrical barrier (e.g., filter, membrane, etc.)
204/641 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Absorbent strip (e.g., cellulose acetate, paper strip, etc.) type
204/642 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Absorbent strip (e.g., cellulose acetate, paper strip, etc.) type->        Movable strip
204/643 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Dielectrophoretic (i.e., uses nonuniform electric field)
204/644 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Isoelectric focusing (i.e., uses pH variation)
204/645 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Isotachophoretic (i.e., displacement electrophoretic) or means to measure ion or particle mobility
204/647 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Particle bed separator (e.g., inert particles, ion exchange beads, etc.)
204/648 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        Bulk separator for solids and liquids (e.g., to dewater solids, clarify water, etc.)
204/649 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus ->        Bulk separator for solids and liquids (e.g., to dewater solids, clarify water, etc.)->        With moving or movable electrode
204/650 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Electrophoretic or electro-osmotic apparatus->        With moving or movable electrode
204/660 -> 193 APPARATUS ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)
204/661 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        With control means responsive to sensed condition
204/662 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        With control means responsive to sensed condition->        Liquid level sensing means
204/663 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        With programmed, cyclic, or time responsive control means
204/664 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        With magnetic separating means
204/665 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        With filter (e.g., electrostatic filter, etc.)
204/666 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        Plural separate treatment chambers or zones
204/667 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        Probe type
204/668 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        With moving or movable electrode
204/669 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        With moving or movable electrode->        Rotating or rotatable
204/670 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        Concentric electrodes
204/671 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Concentric electrodes->        Cylindrical or annular
204/672 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        Parallel plate-type electrodes
204/673 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation) ->        Parallel plate-type electrodes->        Vertical flat plates
204/674 -> 193 APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for electrical (including simultaneous electrical and magnetic) separation or purification of liquid or magnetic treatment of liquid (other than separation)->        Porous, perforated, or grid electrode
204/900 EFFECTING A CHANGE IN ISOMERIZATION BY WAVE ENERGY
204/901 EFFECTING A COLOR CHANGE BY WAVE ENERGY
204/902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE)
204/903 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE) ->        Inorganic chemical treating agent
204/904 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE)  ->        Inorganic chemical treating agent->        Metal treating agent
204/905 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE)  ->        Inorganic chemical treating agent ->        Metal treating agent->        Heavy metal agent
204/907 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE) ->        Silicon or boron treating agent
204/908 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE) ->        Phosphorus treating agent
204/909 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE) ->        Heavy metal treating agent
204/910 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE) ->        Sulfur treating agent
204/911 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE) ->        Nitrogen treating agent
204/912 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE) ->        Oxygen treating agent
204/913 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE)  ->        Oxygen treating agent->        Peroxide agent
204/914 -> 902 PRODUCTION OF DESIRED COMPOUND BY WAVE ENERGY IN PRESENCE OF A CHEMICALLY DESIGNATED NONREACTANT CHEMICAL TREATING AGENT (EXCLUDING WATER, CHLOROFORM, CARBON TETRACHLORIDE, METHYLENE CHLORIDE OR BENZENE) ->        Only carbon, hydrogen or halogen atom in treating agent
209/1 MISCELLANEOUS
209/2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
209/3 PRECEDENT PREPARATION OF ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO FACILITATE SEPARATION
209/3.1 -> 3 PRECEDENT PREPARATION OF ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO FACILITATE SEPARATION ->        Sorting special items or sorting by methods and apparatus includible in subclasses 509 through 707
209/3.2 -> 3 PRECEDENT PREPARATION OF ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO FACILITATE SEPARATION  ->        Sorting special items or sorting by methods and apparatus includible in subclasses 509 through 707->        Condition responsive sensor controlling preparation
209/3.3 -> 3 PRECEDENT PREPARATION OF ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO FACILITATE SEPARATION  ->        Sorting special items or sorting by methods and apparatus includible in subclasses 509 through 707->        Marking or tagging item
209/4 -> 3 PRECEDENT PREPARATION OF ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO FACILITATE SEPARATION ->        Selective differentiation
209/5 -> 3 PRECEDENT PREPARATION OF ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO FACILITATE SEPARATION  ->        Selective differentiation->        Deflocculation and flocculation
209/7 -> 3 PRECEDENT PREPARATION OF ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO FACILITATE SEPARATION  ->        Selective differentiation->        Form
209/8 -> 3 PRECEDENT PREPARATION OF ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO FACILITATE SEPARATION  ->        Selective differentiation->        Magnetizing and demagnetizing
209/9 -> 3 PRECEDENT PREPARATION OF ITEMS OR MATERIALS TO FACILITATE SEPARATION  ->        Selective differentiation->        Surface
209/10 TREATMENT SUBSEQUENT
209/11 WITH HEAT TREATMENT
209/12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS
209/12.2 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Including electrostatic
209/13 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Aqueous suspension, sifting, and stratifying
209/14 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Mercurial adhesion, sifting, and stratifying
209/19 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Gaseous suspension, sifting, and stratifying
209/15 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Mercurial suspension or adhesion and fluid suspension
209/16 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Mercurial suspension or adhesion and fluid suspension->        Aqueous suspension
209/17 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Aqueous suspension and sifting
209/18 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Aqueous suspension and stratifying
209/20 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Gaseous suspension and stratifying
209/21 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting
209/22 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting->        Coincident
209/23 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Coincident->        With deposition
209/24 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Coincident->        Horizontal current
209/25 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Coincident ->        Horizontal current->        With deposition
209/26 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Coincident->        Inclined current
209/27 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Coincident ->        Inclined current->        With deposition
209/28 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Coincident->        Vertical current
209/29 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Coincident ->        Vertical current->        With deposition
209/30 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting->        Successive
209/31 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Successive->        With deposition
209/32 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Successive->        Horizontal current
209/33 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Successive ->        Horizontal current->        With deposition
209/34 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Successive->        Inclined current
209/35 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Successive ->        Inclined current->        With deposition
209/36 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Successive->        Vertical current
209/37 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Gaseous suspension and sifting ->        Successive ->        Vertical current->        With deposition
209/38 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Magnetic and sifting
209/39 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Magnetic and fluid suspension
209/40 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Magnetic and stratifying
209/41 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Mercurial suspension and mercurial adhesion
209/42 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Mercurial adhesion or suspension and sifting
209/43 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Mercurial adhesion or suspension and stratifying
209/44 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Sifting and stratifying
209/44.1 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS ->        Including sorting of special items or sorting by methods or apparatus includible in subclasses 509 through 707
209/44.2 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Including sorting of special items or sorting by methods or apparatus includible in subclasses 509 through 707->        Fluid jet
209/44.3 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Including sorting of special items or sorting by methods or apparatus includible in subclasses 509 through 707->        Drum-type sifter
209/44.4 -> 12.1 PLURAL, DIVERSE SEPARATING OPERATIONS  ->        Including sorting of special items or sorting by methods or apparatus includible in subclasses 509 through 707->        Manual sorting
209/45 ADHESION
209/46 -> 45 ADHESION ->        With selective differentiation
209/47 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        With selective differentiation->        Coating
209/48 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        With selective differentiation ->        Coating->        Mercurial (i.e., amalgamators)
209/49 -> 45 ADHESION ->        Coated surface or mass
209/50 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass->        Mercurial
209/51 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial->        Applying or removing coat
209/52 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial->        Contact elements
209/53 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Contact elements->        Agitators
209/54 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Contact elements->        Baffles
209/55 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Contact elements->        Disks and spheres
209/56 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Contact elements->        Liners
209/57 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Contact elements->        Percolators
209/58 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial->        Receivers
209/59 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers->        Rotating
209/60 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers ->        Rotating->        Centrifugal
209/61 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers ->        Rotating->        Cylinders, external
209/62 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers ->        Rotating->        Cylinders, internal
209/63 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers ->        Rotating->        Endless belt
209/64 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers->        Shaking
209/65 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers->        With agitating or conveying
209/66 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers ->        With agitating or conveying->        Fluid
209/67 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers ->        With agitating or conveying->        With rubbing
209/68 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers ->        With agitating or conveying->        Impact
209/69 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers ->        With agitating or conveying->        Reciprocating
209/70 -> 45 ADHESION  ->        Coated surface or mass ->        Mercurial ->        Receivers ->        With agitating or conveying->        Rotating
209/127.1 ELECTROSTATIC
209/127.2 -> 127.1 ELECTROSTATIC ->        With heating of particles
209/127.3 -> 127.1 ELECTROSTATIC ->        With vibrating trough charging of particles
209/127.4 -> 127.1 ELECTROSTATIC ->        Free fall type particle charging
209/128 -> 127.1 ELECTROSTATIC ->        Attracting and repelling
209/129 -> 127.1 ELECTROSTATIC ->        Attracting
209/130 -> 127.1 ELECTROSTATIC ->        Repelling
209/131 -> 127.1 ELECTROSTATIC ->        Stratifying
209/509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS
209/510 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Sorting eggs or components thereof
209/511 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting eggs or components thereof->        Radiant energy sensing means controls separating means
209/512 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting eggs or components thereof->        By weight
209/513 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting eggs or components thereof ->        By weight->        Sensing egg weight and controlling separating means in accordance therewith
209/514 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting eggs or components thereof ->        By weight->        Orbiting or rotating carrier responsive to egg weight
209/515 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting eggs or components thereof ->        By weight ->        Orbiting or rotating carrier responsive to egg weight->        Carrier tilted by means (e.g., trip, cam, etc.) adjacent travel path when depressed to particular elevation
209/516 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting eggs or components thereof ->        By weight->        Same eggs successively placed on means (e.g., balance beams, etc.) responsive to different weights
209/517 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Sorting lumber, logs, pipes, rails, or like items
209/518 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting lumber, logs, pipes, rails, or like items->        Condition responsive means controls separating means
209/519 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting lumber, logs, pipes, rails, or like items ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Relatively movable calipers closed against item
209/520 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting lumber, logs, pipes, rails, or like items ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sensor responsive to item contact
209/521 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting lumber, logs, pipes, rails, or like items->        With endless conveyor belt
209/522 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers
209/523 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers->        Condition responsive means controls separating means
209/524 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct (e.g., label, cap, etc.) thereof
209/525 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct (e.g., label, cap, etc.) thereof->        Sizing with visible light beam
209/526 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct (e.g., label, cap, etc.) thereof->        Detecting internal flaw (e.g., air bubble, crack, etc.) in wall of item
209/527 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct (e.g., label, cap, etc.) thereof ->        Detecting internal flaw (e.g., air bubble, crack, etc.) in wall of item->        By means of radio frequency radiation
209/528 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct (e.g., label, cap, etc.) thereof->        Detecting flaw in, or absence or misplacement of, label on item
209/529 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sensing position, shape, or presence of closure
209/530 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sensor contacts item
209/531 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensor contacts item->        Gauge
209/532 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensor contacts item ->        Gauge->        Plug
209/533 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting bottles, ampoules, jars, drinking vessels, or like ceramic or glass containers ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensor contacts item ->        Gauge->        Relatively movable calipers closed against item
209/534 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Sorting paper money
209/535 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Sorting cigarettes, cigars, or packages thereof
209/536 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting cigarettes, cigars, or packages thereof->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof
209/537 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Sorting cigarettes, cigars, or packages thereof->        Fluid or vacuum sensing means controls separating means
209/538 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Nonconveying driven means for turning item at separating or inspecting station to facilitate sorting
209/539 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Traveling items shifted to form line, or into end or edge alignment, to facilitate inspection or separation
209/540 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Traveling item turned to predetermined position
209/541 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Traveling item turned to predetermined position->        Plural orienting means
209/542 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Traveling item turned to predetermined position->        Reciprocable or pivotable orienting means
209/543 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Traveling item turned to predetermined position->        Fluid orienting means
209/544 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Traveling item turned to predetermined position->        Means orienting item moved by gravity
209/545 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Traveling item turned to predetermined position->        Driven orienting means
209/546 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Signalling, indicating, or display means
209/547 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Signalling, indicating, or display means->        Indicia associated with cards, file folders, or like coded items, or with sorting means therefor (including cards, per se, with edge coding)
209/548 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Signalling, indicating, or display means->        Operation of apparatus stopped
209/549 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Signalling, indicating, or display means->        Signal lamp or audible alarm
209/550 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Signalling, indicating, or display means->        Indicating scale
209/551 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Signalling, indicating, or display means->        Item counter
209/552 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means
209/553 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Cards or sheets separated by rotatable suction drum
209/554 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sorting cards or sheets coded by perforation
209/555 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Diverse
209/556 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Diverse->        Diverse electrical tests
209/557 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Diverse->        Including noncondition-responsive separating means
209/558 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Diverse->        At single station
209/559 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Means (e.g., information storing device, timer, delaying relay, etc.) delaying actuation of separating means
209/560 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Means (e.g., information storing device, timer, delaying relay, etc.) delaying actuation of separating means->        Mechanical
209/561 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Means (e.g., information storing device, timer, delaying relay, etc.) delaying actuation of separating means ->        Mechanical->        Rotatable pin carrier
209/562 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Means (e.g., information storing device, timer, delaying relay, etc.) delaying actuation of separating means->        Magnetic
209/563 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Means (e.g., information storing device, timer, delaying relay, etc.) delaying actuation of separating means ->        Magnetic->        Electrical
209/564 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Means (e.g., information storing device, timer, delaying relay, etc.) delaying actuation of separating means ->        Magnetic ->        Electrical->        Electronic
209/565 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Means (e.g., information storing device, timer, delaying relay, etc.) delaying actuation of separating means ->        Magnetic ->        Electrical ->        Electronic->        Shift register
209/566 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Means (e.g., information storing device, timer, delaying relay, etc.) delaying actuation of separating means ->        Magnetic ->        Electrical ->        Electronic ->        Shift register->        Controlled by article
209/567 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Magnetic test sensing property of item
209/568 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Magnetic test sensing property of item->        Magnetic core tested
209/569 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Magnetic test sensing property of item->        Reading indicia
209/570 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Magnetic test sensing property of item->        Permeability
209/571 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Electrical test sensing property of item
209/572 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Electrical test sensing property of item->        Detecting flaw in dielectric
209/573 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Electrical test sensing property of item->        Electrical component tested
209/574 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Electrical test sensing property of item ->        Electrical component tested->        Resistor or capacitor
209/575 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Electrical test sensing property of item ->        Electrical component tested->        Lamp or battery
209/576 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof
209/577 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet
209/578 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet->        Ultraviolet
209/579 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet->        Laser
209/580 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet->        Color detection
209/581 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet ->        Color detection->        Intensity
209/582 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet ->        Color detection ->        Intensity->        Measuring ratio of sensed intensities
209/583 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet->        Reading indicia
209/584 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet ->        Reading indicia->        On mail
209/585 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet->        Mirror or prism in optical path
209/586 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet->        Sizing
209/587 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet->        Reflected from item
209/588 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet->        Transmitted through item
209/589 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof->        X-ray or gamma ray
209/590 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensing radiant energy reflected, absorbed, emitted, or obstructed by item or adjunct thereof->        Sonic or supersonic energy
209/591 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sensing by applying fluid or vacuum to item
209/592 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Responsive to weight of item
209/593 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Responsive to weight of item->        Detecting movement of item support with electrical sensor
209/594 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Responsive to weight of item ->        Detecting movement of item support with electrical sensor->        Photodetector
209/595 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Responsive to weight of item ->        Detecting movement of item support with electrical sensor->        Switch
209/596 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Responsive to weight of item->        Pusher or deflector controls movement of item on separate support
209/597 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sensing position, shape, or presence of closure or end wall on container
209/598 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sensing contour of item having no missing parts
209/599 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sorting items according to susceptibility to deform (e.g., malleability, hardness, compressibility, etc.), rupture, or vibrate
209/600 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means->        Sensor contacts item
209/601 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensor contacts item->        Gauge
209/602 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensor contacts item ->        Gauge->        Relatively movable calipers closed against item
209/603 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensor contacts item ->        Gauge->        Sheet gauging
209/604 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensor contacts item ->        Gauge->        Sensor generates electrical signal
209/605 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Condition responsive means controls separating means ->        Sensor contacts item ->        Gauge ->        Sensor generates electrical signal->        Items separated into at least three classes
209/606 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS ->        Separating means
209/607 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Corn silk separator
209/608 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Sorting items according to edge coding
209/609 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items according to edge coding->        Magnet attracts or repels item
209/610 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items according to edge coding->        Keyboard control
209/611 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items according to edge coding->        Cards, file folders, or like items sorted by means of necked-down notch thereon
209/612 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items according to edge coding->        Cards, file folders, or like items alternatively having notch or hole at particular location thereon
209/613 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Sorting cards, file folders, or like items having coded sorting holes
209/614 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Hand supported implements
209/615 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Brush, flail, or rake used other than as one of opposed pair of gauge elements to separate, or to facilitate separation of, items
209/616 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Brush, flail, or rake used other than as one of opposed pair of gauge elements to separate, or to facilitate separation of, items->        Rotatable
209/617 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Item gripped between opposed elements
209/618 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Item gripped between opposed elements->        Rollers
209/619 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Gauge enters hole in item
209/620 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Gauging passage between orbiting belts
209/621 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Rotating or orbiting carrier having expandable gauging passage passing items of different size at different points along carrier travel path
209/622 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Rotating or orbiting carrier having expandable gauging passage passing items of different size at different points along carrier travel path->        Belt
209/623 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Rotating or orbiting carrier having expandable gauging passage passing items of different size at different points along carrier travel path ->        Belt->        With gauging pocket for individual item
209/624 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Rotating or orbiting carrier having expandable gauging passage passing items of different size at different points along carrier travel path ->        Belt ->        With gauging pocket for individual item->        Pocket formed by rollers, disks, or wheels spaced transversely of belt or by contoured transverse roller, bar, or slat
209/625 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Gauge with clearer other than continuous feeder
209/626 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Gauge with clearer other than continuous feeder->        Spacing between gauge elements increased to free item
209/627 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Gauge with clearer other than continuous feeder->        Rotatable or pivotable clearer
209/628 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Gauge with clearer other than continuous feeder->        Stationary clearer
209/629 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Diverse
209/630 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Diverse->        Including means supporting items for manual sorting or allowing operator to control item destination
209/631 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Diverse->        Including separation effected by items following different trajectories through space
209/632 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Diverse->        Including separation effected by item of particular size passing through gauging passage between separate elements
209/633 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Diverse ->        Including separation effected by item of particular size passing through gauging passage between separate elements->        Stationary elements
209/634 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Diverse->        Including separation effected by item of particular size passing through gauging aperture in wall (e.g., perforated panel, etc.)
209/635 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Diverse->        Including separation effected by different items traveling in different directions while contacting a surface
209/636 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Magnet attracts or repels item
209/637 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Items thrown or falling through space strike surface and only some rebound
209/638 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Items separate by following different trajectories through space
209/639 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Items separate by following different trajectories through space->        Fluid jet changes trajectory of item
209/640 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Items separate by following different trajectories through space->        Items thrown or falling through space strike surface and rebound with different trajectories
209/641 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Items separate by following different trajectories through space->        Takeoff ramp adjustable to different angular positions relative to horizontal plane
209/642 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Items separate by following different trajectories through space->        Thrower
209/643 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Suction
209/644 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Fluid jet
209/645 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Sorting items by weight
209/646 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by weight->        Orbiting or rotating carrier responsive to item weight
209/647 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by weight ->        Orbiting or rotating carrier responsive to item weight->        Counterbalance on balance beam moved until beam tilts to item discharging position
209/648 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by weight ->        Orbiting or rotating carrier responsive to item weight->        Carrier tilted by means (e.g., trip, cam, etc.) adjacent travel path when depressed to particular elevation
209/649 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by weight->        Same items successively placed on means (e.g., balance beams, etc.) responsive to different weights
209/650 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by weight->        Item support swings about fixed horizontal axis to discharge at different vertically spaced points
209/651 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Pusher moving item on separate surface
209/652 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Pusher moving item on separate surface->        Pivotable
209/653 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Pusher moving item on separate surface->        Reciprocable
209/654 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Pusher moving item on separate surface->        Rotatable
209/655 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Gravity-type conveyor (e.g., chute, etc.) movable between different discharge positions
209/656 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Movement of items along different paths controlled by passive deflector
209/657 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Movement of items along different paths controlled by passive deflector->        Deflector movable into and out of path of item
209/658 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Movement of items along different paths controlled by passive deflector->        Deflector spaced above conveying means to pass item of particular size thereunder
209/659 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Sorting items by size
209/660 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements
209/661 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements->        Gauging passage between stationary element (e.g., bar, slat, etc.) and orbiting belt
209/662 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements->        Gauging passage between stationary element (e.g., bar, slat, etc.) and roller
209/663 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements->        Gauging passage between orbiting belt and roller or wheel
209/664 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements->        Gauging passage between elements of rotating cage
209/665 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements->        Gauging passage between elements of orbiting belt
209/666 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements->        Item moves along curved gauging passage
209/667 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements->        Gauging passage between rotatable elements
209/668 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between rotatable elements->        Element adjustable to change width of gauging passage
209/669 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between rotatable elements->        Helical roller
209/670 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between rotatable elements->        Items move longitudinally of gauging passage varying in width along length thereof
209/671 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between rotatable elements->        Spindle or roller having projecting elements spaced circumferentially thereof
209/672 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between rotatable elements->        Spindle or roller having axially spaced, flat-sided circumferential elements (e.g., flanges, disks, wheels, etc.) projecting therefrom
209/673 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between rotatable elements->        Cylindrical rollers
209/674 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements->        Gauging passage between moving elements (e.g., vibrating bars, slats, etc.)
209/675 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements->        Gauging passage between stationary elements (e.g., bars, slats, etc.)
209/676 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between stationary elements (e.g., bars, slats, etc.)->        Element adjustable to change width of gauging passage
209/677 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between stationary elements (e.g., bars, slats, etc.)->        Items move longitudinally of elongate elements
209/678 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between stationary elements (e.g., bars, slats, etc.) ->        Items move longitudinally of elongate elements->        With means moving, or regulating movement of, items along elements
209/679 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging passage between separate elements ->        Gauging passage between stationary elements (e.g., bars, slats, etc.) ->        Items move longitudinally of elongate elements->        Width of gauging passage varies
209/680 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size->        Item of particular size passed through gauging aperture in wall (e.g., perforated panel, etc.)
209/681 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging aperture in wall (e.g., perforated panel, etc.)->        Aperture in orbiting belt
209/682 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging aperture in wall (e.g., perforated panel, etc.)->        Aperture in chute or trough
209/683 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size passed through gauging aperture in wall (e.g., perforated panel, etc.)->        Aperture in circumferential wall of hollow body (e.g., tube, etc.) rotatable about longitudinal axis thereof
209/684 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size->        Item of particular size or shape enters pocket
209/685 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size or shape enters pocket->        On orbiting belt
209/686 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size or shape enters pocket->        On exterior of drumlike body (e.g., roller, etc.) rotatable about longitudinal axis thereof
209/687 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Sorting items by size ->        Item of particular size or shape enters pocket->        On interior of hollow drumlike body (e.g., tube, etc.) rotatable about longitudinal axis thereof
209/688 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Means pierces, or enters preformed hole in, item
209/689 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Items separate by traveling in different directions while contacting drumlike body (e.g., roller, hollow cylinder, etc.) turning about longitudinal axis thereof
209/690 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Items separate by traveling in different directions while contacting drumlike body (e.g., roller, hollow cylinder, etc.) turning about longitudinal axis thereof->        Items travel circumferentially and longitudinally of turning axis
209/691 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Items separate by traveling in different directions while contacting same inclined surface of moving support
209/692 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Items separate by traveling in different directions while contacting same inclined surface of moving support->        Items contact inclined reach of orbiting belt
209/693 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Items separate by traveling in different directions while contacting same inclined surface of moving support ->        Items contact inclined reach of orbiting belt->        Item separating reach inclined only in direction of belt movement
209/694 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Items separate by traveling in different directions while contacting same inclined surface of moving support->        Translating support
209/695 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Items separate by traveling in different directions while contacting same horizontal surface of moving support
209/696 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Items separate by traveling in different directions while contacting same inclined surface of static support
209/697 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Items separate by traveling in different directions while contacting same inclined surface of static support->        Helical ramp
209/698 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Means movable between horizontal item-supporting position and gravity discharge position
209/699 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Sorting items according to susceptibility to deform (e.g., malleability, hardness, compressibility, etc.), rupture, or vibrate
209/700 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Sorting items according to roughness or adhesiveness
209/701 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Item turned while traveling
209/702 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Manual sorting
209/703 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Manual sorting->        Item supported on table or chute
209/704 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Manual sorting ->        Item supported on table or chute->        Rotated about vertical axis
209/705 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means ->        Manual sorting->        Item supported on orbiting or rotating carrier
209/706 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Specific compartment of receptacle brought into alignment with feed means by operator
209/707 -> 509 SORTING SPECIAL ITEMS, AND CERTAIN METHODS AND APPARATUS (E.G., POCKET TYPE AND LIGHT RESPONSIVE SORTING, ETC.) FOR SORTING ANY ITEMS  ->        Separating means->        Items separated by tipping, rolling, or sliding off support under force of gravity
209/132 FLUID SUSPENSION
209/133 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION ->        Gaseous
209/134 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous->        Horizontal current
209/135 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Horizontal current->        With deposition
209/136 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous->        Inclined current
209/137 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Inclined current->        With deposition
209/138 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous->        Vertical current
209/139.1 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Vertical current->        With deposition
209/139.2 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Vertical current ->        With deposition->        With centrifugal feed distribution
209/140 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Vertical current->        Expanding
209/141 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Vertical current ->        Expanding->        With deposition
209/142 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous->        Grading deposition
209/143 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition->        With deflection
209/710 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection->        Plural individual interconnected separation means having swirling currents
209/711 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Plural individual interconnected separation means having swirling currents->        Fluidically induced, oppositely directed axial flows only (e.g., multiple cyclone arrangements, etc.)
209/712 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Plural individual interconnected separation means having swirling currents ->        Fluidically induced, oppositely directed axial flows only (e.g., multiple cyclone arrangements, etc.)->        Serial arrangement
209/713 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection->        Mechanically induced swirling
209/714 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Mechanically induced swirling->        Eduction rotor
209/715 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection->        Fluidically induced, oppositely directed axial flows (e.g., reverse free-vortexes formed, cyclone, etc.)
209/716 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Fluidically induced, oppositely directed axial flows (e.g., reverse free-vortexes formed, cyclone, etc.)->        Including auxiliary fluid
209/717 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Fluidically induced, oppositely directed axial flows (e.g., reverse free-vortexes formed, cyclone, etc.)->        Including inlet characteristic (e.g., helix, spiral, volute, etc.)
209/718 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Fluidically induced, oppositely directed axial flows (e.g., reverse free-vortexes formed, cyclone, etc.) ->        Including inlet characteristic (e.g., helix, spiral, volute, etc.)->        Guide vane
209/719 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Fluidically induced, oppositely directed axial flows (e.g., reverse free-vortexes formed, cyclone, etc.) ->        Including inlet characteristic (e.g., helix, spiral, volute, etc.)->        Tangential
209/720 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Fluidically induced, oppositely directed axial flows (e.g., reverse free-vortexes formed, cyclone, etc.)->        Including specific underflow outlet feature (e.g., apex discharge, etc.)
209/721 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Fluidically induced, oppositely directed axial flows (e.g., reverse free-vortexes formed, cyclone, etc.)->        Including specific overflow outlet feature (e.g., adjustable vortex finder, shape, size, etc.)
209/722 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection->        Fluidically induced unidirectional swirling (e.g., axial, radial, tangential separation, free-vortex, etc.)
209/723 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Grading deposition ->        With deflection ->        Fluidically induced unidirectional swirling (e.g., axial, radial, tangential separation, free-vortex, etc.)->        Plural extractions at diverse locations along flow path
209/145 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous->        Impetus and countercurrent
209/146 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous->        Feeding
209/147 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Feeding->        Conveyor
209/148 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Feeding ->        Conveyor->        Centrifugal
209/149 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Feeding ->        Conveyor->        Chute
209/150 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Feeding ->        Conveyor->        Disk or cone
209/151 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Feeding ->        Conveyor->        Stepped plane
209/152 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Feeding->        Cylinder internal
209/153 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous ->        Feeding->        Tossers
209/154 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Gaseous->        Current control
209/155 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION ->        Liquid
209/156 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid->        Horizontal current
209/157 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid->        Inclined current
209/158 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid->        Vertical current
209/159 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Vertical current->        With agitation
209/160 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Vertical current->        Expanding
209/161 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Vertical current ->        Expanding->        With agitation
209/162 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid->        Floating
209/163 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating->        Buoyant material
209/164 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Buoyant material ->        With agitation->        Processes
209/165 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Buoyant material ->        With agitation ->        Processes->        Preferential
209/166 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Buoyant material ->        With agitation ->        Processes->        With modifying agents
209/167 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Buoyant material ->        With agitation ->        Processes ->        With modifying agents->        Preferential
209/168 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Buoyant material ->        With agitation->        Apparatus
209/169 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Buoyant material ->        With agitation ->        Apparatus->        Agitating
209/170 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Buoyant material ->        With agitation ->        Apparatus->        Pneumatic
209/171 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Buoyant material->        Oil
209/172 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating->        Gravity liquid
209/172.5 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid->        Suspension
209/173 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid->        Water or aqueous solution
209/174 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators)
209/175 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators)->        Processes
209/176 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes->        With chemical treatment
209/177 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        With chemical treatment->        Bath
209/178 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        With chemical treatment->        Ore
209/179 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes->        With electric treatment
209/180 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        With electric treatment->        Bath
209/181 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        With electric treatment->        Ore
209/182 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes->        With heat treatment
209/183 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes->        Submerging
209/184 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        Submerging->        Conveyor
209/185 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        Submerging->        Vacuum
209/186 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        Submerging->        With agitation
209/187 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        Submerging ->        With agitation->        Baffles
209/188 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        Submerging ->        With agitation->        Agitators
209/189 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes->        Surface
209/190 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Processes ->        Surface->        Impact
209/191 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators)->        With rubbing
209/192 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators)->        Feeding and discharging
209/193 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Feeding and discharging->        Bath
209/194 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators)->        Receptacles
209/195 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles->        Reciprocating
209/196 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles ->        Reciprocating->        Chutes and tables
209/197 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles ->        Reciprocating->        With agitators
209/198 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles->        Rotating
209/199 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles ->        Rotating->        Centrifugal
209/200 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles ->        Rotating->        With agitators
209/201 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles->        Stationary
209/202 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles ->        Stationary->        Chutes and tables
209/203 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles ->        Stationary->        With agitators
209/204 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles ->        Stationary ->        With agitators->        Reciprocating
209/205 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators) ->        Receptacles ->        Stationary ->        With agitators->        Rotating
209/206 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating ->        Gravity liquid ->        Metallic (i.e., amalgamators)->        Riffles and traps
209/207 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Floating->        Surface film tension
209/208 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid->        Grading deposition
209/209 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition->        Chronometric
209/210 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition->        With deflection
209/724 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition->        Including circularly flowing liquid separation agent
209/725 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.)
209/726 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition ->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.)->        Including condition responsive control
209/727 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition ->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.)->        Including oppositely directed axial flows around evacuated core (e.g., hydrocyclone having reverse free-vortexes formed, etc.)
209/728 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition ->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.) ->        Including oppositely directed axial flows around evacuated core (e.g., hydrocyclone having reverse free-vortexes formed, etc.)->        Plural individual interconnected, oppositely directed axial flow producing separation phases (e.g., system arrangements, multiple hydrocyclones, etc.)
209/729 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition ->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.) ->        Including oppositely directed axial flows around evacuated core (e.g., hydrocyclone having reverse free-vortexes formed, etc.) ->        Plural individual interconnected, oppositely directed axial flow producing separation phases (e.g., system arrangements, multiple hydrocyclones, etc.)->        Serially connected
209/730 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition ->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.) ->        Including oppositely directed axial flows around evacuated core (e.g., hydrocyclone having reverse free-vortexes formed, etc.)->        Including auxiliary fluid (e.g., air or gas core, dilution water, elutriation liquid, etc.)
209/731 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition ->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.) ->        Including oppositely directed axial flows around evacuated core (e.g., hydrocyclone having reverse free-vortexes formed, etc.) ->        Including auxiliary fluid (e.g., air or gas core, dilution water, elutriation liquid, etc.)->        Adjacent or subsequent to underflow discharge (e.g., dilution water, elutriation liquid, sedimentation chamber, sump, etc.)
209/732 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition ->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.) ->        Including oppositely directed axial flows around evacuated core (e.g., hydrocyclone having reverse free-vortexes formed, etc.)->        Including specific overflow discharge feature (e.g., adjustable vortex finder, shape, size, etc.)
209/733 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition ->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.) ->        Including oppositely directed axial flows around evacuated core (e.g., hydrocyclone having reverse free-vortexes formed, etc.)->        Including specific underflow discharge feature (e.g., apex construction, secondary vortex chamber, etc.)
209/734 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Liquid ->        Grading deposition ->        Rotational hydrodynamic extraction (e.g., unidirectional hydrocyclone, vortical, whirlpool, etc.) ->        Including oppositely directed axial flows around evacuated core (e.g., hydrocyclone having reverse free-vortexes formed, etc.)->        Including specific inlet feature (e.g., shape, size, etc.)
209/212 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION ->        Diamagnetic
209/213 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION ->        Paramagnetic
209/214 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic->        Processes
209/215 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic->        Special application
209/216 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic->        Multiple type
209/217 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic->        Reciprocating magnets
209/218 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Reciprocating magnets->        Belt
209/219 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Reciprocating magnets->        Cylinder external
209/220 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Reciprocating magnets ->        Cylinder external->        Vertical axis
209/221 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Reciprocating magnets->        Cylinder internal
209/222 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Reciprocating magnets->        Disk
209/223.1 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic->        Stationary magnets
209/223.2 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Stationary magnets->        Cylinder external
209/224 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Stationary magnets->        Cylinder internal
209/225 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic->        With agitating or conveying
209/226 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        With agitating or conveying->        Magnetic
209/227 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        With agitating or conveying ->        Magnetic->        Traveling field
209/228 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic->        Discharging
209/229 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Discharging->        Doffers
209/230 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Discharging ->        Doffers->        Magnetic
209/231 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic->        Feeding
209/232 -> 132 FLUID SUSPENSION  ->        Paramagnetic ->        Feeding->        Fluid suspension
209/233 SIFTING
209/234 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Combined type
209/235 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Special applications
209/236 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Special applications->        Distributing
209/237 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Special applications->        Material testing
209/238 -> 233 SIFTING ->        With heating or cooling
209/239 -> 233 SIFTING ->        With weighting
209/240 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Feeding and discharging
209/241 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding and discharging->        Conveyors
209/242 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding and discharging->        Interconnected
209/243 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Feeding
209/244 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding->        Hoppers
209/245 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding ->        Hoppers->        With agitators or conveyors
209/246 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding ->        Hoppers->        Cut-offs and valves
209/247 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding->        Conveyors
209/248 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding ->        Conveyors->        Receptacles
209/249 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding ->        Conveyors ->        Receptacles->        Ash pan
209/250 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding ->        Conveyors->        Fluid
209/251 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding->        Reversible
209/252 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding->        Sifter movement
209/253 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Feeding->        Selective
209/254 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Distributers or spreaders
209/255 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Discharging
209/256 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Discharging->        Conveyors and valves
209/257 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Discharging->        Conveyors
209/258 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Discharging->        Valves
209/259 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Discharging->        Receptacles
209/260 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Discharging->        Tilting
209/261 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Conveying
209/262 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Conveying->        Material forcing
209/263 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Conveying->        Material positioning
209/264 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Conveying ->        Material positioning->        Guides
209/265 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Conveying ->        Material positioning ->        Guides->        Imperforate sections
209/266 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Conveying ->        Material positioning ->        Guides->        Superposed
209/267 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Conveying->        Retarders
209/268 -> 233 SIFTING ->        With liquid treatment
209/269 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        With liquid treatment->        Reciprocating sifters
209/270 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        With liquid treatment ->        Reciprocating sifters->        Drum
209/271 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        With liquid treatment ->        Reciprocating sifters->        Disk
209/272 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        With liquid treatment ->        Reciprocating sifters->        Endless belt
209/273 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        With liquid treatment->        Stationary sifters
209/274 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Concave and convex sifters
209/275 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters->        Reciprocating
209/276 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Reciprocating->        With agitators
209/277 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Reciprocating ->        With agitators->        Reciprocating
209/278 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Reciprocating ->        With agitators->        Rotating
209/279 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters->        Rotating
209/280 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Rotating->        With agitators
209/281 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters->        Stationary
209/282 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        With reciprocating agitators
209/283 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        With rotating agitators
209/284 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        Feeding or dischargingd
209/285 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Feeding or dischargingd->        Peripheral feed
209/286 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Feeding or dischargingd ->        Peripheral feed->        Inlets
209/287 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        Reciprocating and rotating
209/288 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        Rotating
209/289 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating->        Multiple
209/290 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating ->        Multiple->        Concentric
209/291 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating ->        Multiple ->        Concentric->        Nested
209/292 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating ->        Multiple->        Superposed
209/293 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating->        With agitators and conveyors
209/294 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating ->        With agitators and conveyors->        Lifters and deflectors
209/295 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating ->        With agitators and conveyors->        Pneumatic
209/296 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating ->        With agitators and conveyors->        Rotating
209/297 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating ->        With agitators and conveyors ->        Rotating->        Attached
209/298 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating ->        With agitators and conveyors ->        Rotating->        Lifters
209/299 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating->        Lifters and beaters
209/300 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        Stationary
209/301 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        Reciprocating and rotating
209/302 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        Reciprocating
209/303 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        Rotating
209/304 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Rotating->        With agitators
209/305 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary->        Stationary
209/306 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Concave and convex sifters ->        Stationary ->        Stationary->        With agitators
209/307 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Endless belt sifters
209/308 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters->        With agitators
209/309 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators->        Reciprocating and rotating
209/310 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating->        Distorting
209/311 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating->        Multiple
209/312 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        Multiple->        With pneumatic treatment
209/313 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        Multiple->        Alined
209/314 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        Multiple->        Stepped
209/315 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        Multiple->        Superposed
209/316 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        Multiple ->        Superposed->        With intermediate conveyors
209/317 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        Multiple ->        Superposed->        With dischargers
209/318 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        Multiple ->        Superposed->        With pneumatic treatment
209/319 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        Multiple ->        Superposed->        Attaching and adjusting
209/320 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating->        With agitators and conveyors
209/321 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With agitators and conveyors->        Pneumatic
209/322 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With agitators and conveyors->        Reciprocating
209/323 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With agitators and conveyors ->        Reciprocating->        Unattached
209/324 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With agitators and conveyors->        Rotating
209/325 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating->        With horizontal and vertical shake
209/326 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake->        Gyratory
209/327 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake->        Lateral
209/328 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Lateral->        With impact
209/329 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake->        Longitudinal
209/330 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Longitudinal->        With impact
209/331 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake->        Longitudinal and transverse
209/332 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Longitudinal and transverse->        Gyratory
209/333 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake->        Lateral
209/334 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Lateral->        Impactive
209/335 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Lateral->        Pivoted
209/336 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Lateral ->        Pivoted->        With impact
209/337 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Lateral->        Sliding
209/338 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Lateral ->        Sliding->        With impact
209/339 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Lateral->        Swinging
209/340 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Lateral ->        Swinging->        With impact
209/341 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake->        Longitudinal
209/342 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Longitudinal->        Sliding
209/343 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Longitudinal ->        Sliding->        With impact
209/344 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Longitudinal->        Swinging
209/345 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With horizontal and vertical shake ->        Longitudinal ->        Swinging->        With impact
209/346 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating->        With vertical shake
209/347 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With vertical shake->        Impactive
209/348 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With vertical shake->        Pivoted
209/349 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Reciprocating and rotating ->        With vertical shake ->        Pivoted->        With impact
209/350 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators->        Rotating
209/351 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Rotating->        With agitators
209/352 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators->        Stationary
209/353 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Stationary->        Multiple
209/354 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Stationary ->        Multiple->        Stepped
209/355 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Stationary ->        Multiple->        Superposed
209/356 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Stationary ->        Multiple ->        Superposed->        Zigzag
209/357 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Stationary ->        Multiple->        Reciprocating
209/358 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        With agitators ->        Stationary ->        Multiple->        Rotating
209/359 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters->        Vertical
209/360 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        Vertical->        Reciprocating
209/361 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Endless belt sifters ->        Vertical->        Rotating
209/362 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Spiral sifters
209/363 -> 233 SIFTING ->        Elements
209/364 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements->        Actuating
209/365.1 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Actuating->        Reciprocating
209/365.2 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Actuating ->        Reciprocating->        Cam and linkage
209/365.3 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Actuating ->        Reciprocating->        With cushioning
209/365.4 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Actuating ->        Reciprocating->        Differential motion
209/366 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Actuating ->        Reciprocating->        Gyrating
209/366.5 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Actuating ->        Reciprocating ->        Gyrating->        Unbalanced weight
209/367 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Actuating ->        Reciprocating->        Unbalanced weight
209/368 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Actuating ->        Reciprocating->        Magnetic
209/369 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Actuating->        Rotating
209/370 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements->        Bins and casings
209/371 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Bins and casings->        Adapters
209/372 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Bins and casings->        Closures
209/373 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Bins and casings->        Compartments and receptacles
209/374 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Bins and casings->        Household
209/375 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Bins and casings ->        Household->        Chutes
209/376 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Bins and casings ->        Household->        Hods
209/377 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Bins and casings ->        Household->        Stoves and furnaces
209/378 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Bins and casings->        Venting
209/379 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements->        Clearers
209/380 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers->        Fluid
209/381 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers->        Jarring
209/382 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers ->        Jarring->        Knockers
209/383 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers ->        Jarring->        Whips
209/384 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers->        Pressers
209/385 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers->        Wipers
209/386 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers ->        Wipers->        Brush
209/387 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers ->        Wipers->        Reciprocating
209/388 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers ->        Wipers ->        Reciprocating->        Brush
209/389 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers ->        Wipers->        Rotating
209/390 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Clearers ->        Wipers ->        Rotating->        Brush
209/391 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements->        Mesh closures
209/392 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements->        Dress
209/393 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress->        Bars
209/394 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress ->        Bars->        Adjusting
209/395 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress ->        Bars->        Attaching
209/396 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress ->        Bars->        Reciprocating
209/397 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress->        Perforated sheet
209/398 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress ->        Perforated sheet->        Adjusting
209/399 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress ->        Perforated sheet->        Attaching
209/400 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress->        Cords and wires
209/401 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress->        Woven
209/402 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress ->        Woven->        Adjusting
209/403 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress ->        Woven->        Attaching
209/404 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress->        Adjusting
209/405 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress->        Attaching
209/406 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress->        Drum
209/407 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress ->        Drum->        Sectional
209/408 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Dress->        Plane
209/409 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements->        Supports
209/410 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Axial
209/411 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Rim
209/412 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Framework
209/413 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Framework->        Adjustable
209/414 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Framework->        Knockdown
209/415 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Hangers and standards
209/416 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Levelers
209/417 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Manual
209/418 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Manual->        Scoop
209/419 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Manual->        Shovel
209/420 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Portable
209/421 -> 233 SIFTING  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Portable->        Vehicles
209/422 STRATIFIERS
209/423 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Portable->        Constant current
209/424 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Portable ->        Constant current->        Divergent or opposite travel
209/425 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Portable->        Pulsating current
209/426 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Portable ->        Pulsating current->        Divergent or opposite travel
209/427 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Portable ->        Pulsating current->        Parallel travel
209/428 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Belt
209/429 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt->        Divergent travel
209/430 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt->        Opposite travel
209/431 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt->        Reciprocating support
209/432 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt ->        Reciprocating support->        Divergent travel
209/433 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt ->        Reciprocating support->        Opposite travel
209/434 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt->        Spiral
209/435 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt->        Reciprocating-rotating
209/436 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt ->        Reciprocating-rotating->        Divergent or opposite travel
209/437 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt->        Reciprocating
209/438 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt ->        Reciprocating->        Annular
209/439 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt ->        Reciprocating ->        Annular->        Divergent or opposite travel
209/440 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt ->        Reciprocating->        With agitators
209/441 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt ->        Reciprocating->        Divergent travel
209/442 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt ->        Reciprocating->        Opposite travel
209/443 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt ->        Reciprocating->        Parallel travel
209/444 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Belt->        Rotating
209/445 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Reciprocating-rotating
209/446 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Reciprocating
209/447 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating->        Manual support
209/448 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating->        With agitators
209/449 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating ->        With agitators->        Reciprocating
209/450 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating ->        With agitators->        Rotating
209/451 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating->        Horizontal or inclined axis
209/452 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating ->        Horizontal or inclined axis->        With agitators or conveyors
209/453 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating->        Vertical axis
209/454 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating->        Constant current
209/455 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating->        Pulsating current
209/456 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating ->        Pulsating current->        Divergent or opposite travel
209/457 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Reciprocating ->        Pulsating current->        Parallel travel
209/458 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Chutes and tables
209/459 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables->        Annular, circular or spiral
209/460 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables->        With divergent or opposite travel
209/461 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables->        With agitators or conveyors
209/462 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables ->        With agitators or conveyors->        Reciprocating
209/463 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables ->        With agitators or conveyors->        Rotating
209/464 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables ->        With agitators or conveyors ->        Rotating->        Horizontal or inclined axis
209/465 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables ->        With agitators or conveyors ->        Rotating->        Vertical axis
209/466 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables->        Constant current
209/467 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables ->        Constant current->        Divergent or opposite travel
209/468 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables->        Pulsating current
209/469 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes and tables ->        Pulsating current->        Divergent or opposite travel
209/470 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Belts
209/471 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Chutes, tables, and receptacles
209/472 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Chutes, tables, and receptacles->        Divergent or opposite travel
209/473 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports->        Drums
209/474 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Drums->        With constant current
209/475 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Drums->        With pulsating current
209/476 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Supports ->        Drums ->        With pulsating current->        Divergent or opposite travel
209/477 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements->        Chutes, tables, and receptacles
209/478 -> 422 STRATIFIERS ->        Magnetic
209/479 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Magnetic->        Chutes, tables, and receptacles
209/480 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Magnetic ->        Chutes, tables, and receptacles->        Divergent travel
209/481 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Magnetic ->        Chutes, tables, and receptacles->        Opposite travel
209/482 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Magnetic->        Drums
209/483 -> 422 STRATIFIERS ->        Stationary bed
209/484 -> 422 STRATIFIERS ->        Elements
209/485 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements->        Beds
209/486 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Beds->        Permeable
209/487 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements->        Cleaners
209/488 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements->        Feeding and discharging
209/489 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Feeding and discharging->        Automatic control
209/490 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements->        Discharging
209/491 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Discharging->        Automatic control
209/492 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Discharging->        Conveyers
209/493 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Discharging->        Dividers and skimmers
209/494 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Discharging->        Exits
209/495 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Discharging ->        Exits->        With positively operated dischargers
209/496 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Discharging ->        Exits->        Automatic control
209/497 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements->        Feeding
209/498 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Feeding->        Distributing
209/499 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Feeding->        Regulating
209/500 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Feeding->        Liquid
209/501 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Feeding ->        Liquid->        Circuit
209/502 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Feeding->        Pneumatic
209/503 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements->        Operating mechanism
209/504 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Operating mechanism->        Reciprocating
209/505 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Operating mechanism->        Rotating
209/506 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements->        Riffles
209/507 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements ->        Riffles->        Overhung
209/508 -> 422 STRATIFIERS  ->        Elements->        Supports
209/900 SORTING FLAT-TYPE MAIL
209/901 FROTH FLOTATIONSEMI COPPER
209/902 FROTH FLOTATIONSEMI PHOSPHATE
209/903 FEEDER CONVEYOR HAVING OPPOSED GRIPPERS
209/904 FEEDER CONVEYOR HOLDING ITEM BY MAGNETIC ATTRACTION
209/905 FEEDER CONVEYOR HOLDING ITEM BY SUCTION
209/906 PNEUMATIC OR LIQUID STREAM FEEDING ITEM
209/907 MAGNETIC FEEDER
209/908 ITEM FED BY FREE FALL
209/909 ITEM HOLDING FEED MAGAZINE INSERTABLE IN SORTING APPARATUS
209/910 FEED HOPPER
209/911 FEED MEANS SUPPORTING OR GUIDING ITEM MOVING UNDER INFLUENCE OF GRAVITY
209/912 ENDLESS FEED CONVEYOR WITH MEANS FOR HOLDING EACH ITEM INDIVIDUALLY
209/913 SCREW FEED CONVEYOR
209/914 DIVERSE SEQUENTIAL FEEDING STEPS
209/915 CENTRIFUGAL FEEDER
209/916 RECIPROCATING PUSHER FEEDING ITEM
209/917 ENDLESS BELT PUSHER FEEDING ITEM
209/918 SWINGING OR ROTATING PUSHER FEEDING ITEM
209/919 ROTARY FEED CONVEYOR
209/920 VIBRATORY FEED CONVEYOR
209/921 RECIPROCATING OR OSCILLATING FEED CONVEYOR
209/922 MISCELLANEOUS FEED CONVEYORS
209/923 FEED THROUGH INCLUDING AT LEAST ONE ENDLESS CONVEYOR
209/924 GRAVITY CONVEYOR MOVING ITEM FROM SEPARATING STATION
209/925 DRIVEN OR FLUID CONVEYOR MOVING ITEM FROM SEPARATING STATION
209/926 SILVERWARE SORTER
209/927 COP SORTER
209/928 CONTAINER CLOSURE SORTER
209/929 FASTENER SORTER
209/930 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE SORTING
209/931 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
209/932 FLUID APPLIED TO ITEMS
209/933 ACCUMULATION RECEIVING SEPARATED ITEMS
209/934 MOVING ITEMS TO SORTING MEANS IN SPACED RELATION LENGTHWISE OF FEED PATH
209/935 AMBULANT
209/936 PLURAL ITEMS TESTED AS GROUP
209/937 LAUNDRY SORTING
209/938 ILLUMINATING MEANS FACILITATING VISUAL INSPECTION
209/939 VIDEO SCANNING
209/940 NONCONDITION-RESPONSIVE SORTING BY CONTOUR
209/941 ITEM CARRYING BRIDGE RAISABLE TO EXPOSE DISCHARGE OPENING
209/942 OPERATOR SELECTS DESTINATION OF ITEM
216/2 ETCHING OF SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL TO PRODUCE AN ARTICLE HAVING A NONELECTRICAL FUNCTION
216/3 FORMING OR TREATING JOSEPHSON JUNCTION ARTICLE
216/4 FORMING OR TREATING A SIGN OR MATERIAL USEFUL IN A SIGN
216/5 -> 4 FORMING OR TREATING A SIGN OR MATERIAL USEFUL IN A SIGN ->        Sign or material is electroluminescent
216/6 FORMING OR TREATING MATERIAL USEFUL IN A CAPACITOR
216/7 FORMING OR TREATING FIBROUS ARTICLE OR FIBER REINFORCED COMPOSITE STRUCTURE
216/8 FORMING OR TREATING CYLINDRICAL OR TUBULAR ARTICLE HAVING PATTERN OR DESIGN ON ITS SURFACE
216/9 -> 8 FORMING OR TREATING CYLINDRICAL OR TUBULAR ARTICLE HAVING PATTERN OR DESIGN ON ITS SURFACE ->        Forming or treating an embossing cylinder or tubular article
216/10 -> 8 FORMING OR TREATING CYLINDRICAL OR TUBULAR ARTICLE HAVING PATTERN OR DESIGN ON ITS SURFACE ->        Forming or treating liquid transfer cylinder or tubular article (e.g., printing roll, etc.)
216/11 FORMING OR TREATING AN ARTICLE WHOSE FINAL CONFIGURATION HAS A PROJECTION
216/12 FORMING OR TREATING MASK USED FOR ITS NONETCHING FUNCTION (E.G., SHADOW MASK, X-RAY MASK, ETC.)
216/13 FORMING OR TREATING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR ARTICLE (E.G., CIRCUIT, ETC.)
216/14 -> 13 FORMING OR TREATING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR ARTICLE (E.G., CIRCUIT, ETC.) ->        Forming or treating lead frame or beam lead
216/15 -> 13 FORMING OR TREATING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR ARTICLE (E.G., CIRCUIT, ETC.) ->        Forming or treating a crossover
216/16 -> 13 FORMING OR TREATING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR ARTICLE (E.G., CIRCUIT, ETC.) ->        Forming or treating resistive material
216/17 -> 13 FORMING OR TREATING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR ARTICLE (E.G., CIRCUIT, ETC.) ->        Forming or treating of groove or through hole
216/18 -> 13 FORMING OR TREATING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR ARTICLE (E.G., CIRCUIT, ETC.)  ->        Forming or treating of groove or through hole->        Filling or coating of groove or through hole with a conductor to form an electrical interconnection
216/19 -> 13 FORMING OR TREATING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR ARTICLE (E.G., CIRCUIT, ETC.)  ->        Forming or treating of groove or through hole->        Filling or coating of groove or through hole in a conductor with an insulator
216/20 -> 13 FORMING OR TREATING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR ARTICLE (E.G., CIRCUIT, ETC.) ->        Adhesive or autogenous bonding of self-sustaining preforms (e.g., prefabricated base, etc.)
216/21 -> 13 FORMING OR TREATING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR ARTICLE (E.G., CIRCUIT, ETC.) ->        Repairing circuit
216/22 FORMING OR TREATING ARTICLE CONTAINING MAGNETICALLY RESPONSIVE MATERIAL
216/23 FORMING OR TREATING ARTICLE CONTAINING A LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL
216/24 FORMING OR TREATING OPTICAL ARTICLE
216/25 -> 24 FORMING OR TREATING OPTICAL ARTICLE ->        Phosphor screen
216/26 -> 24 FORMING OR TREATING OPTICAL ARTICLE ->        Lens
216/27 FORMING OR TREATING THERMAL INK JET ARTICLE (E.G., PRINT HEAD, LIQUID JET RECORDING HEAD, ETC.)
216/28 FORMING OR TREATING AN ORNAMENTED ARTICLE
216/29 -> 28 FORMING OR TREATING AN ORNAMENTED ARTICLE ->        Wood surface treated or wood grain produced
216/30 -> 28 FORMING OR TREATING AN ORNAMENTED ARTICLE ->        Treating stone (e.g., marble, etc.)
216/31 -> 28 FORMING OR TREATING AN ORNAMENTED ARTICLE ->        Treating glass (e.g., mirror, etc.)
216/32 -> 28 FORMING OR TREATING AN ORNAMENTED ARTICLE ->        Treating elemental metal or alloy thereof
216/33 ADHESIVE OR AUTOGENOUS BONDING OF TWO OR MORE SELF-SUSTAINING PREFORMS WHEREIN AT LEAST TWO OF THE PREFORMS ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE REMOVED (E.G., PREFABRICATED BASE, ETC.)
216/34 -> 33 ADHESIVE OR AUTOGENOUS BONDING OF TWO OR MORE SELF-SUSTAINING PREFORMS WHEREIN AT LEAST TWO OF THE PREFORMS ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE REMOVED (E.G., PREFABRICATED BASE, ETC.) ->        Etching improves or promotes adherence of preforms being bonded
216/35 -> 33 ADHESIVE OR AUTOGENOUS BONDING OF TWO OR MORE SELF-SUSTAINING PREFORMS WHEREIN AT LEAST TWO OF THE PREFORMS ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE REMOVED (E.G., PREFABRICATED BASE, ETC.)  ->        Etching improves or promotes adherence of preforms being bonded->        Bonding of preform of metal or an alloy thereof to a preform of a nonmetal
216/36 -> 33 ADHESIVE OR AUTOGENOUS BONDING OF TWO OR MORE SELF-SUSTAINING PREFORMS WHEREIN AT LEAST TWO OF THE PREFORMS ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE REMOVED (E.G., PREFABRICATED BASE, ETC.) ->        Removing at least one of the self-sustaining preforms or a portion thereof
216/37 ETCHING AND COATING OCCUR IN THE SAME PROCESSING CHAMBER
216/38 PLANARIZING A NONPLANAR SURFACE
216/39 FORMING GROOVE OR HOLE IN A SUBSTRATE WHICH IS SUBSEQUENTLY FILLED OR COATED
216/40 FORMING PATTERN USING LIFT OFF TECHNIQUE
216/41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST)
216/42 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST) ->        Resist material applied in particulate form or spray
216/43 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST) ->        Adhesively bonding resist to substrate
216/44 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST) ->        Mechanically forming pattern into a resist
216/45 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST) ->        Mask is reusable (i.e., stencil)
216/46 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST) ->        Masking of sidewall
216/47 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST) ->        Mask is multilayer resist
216/48 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST) ->        Mask is exposed to nonimaging radiation
216/49 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST) ->        Mask resist contains organic compound
216/50 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST)  ->        Mask resist contains organic compound->        Mask resist contains a color imparting agent
216/51 -> 41 MASKING OF A SUBSTRATE USING MATERIAL RESISTANT TO AN ETCHANT (I.E., ETCH RESIST) ->        Mask resist contains inorganic material
216/52 MECHANICALLY SHAPING, DEFORMING, OR ABRADING OF SUBSTRATE
216/53 -> 52 MECHANICALLY SHAPING, DEFORMING, OR ABRADING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Nongaseous phase etching
216/54 PATTERN OR DESIGN APPLIED BY TRANSFER
216/55 HEATING OR BAKING OF SUBSTRATE PRIOR TO ETCHING TO CHANGE THE CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF SUBSTRATE TOWARD THE ETCHANT
216/56 ETCHING TO PRODUCE POROUS OR PERFORATED ARTICLE
216/57 GAS PHASE AND NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING ON THE SAME SUBSTRATE
216/58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE
216/59 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        With measuring, testing, or inspecting
216/60 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        With measuring, testing, or inspecting->        By optical means or of an optical property
216/61 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        With measuring, testing, or inspecting->        By electrical means or of an electrical property
216/62 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Irradiating, ion implanting, alloying, diffusing, or chemically reacting the substrate prior to etching to change properties of substrate toward the etchant
216/63 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Application of energy to the gaseous etchant or to the substrate being etched
216/64 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Application of energy to the gaseous etchant or to the substrate being etched->        Etchant is devoid of chlorocarbon or fluorocarbon compound (e.g., C.F.C., etc.)
216/65 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Application of energy to the gaseous etchant or to the substrate being etched->        Using laser
216/66 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Application of energy to the gaseous etchant or to the substrate being etched->        Using ion beam, ultraviolet, or visible light
216/67 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Application of energy to the gaseous etchant or to the substrate being etched->        Using plasma
216/68 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Application of energy to the gaseous etchant or to the substrate being etched ->        Using plasma->        Using coil to generate the plasma
216/69 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Application of energy to the gaseous etchant or to the substrate being etched ->        Using plasma->        Using microwave to generate the plasma
216/70 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Application of energy to the gaseous etchant or to the substrate being etched ->        Using plasma ->        Using microwave to generate the plasma->        Magnetically enhancing the plasma
216/71 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Application of energy to the gaseous etchant or to the substrate being etched ->        Using plasma->        Specific configuration of electrodes to generate the plasma
216/72 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Etching a multiple layered substrate where the etching condition used produces a different etching rate or characteristic between at least two of the layers of the substrate
216/73 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Etching vapor produced by evaporation, boiling, or sublimation
216/74 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Etching inorganic substrate
216/75 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound
216/76 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound->        Etching of substrate containing at least one compound having at least one oxygen atom and at least one metal atom
216/77 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound->        Etching of substrate containing elemental aluminum, or an alloy or compound thereof
216/78 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound->        Etching of substrate containing elemental copper, or an alloy or compound thereof
216/79 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate->        Etching silicon containing substrate
216/80 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Etching silicon containing substrate->        Silicon containing substrate is glass
216/81 -> 58 GAS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate->        Etching elemental carbon containing substrate
216/83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE
216/84 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        With measuring, testing, or inspecting
216/85 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        With measuring, testing, or inspecting->        By optical means or of an optical property
216/86 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        With measuring, testing, or inspecting->        By electrical means or of an electrical property
216/87 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Irradiating, ion implanting, alloying, diffusing, or chemically reacting the substrate prior to ethching to change properties of substrate toward the etchant
216/88 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Using film of etchant between a stationary surface and a moving surface (e.g., chemical lapping, etc.)
216/89 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Using film of etchant between a stationary surface and a moving surface (e.g., chemical lapping, etc.)->        Etchant contains solid particle (e.g., abrasive for polishing, etc.)
216/90 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Relative movement between the substrate and a confined pool of etchant
216/91 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Relative movement between the substrate and a confined pool of etchant->        Rotating, repeated dipping, or advancing movement of substrate
216/92 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Projecting etchant against a moving substrate or controlling the angle or pattern projection of the etchant or controlling the angle or pattern of movement of the substrate
216/93 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Recycling, regenerating, or rejunevating etchant
216/94 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Etching using radiation (e.g., laser, electron-beam, ion-beam, etc.)
216/95 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Substrate is multilayered
216/96 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE ->        Etching inorganic substrate
216/97 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate->        Substrate is glass
216/98 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate is glass->        Frosting glass
216/99 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate->        Substrate contains silicon or silicon compound
216/100 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound
216/101 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound->        Etching of a compound containing at least one oxygen atom and at least one metal atom
216/102 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound->        Metal is elemental aluminum, an alloy, or compound thereof
216/103 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound ->        Metal is elemental aluminum, an alloy, or compound thereof->        Etchant contains acid
216/104 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound ->        Metal is elemental aluminum, an alloy, or compound thereof ->        Etchant contains acid->        Etchant contains fluoride ion
216/105 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound->        Metal is elemental copper, an alloy, or compound thereof
216/106 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound ->        Metal is elemental copper, an alloy, or compound thereof->        Etchant contains acid
216/107 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound ->        Metal is elemental copper, an alloy, or compound thereof ->        Etchant contains acid->        Etchant contains fluoride ion
216/108 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound->        Etchant contains acid
216/109 -> 83 NONGASEOUS PHASE ETCHING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        Etching inorganic substrate ->        Substrate contains elemental metal, alloy thereof, or metal compound ->        Etchant contains acid->        Etchant contains fluoride ion
244/1R MISCELLANEOUS
244/1N -> 1R MISCELLANEOUS ->        Noise abatement
244/1A -> 1R MISCELLANEOUS ->        Lightning arresters and static eliminators
244/1TD -> 1R MISCELLANEOUS ->        Trailing devices
244/2 COMPOSITE AIRCRAFT
244/3 -> 2 COMPOSITE AIRCRAFT ->        Trains
244/3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL
244/3.11 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL ->        Remote control
244/3.12 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Remote control->        Trailing wire
244/3.13 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Remote control->        Beam rider
244/3.14 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Remote control->        Radio wave
244/3.15 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL ->        Automatic guidance
244/3.16 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Automatic guidance->        Optical (includes infrared)
244/3.17 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Automatic guidance ->        Optical (includes infrared)->        Optical correlation
244/3.18 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Automatic guidance ->        Optical (includes infrared)->        Celestial navigation
244/3.19 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Automatic guidance->        Radio wave
244/3.2 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Automatic guidance->        Inertial
244/3.21 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Automatic guidance->        Attitude control mechanisms
244/3.22 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Automatic guidance ->        Attitude control mechanisms->        Fluid reaction type
244/3.23 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL ->        Stabilized by rotation
244/3.24 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL ->        Externally mounted stabilizing appendage (e.g., fin)
244/3.25 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Externally mounted stabilizing appendage (e.g., fin)->        Removable
244/3.26 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Externally mounted stabilizing appendage (e.g., fin)->        Sliding
244/3.27 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Externally mounted stabilizing appendage (e.g., fin)->        Collapsible
244/3.28 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Externally mounted stabilizing appendage (e.g., fin) ->        Collapsible->        Longitudinally rotating
244/3.29 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Externally mounted stabilizing appendage (e.g., fin) ->        Collapsible->        Radially rotating
244/3.3 -> 3.1 MISSILE STABILIZATION OR TRAJECTORY CONTROL  ->        Externally mounted stabilizing appendage (e.g., fin)->        Extending beyond rear of missile
244/158R SPACECRAFT
244/159 -> 158R SPACECRAFT ->        Space station
244/160 -> 158R SPACECRAFT ->        Reentry vehicle
244/161 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Reentry vehicle->        Rendezvous and docking
244/162 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Reentry vehicle->        Manned
244/163 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Reentry vehicle ->        Manned->        Environmental control
244/164 -> 158R SPACECRAFT ->        Attitude control
244/165 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Attitude control->        By gyroscope or flywheel
244/166 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Attitude control->        By magnetic effect
244/167 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Attitude control->        By gravity gradient
244/168 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Attitude control->        By solar pressure
244/169 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Attitude control->        By jet motor
244/170 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Attitude control->        By nutation damper
244/171 -> 158R SPACECRAFT  ->        Attitude control->        With attitude sensor means
244/172 -> 158R SPACECRAFT ->        With propulsion
244/173 -> 158R SPACECRAFT ->        With solar panel
244/158A -> 158R SPACECRAFT ->        Exterior surface air resistance heat control
244/4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR
244/5 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Airplanes, weight diminished by bouyant gas
244/6 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Airplane and helicopter sustained
244/7R -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane and helicopter sustained->        Convertible
244/7A -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane and helicopter sustained ->        Convertible->        Rotary wing
244/7B -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane and helicopter sustained ->        Convertible->        Tail sitters
244/7C -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane and helicopter sustained ->        Convertible->        Tilting wing
244/8 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Airplane and auto-rotating wing sustained
244/9 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Airplane and paddle wheel sustained
244/10 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Airplane and cylindrical rotor sustained
244/11 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Airplane and beating wing sustained
244/12.1 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Airplane and fluid sustained
244/12.2 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane and fluid sustained->        Circular
244/12.3 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane and fluid sustained->        Dual propulsion
244/12.4 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane and fluid sustained->        Thrust tilting
244/12.5 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane and fluid sustained->        With thrust diverting
244/12.6 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane and fluid sustained->        Channel wing
244/13 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Airplane sustained
244/14 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane sustained->        Aerial torpedoes
244/15 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane sustained->        Fluid propelled
244/16 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Airplane sustained->        Glider
244/17.11 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Helicopter or auto-rotating wing sustained, i.e., gyroplanes
244/17.13 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Helicopter or auto-rotating wing sustained, i.e., gyroplanes->        Automatic or condition responsive control
244/17.15 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Helicopter or auto-rotating wing sustained, i.e., gyroplanes->        With safety lowering device
244/17.17 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Helicopter or auto-rotating wing sustained, i.e., gyroplanes->        With landing, mooring, or nonaerial propelling or steering gear
244/17.19 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Helicopter or auto-rotating wing sustained, i.e., gyroplanes->        With auxiliary propulsion, counter-troque or steering device
244/17.21 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Helicopter or auto-rotating wing sustained, i.e., gyroplanes ->        With auxiliary propulsion, counter-troque or steering device->        Auxiliary rotor
244/17.23 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Helicopter or auto-rotating wing sustained, i.e., gyroplanes->        Having plural lifting rotors
244/17.25 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Helicopter or auto-rotating wing sustained, i.e., gyroplanes->        Lifting rotor having lift direction varying means
244/17.27 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Helicopter or auto-rotating wing sustained, i.e., gyroplanes->        Lifting rotor supports, e.g., pylons
244/19 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Paddle wheel sustained
244/20 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Paddle wheel sustained->        Feathering
244/21 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Cylindrical rotor sustained
244/22 -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Beating wing sustained
244/23R -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Fluid sustained
244/23A -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Fluid sustained->        Lifting thrusters
244/23B -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Fluid sustained->        Dual propulsion means, horizontal and vertical
244/23C -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Fluid sustained->        Circular configuration
244/23D -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR  ->        Fluid sustained->        Thrust diverters
244/4A -> 4R AIRCRAFT, HEAVIER-THAN-AIR ->        Body attached
244/24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR
244/25 -> 24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR ->        Airships with sustaining wings
244/26 -> 24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR ->        Airship and helicopter sustained
244/27 -> 24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR ->        Airship and paddle wheel sustained
244/28 -> 24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR ->        Airship and beating wing sustained
244/29 -> 24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR ->        Airship and fluid sustained
244/30 -> 24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR ->        Airships
244/31 -> 24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR ->        Balloons
244/32 -> 24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR  ->        Balloons->        With parachutes
244/33 -> 24 AIRCRAFT, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR  ->        Balloons->        Captive
244/34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION
244/35R -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION ->        Sustaining airfoils
244/36 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils->        Lifting fuselages
244/37 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils->        Lifting struts
244/38 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils->        Resiliently mounted
244/39 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils->        Rotatable
244/198 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils->        With lift modification
244/199 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification->        By vortex generator or dissipator
244/200 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification->        By characteristic of airfoil's skin
244/201 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification->        Variable
244/202 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable->        With landing gear
244/203 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable->        Condition responsive
244/204 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable->        By controlling boundary layer
244/205 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By controlling boundary layer->        With ionic or electrostatic surface
244/206 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By controlling boundary layer->        With rotating member
244/207 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By controlling boundary layer->        With blowing
244/208 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By controlling boundary layer ->        With blowing->        And suction
244/209 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By controlling boundary layer->        With suction
244/210 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By controlling boundary layer->        With nose slot
244/211 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By controlling boundary layer ->        With nose slot->        Having trailing edge flap
244/212 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By controlling boundary layer->        Having trailing edge flap
244/213 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable->        By flap and/or spoiler
244/214 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By flap and/or spoiler->        At leading edge
244/215 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By flap and/or spoiler->        At trailing edge
244/216 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By flap and/or spoiler ->        At trailing edge->        Variable gap type, e.g., "Fowler Flap"
244/217 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable ->        By flap and/or spoiler ->        At trailing edge->        Plural, relatively pivotable
244/218 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable->        Area
244/219 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        With lift modification ->        Variable->        Camber
244/45R -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils->        Arrangement
244/46 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        Arrangement->        Variable
244/47 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        Arrangement ->        Variable->        Dihedral
244/48 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        Arrangement ->        Variable->        Incidence
244/49 -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        Arrangement ->        Variable->        Folding
244/45A -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils ->        Arrangement->        Canard
244/35A -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION  ->        Sustaining airfoils->        Compressible flow
244/34A -> 34R AIRCRAFT SUSTENTATION ->        Annular airfoils
244/50 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION AND STEERING ON LAND OR WATER
244/51 AIRCRAFT, STEERING PROPULSION
244/52 -> 51 AIRCRAFT, STEERING PROPULSION ->        Fluid
244/53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS
244/54 -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS ->        Mounting
244/55 -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS ->        Arrangement
244/56 -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS  ->        Arrangement->        Tilting
244/57 -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS ->        Radiator arrangement
244/58 -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS ->        Auxiliary
244/59 -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS ->        High altitude
244/60 -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS ->        Transmission of power
244/61 -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS ->        Power plant using airship gas as fuel
244/53A -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS ->        Starters
244/53B -> 53R AIRCRAFT POWER PLANTS ->        Air intakes
244/62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION
244/63 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION ->        Launching
244/64 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION ->        Manual
244/65 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION ->        Screw
244/66 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION  ->        Screw->        Tilting
244/67 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION  ->        Screw->        Body encircling
244/68 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION  ->        Screw->        Elongated
244/69 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION  ->        Screw->        Contra-propeller arrangements
244/70 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION ->        Paddle wheel
244/71 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION ->        Reciprocating propeller
244/72 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION ->        Beating wing
244/73R -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION ->        Fluid
244/74 -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION  ->        Fluid->        Explosive jet
244/73B -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION  ->        Fluid->        Vacuum induced by radial flow
244/73C -> 62 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION  ->        Fluid->        Radial outward and downward flow
244/75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL
244/76R -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL ->        Automatic
244/175 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Electric course control
244/176 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        Spaceship control
244/177 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        Multiple-axis altitude stabilization
244/178 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        Multiple-axis altitude stabilization->        Trim control
244/179 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        Multiple-axis altitude stabilization->        By change in bank
244/180 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        By change in altitude
244/181 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        By change in altitude->        By change in pitch, angle of attack or flight path
244/182 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        By change in altitude->        By change in speed
244/183 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        Of aircraft on its landing course
244/184 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        Of aircraft on its landing course->        By steering or yaw
244/185 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        Of aircraft on its landing course ->        By steering or yaw->        And vertical glide path control
244/186 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        Of aircraft on its landing course->        Vertical glide path control
244/187 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        Of aircraft on its landing course ->        Vertical glide path control->        With "flare-out" detection
244/188 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        Of aircraft on its landing course ->        Vertical glide path control->        Slope control by throttle
244/189 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        By remote radio signal
244/190 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        By remote radio signal->        Of pilotless aircraft
244/191 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        Acceleration control
244/192 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        With "dead-zone" control
244/193 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        With "softener" circuit
244/194 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        Monitoring circuit or response
244/195 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        Monitoring circuit or response->        Self-adaptive control
244/196 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control->        Override of automatic control by human pilot
244/197 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic ->        Electric course control ->        Override of automatic control by human pilot->        By engaging manual control system
244/78 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Fluid
244/79 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Gyroscope actuated
244/80 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Gravity actuated
244/81 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Operated by landing
244/82 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Vane operated
244/76A -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Motor torque control of flaps or tabs
244/76B -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Velocity operated devices
244/76C -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Gust compensators
244/76J -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Automatic->        Steerable jets
244/220 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL ->        Pilot operated
244/221 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated->        Control system
244/222 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        Other than hand or foot actuated
244/223 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        With feel
244/224 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        With locking means
244/225 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        With dual purpose surface structure (e.g., elevons)
244/226 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        Fluid
244/227 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system ->        Fluid->        With electric control
244/228 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        Electric
244/229 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        Dual
244/230 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        With variable output
244/231 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        With interengaging gearing
244/232 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        With cable and linkage
244/233 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Control system->        Cable
244/234 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated->        Controller
244/235 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Controller->        Rudder bar and pedal
244/236 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Controller->        Electrical pickup
244/237 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Pilot operated ->        Controller->        Three-way steering, single control
244/87 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL ->        Rudders and empennage
244/88 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Rudders and empennage->        Rudders universally mounted
244/89 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Rudders and empennage->        Elevators both front and rear
244/90R -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Rudders and empennage->        Ailerons and other roll control devices
244/90A -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Rudders and empennage ->        Ailerons and other roll control devices->        Roll control spoilers
244/90B -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Rudders and empennage ->        Ailerons and other roll control devices->        Balanced air pressure
244/91 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL ->        Vertical fins
244/92 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL ->        Stabilizing propellers
244/93 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL ->        Stabilizing weights
244/94 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Stabilizing weights->        Ballast storage and release
244/95 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Stabilizing weights->        Ballast making
244/96 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL ->        Airship control
244/97 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Airship control->        Buoyancy varying
244/98 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Airship control->        Gas bag inflation
244/99 -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL  ->        Airship control->        Gas release
244/75A -> 75R AIRCRAFT CONTROL ->        Flutter prevention
244/100R LANDING GEAR
244/101 -> 100R LANDING GEAR ->        Amphibian
244/102R -> 100R LANDING GEAR ->        Retractable
244/102A -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Retractable->        Interconnected elements
244/102SL -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Retractable->        Strut locks
244/102SS -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Retractable->        Strut shortening
244/103R -> 100R LANDING GEAR ->        Wheel
244/104R -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Wheel->        Resiliently mounted
244/104CS -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Wheel ->        Resiliently mounted->        Coil spring
244/104FP -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Wheel ->        Resiliently mounted->        Fluid pressure
244/104LS -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Wheel ->        Resiliently mounted->        Leaf spring
244/103S -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Wheel->        Prerotation
244/103W -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Wheel->        Crosswind gear
244/105 -> 100R LANDING GEAR ->        Water landing
244/106 -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Water landing->        Flying boat
244/107 -> 100R LANDING GEAR  ->        Water landing->        Emergency
244/108 -> 100R LANDING GEAR ->        Skids
244/109 -> 100R LANDING GEAR ->        Tail supports
244/100C -> 100R LANDING GEAR ->        Endless track
244/100A -> 100R LANDING GEAR ->        Inflatable
244/110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES
244/111 -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Wheel brake arrangement
244/112 -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Water brake arrangement
244/113 -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Aerodynamic retarders
244/110A -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Brake
244/110B -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Thrust reversers
244/110C -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Cable or net support
244/110D -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Aerodynamic braking
244/110E -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Landing platforms
244/110F -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Snares
244/110G -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Arresting hoods
244/110H -> 110R RETARDING AND RESTRAINING DEVICES ->        Friction brakes
244/114R LANDING FIELD ARRANGEMENT
244/115 -> 114R LANDING FIELD ARRANGEMENT ->        Mooring devices
244/116 -> 114R LANDING FIELD ARRANGEMENT  ->        Mooring devices->        Movable
244/114B -> 114R LANDING FIELD ARRANGEMENT ->        Blast deflectors
244/117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE
244/118.1 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Load (e.g., cargo) accommodation
244/118.2 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Load (e.g., cargo) accommodation->        Removable, load bearing, airframe section
244/118.5 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Passenger or crew accommodation
244/118.6 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Passenger or crew accommodation->        Seating arrangementCOLON berth or berthage
244/119 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Fuselage and body construction
244/120 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction->        Sectional
244/121 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction->        Shields and other protective devices
244/122R -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction->        Seats and safety belts
244/122A -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction ->        Seats and safety belts->        Ejection seats
244/122AB -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction ->        Seats and safety belts ->        Ejection seats->        Catapult and rocket combined
244/122AC -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction ->        Seats and safety belts ->        Ejection seats ->        Catapult and rocket combined->        Catapult
244/122AD -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction ->        Seats and safety belts ->        Ejection seats ->        Catapult and rocket combined->        Rocket
244/122AE -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction ->        Seats and safety belts ->        Ejection seats->        Automatic sequence
244/122AF -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction ->        Seats and safety belts ->        Ejection seats ->        Automatic sequence->        Canopy release
244/122AG -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction ->        Seats and safety belts ->        Ejection seats ->        Automatic sequence->        Restraint positioning and protective devices
244/122AH -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction ->        Seats and safety belts ->        Ejection seats ->        Automatic sequence->        Seat separation
244/122B -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuselage and body construction ->        Seats and safety belts->        Safety belts
244/123 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Airfoil construction
244/124 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Airfoil construction->        Sectional
244/125 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Airship hull construction
244/126 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Airship skin construction
244/127 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Airship load attachment
244/128 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Airship gas cell construction and arrangement
244/129.1 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Details
244/129.2 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details->        Fire prevention devices
244/129.3 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details->        Windows
244/129.4 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details->        Closures
244/129.5 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details ->        Closures->        Door
244/118.3 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details ->        Closures ->        Door->        Displaceable to function as ramp
244/129.6 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details->        Steps
244/130 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details->        Aerodynamic resistance reducing
244/131 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details->        Joints and connections
244/132 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details->        Skin fastening devices
244/133 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Details->        Materials of construction
244/134R -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Ice prevention
244/134A -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Ice prevention->        Flexible surfaces
244/134B -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Ice prevention->        Heating fluid in airfoil
244/134C -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Ice prevention->        Deicing fluid on airfoil exterior
244/134D -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Ice prevention->        Electric
244/134E -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Ice prevention->        Nature of surface
244/134F -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Ice prevention->        Initiators and indicators
244/135R -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Fuel supply
244/135A -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuel supply->        Aircraft refueling
244/135B -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuel supply->        Flexible containers
244/135C -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Fuel supply->        Fuel balancing systems
244/136 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Material discharging and diffusing
244/137.1 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Passenger or cargo loading or discharging
244/137.2 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Passenger or cargo loading or discharging->        Passenger
244/137.3 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Passenger or cargo loading or discharging->        Aerial cargo unloading by parachute extraction
244/137.4 -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE  ->        Passenger or cargo loading or discharging->        Releasable, externally mounted cargo
244/117A -> 117R AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE ->        Skin cooling
244/138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES
244/139 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES ->        Entire aircraft
244/140 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES ->        Passenger compartment
244/141 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Passenger compartment->        Seat
244/142 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES ->        Parachutes
244/143 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes->        Garment attached
244/144 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes->        Aircraft element convertible to parachute
244/145 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes->        Canopy construction
244/146 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes->        Inflated bracing
244/147 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes->        Storage and release
244/148 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes ->        Storage and release->        Packs
244/149 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes ->        Storage and release->        Opening devices
244/150 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes ->        Storage and release->        Timing mechanism
244/151R -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes->        Harness
244/151A -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes ->        Harness->        Parchute harness connection
244/151B -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes ->        Harness->        Parachute load releasing
244/152 -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES  ->        Parachutes->        Control devices
244/138A -> 138R SAFETY LOWERING DEVICES ->        Rotating vanes
244/153R KITES
244/154 -> 153R KITES ->        Airplane type
244/155R -> 153R KITES ->        Accessories
244/155A -> 153R KITES  ->        Accessories->        Kite controls
244/153A -> 153R KITES ->        Rotating
244/900 LIGHTWEIGHT, WINGED, AIR VEHICLE (E,G,. ULTRALIGHT OR HANG GLIDER)
244/901 -> 900 LIGHTWEIGHT, WINGED, AIR VEHICLE (E,G,. ULTRALIGHT OR HANG GLIDER) ->        Having delta shaped wing
244/902 -> 900 LIGHTWEIGHT, WINGED, AIR VEHICLE (E,G,. ULTRALIGHT OR HANG GLIDER) ->        Having parachute type wing
244/903 -> 900 LIGHTWEIGHT, WINGED, AIR VEHICLE (E,G,. ULTRALIGHT OR HANG GLIDER) ->        Powered
244/904 -> 900 LIGHTWEIGHT, WINGED, AIR VEHICLE (E,G,. ULTRALIGHT OR HANG GLIDER) ->        Miscellaneous hardware or control
244/905 INFLATABLE EVACUATION SLIDE
250/250 RADIO AND MICROWAVE ABSORPTION WAVEMETERS
250/251 ELECTRICALLY NEUTRAL MOLECULAR OR ATOMIC BEAM DEVICES AND METHODS
250/252.1 CALIBRATION OR STANDARDIZATION METHODS
250/253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION
250/254 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION ->        With drill or drilling
250/255 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION ->        With sampling
250/256 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION ->        Well testing apparatus and methods
250/257 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods->        With casing collar detection
250/258 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods->        By interface of fluids
250/259 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods->        With placement of tracer in or about well
250/260 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With placement of tracer in or about well->        Tracer being or including radioactive material
250/261 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods->        With detector or detector circuit control
250/262 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods->        With particular detector signal circuit
250/263 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With particular detector signal circuit->        With detector signal modulation or carrier wave
250/264 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With particular detector signal circuit->        Having plural detectors
250/267 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods->        With radiation control to detector
250/268 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods->        With well-engaging means
250/269.1 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods->        With source and detector
250/269.2 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With source and detector->        With plural types of detectors
250/269.3 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With source and detector->        Having gamma source and gamma detector
250/269.4 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With source and detector->        Having neutron source and neutron detector
250/269.5 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With source and detector ->        Having neutron source and neutron detector->        Having thermal neutron detector
250/269.6 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With source and detector->        Having neutron source and gamma detector
250/269.7 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With source and detector ->        Having neutron source and gamma detector->        With plural gamma detectors
250/269.8 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        With source and detector ->        Having neutron source and gamma detector->        With detection in plural consecutive time intervals
250/265 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods->        Plural detectors
250/266 -> 253 GEOLOGICAL TESTING OR IRRADIATION  ->        Well testing apparatus and methods ->        Plural detectors->        With spacing or direction of detectors
250/271 CODED RECORD AND READERSSEMI INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY TYPE
250/281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS
250/282 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS ->        Methods
250/283 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Methods->        With collection of ions
250/284 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Methods ->        With collection of ions->        For material recovery
250/285 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS ->        With plural, simultaneous ion generators
250/286 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS ->        Ion beam pulsing means with detector synchronizing means
250/287 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Ion beam pulsing means with detector synchronizing means->        With time-of-flight indicator
250/288 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS ->        With sample supply means
250/289 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS ->        With evacuation or sealing means
250/290 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS ->        Cyclically varying ion selecting field means
250/291 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Cyclically varying ion selecting field means->        Circular ion path
250/292 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Cyclically varying ion selecting field means->        Laterally resonant ion path
250/293 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Cyclically varying ion selecting field means->        Alternating field ion selecting means
250/294 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS ->        Static field-type ion path-bending selecting means
250/295 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Static field-type ion path-bending selecting means->        With variable beam shifting field means
250/296 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Static field-type ion path-bending selecting means->        Plural diverse-type static path-bending fields
250/297 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Static field-type ion path-bending selecting means ->        Plural diverse-type static path-bending fields->        For causing complex ion path
250/298 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Static field-type ion path-bending selecting means->        Magnetic field path-bending means
250/299 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Static field-type ion path-bending selecting means ->        Magnetic field path-bending means->        With detector
250/300 -> 281 IONIC SEPARATION OR ANALYSIS  ->        Static field-type ion path-bending selecting means ->        Magnetic field path-bending means ->        With detector->        With detector control or regulating
250/301 METHODS OF DETERMINING OIL PRESENCE, CONTAMINATION OR CONCENTRATION
250/302 RADIATION TRACER METHODS
250/303 -> 302 RADIATION TRACER METHODS ->        Radioactive tracer methods
250/304 METHODS INCLUDING SEPARATION OR NONRADIANT TREATMENT OF TEST MATERIALS
250/305 ELECTRON ENERGY ANALYSIS
250/306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES
250/307 -> 306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES ->        Methods
250/308 -> 306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES ->        Including a radioactive source
250/309 -> 306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES ->        Positive ion probe or microscope type
250/310 -> 306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES ->        Electron probe type
250/311 -> 306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES ->        Electron microscope type
250/440.11 -> 306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES ->        Analyte supports
250/441.11 -> 306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES  ->        Analyte supports->        With air lock or evacuation means
250/442.11 -> 306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES  ->        Analyte supports->        With object moving or positioning means
250/443.1 -> 306 INSPECTION OF SOLIDS OR LIQUIDS BY CHARGED PARTICLES  ->        Analyte supports->        With heat transfer or temperature-indication means
250/315.3 SOURCE WITH CHARGED PLATE-TYPE DETECTOR
250/316.1 WITH INFRARED OR THERMAL PATTERN RECORDING
250/317.1 -> 316.1 WITH INFRARED OR THERMAL PATTERN RECORDING ->        Thermal copying of documents
250/318 -> 316.1 WITH INFRARED OR THERMAL PATTERN RECORDING  ->        Thermal copying of documents->        With image transfer device
250/319 -> 316.1 WITH INFRARED OR THERMAL PATTERN RECORDING  ->        Thermal copying of documents->        With conveying means
250/324 CORONA IRRADIATION
250/325 -> 324 CORONA IRRADIATION ->        Charging of moving object
250/326 -> 324 CORONA IRRADIATION ->        Charging of objects
250/580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR
250/581 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR ->        Using a stimulable phosphor
250/582 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR  ->        Using a stimulable phosphor->        With image recording
250/583 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR  ->        Using a stimulable phosphor ->        With image recording->        For specialized application
250/584 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR  ->        Using a stimulable phosphor->        With image read-out
250/585 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR  ->        Using a stimulable phosphor ->        With image read-out->        Including stimulation
250/586 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR  ->        Using a stimulable phosphor ->        With image read-out->        Including emission detection
250/587 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR  ->        Using a stimulable phosphor ->        With image read-out ->        Including emission detection->        With adjustment of conditions
250/588 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR  ->        Using a stimulable phosphor->        With erasure
250/589 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR  ->        Using a stimulable phosphor->        With conveyance
250/590 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR  ->        Using a stimulable phosphor ->        With conveyance->        With a recirculation path
250/591 -> 580 SOURCE WITH RECORDING DETECTOR ->        Including a light beam read-out
250/328 AUTOMATIC/SERIAL DETECTION OF SIMILAR SOURCES
250/329 RECORD PROJECTORS
250/330 INFRARED-TO-VISIBLE IMAGING
250/331 -> 330 INFRARED-TO-VISIBLE IMAGING ->        Including liquid crystal detector
250/332 -> 330 INFRARED-TO-VISIBLE IMAGING ->        Including detector array
250/333 -> 330 INFRARED-TO-VISIBLE IMAGING ->        Including image tube-type detector
250/334 -> 330 INFRARED-TO-VISIBLE IMAGING ->        Including means for scanning field of view
250/335 CLOUD OR BUBBLE CHAMBERS
250/336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING
250/336.2 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Superconducting type
250/337 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        With heating of luminophors
250/338.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Infrared responsive
250/338.2 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        Ferroelectric, ferromagnetic, photomagnetic types
250/338.3 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        Pyroelectric type
250/338.4 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        Semiconducting type
250/338.5 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        With means to analyze uncontained fluent material
250/339.01 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands
250/339.02 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands->        Including detector array
250/339.03 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands->        Including temperature control means
250/339.04 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands->        Including temperature determining means
250/339.05 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands->        With additional noninfrared wavelengths
250/339.06 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands->        With radiation source
250/339.07 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands ->        With radiation source->        Including spectrometer or spectrophotometer
250/339.08 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands ->        With radiation source ->        Including spectrometer or spectrophotometer->        Including Fourier transform infrared spectrometry
250/339.09 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands ->        With radiation source->        With calibration steps in measurement process
250/339.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands ->        With radiation source->        Determining moisture content
250/339.11 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands ->        With radiation source->        Measuring infrared radiation reflected from sample
250/339.12 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands ->        With radiation source->        Using sample absorption for chemical composition analysis
250/339.13 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands ->        With radiation source ->        Using sample absorption for chemical composition analysis->        With gaseous sample
250/339.14 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands->        Detecting infrared emissive objects
250/339.15 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With selection of plural discrete wavelengths or bands ->        Detecting infrared emissive objects->        Sensing flame or explosion
250/340 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        Methods
250/341.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Methods->        With irradiation or heating of object or material
250/341.2 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Methods ->        With irradiation or heating of object or material->        Including probe
250/341.3 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Methods ->        With irradiation or heating of object or material->        Including polarizing means
250/341.4 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Methods ->        With irradiation or heating of object or material->        With semiconductor sample
250/341.5 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Methods ->        With irradiation or heating of object or material->        With calibration
250/341.6 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Methods ->        With irradiation or heating of object or material->        Heating of object or material
250/341.7 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Methods ->        With irradiation or heating of object or material->        With multiple sources
250/341.8 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Methods ->        With irradiation or heating of object or material->        Measuring infrared radiation reflected from sample
250/342 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Methods->        Locating infrared emissive objects
250/343 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        With means to transmission-test contained fluent material
250/344 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With means to transmission-test contained fluent material->        Plural series signalling means
250/345 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With means to transmission-test contained fluent material->        Plural beam/detector pairs
250/346 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With means to transmission-test contained fluent material ->        Plural beam/detector pairs->        Plural temperature sensitive signalling means
250/347 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        With movable beam deflector or focussing means
250/348 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        With movable beam deflector or focussing means->        Controlled by signalling means
250/349 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        Plural signalling means
250/350 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive ->        Plural signalling means->        With periodic beam varying means
250/351 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        With periodic beam varying means
250/352 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        With temperature modifying means
250/353 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Infrared responsive->        With beam deflector or focussing means
250/354.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Signalling means controls incident radiation
250/356.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Flow metering
250/356.2 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Flow metering->        Using radioactive tracer
250/357.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Fluent material level signalling
250/358.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        With means to inspect passive solid objects
250/359.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With means to inspect passive solid objects->        Rectilinearly moving object
250/360.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With means to inspect passive solid objects->        With relative movement means
250/361R -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        With or including a luminophor
250/362 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor->        Methods
250/363.01 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor->        With radiant energy source
250/363.02 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source->        Body scanner or camera
250/363.03 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source ->        Body scanner or camera->        With positron source
250/363.04 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source ->        Body scanner or camera->        Emission tomography
250/363.05 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source ->        Body scanner or camera ->        Emission tomography->        With detector support
250/363.06 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source ->        Body scanner or camera->        Using coded aperture
250/363.07 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source ->        Body scanner or camera->        With distortion correction
250/363.08 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source ->        Body scanner or camera->        With detector support
250/363.09 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source ->        Body scanner or camera->        With calibration
250/363.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source ->        Body scanner or camera->        With a collimator
250/364 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source->        With fluent source handling or collecting means
250/365 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor ->        With radiant energy source->        Ultraviolet light source
250/366 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor->        Plural electric signalling means
250/367 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor->        Plural or composite luminophor
250/368 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor->        With optics
250/369 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor->        With output system
250/361C -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        With or including a luminophor->        Chemiluminescent detection
250/370.01 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Semiconductor system
250/370.02 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Alpha particle detection system
250/370.03 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Fission fragment/fissionable isotope detection system
250/370.04 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Self-powered system
250/370.05 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Neutron detection system
250/370.06 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Discrimination-type system
250/370.07 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Dose or dose rate measurement
250/370.08 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Imaging system
250/370.09 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system ->        Imaging system->        X-ray or gamma-ray system
250/370.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Position sensitive detection system
250/370.11 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Scintillation system
250/370.12 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Of material other than germanium, diamond, or silicon
250/370.13 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system ->        Of material other than germanium, diamond, or silicon->        Containing cadmium telluride
250/370.14 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Particular detection structure (e.g., MOS, PIN)
250/370.15 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Temperature control or compensation system
250/371 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Semiconductor system->        Methods
250/372 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Ultraviolet light responsive means
250/373 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Ultraviolet light responsive means->        With means to transmission-test contained fluent material
250/374 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device
250/375 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device->        Methods
250/376 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device->        With electroscopic indicators
250/377 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device ->        With electroscopic indicators->        With charge generator
250/378 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device ->        With electroscopic indicators->        With charge storage means
250/379 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device->        With means to supply the gas
250/380 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device ->        With means to supply the gas->        Radioactive gas, or with gas-borne radioactive material
250/381 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device ->        With means to supply the gas->        With radioactive source
250/382 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device->        With means to ionize the gas
250/383 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device ->        With means to ionize the gas->        Emissive fluent type, or with transmissive fluent material
250/384 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device ->        With means to ionize the gas->        Radioactive
250/385.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device->        Plural chambers or three or more electrodes
250/385.2 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device ->        Plural chambers or three or more electrodes->        Spark chambers
250/386 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device->        With a periodic electrode bias varying means
250/387 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device->        With periodic electrode bias supply
250/388 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Including a radiant energy responsive gas discharge device->        With indicator
250/389 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Including ionization means
250/390.01 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Neutron responsive means
250/390.02 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        Radiographic analysis
250/390.03 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        With dose measurement
250/390.04 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        Composition analysis
250/390.05 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means ->        Composition analysis->        For moisture content
250/390.06 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        Density/thickness/consistency analysis
250/390.07 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        Spectrum analysis
250/390.08 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means ->        Spectrum analysis->        Using time-of-flight spectrometers
250/390.09 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means ->        Spectrum analysis->        Using diffractometers
250/390.1 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        Including beam control
250/390.11 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        Including a scintillator
250/390.12 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        Position-sensitive
250/391 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        Methods
250/392 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Neutron responsive means->        With indicating or recording means
250/393 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        With radiant energy source
250/394 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Plural signalling means
250/395 -> 336.1 INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY RESPONSIVE ELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Methods
250/200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS
250/201.1 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems
250/201.2 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems->        Automatic focus control
250/201.3 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Automatic focus control->        Of a microscope
250/201.4 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Automatic focus control->        Active autofocus
250/201.5 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Automatic focus control ->        Active autofocus->        With optical storage mediumSEMI e.g., optical disc, etc.
250/201.6 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Automatic focus control->        Based on triangulation
250/201.7 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Automatic focus control->        Based on contrast
250/201.8 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Automatic focus control->        Based on image shift
250/201.9 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems->        Light beam wavefront phase adaptation
250/203.1 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems->        Following a target (e.g., a star or instrument pointer or other object) other than a pattern
250/203.2 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Following a target (e.g., a star or instrument pointer or other object) other than a pattern->        Target illuminated by artificial light source
250/203.3 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Following a target (e.g., a star or instrument pointer or other object) other than a pattern->        Self-luminous target
250/203.4 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Following a target (e.g., a star or instrument pointer or other object) other than a pattern ->        Self-luminous target->        Sun
250/203.5 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Following a target (e.g., a star or instrument pointer or other object) other than a pattern ->        Self-luminous target->        Cathode-ray tube scanning
250/203.6 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Following a target (e.g., a star or instrument pointer or other object) other than a pattern ->        Self-luminous target->        Airborne target, or spaceborne target other than the sun (e.g., star or missile)
250/203.7 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems ->        Following a target (e.g., a star or instrument pointer or other object) other than a pattern ->        Self-luminous target->        With moving reticle in optical path
250/202 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems->        Following a pattern (e.g., line or edge)
250/548 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems->        Controlling web, strand, strip, or sheet
250/549 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems->        Cathode-ray tube
250/204 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems->        Adjusting optical system to balance brightness in plural paths
250/205 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controls its own optical systems->        Controlling light source intensity
250/550 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Interference pattern analysis (e.g., spatial filtering or holography)
250/551 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Signal isolator
250/552 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Solid state light source
250/553 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Solid state light source->        Array or matrix
250/554 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Flame light source
250/559.01 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet
250/559.02 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        Evaluation of photographic film
250/559.03 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        Sequential detector arrangement
250/559.04 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        Evaluation by regions, zones, or pixels
250/559.05 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Evaluation by regions, zones, or pixels->        With imaging
250/559.06 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Evaluation by regions, zones, or pixels->        With scanning
250/559.07 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        With imaging
250/559.08 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With imaging->        With camera
250/559.09 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        With polarization
250/559.1 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        With calibration
250/559.11 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        Detection of both reflected and transmitted light
250/559.12 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        Beam interruption or shadow
250/559.13 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Beam interruption or shadow->        With laser source
250/559.14 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Beam interruption or shadow->        With rotation of material
250/559.15 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Beam interruption or shadow->        With plural detectors
250/559.16 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        Detection of diffuse light
250/559.17 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Detection of diffuse light->        With diffusion optics
250/559.18 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Detection of diffuse light->        With discrimination of discrete light diffusing region
250/559.19 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        Measuring dimensions
250/559.2 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring dimensions->        With comparison to reference or standard
250/559.21 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring dimensions->        Volume
250/559.22 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring dimensions->        Profile
250/559.23 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring dimensions ->        Profile->        With triangulation
250/559.24 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring dimensions->        Transversal measurement (e.g., width, diameter, cross-sectional area)
250/559.25 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring dimensions ->        Transversal measurement (e.g., width, diameter, cross-sectional area)->        Lumber
250/559.26 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring dimensions->        Longitudinal measurement (e.g., length or spacing)
250/559.27 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring dimensions->        Thickness
250/559.28 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring dimensions ->        Thickness->        With translucent material
250/559.29 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        Measuring position
250/559.3 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring position->        With alignment detection
250/559.31 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring position->        With triangulation
250/559.32 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring position->        Measuring rate of motion or flow (change of position)
250/559.33 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring position->        With robotics
250/559.34 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring position->        Lead or wire bond inspection
250/559.35 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring position->        Centroid
250/559.36 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring position->        Edge
250/559.37 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring position->        Angular orientation (e.g., skew)
250/559.38 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        Measuring position->        Determining range from detector
250/559.39 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        With comparison to reference or standard
250/559.4 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet->        With indication of presence of material or feature
250/559.41 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With indication of presence of material or feature->        With foreign particle discrimination circuitry
250/559.42 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With indication of presence of material or feature->        Discontinuity detection (e.g., hole, crack)
250/559.43 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With indication of presence of material or feature->        Break detection
250/559.44 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With indication of presence of material or feature->        Identifying marking, pattern, or indicia
250/559.45 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With indication of presence of material or feature->        With defect discrimination circuitry
250/559.46 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With indication of presence of material or feature ->        With defect discrimination circuitry->        With camera or plural detectors
250/559.47 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With indication of presence of material or feature ->        With defect discrimination circuitry->        With counting means
250/559.48 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With indication of presence of material or feature ->        With defect discrimination circuitry->        With transversal scan
250/559.49 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        With circuit for evaluating a web, strand, strip, or sheet ->        With indication of presence of material or feature ->        With defect discrimination circuitry ->        With transversal scan->        With moving reflector
250/206 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Photocell controlled circuit
250/206.1 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit->        Having means to generate positional information in at least one plane of a target moving relative to one or more photodetectors
250/206.2 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Having means to generate positional information in at least one plane of a target moving relative to one or more photodetectors->        Detection of positional information in two or more planes (e.g., azimuth and elevationSEMI hour angle and declination)
250/206.3 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Having means to generate positional information in at least one plane of a target moving relative to one or more photodetectors ->        Detection of positional information in two or more planes (e.g., azimuth and elevationSEMI hour angle and declination)->        With moving reticle in optical path
250/555 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit->        Including coded record
250/556 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Including coded record->        Document verification or graph reader
250/557 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Including coded record->        With means to position, direct, or detect record
250/558 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit->        Stereoplotters
250/564 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit->        With circuit for evaluating a fluent material
250/565 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        With circuit for evaluating a fluent material->        With comparison
250/207 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit->        Electron multiplier
250/208.1 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit->        Plural photosensitive image detecting element arrays
250/208.2 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit->        Plural photosensitive nonimage detecting elements
250/208.3 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Plural photosensitive nonimage detecting elements->        With electronic scanning
250/208.4 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Plural photosensitive nonimage detecting elements->        Used to switch an electrical circuit or device on or off
250/208.5 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Plural photosensitive nonimage detecting elements->        With photodetector output ratioing other than by bridge or push-pull circuits
250/208.6 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Plural photosensitive nonimage detecting elements->        With specific relative positional geometry of photosensitive elements (e.g., an annular photosensitive element surrounding a coaxially mounted photosensitive element)
250/210 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit->        Bridge and push-pull circuits
250/214R -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits
250/214P -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Photographic control
250/214D -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Light dimmers
250/214A -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Amplifier type
250/214LA -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits ->        Amplifier type->        Light amplifier type
250/214LS -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits ->        Amplifier type ->        Light amplifier type->        Switching type
250/214VT -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits ->        Amplifier type ->        Light amplifier type->        Vacuum tube type
250/214PR -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Photosensitive rheostat type
250/214SG -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Self-generating type
250/214.1 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Special photocell
250/214AG -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Automatic gain control
250/214AL -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Ambient light responsive
250/214B -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Ambient light desensitizing means
250/214C -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Compensation
250/214DC -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Digital circuitry
250/214L -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Logarithmic/linear signal
250/214RC -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Rate of change
250/214SF -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Slave flash
250/214SW -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Photocell controlled circuit ->        Special photocell or electron tube circuits->        Electronic switch
250/215 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Combined with diverse-type device
250/216 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Optical or pre-photocell system
250/227.11 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Light conductor
250/227.12 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        Optical delay line
250/227.13 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        Light pen
250/227.14 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        Condition responsive light guide (e.g., light guide is physically affected by parameter sensed which results in light conveyed to the photocell)
250/227.15 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor ->        Condition responsive light guide (e.g., light guide is physically affected by parameter sensed which results in light conveyed to the photocell)->        With detection of macroscopic break in fiber
250/227.16 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor ->        Condition responsive light guide (e.g., light guide is physically affected by parameter sensed which results in light conveyed to the photocell)->        With detection of fiber microbend caused by parameter affecting fiber
250/227.17 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor ->        Condition responsive light guide (e.g., light guide is physically affected by parameter sensed which results in light conveyed to the photocell)->        Causing polarization change in fiber
250/227.18 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor ->        Condition responsive light guide (e.g., light guide is physically affected by parameter sensed which results in light conveyed to the photocell)->        Causing light spectral frequency/wavelength change
250/227.19 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor ->        Condition responsive light guide (e.g., light guide is physically affected by parameter sensed which results in light conveyed to the photocell)->        With coherent interferrometric light
250/227.2 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        With imaging
250/227.21 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        With light chopping or modulation
250/227.22 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor ->        With light chopping or modulation->        Keyboard or other manual switch controlled
250/227.23 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        With spectral frequency/wavelength discrimination
250/227.24 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        With coupling enhancement means
250/227.25 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor ->        With coupling enhancement means->        Fluid coupling
250/227.26 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        With scanning
250/227.27 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        With coherent interferrometric light
250/227.28 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        With specific configuration of light conductor components with respect to each other
250/227.29 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        With specific illumination or viewing orientation of light conductor relative to viewed object (e.g., light normal to, and detector at 45 degree angle to, viewed object)
250/227.3 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        With variable orientation of light conductor relative to viewed object (e.g., goniometer)
250/227.31 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        Side or edge illuminated light conductor or collector
250/227.32 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light conductor->        End illuminated light conductor with noncircular geometric cross section
250/566 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Including coded record
250/568 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Including coded record->        Digital information
250/569 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Including coded record ->        Digital information->        Card type
250/570 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Including coded record ->        Digital information->        Tape, drum, or disc types
250/573 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Fluent material in optical path
250/574 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Fluent material in optical path->        Scattered or reflected light
250/575 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Fluent material in optical path->        Plural paths
250/576 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Fluent material in optical path->        Sample holder or supply
250/577 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Fluent material in optical path->        Volume or level
250/221 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Controlled by article, person, or animal
250/222.1 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Controlled by article, person, or animal->        Inanimate article
250/222.2 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Controlled by article, person, or animal ->        Inanimate article->        Particle detection
250/223R -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Controlled by article, person, or animal ->        Inanimate article->        Conveyor or chute
250/223B -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Controlled by article, person, or animal ->        Inanimate article ->        Conveyor or chute->        Bottles
250/224 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Controlled by article, person, or animal ->        Inanimate article->        Article and light ray relatively moved during sensing
250/225 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Polarizing
250/226 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Color (e.g., filter or spectroscope)
250/228 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Integrating sphere
250/229 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm)
250/231.1 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm)->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity
250/231.11 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity->        Actuated by gauge element deflection
250/231.12 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity->        Gyroscopes
250/231.13 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity->        Shaft angle transducers
250/231.14 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity ->        Shaft angle transducers->        Incremental shaft readersSEMI i.e., with means to generate increments of angular shaft rotation
250/231.15 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity ->        Shaft angle transducers ->        Incremental shaft readersSEMI i.e., with means to generate increments of angular shaft rotation->        With plural gear driven discs
250/231.16 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity ->        Shaft angle transducers ->        Incremental shaft readersSEMI i.e., with means to generate increments of angular shaft rotation->        Using phase difference of output signals from plural photodetectors
250/231.17 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity ->        Shaft angle transducers ->        Incremental shaft readersSEMI i.e., with means to generate increments of angular shaft rotation->        With means to indicate a complete shaft rotation
250/231.18 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity ->        Shaft angle transducers ->        Incremental shaft readersSEMI i.e., with means to generate increments of angular shaft rotation->        Position indicating shaft encoders with means to generate a unique signal for each specific angular shaft position
250/231.19 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Actuated by dynamic external physical quantity->        Pressure-responsive light valves
250/230 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm)->        Reflection type(e.g., mirror galvanometer)
250/232 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm)->        Light chopper type
250/233 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Light valve (e.g., iris diaphragm) ->        Light chopper type->        Rotary
250/578.1 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Plural light sources or optical paths
250/234 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Means for moving optical system
250/235 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Means for moving optical system->        Repetitious path
250/236 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Means for moving optical system ->        Repetitious path->        Rotary motion
250/237R -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system->        Hoods, grating, baffles, diaphragms, masks
250/237G -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS  ->        Optical or pre-photocell system ->        Hoods, grating, baffles, diaphragms, masks->        Gratings (moire fringes)
250/238 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Temperature control of photocell
250/239 -> 200 PHOTOCELLSSEMI CIRCUITS AND APPARATUS ->        Housings (in addition to cell casing)
250/396R WITH CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM DEFLECTION OR FOCUSSING
250/397 -> 396R WITH CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM DEFLECTION OR FOCUSSING ->        With detector
250/398 -> 396R WITH CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM DEFLECTION OR FOCUSSING ->        With target means
250/399 -> 396R WITH CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM DEFLECTION OR FOCUSSING  ->        With target means->        Secondary emissive type
250/400 -> 396R WITH CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM DEFLECTION OR FOCUSSING  ->        With target means->        With means to convey or guide the target
250/396ML -> 396R WITH CHARGED PARTICLE BEAM DEFLECTION OR FOCUSSING ->        Magnetic lens
250/423R ION GENERATION
250/424 -> 423R ION GENERATION ->        Methods
250/425 -> 423R ION GENERATION ->        With sample vaporizing means
250/426 -> 423R ION GENERATION ->        Arc type
250/427 -> 423R ION GENERATION ->        Electron bombardment type
250/423P -> 423R ION GENERATION ->        Photoionization type
250/423F -> 423R ION GENERATION ->        Field ionization type
250/428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS
250/429 -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS ->        With temperature control
250/430 -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS ->        With valve or pump actuator
250/431 -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS ->        With cleaning means
250/432R -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS ->        With irradiating source or radiating fluent material
250/433 -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS  ->        With irradiating source or radiating fluent material->        Including a movable surface transfer means
250/434 -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS  ->        With irradiating source or radiating fluent material->        Including a gravity-type transfer means
250/435 -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS  ->        With irradiating source or radiating fluent material->        Including a flowthrough transfer means
250/436 -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS  ->        With irradiating source or radiating fluent material ->        Including a flowthrough transfer means->        Flow-enclosed radiation source
250/437 -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS  ->        With irradiating source or radiating fluent material ->        Including a flowthrough transfer means->        Tortuous path type
250/438 -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS  ->        With irradiating source or radiating fluent material ->        Including a flowthrough transfer means->        With a flow-modifying surface
250/432PD -> 428 FLUENT MATERIAL CONTAINMENT, SUPPORT OR TRANSFER MEANS  ->        With irradiating source or radiating fluent material->        Parent-daughter isotope separators
250/453.11 SUPPORTED FOR NONSIGNALLING OBJECTS OF IRRADIATION (E.G., WITH CONVEYOR MEANS)
250/454.11 -> 453.11 SUPPORTED FOR NONSIGNALLING OBJECTS OF IRRADIATION (E.G., WITH CONVEYOR MEANS) ->        With source support
250/455.11 -> 453.11 SUPPORTED FOR NONSIGNALLING OBJECTS OF IRRADIATION (E.G., WITH CONVEYOR MEANS)  ->        With source support->        Source and object encasement (e.g., sterilizers)
250/458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION
250/459.1 -> 458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION ->        Methods
250/461.1 -> 458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION ->        With ultraviolet source
250/461.2 -> 458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION  ->        With ultraviolet source->        Biological cell identification
250/462.1 -> 458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION ->        Self-luminous article
250/463.1 -> 458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION  ->        Self-luminous article->        Dials, pointers, gauges, and bands
250/464.1 -> 458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION  ->        Self-luminous article->        Pendants
250/465.1 -> 458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION  ->        Self-luminous article->        Manual operators or luminous attachments therefor
250/466.1 -> 458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION  ->        Self-luminous article->        Covers, keys, or luminous attachments therefor
250/467.1 -> 458.1 LUMINOPHOR IRRADIATION  ->        Self-luminous article->        Reticles, gun sights or with optical element
250/472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING
250/473.1 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Methods
250/474.1 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Optical change type
250/475.2 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Photographic type
250/482.1 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Photographic type->        With radiation filter, modifier, or shield (e.g., dosimeter badges)
250/483.1 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING ->        Luminescent device
250/484.2 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Luminescent device->        Requiring an additional energy source to cause luminescence
250/484.3 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Luminescent device ->        Requiring an additional energy source to cause luminescence->        With thermally-stimulated phosphor
250/484.4 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Luminescent device ->        Requiring an additional energy source to cause luminescence->        With optically-stimulated phosphor
250/484.5 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Luminescent device ->        Requiring an additional energy source to cause luminescence ->        With optically-stimulated phosphor->        Dosimeter
250/485.1 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Luminescent device->        With light excluding casing having an aperture
250/486.1 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Luminescent device->        With plural luminescent material or plural luminescent containing layers or areas
250/487.1 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Luminescent device->        With optical member of material to directly modify luminous energy
250/488.1 -> 472.1 INVISIBLE RADIATION RESPONSIVE NONELECTRIC SIGNALLING  ->        Luminescent device ->        With optical member of material to directly modify luminous energy->        Plural planar layer type
250/489 ION COLLECTORS
250/491.1 MEANS TO ALIGN OR POSITION AN OBJECT RELATIVE TO A SOURCE OR DETECTOR
250/492.1 IRRADIATION OF OBJECTS OR MATERIAL
250/492.2 -> 492.1 IRRADIATION OF OBJECTS OR MATERIAL ->        Irradiation of semiconductor devices
250/492.21 -> 492.1 IRRADIATION OF OBJECTS OR MATERIAL  ->        Irradiation of semiconductor devices->        Ion bombardment
250/492.22 -> 492.1 IRRADIATION OF OBJECTS OR MATERIAL  ->        Irradiation of semiconductor devices->        Pattern control
250/492.23 -> 492.1 IRRADIATION OF OBJECTS OR MATERIAL  ->        Irradiation of semiconductor devices->        Variable beam
250/492.24 -> 492.1 IRRADIATION OF OBJECTS OR MATERIAL  ->        Irradiation of semiconductor devices->        Photocathode projection
250/492.3 -> 492.1 IRRADIATION OF OBJECTS OR MATERIAL ->        Ion or electron beam irradiation
250/493.1 RADIANT ENERGY GENERATION AND SOURCES
250/494.1 -> 493.1 RADIANT ENERGY GENERATION AND SOURCES ->        Plural radiation sources
250/495.1 -> 493.1 RADIANT ENERGY GENERATION AND SOURCES  ->        Plural radiation sources->        Including an infrared source
250/496.1 -> 493.1 RADIANT ENERGY GENERATION AND SOURCES ->        With container for radioactive source and radiation directing or selectable shielding
250/497.1 -> 493.1 RADIANT ENERGY GENERATION AND SOURCES  ->        With container for radioactive source and radiation directing or selectable shielding->        With means to move source between shielded and unshielded position
250/498.1 -> 493.1 RADIANT ENERGY GENERATION AND SOURCES  ->        With container for radioactive source and radiation directing or selectable shielding->        With pivoted or rotatable radiation shield
250/503.1 -> 493.1 RADIANT ENERGY GENERATION AND SOURCES ->        With radiation modifying member
250/504R -> 493.1 RADIANT ENERGY GENERATION AND SOURCES  ->        With radiation modifying member->        Ultraviolet or infrared source
250/504H -> 493.1 RADIANT ENERGY GENERATION AND SOURCES  ->        With radiation modifying member ->        Ultraviolet or infrared source->        Hand-held
250/505.1 RADIATION CONTROLLING MEANS
250/506.1 -> 505.1 RADIATION CONTROLLING MEANS ->        Shielded receptacles for radioactive sources
250/507.1 -> 505.1 RADIATION CONTROLLING MEANS  ->        Shielded receptacles for radioactive sources->        Having plural storage compartments or plural nested receptacles
250/515.1 -> 505.1 RADIATION CONTROLLING MEANS ->        Shields
250/516.1 -> 505.1 RADIATION CONTROLLING MEANS  ->        Shields->        Garments
250/517.1 -> 505.1 RADIATION CONTROLLING MEANS  ->        Shields->        Construction elements or building parts
250/518.1 -> 505.1 RADIATION CONTROLLING MEANS  ->        Shields->        With neutron absorption material
250/519.1 -> 505.1 RADIATION CONTROLLING MEANS  ->        Shields->        Flexible
250/522.1 SOURCE SUPPORTS
250/526 MISCELLANEOUS
250/900 OPTICAL LIQUID LEVEL SENSORS
250/901 -> 900 OPTICAL LIQUID LEVEL SENSORS ->        With gap between light guide elements (includes open light path preset)
250/902 -> 900 OPTICAL LIQUID LEVEL SENSORS  ->        With gap between light guide elements (includes open light path preset)->        With closed light path preset
250/903 -> 900 OPTICAL LIQUID LEVEL SENSORS  ->        With gap between light guide elements (includes open light path preset) ->        With closed light path preset->        With prism contacting liquid
250/904 -> 900 OPTICAL LIQUID LEVEL SENSORS ->        With single light guide element to guide light in a continuous path
250/905 -> 900 OPTICAL LIQUID LEVEL SENSORS  ->        With single light guide element to guide light in a continuous path->        With longitudinal irregularity
250/906 -> 900 OPTICAL LIQUID LEVEL SENSORS  ->        With single light guide element to guide light in a continuous path ->        With longitudinal irregularity->        With large scale longitudinal bend
250/907 -> 900 OPTICAL LIQUID LEVEL SENSORS  ->        With single light guide element to guide light in a continuous path ->        With longitudinal irregularity->        With portions of light guide coating or cladding removed
250/908 -> 900 OPTICAL LIQUID LEVEL SENSORS  ->        With single light guide element to guide light in a continuous path ->        With longitudinal irregularity->        With waveguide twisted about its longitudinal axis
250/909 METHODS AND APPARATUS ANCILLARY TO STIMULABLE PHOSPHOR SYSTEMS
250/910 FOOD SAMPLE ANALYSIS USING INVISIBLE RADIANT ENERGY SOURCE
252/1 MISCELLANEOUS (E.G., ARTIFICIAL SNOW)
252/2 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING
252/3 -> 2 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING ->        Foam or gas phase containing
252/4 -> 2 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING ->        Gas generative, chemically
252/5 -> 2 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING  ->        Gas generative, chemically->        Dry, combustion type
252/6 -> 2 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING  ->        Gas generative, chemically->        Low temperature chemically interreactive
252/6.5 -> 2 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING  ->        Gas generative, chemically ->        Low temperature chemically interreactive->        Foam-stabilizant or colloid-stabilizant containing
252/7 -> 2 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING  ->        Gas generative, chemically->        Carbonates or ammonium salts containing or pyrolytic
252/8 -> 2 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING ->        Volatile or gas charged liquids containing
252/8.05 -> 2 FIRE-EXTINGUISHING ->        Foam-stabilizant or colloid-stabilizant containing
252/601 FIRE RETARDING
252/602 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING ->        Having disparate function
252/603 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING ->        For living matter
252/604 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING ->        Material physically quantified
252/605 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING ->        Containing gas
252/606 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING ->        Intumescent
252/607 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING ->        For wood or cellulosic material other than textile
252/608 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING ->        For textile (i.e., woven material)
252/609 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING ->        For solid synthetic polymer and reactants thereof
252/610 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING ->        Dispersion or colloidal system
252/611 -> 601 FIRE RETARDING  ->        Dispersion or colloidal system->        For dispersion or collodial system
252/8.57 LEATHER OR FUR TREATING (OTHER THAN CLEANING COMPOSITIONS OR AUXILIARY COMPOSITIONS FOR CLEANING)
252/8.61 DURABLE FINISHES FOR TEXTILE MATERIALS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., CREASE RESISTANT, MOISTURE ABSORBENT, ANTISTATIC, ETC., FINISHES)
252/8.62 -> 8.61 DURABLE FINISHES FOR TEXTILE MATERIALS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., CREASE RESISTANT, MOISTURE ABSORBENT, ANTISTATIC, ETC., FINISHES) ->        Oil or water repellent or soil resistant or retardant
252/8.63 -> 8.61 DURABLE FINISHES FOR TEXTILE MATERIALS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., CREASE RESISTANT, MOISTURE ABSORBENT, ANTISTATIC, ETC., FINISHES) ->        Textile softening
252/8.81 TEXTILE PROCESSING AID COMPOSITIONS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., LUBRICANTS OR ANTISTATIC AGENTS FOR FIBER, YARN, FABRIC, ETC.)
252/8.82 -> 8.81 TEXTILE PROCESSING AID COMPOSITIONS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., LUBRICANTS OR ANTISTATIC AGENTS FOR FIBER, YARN, FABRIC, ETC.) ->        For tire cord yarn, elastomeric filaments, or biologically innocuous or absorbable fibers (e.g., spandex, textiles used in food packaging, absorbable surgical sutures, etc.)
252/8.83 -> 8.81 TEXTILE PROCESSING AID COMPOSITIONS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., LUBRICANTS OR ANTISTATIC AGENTS FOR FIBER, YARN, FABRIC, ETC.) ->        Sizing agents (e.g., for weaving yarn, etc.)
252/8.84 -> 8.81 TEXTILE PROCESSING AID COMPOSITIONS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., LUBRICANTS OR ANTISTATIC AGENTS FOR FIBER, YARN, FABRIC, ETC.) ->        For textile materials consisting wholly or in part of noncellulosic synthetic fibers (e.g., spin finish for nylon, polyester, acrylic, etc., fibersSEMI lubricants for blends thereof with diverse fibers, etc.)
252/8.85 -> 8.81 TEXTILE PROCESSING AID COMPOSITIONS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., LUBRICANTS OR ANTISTATIC AGENTS FOR FIBER, YARN, FABRIC, ETC.) ->        For textile materials consisting wholly or in part of animal hair fibers (e.g., wool, etc.)
252/8.86 -> 8.81 TEXTILE PROCESSING AID COMPOSITIONS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., LUBRICANTS OR ANTISTATIC AGENTS FOR FIBER, YARN, FABRIC, ETC.) ->        For textile materials consisting wholly or in part of silk or cellulose- based fibers (e.g., cottonSEMI artificial silk, such as rayon, cellulose acetate, etc., or blends thereofSEMI silk soaking compositionsSEMI etc.)
252/8.91 COMPOSITIONS FOR ENHANCING THE APPEARANCE OF CONSUMER TEXTILE GOODS (OTHER THAN CLEANING COMPOSITIONS OR AUXILIARY COMPOSITIONS FOR CLEANING), OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., ANTISTATIC OR WRINKLE-REMOVING SPRAY FOR GARMENTS, ETC.)
252/67 VAPORIZATION, OR EXPANSION, REFRIGERATION OR HEAT OR ENERGY EXCHANGE
252/68 -> 67 VAPORIZATION, OR EXPANSION, REFRIGERATION OR HEAT OR ENERGY EXCHANGE ->        With lubricants, or warning, stabilizing or anti-corrosion agents or persistent gases
252/69 -> 67 VAPORIZATION, OR EXPANSION, REFRIGERATION OR HEAT OR ENERGY EXCHANGE ->        With low-volatile solvent or absorbent
252/60 PHYSICAL SEPARATION AGENTS
252/61 -> 60 PHYSICAL SEPARATION AGENTS ->        Froth-flotation or differential adherence
252/62 HEAT OR SOUND INSULATING
252/62.2 ELECTROLYTES FOR ELECTRICAL DEVICES (E.G., RECTIFIER, CONDENSER)
252/62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS
252/62.3T -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS ->        Thermoelectric
252/62.3Q -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS ->        Organic
252/62.3E -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS ->        Free element containing
252/62.3S -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Free element containing->        Selenium or tellurium
252/62.3GA -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS ->        Group III element containing binary compoundSEMI e.g., Ga, As
252/62.3ZB -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS ->        Groups II and V elements containing binary compundSEMI e.g., zinc, bismuth
252/62.3ZT -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS ->        Groups II and VI elements containing binary compoundSEMI e.g., Zn, Te
252/62.3V -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS ->        Group VI element-containing
252/62.3BT -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Group VI element-containing->        Containing Group IV element and oxygenSEMI e.g., barium, titanium III oxide
252/62.3C -> 62.3R BARRIER LAYER DEVICE COMPOSITIONS ->        Binary alloy or carbideSEMI e.g., Al, In, LiC
252/62.51R MAGNETIC
252/62.52 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC ->        Flaw detection or magnetic clutch
252/62.53 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC ->        With wax, bitumen, resin, or gum
252/62.54 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC  ->        With wax, bitumen, resin, or gum->        Synthetic resin
252/62.55 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC ->        Free metal or alloy containing
252/62.56 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC ->        Iron-oxygen compound containing
252/62.57 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC  ->        Iron-oxygen compound containing->        With scandium, yttrium, gallium, rare earth, or actinide
252/62.58 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC  ->        Iron-oxygen compound containing->        With boron, aluminum, thallium, or indium
252/62.59 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC  ->        Iron-oxygen compound containing->        With titanium, zirconium, silicon, hafnium, germanium, or tin
252/62.6 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC  ->        Iron-oxygen compound containing->        With Group I metal
252/62.61 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC  ->        Iron-oxygen compound containing ->        With Group I metal->        Lithium
252/62.62 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC  ->        Iron-oxygen compound containing->        With Group II metal or lead
252/62.63 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC  ->        Iron-oxygen compound containing ->        With Group II metal or lead->        Calcium, barium, strontium, or lead
252/62.64 -> 62.51R MAGNETIC  ->        Iron-oxygen compound containing ->        With Group II metal or lead->        Magnesium
252/62.51C -> 62.51R MAGNETIC ->        Chromium or chromium compound containing
252/62.9R PIEZOELECTRIC
252/62.9PZ -> 62.9R PIEZOELECTRIC ->        Lead, zirconium, titanium or compound thereof containing
252/567 DEFINED LIQUID DIELECTRIC DISPERSED IN DEFINED WEB OR SHEET
252/570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC
252/571 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC ->        Gaseous or gas-containing
252/572 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC ->        Metal- or insoluble component-containingSEMI e.g., slurry, grease, etc.
252/573 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC ->        Si-containing
252/574 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC ->        B-, P-, S-, Se-, or Te-containing
252/575 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC ->        N-containing
252/576 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC  ->        N-containing->        O in N compound
252/577 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC  ->        N-containing ->        O in N compound->        Nitro or nitroso compound
252/578 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC ->        O-containing
252/579 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC  ->        O-containing->        Carboxylic acid ester
252/580 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC  ->        O-containing->        Halogen-containing
252/581 -> 570 FLUENT DIELECTRIC ->        Halogenated polycyclic compound-containing
252/70 FROST-PREVENTING, ICE-THAWING, THERMOSTATIC, THERMOPHORIC, OR CRYOGENIC
252/71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS
252/72 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS ->        With leak-stopping agents
252/73 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS ->        Organic components
252/74 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Organic components->        Metal compounds or inorganic components (except water)
252/75 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Organic components ->        Metal compounds or inorganic components (except water)->        Organic compounds of nonmetals other than C, H, and O
252/76 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Organic components ->        Metal compounds or inorganic components (except water)->        Carboxylic organic compounds containing
252/77 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Organic components->        Organic compounds of nonmetals other than C, H, and O
252/78.1 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Organic components ->        Organic compounds of nonmetals other than C, H, and O->        Organic compounds of nonmetals other than C, H, O, and N
252/78.3 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Organic components ->        Organic compounds of nonmetals other than C, H, and O ->        Organic compounds of nonmetals other than C, H, O, and N->        Organic Si containing compounds
252/78.5 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Organic components ->        Organic compounds of nonmetals other than C, H, and O ->        Organic compounds of nonmetals other than C, H, O, and N->        Organic P containing compounds
252/79 -> 71 HEAT-EXCHANGE, LOW-FREEZING OR POUR POINT, OR HIGH BOILING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Organic components->        Carboxylic organic compounds containing
252/79.1 ETCHING OR BRIGHTENING COMPOSITIONS
252/79.2 -> 79.1 ETCHING OR BRIGHTENING COMPOSITIONS ->        Inorganic acid containing
252/79.3 -> 79.1 ETCHING OR BRIGHTENING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Inorganic acid containing->        Fluorine compound containing
252/79.4 -> 79.1 ETCHING OR BRIGHTENING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Inorganic acid containing->        With organic material
252/79.5 -> 79.1 ETCHING OR BRIGHTENING COMPOSITIONS ->        Alkali metal hydroxide containing
252/88.1 DUST SUPPRESSANTS FOR BULK MATERIALS, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., FOR CONSOLIDATING DUST IN COAL MINES, CONTROLLING SOIL EROSION, ETC.)
252/88.2 COMPOSITIONS FOR COATING OR IMPREGNATING A SUBSTRATE USED FOR COLLECTING FINE PARTICLES BY ADHERENCE, OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING (E.G., FOR IMPREGNATING DUSTING CLOTHS, DUST FILTERS, ETC.)
252/175 WATER-SOFTENING OR PURIFYING OR SCALE-INHIBITING AGENTS
252/176 -> 175 WATER-SOFTENING OR PURIFYING OR SCALE-INHIBITING AGENTS ->        Packages or heterogeneous arrangements
252/178 -> 175 WATER-SOFTENING OR PURIFYING OR SCALE-INHIBITING AGENTS ->        Deoxidant or free-metal containing
252/179 -> 175 WATER-SOFTENING OR PURIFYING OR SCALE-INHIBITING AGENTS ->        Water-insoluble base-exchange agent containing
252/180 -> 175 WATER-SOFTENING OR PURIFYING OR SCALE-INHIBITING AGENTS ->        Plant or organic material containing
252/181 -> 175 WATER-SOFTENING OR PURIFYING OR SCALE-INHIBITING AGENTS  ->        Plant or organic material containing->        With inorganic matter other than alkali-metal hydroxides and carbonates and water
252/181.1 GETTERS OR GAS OR VAPOR GENERATING MATERIALS FOR ELECTRIC LAMPS, ELECTRIC SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICES, AND SIMILAR DEVICES
252/181.2 -> 181.1 GETTERS OR GAS OR VAPOR GENERATING MATERIALS FOR ELECTRIC LAMPS, ELECTRIC SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICES, AND SIMILAR DEVICES ->        Plural getter and/or gas or vapor generating materials
252/181.3 -> 181.1 GETTERS OR GAS OR VAPOR GENERATING MATERIALS FOR ELECTRIC LAMPS, ELECTRIC SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICES, AND SIMILAR DEVICES ->        Reactive compositions
252/181.4 -> 181.1 GETTERS OR GAS OR VAPOR GENERATING MATERIALS FOR ELECTRIC LAMPS, ELECTRIC SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICES, AND SIMILAR DEVICES  ->        Reactive compositions->        Containing magnesium, alkali-metal and alkaline-earth metal, or compound thereof
252/181.5 -> 181.1 GETTERS OR GAS OR VAPOR GENERATING MATERIALS FOR ELECTRIC LAMPS, ELECTRIC SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICES, AND SIMILAR DEVICES ->        Gaseous getters
252/181.6 -> 181.1 GETTERS OR GAS OR VAPOR GENERATING MATERIALS FOR ELECTRIC LAMPS, ELECTRIC SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICES, AND SIMILAR DEVICES ->        Metal or metal compound containing
252/181.7 -> 181.1 GETTERS OR GAS OR VAPOR GENERATING MATERIALS FOR ELECTRIC LAMPS, ELECTRIC SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICES, AND SIMILAR DEVICES  ->        Metal or metal compound containing->        Magnesium, alkali-metal, or alkaline-earth metal
252/194 HUMIDOSTATIC, WATER REMOVIVE, BINDIVE, OR EMISSIVE
252/478 X-RAY OR NEUTRON SHIELD
252/500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS
252/501.1 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        Light sensitive
252/502 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        Elemental carbon containing
252/503 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Elemental carbon containing->        With free metal
252/504 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Elemental carbon containing->        With carbide
252/505 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Elemental carbon containing->        With radioactive material
252/506 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Elemental carbon containing->        With metal compound
252/507 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Elemental carbon containing ->        With metal compound->        Titanium or zirconium compound
252/508 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Elemental carbon containing ->        With metal compound->        Aluminum compound
252/509 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Elemental carbon containing ->        With metal compound->        Magnesium, alkaline earth metal, or rare earth metal compound
252/510 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Elemental carbon containing->        With organic component
252/511 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Elemental carbon containing ->        With organic component->        Resin, rubber, or derivative thereof containing
252/512 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        Free metal containing
252/513 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Free metal containing->        Iron group metal (iron, cobalt, nickel)
252/514 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Free metal containing->        Noble metal (gold, silver, ruthenium, rhodium, palladium, osmium, iridium, platinum)
252/515 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Free metal containing->        Tungsten
252/516 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        Carbide containing
252/517 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        Radioactive material containing
252/518.1 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        Metal compound containing
252/519.1 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Compound viewed as composition (i.e., wherein atoms or molecules in a chemical formula are not present as whole small integer values or cannot be multiplied by a single-digit factor to yield integer values)
252/519.12 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Compound viewed as composition (i.e., wherein atoms or molecules in a chemical formula are not present as whole small integer values or cannot be multiplied by a single-digit factor to yield integer values)->        Titanium containing
252/519.13 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Compound viewed as composition (i.e., wherein atoms or molecules in a chemical formula are not present as whole small integer values or cannot be multiplied by a single-digit factor to yield integer values)->        Bismuth, ruthenium, or iridium containing
252/519.14 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Compound viewed as composition (i.e., wherein atoms or molecules in a chemical formula are not present as whole small integer values or cannot be multiplied by a single-digit factor to yield integer values)->        Sulfur, tellurium, selenium, nitrogen, phosphorus, or boron containing
252/519.15 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Compound viewed as composition (i.e., wherein atoms or molecules in a chemical formula are not present as whole small integer values or cannot be multiplied by a single-digit factor to yield integer values)->        Four diverse metals containing
252/519.2 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Organometallic (e.g., soap, complex, etc.)
252/519.21 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Organometallic (e.g., soap, complex, etc.)->        With additional organic compound
252/519.3 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        With organic compound
252/519.31 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        With organic compound->        The organic compound contains silicon
252/519.32 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        With organic compound->        The organic compound is a natural resin, protein, lignin, carbohydrate, or derivative thereof
252/519.33 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        With organic compound->        The organic compound is a polymer
252/519.34 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        With organic compound ->        The organic compound is a polymer->        The metal compound contains halogen, sulfur, selenium, phosphorus, arsenic, boron, or nitrogen
252/519.4 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Sulfur, selenium, or tellurium containing
252/519.5 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Zinc compound
252/519.51 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Zinc compound->        Additional diverse metal containing
252/519.52 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Zinc compound->        With boron compound
252/519.53 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Zinc compound->        With halogen compound
252/519.54 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Zinc compound->        Silicon containing or with compound of bismuth or silicon
252/520.1 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Tin compound
252/520.2 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Titanium or zirconium compound
252/520.21 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Titanium or zirconium compound->        Additional diverse metal containing
252/520.22 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing ->        Titanium or zirconium compound->        Boron, silicon, phosphorus, nitrogen, hydrogen, carbon, or halogen containing
252/520.3 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Silver, gold, or platinum compound
252/520.4 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Vanadium compound
252/520.5 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Tungsten or yttrium compound
252/521.1 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Rare earth metal compound
252/521.2 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Iron, cobalt, or nickel compound
252/521.3 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Silicon containing or with silicon compound
252/521.4 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Boron containing or with boron compound
252/521.5 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        Halogen, carbon, phosphorus, or nitrogen containing
252/521.6 -> 500 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE OR EMISSIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Metal compound containing->        With nonmetal compound containing halogen, nitrogen, phosphorus, or sulfur
252/492 INCANDESCENT MANTLE COMPOSITIONS
252/299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS
252/299.1 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS ->        Containing pleochroic dye
252/299.2 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS ->        Containing dopant salt
252/299.3 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS ->        Containing charge-transfer agents
252/299.4 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS ->        Containing nonchiral aligning agents
252/299.5 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS ->        Containing nonchiral additive having no specified mesophase
252/299.6 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS ->        Containing nonsteryl liquid crystalline compound of specified structure
252/299.61 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS  ->        Containing nonsteryl liquid crystalline compound of specified structure->        Including heterocyclic ring
252/299.62 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS  ->        Containing nonsteryl liquid crystalline compound of specified structure->        Including fused or bridged rings
252/299.63 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS  ->        Containing nonsteryl liquid crystalline compound of specified structure->        Including fully saturated ring
252/299.64 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS  ->        Containing nonsteryl liquid crystalline compound of specified structure->        Aryl ester of aryl acid having three benzene rings
252/299.65 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS  ->        Containing nonsteryl liquid crystalline compound of specified structure ->        Aryl ester of aryl acid having three benzene rings->        Benzene rings linked by direct bond
252/299.66 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS  ->        Containing nonsteryl liquid crystalline compound of specified structure->        Benzene rings linked by direct bond
252/299.67 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS  ->        Containing nonsteryl liquid crystalline compound of specified structure->        Phenyl benzoate derivative
252/299.68 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS  ->        Containing nonsteryl liquid crystalline compound of specified structure->        Including benzene rings bonded through azo, azoxy, or azomethine linkage
252/299.7 -> 299.01 LIQUID CRYSTAL COMPOSITIONS ->        Cholesteric liquid crystal composition containing a sterol derivative
252/582 LIGHT TRANSMISSION MODIFYING COMPOSITIONS
252/583 -> 582 LIGHT TRANSMISSION MODIFYING COMPOSITIONS ->        Modification caused by energy other than light
252/584 -> 582 LIGHT TRANSMISSION MODIFYING COMPOSITIONS ->        Inorganic crystalline solid
252/585 -> 582 LIGHT TRANSMISSION MODIFYING COMPOSITIONS ->        Producing polarized light
252/586 -> 582 LIGHT TRANSMISSION MODIFYING COMPOSITIONS ->        Displaying color change
252/587 -> 582 LIGHT TRANSMISSION MODIFYING COMPOSITIONS ->        Infrared
252/588 -> 582 LIGHT TRANSMISSION MODIFYING COMPOSITIONS ->        Ultraviolet
252/589 -> 582 LIGHT TRANSMISSION MODIFYING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Ultraviolet->        Organic material
252/625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS
252/634 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        In form of sol solution or gel
252/635 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        In form of sol solution or gel->        Including production of solid particles by chemical reaction
252/636 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        Nuclear reactor fuel
252/637 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nuclear reactor fuel->        Actinide having nonactinide component
252/638 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nuclear reactor fuel ->        Actinide having nonactinide component->        Oxide component
252/639 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nuclear reactor fuel ->        Actinide having nonactinide component->        Carbon containing component
252/640 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nuclear reactor fuel ->        Actinide having nonactinide component->        Free metal or metal compound component
252/641 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nuclear reactor fuel->        Actinide nitrides only
252/642 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nuclear reactor fuel->        Actinide carbides only
252/643 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nuclear reactor fuel->        Actinide oxides only
252/644 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        As a source of radiation or heat
252/645 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        As a source of radiation or heat->        For tracing, tagging, or testing
252/646 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS ->        Luminescent
252/647 -> 625 RADIOACTIVE COMPOSITIONS  ->        Luminescent->        Laser
252/301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS
252/301.17 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS ->        Scintillating or lasing compositions
252/301.18 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Scintillating or lasing compositions->        Heavy metal containing
252/301.19 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS ->        Inspection penetrant compositions
252/301.21 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS ->        Optical brightening compositions
252/301.22 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions->        Heterocyclic compounds having an intercyclic acyclic methine linkage
252/301.23 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions ->        Heterocyclic compounds having an intercyclic acyclic methine linkage->        Triazines
252/301.24 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions ->        Heterocyclic compounds having an intercyclic acyclic methine linkage->        Thiazoles or oxazoles
252/301.25 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions->        Azine containing
252/301.26 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions->        Six-membered ring having one hetero-N-atom
252/301.27 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions->        Azole containing
252/301.28 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions ->        Azole containing->        Thiazoles or oxazoles
252/301.29 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions ->        Azole containing->        Tri- or tetrazoles
252/301.31 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions->        Five-membered ring having four carbon atoms and one nitrogen atom
252/301.32 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS  ->        Optical brightening compositions->        Hetero-S-atom or hetero-O-atom containing
252/301.33 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS ->        With inorganic luminescent material
252/301.34 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS ->        Natural resin, cellulose, or derivatives containing
252/301.35 -> 301.16 ORGANIC LUMINESCENT MATERIAL CONTAINING COMPOSITIONS ->        Synthetic resin containing
252/301.36 INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS WITH ORGANIC NONLUMINESCENT MATERIAL
252/301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS
252/301.5 -> 301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS ->        Tungsten containing
252/301.6R -> 301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS ->        Zinc or cadmium containing
252/301.6S -> 301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS  ->        Zinc or cadmium containing->        Sulfur containing
252/301.6P -> 301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS  ->        Zinc or cadmium containing->        Phosphorus containing
252/301.6F -> 301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS  ->        Zinc or cadmium containing->        Group IV element containing
252/301.4S -> 301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS ->        Sulfur containing
252/301.4P -> 301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS ->        Phosphorus containing
252/301.4F -> 301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS ->        Group IV element containing
252/301.4H -> 301.4R INORGANIC LUMINESCENT COMPOSITIONS ->        Compositions containing halogenSEMI e.g., halides and oxyhalides
252/700 CHEMILUMINESCENT
252/182.1 HAVING UTILITY AS A REACTIVE MATERIAL IN AN ELECTROCHEMICAL CELLSEMI E.G., BATTERY, ETC.
252/184 ABSORPTIVE, OR BINDIVE, AND CHEMICALLY YIELDIVE (E.G., ION EXCHANGER)
252/185 PLUMBIFEROUS SULPHUR BINDANT OR MODIFIANT CONTAINING
252/186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE
252/186.2 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE ->        Composition containing two or more solid materials with defined physical dimensionsSEMI e.g., surface areas, volumes, etc., or process of producing said composition
252/186.21 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE ->        Plural oxidants
252/186.22 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Plural oxidants->        Contains plural peroxides
252/186.23 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Plural oxidants ->        Contains plural peroxides->        Organic peroxide
252/186.24 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE ->        Contains elemental material devoid of water
252/186.25 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition
252/186.26 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition->        Organic peroxide
252/186.27 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition->        Inorganic peroxide
252/186.28 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition ->        Inorganic peroxide->        Contains hydrogen peroxide
252/186.29 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition ->        Inorganic peroxide ->        Contains hydrogen peroxide->        With organic material
252/186.3 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition ->        Inorganic peroxide->        Contains perborate
252/186.31 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition ->        Inorganic peroxide ->        Contains perborate->        With organic material
252/186.32 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition ->        Inorganic peroxide->        Contains Group IA metal peroxide
252/186.33 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition->        Contains Group VIIB or Group VIII metal or compound thereof
252/186.34 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition->        Contains organohalogen compound as oxidant
252/186.35 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition ->        Contains organohalogen compound as oxidant->        Chloroisocyanurate
252/186.36 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition->        Contains free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type
252/186.37 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Composition containing a stabilizer or a product in the form of a surface-modified, impregnated, encapsulated, or surface-coated articleSEMI or process of producing said composition ->        Contains free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type->        Contains alkaline earth metal
252/186.38 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE ->        Contains activator admixed with inorganic peroxide
252/186.39 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Contains activator admixed with inorganic peroxide->        Contains heterocyclic compound
252/186.4 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Contains activator admixed with inorganic peroxide ->        Contains heterocyclic compound->        Oxygen heterocycle
252/186.41 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Contains activator admixed with inorganic peroxide->        Hydrogen peroxide
252/186.42 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE ->        Contains organic peroxide
252/186.43 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE ->        Contains inorganic peroxide
252/186.44 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE ->        Contains inorganic nitrogen containing compound
252/187.1 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type
252/187.2 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type->        Oxidant contains halogen other than chlorine
252/187.21 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type->        Chlorine dioxide or monoxide
252/187.22 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type ->        Chlorine dioxide or monoxide->        With elemental chlorine
252/187.23 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type->        Chlorite
252/187.24 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type ->        Chlorite->        Hypochlorite
252/187.25 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type ->        Chlorite ->        Hypochlorite->        Alkali metal hypochlorite
252/187.26 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type ->        Chlorite ->        Hypochlorite ->        Alkali metal hypochlorite->        Sodium
252/187.27 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type ->        Chlorite ->        Hypochlorite->        Alkaline earth metal hypochlorite
252/187.28 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type ->        Chlorite ->        Hypochlorite ->        Alkaline earth metal hypochlorite->        Calcium
252/187.29 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type ->        Chlorite ->        Hypochlorite ->        Alkaline earth metal hypochlorite ->        Calcium->        With alkali metal compound
252/187.3 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type ->        Chlorite ->        Hypochlorite ->        Alkaline earth metal hypochlorite ->        Calcium->        With alkaline earth metal compound
252/187.31 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type->        Chlorate or perchlorate
252/187.32 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type->        Hypochlorous acid
252/187.33 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type->        Oxidant contains N-Cl bond
252/187.34 -> 186.1 OXIDATIVE BLEACHANT, OXIDANT CONTAINING, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Free halogen or oxy-halogen acid type ->        Oxidant contains N-Cl bond->        Chloroisocyanurate
252/188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE
252/188.2 -> 188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE ->        Sulfur containing reductant, bleachant, deoxidant, or generative
252/188.21 -> 188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Sulfur containing reductant, bleachant, deoxidant, or generative->        Sulfite
252/188.22 -> 188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Sulfur containing reductant, bleachant, deoxidant, or generative ->        Sulfite->        Hydrosulfite (dithionite)
252/188.23 -> 188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Sulfur containing reductant, bleachant, deoxidant, or generative ->        Sulfite ->        Hydrosulfite (dithionite)->        With organic additive
252/188.24 -> 188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Sulfur containing reductant, bleachant, deoxidant, or generative ->        Sulfite ->        Hydrosulfite (dithionite) ->        With organic additive->        Contains nitrogen
252/188.25 -> 188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE ->        Hydrogen generating
252/188.26 -> 188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE ->        Hydride containing
252/188.27 -> 188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE  ->        Hydride containing->        Contains Al-H bond
252/188.28 -> 188.1 REDUCTIVE BLEACHANT, DEOXIDANT, REDUCTANT, OR GENERATIVE ->        Deoxidant or oxygen scavenging
252/189 CO, S, NEGATIVE ELEMENT, OR ACID, BINDANT CONTAINING
252/190 -> 189 CO, S, NEGATIVE ELEMENT, OR ACID, BINDANT CONTAINING ->        With absorbents
252/191 -> 189 CO, S, NEGATIVE ELEMENT, OR ACID, BINDANT CONTAINING ->        Basis-iron containing
252/192 -> 189 CO, S, NEGATIVE ELEMENT, OR ACID, BINDANT CONTAINING ->        Alkali-metal or alkali-metal compound containing
252/193 AMMONIA, ALKALI OR BASE, BINDANT CONTAINING
252/363.5 SOLIDS WITH SOLUTION OR DISPERSION AIDS
252/364 SOLVENTS
252/365 ANTI-INGESTIBLE OR DENATURED
252/366 -> 365 ANTI-INGESTIBLE OR DENATURED ->        Alcohol type
252/367.1 SOAPS (I.E., ALKALI-METAL SALTS OF WATER-INSOLUBLE FATTY ACIDS OR OF ROSIN ACIDS)
252/372 GASEOUS COMPOSITIONS
252/373 -> 372 GASEOUS COMPOSITIONS ->        Carbon-oxide and hydrogen containing
252/374 -> 372 GASEOUS COMPOSITIONS ->        Nitrogen and hydrogen containing
252/375 -> 372 GASEOUS COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nitrogen and hydrogen containing->        Nitrogen from air or elementary nitrogen only and hydrogen from compounds
252/376 -> 372 GASEOUS COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nitrogen and hydrogen containing ->        Nitrogen from air or elementary nitrogen only and hydrogen from compounds->        Hydrogen from hydrocarbons
252/377 -> 372 GASEOUS COMPOSITIONS  ->        Nitrogen and hydrogen containing->        From elementary nitrogen and hydrogen only or purification
252/378R EXFOLIATED OR INTUMESCED
252/378P -> 378R EXFOLIATED OR INTUMESCED ->        Perlite
252/380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS
252/381 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS ->        Anti-caking, separative or protective coatings or zones
252/382 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-caking, separative or protective coatings or zones->        Foams, liquids, or fluids
252/383 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-caking, separative or protective coatings or zones->        Organic and inorganic matter containing
252/384 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-caking, separative or protective coatings or zones->        Organic compound containing
252/385 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-caking, separative or protective coatings or zones->        Inorganic compound or element containing
252/387 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS ->        Anti-corrosion
252/388 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion->        Organic compound containing
252/389.1 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen
252/389.2 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Phosphorus containing
252/389.21 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Phosphorus containing->        Nitrogen and/or sulfur in phosphorus compound
252/389.22 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Phosphorus containing ->        Nitrogen and/or sulfur in phosphorus compound->        Pentavalent P, except H(n+2)PnO(3n+1)
252/389.23 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Phosphorus containing->        Pentavalent P, except H(n+2)PnO(3n+1)
252/389.24 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Phosphorus containing->        Trivalent P (e.g., phosphorus acid, phosphites, etc.)
252/389.3 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Silicon containing
252/389.31 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Silicon containing->        Organo silicon
252/389.32 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Silicon containing ->        Organo silicon->        Nitrogen containing (e.g., amino, etc.)
252/389.4 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Boron containing
252/389.41 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Boron containing->        Organo boron
252/389.5 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Chromium containing
252/389.51 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Lead containing
252/389.52 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Zinc or aluminium containing
252/389.53 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Nickel, iron, cobalt, copper, manganese, mercury, or cadmium containing
252/389.54 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Molybdenum, arsenic, antimony, vanadium, bismuth, tungsten, selenium, or tellurium containing
252/389.61 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Group IIA metal containing
252/389.62 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Alkali metal or NH4+ containing
252/390 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing->        Amine, amide, azo, or nitrogen-base radical containing
252/391 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Amine, amide, azo, or nitrogen-base radical containing->        Sulphur organic compound containing
252/392 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing ->        Amine, amide, azo, or nitrogen-base radical containing->        Oxygen organic compound containing
252/393 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing->        Phenol or quinone radical containing
252/394 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing->        Nitrogen organic compound containing
252/395 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing->        Sulphur organic compound containing
252/396 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-corrosion ->        Organic compound containing->        Oxygen organic compound containing
252/397 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants
252/398 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants->        Plant or animal matters of unknown compositions
252/399 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants->        Organic compound containing
252/400.1 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen
252/400.2 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Phosphorus containing
252/400.21 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Phosphorus containing->        Nitrogen or sulfur in phosphorus compound
252/400.22 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Phosphorus containing ->        Nitrogen or sulfur in phosphorus compound->        Pentavalent P, but not fully oxygenated
252/400.23 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Phosphorus containing->        Pentavalent P, but not fully oxygenated
252/400.24 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Phosphorus containing->        Trivalent P (e.g., phosphorous acid, phosphites, etc.)
252/400.3 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Silicon containing
252/400.31 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Silicon containing->        Organo silicon
252/400.4 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Boron containing
252/400.41 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen ->        Boron containing->        Organo boron
252/400.5 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Chromium containing
252/400.51 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Lead containing
252/400.52 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Zinc or aluminium containing
252/400.53 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Nickel, iron, cobalt, copper, manganese, mercury, or cadmium containing
252/400.54 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Component inorganic or organic comprising element other than C,H,O,N,S, and halogen->        Molybdenum, arsenic, antimony, vanadium, bismuth, tungsten, selenium, or tellurium containing
252/400.61 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing->        Group IIA metal containing
252/400.62 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing->        Alkali metal or NH4+ containing
252/401 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing->        Amine, amide, azo, or nitrogen-base radical containing
252/402 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Amine, amide, azo, or nitrogen-base radical containing->        Sulphur organic compound containing
252/403 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing ->        Amine, amide, azo, or nitrogen-base radical containing->        Oxygen organic compound containing
252/404 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing->        Phenol or quinone radical containing
252/405 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing->        Nitrogen organic compound containing
252/406 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing->        Sulphur organic compound containing
252/407 -> 380 PRESERVATIVE AGENTS  ->        Anti-oxidants or chemical change inhibitants ->        Organic compound containing->        Oxygen organic compound containing
252/408.1 NONREACTIVE ANALYTICAL, TESTING, OR INDICATING COMPOSITIONS
252/600 RADIATION SENSITIVE
252/182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS
252/182.12 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS ->        Organic reactant
252/182.13 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc.
252/182.14 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc.->        Reactant contains element other than C, H, O, or N
252/182.15 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains element other than C, H, O, or N->        Halogen
252/182.16 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains element other than C, H, O, or N ->        Halogen->        Bromine or iodine
252/182.17 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains element other than C, H, O, or N->        Sulfur
252/182.18 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc.->        Reactant contains ethylenic group
252/182.19 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains ethylenic group->        Cyclic anhydride moiety
252/182.2 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc.->        Reactant contains isocyante (-N=C=O) or blocked isocyanate group
252/182.21 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains isocyante (-N=C=O) or blocked isocyanate group->        Two or more reactants containing isocyanate or blocked isocyanate groups
252/182.22 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains isocyante (-N=C=O) or blocked isocyanate group ->        Two or more reactants containing isocyanate or blocked isocyanate groups->        Urethane (-N-C(=O)-O-C-) group
252/182.23 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc.->        Reactant contains oxygen
252/182.24 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains oxygen->        Reactant contains plural hydroxyl groups
252/182.25 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains oxygen ->        Reactant contains plural hydroxyl groups->        Three or more reactants containing plural hydroxyl groups
252/182.26 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains oxygen ->        Reactant contains plural hydroxyl groups->        Reactant contains nitrogen
252/182.27 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains oxygen ->        Reactant contains plural hydroxyl groups->        Reactant contains ether linkage
252/182.28 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant ->        For subsequent solid polymer treatment or preparationSEMI e.g., crosslinking, grafting, curing, hardening, vulcanizing, etc. ->        Reactant contains oxygen->        Reactant contains carboxylic acid group or derivative thereof
252/182.29 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant->        With stabilizer or inhibitor
252/182.3 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant->        Reactant contains phosphorus, silicon, or sulfur atom, or contains metal-to-carbon bond
252/182.31 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Organic reactant->        Reactant contains phenolic, phenolic ether, or inorganic phenolate group
252/182.32 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS ->        Inorganic reactant other than sulfur containing
252/182.33 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Inorganic reactant other than sulfur containing->        Reactant contains heavy metal
252/182.34 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Inorganic reactant other than sulfur containing->        Reactant contains nitrogen
252/182.35 -> 182.11 COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A SINGLE CHEMICAL REACTANT OR PLURAL NONINTERACTIVE CHEMICAL REACTANTSSEMI I.E., NOT VIS-A-VIS  ->        Inorganic reactant other than sulfur containing->        Reactant contains aluminum or phosphorus
252/183.11 CHEMICALLY INTERACTIVE REACTANTS (VIS-A-VIS)
252/183.12 -> 183.11 CHEMICALLY INTERACTIVE REACTANTS (VIS-A-VIS) ->        With stabilizer or inhibitor
252/183.13 -> 183.11 CHEMICALLY INTERACTIVE REACTANTS (VIS-A-VIS) ->        Organic reactant admixed with inorganic reactant
252/183.14 -> 183.11 CHEMICALLY INTERACTIVE REACTANTS (VIS-A-VIS) ->        Inorganic reactants only
252/183.15 -> 183.11 CHEMICALLY INTERACTIVE REACTANTS (VIS-A-VIS)  ->        Inorganic reactants only->        Calcium carbide precursors
252/183.16 -> 183.11 CHEMICALLY INTERACTIVE REACTANTS (VIS-A-VIS)  ->        Inorganic reactants only->        Contains carbonate or bicarbonate
252/950 DOPING AGENT SOURCE MATERIAL
252/951 -> 950 DOPING AGENT SOURCE MATERIAL ->        For vapor transport
252/960 SURFACE FLAW DETECTING COMPOSITIONS
252/961 STRESS OR CONTACT INDICATORS
252/962 TEMPERATURE OR THERMAL HISTORY
252/963 HUMIDITY OR MOISTURE INDICATORS
252/964 LEAK DETECTION
252/965 RETROSPECTIVE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION (E.G., TAGS AND TRACERS, ETC.)
254/1 MISCELLANEOUS
254/2R HOISTING TRUCK
254/3R -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK ->        Tilting load support
254/3B -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Tilting load support->        Service station type
254/3C -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Tilting load support->        Platform type
254/4R -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK ->        Cable hoist
254/4B -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Cable hoist->        Service station type
254/4C -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Cable hoist->        Platform type
254/5R -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK ->        Inclined plane or wedge
254/5B -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Inclined plane or wedge->        Service station type
254/5C -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Inclined plane or wedge->        Platform type
254/6R -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK ->        Rack and pinion or segment
254/6B -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Rack and pinion or segment->        Service station type
254/6C -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Rack and pinion or segment->        Platform type
254/7R -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK ->        Screw
254/7B -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Screw->        Service station type
254/7C -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Screw->        Platform type
254/8R -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK ->        Single throw lever
254/9R -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Single throw lever->        Toggle
254/9B -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Single throw lever ->        Toggle->        Service station type
254/9C -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Single throw lever ->        Toggle->        Platform type
254/10R -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Single throw lever->        Parallelogram bars
254/10B -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Single throw lever ->        Parallelogram bars->        Service station type
254/10C -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Single throw lever ->        Parallelogram bars->        Platform type
254/8B -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Single throw lever->        Service station type
254/8C -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK  ->        Single throw lever->        Platform type
254/2B -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK ->        Service station type
254/2C -> 2R HOISTING TRUCK ->        Platform type
254/10.5 METALLIC SPRING STRETCHER AND/OR COMPRESSOR (E.G., LEAF, HELICAL, OR COIL SPRINGS)
254/11 FLOOR JACK TYPE
254/12 -> 11 FLOOR JACK TYPE ->        Rack and pinion or segment
254/13 -> 11 FLOOR JACK TYPE ->        Screw
254/14 -> 11 FLOOR JACK TYPE ->        Step-by-step traveling member
254/15 -> 11 FLOOR JACK TYPE ->        Single-throw lever and bar
254/16 -> 11 FLOOR JACK TYPE  ->        Single-throw lever and bar->        Sliding bar
254/17 -> 11 FLOOR JACK TYPE ->        Single throw lever
254/18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE
254/19 -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE ->        Hammer and anvil
254/20 -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE ->        Screw
254/21 -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE ->        Single throw lever
254/22 -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE  ->        Single throw lever->        Lever and pivoted jaw grip
254/23 -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE  ->        Single throw lever->        Multiple jaw grip
254/24 -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE  ->        Single throw lever ->        Multiple jaw grip->        Cam or wedge actuated
254/25 -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE  ->        Single throw lever->        Claw bar
254/26R -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE  ->        Single throw lever ->        Claw bar->        Hammer
254/26E -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE  ->        Single throw lever ->        Claw bar ->        Hammer->        Extensible fulcrum
254/27 -> 18 NAIL EXTRACTOR TYPE  ->        Single throw lever ->        Claw bar->        Pivoted fulcrum member
254/28 STAPLE PULLER
254/28.5 THILL-COUPLING JACK
254/29R PIPE OR ROD JACK
254/30 -> 29R PIPE OR ROD JACK ->        Lifter
254/31 -> 29R PIPE OR ROD JACK  ->        Lifter->        Reciprocating clutch
254/29A -> 29R PIPE OR ROD JACK ->        Tie rod tensioner
254/32 AXLE-LUBRICATING JACK
254/33 CAR JOURNAL BOX LIFTING
254/34 -> 33 CAR JOURNAL BOX LIFTING ->        Suspended lifter
254/35 CAR-PUSHER TYPE
254/36 -> 35 CAR-PUSHER TYPE ->        Pinch bar
254/37 -> 35 CAR-PUSHER TYPE  ->        Pinch bar->        Rail clamping
254/38 -> 35 CAR-PUSHER TYPE  ->        Pinch bar->        Pivoted wheel engaging member
254/39 DOOR BRACE
254/40 PRINTER'S QUOINS
254/41 -> 40 PRINTER'S QUOINS ->        Screw
254/42 -> 40 PRINTER'S QUOINS ->        Wedge
254/43 RAIL OR TIE SHAFTER
254/44 -> 43 RAIL OR TIE SHAFTER ->        Single throw lever
254/45 VEHICLE-BODY LIFTERS
254/46 -> 45 VEHICLE-BODY LIFTERS ->        Lever and drum
254/47 -> 45 VEHICLE-BODY LIFTERS ->        Cable hoist
254/48 -> 45 VEHICLE-BODY LIFTERS  ->        Cable hoist->        Vehicle attached drum
254/49 -> 45 VEHICLE-BODY LIFTERS ->        Swinging side bars
254/50 -> 45 VEHICLE-BODY LIFTERS  ->        Swinging side bars->        Single fixed pivot
254/50.1 RESILIENT TIRE-CASING SPREADERS
254/50.2 -> 50.1 RESILIENT TIRE-CASING SPREADERS ->        Spreader and tire casing relatively movable or rotatably mounted
254/50.3 -> 50.1 RESILIENT TIRE-CASING SPREADERS ->        Fluid pressure operated
254/50.4 -> 50.1 RESILIENT TIRE-CASING SPREADERS ->        With tire casing support
254/134.3R METHOD OR APPARATUS FOR PLACEMENT OF CONDUCTIVE WIRE
254/134.4 -> 134.3R METHOD OR APPARATUS FOR PLACEMENT OF CONDUCTIVE WIRE ->        By fluid pressure differential in conduit (e.g., parachute sucked through conduit)
254/134.5 -> 134.3R METHOD OR APPARATUS FOR PLACEMENT OF CONDUCTIVE WIRE ->        Tractor for pulling wire (e.g., battery-powered)
254/134.6 -> 134.3R METHOD OR APPARATUS FOR PLACEMENT OF CONDUCTIVE WIRE  ->        Tractor for pulling wire (e.g., battery-powered)->        Step-by-step type (e.g., by camming against messenger)
254/134.7 -> 134.3R METHOD OR APPARATUS FOR PLACEMENT OF CONDUCTIVE WIRE ->        Sectional members for fishing
254/134.3PA -> 134.3R METHOD OR APPARATUS FOR PLACEMENT OF CONDUCTIVE WIRE ->        Utility pole guide
254/134.3CL -> 134.3R METHOD OR APPARATUS FOR PLACEMENT OF CONDUCTIVE WIRE ->        Cable lashing
254/134.3FT -> 134.3R METHOD OR APPARATUS FOR PLACEMENT OF CONDUCTIVE WIRE ->        Conduit snakes
254/134.3SC -> 134.3R METHOD OR APPARATUS FOR PLACEMENT OF CONDUCTIVE WIRE ->        Submarine cable
254/199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES
254/200 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet)
254/201 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet)->        Including fluid or spring driven cylinder
254/202 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet)->        Including force transmitting cable and driven, rotatable, cable engaging drum
254/203 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet)->        Including driven, rotatable, floor covering engaging and pulling drum
254/204 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet)->        Including screw drive
254/205 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet)->        Including rack and pinion, or pinion segment, drive
254/206 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet)->        Including ratchet bar and driving pawl drive
254/207 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet) ->        Including ratchet bar and driving pawl drive->        Having plural, disparate, driving pawls
254/208 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet)->        Including rotatable, pulley wheel element and cable
254/209 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet)->        Including force transmitting, hand held and operated, lever
254/210 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet) ->        Including force transmitting, hand held and operated, lever->        With means attached thereto for sequentially, gripping, shifting, and releasing bar component
254/211 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet) ->        Including force transmitting, hand held and operated, lever->        With floor covering clamping means attached to lever
254/212 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Material comprises resilient floor covering (e.g., carpet) ->        Including force transmitting, hand held and operated, lever->        Having linearly shifting, guided component attached thereto
254/213 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable
254/214 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections
254/215 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections->        Juxtaposed to material or cable at single locus
254/216 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable->        Having pressure element spaced therefrom to confine material or cable thereagainst
254/217 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable->        Having ratchet wheel and interengaging pawl for driving drum
254/218 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable ->        Having ratchet wheel and interengaging pawl for driving drum->        Pawl pivots about fixed point on drive handle
254/219 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable->        Having intermeshing gears for driving drum
254/220 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable ->        Having intermeshing gears for driving drum->        Worm and worm wheel
254/221 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable->        With projections or apertures on drum for engagement with complementary formations on material or cable
254/222 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable->        With means for preventing or retarding rotation in at least one direction
254/223 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable ->        With means for preventing or retarding rotation in at least one direction->        Ratchet wheel or formation and pawl
254/224 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable->        With adjustable gripping device for attaching drum to rigid, in situ structure
254/225 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable->        With material or cable contacting infeed guide
254/226 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable ->        With material or cable contacting infeed guide->        Rotatable pulley wheel element
254/227 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including rotatably driven drum for engaging either material or force transmitting cable->        With ground-engaging support means
254/228 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including expansible chamber fluid motor drive
254/229 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including worm and worm wheel gear drive
254/230 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Includng rack and pinion, or pinion segment, drive
254/231 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including screw drive
254/232 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including screw drive->        Plural screws
254/233 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including screw drive ->        Plural screws->        Having plural, oppositely shifting, threaded riders
254/234 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including screw drive->        Having plural, oppositely shifting, threaded riders
254/235 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including screw drive->        Having ratchet wheel and pawl for driving screw
254/236 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including screw drive->        Having intermeshing gears for driving screw
254/237 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including ratchet bar and driving pawl drive
254/238 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including ratchet bar and driving pawl drive->        Having plural, disparate, driving pawls
254/239 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including ratchet bar and driving pawl drive ->        Having plural, disparate, driving pawls->        Plural ratchet formations
254/240 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including ratchet bar and driving pawl drive ->        Having plural, disparate, driving pawls ->        Plural ratchet formations->        Facing opposite directions
254/241 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including intermeshing gear drive
254/242 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including rotatable, pulley wheel element and cable
254/243 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep
254/244 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep->        Implement or apparatus includes bar component having plural holes and removable cooperating pins selectively engagable by lever
254/245 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep->        With means attached thereto for sequentially gripping, shifting, and releasing bar component
254/246 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep->        Having linearly shifting, guided component attached thereto
254/247 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        Having linearly shifting, guided component attached thereto->        With ratchet formation and locking pawl for maintaining relative positioning
254/248 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep->        With additional, hand held lever pivotally attached thereto for applying pulling force in opposite direction
254/249 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        With additional, hand held lever pivotally attached thereto for applying pulling force in opposite direction->        Having position locking means between levers
254/250 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep->        With camming means thereon, and pressure element spaced therefrom to confine material, or force transmitting cable, thereagainst
254/251 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable clamping means attached to and shifting with lever
254/252 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable clamping means attached to and shifting with lever->        Including cooperating, relatively stationary means for intermittently locking material or cable
254/253 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable clamping means attached to and shifting with lever->        Plural clamping means
254/254 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable clamping means attached to and shifting with lever ->        Plural clamping means->        Alternately clamping and pulling on material or cable
254/255 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable clamping means attached to and shifting with lever ->        Plural clamping means->        Attached by flexible connector
254/256 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable engaging means movably attached to and shifting with lever
254/257 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable engaging means movably attached to and shifting with lever->        Including cooperating, relatively stationary means for intermittently locking material or cable
254/258 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable engaging means movably attached to and shifting with lever->        Plural, movably attached engaging means
254/259 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable engaging means movably attached to and shifting with lever ->        Plural, movably attached engaging means->        Alternately engaging and pulling on material or cable
254/260 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep ->        With material, article, or force transmitting cable engaging means movably attached to and shifting with lever ->        Plural, movably attached engaging means->        Attached by flexible connector
254/261 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES  ->        Including either force transmitting, hand held and operated lever or animal powered sweep->        With means pivotally connected to lever and adapted to engage rigid, in situ structure
254/262 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including adjustable gripping device for attaching implement or apparatus to rigid, in situ structure
254/263 -> 199 PORTABLE IMPLEMENTS OR APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FLEXIBLE MATERIAL OR FOR EXTRACTING STUMPS OR POLES ->        Including ground engaging means for supporting implement or apparatus in plural, vertically spaced positions
254/84 TRAVERSING JACK
254/85 -> 84 TRAVERSING JACK ->        Screw
254/418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK
254/419 -> 418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK ->        Semi-trailer landing gear
254/420 -> 418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK ->        Attached to trailer tongue
254/421 -> 418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK ->        Turntable
254/422 -> 418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK ->        Rocking lever
254/423 -> 418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK ->        Hydraulic or pneumatic
254/424 -> 418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK ->        Screw actuated
254/425 -> 418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK  ->        Screw actuated->        Gear driven
254/426 -> 418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK ->        Cable actuated
254/427 -> 418 VEHICLE ATTACHED JACK ->        Rack and pinion
254/264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE
254/265 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE ->        Device includes driven, flexible, cable contacting belt
254/266 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum
254/267 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having rotational speed governor for generating control impulse to rotation retarding means or drive
254/268 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having mechanism, actuated by changes in position of drum relative to another component of device, for generating control impulse to rotation retarding means or drive
254/269 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having stationary mechanism, actuated by load or other obstruction on and traveling with cable, for generating control impulse to rotation retarding means or drive
254/270 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having cable contacted, supported, or attached mechanism for generating control impulse to retarding means or drive
254/271 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Having cable contacted, supported, or attached mechanism for generating control impulse to retarding means or drive->        With cable contacting component, on or adjacent to circumference of drum, shifted by segment of wound cable
254/272 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Having cable contacted, supported, or attached mechanism for generating control impulse to retarding means or drive->        With cable deflecting or path defining component shifted by cable when tension varies
254/273 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Having cable contacted, supported, or attached mechanism for generating control impulse to retarding means or drive ->        With cable deflecting or path defining component shifted by cable when tension varies->        Electricity or fluid utilized in transmittal of impulse
254/274 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having mechanism, linked to drum or rotating element of drive, for generating control impulse to rotation retarding means or motor when torque on drum varies
254/275 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Having mechanism, linked to drum or rotating element of drive, for generating control impulse to rotation retarding means or motor when torque on drum varies->        Electricity utilized in transmittal or impulse
254/276 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having mechanism, linked to drum and actuated by number of drum rotations, for generating control impulse to rotation retarding means or drive
254/277 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        With fluid or resilient shock absorbing or tension maintaining means attached to, supported by, or supporting guiding structure for cable
254/278 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections
254/279 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections->        With vehicle for supporting at least one drum
254/280 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        With vehicle for supporting at least one drum->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drums
254/281 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        With vehicle for supporting at least one drum ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drums->        Element repositionable relative to at least one of the drums
254/282 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        With vehicle for supporting at least one drum->        Drive for at least one drum includes motor of vehicle
254/283 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drums
254/284 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drums->        Element repositionable relative to at least one of the drums
254/285 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drums ->        Element repositionable relative to at least one of the drums->        Plural elements
254/286 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drums->        Plural elements
254/287 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections->        Juxtaposed to cable at single locus
254/288 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections->        With means affixing at least one drum to supporting base and allowing movement between drum and base
254/289 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        With means affixing at least one drum to supporting base and allowing movement between drum and base->        Movement engages or disengages drum from drive
254/290 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections->        Plural, distinct, drive motors
254/291 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Plural, distinct, drive motors->        Noncompressible fluid
254/292 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Plural, distinct, drive motors->        Electric
254/293 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections->        Each drum having plural, distinct drive sources or discrete drive trains
254/294 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains
254/295 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including intermeshing gears in drive
254/296 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive->        Worm and worm wheel
254/297 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive->        Epicyclic gear train having sun, intermediate (e.g., planet), and ring gears
254/298 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive->        Shiftable into and out of intermeshing engagement
254/299 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive->        Also including clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components
254/300 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive ->        Also including clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        With frictional brake assembly mechanically linked to, and operationally influenced by, clutch
254/301 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive ->        Also including clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        With additional axially shiftable clutch mechanism mechanically linked to, and operationally influenced by, first clutch
254/302 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive ->        Also including clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components ->        With additional axially shiftable clutch mechanism mechanically linked to, and operationally influenced by, first clutch->        Alternately transmitting power
254/303 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive ->        Also including clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        Fluid operated actuator shifts component
254/304 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive ->        Also including clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        Components having frictional contact surface
254/305 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive ->        Also including clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components ->        Components having frictional contact surface->        Truncated cone shaped
254/306 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive->        Also including ratchet wheel and driving pawl
254/307 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive ->        Also including ratchet wheel and driving pawl->        Plural driving pawls
254/308 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive ->        Also including ratchet wheel and driving pawl ->        Plural driving pawls->        Attached to rotatable disk or shaft
254/309 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive->        Also including clutch mechanism having rotatable, radially shiftable, power transmitting component
254/310 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including intermeshing gears in drive->        With means for preventing or retarding rotation of one or more drums in at least one direction
254/311 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including sprocket wheel and chain in drive
254/312 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including power transmitting pulley and rope or belt either in drive or in cable return means
254/313 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including contacting friction wheels having noncollinear axes of rotation in drive
254/314 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including expansible, noncombustible, fluid motor in drive (e.g., air, steam)
254/315 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including noncompressible fluid motor or pump in drive
254/316 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including electric motor in drive
254/317 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including clutch mechanism in drive having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components
254/318 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including clutch mechanism in drive having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        With frictional brake assembly mechanically linked to, and operationally influenced by, clutch
254/319 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including clutch mechanism in drive having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        Components having frictional contact surface
254/320 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including ratchet wheel and interengaging driving pawl in drive
254/321 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains->        Including means for preventing or retarding rotation of one or more drums in at least one direction
254/322 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Plural drums or drum with plural distinct sections ->        Having common drive source or mechanically interlinked drive trains ->        Including means for preventing or retarding rotation of one or more drums in at least one direction->        Frictional brake assembly having rotating, wheel structure and shiftable shoe or band
254/323 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        With vehicle for supporting drum
254/324 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        With vehicle for supporting drum->        Having arch-shaped body for straddling load
254/325 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        With vehicle for supporting drum->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drum
254/326 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        With vehicle for supporting drum ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drum->        Element repositionable relative to drum
254/327 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        With vehicle for supporting drum ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drum->        Plural elements
254/328 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        With vehicle for supporting drum->        Drive for drum includes motor of vehicle
254/329 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        With means affixing drum to supporting base and allowing relative movement therebetween
254/330 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        With means affixing drum to supporting base and allowing relative movement therebetween->        Movement engages or disengages drum from drive
254/331 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        With means affixing drum to supporting base and allowing relative movement therebetween->        Movement occurs along line collinear with rotational axis of drum during pulling of cable
254/332 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        With means affixing drum to supporting base and allowing relative movement therebetween->        Including pivotal, rotational, or swivel connection between drum and base
254/333 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having pressure element spaced from drum to confine cable thereagainst
254/334 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drum
254/335 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drum->        Element repositionable relative to drum
254/336 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drum ->        Element repositionable relative to drum->        Plural elements
254/337 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drum ->        Element repositionable relative to drum ->        Plural elements->        Cable supported
254/338 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Having rotatable, cable guiding, pulley wheel element spaced from drum->        Plural elements
254/339 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having plural, distinct drive sources or discrete drive trains
254/340 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Having plural, distinct drive sources or discrete drive trains->        Including two or more motors
254/341 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes rack and either pinion or pinion segment
254/342 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes intermeshing gears
254/343 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears->        Worm and worm wheel
254/344 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears->        Epicyclic gear arrangement including sun, intermediate (e.g., planet), and ring gears
254/345 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears->        Shiftable into and out of intermeshing engagement
254/346 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears->        Drive also includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components
254/347 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears ->        Drive also includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        With frictional brake assembly mechanically linked to, and operationally influenced by, clutch
254/348 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears ->        Drive also includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        With additional axially shiftable clutch mechanism mechanically linked to, and operationally influenced by, first clutch
254/349 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears ->        Drive also includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        Fluid operated actuator shifts component
254/350 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears ->        Drive also includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        Components having frictional contact surface
254/351 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears ->        Drive also includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components ->        Components having frictional contact surface->        Truncated cone shaped
254/352 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears->        Drive also includes ratchet wheel and driving pawl
254/353 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears ->        Drive also includes ratchet wheel and driving pawl->        Plural driving pawls
254/354 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears ->        Drive also includes ratchet wheel and driving pawl ->        Plural driving pawls->        Attached to rotatable disk or shaft
254/355 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears->        Drive also includes clutch mechanism having rotatable, radially shiftable, power transmitting component
254/356 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears->        With means for preventing or retarding rotation of drum in at least one direction
254/357 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes intermeshing gears ->        With means for preventing or retarding rotation of drum in at least one direction->        Ratchet wheel or formation and locking pawl
254/358 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes sprocket wheel and chain
254/359 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Either drive or cable return means includes power transmitting pulley and rope or belt
254/360 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes expansible, noncombustible, fluid motor (e.g., air, steam)
254/361 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes noncompressible fluid motor or pump
254/362 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes electric motor
254/363 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes contacting friction wheels having noncollinear axes of rotation
254/364 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Either drive or cable return means includes spring
254/365 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components
254/366 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        With frictional brake assembly mechanically linked to, and operationally influenced by, clutch
254/367 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        Fluid operated actuator shifts component
254/368 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Drive includes clutch mechanism having coaxial, rotatable, relatively shiftable axially, power transmitting components->        Components having frictional contact surface
254/369 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes ratchet wheel and interengaging driving pawl
254/370 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Drive includes clutch mechanism having rotatable, radially shiftable, power transmitting component
254/371 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        With means on circumference of drum, or relatively movable drum components, for grasping cable
254/372 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        With projections or apertures on drum for engagement with complementary structural formations on cable
254/373 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        With pickup or pushing means on circumference of drum for cooperating with structure attached to, or formed on, end of cable
254/374 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Having noncircular or varying diameter, cable contacting perimeter
254/375 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Including means for preventing or retarding rotation of drum in at least one direction
254/376 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Including means for preventing or retarding rotation of drum in at least one direction->        Ratchet wheel or formation and locking pawl
254/377 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Including means for preventing or retarding rotation of drum in at least one direction->        Fluid resistance brake
254/378 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Including means for preventing or retarding rotation of drum in at least one direction->        Frictional brake assembly having rotating, wheel structure and shiftable shoe or band
254/379 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum ->        Including means for preventing or retarding rotation of drum in at least one direction ->        Frictional brake assembly having rotating, wheel structure and shiftable shoe or band->        Having fluid actuator for shifting shoe or band
254/380 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        With portable housing for drum and hand manipulated means for removably fastening housing to supporting base or load
254/381 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        With structure (e.g., sweep, tree, yoke) adapting drum to be powered by draft animal
254/382 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        Including static receiver spaced from drum for storing pulled cable
254/383 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        Device includes rotatably driven, cable contacting drum->        With cable guard structure extending partly around and closely adjacent to drum
254/384 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE ->        Including hand held and operated lever with plural cable engaging means movably attached thereto for alternately contacting and pulling on cable
254/385 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE ->        With rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element attached to and reciprocated by driving component of device
254/386 -> 264 APPARATUS FOR HAULING OR HOISTING LOAD, INCLUDING DRIVEN DEVICE WHICH CONTACTS AND PULLS ON CABLE  ->        With rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element attached to and reciprocated by driving component of device->        Element reciprocated by expansible fluid motor
254/88 INCLINED PLANE LIFTER
254/89R MULTIPLE LIFTERS (E.G., VEHICLE LIFTS)
254/90 -> 89R MULTIPLE LIFTERS (E.G., VEHICLE LIFTS) ->        Track-straddling platform
254/91 -> 89R MULTIPLE LIFTERS (E.G., VEHICLE LIFTS) ->        Swinging platform
254/92 -> 89R MULTIPLE LIFTERS (E.G., VEHICLE LIFTS) ->        Screw
254/89H -> 89R MULTIPLE LIFTERS (E.G., VEHICLE LIFTS) ->        Fluid pressure
254/93R FLUID PRESSURE
254/93VA -> 93R FLUID PRESSURE ->        Vehicle attached
254/93L -> 93R FLUID PRESSURE ->        Service station lifts
254/93A -> 93R FLUID PRESSURE ->        Combined with screw
254/93HP -> 93R FLUID PRESSURE ->        Inflatable portable bags
254/93H -> 93R FLUID PRESSURE ->        Portable automobile jacks
254/94 ROCKING SUPPORTS
254/95 RACK AND PINION
254/96 -> 95 RACK AND PINION ->        Screw pinion
254/97 -> 95 RACK AND PINION ->        Geared
254/98 SCREW
254/99 -> 98 SCREW ->        Derrick type
254/100 -> 98 SCREW ->        Special engaging feature
254/101 -> 98 SCREW  ->        Special engaging feature->        Rocking head or base
254/102 -> 98 SCREW ->        Telescoping screws
254/103 -> 98 SCREW ->        Geared
254/104 WEDGE
254/105 STEP-BY-STEP TRAVELING BAR
254/106 -> 105 STEP-BY-STEP TRAVELING BAR ->        Clutch actuated
254/107 -> 105 STEP-BY-STEP TRAVELING BAR  ->        Clutch actuated->        Multiple driving clutches
254/108 -> 105 STEP-BY-STEP TRAVELING BAR ->        Pawl actuated
254/109 -> 105 STEP-BY-STEP TRAVELING BAR  ->        Pawl actuated->        Multiple driving pawls
254/110 -> 105 STEP-BY-STEP TRAVELING BAR  ->        Pawl actuated ->        Multiple driving pawls->        Reversing
254/111 -> 105 STEP-BY-STEP TRAVELING BAR  ->        Pawl actuated->        Reversing
254/112 -> 105 STEP-BY-STEP TRAVELING BAR ->        Rack and lever
254/113 SINGLE THROW LEVER AND BAR
254/114 -> 113 SINGLE THROW LEVER AND BAR ->        Sliding bar
254/115 -> 113 SINGLE THROW LEVER AND BAR  ->        Sliding bar->        Rack bar and segment
254/116 -> 113 SINGLE THROW LEVER AND BAR  ->        Sliding bar->        Adjustable
254/117 -> 113 SINGLE THROW LEVER AND BAR  ->        Sliding bar ->        Adjustable->        Lateral shoe
254/118 -> 113 SINGLE THROW LEVER AND BAR  ->        Sliding bar ->        Adjustable->        Rack bar
254/119 -> 113 SINGLE THROW LEVER AND BAR ->        Adjustable
254/120 SINGLE THROW LEVER
254/121 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER ->        Rail or tie lifter
254/122 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER ->        Lazy tongs
254/123 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER ->        Lever-supported thrust bar
254/124 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER ->        Mechanically actuated
254/126 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER  ->        Mechanically actuated->        Screw
254/127 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER  ->        Mechanically actuated->        Cable
254/128 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER  ->        Mechanically actuated ->        Cable->        Block and tackle
254/129 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER ->        Adjustable
254/130 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER  ->        Adjustable->        Multiple fulcrums
254/131 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER ->        Special engaging feature
254/131.5 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER  ->        Special engaging feature->        Fulcrumed fork or shovel
254/132 -> 120 SINGLE THROW LEVER  ->        Special engaging feature->        Root puller type
254/387 LOAD ENGAGING MEMBER AND POWER TRANSMITTING CABLE FOR SHIFTING MEMBER RELATIVE TO STRUCTURE WHICH CONTACTS AND GUIDES MEMBER
254/133R SPECIAL ENGAGING ELEMENTS
254/134 -> 133R SPECIAL ENGAGING ELEMENTS ->        Adjustable
254/133A -> 133R SPECIAL ENGAGING ELEMENTS ->        Sharing props (nonhydraulic)
254/388 MEANS SUPPORTED BY, AND MAINTAINING RELATIVE SPACING BETWEEN, LONGITUDINAL RUNS OF AN ENDLESS LOAD MOVING CABLE
254/389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE
254/390 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element
254/391 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element->        With mechanism for retarding or preventing cable movement or element rotation
254/392 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element->        With fluid, shock absorbing or tension restoring mechanism connected thereto
254/393 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions
254/394 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions->        At least two of the elements having noncollinear axes of rotation
254/395 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions ->        At least two of the elements having noncollinear axes of rotation->        Juxtaposed to cable at single locus
254/396 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions ->        At least two of the elements having noncollinear axes of rotation ->        Juxtaposed to cable at single locus->        Having juxtaposed elements repositionable relative to one another
254/397 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions ->        At least two of the elements having noncollinear axes of rotation ->        Juxtaposed to cable at single locus->        Including additional element spaced along cable path
254/398 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions ->        At least two of the elements having noncollinear axes of rotation->        Having one element repositionable relative to another element
254/399 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions ->        At least two of the elements having noncollinear axes of rotation ->        Having one element repositionable relative to another element->        Repositionable element supported by cable (e.g., traveling block)
254/400 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions ->        At least two of the elements having noncollinear axes of rotation->        Having axes perpendicular or skewed
254/401 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions->        With portable block for elements and hand manipulated means for removably fastening block to support base or load
254/402 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions ->        With portable block for elements and hand manipulated means for removably fastening block to support base or load->        Having portion of block repositionable for insertion or removal of cable or for exposure of elements
254/403 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions ->        With portable block for elements and hand manipulated means for removably fastening block to support base or load->        With guard or guide for maintaining cable on elements
254/404 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        Plural elements or element with plural cable contacting regions ->        With portable block for elements and hand manipulated means for removably fastening block to support base or load->        Including antifriction means for elements
254/405 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element->        With block for element and portion thereof repositionable for insertion or removal of cable or for exposure of element
254/406 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        With block for element and portion thereof repositionable for insertion or removal of cable or for exposure of element->        Portion revolves about axis of rotation of element
254/407 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element->        With means, or element structure, enabling object or obstruction on cable to bypass or travel over element
254/408 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element->        With block for element having stationary portion adapted to coact with element to grip cable
254/409 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element->        With portable block for element and hand manipulated means for removably fastening block to support or load
254/410 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        With portable block for element and hand manipulated means for removably fastening block to support or load->        Fastening means remotely operable or breakaway type
254/411 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        With portable block for element and hand manipulated means for removably fastening block to support or load->        With guard or guide for maintaining cable on element
254/412 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        With portable block for element and hand manipulated means for removably fastening block to support or load->        Including antifriction means for element
254/413 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element->        With means for affixing element to support base and allowing relative movement therebetween
254/414 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        With means for affixing element to support base and allowing relative movement therebetween->        Including elastic member
254/415 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element ->        With means for affixing element to support base and allowing relative movement therebetween->        Including pivotal, rotational, or swivel connection
254/416 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE  ->        Including rotatable, cable contacting, pulley wheel element->        With antifriction means for element
254/417 -> 389 DEVICE OR MEMBER FOR CONTACTING AND GUIDING MOVING CABLE ->        Having cable contacting portion revolving around another component of device
254/900 CABLE PULLING DRUM HAVING WAVE MOTION RESPONSIVE ACTUATOR FOR OPERATING DRIVE OR ROTATION RETARDING MEANS
254/901 ANTIFRICTION MEANS FOR CABLE PULLING DRUM
254/902 EITHER DRUM, PULLEY WHEEL ELEMENT, OR CABLE CONSTRUCTED FROM SPECIFIC MATERIAL
254/903 YIELDABLE, CONSTANT ENGAGEMENT, FRICTION COUPLING (E.G., SLIP CLUTCH) IN DRIVE FOR CABLE PULLING DRUM
257/1 BULK EFFECT DEVICE
257/2 -> 1 BULK EFFECT DEVICE ->        Bulk effect switching in amorphous material
257/3 -> 1 BULK EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Bulk effect switching in amorphous material->        With means to localize region of conduction (e.g., "pore" structure)
257/4 -> 1 BULK EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Bulk effect switching in amorphous material->        With specified electrode composition or configuration
257/5 -> 1 BULK EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Bulk effect switching in amorphous material->        In array
257/6 -> 1 BULK EFFECT DEVICE ->        Intervalley transfer (e.g., Gunn effect)
257/7 -> 1 BULK EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Intervalley transfer (e.g., Gunn effect)->        In monolithic integrated circuit
257/8 -> 1 BULK EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Intervalley transfer (e.g., Gunn effect)->        Three or more terminal device
257/9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)
257/10 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE) ->        Low workfunction layer for electron emission (e.g., photocathode electron emissive layer)
257/11 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Low workfunction layer for electron emission (e.g., photocathode electron emissive layer)->        Combined with a heterojunction involving a III-V compound
257/12 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE) ->        Heterojunction
257/13 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction->        Incoherent light emitter
257/14 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction->        Quantum well
257/15 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well->        Superlattice
257/16 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well ->        Superlattice->        Of amorphous semiconductor material
257/17 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well ->        Superlattice->        With particular barrier dimension
257/18 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well ->        Superlattice->        Strained layer superlattice
257/19 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well ->        Superlattice ->        Strained layer superlattice->        Si x Ge 1-x
257/20 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well ->        Superlattice->        Field effect device
257/21 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well ->        Superlattice->        Light responsive structure
257/22 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well ->        Superlattice->        With specified semiconductor materials
257/23 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well->        Current flow across well
257/24 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well->        Field effect device
257/25 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Quantum well->        Employing resonant tunneling
257/26 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction->        Ballistic transport device
257/27 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Heterojunction ->        Ballistic transport device->        Field effect transistor
257/28 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE) ->        Non-heterojunction superlattice (e.g., doping superlattice or alternating metal and insulator layers)
257/29 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE) ->        Ballistic transport device (e.g., hot electron transistor)
257/30 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE) ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity
257/31 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity->        Josephson
257/32 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity ->        Josephson->        Particular electrode material
257/33 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity ->        Josephson ->        Particular electrode material->        High temperature (i.e., >30o Kelvin)
257/34 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity ->        Josephson->        Weak link (e.g., narrowed portion of superconductive line)
257/35 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity ->        Josephson->        Particular barrier material
257/36 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity ->        Josephson->        With additional electrode to control conductive state of Josephson junction
257/37 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity->        At least one electrode layer of semiconductor material
257/38 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity ->        At least one electrode layer of semiconductor material->        Three or more electrode device
257/39 -> 9 THIN ACTIVE PHYSICAL LAYER WHICH IS (1) AN ACTIVE POTENTIAL WELL LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO ESTABLISH DISCRETE QUANTUM ENERGY LEVELS OR (2) AN ACTIVE BARRIER LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT QUANTUM MECHANICAL TUNNELING OR (3) AN ACTIVE LAYER THIN ENOUGH TO PERMIT CARRIER TRANSMISSION WITH SUBSTANTIALLY NO SCATTERING (E.G., SUPERLATTICE QUANTUM WELL, OR BALLISTIC TRANSPORT DEVICE)  ->        Tunneling through region of reduced conductivity->        Three or more electrode device
257/40 ORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL
257/41 POINT CONTACT DEVICE
257/42 SEMICONDUCTOR IS SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM IN ELEMENTAL FORM
257/43 SEMICONDUCTOR IS AN OXIDE OF A METAL (E.G., CUO, ZNO) OR COPPER SULFIDE
257/44 WITH METAL CONTACT ALLOYED TO ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTOR TYPE PN JUNCTION IN NONREGENERATIVE STRUCTURE
257/45 -> 44 WITH METAL CONTACT ALLOYED TO ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTOR TYPE PN JUNCTION IN NONREGENERATIVE STRUCTURE ->        Elongated alloyed region (e.g., thermal gradient zone melting, TGZM)
257/46 -> 44 WITH METAL CONTACT ALLOYED TO ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTOR TYPE PN JUNCTION IN NONREGENERATIVE STRUCTURE ->        In pn junction tunnel diode (Esaki diode)
257/47 -> 44 WITH METAL CONTACT ALLOYED TO ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTOR TYPE PN JUNCTION IN NONREGENERATIVE STRUCTURE ->        In bipolar transistor structure
257/48 TEST OR CALIBRATION STRUCTURE
257/49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)
257/50 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION) ->        Non-single crystal, or recrystallized, active junction adapted to be electrically shorted (e.g., "anti-fuse" element)
257/51 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION) ->        Non-single crystal, or recrystallized, material forms active junction with single crystal material (e.g., monocrystal to polycrystal pn junction or heterojunction)
257/52 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION) ->        Amorphous semiconductor material
257/53 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material->        Responsive to nonelectrical external signals (e.g., light)
257/54 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material ->        Responsive to nonelectrical external signals (e.g., light)->        With Schottky barrier to amorphous material
257/55 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material ->        Responsive to nonelectrical external signals (e.g., light)->        Amorphous semiconductor is alloy or contains material to change band gap (e.g., Si x Ge 1-x , SiN y )
257/56 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material ->        Responsive to nonelectrical external signals (e.g., light)->        With impurity other than hydrogen to passivate dangling bonds (e.g., halide)
257/57 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material->        Field effect device in amorphous semiconductor material
257/58 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material ->        Field effect device in amorphous semiconductor material->        With impurity other than hydrogen to passivate dangling bonds (e.g., halide)
257/59 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material ->        Field effect device in amorphous semiconductor material->        In array having structure for use as imager or display, or with transparent electrode
257/60 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material ->        Field effect device in amorphous semiconductor material->        With field electrode under or on a side edge of amorphous semiconductor material (e.g., vertical current path)
257/61 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material ->        Field effect device in amorphous semiconductor material->        With heavily doped regions contacting amorphous semiconductor material (e.g., heavily doped source and drain)
257/62 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material->        With impurity other than hydrogen to passivate dangling bonds (e.g., halide)
257/63 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor material->        Amorphous semiconductor is alloy or contains material to change band gap (e.g., Si x Ge 1-x , SiN y )
257/64 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION) ->        Non-single crystal, or recrystallized, material with specified crystal structure (e.g., specified crystal size or orientation)
257/65 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION) ->        Non-single crystal, or recrystallized, material containing non-dopant additive, or alloy of semiconductor materials (e.g., Ge x Si 1- x, polycrystalline silicon with dangling bond modifier)
257/66 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION) ->        Field effect device in non-single crystal, or recrystallized, Semiconductor material
257/67 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Field effect device in non-single crystal, or recrystallized, Semiconductor material->        In combination with device formed in single crystal semiconductor material (e.g., stacked FETs)
257/68 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Field effect device in non-single crystal, or recrystallized, Semiconductor material ->        In combination with device formed in single crystal semiconductor material (e.g., stacked FETs)->        Capacitor element in single crystal semiconductor (e.g., DRAM)
257/69 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Field effect device in non-single crystal, or recrystallized, Semiconductor material ->        In combination with device formed in single crystal semiconductor material (e.g., stacked FETs)->        Field effect transistor in single crystal material, complementary to that in non-single crystal, or recrystallized, material (e.g., CMOS)
257/70 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Field effect device in non-single crystal, or recrystallized, Semiconductor material ->        In combination with device formed in single crystal semiconductor material (e.g., stacked FETs)->        Recrystallized semiconductor material
257/71 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Field effect device in non-single crystal, or recrystallized, Semiconductor material->        In combination with capacitor element (e.g., DRAM)
257/72 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION)  ->        Field effect device in non-single crystal, or recrystallized, Semiconductor material->        In array having structure for use as imager or display, or with transparent electrode
257/73 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION) ->        Schottky barrier to polycrystalline semiconductor material
257/74 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION) ->        Plural recrystallized semiconductor layers (e.g., "3-dimensional integrated circuit")
257/75 -> 49 NON-SINGLE CRYSTAL, OR RECRYSTALLIZED, SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL FORMS PART OF ACTIVE JUNCTION (INCLUDING FIELD-INDUCED ACTIVE JUNCTION) ->        Recrystallized semiconductor material
257/76 SPECIFIED WIDE BAND GAP (1.5EV) SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL OTHER THAN GAASP OR GAALAS
257/77 -> 76 SPECIFIED WIDE BAND GAP (1.5EV) SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL OTHER THAN GAASP OR GAALAS ->        Diamond or silicon carbide
257/78 -> 76 SPECIFIED WIDE BAND GAP (1.5EV) SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL OTHER THAN GAASP OR GAALAS ->        II-VI compound
257/79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE
257/80 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        In combination with or also constituting light responsive device
257/81 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        In combination with or also constituting light responsive device->        With specific housing or contact structure
257/82 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        In combination with or also constituting light responsive device ->        With specific housing or contact structure->        Discrete light emitting and light responsive devices
257/83 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        In combination with or also constituting light responsive device->        Light coupled transistor structure
257/84 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        In combination with or also constituting light responsive device->        Combined in integrated structure
257/85 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        In combination with or also constituting light responsive device ->        Combined in integrated structure->        With heterojunction
257/86 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        Active layer of indirect band gap semiconductor
257/87 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        Active layer of indirect band gap semiconductor->        With means to facilitate electron-hole recombination (e.g., isoelectronic traps such as nitrogen in GaP)
257/88 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        Plural light emitting devices (e.g., matrix, 7-segment array)
257/89 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        Plural light emitting devices (e.g., matrix, 7-segment array)->        Multi-color emission
257/90 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        Plural light emitting devices (e.g., matrix, 7-segment array) ->        Multi-color emission->        With heterojunction
257/91 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        Plural light emitting devices (e.g., matrix, 7-segment array)->        With shaped contacts or opaque masking
257/92 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        Plural light emitting devices (e.g., matrix, 7-segment array)->        Alphanumeric segmented array
257/93 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        Plural light emitting devices (e.g., matrix, 7-segment array)->        With electrical isolation means in integrated circuit structure
257/94 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        With heterojunction
257/95 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        With heterojunction->        With contoured external surface (e.g., dome shape to facilitate light emission)
257/96 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        With heterojunction->        Plural heterojunctions in same device
257/97 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE  ->        With heterojunction ->        Plural heterojunctions in same device->        More than two heterojunctions in same device
257/98 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        With reflector, opaque mask, or optical element (e.g., lens, optical fiber, index of refraction matching layer, luminescent material layer, filter) integral with device or device enclosure or package
257/99 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        With housing or contact structure
257/100 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        Encapsulated
257/101 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        With particular dopant concentration or concentration profile (e.g., graded junction)
257/102 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        With particular dopant material (e.g., zinc as dopant in GaAs)
257/103 -> 79 INCOHERENT LIGHT EMITTER STRUCTURE ->        With particular semiconductor material
257/104 TUNNELING PN JUNCTION (E.G., ESAKI DIODE) DEVICE
257/105 -> 104 TUNNELING PN JUNCTION (E.G., ESAKI DIODE) DEVICE ->        In three or more terminal device
257/106 -> 104 TUNNELING PN JUNCTION (E.G., ESAKI DIODE) DEVICE ->        Reverse bias tunneling structure (e.g., "backward" diode, true Zener diode)
257/107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)
257/108 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Controlled by nonelectrical, nonoptical external signal (e.g., magnetic field, pressure, thermal)
257/109 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Having only two terminals and no control electrode (gate), e.g., Shockley diode
257/110 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Having only two terminals and no control electrode (gate), e.g., Shockley diode->        More than four semiconductor layers of alternating conductivity types (e.g., pnpnpn structure, 5 layer bidirectional diacs, etc.)
257/111 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Having only two terminals and no control electrode (gate), e.g., Shockley diode->        Triggered by V BO overvoltage means
257/112 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Having only two terminals and no control electrode (gate), e.g., Shockley diode->        With highly-doped breakdown diode trigger
257/113 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        With light activation
257/114 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With light activation->        With separate light detector integrated on chip with regenerative switching device
257/115 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With light activation->        With electrical trigger signal amplification means (e.g., amplified gate, "pilot thyristor", etc.)
257/116 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With light activation->        With light conductor means (e.g., light fiber or light pipe) integral with device or device enclosure or package
257/117 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With light activation ->        With light conductor means (e.g., light fiber or light pipe) integral with device or device enclosure or package->        In groove or with thinned semiconductor portion
257/118 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With light activation->        With groove or thinned light sensitive portion
257/119 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)
257/120 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)->        Six or more semiconductor layers of alternating conductivity types (e.g., npnpnpn structure)
257/121 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)->        With diode or transistor in reverse path
257/122 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)->        Lateral
257/123 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)->        With trigger signal amplification (e.g., amplified gate)
257/124 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)->        Combined with field effect transistor structure
257/125 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac) ->        Combined with field effect transistor structure->        Controllable emitter shunting
257/126 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)->        With means to separate a device into sections having different conductive polarity
257/127 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac) ->        With means to separate a device into sections having different conductive polarity->        Guard ring or groove
257/128 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)->        Having overlapping sections of different conductive polarity
257/129 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)->        With means to increase reverse breakdown voltage
257/130 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac)->        Switching speed enhancement means
257/131 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (gate) (e.g., Triac) ->        Switching speed enhancement means->        Recombination centers or deep level dopants
257/132 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Five or more layer unidirectional structure
257/133 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Combined with field effect transistor
257/134 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor->        J-FET (junction field effect transistor)
257/135 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor ->        J-FET (junction field effect transistor)->        Vertical (i.e., where the source is located above the drain or vice versa)
257/136 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor ->        J-FET (junction field effect transistor) ->        Vertical (i.e., where the source is located above the drain or vice versa)->        Enhancement mode (e.g., so-called SITs)
257/137 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor->        Having controllable emitter shunt
257/138 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor ->        Having controllable emitter shunt->        Having gate turn off (GTO) feature
257/139 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., COMFET device)
257/140 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., COMFET device)->        Combined with other solid-state active device in integrated structure
257/141 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., COMFET device)->        Lateral structure, i.e., current flow parallel to main device surface
257/142 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., COMFET device)->        Having impurity doping for gain reduction
257/143 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., COMFET device)->        Having anode shunt means
257/144 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., COMFET device)->        Cathode emitter or cathode electrode feature
257/145 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Combined with field effect transistor ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., COMFET device)->        Low impedance channel contact extends below surface
257/146 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Combined with other solid-state active device in integrated structure
257/147 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., gate turn off "GTO" device)
257/148 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., gate turn off "GTO" device)->        Having impurity doping for gain reduction
257/149 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., gate turn off "GTO" device)->        Having anode shunt means
257/150 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., gate turn off "GTO" device)->        With specified housing or external terminal
257/151 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., gate turn off "GTO" device) ->        With specified housing or external terminal->        External gate terminal structure or composition
257/152 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., gate turn off "GTO" device)->        Cathode emitter or cathode electrode feature
257/153 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With extended latchup current level (e.g., gate turn off "GTO" device)->        Gate region or electrode feature
257/154 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        With resistive region connecting separate sections of device
257/155 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        With switching speed enhancement means (e.g., Schottky contact)
257/156 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With switching speed enhancement means (e.g., Schottky contact)->        Having deep level dopants or recombination centers
257/157 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        With integrated trigger signal amplification means (e.g., amplified gate, "pilot thyristor", etc.)
257/158 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With integrated trigger signal amplification means (e.g., amplified gate, "pilot thyristor", etc.)->        Three or more amplification stages
257/159 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With integrated trigger signal amplification means (e.g., amplified gate, "pilot thyristor", etc.)->        Transistor as amplifier
257/160 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With integrated trigger signal amplification means (e.g., amplified gate, "pilot thyristor", etc.)->        With distributed amplified current
257/161 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With integrated trigger signal amplification means (e.g., amplified gate, "pilot thyristor", etc.)->        With a turn-off diode
257/162 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Lateral structure
257/163 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Emitter region feature
257/164 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Emitter region feature->        Multi-emitter region (e.g., emitter geometry or emitter ballast resistor)
257/165 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Emitter region feature ->        Multi-emitter region (e.g., emitter geometry or emitter ballast resistor)->        Laterally symmetric regions
257/166 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Emitter region feature ->        Multi-emitter region (e.g., emitter geometry or emitter ballast resistor)->        Radially symmetric regions
257/167 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Having at least four external electrodes
257/168 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        With means to increase breakdown voltage
257/169 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With means to increase breakdown voltage->        High resistivity base layer
257/170 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With means to increase breakdown voltage->        Surface feature (e.g., guard ring, groove, mesa, etc.)
257/171 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With means to increase breakdown voltage ->        Surface feature (e.g., guard ring, groove, mesa, etc.)->        Edge feature (e.g., beveled edge)
257/172 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        With means to lower "ON" voltage drop
257/173 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        Device protection (e.g., from overvoltage)
257/174 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        Device protection (e.g., from overvoltage)->        Rate of rise of current (e.g., dI/dt)
257/175 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        With means to control triggering (e.g., gate electrode configuration, Zener diode firing, dV/Dt control, transient control by ferrite bead, etc.)
257/176 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With means to control triggering (e.g., gate electrode configuration, Zener diode firing, dV/Dt control, transient control by ferrite bead, etc.)->        Located in an emitter-gate region
257/177 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR) ->        With housing or external electrode
257/178 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With housing or external electrode->        With means to avoid stress between electrode and active device (e.g., thermal expansion matching of electrode to semiconductor)
257/179 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With housing or external electrode ->        With means to avoid stress between electrode and active device (e.g., thermal expansion matching of electrode to semiconductor)->        With malleable electrode (e.g., silver electrode layer)
257/180 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With housing or external electrode->        Stud mount
257/181 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With housing or external electrode->        With large area flexible electrodes in press contact with opposite sides of active semiconductor chip and surrounded by an insulating element, (e.g., ring)
257/182 -> 107 REGENERATIVE TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, COMFET, THYRISTOR)  ->        With housing or external electrode ->        With large area flexible electrodes in press contact with opposite sides of active semiconductor chip and surrounded by an insulating element, (e.g., ring)->        With lead feedthrough means on side of housing
257/183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE
257/183.1 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        Charge transfer device
257/184 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        Light responsive structure
257/185 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE  ->        Light responsive structure->        Staircase (including graded composition) device
257/186 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE  ->        Light responsive structure->        Avalanche photodetection structure
257/187 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE  ->        Light responsive structure->        Having transistor structure
257/188 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE  ->        Light responsive structure->        Having narrow energy band gap (<<1eV) layer (e.g., PbSnTe, HgCdTe, etc.)
257/189 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE  ->        Light responsive structure ->        Having narrow energy band gap (<<1eV) layer (e.g., PbSnTe, HgCdTe, etc.)->        Layer is a group III-V semiconductor compound
257/190 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        With lattice constant mismatch (e.g., with buffer layer to accommodate mismatch)
257/191 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        Having graded composition
257/192 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        Field effect transistor
257/194 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE  ->        Field effect transistor->        Doping on side of heterojunction with lower carrier affinity (e.g., high electron mobility transistor (HEMT))
257/195 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE  ->        Field effect transistor ->        Doping on side of heterojunction with lower carrier affinity (e.g., high electron mobility transistor (HEMT))->        Combined with diverse type device
257/196 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        Both semiconductors of the heterojunction are the same conductivity type (i.e., either n or p)
257/197 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        Bipolar transistor
257/198 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE  ->        Bipolar transistor->        Wide band gap emitter
257/199 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        Avalanche diode (e.g., so-called "Zener" diode having breakdown voltage greater than 6 volts, including heterojunction IMPATT type microwave diodes)
257/200 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        Heterojunction formed between semiconductor materials which differ in that they belong to different periodic table groups (e.g., Ge (group IV) - GaAs (group III-V) or InP (group III-V) - CdTe (group II-VI))
257/201 -> 183 HETEROJUNCTION DEVICE ->        Between different group IV-VI or II-VI or III-V compounds other than GaAs/GaAlAs
257/202 GATE ARRAYS
257/203 -> 202 GATE ARRAYS ->        With particular chip input/output means
257/204 -> 202 GATE ARRAYS ->        Having specific type of active device (e.g., CMOS)
257/205 -> 202 GATE ARRAYS  ->        Having specific type of active device (e.g., CMOS)->        With bipolar transistors or with FETs of only one channel conductivity type (e.g., enhancement-depletion FETs)
257/206 -> 202 GATE ARRAYS  ->        Having specific type of active device (e.g., CMOS)->        Particular layout of complementary FETs with regard to each other
257/207 -> 202 GATE ARRAYS ->        With particular power supply distribution means
257/208 -> 202 GATE ARRAYS ->        With particular signal path connections
257/209 -> 202 GATE ARRAYS  ->        With particular signal path connections->        Programmable signal paths (e.g., with fuse elements, laser programmable, etc)
257/210 -> 202 GATE ARRAYS  ->        With particular signal path connections->        With wiring channel area
257/211 -> 202 GATE ARRAYS  ->        With particular signal path connections->        Multi-level metallization
257/212 CONDUCTIVITY MODULATION DEVICE (E.G., UNIJUNCTION TRANSISTOR, DOUBLE-BASE DIODE, CONDUCTIVITY-MODULATED TRANSISTOR)
257/213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE
257/214 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE ->        Charge injection device
257/215 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE ->        Charge transfer device
257/216 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or peristaltic)
257/217 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or peristaltic)->        Having a conductive means in direct contact with channel (e.g., non-insulated gate)
257/218 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or peristaltic)->        High resistivity channel (e.g., accumulation mode) or surface channel (e.g., transfer of signal charge occurs at the surface of the semiconductor) or minority carriers at input (i.e., surface channel input)
257/219 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or peristaltic)->        Impurity concentration variation
257/220 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or peristaltic) ->        Impurity concentration variation->        Vertically within channel (e.g., profiled)
257/221 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or peristaltic) ->        Impurity concentration variation->        Along the length of the channel (e.g., doping variations for transfer directionality)
257/222 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or peristaltic)->        Responsive to non-electrical external signal (e.g., imager)
257/223 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or peristaltic) ->        Responsive to non-electrical external signal (e.g., imager)->        Having structure to improve output signal (e.g., antiblooming drain)
257/224 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, or peristaltic)->        Channel confinement
257/225 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.)
257/226 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.)->        Sensor element and charge transfer device are of different materials or on different substrates (e.g., "hybrid")
257/227 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.)->        With specified dopant (e.g., photoionizable, "extrinsic" detectors for infrared)
257/228 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.)->        Light responsive, back illuminated
257/229 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.)->        Having structure to improve output signal (e.g., exposure control structure)
257/230 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.) ->        Having structure to improve output signal (e.g., exposure control structure)->        With blooming suppression structure
257/231 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.)->        2-dimensional area architecture
257/232 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.) ->        2-dimensional area architecture->        Having alternating strips of sensor structures and register structures (e.g., interline imager)
257/233 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.) ->        2-dimensional area architecture->        Sensors not overlaid by electrode (e.g., photodiodes)
257/234 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Non-electrical input responsive (e.g., light responsive imager, input programmed by size of storage sites for use as a read-only memory, etc.)->        Single strip of sensors (e.g., linear imager)
257/235 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Electrical input
257/236 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Electrical input->        Signal applied to field effect electrode
257/237 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Electrical input ->        Signal applied to field effect electrode->        Charge-presetting/linear input type (e.g., fill and spill)
257/238 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Electrical input->        Input signal responsive to signal charge in charge transfer device (e.g., regeneration or feedback)
257/239 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Signal charge detection type (e.g., floating diffusion or floating gate non-destructive output)
257/240 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Changing width or direction of channel (e.g., meandering channel)
257/241 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Multiple channels (e.g., converging or diverging or parallel channels)
257/242 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Vertical charge transfer
257/243 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Channel confinement
257/244 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Comprising a groove
257/245 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Structure for applying electric field into device (e.g., resistive electrode, acoustic traveling wave in channel)
257/246 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Structure for applying electric field into device (e.g., resistive electrode, acoustic traveling wave in channel)->        Phase structure (e.g., doping variations to provide asymmetry for 2-phase operationSEMI more than four phases or "electrode per bit")
257/247 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Structure for applying electric field into device (e.g., resistive electrode, acoustic traveling wave in channel) ->        Phase structure (e.g., doping variations to provide asymmetry for 2-phase operationSEMI more than four phases or "electrode per bit")->        Uniphase or virtual phase structure
257/248 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Structure for applying electric field into device (e.g., resistive electrode, acoustic traveling wave in channel) ->        Phase structure (e.g., doping variations to provide asymmetry for 2-phase operationSEMI more than four phases or "electrode per bit")->        2-phase
257/249 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Structure for applying electric field into device (e.g., resistive electrode, acoustic traveling wave in channel)->        Electrode structures or materials
257/250 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device ->        Structure for applying electric field into device (e.g., resistive electrode, acoustic traveling wave in channel) ->        Electrode structures or materials->        Plural gate levels
257/251 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Charge transfer device->        Substantially incomplete signal charge transfer (e.g., bucket brigade)
257/252 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE ->        Responsive to non-optical, non-electrical signal
257/253 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Responsive to non-optical, non-electrical signal->        Chemical (e.g., ISFET, CHEMFET)
257/254 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Responsive to non-optical, non-electrical signal->        Physical deformation (e.g., strain sensor, acoustic wave detector)
257/255 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE ->        With current flow along specified crystal axis (e.g., axis of maximum carrier mobility)
257/256 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)
257/257 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Light responsive or combined with light responsive device
257/258 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Light responsive or combined with light responsive device->        In imaging array
257/259 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Elongated active region acts as transmission line or distributed active element (e.g., "transmission line" field effect transistor)
257/260 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Same channel controlled by both junction and insulated gate electrodes, or by both Schottky barrier and pn junction gates (e.g., "taper isolated" memory cell)
257/261 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Junction gate region free of direct electrical connection (e.g., floating junction gate memory cell structure)
257/262 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Combined with insulated gate field effect transistor (IGFET)
257/263 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Vertical controlled current path
257/264 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Vertical controlled current path->        Enhancement mode or with high resistivity channel (e.g., doping of 10 15 cm -3 or less)
257/265 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Vertical controlled current path->        In integrated circuit
257/266 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Vertical controlled current path->        With multiple parallel current paths (e.g., grid gate)
257/267 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Vertical controlled current path ->        With multiple parallel current paths (e.g., grid gate)->        With Schottky barrier gate
257/268 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Enhancement mode
257/269 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Enhancement mode->        With means to adjust barrier height (e.g., doping profile)
257/270 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Plural, separately connected, gates control same channel region
257/271 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Load element or constant current source (e.g., with source to gate connection)
257/272 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Junction field effect transistor in integrated circuit
257/273 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Junction field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        With bipolar device
257/274 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Junction field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        Complementary junction field effect transistors
257/275 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Junction field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        Microwave integrated circuit (e.g., microstrip type)
257/276 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Junction field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Microwave integrated circuit (e.g., microstrip type)->        With contact or heat sink extending through hole in semiconductor substrate, or with electrode suspended over substrate (e.g., air bridge)
257/277 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Junction field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Microwave integrated circuit (e.g., microstrip type)->        With capacitive or inductive elements
257/278 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        Junction field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        With devices vertically spaced in different layers of semiconductor material (e.g., "3-dimensional" integrated circuit)
257/279 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        Pn junction gate in compound semiconductor material (e.g., GaAs)
257/280 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        With Schottky gate
257/281 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        With Schottky gate->        Schottky gate to silicon semiconductor
257/282 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        With Schottky gate->        Gate closely aligned to source region
257/283 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        With Schottky gate ->        Gate closely aligned to source region->        With groove or overhang for alignment
257/284 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor) ->        With Schottky gate->        Schottky gate in groove
257/285 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        With profiled channel dopant concentration or profiled gate region dopant concentration (e.g., maximum dopant concentration below surface)
257/286 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        With non-uniform channel thickness or width
257/287 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Junction field effect transistor (unipolar transistor)->        With multiple channels or channel segments connected in parallel, or with channel much wider than length between source and drain (e.g., power JFET)
257/288 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)
257/289 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Significant semiconductor chemical compound in bulk crystal (e.g., GaAs)
257/290 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Light responsive or combined with light responsive device
257/291 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Light responsive or combined with light responsive device->        Imaging array
257/292 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Light responsive or combined with light responsive device ->        Imaging array->        Photodiodes accessed by FETs
257/293 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Light responsive or combined with light responsive device ->        Imaging array->        Photoresistors accessed by FETs, or photodetectors separate from FET chip
257/294 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Light responsive or combined with light responsive device ->        Imaging array->        With shield, filter, or lens
257/295 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        With ferroelectric material layer
257/296 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)
257/297 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        With means for preventing charge leakage due to minority carrier generation (e.g., alpha generated soft error protection or "dark current" leakage protection)
257/298 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        Capacitor for signal storage in combination with non-volatile storage means
257/299 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        Structure configured for voltage converter (e.g., charge pump, substrate bias generator)
257/300 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        Capacitor coupled to, or forms gate of, insulated gate field effect transistor (e.g., non-destructive readout dynamic memory cell structure)
257/301 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        Capacitor in trench
257/302 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell) ->        Capacitor in trench->        Vertical transistor
257/303 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell) ->        Capacitor in trench->        Stacked capacitor
257/304 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell) ->        Capacitor in trench->        Storage node isolated by dielectric from semiconductor substrate
257/305 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell) ->        Capacitor in trench->        With means to insulate adjacent storage nodes (e.g., channel stops or field oxide)
257/306 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        Stacked capacitor
257/307 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell) ->        Stacked capacitor->        Parallel interleaved capacitor electrode pairs (e.g., interdigitized)
257/308 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell) ->        Stacked capacitor ->        Parallel interleaved capacitor electrode pairs (e.g., interdigitized)->        With capacitor electrodes connection portion located centrally thereof (e.g., fin electrodes with central post)
257/309 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell) ->        Stacked capacitor->        With increased effective electrode surface area (e.g., tortuous path, corrugated, or textured electrodes)
257/310 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        With high dielectric constant insulator (e.g., Ta 2 O 5 )
257/311 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        Storage Node isolated by dielectric from semiconductor substrate
257/312 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        Voltage variable capacitor (i. e., capacitance varies with applied voltage)
257/313 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate capacitor or insulated gate transistor combined with capacitor (e.g., dynamic memory cell)->        Inversion layer capacitor
257/314 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device)
257/315 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device)->        With floating gate electrode
257/316 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        With floating gate electrode->        With additional contacted control electrode
257/317 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        With floating gate electrode ->        With additional contacted control electrode->        With irregularities on electrode to facilitate charging or discharging of floating electrode
257/318 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        With floating gate electrode ->        With additional contacted control electrode->        Additional control electrode is doped region in semiconductor substrate
257/319 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        With floating gate electrode ->        With additional contacted control electrode->        Plural additional contacted control electrodes
257/320 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        With floating gate electrode ->        With additional contacted control electrode ->        Plural additional contacted control electrodes->        Separate control electrodes for charging and for discharging floating electrode
257/321 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        With floating gate electrode ->        With additional contacted control electrode->        With thin insulator region for charging or discharging floating electrode by quantum mechanical tunneling
257/322 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        With floating gate electrode ->        With additional contacted control electrode->        With charging or discharging by control voltage applied to source or drain region (e.g., by avalanche breakdown of drain junction)
257/323 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        With floating gate electrode->        With means to facilitate light erasure
257/324 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device)->        Multiple insulator layers (e.g., MNOS structure)
257/325 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        Multiple insulator layers (e.g., MNOS structure)->        Non-homogeneous composition insulator layer (e.g., graded composition layer or layer with inclusions)
257/326 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Variable threshold (e.g., floating gate memory device) ->        Multiple insulator layers (e.g., MNOS structure)->        With additional, non-memory control electrode or channel portion (e.g., accessing field effect transistor structure)
257/327 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor
257/328 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor->        Vertical channel or double diffused insulated gate field effect device provided with means to protect against excess voltage (e.g., gate protection diode)
257/329 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor->        Gate controls vertical charge flow portion of channel (e.g., VMOS device)
257/330 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Gate controls vertical charge flow portion of channel (e.g., VMOS device)->        Gate electrode in groove
257/331 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Gate controls vertical charge flow portion of channel (e.g., VMOS device) ->        Gate electrode in groove->        Plural gate electrodes or grid shaped gate electrode
257/332 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Gate controls vertical charge flow portion of channel (e.g., VMOS device) ->        Gate electrode in groove->        Gate electrode self-aligned with groove
257/333 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Gate controls vertical charge flow portion of channel (e.g., VMOS device) ->        Gate electrode in groove->        With thick insulator to reduce gate capacitance in non-channel areas (e.g., thick oxide over source or drain region)
257/334 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Gate controls vertical charge flow portion of channel (e.g., VMOS device) ->        Gate electrode in groove->        In integrated circuit structure
257/335 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor->        Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double diffused device, DMOS transistor)
257/336 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double diffused device, DMOS transistor)->        With lightly doped portion of drain region adjacent channel (e.g., LDD structure)
257/337 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double diffused device, DMOS transistor)->        In integrated circuit structure
257/338 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double diffused device, DMOS transistor) ->        In integrated circuit structure->        With complementary field effect transistor
257/339 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double diffused device, DMOS transistor)->        With means to increase breakdown voltage
257/340 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double diffused device, DMOS transistor)->        With means (other than self-alignment of the gate electrode) to decrease gate capacitance (e.g., shield electrode)
257/341 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double diffused device, DMOS transistor)->        Plural sections connected in parallel (e.g., power MOSFET)
257/342 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double diffused device, DMOS transistor) ->        Plural sections connected in parallel (e.g., power MOSFET)->        With means to reduce ON resistance
257/343 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor ->        Active channel region has a graded dopant concentration decreasing with distance from source region (e.g., double diffused device, DMOS transistor)->        All contacts on same surface (e.g., lateral structure)
257/344 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor->        With lightly doped portion of drain region adjacent channel (e.g., LDD structure)
257/345 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor->        With means to prevent sub-surface currents, or with non-uniform channel doping
257/346 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Short channel insulated gate field effect transistor->        Gate electrode overlaps the source or drain by no more than depth of source or drain (e.g., self-aligned gate)
257/347 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Single crystal semiconductor layer on insulating substrate (SOI)
257/348 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Single crystal semiconductor layer on insulating substrate (SOI)->        Depletion mode field effect transistor
257/349 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Single crystal semiconductor layer on insulating substrate (SOI)->        With means (e.g., a buried channel stop layer) to prevent leakage current along the interface of the semiconductor layer and the insulating substrate
257/350 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Single crystal semiconductor layer on insulating substrate (SOI)->        Insulated electrode device is combined with diverse type device (e.g., complementary MOSFETs, FET with resistor, etc.)
257/351 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Single crystal semiconductor layer on insulating substrate (SOI) ->        Insulated electrode device is combined with diverse type device (e.g., complementary MOSFETs, FET with resistor, etc.)->        Complementary field effect transistor structures only (i.e., not including bipolar transistors, resistors, or other components)
257/352 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Single crystal semiconductor layer on insulating substrate (SOI)->        Substrate is single crystal insulator (e.g., sapphire or spinel)
257/353 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Single crystal semiconductor layer on insulating substrate (SOI) ->        Substrate is single crystal insulator (e.g., sapphire or spinel)->        Single crystal islands of semiconductor layer containing only one active device
257/354 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Single crystal semiconductor layer on insulating substrate (SOI) ->        Substrate is single crystal insulator (e.g., sapphire or spinel) ->        Single crystal islands of semiconductor layer containing only one active device->        Including means to eliminate island edge effects (e.g., insulating filling between islands, or ions in island edges)
257/355 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        With overvoltage protective means
257/356 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With overvoltage protective means->        For protecting against gate insulator breakdown
257/357 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With overvoltage protective means ->        For protecting against gate insulator breakdown->        In complementary field effect transistor integrated circuit
257/358 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With overvoltage protective means ->        For protecting against gate insulator breakdown ->        In complementary field effect transistor integrated circuit->        Including resistor element
257/359 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With overvoltage protective means ->        For protecting against gate insulator breakdown ->        In complementary field effect transistor integrated circuit ->        Including resistor element->        As thin film structure (e.g., polysilicon resistor)
257/360 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With overvoltage protective means ->        For protecting against gate insulator breakdown->        Protection device includes insulated gate transistor structure (e.g., combined with resistor element)
257/361 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With overvoltage protective means ->        For protecting against gate insulator breakdown ->        Protection device includes insulated gate transistor structure (e.g., combined with resistor element)->        For operation as bipolar or punchthrough element
257/362 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With overvoltage protective means ->        For protecting against gate insulator breakdown->        Punchthrough or bipolar element
257/363 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With overvoltage protective means ->        For protecting against gate insulator breakdown->        Including resistor element
257/364 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        With resistive gate electrode
257/365 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        With plural, separately connected, gate electrodes in same device
257/366 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With plural, separately connected, gate electrodes in same device->        Overlapping gate electrodes
257/367 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Insulated gate controlled breakdown of pn junction (e.g., field plate diode)
257/368 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit
257/369 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors
257/370 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors->        Combined with bipolar transistor
257/371 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors->        Complementary transistors in wells of opposite conductivity types more heavily doped than the substrate region in which they are formed, e.g., twin wells
257/372 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors->        With means to prevent latchup or parasitic conduction channels
257/373 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors->        With pn junction to collect injected minority carriers to prevent parasitic bipolar transistor action
257/374 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors ->        With pn junction to collect injected minority carriers to prevent parasitic bipolar transistor action->        Dielectric isolation means (e.g., dielectric layer in vertical grooves)
257/375 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors ->        With pn junction to collect injected minority carriers to prevent parasitic bipolar transistor action->        With means to reduce substrate spreading resistance (e.g., heavily doped substrate)
257/376 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors ->        With pn junction to collect injected minority carriers to prevent parasitic bipolar transistor action->        With barrier region of reduced minority carrier lifetime (e.g., heavily doped P+ region to reduce electron minority carrier lifetime, or containing deep level impurity or crystal damage), or with region of high threshold voltage (e.g., heavily doped channel stop region)
257/377 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors->        With polysilicon interconnections to source or drain regions (e.g., polysilicon laminated with silicide)
257/378 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        Combined with bipolar transistor
257/379 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        Combined with passive components (e.g., resistors)
257/380 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Combined with passive components (e.g., resistors)->        Polysilicon resistor
257/381 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Combined with passive components (e.g., resistors)->        With multiple levels of polycrystalline silicon
257/382 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        With contact to source or drain region of refractory material (e.g., polysilicon, tungsten, or silicide)
257/383 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With contact to source or drain region of refractory material (e.g., polysilicon, tungsten, or silicide)->        Contact of refractory or platinum group metal (e.g., molybdenum, tungsten, or titanium)
257/384 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With contact to source or drain region of refractory material (e.g., polysilicon, tungsten, or silicide)->        Including silicide
257/385 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With contact to source or drain region of refractory material (e.g., polysilicon, tungsten, or silicide)->        Multiple polysilicon layers
257/386 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        With means to reduce parasitic capacitance
257/387 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With means to reduce parasitic capacitance->        Gate electrode overlaps at least one of source or drain by no more than depth of source or drain (e.g., self-aligned gate)
257/388 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With means to reduce parasitic capacitance ->        Gate electrode overlaps at least one of source or drain by no more than depth of source or drain (e.g., self-aligned gate)->        Gate electrode consists of refractory or platinum group metal or silicide
257/389 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With means to reduce parasitic capacitance->        With thick insulator over source or drain region
257/390 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        Matrix or array of field effect transistors (e.g., array of FETs only some of which are completed, or structure for mask programmed read-only memory (ROM))
257/391 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        Matrix or array of field effect transistors (e.g., array of FETs only some of which are completed, or structure for mask programmed read-only memory (ROM))->        Selected groups of complete field effect devices having different threshold voltages (e.g., different channel dopant concentrations)
257/392 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        Insulated gate field effect transistors of different threshold voltages in same integrated circuit (e.g., enhancement and depletion mode)
257/393 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        Insulated gate field effect transistor adapted to function as load element for switching insulated gate field effect transistor
257/394 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        With means to prevent parasitic conduction channels
257/395 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With means to prevent parasitic conduction channels->        Thick insulator portion
257/396 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With means to prevent parasitic conduction channels ->        Thick insulator portion->        Recessed into semiconductor surface
257/397 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With means to prevent parasitic conduction channels ->        Thick insulator portion ->        Recessed into semiconductor surface->        In vertical-walled groove
257/398 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With means to prevent parasitic conduction channels ->        Thick insulator portion ->        Recessed into semiconductor surface->        Combined with heavily doped channel stop portion
257/399 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With means to prevent parasitic conduction channels ->        Thick insulator portion->        Combined with heavily doped channel stop portion
257/400 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit ->        With means to prevent parasitic conduction channels->        With heavily doped channel stop portion
257/401 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Insulated gate field effect transistor in integrated circuit->        With specified physical layout (e.g., ring gate, source/drain regions shared between plural FETs, plural sections connected in parallel to form power MOSFET)
257/402 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        With permanent threshold adjustment (e.g., depletion mode)
257/403 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With permanent threshold adjustment (e.g., depletion mode)->        With channel conductivity dopant same type as that of source and drain
257/404 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With permanent threshold adjustment (e.g., depletion mode) ->        With channel conductivity dopant same type as that of source and drain->        Non-uniform channel doping
257/405 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With permanent threshold adjustment (e.g., depletion mode)->        With gate insulator containing specified permanent charge
257/406 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With permanent threshold adjustment (e.g., depletion mode) ->        With gate insulator containing specified permanent charge->        Plural gate insulator layers
257/407 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        With permanent threshold adjustment (e.g., depletion mode)->        With gate electrode of controlled workfunction material (e.g., low workfunction gate material)
257/408 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Including lightly doped drain portion adjacent channel (e.g., lightly doped drain, LDD device)
257/409 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        With means to increase breakdown voltage (e.g., field shield electrode, guard ring, etc.)
257/410 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Gate insulator includes material (including air or vacuum) other than SiO 2
257/411 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Gate insulator includes material (including air or vacuum) other than SiO 2->        Composite or layered gate insulator (e.g., mixture such as silicon oxynitride)
257/412 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode)->        Gate electrode of refractory material (e.g., polysilicon or a silicide of a refractory or platinum group metal)
257/413 -> 213 FIELD EFFECT DEVICE  ->        Having insulated electrode (e.g., MOSFET, MOS diode) ->        Gate electrode of refractory material (e.g., polysilicon or a silicide of a refractory or platinum group metal)->        Polysilicon laminated with silicide
257/414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)
257/415 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS) ->        Physical deformation
257/416 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Physical deformation->        Acoustic wave
257/417 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Physical deformation->        Strain sensors
257/418 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Physical deformation ->        Strain sensors->        With means to concentrate stress
257/419 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Physical deformation ->        Strain sensors ->        With means to concentrate stress->        With thinned central active portion of semiconductor surrounded by thick insensitive portion (e.g. diaphragm type strain gauge)
257/420 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Physical deformation->        Means to reduce sensitivity to physical deformation
257/421 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS) ->        Magnetic field
257/422 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Magnetic field->        With magnetic field directing means (e.g., shield, pole piece, etc.)
257/423 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Magnetic field->        Bipolar transistor magnetic field sensor (e.g., lateral bipolar transistor)
257/424 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Magnetic field->        Sensor with region of high carrier recombination (e.g., magnetodiode with carriers deflected to recombination region by magnetic field)
257/425 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Magnetic field->        Magnetic field detector using compound semiconductor material (e.g., GaAs, InSb, etc.)
257/426 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Magnetic field->        Differential output (e.g., with offset adjustment means or with means to reduce temperature sensitivity)
257/427 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Magnetic field->        Magnetic field sensor in integrated circuit (e.g., in bipolar transistor integrated circuit)
257/428 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS) ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation
257/429 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation->        Charged or elementary particles
257/430 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Charged or elementary particles->        With active region having effective impurity concentration less than 10 12 atoms/cm 3
257/431 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation->        Light
257/432 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        With optical element
257/433 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        With housing or encapsulation
257/434 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        With housing or encapsulation->        With window means
257/435 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        With optical shield or mask means
257/436 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        With means for increasing light absorption (e.g., redirection of unabsorbed light)
257/437 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        With means for increasing light absorption (e.g., redirection of unabsorbed light)->        Antireflection coating
257/438 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        Avalanche junction
257/439 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        Containing dopant adapted for photoionization
257/440 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        With different sensor portions responsive to different wavelengths (e.g., color imager)
257/441 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        Narrow band gap semiconductor (<<1eV) (e.g., PbSnTe)
257/442 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Narrow band gap semiconductor (<<1eV) (e.g., PbSnTe)->        II-VI compound semiconductor (e.g., HgCdTe)
257/443 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        Matrix or array (e.g., single line arrays)
257/444 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Matrix or array (e.g., single line arrays)->        Light sensor elements overlie active switching elements in integrated circuit (e.g., where the sensor elements are deposited on an integrated circuit)
257/445 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Matrix or array (e.g., single line arrays)->        With antiblooming means
257/446 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Matrix or array (e.g., single line arrays)->        With specific isolation means in integrated circuit
257/447 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Matrix or array (e.g., single line arrays)->        With backside illumination (e.g., having a thinned central area or a non-absorbing substrate)
257/448 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Matrix or array (e.g., single line arrays)->        With particular electrode configuration
257/449 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or tin (e.g., SnO 2 , indium tin oxide))
257/450 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or tin (e.g., SnO 2 , indium tin oxide))->        With doping profile to adjust barrier height
257/451 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or tin (e.g., SnO 2 , indium tin oxide))->        Responsive to light having lower energy (i.e., longer wavelength) than forbidden band gap energy of semiconductor (e.g., by excitation of carriers from metal into semiconductor)
257/452 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or tin (e.g., SnO 2 , indium tin oxide))->        With edge protection, e.g., doped guard ring or mesa structure
257/453 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or tin (e.g., SnO 2 , indium tin oxide))->        With specified Schottky metallic layer
257/454 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or tin (e.g., SnO 2 , indium tin oxide)) ->        With specified Schottky metallic layer->        Schottky metallic layer is a silicide
257/455 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or tin (e.g., SnO 2 , indium tin oxide)) ->        With specified Schottky metallic layer ->        Schottky metallic layer is a silicide->        Silicide of Platinum group metal
257/456 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or tin (e.g., SnO 2 , indium tin oxide)) ->        With specified Schottky metallic layer ->        Schottky metallic layer is a silicide->        Silicide of refractory metal
257/457 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Schottky barrier (e.g., a transparent Schottky metallic layer or a Schottky barrier containing at least one of indium or tin (e.g., SnO 2 , indium tin oxide))->        With particular contact geometry (e.g., ring or grid)
257/458 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        PIN detector, including combinations with non-light responsive active devices
257/459 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        With particular contact geometry (e.g., ring or grid, or bonding pad arrangement)
257/460 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        With backside illumination (e.g., with a thinned central area or non-absorbing substrate)
257/461 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        Light responsive pn junction
257/462 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Light responsive pn junction->        Phototransistor
257/463 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Light responsive pn junction->        With particular doping concentration
257/464 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Light responsive pn junction->        With particular layer thickness (e.g., layer less than light absorption depth)
257/465 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light ->        Light responsive pn junction->        Geometric configuration of junction (e.g., fingers)
257/466 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Electromagnetic or particle radiation ->        Light->        External physical configuration of semiconductor (e.g., mesas, grooves)
257/467 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS) ->        Temperature
257/468 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Temperature->        Semiconductor device operated at cryogenic temperature
257/469 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Temperature->        With means to reduce temperature sensitivity (e.g., reduction of temperature sensitivity of junction breakdown voltage by using a compensating element)
257/470 -> 414 RESPONSIVE TO NON-ELECTRICAL SIGNAL (E.G., CHEMICAL, STRESS, LIGHT, OR MAGNETIC FIELD SENSORS)  ->        Temperature->        Pn junction adapted as temperature sensor
257/471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER
257/472 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER ->        To compound semiconductor
257/473 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER  ->        To compound semiconductor->        With specified Schottky metal
257/474 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER ->        As active junction in bipolar transistor (e.g., Schottky collector)
257/475 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER ->        With doping profile to adjust barrier height
257/476 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER ->        In integrated structure
257/477 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER  ->        In integrated structure->        With bipolar transistor
257/478 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER  ->        In integrated structure ->        With bipolar transistor->        Plural Schottky barriers with different barrier heights
257/479 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER  ->        In integrated structure ->        With bipolar transistor->        Connected across base-collector junction of transistor (e.g., Baker clamp)
257/480 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER ->        In voltage variable capacitance diode
257/481 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER ->        Avalanche diode (e.g., so-called "Zener" diode having breakdown voltage greater than 6 volts)
257/482 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER  ->        Avalanche diode (e.g., so-called "Zener" diode having breakdown voltage greater than 6 volts)->        Microwave transit time device (e.g., IMPATT diode)
257/483 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER ->        With means to prevent edge breakdown
257/484 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER  ->        With means to prevent edge breakdown->        Guard ring
257/485 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER ->        Specified materials
257/486 -> 471 SCHOTTKY BARRIER  ->        Specified materials->        Layered (e.g., a diffusion barrier material layer or a silicide layer or a precious metal layer)
257/487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD
257/488 -> 487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD ->        Field relief electrode
257/489 -> 487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD  ->        Field relief electrode->        Resistive
257/490 -> 487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD  ->        Field relief electrode->        Combined with floating pn junction guard region
257/491 -> 487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD ->        In integrated circuit
257/492 -> 487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD  ->        In integrated circuit->        With electric field controlling semiconductor layer having a low enough doping level in relationship to its thickness to be fully depleted prior to avalanche breakdown (e.g., RESURF devices)
257/493 -> 487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD ->        With electric field controlling semiconductor layer having a low enough doping level in relationship to its thickness to be fully depleted prior to avalanche breakdown (e.g., RESURF devices)
257/494 -> 487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD ->        Reverse-biased pn junction guard region
257/495 -> 487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD ->        Floating pn junction guard region
257/496 -> 487 WITH MEANS TO INCREASE BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE THRESHOLD ->        With physical configuration of semiconductor surface to reduce electric field (e.g., reverse bevels, double bevels, stepped mesas, etc.)
257/497 PUNCHTHROUGH STRUCTURE DEVICE (E.G., PUNCHTHROUGH TRANSISTOR, CAMEL BARRIER DIODE)
257/498 -> 497 PUNCHTHROUGH STRUCTURE DEVICE (E.G., PUNCHTHROUGH TRANSISTOR, CAMEL BARRIER DIODE) ->        Punchthrough region fully depleted at zero external applied bias voltage (e.g., camel barrier or planar doped barrier devices, or so-called "Bipolar SIT" devices)
257/499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS
257/500 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS ->        Including high voltage or high power devices isolated from low voltage or low power devices in the same integrated circuit
257/501 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including high voltage or high power devices isolated from low voltage or low power devices in the same integrated circuit->        Including dielectric isolation means
257/502 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including high voltage or high power devices isolated from low voltage or low power devices in the same integrated circuit->        High power or high voltage device extends completely through semiconductor substrate (e.g., backside collector contact)
257/503 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS ->        With contact or metallization configuration to reduce parasitic coupling (e.g., separate ground pads for different parts of integrated circuit)
257/504 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS ->        Including means for establishing a depletion region throughout a semiconductor layer for isolating devices in different portions of the layer (e.g., "JFET" isolation)
257/505 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS ->        With polycrystalline semiconductor isolation region in direct contact with single crystal active semiconductor material
257/506 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS ->        Including dielectric isolation means
257/507 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means->        With single crystal insulating substrate (e.g., sapphire)
257/508 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means->        With metallic conductor within isolating dielectric or between semiconductor and isolating dielectric (e.g., metal shield layer or internal connection layer)
257/509 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS)
257/510 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS)->        Dielectric in groove
257/511 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove->        With complementary (npn and pnp) bipolar transistor structures
257/512 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove ->        With complementary (npn and pnp) bipolar transistor structures->        Complementary devices share common active region (e.g., integrated injection logic, I 2 L)
257/513 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove->        Vertical walled groove
257/514 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove ->        Vertical walled groove->        With active junction abutting groove (e.g., "walled emitter")
257/515 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove->        With active junction abutting groove (e.g., "walled emitter")
257/516 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove->        With passive component (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.)
257/517 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove->        With bipolar transistor structure
257/518 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove ->        With bipolar transistor structure->        With polycrystalline connecting region (e.g., polysilicon base contact)
257/519 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove->        Including heavily doped channel stop region adjacent groove
257/520 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove->        Conductive filling in dielectric-lined groove (e.g., polysilicon backfill)
257/521 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Combined with pn junction isolation (e.g., isoplanar, LOCOS) ->        Dielectric in groove->        Sides of grooves along major crystal planes (e.g., (111), (100) planes, etc.)
257/522 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means->        Air isolation (e.g., beam lead supported semiconductor islands)
257/523 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means->        Isolation by region of intrinsic (undoped) semiconductor material (e.g., including region physically damaged by proton bombardment)
257/524 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means->        Full dielectric isolation with polycrystalline semiconductor substrate
257/525 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        Full dielectric isolation with polycrystalline semiconductor substrate->        With complementary (npn and pnp) bipolar transistor structures
257/526 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means->        With bipolar transistor structure
257/527 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Including dielectric isolation means ->        With bipolar transistor structure->        Sides of isolated semiconductor islands along major crystal planes (e.g., (111), (100) planes, etc.)
257/528 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS ->        Passive components in ICs
257/529 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs->        Including programmable passive component (e.g., fuse)
257/530 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including programmable passive component (e.g., fuse)->        Anti-fuse
257/531 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs->        Including inductive element
257/532 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs->        Including capacitor component
257/533 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including capacitor component->        Combined with resistor to form RC filter structure
257/534 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including capacitor component->        With means to increase surface area (e.g., grooves, ridges, etc.)
257/535 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including capacitor component->        Both terminals of capacitor isolated from substrate
257/536 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs->        Including resistive element
257/537 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including resistive element->        Using specific resistive material
257/538 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including resistive element ->        Using specific resistive material->        Polycrystalline silicon (doped or undoped)
257/539 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including resistive element->        Combined with bipolar transistor
257/540 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including resistive element ->        Combined with bipolar transistor->        With compensation for non-linearity (e.g., dynamic isolation pocket bias)
257/541 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including resistive element ->        Combined with bipolar transistor->        Pinch resistor
257/542 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including resistive element ->        Combined with bipolar transistor->        Resistor has same doping as emitter or collector of bipolar transistor
257/543 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Passive components in ICs ->        Including resistive element ->        Combined with bipolar transistor->        Lightly doped junction isolated resistor (e.g., ion implanted resistor)
257/544 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS ->        With pn junction isolation
257/545 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation->        With means to control isolation junction capacitance (e.g., lightly doped layer at isolation junction to increase depletion layer width)
257/546 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation->        With structural means to protect against excess or reversed polarity voltage
257/547 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation->        With structural means to control parasitic transistor action or leakage current
257/548 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation->        At least three regions of alternating conductivity types with dopant concentration gradients decreasing from surface of semiconductor (e.g., "triple-diffused" integrated circuit)
257/549 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation->        With substrate and lightly doped surface layer of same conductivity type, separated by subsurface heavily doped region of opposite conductivity type (e.g., "collector diffused isolation" integrated circuit)
257/550 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation->        With lightly doped surface layer of one conductivity type on substrate of opposite conductivity type, having plural heavily doped portions of the one conductivity type between the layer and substrate, different ones of the heavily doped portions having differing depths or physical extent
257/551 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation->        Including voltage reference element (e.g., avalanche diode, so-called "Zener diode" with breakdown voltage greater than 6 volts or with positive temperature coefficient of breakdown voltage)
257/552 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation->        With bipolar transistor structure
257/553 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation ->        With bipolar transistor structure->        Transistors of same conductivity type (e.g., npn) having different current gain or different operating voltage characteristics
257/554 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation ->        With bipolar transistor structure->        With connecting region made of polycrystalline semiconductor material (e.g., polysilicon base contact)
257/555 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation ->        With bipolar transistor structure->        Complementary bipolar transistor structures (e.g., integrated injection logic, I 2 L)
257/556 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With pn junction isolation ->        With bipolar transistor structure ->        Complementary bipolar transistor structures (e.g., integrated injection logic, I 2 L)->        Including lateral bipolar transistor structure
257/557 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS ->        Lateral bipolar transistor structure
257/558 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Lateral bipolar transistor structure->        With base region doping concentration step or gradient or with means to increase current gain
257/559 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Lateral bipolar transistor structure->        With active region formed along groove or exposed edge in semiconductor
257/560 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Lateral bipolar transistor structure->        With multiple collectors or emitters
257/561 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Lateral bipolar transistor structure ->        With multiple collectors or emitters->        With different emitter to collector spacings or facing areas
257/562 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        Lateral bipolar transistor structure ->        With multiple collectors or emitters->        With auxiliary collector/re-emitter between emitter and output collector (e.g., "Current Hogging Logic" device)
257/563 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS ->        With multiple separately connected emitter, collector, or base regions in same transistor structure
257/564 -> 499 INTEGRATED CIRCUIT STRUCTURE WITH ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED COMPONENTS  ->        With multiple separately connected emitter, collector, or base regions in same transistor structure->        Multiple base or collector regions
257/565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE
257/566 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure
257/567 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure->        Darlington configuration (i.e., emitter to collector current of input transistor supplied to base region of output transistor)
257/568 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure ->        Darlington configuration (i.e., emitter to collector current of input transistor supplied to base region of output transistor)->        More than two Darlington-connected transistors
257/569 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure ->        Darlington configuration (i.e., emitter to collector current of input transistor supplied to base region of output transistor)->        Complementary Darlington-connected transistors
257/570 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure ->        Darlington configuration (i.e., emitter to collector current of input transistor supplied to base region of output transistor)->        With active components in addition to Darlington transistors (e.g., antisaturation diode, bleeder diode connected antiparallel to input transistor base-emitter junction, etc.)
257/571 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure ->        Darlington configuration (i.e., emitter to collector current of input transistor supplied to base region of output transistor)->        Non-planar structure (e.g., mesa emitter, or having a groove to define resistor)
257/572 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure ->        Darlington configuration (i.e., emitter to collector current of input transistor supplied to base region of output transistor)->        With resistance means connected between transistor base regions
257/573 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure ->        Darlington configuration (i.e., emitter to collector current of input transistor supplied to base region of output transistor)->        With housing or contact structure or configuration
257/574 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure->        Complementary transistors share common active region (e.g., integrated injection logic, I 2 L)
257/575 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure ->        Complementary transistors share common active region (e.g., integrated injection logic, I 2 L)->        Including lateral bipolar transistor structure
257/576 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        Plural non-isolated transistor structures in same structure ->        Complementary transistors share common active region (e.g., integrated injection logic, I 2 L) ->        Including lateral bipolar transistor structure->        With contacts of refractory material (e.g., polysilicon, silicide of refractory or platinum group metal)
257/577 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        Including additional component in same, non-isolated structure (e.g., transistor with diode, transistor with resistor, etc.)
257/578 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        With enlarged emitter area (e.g., power device)
257/579 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        With enlarged emitter area (e.g., power device)->        With separate emitter areas connected in parallel
257/580 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        With enlarged emitter area (e.g., power device) ->        With separate emitter areas connected in parallel->        With current ballasting means (e.g., emitter ballasting resistors or base current ballasting means)
257/581 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        With enlarged emitter area (e.g., power device) ->        With separate emitter areas connected in parallel ->        With current ballasting means (e.g., emitter ballasting resistors or base current ballasting means)->        Thin film ballasting means (e.g., polysilicon resistor)
257/582 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        With enlarged emitter area (e.g., power device)->        With current ballasting means (e.g., emitter ballasting resistors or base current ballasting resistors)
257/583 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        With enlarged emitter area (e.g., power device)->        With means to reduce transistor action in selected portions of transistor (e.g., heavy base region doping under central web of emitter to prevent secondary breakdown)
257/584 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        With enlarged emitter area (e.g., power device)->        With housing or contact (i.e., electrode) means
257/585 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        With means to increase inverse gain
257/586 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        With non-planar semiconductor surface (e.g., groove, mesa, bevel, etc.)
257/587 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        With specified electrode means
257/588 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE  ->        With specified electrode means->        Including polycrystalline semiconductor as connection
257/589 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        Avalanche transistor
257/590 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        With means to reduce minority carrier lifetime (e.g., region of deep level dopant or region of crystal damage)
257/591 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        With emitter region having specified doping concentration profile (e.g., high-low concentration step)
257/592 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        With base region having specified doping concentration profile or specified configuration (e.g., inactive base more heavily doped than active base or base region has constant doping concentration portion (e.g., epitaxial base))
257/593 -> 565 BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE ->        With means to increase current gain or operating frequency
257/594 WITH GROOVE TO DEFINE PLURAL DIODES
257/595 VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE
257/596 -> 595 VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE ->        With specified dopant profile
257/597 -> 595 VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE  ->        With specified dopant profile->        Retrograde dopant profile (e.g., dopant concentration decreases with distance from rectifying junction)
257/598 -> 595 VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE ->        With plural junctions whose depletion regions merge to vary voltage dependence
257/599 -> 595 VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE ->        With means to increase active junction area (e.g., grooved or convoluted surface)
257/600 -> 595 VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE ->        With physical configuration to vary voltage dependence (e.g., mesa)
257/601 -> 595 VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE ->        Plural diodes in same non-isolated structure, or device having three or more terminals
257/602 -> 595 VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE ->        With specified housing or contact
257/603 AVALANCHE DIODE (E.G., SO-CALLED "ZENER" DIODE HAVING BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 6 VOLTS)
257/604 -> 603 AVALANCHE DIODE (E.G., SO-CALLED "ZENER" DIODE HAVING BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 6 VOLTS) ->        Microwave transit time device (e.g., IMPATT diode)
257/605 -> 603 AVALANCHE DIODE (E.G., SO-CALLED "ZENER" DIODE HAVING BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 6 VOLTS) ->        With means to limit area of breakdown (e.g., guard ring having higher breakdown voltage)
257/606 -> 603 AVALANCHE DIODE (E.G., SO-CALLED "ZENER" DIODE HAVING BREAKDOWN VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 6 VOLTS)  ->        With means to limit area of breakdown (e.g., guard ring having higher breakdown voltage)->        Subsurface breakdown
257/607 WITH SPECIFIED DOPANT (E.G., PLURAL DOPANTS OF SAME CONDUCTIVITY IN SAME REGION)
257/608 -> 607 WITH SPECIFIED DOPANT (E.G., PLURAL DOPANTS OF SAME CONDUCTIVITY IN SAME REGION) ->        Switching device based on filling and emptying of deep energy levels
257/609 -> 607 WITH SPECIFIED DOPANT (E.G., PLURAL DOPANTS OF SAME CONDUCTIVITY IN SAME REGION) ->        For compound semiconductor (e.g., deep level dopant)
257/610 -> 607 WITH SPECIFIED DOPANT (E.G., PLURAL DOPANTS OF SAME CONDUCTIVITY IN SAME REGION) ->        Deep level dopant
257/611 -> 607 WITH SPECIFIED DOPANT (E.G., PLURAL DOPANTS OF SAME CONDUCTIVITY IN SAME REGION)  ->        Deep level dopant->        With specified distribution (e.g., laterally localized, with specified concentration distribution or gradient)
257/612 -> 607 WITH SPECIFIED DOPANT (E.G., PLURAL DOPANTS OF SAME CONDUCTIVITY IN SAME REGION)  ->        Deep level dopant->        Deep level dopant other than gold or platinum
257/613 INCLUDING SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL OTHER THAN SILICON OR GALLIUM ARSENIDE (GAAS) (E.G., PB X SN 1-X TE)
257/614 -> 613 INCLUDING SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL OTHER THAN SILICON OR GALLIUM ARSENIDE (GAAS) (E.G., PB X SN 1-X TE) ->        Group II-VI compound (e.g., CdTe, Hg x Cd 1-x Te)
257/615 -> 613 INCLUDING SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL OTHER THAN SILICON OR GALLIUM ARSENIDE (GAAS) (E.G., PB X SN 1-X TE) ->        Group III-V compound (e.g., InP)
257/616 -> 613 INCLUDING SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL OTHER THAN SILICON OR GALLIUM ARSENIDE (GAAS) (E.G., PB X SN 1-X TE) ->        Containing germanium, Ge
257/617 INCLUDING REGION CONTAINING CRYSTAL DAMAGE
257/618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.)
257/619 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.) ->        With thin active central semiconductor portion surrounded by thicker inactive shoulder (e.g., for mechanical support)
257/620 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.) ->        With peripheral feature due to separation of smaller semiconductor chip from larger wafer (e.g., scribe region, or means to prevent edge effects such as leakage current at peripheral chip separation area)
257/621 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.) ->        With electrical contact in hole in semiconductor (e.g., lead extends through semiconductor body)
257/622 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.) ->        Groove
257/623 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.) ->        Mesa structure (e.g., including undercut or stepped mesa configuration or having constant slope taper)
257/624 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.)  ->        Mesa structure (e.g., including undercut or stepped mesa configuration or having constant slope taper)->        With low resistance ohmic connection means along exposed mesa edge (e.g., contact or heavily doped region along exposed mesa to reduce "skin effect" losses in microwave diode)
257/625 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.)  ->        Mesa structure (e.g., including undercut or stepped mesa configuration or having constant slope taper)->        Semiconductor body including mesa is intimately bonded to thick electrical and/or thermal conductor member of larger lateral extent than semiconductor body (e.g., "plated heat sink" microwave diode)
257/626 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.)  ->        Mesa structure (e.g., including undercut or stepped mesa configuration or having constant slope taper)->        Combined with passivating coating
257/627 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.) ->        With specified crystal plane or axis
257/628 -> 618 PHYSICAL CONFIGURATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR (E.G., MESA, BEVEL, GROOVE, ETC.)  ->        With specified crystal plane or axis->        Major crystal plane or axis other than (100), (110), or (111) (e.g., (731) axis, crystal plane several degrees from (100) toward (011), etc.)
257/629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS
257/630 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS ->        With inversion-preventing shield electrode
257/631 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS ->        In compound semiconductor material (e.g., GaAs)
257/632 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS ->        Insulating coating
257/633 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating->        With thermal expansion compensation (e.g., thermal expansion of glass passivant matched to that of semiconductor)
257/634 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating->        Insulating coating of glass composition containing component to adjust melting or softening temperature (e.g., low melting point glass)
257/635 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating->        Multiple layers
257/636 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers->        At least one layer of semi-insulating material
257/637 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers->        Three or more insulating layers
257/638 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers->        With discontinuous or varying thickness layer (e.g., layer covers only selected portions of semiconductor)
257/639 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers->        At least one layer of silicon oxynitride
257/640 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers->        At least one layer of silicon nitride
257/641 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers ->        At least one layer of silicon nitride->        Combined with glass layer
257/642 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers->        At least one layer of organic material
257/643 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers ->        At least one layer of organic material->        Polyimide or polyamide
257/644 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers->        At least one layer of glass
257/645 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Multiple layers->        Insulating layer containing specified electrical charge (e.g., net negative electrical charge)
257/646 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating->        Coating of semi-insulating material (e.g., amorphous silicon or silicon-rich silicon oxide)
257/647 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating->        Insulating layer recessed into semiconductor surface (e.g., LOCOS oxide)
257/648 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating ->        Insulating layer recessed into semiconductor surface (e.g., LOCOS oxide)->        Combined with channel stop region in semiconductor
257/649 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating->        Insulating layer of silicon nitride or silicon oxynitride
257/650 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating->        Insulating layer of glass
257/651 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS  ->        Insulating coating->        Details of insulating layer electrical charge (e.g., negative insulator layer charge)
257/652 -> 629 WITH MEANS TO CONTROL SURFACE EFFECTS ->        Channel stop layer
257/653 WITH SPECIFIED SHAPE OF PN JUNCTION
257/654 -> 653 WITH SPECIFIED SHAPE OF PN JUNCTION ->        Interdigitated pn junction or more heavily doped side of junction is concave
257/655 WITH SPECIFIED IMPURITY CONCENTRATION GRADIENT
257/656 -> 655 WITH SPECIFIED IMPURITY CONCENTRATION GRADIENT ->        With high resistivity (e.g., "intrinsic") layer between P and N layers (e.g., PIN diode)
257/657 -> 655 WITH SPECIFIED IMPURITY CONCENTRATION GRADIENT ->        Stepped profile
257/658 PLATE TYPE RECTIFIER ARRAY
257/659 WITH SHIELDING (E.G., ELECTRICAL OR MAGNETIC SHIELDING, OR FROM ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OR CHARGED PARTICLES)
257/660 -> 659 WITH SHIELDING (E.G., ELECTRICAL OR MAGNETIC SHIELDING, OR FROM ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OR CHARGED PARTICLES) ->        With means to shield device contained in housing or package from charged particles (e.g., alpha particles) or highly ionizing radiation (i.e., hard X-rays or shorter wavelength)
257/661 SUPERCONDUCTIVE CONTACT OR LEAD
257/662 -> 661 SUPERCONDUCTIVE CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Transmission line or shielded
257/663 -> 661 SUPERCONDUCTIVE CONTACT OR LEAD ->        On integrated circuit
257/664 TRANSMISSION LINE LEAD (E.G., STRIPLINE, COAX, ETC.)
257/665 CONTACTS OR LEADS INCLUDING FUSIBLE LINK MEANS OR NOISE SUPPRESSION MEANS
257/666 LEAD FRAME
257/667 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        With dam or vent for encapsulant
257/668 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        On insulating carrier other than a printed circuit board
257/669 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        With stress relief
257/670 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        With separate tie bar element or plural tie bars
257/671 -> 666 LEAD FRAME  ->        With separate tie bar element or plural tie bars->        Of insulating material
257/672 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        Small lead frame (e.g., "spider" frame) for connecting a large lead frame to a semiconductor chip
257/673 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        With bumps on ends of lead fingers to connect to semiconductor
257/674 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        With means for controlling lead tension
257/675 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        With heat sink means
257/676 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        With structure for mounting semiconductor chip to lead frame (e.g., configuration of die bonding flag, absence of a die bonding flag, recess for LED)
257/677 -> 666 LEAD FRAME ->        Of specified material other than copper (e.g., Kovar (T.M.))
257/678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE
257/679 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        Smart (e.g., credit) card package
257/680 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        With window means
257/681 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With window means->        For erasing EPROM
257/682 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        With desiccant, getter, or gas filling
257/683 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        With means to prevent explosion of package
257/684 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        With semiconductor element forming part (e.g., base, of housing)
257/685 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        Multiple housings
257/686 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Multiple housings->        Stacked arrangement
257/687 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        Housing or package filled with solid or liquid electrically insulating material
257/688 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        With large area flexible electrodes in press contact with opposite sides of active semiconductor chip and surrounded by an insulating element, e.g., ring
257/689 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With large area flexible electrodes in press contact with opposite sides of active semiconductor chip and surrounded by an insulating element, e.g., ring->        Rigid electrode portion
257/690 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        With contact or lead
257/691 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead->        Having power distribution means (e.g., bus structure)
257/692 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead->        With particular lead geometry
257/693 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead ->        With particular lead geometry->        External connection to housing
257/694 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead ->        With particular lead geometry ->        External connection to housing->        Axial leads
257/695 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead ->        With particular lead geometry ->        External connection to housing->        Fanned/radial leads
257/696 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead ->        With particular lead geometry ->        External connection to housing->        Bent (e.g., J-shaped) lead
257/697 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead ->        With particular lead geometry ->        External connection to housing->        Pin grid type
257/698 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead->        With specific electrical feedthrough structure
257/699 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead ->        With specific electrical feedthrough structure->        Housing entirely of metal except for feedthrough structure
257/700 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With contact or lead->        Multiple contact layers separated from each other by insulator means and forming part of a package or housing (e.g., plural ceramic layer package)
257/701 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        Insulating material
257/702 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Insulating material->        Of insulating material other than ceramic
257/703 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Insulating material->        Composite ceramic, or single ceramic with metal
257/704 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Insulating material->        Cap or lid
257/705 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Insulating material->        Of high thermal conductivity ceramic (e.g., BeO)
257/706 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Insulating material->        With heat sink
257/707 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Insulating material ->        With heat sink->        Directly attached to semiconductor device
257/708 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        Entirely of metal except for feedthrough
257/709 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Entirely of metal except for feedthrough->        With specified insulator to isolate device from housing
257/710 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Entirely of metal except for feedthrough->        With specified means (e.g., lip) to seal base to cap
257/711 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        Entirely of metal except for feedthrough->        With raised portion of base for mounting semiconductor chip
257/712 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents
257/713 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents->        For integrated circuit
257/714 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents->        Liquid coolant
257/715 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents ->        Liquid coolant->        Boiling (evaporative) liquid
257/716 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents ->        Liquid coolant->        Cryogenic liquid coolant
257/717 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents->        Isolation of cooling means (e.g., heat sink) by an electrically insulating element (e.g., spacer)
257/718 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents->        Heat dissipating element held in place by clamping or spring means
257/719 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents ->        Heat dissipating element held in place by clamping or spring means->        Pressed against semiconductor element
257/720 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents->        Heat dissipating element has high thermal conductivity insert (e.g., copper slug in aluminum heat sink)
257/721 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents->        With gas coolant
257/722 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With provision for cooling the housing or its contents ->        With gas coolant->        With fins
257/723 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        For plural devices
257/724 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        For plural devices->        With discrete components
257/725 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        For plural devices->        With electrical isolation means
257/726 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        For plural devices ->        With electrical isolation means->        Devices held in place by clamping
257/727 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        Device held in place by clamping
257/728 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        For high frequency (e.g., microwave) device
257/729 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        Portion of housing of specific materials
257/730 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        Outside periphery of package having specified shape or configuration
257/731 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE ->        With housing mount
257/732 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With housing mount->        Flanged mount
257/733 -> 678 HOUSING OR PACKAGE  ->        With housing mount->        Stud mount
257/734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD
257/735 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Beam leads (i.e., leads that extend beyond the ends or sides of a chip component)
257/736 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Beam leads (i.e., leads that extend beyond the ends or sides of a chip component)->        Layered
257/737 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Bump leads
257/738 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Bump leads->        Ball shaped
257/739 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        With textured surface
257/740 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        With means to prevent contact from penetrating shallow PN junction (e.g., prevention of aluminum "spiking")
257/741 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum
257/742 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        With a semiconductor conductivity substitution type dopant (e.g., germanium in the case of a gallium arsenide semiconductor) in a contact metal)
257/743 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        With a semiconductor conductivity substitution type dopant (e.g., germanium in the case of a gallium arsenide semiconductor) in a contact metal)->        For compound semiconductor material
257/744 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        For compound semiconductor material
257/745 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        For compound semiconductor material->        Contact for III-V material
257/746 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        Composite material (e.g., fibers or strands embedded in solid matrix)
257/747 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        With thermal expansion matching of contact or lead material to semiconductor active device
257/748 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        With thermal expansion matching of contact or lead material to semiconductor active device->        Plural layers of specified contact or lead material
257/749 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        At least portion of which is transparent to ultraviolet, visible or infrared light
257/750 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        Layered
257/751 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        At least one layer forms a diffusion barrier
257/752 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        Planarized to top of insulating layer
257/753 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        With adhesion promoting means (e.g., layer of material) to promote adhesion of contact to an insulating layer
257/754 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        At least one layer of silicide or polycrystalline silicon
257/755 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered ->        At least one layer of silicide or polycrystalline silicon->        Polysilicon laminated with silicide
257/756 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered ->        At least one layer of silicide or polycrystalline silicon->        Multiple polysilicon layers
257/757 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered ->        At least one layer of silicide or polycrystalline silicon->        Silicide of refractory or platinum group metal
257/758 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        Multiple metal levels on semiconductor, separated by insulating layer (e.g., multiple level metallization for integrated circuit)
257/759 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered ->        Multiple metal levels on semiconductor, separated by insulating layer (e.g., multiple level metallization for integrated circuit)->        Including organic insulating material between metal levels
257/760 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered ->        Multiple metal levels on semiconductor, separated by insulating layer (e.g., multiple level metallization for integrated circuit)->        Separating insulating layer is laminate or composite of plural insulating materials (e.g., silicon oxide on silicon nitride, silicon oxynitride)
257/761 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        At least one layer containing vanadium, hafnium, niobium, zirconium, or tantalum
257/762 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        At least one layer containing silver or copper
257/763 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        At least one layer of molybdenum, titanium, or tungsten
257/764 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered ->        At least one layer of molybdenum, titanium, or tungsten->        Alloy containing molybdenum, titanium, or tungsten
257/765 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        At least one layer of an alloy containing aluminum
257/766 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Layered->        At least one layer containing chromium or nickel
257/767 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        Resistive to electromigration or diffusion of the contact or lead material
257/768 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        Refractory or platinum group metal or alloy or silicide thereof
257/769 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Refractory or platinum group metal or alloy or silicide thereof->        Platinum group metal or silicide thereof
257/770 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum ->        Refractory or platinum group metal or alloy or silicide thereof->        Molybdenum, tungsten, or titanium or their silicides
257/771 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        Alloy containing aluminum
257/772 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified material other than unalloyed aluminum->        Solder composition
257/773 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Of specified configuration
257/774 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified configuration->        Via (interconnection hole) shape
257/775 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified configuration->        Varying width or thickness of conductor
257/776 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Of specified configuration->        Cross-over arrangement, component or structure
257/777 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Chip mounted on chip
257/778 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Flip chip
257/779 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Solder wettable contact, lead, or bond
257/780 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Ball or nail head type contact, lead, or bond
257/781 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Ball or nail head type contact, lead, or bond->        Layered contact, lead or bond
257/782 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Die bond
257/783 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD  ->        Die bond->        With adhesive means
257/784 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Wire contact, lead, or bond
257/785 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        By pressure alone
257/786 -> 734 COMBINED WITH ELECTRICAL CONTACT OR LEAD ->        Configuration or pattern of bonds
257/787 ENCAPSULATED
257/788 -> 787 ENCAPSULATED ->        With specified encapsulant
257/789 -> 787 ENCAPSULATED  ->        With specified encapsulant->        With specified filler material
257/790 -> 787 ENCAPSULATED  ->        With specified encapsulant->        Plural encapsulating layers
257/791 -> 787 ENCAPSULATED  ->        With specified encapsulant->        Including polysiloxane (e.g., silicone resin)
257/792 -> 787 ENCAPSULATED  ->        With specified encapsulant->        Including polyimide
257/793 -> 787 ENCAPSULATED  ->        With specified encapsulant->        Including epoxide
257/794 -> 787 ENCAPSULATED  ->        With specified encapsulant->        Including glass
257/795 -> 787 ENCAPSULATED ->        With specified filler material
257/796 -> 787 ENCAPSULATED ->        With heat sink embedded in encapsulant
257/797 ALIGNMENT MARKS
257/798 MISCELLANEOUS
257/900 MOSFET TYPE GATE SIDEWALL INSULATING SPACER
257/901 MOSFET SUBSTRATE BIAS
257/902 FET WITH METAL SOURCE REGION
257/903 FET CONFIGURATION ADAPTED FOR USE AS STATIC MEMORY CELL
257/904 -> 903 FET CONFIGURATION ADAPTED FOR USE AS STATIC MEMORY CELL ->        WITH PASSIVE COMPONENTS, (e.g., POLYSILICON RESISTORS)
257/905 PLURAL DRAM CELLS SHARE COMMON CONTACT OR COMMON TRENCH
257/906 DRAM WITH CAPACITOR ELECTRODES USED FOR ACCESSING (E.G., BIT LINE IS CAPACITOR PLATE)
257/907 FOLDED BIT LINE DRAM CONFIGURATION
257/908 DRAM CONFIGURATION WITH TRANSISTORS AND CAPACITORS OF PAIRS OF CELLS ALONG A STRAIGHT LINE BETWEEN ADJACENT BIT LINES
257/909 MACROCELL ARRAYS (E.G., GATE ARRAYS WITH VARIABLE SIZE OR CONFIGURATION OF CELLS)
257/910 DIODE ARRAYS (E.G., DIODE READ-ONLY MEMORY ARRAY)
257/911 LIGHT SENSITIVE ARRAY ADAPTED TO BE SCANNED BY ELECTRON BEAM (E.G.,VIDICON DEVICE)
257/912 CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE USING BOTH ELECTRON AND HOLE SIGNAL CARRIERS
257/913 WITH MEANS TO ABSORB OR LOCALIZE UNWANTED IMPURITIES OR DEFECTS FROM SEMICONDUCTORS (E.G., HEAVY METAL GETTERING)
257/914 POLYSILICON CONTAINING OXYGEN, NITROGEN, OR CARBON (E.G., SIPOS)
257/915 WITH TITANIUM NITRIDE PORTION OR REGION
257/916 NARROW BAND GAP SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL (>>1EV)
257/917 PLURAL DOPANTS OF SAME CONDUCTIVITY TYPE IN SAME REGION
257/918 LIGHT EMITTING REGENERATIVE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., LIGHT EMITTING SCR) ARRAYS, CIRCUITRY, ETC.
257/919 ELEMENTS OF SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION CONNECTED IN SERIES OR PARALLEL TO AVERAGE OUT MANUFACTURING VARIATIONS IN CHARACTERISTICS
257/920 CONDUCTOR LAYERS ON DIFFERENT LEVELS CONNECTED IN PARALLEL (E.G., TO REDUCE RESISTANCE)
257/921 RADIATION HARDENED SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
257/922 WITH MEANS TO PREVENT INSPECTION OF OR TAMPERING WITH AN INTEGRATED CIRCUIT (E.G., "SMART CARD", ANTI-TAMPER)
257/923 WITH MEANS TO OPTIMIZE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR CURRENT CARRYING CAPACITY (E.G., PARTICULAR CONDUCTOR ASPECT RATIO)
257/924 WITH PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., CAPACITOR), OR BATTERY, AS INTEGRAL PART OF HOUSING OR HOUSING ELEMENT (E.G., CAP)
257/925 BRIDGE RECTIFIER MODULE
257/926 ELONGATED LEAD EXTENDING AXIALLY THROUGH ANOTHER ELONGATED LEAD
257/927 DIFFERENT DOPING LEVELS IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF PN JUNCTION TO PRODUCE SHAPED DEPLETION LAYER
257/928 WITH SHORTED PN OR SCHOTTKY JUNCTION OTHER THAN EMITTER JUNCTION
257/929 PN JUNCTION ISOLATED INTEGRATED CIRCUIT WITH ISOLATION WALLS HAVING MINIMUM DOPANT CONCENTRATION AT INTERMEDIATE DEPTH IN EPITAXIAL LAYER (E.G., DIFFUSED FROM BOTH SURFACES OF EPITAXIAL LAYER)
257/930 THERMOELECTRIC (E.G., PELTIER EFFECT) COOLING
264/1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING
264/1.21 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Nonresinous material only (e.g., ceramic, etc.)
264/1.22 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Nonresinous material only (e.g., ceramic, etc.)->        Scandium (Sc), yttrium (Y), or rare earth containing (i.e., atomic numbers 21, 39, or 57-72)
264/1.23 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Nonresinous material only (e.g., ceramic, etc.)->        Halogen containing
264/1.24 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Optical fiber, waveguide, or preform
264/1.25 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Optical fiber, waveguide, or preform->        Forming connector or coupler (e.g., fiber link, etc.)
264/1.26 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Optical fiber, waveguide, or preform ->        Forming connector or coupler (e.g., fiber link, etc.)->        Having lens integral with fiber
264/1.27 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Optical fiber, waveguide, or preform->        Utilizing plasma, electric, electromagnetic, particle, or wave energy
264/1.28 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Optical fiber, waveguide, or preform->        Forming fiber bundle or cable (e.g., covering, etc.)
264/1.29 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Optical fiber, waveguide, or preform->        Extruding (i.e., die)
264/1.31 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Light polarizing article or holographic article
264/1.32 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Light polarizing article or holographic article->        Lens
264/1.33 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Light polarizing article or holographic article->        Optical recording medium
264/1.34 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Light polarizing article or holographic article->        Film or sheet
264/1.35 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Light polarizing article or holographic article ->        Film or sheet->        Halogen containing
264/1.36 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Utilizing plasma, electric, electromagnetic, particulate, or wave energy
264/1.37 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Utilizing plasma, electric, electromagnetic, particulate, or wave energy->        Laser utilized
264/1.38 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Utilizing plasma, electric, electromagnetic, particulate, or wave energy->        Ultraviolet light utilized
264/1.6 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Continuous or indefinite length
264/1.7 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Composite or multiple layer
264/1.8 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Composite or multiple layer->        Including bifocal
264/1.9 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Composite or multiple layer->        Reflective
264/2.1 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Rotational molding
264/2.2 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Changing mold size or shape during molding or with shrinkage compensation
264/2.3 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Changing mold size or shape during molding or with shrinkage compensation->        With mold adherence or release
264/2.4 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Changing mold size or shape during molding or with shrinkage compensation->        Preform
264/2.5 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Including step of mold making
264/2.6 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Nonmechanical aftertreatment (e.g., hydration of contact lens, extraction, heat treatment, etc.)
264/2.7 -> 1.1 OPTICAL ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Reshaping or treatment of an optical preform
264/3.1 EXPLOSIVE OR PROPELLANT ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING
264/3.2 -> 3.1 EXPLOSIVE OR PROPELLANT ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Rolling to form sheet or rod
264/3.3 -> 3.1 EXPLOSIVE OR PROPELLANT ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Extrusion to form sheet or rod
264/3.4 -> 3.1 EXPLOSIVE OR PROPELLANT ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING ->        Forming or treating particulate material
264/3.5 -> 3.1 EXPLOSIVE OR PROPELLANT ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Forming or treating particulate material->        By liquid comminuting
264/3.6 -> 3.1 EXPLOSIVE OR PROPELLANT ARTICLE SHAPING OR TREATING  ->        Forming or treating particulate material ->        By liquid comminuting->        Immersed in liquid
264/4 ENCAPSULATING NORMALLY LIQUID MATERIAL
264/4.1 -> 4 ENCAPSULATING NORMALLY LIQUID MATERIAL ->        Liquid encapsulation utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)
264/4.3 -> 4 ENCAPSULATING NORMALLY LIQUID MATERIAL  ->        Liquid encapsulation utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)->        With treatment subsequent to solid wall formation (e.g., coating, hardening, etc.)
264/4.32 -> 4 ENCAPSULATING NORMALLY LIQUID MATERIAL  ->        Liquid encapsulation utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome) ->        With treatment subsequent to solid wall formation (e.g., coating, hardening, etc.)->        Microcapsule wall containing two or more layers
264/4.33 -> 4 ENCAPSULATING NORMALLY LIQUID MATERIAL  ->        Liquid encapsulation utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome) ->        With treatment subsequent to solid wall formation (e.g., coating, hardening, etc.)->        Microcapsule wall derived from synthetic polymer
264/4.4 -> 4 ENCAPSULATING NORMALLY LIQUID MATERIAL  ->        Liquid encapsulation utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)->        Solid-walled microcapsule formed by cooling molten materials
264/4.6 -> 4 ENCAPSULATING NORMALLY LIQUID MATERIAL  ->        Liquid encapsulation utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)->        Solid-walled microcapsule formed by physically removing a constituent (e.g., evaporation, extraction, etc.)
264/4.7 -> 4 ENCAPSULATING NORMALLY LIQUID MATERIAL  ->        Liquid encapsulation utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)->        Solid-walled microcapsule formed by in situ polymerization
264/5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING)
264/6 -> 5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING) ->        With subsequent uniting of the particles
264/7 -> 5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING) ->        Coated particles
264/8 -> 5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING) ->        Utilizing centrifugal force or rotating forming zone
264/9 -> 5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING) ->        By vibration or agitation
264/10 -> 5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING) ->        Utilizing electrical energy
264/11 -> 5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING) ->        By impinging plural liquid masses
264/12 -> 5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING) ->        By impinging or atomizing with gaseous jet or blast
264/13 -> 5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING) ->        By extrusion spraying or gravity fall through orifice
264/14 -> 5 FORMATION OF SOLID PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM MOLTEN OR LIQUID MASS (E.G., LIQUID COMMINUTING)  ->        By extrusion spraying or gravity fall through orifice->        Into moving fluid
264/15 SPHEROIDIZING OR ROUNDING OF SOLID PARTICLES
264/16 DENTAL SHAPING TYPE
264/17 -> 16 DENTAL SHAPING TYPE ->        Denture forming
264/18 -> 16 DENTAL SHAPING TYPE  ->        Denture forming->        Forming denture base against preformed teeth
264/19 -> 16 DENTAL SHAPING TYPE ->        Tooth forming
264/20 -> 16 DENTAL SHAPING TYPE  ->        Tooth forming->        Shaded layer
264/21 SHAPING OR TREATING LUMINESCENT MATERIAL
264/400 LASER ABLATIVE SHAPING OR PIERCING (I.E., NONETCHING, DEVOID OF CHEMICAL AGENT OTHER THAN AIR)
264/401 STEREOLITHOGRAPHIC SHAPING FROM LIQUID PRECURSOR
264/402 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO HEAT THE MOLD (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)
264/403 -> 402 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO HEAT THE MOLD (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Induction heating
264/404 -> 402 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO HEAT THE MOLD (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Electrical heating (e.g., resistance heat, etc.)
264/405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)
264/406 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Measuring, testing, or inspecting
264/407 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Measuring, testing, or inspecting->        Using sonic, supersonic, or ultrasonic energy
264/408 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Measuring, testing, or inspecting->        Sensing by utilizing light or passage of electric-field current through molding material
264/409 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Measuring, testing, or inspecting ->        Sensing by utilizing light or passage of electric-field current through molding material->        Laser
264/410 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Measuring, testing, or inspecting ->        Sensing by utilizing light or passage of electric-field current through molding material->        Infrared radiation
264/411 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Measuring, testing, or inspecting ->        Sensing by utilizing light or passage of electric-field current through molding material->        Measuring weight or volume (e.g., level-responsive, etc.)
264/412 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Measuring, testing, or inspecting ->        Sensing by utilizing light or passage of electric-field current through molding material->        Controlling rate of movement of molding material or its support in a continuous process
264/497 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Using laser sintering of particulate material to build three-dimensional product (e.g., SLS, selective laser sintering, etc.)
264/413 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Producing or treating porous product
264/414 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product->        Inorganic material containing
264/415 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product->        Including in situ (e.g., foaming)
264/416 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product ->        Including in situ (e.g., foaming)->        Using liquid to gas blowing agent
264/417 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product ->        Including in situ (e.g., foaming) ->        Using liquid to gas blowing agent->        Microwave (e.g., 2.45 gigahertz, etc.)
264/418 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product ->        Including in situ (e.g., foaming) ->        Using liquid to gas blowing agent->        Radio frequency (e.g., 13.56 megahertz, etc.)
264/419 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product ->        Including in situ (e.g., foaming)->        Using chemical blowing agent
264/420 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product ->        Including in situ (e.g., foaming) ->        Using chemical blowing agent->        Microwave (e.g., 2.45 gigahertz, etc.)
264/421 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product ->        Including in situ (e.g., foaming) ->        Using chemical blowing agent->        Radio frequency (e.g., 13.56 megahertz, etc.)
264/422 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product ->        Including in situ (e.g., foaming)->        Radio frequency (e.g., 13.56 megahertz, etc.)
264/423 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, etc.)
264/424 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product->        Utilizing electron arc or electron beam
264/425 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating porous product->        Polymerizing, cross-linking, or curing
264/426 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Producing or treating inorganic hydro-settable material (e.g., cement, plaster, etc.)
264/427 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Producing or treating magnetic product precursor thereof
264/428 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating magnetic product precursor thereof->        Including vitrifying or sintering (e.g., fusing, firing, burning, etc.)
264/429 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating magnetic product precursor thereof->        Uniting magnetic particles utilizing organic binder (e.g., resinous binders, etc.)
264/430 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Producing or treating inorganic material, not as pigments, conductive enhancers, or fillers (e.g., ceramic, refractory material, etc.)
264/431 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating inorganic material, not as pigments, conductive enhancers, or fillers (e.g., ceramic, refractory material, etc.)->        Induction heating
264/432 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating inorganic material, not as pigments, conductive enhancers, or fillers (e.g., ceramic, refractory material, etc.)->        Microwave (e.g., 2.45 gigahertz, etc.)
264/433 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating inorganic material, not as pigments, conductive enhancers, or fillers (e.g., ceramic, refractory material, etc.)->        Including extruding (e.g., spinning, etc.)
264/434 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Producing or treating inorganic material, not as pigments, conductive enhancers, or fillers (e.g., ceramic, refractory material, etc.)->        Including vitrifying or sintering (e.g., fusing, firing, burning, etc.)
264/435 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Molecular aligning or molecular orientating (e.g., poling, etc.)
264/436 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Molecular aligning or molecular orientating (e.g., poling, etc.)->        Producing permanently polarized dielectric (e.g., electret, etc.)
264/437 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Conveying or aligning particulate material
264/438 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Conveying or aligning particulate material->        Utilizing electrostatic charge
264/439 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Conveying or aligning particulate material ->        Utilizing electrostatic charge->        Simultaneously with molding
264/440 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Conveying or aligning particulate material ->        Utilizing electrostatic charge ->        Simultaneously with molding->        Forming composite structure
264/441 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Conveying or aligning particulate material ->        Utilizing electrostatic charge ->        Simultaneously with molding->        Producing filament
264/442 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Using sonic, supersonic, or ultrasonic energy
264/443 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Using sonic, supersonic, or ultrasonic energy->        Simultaneously with molding
264/444 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Using sonic, supersonic, or ultrasonic energy ->        Simultaneously with molding->        Producing articles of indefinite length
264/445 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Using sonic, supersonic, or ultrasonic energy ->        Simultaneously with molding->        Fusion bonding of preformed bodies and shaping at the joint
264/446 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Limited to treatment of surface or coated surface
264/447 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Limited to treatment of surface or coated surface->        Treatment of coated surface
264/448 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Limited to treatment of surface or coated surface->        Of indefinite length article
264/449 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Using direct contact of electrode or electrical wire with precursor or workpiece
264/450 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Using direct contact of electrode or electrical wire with precursor or workpiece->        Organic material contains specified conductive enhancing component (e.g., filler, etc.)
264/451 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Using direct contact of electrode or electrical wire with precursor or workpiece->        Shaping surface constitutes electrode
264/452 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Using direct contact of electrode or electrical wire with precursor or workpiece ->        Shaping surface constitutes electrode->        Including extrusion molding
264/453 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Using direct contact of electrode or electrical wire with precursor or workpiece ->        Shaping surface constitutes electrode->        Including injection molding
264/454 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Direct application of fluid pressure (e.g., blow molding, etc.)
264/455 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Direct application of fluid pressure (e.g., blow molding, etc.)->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, etc.)
264/456 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Direct application of fluid pressure (e.g., blow molding, etc.)->        Utilizing electron arc or electron beam
264/457 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Direct application of fluid pressure (e.g., blow molding, etc.)->        Induction heating
264/458 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Direct application of fluid pressure (e.g., blow molding, etc.)->        Infrared radiation
264/459 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Direct application of fluid pressure (e.g., blow molding, etc.)->        Polymerizing, cross-linking, or curing
264/460 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Forming articles by uniting randomly associated particles
264/461 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Forming articles by uniting randomly associated particles->        Utilizing electron arc or electron beam
264/462 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Forming articles by uniting randomly associated particles->        Infrared radiation
264/463 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Forming articles by uniting randomly associated particles->        Polymerizing, cross-linking, or curing
264/464 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Extrusion molding
264/465 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding->        Utilizing electrostatic charge, field, or force (e.g., pinning, etc.)
264/466 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding ->        Utilizing electrostatic charge, field, or force (e.g., pinning, etc.)->        On film, sheet or web
264/467 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding ->        Utilizing electrostatic charge, field, or force (e.g., pinning, etc.) ->        On film, sheet or web->        Plural electrodes spaced between the extruding means and the shaping surface
264/468 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding ->        Utilizing electrostatic charge, field, or force (e.g., pinning, etc.) ->        On film, sheet or web->        Including differential fluid pressure application (e.g., vacuum, etc.)
264/469 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, etc.)
264/470 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding->        Utilizing electron arc or electron beam
264/471 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding ->        Utilizing electron arc or electron beam->        Layered or structurally layered composite
264/472 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding->        Induction heating
264/473 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding->        High energy or particulate radiation (e.g., X-ray, gamma ray, neutron, etc.)
264/474 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding->        Microwave (e.g., 2.45 gigahertz, etc.)
264/475 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding->        Radio frequency (e.g., 13.56 megahertz, etc.)
264/476 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding->        Infrared radiation
264/477 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Extrusion molding->        Polymerizing, cross-linking, or curing
264/478 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Injection molding
264/479 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Reshaping, drawing or stretching
264/480 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Reshaping, drawing or stretching->        Composite work-piece
264/481 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Reshaping, drawing or stretching->        Infrared radiation
264/482 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Laser
264/483 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, etc.)
264/484 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Utilizing electrostatic charge, field, force (e.g., pinning, etc.)
264/485 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Utilizing electron arc or electron beam
264/486 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Induction heating
264/487 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Induction heating->        Composite work-piece
264/488 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        High energy or particulate radiation (e.g., X-ray, gamma ray, neutron, etc.)
264/489 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Microwave (e.g., 2.45 gigahertz, etc.)
264/490 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Microwave (e.g., 2.45 gigahertz, etc.)->        Composite work-piece
264/491 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Radio frequency (e.g., 13.56 megahertz, etc.)
264/492 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Infrared radiation
264/493 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Infrared radiation->        Composite work-piece
264/494 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.) ->        Polymerizing, cross-linking, or curing (e.g., utilizing ultraviolet radiation, etc.)
264/495 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Polymerizing, cross-linking, or curing (e.g., utilizing ultraviolet radiation, etc.)->        Indefinite length articles
264/496 -> 405 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY TO WORK (E.G., ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, PARTICULATE, MAGNETIC, INDUCTION HEAT, SONIC, ELECTROSTATIC ENERGY, ETC.)  ->        Polymerizing, cross-linking, or curing (e.g., utilizing ultraviolet radiation, etc.)->        While contacting a shaping surface (e.g., in mold curing, etc.)
264/28 WITH STEP OF COOLING TO A TEMPERATURE OF ZERO DEGREES C. OR BELOW
264/29.1 CARBONIZING TO FORM ARTICLE
264/29.2 -> 29.1 CARBONIZING TO FORM ARTICLE ->        Filaments
264/29.3 -> 29.1 CARBONIZING TO FORM ARTICLE ->        Agglomeration or accretion
264/29.4 -> 29.1 CARBONIZING TO FORM ARTICLE ->        From cellulosic material
264/29.5 -> 29.1 CARBONIZING TO FORM ARTICLE ->        With carbonizing, then adding carbonizable material and recarbonizing
264/29.6 -> 29.1 CARBONIZING TO FORM ARTICLE ->        In specific atmosphere (except vacuum or air)
264/29.7 -> 29.1 CARBONIZING TO FORM ARTICLE ->        Controlling varying temperature or plural heating steps
264/30 FURNACE LINING FORMATION OR REPAIR
264/31 FORMING STRUCTURAL INSTALLATIONS IN SITU
264/32 -> 31 FORMING STRUCTURAL INSTALLATIONS IN SITU ->        Arched, domed, or vertical-cylindrical structure
264/33 -> 31 FORMING STRUCTURAL INSTALLATIONS IN SITU ->        Repositioning or moving mold to form sequential portions of a structure
264/34 -> 31 FORMING STRUCTURAL INSTALLATIONS IN SITU ->        Sequentially molding in situ different portions or layers on a unitary structure
264/35 -> 31 FORMING STRUCTURAL INSTALLATIONS IN SITU ->        Uniting preform member with molding material
264/36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE
264/36.11 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE ->        Articles containing nontextile porous material (e.g., foam, sponge, etc.)
264/36.12 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE ->        Balls or rollers (e.g., printing rollers, golf balls, etc.)
264/36.13 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE ->        Sound records (e.g., by removing grooves, etc.)
264/36.14 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE ->        Toroidal shapes (e.g., resilient tires, etc.)
264/36.15 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE ->        Hollow- or container-type articles (e.g., vase, pipes, cups, tubes, etc.)
264/36.16 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE  ->        Hollow- or container-type articles (e.g., vase, pipes, cups, tubes, etc.)->        Pipes or tubes
264/36.17 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE  ->        Hollow- or container-type articles (e.g., vase, pipes, cups, tubes, etc.) ->        Pipes or tubes->        By application of internal fluid pressure differential to permanently shape, distort, or sustain material to repair or restore pipes or tubes (e.g., flexible bladder, expandable tubular pig, etc.)
264/36.18 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE ->        Inorganic material containing articles (e.g., plaster board, ceramic, fiberglass, etc.)
264/36.19 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE  ->        Inorganic material containing articles (e.g., plaster board, ceramic, fiberglass, etc.)->        Clad wire or cable (e.g., by restoring sheathing, etc.)
264/36.2 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE  ->        Inorganic material containing articles (e.g., plaster board, ceramic, fiberglass, etc.)->        Hydro-set material (e.g., cement, concrete, plaster board, etc.)
264/36.21 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE  ->        Inorganic material containing articles (e.g., plaster board, ceramic, fiberglass, etc.)->        By shaping nonglass material to repair damaged glass
264/36.22 -> 36.1 REPAIRING OR RESTORING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES FOR REUSE ->        By polymerizing, cross-linking, or curing (e.g., hardening, etc.)
264/37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)
264/37.11 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES) ->        Vaporizing to recycle liquid
264/37.12 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Vaporizing to recycle liquid->        The liquid is, or is part of, an extrudant bath
264/37.13 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Vaporizing to recycle liquid->        The liquid is a solvent for organic process material
264/37.14 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES) ->        Of gaseous process material (e.g., cooling gas, blowing gas, etc.)
264/37.15 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of gaseous process material (e.g., cooling gas, blowing gas, etc.)->        Of gas utilized in forming porous material
264/37.16 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of gaseous process material (e.g., cooling gas, blowing gas, etc.)->        Of blow molding gas
264/37.17 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of gaseous process material (e.g., cooling gas, blowing gas, etc.)->        Of gas utilized for heating or cooling
264/37.18 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES) ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.)
264/37.19 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.)->        From hydro-settable suspension
264/37.2 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.)->        The liquid is from an extrudant-receiving bath (e.g., liquid suspensions, etc.)
264/37.21 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.) ->        The liquid is from an extrudant-receiving bath (e.g., liquid suspensions, etc.)->        Containing ethylene or propylene carbonate in the bath
264/37.22 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.) ->        The liquid is from an extrudant-receiving bath (e.g., liquid suspensions, etc.)->        Containing acetic, nitric, or sulfuric acid in the bath
264/37.23 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.) ->        The liquid is from an extrudant-receiving bath (e.g., liquid suspensions, etc.)->        Containing zinc(Zn), lead(Pb), or copper(Cu) ions in the bath
264/37.24 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.) ->        The liquid is from an extrudant-receiving bath (e.g., liquid suspensions, etc.)->        With filtration
264/37.25 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.)->        Into blow molding process
264/37.26 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.)->        Into extrusion molding process
264/37.27 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of liquid process material (e.g., suspensions, etc.)->        Into injection molding process
264/37.28 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES) ->        Of excess fiber or filament
264/37.29 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES) ->        Of excess solid particulate (e.g., dust, powder, etc.)
264/37.3 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES) ->        Of process trim or excess blanked material (e.g., sprue, runner, flash, etc.)
264/37.31 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of process trim or excess blanked material (e.g., sprue, runner, flash, etc.)->        Into blow molding process
264/37.32 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of process trim or excess blanked material (e.g., sprue, runner, flash, etc.)->        Into extrusion molding process
264/37.33 -> 37.1 RECYCLING OF RECLAIMED OR PURIFIED PROCESS MATERIAL (NOT RECYCLED CONSUMER USED ARTICLES)  ->        Of process trim or excess blanked material (e.g., sprue, runner, flash, etc.)->        Into injection molding process
264/39 WITH STEP OF CLEANING, POLISHING, OR PRECONDITIONING APPARATUS FOR USE
264/40.1 WITH MEASURING, TESTING, OR INSPECTING
264/40.3 -> 40.1 WITH MEASURING, TESTING, OR INSPECTING ->        Controlling fluid pressure in direct contact with molding material
264/40.4 -> 40.1 WITH MEASURING, TESTING, OR INSPECTING ->        Measuring a weight or volume (e.g., level-responsive, etc.)
264/40.5 -> 40.1 WITH MEASURING, TESTING, OR INSPECTING ->        Positioning of a mold part to form a cavity or controlling pressure of a mold part on molding material
264/40.6 -> 40.1 WITH MEASURING, TESTING, OR INSPECTING ->        Controlling heat transfer with molding material
264/40.7 -> 40.1 WITH MEASURING, TESTING, OR INSPECTING ->        Controlling rate of movement of molding material or its support in a continuous process
264/41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)
264/42 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.) ->        Of inorganic materials
264/43 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Of inorganic materials->        Including vitrification or firing
264/44 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Of inorganic materials ->        Including vitrification or firing->        Burning out components to form pores
264/45.1 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.) ->        Composite article making
264/45.2 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making->        Utilizing inflatable or expandable mold part or mold, per se
264/45.3 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making->        Incorporating particulate material, fibers, or batts in a random distribution within a foamed body
264/45.4 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making->        Forming one layer by uniting and expanding expandable thermoplastic beads or particles
264/45.5 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making->        Autogenously formed surface layer or base supplies surface (e.g., skin forming, etc.)
264/45.6 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Autogenously formed surface layer or base supplies surface (e.g., skin forming, etc.)->        Foam surface layer produced by surface treatment of preformed base material
264/45.7 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making->        Utilizing rotational molding operation
264/45.8 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making->        Forming indefinite length continuous work
264/45.9 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Forming indefinite length continuous work->        Including extrusion
264/46.1 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Forming indefinite length continuous work ->        Including extrusion->        With subsequent application of shaping force to form final desired shape
264/46.2 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Forming indefinite length continuous work->        Between at least two moving surfaces
264/46.3 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Forming indefinite length continuous work ->        Between at least two moving surfaces->        With roller applied pressure
264/46.4 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform or solidified layer
264/46.5 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform or solidified layer->        Uniting spaced preforms or solidified layers by introducing foamable material therebetween
264/46.6 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform or solidified layer->        Against inner surface of a hollow preform or solidified layer
264/46.7 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform or solidified layer->        Utilizing metal part or reinforcement
264/46.8 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform or solidified layer->        Introducing preform into mold by thermoforming operation (e.g., vacuum forming, etc.)
264/46.9 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        Composite article making ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform or solidified layer->        On a preform or solidified layer which is spherical, toroidal, or annular
264/48 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.) ->        Including surface treatment of porous body
264/49 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.) ->        By treating occluded solids
264/50 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.) ->        By mechanically introducing gas into material
264/51 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.) ->        By gas forming or expanding
264/52 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        By gas forming or expanding->        Utilizing expansion retarder
264/53 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        By gas forming or expanding->        Liquid to gas phase change
264/54 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        By gas forming or expanding->        Chemical blowing
264/55 -> 41 PORE FORMING IN SITU (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)  ->        By gas forming or expanding ->        Chemical blowing->        Plural or incremental expansion steps
264/600 HEAT POLISHING (E.G., GLAZING, ETC.) OF INORGANIC ARTICLE SURFACE OUTSIDE OF MOLD
264/601 -> 600 HEAT POLISHING (E.G., GLAZING, ETC.) OF INORGANIC ARTICLE SURFACE OUTSIDE OF MOLD ->        Of clay containing block, tile, or brick
264/602 -> 600 HEAT POLISHING (E.G., GLAZING, ETC.) OF INORGANIC ARTICLE SURFACE OUTSIDE OF MOLD ->        With coating outside of mold
264/603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM
264/604 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Applying hot isostatic fluid pressure to preform using surrounding liquid (e.g., molten glass, melted tin, etc.) or fluid pressure-transmitting deformable sheath (e.g., metal foil, etc.)
264/605 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Particular or specific manner of positioning, arranging, or conveying of plural articles or plural preforms (e.g., stacking, utilizing spacer, etc.) during sintering, vitrifying, or drying
264/606 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Particular or specific manner of positioning, arranging, or conveying of plural articles or plural preforms (e.g., stacking, utilizing spacer, etc.) during sintering, vitrifying, or drying->        In a tunnel or channel kiln
264/607 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Particular or specific manner of positioning, arranging, or conveying of plural articles or plural preforms (e.g., stacking, utilizing spacer, etc.) during sintering, vitrifying, or drying->        Utilizing removable setter or spacing means
264/608 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Particular or specific manner of positioning, arranging, or conveying of plural articles or plural preforms (e.g., stacking, utilizing spacer, etc.) during sintering, vitrifying, or drying ->        Utilizing removable setter or spacing means->        Utilizing spacing means between stacked articles while heating outside of mold
264/609 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Particular or specific manner of positioning, arranging, or conveying of plural articles or plural preforms (e.g., stacking, utilizing spacer, etc.) during sintering, vitrifying, or drying->        Of clay containing block, tile, or brick
264/610 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Simultaneously burning, vaporizing, or melting of embedded element or core to form nonrandom void
264/611 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Of magnetic (e.g., ferrite, etc.) article or component
264/612 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Of magnetic (e.g., ferrite, etc.) article or component->        Using organic binder or organometallic
264/613 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Of magnetic (e.g., ferrite, etc.) article or component->        Specifying atmosphere other than air (e.g., oxidizing, inert, 10% oxygen, etc.)
264/614 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Of electrical article or electrical component (i.e., not insulator, per se)
264/615 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Of electrical article or electrical component (i.e., not insulator, per se)->        Capacitor (e.g., condensor, etc.)
264/616 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Of electrical article or electrical component (i.e., not insulator, per se)->        Resistor
264/617 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Of electrical article or electrical component (i.e., not insulator, per se) ->        Resistor->        Varistor
264/618 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Of electrical article or electrical component (i.e., not insulator, per se)->        Ceramic containing electrode, or coil, electrode, or coil having ceramic portion, or shaped electrolyte body
264/619 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Of electrical article or electrical component (i.e., not insulator, per se)->        Having patterned metal electrical conductor other than electrode (e.g., printed circuit, etc.)
264/620 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Of electrical article or electrical component (i.e., not insulator, per se)->        Having plural heating steps
264/621 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Utilizing sol or gel
264/622 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Utilizing sol or gel->        Unconfined drawing or extending of plastic mass to form article
264/623 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Utilizing sol or gel->        Shaping by extrusion (e.g., spinning, etc.)
264/624 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Using organometallic or organosilicon intermediate
264/625 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Using organometallic or organosilicon intermediate->        Forming carbide or carbonitride containing product
264/626 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Using organometallic or organosilicon intermediate->        Forming nitride or oxynitride containing product
264/627 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Using organometallic or organosilicon intermediate->        Forming fiber
264/628 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Producing microporous article (e.g., filter, etc.)
264/629 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Producing article having plural hollow channels
264/630 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Producing article having plural hollow channels->        Producing honeycomb shape
264/631 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Producing article having plural hollow channels ->        Producing honeycomb shape->        From cordierite (i.e., 2MgO.2A12O3.5SiO2, iolite)
264/632 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Producing hollow article (e.g., tube, etc.)
264/633 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Producing hollow article (e.g., tube, etc.)->        Producing bowl-like article
264/634 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Producing hollow article (e.g., tube, etc.)->        Shaping by extrusion (e.g., spinning, etc.)
264/635 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Producing hollow article (e.g., tube, etc.)->        Utilizing core mandrel
264/636 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Producing hollow article (e.g., tube, etc.)->        Casting suspension of particles against forming surface
264/637 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Producing hollow article (e.g., tube, etc.) ->        Casting suspension of particles against forming surface->        Removal of liquid component or carrier through porous or absorbent mold surface
264/638 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Shaping by extrusion (e.g., spinning, etc.)
264/639 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Shaping by extrusion (e.g., spinning, etc.)->        Of indefinite length product (e.g., sheet, tape, rod, fiber, etc.)
264/640 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Producing fiber containing article or fiber
264/641 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Producing fiber containing article or fiber->        Producing uniformly dispersed particulate fiber containing article
264/642 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Shaping or treating of multilayered, impregnated, or composite-structured article
264/643 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Shaping or treating of multilayered, impregnated, or composite-structured article->        Shaping followed by article coating or impregnating
264/644 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Shaping or treating of multilayered, impregnated, or composite-structured article->        Clay containing block, tile, or brick
264/645 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Introducing material under pressure into mold (e.g., injection molding, etc.)
264/646 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Utilizing chemically reactive atmosphere other than air, per se, during sintering to convert precursor to ceramic material
264/647 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Utilizing chemically reactive atmosphere other than air, per se, during sintering to convert precursor to ceramic material->        Nitrogen
264/648 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Utilizing chemically reactive atmosphere other than air, per se, during sintering to convert precursor to ceramic material->        Using oxygen enriched gas or oxidizing atmosphere (i.e., other than air, per se)
264/649 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Utilizing exothermic reaction
264/650 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Casting of film (e.g., sheet, tape, etc.)
264/651 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Removal of liquid component or carrier through porous or absorbent mold surface (e.g., slip casting, etc.)
264/652 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Sintering or vitrifying in a tunnel or channel kiln
264/653 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Including plural heating steps
264/654 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps->        Including diverse heating of article prior to outside-mold sintering or vitrifying
264/655 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article prior to outside-mold sintering or vitrifying->        With article cutting, punching, or grinding
264/656 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article prior to outside-mold sintering or vitrifying->        Including nonsintering burn-off, volatilization, or melting of binder
264/657 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article prior to outside-mold sintering or vitrifying ->        Including nonsintering burn-off, volatilization, or melting of binder->        Of synthetic resin binder
264/658 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article prior to outside-mold sintering or vitrifying->        Including reaction of precursor to form new inorganic compound or composition
264/659 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article prior to outside-mold sintering or vitrifying ->        Including reaction of precursor to form new inorganic compound or composition->        Forming nitride or oxynitride containing product
264/660 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article prior to outside-mold sintering or vitrifying->        With drying of shaped article or preform using nonsintering heat
264/661 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article prior to outside-mold sintering or vitrifying->        With drying, calcining, or sintering of non-shaped particulate
264/662 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps->        Including diverse heating of article subsequent to sintering
264/663 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article subsequent to sintering->        Subsequent hot pressing (i.e., press molding or by gas pressure)
264/664 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article subsequent to sintering ->        Subsequent hot pressing (i.e., press molding or by gas pressure)->        Specified temperature or pressure for hot pressing
264/665 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps ->        Including diverse heating of article subsequent to sintering->        Silicon nitride containing product
264/666 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including plural heating steps->        Plural sintering steps having specified temperature (e.g., presintering, etc.)
264/667 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Including specified molding pressure or controlling of molding pressure (e.g., cold isostatic pressing, hydrostatic pressure, etc.)
264/668 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Including specified molding pressure or controlling of molding pressure (e.g., cold isostatic pressing, hydrostatic pressure, etc.)->        Producing metal nitride or silicon nitride containing product
264/669 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Utilizing binder to add green strength to preform
264/670 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Utilizing binder to add green strength to preform->        Of synthetic resin binder
264/671 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Particular or specific manner of positioning, arranging, or conveying of single article or preform (e.g., utilizing spacer, etc.) during sintering, vitrifying, or drying
264/672 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Particular or specific manner of positioning, arranging, or conveying of single article or preform (e.g., utilizing spacer, etc.) during sintering, vitrifying, or drying->        To control or compensate shrinkage
264/673 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Particular or specific manner of positioning, arranging, or conveying of single article or preform (e.g., utilizing spacer, etc.) during sintering, vitrifying, or drying->        Utilizing particulate or sintered particulate packing, or support
264/674 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Involving specified composition of heating atmosphere, other than air
264/675 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Involving specified composition of heating atmosphere, other than air->        Containing water vapor
264/676 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Involving specified composition of heating atmosphere, other than air->        Containing nitrogen gas, noble gas, or inert gas, per se
264/677 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Controlling or directing flow of heated gas or exhaust within heating chamber (e.g., sintering furnace, drying chamber, etc.) or against article
264/678 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        With article cutting, punching or grinding
264/679 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Of clay containing material
264/680 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM  ->        Of clay containing material->        Clay containing block, tile, or brick
264/681 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Producing metal oxide containing product
264/682 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Producing silicon carbide containing product
264/683 -> 603 OUTSIDE OF MOLD SINTERING OR VITRIFYING OF SHAPED INORGANIC ARTICLE OR PREFORM ->        Producing silicon nitride containing product
264/68 INCLUDING STEP OF GENERATING HEAT BY FRICTION
264/69 TREATMENT OF MATERIAL BY VIBRATING, JARRING, OR AGITATING DURING SHAPING
264/70 -> 69 TREATMENT OF MATERIAL BY VIBRATING, JARRING, OR AGITATING DURING SHAPING ->        Continuously formed or indefinite length article
264/71 -> 69 TREATMENT OF MATERIAL BY VIBRATING, JARRING, OR AGITATING DURING SHAPING ->        By reciprocating or vibrating mold
264/72 -> 69 TREATMENT OF MATERIAL BY VIBRATING, JARRING, OR AGITATING DURING SHAPING  ->        By reciprocating or vibrating mold->        Diverse, sequential, or modulated
264/73 RANDOM VARIEGATED COLORING DURING MOLDING
264/74 -> 73 RANDOM VARIEGATED COLORING DURING MOLDING ->        Of surface portion only
264/75 -> 73 RANDOM VARIEGATED COLORING DURING MOLDING ->        By extrusion
264/76 -> 73 RANDOM VARIEGATED COLORING DURING MOLDING ->        By calendering
264/77 -> 73 RANDOM VARIEGATED COLORING DURING MOLDING ->        By compression in a closed mold cavity
264/78 WITH INCORPORATING DYE SUSCEPTIBLE MATERIAL OR DYEING WORKPIECE
264/79 WITH APPLICATION OR BARRIER FOR VOLATILE COMPONENT MATERIAL TO MOLDED ARTICLE SURFACE
264/80 FLAME CONTACT OR RESHAPING BY HEAT DECOMPOSITION OF WORK
264/81 GAS OR VAPOR DEPOSITION OF ARTICLE FORMING MATERIAL ONTO MOLD SURFACE
264/82 REACTIVE GAS OR VAPOR TREATMENT OF WORK
264/83 -> 82 REACTIVE GAS OR VAPOR TREATMENT OF WORK ->        Work is organic material
264/84 APPLYING EXPLOSIVE FORCE TO MAKE ARTICLE
264/85 UTILIZING SPECIAL INERT GASEOUS ATMOSPHERE OR FLUSHING MOLD WITH INERT LIQUID
264/86 REMOVAL OF LIQUID COMPONENT OR CARRIER THROUGH POROUS MOLD SURFACE
264/87 -> 86 REMOVAL OF LIQUID COMPONENT OR CARRIER THROUGH POROUS MOLD SURFACE ->        By direct application of vacuum or pneumatic pressure
264/500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK
264/501 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Producing toroidal work (e.g., tire, etc.)
264/502 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Producing toroidal work (e.g., tire, etc.)->        At least a portion of the external surface being unconfined during application of fluid pressure
264/503 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Shaping against interior of a forming surface by rotation of material or material shaping member
264/504 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Perforation by differential fluid pressureSEMI or smoothing, scoring, or cutting of green concrete with fluid pressure
264/505 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Corrugating
264/506 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Corrugating->        Of a tubular preform
264/507 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Corrugating ->        Of a tubular preform->        With axial compression
264/508 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Corrugating ->        Of a tubular preform->        Continuous or indefinite length
264/509 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Labeling or embossing indicia
264/510 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Producing multilayer work or article
264/511 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Producing multilayer work or article->        Including application of vacuum to hold, support, or sustain a preform against which material is molded
264/512 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Producing multilayer work or article->        Producing hollow work or a tubular article
264/513 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Producing multilayer work or article ->        Producing hollow work or a tubular article->        Including injection
264/514 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Producing multilayer work or article ->        Producing hollow work or a tubular article->        Including extrusion
264/515 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Producing multilayer work or article ->        Producing hollow work or a tubular article ->        Including extrusion->        Including forming a hollow article
264/516 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Producing multilayer work or article ->        Producing hollow work or a tubular article->        By insertion or application of a preform
264/517 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Bulk deposition of particles by differential fluid pressure
264/518 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Bulk deposition of particles by differential fluid pressure->        Continuous or indefinite length
264/519 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Differential temperature conditioning
264/520 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Differential temperature conditioning->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length preform to force same into conformity with female mold part
264/521 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Differential temperature conditioning ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length preform to force same into conformity with female mold part->        Heating
264/522 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Differential temperature conditioning->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is planar and of finite length
264/523 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part
264/524 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Production of a sealed product or a filled mercantile container
264/525 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Production of a sealed product or a filled mercantile container->        Including maintenance or production of internal sterility
264/526 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Including use of vacuum or internal venting of parison to remove fluid after application of differential fluid pressure
264/527 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Forming multiple containers in a single mold block from a single length of parison
264/528 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Including internal cooling of the article after fluid pressure shaping
264/529 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Including plural distinct steps of differential fluid pressure induced expansion
264/530 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Including plural distinct steps of differential fluid pressure induced expansion->        In diverse female mold cavities
264/531 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Including shaping by mechanical means other than fluid pressure during or subsequent to fluid pressure differential shaping
264/532 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Including shaping by mechanical means other than fluid pressure during or subsequent to fluid pressure differential shaping->        Shaping is longitudinal or axial stretching prior to or during differential fluid pressure deformation
264/533 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Including shaping by mechanical means other than fluid pressure during or subsequent to fluid pressure differential shaping->        Shaping is neck formation other than by closure of mold for body of article
264/534 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Including shaping by mechanical means other than fluid pressure during or subsequent to fluid pressure differential shaping->        Shaping is subsequent to expansion
264/535 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Including heating of previously formed parison to blow molding temperature
264/536 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Including removal of flash or sprue
264/537 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Including injection forming of parison or portion thereof
264/538 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Including injection forming of parison or portion thereof->        Arcuate or rotary movement of parison or workpiece from one work station to another
264/539 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Including injection forming of parison or portion thereof->        Including extrusion
264/540 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part->        Including extrusion
264/541 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Including extrusion->        Of irregular or varying cross section
264/542 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Including extrusion->        With movement of parison or workpiece from one work station to another
264/543 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Including application of internal fluid pressure to hollow finite length parison to expand same into conformity with female mold part ->        Including extrusion ->        With movement of parison or workpiece from one work station to another->        Movement is arcuate or rotary
264/544 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length
264/545 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length->        Including uniting plural shaped sheets to form hollow work
264/546 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length->        Material shaped is a fabric, per se
264/547 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length->        With distinct staged deformation by differential fluid pressure
264/548 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length ->        With distinct staged deformation by differential fluid pressure->        Including heating after forcing into contact with a solid heating means by differential fluid pressure
264/549 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length ->        With distinct staged deformation by differential fluid pressure->        Including use of male part to stretch heated preform which is formed by a female mold which determines shape of work
264/550 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length->        Including use of male part to stretch heated preform which is formed by a female mold which determines shape of work
264/551 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length ->        Including use of male part to stretch heated preform which is formed by a female mold which determines shape of work->        Simultaneous formation of plural articles
264/552 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length->        Including curing or vulcanization
264/553 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length->        Including use of vacuum
264/554 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Starting material is nonhollow planar finite length preform or product is finite length ->        Including use of vacuum->        Including use of male mold part which determines the final shape of at least a portion of the work
264/555 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Production of continuous or running length
264/556 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length->        By casting on to a cooled roll
264/557 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length->        Including liquid contact
264/558 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Including liquid contact->        Including internal liquid contact
264/559 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Including liquid contact ->        Including internal liquid contact->        With downward movement of workpiece
264/560 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Including liquid contact->        With calibration, mandrel forming or with internal guide
264/561 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Including liquid contact->        Contact with liquid coagulant or reactive liquid
264/562 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Including liquid contact->        With immersion in liquid bath
264/563 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length->        Producing a tubular product
264/564 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Producing a tubular product->        Including deformation by application of fluid pressure
264/565 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Producing a tubular product ->        Including deformation by application of fluid pressure->        With internal gas bearing or mandrel
264/566 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Producing a tubular product ->        Including deformation by application of fluid pressure->        With application of external pressure or vacuum
264/567 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Producing a tubular product ->        Including deformation by application of fluid pressure ->        With application of external pressure or vacuum->        With reheating of work (e.g., tempering, annealing, etc.)
264/568 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Producing a tubular product ->        Including deformation by application of fluid pressure ->        With application of external pressure or vacuum->        Including use of vacuum
264/569 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        Production of continuous or running length ->        Producing a tubular product ->        Including deformation by application of fluid pressure ->        With application of external pressure or vacuum->        Including annular fluid contact
264/570 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Including hydrostatic or liquid pressure
264/571 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        Including use of vacuum
264/572 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK ->        With internal application of fluid pressure
264/573 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        With internal application of fluid pressure->        To finite length tubular product
264/574 -> 500 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO PERMANENTLY SHAPE, DISTORT, OR SUSTAIN WORK  ->        With internal application of fluid pressure->        To form generally spherical product
264/101 VACUUM TREATMENT OF WORK
264/102 -> 101 VACUUM TREATMENT OF WORK ->        To degas or prevent gas entrapment
264/103 WITH TWINING, PLYING, BRAIDING, OR TEXTILE FABRIC FORMATION
264/104 FORMING ELECTRICAL ARTICLES BY SHAPING ELECTROCONDUCTIVE MATERIAL
264/105 -> 104 FORMING ELECTRICAL ARTICLES BY SHAPING ELECTROCONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        Conductive carbon containing
264/106 FORMING SOUND GROOVES IN RECORDS
264/107 -> 106 FORMING SOUND GROOVES IN RECORDS ->        Die pressing disk type records
264/108 ORIENTING OR ALIGNING SOLID PARTICLES IN FLUENT MATRIX MATERIAL
264/109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES
264/110 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        Mica particles
264/112 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        Stratified or layered articles
264/113 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES  ->        Stratified or layered articles->        Plural layers formed by uniting randomly associated particles
264/114 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        Utilizing centrifugal force
264/115 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        With liberating or forming of particles
264/116 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES  ->        With liberating or forming of particles->        From felt or batt
264/117 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        Agitating to form larger particles (i.e., accretion or agglomeration)
264/118 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        With subsequent cutting, grooving, breaking, or comminuting
264/119 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        With reshaping or surface embossing of formed article
264/120 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        Plural, intermittent pressure applying
264/121 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        Projecting particles in a moving gas stream
264/122 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        Utilizing diverse solid particles
264/123 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        Autogenously or by activation of dry coated particles
264/124 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES  ->        Autogenously or by activation of dry coated particles->        By activating naturally occurring binder (e.g., cork, etc.)
264/125 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES  ->        Autogenously or by activation of dry coated particles->        Sintering or heat fusing particles
264/126 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES  ->        Autogenously or by activation of dry coated particles ->        Sintering or heat fusing particles->        Of organic material
264/127 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES  ->        Autogenously or by activation of dry coated particles ->        Sintering or heat fusing particles ->        Of organic material->        Fluorocarbon resin
264/128 -> 109 FORMING ARTICLES BY UNITING RANDOMLY ASSOCIATED PARTICLES ->        Liquid binder applied subsequent to particle assembly
264/129 WITH PRINTING OR COATING OF WORKPIECE (OUT OF MOLD)
264/130 -> 129 WITH PRINTING OR COATING OF WORKPIECE (OUT OF MOLD) ->        Anti-stick or adhesion preventing coating
264/131 -> 129 WITH PRINTING OR COATING OF WORKPIECE (OUT OF MOLD) ->        Coating with particulate material
264/132 -> 129 WITH PRINTING OR COATING OF WORKPIECE (OUT OF MOLD) ->        Applying indicia or design (e.g., printing, etc.)
264/133 -> 129 WITH PRINTING OR COATING OF WORKPIECE (OUT OF MOLD) ->        Applied to clay, sand, or earthen workpiece
264/134 -> 129 WITH PRINTING OR COATING OF WORKPIECE (OUT OF MOLD) ->        Coating or impregnating workpiece before molding or shaping step
264/135 -> 129 WITH PRINTING OR COATING OF WORKPIECE (OUT OF MOLD)  ->        Coating or impregnating workpiece before molding or shaping step->        Molding material against and uniting to the coated or impregnated workpiece
264/136 -> 129 WITH PRINTING OR COATING OF WORKPIECE (OUT OF MOLD)  ->        Coating or impregnating workpiece before molding or shaping step->        Impregnation of batt, sheet, or filament
264/137 -> 129 WITH PRINTING OR COATING OF WORKPIECE (OUT OF MOLD)  ->        Coating or impregnating workpiece before molding or shaping step ->        Impregnation of batt, sheet, or filament->        Heat settable impregnant
264/138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE
264/139 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        Removing surface portion of composite workpiece to expose substrate
264/140 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        To form particulate product (e.g., flakes, etc.)
264/141 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        To form particulate product (e.g., flakes, etc.)->        Subsequent to extruding step
264/142 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        To form particulate product (e.g., flakes, etc.) ->        Subsequent to extruding step->        By cutting at point of extrusion
264/143 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        To form particulate product (e.g., flakes, etc.) ->        Subsequent to extruding step->        From strands
264/144 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        To form particulate product (e.g., flakes, etc.)->        From continuously cast material
264/145 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        Forming continuous work followed by cutting
264/146 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Forming continuous work followed by cutting->        Slitting longitudinally
264/147 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Forming continuous work followed by cutting ->        Slitting longitudinally->        Of web to form plurality of threads
264/148 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Forming continuous work followed by cutting->        Extruding followed by cutting to length
264/149 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Forming continuous work followed by cutting ->        Extruding followed by cutting to length->        Extruding around moving preform
264/150 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Forming continuous work followed by cutting ->        Extruding followed by cutting to length->        Extruding hollow product
264/151 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Forming continuous work followed by cutting ->        Extruding followed by cutting to length->        With shaping between extruding and cutting steps
264/152 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        Cutting and uniting cut parts
264/153 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        Punching article from sheet material
264/154 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        Making hole or aperture in article
264/155 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Making hole or aperture in article->        By punching or drilling
264/156 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Making hole or aperture in article ->        By punching or drilling->        Plurality of holes
264/157 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        Dividing work to form plural articles
264/158 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Dividing work to form plural articles->        Shaving or slicing sheets from work block
264/159 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Dividing work to form plural articles->        Tubular work
264/160 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE  ->        Dividing work to form plural articles->        Sheet or web work
264/161 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        Flash or sprue removal type
264/162 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        Surface finishing (e.g., abrading, grinding, etc.)
264/163 -> 138 WITH SEVERING, REMOVING MATERIAL FROM PREFORM MECHANICALLY, OR MECHANICALLY SUBDIVIDING WORKPIECE ->        Simultaneous severing and shaping, or severing while work remains on shaping surface
264/164 UNCONFINED DRAWING OR EXTENDING OF A PLASTIC MASS TO MAKE ARTICLE
264/165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK
264/166 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK ->        With mold element formation or removal
264/167 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK ->        Of varying cross-sectional area or with intermittent cross-sectional irregularity
264/168 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK ->        With crimping or crinkling of strands of filaments
264/169 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK ->        With prevention of equipment fouling accumulations or deposits
264/170 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        With prevention of equipment fouling accumulations or deposits->        By chemical additive to molding material or treating bath
264/171.1 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.)
264/171.11 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.)->        Including extrusion on or about plural discrete end-to-end or discrete side-by-side preforms (e.g., definite length preform, etc.)
264/171.12 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.)->        Hollow preform
264/171.13 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.)->        Utilizing indefinite length preform
264/171.14 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform->        Of metal
264/171.15 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform ->        Of metal->        Natural rubber or thermosetting resin containing layer
264/171.16 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform ->        Of metal->        Utilizing plural metal preforms (e.g., twisted, spiral, etc.)
264/171.17 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform ->        Of metal->        Shaping of plural layers on preform
264/171.18 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform ->        Of metal ->        Shaping of plural layers on preform->        Sequential shaping of layers
264/171.19 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform ->        Of metal->        Including upstream mixing
264/171.2 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform ->        Of metal->        Producing coiled or helical containing structure or layer
264/171.21 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform ->        Of metal->        Producing ribbon, tape, or sheet (e.g., extrusion, etc.)
264/171.22 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform ->        Of metal->        Including preheating of metal preform
264/171.23 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform->        Shaping of polyamide (e.g., nylon, etc.) or addition polymer of at least one monoethylenically unsaturated monomer (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.) containing layer on preform
264/171.24 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform->        Shaping of natural rubber or thermosetting resin containing layer on preform (e.g. elastomers, etc.)
264/171.25 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Utilizing indefinite length preform->        Shaping of a natural resinous layer on preform (e.g., cellulosic, etc.)
264/171.26 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.)->        Producing hollow composite
264/171.27 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing hollow composite->        Having three or more layers of at least two different materials
264/171.28 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing hollow composite->        Polyamide (e.g., nylon,, etc.) or addition polymer of at least one monoethylenically unsaturated monomer (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.) containing layer
264/171.29 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing hollow composite->        Including rotation of shaping surface or material being shaped
264/172.1 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing hollow composite->        Having particular noncircular cross-section (e.g., T-configured, etc.)
264/172.11 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.)->        Producing composite strand, filament, or thread
264/172.12 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing composite strand, filament, or thread->        Having particular noncircular cross-section (e.g., T-configured, etc.)
264/172.13 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing composite strand, filament, or thread->        Islands-in-sea (i.e., discontinuous phase in continuous phase)
264/172.14 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing composite strand, filament, or thread->        Side-by-side
264/172.15 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing composite strand, filament, or thread->        Sheath-core
264/172.16 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing composite strand, filament, or thread->        Into liquid bath (e.g., wet-spinning, etc.)
264/172.17 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing composite strand, filament, or thread->        Melt-spinning
264/172.18 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing composite strand, filament, or thread ->        Melt-spinning->        Polyamide (e.g., nylon, etc.) or addition polymer of at least one monoethylenically unsaturated monomer (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.) containing layer
264/172.19 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.)->        Producing indefinite length article by depositing material on endless forming surface (e.g., endless belts, rollers, etc.)
264/173.1 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Producing indefinite length article by depositing material on endless forming surface (e.g., endless belts, rollers, etc.)->        Including roller-type shaping surface (e.g., calendering, etc.)
264/173.11 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.)->        Having three or more layers of at least two different compositions
264/173.12 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Having three or more layers of at least two different compositions->        Melt extrusion (e.g., co-extrusion, etc.)
264/173.13 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Having three or more layers of at least two different compositions ->        Melt extrusion (e.g., co-extrusion, etc.)->        Vinylidene chloride or fluoride containing layer
264/173.14 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Having three or more layers of at least two different compositions ->        Melt extrusion (e.g., co-extrusion, etc.)->        Polyamide (e.g., nylon, etc.) or addition polymer of at least one monoethylenically unsaturated monomer (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.) containing layer
264/173.15 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Having three or more layers of at least two different compositions ->        Melt extrusion (e.g., co-extrusion, etc.)->        Including subsequent reshaping (e.g., stretching, etc.)
264/173.16 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.)->        Melt co-extrusion (e.g., two layers, etc.)
264/173.17 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Melt co-extrusion (e.g., two layers, etc.)->        Having particular noncircular cross-section (e.g., T-configured, etc.)
264/173.18 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Melt co-extrusion (e.g., two layers, etc.)->        Having colorant added to material to be shaped or producing two diverse colored layers
264/173.19 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Melt co-extrusion (e.g., two layers, etc.)->        Polyamide (e.g., nylon, etc.) or addition polymer of at least one monoethylenically unsaturated monomer (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.) containing layer
264/174.1 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Melt co-extrusion (e.g., two layers, etc.) ->        Polyamide (e.g., nylon, etc.) or addition polymer of at least one monoethylenically unsaturated monomer (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, etc.) containing layer->        Styrene polymer containing
264/174.11 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Layered, stratified traversely of length, or multiphase macrostructure containing material (e.g., conjugate, composite, islands-in-sea, core-sheath, etc.) ->        Melt co-extrusion (e.g., two layers, etc.)->        Natural rubber or elastomer containing layer
264/175 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK ->        By calendering
264/176.1 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK ->        Shaping by extrusion
264/177.1 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.)
264/177.11 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.)->        Nonresinous material only (e.g., ceramic, soap, cellulose, glue, etc.)
264/177.12 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.)->        Honeycomb
264/177.13 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.)->        Filament (e.g., T-configured, dog-bone, trilobal, etc.)
264/177.14 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.) ->        Filament (e.g., T-configured, dog-bone, trilobal, etc.)->        Hollow or tubular work produced
264/177.15 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.) ->        Filament (e.g., T-configured, dog-bone, trilobal, etc.) ->        Hollow or tubular work produced->        Capillary passages (e.g., pen nibs, writing tips, etc.)
264/177.16 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.)->        Die configuration (other than fixed orifice shape)
264/177.17 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.)->        Processing or treatment after extrusion (e.g., support, guide, etc.)
264/177.18 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.) ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion (e.g., support, guide, etc.)->        Chemical
264/177.19 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.) ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion (e.g., support, guide, etc.)->        Temperature specified (other than ambient)
264/177.2 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        To produce particular cross section (e.g., noncircular, etc.)->        With reinforcement filler, or additive
264/178R -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        Into a liquid bath
264/179 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath->        With purifying or replenishing of bath
264/180 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath->        Liquid of bath is in motion
264/181 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Liquid of bath is in motion->        With stretching in bath of extruded article
264/182 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath->        Polyacrylonitrile containing extrudant
264/183 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath->        Reactive bath
264/184 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath->        Synthetic resin containing extrudant
264/185 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Synthetic resin containing extrudant->        Polyvinyl alcohol containing
264/186 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant
264/187 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant->        Cellulose derivatives
264/188 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives->        Viscose
264/189 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose->        Bath contains organic compound
264/190 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose ->        Bath contains organic compound->        Carbohydrate or protein
264/191 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose->        Extrudant contains added organic compound
264/192 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose ->        Extrudant contains added organic compound->        Sulfur containing organic compound
264/193 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose ->        Extrudant contains added organic compound->        Polyethers (e.g., oxyalkylated compounds, etc.)
264/194 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose ->        Extrudant contains added organic compound->        Nitrogen containing organic compound
264/195 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose->        Subsequent chemical treatment of formed articles
264/196 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose->        Plural step coagulating or regenerating
264/197 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose ->        Plural step coagulating or regenerating->        With stretching
264/198 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives ->        Viscose->        Mechanical treatment of articles (e.g, stretching, folding, deforming, etc.)
264/199 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives->        Cupro ammonium cellulose
264/200 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath ->        Carbohydrate containing extrudant ->        Cellulose derivatives->        Cellulose acetate
264/201 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath->        Natural rubber containing extrudant
264/202 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath ->        Reactive bath->        Protein containing extrudant
264/203 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath->        Liquid is solvent extractive
264/178F -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Into a liquid bath->        Filaments
264/204 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        Solidifying by evaporation of liquid solvent or liquid carrier
264/205 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Solidifying by evaporation of liquid solvent or liquid carrier->        Synthetic resin containing spinning solutions
264/206 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Solidifying by evaporation of liquid solvent or liquid carrier ->        Synthetic resin containing spinning solutions->        Polyacrylonitrile
264/207 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Solidifying by evaporation of liquid solvent or liquid carrier->        Cellulose derivative
264/208 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Solidifying by evaporation of liquid solvent or liquid carrier ->        Cellulose derivative->        With stretching of formed article
264/209.1 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        Hollow article
264/209.2 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Hollow article->        Including rotational or translational movement of a material shaping member
264/209.3 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Hollow article->        Reshaping product (extrudate) subsequent to extrusion
264/209.4 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Hollow article ->        Reshaping product (extrudate) subsequent to extrusion->        Sizing to desired dimension
264/209.5 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Hollow article ->        Reshaping product (extrudate) subsequent to extrusion ->        Sizing to desired dimension->        Stretching extruded material
264/209.6 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Hollow article->        Curing or polymerizing operation during extrusion (e.g., cross-linking, vulcanizing, etc.)
264/209.7 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Hollow article->        At least two distinct operational temperatures employed during the extrusion operation
264/209.8 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Hollow article->        Providing special flow channel feature (e.g., varying dimension of flow channel or varying direction of flow of material in the extruder, etc.)
264/210.1 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        And reshaping
264/210.2 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        And reshaping->        Including a step other than application or removal of tension
264/210.3 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        And reshaping->        With application of agent other than water or air to workpiece
264/210.4 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        And reshaping ->        With application of agent other than water or air to workpiece->        During or after final shape change
264/210.5 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        And reshaping->        With temperature gradient across cross-section of workplace or heat treatment after all shaping
264/210.6 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        And reshaping->        With processing before extrusion or inclusion of additive
264/210.7 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        And reshaping->        Plural stretching steps or stages
264/210.8 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        And reshaping->        Of filament
264/211 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        Utilizing added agent (e.g., flux, plasticizer, dispersing agent, etc.)
264/211.1 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        Centripetal extrusion
264/211.11 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        Nonresinous material only (e.g., ceramic, soap, cellulose, etc.)
264/211.12 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        Processing or treatment after extrusion
264/211.13 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion->        Contact of extrudate with fluid other than ambient air
264/211.14 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion ->        Contact of extrudate with fluid other than ambient air->        Filament (e.g., fiber, etc.)
264/211.15 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion ->        Contact of extrudate with fluid other than ambient air ->        Filament (e.g., fiber, etc.)->        Plural treatment stages of zones
264/211.16 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion ->        Contact of extrudate with fluid other than ambient air ->        Filament (e.g., fiber, etc.)->        Extractive fluid or effects reaction
264/211.17 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion ->        Contact of extrudate with fluid other than ambient air ->        Filament (e.g., fiber, etc.)->        Heating
264/211.18 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion ->        Contact of extrudate with fluid other than ambient air->        Plural treatment stages or zones
264/211.19 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion ->        Contact of extrudate with fluid other than ambient air->        Extractive fluid or effects reaction
264/211.2 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Processing or treatment after extrusion ->        Contact of extrudate with fluid other than ambient air->        Heating
264/211.21 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        Screw extruder or screw feeder device
264/211.22 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Screw extruder or screw feeder device->        Filament (e.g., fiber, etc.)
264/211.23 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion ->        Screw extruder or screw feeder device->        Plural screws, plural extruders, or plural stage extruder
264/211.24 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        Shaping by extrusion->        Curing or polymerization in the extruder (includes incomplete polymerization or curing, or coagulating rubber)
264/212 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK ->        By casting liquids on a solid supporting or shaping surface
264/213 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        By casting liquids on a solid supporting or shaping surface->        Utilizing surface parting, anti-stick or release agent
264/214 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        By casting liquids on a solid supporting or shaping surface->        To form nonplanar article or surface
264/215 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        By casting liquids on a solid supporting or shaping surface->        By dipping the forming surface into the forming material
264/216 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        By casting liquids on a solid supporting or shaping surface->        Rubber or synthetic resin containing liquid
264/217 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        By casting liquids on a solid supporting or shaping surface->        Carbohydrate containing liquid
264/218 -> 165 FORMING CONTINUOUS OR INDEFINITE LENGTH WORK  ->        By casting liquids on a solid supporting or shaping surface ->        Carbohydrate containing liquid->        Solidifying by applied reagent
264/219 WITH STEP OF MAKING MOLD OR MOLD SHAPING, PER SE
264/220 -> 219 WITH STEP OF MAKING MOLD OR MOLD SHAPING, PER SE ->        Utilizing surface to be reproduced as an impression pattern
264/221 -> 219 WITH STEP OF MAKING MOLD OR MOLD SHAPING, PER SE  ->        Utilizing surface to be reproduced as an impression pattern->        With destruction of pattern or mold to dissociate
264/222 -> 219 WITH STEP OF MAKING MOLD OR MOLD SHAPING, PER SE  ->        Utilizing surface to be reproduced as an impression pattern->        Anatomical surface (i.e., using body area as an impression pattern)
264/223 -> 219 WITH STEP OF MAKING MOLD OR MOLD SHAPING, PER SE  ->        Utilizing surface to be reproduced as an impression pattern ->        Anatomical surface (i.e., using body area as an impression pattern)->        Pedal
264/224 -> 219 WITH STEP OF MAKING MOLD OR MOLD SHAPING, PER SE  ->        Utilizing surface to be reproduced as an impression pattern->        With flexible inversion of a forming surface
264/225 -> 219 WITH STEP OF MAKING MOLD OR MOLD SHAPING, PER SE  ->        Utilizing surface to be reproduced as an impression pattern->        Forming mold from fluent material
264/226 -> 219 WITH STEP OF MAKING MOLD OR MOLD SHAPING, PER SE  ->        Utilizing surface to be reproduced as an impression pattern ->        Forming mold from fluent material->        With initial molding or treating of a surface to be reproduced
264/227 -> 219 WITH STEP OF MAKING MOLD OR MOLD SHAPING, PER SE  ->        Utilizing surface to be reproduced as an impression pattern ->        Forming mold from fluent material ->        With initial molding or treating of a surface to be reproduced->        Developing a surface negative and then a surface positive mold
264/228 FORMING STRESSED CONCRETE ARTICLES
264/229 PRESTRESSING SOLID BODY AND UNITING IN STRESSED CONDITION
264/230 UTILIZING HEAT RELEASABLE STRESS TO RESHAPE SOLID WORKPIECE (E.G., ELASTIC MEMORY, ETC.)
264/231 APPLYING TENSILE STRESS TO WORKPIECE DURING HEAT CURING
264/232 DISPARATE TREATMENT OF ARTICLE SUBSEQUENT TO WORKING, MOLDING, OR SHAPING
264/233 -> 232 DISPARATE TREATMENT OF ARTICLE SUBSEQUENT TO WORKING, MOLDING, OR SHAPING ->        Washing of article
264/234 -> 232 DISPARATE TREATMENT OF ARTICLE SUBSEQUENT TO WORKING, MOLDING, OR SHAPING ->        Effecting temperature change
264/235 -> 232 DISPARATE TREATMENT OF ARTICLE SUBSEQUENT TO WORKING, MOLDING, OR SHAPING  ->        Effecting temperature change->        Annealing
264/235.6 -> 232 DISPARATE TREATMENT OF ARTICLE SUBSEQUENT TO WORKING, MOLDING, OR SHAPING  ->        Effecting temperature change ->        Annealing->        After stretching running or indefinite length work
264/235.8 -> 232 DISPARATE TREATMENT OF ARTICLE SUBSEQUENT TO WORKING, MOLDING, OR SHAPING  ->        Effecting temperature change ->        Annealing ->        After stretching running or indefinite length work->        Biaxial stretching of film
264/236 -> 232 DISPARATE TREATMENT OF ARTICLE SUBSEQUENT TO WORKING, MOLDING, OR SHAPING  ->        Effecting temperature change->        Completing vulcanization or polymerization
264/237 -> 232 DISPARATE TREATMENT OF ARTICLE SUBSEQUENT TO WORKING, MOLDING, OR SHAPING  ->        Effecting temperature change->        Cooling
264/238 COMBINED
264/239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE
264/240 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        Separately introducing reacting materials into mold
264/241 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article
264/242 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article->        Joining parts for relative movement
264/243 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article->        Bristled or tufted article making
264/244 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article->        Uniting shoe part to upper
264/245 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article->        Multicolored surface
264/246 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Multicolored surface->        One component self-sustaining prior to compositing
264/247 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Multicolored surface ->        One component self-sustaining prior to compositing->        Positioning component in mold
264/248 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article->        Fusion bonding of preformed bodies and shaping at joint only
264/249 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article->        Mechanically securing parts together by reshaping joint portion only
264/250 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article->        By separately molding different article portions
264/251 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        By separately molding different article portions->        Spaced molded portions interconnected by solid preform
264/252 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        By separately molding different article portions ->        Spaced molded portions interconnected by solid preform->        Molding portions along sheet edge
264/253 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        By separately molding different article portions ->        Spaced molded portions interconnected by solid preform->        Building unit having spaced walls
264/254 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        By separately molding different article portions->        Separate stage covering of different preform areas
264/255 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        By separately molding different article portions->        Sequential formation of portion on same mold or a preform surface
264/256 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        By separately molding different article portions ->        Sequential formation of portion on same mold or a preform surface->        Utilizing clay, sand, or calcareous slurry
264/257 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article->        One component is a fibrous or textile sheet, web, or batt
264/258 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        One component is a fibrous or textile sheet, web, or batt->        Joining a plurality of superposed fibrous or textile layers
264/259 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform
264/260 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform->        Co-molding plural fluent materials and uniting to preform
264/261 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform->        Uniting spaced preforms, by introducing fluent material therebetween
264/262 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Uniting spaced preforms, by introducing fluent material therebetween->        Concentric preforms
264/263 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform->        To unite independent contacting preforms
264/264 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform->        Preventing adherence of shaped material to preform
264/265 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform->        Conditioning or treatment of preform
264/266 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform->        Simultaneously shaping material and reshaping preform
264/267 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform->        Against inner surface of hollow preform
264/268 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Against inner surface of hollow preform->        Cap or cup-like preform (e.g., container closure, etc.)
264/269 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Against inner surface of hollow preform->        Cavity lining type
264/270 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Against inner surface of hollow preform ->        Cavity lining type->        Utilizing centrifugal force (e.g., pipe lining, etc.)
264/271.1 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material
264/272.11 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material->        Electrical component encapsulating
264/272.12 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating->        Nonresinous encapsulant
264/272.13 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating->        With curing procedure, or procedure or treatment to compensate for differential expansion
264/272.14 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating->        Plural electrical components
264/272.15 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating->        With component positioning procedure or incorporation of article positioning means
264/272.16 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating->        Transducer, or electric lamp or space discharge device
264/272.17 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating->        Semiconductor or barrier layer device (e.g., integrated circuit, transistor, etc.)
264/272.18 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating->        Condenser or resistor
264/272.19 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating->        Dynamoelectric machine, electromagnet, transformer inductors, or coils
264/272.2 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating ->        Dynamoelectric machine, electromagnet, transformer inductors, or coils->        Motor or part encapsulated
264/272.21 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Electrical component encapsulating->        Battery or part encapsulated
264/273 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material->        Shaped material extends through holes in preform
264/274 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material->        Preform particularly provided with means to provide interlock with shaped material
264/275 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material->        Positioning or maintaining position of preform relative to mold surface
264/276 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Positioning or maintaining position of preform relative to mold surface->        Preventing flash
264/277 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Positioning or maintaining position of preform relative to mold surface->        Maintaining preforms in spaced relationship
264/278 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material ->        Positioning or maintaining position of preform relative to mold surface->        By removable means
264/279 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material->        Applying fluent material to preform
264/279.1 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        To produce composite, plural part or multilayered article ->        Shaping material and uniting to a preform ->        Preform embedded in or surrounded by shaped material->        Preform is completely surrounded by shaped material
264/280 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work
264/281 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work->        Longitudinally advanced coiling (nonplanar)
264/282 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work->        Creping or crinkling
264/283 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work ->        Creping or crinkling->        By doctoring from drum
264/284 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work->        Deforming the surface only
264/285 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work->        Bending
264/286 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work ->        Bending->        Corrugating
264/287 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work ->        Bending ->        Corrugating->        And subsequent reshaping of corrugated material
264/288.4 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work->        Stretching by applying tension
264/288.8 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work ->        Stretching by applying tension->        Nonuniform product (e.g., porous, etc.) or with tensioning before application of heat
264/289.3 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work ->        Stretching by applying tension->        With treatment other than heating before stretching
264/289.6 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work ->        Stretching by applying tension->        With shrinking or with liquid contact during or after stretching
264/290.2 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work ->        Stretching by applying tension->        Biaxial or transverse to travel direction
264/290.5 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work ->        Stretching by applying tension->        Of filament
264/290.7 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Reshaping running or indefinite-length work ->        Stretching by applying tension ->        Of filament->        Including contact with mechanism in stretch path (e.g., snubbing, etc.)
264/291 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        Stretching or stretch forming
264/292 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Stretching or stretch forming->        By drawing over a form
264/293 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        Deforming the surface only
264/294 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        Plural sequential shaping or molding steps on same workpiece
264/295 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Plural sequential shaping or molding steps on same workpiece->        Molding followed by bending or twisting
264/296 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Plural sequential shaping or molding steps on same workpiece->        One step reshapes portion only of article
264/297.1 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        Forming plural articles
264/297.2 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Forming plural articles->        Including introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)
264/297.3 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Forming plural articles ->        Including introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        With plural molds on belt or turntable
264/297.4 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Forming plural articles->        Forming multiple stacked or nested articles or including multilayer pressing
264/297.5 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Forming plural articles->        Reshaping or treatment of a preform (e.g., vulcanizing, etc.)
264/297.6 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Forming plural articles->        With plural molds on a moving surface
264/297.7 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Forming plural articles ->        With plural molds on a moving surface->        With linear movement of the molds
264/297.8 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Forming plural articles->        Simultaneous formation of plural articles
264/297.9 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Forming plural articles ->        Simultaneous formation of plural articles->        Of primarily inorganic material (e.g., concrete or ceramic, etc.)
264/298 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        By casting on a liquid surface
264/299 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)
264/300 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        Utilizing release agent in molding material
264/301 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        Accretion from bulk
264/302 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Accretion from bulk->        Slush casting type
264/303 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Accretion from bulk->        Accretion of varying wall thickness or control of accretion by compound movement of form
264/304 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Accretion from bulk->        Facilitating removal of article from form
264/305 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Accretion from bulk->        Successive dipping steps into same material
264/306 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Accretion from bulk->        Conditioning or treating material or form to effect deposition
264/307 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Accretion from bulk->        Treating accreted material on form with added agent or reactant
264/308 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        Incremental layer molding type
264/309 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        Spraying or flinging material against a shaping surface
264/310 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        By rotation of material or material shaping member
264/311 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        By rotation of material or material shaping member->        Utilizing centrifugal force
264/312 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        By rotation of material or material shaping member->        Inner relatively rotating member to form hollow article
264/313 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        Utilizing a flexible, deformable, or destructable molding surface or material
264/314 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Utilizing a flexible, deformable, or destructable molding surface or material->        Utilizing fluid-expansible mold
264/315 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Utilizing a flexible, deformable, or destructable molding surface or material ->        Utilizing fluid-expansible mold->        Toroidal mold bag
264/316 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Utilizing a flexible, deformable, or destructable molding surface or material->        Utilizing sheet-like material
264/317 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Utilizing a flexible, deformable, or destructable molding surface or material->        Removing mold by destruction
264/318 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        Molding trapped undercut article portion
264/319 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        Applying heat or pressure
264/320 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure->        Reshaping solid work or introducing solid work into mold cavity
264/321 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Reshaping solid work or introducing solid work into mold cavity->        Sponge-like or foamed work
264/322 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Reshaping solid work or introducing solid work into mold cavity->        Initially softening workpiece
264/323 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Reshaping solid work or introducing solid work into mold cavity->        Sliding motion between material and mold surface (extruding finite articles)
264/324 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Reshaping solid work or introducing solid work into mold cavity->        Woven or felted sheet-form work
264/325 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Reshaping solid work or introducing solid work into mold cavity->        Utilizing closed mold cavity
264/326 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Reshaping solid work or introducing solid work into mold cavity ->        Utilizing closed mold cavity->        Toroidal work (e.g., tire, etc.)
264/327 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure->        Differential heating or cooling in mold
264/328.1 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)
264/328.2 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        Material is nonthermoplastic
264/328.3 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.) ->        Material is nonthermoplastic->        Torodial work (e.g., tire, etc.)
264/328.4 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.) ->        Material is nonthermoplastic->        Utilizing a transfer chamber
264/328.5 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.) ->        Material is nonthermoplastic ->        Utilizing a transfer chamber->        With preformed charge
264/328.6 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.) ->        Material is nonthermoplastic->        Including mixing of reactants
264/328.7 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        Including changing mold size or shape during injection or between multiple stages of injection
264/328.8 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        With multiple injectors, mold cavities, or multiple steps of injection of material
264/328.9 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        Including operation or design to minimize formation of gate, sprue, or flash
264/328.11 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        Including movement of mold relative to injector
264/328.12 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        Including specified direction or condition of flow in mold
264/328.13 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        Including injection at two or more pressures
264/328.14 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        With heating or cooling
264/328.15 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.) ->        With heating or cooling->        Of injection nozzle
264/328.16 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.) ->        With heating or cooling->        Of mold
264/328.17 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.)->        Pretreatment or preparation of charge material
264/328.18 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.) ->        Pretreatment or preparation of charge material->        Mixing of filler, dye, or pigment
264/328.19 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Introducing material under pressure into a closed mold cavity (e.g., injection molding, etc.) ->        Pretreatment or preparation of charge material->        Including feeding to accumulator
264/330 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure->        Organic material shaping
264/331.11 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping->        Synthetic resin containing
264/331.12 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Polymer having heterocyclic group or polymer derived from monomer having heterocyclic group except heterocyclic derived solely from carboxylic acid (i.e., cyclic imide, lactam, lactone, or anhydride)
264/331.13 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Polymer derived from monomer having at least two ethylenic groups (e.g., ABS rubber, chloroprene, etc.) or with natural rubber
264/331.14 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Fluorine
264/331.15 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Ethylenically unsaturated polymer or polymer derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomer
264/331.16 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Ethylenically unsaturated polymer or polymer derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomer->        Nitrogen containing polymer
264/331.17 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Ethylenically unsaturated polymer or polymer derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomer->        Hydrocarbon polymer
264/331.18 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing ->        Ethylenically unsaturated polymer or polymer derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomer->        Carboxylic acid or derivative (e.g., acrylic, etc.)
264/331.19 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Nitrogen containing (e.g., polyamide, polyurethane, etc.)
264/331.21 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Carboxylic acid or derivative
264/331.22 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure ->        Organic material shaping ->        Synthetic resin containing->        Polymer derived from aldehyde
264/332 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure->        Fusing or melting inorganic material
264/333 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Applying heat or pressure->        Inorganic hydraulic settable material shaping
264/334 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        Article or material ejecting, core or mold stripping or separating
264/335 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Article or material ejecting, core or mold stripping or separating->        By direct fluid pressure or pressure differential
264/336 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Article or material ejecting, core or mold stripping or separating->        Ejecting or stripping before full set or cure of work
264/337 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.)->        Utilizing particular mold material
264/338 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE  ->        Shaping against forming surface (e.g., casting, die shaping, etc.) ->        Utilizing particular mold material->        Coating or lining
264/339 -> 239 MECHANICAL SHAPING OR MOLDING TO FORM OR REFORM SHAPED ARTICLE ->        Bending or twisting of work
264/340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE
264/341 -> 340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE ->        Solvent polishing type
264/342R -> 340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE ->        To shrink
264/342RE -> 340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE  ->        To shrink->        Relaxation of running or indefinite length work
264/343 -> 340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE ->        To swell or plasticize
264/344 -> 340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE ->        To remove entrained material from article
264/345 -> 340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE ->        By a temperature change
264/346 -> 340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE  ->        By a temperature change->        To anneal or temper
264/347 -> 340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE  ->        By a temperature change->        To complete vulcanization or polymerization
264/348 -> 340 TREATING SHAPED OR SOLID ARTICLE  ->        By a temperature change->        To cool
264/349 MISCELLANEOUS
264/900 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO SHAPE, RESHAPE (I.E., DISTORT), OR SUSTAIN AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND HEAT-SETTING (I.E., CRYSTALLIZING OF STRETCHED OR MOLECULARLY ORIENTED PORTION) THEREOF
264/901 -> 900 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO SHAPE, RESHAPE (I.E., DISTORT), OR SUSTAIN AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND HEAT-SETTING (I.E., CRYSTALLIZING OF STRETCHED OR MOLECULARLY ORIENTED PORTION) THEREOF ->        Heat-setting of stretched or molecularly oriented article formed from planar preform (e.g., sheet, film, etc.)
264/902 -> 900 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO SHAPE, RESHAPE (I.E., DISTORT), OR SUSTAIN AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND HEAT-SETTING (I.E., CRYSTALLIZING OF STRETCHED OR MOLECULARLY ORIENTED PORTION) THEREOF ->        Production of continuous length
264/903 -> 900 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO SHAPE, RESHAPE (I.E., DISTORT), OR SUSTAIN AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND HEAT-SETTING (I.E., CRYSTALLIZING OF STRETCHED OR MOLECULARLY ORIENTED PORTION) THEREOF ->        Heat-setting and simultaneous differential heating of stretched or molecularly oriented section of article or preform
264/904 -> 900 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO SHAPE, RESHAPE (I.E., DISTORT), OR SUSTAIN AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND HEAT-SETTING (I.E., CRYSTALLIZING OF STRETCHED OR MOLECULARLY ORIENTED PORTION) THEREOF ->        Maintaining article in fixed shape during heat-setting
264/905 -> 900 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO SHAPE, RESHAPE (I.E., DISTORT), OR SUSTAIN AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND HEAT-SETTING (I.E., CRYSTALLIZING OF STRETCHED OR MOLECULARLY ORIENTED PORTION) THEREOF ->        Having plural, distinct differential fluid pressure shaping steps
264/906 -> 900 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO SHAPE, RESHAPE (I.E., DISTORT), OR SUSTAIN AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND HEAT-SETTING (I.E., CRYSTALLIZING OF STRETCHED OR MOLECULARLY ORIENTED PORTION) THEREOF  ->        Having plural, distinct differential fluid pressure shaping steps->        And heat-shrinking outside of mold including subsequent re-expanding of shrunken article using differential fluid pressure
264/907 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO SHAPE, RESHAPE (I.E., DISTORT), OR SUSTAIN AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND CRYSTALLIZING OF NONSTRETCHED OR MOLECULARLY UNORIENTED PORTION THEREOF
264/908 -> 907 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO SHAPE, RESHAPE (I.E., DISTORT), OR SUSTAIN AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND CRYSTALLIZING OF NONSTRETCHED OR MOLECULARLY UNORIENTED PORTION THEREOF ->        Crystallizing of neck portion of hollow article or hollow preform
264/909 DIRECT APPLICATION OF FLUID PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL TO STRETCH AN ARTICLE OR PREFORM AND HEAT SHRINKING OF STRETCHED ARTICLE OR PREFORM
264/910 SINTERING TO PRODUCE TRANSLUCENT INORGANIC ARTICLE
264/911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS
264/912 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS ->        From toroidal shapes (e.g., resilient tires, etc.)
264/913 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS ->        From fiber or filament, or fiber or filament containing article or product (e.g., textile, cloth fabric, carpet, fiberboard, etc.)
264/914 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS  ->        From fiber or filament, or fiber or filament containing article or product (e.g., textile, cloth fabric, carpet, fiberboard, etc.)->        From cellulose containing articles (e.g., paper, etc.)
264/915 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS ->        From inorganic material containing articles or products (e.g., hydro-set, cement, plaster, wire, cable, etc.)
264/916 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS ->        From porous material containing articles (e.g., sponge, foam, etc.)
264/917 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS ->        By blow molding material recycled from consumer used article or product
264/918 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS ->        From hollow- or container-type articles (e.g., tubes, bottles, cups, etc.)
264/919 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS  ->        From hollow- or container-type articles (e.g., tubes, bottles, cups, etc.)->        From pipe or tube (e.g., hose, etc.)
264/920 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS ->        By extruding material recycled from consumer used article or product
264/921 -> 911 RECYCLING CONSUMER USED ARTICLES OR PRODUCTS ->        By injection molding material recycled from consumer used article or product
307/1 SUPERIMPOSED UNLIKE CURRENTS
307/2 -> 1 SUPERIMPOSED UNLIKE CURRENTS ->        AC and DC sources
307/3 -> 1 SUPERIMPOSED UNLIKE CURRENTS ->        Different frequencies or phase
307/4 -> 1 SUPERIMPOSED UNLIKE CURRENTS ->        Different voltages
307/5 -> 1 SUPERIMPOSED UNLIKE CURRENTS  ->        Different voltages->        Series-connected
307/6 -> 1 SUPERIMPOSED UNLIKE CURRENTS  ->        Different voltages ->        Series-connected->        Plural converters
307/7 -> 1 SUPERIMPOSED UNLIKE CURRENTS  ->        Different voltages ->        Series-connected ->        Plural converters->        Induction transformer
307/8 -> 1 SUPERIMPOSED UNLIKE CURRENTS  ->        Different voltages ->        Series-connected->        Plural generators
307/9.1 VEHICLE MOUNTED SYSTEMS
307/10.1 -> 9.1 VEHICLE MOUNTED SYSTEMS ->        Automobile
307/10.2 -> 9.1 VEHICLE MOUNTED SYSTEMS  ->        Automobile->        Antitheft
307/10.3 -> 9.1 VEHICLE MOUNTED SYSTEMS  ->        Automobile ->        Antitheft->        Ignition or starting circuit lock
307/10.4 -> 9.1 VEHICLE MOUNTED SYSTEMS  ->        Automobile ->        Antitheft ->        Ignition or starting circuit lock->        Manual code input (e.g., push button)
307/10.5 -> 9.1 VEHICLE MOUNTED SYSTEMS  ->        Automobile ->        Antitheft ->        Ignition or starting circuit lock->        Coded record input (e.g., IC card)
307/10.6 -> 9.1 VEHICLE MOUNTED SYSTEMS  ->        Automobile->        Ignition or starter circuits
307/10.7 -> 9.1 VEHICLE MOUNTED SYSTEMS  ->        Automobile->        Battery protection
307/10.8 -> 9.1 VEHICLE MOUNTED SYSTEMS  ->        Automobile->        Lighting circuits
307/11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS
307/12 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS ->        Common conductor or return type
307/13 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Common conductor or return type->        Polyphase
307/14 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Common conductor or return type ->        Polyphase->        Phase balancing
307/15 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Common conductor or return type->        Voltage divider type
307/16 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Common conductor or return type->        Plural output generators
307/17 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS ->        Transformer connections
307/18 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS ->        Plural sources of supply
307/19 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply->        Interconnected for energy transfer
307/20 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply ->        Interconnected for energy transfer->        With control of magnitude of energy transfer
307/21 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply ->        Interconnected for energy transfer->        Diverse sources
307/22 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply ->        Interconnected for energy transfer ->        Diverse sources->        AC and DC
307/23 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply->        Substitute or alternate source
307/24 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply->        With control of magnitude of current or power
307/25 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply->        Diverse sources
307/26 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply ->        Diverse sources->        AC and DC
307/27 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply ->        Diverse sources->        Different frequencies
307/28 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply ->        Diverse sources->        Different voltages
307/29 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Plural sources of supply->        Selectively connected loads and/or sources
307/30 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS ->        Anticoupling of load circuits through same source
307/31 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS ->        Control of current or power
307/32 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Control of current or power->        Load current proportioning or dividing
307/33 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Control of current or power->        Constant magnitude control
307/34 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Control of current or power ->        Constant magnitude control->        By control of one or more load circuits
307/35 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Control of current or power->        Limit control
307/36 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS ->        Serially connected load circuits
307/37 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Serially connected load circuits->        Selective series-parallel connections
307/38 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS ->        Selectively connected or controlled load circuits
307/39 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Selectively connected or controlled load circuits->        Condition responsive
307/40 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Selectively connected or controlled load circuits->        Code-controlled
307/41 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS  ->        Selectively connected or controlled load circuits->        Sequential or alternating
307/42 -> 11 PLURAL LOAD CIRCUIT SYSTEMS ->        Circuit arrangements or layouts
307/43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES
307/44 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        One source floats across or compensates for other source
307/45 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        One source floats across or compensates for other source->        With intervening converter
307/46 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        One source floats across or compensates for other source ->        With intervening converter->        Storage battery or accumulator-type source
307/47 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        One source floats across or compensates for other source->        Dynamoelectric-type source
307/48 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        One source floats across or compensates for other source->        Storage battery or accumulator-type source
307/49 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        One source floats across or compensates for other source ->        Storage battery or accumulator-type source->        With series-connected auxiliary source
307/50 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        One source floats across or compensates for other source ->        Storage battery or accumulator-type source->        Tap-changing or variable number of cells
307/51 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Circulating- or inter-current control or prevention
307/52 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Load current control
307/53 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control->        Load current division
307/54 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control ->        Load current division->        Serially connected sources
307/55 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control ->        Load current division->        Fixed or predetermined ratio
307/56 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control ->        Load current division ->        Fixed or predetermined ratio->        Diverse-or unlike-type sources
307/57 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control ->        Load current division ->        Fixed or predetermined ratio->        Plural generators
307/58 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control ->        Load current division ->        Fixed or predetermined ratio->        Plural converters
307/59 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control ->        Load current division->        Peak or excess load
307/60 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control->        Constant load or current
307/61 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control ->        Constant load or current->        Serially connected sources
307/62 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control->        Load-limiting
307/63 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Load current control->        Serially connected sources
307/64 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Substitute or emergency source
307/65 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Substitute or emergency source->        Plural substitute sources
307/66 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Substitute or emergency source->        Storage battery or accumulator
307/67 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Substitute or emergency source ->        Storage battery or accumulator->        With intervening dynamoelectric machine
307/68 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Substitute or emergency source->        Dynamoelectric
307/69 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Sources distributed along load circuit
307/70 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Load transfer without paralleling sources
307/71 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Series-parallel connection of sources
307/72 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Diverse or unlike electrical characteristics
307/73 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Diverse or unlike electrical characteristics->        Differing frequencies
307/74 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Diverse or unlike electrical characteristics->        Differing capacities
307/75 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Diverse or unlike electrical characteristics->        Differing voltages
307/76 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Diverse or unlike electrical characteristics ->        Differing voltages->        Generator sources
307/77 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Series-connected sources
307/78 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Series-connected sources->        Generator sources
307/80 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Selective or optional sources
307/81 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Selective or optional sources->        Predetermined sequence
307/82 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Plural converters
307/83 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Plural transformers
307/84 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Plural generators
307/85 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES ->        Connecting or disconnecting
307/86 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Connecting or disconnecting->        Condition responsive
307/87 -> 43 PLURAL SUPPLY CIRCUITS OR SOURCES  ->        Connecting or disconnecting ->        Condition responsive->        Attainment of voltage, frequency or phase relationship
307/400 ELECTRETS
307/401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)
307/402 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Parametrons
307/403 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Parametrons->        Thin film parametrons
307/404 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Parametrons->        Using logic circuits
307/405 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Parametrons->        Using pump energizer
307/406 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Magnetic flip-flops
307/407 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Logic circuits
307/408 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Logic circuits->        Multiaperture
307/409 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Logic circuits->        Clocking, delay or transmission line
307/410 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Logic circuits->        Nor, Not logic circuit
307/411 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Logic circuits->        Exclusive Or, And logic circuit
307/412 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Driver circuits
307/413 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Signal sensor (e.g., current or frequency)
307/414 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Magnetic trigger devices
307/415 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Magnetic switching circuits
307/416 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Amplifiers using nonlinear reactors (i.e., magnetic amplifiers)
307/417 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Amplifiers using nonlinear reactors (i.e., magnetic amplifiers)->        With transistors
307/418 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Amplifiers using nonlinear reactors (i.e., magnetic amplifiers)->        With feedback
307/419 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Magnetic pulse generator
307/420 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Magnetic pulse generator->        Using multivibrator
307/421 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Magnetic pulse generator->        With specified output waveform
307/422 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Multiaperture
307/423 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE)  ->        Multiaperture->        Three apertures or ladder
307/424 -> 401 NONLINEAR REACTOR SYSTEMS (E.G., SATURABLE) ->        Parametric frequency converter
307/326 PERSONNEL SAFETY OR LIMIT CONTROL FEATURES
307/327 -> 326 PERSONNEL SAFETY OR LIMIT CONTROL FEATURES ->        Parasitic current suppression
307/328 -> 326 PERSONNEL SAFETY OR LIMIT CONTROL FEATURES ->        Interlock
307/89 ANTI-INDUCTION OR COUPLING TO OTHER SYSTEMS
307/90 -> 89 ANTI-INDUCTION OR COUPLING TO OTHER SYSTEMS ->        Inducing current control
307/91 -> 89 ANTI-INDUCTION OR COUPLING TO OTHER SYSTEMS ->        Magnetic or electrostatic field control (e.g., shielding)
307/95 ANTI-ELECTROLYSIS
307/96 INTERMITTENT REGULATORY INTERRUPTION OF SYSTEM
307/97 -> 96 INTERMITTENT REGULATORY INTERRUPTION OF SYSTEM ->        Condition responsive
307/98 COMBINED IMPEDANCE AND SWITCH SYSTEMS
307/99 -> 98 COMBINED IMPEDANCE AND SWITCH SYSTEMS ->        Condition responsive switch
307/100 SHUNTING OR SHORT CIRCUITING SYSTEMS
307/101 RESIDUAL OR REMANENT MAGNETISM CONTROL
307/102 STABILIZED, ANTI-HUNTING OR ANTIOSCILLATION SYSTEMS
307/103 WITH LINE DROP COMPENSATION
307/104 ELECTROMAGNET OR HIGHLY INDUCTIVE SYSTEMS
307/105 WITH HARMONIC FILTER OR NEUTRALIZER
307/106 WAVE FORM OR WAVE SHAPE DETERMINATIVE OR PULSE-PRODUCING SYSTEMS
307/107 -> 106 WAVE FORM OR WAVE SHAPE DETERMINATIVE OR PULSE-PRODUCING SYSTEMS ->        With rectification or derectification
307/108 -> 106 WAVE FORM OR WAVE SHAPE DETERMINATIVE OR PULSE-PRODUCING SYSTEMS ->        With capacitor
307/109 CAPACITOR
307/110 -> 109 CAPACITOR ->        Parallel-charge, series-discharge (e.g., voltage doublers)
307/111 NONRESPONSIVE-TO-FREQUENCY-CHANGE SYSTEMS
307/650 WITH NONSWITCHING MEANS RESPONSIVE TO EXTERNAL NONELECTRICAL CONDITION
307/651 -> 650 WITH NONSWITCHING MEANS RESPONSIVE TO EXTERNAL NONELECTRICAL CONDITION ->        Temperature responsive
307/652 -> 650 WITH NONSWITCHING MEANS RESPONSIVE TO EXTERNAL NONELECTRICAL CONDITION ->        Responsive to approach or passage of an object
307/653 -> 650 WITH NONSWITCHING MEANS RESPONSIVE TO EXTERNAL NONELECTRICAL CONDITION ->        Flame responsive (e.g., flame acts as a rectifier in circuit)
307/112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS
307/113 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS ->        Plural switches
307/114 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Plural switches->        Lazy-man switch type
307/115 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Plural switches->        Selectively actuated
307/116 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS ->        Condition responsive
307/117 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive->        Light, heat, vibratory or radiant energy
307/118 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive->        Fluid pressure, density, level, velocity or humidity
307/119 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive->        Mechanical force
307/120 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Mechanical force->        Speed, centrifugal or kinetic force
307/121 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Mechanical force ->        Speed, centrifugal or kinetic force->        Inertia or acceleration
307/122 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Mechanical force ->        Speed, centrifugal or kinetic force->        Direction of rotation
307/123 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Mechanical force ->        Speed, centrifugal or kinetic force->        Differential speed between two bodies
307/124 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Mechanical force ->        Speed, centrifugal or kinetic force->        Torque
307/125 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive->        Electrical
307/126 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Electrical->        Power or energy
307/127 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Electrical->        Polarity, phase sequence or reverse flow
307/128 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Electrical->        AC or DC discriminating
307/129 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Electrical->        Frequency
307/130 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Electrical->        Voltage
307/131 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Condition responsive ->        Electrical->        Current
307/132R -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS ->        Repetitive make and break
307/132E -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Repetitive make and break->        Electronically controlled relay
307/132EA -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Repetitive make and break ->        Electronically controlled relay->        Responsive to physical condition
307/132T -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Repetitive make and break->        Thermal relay
307/132V -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Repetitive make and break->        Vibrating relay
307/132M -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Repetitive make and break->        Miscellaneous
307/134 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS ->        With operation facilitating feature
307/135 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        With operation facilitating feature->        Preliminary reduction in current or voltage of system
307/137 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        With operation facilitating feature->        Switch contact conditioning
307/138 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        With operation facilitating feature ->        Switch contact conditioning->        Polarity reversing
307/139 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS ->        Switch actuation
307/140 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Switch actuation->        Power circuit controlled
307/141 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Switch actuation->        With time delay or retardation means
307/141.4 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Switch actuation ->        With time delay or retardation means->        Electrically initiated
307/141.8 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Switch actuation ->        With time delay or retardation means->        Series connected switches
307/142 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Switch actuation->        With locking, holding or braking means
307/143 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Switch actuation->        Electrical actuator
307/144 -> 112 SWITCHING SYSTEMS  ->        Switch actuation->        Fluid-pressure actuator
307/145 WITH CURRENT COLLECTION OR TRANSFER
307/146 UNIDIRECTIONAL CONDUCTOR SYSTEMS
307/147 CONDUCTOR ARRANGEMENTS OR STRUCTURE
307/148 -> 147 CONDUCTOR ARRANGEMENTS OR STRUCTURE ->        Multipart-conductor current equalization
307/149 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS
307/150 -> 149 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS ->        Power packs
307/151 -> 149 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS ->        Conversion systems
307/152 -> 149 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS ->        Rate of change responsive systems
307/153 -> 149 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS ->        Generator control systems
307/154 -> 149 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS ->        For particular load device
307/155 -> 149 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS  ->        For particular load device->        Plural diverse load devices
307/156 -> 149 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS  ->        For particular load device ->        Plural diverse load devices->        Structural load device combinations
307/157 -> 149 MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS  ->        For particular load device->        Lamp or discharge device
310/1 EDUCATIONAL OR CONSTRUCTION UNITS OR KITS
310/300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC
310/301 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC ->        Nuclear reaction
310/302 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Nuclear reaction->        Contact potential difference
310/303 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Nuclear reaction->        P-N semiconductor
310/304 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Nuclear reaction->        Secondary electron emission
310/305 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Nuclear reaction->        Direct charge particle emission
310/306 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC ->        Thermal or pyromagnetic
310/307 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Thermal or pyromagnetic->        With heat actuated bimetal element
310/308 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC ->        Charge accumulating
310/309 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Charge accumulating->        Electrostatic
310/310 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Charge accumulating ->        Electrostatic->        Friction
310/311 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices
310/312 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Adding or subtracting mass
310/313R -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Surface acoustic wave devices
310/313A -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Surface acoustic wave devices->        Orientation of piezoelectric material
310/313B -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Surface acoustic wave devices->        Interdigitated electrodes
310/313C -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Surface acoustic wave devices ->        Interdigitated electrodes->        Envelope or apodized
310/313D -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Surface acoustic wave devices ->        Interdigitated electrodes->        Grating or reflector in wave path
310/314 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Electrical systems
310/315 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Electrical systems->        Temperature compensation circuits
310/316.01 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Electrical systems->        Input circuit for simultaneous electrical and mechanical output from piezoelectric element
310/316.02 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Electrical systems ->        Input circuit for simultaneous electrical and mechanical output from piezoelectric element->        Traveling wave motor
310/316.03 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Electrical systems ->        Input circuit for simultaneous electrical and mechanical output from piezoelectric element->        Charging and discharging
310/317 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Electrical systems->        Input circuit for mechanical output from piezoelectric element
310/318 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Electrical systems->        Input circuit for electrical output from piezoelectric element
310/319 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Electrical systems->        Electrical output circuit
310/320 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Piezoelectric slab having different resonant frequencies at different areas
310/321 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Combined with resonant structure
310/322 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure->        Acoustic wave type generator or receiver
310/323.01 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure->        Direct mechanical coupling
310/323.02 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling->        Motor producing continual motion
310/323.03 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion->        Traveling wave motor
310/323.04 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Traveling wave motor->        Stator
310/323.05 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Traveling wave motor ->        Stator->        Support
310/323.06 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Traveling wave motor ->        Stator->        Piezoelectric element or electrode
310/323.07 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Traveling wave motor ->        Stator->        Oval track
310/323.08 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Traveling wave motor->        Armature
310/323.09 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Traveling wave motor ->        Armature->        Pressing means detail
310/323.11 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Traveling wave motor->        Specific material or composition
310/323.12 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion->        Langevin or pencil type motor
310/323.13 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Langevin or pencil type motor->        Output member detail
310/323.14 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Langevin or pencil type motor ->        Output member detail->        Roller or ball element
310/323.15 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion ->        Langevin or pencil type motor ->        Output member detail->        Material or material property
310/323.16 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling ->        Motor producing continual motion->        Eliptical motion at fixed point (i.e., walking) or Ratchet and Pawl motor
310/323.17 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling->        Positions an object
310/323.18 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling->        Device performs work on an object (e.g., welding, cutting)
310/323.19 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling->        Horn or transmission line
310/323.21 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure ->        Direct mechanical coupling->        Detector (e.g., sensor)
310/324 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure->        Diaphragm
310/325 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with resonant structure->        Sandwich or Langevin type
310/326 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Combined with damping structure
310/327 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Combined with damping structure->        On back of piezoelectric element
310/328 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        With mechanical energy coupling means
310/329 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means->        Including inertia type operator
310/330 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means->        Bending type
310/331 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means ->        Bending type->        Plural elements
310/332 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means ->        Bending type ->        Plural elements->        Multimorph
310/333 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means->        Shear or torsional type
310/334 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means->        Acoustic wave type generator or receiver
310/335 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means ->        Acoustic wave type generator or receiver->        With lens or reflector
310/336 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means ->        Acoustic wave type generator or receiver->        Nondestructive testing type
310/337 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means ->        Acoustic wave type generator or receiver->        Underwater type
310/338 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means->        Force or pressure measuring type
310/339 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mechanical energy coupling means->        Voltage, spark or current generator
310/340 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Encapsulated or coated
310/341 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        With temperature modifier and/or gas or vapor atmosphere control
310/342 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With temperature modifier and/or gas or vapor atmosphere control->        For plural piezoelectric elements
310/343 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With temperature modifier and/or gas or vapor atmosphere control->        With heating element
310/344 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With temperature modifier and/or gas or vapor atmosphere control->        Sealed unit
310/345 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Supported by elastic material
310/346 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        With temperature compensating structure
310/347 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With temperature compensating structure->        Compensated air gap
310/348 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        With mounting or support means
310/349 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mounting or support means->        Air gap
310/350 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mounting or support means ->        Air gap->        Adjustable
310/351 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mounting or support means->        Suspended by thin member
310/352 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mounting or support means ->        Suspended by thin member->        Point contact on major surfce only
310/353 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mounting or support means ->        Suspended by thin member->        Contact at edges only
310/354 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mounting or support means->        Clamped
310/355 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mounting or support means ->        Clamped->        Spring bias
310/356 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        With mounting or support means ->        Clamped ->        Spring bias->        90 degrees to major surface and margin clamped only
310/357 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Orientation of piezoelectric polarization
310/358 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Orientation of piezoelectric polarization->        Ceramic composition (e.g., barium titanate)
310/359 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Orientation of piezoelectric polarization ->        Ceramic composition (e.g., barium titanate)->        More than one poling direction (e.g., Rosen transformer)
310/360 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Rotation of crystal axis (e.g., cut angle)
310/361 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Rotation of crystal axis (e.g., cut angle)->        Quartz
310/362 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Rotation of crystal axis (e.g., cut angle)->        Rochelle salt
310/363 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Electrode materials
310/364 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Electrode materials->        Multilayer
310/365 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Electrode arrangement
310/366 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Electrode arrangement->        More than two
310/367 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices->        Piezoelectric element shape
310/368 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Piezoelectric element shape->        Rectangular plate
310/369 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Piezoelectric element shape->        Circular disc, ring, or cylinder
310/370 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Piezoelectric element shape->        "U" or "tuning fork" shape
310/371 -> 300 NON-DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Piezoelectric elements and devices ->        Piezoelectric element shape->        Sphere or hemisphere
310/10 DYNAMOELECTRIC
310/11 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC ->        Conducting fluid
310/12 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC ->        Linear
310/13 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Linear->        Fixed and movable wound elements
310/14 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Linear->        Solenoid and core type
310/15 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC ->        Reciprocating
310/16 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating->        With cooling or temperature modification
310/17 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating->        With other elements
310/19 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        With other elements->        Speed control or time delay
310/20 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        With other elements->        Motion-converting mechanism
310/21 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        With other elements ->        Motion-converting mechanism->        Pivoted or flat-spring armature
310/22 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        With other elements ->        Motion-converting mechanism ->        Pivoted or flat-spring armature->        Plural armatures
310/23 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        With other elements ->        Motion-converting mechanism->        Solenoid and core type
310/24 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        With other elements ->        Motion-converting mechanism ->        Solenoid and core type->        Plural cores
310/25 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating->        Reed type
310/26 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating->        Magnetostrictive
310/27 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating->        Fixed and movable wound elements
310/28 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating->        Direct-connected
310/29 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        Direct-connected->        Pivoted or flat-spring armature
310/30 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        Direct-connected->        Solenoid and core
310/31 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating->        Self-actuated interrupter
310/32 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        Self-actuated interrupter->        Pivoted or flat-spring armature
310/33 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        Self-actuated interrupter ->        Pivoted or flat-spring armature->        Plural armatures
310/34 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        Self-actuated interrupter->        Solenoid and core
310/35 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Reciprocating ->        Self-actuated interrupter ->        Solenoid and core->        Successively energized solenoid coils
310/36 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC ->        Oscillating
310/37 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Oscillating->        With motion-converting mechanism
310/38 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Oscillating->        Direct-connected
310/39 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Oscillating->        With interrupter
310/40R -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC ->        Rotary
310/40.5 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Self-nutating or moving (e.g., oscillating fan, etc.)
310/41 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        With mechanical starters
310/42 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        With assembling, metal casting or machining feature
310/43 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Molded plastic
310/44 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Powdered metal
310/45 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Impregnated or coated
310/46 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Magnetic motors
310/47 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Magnetic motors->        Portable or hand tool (e.g., dry shavers)
310/48 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Magnetic motors->        With other elements
310/49R -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Magnetic motors->        Step-by-step
310/49A -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Magnetic motors ->        Step-by-step->        Claw-tooth and printed circuit components
310/50 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Portable or hand tool
310/51 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Vibration or noise suppression
310/52 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Cooling or fluid contact
310/53 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact->        With control means
310/54 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact->        Liquid coolant
310/55 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact->        Nonatmospheric gas
310/56 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact->        With gas purification or treating
310/57 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact->        Intermediate confined coolant
310/58 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact->        Circulation
310/59 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact ->        Circulation->        Plural units or plural paths
310/60R -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact ->        Circulation->        Self-forced
310/61 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact ->        Circulation ->        Self-forced->        Rotor passage
310/62 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact ->        Circulation ->        Self-forced->        Suction pump or fan
310/63 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact ->        Circulation ->        Self-forced->        Pressure pump or fan
310/60A -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact ->        Circulation ->        Self-forced->        Hollow passages
310/64 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact ->        Circulation->        Heat-exchange structure
310/65 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Cooling or fluid contact ->        Circulation ->        Heat-exchange structure->        Spacers (e.g., laminae, coils, etc.)
310/66 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        With other elements
310/67R -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements->        Inbuilt or incorporated unit
310/67A -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Inbuilt or incorporated unit->        Bicycle-hub generators
310/68R -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements->        Electric circuit elements
310/69 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements->        Shaft-driven switch (e.g., blasting generators)
310/70R -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements ->        Shaft-driven switch (e.g., blasting generators)->        Distributor or timer (e.g., ignition magnetos)
310/70A -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements ->        Shaft-driven switch (e.g., blasting generators) ->        Distributor or timer (e.g., ignition magnetos)->        Ignition systems
310/71 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements->        Connectors, terminals or lead-ins
310/72 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements->        Impedance devices
310/73 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements->        Illuminating devices
310/68A -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements->        Manually operable (e.g., switches, rheostats, etc.)
310/68B -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements->        Condition responsive (e.g., position, torque, etc.)
310/68C -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements->        Temperature, current-responsive, i.e., protectors
310/68D -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements->        Conversion elements, (e.g., transformers, rectifiers, etc.)
310/68E -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Electric circuit elements->        Motion responsive (e.g., centrifugal switches)
310/74 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements->        Inertia or fly-wheel device
310/75R -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements->        Drive mechanism
310/76 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism->        Brake and clutch
310/77 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism->        Brake
310/78 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism->        Clutch
310/79 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism->        Shaft and armature timing or phasing connection
310/80 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism->        Motion conversion
310/81 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism ->        Motion conversion->        Unbalanced weight (e.g., vibrators)
310/82 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism ->        Motion conversion->        Swash plate
310/83 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism ->        Motion conversion->        Gearing
310/84 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism ->        Motion conversion->        Impulse coupling
310/75A -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism->        Spring or gravity drive
310/75B -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism->        Hand- or foot-operated
310/75C -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism->        Rim drive (e.g., bicycle generator drive by wheel, rim, or tire)
310/75D -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Drive mechanism->        Flexible shaft or coupling and hollow shaft drive
310/85 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements->        Mechanical shields or protectors
310/86 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Mechanical shields or protectors->        Shield in air gap
310/87 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Mechanical shields or protectors->        Submersible
310/88 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Mechanical shields or protectors->        Dirt, moisture or explosion proof
310/89 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Mechanical shields or protectors->        Housings, windows or covers
310/90 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements->        Bearing or air-gap adjustment or bearing lubrication
310/90.5 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements ->        Bearing or air-gap adjustment or bearing lubrication->        Magnetic bearing
310/91 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        With other elements->        Supports
310/92 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes
310/93 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes->        Brake type
310/94 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes->        Automatic control
310/95 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        Automatic control->        By speed
310/96 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes->        With other drive mechanism
310/97 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        With other drive mechanism->        Output bias or resistance device
310/98 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        With other drive mechanism->        Drive motor
310/99 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        With other drive mechanism->        Gearing
310/100 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        With other drive mechanism->        Mechanical clutch
310/101 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes->        Plural units
310/102R -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes->        Generator-motor type
310/102A -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        Generator-motor type->        Homopolar clutches
310/103 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes->        Magnetic field type
310/104 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        Magnetic field type->        With air-gap shield
310/105 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        Magnetic field type->        Induced or eddy current type
310/106 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        Magnetic field type ->        Induced or eddy current type->        Magnetic reluctance feature
310/107 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        Magnetic field type ->        Induced or eddy current type->        With collection means for induced current
310/108 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        Magnetic field type ->        Induced or eddy current type ->        With collection means for induced current->        Delivery to external device
310/109 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        Magnetic field type ->        Induced or eddy current type ->        With collection means for induced current ->        Delivery to external device->        Electric motor
310/110 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Torque-transmitting clutches or brakes ->        Magnetic field type ->        Induced or eddy current type ->        With collection means for induced current ->        Delivery to external device->        Impedance
310/111 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Generated wave-form modification
310/112 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Plural units, structurally united
310/113 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural units, structurally united->        Motor-generator sets
310/114 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Plural rotary elements
310/115 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements->        Field and armature both rotate
310/116 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements ->        Field and armature both rotate->        Limited movement
310/117 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements ->        Field and armature both rotate ->        Limited movement->        Mechanical bias
310/118 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements ->        Field and armature both rotate->        With interconnecting drive mechanism
310/119 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements ->        Field and armature both rotate ->        With interconnecting drive mechanism->        Fluid-drive mechanism
310/120 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements ->        Field and armature both rotate ->        With interconnecting drive mechanism->        Friction-drive mechanism
310/121 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements ->        Field and armature both rotate ->        With interconnecting drive mechanism->        Mechanically controlled element
310/122 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements ->        Field and armature both rotate ->        With interconnecting drive mechanism ->        Mechanically controlled element->        By additional dynamoelectric machine
310/123 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements ->        Field and armature both rotate ->        With interconnecting drive mechanism ->        Mechanically controlled element->        Friction brake
310/124 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements->        Plural short-circuited rotary elements
310/125 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements ->        Plural short-circuited rotary elements->        Squirrel cage type
310/126 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural rotary elements->        Plural armatures in common field
310/127 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Plural collector-type machines
310/128 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines->        Commutator and slip-ring type
310/129 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Commutator and slip-ring type->        Synchronous or rotary converter
310/130 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Commutator and slip-ring type ->        Synchronous or rotary converter->        For plural wire D.C. system
310/131 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Commutator and slip-ring type->        Different armature circuits
310/132 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Commutator and slip-ring type ->        Different armature circuits->        Polyphase armature winding
310/133 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Commutator and slip-ring type->        Common armature winding
310/134 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Commutator and slip-ring type ->        Common armature winding->        With plural field windings
310/135 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Commutator and slip-ring type->        Commutator in field circuit
310/136 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines->        Plural commutator type
310/137 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural commutator type->        Double current D. C. machines
310/138 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural commutator type ->        Double current D. C. machines->        Dynamotor type
310/139 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural commutator type ->        Double current D. C. machines->        Hetero-axial excitation
310/140 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural commutator type->        Plural armature windings
310/141 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural commutator type ->        Plural armature windings->        Plural field windings
310/142 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural commutator type->        Plural field windings
310/143 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines->        Plural slip-ring sets
310/144 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural slip-ring sets->        Plural armature windings
310/145 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural slip-ring sets ->        Plural armature windings->        Plural sets of poles
310/146 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural slip-ring sets ->        Plural armature windings->        Polyphase windings
310/147 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural slip-ring sets ->        Plural armature windings->        Slip rings in field circuit
310/148 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines->        Plural sets of brushes
310/149 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural sets of brushes->        Plural field windings
310/150 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural sets of brushes ->        Plural field windings->        Polyphase arrangement
310/151 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Plural collector-type machines ->        Plural sets of brushes->        Short circuiting conductor between brushes
310/152 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Permanent magnet machines
310/153 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines->        Inbuilt with flywheel (magneto)
310/154.01 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines->        Permanent magnet stator
310/154.02 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        Combined with generating coil
310/154.03 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        Means for securing magnet
310/154.04 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Cantilevered
310/154.05 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Axial
310/154.06 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet ->        Axial->        Plural sets of magnets
310/154.07 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Adhesive
310/154.08 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Mounted to magnet yoke
310/154.09 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet ->        Mounted to magnet yoke->        Split housing/yoke
310/154.11 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Embedded in core or pole
310/154.12 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Cylindrical sleeve holder
310/154.13 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Holder with pocket for magnet
310/154.14 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Spring clip
310/154.15 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet ->        Spring clip->        Clip secured to housing
310/154.16 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Axially pressing on magnets
310/154.17 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet->        Wedging between
310/154.18 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet ->        Wedging between->        With a magnetic wedge
310/154.19 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Means for securing magnet ->        Wedging between ->        With a magnetic wedge->        With an integral wedge
310/154.21 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        Permanent magnet characterized by the shape of the magnet
310/154.22 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Permanent magnet characterized by the shape of the magnet->        With specific dimension
310/154.23 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Permanent magnet characterized by the shape of the magnet->        Horseshoe
310/154.24 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Permanent magnet characterized by the shape of the magnet->        Bar, square or rectangular
310/154.25 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Permanent magnet characterized by the shape of the magnet->        Disk, ring, or cylinder
310/154.26 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        With means to prevent or reduce demagnetization (i.e., auxiliary magnetic poles)
310/154.27 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        With means to prevent or reduce demagnetization (i.e., auxiliary magnetic poles)->        With an auxiliary pole extending between stator magnet and rotor
310/154.28 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        Specific magnetization
310/154.29 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Specific magnetization->        Specific position or shape
310/154.31 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        Single pole pair
310/154.32 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair->        Permanent magnet extends along an axis
310/154.33 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair->        Plural rotors
310/154.34 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair->        With adjustable magnetic structure
310/154.35 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair->        With specific pole pieces or pole shoes
310/154.36 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair ->        With specific pole pieces or pole shoes->        Circumferentially spaced poles and magnets
310/154.37 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair ->        With specific pole pieces or pole shoes->        Poles extending axially from magnets
310/154.38 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair ->        With specific pole pieces or pole shoes->        Pole shoe shape
310/154.39 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair ->        With specific pole pieces or pole shoes->        Different size
310/154.41 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair ->        With specific pole pieces or pole shoes->        Laminated
310/154.42 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Single pole pair->        Induced flux return pole
310/154.43 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        Additional permanent magnets
310/154.44 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        Additional shield or coating (non-magnetic)
310/154.45 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        Multiple pole pairs
310/154.46 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Multiple pole pairs->        With specific pole shoe pieces
310/154.47 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Multiple pole pairs->        Magnet extending between two poles
310/154.48 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Multiple pole pairs->        Induce flux return pole
310/154.49 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator ->        Multiple pole pairs->        Adjustable
310/155 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet stator->        Inductor type
310/156.01 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines->        Permanent magnet rotor
310/156.02 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Transverse flux
310/156.03 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        With a hysteresis ring
310/156.04 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Separate portion of the rotor magnet used as a thrust bearing
310/156.05 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Separate portion of the rotor magnet used as a magnet for sensing (i.e., for position or frequency)
310/156.06 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Combined with flux for sensing
310/156.07 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Additional flux directing magnets
310/156.08 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)
310/156.09 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Keyed to shaft
310/156.11 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Magnets in shaft
310/156.12 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Mounted on a sleeve/hub
310/156.13 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft) ->        Mounted on a sleeve/hub->        Keyed to a sleeve/hub
310/156.14 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft) ->        Mounted on a sleeve/hub->        Knurl between the sleeve/hub and a shaft
310/156.15 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft) ->        Mounted on a sleeve/hub->        Induced flux pole on sleeve/hub
310/156.16 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Spring mounted
310/156.17 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft) ->        Spring mounted->        Spring mounted flux shunt
310/156.18 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        With a threaded fastener
310/156.19 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        With a wedge
310/156.21 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        With an adhesive
310/156.22 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        With an axial end clamp
310/156.23 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        With casting material around the magnet
310/156.24 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Including a spring mount to adjust a flux
310/156.25 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Axially offset and radially magnetized magnets
310/156.26 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Mounted on a bell shape hub
310/156.27 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Including thermal compensation
310/156.28 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Sleeve covering magnet face
310/156.29 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Sleeve parallel to magnetic face
310/156.31 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Mounting (such as on a surface of a shaft)->        Banding around magnet
310/156.32 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Including an axial air gap
310/156.33 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Including an axial air gap->        With pole shoes
310/156.34 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Including an axial air gap->        With a stator between a rotating flux return plate and rotor magnet
310/156.35 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Including an axial air gap->        With single rotor magnet and plural stators
310/156.36 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Including an axial air gap->        With plural sets of rotating magnets
310/156.37 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Including an axial air gap ->        With plural sets of rotating magnets->        With single stator and plural sets of rotating magnets
310/156.38 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Specific shape
310/156.39 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Specific shape->        Horseshoe
310/156.41 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Specific shape->        Triangular
310/156.42 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Specific shape->        Star
310/156.43 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Specific shape->        Specific magnetization
310/156.44 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Specific shape ->        Specific magnetization->        Different pole width
310/156.45 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Specific shape ->        Specific magnetization->        Specific dimensions
310/156.46 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Specific shape ->        Specific magnetization->        Shaped to vary air
310/156.47 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Specific shape ->        Specific magnetization->        Skewed
310/156.48 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Pole shoes/pole pieces
310/156.49 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces->        Radial flux path and radially positioned pole shoes
310/156.51 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Radial flux path and radially positioned pole shoes->        Laminated pole shoes with multiple pole pairs
310/156.52 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Radial flux path and radially positioned pole shoes->        Laminated pole shoes with single pole pair
310/156.53 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Radial flux path and radially positioned pole shoes->        Embedded in a core
310/156.54 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Radial flux path and radially positioned pole shoes->        Induced flux return poles
310/156.55 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces->        Circumferential flux path and circumferential pole shoes
310/156.56 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Circumferential flux path and circumferential pole shoes->        Embedded
310/156.57 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Circumferential flux path and circumferential pole shoes->        With slots or holes to guide flux
310/156.58 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Circumferential flux path and circumferential pole shoes->        Different size pole shoes
310/156.59 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Circumferential flux path and circumferential pole shoes->        Pole shoes fixed to hub or shaft
310/156.61 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Circumferential flux path and circumferential pole shoes->        Pole shoes fixed with end plates
310/156.62 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces->        Axially magnetized with poles shoes at one end
310/156.63 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Axially magnetized with poles shoes at one end->        Laminated pole shoes
310/156.64 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces->        Axially magnetized with pole shoes at both ends
310/156.65 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Pole shoes/pole pieces ->        Axially magnetized with pole shoes at both ends->        Laminated pole shoes
310/156.66 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Claw poles/interfitting poles/lundel
310/156.67 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Claw poles/interfitting poles/lundel->        Laminated pole shoes
310/156.68 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Claw poles/interfitting poles/lundel->        Poles formed by magnet
310/156.69 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Claw poles/interfitting poles/lundel->        Plural sets of claw poles
310/156.71 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Claw poles/interfitting poles/lundel->        Claw poles extend in the same axial direction
310/156.72 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Claw poles/interfitting poles/lundel->        Additional support for magnet
310/156.73 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Claw poles/interfitting poles/lundel->        Additional support for claw pole tips
310/156.74 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Damping features
310/156.75 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Damping features->        Damper plate on magnetic face
310/156.76 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Damping features->        Damper in pole pieces
310/156.77 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Damping features->        Damper cage around magnet
310/156.78 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor->        Squirrel cage
310/156.79 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Squirrel cage->        Including laminated ring
310/156.81 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Squirrel cage->        Magnet positioned between squirrel cage and stator
310/156.82 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Squirrel cage->        Axially magnetized magnets or axially positioned magnets
310/156.83 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Squirrel cage->        Including a flux barrier
310/156.84 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Permanent magnet machines ->        Permanent magnet rotor ->        Squirrel cage ->        Including a flux barrier->        Flux barrier is a magnet
310/157 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Vertically disposed
310/158 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Universal (A.C. or D.C.)
310/159 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        A.C.
310/160 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C.->        Frequency converters
310/161 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C.->        Phase-shifter type
310/162 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C.->        Synchronous
310/163 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Synchronous->        Reaction type
310/164 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Synchronous ->        Reaction type->        Toroidal coil
310/165 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Synchronous->        D.C. excited
310/166 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C.->        Induction
310/167 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Induction->        With repulsion-starting
310/168 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Induction->        Inductor-type generators (variable reluctance)
310/169 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Induction ->        Inductor-type generators (variable reluctance)->        High frequency
310/170 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Induction ->        Inductor-type generators (variable reluctance) ->        High frequency->        Multifrequency
310/171 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Induction->        Induction generators
310/172 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Induction->        Shifting field (e.g., shading pole)
310/173 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C.->        Commutated
310/174 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Commutated->        Single phase
310/175 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Commutated ->        Single phase->        Conduction operation
310/176 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        A.C. ->        Commutated ->        Single phase->        Transformer operation
310/177 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        D.C.
310/178 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        D.C.->        Homopolar
310/179 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Windings and core structure
310/180 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure->        Field or excitation windings or structure
310/181 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure->        Combined permanent and electromagnet
310/182 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure->        With short-circuited winding or conductor
310/183 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure ->        With short-circuited winding or conductor->        Damper winding
310/184 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure->        Plural field windings
310/185 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure ->        Plural field windings->        Plural sets of poles
310/186 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure ->        Plural field windings->        Interpole, compensating or neutralizing poles
310/187 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure ->        Plural field windings->        Slotted or divided pole
310/188 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure ->        Plural field windings->        Differentially related
310/189 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure->        Variable length or tapped winding
310/190 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure->        Magnetic shunts for shifting field flux
310/191 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure->        Adjustable magnetic structure
310/192 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure->        Nonmagnetic inserts or air gaps
310/193 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure->        Nonuniform core cross section
310/194 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Field or excitation windings or structure->        Coil supports and spools
310/195 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure->        Armature or primary
310/196 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary->        Corona-prevention
310/197 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary->        With short-circuited winding or conductor
310/198 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary->        Plural windings
310/199 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary ->        Plural windings->        Combined stationary and rotary
310/200 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary->        Variable length or tapped windings
310/201 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary->        Bar windings
310/202 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary->        Open windings
310/203 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary->        Closed windings
310/204 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary ->        Closed windings->        Equalizers
310/205 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary ->        Closed windings->        Multiplex
310/206 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary ->        Closed windings->        Lap
310/207 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary ->        Closed windings->        Wave
310/208 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary->        Coils
310/209 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Armature or primary->        Adjustable magnetic structure
310/210 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure->        Secondary windings or conductors
310/211 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Secondary windings or conductors->        Squirrel cage
310/212 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Secondary windings or conductors ->        Squirrel cage->        Inherently variable impedance (double squirrel cage)
310/213 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure->        Antiparasitic conductors (imbricated)
310/214 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure->        Coil retainers or slot closers
310/215 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure->        Slot liners
310/216 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure->        Core features
310/217 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Core features->        Securing laminae
310/218 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Windings and core structure ->        Core features->        Pole assembly and securing means
310/219 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Current collectors
310/220 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors->        Spark-reduction
310/221 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Spark-reduction->        Arc extinguishers
310/222 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Spark-reduction->        Spark-neutralizing current
310/223 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Spark-reduction->        Flux compensators
310/224 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Spark-reduction ->        Flux compensators->        Commutating poles or windings
310/225 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Spark-reduction ->        Flux compensators->        Short-circuited coil circuit
310/226 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Spark-reduction ->        Flux compensators->        Field-distortion
310/227 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors->        With cooling
310/228 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors->        With cleaning, lubricating, resurfacing or repairing
310/229 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors->        Brush-traversing
310/230 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors->        Circumferential brush shifting on reversal
310/231 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors->        Rotary structure
310/232 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Rotary structure->        Slip rings
310/233 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Rotary structure->        Commutators
310/234 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Rotary structure ->        Commutators->        Winding connectors
310/235 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Rotary structure ->        Commutators->        Molded support
310/236 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Rotary structure ->        Commutators->        Cylindrical or drum
310/237 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Rotary structure ->        Commutators->        Disc
310/238 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors->        Fixed structure
310/239 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure->        Brush holders or rigging
310/240 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brush holders or rigging->        Brush-lifting
310/241 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brush holders or rigging->        Circumferential adjustment
310/242 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brush holders or rigging->        Brush engagements or guides
310/243 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brush holders or rigging->        Fluid pressure-operated
310/244 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brush holders or rigging->        Brush affixed to pivoted arm
310/245 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brush holders or rigging->        Slidable brush
310/246 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brush holders or rigging ->        Slidable brush->        Pressure arm
310/247 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brush holders or rigging ->        Slidable brush->        Axial spring
310/248 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure->        Brushes
310/249 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brushes->        With electrical connector
310/251 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brushes->        Structure (e.g., composite material)
310/252 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brushes->        With composition feature
310/253 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Current collectors ->        Fixed structure ->        Brushes ->        With composition feature->        Carbonaceous
310/254 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Stator structure
310/255 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Stator structure->        For railway-type machines
310/256 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Stator structure->        Stray field flux loss prevention
310/257 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Stator structure->        Interfitting or claw-tooth stators
310/258 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Stator structure->        Frame and core type
310/259 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Stator structure ->        Frame and core type->        Core assembly
310/260 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Stator structure ->        Frame and core type->        End turn supports
310/261 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Rotor structure
310/262 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure->        High-speed rotor type
310/263 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure->        Interfitting or claw tooth rotors
310/264 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure->        Armatures
310/265 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure ->        Armatures->        Drum
310/266 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure ->        Armatures->        Hollow (e.g., double air gap)
310/267 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure ->        Armatures->        Ring
310/268 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure ->        Armatures->        Disc
310/269 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure ->        Armatures->        Salient pole
310/270 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure->        End turn supports
310/271 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary ->        Rotor structure->        Banding
310/272 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Elements
310/273 -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Miscellaneous
310/40MM -> 10 DYNAMOELECTRIC  ->        Rotary->        Miniature motors
310/800 PIEZOELECTRIC POLYMERS (E.G., MYLAR, PVDF)
320/100 PRIMARY CELL DEPOLARIZATION
320/101 WIND, SOLAR, THERMAL, OR FUEL-CELL SOURCE
320/102 -> 101 WIND, SOLAR, THERMAL, OR FUEL-CELL SOURCE ->        With shuntless charging source control
320/103 ONE CELL OR BATTERY CHARGES ANOTHER
320/104 -> 103 ONE CELL OR BATTERY CHARGES ANOTHER ->        Vehicle battery charging
320/105 -> 103 ONE CELL OR BATTERY CHARGES ANOTHER  ->        Vehicle battery charging->        Employing "jumper" cable
320/106 MEANS TO IDENTIFY CELL OR BATTERY TYPE
320/107 CELL OR BATTERY CHARGER STRUCTURE
320/108 -> 107 CELL OR BATTERY CHARGER STRUCTURE ->        Charger inductively coupled to cell or battery
320/109 -> 107 CELL OR BATTERY CHARGER STRUCTURE ->        Charging station for electrically powered vehicle
320/110 -> 107 CELL OR BATTERY CHARGER STRUCTURE ->        For diverse sizes of cells, batteries, or battery packs
320/111 -> 107 CELL OR BATTERY CHARGER STRUCTURE ->        Having plug for A-C receptacle
320/112 -> 107 CELL OR BATTERY CHARGER STRUCTURE ->        For battery pack
320/113 -> 107 CELL OR BATTERY CHARGER STRUCTURE  ->        For battery pack->        With charger stand or base adapted to hold battery pack
320/114 -> 107 CELL OR BATTERY CHARGER STRUCTURE ->        For handheld device
320/115 -> 107 CELL OR BATTERY CHARGER STRUCTURE  ->        For handheld device->        With charger stand or base
320/116 SERIALLY CONNECTED BATTERIES OR CELLS
320/117 -> 116 SERIALLY CONNECTED BATTERIES OR CELLS ->        Switchable to parallel connection
320/118 -> 116 SERIALLY CONNECTED BATTERIES OR CELLS ->        With discharge of cells or batteries
320/119 -> 116 SERIALLY CONNECTED BATTERIES OR CELLS ->        With individual charging of plural batteries or cells
320/120 -> 116 SERIALLY CONNECTED BATTERIES OR CELLS ->        Having variable number of cells or batteries in series
320/121 -> 116 SERIALLY CONNECTED BATTERIES OR CELLS  ->        Having variable number of cells or batteries in series->        Switchable cells (e.g., for voltage regulation, etc.)
320/122 -> 116 SERIALLY CONNECTED BATTERIES OR CELLS  ->        Having variable number of cells or batteries in series->        Bypassable battery cell
320/123 -> 116 SERIALLY CONNECTED BATTERIES OR CELLS ->        With generator charging source
320/124 SEQUENTIAL CHARGING OR DISCHARGING OF BATTERIES OR CELLS
320/125 DIVERSE CHARGING OR DISCHARGING RATES FOR PLURAL BATTERIES
320/126 PARALLEL CONNECTED BATTERIES
320/127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING
320/128 -> 127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING ->        With charging
320/129 -> 127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING  ->        With charging->        Pulsed discharge
320/130 -> 127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING  ->        With charging->        Cycling (e.g., discharge/charge cycle, etc.)
320/131 -> 127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING  ->        With charging ->        Cycling (e.g., discharge/charge cycle, etc.)->        Deep discharge (e.g., conditioning, etc.)
320/132 -> 127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING  ->        With charging ->        Cycling (e.g., discharge/charge cycle, etc.)->        With state-of-charge detection
320/133 -> 127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING  ->        With charging ->        Cycling (e.g., discharge/charge cycle, etc.)->        Time control
320/134 -> 127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING  ->        With charging->        With battery or cell condition monitoring (e.g., for protection from overcharging, heating, etc.)
320/135 -> 127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING ->        Regulated discharging
320/136 -> 127 BATTERY OR CELL DISCHARGING  ->        Regulated discharging->        With battery or cell condition monitoring (e.g., for protection from overcharging, heating, etc.)
320/137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING
320/138 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        Plural charging sources
320/139 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        Pulsed
320/140 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Pulsed->        With DC-DC converter (e.g., flyback supply, etc.)
320/141 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Pulsed->        Pulse modulation
320/142 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Pulsed ->        Pulse modulation->        Phase controlled
320/143 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Pulsed ->        Pulse modulation ->        Phase controlled->        With voltage compensation
320/144 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Pulsed ->        Pulse modulation ->        Phase controlled ->        With voltage compensation->        And temperature compensation
320/145 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Pulsed ->        Pulse modulation->        Pulse-width modulation
320/146 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Pulsed->        Hysteresis type (e.g., antichattering, etc.)
320/147 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        Gas controlled
320/148 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        With peak detection of current or voltage (e.g., delta-V or delta-I utilized, etc.)
320/149 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        With detection of current or voltage integral (e.g., total charge, etc.)
320/150 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        With thermal condition detection
320/151 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        With thermal condition detection->        Detection of current or voltage differential (e.g., slope, etc.)
320/152 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        With thermal condition detection->        Detection of current or voltage amplitude
320/153 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        With thermal condition detection ->        Detection of current or voltage amplitude->        Temperature compensation
320/154 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        With thermal condition detection->        Thermal switch (e.g., thermostat, bimetallic switch, etc.)
320/155 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        Time control
320/156 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Time control->        Detection of current or voltage differential (e.g., slope, etc.)
320/157 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Time control->        Detection of current or voltage amplitude
320/158 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Time control ->        Detection of current or voltage amplitude->        Having solid-state control device
320/159 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        Time control ->        Detection of current or voltage amplitude ->        Having solid-state control device->        Detection of current and voltage amplitude
320/160 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        Multi-rate charging (e.g., plural charge rates before a maintenance charge, etc.)
320/161 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        With detection of current or voltage differential (e.g., slope, etc.)
320/162 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        With detection of current or voltage amplitude
320/163 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        With detection of current or voltage amplitude->        Having solid-state control device
320/164 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING  ->        With detection of current or voltage amplitude ->        Having solid-state control device->        Detection of current and voltage amplitude
320/165 -> 137 BATTERY OR CELL CHARGING ->        With current sensing to detect proper battery connection (e.g., polarity, ripple, reverse current, etc.)
320/166 CAPACITOR CHARGING OR DISCHARGING
320/167 -> 166 CAPACITOR CHARGING OR DISCHARGING ->        For large capacitance (e.g., "super" capacitor, memory backup capacitor, etc.)
320/DIG19 -> 166 CAPACITOR CHARGING OR DISCHARGING ->        Charger status (e.g., voltmeter, etc.)
320/DIG20 -> 166 CAPACITOR CHARGING OR DISCHARGING ->        Polarity
320/DIG21 -> 166 CAPACITOR CHARGING OR DISCHARGING ->        State of charge of battery
320/DIG23 -> 166 CAPACITOR CHARGING OR DISCHARGING ->        Capacitor
320/DIG24 -> 166 CAPACITOR CHARGING OR DISCHARGING ->        Inductor
323/201 INCLUDING A DYNAMOELECTRIC MACHINE
323/202 -> 201 INCLUDING A DYNAMOELECTRIC MACHINE ->        Balancer sets
323/203 -> 201 INCLUDING A DYNAMOELECTRIC MACHINE ->        With plural sets of slip rings or brushes
323/204 -> 201 INCLUDING A DYNAMOELECTRIC MACHINE ->        Condition responsive
323/205 FOR REACTIVE POWER CONTROL
323/206 -> 205 FOR REACTIVE POWER CONTROL ->        Using saturable inductor
323/207 -> 205 FOR REACTIVE POWER CONTROL ->        Using converter
323/208 -> 205 FOR REACTIVE POWER CONTROL ->        Using impedance
323/209 -> 205 FOR REACTIVE POWER CONTROL  ->        Using impedance->        Switched impedance
323/210 -> 205 FOR REACTIVE POWER CONTROL  ->        Using impedance ->        Switched impedance->        Static switch
323/211 -> 205 FOR REACTIVE POWER CONTROL  ->        Using impedance ->        Switched impedance ->        Static switch->        Digitally controlled
323/212 FOR PHASE SHIFT OR CONTROL
323/213 -> 212 FOR PHASE SHIFT OR CONTROL ->        By splitting and combining
323/214 -> 212 FOR PHASE SHIFT OR CONTROL ->        Using saturable inductor
323/215 -> 212 FOR PHASE SHIFT OR CONTROL ->        Using transformer
323/216 -> 212 FOR PHASE SHIFT OR CONTROL  ->        Using transformer->        With movable structure or winding
323/217 -> 212 FOR PHASE SHIFT OR CONTROL ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device
323/218 -> 212 FOR PHASE SHIFT OR CONTROL ->        Using impedance
323/219 -> 212 FOR PHASE SHIFT OR CONTROL  ->        Using impedance->        In bridge
323/220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD
323/221 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD ->        Photo responsive
323/222 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD ->        Using choke and switch across source
323/223 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device
323/224 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With additional series regulator
323/225 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        Plural devices
323/226 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        Linearly acting
323/227 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD ->        Using electronic tube
323/228 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD  ->        Using electronic tube->        With additional series regulator
323/229 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD ->        Using diode
323/230 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD  ->        Using diode->        Inverse parallel
323/231 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD  ->        Using diode->        Zener
323/232 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD ->        Using inductor
323/233 -> 220 IN SHUNT WITH SOURCE OR LOAD ->        Using impedance
323/234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE
323/235 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE ->        Zero switching
323/236 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Zero switching->        Nonelectrical condition sensing
323/237 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device
323/238 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With soft start
323/239 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        Including single unidirectional element with bidirectional pass
323/240 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        Including saturable inductor in trigger circuit
323/241 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With digital control
323/242 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        Including ramp generator or controlled capacitor charging
323/243 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device ->        Including ramp generator or controlled capacitor charging->        As input to comparator
323/244 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With synchronization
323/245 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With nonelectrical condition sensing
323/246 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With plural condition sensing
323/247 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device
323/248 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Ferroresonant
323/249 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Controllably saturable
323/250 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable->        With specific core structure (e.g., gap, aperture, slot, permanent magnet)
323/251 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable->        With plural power windings
323/252 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable ->        With plural power windings->        In bridge configuration or in bridge arm
323/253 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable ->        With plural power windings->        On different cores
323/254 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable->        With electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device in control circuit
323/255 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Having a variable length winding (e.g., tapped) as the final control device
323/256 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a variable length winding (e.g., tapped) as the final control device->        With motor driven tap switch
323/257 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a variable length winding (e.g., tapped) as the final control device ->        With motor driven tap switch->        Including an electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device in control circuit
323/258 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a variable length winding (e.g., tapped) as the final control device->        With electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device as tap switch
323/259 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Having a winding in series with the source and load (e.g., buck-boost)
323/260 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a winding in series with the source and load (e.g., buck-boost)->        With motor in control circuit
323/261 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a winding in series with the source and load (e.g., buck-boost)->        With saturable reactor in control circuit
323/262 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a winding in series with the source and load (e.g., buck-boost)->        Plural windngs in series
323/263 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a winding in series with the source and load (e.g., buck-boost)->        With electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device in control circuit
323/264 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Having movable structure or winding
323/265 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device
323/266 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device->        Including pre or post regulation
323/267 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device->        Including plural loads commonly controlled
323/268 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device->        Including plural final control devices
323/269 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Including plural final control devices->        Linearly acting parallel connected
323/270 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Including plural final control devices->        Linearly acting series connected
323/271 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Including plural final control devices->        Switched (e.g., on-off control)
323/272 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Including plural final control devices ->        Switched (e.g., on-off control)->        Parallel connected
323/273 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device->        Linearly acting
323/274 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Linearly acting->        With threshold detection
323/275 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Linearly acting->        With plural condition sensing
323/276 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Linearly acting ->        With plural condition sensing->        For protective system
323/277 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Linearly acting ->        With plural condition sensing ->        For protective system->        With current sensor
323/278 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Linearly acting ->        With plural condition sensing ->        For protective system ->        With current sensor->        Having base-emitter of transistor coupled across sensor
323/279 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Linearly acting ->        With plural condition sensing->        Including final control device parameter
323/280 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Linearly acting->        With a specific feedback amplifier (e.g., integrator, summer)
323/281 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Linearly acting->        With reference voltage circuitry
323/282 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators)
323/283 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators)->        Digitally controlled
323/284 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators)->        With threshold detection
323/285 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators)->        With plural condition sensing
323/286 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators) ->        With plural condition sensing->        Including filter sensing
323/287 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators) ->        With plural condition sensing ->        Including filter sensing->        In flyback path
323/288 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators)->        With ramp generator or controlled capacitor charging
323/289 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators)->        With base drive control dissipation
323/290 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators)->        With inductor in control circuit
323/291 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE ->        Using an electronic tube as the final control device
323/292 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using an electronic tube as the final control device->        With a three or more terminal semiconductive device in control circuit
323/293 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE ->        Using an impedance as the final control device
323/294 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using an impedance as the final control device->        Hall effect device, magnetoresistor or thermistor
323/295 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using an impedance as the final control device->        Pressure sensitive resistor
323/296 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using an impedance as the final control device->        Liquid contact resistor
323/297 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using an impedance as the final control device->        Plural selective resistors
323/298 -> 234 OUTPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using an impedance as the final control device->        Variable resistor
323/299 INPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE
323/300 -> 299 INPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device
323/301 -> 299 INPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device
323/302 -> 299 INPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Saturable
323/303 -> 299 INPUT LEVEL RESPONSIVE ->        Using a linearly acting final control device
323/304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)
323/305 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE) ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device
323/306 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Ferroresonant
323/307 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Ferroresonant->        With plural cores
323/308 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Ferroresonant->        With core having an air gap or magnetic shunt
323/309 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Ferroresonant ->        With core having an air gap or magnetic shunt->        Including a ferrocapacitor across a tertiary winding
323/310 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Controllably saturable
323/311 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE) ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device
323/312 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device->        For current stabilization
323/313 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        For current stabilization->        To derive a voltage reference (e.g., band gap regulator)
323/314 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        For current stabilization ->        To derive a voltage reference (e.g., band gap regulator)->        With additional stage
323/315 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        For current stabilization->        Including parallel paths (e.g., current mirror)
323/316 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        For current stabilization ->        Including parallel paths (e.g., current mirror)->        With amplifier connected to or between current paths
323/317 -> 304 SELF-REGULATING (E.G., NONRETROACTIVE)  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device ->        For current stabilization ->        Including parallel paths (e.g., current mirror)->        With switched final control device
323/318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED
323/319 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED ->        Zero switching
323/320 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device
323/321 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With soft start
323/322 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With digital control
323/323 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With interval timer
323/324 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        Using single unidirectional element with bidirectional pass
323/325 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With a three or more terminal semiconductive device in trigger circuit
323/326 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device ->        With a three or more terminal semiconductive device in trigger circuit->        Including ramp generator or controlled capacitor charging
323/327 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Phase controlled switching using electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device->        With passive element only in trigger circuit
323/328 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device
323/329 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Controllably saturable
323/330 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable->        With permanent magnet
323/331 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable->        With core having a gap, aperture, or slot
323/332 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable->        With plural power windings
323/333 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable ->        With plural power windings->        In bridge configuration or in bridge arm
323/334 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable ->        With plural power windings->        On different legs of single core
323/335 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable ->        With plural power windings->        On different cores
323/336 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable ->        With plural power windings ->        On different cores->        Multistage
323/337 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable ->        With plural power windings ->        On different cores->        Push-pull
323/338 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable->        With plural cores
323/339 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Controllably saturable->        Including an electronic tube or a three or more terminal semiconductive device in control circuit
323/340 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Having a variable length winding (e.g., tapped) as the final control device
323/341 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a variable length winding (e.g., tapped) as the final control device->        With motor driven tap switch
323/342 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a variable length winding (e.g., tapped) as the final control device->        With other transformer
323/343 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having a variable length winding (e.g., tapped) as the final control device->        With a three or more terminal semiconductive device
323/344 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Having a windng in series with the source and load (e.g., buck-boost)
323/345 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Having a switch in series with winding
323/346 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Having series-parallel connectable windings
323/347 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device->        Having movable structure or winding
323/348 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a transformer or inductor as the final control device ->        Having movable structure or winding->        Including rotary motion
323/349 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device
323/350 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device->        Including plural final control devices
323/351 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using a three or more terminal semiconductive device as the final control device->        Switched (e.g., switching regulators)
323/352 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED ->        Using an impedance as the final control device
323/353 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using an impedance as the final control device->        Resistor
323/354 -> 318 EXTERNAL OR OPERATOR CONTROLLED  ->        Using an impedance as the final control device ->        Resistor->        Selective
323/355 INCLUDING A TRANSFORMER OR AN INDUCTOR
323/356 -> 355 INCLUDING A TRANSFORMER OR AN INDUCTOR ->        With compensation
323/357 -> 355 INCLUDING A TRANSFORMER OR AN INDUCTOR  ->        With compensation->        For current transformer
323/358 -> 355 INCLUDING A TRANSFORMER OR AN INDUCTOR ->        Current transformer
323/359 -> 355 INCLUDING A TRANSFORMER OR AN INDUCTOR ->        Potential transformer
323/360 -> 355 INCLUDING A TRANSFORMER OR AN INDUCTOR ->        Superconductive
323/361 -> 355 INCLUDING A TRANSFORMER OR AN INDUCTOR ->        Polyphase or plural transformers
323/362 -> 355 INCLUDING A TRANSFORMER OR AN INDUCTOR ->        With core having permanent magnet or air gap
323/363 -> 355 INCLUDING A TRANSFORMER OR AN INDUCTOR ->        Inductor with or in a bridge
323/364 INCLUDING AN IMPEDANCE
323/365 -> 364 INCLUDING AN IMPEDANCE ->        In a bridge
323/366 -> 364 INCLUDING AN IMPEDANCE  ->        In a bridge->        Thermistor
323/367 -> 364 INCLUDING AN IMPEDANCE  ->        In a bridge->        Resistor only
323/368 -> 364 INCLUDING AN IMPEDANCE ->        Hall effect device or magnetoresistor
323/369 -> 364 INCLUDING AN IMPEDANCE ->        Thermistor or resistor
323/370 -> 364 INCLUDING AN IMPEDANCE  ->        Thermistor or resistor->        With capacitor
323/371 MISCELLANEOUS
323/901 STARTING CIRCUITS
323/902 OPTICAL COUPLING TO SEMICONDUCTOR
323/903 PRECIPITATORS
323/904 TOUCH SYSTEMS
323/905 LAMP DIMMER STRUCTURE
323/906 SOLAR CELL SYSTEMS
323/907 TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR
323/908 INRUSH CURRENT LIMITERS
323/909 REMOTE SENSING
323/910 TWO OF THREE PHASES REGULATED
323/911 MEDICAL ELECTRONICS
324/300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE
324/301 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE ->        Using a magnetometer
324/302 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using a magnetometer->        To determine direction
324/303 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE ->        Using well logging device
324/304 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE ->        Using optical pumping or sensing device
324/305 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using optical pumping or sensing device->        Having particular optical cell structure
324/306 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE ->        Determine fluid flow rate
324/307 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE ->        Using a nuclear resonance spectrometer system
324/308 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using a nuclear resonance spectrometer system->        Including a test sample and control sample
324/309 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using a nuclear resonance spectrometer system->        To obtain localized resonance within a sample
324/310 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using a nuclear resonance spectrometer system->        By scanning sample frequency spectrum
324/311 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using a nuclear resonance spectrometer system->        With signal decoupling
324/312 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using a nuclear resonance spectrometer system->        By spectrum storage and analysis
324/313 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using a nuclear resonance spectrometer system->        Including polarizing magnetic field/radio frequency tuning
324/314 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using a nuclear resonance spectrometer system->        With conditioning of transmitter signal
324/315 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using a nuclear resonance spectrometer system->        With sample resonant frequency and temperature interdependence
324/316 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE ->        Using an electron resonance spectrometer system
324/317 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Using an electron resonance spectrometer system->        Including a test sample and control sample
324/318 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE ->        Spectrometer components
324/319 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Spectrometer components->        Polarizing field magnet
324/320 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Spectrometer components ->        Polarizing field magnet->        With homogeneity control
324/321 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Spectrometer components->        Sample holder structure
324/322 -> 300 PARTICLE PRECESSION RESONANCE  ->        Spectrometer components->        Electronic circuit elements
324/323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU
324/324 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU ->        Including borehole fluid investigation
324/325 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Including borehole fluid investigation->        To determine fluid entry
324/326 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU ->        For small object detection or location
324/327 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        For small object detection or location->        Using oscillator coupled search head
324/328 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        For small object detection or location ->        Using oscillator coupled search head->        Of the beat frequency type
324/329 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        For small object detection or location->        Using movable transmitter and receiver
324/330 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU ->        By aerial survey
324/331 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        By aerial survey->        For magnetic field detection
324/332 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter
324/333 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter->        Within a borehole
324/334 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter->        With separate pickup
324/335 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter ->        With separate pickup->        Employing multiple frequencies
324/336 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter ->        With separate pickup->        To detect transient signals
324/337 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter ->        With separate pickup->        To detect return wave signals
324/338 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter ->        With separate pickup->        Within a borehole
324/339 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter ->        With separate pickup ->        Within a borehole->        By induction logging
324/340 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter ->        With separate pickup ->        Within a borehole ->        By induction logging->        To measure susceptibility
324/341 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter ->        With separate pickup ->        Within a borehole ->        By induction logging->        To measure dielectric constant
324/342 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter ->        With separate pickup ->        Within a borehole ->        By induction logging->        Using a toroidal coil
324/343 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type transmitter ->        With separate pickup ->        Within a borehole ->        By induction logging->        Using angularly spaced coils
324/344 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU ->        With radiant energy or nonconductive-type receiver
324/345 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU ->        By magnetic means
324/346 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        By magnetic means->        Within a borehole
324/347 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports
324/348 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports->        For detecting naturally occurring fields, currents, or potentials
324/349 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        For detecting naturally occurring fields, currents, or potentials->        Of the telluric type
324/350 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        For detecting naturally occurring fields, currents, or potentials ->        Of the telluric type->        Including magneto-telluric type
324/351 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        For detecting naturally occurring fields, currents, or potentials->        Within a borehole
324/352 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        For detecting naturally occurring fields, currents, or potentials ->        Within a borehole->        Combined with artificial source measurement
324/353 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        For detecting naturally occurring fields, currents, or potentials ->        Within a borehole->        With fluid movement or pressure variation
324/354 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports->        Coupled to artificial current source
324/355 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source->        Within a borehole
324/356 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Within a borehole->        While drilling
324/357 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials
324/358 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials->        With three electrodes
324/359 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials->        With nonelectrode pickup means
324/360 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials->        Using a pulse-type current source
324/361 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        Using a pulse-type current source->        With mechanical current reversing means
324/362 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        Using a pulse-type current source->        To measure induced polarization
324/363 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials->        By varying the path of current flow
324/364 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        By varying the path of current flow->        Using frequency variation
324/365 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials->        Offshore
324/366 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials->        For well logging
324/367 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        For well logging->        Using a pad member
324/368 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        For well logging->        Cased borehole
324/369 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        For well logging->        While drilling
324/370 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        For well logging->        Using surface current electrodes
324/371 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        For well logging->        Using plural fields
324/372 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        For well logging->        Between spaced boreholes
324/373 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        For well logging->        Using current focussing means
324/374 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        For well logging ->        Using current focussing means->        Including a pad member
324/375 -> 323 OF GEOPHYSICAL SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE IN SITU  ->        Using electrode arrays, circuits, structure, or supports ->        Coupled to artificial current source ->        Including separate pickup of generated fields or potentials ->        For well logging ->        Using current focussing means->        Including plural current focussing arrays
324/376 OF SUBSURFACE CORE SAMPLE
324/377 -> 376 OF SUBSURFACE CORE SAMPLE ->        For magnetic properties
324/378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE
324/379 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        With analysis of displayed waveform
324/380 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        Electronic ignition system
324/381 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        Electronic ignition system->        With magnetically controlled circuit
324/382 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        Electronic ignition system->        With capacitor discharge circuit
324/383 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        By simulating or substituting for a component under test
324/384 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        Using plural tests in a conventional ignition system
324/385 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        Distributor
324/386 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        Distributor->        Dwell (i.e., cam angle)
324/387 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        Distributor->        Condenser
324/388 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        Coil
324/389 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        Magneto
324/390 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        Low or high tension lead
324/391 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        Ignition timing
324/392 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        Ignition timing->        Using a pulse signal technique
324/393 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        In situ testing of spark plug
324/394 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        In situ testing of spark plug->        With cathode-ray tube display
324/395 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        In situ testing of spark plug->        Using an illuminating device to indicate spark plug condition
324/396 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        In situ testing of spark plug->        With an air gap in series with spark plug to indicate spark plug condition
324/397 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        In situ testing of spark plug->        By shorting the plug to ground to indicate spark plug condition
324/398 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        In situ testing of spark plug ->        By shorting the plug to ground to indicate spark plug condition->        With air gap in ground circuit
324/399 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        In situ testing of spark plug->        Wherein a measured electric quantity indicates spark plug condition
324/400 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        Spark plug removed or tested in a test fixture
324/401 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE  ->        Spark plug removed or tested in a test fixture->        Using a pressure chamber
324/402 -> 378 INTERNAL-COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION SYSTEM OR DEVICE ->        Apparatus for coupling a measuring instrument to an ignition system
324/403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE
324/404 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE ->        Cathode-ray tube
324/405 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE ->        Vacuum tube
324/406 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Vacuum tube->        Plural tubes in the testing circuit
324/407 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Vacuum tube->        Testing circuit for diverse-type tube
324/408 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Vacuum tube->        Circuit for making diverse test
324/409 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Vacuum tube->        Testing discharge space characteristic (e.g., emission)
324/410 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Vacuum tube ->        Testing discharge space characteristic (e.g., emission)->        With application of current or potential to the discharge control means
324/411 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Vacuum tube ->        Testing discharge space characteristic (e.g., emission) ->        With application of current or potential to the discharge control means->        Pulsating or alternating current or potential for the discharge control means
324/412 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Vacuum tube ->        Testing discharge space characteristic (e.g., emission) ->        With application of current or potential to the discharge control means ->        Pulsating or alternating current or potential for the discharge control means->        Pulsating or alternating current for the anode
324/413 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Vacuum tube->        Shock testing
324/414 -> 403 ELECTRIC LAMP OR DISCHARGE DEVICE ->        Electric lamp
324/415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE
324/416 -> 415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE ->        Voltage regulator
324/417 -> 415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE ->        Thermostat switch
324/418 -> 415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE ->        Relay
324/419 -> 415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE  ->        Relay->        Reed switch
324/420 -> 415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE  ->        Relay->        To evaluate contact chatter
324/421 -> 415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE  ->        Relay->        To evaluate contact resistance
324/422 -> 415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE  ->        Relay->        To evaluate contact sequence of operation
324/423 -> 415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE  ->        Relay->        To evaluate contact response time
324/424 -> 415 ELECTROMECHANICAL SWITCHING DEVICE ->        Circuit breaker
324/425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES
324/426 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES ->        Using a battery testing device
324/427 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        To determine ampere-hour charge capacity
324/428 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device ->        To determine ampere-hour charge capacity->        Including an integrating device
324/429 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        To determine load/no-load voltage
324/430 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        To determine internal battery impedance
324/431 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        With temperature compensation of measured condition
324/432 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        To determine battery electrolyte condition
324/433 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        To compare battery voltage with a reference voltage
324/434 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        To determine plural cell condition
324/435 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        Having particular meter scale or indicator
324/436 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        Including oscillator in measurement circuit
324/437 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a battery testing device->        Including probe structure
324/438 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES ->        Using a pH determining device
324/439 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES ->        Using a conductivity determining device
324/440 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device->        Which includes a dropping mercury cell
324/441 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device->        Which includes a temperature responsive element
324/442 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device->        Which includes an oscillator
324/443 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device->        Having a bridge circuit
324/444 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device->        Which includes current and voltage electrodes
324/445 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device->        Having inductance probe structure
324/446 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device->        Having conductance probe structure
324/447 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device ->        Having conductance probe structure->        With movable or adjustable electrode
324/448 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device ->        Having conductance probe structure->        With concentric electrodes
324/449 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device ->        Having conductance probe structure->        With axially arranged electrodes
324/450 -> 425 ELECTROLYTE PROPERTIES  ->        Using a conductivity determining device->        Which includes particular cell container structure
324/451 A MATERIAL PROPERTY USING THERMOELECTRIC PHENOMENON
324/452 A MATERIAL PROPERTY USING ELECTROSTATIC PHENOMENON
324/453 -> 452 A MATERIAL PROPERTY USING ELECTROSTATIC PHENOMENON ->        In a liquid
324/454 -> 452 A MATERIAL PROPERTY USING ELECTROSTATIC PHENOMENON ->        Frictionally induced
324/455 -> 452 A MATERIAL PROPERTY USING ELECTROSTATIC PHENOMENON ->        Corona induced
324/456 -> 452 A MATERIAL PROPERTY USING ELECTROSTATIC PHENOMENON ->        For flaw detection
324/457 ELECTROSTATIC FIELD
324/458 -> 457 ELECTROSTATIC FIELD ->        Using modulation-type electrometer
324/459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS
324/460 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS ->        For monitoring pressure
324/461 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS  ->        For monitoring pressure->        Using a radioactive substance
324/462 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS  ->        For monitoring pressure->        Using thermionic emissions
324/463 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS  ->        For monitoring pressure->        Using a magnetic field
324/464 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS ->        For analysis of gas, vapor, or particles of matter
324/465 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS  ->        For analysis of gas, vapor, or particles of matter->        Using electronegative gas sensor
324/466 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS  ->        For analysis of gas, vapor, or particles of matter->        Using a filter
324/467 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS  ->        For analysis of gas, vapor, or particles of matter->        Using test material desorption
324/468 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS  ->        For analysis of gas, vapor, or particles of matter->        Using thermal ionization
324/469 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS  ->        For analysis of gas, vapor, or particles of matter->        Using a radioactive substance
324/470 -> 459 USING IONIZATION EFFECTS  ->        For analysis of gas, vapor, or particles of matter->        Using thermionic emission
324/200 MAGNETIC
324/201 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Susceptibility
324/202 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Calibration
324/203 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Curie point determination
324/204 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Fluid material examination
324/205 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Permanent magnet testing
324/206 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Movable random length material measurement
324/207.11 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Displacement
324/207.12 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement->        Compensation for measurement
324/207.13 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement->        Having particular sensor means
324/207.14 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement ->        Having particular sensor means->        Diverse sensors
324/207.15 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement ->        Having particular sensor means->        Inductive
324/207.16 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement ->        Having particular sensor means ->        Inductive->        Electrically energized
324/207.17 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement ->        Having particular sensor means ->        Inductive ->        Electrically energized->        Separate pick-up
324/207.18 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement ->        Having particular sensor means ->        Inductive ->        Electrically energized->        Differential type (e.g., LVDT)
324/207.19 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement ->        Having particular sensor means ->        Inductive ->        Electrically energized->        Differential bridge circuit
324/207.2 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement ->        Having particular sensor means->        Hall effect
324/207.21 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement ->        Having particular sensor means->        Magnetoresistive
324/207.22 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement->        Having particular sensed object
324/207.23 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement->        Plural measurements (e.g., linear and rotary)
324/207.24 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement->        Linear
324/207.25 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement->        Rotary
324/207.26 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Displacement->        Approach or retreat
324/209 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Stress in material measurement
324/210 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Magnetic information storage element testing
324/211 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetic information storage element testing->        Memory core storage element testing
324/212 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetic information storage element testing->        Dynamic information element testing
324/213 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Magnetic recording medium on magnetized object records object field
324/214 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        By paramagnetic particles
324/215 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        By paramagnetic particles->        With pattern enhancing additive
324/216 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        By paramagnetic particles->        Flaw testing
324/217 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Railroad rail flaw testing
324/218 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Railroad rail flaw testing->        Rail joint cutout
324/219 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Magnetic sensor within material
324/220 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetic sensor within material->        Sensor supported, positioned, or moved within pipe
324/221 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetic sensor within material ->        Sensor supported, positioned, or moved within pipe->        Borehole pipe testing
324/222 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Hysteresis or eddy current loss testing
324/223 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Hysteresis loop curve display or recording
324/224 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        With temperature control of material or element of test circuit
324/225 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        With compensation for test variable
324/226 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Combined
324/227 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Plural tests
324/228 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material
324/229 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material->        Thickness measuring
324/230 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Thickness measuring->        Layer or layered material
324/231 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Thickness measuring->        With backing member
324/232 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material->        Plural magnetic fields in material
324/233 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material->        With phase sensitive element
324/234 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material->        Electrically energized nonforce type sensor
324/235 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Electrically energized nonforce type sensor->        Noncoil type
324/236 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Electrically energized nonforce type sensor->        Oscillator type
324/237 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Electrically energized nonforce type sensor ->        Oscillator type->        Material flaw testing
324/238 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Electrically energized nonforce type sensor->        Material flaw testing
324/239 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material->        Induced voltage-type sensor
324/240 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Induced voltage-type sensor->        Material flaw testing
324/241 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Induced voltage-type sensor ->        Material flaw testing->        Opposed induced voltage sensors
324/242 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Induced voltage-type sensor ->        Material flaw testing->        Plural sensors
324/243 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        With means to create magnetic field to test material ->        Induced voltage-type sensor->        Plural sensors
324/244 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Magnetometers
324/244.1 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Optical
324/245 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Plural sensor axis misalignment correction
324/246 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        With means to align field sensor with magnetic field sensed
324/247 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Nonparallel plural magnetic sensors
324/248 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Superconductive magnetometers
324/249 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Thin film magnetometers
324/250 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Electronic tube or microwave magnetometers
324/251 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Hall plate magnetometers
324/252 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Semiconductor type solid-state or magnetoresistive magnetometers
324/253 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Saturable core magnetometers
324/254 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers ->        Saturable core magnetometers->        Second harmonic type
324/255 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers ->        Saturable core magnetometers->        Peak voltage type
324/256 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Energized movable sensing coil magnetometers
324/257 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Moving coil magnetometer
324/258 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Fixed coil magnetometer
324/259 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetometers->        Movable magnet or magnetic member interacts with magnetic field
324/260 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Magnetic field detection devices
324/261 -> 200 MAGNETIC  ->        Magnetic field detection devices->        With support for article
324/262 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Magnetic test structure elements
324/263 -> 200 MAGNETIC ->        Current through test material forms test magnetic field
324/500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS
324/501 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        Using radiant energy
324/502 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        In an ignitor or detonator
324/503 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        In vehicle wiring
324/504 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        In vehicle wiring->        With trailer
324/505 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        In vehicle wiring->        Combined with window glass
324/506 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        Combined with a flashlight
324/507 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Combined with a flashlight->        With fuse testing attachment
324/508 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        With electric power receptacle for line wire testing
324/509 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        Of ground fault indication
324/510 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of ground fault indication->        Of electrically operated apparatus (power tool, appliance, machine, etc.)
324/511 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        Of electrically operated apparatus (power tool, appliance, machine, etc.)
324/512 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        For fault location
324/513 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        Where component moves while under test
324/514 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        Where component moves while under test->        By exposing component to liquid or gas while under test
324/515 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        Where component moves while under test->        Using a particular sensing electrode
324/516 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        Where component moves while under test ->        Using a particular sensing electrode->        Metal chain
324/517 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        Where component moves while under test ->        Using a particular sensing electrode->        Wire bristles
324/518 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        Where component moves while under test ->        Using a particular sensing electrode->        Metal pellets or beads
324/519 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        By capacitance measuring
324/520 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        By frequency sensitive or responsive detection
324/521 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        By phase sensitive or responsive detection
324/522 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        By voltage or current measuring
324/523 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        By voltage or current measuring->        Of an applied test signal
324/524 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        By voltage or current measuring->        Polarity responsive
324/525 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        By resistance or impedance measuring
324/526 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        By resistance or impedance measuring->        Using a bridge circuit
324/527 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        By applying a test signal
324/528 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        By applying a test signal->        Tracing test signal to fault location
324/529 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        By applying a test signal ->        Tracing test signal to fault location->        Using a magnetic field sensor
324/530 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        By applying a test signal ->        Tracing test signal to fault location->        Using an electric field sensor
324/531 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        By applying a test signal->        At fault site
324/532 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        By applying a test signal->        Using time measuring
324/533 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location ->        By applying a test signal ->        Using time measuring->        Of reflected test signal
324/534 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        By reflection technique
324/535 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        By time measuring
324/536 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        For fault location->        By spark or arc discharge
324/537 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        Of individual circuit component or element
324/750 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        System sensing fields adjacent device under test (DUT)
324/751 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        System sensing fields adjacent device under test (DUT)->        Using electron beam probe
324/752 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        System sensing fields adjacent device under test (DUT)->        Using light probe
324/753 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        System sensing fields adjacent device under test (DUT)->        Using electro-optic device
324/754 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        With probe elements
324/755 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        With probe elements->        Internal of or on support for device under test (DUT)
324/756 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        With probe elements->        Contact confirmation
324/757 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        With probe elements->        Probe contact enhancement
324/758 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        With probe elements->        Probe alignment or positioning
324/759 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        With probe elements->        With recording of test results on DUT
324/760 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        With probe elements->        With temperature control
324/761 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        With probe elements->        Pin
324/762 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        With probe elements->        Cantilever
324/763 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        DUT including test circuit
324/764 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        With identification of DUT
324/765 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Test of semiconductor device
324/766 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Test of semiconductor device->        With barrier layer
324/767 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Test of semiconductor device ->        With barrier layer->        Diode
324/768 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Test of semiconductor device ->        With barrier layer->        Bipolar transistor
324/769 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Test of semiconductor device ->        With barrier layer->        Field effect transistor
324/770 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Liquid crystal device test
324/771 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Power supply test
324/772 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Motor or generator fault tests
324/538 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Electrical connectors
324/539 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Multiconductor cable
324/540 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Multiconductor cable->        With sequencer
324/541 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Multiconductor cable->        For insulation fault
324/542 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Multiconductor cable->        Having a light or sound indicator
324/543 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Single conductor cable
324/544 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Single conductor cable->        For insulation fault
324/545 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Armature or rotor
324/546 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Winding or coil
324/547 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Winding or coil->        Transformer
324/548 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Capacitor
324/549 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Resistor
324/550 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Fuse
324/551 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element->        Insulation
324/552 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Insulation->        Bushing
324/553 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Insulation->        Oil
324/554 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Of individual circuit component or element ->        Insulation->        Sheet material
324/555 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS ->        Instruments and devices for fault testing
324/556 -> 500 FAULT DETECTING IN ELECTRIC CIRCUITS AND OF ELECTRIC COMPONENTS  ->        Instruments and devices for fault testing->        Having a lamp or light indicator
324/557 FOR INSULATION FAULT OF NONCIRCUIT ELEMENTS
324/558 -> 557 FOR INSULATION FAULT OF NONCIRCUIT ELEMENTS ->        Where element moves while under test
324/559 -> 557 FOR INSULATION FAULT OF NONCIRCUIT ELEMENTS ->        Where a moving sensing electrode scans a stationary element under test
324/600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS
324/601 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS ->        Calibration
324/602 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals
324/603 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals->        For excitation
324/604 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals ->        For excitation->        Including marker signal generator circuit
324/605 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals->        For response signal evaluation or processing
324/606 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals ->        For response signal evaluation or processing->        Including a signal comparison circuit
324/607 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals ->        For response signal evaluation or processing->        Including a conversion (e.g., A->D or D-> A) process
324/608 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals ->        For response signal evaluation or processing->        Including a ratiometric function
324/609 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals->        For sensing
324/610 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals ->        For sensing->        Including a bridge circuit
324/611 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        With auxiliary means to condition stimulus/response signals ->        For sensing->        Including a remote type circuit
324/612 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test
324/613 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test->        Noise
324/614 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Noise->        Signal to noise ratio or noise figure
324/615 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test->        Transfer function type characteristics
324/616 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Transfer function type characteristics->        Gain or attenuation
324/617 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Transfer function type characteristics->        Response time or phase delay
324/618 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Transfer function type characteristics->        Transient response or transient recovery time (e.g., damping)
324/619 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Transfer function type characteristics->        Selective type characteristics
324/620 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test->        Distortion
324/621 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Distortion->        Envelope delay
324/622 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Distortion->        Phase
324/623 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Distortion->        Harmonic
324/624 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Distortion->        Intermodulation
324/625 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Distortion->        Dissymmetry or asymmetry
324/626 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Distortion->        Nonlinearity
324/627 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test->        Shielding effectiveness (SE)
324/628 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Parameter related to the reproduction or fidelity of a signal affected by a circuit under test ->        Shielding effectiveness (SE)->        Circuit interference (e.g., crosstalk) measurement
324/629 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS ->        Distributive type parameters
324/630 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters->        Plural diverse parameters
324/631 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters->        Using wave polarization (e.g., field rotation)
324/632 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters->        Using particular field coupling type (e.g., fringing field)
324/633 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters->        Using resonant frequency
324/634 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using resonant frequency->        To determine water content
324/635 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using resonant frequency->        To determine dimension (e.g., distance or thickness)
324/636 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using resonant frequency->        With a resonant cavity
324/637 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves
324/638 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves->        Scattering type parameters (e.g., complex reflection coefficient)
324/639 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves->        Where energy is transmitted through a test substance
324/640 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves ->        Where energy is transmitted through a test substance->        To determine water content
324/641 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves ->        Where energy is transmitted through a test substance->        To determine insertion loss
324/642 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves->        Where energy is reflected (e.g., reflectometry)
324/643 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves ->        Where energy is reflected (e.g., reflectometry)->        To determine water content
324/644 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves ->        Where energy is reflected (e.g., reflectometry)->        To determine dimension (e.g., distance or thickness)
324/645 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves ->        Where energy is reflected (e.g., reflectometry)->        Having standing wave pattern
324/646 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using transmitted or reflected microwaves ->        Where energy is reflected (e.g., reflectometry)->        To determine reflection coefficient
324/647 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters->        Using a comparison or difference circuit
324/648 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Distributive type parameters ->        Using a comparison or difference circuit->        With a bridge circuit
324/649 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS ->        Lumped type parameters
324/650 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters->        Using phasor or vector analysis
324/651 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using phasor or vector analysis->        With a bridge circuit
324/652 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters->        Of a resonant circuit
324/653 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters->        For figure of merit or Q value
324/654 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters->        Using inductive type measurement
324/655 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using inductive type measurement->        Including a tuned or resonant circuit
324/656 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using inductive type measurement->        Including a comparison or difference circuit
324/657 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using inductive type measurement ->        Including a comparison or difference circuit->        Using a bridge circuit
324/658 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters->        Using capacitive type measurement
324/659 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        With loss characteristic evaluation
324/660 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        With variable electrode area
324/661 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        With variable distance between capacitor electrodes
324/662 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With variable distance between capacitor electrodes->        To determine dimension (e.g., thickness or distance)
324/663 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured
324/664 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured->        To determine water content
324/665 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured ->        To determine water content->        By comparison or difference circuit
324/666 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured ->        To determine water content ->        By comparison or difference circuit->        Including a bridge circuit
324/667 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured ->        To determine water content->        By frequency signal response, change or processing circuit
324/668 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured ->        To determine water content ->        By frequency signal response, change or processing circuit->        Including a tuned or resonant circuit
324/669 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured ->        To determine water content->        With compensation means
324/670 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured ->        To determine water content ->        With compensation means->        For temperature variations
324/671 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured->        To determine dimension (e.g., dielectric thickness)
324/672 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured->        By comparison or difference circuit
324/673 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured ->        By comparison or difference circuit->        Including a bridge circuit
324/674 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured->        By frequency signal response, change or processing circuit
324/675 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        Where a material or object forms part of the dielectric being measured ->        By frequency signal response, change or processing circuit->        Including a tuned or resonant circuit
324/676 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        With pulse signal processing circuit
324/677 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With pulse signal processing circuit->        Including R/C time constant circuit
324/678 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With pulse signal processing circuit->        Including charge or discharge cycle circuit
324/679 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        With comparison or difference circuit
324/680 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With comparison or difference circuit->        Including a bridge circuit
324/681 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        With frequency signal response, change or processing circuit
324/682 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With frequency signal response, change or processing circuit->        Including a tuned or resonant circuit
324/683 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        With phase signal processing circuit
324/684 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        With compensation means
324/685 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With compensation means->        For temperature variation
324/686 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement->        With a capacitive sensing means
324/687 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With a capacitive sensing means->        Having fringing field coupling
324/688 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With a capacitive sensing means->        Including a guard or ground electrode
324/689 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With a capacitive sensing means->        To determine water content
324/690 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using capacitive type measurement ->        With a capacitive sensing means->        Including a probe type structure
324/691 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters->        Using resistance or conductance measurement
324/692 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With living organism condition determination using conductivity effects
324/693 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With object or substance characteristic determination using conductivity effects
324/694 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With object or substance characteristic determination using conductivity effects->        To determine water content
324/695 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With object or substance characteristic determination using conductivity effects ->        To determine water content->        Where the object moves while under test
324/696 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With object or substance characteristic determination using conductivity effects ->        To determine water content->        With a probe structure
324/697 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With object or substance characteristic determination using conductivity effects->        For interface
324/698 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With object or substance characteristic determination using conductivity effects->        To determine oil qualities
324/699 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With object or substance characteristic determination using conductivity effects->        To determine dimension (e.g., distance or thickness)
324/700 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With object or substance characteristic determination using conductivity effects ->        To determine dimension (e.g., distance or thickness)->        Including corrosion or erosion
324/701 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With object or substance characteristic determination using conductivity effects->        Where the object moves while under test
324/702 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With radiant energy effects
324/703 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With radiant energy effects->        Including heating
324/704 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With ratio determination
324/705 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With comparison or difference circuit
324/706 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With comparison or difference circuit->        Including a bridge circuit
324/707 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With frequency response, change or processing circuit
324/708 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With frequency response, change or processing circuit->        Including a tuned or resonant circuit
324/709 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With phase signal processing circuit
324/710 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With pulse signal processing circuit
324/711 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With pulse signal processing circuit->        Including R/C time constant circuit
324/712 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With pulse signal processing circuit->        Including a digital or logic circuit
324/713 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With voltage or current signal evaluation
324/714 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With voltage or current signal evaluation->        Including a potentiometer
324/715 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With voltage or current signal evaluation->        Including a particular probing technique (e.g., four point probe)
324/716 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With voltage or current signal evaluation ->        Including a particular probing technique (e.g., four point probe)->        To determine dimension (e.g., distance or thickness)
324/717 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With voltage or current signal evaluation ->        Including a particular probing technique (e.g., four point probe)->        To determine material composition
324/718 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With voltage or current signal evaluation ->        Including a particular probing technique (e.g., four point probe)->        To detect a flaw or defect
324/719 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With semiconductor or IC materials quality determination using conductivity effects
324/720 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        With compensation means
324/721 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        With compensation means->        For temperature variation
324/722 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement->        Device or apparatus determines conductivity effects
324/723 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        Device or apparatus determines conductivity effects->        Potentiometer
324/724 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS  ->        Lumped type parameters ->        Using resistance or conductance measurement ->        Device or apparatus determines conductivity effects->        Using a probe type structure
324/725 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS ->        Using a particular bridge circuit
324/726 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS ->        Transformer testing (e.g., ratio)
324/727 -> 600 IMPEDANCE, ADMITTANCE OR OTHER QUANTITIES REPRESENTATIVE OF ELECTRICAL STIMULUS/RESPONSE RELATIONSHIPS ->        Piezoelectric crystal testing (e.g., frequency, resistance)
324/66 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION OR LOCATION (E.G., PHASE IDENTIFICATION)
324/67 -> 66 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION OR LOCATION (E.G., PHASE IDENTIFICATION) ->        Inaccessible (at test point) conductor (e.g., buried in wall)
324/160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING
324/161 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING ->        Speed comparing means
324/162 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING ->        With acceleration measuring means
324/163 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING ->        Including speed analog electrical signal generator
324/164 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed analog electrical signal generator->        Eddy current generator type (e.g., tachometer)
324/165 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed analog electrical signal generator->        With direction indicator
324/166 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING ->        Including speed-related frequency generator
324/167 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed-related frequency generator->        Including rotating magnetic field actuated indicator
324/168 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed-related frequency generator->        Including periodic switch
324/169 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed-related frequency generator ->        Including periodic switch->        In ignition system
324/170 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed-related frequency generator ->        Including periodic switch ->        In ignition system->        High voltage speed signal type
324/171 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed-related frequency generator ->        Including periodic switch->        With extent-of-travel indicator
324/172 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed-related frequency generator->        Including synchronized recording medium
324/173 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed-related frequency generator->        Including magnetic detector
324/174 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed-related frequency generator ->        Including magnetic detector->        Permanent magnet type
324/175 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including speed-related frequency generator->        Including radiant energy detector
324/176 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING ->        Including object displacement varied variable circuit impedance
324/177 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING ->        Including motor current or voltage sensor
324/178 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING ->        Including "event" sensing means
324/179 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including "event" sensing means->        Magnetic field sensor
324/180 -> 160 ELECTRICAL SPEED MEASURING  ->        Including "event" sensing means->        Mechanically actuated switch
324/71.1 DETERMINING NONELECTRIC PROPERTIES BY MEASURING ELECTRIC PROPERTIES
324/71.2 -> 71.1 DETERMINING NONELECTRIC PROPERTIES BY MEASURING ELECTRIC PROPERTIES ->        Erosion
324/71.3 -> 71.1 DETERMINING NONELECTRIC PROPERTIES BY MEASURING ELECTRIC PROPERTIES ->        Beam of atomic particles
324/71.4 -> 71.1 DETERMINING NONELECTRIC PROPERTIES BY MEASURING ELECTRIC PROPERTIES ->        Particle counting
324/71.5 -> 71.1 DETERMINING NONELECTRIC PROPERTIES BY MEASURING ELECTRIC PROPERTIES ->        Semiconductors for nonelectrical property
324/71.6 -> 71.1 DETERMINING NONELECTRIC PROPERTIES BY MEASURING ELECTRIC PROPERTIES ->        Superconductors
324/72 TESTING POTENTIAL IN SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT (E.G., LIGHTNING STROKE)
324/72.5 -> 72 TESTING POTENTIAL IN SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT (E.G., LIGHTNING STROKE) ->        Voltage probe
324/73.1 PLURAL, AUTOMATICALLY SEQUENTIAL TESTS
324/74 TESTING AND CALIBRATING ELECTRIC METERS (E.G., WATT-HOUR METERS)
324/75 -> 74 TESTING AND CALIBRATING ELECTRIC METERS (E.G., WATT-HOUR METERS) ->        By stroboscopic means
324/76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE
324/76.12 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Analysis of complex waves
324/76.13 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves->        Amplitude distribution
324/76.14 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Amplitude distribution->        Radiometer (e.g., microwave, etc.)
324/76.15 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Amplitude distribution->        With sampler
324/76.16 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Amplitude distribution->        With counter
324/76.17 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Amplitude distribution->        With integrator
324/76.18 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Amplitude distribution->        With slope detector
324/76.19 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves->        Frequency spectrum analyzer
324/76.21 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer->        By Fourier analysis
324/76.22 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer->        Real-time spectrum analyzer
324/76.23 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer->        With mixer
324/76.24 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer->        With sampler
324/76.25 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer->        With slope detector
324/76.26 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer->        Scanning-panoramic receiver
324/76.27 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Scanning-panoramic receiver->        With particular sweep circuit
324/77.11 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer->        Nonscanning
324/76.28 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Nonscanning->        Digital filter
324/76.29 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Nonscanning->        With filtering
324/76.31 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Nonscanning ->        With filtering->        Parallel filters
324/76.32 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Nonscanning ->        With filtering ->        Parallel filters->        With space discharge device
324/76.33 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Nonscanning->        Correlation
324/76.34 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Nonscanning ->        Correlation->        With space discharge device
324/76.35 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Nonscanning->        With delay line
324/76.36 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Nonscanning->        With optics
324/76.37 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves ->        Frequency spectrum analyzer ->        Nonscanning ->        With optics->        Bragg cell
324/76.38 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Analysis of complex waves->        With sampler
324/76.39 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.)
324/76.41 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.)->        Frequency comparison, (e.g., heterodyne, etc.)
324/76.42 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        Frequency comparison, (e.g., heterodyne, etc.)->        With sampler
324/76.43 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        Frequency comparison, (e.g., heterodyne, etc.)->        With plural mixers
324/76.44 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        Frequency comparison, (e.g., heterodyne, etc.)->        With filtering
324/76.45 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        Frequency comparison, (e.g., heterodyne, etc.) ->        With filtering->        Bandpass
324/76.46 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        Frequency comparison, (e.g., heterodyne, etc.) ->        With filtering->        Plural
324/76.47 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        Frequency comparison, (e.g., heterodyne, etc.)->        Digital output
324/76.48 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        Frequency comparison, (e.g., heterodyne, etc.) ->        Digital output->        With counter
324/76.49 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.)->        Tuned mechanical resonator (e.g., reed, piezocrystal, etc.)
324/76.51 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.)->        By tuning (e.g., to resonance,etc.)
324/76.52 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.)->        By phase comparison
324/76.53 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        With phase lock
324/76.54 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        With delay line
324/76.55 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        Digital output
324/76.56 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        Digital output->        With microwave frequency detection
324/76.57 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        Digital output->        With tone detection
324/76.58 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        Digital output->        With sampler
324/76.59 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        Digital output->        With multiplexing
324/76.61 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        Digital output->        With memory
324/76.62 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        Digital output->        With counter
324/76.63 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        Digital output ->        With counter->        Using register
324/76.64 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        Digital output ->        With counter->        Plural
324/76.65 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        Digital output->        With space discharge device
324/76.66 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        With capacitive energy storage
324/76.67 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison ->        With capacitive energy storage->        With space discharge device
324/76.68 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        With filtering
324/76.69 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        Current output proportional to frequency
324/76.71 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        Nulling circuit
324/76.72 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        Qualitative output
324/76.73 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        With saturable device
324/76.74 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.) ->        By phase comparison->        Deviation measurement
324/76.75 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.)->        Having inductive sensing
324/76.76 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Frequency of cyclic current or voltage (e.g., cyclic counting etc.)->        With space discharge device
324/76.77 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)
324/76.78 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        Quadrature sensing
324/76.79 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        Feedback control, electrical
324/76.81 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        Feedback control, mechanical
324/76.82 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        Digital output
324/76.83 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        Analog output
324/84 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        With waveguide (e.g., coaxial cable)
324/85 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        With frequency conversion
324/86 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        Polyphase (e.g., phase angle, phase rotation or sequence)
324/87 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        With nonlinear device (e.g., saturable reactor, rectifier), discharge device (e.g., gas tube) or lamp
324/88 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.) ->        With nonlinear device (e.g., saturable reactor, rectifier), discharge device (e.g., gas tube) or lamp->        Cathode ray
324/89 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.) ->        With nonlinear device (e.g., saturable reactor, rectifier), discharge device (e.g., gas tube) or lamp->        Space discharge control means (e.g., grid)
324/90 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        Electrodynamometer instrument
324/91 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Phase comparison (e.g., between cyclic pulse voltage and sinusoidal current, etc.)->        Synchroscope type
324/92 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Fluid (e.g., thermal expansion)
324/93 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Fluid (e.g., thermal expansion)->        Conductive field (e.g., mercury)
324/94 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Fluid (e.g., thermal expansion) ->        Conductive field (e.g., mercury)->        Electrolytic
324/95 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With waveguide or long line
324/96 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Using radiant energy
324/97 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Using radiant energy->        Light beam type (e.g., mirror galvanometer, parallax-free scale)
324/98 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Balancing (e.g., known/unknown voltage comparison, bridge, rebalancing)
324/99R -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Balancing (e.g., known/unknown voltage comparison, bridge, rebalancing)->        Automatic
324/100 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Balancing (e.g., known/unknown voltage comparison, bridge, rebalancing) ->        Automatic->        With recording
324/99D -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Balancing (e.g., known/unknown voltage comparison, bridge, rebalancing) ->        Automatic->        Digital voltmeters
324/101 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Non-rebalancing bridge
324/102 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Transient or portion of cyclic
324/103R -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Demand, excess, maximum or minimum (e.g., separate meters for positive and negative power, peak voltmeter)
324/104 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Demand, excess, maximum or minimum (e.g., separate meters for positive and negative power, peak voltmeter)->        Thermal (e.g., actuation)
324/103P -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Demand, excess, maximum or minimum (e.g., separate meters for positive and negative power, peak voltmeter)->        Peak voltmeters
324/105 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Thermal (e.g., compensation)
324/106 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Thermal (e.g., compensation)->        Actuation
324/107 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Polyphase
324/108 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Polyphase->        Positive, negative or zero sequence
324/109 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Electrostatic attraction or piezoelectric
324/110 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Meter protection or fraud combatting
324/111 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With storage means for voltage or current (e.g., condenser banks)
324/112 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With storage means for voltage or current (e.g., condenser banks)->        Tape, sheet (e.g., disk) or wire (e.g., magnetic) storage
324/113 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Recording
324/114 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Plural meters (e.g., plural movements in one case)
324/115 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Plural ranges, scales or registration rates
324/116 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Plural ranges, scales or registration rates->        With register (e.g., discount type, demand penalty)
324/117R -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Magnetic saturation (e.g., in field or in amplifier)
324/117H -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Magnetic saturation (e.g., in field or in amplifier)->        Hall effect
324/118 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Modulator/demodulator
324/119 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With rectifier (e.g., A.C. to D.C.)
324/120 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With voltage or current conversion (e.g., D.C. to A.C., 60 to 1000)
324/121R -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Cathode ray (e.g., magic eye)
324/121E -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Cathode ray (e.g., magic eye)->        Magic eye indicators
324/122 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Gaseous discharge (e.g., spark gap voltmeter)
324/123R -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With amplifier or space discharge device
324/124 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With amplifier or space discharge device->        Inverted amplifier
324/123C -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With amplifier or space discharge device->        Feedback amplifiers
324/125 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Inertia control, instrument damping and vibration damping
324/126 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With coupling means (e.g., attenuator, shunt)
324/127 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With coupling means (e.g., attenuator, shunt)->        Transformer (e.g., split core admits conductor carrying unknown current)
324/128 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With coupling means (e.g., attenuator, shunt)->        Selective filter
324/129 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Polepiece (e.g., split) admits nonunitary input conductor
324/130 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Self-calibration
324/131 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Suppressed zero
324/132 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Nonlinear (e.g., Thyrite)
324/133 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Nonquantitative (e.g., hot-line indicator, polarity tester)
324/134 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With commutator or reversing or pulsating switch (e.g., D.C. watt-hour meter)
324/135 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With commutator or reversing or pulsating switch (e.g., D.C. watt-hour meter)->        Oscillating
324/136 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With rolling wheel or ball (e.g., transmission, integrating)
324/137 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Eddy current rotor (e.g., A.C. integrating wattmeter)
324/138 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Eddy current rotor (e.g., A.C. integrating wattmeter)->        With phase adjustment
324/139 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Motor-driven, time-controlled or oscillating (e.g., ratchet)
324/140R -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Plural inputs (e.g., summation, ratio)
324/141 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Plural inputs (e.g., summation, ratio)->        Voltamperes (real or reactive)
324/142 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Plural inputs (e.g., summation, ratio)->        Watts
324/140D -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        Plural inputs (e.g., summation, ratio)->        Ratio
324/143 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Plural active motor elements (e.g., for two crossed pointers)
324/144 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With electromagnetic field (e.g., dynamometer)
324/145 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With electromagnetic field (e.g., dynamometer)->        Solenoid plunger type
324/146 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With electromagnetic field (e.g., dynamometer)->        With permanent magnet (e.g., field, vane)
324/147 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With electromagnetic field (e.g., dynamometer)->        Soft iron vane
324/149 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With probe, prod or terminals
324/150 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Eccentrically pivoted coil
324/151R -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With permanent magnet
324/152 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With permanent magnet->        Drag magnet
324/151A -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With permanent magnet->        Permanent magnet core
324/153 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With register
324/154R -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        With rotor (e.g., filar suspension, zero set, balancing)
324/155 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With rotor (e.g., filar suspension, zero set, balancing)->        With pivot (e.g., internal friction compensation, anticreep)
324/154PB -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE  ->        With rotor (e.g., filar suspension, zero set, balancing)->        Pointer and bearing details
324/156 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Casings
324/157 -> 76.11 MEASURING, TESTING, OR SENSING ELECTRICITY, PER SE ->        Combined
324/158.1 MISCELLANEOUS
324/800 DIVINING RODS
327/1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL
327/2 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By phase
327/3 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.)
327/4 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase ->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.)->        With transducer
327/5 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase ->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.)->        With input derived from feedback
327/6 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase ->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.)->        With electron space discharge
327/7 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase ->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.)->        With reference signal
327/8 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase ->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.) ->        With reference signal->        With varying frequency
327/9 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase ->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.) ->        With reference signal->        With sampling
327/10 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase ->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.) ->        With reference signal->        Uniform pulse waveform
327/11 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase ->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.) ->        With reference signal->        With transformer
327/12 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By phase ->        Comparison between plural inputs (e.g., phase angle indication, lead-lag discriminator, etc.)->        With logic or bistable circuit
327/13 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By shape
327/14 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By shape->        Slope
327/15 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By shape ->        Slope->        With direction (i.e., positive or negative)
327/16 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By shape->        Having feedback
327/17 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By shape->        With reference signal
327/18 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By presence or absence pulse detection
327/19 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By presence or absence pulse detection->        Arbitration
327/20 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By presence or absence pulse detection->        Monitoring (e.g., failure detection, etc.)
327/21 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By presence or absence pulse detection->        With variable frequency source
327/22 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By pulse noncoincidence
327/23 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By pulse coincidence
327/24 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse coincidence->        Edge sensing
327/25 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse coincidence->        With uniform spacing
327/26 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse coincidence->        With pulse width detecting
327/27 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse coincidence->        With reference
327/28 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By polarity
327/29 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By polarity->        Selection of a particular polarity
327/30 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By polarity->        Opposite polarity
327/31 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By pulse width or spacing
327/32 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse width or spacing->        With shock-excited circuit
327/33 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse width or spacing->        With sampling
327/34 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse width or spacing->        Narrow pulse elimination or suppression
327/35 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse width or spacing->        Separating by duration or gap (e.g., duty cycle, etc.)
327/36 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse width or spacing->        Selection of a particular pulse width
327/37 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse width or spacing->        Comparison by threshold or reference
327/38 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By pulse width or spacing->        With plural paths
327/39 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By frequency
327/40 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency->        Comparison between plural inputs
327/41 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency ->        Comparison between plural inputs->        With synchronous detection
327/42 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency ->        Comparison between plural inputs->        Fixed frequency reference signal
327/43 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency ->        Comparison between plural inputs->        With logic or bistable circuit
327/44 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency->        With predetermined frequency selection
327/45 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency ->        With predetermined frequency selection->        Including sampling or reference frequency
327/46 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency ->        With predetermined frequency selection->        Including plural frequency detection
327/47 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency->        Frequency detection
327/48 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency ->        Frequency detection->        With counting
327/49 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By frequency ->        Frequency detection->        With logic or bistable circuit
327/50 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By amplitude
327/51 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude->        With sensing amplifier
327/52 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        With sensing amplifier->        Differential amplifier
327/53 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        With sensing amplifier ->        Differential amplifier->        Current mirror
327/54 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        With sensing amplifier ->        Differential amplifier->        Having feedback
327/55 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        With sensing amplifier ->        Differential amplifier ->        Having feedback->        Cross-coupled
327/56 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        With sensing amplifier ->        Differential amplifier->        With reference signal
327/57 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        With sensing amplifier->        With latching type element (e.g., flip-flop, etc.)
327/58 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude->        Maximum or minimum amplitude
327/59 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Maximum or minimum amplitude->        Employing input compared to output
327/60 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Maximum or minimum amplitude->        Employing input compared to reference derived therefrom
327/61 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Maximum or minimum amplitude->        By diode-capacitor network
327/62 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Maximum or minimum amplitude->        Maximum and minimum amplitude
327/63 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude->        Comparison between plural varying inputs
327/64 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Comparison between plural varying inputs->        With logic or bistable circuit
327/65 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Comparison between plural varying inputs->        Differential input
327/66 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Comparison between plural varying inputs ->        Differential input->        Current mirror
327/67 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Comparison between plural varying inputs ->        Differential input->        Having feedback
327/68 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Comparison between plural varying inputs->        Input provides varying reference signal
327/69 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Comparison between plural varying inputs->        With plural paths
327/70 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Comparison between plural varying inputs ->        With plural paths->        With single output
327/71 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Comparison between plural varying inputs->        Three or more inputs
327/72 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude->        Input signal compared to reference derived therefrom
327/73 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to reference derived therefrom->        Reference derived by feedback
327/74 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude->        Input signal compared to plural fixed references
327/75 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to plural fixed references->        Three or more
327/76 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to plural fixed references->        With logic or bistable circuit
327/77 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference
327/78 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        Reference level crossover detecting
327/79 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference ->        Reference level crossover detecting->        Zero crossover
327/80 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        Reference determined by threshold of single circuit element
327/81 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference ->        Reference determined by threshold of single circuit element->        With transistor
327/82 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        Plural sources of input signal
327/83 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        Temperature compensation
327/84 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        With bridge circuit
327/85 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        Inverting input or output
327/86 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        With transformer
327/87 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        Having feedback
327/88 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        With source as reference
327/89 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Input signal compared to single fixed reference->        With differential amplifier
327/90 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude->        Comparison between two characteristics of an input signal
327/91 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude->        Including details of sampling or holding
327/92 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Including details of sampling or holding->        With bridge circuit
327/93 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Including details of sampling or holding->        With reference source
327/94 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Including details of sampling or holding->        Sample and hold
327/95 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Including details of sampling or holding ->        Sample and hold->        Having feedback
327/96 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude ->        Including details of sampling or holding ->        Sample and hold->        With differential amplifier
327/97 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL  ->        By amplitude->        With logic or bistable circuit
327/98 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        By separating composite signal
327/99 -> 1 SPECIFIC SIGNAL DISCRIMINATING (E.G., COMPARING, SELECTING, ETC.) WITHOUT SUBSEQUENT CONTROL ->        Having selection between plural continuous waveforms
327/100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING
327/101 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Converting input current or voltage to output frequency
327/102 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Converting input frequency to output current or voltage
327/103 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Converting input voltage to output current or vice versa
327/104 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Converting, per se, of an AC input to corresponding DC at an unloaded output
327/105 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Synthesizer
327/106 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synthesizer->        Having stored waveform data (e.g., in ROM, etc.)
327/107 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synthesizer->        Having digital device (e.g., logic gate, flip-flop, etc.)
327/108 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Current driver
327/109 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Current driver->        Having semiconductive load
327/110 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Current driver->        Having inductive load (e.g., coil, etc.)
327/111 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Current driver->        Having capacitive load
327/112 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Current driver ->        Having capacitive load->        Push-pull
327/113 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control
327/114 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control->        Of output rectangular waveform
327/115 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control ->        Of output rectangular waveform->        Frequency division
327/116 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control ->        Of output rectangular waveform->        Frequency multiplication
327/117 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control->        Frequency division
327/118 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control ->        Frequency division->        Having discrete active device (e.g., transistor, triode, etc.)
327/119 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control->        Frequency multiplication (e.g., harmonic generation, etc.)
327/120 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control ->        Frequency multiplication (e.g., harmonic generation, etc.)->        With plural outputs
327/121 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control ->        Frequency multiplication (e.g., harmonic generation, etc.) ->        With plural outputs->        Selective
327/122 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control ->        Frequency multiplication (e.g., harmonic generation, etc.)->        Doubling
327/123 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Frequency or repetition rate conversion or control ->        Frequency multiplication (e.g., harmonic generation, etc.)->        With particular tube or distributed parameter element
327/124 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        By periodic switching (e.g., chopper, etc.)
327/125 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Generating parabolic or hyperbolic output
327/126 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Generating staircase output
327/127 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating staircase output->        With differential amplifier
327/128 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating staircase output->        With rectifying element
327/129 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Generating sinusoidal output
327/130 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Generating trapezoidal output
327/131 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output
327/132 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output->        With current source or current mirror
327/133 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output->        With distortion control (e.g., linearization, etc.)
327/134 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output->        With slope or duration control
327/135 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output->        Having digital element
327/136 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output->        Having particular delay or sync
327/137 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output->        Having feedback
327/138 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output->        Having temperature compensation
327/139 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output->        Having inductive load
327/140 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Generating sawtooth or triangular output->        With amplitude control
327/141 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Synchronizing
327/142 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing->        Reset (e.g., initializing, starting, stopping, etc.)
327/143 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Reset (e.g., initializing, starting, stopping, etc.)->        Responsive to power supply
327/144 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing->        Using multiple clocks
327/145 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Using multiple clocks->        Having different frequencies
327/146 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Using multiple clocks->        With feedback
327/147 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Using multiple clocks ->        With feedback->        Phase lock loop
327/148 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Using multiple clocks ->        With feedback ->        Phase lock loop->        With charge pump
327/149 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Using multiple clocks ->        With feedback ->        Phase lock loop->        With variable delay means
327/150 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Using multiple clocks ->        With feedback ->        Phase lock loop->        With digital element
327/151 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Using multiple clocks->        With counter
327/152 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Using multiple clocks->        With choice between multiple delayed clocks
327/153 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Using multiple clocks->        With delay means
327/154 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing->        With feedforward
327/155 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing->        With feedback
327/156 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        With feedback->        Phase lock loop
327/157 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        With feedback ->        Phase lock loop->        With charge pump
327/158 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        With feedback ->        Phase lock loop->        With variable delay means
327/159 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        With feedback ->        Phase lock loop->        With digital element
327/160 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing->        With counter
327/161 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing->        With delay means
327/162 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing->        Having reference source
327/163 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Synchronizing ->        Having reference source->        By phase
327/164 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Generating rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform having random characteristic (e.g., random width, etc.)
327/165 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Regenerating or restoring rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform
327/166 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Regenerating or restoring rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform->        Having digital device (e.g., logic gate, flip-flop, etc.)
327/167 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Regenerating or restoring rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform->        Having network providing particular mathematical function (e.g., integrator, etc.)
327/168 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Regenerating or restoring rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform->        Having inductive device (e.g., transformer, etc.)
327/169 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Regenerating or restoring rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform->        Having negative resistance device (e.g., tunnel diode, etc.)
327/170 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Slope control of leading or trailing edge of rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform
327/171 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Output pulses having opposite polarities
327/172 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform width control
327/173 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform width control->        Pulse narrowing
327/174 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform width control->        Pulse broadening
327/175 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform width control->        Duty cycle control
327/176 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform width control->        Having digital device (e.g., logic gate, flip-flop, etc.)
327/177 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform width control->        Having inductive device (e.g., transformer, etc.)
327/178 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform amplitude control
327/179 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform amplitude control->        Gain
327/180 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform amplitude control->        Limiting, clipping, or clamping
327/181 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Electromagnetic pulse forming
327/182 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Delay line or capacitor storage element charged or discharged through or by a relaxation oscillator type circuit to form pulse
327/183 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Delay line or capacitor storage element charges or discharges through a tube to form pulse
327/184 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Rectangular (e.g., clock, etc.) or pulse waveform generating by conversion from input AC (e.g., sine, etc.) wave
327/185 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)
327/186 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.)
327/187 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        External effect device (e.g., light, heat, magnetic, or mechanical force sensitive devices, etc.)
327/188 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Minority carrier storage effect
327/189 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Minority carrier storage effect->        Storage diode (e.g., step recovery, etc.)
327/190 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        With transformer or saturable core device
327/191 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        With transformer or saturable core device->        Blocking oscillator
327/192 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Negative resistance transistor (e.g., unijunction, etc.)
327/193 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Negative resistance transistor (e.g., unijunction, etc.)->        Four or more layer device, (e.g., trigistor, etc.)
327/194 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Zener or capacitive diode
327/195 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Negative resistance diode having "N"-shape characteristic on I-V plot (e.g., tunnel diode, backward diode, etc.)
327/196 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Negative resistance diode having "S"-shape characteristic on I-V plot (e.g., four or more layer semiconductor device, etc.)
327/197 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Convertible circuit (e.g., bistable to monostable, D-type to T-type, etc.)
327/198 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Initializing, resetting, or protecting a steady state condition
327/199 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)
327/200 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        Dynamic bistable
327/201 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Dynamic bistable->        Complementary clock inputs
327/202 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        Master-slave bistable latch
327/203 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Master-slave bistable latch->        Including field-effect transistor
327/204 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Master-slave bistable latch->        Including multi-emitter or multi-collector bipolar transistor
327/205 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        Using hysteresis (e.g., Schmitt trigger, etc.)
327/206 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Using hysteresis (e.g., Schmitt trigger, etc.)->        Including field-effect transistor
327/207 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        Including diverse solid state devices (e.g., FET/bipolar, etc.)
327/208 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        Including field-effect transistor
327/209 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Including field-effect transistor->        Including enhancement and depletion devices
327/210 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Including field-effect transistor->        CMOS
327/211 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Including field-effect transistor ->        CMOS->        With clock input
327/212 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Including field-effect transistor->        With clock input
327/213 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Including field-effect transistor ->        With clock input->        Plural independent clock inputs (i.e., non complementary )
327/214 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        Complementary transistors
327/215 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        Having at least two cross-coupling paths
327/216 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Having at least two cross-coupling paths->        JK type input
327/217 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Having at least two cross-coupling paths->        RS or RST type input
327/218 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Having at least two cross-coupling paths->        D type input
327/219 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Having at least two cross-coupling paths->        Particular device at input, output, or in cross-coupling path
327/220 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Having at least two cross-coupling paths ->        Particular device at input, output, or in cross-coupling path->        With diode
327/221 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Having at least two cross-coupling paths ->        Particular device at input, output, or in cross-coupling path->        Parallel RC network in cross-coupling path
327/222 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable) ->        Having at least two cross-coupling paths ->        Particular device at input, output, or in cross-coupling path->        Resistor in cross-coupling path
327/223 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        Plural transistors of same conductivity type
327/224 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        With single semiconductor device
327/225 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        With logic element (e.g., NOR gate, etc.)
327/226 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Circuit having only two stable states (i.e., bistable)->        With single electron tube
327/227 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.)->        Monostable
327/228 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Monostable->        Having cross-coupled paths
327/229 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Monostable->        Having differential circuitry
327/230 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Particular stable state circuit (e.g., tristable, etc.) ->        Monostable->        With external feedback (i.e., output to input)
327/231 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Phase shift by less than period of input
327/232 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input->        Dependent on frequency
327/233 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input->        Correction to specific phase shift
327/234 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Correction to specific phase shift->        Dependent on variable controlled phase shifts
327/235 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Correction to specific phase shift->        Dependent on multiple fixed phase shifts
327/236 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Correction to specific phase shift->        By phase comparator or detector
327/237 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input->        Variable or adjustable
327/238 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable->        Quadrature related (i.e., 90 degrees)
327/239 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable->        Non-overlapping multiple outputs
327/240 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable->        Maintaining invariant amplitude
327/241 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable->        With counter or shift register
327/242 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable ->        With counter or shift register->        Having multiple outputs
327/243 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable->        With feedback
327/244 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable ->        With feedback->        With phase comparator or detector
327/245 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable ->        With feedback->        Having multiple outputs
327/246 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable->        With differential amplifier
327/247 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable ->        With differential amplifier->        Having multiple outputs
327/248 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable->        With adder
327/249 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable ->        With adder->        Having multiple outputs
327/250 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable->        With active time delay element
327/251 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable ->        With active time delay element->        Having multiple outputs
327/252 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable->        With passive time delay element
327/253 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Variable or adjustable ->        With passive time delay element->        Having multiple outputs
327/254 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input->        Quadrature related (i.e., 90 degrees)
327/255 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Quadrature related (i.e., 90 degrees)->        90 degrees between input and output
327/256 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input->        Phase inversion (i.e., 180 degrees between input and output)
327/257 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Phase inversion (i.e., 180 degrees between input and output)->        Multiple outputs
327/258 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input->        Multiple outputs
327/259 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input ->        Multiple outputs->        Non-overlapping
327/260 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Phase shift by less than period of input->        Producing AC power control
327/261 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform
327/262 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform->        Including significant compensation (e.g., temperature compensated delay, etc.)
327/263 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform->        Delay interval set by rising or falling edge
327/264 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Delay interval set by rising or falling edge->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., FET, complementary transistors, etc.)
327/265 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Delay interval set by rising or falling edge ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., FET, complementary transistors, etc.)->        With counter
327/266 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Delay interval set by rising or falling edge ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., FET, complementary transistors, etc.)->        Differential amplifier
327/267 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Delay interval set by rising or falling edge ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., FET, complementary transistors, etc.)->        Electron tube
327/268 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Delay interval set by rising or falling edge->        Having specific passive circuit element or structure (e.g., RLC circuit, etc.)
327/269 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform->        Multiple outputs with plurality of delay intervals
327/270 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Multiple outputs with plurality of delay intervals->        Variable or adjustable
327/271 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Multiple outputs with plurality of delay intervals->        Including delay line or charge transfer device
327/272 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Multiple outputs with plurality of delay intervals->        Having specific active circuit element or structure(e.g., FET, complementary transistors, etc.)
327/273 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Multiple outputs with plurality of delay intervals ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure(e.g., FET, complementary transistors, etc.)->        With counter
327/274 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Multiple outputs with plurality of delay intervals ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure(e.g., FET, complementary transistors, etc.)->        Differential amplifier
327/275 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Multiple outputs with plurality of delay intervals ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure(e.g., FET, complementary transistors, etc.)->        Electron tube
327/276 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform->        Single output with variable or selectable delay
327/277 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Single output with variable or selectable delay->        Including delay line or charge transfer device
327/278 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Single output with variable or selectable delay->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)
327/279 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Single output with variable or selectable delay ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)->        With counter
327/280 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Single output with variable or selectable delay ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)->        Differential amplifier
327/281 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Single output with variable or selectable delay ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)->        Field-effect transistor
327/282 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Single output with variable or selectable delay ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)->        Electron tube
327/283 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Single output with variable or selectable delay->        Having specific passive circuit element or structure (e.g., RLC circuit, etc.)
327/284 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform->        Including delay line or charge transfer device
327/285 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)
327/286 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)->        With counter
327/287 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)->        Differential amplifier
327/288 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)->        Field-effect transistor
327/289 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform ->        Having specific active circuit element or structure (e.g., complementary transistors, etc.)->        Electron tube
327/290 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Having specific delay in producing output waveform->        Having specific passive circuit element or structure (e.g., RLC circuit, etc.)
327/291 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating
327/292 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        Clock fault compensation or redundant clocks
327/293 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        With plural paths in network
327/294 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating ->        With plural paths in network->        With common output
327/295 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        Plural outputs
327/296 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating ->        Plural outputs->        Plural clock outputs with multiple inputs
327/297 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating ->        Plural outputs->        Clock bus
327/298 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        Single clock output with multiple inputs
327/299 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        Single clock output with single clock input or data input
327/300 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        With saturable inductance
327/301 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        With electron beam type tube
327/302 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        With storage diode
327/303 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        With rectifier
327/304 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        With inductive device (e.g., transformer, etc.)
327/305 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Clock or pulse waveform generating->        With gas tube
327/306 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING ->        Amplitude control
327/307 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control->        Baseline or DC offset correction
327/308 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control->        Variable attenuator
327/309 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping
327/310 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        Transient or signal noise reduction
327/311 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        Transient or signal noise reduction->        By filtering
327/312 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        Transient or signal noise reduction->        By feedback limiting-clamping
327/313 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        Transient or signal noise reduction->        Using 3 or more terminal type nonlinear devices only
327/314 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        Transient or signal noise reduction->        Using diode type nonlinear devices only
327/315 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        Providing constant input/output amplitude level ratio
327/316 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        Providing constant input/output amplitude level ratio->        By feedback control
327/317 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        Distortion compensation
327/318 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        In input or output circuit
327/319 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        In input or output circuit->        For interstage coupling
327/320 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        In input or output circuit ->        For interstage coupling->        Using diode
327/321 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        In input or output circuit->        Clamping of output to voltage level
327/322 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        In input or output circuit->        Of output current
327/323 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        Feedback
327/324 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        By using diverse-type nonlinear devices
327/325 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        Using only diode active elements
327/326 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        Using only diode active elements->        Avalanche or negative resistance device (e.g., zener diode, tunnel diode, etc.)
327/327 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        Using only transistor active elements
327/328 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping ->        Using only transistor active elements->        Field-effect type device
327/329 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        With tuned circuit
327/330 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        By limiting, clipping, or clamping->        With rectifier or nonlinear impedance
327/331 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control->        Maintaining constant level output
327/332 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control ->        Maintaining constant level output->        With feedback
327/333 -> 100 SIGNAL CONVERTING, SHAPING, OR GENERATING  ->        Amplitude control->        Interstage coupling (e.g., level shift, etc.)
327/334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION
327/335 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION ->        By differentiating
327/336 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION ->        By integrating
327/337 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        By integrating->        Having switched capacitance
327/338 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        By integrating->        With thermionic tube
327/339 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        By integrating->        With summing or counting
327/340 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        By integrating->        Single vacuum tube
327/341 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        By integrating->        With compensation
327/342 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        By integrating->        With transducer
327/343 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        By integrating->        With rectifier circuit
327/344 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        By integrating->        Including RC circuit
327/345 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        By integrating->        Having feedback
327/346 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION ->        Exponential
327/347 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Exponential->        Square root
327/348 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Exponential ->        Square root->        RMS
327/349 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Exponential->        Square function
327/350 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION ->        Logarithmic
327/351 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Logarithmic->        With cascade network
327/352 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Logarithmic->        With summing
327/353 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Logarithmic->        With vacuum tube
327/354 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION ->        Absolute value
327/355 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION ->        Combining of plural signals
327/356 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Combining of plural signals->        Product
327/357 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Combining of plural signals ->        Product->        Quadrant
327/358 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Combining of plural signals ->        Product->        Having feedback
327/359 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Combining of plural signals ->        Product->        Differential amplifier
327/360 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Combining of plural signals->        Quotient
327/361 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION  ->        Combining of plural signals->        Summing
327/362 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION ->        With compensation
327/363 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION ->        Having feedback
327/364 -> 334 SPECIFIC INPUT TO OUTPUT FUNCTION ->        With vacuum tube
327/365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)
327/366 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device
327/367 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device->        Josephson junction
327/368 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device->        Critical current control
327/369 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device->        External control (e.g., piezoelectric, light, etc.)
327/370 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device ->        External control (e.g., piezoelectric, light, etc.)->        Magnetic field control
327/371 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device ->        External control (e.g., piezoelectric, light, etc.)->        Temperature control
327/372 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device->        Inductive effect
327/373 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device->        Layout
327/374 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Accelerating switching
327/375 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Accelerating switching->        Saturation prevention
327/376 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Accelerating switching->        Turn-on
327/377 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Accelerating switching->        Turn-off
327/378 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Compensation for variations in external physical values (e.g., temperature, etc.)
327/379 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override
327/380 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override->        Preventing quick rise gating current (i.e., di/dt)
327/381 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override->        Preventing quick rise gating voltage (i.e., dv/dt)
327/382 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override->        Parasitic prevention or compensation (e.g., parasitic capacitance, etc.)
327/383 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override->        Ensuring fully conducting state
327/384 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override->        Switch noise signal
327/385 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override ->        Switch noise signal->        Contact bounce from mechanical switch
327/386 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override ->        Switch noise signal ->        Contact bounce from mechanical switch->        With clock input
327/387 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override->        Control signal derived from or responsive to input signal
327/388 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override ->        Control signal derived from or responsive to input signal->        Additional external control signal
327/389 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override->        Insulated gate FET (e.g., MOSFET, etc.)
327/390 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override ->        Insulated gate FET (e.g., MOSFET, etc.)->        With capacitive bootstrapping
327/391 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Signal transmission integrity or spurious noise override ->        Insulated gate FET (e.g., MOSFET, etc.)->        Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS)
327/392 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.)
327/393 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.)->        With variable or multiple adjustable time of delay control (e.g., variable charge-discharge, on-delay/off-delay control, etc.)
327/394 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.) ->        With variable or multiple adjustable time of delay control (e.g., variable charge-discharge, on-delay/off-delay control, etc.)->        With field-effect device
327/395 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.) ->        With variable or multiple adjustable time of delay control (e.g., variable charge-discharge, on-delay/off-delay control, etc.)->        Propagation through plural delay devices or paths
327/396 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.) ->        With variable or multiple adjustable time of delay control (e.g., variable charge-discharge, on-delay/off-delay control, etc.)->        With plural switching elements (e.g., sequential, etc.)
327/397 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.) ->        With variable or multiple adjustable time of delay control (e.g., variable charge-discharge, on-delay/off-delay control, etc.)->        Including negative resistance device in delay circuit (e.g., unijunction transistor, etc.)
327/398 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.)->        For predetermined time period
327/399 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.)->        With field-effect device
327/400 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.)->        Propagation through plural delay devices or paths
327/401 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.)->        With plural switching elements (e.g., sequential, etc.)
327/402 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Delay controlled switch (e.g., fixed, single time of delay control, etc.)->        Including negative resistance device in delay circuit (e.g., unijunction transistor, etc.)
327/403 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Parallel controlled paths
327/404 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Parallel controlled paths->        Field-effect transistor
327/405 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Parallel controlled paths->        Bipolar transistor
327/406 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Parallel controlled paths->        Electron tube
327/407 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Converging with plural inputs and single output
327/408 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Converging with plural inputs and single output->        Field-effect transistor
327/409 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Converging with plural inputs and single output ->        Field-effect transistor->        Push-pull circuit
327/410 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Converging with plural inputs and single output ->        Field-effect transistor ->        Push-pull circuit->        With complementary transistor devices
327/411 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Converging with plural inputs and single output->        Bipolar transistor
327/412 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Converging with plural inputs and single output ->        Bipolar transistor->        Push-pull circuit
327/413 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Converging with plural inputs and single output ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Push-pull circuit->        With complementary transistor devices
327/414 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Converging with plural inputs and single output->        Electron tube
327/415 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Diverging with single input and plural outputs
327/416 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Diverging with single input and plural outputs->        Field-effect transistor
327/417 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Diverging with single input and plural outputs->        Bipolar transistor
327/418 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Diverging with single input and plural outputs->        Electron tube
327/419 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device
327/420 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device->        Breakdown characteristic (e.g., punch-through, tunneling, etc.)
327/421 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Breakdown characteristic (e.g., punch-through, tunneling, etc.)->        Zener
327/422 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Breakdown characteristic (e.g., punch-through, tunneling, etc.)->        Avalanche
327/423 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device->        Bridge circuit
327/424 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bridge circuit->        Field-effect transistor
327/425 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device->        Bilateral transistor
327/426 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bilateral transistor->        Plural
327/427 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device->        Field-effect transistor
327/428 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor->        With silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)
327/429 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor->        Four or more electrode solid-state device
327/430 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor->        JFET (i.e., junction field-effect transistor)
327/431 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor ->        JFET (i.e., junction field-effect transistor)->        MESFET (i.e., metal semiconductor field-effect transistor)
327/432 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor->        With bipolar transistor
327/433 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor ->        With bipolar transistor->        Bi-CMOS
327/434 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor->        Insulated gate FET (e.g., MOSFET, etc.)
327/435 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor ->        Insulated gate FET (e.g., MOSFET, etc.)->        GaAs
327/436 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor ->        Insulated gate FET (e.g., MOSFET, etc.)->        Plural devices in series
327/437 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Field-effect transistor ->        Insulated gate FET (e.g., MOSFET, etc.)->        Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS)
327/438 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.)
327/439 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.)->        Bipolar transistor circuit configuring SCR device
327/440 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.)->        GTO (i.e., gate turnoff)
327/441 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        GTO (i.e., gate turnoff)->        Plural or combined with other four or more layer device
327/442 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        GTO (i.e., gate turnoff)->        Separate ON and OFF control circuit
327/443 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        GTO (i.e., gate turnoff)->        Transformer or inductor in control circuit
327/444 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.)->        Complex wave supply
327/445 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        Complex wave supply->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)
327/446 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        Complex wave supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)->        Triac
327/447 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.)->        AC supply
327/448 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply->        Device in bridge
327/449 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply->        PUT (i.e., programmable unijunction transistor)
327/450 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply->        Four electrodes
327/451 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply->        Zero point switching
327/452 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Zero point switching->        With triac
327/453 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)
327/454 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)->        With unijunction transistor
327/455 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)->        Triac
327/456 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) ->        Triac->        Plural
327/457 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) ->        Triac->        Combined with diac
327/458 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) ->        Triac->        Combined with diverse four or more layer device
327/459 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) ->        Triac->        With bipolar transistor
327/460 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)->        Plural SCR`s
327/461 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) ->        Plural SCR`s->        Inverse parallel connection
327/462 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) ->        Plural SCR`s ->        Inverse parallel connection->        With bipolar transistor
327/463 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply ->        Silicon controlled rectifier (SCR)->        With bipolar transistor
327/464 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        AC supply->        Having plural four or more layer devices
327/465 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.)->        DC supply
327/466 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply->        PUT (i.e., programmable unijunction transistor)
327/467 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply->        Four electrodes
327/468 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply->        SCR and unijunction transistor
327/469 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply->        Triac
327/470 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply->        Plural devices
327/471 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply ->        Plural devices->        Series anode-cathode connection
327/472 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply ->        Plural devices ->        Series anode-cathode connection->        Plural paths
327/473 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply ->        Plural devices->        Parallel connection
327/474 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply ->        Plural devices->        With bipolar transistor
327/475 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.) ->        DC supply->        SCR and bipolar transistor
327/476 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Four or more layer device (e.g., thyristor, etc.)->        Triac
327/477 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device->        Unijunction transistor (UJT)
327/478 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device->        Bipolar transistor
327/479 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor->        Special four or more electrode device (e.g., multiple bases, three electrode bipolar with FET gate, etc.)
327/480 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Special four or more electrode device (e.g., multiple bases, three electrode bipolar with FET gate, etc.)->        Multiple emitter transistor
327/481 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Special four or more electrode device (e.g., multiple bases, three electrode bipolar with FET gate, etc.)->        Multiple collector transistor
327/482 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor->        Plural
327/483 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural->        Darlington connection
327/484 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural->        Opposite conductively (i.e., complementary)
327/485 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural ->        Opposite conductively (i.e., complementary)->        Control circuit in cascade
327/486 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural ->        Opposite conductively (i.e., complementary)->        Control circuit in totem pole
327/487 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural->        Control circuit in cascade
327/488 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural->        Control circuit in totem pole
327/489 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural->        Control circuit with common emitter
327/490 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural ->        Control circuit with common emitter->        With current mirror
327/491 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural ->        Control circuit with common emitter->        With emitter follower
327/492 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing three or more electrode solid-state device ->        Bipolar transistor ->        Plural->        Control circuit with common collector
327/493 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device
327/494 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device->        Bridge circuit
327/495 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device ->        Bridge circuit->        Combined with diverse device in at least one arm
327/496 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device ->        Bridge circuit->        Plural
327/497 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device ->        Bridge circuit->        Active element in diagonal arm
327/498 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device->        Negative resistance
327/499 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device ->        Negative resistance->        "N"-shape curve on I-V plot (e.g., tunnel diode type, etc.)
327/500 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device ->        Negative resistance->        "S"-shape curve on I-V plot (e.g., pnpn diode type, etc.)
327/501 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device ->        Negative resistance ->        "S"-shape curve on I-V plot (e.g., pnpn diode type, etc.)->        Hyperconductive diode
327/502 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device->        Breakdown characteristic (e.g., zener diode, etc.)
327/503 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device->        PIN diode
327/504 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device->        PN junction diode
327/505 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device ->        PN junction diode->        Inverse parallel connection
327/506 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Three or more electrode electron tube
327/507 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT) ->        Two electrode electron tube
327/508 -> 365 GATING (I.E., SWITCHING INPUT TO OUTPUT)  ->        Two electrode electron tube->        Bridge circuit
327/509 EXTERNAL EFFECT
327/510 -> 509 EXTERNAL EFFECT ->        Magnetic
327/511 -> 509 EXTERNAL EFFECT  ->        Magnetic->        Utilizing Hall effect
327/512 -> 509 EXTERNAL EFFECT ->        Temperature
327/513 -> 509 EXTERNAL EFFECT  ->        Temperature->        With compensation for temperature fluctuations
327/514 -> 509 EXTERNAL EFFECT ->        Light
327/515 -> 509 EXTERNAL EFFECT  ->        Light->        Elements forming an array
327/516 -> 509 EXTERNAL EFFECT ->        Utilizing conversion of mechanical variations into electrical variations (e.g., vibration sensitive, etc.)
327/517 -> 509 EXTERNAL EFFECT ->        Responsive to proximity or touch
327/518 WITH PARTICULAR CONTROL
327/519 -> 518 WITH PARTICULAR CONTROL ->        Plurality of load devices
327/520 -> 518 WITH PARTICULAR CONTROL ->        Plural active components included in a controlling circuit
327/521 -> 518 WITH PARTICULAR CONTROL  ->        Plural active components included in a controlling circuit->        Connected in inverse parallel
327/522 -> 518 WITH PARTICULAR CONTROL  ->        Plural active components included in a controlling circuit->        Gaseous tube
327/523 -> 518 WITH PARTICULAR CONTROL ->        Gaseous tube
327/524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM
327/525 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Fusible link or intentional destruct circuit
327/526 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Redundant
327/527 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device
327/528 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device->        Josephson junction
327/529 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Superconductive (e.g., cryogenic, etc.) device->        Impact ionization
327/530 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage
327/531 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage->        Fluctuating or AC source with rectifier or filter
327/532 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Fluctuating or AC source with rectifier or filter->        With particular filter circuit
327/533 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Fluctuating or AC source with rectifier or filter->        With battery connected across rectifier
327/534 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage->        Having particular substrate biasing
327/535 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Having particular substrate biasing->        Having stabilized bias or power supply level
327/536 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Having particular substrate biasing ->        Having stabilized bias or power supply level->        Charge pump details
327/537 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Having particular substrate biasing ->        Having stabilized bias or power supply level->        With field-effect transistor
327/538 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage->        Stabilized (e.g., compensated, regulated, maintained, etc.)
327/539 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Stabilized (e.g., compensated, regulated, maintained, etc.)->        Using bandgap
327/540 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Stabilized (e.g., compensated, regulated, maintained, etc.)->        With voltage source regulating
327/541 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Stabilized (e.g., compensated, regulated, maintained, etc.) ->        With voltage source regulating->        With field-effect transistor
327/542 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Stabilized (e.g., compensated, regulated, maintained, etc.)->        With diverse type transistor devices
327/543 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Stabilized (e.g., compensated, regulated, maintained, etc.)->        Using field-effect transistor
327/544 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage->        Power conservation or pulse type
327/545 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage->        Including signal protection or bias preservation
327/546 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage ->        Including signal protection or bias preservation->        With field-effect transistor
327/547 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage->        With selectively or alternately DC or AC input
327/548 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage->        With oscillator or interrupter
327/549 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage->        With hum or interaction prevention
327/550 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With specific source of supply or bias voltage->        With particular filament heating circuit
327/551 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Unwanted signal suppression
327/552 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Unwanted signal suppression->        Active filter
327/553 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Unwanted signal suppression ->        Active filter->        Adjustable
327/554 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Unwanted signal suppression ->        Active filter ->        Adjustable->        Switched capacitor filter
327/555 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Unwanted signal suppression ->        Active filter ->        Adjustable->        Selective type signal filtering (e.g., from low pass to high pass, etc.)
327/556 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Unwanted signal suppression ->        Active filter->        Notch or bandreject
327/557 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Unwanted signal suppression ->        Active filter->        Bandpass
327/558 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Unwanted signal suppression ->        Active filter->        Lowpass
327/559 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Unwanted signal suppression ->        Active filter->        Highpass
327/560 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Nonlinear amplifying circuit
327/561 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Nonlinear amplifying circuit->        With operational amplifier
327/562 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Nonlinear amplifying circuit ->        With operational amplifier->        With field-effect transistor
327/563 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Nonlinear amplifying circuit->        With differential amplifier
327/564 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Integrated structure
327/565 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Integrated structure->        With specific layout or layout interconnections
327/566 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Integrated structure ->        With specific layout or layout interconnections->        Having field-effect transistor device
327/567 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Thin film
327/568 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Negative resistance type
327/569 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Negative resistance type->        Unijunction transistor
327/570 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Negative resistance type->        Having "N"-shape curve on I-V plot (e.g., tunnel diode type, etc.)
327/571 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Negative resistance type->        Having "S"-shape curve on I-V plot (e.g., pnpn diode type, etc.)
327/572 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Negative resistance type->        Secondary emissive type
327/573 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Negative resistance type ->        Secondary emissive type->        Electron multiplier type
327/574 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Utilizing a three or more electrode solid-state device
327/575 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing a three or more electrode solid-state device->        Darlington connection
327/576 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing a three or more electrode solid-state device->        Complementary transistors
327/577 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing a three or more electrode solid-state device->        Multiple emitter transistor
327/578 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing a three or more electrode solid-state device->        Multiple collector transistor
327/579 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing a three or more electrode solid-state device->        Minority carrier storage
327/580 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing a three or more electrode solid-state device->        Transistor breakdown device (e.g., avalanche, zener, punch through, etc.)
327/581 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing a three or more electrode solid-state device->        Field-effect transistor
327/582 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing a three or more electrode solid-state device->        Four or more layer device (e.g., silicon-controlled rectifier, etc.)
327/583 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device
327/584 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device->        Breakdown diode (e.g., zener diode, avalanche diode, etc.)
327/585 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device->        Minority carrier storage diode (e.g., enhancement diode, etc.)
327/586 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device->        Capacitive diode
327/587 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        Utilizing two electrode solid-state device->        Bridge circuit
327/588 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With bridge circuit
327/589 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With bootstrap circuit
327/590 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With particular feedback
327/591 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Tube performs plural functions
327/592 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With oscillation prevention
327/593 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With distributed parameter circuit
327/594 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With particular coupling or decoupling
327/595 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With particular connecting
327/596 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        Including oscillatory or shock-excited circuit
327/597 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With particular grid control
327/598 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM ->        With particular tube structure
327/599 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With particular tube structure->        Vacuum tube type
327/600 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With particular tube structure ->        Vacuum tube type->        Beam tube structure
327/601 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With particular tube structure->        Gas tube
327/602 -> 524 SPECIFIC IDENTIFIABLE DEVICE, CIRCUIT, OR SYSTEM  ->        With particular tube structure ->        Gas tube->        With particular electrode arrangement
327/603 MISCELLANEOUS
329/300 FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING OR MINIMUM SHIFT KEYING DEMODULATOR
329/301 -> 300 FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING OR MINIMUM SHIFT KEYING DEMODULATOR ->        Including discrete semiconductor device
329/302 -> 300 FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING OR MINIMUM SHIFT KEYING DEMODULATOR ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal
329/303 -> 300 FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING OR MINIMUM SHIFT KEYING DEMODULATOR ->        Including logic element (e.g., logic gate or flip-flop
329/304 PHASE SHIFT KEYING OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE DEMODULATOR
329/305 -> 304 PHASE SHIFT KEYING OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE DEMODULATOR ->        Including discrete semiconductor device
329/306 -> 304 PHASE SHIFT KEYING OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE DEMODULATOR ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal
329/307 -> 304 PHASE SHIFT KEYING OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal->        Including phase or frequency locked loop
329/308 -> 304 PHASE SHIFT KEYING OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal ->        Including phase or frequency locked loop->        With parallel signal combiners (e.g., Costas loop)
329/309 -> 304 PHASE SHIFT KEYING OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal ->        Including phase or frequency locked loop ->        With parallel signal combiners (e.g., Costas loop)->        Including logic element (e.g., logic gate or flip-flop)
329/310 -> 304 PHASE SHIFT KEYING OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE DEMODULATOR ->        Including logic element (e.g., logic gate or flip-flop)
329/311 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE DEMODULATOR
329/312 -> 311 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE DEMODULATOR ->        Pulse width demodulator
329/313 -> 311 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE DEMODULATOR ->        Pulse position, frequency, phase or spacing demodulator
329/314 -> 311 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE DEMODULATOR  ->        Pulse position, frequency, phase or spacing demodulator->        Including discrete semiconductor device
329/315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR
329/316 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Plural demodulation
329/317 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Plural demodulation->        Including amplitude demodulation
329/318 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Having specific distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation
329/319 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Having specific distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        Using feedback to reduce distortion, noise or other interference
329/320 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Having specific distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        By cancelling distortion, noise or other interference
329/321 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Having specific distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        Using amplitude limiting within the demodulator
329/322 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure
329/323 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal
329/324 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal->        Input signal applied directly to local oscillator
329/325 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal->        Including phase or frequency locked loop
329/326 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal ->        Including phase or frequency locked loop->        Including discrete semiconductor device
329/327 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Input signal split into plural signals
329/328 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals->        Including piezoelectric resonant element
329/329 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals->        Using a transformer to split input signal
329/330 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals ->        Using a transformer to split input signal->        Signals taken from primary and secondary windings
329/331 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals ->        Using a transformer to split input signal ->        Signals taken from primary and secondary windings->        Including plural detector diodes (e.g., ratio detector type)
329/332 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals ->        Using a transformer to split input signal->        Signals taken from plural secondary windings
329/333 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals ->        Using a transformer to split input signal ->        Signals taken from plural secondary windings->        Including plural detector diodes (e.g., ratio detector type)
329/334 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals ->        Using a transformer to split input signal ->        Signals taken from plural secondary windings ->        Including plural detector diodes (e.g., ratio detector type)->        Including resonant circuits tuned above and below input signal carrier frequency
329/335 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals ->        Using a transformer to split input signal->        Including plural detector diodes (e.g., ratio detector type)
329/336 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals->        Input signal combined with phase shifted or delayed portion of input signal
329/337 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals ->        Input signal combined with phase shifted or delayed portion of input signal->        Including LC resonant phase shift circuit
329/338 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals->        Input signal split by LC resonant circuit
329/339 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals ->        Input signal split by LC resonant circuit->        Including LC resonant circuits tuned above and below input signal carrier frequency
329/340 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals->        Including plural detector diodes (e.g., ratio detector type)
329/341 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Input signal converted to and processed in pulse form (e.g., pulse counter or digital type demodulator)
329/342 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal converted to and processed in pulse form (e.g., pulse counter or digital type demodulator)->        Including discrete semiconductor device
329/343 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal converted to and processed in pulse form (e.g., pulse counter or digital type demodulator)->        Including digital logic circuitry
329/344 -> 315 FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Including signal passed through single demodulating path including resonant circuit
329/345 PHASE MODULATION DEMODULATOR
329/346 -> 345 PHASE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal
329/347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR
329/348 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Having plural demodulation outputs
329/349 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Having specific distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation
329/350 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Having specific distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        Automatic amplitude stabilization or control
329/351 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Having specific distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        Nonlinearity reduction or compensation
329/352 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Having specific distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        Temperature compensation
329/353 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Having specific distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        Noise reduction or compensation
329/354 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure
329/355 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure->        With electron discharge device
329/356 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Suppressed carrier double sideband type
329/357 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Single or vestigial sideband type
329/358 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal (e.g., synchronous demodulator)
329/359 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal (e.g., synchronous demodulator)->        Input signal applied directly to local oscillator
329/360 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal (e.g., synchronous demodulator)->        Including phase or frequency locked loop
329/361 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal (e.g., synchronous demodulator)->        Including sampling, gating, or switching
329/362 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal combined with local oscillator or carrier frequency signal (e.g., synchronous demodulator) ->        Including sampling, gating, or switching->        With three or more terminal discrete semiconductor device
329/363 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Input signal split into plural signals
329/364 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals->        Including three or more terminal discrete semiconductor device
329/365 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals->        Including diode demodulator device
329/366 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR  ->        Input signal split into plural signals ->        Including diode demodulator device->        Plural diodes
329/367 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Including regenerative feedback in non-oscillating demodulator
329/368 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Electron discharge demodulator device having more than two electrodes (e.g., triode, tetrode etc.)
329/369 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Including three or more terminal discrete semiconductor demodulator device
329/370 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Including diode demodulator device
329/371 -> 347 AMPLITUDE MODULATION DEMODULATOR ->        Coherer type demodulator
329/372 MISCELLANEOUS
330/1R WITH DIVERSE-TYPE ART DEVICE
330/1A -> 1R WITH DIVERSE-TYPE ART DEVICE ->        With process control system
330/2 WITH AMPLIFIER CONDITION INDICATING OR TESTING MEANS
330/3 WITH PLURAL DIVERSE-TYPE AMPLIFYING DEVICES
330/4 WITH MASER-TYPE AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/4.5 PARAMETRIC AMPLIFIERS
330/4.6 -> 4.5 PARAMETRIC AMPLIFIERS ->        Traveling wave type
330/4.7 -> 4.5 PARAMETRIC AMPLIFIERS  ->        Traveling wave type->        Electron beam device
330/4.8 -> 4.5 PARAMETRIC AMPLIFIERS ->        Gyromagnetic type (e.g., ferrite)
330/4.9 -> 4.5 PARAMETRIC AMPLIFIERS ->        Semiconductor type (e.g., with semiconductor diode)
330/5 WITH SOLID ELEMENT WAVE PROPAGATING AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/5.5 -> 5 WITH SOLID ELEMENT WAVE PROPAGATING AMPLIFYING DEVICE ->        Phonon type (e.g., ultrasonic wave propagating device)
330/6 WITH HALL EFFECT TYPE MEANS
330/7 WITH CAPACITIVE AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/8 WITH SATURABLE REACTOR-TYPE AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/9 WITH PERIODIC SWITCHING INPUT-OUTPUT (E.G., FOR DRIFT CORRECTION)
330/10 MODULATOR-DEMODULATOR-TYPE AMPLIFIER
330/11 WITH D.C. REINSERTION CIRCUIT
330/250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)
330/251 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including Class D amplifier
330/252 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including differential amplifier
330/253 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including differential amplifier->        Having field effect transistor
330/254 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including differential amplifier->        Having gain control means
330/255 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including differential amplifier->        Having push-pull amplifier stage
330/256 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including differential amplifier->        Having temperature compensation means
330/257 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including differential amplifier->        Having current mirror amplifier
330/258 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including differential amplifier->        Having common mode rejection circuit
330/259 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including differential amplifier->        Having D.C. feedback bias control for stabilization
330/260 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including differential amplifier->        Having signal feedback means
330/261 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including differential amplifier->        Having particular biasing arrangement
330/262 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including push-pull amplifier
330/263 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier->        Having complementary symmetry
330/264 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier ->        Having complementary symmetry->        And field effect transistor
330/265 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier ->        Having complementary symmetry->        And feedback means
330/266 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier ->        Having complementary symmetry->        And temperature compensation
330/267 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier ->        Having complementary symmetry->        And particular biasing arrangement
330/268 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier ->        Having complementary symmetry ->        And particular biasing arrangement->        To eliminate crossover distortion
330/269 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier->        Having field effect transistor
330/270 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier->        Having D.C. feedback bias control for stabilization
330/271 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier->        Having signal feedback means
330/272 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier->        Having temperature compensating means
330/273 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier->        Having particular biasing arrangement
330/274 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier ->        Having particular biasing arrangement->        To eliminate crossover distortion
330/275 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier->        Having balanced to unbalanced circuitry and vice versa
330/276 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including push-pull amplifier->        Having transformer
330/277 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including field effect transistor
330/278 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including gain control means
330/279 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including gain control means->        And significant control voltage developing means
330/280 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including gain control means ->        And significant control voltage developing means->        With delay means
330/281 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including gain control means ->        And significant control voltage developing means->        With time constant means
330/282 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including gain control means->        Having feedback means acting as variable impedance
330/283 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including gain control means ->        Having feedback means acting as variable impedance->        Having emitter degeneration
330/284 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including gain control means->        Having attenuation means in signal transmission path
330/285 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including gain control means->        Having particular biasing means
330/286 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including distributed parameter-type coupling
330/287 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including distributed parameter-type coupling->        Of diode type
330/288 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including current mirror amplifier
330/289 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including temperature compensation means
330/290 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including D.C. feedback bias control for stabilization
330/291 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including signal feedback means
330/292 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including signal feedback means->        Having compensation for interelectrode impedance
330/293 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including signal feedback means->        Having negative feedback
330/294 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including signal feedback means->        Having frequency-responsive means or phase-shift means in feedback path
330/295 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including plural amplifier channels
330/296 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including particular biasing arrangement
330/297 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including particular power supply circuitry
330/298 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including protection means
330/299 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including combined diverse-type semiconductor device
330/300 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including combined diverse-type semiconductor device->        Bipolar or unipolar (FET)
330/301 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including balanced to unbalanced circuits and vice versa
330/302 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including frequency-responsive means in the signal transmission path
330/303 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including frequency-responsive means in the signal transmission path->        Including an active device in the filter means
330/304 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including frequency-responsive means in the signal transmission path->        And equalizing means
330/305 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including frequency-responsive means in the signal transmission path->        And tuning means
330/306 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including frequency-responsive means in the signal transmission path->        And bandpass, broadband (e.g., wideband) or sidepass means
330/307 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Integrated circuits
330/308 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including atomic particle or radiant energy impinging on a semiconductor
330/309 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Involving structure of three diverse function electrode type
330/310 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR) ->        Including plural stages cascaded
330/311 -> 250 WITH SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFYING DEVICE (E.G., TRANSISTOR)  ->        Including plural stages cascaded->        Having different configurations
330/41 WITH GAS OR VAPOR TUBE AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/42 WITH SECONDARY ELECTRON EMISSION TUBE AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/43 WITH TRAVELING WAVE-TYPE TUBE
330/44 WITH ELECTRON BEAM TUBE AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/45 -> 44 WITH ELECTRON BEAM TUBE AMPLIFYING DEVICE ->        Having electrode coupled to cavity resonator
330/46 -> 44 WITH ELECTRON BEAM TUBE AMPLIFYING DEVICE ->        Having deflecting means
330/47 WITH MAGNETICALLY INFLUENCED DISCHARGE DEVICE (E.G., MAGNETRONS)
330/48 -> 47 WITH MAGNETICALLY INFLUENCED DISCHARGE DEVICE (E.G., MAGNETRONS) ->        Having signal applied to magnetic means
330/49 WITH VACUUM TUBE HAVING DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER IMPEDANCE CHARACTERISTICS
330/50 WITH DUMMY TUBE
330/51 COMBINED WITH AUTOMATIC AMPLIFIER DISABLING SWITCH MEANS
330/52 WITH PILOT FREQUENCY CONTROL MEANS
330/53 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER-TYPE COUPLING MEANS
330/54 -> 53 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER-TYPE COUPLING MEANS ->        Distributed amplifier
330/55 -> 53 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER-TYPE COUPLING MEANS ->        Push-pull
330/56 -> 53 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER-TYPE COUPLING MEANS ->        Waveguide, cavity, or concentric line resonator
330/57 -> 53 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER-TYPE COUPLING MEANS ->        Artificial line
330/58 WITH ROTATING DYNAMOELECTRIC AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/59 HAVING LIGHT-CONTROLLED OR ACTIVATED DEVICE (I.E., NOT LIGHT SIGNAL)
330/60 HAVING MAGNETOSTRICTIVE-TYPE AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/61R WITH RESISTIVE-TYPE AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/62 -> 61R WITH RESISTIVE-TYPE AMPLIFYING DEVICE ->        Magnetoresistive type
330/61A -> 61R WITH RESISTIVE-TYPE AMPLIFYING DEVICE ->        Negative resistance amplifiers
330/63 WITH MAGNETIC MEANS AMPLIFYING DEVICE
330/64 WITH SPACE CHARGE GRID TUBE
330/65 INVOLVING STRUCTURE OTHER THAN THAT OF TRANSFORMERS PER SE
330/66 -> 65 INVOLVING STRUCTURE OTHER THAN THAT OF TRANSFORMERS PER SE ->        With printed circuits
330/67 -> 65 INVOLVING STRUCTURE OTHER THAN THAT OF TRANSFORMERS PER SE ->        With capacitive structure
330/68 -> 65 INVOLVING STRUCTURE OTHER THAN THAT OF TRANSFORMERS PER SE ->        With shielding means
330/69 SUM AND DIFFERENCE AMPLIFIERS
330/70 ANODE ENERGIZED THROUGH DISCHARGE PATH OF CONTROLLED VACUUM TUBE
330/71 -> 70 ANODE ENERGIZED THROUGH DISCHARGE PATH OF CONTROLLED VACUUM TUBE ->        Plural discharge paths traversed by anode supply
330/72 -> 70 ANODE ENERGIZED THROUGH DISCHARGE PATH OF CONTROLLED VACUUM TUBE  ->        Plural discharge paths traversed by anode supply->        Amplifier devices in arms of a bridge
330/73 -> 70 ANODE ENERGIZED THROUGH DISCHARGE PATH OF CONTROLLED VACUUM TUBE ->        Plural outputs
330/74 -> 70 ANODE ENERGIZED THROUGH DISCHARGE PATH OF CONTROLLED VACUUM TUBE ->        Separate signal inputs to series devices
330/75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK
330/76 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Compensating for inter-electrode impedance (e.g., neutralization)
330/77 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Compensating for inter-electrode impedance (e.g., neutralization)->        At least one push-pull stage
330/78 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Compensating for inter-electrode impedance (e.g., neutralization)->        To or from electrode common to input and output
330/79 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Compensating for inter-electrode impedance (e.g., neutralization)->        By transformer feedback
330/80 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Compensating for inter-electrode impedance (e.g., neutralization)->        By coil in parallel to and resonating with inter-electrode capacity
330/81 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        At least one push-pull signal stage
330/82 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        At least one push-pull signal stage->        Positive and negative feedback
330/83 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        At least one push-pull signal stage->        Including D.C. path for signal feedback
330/84 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Plural amplifier channels
330/85 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Amplifier in signal feedback path
330/86 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Variable impedance in feedback path varied by separate control path
330/87 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Cathode impedance feedback
330/88 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Cathode impedance feedback->        Cascade amplifier stages with cathode-cathode feedback
330/89 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Cathode impedance feedback ->        Cascade amplifier stages with cathode-cathode feedback->        Between adjacent stages
330/90 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Cathode impedance feedback->        Combined with diverse-type feedback coupling
330/91 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Cathode impedance feedback ->        Combined with diverse-type feedback coupling->        Diverse feedback to or from cathode
330/92 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Cathode impedance feedback ->        Combined with diverse-type feedback coupling ->        Diverse feedback to or from cathode->        Feedback to cathode impedance of a prior stage
330/93 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Cathode impedance feedback ->        Combined with diverse-type feedback coupling->        Including positive feedback
330/94 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Cathode impedance feedback->        Frequency responsive means in cathode impedance feedback path
330/95 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Cathode impedance feedback->        Nonlinear impedance means in cathode impedance feedback path
330/96 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Combined with control of bias voltage of signal amplifier
330/97 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Including D.C. path for signal feedback
330/98 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        In cascade amplifiers
330/99 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        In cascade amplifiers->        Multiple feedback
330/100 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        In cascade amplifiers ->        Multiple feedback->        A feedback to input of a prior stage
330/101 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Positive and negative feedback in same path at different frequencies
330/102 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Current and voltage feedback
330/103 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Multiple feedback paths
330/104 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK  ->        Multiple feedback paths->        Positive and negative feedback
330/105 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        From impedance in series with output load (e.g., current feedback)
330/106 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        In series with input source
330/107 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Phase shift means in loop path
330/108 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Potentiometer common to signal and feedback path
330/109 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Frequency responsive feedback means
330/110 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Nonlinear impedance element in loop path
330/111 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        To or from an auxiliary grid or to the anode
330/112 -> 75 SIGNAL FEEDBACK ->        Positive feedback
330/113 POLYPHASE POWER SUPPLY (I.E., FOR AN ELECTRODE, CATHODE HEATER, OR FILAMENT)
330/114 UNRECTIFIED A.C. POWER SUPPLY FOR AN ELECTRODE (I.E., NOT THE HEATER)
330/115 -> 114 UNRECTIFIED A.C. POWER SUPPLY FOR AN ELECTRODE (I.E., NOT THE HEATER) ->        Applied to filamentary cathode
330/116 WITH BALANCED-TO-UNBALANCED COUPLING
330/117 WITH UNBALANCED-TO-BALANCED COUPLING
330/118 INCLUDING A PUSH-PULL STAGE
330/119 -> 118 INCLUDING A PUSH-PULL STAGE ->        Coupling to or from cathode in push-pull
330/120 -> 118 INCLUDING A PUSH-PULL STAGE ->        Interstage coupling between push-pull
330/121 -> 118 INCLUDING A PUSH-PULL STAGE  ->        Interstage coupling between push-pull->        D.C. coupling
330/122 -> 118 INCLUDING A PUSH-PULL STAGE ->        Input and/or output coupling for push-pull
330/123 -> 118 INCLUDING A PUSH-PULL STAGE ->        Power or bias supply circuits and control thereof
330/124R WITH PLURAL AMPLIFIER CHANNELS (E.G., PARALLEL AMPLIFIER CHANNELS)
330/125 -> 124R WITH PLURAL AMPLIFIER CHANNELS (E.G., PARALLEL AMPLIFIER CHANNELS) ->        D.C. and A.C. amplifier channels
330/126 -> 124R WITH PLURAL AMPLIFIER CHANNELS (E.G., PARALLEL AMPLIFIER CHANNELS) ->        Amplifying different frequencies in different channels
330/124D -> 124R WITH PLURAL AMPLIFIER CHANNELS (E.G., PARALLEL AMPLIFIER CHANNELS) ->        Redundant amplifier circuits
330/127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE
330/128 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE ->        Control means for anode of screen grid circuit
330/129 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias
330/130 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Bias controlled by separate external control source
330/131 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Control of bias on separate gain control electrode
330/132 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Frequency selective means to select control signal from amplifier channel
330/133 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Different bias control means for different stages of cascade amplifier
330/134 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Plural different bias control voltages provided by separate means
330/135 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Amplitude limiting or bias voltage
330/136 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Bias control signal from input of amplifier
330/137 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Oscillator supplies or controls bias
330/138 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Bias controlled by biased rectifier or discharge device
330/139 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Electronic tube controls bias
330/140 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Rectifier in bias control circuit
330/141 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Time constant circuit in bias control circuit
330/142 -> 127 WITH CONTROL OF POWER SUPPLY OR BIAS VOLTAGE  ->        With control of input electrode or gain control electrode bias->        Cathode resistor supplies bias (e.g., self-biasing circuits)
330/143 THERMALLY RESPONSIVE IMPEDANCE
330/144 VARIABLE IMPEDANCE FOR SIGNAL CHANNEL CONTROLLED BY SEPARATE CONTROL PATH
330/145 -> 144 VARIABLE IMPEDANCE FOR SIGNAL CHANNEL CONTROLLED BY SEPARATE CONTROL PATH ->        Electron tube or diode as impedance
330/146 WHEATSTONE BRIDGE WITH AMPLIFIER IN AT LEAST ONE ARM
330/147 PLURAL SIGNAL INPUTS
330/148 PLURAL SIGNAL OUTPUTS
330/149 HUM OR NOISE OR DISTORTION BUCKING INTRODUCED INTO SIGNAL CHANNEL
330/150 CASCADED SIMILAR AMPLIFYING DEVICE OF DIFFERENT CHARACTERISTICS
330/151 WITH AMPLIFIER BYPASS MEANS (E.G., FORWARD FEED)
330/152 CASCADED DIFFERENTLY COUPLED BETWEEN STAGES
330/153 -> 152 CASCADED DIFFERENTLY COUPLED BETWEEN STAGES ->        Including a cathode follower stage
330/154 -> 152 CASCADED DIFFERENTLY COUPLED BETWEEN STAGES ->        Transformer or resonant circuit in interstage coupling (e.g., stagger tuning)
330/155 UNICONTROL OF COUPLING OR THE CIRCUITS ASSOCIATED THEREWITH
330/156 BOOTSTRAP COUPLING
330/157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING
330/158 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        Coupling to cathode
330/159 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Coupling to cathode->        D.C. coupling
330/160 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        Coupling to plate or auxiliary grid
330/161 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Coupling to plate or auxiliary grid->        D.C. coupling
330/162 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        Output coupling from grid
330/163 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Output coupling from grid->        D.C. coupling
330/164 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        With electronic tube or diode in coupling circuit
330/165 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        Transformer coupling
330/166 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Transformer coupling->        With additional reactive coupling
330/167 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Transformer coupling->        With additional impedance connected to "P" or "S" circuits
330/168 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Transformer coupling->        From cathode
330/169 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Transformer coupling->        With means for adjusting inductive coupling
330/170 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Transformer coupling->        With shielding
330/171 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Transformer coupling->        With transformer structure
330/172 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        Coupling from cathode
330/173 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        Coupling from cathode->        D.C. coupling
330/174 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        With electromechanical transducer (e.g., piezoelectric crystal)
330/175 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        With lattice or Wheatstone bridge network in coupling circuits
330/176 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        With T, H, or Pi network in coupling circuit
330/177 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        With coupling or blocking capacitor
330/178 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        With coupling or blocking capacitor->        With R or L in series between stages
330/179 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        With coupling or blocking capacitor->        L in anode or grid circuit
330/180 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        With coupling or blocking capacitor->        With R in anode and grid circuit (RC coupling)
330/181 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING ->        D.C. coupled
330/182 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        D.C. coupled->        With series reactive element between stages
330/183 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        D.C. coupled->        With nonlinear device
330/184 -> 157 INTERSTAGE COUPLING  ->        D.C. coupled->        With series resistance between stages
330/185 INPUT NETWORKS
330/186 -> 185 INPUT NETWORKS ->        To cathode
330/187 -> 185 INPUT NETWORKS  ->        To cathode->        D.C. coupled
330/188 -> 185 INPUT NETWORKS ->        Transformer coupled
330/189 -> 185 INPUT NETWORKS  ->        Transformer coupled->        With additional impedance connected to "P" or "S" circuits
330/190 -> 185 INPUT NETWORKS  ->        Transformer coupled->        With transformer structure
330/191 -> 185 INPUT NETWORKS ->        D.C. coupled
330/192 OUTPUT NETWORKS
330/193 -> 192 OUTPUT NETWORKS ->        From cathode
330/194 -> 192 OUTPUT NETWORKS  ->        From cathode->        D.C. coupled
330/195 -> 192 OUTPUT NETWORKS ->        Transformer coupled
330/196 -> 192 OUTPUT NETWORKS  ->        Transformer coupled->        With additional impedance connected to "P" or "S" circuit
330/197 -> 192 OUTPUT NETWORKS  ->        Transformer coupled->        With transformer structure
330/198 -> 192 OUTPUT NETWORKS ->        D.C. coupled
330/199 WITH POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE SUPPLY
330/200 -> 199 WITH POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE SUPPLY ->        For plural stage amplifier
330/201 -> 199 WITH POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE SUPPLY  ->        For plural stage amplifier->        Filamentary cathodes heated by anode current or anode supply source
330/202 -> 199 WITH POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE SUPPLY ->        For anode
330/203 -> 199 WITH POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE SUPPLY  ->        For anode->        And input electrode
330/204 -> 199 WITH POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE SUPPLY ->        For input electrode
330/205 -> 199 WITH POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE SUPPLY  ->        For input electrode->        And filamentary cathode
330/206 -> 199 WITH POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE SUPPLY ->        For filamentary cathode
330/207R MISCELLANEOUS
330/207A -> 207R MISCELLANEOUS ->        Class D
330/207P -> 207R MISCELLANEOUS ->        Amplifier protection means
331/94.1 MOLECULAR OR PARTICLE RESONANT TYPE (E.G., MASER)
331/1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS
331/2 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Plural oscillators controlled
331/3 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Molecular resonance stabilization
331/4 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Search sweep of oscillator
331/5 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Magnetron oscillator
331/6 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Klystron oscillator
331/7 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        Klystron oscillator->        Plural controls
331/8 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Transistorized controls
331/9 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Oscillator with distributed parameter-type discriminator
331/10 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Plural A.F.S. for a single oscillator
331/11 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        Plural A.F.S. for a single oscillator->        Plural comparators or discriminators
331/12 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        Plural A.F.S. for a single oscillator ->        Plural comparators or discriminators->        With phase-shifted inputs
331/13 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        Plural A.F.S. for a single oscillator->        Motor control of oscillator
331/14 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        With intermittent comparison controls
331/15 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Amplitude compensation
331/16 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Tuning compensation
331/17 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Particular error voltage control (e.g., intergrating network)
331/18 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        With reference oscillator or source
331/19 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source->        Spectrum reference source
331/20 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source->        T.V. sync type
331/21 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source ->        T.V. sync type->        Lock to power line
331/22 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source->        Plural significant heterodyne stages
331/23 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source->        Sensing modulation (e.g., frequency modulation controlled oscillator
331/24 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source ->        Sensing modulation (e.g., frequency modulation controlled oscillator->        With motor comparator
331/25 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source->        Signal or phase comparator
331/26 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source ->        Signal or phase comparator->        Plural diode type
331/27 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source ->        Signal or phase comparator->        Plural active element (e.g., triodes)
331/28 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source ->        Signal or phase comparator->        Unilateral element (e.g., diode)
331/29 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With reference oscillator or source ->        Signal or phase comparator->        Electromechanical
331/30 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        With stable heterodyne oscillator or source
331/31 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With stable heterodyne oscillator or source->        Plural significant heterodyne stages
331/32 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With stable heterodyne oscillator or source->        With particular discriminator (e.g., LPF and HPF)
331/33 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        With stable heterodyne oscillator or source ->        With particular discriminator (e.g., LPF and HPF)->        Plural diode type
331/34 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        Particular frequency control means
331/35 -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        Particular frequency control means->        Electromechanical (e.g., motor)
331/36R -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        Particular frequency control means->        Reactance device (e.g., variable capacitors, saturable inductors, reactance tubes, etc.)
331/36C -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        Particular frequency control means ->        Reactance device (e.g., variable capacitors, saturable inductors, reactance tubes, etc.)->        Capacitor controlled AFC
331/36L -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS  ->        Particular frequency control means ->        Reactance device (e.g., variable capacitors, saturable inductors, reactance tubes, etc.)->        Inductor controlled AFC
331/1A -> 1R AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY STABILIZATION USING A PHASE OR FREQUENCY SENSING MEANS ->        AFC with logic elements
331/37 BEAT FREQUENCY
331/38 -> 37 BEAT FREQUENCY ->        Plural beating
331/39 -> 37 BEAT FREQUENCY  ->        Plural beating->        Single channel
331/40 -> 37 BEAT FREQUENCY ->        Frequency or amplitude adjustment or control
331/41 -> 37 BEAT FREQUENCY ->        Frequency stabilization
331/42 -> 37 BEAT FREQUENCY ->        With particular signal combining means (e.g., cavity mixer)
331/43 -> 37 BEAT FREQUENCY  ->        With particular signal combining means (e.g., cavity mixer)->        With filter in mixer output circuit
331/44 WITH FREQUENCY CALIBRATION OR TESTING
331/45 POLYPHASE OUTPUT
331/46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS
331/47 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS ->        Oscillator used to vary amplitude or frequency of another oscillator
331/48 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS ->        Adjustable frequency
331/49 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS ->        Selectively connected to common output or oscillator substitution
331/50 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS ->        Cascade or tandem connected
331/51 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS  ->        Cascade or tandem connected->        Frequency dividers
331/52 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS  ->        Cascade or tandem connected->        Semiconductor (e.g., transistor)
331/53 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS  ->        Cascade or tandem connected->        Frequency multiplier
331/54 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS  ->        Cascade or tandem connected->        Diverse-type oscillators
331/55 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS ->        Synchronized, triggered or pulsed
331/56 -> 46 PLURAL OSCILLATORS ->        Parallel connected
331/57 RING OSCILLATORS
331/58 PLURAL FUNCTIONS SIMULTANEOUSLY
331/59 CONVERTIBLE (E.G., OSCILLATOR TO AMPLIFIER, ETC.)
331/60 SINGLE OSCILLATOR WITH PLURAL OUTPUT CIRCUITS
331/61 -> 60 SINGLE OSCILLATOR WITH PLURAL OUTPUT CIRCUITS ->        Plural outputs of diverse wave form
331/62 WITH OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE MEANS
331/63 PROTECTIVE OF SAFETY DEVICES FOR PERSONNEL
331/64 WITH INDICATOR, SIGNAL, OR ALARM
331/65 WITH DEVICE RESPONSIVE TO EXTERNAL PHYSICAL CONDITION
331/66 -> 65 WITH DEVICE RESPONSIVE TO EXTERNAL PHYSICAL CONDITION ->        Temperature or light responsive
331/67 WITH ELECTROMAGNETIC OR ELECTROSTATIC SHIELD
331/68 WITH OUTER CASING OR HOUSING
331/69 -> 68 WITH OUTER CASING OR HOUSING ->        With temperature modifier
331/70 WITH TEMPERATURE MODIFIER
331/71 RAW A.C. USED AS SOURCE OF POWER OR BIAS
331/72 ELECTRON-COUPLED TYPE
331/73 -> 72 ELECTRON-COUPLED TYPE ->        Piezoelectric crystal resonator
331/74 COMBINED WITH PARTICULAR OUTPUT COUPLING NETWORK
331/75 -> 74 COMBINED WITH PARTICULAR OUTPUT COUPLING NETWORK ->        Space discharge or unilaterally conductive device in output network
331/76 -> 74 COMBINED WITH PARTICULAR OUTPUT COUPLING NETWORK  ->        Space discharge or unilaterally conductive device in output network->        Harmonic producing or selecting network
331/77 -> 74 COMBINED WITH PARTICULAR OUTPUT COUPLING NETWORK ->        Wave filter
331/78 ELECTRICAL NOISE OR RANDOM WAVE GENERATOR
331/79 BEAM TUBE
331/80 -> 79 BEAM TUBE ->        With beam sweeping or deflecting means
331/81 -> 79 BEAM TUBE ->        With electron bunching or velocity variation means
331/82 -> 79 BEAM TUBE  ->        With electron bunching or velocity variation means->        Traveling wave type
331/83 -> 79 BEAM TUBE  ->        With electron bunching or velocity variation means->        Multicavity type (e.g., Klystron)
331/84 -> 79 BEAM TUBE  ->        With electron bunching or velocity variation means->        Reflex type (i.e., with repeller electrode)
331/86 WITH MAGNETICALLY CONTROLLED SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE (E.G., MAGNETRON)
331/87 -> 86 WITH MAGNETICALLY CONTROLLED SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE (E.G., MAGNETRON) ->        With particular pulsing means
331/88 -> 86 WITH MAGNETICALLY CONTROLLED SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE (E.G., MAGNETRON) ->        With frequency stabilization
331/89 -> 86 WITH MAGNETICALLY CONTROLLED SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE (E.G., MAGNETRON) ->        With secondary emissive electrode
331/90 -> 86 WITH MAGNETICALLY CONTROLLED SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE (E.G., MAGNETRON) ->        With frequency adjustment
331/91 -> 86 WITH MAGNETICALLY CONTROLLED SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE (E.G., MAGNETRON) ->        With undesired mode suppression or selection means
331/92 RETARDING FIELD TUBE-TYPE OSCILLATORS (E.G., BARKHAUSEN KURZ)
331/93 -> 92 RETARDING FIELD TUBE-TYPE OSCILLATORS (E.G., BARKHAUSEN KURZ) ->        With distributed parameter resonator
331/95 BUTTERFLY RESONATOR
331/96 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER RESONATOR
331/97 -> 96 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER RESONATOR ->        Tube enclosed by resonator structure
331/98 -> 96 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER RESONATOR  ->        Tube enclosed by resonator structure->        Disk seal tube (e.g., lighthouse, pencil tube)
331/99 -> 96 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER RESONATOR ->        Parallel wire type
331/100 -> 96 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER RESONATOR  ->        Parallel wire type->        Push-pull type
331/101 -> 96 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER RESONATOR ->        Coaxial or shielded line type
331/102 -> 96 WITH DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER RESONATOR  ->        Coaxial or shielded line type->        Push-pull type
331/103 TUBE STRUCTURE FORMS INDUCTIVE PART OF RESONANT CIRCUIT
331/104 TRANSIT TIME OSCILLATOR
331/105 WITH PARASITIC OSCILLATION CONTROL OR PREVENTION MEANS
331/106 WITH PERIODOIC OR REPETITIOUS AMPLITUDE VARYING MEANS (E.G., TREMOLO)
331/107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR
331/108R -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR ->        Transistors
331/109 -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Amplitude stabilization and control
331/110 -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Bridge type
331/111 -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Relaxation oscillator
331/112 -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors ->        Relaxation oscillator->        Blocking oscillator type
331/113R -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors ->        Relaxation oscillator->        Multivibrator type
331/113A -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors ->        Relaxation oscillator ->        Multivibrator type->        Saturable core controlled converters
331/113S -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors ->        Relaxation oscillator ->        Multivibrator type->        Converter using silicon control rectifiers
331/114 -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Push-pull
331/115 -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Negative resistance
331/116R -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Electromechanical resonator controlled
331/116FE -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors ->        Electromechanical resonator controlled->        Field-effect transistor active element
331/116M -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors ->        Electromechanical resonator controlled->        Electromechanical resonators other than piezoelectric crystals
331/117R -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        L-C type
331/117FE -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors ->        L-C type->        Field-effect transistor active element
331/117D -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors ->        L-C type->        Distributed parameter resonator transistor oscillators
331/108A -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Use of complimentary-type transistors
331/108B -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Phase shift oscillator
331/108C -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Integrated circuit oscillators
331/108D -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Transistors->        Integrated modules with discrete elements oscillators
331/107DP -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR ->        Significant distributed parameter resonator (e.g., cavity)
331/107P -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Significant distributed parameter resonator (e.g., cavity)->        Parallel-connected oscillator devices
331/107SL -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Significant distributed parameter resonator (e.g., cavity)->        Stripline type
331/107C -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR  ->        Significant distributed parameter resonator (e.g., cavity)->        Coaxial type
331/107A -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR ->        Acoustoelectric device oscillators
331/107G -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR ->        Gunn-type bulk effect device oscillators
331/107S -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR ->        Superconductive device oscillators
331/107T -> 107R SOLID STATE ACTIVE ELEMENT OSCILLATOR ->        Tunnel diode oscillators
331/126 GASEOUS SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE
331/127 -> 126 GASEOUS SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE ->        Spark or open arc type
331/128 -> 126 GASEOUS SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE ->        Drives shock excited L.C. circuit
331/129 -> 126 GASEOUS SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE ->        Relaxation oscillator
331/130 -> 126 GASEOUS SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Relaxation oscillator->        Plural gaseous devices
331/131 -> 126 GASEOUS SPACE DISCHARGE DEVICE  ->        Relaxation oscillator->        Discharge device or rectifier in "C" or "L" charging or discharging circuit
331/132 NEGATIVE RESISTANCE OR NEGATIVE TRANSCONDUCTANCE OSCILLATOR
331/133 -> 132 NEGATIVE RESISTANCE OR NEGATIVE TRANSCONDUCTANCE OSCILLATOR ->        Secondary emission (e.g., dynatron)
331/134 -> 132 NEGATIVE RESISTANCE OR NEGATIVE TRANSCONDUCTANCE OSCILLATOR ->        Transitron type
331/135 PHASE SHIFT TYPE
331/136 -> 135 PHASE SHIFT TYPE ->        Zero phase shift
331/137 -> 135 PHASE SHIFT TYPE ->        With R.C. ladder-type phase shift network
331/138 BRIDGE TYPE
331/139 -> 138 BRIDGE TYPE ->        Piezoelectric crystal in bridge
331/140 -> 138 BRIDGE TYPE ->        R.C. or R.L. type
331/141 -> 138 BRIDGE TYPE  ->        R.C. or R.L. type->        Wien bridge
331/142 -> 138 BRIDGE TYPE  ->        R.C. or R.L. type->        Double T bridge
331/143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS
331/144 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS ->        Multivibrators
331/145 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS  ->        Multivibrators->        With sync, triggering or pulsing circuit
331/146 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS ->        Blocking oscillators
331/147 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS  ->        Blocking oscillators->        Using discharge device with plural grids
331/148 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS  ->        Blocking oscillators->        With 3 or more winding feedback transformers
331/149 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS  ->        Blocking oscillators->        With sync, trigger, or pulsing circuit (e.g., self-pulsing)
331/150 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS ->        Output supplied to another discharge device circuit
331/151 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS ->        Involving resonant or inductive wave forming circuit or transformer
331/152 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS ->        Multi-grid discharge device in charged capacitor circuit
331/153 -> 143 RELAXATION OSCILLATORS ->        With sync, trigger or pulsing circuit
331/154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR
331/155 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR ->        With optical, piezoelectric or acoustic coupling means
331/156 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR ->        Vibrating reed or string type (e.g., tuning fork)
331/157 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR ->        Magnetostrictive
331/158 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR ->        Crystal
331/159 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR  ->        Crystal->        Plural tube
331/160 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR  ->        Crystal->        With means to limit crystal current or voltage
331/161 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR  ->        Crystal->        With crystal substitution
331/162 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR  ->        Crystal->        Plural crystals in circuit
331/163 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR  ->        Crystal->        Crystal having three or more electrodes in circuit
331/164 -> 154 ELECTROMECHANICAL RESONATOR  ->        Crystal->        Anode or cathode to grid crystal circuit
331/165 SHOCK EXCITED RESONANT CIRCUIT
331/166 -> 165 SHOCK EXCITED RESONANT CIRCUIT ->        With keying means of the active element type (e.g., burst generator)
331/167 L-C TYPE OSCILLATORS
331/168 -> 167 L-C TYPE OSCILLATORS ->        Plural tubes
331/169 -> 167 L-C TYPE OSCILLATORS ->        Anode to cathode coupled or connected resonant circuit
331/170 -> 167 L-C TYPE OSCILLATORS ->        Anode to grid coupled or connected resonant circuit
331/171 -> 167 L-C TYPE OSCILLATORS ->        Grid to cathode coupled or connected resonant circuit
331/172 WITH SYNCHRONIZING, TRIGGERING OR PULSING CIRCUITS
331/173 -> 172 WITH SYNCHRONIZING, TRIGGERING OR PULSING CIRCUITS ->        Triggering or pulsing (e.g., burst generators)
331/174 -> 172 WITH SYNCHRONIZING, TRIGGERING OR PULSING CIRCUITS  ->        Triggering or pulsing (e.g., burst generators)->        Self-quenched
331/175 FREQUENCY STABILIZATION
331/176 -> 175 FREQUENCY STABILIZATION ->        Temperature or current responsive means in circuit
331/177R WITH FREQUENCY ADJUSTING MEANS
331/178 -> 177R WITH FREQUENCY ADJUSTING MEANS ->        Cyclic frequency sweeping means (e.g., vibrato)
331/179 -> 177R WITH FREQUENCY ADJUSTING MEANS ->        Step-frequency change (e.g., band selection, frequency-shift keying)
331/180 -> 177R WITH FREQUENCY ADJUSTING MEANS ->        Reactance tube type
331/181 -> 177R WITH FREQUENCY ADJUSTING MEANS ->        Variable inductance device (e.g., saturable core or adjustable vane inductor)
331/177V -> 177R WITH FREQUENCY ADJUSTING MEANS ->        With voltage sensitive capacitor
331/182 AMPLITUDE CONTROL OR STABILIZATION
331/183 -> 182 AMPLITUDE CONTROL OR STABILIZATION ->        Automatic
331/184 HAVING DISCHARGED DEVICE OR PARTICULAR CONSTRUCTION
331/185 WITH PARTICULAR SOURCE OF POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE
331/186 -> 185 WITH PARTICULAR SOURCE OF POWER OR BIAS VOLTAGE ->        Regulated
331/187 MISCELLANEOUS OSCILLATOR STRUCTURES
332/100 FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING MODULATOR OR MINIMUM SHIFT KEYING MODULATOR
332/101 -> 100 FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING MODULATOR OR MINIMUM SHIFT KEYING MODULATOR ->        Including logic element (e.g., logic gate or flip-flop)
332/102 -> 100 FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING MODULATOR OR MINIMUM SHIFT KEYING MODULATOR ->        Including discrete semiconductor device
332/103 PHASE SHIFT KEYING MODULATOR OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE MODULATOR
332/104 -> 103 PHASE SHIFT KEYING MODULATOR OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Including logic element (e.g., logic gate or flip-flop)
332/105 -> 103 PHASE SHIFT KEYING MODULATOR OR QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Including discrete semiconductor device
332/106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR
332/107 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation
332/108 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR ->        Plural modulation
332/109 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR ->        Pulse width modulator
332/110 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR  ->        Pulse width modulator->        Including discrete semiconductor device having three or more electrodes
332/111 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR  ->        Pulse width modulator->        Including electron discharge device
332/112 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR ->        Pulse position, frequency, phase, or spacing modulator
332/113 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR  ->        Pulse position, frequency, phase, or spacing modulator->        Including discrete semiconductor device having three or more electrodes
332/114 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR  ->        Pulse position, frequency, phase, or spacing modulator->        Including electron discharge device
332/115 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR ->        Pulse amplitude modulator
332/116 -> 106 PULSE OR INTERRUPTED CONTINUOUS WAVE MODULATOR  ->        Pulse amplitude modulator->        Including discrete semiconductor device having three or more electrodes
332/117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR
332/118 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR ->        Including measuring or indicating
332/119 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR ->        Plural modulation
332/120 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Plural modulation->        Including amplitude modulation
332/121 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Plural modulation ->        Including amplitude modulation->        Including electron discharge device
332/122 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Plural modulation->        Including electron discharge device
332/123 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation
332/124 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation->        Nonlinearity reduction or compensation
332/125 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation->        Automatic amplitude stabilization or control
332/126 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation->        Automatic frequency stabilization or control
332/127 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation ->        Automatic frequency stabilization or control->        Phase or frequency locked loop
332/128 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation ->        Automatic frequency stabilization or control ->        Phase or frequency locked loop->        Modulating signal applied to plural elements of the loop
332/129 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure
332/130 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure->        With discrete semiconductor device
332/131 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure->        With electron discharge device
332/132 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure ->        With electron discharge device->        Magnetron type
332/133 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure ->        With electron discharge device->        Klystron type
332/134 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure ->        With electron discharge device->        Travelling wave type
332/135 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR ->        Including discrete semiconductor device
332/136 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including discrete semiconductor device->        With varactor
332/137 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR ->        Including electron discharge device
332/138 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device->        Particular oscillator circuit
332/139 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device ->        Particular oscillator circuit->        Crystal oscillator type
332/140 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device ->        Particular oscillator circuit ->        Crystal oscillator type->        With separate modulator tube (e.g., reactance tube)
332/141 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device ->        Particular oscillator circuit->        L-C oscillator type
332/142 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device ->        Particular oscillator circuit ->        L-C oscillator type->        With separate modulator tube (e.g., reactance tube)
332/143 -> 117 FREQUENCY MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device ->        Particular oscillator circuit ->        L-C oscillator type ->        With separate modulator tube (e.g., reactance tube)->        Plural modulator tubes
332/144 PHASE MODULATOR
332/145 -> 144 PHASE MODULATOR ->        Including amplitude modulator
332/146 -> 144 PHASE MODULATOR ->        Including discrete semiconductor device
332/147 -> 144 PHASE MODULATOR ->        Including electron discharge device
332/148 -> 144 PHASE MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device->        Push-pull circuit
332/149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR
332/150 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Including measuring or indicating
332/151 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Plural modulation
332/152 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Plural modulation->        Including discrete semiconductor device
332/153 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Plural modulation->        Including electron discharge device
332/154 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Plural modulation ->        Including electron discharge device->        Push-pull circuit
332/155 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Percent modulation control or automatic amplitude control of carrier or modulating signal
332/156 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Percent modulation control or automatic amplitude control of carrier or modulating signal->        Overmodulation prevention
332/157 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Percent modulation control or automatic amplitude control of carrier or modulating signal->        Average carrier amplitude controlled by modulating signal
332/158 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Percent modulation control or automatic amplitude control of carrier or modulating signal->        Carrier output suppressed during absence of modulating signal
332/159 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation
332/160 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        Reduction or compensation of nonlinearity in modulation characteristic
332/161 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        Reduction of carrier phase or frequency variations or modulation
332/162 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Including stabilization or alternatively distortion, noise or other interference prevention, reduction or compensation->        Using feedback to reduce distortion, noise or other interference
332/163 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure
332/164 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure->        With discrete semiconductor device
332/165 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure->        With electron discharge device
332/166 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Including microwave or distributed parameter structure ->        With electron discharge device->        Magnetron type
332/167 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Suppressed carrier double sideband type
332/168 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Suppressed carrier double sideband type->        Including discrete semiconductor device
332/169 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Suppressed carrier double sideband type->        Including electron discharge device
332/170 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Single or vestigial sideband type
332/171 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Single or vestigial sideband type->        Including electron discharge device
332/172 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Modulating signal applied to a bridge circuit
332/173 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Magnetic field varied by modulating signal
332/174 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Resistive or dissipative device controlled by modulating signal (e.g., loss modulator)
332/175 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Variable reactance controlled by modulating signal
332/176 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Nonlinear device controlled by modulating signal
332/177 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Nonlinear device controlled by modulating signal->        Nonlinear discrete semiconductor device
332/178 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Including discrete semiconductor device
332/179 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR ->        Including electron discharge device
332/180 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device->        Push-pull circuit
332/181 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device->        Plate circuit modulation
332/182 -> 149 AMPLITUDE MODULATOR  ->        Including electron discharge device->        Grid circuit modulation
332/183 MODULATION CONVERTER HAVING PRE-MODULATED INPUT (E.G., FM TO AM)
332/184 -> 183 MODULATION CONVERTER HAVING PRE-MODULATED INPUT (E.G., FM TO AM) ->        Between diverse pulse modulation types
332/185 MISCELLANEOUS
333/1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS
333/1.1 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS ->        Nonreciprocal gyromagnetic type (e.g., circulators)
333/2 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS ->        With automatic control
333/3 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        With automatic control->        Line substitution
333/4 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS ->        With balanced circuits
333/5 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        With balanced circuits->        Plural balanced circuits
333/100 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS ->        Having branched circuits
333/101 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits->        Including switching means
333/102 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including switching means->        Having gyromagnetic operating means
333/103 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including switching means->        Having semiconductor operating means
333/104 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including switching means ->        Having semiconductor operating means->        Using TEM lines
333/105 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including switching means->        Having mechanical switching means
333/106 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including switching means ->        Having mechanical switching means->        Using rotary switching means
333/107 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including switching means ->        Having mechanical switching means ->        Using rotary switching means->        For TEM lines
333/108 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including switching means ->        Having mechanical switching means->        For waveguide
333/109 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits->        Using directional coupler
333/110 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Using directional coupler->        For providing frequency separation
333/111 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Using directional coupler->        For providing adjustable coupling
333/112 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Using directional coupler->        Having lumped parameters or impedances
333/113 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Using directional coupler->        Having parallel-guide waveguide
333/114 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Using directional coupler->        Having crossed-guide waveguide
333/115 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Using directional coupler->        Having TEM lines
333/116 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Using directional coupler ->        Having TEM lines->        Using stripline
333/117 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits->        Including hybrid-type network
333/118 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including hybrid-type network->        Having lumped parameters or impedances
333/119 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including hybrid-type network ->        Having lumped parameters or impedances->        Using transformer coil
333/120 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including hybrid-type network->        Having hybrid ring junction
333/121 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including hybrid-type network->        Having hybrid-T (e.g., magic-T)
333/122 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including hybrid-type network ->        Having hybrid-T (e.g., magic-T)->        Using waveguide
333/123 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including hybrid-type network->        Having coaxial element
333/124 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits->        With impedance matching
333/125 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        With impedance matching->        Including long line element
333/126 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        With impedance matching ->        Including long line element->        For providing frequency separation
333/127 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        With impedance matching ->        Including long line element->        Using TEM lines
333/128 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        With impedance matching ->        Including long line element ->        Using TEM lines->        Stripline
333/129 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        With impedance matching->        For providing frequency separation
333/130 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        With impedance matching->        Using resistors only
333/131 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        With impedance matching->        Using coupled windings
333/132 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits->        For providing frequency separation
333/133 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        For providing frequency separation->        Utilizing electromechanical transducer
333/134 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        For providing frequency separation->        Utilizing long line element
333/135 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        For providing frequency separation ->        Utilizing long line element->        Including waveguide element
333/136 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits->        Including long line element
333/137 -> 1 PLURAL CHANNEL SYSTEMS  ->        Having branched circuits ->        Including long line element->        Using waveguide
333/12 TRANSMISSION LINE INDUCTIVE OR RADIATION INTERFERENCE REDUCTION SYSTEMS
333/13 RESONATOR-TYPE BREAKDOWN DISCHARGE SYSTEMS (E.G., T-R OR R-T SYSTEMS)
333/14 AMPLITUDE COMPRESSION AND EXPANSION SYSTEMS (I.E., COMPANDERS)
333/15 PILOT LINE-CONTROLLED SYSTEMS
333/16 PILOT CURRENT-CONTROLLED SYSTEMS
333/17.1 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED SYSTEMS
333/17.2 -> 17.1 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED SYSTEMS ->        Limiting of amplitude
333/17.3 -> 17.1 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED SYSTEMS ->        Impedance matching
333/18 -> 17.1 AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED SYSTEMS ->        With control of equalizer and/or delay network
333/19 DIFFERENTIATING OR INTEGRATING SYSTEMS
333/20 WAVE-SHAPING
333/21R WAVE MODE CONVERTERS
333/21A -> 21R WAVE MODE CONVERTERS ->        Polarization converters
333/22R DISSIPATING TERMINATIONS FOR LONG LINES
333/22F -> 22R DISSIPATING TERMINATIONS FOR LONG LINES ->        Fluid-cooling
333/23 ARTIFICIAL LINES
333/24R COUPLING NETWORKS
333/24.1 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Nonreciprocal gyromagnetic type (e.g., directional phase shifters)
333/24.2 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Nonreciprocal gyromagnetic type (e.g., directional phase shifters)->        Nonreciprocal attenuators or isolators
333/24.3 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Nonreciprocal gyromagnetic type (e.g., directional phase shifters)->        Nonreciprocal polarization rotators
333/25 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Balanced to unbalanced circuits
333/26 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Balanced to unbalanced circuits->        Having long line elements
333/27 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Interlinking long line
333/28R -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Equalizers
333/28T -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Equalizers->        Audio tone control
333/138 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Delay lines including a lumped parameter
333/139 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including a lumped parameter->        Variable parameter
333/140 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including a lumped parameter->        Physical structure
333/141 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Delay lines including elastic bulk wave propagation means
333/142 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic bulk wave propagation means->        Multipath propagation
333/143 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic bulk wave propagation means ->        Multipath propagation->        Spurious signal reduction
333/144 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic bulk wave propagation means->        Variable delay
333/145 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic bulk wave propagation means->        Nonuniform propagation path
333/146 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic bulk wave propagation means->        Helical propagation path
333/147 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic bulk wave propagation means->        Propagation path has significant chemical or physical properties
333/148 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic bulk wave propagation means->        Including magnetostrictive transducers
333/149 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic bulk wave propagation means->        Significant transducer structure
333/150 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Delay lines including elastic surface wave propagation means
333/151 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic surface wave propagation means->        Spurious signal or mode cancellation means
333/152 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic surface wave propagation means->        Variable delay
333/153 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic surface wave propagation means->        Including discontinuities within propagation means
333/154 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic surface wave propagation means->        Significant transmitting or receiving transducer structure
333/155 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including elastic surface wave propagation means->        Temperature stabilization or compensation
333/156 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Delay lines including long line elements
333/157 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including long line elements->        Waveguide
333/158 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including long line elements ->        Waveguide->        Including ferrite means
333/159 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including long line elements ->        Waveguide->        Having mechanically movable delay control means
333/160 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including long line elements->        Coaxial line
333/161 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including long line elements->        Planar line structure (e.g., stripline)
333/162 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including long line elements->        Helical line structures and lines developed from a helical structure
333/163 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including long line elements ->        Helical line structures and lines developed from a helical structure->        Having plural concentric helices
333/164 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Delay lines including long line elements->        Control of delay with semiconductive means
333/32 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        With impedance matching
333/33 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        With impedance matching->        Having long line elements
333/34 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        With impedance matching ->        Having long line elements->        Tapered
333/35 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        With impedance matching ->        Having long line elements->        Quarter-wave transformer type
333/165 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Frequency or time domain filters and delay lines utilizing charge transfer devices
333/166 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Time domain filters
333/167 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters
333/168 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        Including recurrent sections
333/169 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        Wheatstone or lattice type
333/170 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        Bridge type
333/171 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters ->        Bridge type->        With variable response
333/172 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        RC or RL type
333/173 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        Synchronous filters
333/174 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        With variable response
333/175 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        Resonant, discrete frequency selective type
333/176 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters ->        Resonant, discrete frequency selective type->        Including specific frequency rejection means
333/177 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        Transformer coupled
333/178 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters ->        Transformer coupled->        Including bandwidth adjusting, shaping, or stabilization means
333/179 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters ->        Transformer coupled->        With permeability tuning means
333/180 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters ->        Transformer coupled->        With variable coupling means
333/181 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        Smoothing type (e.g., direct current power supply filters or decoupling filters)
333/182 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters ->        Smoothing type (e.g., direct current power supply filters or decoupling filters)->        Feedthrough type
333/183 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters ->        Smoothing type (e.g., direct current power supply filters or decoupling filters) ->        Feedthrough type->        Resiliently mounted components
333/184 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters ->        Smoothing type (e.g., direct current power supply filters or decoupling filters)->        Monolithic structure
333/185 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Frequency domain filters utilizing only lumped parameters->        Having significant physical structure
333/186 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Electromechanical filter
333/187 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter->        Using bulk mode piezoelectric vibrator
333/188 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Using bulk mode piezoelectric vibrator->        With means for varying response
333/189 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Using bulk mode piezoelectric vibrator->        Plural coupled vibrators
333/190 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Using bulk mode piezoelectric vibrator ->        Plural coupled vibrators->        Lattice structure
333/191 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Using bulk mode piezoelectric vibrator ->        Plural coupled vibrators->        Monolithic structure
333/192 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Using bulk mode piezoelectric vibrator ->        Plural coupled vibrators ->        Monolithic structure->        With electrical coupling
333/193 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter->        Using surface acoustic waves
333/194 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Using surface acoustic waves->        Including spurious signal prevention or reduction means
333/195 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Using surface acoustic waves->        With wave-modifying means (e.g., reflectors, resonators, diffractors, multistrip couplers, etc.)
333/196 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Using surface acoustic waves->        With response weighting means
333/197 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter->        Plural mechanically coupled bar, plate, or rod-type resonating means
333/198 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Plural mechanically coupled bar, plate, or rod-type resonating means->        Plural interresonator coupling paths
333/199 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter ->        Plural mechanically coupled bar, plate, or rod-type resonating means->        Plural mechanically coupled disk resonators
333/200 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter->        Reed- or fork-type resonators
333/201 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Electromechanical filter->        Magnetostrictive wave transmission path
333/202 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Wave filters including long line elements
333/203 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements->        Digital structure
333/204 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements->        Stripline or microstrip
333/205 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements ->        Stripline or microstrip->        Tunable
333/206 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements->        Coaxial
333/207 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements ->        Coaxial->        Tunable
333/208 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements->        Waveguide
333/209 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements ->        Waveguide->        Tunable
333/210 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements ->        Waveguide->        Including evanescent guide sections
333/211 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements ->        Waveguide->        Including frequency selective absorbing means
333/212 -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS  ->        Wave filters including long line elements ->        Waveguide->        Including directly coupled resonant sections
333/24C -> 24R COUPLING NETWORKS ->        Capacity coupling
333/213 NEGATIVE RESISTANCE OR REACTANCE NETWORKS OF THE ACTIVE TYPE
333/214 -> 213 NEGATIVE RESISTANCE OR REACTANCE NETWORKS OF THE ACTIVE TYPE ->        Simulating specific type of reactance
333/215 -> 213 NEGATIVE RESISTANCE OR REACTANCE NETWORKS OF THE ACTIVE TYPE  ->        Simulating specific type of reactance->        Using gyrator
333/216 -> 213 NEGATIVE RESISTANCE OR REACTANCE NETWORKS OF THE ACTIVE TYPE ->        Having negative impedance
333/217 -> 213 NEGATIVE RESISTANCE OR REACTANCE NETWORKS OF THE ACTIVE TYPE  ->        Having negative impedance->        Providing negative resistance
333/81R ATTENUATORS
333/81A -> 81R ATTENUATORS ->        Coaxial or microstrip
333/81B -> 81R ATTENUATORS ->        Waveguide type
333/218 FREQUENCY MULTIPLIERS
333/219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)
333/219.1 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE) ->        Dielectric type
333/219.2 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE) ->        Magnetic type
333/220 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE) ->        Open wire or Lecher line
333/221 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Open wire or Lecher line->        With tuning
333/222 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE) ->        Coaxial or shielded
333/223 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Coaxial or shielded->        With tuning
333/224 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Coaxial or shielded ->        With tuning->        Having movable element
333/225 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Coaxial or shielded ->        With tuning ->        Having movable element->        Using movable shorting means
333/226 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Coaxial or shielded ->        With tuning ->        Having movable element->        Using plunger, rod, or piston
333/227 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE) ->        Cavity resonator
333/228 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Cavity resonator->        With mode suppressor
333/229 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Cavity resonator->        With temperature compensation
333/230 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Cavity resonator->        With coupling
333/231 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Cavity resonator->        With tuning
333/232 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Cavity resonator ->        With tuning->        Having movable element
333/233 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE)  ->        Cavity resonator ->        With tuning ->        Having movable element->        Using movable wall
333/234 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE) ->        Temperature compensated
333/235 -> 219 RESONATORS (DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER TYPE) ->        With tuning
333/236 LONG LINES
333/237 -> 236 LONG LINES ->        Leaky lines
333/238 -> 236 LONG LINES ->        Strip type
333/239 -> 236 LONG LINES ->        Waveguide type
333/240 -> 236 LONG LINES  ->        Waveguide type->        Surface wave
333/241 -> 236 LONG LINES  ->        Waveguide type->        Flexible
333/242 -> 236 LONG LINES  ->        Waveguide type->        Circular or helical structure
333/243 -> 236 LONG LINES ->        Shielded type
333/244 -> 236 LONG LINES  ->        Shielded type->        Including spaced, electrically compensated, internal support means
333/245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS
333/246 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS ->        Strip type
333/247 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Strip type->        Semiconductor mounts
333/248 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS ->        Waveguide elements and components
333/249 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components->        Bend
333/250 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components->        Active element mounting
333/251 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components->        Mode suppressor
333/252 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components->        Window
333/253 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components->        Including variable impedance
333/254 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components->        Connectors and interconnections
333/255 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components ->        Connectors and interconnections->        Quick disconnect
333/256 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components ->        Connectors and interconnections->        Movable
333/257 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components ->        Connectors and interconnections ->        Movable->        In line
333/258 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components->        Switch
333/259 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Waveguide elements and components ->        Switch->        Mechanically movable
333/260 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS ->        Connectors and interconnections
333/261 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS  ->        Connectors and interconnections->        Rotary coupling
333/262 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS ->        Switch
333/263 -> 245 LONG LINE ELEMENTS AND COMPONENTS ->        Including variable impedance
333/99R MISCELLANEOUS
333/99S -> 99R MISCELLANEOUS ->        Superconductive
333/99PL -> 99R MISCELLANEOUS ->        Plasma
333/99MP -> 99R MISCELLANEOUS ->        Multipactor applications
337/1 WITH DIVERSE ART-TYPE DEVICE
337/2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED)
337/3 -> 2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED) ->        Bimetallic device with other
337/4 -> 2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED) ->        Fusible element device with other
337/5 -> 2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED)  ->        Fusible element device with other->        Diverse art-type switching device responsive to the condition of fusible element
337/6 -> 2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED)  ->        Fusible element device with other->        With automatic circuit-interrupting device
337/7 -> 2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED)  ->        Fusible element device with other ->        With automatic circuit-interrupting device->        Multiphase of multipole
337/8 -> 2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED)  ->        Fusible element device with other->        Manually operable mechanical device
337/9 -> 2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED)  ->        Fusible element device with other ->        Manually operable mechanical device->        Knife or blade switch
337/10 -> 2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED)  ->        Fusible element device with other ->        Manually operable mechanical device->        Rotary or reciprocating mechanism
337/11 -> 2 WITH SEPARATE DISTINCT DIVERSE ART-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., FLUID- OR MECHANICAL-ACTUATED)  ->        Fusible element device with other->        With multiple circuit connector device (e.g., multiple mechanical)
337/12 WITH DIVERSE ART-TYPE ACTUATOR FOR SINGLE SWITCH
337/13 -> 12 WITH DIVERSE ART-TYPE ACTUATOR FOR SINGLE SWITCH ->        Bimetallic with other
337/14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES
337/15 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Shunt or short circuit completion devices
337/16 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Shunt or short circuit completion devices->        Bimetallic means
337/17 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Shunt or short circuit completion devices->        Fusible material combined with gap
337/18 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Shunt or short circuit completion devices ->        Fusible material combined with gap->        Gaseous space discharge gap (e.g., air gap)
337/19 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Shunt or short circuit completion devices->        Gap with thin film dielectric (e.g., voltage-responsive)
337/20 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Shunt or short circuit completion devices->        With significant housing or casing structure
337/21 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Conductive fluid devices
337/22 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Fluorescent lamp-starting devices
337/23 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fluorescent lamp-starting devices->        With significant heating means
337/24 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fluorescent lamp-starting devices ->        With significant heating means->        With shunt or short-circuiting means (for resistor)
337/25 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fluorescent lamp-starting devices->        Electric discharge means (e.g., electron-emissive)
337/26 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fluorescent lamp-starting devices->        With significant contact structure or composition
337/27 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fluorescent lamp-starting devices ->        With significant contact structure or composition->        Bimetallic element
337/28 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Space discharge device (gaps, lightning arrester, etc.)
337/29 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Space discharge device (gaps, lightning arrester, etc.)->        Plural
337/30 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Space discharge device (gaps, lightning arrester, etc.)->        With explosive or combustible material
337/31 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Space discharge device (gaps, lightning arrester, etc.)->        With fusible element (e.g., cutout means)
337/32 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Space discharge device (gaps, lightning arrester, etc.) ->        With fusible element (e.g., cutout means)->        With grounding means
337/33 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Space discharge device (gaps, lightning arrester, etc.) ->        With fusible element (e.g., cutout means)->        With common structural elements (e.g., fuse provides support or element of spark gap structure)
337/34 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Space discharge device (gaps, lightning arrester, etc.)->        Housing, casing, mounting or support means
337/35 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Plural diverse similar art-type devices in single switch
337/36 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)
337/37 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means
337/38 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        Plural elements combined with single mechanical means
337/39 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Plural elements combined with single mechanical means->        Independently operative bimetallic elements
337/40 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Plural elements combined with single mechanical means->        Individually responsive to diverse conditions or diverse characteristics
337/41 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means
337/42 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means->        Plural switches
337/43 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means ->        Plural switches->        With interlocking means
337/44 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means->        Selectively or alternately actuated
337/45 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means->        Single multipole or polyphase control device
337/46 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means ->        Single multipole or polyphase control device->        With common mechanical actuating or tripping means
337/47 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means ->        Single multipole or polyphase control device->        With separate latching or tripping means in each phase
337/48 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means ->        Single multipole or polyphase control device ->        With separate latching or tripping means in each phase->        With common trip-bar means
337/49 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means ->        Single multipole or polyphase control device ->        With separate latching or tripping means in each phase ->        With common trip-bar means->        Slidable or reciprocal bar
337/50 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means ->        Single multipole or polyphase control device ->        With separate latching or tripping means in each phase ->        With common trip-bar means->        Rotatable
337/51 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        Cyclically or periodically actuated
337/52 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        With spring or other energy storage device
337/53 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device->        Snap-action
337/54 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Snap-action->        With magnetic flux source (e.g., magnetic armature)
337/55 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Snap-action->        With latching or holding means
337/56 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Snap-action->        With reclosing or reset means
337/57 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Snap-action->        With adjusting or calibration means
337/58 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device->        Compound motion means
337/59 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Compound motion means->        Toggle
337/60 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Compound motion means->        Floating lever
337/61 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device->        Rotary or oscillatory motion device (e.g., spring motor)
337/62 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device->        Reciprocating or slidable motion device
337/63 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Reciprocating or slidable motion device->        With lost motion coupling means
337/64 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Reciprocating or slidable motion device->        With camming or wedging means
337/65 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Reciprocating or slidable motion device->        With contact guiding or alignment means
337/66 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With spring or other energy storage device ->        Reciprocating or slidable motion device->        With push-button actuating means
337/67 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        With contact pressure maintaining or adjusting means
337/68 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        With direct contact separating means (e.g., plunger camming means)
337/69 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        Independently operative (nontrip-free)
337/70 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        Latch or latch-release means
337/71 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        Plural or responsive to diverse effects
337/72 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        With reclosing or reset means
337/73 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Latch or latch-release means ->        With reclosing or reset means->        Automatic
337/74 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        Trip-free
337/75 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        Bimetallic element unitary with or comprising latch means
337/76 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        Performs dual functions (e.g., main contact)
337/77 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        With external or auxiliary heater
337/78 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        Utilizing plural bimetallic elements
337/79 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        With signal or indicating means
337/80 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        With mercury or other conductive liquid circuit completion means
337/81 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        Retarded or delayed action type
337/82 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means->        With operating range calibration or adjustment means
337/83 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With operating range calibration or adjustment means->        Comprising electric shunt or short-circuiting means
337/84 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact controlling means ->        With operating range calibration or adjustment means->        Comprising mechanical means
337/85 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means
337/86 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means->        Plural contacts or external circuit connection means
337/87 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means ->        Plural contacts or external circuit connection means->        Alternately or selectively actuated
337/88 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means->        Retarded or delayed type
337/89 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means->        Snap-action
337/90 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means ->        Snap-action->        With magnetic armature or holding means
337/91 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means ->        Snap-action->        With reset means
337/92 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means->        Cyclic or repetitively operative (e.g., flashing)
337/93 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means ->        Cyclic or repetitively operative (e.g., flashing)->        With interval predetermining or adjustment means
337/94 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means->        With operating range, calibration or adjusting means
337/95 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means->        With plural or combined elements
337/96 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates movable contact means ->        With plural or combined elements->        Responsive to diverse conditions or of diverse operative characteristics
337/97 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        With switch structure protective means
337/98 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        With contact operation inhibiting means (e.g., meltable or magnetic)
337/99 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        With voltage or ambient temperature compensation means
337/100 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With voltage or ambient temperature compensation means->        Auxiliary heating means
337/101 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With voltage or ambient temperature compensation means->        Bimetallic means
337/102 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        With external or auxiliary heating means
337/103 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With external or auxiliary heating means->        With heater-adjusting, shunting or short-circuiting means
337/104 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With external or auxiliary heating means->        Plural heating means
337/105 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With external or auxiliary heating means->        With electrical power supply or current control means
337/106 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With external or auxiliary heating means ->        With electrical power supply or current control means->        Inductive means (e.g., transformer)
337/107 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With external or auxiliary heating means->        Significant heating element structure or composition
337/108 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        With external or auxiliary heating means ->        Significant heating element structure or composition->        Arc or spark gap
337/109 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        Contact composition or structure
337/110 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        With arc-suppression or blowout means
337/111 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        Bimetallic structure or composition of material
337/112 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis)->        Housing, casing or support means
337/113 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic elements (i.e., motion takes place in a plane at right angles to its major axis) ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With external circuit connection means
337/114 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid-actuated (e.g., mercury vapor)
337/115 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid-actuated (e.g., mercury vapor)->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means
337/116 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid-actuated (e.g., mercury vapor) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means->        Cyclically or periodically operative
337/117 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid-actuated (e.g., mercury vapor) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means->        Utilizing diaphragm or bellows means
337/118 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid-actuated (e.g., mercury vapor) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means->        With restoring or resetting means
337/119 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid-actuated (e.g., mercury vapor)->        Utilizing capillary tube or bore means
337/120 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid-actuated (e.g., mercury vapor)->        With external heating means (external from fluidSEMI may be the container)
337/121 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid-actuated (e.g., mercury vapor)->        With housing or casing
337/122 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid-actuated (e.g., mercury vapor)->        With contact or electrode structure or material (e.g., carbon)
337/123 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.)
337/124 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.)->        With voltage or ambient temperature compensation means
337/125 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.)->        With electrical shunting or short-circuiting means
337/126 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.)->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means
337/127 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means->        With delayed action or timing means
337/128 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means->        Latching or tripping means
337/129 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means ->        Latching or tripping means->        With adjustment or calibration means
337/130 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means ->        Latching or tripping means->        With reset or reclosing means
337/131 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means->        Snap-action (e.g., bistable)
337/132 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means ->        Snap-action (e.g., bistable)->        With toggle spring
337/133 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means ->        Snap-action (e.g., bistable)->        With stop means (e.g., motion limiting)
337/134 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means ->        Snap-action (e.g., bistable)->        With magnetic biasing or holding means
337/135 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means ->        Snap-action (e.g., bistable)->        With flexible vane or plate
337/136 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With manual or other mechanical contact actuating means ->        Snap-action (e.g., bistable) ->        With flexible vane or plate->        With preset deformation
337/137 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.)->        Contact structure or composition
337/138 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.)->        Cyclically or periodically operated (e.g., flasher)
337/139 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.)->        With significant expansible element structure or composition of material
337/140 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.) ->        With significant expansible element structure or composition of material->        Wire or other stranded element
337/141 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element (e.g., rod, wire strip, etc.)->        With external or auxiliary heating means
337/142 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Fusible element actuated
337/143 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means
337/144 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Plural fuses combined with single mechanical means
337/145 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means
337/146 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means->        Multipole or polyphase
337/147 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Snap-action mechanical device
337/148 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Reciprocal or rectilinear sliding motion actuating means (e.g., spring loaded plunger or striker pin)
337/149 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Rotary or oscillatory motion device
337/150 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Latching trip or holding means (actuated by condition by fuse element)
337/151 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Latching trip or holding means (actuated by condition by fuse element)->        Ratchet and pawl
337/152 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Latching trip or holding means (actuated by condition by fuse element)->        Thin film or resoldering (e.g., eutetic alloy)
337/153 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Latching trip or holding means (actuated by condition by fuse element)->        With external or auxiliary heating means
337/154 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Latching trip or holding means (actuated by condition by fuse element)->        Tripping or release means
337/155 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        With reclosing or reset means
337/156 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Manually operated shunting, disconnect or load-break device
337/157 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Manually operated shunting, disconnect or load-break device->        Mechanical fuse link rupturing means
337/158 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        Current limiting devices (e.g., high voltage fuses)
337/159 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Current limiting devices (e.g., high voltage fuses)->        Comprising significant fuse link or element structure or arrangement
337/160 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Current limiting devices (e.g., high voltage fuses) ->        Comprising significant fuse link or element structure or arrangement->        With fusible metal overlay (e.g., alloy-forming)
337/161 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Current limiting devices (e.g., high voltage fuses) ->        Comprising significant fuse link or element structure or arrangement->        Plural elements
337/162 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Current limiting devices (e.g., high voltage fuses) ->        Comprising significant fuse link or element structure or arrangement ->        Plural elements->        With diverse characteristics
337/163 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        Delayed action (i.e., time lag)
337/164 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Delayed action (i.e., time lag)->        Utilizing plural fusible elements
337/165 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Delayed action (i.e., time lag)->        With biased direct circuit opening means
337/166 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Delayed action (i.e., time lag)->        With heat absorption, conducting or storage means
337/167 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        Convertible (e.g., fused to nonfused)
337/168 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link)
337/169 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link)->        With kickout means
337/170 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        With kickout means->        Fusible element controlled
337/171 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link)->        With dropout features (i.e., the fuse tube will be separated, or drop away from, at least on the main circuit contacts)
337/172 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        With dropout features (i.e., the fuse tube will be separated, or drop away from, at least on the main circuit contacts)->        Utilizing combined mechanical motions (e.g., sliding with pivotal)
337/173 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        With dropout features (i.e., the fuse tube will be separated, or drop away from, at least on the main circuit contacts)->        Utilizing sliding or reciprocating motions
337/174 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        With dropout features (i.e., the fuse tube will be separated, or drop away from, at least on the main circuit contacts)->        With holding, latch or trip means
337/175 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        With dropout features (i.e., the fuse tube will be separated, or drop away from, at least on the main circuit contacts) ->        With holding, latch or trip means->        Combined latch or trip
337/176 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        With dropout features (i.e., the fuse tube will be separated, or drop away from, at least on the main circuit contacts) ->        With holding, latch or trip means->        Fusible element controlled
337/177 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        With dropout features (i.e., the fuse tube will be separated, or drop away from, at least on the main circuit contacts) ->        With holding, latch or trip means ->        Fusible element controlled->        With fuse link extracting means
337/178 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        With dropout features (i.e., the fuse tube will be separated, or drop away from, at least on the main circuit contacts) ->        With holding, latch or trip means ->        Fusible element controlled->        Spring biased
337/179 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        With dropout features (i.e., the fuse tube will be separated, or drop away from, at least on the main circuit contacts) ->        With holding, latch or trip means ->        Fusible element controlled->        With delayed action
337/180 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link)->        Line terminal or contact structure
337/181 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Cutout or disconnect type (an assembly) of a fuse support and fuse holder with or without a fuse link) ->        Line terminal or contact structure->        Directly connected by fusible element (e.g., in line-type fuse)
337/182 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        With external or auxiliary heating means
337/183 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With external or auxiliary heating means->        Resistive heater
337/184 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With external or auxiliary heating means ->        Resistive heater->        Directly in series with or completing controlled circuit
337/185 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With external or auxiliary heating means->        Comprising or including heat storage or accumulator means
337/186 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        Housing, casing or support means
337/187 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With external circuit connection means
337/188 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means->        Plural conductor connector means
337/189 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means ->        Plural conductor connector means->        Distribution or load center type (e.g., plural outputs)
337/190 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means->        With fuse element tensioning or clamping means
337/191 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means->        Cable or busbar attachment means
337/192 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means ->        Cable or busbar attachment means->        Socket or thimble
337/193 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means ->        Cable or busbar attachment means->        Line tap, hook or clamp
337/194 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means->        With relatively movable cooperative elements (e.g., pull out)
337/195 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means ->        With relatively movable cooperative elements (e.g., pull out)->        With spring biasing means
337/196 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means ->        With relatively movable cooperative elements (e.g., pull out)->        Door or closure controlled
337/197 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means->        Plural diverse (e.g., male and female connectors)
337/198 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With external circuit connection means->        Prong or blade (e.g., plug-type housing)
337/199 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With electrical ground, shield or barrier
337/200 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        Ceiling block fixture type (e.g., Rosette)
337/201 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With plural interfitting or interlocking sections
337/202 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        Bushing or insulator
337/203 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With gaseous venting or expulsion means (from the housing)
337/204 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With oil or other liquid
337/205 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With locking, sealing or guard means
337/206 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With operational condition indicating means
337/207 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With external support or attaching means (e.g., hook)
337/208 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With fuse carrier attachment means
337/209 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With fuse carrier attachment means->        Adaptor means
337/210 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With fuse carrier attachment means->        Combined with lockout or other circuit closure prevention means
337/211 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With fuse carrier attachment means->        With pull out or ejector means (for tube)
337/212 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With fuse carrier attachment means->        Door-supported
337/213 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With fuse carrier attachment means->        Peculiarly adapted for cartridge fuse
337/214 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With fuse carrier attachment means ->        Peculiarly adapted for cartridge fuse->        With clamping, latch, or other attachment means
337/215 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With fuse carrier attachment means ->        Peculiarly adapted for cartridge fuse ->        With clamping, latch, or other attachment means->        Spring clip
337/216 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means ->        With fuse carrier attachment means->        Peculiarly adapted for plug-type fuse carrier (e.g., fuse block)
337/217 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        Fuse link extraction or expulsion means
337/218 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link extraction or expulsion means->        Combined with contact structure
337/219 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link extraction or expulsion means->        Spring means
337/220 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link extraction or expulsion means->        Pressure responsive
337/221 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        With electrical shunt circuit means (may also be fusible)
337/222 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        With switch protective means (for fuse structure)
337/223 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With switch protective means (for fuse structure)->        Against shock or recoil
337/224 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With switch protective means (for fuse structure)->        Against corona (e.g., shield)
337/225 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        With overfusing or tamper prevention means
337/226 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With overfusing or tamper prevention means->        Special adaptor or other selective means
337/227 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        Fuse link carrier or holder
337/228 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder->        Cartridge or tube
337/229 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube->        With plural fuse links or elements
337/230 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With plural fuse links or elements->        Selectively or successively insertable in common circuit
337/231 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube->        With fuse link attaching support or securing means
337/232 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With fuse link attaching support or securing means->        Soldered or brazed joint
337/233 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With fuse link attaching support or securing means->        Rigid bar means
337/234 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With fuse link attaching support or securing means->        Locking or clamping means
337/235 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With fuse link attaching support or securing means->        Threaded screw or stud
337/236 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With fuse link attaching support or securing means->        Wedging or camming means
337/237 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With fuse link attaching support or securing means->        Replaceable or readily interchangeable
337/238 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube->        With fuse link tensioning means
337/239 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With fuse link tensioning means->        Spring or other energy storage means
337/240 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With fuse link tensioning means ->        Spring or other energy storage means->        With strain member
337/241 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube->        With indicating or inspection means
337/242 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With indicating or inspection means->        Glow lamp
337/243 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With indicating or inspection means->        Chemical means
337/244 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With indicating or inspection means->        Movable or displaceable element (e.g., plunger or semaphore)
337/245 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube->        With handle or other manipulating means
337/246 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube->        Cartridge or tube structure or material of construction
337/247 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        Cartridge or tube structure or material of construction->        Plural tubes (e.g., telescoping)
337/248 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube->        Ferrule, cap or other seal means
337/249 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube->        With gas expulsion means
337/250 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        With gas expulsion means->        Venting, cooling or deionizing
337/251 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube->        Contact or terminal structure
337/252 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        Contact or terminal structure->        Attaching or securing means (to the tube or to the fusible element)
337/253 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        Contact or terminal structure ->        Attaching or securing means (to the tube or to the fusible element)->        Locking, clamp or wedge means
337/254 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Cartridge or tube ->        Contact or terminal structure ->        Attaching or securing means (to the tube or to the fusible element) ->        Locking, clamp or wedge means->        Knife blade contact with slotted disk
337/255 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder->        Plug
337/256 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug->        Plural fusible elements in a single carrier
337/257 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        Plural fusible elements in a single carrier->        Selectively or successively insertable in protected circuit
337/258 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        Plural fusible elements in a single carrier ->        Selectively or successively insertable in protected circuit->        Selection means
337/259 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        Plural fusible elements in a single carrier ->        Selectively or successively insertable in protected circuit ->        Selection means->        Rotatable relatively movable
337/260 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug->        With fuse element attachment or securing means
337/261 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        With fuse element attachment or securing means->        Resilient biasing or retaining means
337/262 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        With fuse element attachment or securing means->        Particularly adapted for specific fuse element
337/263 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        With fuse element attachment or securing means ->        Particularly adapted for specific fuse element->        Cartridge or capsule enclosed
337/264 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        With fuse element attachment or securing means->        Readily replaceable or detachable element
337/265 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug->        With indicating means
337/266 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        With indicating means->        Glow lamp or other incandescent means
337/267 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        With indicating means->        Plunger or semaphore type
337/268 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug->        Contact or terminal structure
337/269 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        Contact or terminal structure->        Plural diverse (e.g., male and female)
337/270 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug->        Structure or composition of material
337/271 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        Structure or composition of material->        Part of or structurally adapted for use with particular socket means
337/272 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fuse link carrier or holder ->        Plug ->        Structure or composition of material->        With venting means
337/273 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means
337/274 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means->        Plural (e.g., auxiliary fuse)
337/275 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means ->        Plural (e.g., auxiliary fuse)->        With draw-out rod
337/276 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means->        Dielectric filler material or compound (e.g., quartz)
337/277 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means ->        Dielectric filler material or compound (e.g., quartz)->        Liquid (e.g., hydrocarbon)
337/278 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means ->        Dielectric filler material or compound (e.g., quartz)->        Dielectric gap or barrier means (e.g., wedging dielectric)
337/279 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means->        Deionizing gas or vapor generating material
337/280 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means->        Cooling, condensing or absorbing means
337/281 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means->        Blowout means (e.g., gaseous)
337/282 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        With arc suppression or extinguishing means->        Arcing chamber or passage structure
337/283 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        Plural independent fuses
337/284 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Plural independent fuses->        Selectively or sequentially inserted in same protected circuit
337/285 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Plural independent fuses ->        Selectively or sequentially inserted in same protected circuit->        Automatic selective means (e.g., repeater type)
337/286 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Plural independent fuses ->        Selectively or sequentially inserted in same protected circuit ->        Automatic selective means (e.g., repeater type)->        With delayed action selective means
337/287 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Plural independent fuses ->        Selectively or sequentially inserted in same protected circuit ->        Automatic selective means (e.g., repeater type) ->        With delayed action selective means->        Hydraulic or pneumatic
337/288 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Plural independent fuses ->        Selectively or sequentially inserted in same protected circuit ->        Automatic selective means (e.g., repeater type)->        Transfer or interlock means
337/289 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Plural independent fuses ->        Selectively or sequentially inserted in same protected circuit->        Rotary selector means
337/290 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated->        Fusible link or element structure or material
337/291 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fusible link or element structure or material->        With strain-relief means
337/292 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fusible link or element structure or material->        Plural series-connected conductive elements forming a single link
337/293 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fusible link or element structure or material->        Plural parallel fusible elements
337/294 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fusible link or element structure or material->        Continuous strand adapted for successive insertion in protected circuit
337/295 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fusible link or element structure or material->        With particular geometrical shape or configuration
337/296 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fusible link or element structure or material->        Composite (e.g., with overlay)
337/297 -> 14 ELECTROTHERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Fusible element actuated ->        Fusible link or element structure or material->        With nonconductive core (e.g., printed circuit)
337/298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES
337/299 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Plural diverse actuating means in single switch
337/300 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Responsive to plural external conditions (e.g., temperature and humidity)
337/301 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        With mechanical timing means (e.g., clockwork)
337/302 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With mechanical timing means (e.g., clockwork)->        Periodic or cyclically operative
337/303 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With mechanical timing means (e.g., clockwork) ->        Periodic or cyclically operative->        With predetermined operative cycle adjusting means
337/304 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With mechanical timing means (e.g., clockwork)->        With predetermined operative temperature range
337/305 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With mechanical timing means (e.g., clockwork) ->        With predetermined operative temperature range->        Utilizing cam or eccentric
337/306 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated
337/307 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        Plural expansible elements with single switch
337/308 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        Plural expansible elements with single switch->        Individually responsive to diverse conditions or of diverse characteristics
337/309 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        Multiple contacts or external circuit completion means
337/310 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        Multiple contacts or external circuit completion means->        Plural independent switches
337/311 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        Multiple contacts or external circuit completion means->        Selective, sequentially or alternately actuated
337/312 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means
337/313 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Combined or compound motion device
337/314 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Reciprocating or sliding motion
337/315 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Reciprocating or sliding motion->        Piston or plunger
337/316 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Rotary or oscillatory motion device
337/317 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        With spring or other energy storage means
337/318 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means->        Snap-action
337/319 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means ->        Snap-action->        With adjusting, calibrating or compensating means
337/320 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        With diaphragm or bellows structure
337/321 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        With diaphragm or bellows structure->        Combined with capillary tube or bore
337/322 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        With Bourdon tube
337/323 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        With operating range calibration or adjustment means
337/324 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        With auxiliary heater
337/325 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        With latching, locking or holding means
337/326 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        Fluid or fluid pressure generating means
337/327 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        Housing, casing or support means
337/328 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        Housing, casing or support means->        With pressure relief (e.g., venting)
337/329 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        Contact structure or composition of material
337/330 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        Contact structure or composition of material->        With relative position adjustment means
337/331 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated ->        Contact structure or composition of material->        Comprising conductive liquid (e.g., mercury)
337/332 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        Expansible or vaporizable fluid actuated->        With signaling, alarm or visual indicator means
337/333 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        With bimetallic element
337/334 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means
337/335 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Plural elements combined with single mechanical means
337/336 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Plural elements combined with single mechanical means->        Individually responsive to diverse conditions or of diverse operating characteristics
337/337 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means
337/338 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means->        Plural separate switches
337/339 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means ->        Plural separate switches->        With interlocking
337/340 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Multiple contact or plural circuit control means->        With contacts selectively, alternately or sequentially actuated
337/341 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        With time-delay means
337/342 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        With spring or other energy storage means
337/343 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means->        Snap-action
337/344 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means ->        Snap-action->        With magnetic flux source (e.g., magnetic armature)
337/345 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means ->        Snap-action->        With toggle linkage
337/346 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means ->        Snap-action->        With frictional coupling or lost motion means
337/347 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means ->        Snap-action->        With adjusting or calibration means
337/348 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means ->        Snap-action->        With reset or reclosing means
337/349 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        With contact biasing, pressure control or adjusting means
337/350 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Compound motion means
337/351 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Rotary or oscillatory motion means
337/352 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Rotary or oscillatory motion means->        With frictional clutch drive means
337/353 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Rotary or oscillatory motion means->        Including cam and follower
337/354 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Reciprocating or slidable motion means
337/355 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Independently operative
337/356 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Latch or latch-release means
337/357 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        Adjustable
337/358 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        With reclosing or reset means
337/359 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        Latch or latch-release means->        With bimetallic element comprising or unitary with latch
337/360 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element->        With operating range calibration or adjustment means
337/361 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        With operating range calibration or adjustment means->        Utilizing cam or roller
337/362 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts
337/363 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts->        Multiple contacts or external circuit control means
337/364 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts ->        Multiple contacts or external circuit control means->        Alternately or selectively actuated
337/365 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts->        Snap-action
337/366 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts ->        Snap-action->        With magnetic flux source
337/367 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts ->        Snap-action->        With reset means
337/368 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts ->        Snap-action->        With adjustment or calibration means
337/369 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts->        Cyclically or repetitively operative
337/370 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts->        With plural bimetallic elements
337/371 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts ->        With plural bimetallic elements->        Of diverse operating characteristics or responsive to diverse conditions
337/372 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Bimetallic element unitary with or directly actuates contacts->        Element attachment or mounting means
337/373 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element->        Contact structure or composition of material (e.g., mercury)
337/374 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Contact structure or composition of material (e.g., mercury)->        With position adjusting means
337/375 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Contact structure or composition of material (e.g., mercury) ->        With position adjusting means->        Leaf spring with direct thrust element
337/376 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element->        With signal or indicating means
337/377 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element->        With auxiliary heating means
337/378 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element->        With compensation means (e.g., ambient temperature)
337/379 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element->        Bimetallic element structure or composition of material
337/380 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element->        Housing, casing or support structure
337/381 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With bimetallic element ->        Housing, casing or support structure->        With significant external circuit connection means
337/382 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element
337/383 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element->        With plural contacts or external circuit completion means
337/384 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means
337/385 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Latching or tripping means
337/386 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Comprising mechanical advantage or force multiplying means
337/387 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        Comprising frictional clutch or lost motion means
337/388 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means->        With spring or other energy storage means
337/389 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means->        Comprising resilient leaf spring
337/390 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means->        Snap-action
337/391 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        With manual or other mechanical contact control means ->        With spring or other energy storage means ->        Snap-action->        With flexible vane or plate
337/392 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element->        With operating range calibration or adjusting means
337/393 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element->        Expansible solid structure or composition of material
337/394 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        Expansible solid structure or composition of material->        Rod, tube or cylinder
337/395 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        Expansible solid structure or composition of material->        Wire or stranded material
337/396 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        Expansible solid structure or composition of material->        Diaphragm, strip or ribbon
337/397 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element->        Plural deformable elements in single switch
337/398 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element->        Housing, casing or support means
337/399 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element->        Contact or terminal structural or composition of material
337/400 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With longitudinally expansible solid element ->        Contact or terminal structural or composition of material->        With position adjustment means
337/401 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material
337/402 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means
337/403 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means->        Automatic cutout or disconnect type
337/404 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means ->        Automatic cutout or disconnect type->        With fusible element directly connecting contacts
337/405 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means ->        Automatic cutout or disconnect type->        With fusible element opening the circuit (no mechanical contacts)
337/406 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means->        Multiple contacts or plural circuit control means
337/407 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means->        Utilizing spring or other energy
337/408 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means ->        Utilizing spring or other energy->        Reciprocating or slidable motion device
337/409 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means ->        Utilizing spring or other energy ->        Reciprocating or slidable motion device->        Plunger or piston
337/410 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means ->        Utilizing spring or other energy->        Rotatable
337/411 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        With manual, gravity-actuated or other mechanical contact control means->        Latch, trip or holding means
337/412 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material->        Plural independent fuse elements with single circuit completion means
337/413 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material->        Contact structure or composition of material
337/414 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material->        Housing, casing or support means
337/415 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material ->        Housing, casing or support means->        Flexible or resilient
337/416 -> 298 THERMALLY ACTUATED SWITCHES  ->        With fusible, combustible or explosive material->        Fusible, link or element structure or composition of material
337/417 DETAILS
340/850 UNDERWATER
340/851 -> 850 UNDERWATER ->        Ship guidance system
340/852 -> 850 UNDERWATER ->        Electrodes and electrode systems
340/853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)
340/853.2 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Diagnostic monitoring or detecting operation of communications equipment or signal
340/853.3 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Selective control of subsurface equipment
340/853.4 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Selective control of subsurface equipment->        In horizontal or inclined drilling or passage
340/853.5 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Selective control of subsurface equipment ->        In horizontal or inclined drilling or passage->        Control of drilling apparatus using magnetic field
340/853.6 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Selective control of subsurface equipment->        Control of drill bit or apparatus (e.g., steering, speed, etc.)
340/853.7 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Repeater in subsurface link (e.g., cable, etc.)
340/853.8 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        With orientation sensing of subsurface telemetering equipment (other than drilling equipment)
340/853.9 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Including detail of subsurface signal storage (e.g., memory, recorder, register, etc.)
340/854.1 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        With position or depth recording (e.g., line payout, equipment locator, etc.)
340/854.2 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        With position or depth recording (e.g., line payout, equipment locator, etc.)->        Location of collar or stuck tool
340/854.3 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Using a specific transmission medium (e.g., conductive fluid, annular spacing, etc.)
340/854.4 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Using a specific transmission medium (e.g., conductive fluid, annular spacing, etc.)->        Drill string or tubing support signal conduction
340/854.5 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Using a specific transmission medium (e.g., conductive fluid, annular spacing, etc.)->        Wellbore casing or ground
340/854.6 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Using a specific transmission medium (e.g., conductive fluid, annular spacing, etc.)->        Electromagnetic energy (e.g., radio frequency, etc.)
340/854.7 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Using a specific transmission medium (e.g., conductive fluid, annular spacing, etc.) ->        Electromagnetic energy (e.g., radio frequency, etc.)->        Optical link (e.g., waveguide, etc.)
340/854.8 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Using a specific transmission medium (e.g., conductive fluid, annular spacing, etc.) ->        Electromagnetic energy (e.g., radio frequency, etc.)->        Near field coupling (e.g., inductive, capacitive, etc.)
340/854.9 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Using a specific transmission medium (e.g., conductive fluid, annular spacing, etc.)->        Cable or wire (e.g., conductor as support, etc.)
340/855.1 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Using a specific transmission medium (e.g., conductive fluid, annular spacing, etc.) ->        Cable or wire (e.g., conductor as support, etc.)->        Coupling connection structural feature
340/855.2 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Using a specific transmission medium (e.g., conductive fluid, annular spacing, etc.) ->        Cable or wire (e.g., conductor as support, etc.)->        Single conductor cable or wire
340/855.3 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Multiplexed signals
340/855.4 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Pulse or digital signal transmission
340/855.5 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Pulse or digital signal transmission->        Digital signal processing in subsurface transmitter
340/855.6 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Pulse or digital signal transmission ->        Digital signal processing in subsurface transmitter->        Having acoustic sensor
340/855.7 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Modification of signal bandwidth, frequency, or circuit impedance at subsurface location
340/855.8 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Including specified power transmission feature or source (e.g., battery, etc.)
340/855.9 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Including specified power transmission feature or source (e.g., battery, etc.)->        Specified alternating current (A.C.) circuit feature
340/856.1 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        In horizontal or inclined passage arrangement
340/856.2 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        With expandable or inflatable sensor element or mounting
340/856.3 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.) ->        Including particular sensor
340/856.4 -> 853.1 WELLBORE TELEMETERING OR CONTROL (E.G., SUBSURFACE TOOL GUIDANCE, DATA TRANSFER, ETC.)  ->        Including particular sensor->        Acoustic or vibratory (e.g., sonic, fluidic, etc.)
340/870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)
340/870.02 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        With meter reading
340/870.03 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With meter reading->        Having plural transmitters
340/870.04 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        With calibration
340/870.05 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        With calculation
340/870.06 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With calculation->        Plural transmitters (e.g., ratio)
340/870.07 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        Combined (TM system with other system)
340/870.08 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Combined (TM system with other system)->        Radio dial
340/870.09 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Combined (TM system with other system)->        With alarm or annunciator (concurrent with TM)
340/870.1 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        For radio sonde
340/870.11 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        Plural transmitters
340/870.12 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Plural transmitters->        Frequency division multiplex
340/870.13 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Plural transmitters->        Time division multiplex
340/870.14 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Plural transmitters ->        Time division multiplex->        Using particular sync
340/870.15 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Plural transmitters->        With plural receiver
340/870.16 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        Condition responsive
340/870.17 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Condition responsive->        Temperature
340/870.18 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        Using a particular modulation (e.g., phase, frequency, or amplitude)
340/870.19 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Using a particular modulation (e.g., phase, frequency, or amplitude)->        Pulse
340/870.2 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Using a particular modulation (e.g., phase, frequency, or amplitude) ->        Pulse->        Pulse repetition
340/870.21 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Using a particular modulation (e.g., phase, frequency, or amplitude) ->        Pulse->        Analog to digital function converter
340/870.22 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Using a particular modulation (e.g., phase, frequency, or amplitude) ->        Pulse->        Permutation code
340/870.23 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Using a particular modulation (e.g., phase, frequency, or amplitude) ->        Pulse->        Increase pulses plus decrease pulses
340/870.24 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Using a particular modulation (e.g., phase, frequency, or amplitude) ->        Pulse->        Pulse duration (e.g., pulse train)
340/870.25 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        Phase variation
340/870.26 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        Frequency variation
340/870.27 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        Plural circuits, each for particular magnitude
340/870.28 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        Via radiant energy beam (via particular energy)
340/870.29 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        Via radiant energy beam (via particular energy)->        Photoelectric cell pickup
340/870.3 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        With particular transmitter (e.g., piezoelectric, dynamo)
340/870.31 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular transmitter (e.g., piezoelectric, dynamo)->        Inductive transmitter
340/870.32 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular transmitter (e.g., piezoelectric, dynamo) ->        Inductive transmitter->        Mutual inductance
340/870.33 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular transmitter (e.g., piezoelectric, dynamo) ->        Inductive transmitter ->        Mutual inductance->        Flux valve type (e.g., with movable saturating magnet)
340/870.34 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular transmitter (e.g., piezoelectric, dynamo) ->        Inductive transmitter ->        Mutual inductance->        Self-synchronous type
340/870.35 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular transmitter (e.g., piezoelectric, dynamo) ->        Inductive transmitter ->        Mutual inductance->        Differential type
340/870.36 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular transmitter (e.g., piezoelectric, dynamo) ->        Inductive transmitter ->        Mutual inductance ->        Differential type->        Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT)
340/870.37 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular transmitter (e.g., piezoelectric, dynamo)->        Capacitive transmitter
340/870.38 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular transmitter (e.g., piezoelectric, dynamo)->        Resistive transmitter
340/870.39 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        With supply voltage regulation or compensation
340/870.4 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING) ->        With particular receiver (e.g., ratiometer)
340/870.41 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular receiver (e.g., ratiometer)->        Plural receivers
340/870.42 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular receiver (e.g., ratiometer)->        With feedback (e.g., reflex along line)
340/870.43 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular receiver (e.g., ratiometer) ->        With feedback (e.g., reflex along line)->        Follow-up (e.g., circuit rebalanced when upset)
340/870.44 -> 870.01 CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE INDICATING (E.G., TELEMETERING)  ->        With particular receiver (e.g., ratiometer)->        With discharge device (e.g., CRT)
340/901 EXTERNAL CONDITION VEHICLE-MOUNTED INDICATOR OR ALARM
340/902 -> 901 EXTERNAL CONDITION VEHICLE-MOUNTED INDICATOR OR ALARM ->        Transmitter in another vehicle (e.g., emergency vehicle)
340/903 -> 901 EXTERNAL CONDITION VEHICLE-MOUNTED INDICATOR OR ALARM  ->        Transmitter in another vehicle (e.g., emergency vehicle)->        Relative distence between vehicles (e.g., collision alert)
340/904 -> 901 EXTERNAL CONDITION VEHICLE-MOUNTED INDICATOR OR ALARM ->        Transmitter in one vehicle only
340/905 -> 901 EXTERNAL CONDITION VEHICLE-MOUNTED INDICATOR OR ALARM ->        Highway information (e.g., weather, speed limits, etc.)
340/906 OVERRIDE OF TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR BY COMMAND TRANSMITTER
340/907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR
340/908 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR ->        Portable
340/908.1 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Portable->        Barricade marker
340/909 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR ->        Plural intersections under common central station control
340/910 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Plural intersections under common central station control->        Central station responsive to traffic detectors
340/911 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Plural intersections under common central station control ->        Central station responsive to traffic detectors->        Central station controls offset (time between beginning of same phase at adjacent intersections)
340/912 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Plural intersections under common central station control->        Standby cycling implemented if invalid transmission received or loss of transmission occurs
340/913 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Plural intersections under common central station control->        Offset control
340/914 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Plural intersections under common central station control->        Split control
340/915 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Plural intersections under common central station control->        Central station includes display of status of indicators
340/916 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR ->        Intersection normally under local controller
340/917 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller->        Controller responsive to traffic detectors
340/918 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller ->        Controller responsive to traffic detectors->        Controller, when changing right of way, alters or skips normal "go" cycle of street having no traffic detected
340/919 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller ->        Controller responsive to traffic detectors->        Plural cross highways at intersection each have traffic detectors
340/920 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller ->        Controller responsive to traffic detectors ->        Plural cross highways at intersection each have traffic detectors->        Density determines split
340/921 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller ->        Controller responsive to traffic detectors ->        Plural cross highways at intersection each have traffic detectors ->        Density determines split->        Extension of time
340/922 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller ->        Controller responsive to traffic detectors->        Density determines split
340/923 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller ->        Controller responsive to traffic detectors->        Extension of time
340/924 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller->        Local controller can be superceded by central station controller
340/925 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller->        Pedestrian control
340/926 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller->        Manual setting of cycle length and split times
340/927 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Intersection normally under local controller->        Rotating cam structure (specific structure required)
340/928 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR ->        Combined (e.g., toll systems, one-way)
340/929 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR ->        Indication of time remaining before change of phase
340/930 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR  ->        Indication of time remaining before change of phase->        Electromechanical movable auxiliary indicator
340/931 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR ->        Traffic control or local controller failure indicator
340/932 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR ->        Pacing (e.g., vehicle keeps pace with sequentially activated lights)
340/932.1 -> 907 TRAFFIC CONTROL INDICATOR ->        Pivoted
340/932.2 VEHICLE PARKING INDICATORS
340/933 VEHICLE DETECTORS
340/934 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        Density
340/935 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        Discriminates vehicle direction
340/936 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        Speed and overspeed
340/937 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        With camera
340/938 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        Compensation for vehicle remaining at sensor position
340/939 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        Environmental or drift compensation
340/940 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        With pneumatic
340/941 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        Inductive
340/942 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        Photoelectric
340/943 -> 933 VEHICLE DETECTORS ->        Sonic or ultrasonic
340/944 PEDESTRIAN GUIDANCE
340/945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS
340/946 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Nonairplane (e.g., balloon or helicopter)
340/947 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Land-based landing guidance
340/948 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance->        Aircraft actuation of land-based landing guides
340/949 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance->        Wind direction
340/950 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance->        Movable (e.g., rotatable) guides
340/951 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance->        Phased landing guidance (e.g., runway approach, landing, touchdown)
340/952 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance->        Particular energy guide source (e.g., sound, electric field, radio)
340/953 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance ->        Particular energy guide source (e.g., sound, electric field, radio)->        Visual source
340/954 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance ->        Particular energy guide source (e.g., sound, electric field, radio) ->        Visual source->        Alignment of plural sources
340/955 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance ->        Particular energy guide source (e.g., sound, electric field, radio) ->        Visual source->        Plural colors
340/956 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance ->        Particular energy guide source (e.g., sound, electric field, radio) ->        Visual source->        Modulated light source
340/957 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Land-based landing guidance ->        Particular energy guide source (e.g., sound, electric field, radio)->        Magnetic field guide
340/958 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Docking guidance
340/959 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Takeoff indicator
340/960 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Landing gear indicator
340/961 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Potential collision with other aircraft
340/962 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Icing indicator
340/963 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Flight alarm
340/964 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Flight alarm->        Phased warnings for same flight condition
340/965 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Flight alarm->        Tactile
340/966 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Flight alarm->        Stall
340/967 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Flight alarm->        Attitude (including yaw, angle of attack, roll, pitch, glide slope)
340/968 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Flight alarm->        Wind shear
340/969 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Flight alarm->        Speed
340/970 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Flight alarm->        Altitude
340/971 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Nonalarm flight indicator
340/972 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Nonalarm flight indicator->        Runway presentation
340/973 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Nonalarm flight indicator->        Indicator of at least four flight parameters (altitude, speed, etc.)
340/974 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Nonalarm flight indicator->        Attitude
340/975 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Nonalarm flight indicator ->        Attitude->        Roll or pitch
340/976 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Nonalarm flight indicator ->        Attitude->        Glide slope or path
340/977 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Nonalarm flight indicator->        Altitude
340/978 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Nonalarm flight indicator->        Speed
340/979 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Nonalarm flight indicator->        Heading (includes deviation from desired course)
340/980 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Nonalarm flight indicator->        Indicator visible in pilot's line of sight through windscreen
340/981 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Aircraft beacons
340/982 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS  ->        Aircraft beacons->        Lights communicate (e.g., direction, altitude, reference position to observer)
340/983 -> 945 AIRCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Obstruction beacon
340/984 WATERCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS
340/985 -> 984 WATERCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Navigation guides (e.g., channel lights)
340/986 -> 984 WATERCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Anchor movement
340/987 -> 984 WATERCRAFT ALARM OR INDICATING SYSTEMS ->        Rudder position indicator
340/988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION
340/989 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION ->        At remote location
340/990 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        At remote location->        With map display
340/991 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        At remote location->        Position indication transmitted by vehicle after receipt of information from local station
340/992 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        At remote location->        Position indication transmitted at periodic intervals (e.g., distance travelled)
340/993 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        At remote location->        Position indication transmitted by local station to remote location
340/994 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        At remote location->        Vehicle's arrival or expected arrival at remote location along route indicated at that remote location (e.g., bus arrival systems)
340/995.1 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION ->        Map display
340/995.11 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display->        Having plural maps
340/995.12 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display->        Transmission of map data to vehicle
340/995.13 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display ->        Transmission of map data to vehicle->        Traffic information
340/995.14 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display->        Manipulation of map display or data
340/995.15 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display ->        Manipulation of map display or data->        Having adjustable map (e.g., scalable, etc.)
340/995.16 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display ->        Manipulation of map display or data ->        Having adjustable map (e.g., scalable, etc.)->        Input device
340/995.17 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display ->        Manipulation of map display or data ->        Having adjustable map (e.g., scalable, etc.)->        Display change based on vehicle position
340/995.18 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display ->        Manipulation of map display or data->        Particular data storage
340/995.19 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display->        Route determination and display on map
340/995.2 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display ->        Route determination and display on map->        Intersection turn guidance
340/995.21 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display ->        Route determination and display on map ->        Intersection turn guidance->        Off course, route re-search
340/995.22 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display ->        Route determination and display on map ->        Intersection turn guidance ->        Off course, route re-search->        Pattern matching
340/995.23 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display ->        Route determination and display on map ->        Intersection turn guidance ->        Off course, route re-search->        Specifying particular start/destination
340/995.24 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display->        Including landmark information
340/995.25 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display->        Including vehicle position correction
340/995.26 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display->        Including particular display structure (e.g., detachable, rolling map sheet, etc.)
340/995.27 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display->        Including particular display feature (e.g., indication of direction, mileage, road type, etc.)
340/995.28 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION  ->        Map display->        Including particular position/direction sensor
340/996 -> 988 VEHICLE POSITION INDICATION ->        Prerecorded message describes position
340/425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS
340/426.1 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use
340/427 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Of motorcycles or bicycles
340/428 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Responsive to changes in voltage or current in a vehicle electrical system
340/429 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Responsive to inertia, vibration, or tilt
340/430 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        With entrance/exit time delay
340/426.11 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Including immobilization
340/426.12 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including immobilization->        User activated (e.g., car-jacking, etc.)
340/426.13 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Remote control
340/426.14 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Remote control->        Programmable
340/426.15 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Remote control->        Status indication
340/426.16 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Remote control->        Transmitter and receiver in vehicle
340/426.17 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Remote control->        Transmitter on user
340/426.18 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Remote alarm
340/426.19 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Remote alarm->        Using GPS (i.e., location)
340/426.2 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Remote alarm->        Cellular
340/426.21 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Remote alarm->        Paging
340/426.22 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Local indication
340/426.23 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Local indication->        Exterior of vehicle
340/426.24 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Including specified sensor
340/426.25 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Plural diverse sensors
340/426.26 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Detecting intruder energy (e.g., infrared, etc.)
340/426.27 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Window (i.e., glass)
340/426.28 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Door or lock
340/426.29 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Trunk or hood
340/426.3 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Ignition switch
340/426.31 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Steering wheel
340/426.32 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Brake
340/426.33 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Wheel/tire
340/426.34 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use ->        Including specified sensor->        Accessory (e.g., speaker, radio face plate, etc.)
340/426.35 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Including programmable key
340/426.36 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of burglary or unauthorized use->        Including keyless entry
340/431 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        For trailer
340/432 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        For bicycle
340/433 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        For school bus
340/434 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        For taxi
340/435 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        Of relative distance from an obstacle
340/436 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        Of collision or contact with external object
340/437 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Of collision or contact with external object->        Curb
340/438 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle
340/439 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Operation efficiency (e.g., engine performance, driver habits)
340/440 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Tilt, imbalance, or overload
340/441 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Speed of vehicle, engine, or power train
340/442 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Tire deflation or inflation
340/443 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Tire deflation or inflation->        By indirect detection means (e.g., height measurement)
340/444 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Tire deflation or inflation ->        By indirect detection means (e.g., height measurement)->        Relative wheel speed
340/445 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Tire deflation or inflation->        With particular telemetric coupling
340/446 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Tire deflation or inflation ->        With particular telemetric coupling->        Acoustic wave
340/447 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Tire deflation or inflation ->        With particular telemetric coupling->        Radio wave
340/448 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Tire deflation or inflation ->        With particular telemetric coupling->        Inductive
340/449 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Temperature
340/450 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Fluid level
340/450.1 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Fluid level->        Of hydraulic brake fluid
340/450.2 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Fluid level->        Of fuel
340/450.3 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Fluid level->        Of lubricant (e.g., engine oil)
340/451 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Fluid pressure
340/452 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Fluid pressure->        Of brake fluid
340/453 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Brake or clutch condition
340/454 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Brake or clutch condition->        Wear
340/455 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Battery charging system condition
340/456 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Gear position
340/457 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Reminder
340/457.1 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Reminder->        Of seat belt application
340/457.2 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Reminder->        Of headlight energization
340/457.3 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Reminder->        Of parking brake application
340/457.4 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Reminder->        Of service interval expiration
340/458 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Lamp or lamp circuit condition
340/459 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle->        Plural conditions
340/460 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Plural conditions->        With voice warning
340/461 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Plural conditions->        With particular display means
340/462 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Internal alarm or indicator responsive to a condition of the vehicle ->        Plural conditions ->        With particular display means->        Digital
340/463 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        External alarm or indicator of movement
340/464 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External alarm or indicator of movement->        Plural indications (e.g., go, slow, stop)
340/465 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External alarm or indicator of movement->        Turning or steering
340/466 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External alarm or indicator of movement->        Speed
340/467 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External alarm or indicator of movement->        Acceleration or deceleration
340/468 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        External signal light system
340/469 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system->        With two or more intensity levels (e.g., day or night)
340/470 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system->        Pass - no pass
340/471 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system->        Hazard warning or distress signalling
340/472 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system ->        Hazard warning or distress signalling->        Auxiliary signal permanently attached to vehicle
340/473 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system ->        Hazard warning or distress signalling->        Portable signal
340/474 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system->        With audible signal
340/475 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system->        Turn signal
340/476 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system ->        Turn signal->        With automatic cancelling
340/477 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system ->        Turn signal ->        With automatic cancelling->        By predetermined time interval or distance
340/478 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system ->        Turn signal->        With plural bulbs sequentially flashed
340/479 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        External signal light system->        Brake light
340/480 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal
340/481 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal->        Wigwag type
340/482 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal->        Normally encased
340/483 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal ->        Normally encased->        Plural concurrent indicators
340/484 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal ->        Normally encased->        Sliding sign or shutter
340/485 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal ->        Normally encased->        Window exhibited sign or shutter
340/486 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal ->        Normally encased ->        Window exhibited sign or shutter->        Drum
340/487 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal->        Pivoting
340/488 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal ->        Pivoting->        Multiple indicators
340/489 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal ->        Pivoting->        Three or more positions
340/490 -> 425.5 LAND VEHICLE ALARMS OR INDICATORS  ->        Electromagnetically actuated mechanical signal ->        Pivoting ->        Three or more positions->        Vertical axis
340/146.2 DIGITAL COMPARATOR SYSTEMS
340/500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM
340/501 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration)
340/502 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration)->        Acknowledgement
340/503 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Acknowledgement->        With ringback
340/504 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration)->        Answer-back
340/505 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration)->        Interrogator-responder
340/506 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration)->        Alarm system supervision
340/507 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Alarm system supervision->        Fail-safe
340/508 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Alarm system supervision->        Redundant (e.g., added circuit or loop)
340/509 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Alarm system supervision->        Plural or diverse current sources
340/510 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Alarm system supervision->        Bridge or potential divider
340/511 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Alarm system supervision->        Threshold or window (e.g., of analog electrical level)
340/512 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Alarm system supervision->        Pulse
340/513 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Alarm system supervision->        Diode
340/514 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration)->        Testing
340/515 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Testing->        Simulation of condition
340/516 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Testing->        Automatic (e.g., periodic, start-up)
340/517 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration)->        Selection from a plurality of sensed conditions
340/518 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Selection from a plurality of sensed conditions->        Scanning
340/519 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Selection from a plurality of sensed conditions->        Worst condition
340/520 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Selection from a plurality of sensed conditions->        First sensed exclusively indicated
340/521 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Selection from a plurality of sensed conditions->        Plural diverse conditions
340/522 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Selection from a plurality of sensed conditions ->        Plural diverse conditions->        Combined for response
340/523 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Selection from a plurality of sensed conditions->        Particular sequence of conditions
340/524 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Selection from a plurality of sensed conditions->        Condition position indicator
340/525 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Selection from a plurality of sensed conditions ->        Condition position indicator->        Display board
340/526 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration)->        Predetermined rate of occurrence
340/527 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration)->        Time delay
340/528 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Time delay->        Entrance/exit
340/529 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Time delay->        Condition persistence
340/530 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular system function (e.g., temperature compensation, calibration) ->        Time delay ->        Condition persistence->        Capacitor
340/531 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM ->        With particular coupling link
340/532 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link->        Having particular safety function
340/533 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link->        Wired
340/534 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Wired->        Coded message
340/535 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Wired ->        Coded message->        Mechanical code means (e.g., coded disc)
340/536 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Wired->        Noninterfering
340/537 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Wired->        With impedance level coding
340/538 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Wired->        Combined with power line
340/539.1 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link->        Radio
340/539.11 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio->        Including personal portable device
340/539.12 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Including personal portable device->        Medical
340/539.13 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Including personal portable device->        Tracking location (e.g., GPS, etc.)
340/539.14 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio->        Including remote residential device
340/539.15 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Including remote residential device->        Parent/child device
340/539.16 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio->        Including central station detail
340/539.17 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Including central station detail->        And remote station detail
340/539.18 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Including central station detail ->        And remote station detail->        Dispatching
340/539.19 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Including central station detail ->        And remote station detail->        Programmable
340/539.2 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Including central station detail->        Map
340/539.21 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Including central station detail->        Signal strength
340/539.22 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio->        Having plural distinct sensors (i.e., for surrounding conditions)
340/539.23 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Having plural distinct sensors (i.e., for surrounding conditions)->        Proximity
340/539.24 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Having plural distinct sensors (i.e., for surrounding conditions)->        Diagnostic
340/539.25 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Having plural distinct sensors (i.e., for surrounding conditions)->        Including video
340/539.26 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio->        Specific environmental sensor
340/539.27 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Specific environmental sensor->        Heat
340/539.28 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Specific environmental sensor->        Weather
340/539.29 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio ->        Specific environmental sensor->        Dosimeter
340/539.3 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio->        Including power saving
340/539.31 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio->        Including tamper resistant device
340/539.32 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        With particular coupling link ->        Radio->        Including location of misplaced item
340/540 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM ->        Specific condition
340/541 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Intrusion detection
340/542 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection->        Lock
340/543 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Lock->        Permutation
340/544 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection->        Disturbance of fluid pressure
340/545.1 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection->        Door or window movement
340/546 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement->        Portable
340/545.2 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement->        Specified sensor
340/547 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement ->        Specified sensor->        Magnetic sensor
340/548 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement ->        Specified sensor->        Plug or cord tension sensor
340/549 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement ->        Specified sensor->        Rotatable sensor
340/545.3 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement ->        Specified sensor->        Sensing of electromagnetic energy (e.g., light, infrared, or microwave)
340/545.4 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement ->        Specified sensor->        Sensing of electrical parameter (e.g., piezoelectricity or capacitance)
340/545.5 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement ->        Specified sensor->        Inertia-type sensor (e.g., mercury or pendulum switch)
340/545.6 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement->        Door, cover, or lid for self-contained article (e.g., refrigerator, mailbox, drawer, cabinet, or box)
340/545.7 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement->        Specified door or window portion (e.g., doorknob)
340/545.8 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement->        Specified door or window attachment (e.g., shade or blind)
340/545.9 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Door or window movement->        Plural doors or windows
340/550 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection->        Partition penetration
340/551 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection->        Disturbance of magnetic field
340/552 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection->        Disturbance of electromagnetic waves
340/553 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Disturbance of electromagnetic waves->        Standing waves
340/554 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Disturbance of electromagnetic waves->        Doppler effect
340/555 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Disturbance of electromagnetic waves->        Light
340/556 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Disturbance of electromagnetic waves ->        Light->        Beam
340/557 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Disturbance of electromagnetic waves ->        Light ->        Beam->        Laser
340/561 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection->        Disturbance of electric field
340/562 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Disturbance of electric field->        Capacitance
340/563 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Disturbance of electric field ->        Capacitance->        With bridge
340/564 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Disturbance of electric field ->        Capacitance->        Fence
340/565 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection->        Responsive to intruder energy
340/566 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Responsive to intruder energy->        Vibration
340/567 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Intrusion detection ->        Responsive to intruder energy->        Electromagnetic energy
340/568.1 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)
340/568.2 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)->        Signal-carrying conduit between sensor and article (e.g., cable, power cord, or data link)
340/568.3 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Signal-carrying conduit between sensor and article (e.g., cable, power cord, or data link)->        Power cord
340/568.4 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Signal-carrying conduit between sensor and article (e.g., cable, power cord, or data link)->        Specified connector (e.g., phone jack-type plug)
340/568.5 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)->        Shopping cart or item thereon
340/568.6 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)->        Sporting equipment (e.g., golfbag, club, cart, or skis)
340/568.7 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)->        Currency, credit card, or container therefor (e.g., wallet or handbag)
340/568.8 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)->        Article on pedestal, in display case, or mounted on wall (e.g., work of art)
340/569 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)->        Mailbox
340/570 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)->        Drawer
340/571 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)->        Alarm on protected article
340/572.1 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft)->        Detectable device on protected article (e.g., "tag")
340/572.2 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Detectable device on protected article (e.g., "tag")->        Specified relationship between field and detection frequencies (e.g., nth order harmonics)
340/572.3 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Detectable device on protected article (e.g., "tag")->        Deactivatable by means other than mere removal
340/572.4 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Detectable device on protected article (e.g., "tag")->        Specified processing arrangement for detected signal
340/572.5 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Detectable device on protected article (e.g., "tag")->        Having tuned resonant circuit
340/572.6 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Detectable device on protected article (e.g., "tag")->        Having "soft" magnetic element (e.g., Permalloy)
340/572.7 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Detectable device on protected article (e.g., "tag")->        Specified antenna structure
340/572.8 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Detectable device on protected article (e.g., "tag")->        Specified device housing or attachment means
340/572.9 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article placement or removal (e.g., anti-theft) ->        Detectable device on protected article (e.g., "tag") ->        Specified device housing or attachment means->        Having means locking device to article
340/573.1 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Human or animal
340/574 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Human or animal->        Holdup
340/575 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Human or animal->        Sleep
340/576 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Human or animal->        Drive capability
340/573.2 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Human or animal->        Nondomestic animal (e.g., for hunting, fishing, or repelling)
340/573.3 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Human or animal->        Domestic animal training, monitoring, or controlling
340/573.4 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Human or animal->        House arrest system, wandering, or wrong place
340/573.5 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Human or animal->        Incontinence or enuresis alarm
340/573.6 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Human or animal->        Water safety alarm
340/573.7 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Human or animal->        Posture alarm
340/577 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Flame
340/578 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Flame->        By radiant energy
340/579 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Flame->        By ionization or conductivity
340/580 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Ice formation
340/581 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Ice formation->        Thermal
340/582 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Ice formation->        Vibratory
340/583 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Ice formation->        Photoelectric
340/584 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Thermal
340/585 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal->        Refrigerated storage
340/586 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal->        Portable
340/587 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal->        False alarm resistant
340/588 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal->        Time-temperature relationship (e.g., overtemperature exceeds predetermined interval or time-temperature integral)
340/589 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal ->        Time-temperature relationship (e.g., overtemperature exceeds predetermined interval or time-temperature integral)->        Rate of temperature change
340/590 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal->        Fusible, frangible, or destructible sensor
340/591 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal ->        Fusible, frangible, or destructible sensor->        Containing pressurized fluid
340/592 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal->        Expanding fluid sensor
340/593 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal->        Switch sensor
340/594 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal ->        Switch sensor->        With bimetallic element
340/595 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal->        Current modifier or generator
340/596 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal ->        Current modifier or generator->        Cable or elongated probe
340/597 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal ->        Current modifier or generator->        Curie point sensor
340/598 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal ->        Current modifier or generator->        Barrier-layer sensor
340/599 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Thermal ->        Current modifier or generator->        Bridge circuit
340/600 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Radiant energy
340/601 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Meteorological condition
340/602 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Meteorological condition->        Moisture or humidity (e.g., rain)
340/603 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Fluent material
340/604 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material->        Wetness
340/605 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material->        Leakage
340/606 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material->        Flow rate
340/607 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Flow rate->        Filter clogging
340/608 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Flow rate->        Stoppage
340/609 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Flow rate->        Counting
340/610 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Flow rate->        Vane in flow path
340/611 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Flow rate->        Pressure
340/612 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material->        Material level
340/613 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level->        Weight in container
340/614 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level->        Pressure
340/615 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level->        Moving sensor (e.g., impeller)
340/616 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level->        Overflow
340/617 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level->        Pulverant material (e.g., bin)
340/618 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level->        Liquid
340/619 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level ->        Liquid->        Optical sensor
340/620 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level ->        Liquid->        Electrode probe
340/621 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level ->        Liquid->        Having sonic sensor
340/622 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level ->        Liquid->        Having heat sensor
340/623 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level ->        Liquid->        Float sensor
340/624 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level ->        Liquid ->        Float sensor->        Vertically reciprocable
340/625 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Material level ->        Liquid ->        Float sensor->        Pivoted arm
340/626 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material->        Pressure
340/627 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material->        Particle suspension in fluid
340/628 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Particle suspension in fluid->        Smoke
340/629 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Particle suspension in fluid ->        Smoke->        Ionization
340/630 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Particle suspension in fluid ->        Smoke->        Photoelectric
340/631 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Particle suspension in fluid->        Lubricant
340/632 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material->        Gas
340/633 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Gas->        Catalytic detector
340/634 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Fluent material ->        Gas->        Semiconductor detector
340/635 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Condition of electrical apparatus
340/636.1 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Battery
340/636.11 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery->        By change or rate of change of impedance or admittance
340/636.12 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery->        By current and voltage
340/636.13 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery->        By current
340/636.14 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery ->        By current->        Thermochromic indication
340/636.15 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery->        By voltage
340/636.16 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery->        Having load detail
340/636.17 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery->        Having overcharge detection or protection
340/636.18 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery ->        Having overcharge detection or protection->        Including temperature detection
340/636.19 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery->        Battery deterioration detection
340/636.2 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery->        Including charging circuit
340/636.21 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Battery->        Wet cell type
340/637 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Watt-hour meter
340/638 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Fuse or circuit breaker
340/639 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Fuse or circuit breaker->        Plural
340/640 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Heater element
340/641 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Signalling light element
340/642 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Signalling light element->        Plural bulbs or filaments
340/643 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Signalling light element->        Thermal or magnetic current sensors
340/644 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Switch or relay
340/645 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Rectifier
340/646 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Transformer
340/647 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Insulation
340/648 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Motor
340/649 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Condition of intentional grounding circuit
340/650 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Undesired circuit ground or short
340/651 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Undesired circuit ground or short->        For plural circuit conductors
340/652 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Breaking of circuit continuity
340/653 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Electronic circuit or component
340/654 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus->        Circuit energization
340/655 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Circuit energization->        Heating circuit
340/656 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Condition of electrical apparatus ->        Circuit energization->        Electrical socket
340/657 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Electrical characteristic
340/658 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Electrical characteristic->        Phase or frequency
340/659 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Electrical characteristic->        Pulse or surge
340/660 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Electrical characteristic->        Voltage
340/661 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Electrical characteristic ->        Voltage->        Comparison
340/662 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Electrical characteristic ->        Voltage->        Overvoltage
340/663 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Electrical characteristic ->        Voltage->        Undervoltage
340/664 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Electrical characteristic->        Current
340/665 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Force or stress
340/666 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Force or stress->        Weight
340/667 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Force or stress ->        Weight->        On seat
340/668 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Force or stress->        Tension
340/669 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Acceleration
340/670 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Velocity
340/671 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Velocity->        Angular
340/672 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Velocity ->        Angular->        Direction of shaft rotation
340/673 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Article transport
340/674 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article transport->        Discrete articles
340/675 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article transport->        Web, film, or strip
340/676 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article transport ->        Web, film, or strip->        Conveyor belt
340/677 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Article transport->        Strand
340/678 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Of geometrical gauge
340/679 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Machine condition
340/680 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Machine condition->        Machine tool
340/681 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Machine condition->        Synchronization
340/682 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Machine condition->        Bearing
340/683 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Machine condition->        Vibration
340/684 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Machine condition->        Agricultural
340/685 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Machine condition->        Cranes
340/686.1 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition->        Position responsive
340/687 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Position responsive->        Connected or disconnected
340/688 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Position responsive->        Meter dial
340/689 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Position responsive->        Tilt
340/690 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Position responsive->        Geophysical (e.g., fault slip)
340/686.2 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Position responsive->        Alignment or misalignment
340/686.3 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Position responsive->        Shaft or rotary element
340/686.4 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Position responsive->        One article inserted into another
340/686.5 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Position responsive->        Workpiece
340/686.6 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specific condition ->        Position responsive->        Proximity or distance
340/691.1 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM ->        Specified indicator structure
340/691.2 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified indicator structure->        Simulated effect
340/691.3 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified indicator structure->        Degree or urgency
340/691.4 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified indicator structure->        Plural
340/691.5 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified indicator structure ->        Plural->        Diverse
340/691.6 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified indicator structure->        Information display
340/692 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified indicator structure->        Sound reproducer
340/691.7 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified indicator structure->        Mechanical
340/691.8 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified indicator structure->        Control circuit detail
340/693.1 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM ->        Specified power supply
340/693.2 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified power supply->        Substitute or emergency source (e.g., back-up battery)
340/693.3 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified power supply->        Having reduced power consumption (e.g., intermittent power)
340/693.4 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified power supply->        Having specified voltage regulator
340/693.5 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM ->        Specified housing
340/693.6 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified housing->        Configured to promote sensing capability (e.g., smoke detector)
340/693.7 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified housing ->        Configured to promote sensing capability (e.g., smoke detector)->        Inserted battery required for housing closure
340/693.8 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified housing->        Simulation
340/693.9 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified housing->        Having specified mounting structure
340/693.11 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified housing ->        Having specified mounting structure->        To wall or ceiling
340/693.12 -> 500 CONDITION RESPONSIVE INDICATING SYSTEM  ->        Specified housing ->        Having specified mounting structure->        Within another housing
340/825 SELECTIVE
340/825.01 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Spare channel
340/825.02 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Tree or cascade
340/2.1 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Path selection
340/2.2 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection->        Channel selecting matrix
340/2.21 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix->        Plural stages
340/2.22 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix ->        Plural stages->        Clos type
340/2.23 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix ->        Plural stages->        Alternate routing
340/2.24 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix ->        Plural stages->        Having master control element
340/2.25 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix->        Folded
340/2.26 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix->        Having master control element
340/2.27 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix->        Plural matrices
340/2.28 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix->        Crosspoint switch detail (i.e., specific crosspoint)
340/2.29 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix ->        Crosspoint switch detail (i.e., specific crosspoint)->        Semiconductor
340/2.31 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Channel selecting matrix ->        Crosspoint switch detail (i.e., specific crosspoint)->        Gas discharge
340/2.4 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection->        Code or pulse responsive
340/2.5 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection->        Wiper
340/2.6 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection->        Plural stages
340/2.7 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection->        Condition of data channel
340/2.71 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection ->        Condition of data channel->        Hunting
340/2.8 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Path selection->        Data channel selector line
340/3.1 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)
340/3.2 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Synchronization
340/3.21 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Synchronization->        Time slot or packet
340/3.22 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Synchronization->        Electromechanical (e.g., relay, rotary distributor)
340/3.23 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Synchronization ->        Electromechanical (e.g., relay, rotary distributor)->        Relay chain
340/3.24 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Synchronization ->        Electromechanical (e.g., relay, rotary distributor)->        Step-by-step
340/3.3 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Including storage or recording
340/3.31 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Including storage or recording->        Storage at controlled device or sensor
340/3.32 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Including storage or recording->        Storage at controller
340/3.4 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Quiescent
340/3.41 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Quiescent->        Collision avoidance
340/3.42 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Control to avoid fault
340/3.43 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Fault condition detection
340/3.44 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Fault condition detection->        Control to correct fault
340/3.5 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Including addressing
340/3.51 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Including addressing->        Polling or roll call
340/3.52 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Including addressing->        Group address
340/3.53 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Including addressing->        Source address
340/3.54 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Including addressing->        Destination address
340/3.55 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Including addressing ->        Destination address->        Pulse counting
340/3.6 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Scanning
340/3.61 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Scanning->        Continuous
340/3.62 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Scanning->        Interrupted
340/3.63 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Scanning ->        Interrupted->        Automatic
340/3.7 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Including indicator
340/3.71 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory) ->        Including indicator->        Having manual control input
340/3.8 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Electromechanical relay
340/3.9 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Monitoring in addition to control (e.g., supervisory)->        Control then monitoring
340/825.19 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Communication or control for the handicapped
340/825.2 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Synchronizing
340/825.21 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Synchronizing->        With addressing
340/825.22 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Program control
340/825.23 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Program control->        Machine tool
340/825.24 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Program control->        Of audio system
340/825.25 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Audio system (e.g., by pulse signal)
340/825.26 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Stock quotation
340/825.27 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Stock quotation->        With information storage
340/825.28 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Space allocation (e.g., vehicle seat, hotel reservation)
340/825.29 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Space allocation (e.g., vehicle seat, hotel reservation)->        Remote terminal
340/5.1 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling
340/5.2 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)
340/5.21 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)->        Varying authorization
340/5.22 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Varying authorization->        Code programming
340/5.23 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Varying authorization ->        Code programming->        Programming from coded record to controller
340/5.24 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Varying authorization ->        Code programming ->        Programming from coded record to controller->        Using additional record or carrier code
340/5.25 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Varying authorization ->        Code programming->        Programming of coded record
340/5.26 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Varying authorization->        Code rotating or scrambling
340/5.27 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Varying authorization->        Rule based input
340/5.28 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)->        Timed access blocking
340/5.3 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)->        Having indication of improper access
340/5.31 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Having indication of improper access->        Lockout or disable
340/5.32 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Having indication of improper access->        Visual indication
340/5.33 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Having indication of improper access->        Including link to remote indicator
340/5.4 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)->        Credit
340/5.41 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Credit->        Banking or finance
340/5.42 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Credit->        Debiting (e.g., rental)
340/5.5 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)->        Input from central location for plural controlled devices
340/5.51 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)->        Manual code input
340/5.52 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Manual code input->        Biometrics
340/5.53 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Manual code input ->        Biometrics->        Image (e.g., fingerprint, face)
340/5.54 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Manual code input->        Password
340/5.55 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Manual code input->        Rotary input
340/5.6 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)->        Coded record input (e.g., IC card or key)
340/5.61 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Coded record input (e.g., IC card or key)->        Wireless transceiver
340/5.62 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Coded record input (e.g., IC card or key) ->        Wireless transceiver->        Including manual switching means
340/5.63 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Coded record input (e.g., IC card or key) ->        Wireless transceiver->        Including timing means (e.g., clock)
340/5.64 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Coded record input (e.g., IC card or key)->        Wireless transmitter
340/5.65 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Coded record input (e.g., IC card or key)->        Electronic coded record
340/5.66 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Coded record input (e.g., IC card or key)->        Magnetic coded record
340/5.67 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Coded record input (e.g., IC card or key)->        Mechanical coded record
340/5.7 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)->        Access barrier
340/5.71 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Access barrier->        Garage door
340/5.72 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Access barrier->        Vehicle door
340/5.73 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area) ->        Access barrier->        Lockbox
340/5.74 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authorization control (e.g., entry into an area)->        Access to electrical information
340/5.8 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling->        Authentication (e.g., identity)
340/5.81 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authentication (e.g., identity)->        Personal identification
340/5.82 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authentication (e.g., identity) ->        Personal identification->        Biometrics
340/5.83 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authentication (e.g., identity) ->        Personal identification ->        Biometrics->        Image (Fingerprint, Face)
340/5.84 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authentication (e.g., identity) ->        Personal identification ->        Biometrics->        Voice
340/5.85 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authentication (e.g., identity) ->        Personal identification->        Password
340/5.86 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Authentication (e.g., identity)->        Document authentication
340/5.9 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling->        Commodity (e.g., vending)
340/5.91 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Commodity (e.g., vending)->        Including merchandise information display system (e.g., store price display)
340/5.92 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Intelligence comparison for controlling ->        Commodity (e.g., vending)->        Item inventorying
340/825.36 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication)
340/825.37 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication)->        Additional to other selective control
340/825.38 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication)->        Party line
340/825.39 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Party line->        Selection by means of frequency
340/825.4 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Party line->        Selector or indicator, per se
340/825.41 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Party line->        Step-by-step impulse
340/825.42 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Party line ->        Step-by-step impulse->        Polarity controlled
340/825.43 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Party line->        Amplitude or polarity controlled
340/7.1 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication)->        Paging to control diverse device
340/7.2 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication)->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)
340/7.21 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Two-way paging
340/7.22 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Two-way paging->        Acknowledgment of message receipt
340/7.23 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Two-way paging ->        Acknowledgment of message receipt->        Including reply to query
340/7.24 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Transmitting configuration
340/7.25 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Transmitting configuration->        Multiple transmitters
340/7.26 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Transmitting configuration ->        Multiple transmitters->        Simulcast
340/7.27 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Transmitting configuration ->        Multiple transmitters->        Zoned
340/7.28 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Paging terminal (i.e., element prior to the transmitter)
340/7.29 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Paging terminal (i.e., element prior to the transmitter)->        Terminal connected to other network (e.g., Internet)
340/7.3 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Paging terminal (i.e., element prior to the transmitter)->        Queuing
340/7.31 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Paging terminal (i.e., element prior to the transmitter)->        Message input
340/7.32 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Power control or battery saving
340/7.33 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Power control or battery saving->        Based on received signal
340/7.34 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Power control or battery saving ->        Based on received signal->        Frame based timing
340/7.35 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Power control or battery saving ->        Based on received signal->        Address based
340/7.36 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Power control or battery saving ->        Based on received signal->        Received signal includes power command
340/7.37 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Power control or battery saving->        Control based upon available power
340/7.38 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Power control or battery saving->        Time based
340/7.39 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Programming the receiver
340/7.4 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Programming the receiver->        Via local device
340/7.41 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Programming the receiver->        Over the air
340/7.42 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Frequency scanning for address
340/7.43 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Particular message and address format (e.g., POCSAG, FLEX, etc.)
340/7.44 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Particular message and address format (e.g., POCSAG, FLEX, etc.)->        Having error detection or correction
340/7.45 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Addressing format
340/7.46 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Addressing format->        Group call
340/7.47 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Addressing format ->        Group call->        Source address
340/7.48 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Addressing format ->        Group call->        News information provider (e.g., sports, weather, etc.)
340/7.49 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Addressing format->        Tone code (i.e., frequency code)
340/7.5 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Distress signal
340/7.51 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Message presentation
340/7.52 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Message presentation->        Storing or retrieving message (e.g., received message database handling)
340/7.53 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Message presentation->        Canned message (audible or visual)
340/7.54 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Message presentation->        Via externally coupled device
340/7.55 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Message presentation->        Display
340/7.56 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Message presentation ->        Display->        Including graphics
340/7.57 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Message presentation->        Audible
340/7.58 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Alert
340/7.59 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Alert->        Priority alert
340/7.6 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Alert->        Vibratory (i.e., tactual) alarm
340/7.61 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Alert->        Visual
340/7.62 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging) ->        Alert->        Audible
340/7.63 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication) ->        Code responsive (i.e., paging)->        Housing detail
340/825.49 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Having indication or alarm (e.g., location indication)->        Location indication
340/825.5 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Lockout or priority (programmed or variable)
340/825.51 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Lockout or priority (programmed or variable)->        Designated priority
340/825.52 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Addressing
340/825.53 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Addressing->        Plural part (e.g., digit) or repetitions
340/10.1 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Interrogation response
340/10.2 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response->        Contention avoidance
340/10.3 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response->        Interrogation signal detail
340/10.31 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response ->        Interrogation signal detail->        Individual call
340/10.32 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response ->        Interrogation signal detail->        Group call
340/10.33 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response ->        Interrogation signal detail->        Wake up (all call)
340/10.34 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response ->        Interrogation signal detail->        Power up
340/10.4 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response->        Response signal detail
340/10.41 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response ->        Response signal detail->        Combination response
340/10.42 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response ->        Response signal detail->        Identification only
340/10.5 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response->        Additional control
340/10.51 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response ->        Additional control->        Programming (e.g., read/write)
340/10.52 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response ->        Additional control ->        Programming (e.g., read/write)->        ID code
340/10.6 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Interrogation response->        Printout or display
340/825.56 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        With multidigit encoder
340/825.57 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Pulse responsive actuation
340/825.58 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation->        Phase or frequency shift keying
340/825.59 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation->        Polarity
340/825.6 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation->        Pulse pairs
340/825.61 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation->        Having delay line
340/825.62 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation->        Serial
340/825.63 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation ->        Serial->        Pulse width
340/825.64 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation ->        Serial->        Pulse spacing (e.g., pulse repetition rate)
340/825.65 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation ->        Serial->        Counting
340/825.66 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation ->        Serial ->        Counting->        Relay
340/825.67 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation ->        Serial ->        Counting->        Counting chain
340/825.68 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation ->        Serial->        Shift register
340/825.69 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Pulse responsive actuation ->        Serial->        Radio link
340/825.7 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Phase responsive actuation
340/825.71 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Frequency responsive actuation
340/825.72 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Frequency responsive actuation->        Wireless link
340/825.73 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Frequency responsive actuation->        Plural frequencies
340/825.74 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Frequency responsive actuation ->        Plural frequencies->        Simultaneous
340/825.75 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Frequency responsive actuation ->        Plural frequencies->        Permutation
340/825.76 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Frequency responsive actuation ->        Plural frequencies->        Corresponding to distinct functions
340/825.77 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Amplitude responsive actuation
340/825.78 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Amplitude responsive actuation->        Divided resistor
340/14.1 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Decoder matrix
340/14.2 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix->        Plural stage
340/14.3 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix->        Programmable
340/14.31 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Programmable->        Having fusible element
340/14.4 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix->        Logic crosspoint
340/14.5 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix->        Bistable crosspoint
340/14.6 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix->        Semiconductor crosspoint
340/14.61 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Semiconductor crosspoint->        Integrated circuit
340/14.62 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Semiconductor crosspoint->        Transistor
340/14.63 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Semiconductor crosspoint ->        Transistor->        Field effect transistor
340/14.64 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Semiconductor crosspoint ->        Transistor->        Four or more electrode type
340/14.65 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Semiconductor crosspoint ->        Transistor->        Plural transistors in element
340/14.66 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Semiconductor crosspoint->        Semiconductor diode
340/14.67 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Semiconductor crosspoint ->        Semiconductor diode->        Charge storage
340/14.68 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Semiconductor crosspoint ->        Semiconductor diode->        Plural diodes at crosspoint
340/14.69 -> 825 SELECTIVE  ->        Decoder matrix ->        Semiconductor crosspoint->        Switching element
340/825.97 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        Having electron beam device
340/825.98 -> 825 SELECTIVE ->        System having rectifier
340/286.01 SYSTEMS
340/286.02 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Network signaling
340/286.03 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Network signaling->        Speaking tube including circuit
340/286.04 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Manual alarm telegraphSEMI e.g., other than signal box type
340/286.05 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Manual alarm telegraphSEMI e.g., other than signal box type->        Fire
340/286.06 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Call station
340/286.07 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Call station->        Hospital
340/286.08 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Call station->        Hotel
340/286.09 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Call station->        Restaurant
340/286.11 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Annunciator
340/286.12 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Annunciator->        Drop annunciator
340/286.13 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Mimic
340/286.14 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Mimic->        Mapping
340/287 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)
340/288 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        Combined (e.g., alarm circuit over power line)
340/289 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        Combined (e.g., alarm circuit over power line)->        With fire extinguisher (e.g., CO2)
340/290 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        Combined (e.g., alarm circuit over power line)->        Engine house apparatus controlling (e.g., releases horses, starts motor)
340/291 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        Repeaters (e.g., from central to plural fire houses or to siren)
340/292 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        Circuit maintenance (e.g., fault alarm, faulty circuit substitution)
340/293 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        Variable signal (e.g., police and fire, first and third alarm)
340/294 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        Variable signal (e.g., police and fire, first and third alarm)->        Dial selector for variable signal
340/295 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        Noninterfering (prevents break-in by another box during transmission)
340/296 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        Noninterfering (prevents break-in by another box during transmission)->        Key obstruction type
340/297 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        With signal at box (e.g., preliminary signal to combat false alarms)
340/298 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        With signal at box (e.g., preliminary signal to combat false alarms)->        Answer back signal acknowledges transmitted signal
340/299 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        With signal at box (e.g., preliminary signal to combat false alarms)->        Simultaneous (e.g., actuated by transmitted signal)
340/300 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        With signal at box (e.g., preliminary signal to combat false alarms)->        Lamp at box (e.g., to call patrolman)
340/301 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        Portable box actuating key (e.g., key must be released by signal from central)
340/302 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        Portable box actuating key (e.g., key must be released by signal from central)->        Frangible guard or protector for key
340/303 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        Frangible element must be broken to send signal
340/304 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        False alarm combating (e.g., detention devices)
340/305 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        Local circuit to actuate box
340/306 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        Local circuit to actuate box->        Watchman's local circuit
340/307 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes)->        Transmitters
340/308 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        Transmitters->        Controlled by door of signal box
340/309 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal box type (e.g., to call messenger, plural fire alarm boxes) ->        Transmitters->        With make and break wheel
340/309.16 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Timer control
340/309.2 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Timer control->        With nonelectrical indicator or exhibitor
340/309.3 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Timer control->        With diversely controlled indicator
340/309.4 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Timer control->        Selectively or sequentially actuated indicators
340/309.5 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Timer control ->        Selectively or sequentially actuated indicators->        With independent manual controller
340/309.6 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Timer control->        Circuit maker-breaker in series
340/309.7 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Timer control->        Reminder device with built-in timer
340/309.8 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Timer control->        Separate diverse device activated by timer
340/309.9 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Timer control->        Separate diverse device deactivated by timer
340/310.01 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Signal over power line
340/310.02 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal over power line->        Modulation technique
340/310.03 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal over power line->        Noise reduction (e.g., filtering)
340/310.04 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal over power line ->        Noise reduction (e.g., filtering)->        Zero crossing
340/310.05 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal over power line->        Impedance matching (e.g., Y-match or delta match)
340/310.06 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal over power line->        Bidirectional (e.g., with transceiver)
340/310.07 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal over power line->        With inductive coupling (e.g., transformer or torroid)
340/310.08 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Signal over power line->        With coupling plug
340/311.2 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Nonselective paging (e.g., public address system)
340/313 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Answer back
340/314 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Answer back->        Noncorrespondence alarm (e.g., if acknowledgement is incorrect)
340/315 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Selsyn type
340/316 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Rebalancing at receiver
340/317 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Rebalancing at receiver->        Automatic rebalancing
340/318 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Synchronous distributor at transmitter and receiver
340/319 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Plural electromagnets or plural motors receiver
340/320 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Via fluid conduit (e.g., fire hose)
340/321 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Portable self-contained (e.g., movie usher's signalling flashlight)
340/322 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Self-cancelling after fixed time
340/323R -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Game reporting
340/323B -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Game reporting->        Bowling
340/326 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Plural (e.g., concurrent auxiliary) single indications (e.g., light flashes when bell rings)
340/327 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Plural (e.g., concurrent auxiliary) single indications (e.g., light flashes when bell rings)->        With sounder signal cut-off
340/328 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Audible signals (e.g., bell rings softly first and then loudly)
340/329 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS  ->        Audible signals (e.g., bell rings softly first and then loudly)->        Intermittent
340/330 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        In and out indicators (e.g., doorbell button flashes "out" sign)
340/331 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Periodic or flashing
340/332 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        Signal light systems
340/333 -> 286.01 SYSTEMS ->        With specific power supply (e.g., power substitution)
340/425.1 REPEATER IN UNSPECIFIED TYPE COMMUNICATIONS LINE OR CHANNEL (E.G., RELAY STATION)
340/425.2 -> 425.1 REPEATER IN UNSPECIFIED TYPE COMMUNICATIONS LINE OR CHANNEL (E.G., RELAY STATION) ->        Power control
340/407.1 TACTUAL INDICATION
340/407.2 -> 407.1 TACTUAL INDICATION ->        With input means (e.g., keyboard)
340/815.4 VISUAL INDICATION
340/815.41 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        False signal prevention (anti-sunlight)
340/815.42 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Having light piping
340/815.43 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Having light piping->        With specified colors
340/815.44 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Seven-segment indicator
340/815.45 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Using light emitting diodes
340/815.46 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Audio responsive lamp
340/815.47 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Switchboard or panel type (e.g., bullseye)
340/815.48 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Switchboard or panel type (e.g., bullseye)->        Pushbutton
340/815.49 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Switchboard or panel type (e.g., bullseye)->        Housing
340/815.5 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Switchboard or panel type (e.g., bullseye) ->        Housing->        Including optical means
340/815.51 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Switchboard or panel type (e.g., bullseye) ->        Housing->        Including spring
340/815.52 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Switchboard or panel type (e.g., bullseye)->        With details of energizing circuit
340/815.53 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Lighted alphanumeric or character indicator matrix
340/815.54 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Lighted alphanumeric or character indicator matrix->        Having optical means in viewing path
340/815.55 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Transparent or translucent indicator with means for blocking light
340/815.56 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Transparent or translucent indicator with means for blocking light->        Color
340/815.57 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Transparent or translucent indicator with means for blocking light->        Having optical device
340/815.58 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Step by step positioner
340/815.59 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Step by step positioner->        Having resetting device
340/815.6 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Step by step positioner->        Remote controller
340/815.61 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Step by step positioner->        Drum indicator
340/815.62 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Electromagnetic actuator for indicator matrix
340/815.63 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Binary indicator
340/815.64 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Electromagnetic rotator for indicator wheel
340/815.65 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Multiple colors
340/815.66 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Multiple colors->        By light signal
340/815.67 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Multiple colors ->        By light signal->        Plural
340/815.68 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Multiple colors ->        By light signal->        With movable optical means
340/815.69 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Diverse indications
340/815.7 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Diverse indications->        Having percussion type indication (e.g., electric bells, chimes)
340/815.71 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Diverse indications ->        Having percussion type indication (e.g., electric bells, chimes)->        Electromagnetic
340/815.72 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Diverse indications->        Having pneumatic type indication
340/815.73 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        With lamp enclosed in transparent housing
340/815.74 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        With lamp enclosed in transparent housing->        Combined
340/815.75 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        With lamp enclosed in transparent housing->        Light source modifier
340/815.76 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        With lamp enclosed in transparent housing ->        Light source modifier->        Lens type
340/815.77 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        With lamp enclosed in transparent housing->        Relatively movable light source
340/815.78 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Pointer indicator
340/815.79 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Pointer indicator->        Annunciator
340/815.8 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Pointer indicator ->        Annunciator->        Having electromagnetically releasable latch
340/815.81 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Grouped drop annunciators
340/815.82 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Grouped drop annunciators->        Support
340/815.83 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION ->        Movable
340/815.84 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Movable->        Semaphore
340/815.85 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Movable->        Self restoring type annunciator
340/815.86 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Movable->        Rotary
340/815.87 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Movable ->        Rotary->        Rotor driven
340/815.88 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Movable ->        Rotary->        Vane indicator
340/815.89 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Movable->        Circuit closing type
340/815.9 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Movable->        By electromagnetically releasable latch
340/815.91 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Movable ->        By electromagnetically releasable latch->        Having restoring means
340/815.92 -> 815.4 VISUAL INDICATION  ->        Movable ->        By electromagnetically releasable latch->        Gravity operated drop annunciator
340/384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION
340/384.2 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Ultrasonic pest control
340/384.3 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Simulation
340/384.4 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Electronic siren (e.g., wail tone or yelp tone warning device)
340/384.5 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        With computer element
340/384.6 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Piezoelectric
340/384.7 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Electronic
340/384.71 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Electronic->        Timing
340/384.72 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Electronic->        Plural generators
340/384.73 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Electronic->        With sound transducer details
340/385.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Explosive
340/387.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Weatherproofing
340/388.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer)
340/390.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer)->        Rotary actuator
340/390.2 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer) ->        Rotary actuator->        Having spring
340/388.2 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer)->        Alternating current
340/388.3 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer)->        With auxiliary flexible membrane
340/388.4 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer)->        With resonance chamber
340/388.5 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer)->        Armature support
340/388.6 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer) ->        Armature support->        Having spring
340/388.7 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer)->        Interrupter
340/388.8 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer) ->        Interrupter->        Having spring
340/391.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Diaphragm (e.g., horn or buzzer)->        Housing or mounting
340/392.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)
340/392.2 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Rotary actuator
340/393.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Plural armatures
340/393.2 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Battery operated
340/393.3 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Pushbutton
340/393.4 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Including timer
340/392.3 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Volume control
340/401.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Alternating current
340/398.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Nonelectrical driving means (e.g., spring or weight)
340/398.2 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells) ->        Nonelectrical driving means (e.g., spring or weight)->        With electromagnetic control
340/398.3 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells) ->        Nonelectrical driving means (e.g., spring or weight) ->        With electromagnetic control->        Including circuit breaker
340/392.4 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Tubular sound producer (e.g., signal chimes)
340/392.5 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Resonator (e.g., signal chimes)
340/395.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Suspended (e.g., locomotive bell)
340/397.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Armature support
340/397.2 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells) ->        Armature support->        Having spring
340/397.3 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Interrupter
340/397.4 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells) ->        Interrupter->        Having spring
340/397.5 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Polarized
340/396.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Percussion-type sound producer (e.g., signal chimes or bells)->        Housing or mounting
340/404.1 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION ->        Pneumatic-type sound producer (e.g., whistle or siren)
340/404.2 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Pneumatic-type sound producer (e.g., whistle or siren)->        Rotary actuator
340/404.3 -> 384.1 AUDIBLE INDICATION  ->        Pneumatic-type sound producer (e.g., whistle or siren)->        With valve
340/999 MISCELLANEOUS
341/1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER
341/2 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Plural denominationally related carriers (e.g., coarse/fine geared discs)
341/3 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Plural types of codes on single carrier
341/4 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        According to nonlinear function
341/5 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        For X or Y coordinate determination (e.g., stylus-pad)
341/6 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        With directional discrimination
341/7 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Antiambiguity feature
341/8 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Real and complementary patterns
341/9 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Having combined (e.g., denominational, combination code) coding pattern
341/10 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER  ->        Having combined (e.g., denominational, combination code) coding pattern->        Constant distance code
341/11 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Incremental
341/12 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Cathode ray
341/13 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Optical
341/14 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER  ->        Optical->        Having optical waveguide
341/15 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Magnetic, inductive or capacitive
341/16 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Brush and contacts or conductive pattern
341/17 -> 1 DIGITAL PATTERN READING TYPE CONVERTER ->        Actuated by physical projection
341/20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR
341/21 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR ->        For handicapped user
341/22 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR ->        Including keyboard or keypad
341/23 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        Variable key legends
341/24 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        With error prevention means (e.g., debounce, antichatter)
341/25 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad ->        With error prevention means (e.g., debounce, antichatter)->        With rollover feature (i.e., antidoublestrike)
341/26 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        With particular key scanning feature
341/27 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        With audible or tactile indicator
341/28 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        For pictorial or ideographic characters (e.g., design, chinese or japanese characters)
341/29 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        With variable pulse spacing or grouping
341/30 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        For numerical pulse type transmission
341/31 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        Photoelectric actuation
341/32 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        Magnetic or inductive actuation
341/33 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        Capacitive actuation
341/34 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR  ->        Including keyboard or keypad->        Pressure sensitive actuation
341/35 -> 20 BODILY ACTUATED CODE GENERATOR ->        With rotary dial
341/50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS
341/51 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Adaptive coding
341/52 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from particular bit symbol
341/53 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from particular bit symbol->        Bit represented by pulse width
341/54 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from particular bit symbol->        Bit represented by discrete frequency
341/55 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Substituting specified bit combinations for other prescribed bit combinations
341/56 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from multi-level codes
341/57 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from multi-level codes->        Binary to or from ternary
341/58 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from minimum d.c. level codes
341/59 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from run length limited codes
341/60 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from packed format
341/61 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Data rate conversion
341/62 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        BCD (binary-coded-decimal) to or from decimal
341/63 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from bit count codes
341/64 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from number of pulses
341/65 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from number of pulses->        To or from Huffman codes
341/66 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from number of pulses->        To or from Morse code
341/67 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from variable length codes
341/68 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from NRZ (nonreturn-to-zero) codes
341/69 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from NRZ (nonreturn-to-zero) codes->        Return-to-zero to or from NRZ (nonreturn-to-zero) codes
341/70 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from NRZ (nonreturn-to-zero) codes->        To or from bi-phase level code (e.g., split phase code, Manchester code)
341/71 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from NRZ (nonreturn-to-zero) codes->        To or from bi-phase space or mark codes (e.g., double frequency code, FM code)
341/72 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from NRZ (nonreturn-to-zero) codes->        To or from delay modulation code (e.g., Miller code, three frequency code, MFM code)
341/73 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from NRZ (nonreturn-to-zero) codes->        To or from coded mark inversion
341/74 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from NRZ (nonreturn-to-zero) codes->        To or from double density code
341/75 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from nonlinear codes
341/76 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from differential codes
341/77 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from differential codes->        To or from delta modulation codes
341/78 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Programmable structure
341/79 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Tree structure
341/80 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from fibonacci codes
341/81 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from interleaved format
341/82 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from mixed code formats
341/83 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from mixed base codes
341/84 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from mixed base codes->        Binary to BCD (binary-coded decimal)
341/85 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from mixed base codes->        BCD (binary-coded decimal) to binary
341/86 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Generator runs until new code is generated
341/87 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Unnecessary data suppression
341/88 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Multiple conversions using same converter
341/89 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Reversible converters
341/90 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from alphanumeric code formats
341/91 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from alphanumeric code formats->        To or from Baudot code
341/92 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from alphanumeric code formats->        To or from Hollerith code
341/93 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Complementers
341/94 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        With error detection or correction
341/95 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Byte length changed
341/96 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from constant distance codes
341/97 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from constant distance codes->        Gray to binary
341/98 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from constant distance codes->        Binary to Gray
341/99 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from display device codes
341/100 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Serial to parallel
341/101 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Parallel to serial
341/102 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from "N" out of "M" codes
341/103 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS  ->        To or from "N" out of "M" codes->        "N" out of "M" to "X" out of "Y"
341/104 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Binary to decimal
341/105 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Decimal to binary
341/106 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        Coding by table look-up techniques
341/107 -> 50 DIGITAL CODE TO DIGITAL CODE CONVERTERS ->        To or from code based on probability
341/108 REVERSIBLE ANALOG TO DIGITAL CONVERTERS
341/109 STOCHASTIC TECHNIQUES
341/110 ANALOG TO DIGITAL CONVERSION FOLLOWED BY DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERSION
341/111 PHASE OR TIME OF PHASE CHANGE
341/112 -> 111 PHASE OR TIME OF PHASE CHANGE ->        Synchro or resolver signal
341/113 -> 111 PHASE OR TIME OF PHASE CHANGE  ->        Synchro or resolver signal->        Coarse and fine
341/114 -> 111 PHASE OR TIME OF PHASE CHANGE  ->        Synchro or resolver signal->        Control system
341/115 -> 111 PHASE OR TIME OF PHASE CHANGE  ->        Synchro or resolver signal->        Converter compensation
341/116 -> 111 PHASE OR TIME OF PHASE CHANGE  ->        Synchro or resolver signal->        Analog resolver or synchro signal to digital signal
341/117 -> 111 PHASE OR TIME OF PHASE CHANGE  ->        Synchro or resolver signal->        Digital signal to analog resolver or synchro signal
341/118 CONVERTER COMPENSATION
341/119 -> 118 CONVERTER COMPENSATION ->        Temperature compensation
341/120 CONVERTER CALIBRATION OR TESTING
341/121 -> 120 CONVERTER CALIBRATION OR TESTING ->        Trimming control circuits
341/122 SAMPLE AND HOLD
341/123 -> 122 SAMPLE AND HOLD ->        Having variable sampling rate
341/124 -> 122 SAMPLE AND HOLD ->        Sampled and held input signal with linear return to datum
341/125 -> 122 SAMPLE AND HOLD ->        Sampled and held input signal with nonlinear return to datum
341/126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION
341/127 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Bipolar
341/128 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Bipolar->        Dual slope analog to digital converter
341/129 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Bipolar->        Plural slope analog to digital converter
341/130 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Difunction code as output
341/131 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Increasing converter resolution (e.g., dithering)
341/132 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Detecting analog signal peak
341/133 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        With particular solid state devices (e.g., Gunn effect device, Josephson device, drift transistor, using solid state active devices as impedances) with other at longer intervals)
341/134 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        With particular solid state devices (e.g., Gunn effect device, Josephson device, drift transistor, using solid state active devices as impedances) with other at longer intervals)->        Integrated injection logic
341/135 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        With particular solid state devices (e.g., Gunn effect device, Josephson device, drift transistor, using solid state active devices as impedances) with other at longer intervals)->        Current mirror
341/136 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        With particular solid state devices (e.g., Gunn effect device, Josephson device, drift transistor, using solid state active devices as impedances) with other at longer intervals)->        Field effect transistor
341/137 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Using optical device, (e.g., fiber optics, cathode ray tubes)
341/138 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Nonlinear
341/139 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Nonlinear->        Automatic control for increasing converter range (e.g., gain ranging, automatic gain control)
341/140 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Nonlinear->        Linearization (e.g., nonlinear transfer characteristic compensates for nonlinear transducer)
341/141 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Multiplex
341/142 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Converter is part of control loop
341/143 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Differential encoder and/or decoder (e.g., delta modulation, differential pulse code modulation)
341/144 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Digital to analog conversion
341/145 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        Coarse and fine conversions
341/146 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        Serial conversion
341/147 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        Function generator
341/148 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        Tree structure
341/149 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        Using magnetic or cryogenic components
341/150 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        Using charge coupled devices or switched capacitances
341/151 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        Analog output represents a displacement or force
341/152 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        With intermediate conversion of digital value to time interval
341/153 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        Using weighted impedances
341/154 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Digital to analog conversion->        Using ladder network
341/155 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION ->        Analog to digital conversion
341/156 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion->        Coarse and fine conversions
341/157 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion->        Intermediate conversion to frequency or number of pulses
341/158 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion->        Analog input compared with static reference
341/159 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Analog input compared with static reference->        Parallel type
341/160 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Analog input compared with static reference ->        Parallel type->        Including priority encoder
341/161 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Analog input compared with static reference->        Acting sequentially
341/162 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Analog input compared with static reference->        Serial conversions with change in signal
341/163 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Analog input compared with static reference->        Recirculating
341/164 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Analog input compared with static reference->        Single comparator and counter
341/165 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Analog input compared with static reference->        Single comparator and digital storage
341/166 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion->        Intermediate conversion to time interval
341/167 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Intermediate conversion to time interval->        Dual slope
341/168 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Intermediate conversion to time interval->        Plural slope
341/169 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Intermediate conversion to time interval->        Input signal compared with linear ramp
341/170 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion ->        Intermediate conversion to time interval->        Input signal compared with nonlinear ramp
341/171 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion->        Using magnetic or cryogenic components
341/172 -> 126 ANALOG TO OR FROM DIGITAL CONVERSION  ->        Analog to digital conversion->        Using charge transfer devices (e.g., charge coupled devices, charge transfer by switched capacitances)
341/173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER
341/174 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER ->        Plural transmitters
341/175 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER ->        With code display at transmitter
341/176 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER ->        Transmitter for remote control signal
341/177 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER ->        Producing different pulse frequencies
341/178 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER ->        With variable pulse spacing or grouping
341/179 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        With variable pulse spacing or grouping->        Plural pulse shapes
341/180 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        With variable pulse spacing or grouping->        Plural channels
341/181 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        With variable pulse spacing or grouping->        Carrier frequency variation
341/182 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        With variable pulse spacing or grouping->        With variable pulse length
341/183 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        With variable pulse spacing or grouping->        Pulse presence or absence in equal length code
341/184 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER ->        Numerical pulse type
341/185 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        Numerical pulse type->        Multistage
341/186 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        Numerical pulse type->        With gaseous or space discharge device
341/187 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        Numerical pulse type->        Having counter or register
341/188 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        Numerical pulse type->        Serial pulse number actuation
341/189 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        Numerical pulse type->        Pulse gating
341/190 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER  ->        Numerical pulse type->        Mechanical switch feature
341/191 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER ->        With gaseous or space discharge device feature
341/192 -> 173 CODE GENERATOR OR TRANSMITTER ->        With rotary distributor
341/200 QUANTIZER
341/899 MISCELLANEOUS
342/1 RADIO WAVE ABSORBER
342/2 -> 1 RADIO WAVE ABSORBER ->        For aircraft or missile
342/3 -> 1 RADIO WAVE ABSORBER ->        For camouflage
342/4 -> 1 RADIO WAVE ABSORBER ->        With particular geometric configuration
342/5 RADAR REFLECTOR
342/6 -> 5 RADAR REFLECTOR ->        With modulation
342/7 -> 5 RADAR REFLECTOR ->        Corner
342/8 -> 5 RADAR REFLECTOR  ->        Corner->        Inflatable or collapsable
342/9 -> 5 RADAR REFLECTOR  ->        Corner->        Decoy or tow target
342/10 -> 5 RADAR REFLECTOR ->        Inflatable or collapsable
342/11 -> 5 RADAR REFLECTOR ->        With spherical lens (e.g., Luneberg lens)
342/12 -> 5 RADAR REFLECTOR ->        Chaff
342/13 RADAR EW (ELECTRONIC WARFARE)
342/14 -> 13 RADAR EW (ELECTRONIC WARFARE) ->        ECM (Electronic countermeasures, i.e., jamming)
342/15 -> 13 RADAR EW (ELECTRONIC WARFARE)  ->        ECM (Electronic countermeasures, i.e., jamming)->        With repeater
342/16 -> 13 RADAR EW (ELECTRONIC WARFARE) ->        ECCM (Electronic counter-countermeasures, i.e., antijamming)
342/17 -> 13 RADAR EW (ELECTRONIC WARFARE)  ->        ECCM (Electronic counter-countermeasures, i.e., antijamming)->        Radar reacts to jamming
342/18 -> 13 RADAR EW (ELECTRONIC WARFARE)  ->        ECCM (Electronic counter-countermeasures, i.e., antijamming) ->        Radar reacts to jamming->        By changing frequency
342/19 -> 13 RADAR EW (ELECTRONIC WARFARE)  ->        ECCM (Electronic counter-countermeasures, i.e., antijamming) ->        Radar reacts to jamming->        By varying gain or blocking receiver
342/20 -> 13 RADAR EW (ELECTRONIC WARFARE) ->        Detection of surveilance
342/21 BASE BAND SYSTEM
342/22 TRANSMISSION THROUGH MEDIA OTHER THAN AIR OR FREE SPACE
342/23 BERTHING OR DOCKING
342/24 BLIND AID
342/25 SYNTHETIC APERTURE RADAR
342/26 WEATHER RADAR
342/27 PRESENCE DETECTION ONLY
342/28 -> 27 PRESENCE DETECTION ONLY ->        By motion detection
342/29 AIRCRAFT COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (CAS)
342/30 -> 29 AIRCRAFT COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (CAS) ->        With transponder
342/31 -> 29 AIRCRAFT COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (CAS)  ->        With transponder->        Including synchronized clock
342/32 -> 29 AIRCRAFT COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM (CAS)  ->        With transponder->        Included in Secondary Surveilance Radar (SSR) or Air Traffic Control Radio Beacon System (ATCRBS)
342/33 AIRCRAFT LANDING SYSTEM
342/34 -> 33 AIRCRAFT LANDING SYSTEM ->        Ground control approach (GCA)
342/35 -> 33 AIRCRAFT LANDING SYSTEM ->        Microwave landing system (MLS)
342/36 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
342/37 -> 36 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL ->        Secondary Surveilance Radar (SSR) or Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS)
342/38 -> 36 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL  ->        Secondary Surveilance Radar (SSR) or Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS)->        With altitude information
342/39 -> 36 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL  ->        Secondary Surveilance Radar (SSR) or Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS)->        With side lobe suppression
342/40 -> 36 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL  ->        Secondary Surveilance Radar (SSR) or Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS)->        With defruiting or degarbling
342/41 SHIP COLLISION AVOIDANCE
342/42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM
342/43 -> 42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM ->        Combined with primary radar system
342/44 -> 42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM ->        Unique identity
342/45 -> 42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM ->        IFF or SIF
342/46 -> 42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM ->        Navigational
342/47 -> 42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM  ->        Navigational->        Distance measuring equipment (DME)
342/48 -> 42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM  ->        Navigational ->        Distance measuring equipment (DME)->        With automatic lock-on
342/49 -> 42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM  ->        Navigational ->        Distance measuring equipment (DME)->        With VOR/TACAN
342/50 -> 42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM ->        With Telemetry
342/51 -> 42 RADAR TRANSPONDER SYSTEM ->        Transponder only
342/52 COMBINED WITH DIVERSE TYPE RADIANT ENERGY SYSTEM
342/53 -> 52 COMBINED WITH DIVERSE TYPE RADIANT ENERGY SYSTEM ->        With infrared device
342/54 -> 52 COMBINED WITH DIVERSE TYPE RADIANT ENERGY SYSTEM ->        With laser
342/55 -> 52 COMBINED WITH DIVERSE TYPE RADIANT ENERGY SYSTEM ->        With television
342/56 -> 52 COMBINED WITH DIVERSE TYPE RADIANT ENERGY SYSTEM ->        With direction finding
342/57 -> 52 COMBINED WITH DIVERSE TYPE RADIANT ENERGY SYSTEM ->        With radio voice communication
342/58 -> 52 COMBINED WITH DIVERSE TYPE RADIANT ENERGY SYSTEM ->        With transmission to a remote station
342/59 PLURAL RADAR
342/60 TRANSMITTING INTELLIGENCE
342/61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE
342/62 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE ->        Missile or spacecraft guidance
342/63 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE ->        Aircraft guidance
342/64 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE  ->        Aircraft guidance->        With map matching
342/65 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE  ->        Aircraft guidance->        With terrain avoidance or alarm
342/66 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE ->        Camera
342/67 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE ->        Gun (e.g., fire control)
342/68 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE ->        Proximity fuze
342/69 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE ->        Device actuated by presence of land vehicle
342/70 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE ->        Radar mounted on and controls land vehicle
342/71 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE  ->        Radar mounted on and controls land vehicle->        With control of brakes or steering
342/72 -> 61 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS EXTERNAL DEVICE  ->        Radar mounted on and controls land vehicle->        With control of safety device (e.g., air bags)
342/73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM
342/74 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM ->        Antenna control
342/75 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Antenna control->        Physical orientation
342/76 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Antenna control ->        Physical orientation->        With ground tracking
342/77 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Antenna control ->        Physical orientation->        With signal error correction
342/78 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Antenna control ->        Physical orientation->        Conical scan
342/79 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Antenna control ->        Physical orientation->        Lobe switching
342/80 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Antenna control ->        Physical orientation->        Monopulse
342/81 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Antenna control->        Beam direction by phase or frequency control
342/82 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM ->        Transmitter
342/83 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Transmitter->        Signal phase or frequency other than pulse repetition frequency (PRF)
342/84 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Transmitter ->        Signal phase or frequency other than pulse repetition frequency (PRF)->        Function of doppler frequency
342/85 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Transmitter ->        Signal phase or frequency other than pulse repetition frequency (PRF)->        Function of distance
342/86 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Transmitter ->        Signal phase or frequency other than pulse repetition frequency (PRF) ->        Function of distance->        With constant phase
342/87 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Transmitter ->        Signal phase or frequency other than pulse repetition frequency (PRF) ->        Function of distance->        With constant beat frequency
342/88 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Transmitter->        Transmission timing (e.g., ring around)
342/89 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM ->        Receiver
342/90 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver->        Automatic target detection
342/91 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver->        Gain or threshold
342/92 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Gain or threshold->        Automatic gain control (AGC)
342/93 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Gain or threshold->        Constant false alarm rate (CFAR)
342/94 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver->        Gating
342/95 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Gating->        Automatic range tracking
342/96 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Gating ->        Automatic range tracking->        Automatic track while scan (ATWS)
342/97 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Gating ->        Automatic range tracking->        With automatic lock-on
342/98 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver->        Frequency
342/99 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Frequency->        Doppler frequency tracking
342/100 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Frequency ->        Doppler frequency tracking->        Wtih local osillator control
342/101 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Frequency ->        Doppler frequency tracking->        With filter control
342/102 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Frequency->        Phase
342/103 -> 73 RETURN SIGNAL CONTROLS RADAR SYSTEM  ->        Receiver ->        Frequency ->        Phase->        Phase locked loop
342/104 DETERMINING VELOCITY
342/105 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY ->        Other than doppler (e.g., range rate)
342/106 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY ->        Combined with determining acceleration
342/107 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY ->        Combined with determining distance and direction
342/108 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY  ->        Combined with determining distance and direction->        With correlation
342/109 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY ->        Combined with determining distance
342/110 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY  ->        Combined with determining distance->        With plural fixed range gates
342/111 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY  ->        Combined with determining distance->        With plural receiver frequency band separation
342/112 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY  ->        Combined with determining distance->        With plural frequencies transmission
342/113 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY ->        Combined with determining direction (i.e., bearing)
342/114 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY ->        Combined with determining sense of motion (i.e., approaching or receding)
342/115 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY ->        Digital
342/116 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY ->        With plural received frequency band separation
342/117 -> 104 DETERMINING VELOCITY ->        With plural beams (e.g., "Janus")
342/118 DETERMINING DISTANCE
342/119 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        Miss distance indicator (MDI)
342/120 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        Altimeter
342/121 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        Altimeter->        With additional indicator
342/122 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        Altimeter->        FM type
342/123 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        Height finder
342/124 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        Material level within container
342/125 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        With remote cooperating station
342/126 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        Triangulation
342/127 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        Phase comparison
342/128 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        With frequency modulation
342/129 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With frequency modulation->        Plural frequencies transmitted
342/130 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With frequency modulation->        Plural modulation
342/131 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With frequency modulation ->        Plural modulation->        Combined with pulse modulation (e.g., frequency agile)
342/132 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With frequency modulation ->        Plural modulation ->        Combined with pulse modulation (e.g., frequency agile)->        With pulse modulation (e.g., "Chirp")
342/133 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With frequency modulation->        Combined with determining direction
342/134 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        With pulse modulation
342/135 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation->        Digital (e.g., with counter)
342/136 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation ->        Digital (e.g., with counter)->        With plural fixed range gates
342/137 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation->        With variable pulse repetition frequency (PRF) or pulse width
342/138 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation->        With type "A" or "J" range scope
342/139 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation->        Combined with determining direction
342/140 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation ->        Combined with determining direction->        With azimuth and elevation determination
342/141 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation ->        Combined with determining direction->        Off boresight
342/142 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation ->        Combined with determining direction->        With CRT display
342/143 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation ->        Combined with determining direction ->        With CRT display->        Plural
342/144 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE  ->        With pulse modulation ->        Combined with determining direction ->        With CRT display->        PPI type
342/145 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        With correlation
342/146 -> 118 DETERMINING DISTANCE ->        Combined with determining direction
342/147 DETERMINING DIRECTION
342/148 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION ->        Low angle processing
342/149 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION ->        Monopulse
342/150 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION  ->        Monopulse->        With common IF channel
342/151 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION  ->        Monopulse->        With channel equalization
342/152 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION  ->        Monopulse->        With quadrature difference processing
342/153 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION  ->        Monopulse->        With particular antenna or waveguide
342/154 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION  ->        Monopulse->        Combined with beam steering
342/155 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION ->        Lobe switching
342/156 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION ->        Interferometer
342/157 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION ->        With frequency or phase steering
342/158 -> 147 DETERMINING DIRECTION ->        Scanning
342/159 CLUTTER ELIMINATION
342/160 -> 159 CLUTTER ELIMINATION ->        MTI (Moving target indicator)
342/161 -> 159 CLUTTER ELIMINATION  ->        MTI (Moving target indicator)->        With vehicle movement compensation (e.g., AMTI (Airborn MTI))
342/162 -> 159 CLUTTER ELIMINATION  ->        MTI (Moving target indicator)->        Digital
342/163 -> 159 CLUTTER ELIMINATION  ->        MTI (Moving target indicator)->        With blind speed elimination
342/164 -> 159 CLUTTER ELIMINATION  ->        MTI (Moving target indicator)->        With storage tube
342/165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM
342/166 -> 165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM ->        Proximity fuze
342/167 -> 165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM ->        With laser
342/168 -> 165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM ->        With noise generation
342/169 -> 165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM ->        By simulation
342/170 -> 165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM  ->        By simulation->        Microwave
342/171 -> 165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM  ->        By simulation->        Doppler
342/172 -> 165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM  ->        By simulation->        With delay
342/173 -> 165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM ->        By monitoring
342/174 -> 165 TESTING OR CALIBRATING OF RADAR SYSTEM  ->        By monitoring->        Calibrating
342/175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT
342/176 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        Display
342/177 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display->        Plural
342/178 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display->        Projection type
342/179 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display->        Image production
342/180 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display->        Stereoscopic or tridimensional
342/181 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display->        Color
342/182 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display->        Electronic marker generation
342/183 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display ->        Electronic marker generation->        Cursor
342/184 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display->        With stabilization (e.g., True Motion, True North)
342/185 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display->        Scan conversion
342/186 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Display->        With sweep expansion
342/187 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        Augmenter
342/188 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        With polarization
342/189 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        For correlation
342/190 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        With recording
342/191 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        With recording->        Mapping
342/192 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        Spectrum analysis
342/193 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Spectrum analysis->        Harmonic
342/194 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        Complex signal (in phase and quadrature)
342/195 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        Digital processing
342/196 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Digital processing->        Fast fourier transform (FFT)
342/197 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        Digital processing->        With video quantizer
342/198 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        For receiver protection
342/199 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        Automatic frequency control (AFC)
342/200 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        For frequency modulation
342/201 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        For frequency modulation->        Combined with pulse modulation
342/202 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        For pulse modulation
342/203 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        For pulse modulation->        With noise reduction
342/204 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT  ->        For pulse modulation->        With pulse shaping
342/205 -> 175 WITH PARTICULAR CIRCUIT ->        Sensitivity time control (STC)
342/350 DIRECTIVE
342/351 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Including a radiometer
342/352 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Including a satellite
342/353 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite->        Having a signal repeater
342/354 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite->        With beam steering
342/355 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite->        With control of satellite altitude
342/356 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite->        Synchronous satellite
342/357.01 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite->        With position indicating
342/357.02 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating->        With accuracy enhancing
342/357.03 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        With accuracy enhancing->        Using differential correction
342/357.04 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        With accuracy enhancing->        With ambiguity resolving
342/357.05 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating->        Using Doppler frequency shift
342/357.06 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)
342/357.07 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)->        Tracking or monitoring (i.e., lost or stolen vehicles)
342/357.08 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)->        Determining relative position (e.g., distance or direction)
342/357.09 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)->        With transmission of location-indicative information to or from a remote station
342/357.1 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)->        Combined with telecommunication
342/357.11 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)->        Attitude determination
342/357.12 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)->        GPS receiver signal processing
342/357.13 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)->        With storage device (i.e., map or database)
342/357.14 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)->        Combined with secondary navigation system (i.e., LORAN, gyroscope, inertial, dead reckoning, etc.)
342/357.15 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating ->        Using Global Positioning Satellite (GPS or Glonass)->        Satellite selection (i.e., tracking or acquisition)
342/357.16 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating->        Using low Earth orbit (telecommunication) satellites
342/357.17 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite ->        With position indicating->        With particular action taken responsive to position
342/358 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a satellite->        With satellite signal correction
342/359 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Including antenna orientation
342/360 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Including antenna pattern plotting
342/361 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Including polarized signal communication transmitter or receiver
342/362 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including polarized signal communication transmitter or receiver->        Receiver only
342/363 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including polarized signal communication transmitter or receiver ->        Receiver only->        Circular
342/364 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including polarized signal communication transmitter or receiver ->        Receiver only->        Eliptical
342/365 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including polarized signal communication transmitter or receiver->        Circular
342/366 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including polarized signal communication transmitter or receiver->        Eliptical
342/367 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Including directive communication system
342/368 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Including a steerable array
342/369 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a steerable array->        Injection radiation type
342/370 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a steerable array->        Retrodirective
342/371 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a steerable array->        With electronic scanning
342/372 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a steerable array ->        With electronic scanning->        Controlled
342/373 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a steerable array->        With a matrix
342/374 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a steerable array->        With a switch
342/375 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a steerable array->        With a delay line (e.g., serpentine transmission line, frequency scanning)
342/376 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a steerable array->        Including a remote energy source
342/377 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Including a steerable array->        Including a computer
342/378 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Utilizing correlation techniques
342/379 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Utilizing correlation techniques->        Side lobe elimination
342/380 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Utilizing correlation techniques ->        Side lobe elimination->        Sum of each antenna channel signal
342/381 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Utilizing correlation techniques ->        Side lobe elimination->        Difference of each antenna channel signal
342/382 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Utilizing correlation techniques ->        Side lobe elimination->        Mixing each antenna channel signal
342/383 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Utilizing correlation techniques->        Sum of each antenna signal
342/384 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Utilizing correlation techniques->        Difference of each antenna channel signal
342/385 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Beacon or receiver
342/386 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals
342/387 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals->        Iso-chronic type
342/388 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Iso-chronic type->        Loran
342/389 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Iso-chronic type ->        Loran->        Loran-C
342/390 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Iso-chronic type ->        Loran ->        Loran-C->        With cycle selection
342/391 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Iso-chronic type ->        Loran->        Loran-A
342/392 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Iso-chronic type->        With automatic gain control
342/393 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals->        Iso-frequency type
342/394 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals->        Iso-phase type
342/395 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Iso-phase type->        With hetrodyne synchronization
342/396 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Iso-phase type->        Omega
342/397 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Iso-phase type->        Decca
342/398 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals->        Rotating beacon signal
342/399 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals->        Tacan
342/400 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Tacan->        Receiver only
342/401 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Tacan ->        Receiver only->        VOR
342/402 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Tacan ->        Receiver only ->        VOR->        Doppler
342/403 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Tacan ->        Receiver only ->        VOR ->        Doppler->        With circular array of antennas
342/404 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Tacan->        VOR
342/405 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Tacan ->        VOR->        Doppler
342/406 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Tacan ->        VOR ->        Doppler->        With circular array of antennas
342/407 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals->        Fixed course or bearing indicating
342/408 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Fixed course or bearing indicating->        Moving beam
342/409 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Fixed course or bearing indicating->        With superimposed images
342/410 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Fixed course or bearing indicating->        Glide slope transmitter or receiver
342/411 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Fixed course or bearing indicating ->        Glide slope transmitter or receiver->        Receiver only
342/412 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Fixed course or bearing indicating ->        Glide slope transmitter or receiver->        Transmitter oly
342/413 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Fixed course or bearing indicating->        Localizer transmitter or receiver
342/414 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Fixed course or bearing indicating->        Distinctive frequencies equi-signal type
342/415 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Fixed course or bearing indicating ->        Distinctive frequencies equi-signal type->        Coded equi-signal (e.g., A and N type)
342/416 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        With transmisson of bearing or position determinative signals ->        Fixed course or bearing indicating ->        Distinctive frequencies equi-signal type->        Sequentially effective reflectors
342/417 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver->        Direction-finding receiver only
342/418 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Doppler
342/419 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Portable
342/420 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        With error or deviatioan compensator or eliminator
342/421 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With error or deviatioan compensator or eliminator->        Pulse-type noise elimination or compensation (e.g., sky waves)
342/422 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        With self-orienting antenna pattern
342/423 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With self-orienting antenna pattern->        Plural antennas
342/424 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With self-orienting antenna pattern ->        Plural antennas->        Tracking interferometer
342/425 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With self-orienting antenna pattern->        Conical scan antenna type
342/426 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With self-orienting antenna pattern->        Step track antenna type
342/427 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With self-orienting antenna pattern->        Monopulse or pseuodo monopulse tracking antenna type
342/428 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        With continuously movable antenna pattern
342/429 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With continuously movable antenna pattern->        Including a stationary antenna
342/430 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With continuously movable antenna pattern->        Including plural moving antennas
342/431 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With continuously movable antenna pattern->        Including a goniometer
342/432 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        With plural fixed antenna pattern comparing
342/433 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With plural fixed antenna pattern comparing->        Successively commutated
342/434 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With plural fixed antenna pattern comparing ->        Successively commutated->        Including more than two antennas
342/435 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With plural fixed antenna pattern comparing ->        Successively commutated->        By diode switching
342/436 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With plural fixed antenna pattern comparing ->        Successively commutated->        By modulation
342/437 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With plural fixed antenna pattern comparing->        Including more than two antennas
342/438 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With plural fixed antenna pattern comparing->        Including separate indicators
342/439 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With plural fixed antenna pattern comparing->        Including combined effect indicator
342/440 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        With plural fixed antenna pattern comparing->        Including a goniometer
342/441 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Having a goniometer
342/442 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Having a phase detector
342/443 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Having a direction indicator
342/444 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Having plural receivers
342/445 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Having more than two antennas
342/446 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only ->        Having more than two antennas->        Unequal distance between at least three antennas
342/447 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Having a spiral antennas
342/448 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Having a coil or loop type antenna
342/449 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Beacon or receiver ->        Direction-finding receiver only->        Having a moving antenna
342/450 -> 350 DIRECTIVE ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)
342/451 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        By computer
342/452 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        By plotting table
342/453 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        By deflected or repeated signal
342/454 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        Traffic
342/455 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation) ->        Traffic->        Having collision avoidance
342/456 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation) ->        Traffic->        Having traffic control
342/457 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        Land vehicle location (e.g., bus, police car
342/458 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        Distance
342/459 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        Underground object location
342/460 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        Storm or atomic explosion location
342/461 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        With speed determination
342/462 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        With altitude determination
342/463 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation)->        Having plural transmitters or receivers
342/464 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation) ->        Having plural transmitters or receivers->        Plural transmitters only
342/465 -> 350 DIRECTIVE  ->        Position indicating (e.g., triangulation) ->        Having plural transmitters or receivers->        Plural receivers only
345/418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING
345/419 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING ->        Three-dimension
345/420 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Three-dimension->        Solid modelling
345/421 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Three-dimension->        Hidden line/surface determining
345/422 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Three-dimension ->        Hidden line/surface determining->        Z buffer (depth buffer)
345/423 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Three-dimension->        Tessellation
345/424 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Three-dimension->        Voxel
345/426 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Three-dimension->        Lighting/shading
345/427 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Three-dimension->        Space transformation
345/428 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING ->        Adjusting level of detail
345/581 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes)
345/582 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes)->        Texture
345/583 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Texture->        Solid Texture
345/584 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Texture->        Bump map
345/585 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Texture->        Non-planar surface
345/586 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Texture->        Mathematically defined
345/587 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Texture->        MIP map
345/588 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Texture->        Repeating pattern
345/589 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes)->        Color or intensity
345/590 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity->        Gamut clipping or adjustment
345/591 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity->        Color processing in perceptual color space
345/592 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity->        Transparency (mixing color values)
345/593 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity->        Color selection
345/594 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Color selection->        Using GUI
345/595 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Color selection->        Expert system or AI
345/596 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity->        Dither or halftone
345/597 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Dither or halftone->        Color
345/598 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Dither or halftone ->        Color->        Spatial
345/599 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Dither or halftone->        Spatial
345/600 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity->        Color bit data modification or conversion
345/601 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Color bit data modification or conversion->        Using look up table
345/602 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Color bit data modification or conversion ->        Using look up table->        Plural look up tables
345/603 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Color bit data modification or conversion->        Format change (e.g., NTSC to RGB, RGB to composite, XYZ to RGB)
345/604 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Color bit data modification or conversion->        Color space transformation (e.g., RGB to YUV)
345/605 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Color or intensity ->        Color bit data modification or conversion->        Change in number of bits for a designated color (e.g., 4 bits to 8 bits, 8 bits to 4 bits)
345/606 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes)->        Interpolation of attribute values across object surface
345/607 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Interpolation of attribute values across object surface->        In perspective
345/608 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Interpolation of attribute values across object surface->        Tri-linear
345/609 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Interpolation of attribute values across object surface->        Bi-linear
345/610 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Interpolation of attribute values across object surface->        Linear
345/611 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes)->        Anti-aliasing or image smoothing
345/612 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Anti-aliasing or image smoothing->        Save attributes for each object affecting a given pixel
345/613 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Anti-aliasing or image smoothing->        Subpixel processing
345/614 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Anti-aliasing or image smoothing->        Pixel fragment
345/615 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Anti-aliasing or image smoothing->        Convolving technique
345/616 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes) ->        Anti-aliasing or image smoothing->        Error diffusion
345/617 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes)->        Contrast
345/618 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Attributes (surface detail or characteristic, display attributes)->        Image with abnormal condition
345/619 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)
345/620 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Clipping
345/621 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Clipping->        Based on model of objects
345/622 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Clipping ->        Based on model of objects->        Testing or using bounding shape (e.g., bounding box sphere)
345/623 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Clipping ->        Based on model of objects->        Object clipped to view volume
345/624 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Clipping ->        Based on model of objects->        Object clipped to another object
345/625 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Clipping->        Based on image data
345/626 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Clipping ->        Based on image data->        Masking
345/627 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Clipping ->        Based on image data->        Non-rectangular array
345/628 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Clipping ->        Based on image data->        Rectangular region
345/629 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Merge or overlay
345/630 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay->        Combining model representations
345/631 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay->        Reducing redundancy
345/632 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay->        Placing generated data in real scene
345/633 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay ->        Placing generated data in real scene->        Augmented reality (real-time)
345/634 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay->        Image based
345/635 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay ->        Image based->        Non-overlapping
345/636 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay ->        Image based->        Character and graphics
345/637 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay ->        Image based->        Priority based
345/638 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay ->        Image based->        Insertion of bitmapped moving picture
345/639 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay ->        Image based->        Weighted
345/640 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay ->        Image based ->        Weighted->        Weights vary across image (e.g., transition from foreground to background)
345/641 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Merge or overlay ->        Image based->        Fixed overlay pattern
345/642 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Picking
345/643 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Arithmetic processing of image data
345/644 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Arithmetic processing of image data->        Matrix calculations
345/645 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Arithmetic processing of image data->        Hierarchy of transformations (e.g., hierarchy of global and local coordinate)
345/646 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Morphing
345/647 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Distortion
345/648 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Affine
345/649 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Rotation
345/650 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation->        Graphical user interface tools
345/651 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation ->        Graphical user interface tools->        Alignment functions (e.g., snapping, gravity)
345/652 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation ->        Graphical user interface tools->        Constrained manipulations (e.g., movement in less than all dimensions)
345/653 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation ->        Graphical user interface tools->        3D manipulations
345/654 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation ->        Graphical user interface tools->        2D manipulations
345/655 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation->        Object based
345/656 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation->        Image based (addressing)
345/657 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation ->        Image based (addressing)->        By arbitrary angle
345/658 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation ->        Image based (addressing)->        By 90 degrees increment
345/659 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Rotation ->        Image based (addressing)->        Image rotates in response to display device orientation
345/660 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Scaling
345/661 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling->        Graphical user interface tools
345/662 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling ->        Graphical user interface tools->        Alignment functions (e.g., snapping, gravity)
345/663 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling ->        Graphical user interface tools->        Constrained manipulations (i.e., movement in less than all dimensions)
345/664 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling ->        Graphical user interface tools->        3D manipulations
345/665 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling ->        Graphical user interface tools->        2D manipulations
345/666 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling->        Object based
345/667 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling->        Image based (addressing)
345/668 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling ->        Image based (addressing)->        By arbitrary ratio
345/669 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling ->        Image based (addressing)->        By integer multiples
345/670 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling ->        Image based (addressing)->        Reduction only
345/671 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Scaling ->        Image based (addressing)->        Enlargement only
345/672 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Translation
345/673 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation->        Averaging technique
345/674 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation->        Copying data to create additional rows or columns
345/676 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation->        Graphical user interface tools
345/677 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Graphical user interface tools->        Alignment functions (e.g., snapping, gravity)
345/678 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Graphical user interface tools->        Constrained manipulations (i.e., movement in less than all dimensions)
345/679 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Graphical user interface tools->        3D manipulations
345/680 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Graphical user interface tools->        2D manipulations
345/681 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation->        Object based
345/682 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation->        Image based (addressing)
345/683 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Image based (addressing)->        Sprite
345/684 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Image based (addressing)->        Scrolling
345/685 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Image based (addressing) ->        Scrolling->        Alphanumeric
345/686 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Image based (addressing) ->        Scrolling->        Memory addressing
345/687 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Image based (addressing) ->        Scrolling ->        Memory addressing->        Smooth or continuous
345/688 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes) ->        Translation ->        Image based (addressing) ->        Scrolling->        Attribute changes during scrolling
345/689 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graphic manipulation (object processing or display attributes)->        Textual entry or display of manipulation information (e.g., enter or display degree of rotation)
345/440 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING ->        Graph generating
345/440.1 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graph generating->        Real-time waveform display
345/440.2 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Graph generating->        Bar graph
345/441 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING ->        Shape generating
345/442 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Shape generating->        Curve
345/443 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Shape generating->        Straight line
345/467 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING ->        Character generating
345/468 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Character generating->        Character geometry processing
345/469 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Character generating ->        Character geometry processing->        Character generation using control points or hints
345/469.1 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Character generating->        Character border
345/470 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Character generating->        Generating character fill data from outline data
345/471 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Character generating->        Alteration of stored font
345/472 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Character generating ->        Alteration of stored font->        Scaling
345/472.1 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Character generating ->        Alteration of stored font ->        Scaling->        Reduction only
345/472.2 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Character generating ->        Alteration of stored font ->        Scaling->        Enlargement only
345/472.3 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Character generating->        Calligraphic
345/473 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING ->        Animation
345/474 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Animation->        Motion planning or control
345/475 -> 418 COMPUTER GRAPHICS PROCESSING  ->        Animation->        Temporal interpolation or processing
345/700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)
345/701 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Force feedback interaction
345/702 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Tactile based interaction
345/703 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Cultural based (including language, time, monetary units displayed)
345/704 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Playback of recorded user events (e.g., script or macro playback)
345/705 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Help presentation
345/706 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation->        Virtual character or avatar (e.g., animated person)
345/707 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation->        Adaptive to user skill level
345/708 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation->        Context sensitive
345/709 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation ->        Context sensitive->        Coaching (e.g., animated examples, or handholding or show me execution)
345/710 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation ->        Context sensitive->        Input alert
345/711 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation ->        Context sensitive->        Tool tip (e.g., cursor position based)
345/712 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation ->        Context sensitive->        Topic roadmap or index
345/713 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation ->        Context sensitive ->        Topic roadmap or index->        Hierarchical
345/714 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation->        Combining diverse help information (e.g., different sources)
345/715 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Help presentation->        Balloon or bubble appearance
345/716 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        On screen video or audio system interface
345/717 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface->        Multiple diverse systems
345/718 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface ->        Multiple diverse systems->        Mode switching interface (e.g., switching between TV and computer)
345/719 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface->        Video interface
345/720 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface ->        Video interface->        Video traversal control
345/721 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface ->        Video interface->        Indexed control
345/722 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface ->        Video interface->        Video parameter control
345/723 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface->        For video segment editing or sequencing
345/724 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface ->        For video segment editing or sequencing->        Cut and paste operation
345/725 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface ->        For video segment editing or sequencing->        Trimming
345/726 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On screen video or audio system interface ->        For video segment editing or sequencing->        Effects or transitions interface
345/727 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Audio user interface
345/728 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Audio user interface->        Audio input for on-screen manipulation (e.g., voice controlled GUI)
345/729 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Audio user interface->        For a visually challenged user
345/730 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Presentation to audience interface (e.g., slide show)
345/731 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Presentation to audience interface (e.g., slide show)->        Authoring tool
345/732 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Presentation to audience interface (e.g., slide show)->        Slide manipulating or editing
345/733 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network)
345/734 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network)->        Interactive network representation of devices (e.g., topology of workstations)
345/735 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network) ->        Interactive network representation of devices (e.g., topology of workstations)->        Configuration
345/736 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network) ->        Interactive network representation of devices (e.g., topology of workstations)->        Network managing or monitoring status
345/737 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network) ->        Interactive network representation of devices (e.g., topology of workstations)->        User navigation between devices
345/738 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network)->        Network resource browsing or navigating
345/739 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network) ->        Network resource browsing or navigating->        Selecting from a resource list (e.g., address book)
345/740 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network)->        Remote operation of computing device
345/741 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network)->        Access control or permission
345/742 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network) ->        Access control or permission->        Interactive portal (e.g., secure point of access)
345/743 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network) ->        Access control or permission->        Access rights to interactive controls
345/744 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network)->        Interface customization or adaption (e.g., client server)
345/745 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network) ->        Interface customization or adaption (e.g., client server)->        Based on stored usage or user profile (e.g., frequency of use, cookies)
345/746 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network) ->        Interface customization or adaption (e.g., client server)->        Interface conversion
345/747 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        For plural users or sites (e.g., network) ->        Interface customization or adaption (e.g., client server)->        End user based (e.g., preference setting)
345/748 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        User interactive multicomputer data transfer (e.g., file transfer)
345/749 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        User interactive multicomputer data transfer (e.g., file transfer)->        Downloading remote executables (e.g., Java, CGI)
345/750 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Multiple users on a single workstation
345/751 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Computer supported collaborative work between plural users
345/752 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Computer supported collaborative work between plural users->        Interactive email
345/753 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Computer supported collaborative work between plural users->        Computer conferencing
345/754 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Computer supported collaborative work between plural users ->        Computer conferencing->        Multicursor (e.g., multiple on-screen pointers)
345/755 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Computer supported collaborative work between plural users ->        Computer conferencing->        Floor Control
345/756 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Computer supported collaborative work between plural users ->        Computer conferencing->        Real Time Video
345/757 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Computer supported collaborative work between plural users ->        Computer conferencing->        Virtual 3D environment
345/758 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Computer supported collaborative work between plural users ->        Computer conferencing->        Chat room
345/759 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        Computer supported collaborative work between plural users->        Group window
345/760 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Mark up language interface (e.g., HTML)
345/761 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Plural adjacent interactive display devices
345/762 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        User interface development (e.g., GUI builder)
345/763 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        User interface development (e.g., GUI builder)->        Graphical or iconic based (e.g., visual program)
345/764 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        On-screen workspace or object
345/765 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Customizing multiple diverse workspace objects
345/766 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Z order of multiple diverse workspace objects
345/767 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Focus control of multiple diverse workspace objects
345/768 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Translucency or transparency interface element (e.g., invisible control)
345/769 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Data transfer operation between objects (e.g., drag and drop)
345/770 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Data transfer operation between objects (e.g., drag and drop)->        Cut and paste
345/771 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Instrumentation and component modeling (e.g., interactive control panel, virtual device)
345/772 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Instrumentation and component modeling (e.g., interactive control panel, virtual device)->        Progress or activity indicator
345/773 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Instrumentation and component modeling (e.g., interactive control panel, virtual device)->        Virtual input device (e.g., virtual keyboard)
345/774 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Ticker metaphor
345/775 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Office layout metaphor (e.g., filing cabinet, desk)
345/776 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Indexed book or notebook metaphor
345/777 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Tab metaphor (e.g., property sheet)
345/778 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Multiple virtual screen or desktop switching
345/779 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Task bar or desktop control panel
345/780 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Entry field (e.g., text entry field)
345/781 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Window or viewpoint
345/782 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint->        3D Perspective view of window layout
345/783 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint->        On-screen window list or index
345/784 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint->        Window scrolling
345/785 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Window scrolling->        Autoscroll
345/786 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Window scrolling->        Scroll tool (e.g., scroll bar)
345/787 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Window scrolling ->        Scroll tool (e.g., scroll bar)->        With content attributes on scroll tool
345/788 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize)
345/789 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize)->        Based on usage or user profile (e.g., frequency of use)
345/790 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize)->        Overlap control
345/791 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize) ->        Overlap control->        Always on top
345/792 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize) ->        Overlap control->        Tiling or split pane
345/793 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize) ->        Overlap control->        Cascading
345/794 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize) ->        Overlap control->        Priority or overlap change (e.g., z-order)
345/795 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize) ->        Overlap control ->        Priority or overlap change (e.g., z-order)->        Minimizing or send to bottom
345/796 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize) ->        Overlap control ->        Priority or overlap change (e.g., z-order)->        Bring to top
345/797 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize) ->        Overlap control->        Viewing lower priority windows (e.g., overlapped windows)
345/798 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize)->        Combining moving and resizing operations (e.g., moving causes resizing)
345/799 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize)->        Moving (e.g., translating)
345/800 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize)->        Resizing (e.g., scaling)
345/801 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Layout modification (e.g., move or resize) ->        Resizing (e.g., scaling)->        Contained object scale change
345/802 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint->        Focus control
345/803 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint->        Window differentiation
345/804 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint->        Interwindow link or communication
345/805 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Interwindow link or communication->        On-screen link or communication (e.g., cue)
345/806 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint->        Window memory structure
345/807 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Window or viewpoint ->        Window memory structure->        Stored priority attribute
345/808 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Pop-up control
345/809 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Dialog box
345/810 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)
345/811 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Based on usage or user profile (e.g., frequency of use)
345/812 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Based on usage or user profile (e.g., frequency of use)->        Preselection (e.g., best guess before mouse click)
345/813 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Based on usage or user profile (e.g., frequency of use)->        Default selection item
345/814 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Limited time selection opportunity
345/815 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Sizing modification (e.g., scaling)
345/816 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Partial input lookup (e.g., partial string lookup)
345/817 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Context location indication (e.g., previous or next menu item indication)
345/818 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Context location indication (e.g., previous or next menu item indication)->        Simultaneous next and previous indication (e.g., menu road map)
345/819 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Context location indication (e.g., previous or next menu item indication)->        Next menu indication
345/820 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Context location indication (e.g., previous or next menu item indication)->        Previous menu indication
345/821 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Emphasis
345/822 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Emphasis->        Preselection emphasis
345/823 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Emphasis->        Selection or confirmation emphasis
345/824 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Emphasis->        Unavailable emphasis
345/825 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Dynamically generated menu items
345/826 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Add on item (e.g., software developed, customized)
345/827 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Mnemonic (e.g., accelerator key)
345/828 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Partial menu display (e.g., one menu item at a time)
345/829 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Partial menu display (e.g., one menu item at a time)->        Advancing to next menu item in the same menu
345/830 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Partial menu display (e.g., one menu item at a time) ->        Advancing to next menu item in the same menu->        Scrolling (e.g., spin dial)
345/831 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Partial menu display (e.g., one menu item at a time)->        With specific input device
345/832 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Analog selection style
345/833 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Slider control
345/834 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Radial based (e.g., radial or pie menu)
345/835 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Selectable iconic array
345/836 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Selectable iconic array->        3D icons
345/837 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Selectable iconic array->        Compound or aggregate icon
345/838 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Selectable iconic array->        Thumbnail or scaled image
345/839 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Selectable iconic array->        Imitating real life object
345/840 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Using button array
345/841 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Sub-menu structure
345/842 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Sub-menu structure->        Tear off
345/843 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette) ->        Sub-menu structure->        Pull down
345/844 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Timed
345/845 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Menu or selectable iconic array (e.g., palette)->        Multiple selections in a single menu
345/846 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Non-array icons
345/847 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Non-array icons->        Shortcut
345/848 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Interface represented by 3D space
345/849 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Interface represented by 3D space->        Individual object
345/850 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Interface represented by 3D space->        Navigation within 3D space
345/851 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Interface represented by 3D space ->        Navigation within 3D space->        On-screen navigation control
345/852 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Interface represented by 3D space->        Picking 3D objects
345/853 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Hierarchy or network structure
345/854 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Hierarchy or network structure->        Navigation within structure
345/855 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Hierarchy or network structure ->        Navigation within structure->        On-screen roadmap or index
345/856 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object->        Cursor
345/857 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Cursor->        Pointer direction adjustment
345/858 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Cursor->        Automatic position adjustment
345/859 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Cursor->        Status indicator
345/860 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Cursor ->        Status indicator->        Selection emphasis
345/861 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Cursor ->        Status indicator->        Dynamically changed appearance (e.g., animated or live action)
345/862 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE)  ->        On-screen workspace or object ->        Cursor->        Proximity detection
345/863 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Gesture-based
345/864 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        For a small display screen (e.g., personal digital assistant, palm-top)
345/865 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Miscellaneous interface for the handicapped or disabled user
345/866 -> 700 OPERATOR INTERFACE (E.G., GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE) ->        Miscellaneous customization or adaptation
345/867 SCREEN SAVER DISPLAY
345/156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE
345/157 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE ->        Cursor mark position control device
345/158 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device->        Including orientation sensors (e.g., infrared, ultrasonic, remotely controlled)
345/159 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device->        Having variable cursor speed
345/160 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device->        Cursor key
345/161 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device->        Joystick
345/162 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device->        Positional storage means
345/163 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device->        Mouse
345/164 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device ->        Mouse->        Rotatable ball detector
345/165 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device ->        Mouse ->        Rotatable ball detector->        Photosensor encoder
345/166 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device ->        Mouse->        Optical detector
345/167 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Cursor mark position control device->        Trackball
345/168 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE ->        Including keyboard
345/169 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Including keyboard->        Portable (i.e., handheld, calculator, remote controller)
345/170 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Including keyboard->        Light source associated with each key
345/171 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Including keyboard->        Having foreign language capability (e.g., Japanese, Chinese)
345/172 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Including keyboard->        Having programmable function key
345/173 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE ->        Touch panel
345/174 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Touch panel->        Including impedance detection
345/175 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Touch panel->        Including optical detection
345/176 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Touch panel->        Transparent substrate having light entrapment capability (i.e., waveguides)
345/177 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Touch panel->        Including surface acoustic detection
345/178 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Touch panel->        With alignment or calibration capability (i.e., parallax problem)
345/179 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE ->        Stylus
345/180 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE ->        Light pen for CRT display
345/181 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE  ->        Light pen for CRT display->        CRT having tracking capability
345/182 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE ->        Light pen for fluid matrix display panel
345/183 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE ->        Light pen for controlling plural light-emitting display elements (e.g., LED, lamps)
345/184 -> 156 DISPLAY PERIPHERAL INTERFACE INPUT DEVICE ->        Mechanical control (e.g., rotatable knob, slider)
345/501 COMPUTER GRAPHIC PROCESSING SYSTEM
345/502 -> 501 COMPUTER GRAPHIC PROCESSING SYSTEM ->        Plural graphics processors
345/503 -> 501 COMPUTER GRAPHIC PROCESSING SYSTEM  ->        Plural graphics processors->        Coprocessor (e.g., graphic accelerator)
345/504 -> 501 COMPUTER GRAPHIC PROCESSING SYSTEM  ->        Plural graphics processors->        Master-slave processors
345/505 -> 501 COMPUTER GRAPHIC PROCESSING SYSTEM  ->        Plural graphics processors->        Parallel processors (e.g., identical processors)
345/506 -> 501 COMPUTER GRAPHIC PROCESSING SYSTEM  ->        Plural graphics processors->        Pipeline processors
345/519 -> 501 COMPUTER GRAPHIC PROCESSING SYSTEM ->        Integrated circuit (e.g., single chip semiconductor device)
345/520 -> 501 COMPUTER GRAPHIC PROCESSING SYSTEM ->        Interface (e.g., controller)
345/522 -> 501 COMPUTER GRAPHIC PROCESSING SYSTEM ->        Graphic command processing
345/530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM
345/531 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Graphic display memory controller
345/532 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Graphic display memory controller->        Plural memory controllers
345/533 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Graphic display memory controller->        Using different access modes
345/534 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Graphic display memory controller->        Memory access timing signals
345/535 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Graphic display memory controller->        Memory arbitration
345/536 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Plural storage devices
345/537 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Plural storage devices->        Data transfer between memories
345/538 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Plural storage devices ->        Data transfer between memories->        Data transfer between system memory display memory
345/539 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Plural storage devices->        Double buffered
345/540 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Plural storage devices->        Interleaved
345/541 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Shared memory
345/542 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Shared memory->        Unified memory architecture (e.g., UMA)
345/543 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Memory allocation
345/544 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Memory partitioning
345/545 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Frame buffer
345/546 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Frame buffer->        Multi-format frame buffer
345/547 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Frame buffer->        Memory for storing video data
345/548 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Frame buffer->        Off-screen memory
345/549 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Frame buffer->        Color memory
345/550 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Frame buffer ->        Color memory->        Multiple planes
345/551 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Frame buffer->        Character memory
345/552 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Texture memory
345/553 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Display list memory
345/554 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Multi-port memory
345/555 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        For storing compressed data
345/556 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        For storing condition code, flag or status
345/557 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Cache
345/558 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        First in first out (i.e., FIFO)
345/559 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Register
345/560 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Row buffer (e.g., line memory)
345/561 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Logical operations
345/562 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Logical operations->        Bit block transfer
345/563 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Logical operations->        Mask data operation
345/564 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM ->        Addressing
345/565 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing->        Using memory for storing address information
345/566 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing->        Address manipulation
345/567 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing ->        Address manipulation->        Using decoding
345/568 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing ->        Address manipulation->        Address translation (e.g., between virtual and physical addresses)
345/569 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing->        For 2D coordinate to linear address conversion
345/570 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing->        Page mode
345/571 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing->        Memory addresses arranged in matrix row and column addresses)
345/572 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing->        Address generator
345/573 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing ->        Address generator->        Plural address generators
345/574 -> 530 COMPUTER GRAPHICS DISPLAY MEMORY SYSTEM  ->        Addressing ->        Address generator->        Read/Write address generator
345/204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY
345/205 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY ->        Physically integral with display elements
345/206 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Physically integral with display elements->        Having common base or substrate
345/207 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY ->        Light detection means (e.g., with photodetector)
345/690 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY ->        Intensity or color driving control (e.g., gray scale)
345/691 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Intensity or color driving control (e.g., gray scale)->        Temporal processing (e.g., pulse width variation over time
345/692 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Intensity or color driving control (e.g., gray scale) ->        Temporal processing (e.g., pulse width variation over time->        Binary weighted
345/693 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Intensity or color driving control (e.g., gray scale) ->        Temporal processing (e.g., pulse width variation over time->        Non-binary weighted
345/694 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Intensity or color driving control (e.g., gray scale)->        Spatial processing (e.g., patterns or subpixel configuration)
345/695 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Intensity or color driving control (e.g., gray scale) ->        Spatial processing (e.g., patterns or subpixel configuration)->        Subpixels have different shapes
345/696 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Intensity or color driving control (e.g., gray scale) ->        Spatial processing (e.g., patterns or subpixel configuration)->        Changing of subpixel location over time
345/697 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Intensity or color driving control (e.g., gray scale)->        Including optical means
345/698 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY ->        Adjusting display pixel size or pixels per given area (i.e., resolution)
345/699 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Adjusting display pixel size or pixels per given area (i.e., resolution)->        Controller automatically senses monitor resolution
345/208 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY ->        Waveform generator coupled to display elements
345/209 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Waveform generator coupled to display elements->        Field period polarity reversal
345/210 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Waveform generator coupled to display elements->        Having three or more voltage levels
345/211 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY ->        Display power source
345/212 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Display power source->        Regulating means
345/213 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Display power source->        Synchronizing means
345/214 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY ->        Controlling the condition of display elements
345/215 -> 204 DISPLAY DRIVING CONTROL CIRCUITRY  ->        Controlling the condition of display elements->        Including priming means
345/1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS
345/1.2 -> 1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS ->        Data transmitted or received at surface of display
345/1.3 -> 1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS ->        Tiling or modular adjacent displays
345/2.1 -> 1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS ->        Remotely located
345/2.2 -> 1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS  ->        Remotely located->        Presentation of similar images
345/2.3 -> 1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS  ->        Remotely located->        Wireless connection
345/3.1 -> 1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS ->        Diverse systems (e.g., CRT or LCD interface)
345/3.2 -> 1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS  ->        Diverse systems (e.g., CRT or LCD interface)->        Frame, field or scan rate conversion
345/3.3 -> 1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS  ->        Diverse systems (e.g., CRT or LCD interface)->        Number of pixels per row or column conversion (i.e., resolution conversion)
345/3.4 -> 1.1 PLURAL DISPLAY SYSTEMS  ->        Diverse systems (e.g., CRT or LCD interface) ->        Number of pixels per row or column conversion (i.e., resolution conversion)->        Controller automatically senses monitor resolution
345/4 SINGLE DISPLAY SYSTEM HAVING STACKED SUPERIMPOSED DISPLAY DEVICES (E.G., TANDEM)
345/5 -> 4 SINGLE DISPLAY SYSTEM HAVING STACKED SUPERIMPOSED DISPLAY DEVICES (E.G., TANDEM) ->        Diverse display devices
345/6 -> 4 SINGLE DISPLAY SYSTEM HAVING STACKED SUPERIMPOSED DISPLAY DEVICES (E.G., TANDEM) ->        Three-dimensional arrays
345/7 IMAGE SUPERPOSITION BY OPTICAL MEANS (E.G., HEADS-UP DISPLAY)
345/8 -> 7 IMAGE SUPERPOSITION BY OPTICAL MEANS (E.G., HEADS-UP DISPLAY) ->        Operator body-mounted heads-up display (e.g., helmet mounted display)
345/9 -> 7 IMAGE SUPERPOSITION BY OPTICAL MEANS (E.G., HEADS-UP DISPLAY) ->        Plural image superposition
345/10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL
345/11 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        CRT provides display control
345/12 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        Data responsive deflection and intensity control
345/13 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        Data responsive deflection control
345/14 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL  ->        Data responsive deflection control->        X and Y axis deflection control
345/15 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL  ->        Data responsive deflection control->        Curvilinear deflection control (e.g., lissajous)
345/16 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL  ->        Data responsive deflection control->        Stroke or vector
345/17 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL  ->        Data responsive deflection control ->        Stroke or vector->        Strokes for forming characters
345/18 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL  ->        Data responsive deflection control ->        Stroke or vector->        Up/down counter
345/19 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL  ->        Data responsive deflection control->        Impedance Array
345/20 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        Data responsive intensity control
345/21 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL  ->        Data responsive intensity control->        Magnetic element array
345/22 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        Color display
345/23 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        Graphic and alphanumeric display
345/24 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        Graphic display
345/25 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        Alphanumeric display
345/26 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL  ->        Alphanumeric display->        Character generator
345/27 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        Combined with storage means
345/28 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL  ->        Combined with storage means->        Addressing
345/29 -> 10 DATA RESPONSIVE CRT DISPLAY CONTROL ->        Delay line
345/30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)
345/31 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT) ->        Physically movable array
345/32 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT) ->        Optical means interposed in viewing path (e.g., filters, lens, etc.)
345/33 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT) ->        Segmented display elements
345/34 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements->        Seven segment display
345/35 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements->        Bar graph
345/36 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Bar graph->        Electroluminescent display elements
345/37 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Bar graph->        Gas discharge display segments (e.g., plasma)
345/38 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Bar graph->        Liquid crystal display segments
345/39 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Bar graph->        Light-emitting diode segments (LEDS)
345/40 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Bar graph->        Plural (e.g., stacked, adjacent)
345/41 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements->        Fluid light-emitting display elements (e.g., gas, plasma)
345/42 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Fluid light-emitting display elements (e.g., gas, plasma)->        Controlling circuitry
345/43 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements->        Mask or electrode shape
345/44 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements->        Solid light-emitting display elements
345/45 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Solid light-emitting display elements->        Electroluminescent
345/46 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Solid light-emitting display elements->        Light-emitting diodes
345/47 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements->        Fluorescent elements
345/48 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements->        Light-controlling display elements
345/49 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Light-controlling display elements->        Electrochromic elements
345/50 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Light-controlling display elements->        Liquid crystal elements
345/51 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal elements->        Display element selection circuitry
345/52 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal elements->        Power supply generating circuitry
345/53 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal elements->        Specific waveform (e.g., square waveforms, sinusoidal)
345/54 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Segmented display elements ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal elements ->        Specific waveform (e.g., square waveforms, sinusoidal)->        Field period polarity reversal
345/55 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT) ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)
345/56 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Image shifting means (i.e., traveling message)
345/57 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Image shifting means (i.e., traveling message)->        Having endless belt or tape reader
345/58 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Crosstalk elimination
345/59 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Matrix for conveying alphanumeric data
345/60 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)
345/61 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)->        Shifting means
345/62 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma) ->        Shifting means->        Specified plasma coupling path
345/63 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)->        Intensity control
345/64 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)->        Liquid light emitter
345/65 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)->        Phosphor excited by fluid response
345/66 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)->        Particular discharge path
345/67 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)->        More than two electrodes per element
345/68 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)->        Means for combining selective and sustain signals
345/69 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma) ->        Means for combining selective and sustain signals->        Resistor-diode arrangement
345/70 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma) ->        Means for combining selective and sustain signals ->        Resistor-diode arrangement->        Including transformer
345/71 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)->        Electrode insulated from fluid medium
345/72 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Fluid light emitter (e.g., gas, liquid, or plasma)->        Color
345/73 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Incandescent
345/74.1 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Cathodolulminescent type
345/75.1 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Cathodolulminescent type->        Vacuum fluorescent
345/75.2 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Cathodolulminescent type->        Field emissive (e.g., FED, Spindt, microtip, etc.)
345/76 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Electroluminescent
345/77 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Electroluminescent->        Brightness or intensity control
345/78 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Electroluminescent->        Having compensating pulse
345/79 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Electroluminescent->        Field period polarity reversal
345/80 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Electroluminescent->        Driving means integral to substrate
345/81 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Electroluminescent->        Optical addressing (e.g., photodetection)
345/82 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Solid body light emitter (e.g., LED)
345/83 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Solid body light emitter (e.g., LED)->        Color
345/84 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Light-controlling display elements
345/85 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements->        Electroscopic (e.g., movable electrodes or electrostatic elements)
345/86 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements->        Magneto-optic
345/87 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)
345/88 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)->        Color
345/89 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)->        Gray scale capability (e.g., halftone)
345/90 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)->        Control means at each display element
345/91 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD) ->        Control means at each display element->        Diode or varistor
345/92 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD) ->        Control means at each display element->        Thin film tansistor (TFT)
345/93 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD) ->        Control means at each display element->        Redundancy (e.g., plural control elements or electrodes)
345/94 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)->        Waveform generation
345/95 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD) ->        Waveform generation->        Three or more voltages
345/96 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD) ->        Waveform generation->        Field period polarity reversal
345/97 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD) ->        Waveform generation->        Ferroelectric liquid crystal elements
345/98 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)->        Specific display element control means (e.g., latches, memories, logic)
345/99 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD) ->        Specific display element control means (e.g., latches, memories, logic)->        Particular timing circuit
345/100 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD) ->        Specific display element control means (e.g., latches, memories, logic)->        Particular row or column control (e.g., shift register)
345/101 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)->        Data signal compensation in response to temperature
345/102 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)->        Backlight control
345/103 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)->        Grouped electrodes (e.g., matrix partitioned into sections)
345/104 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements ->        Liquid crystal display elements (LCD)->        Input/output liquid crystal display panel
345/105 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements->        Electrochromic elements
345/106 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements->        Thermochromic elements
345/107 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Light-controlling display elements->        Particle suspensions (e.g., electrophoretic)
345/108 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns)->        Plural mechanically movable display elements
345/109 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Plural mechanically movable display elements->        Having shutters
345/110 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Plural mechanically movable display elements->        With motor or rotor driver means
345/111 -> 30 PLURAL PHYSICAL DISPLAY ELEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM (E.G., NON-CRT)  ->        Display elements arranged in matrix (e.g., rows and columns) ->        Plural mechanically movable display elements->        With a permanent magnet placed on movable display elements
345/901 ELECTRONIC BOOK WITH DISPLAY
345/902 MENU DISPLAY
345/903 MODULAR DISPLAY
345/904 DISPLAY WITH FAIL/SAFE TESTING FEATURE
345/905 DISPLAY DEVICE WITH HOUSING STRUCTURE
345/947 FONT CHARACTER EDGE PROCESSING
345/948 ALTERATION OF STORED FONTS TO MAINTAIN FEATURE CONSISTENCY THROUGHOUT SCALED FONT
345/949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD
345/950 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD ->        Sprite processing
345/951 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD  ->        Sprite processing->        Key frame processing
345/952 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD ->        Simulation
345/953 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD ->        Geometric processing
345/954 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD  ->        Geometric processing->        Quaternions
345/955 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD ->        Morphing
345/956 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD ->        Language driven animation
345/957 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD  ->        Language driven animation->        Actor
345/958 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD ->        Collision avoidance
345/959 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD ->        Object path adherence
345/960 -> 949 ANIMATION PROCESSING METHOD ->        Iterative display of preconfigured images
345/961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE
345/962 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE ->        Operator interface for marketing or sales
345/963 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE ->        Calendar or scheduling
345/964 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE ->        CAD or CAM (e.g., interactive design tools)
345/965 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE ->        For process control and configuration
345/966 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE  ->        For process control and configuration->        Computer process (e.g., operation of computer)
345/967 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE  ->        For process control and configuration ->        Computer process (e.g., operation of computer)->        Visual or iconic programming
345/968 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE  ->        For process control and configuration ->        Computer process (e.g., operation of computer)->        Interface for database querying and retrieval
345/969 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE  ->        For process control and configuration->        Network layout and operation interface
345/970 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE  ->        For process control and configuration->        Instrumentation and component modelling (e.g., interactive control panel)
345/970.1 -> 961 OPERATOR INTERFACE WITH VISUAL STRUCTURE OR FUNCTION DICTATED BY INTENDED USE ->        Amusement or marital aid interface
345/971 COOPERATIVE DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS FOR GROUPS OF USERS
345/972 INSERTED REAL-TIME VIDEO IN OPERATOR INTERFACE
345/973 SCROLL TOOL (E.G., WINDOW SCROLL BARS)
345/974 SLIDER CONTROLS AS ON-SCREEN OBJECTS IN OPERATOR INTERFACE
345/975 POP-UP DIALOG BOX FOR ENTRY
345/976 3-D ICONS
345/977 DYNAMIC ICON (E.G., ANIMATED OR LIVE ACTION)
345/978 AUDIO INTERACTION AS PART OF AN OPERATOR INTERFACE
348/14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE)
348/14.02 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        Over wireless communication
348/14.03 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        User interface (e.g., touch screen menu)
348/14.04 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        Operating with other appliance (e.g., TV, VCR, FAX, etc.)
348/14.05 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        Remote control
348/14.06 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        Answering machine
348/14.07 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        Display arrangement (e.g., multiscreen display)
348/14.08 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        Conferencing (e.g., loop)
348/14.09 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE)  ->        Conferencing (e.g., loop)->        Conferencing with multipoint control unit
348/14.1 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE)  ->        Conferencing (e.g., loop)->        Motion image conferencing
348/14.11 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        Switching
348/14.12 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        Transmission control (e.g., resolution or quality)
348/14.13 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE)  ->        Transmission control (e.g., resolution or quality)->        Compression or decompression
348/14.14 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE)  ->        Transmission control (e.g., resolution or quality)->        Still frame (e.g., freeze frame)
348/14.15 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE)  ->        Transmission control (e.g., resolution or quality)->        Field or frame difference (e.g., moving frame)
348/14.16 -> 14.01 TWO-WAY VIDEO AND VOICE COMMUNICATION (E.G., VIDEOPHONE) ->        User positioning (e.g., parallax)
348/21 PLURAL TRANSMITTER SYSTEM CONSIDERATIONS (E.G., INTERFERENCE REDUCTION)
348/22 SLOW SCANNING TRANSMISSION (E.G., STILL FRAME)
348/23 -> 22 SLOW SCANNING TRANSMISSION (E.G., STILL FRAME) ->        Color TV
348/24 PLURAL STILL IMAGES OVER CONVENTIONAL CHANNEL
348/25 IMAGE FALSIFICATION TO IMPROVE VIEWER PERCEPTION OF SELECTIVE OBJECT (E.G., MOVING OBJECT OR TARGET)
348/26 -> 25 IMAGE FALSIFICATION TO IMPROVE VIEWER PERCEPTION OF SELECTIVE OBJECT (E.G., MOVING OBJECT OR TARGET) ->        Contour generator
348/27 -> 25 IMAGE FALSIFICATION TO IMPROVE VIEWER PERCEPTION OF SELECTIVE OBJECT (E.G., MOVING OBJECT OR TARGET) ->        Quantizer
348/28 -> 25 IMAGE FALSIFICATION TO IMPROVE VIEWER PERCEPTION OF SELECTIVE OBJECT (E.G., MOVING OBJECT OR TARGET) ->        Selective contrast expander
348/29 -> 25 IMAGE FALSIFICATION TO IMPROVE VIEWER PERCEPTION OF SELECTIVE OBJECT (E.G., MOVING OBJECT OR TARGET) ->        False color
348/30 -> 25 IMAGE FALSIFICATION TO IMPROVE VIEWER PERCEPTION OF SELECTIVE OBJECT (E.G., MOVING OBJECT OR TARGET)  ->        False color->        Hue expander
348/31 BACK SCATTER REDUCTION
348/32 PSEUDO COLOR
348/33 -> 32 PSEUDO COLOR ->        Multispectral to color conversion (e.g., infrared and visible, infrared bands, etc.)
348/34 -> 32 PSEUDO COLOR ->        Including intensity to color conversion (e.g., colorizer, etc.)
348/35 PSEUDO BLACK AND WHITE
348/36 PANORAMIC
348/37 -> 36 PANORAMIC ->        With continuously rotating element
348/38 -> 36 PANORAMIC ->        Multiple channels
348/39 -> 36 PANORAMIC ->        With observer selected field of view
348/40 HOLOGRAPHIC
348/41 -> 40 HOLOGRAPHIC ->        Color TV
348/42 STEREOSCOPIC
348/43 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC ->        Signal formatting
348/44 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC ->        Pseudo
348/45 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC ->        Endoscope
348/46 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC ->        Picture signal generator
348/47 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Picture signal generator->        Multiple cameras
348/48 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Picture signal generator ->        Multiple cameras->        More than two cameras
348/49 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Picture signal generator->        Single camera with optical path division
348/50 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Picture signal generator->        Single camera from multiple positions
348/51 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC ->        Stereoscopic display device
348/52 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereoscopic display device->        More than two display devices
348/53 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereoscopic display device->        Viewer attached
348/54 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereoscopic display device->        Single display with optical path division
348/55 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereoscopic display device ->        Single display with optical path division->        Separation by time division
348/56 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereoscopic display device ->        Single display with optical path division ->        Separation by time division->        With alternating shutters
348/57 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereoscopic display device ->        Single display with optical path division ->        Separation by time division->        With alternating polarization
348/58 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereoscopic display device ->        Single display with optical path division->        Separation by polarization
348/59 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereoscopic display device ->        Single display with optical path division->        Separation by lenticular screen
348/60 -> 42 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereoscopic display device ->        Single display with optical path division->        Separation by color (i.e., anaglyphic)
348/61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
348/62 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Aid for the blind
348/63 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Aid for the blind->        Image magnifying
348/64 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Combined electronic sensing and photographic film cameras
348/65 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        With endoscope
348/66 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope->        Dental
348/67 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope->        Laser
348/68 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope->        Illumination
348/69 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope ->        Illumination->        Controlled by video signal
348/70 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope ->        Illumination->        Color sequential illumination
348/71 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope->        Color TV
348/72 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope->        Plural endoscopes interchangeable
348/73 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope->        External camera
348/74 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope->        With additional adjunct (e.g., recorder control, etc.)
348/75 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope->        Adaptor or connector
348/76 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        With endoscope->        Physical structure of circuit element
348/77 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Human body observation
348/78 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Human body observation->        Eye
348/79 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Microscope
348/80 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Microscope->        Electronic
348/81 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Underwater
348/82 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Hazardous or inaccessible
348/83 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Hazardous or inaccessible->        Furnace (e.g., nuclear reactor, etc.)
348/84 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Hazardous or inaccessible->        Pipeline
348/85 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Hazardous or inaccessible->        Borehole
348/86 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Manufacturing
348/87 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing->        Electronic circuit chip or board (e.g., positioning)
348/88 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing->        Web, sheet or filament
348/89 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing->        Agricultural or food production
348/90 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing->        Welding
348/91 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing->        Sorting, distributing or classifying
348/92 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing->        Quality inspection
348/93 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing ->        Quality inspection->        Color TV
348/94 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing->        Position detection
348/95 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing ->        Position detection->        Alignment or positioning
348/96 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Film, disc or card scanning
348/97 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning->        Motion picture film scanner
348/98 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Motion picture film scanner->        Mechanical optical scanning
348/99 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Motion picture film scanner ->        Mechanical optical scanning->        Flying spot scanner
348/100 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Motion picture film scanner->        Flying spot scanner
348/101 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Motion picture film scanner ->        Flying spot scanner->        Color TV
348/102 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Motion picture film scanner ->        Flying spot scanner->        Intermittent film movement
348/103 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Motion picture film scanner ->        Flying spot scanner->        With modification of scanner sweep
348/104 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Motion picture film scanner->        Color TV
348/105 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Motion picture film scanner->        Intermittent film movement
348/106 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Motion picture film scanner->        With modification of scanner sweep
348/107 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning->        With record location
348/108 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning->        Flying spot scanner
348/109 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Flying spot scanner->        Color TV
348/110 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning->        Slide
348/111 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning ->        Slide->        Color TV
348/112 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Film, disc or card scanning->        Microfilm
348/113 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Navigation
348/114 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Navigation->        Remote control
348/115 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Navigation->        Head-up display
348/116 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Navigation->        Direction finding or location determination
348/117 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Navigation->        Aircraft or spacecraft
348/118 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Navigation->        Land vehicle
348/119 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Navigation ->        Land vehicle->        Program control (e.g., path guidance, etc.)
348/120 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Navigation ->        Land vehicle->        Farm vehicle
348/121 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Simulator
348/122 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Simulator->        Visibility (e.g., fog, etc.)
348/123 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Simulator->        Aircraft or spacecraft
348/124 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Simulator->        Ship
348/125 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Flaw detector
348/126 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Flaw detector->        Of electronic circuit chip or board
348/127 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Flaw detector->        Of transparent container or content (e.g., bottle, jar, etc.)
348/128 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Flaw detector->        Of surface (e.g., texture or smoothness, etc.)
348/129 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Flaw detector->        By comparison with reference object
348/130 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Flaw detector ->        By comparison with reference object->        With stored representation of reference object
348/131 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Flaw detector->        With specific illumination detail
348/132 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Flaw detector ->        With specific illumination detail->        With strobe illumination
348/133 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Flaw detector->        With circuit detail
348/134 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Flaw detector ->        With circuit detail->        Including line to line comparison
348/135 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Object or scene measurement
348/136 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Object or scene measurement->        Projected scale on object
348/137 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Object or scene measurement->        Scale on camera target
348/138 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Object or scene measurement->        Pulse or clock counting
348/139 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Object or scene measurement->        Multiple cameras on baseline (e.g., range finder, etc.)
348/140 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Object or scene measurement->        Distance by apparent target size (e.g., stadia, etc.)
348/141 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Object or scene measurement->        By cursor coordinate location
348/142 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Object or scene measurement->        With camera and object moved relative to each other
348/143 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)
348/144 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Aerial viewing
348/145 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance) ->        Aerial viewing->        With linear array
348/146 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance) ->        Aerial viewing->        With rotating reflector
348/147 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance) ->        Aerial viewing->        With transformation or rectification
348/148 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Vehicular
348/149 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance) ->        Vehicular->        Traffic monitoring
348/150 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Point of sale or banking
348/151 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Camera concealment
348/152 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Intrusion detection
348/153 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance) ->        Intrusion detection->        Using plural cameras
348/154 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance) ->        Intrusion detection ->        Using plural cameras->        Motion detection
348/155 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance) ->        Intrusion detection->        Motion detection
348/156 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Access control
348/157 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Sporting event
348/158 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Portable
348/159 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Plural cameras
348/160 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS  ->        Observation of or from a specific location (e.g., surveillance)->        Reading meter or data printer
348/161 -> 61 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ->        Object comparison (e.g., remote verification of signature, etc.)
348/162 RESPONSIVE TO NONVISIBLE ENERGY
348/163 -> 162 RESPONSIVE TO NONVISIBLE ENERGY ->        Sonic or ultrasonic
348/164 -> 162 RESPONSIVE TO NONVISIBLE ENERGY ->        Infrared
348/165 -> 162 RESPONSIVE TO NONVISIBLE ENERGY  ->        Infrared->        Pyroelectric
348/166 -> 162 RESPONSIVE TO NONVISIBLE ENERGY  ->        Infrared->        With linear array
348/167 -> 162 RESPONSIVE TO NONVISIBLE ENERGY  ->        Infrared ->        With linear array->        With rotating reflector
348/168 -> 162 RESPONSIVE TO NONVISIBLE ENERGY  ->        Infrared->        With rotating reflector
348/169 OBJECT TRACKING
348/170 -> 169 OBJECT TRACKING ->        Using tracking gate
348/171 -> 169 OBJECT TRACKING  ->        Using tracking gate->        Centroidal tracking
348/172 -> 169 OBJECT TRACKING ->        Centroidal tracking
348/173 CATHODE-RAY TUBE BURN-IN PREVENTION
348/174 -> 173 CATHODE-RAY TUBE BURN-IN PREVENTION ->        Camera
348/175 CAMERA WITH BUILT-IN TEST SIGNAL GENERATOR, TEST PATTERN, OR ADJUSTING ADJUNCT
348/176 -> 175 CAMERA WITH BUILT-IN TEST SIGNAL GENERATOR, TEST PATTERN, OR ADJUSTING ADJUNCT ->        Setup
348/177 DISPLAY OR RECEIVER WITH BUILT-IN TEST SIGNAL GENERATOR, TEST PATTERN, OR ADJUSTING ADJUNCT
348/178 -> 177 DISPLAY OR RECEIVER WITH BUILT-IN TEST SIGNAL GENERATOR, TEST PATTERN, OR ADJUSTING ADJUNCT ->        Setup
348/179 -> 177 DISPLAY OR RECEIVER WITH BUILT-IN TEST SIGNAL GENERATOR, TEST PATTERN, OR ADJUSTING ADJUNCT  ->        Setup->        Color match comparator
348/180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING
348/181 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING ->        Test signal generator
348/182 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING  ->        Test signal generator->        Chroma or color bar
348/183 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING  ->        Test signal generator->        VITS or ILTS
348/184 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING ->        Monitor
348/185 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING  ->        Monitor->        Combined plural functions (e.g., picture and waveform monitor)
348/186 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING  ->        Monitor->        Vectorscope
348/187 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING ->        Testing of camera
348/188 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING  ->        Testing of camera->        Using test chart
348/189 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING ->        Testing of image reproducer
348/190 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING  ->        Testing of image reproducer->        Alignment-manufacturing
348/191 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING  ->        Testing of image reproducer->        Display photometry
348/192 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING ->        Transmission path testing
348/193 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING  ->        Transmission path testing->        Signal to noise ratio
348/194 -> 180 MONITORING, TESTING, OR MEASURING ->        Synchronization (e.g., H-sync to subcarrier)
348/195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING
348/196 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING ->        Color TV
348/197 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING ->        With fiber optics
348/198 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING ->        By acoustic wave
348/199 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING ->        Moving aperture
348/200 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING  ->        Moving aperture->        Drum or belt
348/201 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING  ->        Moving aperture->        Multiple scanning elements
348/202 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING ->        Moving lens or refractor
348/203 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING ->        Moving reflector
348/204 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING  ->        Moving reflector->        Helical element
348/205 -> 195 MECHANICAL OPTICAL SCANNING  ->        Moving reflector->        Vibrating or oscillating
348/206 SPECIAL SCANNING (E.G., SPIRAL, RANDOM, ZIGZAG)
348/207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL
348/207.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Camera connected to computer
348/207.11 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera connected to computer->        Computer can control camera
348/207.2 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Camera connected to printer
348/208.99 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Camera image stabilization
348/208.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization->        Electrical motion detection
348/208.2 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization->        Mechanical motion detection (gyros, accelerometers, etc.)
348/208.3 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization->        Differentiating unintentional from purposeful camera movement (pan, tilt)
348/208.4 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization->        Motion correction
348/208.5 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization ->        Motion correction->        Including both electrical and mechanical correcting devices
348/208.6 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization ->        Motion correction->        Electrical (memory shifting, electronic zoom, etc.)
348/208.7 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization ->        Motion correction->        Mechanical
348/208.8 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization ->        Motion correction ->        Mechanical->        Variable angle prisms
348/208.11 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization ->        Motion correction ->        Mechanical->        Optics, lens shifting
348/208.12 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization->        Combined with other camera operations (e.g., autofocus or autoexposure details)
348/208.13 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization ->        Combined with other camera operations (e.g., autofocus or autoexposure details)->        Motion correction plus resolution enhancement
348/208.14 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization ->        Combined with other camera operations (e.g., autofocus or autoexposure details)->        Object tracking
348/208.15 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization ->        Combined with other camera operations (e.g., autofocus or autoexposure details)->        Warning/indicator
348/208.16 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Camera image stabilization ->        Combined with other camera operations (e.g., autofocus or autoexposure details)->        Changing camera function based on motion detection (mode, power supply)
348/209.99 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        With flying spot scanner
348/210.99 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With flying spot scanner->        For color scanning
348/211.99 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Remote control
348/211.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control->        Communication methods
348/211.2 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control ->        Communication methods->        Wireless
348/211.3 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control ->        Communication methods->        Network (master/slave, client or server, etc.)
348/211.4 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control->        Control devices
348/211.5 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control ->        Control devices->        Multiplexed or other embedded control signals
348/211.6 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control ->        Control devices->        Preprogrammed or stored control instructions
348/211.7 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control ->        Control devices->        Electromechanical controls (joystick, trackball, mouse, etc.)
348/211.8 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control ->        Control devices->        Monitor used to control remote camera
348/211.9 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control->        Camera characteristics affecting control (zoom angle, distance to camera time delays, weight, etc.)
348/211.11 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control->        Plural cameras being controlled
348/211.12 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control ->        Plural cameras being controlled->        Video teleconferencing (including access or authorization)
348/211.13 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control ->        Plural cameras being controlled ->        Video teleconferencing (including access or authorization)->        Monitor (including for controlling camera)
348/211.14 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Remote control->        Camera located remotely from image processor (i.e., camera head)
348/215.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        With streak device
348/216.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Low light level
348/217.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Low light level->        With image intensifier
348/218.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Unitary image formed by compiling sub-areas of same scene (e.g., array of cameras)
348/219.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Swing driven
348/220.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Still and motion modes of operation
348/221.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Still and motion modes of operation->        Exposure control
348/222.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing
348/223.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        Color balance (e.g., white balance)
348/224.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Color balance (e.g., white balance)->        Dependent upon operation or characteristic of iris, flash, lens, or filter)
348/225.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Color balance (e.g., white balance)->        With means for preventing colored object from effecting color balance
348/226.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        Including flicker detection (e.g., fluorescent)
348/227.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including flicker detection (e.g., fluorescent)->        With ambient light sensor
348/228.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including flicker detection (e.g., fluorescent)->        Responsive to output signal
348/229.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        Combined automatic gain control and exposure control (i.e., sensitivity control)
348/230.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Combined automatic gain control and exposure control (i.e., sensitivity control)->        Readout of solid-state image sensor considered or altered
348/231.99 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera)
348/231.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera)->        Available memory space detection
348/231.2 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera)->        Image file management
348/231.3 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera)->        Storage of additional data
348/231.4 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera) ->        Storage of additional data->        Audio
348/231.5 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera) ->        Storage of additional data->        Time or date, annotation
348/231.6 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera) ->        Storage of additional data->        Processing or camera details
348/231.7 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera)->        Detachable
348/231.8 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera) ->        Detachable->        Multiple detachable memories
348/231.9 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With details of static memory for output image (e.g., for a still camera) ->        Detachable->        Details of communication between memory and camera
348/240.99 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        Zoom
348/240.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Zoom->        Using both optical and electronic zoom
348/240.2 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Zoom->        Electronic zoom
348/240.3 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Zoom->        Optical zoom
348/234 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        Details of luminance signal formation in color camera
348/235 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Details of luminance signal formation in color camera->        With means for providing high band and low band luminance signals
348/236 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Details of luminance signal formation in color camera ->        With means for providing high band and low band luminance signals->        Using distinct luminance image sensor
348/237 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Details of luminance signal formation in color camera ->        With means for providing high band and low band luminance signals->        For single sensor type camera supplying plural color signals
348/238 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Details of luminance signal formation in color camera->        Using distinct luminance image sensor
348/239 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        Camera and video special effects (e.g., subtitling, fading, or merging)
348/241 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction
348/242 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction->        Color TV
348/243 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction->        Dark current
348/244 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Dark current->        With control of sensor temperature
348/245 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Dark current->        Using dummy pixels
348/246 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction->        Defective pixel (e.g., signal replacement)
348/247 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Defective pixel (e.g., signal replacement)->        With memory of defective pixels
348/248 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction->        Smear
348/249 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Smear->        In charge coupled type sensor
348/250 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction->        In charge coupled type sensor
348/251 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Including noise or undesired signal reduction->        Shading or black spot correction
348/252 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        With transition or edge sharpening (e.g., aperture correction)
348/253 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With transition or edge sharpening (e.g., aperture correction)->        Color TV
348/254 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        Gray scale transformation (e.g., gamma correction)
348/255 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Gray scale transformation (e.g., gamma correction)->        Amplitude control (e.g., automatic gain control)
348/256 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        Gray scale transformation (e.g., gamma correction) ->        Amplitude control (e.g., automatic gain control)->        Color TV (e.g., saturation)
348/257 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing->        With DC level control
348/258 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With DC level control->        With bias illumination
348/259 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With DC level control ->        With bias illumination->        Combined with color separating optical system
348/260 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With DC level control ->        With bias illumination->        For single scanning device color camera
348/261 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Combined image signal generator and general image signal processing ->        With DC level control ->        With bias illumination ->        For single scanning device color camera->        Plural bias illuminators
348/262 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        With plural image scanning devices
348/263 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With plural image scanning devices->        Color imagery registration
348/264 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With plural image scanning devices->        Scanning devices offset in the image plane
348/265 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With plural image scanning devices->        Each supplying only one color signal
348/266 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals
348/267 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals->        Separate complete images on face of pickup device
348/268 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals->        Color sequential
348/269 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Color sequential->        With color sequential illumination
348/270 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Color sequential->        With moving color filters
348/271 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Color sequential ->        With moving color filters->        Four or more color types
348/272 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor
348/273 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor->        With color filter or operation according to color filter
348/274 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter->        Having overlapping elements
348/275 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter->        Staggered or irregular elements
348/276 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter->        Including transparent elements
348/277 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter ->        Including transparent elements->        With three or more colors
348/278 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter->        Based on more than four colors
348/279 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter->        Based on four colors
348/280 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter->        Based on three colors
348/281 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter->        X-Y architecture
348/282 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter->        Charge coupled architecture
348/283 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Solid-state multicolor image sensor ->        With color filter or operation according to color filter ->        Charge coupled architecture->        With multiple output registers
348/284 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals->        Cathode-ray tube
348/285 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Cathode-ray tube->        Phase separable signals
348/286 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Phase separable signals->        With indexing
348/287 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Phase separable signals ->        With indexing->        Conductive grid at target
348/288 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Phase separable signals ->        With indexing->        Index elements outside of image area
348/289 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Cathode-ray tube->        Frequency separable signals
348/290 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Frequency separable signals->        Specified optical filter arrangement
348/291 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Frequency separable signals ->        Specified optical filter arrangement->        Combined with grating, lens array, or refractor
348/292 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Frequency separable signals ->        Specified optical filter arrangement->        Having diagonally arranged stripes
348/293 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With single image scanning device supplying plural color signals ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Frequency separable signals->        Interdigital signal electrodes
348/294 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Solid-state image sensor
348/295 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor->        Time delay and integration mode (TDI)
348/296 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor->        Electronic shuttering
348/297 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor->        Accumulation or integration time responsive to light or signal intensity
348/298 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Accumulation or integration time responsive to light or signal intensity->        In charge coupled type image sensor
348/299 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Accumulation or integration time responsive to light or signal intensity ->        In charge coupled type image sensor->        With overflow gate or drain
348/300 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor->        With amplifier
348/301 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        With amplifier->        Pixel amplifiers
348/302 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor->        X - Y architecture
348/303 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        X - Y architecture->        With charge transfer type output register
348/304 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        X - Y architecture->        With charge transfer type selecting register
348/305 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        X - Y architecture->        With interlacing
348/306 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        X - Y architecture->        Charge injection device (CID)
348/307 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        X - Y architecture->        Photosensitive switching transistors or "static induction" transistors
348/308 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        X - Y architecture->        Including switching transistor and photocell at each pixel site (e.g., "MOS-type" image sensor)
348/309 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        X - Y architecture->        Exclusively passive light responsive elements in the matrix
348/310 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        X - Y architecture ->        Exclusively passive light responsive elements in the matrix->        With diode in series with photocell
348/311 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor->        Charge-coupled architecture
348/312 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture->        With timing pulse generator
348/313 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture->        With bias charge injection
348/314 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture->        With excess charge removal (e.g., overflow drain)
348/315 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture->        With staggered or irregular photosites or specified channel configuration
348/316 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture->        Charges transferred to opposed registers
348/317 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture->        Field or frame transfer type
348/318 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture ->        Field or frame transfer type->        With recirculation of charge
348/319 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture ->        Field or frame transfer type->        Charges alternately switched from vertical registers into separate storage registersSEMI or having vertical transfer gates
348/320 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture ->        Field or frame transfer type->        Interline readout
348/321 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture ->        Field or frame transfer type ->        Interline readout->        Using multiple output registers
348/322 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture->        Interline readout
348/323 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture ->        Interline readout->        Using multiple output registers
348/324 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Solid-state image sensor ->        Charge-coupled architecture->        Line transfer type
348/325 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Cathode-ray tube
348/326 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        Automatic beam focusing or alignment
348/327 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        Automatic beam current control
348/328 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        Remanent image erasure
348/329 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        With emissive target or photocathode (e.g., orthicon)
348/330 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        With emissive target or photocathode (e.g., orthicon)->        Dissector tube
348/331 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        With photoconductive target (e.g., vidicon)
348/332 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Array of photocells (i.e., nonsolid-state array)
348/333.01 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor
348/333.02 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor->        With display of additional information
348/333.03 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor ->        With display of additional information->        Including display of a frame and line of sight determination
348/333.04 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor ->        With display of additional information->        Including warning indication
348/333.05 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor->        Display of multiple images (e.g., thumbnail images, etc.)
348/333.06 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor->        Movable or rotatable unit
348/333.07 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor ->        Movable or rotatable unit->        Detachable
348/333.08 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor->        Including optics
348/333.09 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor ->        Including optics->        With optical viewfinder (e.g., correction for parallax, etc.)
348/333.1 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor ->        Including optics->        With projector function
348/333.11 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor->        Use for previewing images (e.g., variety of image resolutions, etc.)
348/333.12 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor->        Modification of displayed image
348/333.13 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With electronic viewfinder or display monitor->        Power saving mode
348/335 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Optics
348/336 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        Color separating optics
348/337 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Color separating optics->        Prism arrangement
348/338 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Color separating optics ->        Prism arrangement->        With dichroic layer or air gap between prism sections
348/339 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Color separating optics->        Exclusively dichroic elements
348/340 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        With optics peculiar to solid-state sensor
348/341 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        Optical viewfinder
348/342 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        With frequency selective filter (e.g., IR cut, optical LPF, etc.)
348/343 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        Optical multiplexing
348/344 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        Optical path switching
348/345 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        Focus control
348/346 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control->        With display of focusing condition or alarm
348/347 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control->        With zoom position detection or interrelated iris control
348/348 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control->        Using active ranging
348/349 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control->        Using image signal
348/350 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control ->        Using image signal->        With auxiliary sensor or separate area on imager
348/351 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control ->        Using image signal->        With oscillation of lens or sensor to optimize error signal
348/352 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control ->        Using image signal->        With motion detection
348/353 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control ->        Using image signal->        By detecting contrast
348/354 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control ->        Using image signal->        By analyzing high frequency component
348/355 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control ->        Using image signal ->        By analyzing high frequency component->        Plural high frequencies
348/356 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control ->        Using image signal ->        By analyzing high frequency component->        Detection of peak or slope of image signal
348/357 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Focus control->        Servo unit structure or mechanism
348/359 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        Fiber optics
348/360 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        Lens or filter substitution
348/361 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Lens or filter substitution->        Automatic
348/362 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        Exposure control
348/363 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Exposure control->        Automatic control of iris, stop, or diaphragm
348/364 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Exposure control ->        Automatic control of iris, stop, or diaphragm->        Based on image signal
348/365 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Exposure control ->        Automatic control of iris, stop, or diaphragm ->        Based on image signal->        Contrast
348/366 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Exposure control ->        Automatic control of iris, stop, or diaphragm->        Based on ambient light
348/367 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Exposure control->        Periodic shuttering
348/368 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics ->        Exposure control ->        Periodic shuttering->        Rotary
348/369 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Optics->        Changing viewing angle via optics
348/370 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        With object or scene illumination
348/371 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        With object or scene illumination->        Flash or strobe
348/372 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Power supply
348/373 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL ->        Support or housing
348/374 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Support or housing->        For internal camera components
348/375 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Support or housing->        For specified accessory
348/376 -> 207.99 CAMERA, SYSTEM AND DETAIL  ->        Support or housing->        Portable or hand-held
348/377 CATHODE-RAY TUBE DISPLAY EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE CONTROL
348/378 -> 377 CATHODE-RAY TUBE DISPLAY EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE CONTROL ->        With disabling
348/379 CATHODE-RAY TUBE DISPLAY AUTOMATIC BLACK LEVEL BIAS CONTROL
348/380 CATHODE-RAY TUBE DISPLAY BEAM CURRENT CONTROL
348/381 -> 380 CATHODE-RAY TUBE DISPLAY BEAM CURRENT CONTROL ->        With beam energy determining color
348/382 -> 380 CATHODE-RAY TUBE DISPLAY BEAM CURRENT CONTROL  ->        With beam energy determining color->        Variable depth of penetration of electron beam into the luminescent layer
348/383 MODULAR IMAGE DISPLAY SYSTEM
348/384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM
348/385.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM ->        Plural video programs in single channel
348/386.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Plural video programs in single channel->        Color television
348/387.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Plural video programs in single channel->        Data rate reduction
348/388.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM ->        Multiple channel (e.g., plural carrier)
348/389.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Multiple channel (e.g., plural carrier)->        Including one conventional or compatible channel (e.g., two channel NTSC systems)
348/390.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM ->        Data rate reduction
348/391.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Specified color signal
348/392.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Specified color signal->        Sub-Nyquist sampling
348/393.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Specified color signal->        Direct coding of color composite signal
348/394.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Specified color signal ->        Direct coding of color composite signal->        Predictive coding
348/395.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Specified color signal ->        Direct coding of color composite signal->        Transform coding
348/396.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Specified color signal->        Including luminance signal
348/397.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Using separate coders for different picture features (e.g., highs, lows)
348/398.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Using separate coders for different picture features (e.g., highs, lows)->        Subband encoding (e.g., low horizontal/low vertical frequency, low horizontal/high vertical frequency)
348/399.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Picture feature dependent sampling rate or sample selection
348/400.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Involving hybrid transform and difference coding
348/401.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving hybrid transform and difference coding->        With prior difference coding
348/402.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving hybrid transform and difference coding ->        With prior difference coding->        Including motion vector
348/403.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Involving transform coding
348/404.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving transform coding->        Adaptive
348/405.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving transform coding ->        Adaptive->        Sampling
348/406.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving transform coding ->        Adaptive->        Normalizer
348/407.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving transform coding ->        Adaptive->        Motion
348/408.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving transform coding->        Transformed sample selection (e.g., hierarchical sample selection)
348/409.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive)
348/410.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive)->        Involving both base and differential encoding
348/411.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive)->        Plural predictors
348/412.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive) ->        Plural predictors->        Including temporal predictor (e.g., frame difference)
348/413.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive) ->        Plural predictors ->        Including temporal predictor (e.g., frame difference)->        Including motion vector
348/414.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive) ->        Plural predictors->        Involving pattern matching
348/415.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive)->        Including temporal prediction (e.g., frame difference)
348/416.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive) ->        Including temporal prediction (e.g., frame difference)->        Including motion vector
348/417.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive) ->        Including temporal prediction (e.g., frame difference)->        Involving pattern matching
348/418.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive)->        Involving pattern matching
348/419.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving difference transmission (e.g., predictive)->        Coding element controlled by buffer fullness
348/420.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Involving block coding
348/421.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Involving block coding->        Involving minimum, maximum, or average of block
348/422.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Involving pattern matching
348/423.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Arrangements for multiplexing one video signal, one or more audio signals, and a synchronizing signal
348/424.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Sub-Nyquist sampling
348/424.2 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Sub-Nyquist sampling->        Adaptive
348/425.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction->        Associated signal processing
348/425.2 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Associated signal processing->        Involving error detection or correction
348/425.3 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Associated signal processing->        Involving signal formatting
348/425.4 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Data rate reduction ->        Associated signal processing->        Involving synchronization
348/426.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM ->        Format type
348/427.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type->        Including frequency folding (e.g., subsampling)
348/428.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type ->        Including frequency folding (e.g., subsampling)->        Spotwobble (e.g., pixels from plural lines form single transmitted line)
348/429.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type ->        Including frequency folding (e.g., subsampling)->        Including video-related information
348/430.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type ->        Including frequency folding (e.g., subsampling)->        Using two or more frames
348/431.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type ->        Including frequency folding (e.g., subsampling) ->        Using two or more frames->        Motion adaptive
348/432.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type->        Added video information in standard channel format
348/433.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type ->        Added video information in standard channel format->        Including additional modulation of picture carrier (e.g., quadrature)
348/434.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type ->        Added video information in standard channel format->        Including information in sync, blanking, or overscan
348/435.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type ->        Added video information in standard channel format ->        Including information in sync, blanking, or overscan->        During vertical blanking interval
348/436.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type ->        Added video information in standard channel format->        Including use of a subcarrier
348/437.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM  ->        Format type->        Individual processing of different parts of image frequency band (e.g., sum and difference, high band/low band)
348/438.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM ->        Individual processing of different parts of image frequency band (e.g., sum and difference, high band/low band)
348/439.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM ->        Frame field or line dropping followed by time expansion and time compression
348/440.1 -> 384.1 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION SYSTEM ->        Scan rate variation
348/441 FORMAT CONVERSION
348/442 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION ->        Involving polar to Cartesian or vice versa
348/443 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION ->        Involving both line number and field rate conversion (e.g., PAL to NTSC)
348/444 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION  ->        Involving both line number and field rate conversion (e.g., PAL to NTSC)->        Specified chrominance signal
348/445 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION ->        Conversion between standards with different aspect ratios
348/446 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION ->        Progressive to interlace
348/447 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION ->        Field rate type flicker compensating
348/448 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION ->        Line doublers type (e.g., interlace to progressive IDTV type)
348/449 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION  ->        Line doublers type (e.g., interlace to progressive IDTV type)->        Including nonstandard signal detection
348/450 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION  ->        Line doublers type (e.g., interlace to progressive IDTV type)->        Specified chrominance processing (e.g., Y/C separation)
348/451 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION  ->        Line doublers type (e.g., interlace to progressive IDTV type) ->        Specified chrominance processing (e.g., Y/C separation)->        Motion adaptive
348/452 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION  ->        Line doublers type (e.g., interlace to progressive IDTV type)->        Motion adaptive
348/453 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION ->        Specified chrominance processing
348/454 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION  ->        Specified chrominance processing->        PAL to NTSC or vice versa
348/455 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION  ->        Specified chrominance processing->        In which simultaneous signals are converted into sequential signals or vice versa
348/456 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION  ->        Specified chrominance processing ->        In which simultaneous signals are converted into sequential signals or vice versa->        Field or frame sequential to simultaneous
348/457 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION  ->        Specified chrominance processing->        Frequency change of subcarrier
348/458 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION ->        Changing number of lines for standard conversion
348/459 -> 441 FORMAT CONVERSION ->        Changing number of fields for standard conversion
348/460 DIVERSE DEVICE CONTROLLED BY INFORMATION EMBEDDED IN VIDEO SIGNAL
348/461 NONPICTORIAL DATA PACKET IN TELEVISION FORMAT
348/462 -> 461 NONPICTORIAL DATA PACKET IN TELEVISION FORMAT ->        Audio
348/463 -> 461 NONPICTORIAL DATA PACKET IN TELEVISION FORMAT ->        Full field
348/464 -> 461 NONPICTORIAL DATA PACKET IN TELEVISION FORMAT ->        Sync
348/465 -> 461 NONPICTORIAL DATA PACKET IN TELEVISION FORMAT ->        Data separation or detection
348/466 -> 461 NONPICTORIAL DATA PACKET IN TELEVISION FORMAT ->        Error correction or prevention
348/467 -> 461 NONPICTORIAL DATA PACKET IN TELEVISION FORMAT ->        Data format
348/468 -> 461 NONPICTORIAL DATA PACKET IN TELEVISION FORMAT ->        Including teletext decoder or display
348/469 FORMAT
348/470 -> 469 FORMAT ->        Adapted to reduce noise or for frequency modulation (e.g., variable gain)
348/471 -> 469 FORMAT ->        Including pulse modulation of video signal (e.g., pulse width, PAM)
348/472 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including pulse modulation of video signal (e.g., pulse width, PAM)->        Pulse code modulation
348/473 -> 469 FORMAT ->        Including additional information
348/474 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information->        For controlling video processing (e.g., digitally assisted video)
348/475 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information->        Additional modulation of picture carrier (e.g., quadrature)
348/476 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information->        During sync, blanking, or overscan
348/477 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information ->        During sync, blanking, or overscan->        During both vertical and horizontal blanking
348/478 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information ->        During sync, blanking, or overscan->        During vertical blanking
348/479 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information ->        During sync, blanking, or overscan->        During horizontal blanking
348/480 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information ->        During sync, blanking, or overscan ->        During horizontal blanking->        Sound signal
348/481 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information ->        During sync, blanking, or overscan ->        During horizontal blanking ->        Sound signal->        Plural (e.g., stereo or SAP)
348/482 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information ->        During sync, blanking, or overscan->        Sound signal
348/483 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information ->        During sync, blanking, or overscan ->        Sound signal->        Plural (e.g., stereo or SAP)
348/484 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information->        Sound signal
348/485 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information ->        Sound signal->        Plural (e.g., stereo or SAP)
348/486 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Including additional information->        Including the use of a subcarrier
348/487 -> 469 FORMAT ->        Broadband (e.g., occupying two adjacent channels or parts thereof)
348/488 -> 469 FORMAT ->        Specified color signal format
348/489 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Specified color signal format->        Time division multiplexing of luminance and chrominance (e.g., MAC)
348/490 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Specified color signal format->        Field or frame sequential systems
348/491 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Specified color signal format->        Simultaneous and sequential (e.g., SECAM)
348/492 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Specified color signal format->        Simultaneous signals
348/493 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Specified color signal format ->        Simultaneous signals->        Luminance plus dual-phase modulated color carrier
348/494 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Specified color signal format ->        Simultaneous signals->        Dot sequential
348/495 -> 469 FORMAT ->        Of sync signal
348/496 -> 469 FORMAT  ->        Of sync signal->        Color
348/497 FLUTTER OR JITTER CORRECTION (E.G., DYNAMIC REPRODUCTION)
348/498 -> 497 FLUTTER OR JITTER CORRECTION (E.G., DYNAMIC REPRODUCTION) ->        Specified color
348/499 -> 497 FLUTTER OR JITTER CORRECTION (E.G., DYNAMIC REPRODUCTION)  ->        Specified color->        Using frequency shifting (e.g., heterodyne)
348/500 SYNCHRONIZATION
348/501 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        Reprocessing
348/502 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Reprocessing->        Specified color
348/503 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        For sequential color components
348/504 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        For sequential color components->        With line rate switch (e.g., SECAM)
348/505 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        Phase locking regenerated subcarrier to color burst
348/506 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Phase locking regenerated subcarrier to color burst->        Burst gate
348/507 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Phase locking regenerated subcarrier to color burst->        Including demodulator
348/508 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Phase locking regenerated subcarrier to color burst ->        Including demodulator->        Digital
348/509 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Phase locking regenerated subcarrier to color burst ->        Including demodulator->        With line rate switch (e.g., PAL)
348/510 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        Locking of computer to video timebase
348/511 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        Control of picture position
348/512 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        Locking of video or audio to reference timebase
348/513 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Locking of video or audio to reference timebase->        Frame or field synchronizers
348/514 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Locking of video or audio to reference timebase ->        Frame or field synchronizers->        Color television
348/515 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Locking of video or audio to reference timebase->        Audio to video
348/516 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Locking of video or audio to reference timebase->        By controlling video or sync generator
348/517 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Locking of video or audio to reference timebase ->        By controlling video or sync generator->        Color television
348/518 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Locking of video or audio to reference timebase->        Including compensation for transmission delays
348/519 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Locking of video or audio to reference timebase ->        Including compensation for transmission delays->        Color television
348/520 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Locking of video or audio to reference timebase->        Color
348/521 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        Sync generation
348/522 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync generation->        Means on video signal generator
348/523 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync generation->        With addressable memory
348/524 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync generation->        With counter or frequency divider
348/525 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        Sync separation
348/526 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation->        Field or frame identification
348/527 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation ->        Field or frame identification->        Color
348/528 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation->        Including automatic gain control (AGC)
348/529 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation->        To produce distinct vertical output
348/530 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation ->        To produce distinct vertical output->        With distinct horizontal output
348/531 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation->        To produce distinct horizontal output
348/532 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation->        By amplitude
348/533 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation->        Noise reduction
348/534 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation ->        Noise reduction->        Amplitude limiting
348/535 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Sync separation ->        Noise reduction->        Noise inversion
348/536 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        Automatic phase or frequency control
348/537 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control->        Of sampling or clock
348/538 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control ->        Of sampling or clock->        With data interpolation
348/539 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control ->        Of sampling or clock->        Color
348/540 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control->        Horizontal sync component
348/541 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control ->        Horizontal sync component->        Cascaded phase or frequency adjusting
348/542 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control ->        Horizontal sync component->        Plural distinct operating modes
348/543 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control ->        Horizontal sync component ->        Plural distinct operating modes->        Line rates
348/544 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control ->        Horizontal sync component ->        Plural distinct operating modes->        Locking rates
348/545 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control ->        Horizontal sync component ->        Plural distinct operating modes ->        Locking rates->        Different mode during vertical blanking
348/546 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control ->        Horizontal sync component->        Countdown
348/547 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control->        Vertical sync component
348/548 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control ->        Vertical sync component->        Countdown
348/549 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION  ->        Automatic phase or frequency control->        Using color subcarrier
348/550 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        To achieve interlaced scanning
348/551 -> 500 SYNCHRONIZATION ->        Of mechanical scan
348/552 COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ART DEVICE (E.G., COMPUTER, TELEPHONE)
348/553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION
348/554 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION ->        Multimode (e.g., composite, Y, CSEMI baseband RF)
348/555 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        Multimode (e.g., composite, Y, CSEMI baseband RF)->        For receiving more than one format at will (e.g., NTSC/PAL)
348/556 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        Multimode (e.g., composite, Y, CSEMI baseband RF) ->        For receiving more than one format at will (e.g., NTSC/PAL)->        For format with different aspect ratio
348/557 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        Multimode (e.g., composite, Y, CSEMI baseband RF) ->        For receiving more than one format at will (e.g., NTSC/PAL)->        Color processing
348/558 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        Multimode (e.g., composite, Y, CSEMI baseband RF)->        Format detection
348/559 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION ->        Instant replay or freeze frame
348/560 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        Instant replay or freeze frame->        Color television processing
348/561 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION ->        For magnification of part of image
348/562 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        For magnification of part of image->        Color television
348/563 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION ->        For display of additional information
348/564 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        For display of additional information->        Simultaneously and on same screen (e.g., multiscreen)
348/565 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        For display of additional information ->        Simultaneously and on same screen (e.g., multiscreen)->        Picture in picture
348/566 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        For display of additional information ->        Simultaneously and on same screen (e.g., multiscreen) ->        Picture in picture->        Color television
348/567 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        For display of additional information ->        Simultaneously and on same screen (e.g., multiscreen) ->        Picture in picture->        Memory
348/568 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        For display of additional information ->        Simultaneously and on same screen (e.g., multiscreen) ->        Picture in picture->        Compression
348/569 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        For display of additional information->        Receiver indicator (e.g., on screen display)
348/570 -> 553 BASIC RECEIVER WITH ADDITIONAL FUNCTION  ->        For display of additional information ->        Receiver indicator (e.g., on screen display)->        Tuning indication
348/571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION
348/572 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        A/D converters
348/573 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        A/D converters->        Analog to binary
348/574 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        A/D converters->        Including dither
348/575 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Video reprocessing
348/576 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Selective image modification (e.g., touch up)
348/577 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Selective image modification (e.g., touch up)->        Color change type
348/578 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Special effects
348/579 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects->        Strobe (e.g., ball tracker)
348/580 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects->        Geometric transformation
348/581 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Geometric transformation->        Size change
348/582 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Geometric transformation ->        Size change->        Color signal
348/583 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Geometric transformation->        Rotation
348/584 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects->        Combining plural sources
348/585 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources->        Including priority key
348/586 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources->        Foreground/background insertion
348/587 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Foreground/background insertion->        Including hue detection (e.g., chroma key)
348/588 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources->        Multiple distinct images (e.g., splitscreen)
348/589 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources->        Including insertion of characters or graphics (e.g., titles)
348/590 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources->        Specified details of key signal generation or processing
348/591 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Specified details of key signal generation or processing->        Self keyers (e.g., key generated from video being mixed
348/592 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Specified details of key signal generation or processing ->        Self keyers (e.g., key generated from video being mixed->        Chroma key (e.g., hue detector)
348/593 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Specified details of key signal generation or processing->        Artificial key generation
348/594 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Specified details of key signal generation or processing ->        Artificial key generation->        Wipes signal generator
348/595 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Specified details of key signal generation or processing ->        Artificial key generation->        Fades signal generator
348/596 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Specified details of key signal generation or processing ->        Artificial key generation->        Window signal generator (e.g., rectangle)
348/597 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Specified details of key signal generation or processing->        For generation of soft edge (e.g., blending)
348/598 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources->        Specified details of signal combining
348/599 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Specified details of signal combining->        Color signal
348/600 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources ->        Specified details of signal combining->        Graphic or character insertion type
348/601 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Special effects ->        Combining plural sources->        Marker or pointer generator
348/602 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Display controlled by ambient light
348/603 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Display controlled by ambient light->        Specified color (e.g., saturation and contrast control)
348/604 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Including nonstandard signal detection controlling processing
348/605 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Including vertical interval reference (e.g., VIR)
348/606 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Combined noise reduction and transition sharpening
348/607 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction
348/608 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction->        Processing at encoder or transmitter (e.g., pre-correction)
348/609 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Processing at encoder or transmitter (e.g., pre-correction)->        Reduction of chrominance luminance cross-talk (e.g., precomb)
348/610 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Processing at encoder or transmitter (e.g., pre-correction) ->        Reduction of chrominance luminance cross-talk (e.g., precomb)->        Adaptive
348/611 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Processing at encoder or transmitter (e.g., pre-correction)->        To suppress echo
348/612 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Processing at encoder or transmitter (e.g., pre-correction)->        Color signals
348/613 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Processing at encoder or transmitter (e.g., pre-correction)->        Complementary system (e.g., preemphasis - deemphasis)
348/614 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction->        Ghost elimination (e.g., multipath)
348/615 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction->        Blackspot or shading correction (e.g., corrects for fixed pattern defects)
348/616 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction->        Dropout compensator (e.g., replacement type)
348/617 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        Dropout compensator (e.g., replacement type)->        For color television
348/618 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction->        For removal of low amplitude random noise (e.g., variable bandwidth)
348/619 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        For removal of low amplitude random noise (e.g., variable bandwidth)->        Averaging type
348/620 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        For removal of low amplitude random noise (e.g., variable bandwidth) ->        Averaging type->        Using frame or field delays (e.g., motion adaptive)
348/621 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        For removal of low amplitude random noise (e.g., variable bandwidth) ->        Averaging type->        For color television
348/622 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        For removal of low amplitude random noise (e.g., variable bandwidth)->        Noise component generator, limiter, subtractor type
348/623 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction ->        For removal of low amplitude random noise (e.g., variable bandwidth)->        Coring type
348/624 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Noise or undesired signal reduction->        For color television
348/625 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Transition or edge sharpeners
348/626 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Transition or edge sharpeners->        Scanning velocity modulation
348/627 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Transition or edge sharpeners->        Including processing to prevent the addition of noise (e.g., coring enhancement signal, noise responsive peaking control)
348/628 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Transition or edge sharpeners->        Vertical transition
348/629 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Transition or edge sharpeners ->        Vertical transition->        Including horizontal transition
348/630 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Transition or edge sharpeners->        Color television processing
348/631 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Transition or edge sharpeners ->        Color television processing->        Luminance transition controls chrominance transition
348/632 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Sound muting
348/633 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Sound muting->        Including picture blanking
348/634 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Picture blanking
348/635 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Picture blanking->        For color television
348/636 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Picture blanking->        At transmitter
348/637 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Picture blanking->        Retrace type
348/638 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Chrominance signal demodulator
348/639 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance signal demodulator->        Digital
348/640 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance signal demodulator->        PAL signal
348/641 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance signal demodulator->        For quadrature signal (e.g., NTSC)
348/642 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Color encoder or chrominance signal modulator
348/643 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Color killer
348/644 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Color killer->        Including chrominance signal amplitude control
348/645 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Chrominance signal amplitude control (e.g., saturation)
348/646 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance signal amplitude control (e.g., saturation)->        Digital
348/647 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance signal amplitude control (e.g., saturation)->        Automatic
348/648 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance signal amplitude control (e.g., saturation) ->        Automatic->        Picture responsive (e.g., overload)
348/649 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Hue control
348/650 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Hue control->        Scene by scene color correction
348/651 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Hue control->        Digital
348/652 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Hue control->        Fleshtone corrector (e.g., fixed)
348/653 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Hue control ->        Fleshtone corrector (e.g., fixed)->        By phase change of chrominance signal or subcarrier
348/654 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Hue control->        By phase change of chrominance signal or subcarrier
348/655 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Color balance or temperature (e.g., white balance)
348/656 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Color balance or temperature (e.g., white balance)->        Receiver type
348/657 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Color balance or temperature (e.g., white balance) ->        Receiver type->        Including feedback control
348/658 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Color balance or temperature (e.g., white balance) ->        Receiver type ->        Including feedback control->        Including optical sensor to observe display (e.g., CRT)
348/659 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Matrixing or mixing
348/660 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Matrixing or mixing->        Digital
348/661 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Matrixing or mixing->        Masking (e.g., R, G, B to R`, G`, B`)
348/662 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Chrominance phase adjuster (e.g., inverter)
348/663 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Chrominance-luminance signal separation
348/664 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance-luminance signal separation->        Logic circuit type
348/665 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance-luminance signal separation->        Including comb filter (e.g., using line, field, frame delays)
348/666 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance-luminance signal separation ->        Including comb filter (e.g., using line, field, frame delays)->        Including adaptive artifacts removal (e.g., switchable trap or LPF in luma channel)
348/667 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance-luminance signal separation ->        Including comb filter (e.g., using line, field, frame delays)->        Adaptive comb filter
348/668 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance-luminance signal separation ->        Including comb filter (e.g., using line, field, frame delays) ->        Adaptive comb filter->        Selects or blends two or more separated signals to derive output
348/669 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance-luminance signal separation ->        Including comb filter (e.g., using line, field, frame delays) ->        Adaptive comb filter ->        Selects or blends two or more separated signals to derive output->        Including frame or field delays (e.g., motion adaptive)
348/670 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Chrominance-luminance signal separation ->        Including comb filter (e.g., using line, field, frame delays)->        Including frame or field delays
348/671 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Gray scale transformation
348/672 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation->        Using histogram
348/673 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation->        Combined contrast control and brightness or DC level control
348/674 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation->        Nonlinear amplitude modification (e.g., gamma)
348/675 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Nonlinear amplitude modification (e.g., gamma)->        Color television
348/676 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Nonlinear amplitude modification (e.g., gamma)->        By adding outputs from parallel channels
348/677 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Nonlinear amplitude modification (e.g., gamma)->        With specified DC level control
348/678 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation->        Automatic range control (e.g., AGC, automatic contrast control)
348/679 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Automatic range control (e.g., AGC, automatic contrast control)->        Color television
348/680 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Automatic range control (e.g., AGC, automatic contrast control)->        At transmitter
348/681 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Automatic range control (e.g., AGC, automatic contrast control)->        Carrier envelope
348/682 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Automatic range control (e.g., AGC, automatic contrast control)->        Sync or blanking
348/683 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Automatic range control (e.g., AGC, automatic contrast control) ->        Sync or blanking->        Noise reduction or elimination
348/684 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Automatic range control (e.g., AGC, automatic contrast control) ->        Sync or blanking->        Keyed
348/685 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation ->        Automatic range control (e.g., AGC, automatic contrast control)->        Delayed AGC
348/686 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Gray scale transformation->        Manual contrast control (e.g., linear)
348/687 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Brightness control
348/688 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Brightness control->        By subtracting averaged active video portion (e.g., flare)
348/689 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Brightness control->        With DC clamping
348/690 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        White limiter
348/691 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        DC insertion
348/692 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        DC insertion->        Color television
348/693 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        DC insertion->        At transmitter
348/694 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        DC insertion->        For plural signals or signal components
348/695 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        DC insertion->        Level inserted during keying signals (e.g., keyed clamp)
348/696 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        DC insertion->        Insertion level derived by key signals
348/697 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        DC insertion ->        Insertion level derived by key signals->        Level derived within feedback path
348/698 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        DC insertion->        Diode
348/699 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Motion vector generation
348/700 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Motion dependent key signal generation or scene change detection
348/701 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Motion dependent key signal generation or scene change detection->        Specified processing of frame or field difference signal (e.g., noise reduction, key signal spreading)
348/702 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Motion dependent key signal generation or scene change detection->        Composite color signal
348/703 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Hue or saturation detector
348/704 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Sweep expansion or reduction
348/705 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Switching
348/706 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Switching->        receiver type
348/707 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Amplifiers
348/708 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Color television signal processing
348/709 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Color television signal processing->        Signal modification for one gun color tube (e.g., dot sequential)
348/710 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Color television signal processing->        Differential phase or amplitude responsive
348/711 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Color television signal processing->        Frequency response modification
348/712 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Color television signal processing->        Luminance channel circuitry
348/713 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Color television signal processing->        Chrominance channel circuitry
348/714 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        With details of static storage device
348/715 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        With details of static storage device->        For storing a sequence of frames or fields
348/716 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        With details of static storage device->        Specified data formatting (e.g., memory mapping)
348/717 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        With details of static storage device ->        Specified data formatting (e.g., memory mapping)->        Of color signal
348/718 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        With details of static storage device->        Accessing circuitry
348/719 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        With details of static storage device ->        Accessing circuitry->        Including processor interface (e.g., CPU)
348/720 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION ->        Digital
348/721 -> 571 IMAGE SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUITRY SPECIFIC TO TELEVISION  ->        Digital->        Plural processing units
348/722 STUDIO EQUIPMENT
348/723 TELEVISION TRANSMITTER CIRCUITRY
348/724 -> 723 TELEVISION TRANSMITTER CIRCUITRY ->        Modulator
348/725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY
348/726 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Demodulator
348/727 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY  ->        Demodulator->        Color television
348/728 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Color television
348/729 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Television receiver adapted to receive radio broadcast or in combination with radio receiver
348/730 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Power supply
348/731 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Tuning
348/732 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY  ->        Tuning->        Search tuning
348/733 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY  ->        Tuning->        Tuning voltage
348/734 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Remote control
348/735 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Automatic frequency control
348/736 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Sound traps
348/737 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Intercarrier circuits
348/738 -> 725 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Sound circuit
348/739 VIDEO DISPLAY
348/740 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Array of shutters
348/741 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Red-white phenomena
348/742 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Color sequential
348/743 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Color sequential->        With moving color filters
348/744 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Projection device
348/745 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device->        With alignment, registration or focus
348/746 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        With alignment, registration or focus->        Raster shape distortion
348/747 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        With alignment, registration or focus->        Raster size or position compensation
348/748 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device->        With cooling device
348/749 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        With cooling device->        Liquid
348/750 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device->        Plural parallel light modulators
348/751 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Plural parallel light modulators->        Liquid crystal
348/752 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Plural parallel light modulators->        Using birefringent or polarizing medium (e.g., Kerr cell, Pockel`s cell, etc.)
348/753 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Plural parallel light modulators ->        Using birefringent or polarizing medium (e.g., Kerr cell, Pockel`s cell, etc.)->        Electron beam addressed
348/754 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Plural parallel light modulators->        Acousto-optic (e.g., Bragg cell, etc.)
348/755 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Plural parallel light modulators->        Deformable medium
348/756 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Plural parallel light modulators->        With optical element
348/757 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Plural parallel light modulators ->        With optical element->        Beam combining
348/758 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device->        Plural serial light modulators
348/759 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device->        Single light modulator
348/760 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator->        Color TV
348/761 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Color TV->        Liquid crystal
348/762 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Color TV->        Using birefringent or polarizing medium (e.g., Kerr cell, Pockel`s cell, etc.)
348/763 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Color TV ->        Using birefringent or polarizing medium (e.g., Kerr cell, Pockel`s cell, etc.)->        Electron beam addressed
348/764 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Color TV->        Deformable medium
348/765 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Color TV ->        Deformable medium->        Fluid
348/766 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator->        Liquid crystal
348/767 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator->        Using birefringent or polarizing medium (e.g., Kerr cell, Pockel`s cell, etc.)
348/768 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Using birefringent or polarizing medium (e.g., Kerr cell, Pockel`s cell, etc.)->        Electron beam addressed
348/769 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator->        Acousto-optic
348/770 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator->        Deformable medium
348/771 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Deformable medium->        Including solid-state deflection elements (e.g., deformable mirror device (DMD))
348/772 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Deformable medium->        Medium in tape, ribbon, or membrane form
348/773 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Deformable medium->        Fluid medium
348/774 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Deformable medium ->        Fluid medium->        Deformed into diffraction grating (e.g., using electron beam)
348/775 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Single light modulator ->        Deformable medium->        Having significant chemical composition
348/776 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device->        Cathode-ray tube image source
348/777 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source->        With intensifier
348/778 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source->        Plural CRTs
348/779 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source ->        Plural CRTs->        With optical element
348/780 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source ->        Plural CRTs ->        With optical element->        Beam combining
348/781 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source->        With optical element
348/782 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source ->        With optical element->        Mirror arrangement
348/783 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source ->        With optical element ->        Mirror arrangement->        Concave mirror
348/784 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source ->        With optical element ->        Mirror arrangement ->        Concave mirror->        With correcting plate
348/785 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source ->        With optical element->        Adjustable
348/786 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source ->        With optical element->        With screen or absorption filter
348/787 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source->        Cabinet or chassis
348/788 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device ->        Cathode-ray tube image source ->        Cabinet or chassis->        Folding
348/789 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Projection device->        Cabinet or chassis
348/790 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Liquid crystal
348/791 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Liquid crystal->        Color TV
348/792 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Liquid crystal->        Scanning circuit
348/793 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Liquid crystal ->        Scanning circuit->        Interlacing
348/794 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Liquid crystal->        With cabinet or housing structure
348/795 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Direct viewed light valve
348/796 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Vacuum panel
348/797 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Gas discharge
348/798 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Array of lamps
348/799 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Array of lamps->        Color TV
348/800 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Electroluminescent (e.g., scanned matrix, etc.)
348/801 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Electroluminescent (e.g., scanned matrix, etc.)->        Light emitting diode
348/802 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Electroluminescent (e.g., scanned matrix, etc.) ->        Light emitting diode->        Color TV
348/803 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Electroluminescent (e.g., scanned matrix, etc.)->        Color TV
348/804 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        With optical fiber device
348/805 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Cathode-ray tube
348/806 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        With distortion, alignment or focus
348/807 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        With distortion, alignment or focus->        Color convergence correction
348/808 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        Color TV
348/809 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Color TV->        Separate electron beams in single tube
348/810 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Color TV->        One electron beam supplying more than one color
348/811 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Color TV ->        One electron beam supplying more than one color->        Beam position indicating
348/812 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Color TV ->        One electron beam supplying more than one color ->        Beam position indicating->        Horizontal stripes
348/813 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Color TV ->        One electron beam supplying more than one color ->        Beam position indicating->        Photoelectric sensor
348/814 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Color TV ->        One electron beam supplying more than one color ->        Beam position indicating->        Secondary emission sensor
348/815 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Color TV ->        One electron beam supplying more than one color->        With electron-optical color selection
348/816 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Color TV->        With color specific optical device
348/817 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Color TV ->        With color specific optical device->        Electrochromic device
348/818 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        Protective device
348/819 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Protective device->        Radiation protection for user
348/820 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Protective device->        External electric or magnetic effect
348/821 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Protective device->        Implosion protection
348/822 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Protective device ->        Implosion protection->        Tensioned band
348/823 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Protective device ->        Implosion protection->        Protective glass or panel
348/824 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Protective device ->        Implosion protection ->        Protective glass or panel->        Bonded to CRT faceplate
348/825 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        Support
348/826 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Support->        CRT having only support at front portion
348/827 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Support->        CRT position adjustable by user
348/828 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Support->        Deflection element support
348/829 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Support ->        Deflection element support->        Yoke
348/830 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Support ->        Deflection element support ->        Yoke->        Supported by CRT neck
348/831 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        Support ->        Deflection element support ->        Yoke ->        Supported by CRT neck->        Adjustable
348/832 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube->        With optical element
348/833 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        With optical element->        For line elimination
348/834 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        With optical element->        Glare reduction
348/835 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cathode-ray tube ->        With optical element->        Filters
348/836 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY ->        Cabinet or chassis
348/837 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cabinet or chassis->        With vehicle
348/838 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cabinet or chassis->        Portable
348/839 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cabinet or chassis->        Modular
348/840 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cabinet or chassis->        Multiple screens
348/841 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cabinet or chassis->        Masking
348/842 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cabinet or chassis->        Light shielding
348/843 -> 739 VIDEO DISPLAY  ->        Cabinet or chassis->        Cabinet back
348/844 MISCELLANEOUS
348/901 HIGH SPEED TELEVISION SYSTEM
348/902 PHOTOCHROMIC
348/903 INCLUDING SIDE PANEL INFORMATION IN SINGLE CHANNEL
348/904 SEPARATION OR JOINING OF SIDE AND CENTER PANELS
348/905 REPRODUCTION OF A COLOR FIELD OR FRAME
348/908 CONVERTIBLE CIRCUITS (E.G., Y/C SEPARATION OR NOISE REDUCTION)
348/909 NOISE RESPONSIVE SIGNAL PROCESSING
348/910 FLICKER REDUCTION
348/911 LINE DOUBLER ADAPTED FOR REPRODUCING PROGRAM ORIGINALLY FROM FILM (E.G., 24 FRAME PER SECOND)
348/912 DIFFERENTIAL AMPLITUDE CONSIDERATION (E.G., AMPLITUDE VS. FREQUENCY)
348/913 LETTERBOX (E.G., DISPLAY 16COLON9 ASPECT RATIO IMAGE ON 4COLON3 SCREEN)
348/914 DELAY FOR EQUALIZATION
349/1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM
349/2 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM ->        Liquid crystal for recording or imaging on photosensitive medium
349/3 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM  ->        Liquid crystal for recording or imaging on photosensitive medium->        Printer or print bar
349/4 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM  ->        Liquid crystal for recording or imaging on photosensitive medium->        Exposure device for lithography
349/5 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM ->        Projector including liquid crystal cell (s)
349/6 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM  ->        Projector including liquid crystal cell (s)->        Overhead projector
349/7 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM  ->        Projector including liquid crystal cell (s)->        Video/motion picture projector
349/8 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM  ->        Projector including liquid crystal cell (s)->        Plural light path projectors
349/9 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM  ->        Projector including liquid crystal cell (s) ->        Plural light path projectors->        Having light separated into S and P polarization
349/10 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM  ->        Projector including liquid crystal cell (s) ->        Plural light path projectors->        Wherein liquid crystal cells include microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal
349/11 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM ->        Heads-up display
349/12 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM ->        Liquid crystal writing tablet
349/13 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM ->        Liquid crystal eyewear (glasses, goggles, etc.)
349/14 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM  ->        Liquid crystal eyewear (glasses, goggles, etc.)->        For protection
349/15 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM ->        Stereoscopic
349/16 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM ->        Liquid crystal window
349/17 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM ->        Computational system employing liquid crystal element (neural network, correlation device, optical computer)
349/18 -> 1 LIQUID CRYSTAL SYSTEM ->        Variable or rotatable retarder used with other retarders to produce filtering effects (Solc, Lyot, Partial)
349/19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL
349/20 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL ->        Thermal excitation
349/21 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Thermal excitation->        By heating electrode
349/22 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Thermal excitation->        By light beam heating (e.g., IR, laser, etc.)
349/23 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL ->        Magnetic or pressure excitation
349/24 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL ->        Optical excitation
349/25 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Optical excitation->        With photoconductive layer (e.g., spatial light modulator(SLMs))
349/26 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Optical excitation ->        With photoconductive layer (e.g., spatial light modulator(SLMs))->        Of an alloy of S, Se, or Te
349/27 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Optical excitation ->        With photoconductive layer (e.g., spatial light modulator(SLMs))->        With silicon photoconductive layer
349/28 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Optical excitation ->        With photoconductive layer (e.g., spatial light modulator(SLMs)) ->        With silicon photoconductive layer->        With silicon photodiode, N-I-N photoconductor structure, or P-I-P photoconductor structure
349/29 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Optical excitation ->        With photoconductive layer (e.g., spatial light modulator(SLMs))->        With particular light blocking layer for separating read and write lights
349/30 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Optical excitation ->        With photoconductive layer (e.g., spatial light modulator(SLMs))->        With particular dielectric mirror for spatial light modulator (i.e., SLM)
349/31 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL ->        Electron beam excitation
349/32 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL ->        Plasma excitation
349/33 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.)
349/34 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.)->        With application of holding or bias voltage (i.e., voltage which does not change the optical state of the liquid crystal)
349/35 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.)->        For driving Grandjean to focal conic or dynamic scattering type liquid crystal
349/36 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.)->        Including diverse driving frequencies
349/37 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.)->        Polarity based driving
349/38 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.)->        With supplemental capacitor
349/39 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With supplemental capacitor->        In active matrix with separate dedicated capacitor line
349/40 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.)->        With antistatic elements
349/41 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.)->        With particular switching device
349/42 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device->        Transistor
349/43 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Transistor->        Structure of transistor
349/44 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Transistor ->        Structure of transistor->        With light block conductively connected to transistor
349/45 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Transistor ->        Structure of transistor->        Transferred transistor
349/46 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Transistor ->        Structure of transistor->        With particular gate electrode structure
349/47 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Transistor ->        Structure of transistor ->        With particular gate electrode structure->        With gate electrode between liquid crystal and semiconductor layer
349/48 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Transistor->        Plural nonredundant transistors per pixel
349/49 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device->        Two terminal nonlinear switching device (e.g., N-I-N, S-I-S, Ferroelectric, etc.)
349/50 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Two terminal nonlinear switching device (e.g., N-I-N, S-I-S, Ferroelectric, etc.)->        Diode
349/51 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Two terminal nonlinear switching device (e.g., N-I-N, S-I-S, Ferroelectric, etc.)->        Metal-insulator-metal (i.e., MIM)
349/52 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Two terminal nonlinear switching device (e.g., N-I-N, S-I-S, Ferroelectric, etc.) ->        Metal-insulator-metal (i.e., MIM)->        With particular insulating layer
349/53 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        With particular switching device ->        Two terminal nonlinear switching device (e.g., N-I-N, S-I-S, Ferroelectric, etc.)->        Varistor
349/54 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.)->        Matrix including additional element (s) which correct or compensate for electrical fault
349/55 -> 19 PARTICULAR EXCITATION OF LIQUID CRYSTAL  ->        Electrical excitation of liquid crystal (i.e., particular voltage pulses, AC vs. DC, threshold voltages, etc.) ->        Matrix including additional element (s) which correct or compensate for electrical fault->        Laser links
349/56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE
349/57 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE ->        Lens or prism separate from projection system (i.e., it is not integral part of illumination system)
349/58 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE ->        Holder, support, frame, or housing
349/59 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Holder, support, frame, or housing->        Including electromagnetic shielding
349/60 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Holder, support, frame, or housing->        Including resilient support member
349/61 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE ->        Particular illumination
349/62 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination->        With integral optical element for guiding or distributing light from the light source
349/63 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination ->        With integral optical element for guiding or distributing light from the light source->        Specifically for guiding light in a front-lit device
349/64 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination ->        With integral optical element for guiding or distributing light from the light source->        Diffuser between light source and liquid crystal
349/65 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination ->        With integral optical element for guiding or distributing light from the light source->        Edge lit type light guide behind liquid crystal
349/66 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination ->        With integral optical element for guiding or distributing light from the light source->        Louvres
349/67 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination ->        With integral optical element for guiding or distributing light from the light source->        Reflector having particular shape behind light source
349/68 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination->        With plural diverse light sources (e.g., for day and night)
349/69 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination->        Electroluminescent light source
349/70 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination->        Fluorescent light source
349/71 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Particular illumination ->        Fluorescent light source->        Formed of planar phosphor or fluorescent layer separate from illumination source
349/72 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE ->        Detector of liquid crystal temperature
349/73 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE ->        Interconnection of plural cells in parallel (e.g., edge to edge)
349/74 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series
349/75 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series->        For compensation of birefringence effects
349/76 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series ->        For compensation of birefringence effects->        Of twisted (or chiral) nematic or supertwisted nematic liquid crystal
349/77 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series->        With particular cooperation between cells (e.g., alternating selection or simultaneous selection of cells)
349/78 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series ->        With particular cooperation between cells (e.g., alternating selection or simultaneous selection of cells)->        Cell cooperation providing multicolor display
349/79 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series ->        With particular cooperation between cells (e.g., alternating selection or simultaneous selection of cells) ->        Cell cooperation providing multicolor display->        With color formed by different dye in each cell
349/80 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series ->        With particular cooperation between cells (e.g., alternating selection or simultaneous selection of cells) ->        Cell cooperation providing multicolor display->        With color formed by different color polarizer or color filter associated with each cell
349/81 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series ->        With particular cooperation between cells (e.g., alternating selection or simultaneous selection of cells)->        With cells being substantially identical and driven simultaneously, providing improved contrast
349/82 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series ->        With particular cooperation between cells (e.g., alternating selection or simultaneous selection of cells)->        With projection of electrodes in one cell substantially nonoverlapping that of another cell (i.e., for improving resolution)
349/83 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Interconnection of plural cells in series ->        With particular cooperation between cells (e.g., alternating selection or simultaneous selection of cells)->        With each cell displaying a different pattern
349/84 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only
349/85 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Producing a greyscale effect
349/86 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal
349/87 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal->        For variable polarizer
349/88 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal->        Polymer network liquid crystal
349/89 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal->        With particular encapsulating medium
349/90 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal ->        With particular encapsulating medium->        With second material between liquid crystal and encapsulating medium
349/91 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal ->        With particular encapsulating medium->        With nonpolymer encapsulating medium
349/92 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal->        Formed by particular technique
349/93 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal ->        Formed by particular technique->        Having UV polymerized element
349/94 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Microencapsulated or polymer dispersed liquid crystal ->        Formed by particular technique->        Formed with particular alignment technique
349/95 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Microlenses
349/96 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Polarizer
349/97 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Polarizer->        Color
349/98 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Polarizer->        Circular
349/99 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Polarizer->        With particular non-zero angle between polarization axis and orientation direction
349/100 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Polarizer ->        With particular non-zero angle between polarization axis and orientation direction->        For ferroelectric liquid crystal
349/101 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Polarizer ->        With particular non-zero angle between polarization axis and orientation direction->        For supertwisted nematic liquid crystal
349/102 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Polarizer->        With particular non-zero angle between polarization axis and compensator optical axis
349/103 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Polarizer->        With particular non-zero and non-90 angle between opposite polarization axes
349/104 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Filter
349/105 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Filter->        Interference filter
349/106 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Filter->        Color filter
349/107 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Filter ->        Color filter->        With different liquid crystal thickness for each color of filter
349/108 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Filter ->        Color filter->        With plural colors for each display element (i.e., each pixel or segment)
349/109 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Filter ->        Color filter->        With unequal areas for different colors or with fractional shift between one line of colors and the next
349/110 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Filter->        Opaque mask or black mask
349/111 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Filter ->        Opaque mask or black mask->        Conductive mask
349/112 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Diffuser (on viewer side of liquid crystal)
349/113 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Reflector
349/114 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Reflector->        Dielectric mirror (i.e., in devices excited other than by photoconductive layer) or transflector
349/115 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Reflector->        Cholesteric reflector
349/116 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Photoconductive element (i.e., not used for exciting)
349/117 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Compensator or retarder (i.e., not using liquid crystal cell)
349/118 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Compensator or retarder (i.e., not using liquid crystal cell)->        With refractive indices in the x, y, and z directions
349/119 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Compensator or retarder (i.e., not using liquid crystal cell)->        Multiple compensators
349/120 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Compensator or retarder (i.e., not using liquid crystal cell) ->        Multiple compensators->        Including at least one with negative intrinsic birefringence
349/121 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Compensator or retarder (i.e., not using liquid crystal cell)->        With particular non-zero angle between compensator optical axis and orientation direction
349/122 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer)
349/123 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer)->        Alignment layer
349/124 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer->        Formed by particular technique (e.g., Langmuir Blodgett, stretching, etc.)
349/125 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer ->        Formed by particular technique (e.g., Langmuir Blodgett, stretching, etc.)->        Having particular deposited structure (e.g., angled, plural layered) produced by vapor deposition
349/126 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer ->        Formed by particular technique (e.g., Langmuir Blodgett, stretching, etc.)->        Having structure produced by rubbing under particular rubbing conditions (e.g., particular direction, rubbing force, by using named rubbing material or roller, etc.)
349/127 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer->        Formed of a liquid crystal material
349/128 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer->        With different alignments on opposite substrates
349/129 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer->        With plural alignments on the same substrate
349/130 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer->        For perpendicular alignment
349/131 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer ->        For perpendicular alignment->        Silanes
349/132 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer->        For parallel alignment
349/133 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer ->        For parallel alignment->        With chiral smectic liquid crystal (includes ferroelectric liquid crystal)
349/134 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer ->        For parallel alignment ->        With chiral smectic liquid crystal (includes ferroelectric liquid crystal)->        With particular pretilt angle from the alignment layer
349/135 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer ->        For parallel alignment ->        With chiral smectic liquid crystal (includes ferroelectric liquid crystal)->        With particular polymer composition of the alignment layer (e.g., fluorine- containing aliphatic polyamide)
349/136 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer) ->        Alignment layer ->        For parallel alignment->        With particular pretilt angle (i.e., with liquid crystal other than chiral smectic)
349/137 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer)->        Antireflection layer
349/138 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Particular nonoptical film or layer (e.g., adhesive layer, barrier layer)->        Insulating layer
349/139 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes)
349/140 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes)->        Formed of semiconductor material
349/141 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes)->        Interdigited (comb-shaped) electrodes
349/142 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes)->        Segmented or fixed pattern
349/143 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes)->        Matrix electrodes
349/144 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes) ->        Matrix electrodes->        Split pixels
349/145 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes) ->        Matrix electrodes->        Nonrectilinear rows and columns
349/146 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes) ->        Matrix electrodes->        Nonrectangular (odd) shaped pixels
349/147 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes) ->        Matrix electrodes->        Multilayer electrodes
349/148 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes) ->        Matrix electrodes->        Resistance reducing electrodes
349/149 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes)->        Having connection detail to external circuit
349/150 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes) ->        Having connection detail to external circuit->        Featuring flexible circuit (i.e., tape automated bonding (TAB), etc.)
349/151 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes) ->        Having connection detail to external circuit->        With driving circuit having input and output electrodes on liquid crystal substrate
349/152 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Electrode or bus detail (i.e., excluding supplemental capacitor and transistor electrodes) ->        Having connection detail to external circuit->        With detail of terminals to external circuit
349/153 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Liquid crystal seal
349/154 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Liquid crystal seal->        With particular injection port or injection plug
349/155 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Spacer
349/156 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Spacer->        Formed as walls (e.g., between pixels) or integral with substrate
349/157 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Spacer->        Plural types in single liquid crystal cell
349/158 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Substrate
349/159 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Substrate->        Fiberoptic faceplate
349/160 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Substrate->        With particular topology (i.e., other than for diffraction and spacers)
349/161 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Heating or cooling element other than for exciting
349/162 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Dual function layer or element
349/163 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only->        Nonchiral additive in the liquid crystal material
349/164 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Nonchiral additive in the liquid crystal material->        Fluorescent additive
349/165 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Nonchiral additive in the liquid crystal material->        Pleochroic dye
349/166 -> 56 PARTICULAR STRUCTURE  ->        Having significant detail of cell structure only ->        Nonchiral additive in the liquid crystal material->        Nonspacer particles significantly smaller than liquid crystal thickness (e.g., scattering centers, ferromagnetic particles, etc.)
349/167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL
349/168 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL ->        Utilizing change between diverse phases (e.g., cholesteric to nematic)
349/169 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL ->        Utilizing change within liquid crystal phase (e.g., Grandjean to focal conic, etc.)
349/170 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL ->        Utilizing reversal in sign of dielectric anisotropy
349/171 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL ->        Within smectic phase
349/172 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL  ->        Within smectic phase->        Within chiral smectic phase (includes ferroelectric)
349/173 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL  ->        Within smectic phase ->        Within chiral smectic phase (includes ferroelectric)->        Greyscale resulting from liquid crystal property other than solely Smectic A
349/174 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL  ->        Within smectic phase ->        Within chiral smectic phase (includes ferroelectric)->        Antiferroelectric
349/175 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL ->        Within cholesteric phase
349/176 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL  ->        Within cholesteric phase->        Using reflection characteristic
349/177 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL ->        Within nematic phase
349/178 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL  ->        Within nematic phase->        Negative dielectric anisotropy only
349/179 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL  ->        Within nematic phase->        Twisted (or chiral) nematic or supertwisted nematic
349/180 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL  ->        Within nematic phase ->        Twisted (or chiral) nematic or supertwisted nematic->        Having particular parameter of twist
349/181 -> 167 WITH SPECIFIED NONCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTIC OF LIQUID CRYSTAL MATERIAL  ->        Within nematic phase ->        Twisted (or chiral) nematic or supertwisted nematic->        Having particular birefringence or retardation
349/182 CELL CONTAINING LIQUID CRYSTAL OF SPECIFIC COMPOSITION
349/183 -> 182 CELL CONTAINING LIQUID CRYSTAL OF SPECIFIC COMPOSITION ->        Polymer liquid crystal
349/184 -> 182 CELL CONTAINING LIQUID CRYSTAL OF SPECIFIC COMPOSITION ->        In smectic phase
349/185 -> 182 CELL CONTAINING LIQUID CRYSTAL OF SPECIFIC COMPOSITION ->        In cholesteric phase
349/186 -> 182 CELL CONTAINING LIQUID CRYSTAL OF SPECIFIC COMPOSITION ->        In nematic phase
349/187 NOMINAL MANUFACTURING METHODS OR POST MANUFACTURING PROCESSING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL CELL
349/188 -> 187 NOMINAL MANUFACTURING METHODS OR POST MANUFACTURING PROCESSING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL CELL ->        Changing liquid crystal phase
349/189 -> 187 NOMINAL MANUFACTURING METHODS OR POST MANUFACTURING PROCESSING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL CELL ->        Injecting liquid crystal
349/190 -> 187 NOMINAL MANUFACTURING METHODS OR POST MANUFACTURING PROCESSING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL CELL ->        Sealing of liquid crystal
349/191 -> 187 NOMINAL MANUFACTURING METHODS OR POST MANUFACTURING PROCESSING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL CELL ->        Aligning liquid crystal with means other than alignment layer
349/192 -> 187 NOMINAL MANUFACTURING METHODS OR POST MANUFACTURING PROCESSING OF LIQUID CRYSTAL CELL ->        Defect correction or compensation
349/193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT
349/194 -> 193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT ->        Passive liquid crystal polarizer
349/195 -> 193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT ->        Antidazzle mirror formed from liquid crystal cell
349/196 -> 193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT ->        Beam dividing switch formed from liquid crystal cell
349/197 -> 193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT  ->        Beam dividing switch formed from liquid crystal cell->        Including passive liquid crystal switch portion
349/198 -> 193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT ->        Liquid crystal etalon
349/199 -> 193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT ->        Liquid crystal sensors (e.g., voltmeters, pressure sensors, temperature sensors)
349/200 -> 193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT ->        Liquid crystal lenses other than for eyewear
349/201 -> 193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT ->        Liquid crystal diffraction element
349/202 -> 193 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL ELEMENT  ->        Liquid crystal diffraction element->        For beam steering
356/2 CONTOUR PLOTTING
356/3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING
356/3.01 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with one projected beam
356/3.02 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with one projected beam->        Using photodetection with a fixed axial line of sight
356/3.03 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with one projected beam->        Using a source beam with a fixed axial direction or plane
356/3.04 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with one projected beam ->        Using a source beam with a fixed axial direction or plane->        With a single staring photodetector having one element
356/3.05 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with one projected beam ->        Using a source beam with a fixed axial direction or plane ->        With a single staring photodetector having one element->        Having moving receiver optics
356/3.06 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with one projected beam ->        Using a source beam with a fixed axial direction or plane->        With a single photodetector having multiple elements
356/3.07 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with one projected beam ->        Using a source beam with a fixed axial direction or plane ->        With a single photodetector having multiple elements->        Having electronic scanning of the photodetector
356/3.08 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with one projected beam ->        Using a source beam with a fixed axial direction or plane->        With at least one paired set of staring photodetectors
356/3.09 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with one projected beam->        Requiring scanning of a source beam
356/3.1 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with two or more projected beams
356/3.11 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with two or more projected beams->        Using photodetection at the source station(s)
356/3.12 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging to a point with two or more projected beams->        Using photodetection remote from the source station(s)
356/3.13 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING ->        Triangulation ranging with photodetection, but with no projected beam
356/3.14 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging with photodetection, but with no projected beam->        Using at least a pair of viewing axes
356/3.15 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging with photodetection, but with no projected beam ->        Using at least a pair of viewing axes->        With one viewing axis fixed
356/3.16 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Triangulation ranging with photodetection, but with no projected beam ->        Using at least a pair of viewing axes->        With moving optical elements in all viewing axes
356/4.01 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING ->        With photodetection
356/4.02 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of a simulation or test
356/4.03 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of focused image size or dimensions
356/4.04 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of degree of defocus
356/4.05 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of focal point search
356/4.06 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of differential amplitude at two source or detector distances
356/4.07 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of intensity proportional to distance
356/4.08 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of height relative to a light plane
356/4.09 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of light interference fringes
356/4.1 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of light interference fringes->        Having different frequency sources
356/5.01 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of pulse transit time
356/5.02 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of pulse transit time->        Having return coincide with swept display or detector
356/5.03 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of pulse transit time->        Having one or more return pulse gates or windows
356/5.04 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of pulse transit time ->        Having one or more return pulse gates or windows->        Including a displayed image
356/5.05 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of pulse transit time->        Having pulse transmission trigger significance
356/5.06 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of pulse transit time ->        Having pulse transmission trigger significance->        Including optical pick-off of transmission start
356/5.07 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of pulse transit time ->        Having pulse transmission trigger significance ->        Including optical pick-off of transmission start->        With specific counter type timing of returns
356/5.08 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of pulse transit time ->        Having pulse transmission trigger significance->        Including specific counter type timing of returns
356/5.09 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of frequency difference
356/5.1 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection->        Of CW phase delay
356/5.11 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of CW phase delay->        Having multiple carrier or modulation frequencies
356/5.12 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of CW phase delay ->        Having multiple carrier or modulation frequencies->        Including an alternating reference path
356/5.13 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of CW phase delay->        Having an alternating reference path
356/5.14 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of CW phase delay->        Having polarization discrimination
356/5.15 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        With photodetection ->        Of CW phase delay->        Having specific IF mixing of returns
356/6 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING ->        Instrument condition testing or indicating
356/7 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING ->        Periscope or offset type
356/8 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING ->        With view finder
356/9 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument)
356/10 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument)->        With filter or light valve
356/11 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument)->        Range finder combined with height finder
356/12 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument)->        Stereoscopic
356/13 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument) ->        Stereoscopic->        Ortho-pseudo type
356/14 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument) ->        Stereoscopic->        Stationary measuring marks
356/15 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument)->        Length of base line variable
356/16 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument)->        Image displaced by moving refracting element
356/17 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument)->        Image displaced by rotating reflecting element
356/18 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument)->        With mounting, supporting, adjusting, or folding structure
356/19 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        Base line instrument (i.e., base is a part of instrument)->        Prism structure for determining coincidence
356/20 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING ->        External basis type
356/21 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        External basis type->        Object size or distance known
356/22 -> 3 RANGE OR REMOTE DISTANCE FINDING  ->        External basis type ->        Object size or distance known->        With displaced images
356/23 MOTION STOPPING (E.G., STROBOSCOPES)
356/24 -> 23 MOTION STOPPING (E.G., STROBOSCOPES) ->        Periodically moving reflecting or refracting element
356/25 -> 23 MOTION STOPPING (E.G., STROBOSCOPES) ->        Periodically moving light interrupting element
356/26 -> 23 MOTION STOPPING (E.G., STROBOSCOPES)  ->        Periodically moving light interrupting element->        Vibrating or oscillating element
356/27 VELOCITY OR VELOCITY/HEIGHT MEASURING
356/28 -> 27 VELOCITY OR VELOCITY/HEIGHT MEASURING ->        With light detector (e.g., photocell)
356/28.5 -> 27 VELOCITY OR VELOCITY/HEIGHT MEASURING  ->        With light detector (e.g., photocell)->        Of light interference (e.g., interferometer)
356/29 OPTICAL ELEMENT OR RETICLE RESPONDS TO RELATIVE VELOCITY OF REMOTE OBJECT
356/30 CRYSTAL OR GEM EXAMINATION
356/31 -> 30 CRYSTAL OR GEM EXAMINATION ->        Axes determination
356/32 MATERIAL STRAIN ANALYSIS
356/33 -> 32 MATERIAL STRAIN ANALYSIS ->        With polarized light
356/34 -> 32 MATERIAL STRAIN ANALYSIS  ->        With polarized light->        Attached detector
356/35 -> 32 MATERIAL STRAIN ANALYSIS  ->        With polarized light->        Sheet material
356/35.5 -> 32 MATERIAL STRAIN ANALYSIS ->        By light interference detector (e.g., interferometer)
356/36 WITH SAMPLE PREPARATION
356/37 -> 36 WITH SAMPLE PREPARATION ->        Condensation nuclei detector
356/38 -> 36 WITH SAMPLE PREPARATION ->        Depositing particles on optical surface
356/39 BLOOD ANALYSIS
356/40 -> 39 BLOOD ANALYSIS ->        Hemoglobin concentration
356/41 -> 39 BLOOD ANALYSIS  ->        Hemoglobin concentration->        Oximeters
356/42 -> 39 BLOOD ANALYSIS  ->        Hemoglobin concentration->        Standards
356/43 OPTICAL PYROMETERS
356/44 -> 43 OPTICAL PYROMETERS ->        With sample engaging rod or tube
356/45 -> 43 OPTICAL PYROMETERS ->        Plural color responsive
356/46 -> 43 OPTICAL PYROMETERS ->        With incandescent standard
356/47 -> 43 OPTICAL PYROMETERS  ->        With incandescent standard->        Automatic intensity control
356/48 -> 43 OPTICAL PYROMETERS  ->        With incandescent standard->        Modulating (e.g., flicker beam)
356/49 -> 43 OPTICAL PYROMETERS  ->        With incandescent standard->        Telescopic
356/50 -> 43 OPTICAL PYROMETERS  ->        With incandescent standard ->        Telescopic->        Current control
356/51 INFRARED AND ULTRAVIOLET
356/52 EGG CANDLING
356/53 -> 52 EGG CANDLING ->        Photoelectric
356/54 -> 52 EGG CANDLING ->        With counting, marking, or weighing
356/55 -> 52 EGG CANDLING ->        With egg transfer
356/56 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With egg transfer->        With egg turning or jarring
356/57 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With egg transfer ->        With egg turning or jarring->        Endless conveyor
356/58 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With egg transfer->        Endless conveyor
356/59 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With egg transfer->        Manual transfer
356/60 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With egg transfer ->        Manual transfer->        With light shading chamber
356/61 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With egg transfer ->        Manual transfer->        Portable receptacles
356/62 -> 52 EGG CANDLING ->        With light shading chamber
356/63 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With light shading chamber->        Hood type
356/64 -> 52 EGG CANDLING ->        With light box
356/65 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With light box->        With egg turning or jarring
356/66 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With light box->        With particular illumination means
356/67 -> 52 EGG CANDLING  ->        With light box ->        With particular illumination means->        With particular electrical switching
356/68 -> 52 EGG CANDLING ->        Lamp attachments
356/69 CUTTING BLADE SHARPNESS
356/70 OIL TESTING (E.G., CONTAMINATION)
356/71 DOCUMENT PATTERN ANALYSIS OR VERIFICATION
356/72 WITH PLURAL DIVERSE TEST OR ART
356/73 PLURAL TEST
356/73.1 FOR OPTICAL FIBER OR WAVEGUIDE INSPECTION
356/300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY
356/301 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        With Raman type light scattering
356/302 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        For spectrographic (i.e., photographic) investigation
356/303 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        For spectrographic (i.e., photographic) investigation->        With spectral analysis
356/304 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        For spectrographic (i.e., photographic) investigation->        With sectored disc
356/305 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        For spectrographic (i.e., photographic) investigation->        With diffraction grating
356/306 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        With internal standard comparison
356/307 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        With background radiation comparison
356/308 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        With synchronized spectrum repetitive scanning (e.g., cathode-ray readout)
356/309 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With synchronized spectrum repetitive scanning (e.g., cathode-ray readout)->        Using plural beams
356/310 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        With aperture mask
356/311 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        With sample excitation (e.g., burning)
356/312 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With sample excitation (e.g., burning)->        By electrical resistance heating (e.g., graphite tube)
356/313 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With sample excitation (e.g., burning)->        By arc or spark
356/314 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With sample excitation (e.g., burning) ->        By arc or spark->        Including sputtering
356/315 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With sample excitation (e.g., burning)->        By flame
356/316 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With sample excitation (e.g., burning)->        By high frequency field (e.g., plasma discharge)
356/317 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With sample excitation (e.g., burning)->        By light
356/318 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With sample excitation (e.g., burning) ->        By light->        Monochromatic (e.g., laser)
356/319 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        Utilizing a spectrophotometer (i.e., plural beam)
356/320 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrophotometer (i.e., plural beam)->        Having plural wavelengths
356/321 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrophotometer (i.e., plural beam)->        Having servo equalization
356/322 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrophotometer (i.e., plural beam) ->        Having servo equalization->        With polarized light beams
356/323 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrophotometer (i.e., plural beam)->        Having beam modulation
356/324 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrophotometer (i.e., plural beam) ->        Having beam modulation->        With plural dispersion
356/325 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrophotometer (i.e., plural beam) ->        Having beam modulation->        Prior to testing
356/326 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        Utilizing a spectrometer
356/327 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrometer->        Having light polarizing means
356/328 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrometer->        Having diffraction grating means
356/329 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrometer ->        Having diffraction grating means->        Including servo slit adjustment means
356/330 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        Utilizing a spectrometer->        Having optical gating means
356/331 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY ->        With monochromator structure
356/332 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With monochromator structure->        Having adjustable color or bandwidth
356/333 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With monochromator structure ->        Having adjustable color or bandwidth->        In a double monochromator
356/334 -> 300 BY DISPERSED LIGHT SPECTROSCOPY  ->        With monochromator structure ->        Having adjustable color or bandwidth->        With diffraction grating means
356/335 FOR SIZE OF PARTICLES
356/336 -> 335 FOR SIZE OF PARTICLES ->        By particle light scattering
356/337 BY PARTICLE LIGHT SCATTERING
356/338 -> 337 BY PARTICLE LIGHT SCATTERING ->        With photocell detection
356/339 -> 337 BY PARTICLE LIGHT SCATTERING  ->        With photocell detection->        At right angles to the light beam (e.g., nephelometer)
356/340 -> 337 BY PARTICLE LIGHT SCATTERING  ->        With photocell detection->        At variable angle to the light beam
356/341 -> 337 BY PARTICLE LIGHT SCATTERING  ->        With photocell detection->        For light comparison means
356/342 -> 337 BY PARTICLE LIGHT SCATTERING  ->        With photocell detection->        Of back-scattered light
356/343 -> 337 BY PARTICLE LIGHT SCATTERING  ->        With photocell detection->        Using plural photocells
356/344 BY ELECTROPHORESIS
356/450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)
356/451 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        Spectroscopy
356/452 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Spectroscopy->        Having particular linear mirror drive or configuration
356/453 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Spectroscopy->        Polarization
356/454 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Spectroscopy->        Fabry-Perot type or Etalon Type
356/455 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Spectroscopy->        Having a rotating, pendulous, or wedge scanning element
356/456 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Spectroscopy->        Imaging
356/457 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        Holography
356/458 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Holography->        For optical configuration
356/459 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros)
356/460 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros)->        By fiber or waveguide interferometer (e.g., Sagnac effect)
356/461 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        By fiber or waveguide interferometer (e.g., Sagnac effect)->        Resonant loop
356/462 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        By fiber or waveguide interferometer (e.g., Sagnac effect)->        Multi-axis (X-Y-Z) having multiplexing
356/463 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        By fiber or waveguide interferometer (e.g., Sagnac effect)->        Multiple harmonic output
356/464 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        By fiber or waveguide interferometer (e.g., Sagnac effect)->        Having null feedback loop
356/465 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        By fiber or waveguide interferometer (e.g., Sagnac effect)->        Fiber coil winding
356/466 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        By fiber or waveguide interferometer (e.g., Sagnac effect)->        Having m x n loop coupler where (m is greater than 2) and (n is greater than or equal to 2) (e.g., passive bias)
356/467 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros)->        Four frequency, multi-oscillator, non-planar cavity
356/468 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros)->        Cavity output beam combiner
356/469 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros)->        Cavity mirror details
356/470 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros)->        Passive cavity (laser source outside cavity)
356/471 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros)->        Multi-axis cavity
356/472 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros)->        Lock-in prevention
356/473 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        Lock-in prevention->        Path length control (PLC)
356/474 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        Lock-in prevention->        Having dither signal removal from output
356/475 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        Lock-in prevention->        Having dither signal control
356/476 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Rotation rate (e.g., ring laser gyros) ->        Lock-in prevention->        By dithering (suspensions, drives, flexures)
356/477 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        Using fiber or waveguide interferometer
356/478 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Using fiber or waveguide interferometer->        Multiplexed sensor array
356/479 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Using fiber or waveguide interferometer->        Having a short coherence length source
356/480 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Using fiber or waveguide interferometer->        Resonant cavity
356/481 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Using fiber or waveguide interferometer->        Refraction indexing
356/482 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Using fiber or waveguide interferometer->        For distance or displacement measurement
356/483 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Using fiber or waveguide interferometer->        Plural counter-propagating beams (e.g., non-motion Sagnac device)
356/484 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        Having light beams of different frequencies (e.g., heterodyning)
356/485 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having light beams of different frequencies (e.g., heterodyning)->        For dimensional measurement (e.g., thickness gap, alignment, profile)
356/486 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having light beams of different frequencies (e.g., heterodyning) ->        For dimensional measurement (e.g., thickness gap, alignment, profile)->        Displacement or distance
356/487 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having light beams of different frequencies (e.g., heterodyning) ->        For dimensional measurement (e.g., thickness gap, alignment, profile) ->        Displacement or distance->        Polarization
356/488 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having light beams of different frequencies (e.g., heterodyning) ->        For dimensional measurement (e.g., thickness gap, alignment, profile) ->        Displacement or distance ->        Polarization->        Having wavefront division (e.g., by diffraction)
356/489 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having light beams of different frequencies (e.g., heterodyning) ->        For dimensional measurement (e.g., thickness gap, alignment, profile)->        Contour or profile
356/490 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having light beams of different frequencies (e.g., heterodyning) ->        For dimensional measurement (e.g., thickness gap, alignment, profile)->        Alignment
356/491 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        Having polarization
356/492 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having polarization->        For dimensional measurement
356/493 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having polarization ->        For dimensional measurement->        Displacement or distance
356/494 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having polarization ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Displacement or distance->        Having wavefront division (e.g., by diffraction)
356/495 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        Having polarization ->        For dimensional measurement->        Contour or profile
356/496 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        For dimensional measurement
356/497 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement->        Having short coherence length source
356/498 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement->        Displacement or distance
356/499 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Displacement or distance->        Having wavefront division (e.g., by diffraction)
356/500 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Displacement or distance->        X-Y and/or Z table
356/501 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Displacement or distance->        Of probe head (e.g., atomic force microscope)
356/502 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Displacement or distance->        Surface displacement due to acoustic wave propagation)
356/503 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement->        Thickness
356/504 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Thickness->        Refraction from surfaces of different refractive index
356/505 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement->        Gap
356/506 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Gap->        Fabry-Perot type
356/507 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Gap->        Between slider/disc (e.g., flying height)
356/508 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement->        For orientation or alignment
356/509 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        For orientation or alignment->        Between mask and wafer
356/510 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        For orientation or alignment->        Tilt
356/511 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement->        Contour or profile
356/512 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Contour or profile->        By wavefront detection
356/513 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Contour or profile ->        By wavefront detection->        Of highly reflective surface (e.g., mirror)
356/514 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Contour or profile ->        By wavefront detection ->        Of highly reflective surface (e.g., mirror)->        Planar surface
356/515 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Contour or profile ->        By wavefront detection->        Of transmission (e.g., lens)
356/516 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For dimensional measurement ->        Contour or profile->        Step height (differential, between points)
356/517 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        For refractive indexing
356/518 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER)  ->        For refractive indexing->        Having Schlieren effect
356/519 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        Having partially reflecting plates in series (e.g., Fabry-Perot type)
356/520 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        Having shearing
356/521 -> 450 BY LIGHT INTERFERENCE (E.G., INTERFEROMETER) ->        Having wavefront division (by diffraction)
356/364 BY POLARIZED LIGHT EXAMINATION
356/365 -> 364 BY POLARIZED LIGHT EXAMINATION ->        With birefringent element
356/366 -> 364 BY POLARIZED LIGHT EXAMINATION ->        With polariscopes
356/367 -> 364 BY POLARIZED LIGHT EXAMINATION  ->        With polariscopes->        Including polarimeters
356/368 -> 364 BY POLARIZED LIGHT EXAMINATION  ->        With polariscopes ->        Including polarimeters->        With electro-optical light rotation
356/369 -> 364 BY POLARIZED LIGHT EXAMINATION ->        Of surface reflection
356/370 -> 364 BY POLARIZED LIGHT EXAMINATION ->        With light attenuation
356/121 LAMP BEAM DIRECTION OR PATTERN
356/122 -> 121 LAMP BEAM DIRECTION OR PATTERN ->        With lamp focusing
356/123 FOCAL POSITION OF LIGHT SOURCE
356/124 LENS OR REFLECTIVE IMAGE FORMER TESTING
356/124.5 -> 124 LENS OR REFLECTIVE IMAGE FORMER TESTING ->        For optical transfer function
356/125 -> 124 LENS OR REFLECTIVE IMAGE FORMER TESTING ->        Focal length measuring
356/126 -> 124 LENS OR REFLECTIVE IMAGE FORMER TESTING  ->        Focal length measuring->        Deflecting or interrupting optical path
356/127 -> 124 LENS OR REFLECTIVE IMAGE FORMER TESTING ->        Optical center, cylinder axis, or prism measuring or determining
356/128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS)
356/129 -> 128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS) ->        Schlieren effect
356/130 -> 128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS) ->        Differential
356/131 -> 128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS)  ->        Differential->        With servo controlled optical member
356/132 -> 128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS)  ->        Differential ->        With servo controlled optical member->        Reflective optical member
356/133 -> 128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS) ->        Refractive rod engages specimen
356/134 -> 128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS) ->        Prism forming fluid specimen container
356/135 -> 128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS) ->        Prism engaging specimen
356/136 -> 128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS)  ->        Prism engaging specimen->        Internally reflecting prism
356/137 -> 128 REFRACTION TESTING (E.G., REFRACTOMETERS)  ->        Prism engaging specimen->        Plural prisms
356/138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT
356/139 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        Plural scales or different portions of same scale simultaneously observable
356/139.01 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        Star/Sun/Satellite position indication with photodetection
356/139.02 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Star/Sun/Satellite position indication with photodetection->        With reticle or slot
356/139.03 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        Relative attitude indication along 3 axes with photodetection
356/139.04 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        Automatic following or aligning while indicating measurement
356/139.05 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Automatic following or aligning while indicating measurement->        With optical elements moving relative to fixed housing to follow or align
356/139.06 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Automatic following or aligning while indicating measurement->        With optical housing moving to follow or align
356/139.07 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Automatic following or aligning while indicating measurement->        With photodetection of reflected beam angle with respect to a unidirectional source beam
356/139.08 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Automatic following or aligning while indicating measurement ->        With photodetection of reflected beam angle with respect to a unidirectional source beam->        With source beam moving to follow or align
356/139.09 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        Wheel alignment with photodetection
356/139.1 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        Photodetection of inclination from level or vertical
356/140 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station
356/141.1 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station->        With photodetection of reflected beam angle with respect to a unidirectional source beam
356/141.2 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station->        With photodetection
356/141.3 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station ->        With photodetection->        With unidirectional or planar source beam directed at the photodetecting station
356/141.4 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station ->        With photodetection->        With optical scanning of light beam or detector
356/141.5 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station ->        With photodetection->        With at least 2-dimensional sensitivity
356/142 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station->        Scale and remote point simultaneously observable
356/143 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station ->        Scale and remote point simultaneously observable->        Artificial reference
356/144 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station->        With plural images
356/145 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station ->        With plural images->        Lines of sight relatively adjustable with two degrees of freedom
356/146 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station ->        With plural images->        Two or more lines of sight deflected
356/147 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station->        Measurement in two planes (e.g., azimuth and elevationSEMI hour angle and declination)
356/148 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station->        Artificial reference
356/149 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Apex of angle at observing or detecting station ->        Artificial reference->        Gyroscope or pendulum stabilized optical element
356/150 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        Sides of angle or axes being aligned transverse to optical axis (e.g., drift meter)
356/151 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        Sides of angle or axes being aligned transverse to optical axis (e.g., drift meter)->        With light pulsing or interrupting means
356/152.1 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        With photodetection remote from measured angle
356/152.2 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        With photodetection remote from measured angle->        With reflection of a unidirectional source beam from a planar or nonretroreflective surface
356/152.3 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        With photodetection remote from measured angle->        With reflection of a unidirectional source beam from a retroreflector
356/153 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        Alignment of axes nominally coaxial
356/154 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT ->        With screen
356/155 -> 138 ANGLE MEASURING OR ANGULAR AXIAL ALIGNMENT  ->        With screen->        Wheel alignment
356/600 SURFACE ROUGHNESS
356/601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION
356/602 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION ->        Triangulation
356/603 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION  ->        Triangulation->        Projection of structured light pattern
356/604 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION  ->        Triangulation ->        Projection of structured light pattern->        Pattern is series of non-intersecting lines
356/605 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION  ->        Triangulation ->        Projection of structured light pattern ->        Pattern is series of non-intersecting lines->        Moire
356/606 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION  ->        Triangulation->        Line of light projected
356/607 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION  ->        Triangulation ->        Line of light projected->        Scan
356/608 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION  ->        Triangulation->        Scan
356/609 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION ->        By focus detection
356/610 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION ->        By projection of coded pattern
356/611 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION ->        By stereo
356/612 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION ->        By specular reflection
356/613 -> 601 SHAPE OR SURFACE CONFIGURATION ->        Silhouette
356/614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT
356/615 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT ->        Position transverse to viewing axis
356/616 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT  ->        Position transverse to viewing axis->        Having scale or grid
356/617 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT  ->        Position transverse to viewing axis ->        Having scale or grid->        Coded scale
356/618 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT  ->        Position transverse to viewing axis ->        Having scale or grid->        Moire
356/619 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT  ->        Position transverse to viewing axis ->        Having scale or grid ->        Moire->        Quadrature detection
356/620 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT  ->        Position transverse to viewing axis->        Special mark or target on object
356/621 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT  ->        Position transverse to viewing axis->        Occulting a projected light beam
356/622 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT  ->        Position transverse to viewing axis->        Position of detected arrangement relative to projected beam
356/623 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT ->        Triangulation
356/624 -> 614 POSITION OR DISPLACEMENT ->        Focus
356/625 DIMENSION
356/626 -> 625 DIMENSION ->        Cavities
356/627 -> 625 DIMENSION ->        Volume
356/628 -> 625 DIMENSION ->        Area
356/629 -> 625 DIMENSION  ->        Area->        Light scanning
356/630 -> 625 DIMENSION ->        Thickness
356/631 -> 625 DIMENSION  ->        Thickness->        By triangulation
356/632 -> 625 DIMENSION  ->        Thickness->        Of light permeable material
356/634 -> 625 DIMENSION ->        Length
356/635 -> 625 DIMENSION ->        Width or diameter
356/636 -> 625 DIMENSION  ->        Width or diameter->        Line width
356/637 -> 625 DIMENSION  ->        Width or diameter->        Web
356/638 -> 625 DIMENSION  ->        Width or diameter->        Shadow or beam blocking
356/639 -> 625 DIMENSION  ->        Width or diameter ->        Shadow or beam blocking->        Scanning
356/640 -> 625 DIMENSION  ->        Width or diameter ->        Shadow or beam blocking ->        Scanning->        Single beam scans entire width or diameter
356/388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON
356/389 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON ->        With photosensitive film or plate
356/390 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON ->        With two images of single article compared
356/391 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON ->        With projection on viewing screen
356/392 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON  ->        With projection on viewing screen->        For comparison with master or desired configuration
356/393 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON  ->        With projection on viewing screen ->        For comparison with master or desired configuration->        Having master or desired configuration projection
356/394 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON ->        With comparison to master, desired shape, or reference voltage
356/395 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON ->        With relatively movable optical grids
356/396 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON ->        With scale or optical grid displaced relative to remote fiducial mark
356/397 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON ->        With object being compared and scale superimposed
356/398 -> 388 BY CONFIGURATION COMPARISON ->        With object being compared and light beam moved relative to each other (e.g., scanning)
356/399 BY ALIGNMENT IN LATERAL DIRECTION
356/400 -> 399 BY ALIGNMENT IN LATERAL DIRECTION ->        With light detector (e.g., photocell)
356/401 -> 399 BY ALIGNMENT IN LATERAL DIRECTION ->        With registration indicia (e.g., scale)
356/402 BY SHADE OR COLOR
356/403 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        With merging colors or patterns (e.g., Maxwell disc)
356/404 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        Photography
356/405 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        Tristimulus examination
356/406 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        Trichromatic examination
356/407 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        With sample responsive to plural colors applied simultaneously
356/408 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        With sequential comparison of sample and standard
356/409 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        Fluid color transmission examination
356/410 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        Fluid color transmission examination->        Of flowing liquids
356/411 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        Fluid color transmission examination ->        Of flowing liquids->        With plural light detectors (e.g., photocells)
356/412 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        Fluid color transmission examination->        With ionic determination
356/413 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        Fluid color transmission examination->        With variable light path length
356/414 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        Fluid color transmission examination->        With color transmitting filter
356/415 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        Fluid color transmission examination ->        With color transmitting filter->        Including liquid filter comparison
356/416 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        With color transmitting filter
356/417 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        With color transmitting filter->        Included with sample excitation
356/418 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        With color transmitting filter->        Including rotating sequential filters
356/419 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        With color transmitting filter->        Including multicolor filters
356/420 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        With color transmitting filter->        Included with colored light sources
356/421 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        With reflective multicolor chart or standard
356/422 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        With reflective multicolor chart or standard->        Plate
356/423 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        With reflective multicolor chart or standard ->        Plate->        Disk
356/424 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR  ->        With reflective multicolor chart or standard->        Drum or endless tape
356/425 -> 402 BY SHADE OR COLOR ->        With color determination by light intensity comparison
356/426 BY INSPECTION WITH AGITATION OR ROTATION
356/427 -> 426 BY INSPECTION WITH AGITATION OR ROTATION ->        Of container contents
356/428 -> 426 BY INSPECTION WITH AGITATION OR ROTATION ->        Of containers
356/429 BY MONITORING OF WEBS OR THREAD
356/430 -> 429 BY MONITORING OF WEBS OR THREAD ->        For flaws or imperfections
356/431 -> 429 BY MONITORING OF WEBS OR THREAD  ->        For flaws or imperfections->        Including transverse scanning
356/432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION
356/433 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION ->        By comparison
356/434 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION  ->        By comparison->        Photoelectric (e.g., sequential viewing)
356/435 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION  ->        By comparison ->        Photoelectric (e.g., sequential viewing)->        With plural detectors (e.g., simultaneous viewing)
356/436 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION ->        Of fluent material
356/437 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION  ->        Of fluent material->        Gas
356/438 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION  ->        Of fluent material ->        Gas->        Exhaust, dust or smoke
356/439 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION  ->        Of fluent material ->        Gas ->        Exhaust, dust or smoke->        Contained
356/440 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION  ->        Of fluent material->        With significant sample holder or supply
356/441 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION  ->        Of fluent material->        Having particles suspended in liquid
356/442 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION  ->        Of fluent material ->        Having particles suspended in liquid->        With light detector
356/443 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION ->        Of photographic film
356/444 -> 432 FOR LIGHT TRANSMISSION OR ABSORPTION  ->        Of photographic film->        With scanning, sweeping, or moving detector over film
356/445 OF LIGHT REFLECTION (E.G., GLASS)
356/446 -> 445 OF LIGHT REFLECTION (E.G., GLASS) ->        With diffusion
356/447 -> 445 OF LIGHT REFLECTION (E.G., GLASS) ->        With modulation (e.g., flicker beam)
356/448 -> 445 OF LIGHT REFLECTION (E.G., GLASS) ->        By comparison
356/213 PHOTOMETERS
356/214 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS ->        Pupillary
356/215 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS ->        Integrating
356/216 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS ->        Heat absorbing (e.g., radiometers)
356/217 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS ->        Modulating (e.g., flicker beam)
356/218 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS ->        Photoelectric
356/219 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric->        Simultaneous sighting and reading measurement
356/220 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric->        Multiple housings
356/221 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric->        Responsive to incident or back lighting
356/222 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric->        Plural detectors
356/223 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric->        Logarithmic
356/224 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric->        Multisensitivity range
356/225 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric->        With predetector light modifier (e.g., diaphragm)
356/226 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric->        Detector and indicator electrical coupling (e.g., amplifying or attenuating)
356/227 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric->        With particular indicator
356/228 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Photoelectric ->        With particular indicator->        Movable scale (e.g., calibrating)
356/229 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS ->        Comparison
356/230 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Comparison->        With light standard
356/231 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Comparison ->        With light standard->        Variable incandescent standard
356/232 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Comparison ->        With light standard->        Standard movable
356/233 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS ->        With variable light aperture size
356/234 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS ->        Light absorbing
356/235 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS  ->        Light absorbing->        Absorber continuously variable (e.g., wedge)
356/236 -> 213 PHOTOMETERS ->        Integrating spheres
356/237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES
356/238.1 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES ->        Textile inspection
356/238.2 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Textile inspection->        Elongated textile product (e.g., thread, yarn, etc.)
356/238.3 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Textile inspection->        Detection of foreign material (e.g., trash, splinters, contaminants, etc.)
356/239.1 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES ->        Transparent or translucent material
356/239.2 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Transparent or translucent material->        Optical element (e.g., contact lens, prism, filter, lens, etc.)
356/239.3 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Transparent or translucent material->        Patterned surface
356/239.4 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Transparent or translucent material->        Containers (e.g., bottles)
356/239.5 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Transparent or translucent material ->        Containers (e.g., bottles)->        Detection of foreign matter on or in container
356/239.6 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Transparent or translucent material ->        Containers (e.g., bottles)->        Of container contents
356/239.7 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Transparent or translucent material->        Surface condition
356/239.8 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Transparent or translucent material ->        Surface condition->        Detection of an object or particle on surface
356/240.1 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES ->        Containers or enclosures (e.g., packages, cans, etc.)
356/241.1 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES ->        Bore inspection (e.g., borescopes, intrascope, etc.)
356/241.2 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Bore inspection (e.g., borescopes, intrascope, etc.)->        Firearm bore inspection
356/241.3 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Bore inspection (e.g., borescopes, intrascope, etc.)->        With adjustable head
356/241.4 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Bore inspection (e.g., borescopes, intrascope, etc.)->        Flexible
356/241.5 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Bore inspection (e.g., borescopes, intrascope, etc.)->        Specific construction of distal end
356/241.6 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Bore inspection (e.g., borescopes, intrascope, etc.)->        Having guiding means
356/237.2 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES ->        Surface condition
356/237.3 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Surface condition->        Detection of object or particle on surface
356/237.4 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Surface condition ->        Detection of object or particle on surface->        On patterned or topographical surface (e.g., wafer, mask, circuit board)
356/237.5 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES  ->        Surface condition->        On patterned or topographical surface (e.g., wafer, mask, circuit board)
356/237.6 -> 237.1 INSPECTION OF FLAWS OR IMPURITIES ->        Having predetermined light transmission regions (e.g., holes, aperture, multiple material articles)
356/242.1 THREAD COUNTING
356/243.1 STANDARD
356/243.2 -> 243.1 STANDARD ->        For fluid suspended particles
356/243.3 -> 243.1 STANDARD ->        Flying height testers
356/243.4 -> 243.1 STANDARD ->        Surface standard
356/243.5 -> 243.1 STANDARD  ->        Surface standard->        Color
356/243.6 -> 243.1 STANDARD  ->        Surface standard->        Foreign object
356/243.7 -> 243.1 STANDARD  ->        Surface standard->        Texture
356/243.8 -> 243.1 STANDARD  ->        Surface standard->        Light intensity
356/244 SAMPLE, SPECIMEN, OR STANDARD HOLDER OR SUPPORT (E.G., PLATES OR SLIDES)
356/245 -> 244 SAMPLE, SPECIMEN, OR STANDARD HOLDER OR SUPPORT (E.G., PLATES OR SLIDES) ->        Cotton graders
356/246 -> 244 SAMPLE, SPECIMEN, OR STANDARD HOLDER OR SUPPORT (E.G., PLATES OR SLIDES) ->        Fluid containers (e.g., cells or cuvettes)
356/247 FIDUCIAL INSTRUMENTS
356/248 -> 247 FIDUCIAL INSTRUMENTS ->        Artificial reference
356/249 -> 247 FIDUCIAL INSTRUMENTS  ->        Artificial reference->        Liquid surface (e.g., bubble level)
356/250 -> 247 FIDUCIAL INSTRUMENTS  ->        Artificial reference->        Pendular suspension of optical element or reticle
356/251 -> 247 FIDUCIAL INSTRUMENTS ->        Reticle lies outside viewing path
356/252 -> 247 FIDUCIAL INSTRUMENTS  ->        Reticle lies outside viewing path->        Reticle image transversely adjustable relative to optical axis
356/253 -> 247 FIDUCIAL INSTRUMENTS ->        Deflection of line of sight
356/254 -> 247 FIDUCIAL INSTRUMENTS  ->        Deflection of line of sight->        Two or more deflections
356/255 -> 247 FIDUCIAL INSTRUMENTS  ->        Deflection of line of sight->        By reflection
356/256 MISCELLANEOUS
356/900 INTERFEROMETERS (GO1B 9/02)
356/901 -> 900 INTERFEROMETERS (GO1B 9/02) ->        Involving fiber optics or integrated optics (GO1B 9/02F)
356/902 -> 900 INTERFEROMETERS (GO1B 9/02) ->        Involving diffraction gratings (GO1B 9/02G)
356/903 -> 900 INTERFEROMETERS (GO1B 9/02) ->        Using holographic techniques (GO1B 9/021)
356/904 MEASURING MICROSCOPES (GO1B 9/04)
356/905 MEASURING TELESCOPES (GO1B 9/06)
356/906 OPTICAL PROJECTION COMPARATORS, E.G., FOR PROFILE (GO1B 9/08)
356/907 GONIOMETERS (GO1B 9/10)
356/908 MEASURING LENGTH, WIDTH, OR THICKNESS (GO1B 11/02)
356/909 -> 908 MEASURING LENGTH, WIDTH, OR THICKNESS (GO1B 11/02) ->        By means of tv-camera scanning (GO1B 11/02B)
356/910 -> 908 MEASURING LENGTH, WIDTH, OR THICKNESS (GO1B 11/02) ->        By means of diode-array scanning (GO1B 11/02C)
356/911 MEASURING THE DEFORMATION IN A SOLID, E.G., OPTICAL STRAIN GAUGE (GO1B 11/16)
356/912 MEASURING ANGLES (GO1C 1/00)
356/913 -> 912 MEASURING ANGLES (GO1C 1/00) ->        Theodolites (GO1C 1/02)
356/914 -> 912 MEASURING ANGLES (GO1C 1/00)  ->        Theodolites (GO1C 1/02)->        Combined with cameras (GO1C 1/04)
356/915 -> 912 MEASURING ANGLES (GO1C 1/00) ->        Sextants (GO1C 1/08)
356/916 ALTIMETERS FOR AIRCRAFT (GO1C 5/00A)
356/917 MEASURING INCLINATION, E.G., BY CLINOMETERS, BY LEVELS (GO1C 9/00)
356/918 PHOTOGRAMMETRYSEMI PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEYING (GO1C 11/00)
356/919 -> 918 PHOTOGRAMMETRYSEMI PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEYING (GO1C 11/00) ->        Picture taking arrangements specially adapted for photogrammetry or photographic surveying, e.g., controlling overlapping of pictures (GO1C 11/02)
356/920 -> 918 PHOTOGRAMMETRYSEMI PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEYING (GO1C 11/00)  ->        Picture taking arrangements specially adapted for photogrammetry or photographic surveying, e.g., controlling overlapping of pictures (GO1C 11/02)->        By scanning the object (GO1C 11/02A)
356/921 -> 918 PHOTOGRAMMETRYSEMI PHOTOGRAPHIC SURVEYING (GO1C 11/00) ->        Interpretation of pictures (GO1C 11/04)
356/922 PHOTOMETRY, E.G., PHOTOGRAPHIC EXPOSURE METER (GO1J 11/04)
356/923 RADIATION PYROMETRY (GOLJ 5/00)
356/924 MEASURING VELOCITY OF LIGHT (GOLJ 7/00)
356/925 MEASURING OPTICAL PHASE DIFFERENCECOLON MEASURING OPTICAL WAVELENGTH (GO1J 9/00)
356/926 MEASURING THE CHARACTERISTICS OF INDIVIDUAL OPTICAL PULSES OR OF OPTICAL PULSE TRAINS (GO1J 11/00)
356/927 MEASURING VARIATIONS OF OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIAL WHEN IT IS STRESSED, E.G., BY PHOTOELASTIC STRESS ANALYSIS USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE LIGHT, ULTRA-VIOLET (GO1L 1/24)
356/928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)
356/929 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00) ->        Arrangements, or apparatus for facilitating the optical investigation (GO1N 21/01)
356/930 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Arrangements, or apparatus for facilitating the optical investigation (GO1N 21/01)->        Cuvette constructions (GO1N 21/03)
356/931 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00) ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17)
356/932 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17)->        With opto-acoustic detection, e.g., for gases or analyzing solids (GO1N 21/17B)
356/933 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17)->        With calorimetric detection, e.g., with thermal lens detection (GO1N 21/17C)
356/934 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17)->        With modulation of one or more physical properties of the sample during optical investigation, e.g., Electra reflectance (GO1N 21/17M)
356/935 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17)->        Dichroism (GO1N 21/19)
356/936 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17)->        Polarization-affecting properties (GO1N 21/21)
356/937 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17) ->        Polarization-affecting properties (GO1N 21/21)->        Ellipsometry (GO1N 21/21B)
356/938 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17) ->        Polarization-affecting properties (GO1N 21/21)->        Bi-refringence (GO1N 21/23)
356/939 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17)->        ColorSEMI spectral properties, i,e., comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands (GO1N 21/25)
356/940 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17) ->        ColorSEMI spectral properties, i,e., comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands (GO1N 21/25)->        Colorimeters (GO1N 21/25B)
356/941 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17) ->        ColorSEMI spectral properties, i,e., comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands (GO1N 21/25) ->        Colorimeters (GO1N 21/25B)->        For batch operation, i.e., multi-sample apparatus (GO1N 21/25B2)
356/942 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17) ->        ColorSEMI spectral properties, i,e., comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands (GO1N 21/25)->        Arrangements using two alternating lights and one detector (GO1N 21/25D)
356/943 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17) ->        ColorSEMI spectral properties, i,e., comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands (GO1N 21/25)->        Using photo-electric detection (GO1N 21/27)
356/944 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17) ->        ColorSEMI spectral properties, i,e., comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands (GO1N 21/25) ->        Using photo-electric detection (GO1N 21/27)->        For following a reaction, e.g., for determining photometrically a reaction rate (GO1N 21/27C)
356/945 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17) ->        ColorSEMI spectral properties, i,e., comparison of effect of material on the light at two or more different wavelengths or wavelength bands (GO1N 21/25)->        Investigating relative effect of material at wavelengths characteristic of specific elements or molecules, e.g., atomic absorption spectrometry (GO1N 21/31)
356/946 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17)->        Holographic interferometry (GO1N 21/45B)
356/947 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which incident light is modified in accordance with the properties of material investigated (GO1N 21/17)->        Scattering, i.e., diffuse reflection (GO1N 21/47F)
356/948 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00) ->        Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light (GO1N 21/62)
356/949 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light (GO1N 21/62)->        Optically excited (GO1N 21/63)
356/950 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light (GO1N 21/62) ->        Optically excited (GO1N 21/63)->        Using photolysis and investigating photolyzed fragments (GO1N 21/63C)
356/951 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light (GO1N 21/62) ->        Optically excited (GO1N 21/63)->        FlorescenceSEMI Phosphorescence (GO1N 21/64)
356/952 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00)  ->        Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light (GO1N 21/62) ->        Optically excited (GO1N 21/63)->        Raman scattering (GO1N 21/65)
356/953 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00) ->        Probe photometers (GO1N 21/85B)
356/954 -> 928 INVESTIGATING OR ANALYZING MATERIALS BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, I.E., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1N 21/00) ->        Scan or image signal processing arrangements specially adapted for investigating the presence of flaws or contaminates, e.g., for scan signal adjustments, for detecting different kinds of defects, for compensating for structures (GO1N 21/88)
356/955 MEASURING LINEAR OR ANGULAR SPEED UTILIZING DEVICES CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, E.G., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1P 3/36)
356/956 -> 955 MEASURING LINEAR OR ANGULAR SPEED UTILIZING DEVICES CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, E.G., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1P 3/36) ->        Using a ring laser (GO1P 3/36B)
356/957 -> 955 MEASURING LINEAR OR ANGULAR SPEED UTILIZING DEVICES CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, E.G., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1P 3/36) ->        Using diffraction of light (GO1P 3/36C)
356/958 -> 955 MEASURING LINEAR OR ANGULAR SPEED UTILIZING DEVICES CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF OPTICAL MEANS, E.G., USING INFRA-RED, VISIBLE, OR ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT (GO1P 3/36) ->        Using photographic means (GO1P 3/38)
359/1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT
359/2 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Authentication
359/3 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Having particular recording medium
359/4 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Having particular recording medium->        Recyclable
359/5 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Having particular recording medium ->        Recyclable->        Magnetic material
359/6 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Having particular recording medium ->        Recyclable->        Sandwich having photoconductor
359/7 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Having particular recording medium ->        Recyclable->        Crystalline material
359/8 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Having particular recording medium->        Having nonplanar recording medium surface
359/9 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        For synthetically generating a hologram
359/10 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Using modulated or plural reference beams
359/11 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Using modulated or plural reference beams->        Spatial, phase or amplitude modulation
359/12 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Copying by holographic means
359/13 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Head up display
359/14 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Head up display->        Holograph on curved substrate
359/15 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Using a hologram as an optical element
359/16 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Using a hologram as an optical element->        With aberration correction
359/17 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Using a hologram as an optical element->        Scanner
359/18 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Using a hologram as an optical element ->        Scanner->        Flat rotating disk
359/19 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Using a hologram as an optical element->        Lens
359/20 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Using a hologram as an optical element ->        Lens->        Multiple point hologram (e.g., fly-eye lens, etc.)
359/21 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Having defined page composer
359/22 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        For producing or reconstructing images from multiple holograms (e.g., color, etc.)
359/23 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        For producing or reconstructing images from multiple holograms (e.g., color, etc.)->        Holographic stereogram
359/24 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        For producing or reconstructing images from multiple holograms (e.g., color, etc.)->        Superimposed holograms only
359/25 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        For producing or reconstructing images from multiple holograms (e.g., color, etc.)->        Discrete hologram only
359/26 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        For producing or reconstructing images from multiple holograms (e.g., color, etc.) ->        Discrete hologram only->        Sequential frames on moving film
359/27 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Having particular laser source
359/28 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Having multiple object beam or diffuse object illumination
359/29 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Fourier transform holography
359/30 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Having optical element between object and recording medium
359/31 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        Having optical element between object and recording medium->        Focused image holography
359/32 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        For reconstructing image
359/33 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT  ->        For reconstructing image->        Real image
359/34 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        With optical waveguide
359/35 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC SYSTEM OR ELEMENT ->        Hardware for producing a hologram
359/107 OPTICAL COMPUTING WITHOUT DIFFRACTION
359/108 -> 107 OPTICAL COMPUTING WITHOUT DIFFRACTION ->        Logic gate
359/196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)
359/197 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM) ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element)
359/198 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element)->        Particular mount or driver for element
359/199 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Particular mount or driver for element->        Particular oscillating driver
359/200 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Particular mount or driver for element->        Bearing or shaft for rotary driver
359/201 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element)->        Plural moving scanning elements
359/202 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Plural moving scanning elements->        X-Y scanner
359/203 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Plural moving scanning elements->        Having a common axis of rotation
359/204 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element)->        Utilizing plural light beams
359/205 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element)->        Having particular focusing element to receive scanned light
359/206 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Having particular focusing element to receive scanned light->        High distortion lens (e.g., fO lens, etc.)
359/207 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Having particular focusing element to receive scanned light->        Anamorphic element
359/208 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Having particular focusing element to receive scanned light->        Concave reflector
359/209 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element)->        Including transmissive type moving element
359/210 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including transmissive type moving element->        Having moving lens
359/211 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including transmissive type moving element->        Having moving prism
359/212 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element)->        Including reflective type moving element
359/213 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including reflective type moving element->        Having oscillating element
359/214 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including reflective type moving element ->        Having oscillating element->        Single plane mirror element
359/215 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including reflective type moving element ->        Having oscillating element ->        Single plane mirror element->        With imaging lens
359/216 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including reflective type moving element->        Having multifaceted rotating element
359/217 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including reflective type moving element ->        Having multifaceted rotating element->        With facets parallel to rotation axis
359/218 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including reflective type moving element ->        Having multifaceted rotating element ->        With facets parallel to rotation axis->        Having six, seven, or eight facets
359/219 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including reflective type moving element ->        Having multifaceted rotating element ->        With facets parallel to rotation axis->        Having five or fewer facets
359/220 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including reflective type moving element->        Having planar rotating reflector with transverse rotation axis
359/221 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        Using a periodically moving element (periodic change of optically reflecting, refracting or diffracting element) ->        Including reflective type moving element->        Having planar rotating reflector with rotation axis in its plane
359/222 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM) ->        By frustrated total internal reflection
359/223 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM) ->        By moving a reflective element
359/224 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        By moving a reflective element->        Reflective element moved by deformable support
359/225 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        By moving a reflective element->        Pivoting or moving in circular arc
359/226 -> 196 DEFLECTION USING A MOVING ELEMENT OR MEDIUM (OFFSETTING OR CHANGING AT LEAST A PORTION OF THE BEAM)  ->        By moving a reflective element->        Rotating
359/227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH
359/228 -> 227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH ->        Fluid
359/229 -> 227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH ->        With glare or flicker elimination
359/230 -> 227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH ->        Electro-mechanical
359/231 -> 227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH  ->        Electro-mechanical->        String or ribbon type
359/232 -> 227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH ->        Slit type
359/233 -> 227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH ->        With relative motion of two apertured elements
359/234 -> 227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH ->        With rotating or pivoting element (e.g., scanning discs)
359/235 -> 227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH  ->        With rotating or pivoting element (e.g., scanning discs)->        Continuously rotating apertured element
359/236 -> 227 LIGHT CONTROL BY OPAQUE ELEMENT OR MEDIUM MOVABLE IN OR THROUGH LIGHT PATH  ->        With rotating or pivoting element (e.g., scanning discs)->        Element rotates about axis perpendicular to light path
359/237 OPTICAL MODULATOR
359/238 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.)
359/239 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.)->        Modulator output feedback to modulator
359/240 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.)->        Changing bulk optical parameter
359/241 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter->        By actinic radiation (e.g., photochromic)
359/242 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        By actinic radiation (e.g., photochromic)->        Display device
359/243 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        By actinic radiation (e.g., photochromic)->        Bistable device
359/244 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        By actinic radiation (e.g., photochromic)->        Opto-optical device
359/245 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter->        Electro-optic
359/246 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal
359/247 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        Using reflective or cavity structure
359/248 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal ->        Using reflective or cavity structure->        Semiconductor
359/249 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        Compensation technique
359/250 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        Using plural mediums
359/251 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        With particular direction of the field in relation to the medium, beam direction or polarization
359/252 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        With particular medium or state of the medium
359/253 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal ->        With particular medium or state of the medium->        Liquid medium
359/254 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        With particular electrode structure or arrangement, or medium mounting structure or arrangement
359/255 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        With particular field
359/256 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        With birefringent element
359/257 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        Pockel`s cell
359/258 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        Kerr cell
359/259 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Plural modulation cells
359/260 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Etalon structure
359/261 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Multiple reflections within cell
359/262 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Excitation by electron beam
359/263 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        By reflection
359/264 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Pulse modulation
359/265 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Electrochromic
359/266 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic->        Particular nonplanar electrode arrangement
359/267 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic->        Reflection-type (e.g., display device)
359/268 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic ->        Reflection-type (e.g., display device)->        Complementary device
359/269 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic ->        Reflection-type (e.g., display device)->        Particular counter electrode
359/270 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic ->        Reflection-type (e.g., display device)->        Particular electrolyte layer
359/271 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic ->        Reflection-type (e.g., display device)->        Particular planar electrode pattern
359/272 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic ->        Reflection-type (e.g., display device)->        Liquid cell
359/273 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic ->        Reflection-type (e.g., display device)->        Particular electrochromic layer structure
359/274 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic ->        Reflection-type (e.g., display device)->        Diverse layer
359/275 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Electrochromic->        Transmission-type (e.g., windows)
359/276 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Amplitude modulation
359/277 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic ->        Amplitude modulation->        Within display element
359/278 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Frequency modulation
359/279 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Electro-optic->        Phase modulation
359/280 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter->        Magneto-optic
359/281 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Magneto-optic->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal
359/282 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Magneto-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        Using layered structure or plural mediums
359/283 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Magneto-optic ->        Modulation of polarized light via modulating input signal->        With particular direction of the field in relation to the medium, beam direction or polarization
359/284 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Magneto-optic->        Amplitude modulation
359/285 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter->        Acousto-optic
359/286 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Acousto-optic->        Amplitude modulation
359/287 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Acousto-optic->        Frequency modulation
359/288 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter->        Thermo-optic
359/289 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        Changing bulk optical parameter ->        Thermo-optic->        Amplitude modulation
359/290 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.)->        By changing physical characteristics (e.g., shape, size or contours) of an optical element
359/291 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        By changing physical characteristics (e.g., shape, size or contours) of an optical element->        Shape or contour of light control surface altered
359/292 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        By changing physical characteristics (e.g., shape, size or contours) of an optical element ->        Shape or contour of light control surface altered->        Light control surface forms image on projected light beam
359/293 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        By changing physical characteristics (e.g., shape, size or contours) of an optical element ->        Shape or contour of light control surface altered ->        Light control surface forms image on projected light beam->        Electron beam causes surface alteration
359/294 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        By changing physical characteristics (e.g., shape, size or contours) of an optical element ->        Shape or contour of light control surface altered->        Using photoconductive layer
359/295 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        By changing physical characteristics (e.g., shape, size or contours) of an optical element ->        Shape or contour of light control surface altered->        Having multiple electrodes
359/296 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        By changing physical characteristics (e.g., shape, size or contours) of an optical element->        Changing position or orientation of suspended particles
359/297 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave temporal modulation (e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.) ->        By changing physical characteristics (e.g., shape, size or contours) of an optical element->        Light control surface formed or destroyed
359/298 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal)
359/299 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal)->        Opto-optical device
359/300 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal)->        Phase conjugate
359/301 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal)->        Acting on polarized light
359/302 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acting on polarized light->        Using reflecting or cavity structure
359/303 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acting on polarized light->        Using more than one polarization (e.g., digital)
359/304 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acting on polarized light->        Using single polarization
359/305 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal)->        Acousto-optic
359/306 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acousto-optic->        Correlation or convolution
359/307 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acousto-optic->        Utilizing optical feedback
359/308 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acousto-optic->        Filter
359/309 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acousto-optic->        Acting on polychromatic light
359/310 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acousto-optic->        Plural cell array
359/311 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acousto-optic->        Plural transducers on single cell
359/312 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acousto-optic->        Single transducer generating composite plural frequency acoustic wave
359/313 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acousto-optic->        Particular cell shape
359/314 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Acousto-optic->        Particular cell orientation
359/315 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal)->        Electro-optic
359/316 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Electro-optic->        Plural modulation cells
359/317 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Electro-optic->        Multiple reflections within cell
359/318 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Electro-optic->        By reflection
359/319 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Electro-optic->        Focusing
359/320 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Light wave directional modulation (e.g., deflection or scanning is representative of the modulating signal) ->        Electro-optic->        Switching
359/321 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR ->        Having particular chemical composition or structure
359/322 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Having particular chemical composition or structure->        Electro-optic crystal material
359/323 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Having particular chemical composition or structure ->        Electro-optic crystal material->        PLZT material
359/324 -> 237 OPTICAL MODULATOR  ->        Having particular chemical composition or structure->        Magneto-optic crystal material
359/325 OPTICAL DEMODULATOR
359/326 OPTICAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER
359/327 -> 326 OPTICAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Raman type
359/328 -> 326 OPTICAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Harmonic generator
359/329 -> 326 OPTICAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Harmonic generator->        Third harmonic
359/330 -> 326 OPTICAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Parametric oscillator
359/331 -> 326 OPTICAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Optical laser acoustic delay line type
359/332 -> 326 OPTICAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Dielectric optical waveguide type
359/333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER
359/334 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Raman or Brillouin process
359/335 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Free electron
359/336 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Bistable
359/337 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Correction of deleterious effects
359/337.1 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Correction of deleterious effects->        Spectral gain flattening or equalization
359/337.11 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Correction of deleterious effects ->        Spectral gain flattening or equalization->        Feedback
359/337.12 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Correction of deleterious effects ->        Spectral gain flattening or equalization ->        Feedback->        Using number of signals
359/337.13 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Correction of deleterious effects ->        Spectral gain flattening or equalization ->        Feedback->        Adjusting input signal power
359/337.2 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Correction of deleterious effects->        Filtering (e.g., noise)
359/337.21 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Correction of deleterious effects ->        Filtering (e.g., noise)->        Grating
359/337.22 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Correction of deleterious effects ->        Filtering (e.g., noise)->        Interferometer or interference
359/337.3 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Correction of deleterious effects->        Additional dopant or host composition
359/337.4 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Correction of deleterious effects->        Complementary, adjusting stages
359/337.5 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Dispersion compensation
359/338 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Dispersion compensation->        Using phase conjugation
359/339 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Dispersion compensation->        Using saturable or spatial filter
359/340 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Mode locked
359/341.1 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Optical fiber
359/341.2 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber->        Bi-directional
359/341.3 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber->        Pumping
359/341.31 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber ->        Pumping->        Operating frequency
359/341.32 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber ->        Pumping->        Radiation routing
359/341.33 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber ->        Pumping->        With multiple systems
359/341.4 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber->        Feedback
359/341.41 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber ->        Feedback->        Automatic Gain Control (AGC)
359/341.42 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber ->        Feedback->        Automatic Level Control (ALC)
359/341.43 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber ->        Feedback->        Surge protection
359/341.44 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber ->        Feedback->        Fault detection
359/341.5 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Optical fiber->        Composition (e.g., Tm, Tb, Eu, Ho, Dy, Nd)
359/342 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Particular active medium (e.g., crystal, plasma, fluid, etc.)
359/343 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Particular active medium (e.g., crystal, plasma, fluid, etc.)->        Glass (amorphous)
359/344 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Particular active medium (e.g., crystal, plasma, fluid, etc.)->        Semiconductor
359/345 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Particular pumping type (e.g., electrical, optical, nuclear, magnetic, etc.)
359/346 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Particular resonator cavity (e.g., scanning, confocal or folded mirrors, etc.)
359/347 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Multiple pass
359/348 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER  ->        Multiple pass->        Regenerative
359/349 -> 333 OPTICAL AMPLIFIER ->        Beam combination or separation
359/350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY
359/351 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY ->        Having folded optical path
359/352 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY ->        Having polarizing element
359/353 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY ->        Including alternative optical path or optical element (e.g., day-night, hi-low magnification)
359/354 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY ->        Including continuously variable magnification or focal length (zoom lens, adjustable lens)
359/355 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY ->        Lens, lens system or component
359/356 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY  ->        Lens, lens system or component->        Infrared lens
359/357 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY  ->        Lens, lens system or component ->        Infrared lens->        Having four or more components
359/358 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY ->        Fluid filter or fluid mirror
359/359 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY ->        Multilayer filter or multilayer reflector
359/360 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY  ->        Multilayer filter or multilayer reflector->        Having metal layer
359/361 -> 350 HAVING SIGNIFICANT INFRARED OR ULTRAVIOLET PROPERTY ->        Having ultraviolet absorbing or shielding property
359/362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM
359/363 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM ->        With image recorder
359/364 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM ->        With curved reflective imaging element
359/365 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        With curved reflective imaging element->        Two or more in a series
359/366 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        With curved reflective imaging element ->        Two or more in a series->        Concave, convex combination
359/367 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM ->        Right angle inspector
359/368 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM ->        Microscope
359/369 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        With viewed screen
359/370 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        Interference
359/371 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Interference->        Using polarized light
359/372 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        With plural optical axes
359/373 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        With plural optical axes->        Side-by-side fields
359/374 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        With plural optical axes->        Plural oculars
359/375 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        With plural optical axes ->        Plural oculars->        Binocular
359/376 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        With plural optical axes ->        Plural oculars ->        Binocular->        Stereoscopic
359/377 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        With plural optical axes ->        Plural oculars ->        Binocular ->        Stereoscopic->        With single or parallel objectives
359/378 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        With plural optical axes ->        Plural oculars ->        Binocular ->        Stereoscopic ->        With single or parallel objectives->        For viewing stereo pairs
359/379 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        Spacing of optical elements axially adjustable
359/380 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Spacing of optical elements axially adjustable->        Variable magnification
359/381 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        Imaging elements movable in and out of optical axis
359/382 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        Entire microscope adjustable along optical axis
359/383 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Entire microscope adjustable along optical axis->        Focus adjustment
359/384 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        With rotatable adjustment
359/385 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        Illuminator
359/386 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Illuminator->        Using polarized light
359/387 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Illuminator->        With annular lighting structure
359/388 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Illuminator->        With optical switching means
359/389 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Illuminator->        With illumination and viewing paths coaxial at the image field
359/390 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Illuminator->        With illuminator support
359/391 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        Stage or slide carrier
359/392 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Stage or slide carrier->        Adjustable along optical axis
359/393 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Stage or slide carrier->        With plural transverse movements
359/394 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Stage or slide carrier->        With turntable
359/395 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Stage or slide carrier->        With temperature control
359/396 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope->        Transparent slide
359/397 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Transparent slide->        Reference lines or grids
359/398 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Microscope ->        Transparent slide->        Specimen cavity or chamber
359/399 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM ->        Telescope
359/400 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        With viewed screen
359/401 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        With image anti-rotation
359/402 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        Periscope
359/403 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Periscope->        With plural optical axes
359/404 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Periscope ->        With plural optical axes->        Binocular
359/405 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Periscope->        With mechanical adjustment
359/406 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Periscope ->        With mechanical adjustment->        Extensible structure
359/407 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        Binocular
359/408 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular->        Foldable or collapsible
359/409 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular->        Body supported or with handle
359/410 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular ->        Body supported or with handle->        With focusing means
359/411 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular ->        Body supported or with handle->        With adjustable interocular distance
359/412 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular->        With adjustable interocular distance
359/413 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular ->        With adjustable interocular distance->        Oculars swing about central axis
359/414 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular ->        With adjustable interocular distance ->        Oculars swing about central axis->        Spacing of optical elements axially adjustable
359/415 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular ->        With adjustable interocular distance->        Oculars rotate about separate axes
359/416 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular ->        With adjustable interocular distance ->        Oculars rotate about separate axes->        Spacing of optical elements axially adjustable
359/417 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular ->        With adjustable interocular distance->        Spacing of optical elements axially adjustable
359/418 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Binocular->        Spacing of optical elements axially adjustable
359/419 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        With plural optical axes
359/420 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        With plural optical axes->        Plural magnification in same viewing field
359/421 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        Selectable magnification
359/422 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        Variable magnification
359/423 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        With relay
359/424 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        With relay->        With reticle
359/425 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        Focusing or relatively sliding barrels
359/426 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Focusing or relatively sliding barrels->        Internal focusing
359/427 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        Focusing or relatively sliding barrels->        With reticle
359/428 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        With reticle
359/429 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        With line of sight adjustment
359/430 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope ->        With line of sight adjustment->        Equatorial mount
359/431 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        Telescope->        With prism or U-shaped optical path
359/432 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM ->        Variable magnification
359/433 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM ->        With tilted lens or tilted image plane
359/434 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM ->        With relay
359/435 -> 362 COMPOUND LENS SYSTEM  ->        With relay->        Repetitious lens structure
359/436 SCALE OR INDICIA READING
359/437 -> 436 SCALE OR INDICIA READING ->        Polarizer
359/438 -> 436 SCALE OR INDICIA READING ->        Prism
359/439 -> 436 SCALE OR INDICIA READING ->        Mirror
359/440 -> 436 SCALE OR INDICIA READING ->        Lens
359/441 -> 436 SCALE OR INDICIA READING  ->        Lens->        Movable or adjustable
359/442 -> 436 SCALE OR INDICIA READING  ->        Lens ->        Movable or adjustable->        Along scale or indicia
359/443 PROJECTION SCREEN
359/444 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        With sound producer
359/445 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Acoustical
359/446 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Moving during projection
359/447 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Tracing (e.g., camera lucida, etc.)
359/448 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        With lens (e.g., camera obscura, etc.)
359/449 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        With reflector or additional screen
359/450 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Border, mask, shade, or curtain
359/451 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Curved
359/452 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Embedded particles
359/453 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN  ->        Embedded particles->        Rear projection screen
359/454 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Unitary sheet comprising plural refracting areas
359/455 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN  ->        Unitary sheet comprising plural refracting areas->        Lenticular
359/456 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN  ->        Unitary sheet comprising plural refracting areas ->        Lenticular->        Rear projection screen
359/457 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN  ->        Unitary sheet comprising plural refracting areas ->        Lenticular ->        Rear projection screen->        With Fresnel lens
359/458 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN  ->        Unitary sheet comprising plural refracting areas ->        Lenticular->        Stereoscopic imaging or three dimensional imaging
359/459 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Unitary sheet comprising plural reflecting areas
359/460 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Rear projection screen
359/461 -> 443 PROJECTION SCREEN ->        Roll up screen
359/462 STEREOSCOPIC
359/463 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC ->        Having record with lenticular surface
359/464 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC ->        With right and left channel discriminator (e.g., polarized or colored light)
359/465 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        With right and left channel discriminator (e.g., polarized or colored light)->        Using polarized light
359/466 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC ->        Stereo-viewers
359/467 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers->        View changers
359/468 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers ->        View changers->        Picture moves linearly past viewing aperture
359/469 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers ->        View changers ->        Picture moves linearly past viewing aperture->        Using film strips
359/470 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers->        Compensates for camera position (e.g., plotting or mapping type)
359/471 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers->        Reflected line of sight
359/472 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers ->        Reflected line of sight->        Pictures offset, transposed or have respective right or left sides adjacent
359/473 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers->        Ocular spacing or angle between ocular axes adjustable
359/474 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers->        Collapsible
359/475 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers->        Having illumination
359/476 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers->        Ocular to picture distance adjustable
359/477 -> 462 STEREOSCOPIC  ->        Stereo-viewers->        Supporting, mounting, enclosing or light shielding structure
359/478 RELIEF ILLUSION
359/479 -> 478 RELIEF ILLUSION ->        Reflected line of sight
359/480 BINOCULAR DEVICES
359/481 -> 480 BINOCULAR DEVICES ->        Binocular loupe type
359/482 -> 480 BINOCULAR DEVICES ->        Reflected line of sight
359/483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION
359/484 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION ->        Time invariant electric, magnetic, or electromagnetic field responsive (e.g., electro-optical, magneto-optical)
359/485 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION ->        Light polarization without any external input
359/486 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input->        By grid or dipoles
359/487 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input->        By reflection or refraction (e.g., Brewster angle)
359/488 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input ->        By reflection or refraction (e.g., Brewster angle)->        With particular medium
359/489 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input->        Polarization (direction or magnitude) varies over surface of the medium (e.g., vectograph)
359/490 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input->        By dichroic medium
359/491 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input ->        By dichroic medium->        Stain or dye
359/492 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input ->        By dichroic medium->        Oriented particles
359/493 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input->        Glare prevention by discriminating against polarized light
359/494 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input->        By birefringent element
359/495 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input ->        By birefringent element->        For beam deflection or splitting
359/496 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input ->        By birefringent element->        Prisms
359/497 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input ->        By birefringent element->        Using plural elements
359/498 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input ->        By birefringent element ->        Using plural elements->        Frequency filter or interference effects
359/499 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input ->        By birefringent element ->        Using plural elements->        Using compensation techniques
359/500 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input ->        By birefringent element->        With particular material or mounting structure
359/501 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input->        By relatively adjustable superimposed or in series polarizers
359/502 -> 483 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION  ->        Light polarization without any external input->        With color filter
359/503 EXTENDED SPACING STRUCTURE FOR OPTICAL ELEMENTS
359/504 -> 503 EXTENDED SPACING STRUCTURE FOR OPTICAL ELEMENTS ->        Wide angle (e.g., door peep)
359/505 -> 503 EXTENDED SPACING STRUCTURE FOR OPTICAL ELEMENTS ->        With screen or reticle in real image plane
359/506 -> 503 EXTENDED SPACING STRUCTURE FOR OPTICAL ELEMENTS ->        Extension of tubular element adjustable
359/507 PROTECTION FROM MOISTURE OR FOREIGN PARTICLE
359/508 -> 507 PROTECTION FROM MOISTURE OR FOREIGN PARTICLE ->        Optical element rotates
359/509 -> 507 PROTECTION FROM MOISTURE OR FOREIGN PARTICLE ->        Fluid directed across optical element
359/510 -> 507 PROTECTION FROM MOISTURE OR FOREIGN PARTICLE ->        Microscope drape
359/511 -> 507 PROTECTION FROM MOISTURE OR FOREIGN PARTICLE ->        Cap or cover
359/512 -> 507 PROTECTION FROM MOISTURE OR FOREIGN PARTICLE ->        Humidity or temperature control
359/513 -> 507 PROTECTION FROM MOISTURE OR FOREIGN PARTICLE ->        Sealing
359/514 -> 507 PROTECTION FROM MOISTURE OR FOREIGN PARTICLE  ->        Sealing->        Mirror, prism or signal reflector
359/515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR
359/516 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        Body carried
359/517 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Body carried->        Worn by hand or wrist
359/518 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Body carried->        Permanently fixed to clothing
359/519 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Body carried->        Worn over clothing
359/520 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        Moving
359/521 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Moving->        Pedal mounted
359/522 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Moving->        Rotating
359/523 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Moving ->        Rotating->        Spoke mounted
359/524 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Moving ->        Rotating->        Tire, wheel, valve stem, hub cap, or axle mounted
359/525 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Moving ->        Rotating->        Wind driven
359/526 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Moving->        Vibration
359/527 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        For a signal source remote from observer
359/528 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        Light transmitting from source behind a reflector
359/529 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        3-Corner retroreflective (i.e., cube corner, trihedral, or triple reflector type)
359/530 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        3-Corner retroreflective (i.e., cube corner, trihedral, or triple reflector type)->        Unitary plate or sheet comprising plural reflecting elements
359/531 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        3-Corner retroreflective (i.e., cube corner, trihedral, or triple reflector type) ->        Unitary plate or sheet comprising plural reflecting elements->        Mounted on roadway
359/532 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        3-Corner retroreflective (i.e., cube corner, trihedral, or triple reflector type) ->        Unitary plate or sheet comprising plural reflecting elements->        Mounted adjacent roadway
359/533 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        3-Corner retroreflective (i.e., cube corner, trihedral, or triple reflector type) ->        Unitary plate or sheet comprising plural reflecting elements->        Mounted on vehicle
359/534 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        Including a curved refracting surface
359/535 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface->        Within individual indentations
359/536 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface->        Minute transparent spheres
359/537 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface ->        Minute transparent spheres->        Directional reflection (e.g., prevent viewing unless critical angle of light is used)
359/538 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface ->        Minute transparent spheres->        On flexible substrate (e.g., flexible sheeting, bumper sticker, etc.)
359/539 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface ->        Minute transparent spheres->        Mixture in liquid binder (e.g., paint, resin)
359/540 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface ->        Minute transparent spheres->        Placed on top of binder (e.g., resin, asphalt, glue, etc.)
359/541 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface ->        Minute transparent spheres ->        Placed on top of binder (e.g., resin, asphalt, glue, etc.)->        With single transparent coating between spheres and atmosphere
359/542 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface->        Plural refracting elements formed as a unitary mass
359/543 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface->        With individual reflector element mount
359/544 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface ->        With individual reflector element mount->        Including a snap, spring clip, or spring retainer
359/545 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Including a curved refracting surface ->        With individual reflector element mount->        Including a threaded member
359/546 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        Discrete reflecting elements formed as a unitary mass
359/547 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Discrete reflecting elements formed as a unitary mass->        Mounted on or adjacent roadway
359/548 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Discrete reflecting elements formed as a unitary mass->        Mounted on vehicle
359/549 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        Rigidly mounted on vehicle
359/550 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR  ->        Rigidly mounted on vehicle->        Bicycle or motorcycle
359/551 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        Mounted on roadway
359/552 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        Mounted adjacent roadway
359/553 -> 515 SIGNAL REFLECTOR ->        Emergency or temporary reflectors (i.e., portable self standing)
359/554 IMAGE STABILIZATION
359/555 -> 554 IMAGE STABILIZATION ->        By movable reflective structure
359/556 -> 554 IMAGE STABILIZATION  ->        By movable reflective structure->        Having plural reflecting surfaces
359/557 -> 554 IMAGE STABILIZATION ->        By movable refractive structure
359/558 DIFFRACTION
359/559 -> 558 DIFFRACTION ->        Using Fourier transform spatial filtering
359/560 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        Using Fourier transform spatial filtering->        For convolution (cross-correlation)
359/561 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        Using Fourier transform spatial filtering->        For correlation
359/562 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        Using Fourier transform spatial filtering->        For changing zeroth order intensity
359/563 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        Using Fourier transform spatial filtering->        With diffraction grating
359/564 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        Using Fourier transform spatial filtering->        With photographic media
359/565 -> 558 DIFFRACTION ->        From zone plate
359/566 -> 558 DIFFRACTION ->        From grating
359/567 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating->        For ornamental effect or display
359/568 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating->        For diffractive subtractive filtering
359/569 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating->        Including particular grating characteristic
359/570 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating ->        Including particular grating characteristic->        Nonplanar grating substrate (e.g., concave)
359/571 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating ->        Including particular grating characteristic->        Echelette or blazed grating
359/572 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating ->        Including particular grating characteristic->        Reflection grating (e.g., retrodirective)
359/573 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating ->        Including particular grating characteristic->        Variable grating
359/574 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating ->        Including particular grating characteristic->        With curved or geometrically shaped corrugation
359/575 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating ->        Including particular grating characteristic->        With nonuniform corrugation width, spacing, or depth
359/576 -> 558 DIFFRACTION  ->        From grating ->        Including particular grating characteristic->        Laminated or layered
359/577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE
359/578 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE ->        Electrically or mechanically variable (e.g., tunable, adjustable)
359/579 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Electrically or mechanically variable (e.g., tunable, adjustable)->        By nonmovable driving element (e.g., piezoelectric, magnetostrictive)
359/580 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE ->        Produced by coating or lamina
359/581 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina->        By transmissive coating on lens
359/582 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina->        Layer having specified nonoptical property
359/583 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina->        Beam splitter or combiner
359/584 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina->        Reflector
359/585 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina->        Including metal or conductive layer
359/586 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina->        Layers having specified index of refraction
359/587 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina ->        Layers having specified index of refraction->        Plural layer groups lateral in parallel light paths
359/588 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina ->        Layers having specified index of refraction->        Filter having four or more layers
359/589 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina->        Selective wavelength transmission or reflection
359/590 -> 577 LIGHT INTERFERENCE  ->        Produced by coating or lamina ->        Selective wavelength transmission or reflection->        Having another filter
359/591 BUILDING INTERIOR ILLUMINATION WITH REFLECTED, REFRACTED OR PREDETERMINED ANGLE OF ENTRANCE OF OUTSIDE LIGHT
359/592 -> 591 BUILDING INTERIOR ILLUMINATION WITH REFLECTED, REFRACTED OR PREDETERMINED ANGLE OF ENTRANCE OF OUTSIDE LIGHT ->        Unitary light transmitting member comprising plural reflecting or refracting elements
359/593 -> 591 BUILDING INTERIOR ILLUMINATION WITH REFLECTED, REFRACTED OR PREDETERMINED ANGLE OF ENTRANCE OF OUTSIDE LIGHT  ->        Unitary light transmitting member comprising plural reflecting or refracting elements->        Plural members in series
359/594 -> 591 BUILDING INTERIOR ILLUMINATION WITH REFLECTED, REFRACTED OR PREDETERMINED ANGLE OF ENTRANCE OF OUTSIDE LIGHT  ->        Unitary light transmitting member comprising plural reflecting or refracting elements->        Elements on two sides of member
359/595 -> 591 BUILDING INTERIOR ILLUMINATION WITH REFLECTED, REFRACTED OR PREDETERMINED ANGLE OF ENTRANCE OF OUTSIDE LIGHT  ->        Unitary light transmitting member comprising plural reflecting or refracting elements->        With internal reflections
359/596 -> 591 BUILDING INTERIOR ILLUMINATION WITH REFLECTED, REFRACTED OR PREDETERMINED ANGLE OF ENTRANCE OF OUTSIDE LIGHT ->        Slats or strips
359/597 -> 591 BUILDING INTERIOR ILLUMINATION WITH REFLECTED, REFRACTED OR PREDETERMINED ANGLE OF ENTRANCE OF OUTSIDE LIGHT ->        With reflection
359/598 -> 591 BUILDING INTERIOR ILLUMINATION WITH REFLECTED, REFRACTED OR PREDETERMINED ANGLE OF ENTRANCE OF OUTSIDE LIGHT  ->        With reflection->        Internal reflection in single optical element
359/599 DIFFUSING OF INCIDENT LIGHT
359/600 BARREL END EYE GUARD (E.G., SHIELD OR CUSHION, ETC.)
359/601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION
359/602 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION ->        With mirror (e.g., mirror with glare screen, etc.)
359/603 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION  ->        With mirror (e.g., mirror with glare screen, etc.)->        Anti-glare mirror
359/604 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION  ->        With mirror (e.g., mirror with glare screen, etc.) ->        Anti-glare mirror->        Adjustable
359/605 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION  ->        With mirror (e.g., mirror with glare screen, etc.) ->        Anti-glare mirror ->        Adjustable->        Plural reflecting surfaces
359/606 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION  ->        With mirror (e.g., mirror with glare screen, etc.) ->        Anti-glare mirror ->        Adjustable ->        Plural reflecting surfaces->        Prismoidal
359/607 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION  ->        With mirror (e.g., mirror with glare screen, etc.) ->        Anti-glare mirror ->        Adjustable ->        Plural reflecting surfaces->        Reversible
359/608 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION  ->        With mirror (e.g., mirror with glare screen, etc.) ->        Anti-glare mirror ->        Adjustable->        Translucent or other semitransmitting panel selectively positioned in front of mirror
359/609 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION ->        Display window
359/610 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION ->        With blind for nonviewing eye
359/611 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION ->        Barrel end or lens mount shade
359/612 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION  ->        Barrel end or lens mount shade->        Collapsible or foldable
359/613 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION ->        Directional or angular discrimination
359/614 -> 601 GLARE OR UNWANTED LIGHT REDUCTION ->        With absorption means
359/615 LIGHT DISPERSION
359/616 KALEIDOSCOPE
359/617 -> 616 KALEIDOSCOPE ->        Including particles loosely housed for agitation
359/618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)
359/619 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.) ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements
359/620 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements->        Having particular composition
359/621 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements->        Plural lenticular plates
359/622 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements ->        Plural lenticular plates->        Serially disposed along optic axis
359/623 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements ->        Plural lenticular plates ->        Serially disposed along optic axis->        Cylindrical lenslets
359/624 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements ->        Plural lenticular plates ->        Serially disposed along optic axis ->        Cylindrical lenslets->        Having crossed axes
359/625 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements->        Focusing or defocusing by noncurved surfaces (e.g., prismatic, etc.)
359/626 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements->        Particular focusing or defocusing characteristic
359/627 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements->        Reflective
359/628 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By surface composed of lenticular elements->        Noncircular cross section
359/629 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.) ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface
359/630 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface->        Superimposing visual information on observer`s field of view (e.g., head-up arrangement, etc.)
359/631 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface ->        Superimposing visual information on observer`s field of view (e.g., head-up arrangement, etc.)->        Including curved reflector
359/632 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface ->        Superimposing visual information on observer`s field of view (e.g., head-up arrangement, etc.)->        Rotatable heads-up device or combiner
359/633 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface ->        Superimposing visual information on observer`s field of view (e.g., head-up arrangement, etc.)->        With additional reflector (e.g., serial reflections, etc.)
359/634 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface->        Wavelength selective (e.g., dichroic mirror, etc.)
359/635 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface->        Drawing or plotting aid
359/636 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface->        Including full reflection and transmission of a beam at different portions of a beam divider
359/637 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface->        With path length or aberration correcting element
359/638 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By partial reflection at beam splitting or combining surface->        With partial reflection at a surface of a prism
359/639 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.) ->        By refraction at beam splitting or combining surface
359/640 -> 618 SINGLE CHANNEL SIMULTANEOUSLY TO OR FROM PLURAL CHANNELS (E.G., LIGHT DIVIDING, COMBINING, OR PLURAL IMAGE FORMING, ETC.)  ->        By refraction at beam splitting or combining surface->        Including prismatic element
359/641 COLLIMATING OF LIGHT BEAM
359/642 LENS
359/643 -> 642 LENS ->        Eyepiece
359/644 -> 642 LENS  ->        Eyepiece->        Having four components
359/645 -> 642 LENS  ->        Eyepiece->        Having three components
359/646 -> 642 LENS  ->        Eyepiece->        Having two components
359/647 -> 642 LENS  ->        Eyepiece->        Having one component
359/648 -> 642 LENS ->        With field curvature shaping
359/649 -> 642 LENS  ->        With field curvature shaping->        Projection type
359/650 -> 642 LENS  ->        With field curvature shaping ->        Projection type->        Having four components
359/651 -> 642 LENS  ->        With field curvature shaping ->        Projection type->        Having less than four components
359/652 -> 642 LENS ->        With graded refractive index
359/653 -> 642 LENS  ->        With graded refractive index->        Having an axial gradient
359/654 -> 642 LENS  ->        With graded refractive index->        Having a radial gradient
359/655 -> 642 LENS  ->        With graded refractive index ->        Having a radial gradient->        In a variable media (e.g., gas, elastomer, etc.)
359/656 -> 642 LENS ->        Microscope objective
359/657 -> 642 LENS  ->        Microscope objective->        Having seven components
359/658 -> 642 LENS  ->        Microscope objective->        Having six components
359/659 -> 642 LENS  ->        Microscope objective->        Having five components
359/660 -> 642 LENS  ->        Microscope objective->        Having four components
359/661 -> 642 LENS  ->        Microscope objective->        Having less than four components
359/662 -> 642 LENS ->        High distortion lens (e.g., f0, etc.)
359/663 -> 642 LENS ->        Telecentric system
359/664 -> 642 LENS ->        Spherical
359/665 -> 642 LENS ->        Fluid
359/666 -> 642 LENS  ->        Fluid->        With variable magnification
359/667 -> 642 LENS  ->        Fluid->        With gas
359/668 -> 642 LENS ->        Anamorphic
359/669 -> 642 LENS  ->        Anamorphic->        With prism anamorphoser
359/670 -> 642 LENS  ->        Anamorphic->        Variable magnification anamorphoser
359/671 -> 642 LENS  ->        Anamorphic->        Having four or more components
359/672 -> 642 LENS ->        Selective magnification by exchanging or adding a lens component
359/673 -> 642 LENS  ->        Selective magnification by exchanging or adding a lens component->        To the front of a basic lens
359/674 -> 642 LENS  ->        Selective magnification by exchanging or adding a lens component->        To the middle of a basic lens
359/675 -> 642 LENS  ->        Selective magnification by exchanging or adding a lens component->        To the rear of a basic lens
359/676 -> 642 LENS ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type)
359/677 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type)->        Optically compensated
359/678 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type)->        Prism lens type
359/679 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type)->        With fixed conjugates
359/680 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type)->        Reverse telephoto
359/681 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Reverse telephoto->        Having eight or nine components
359/682 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Reverse telephoto->        Having seven or less components
359/683 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type)->        With mechanical compensation
359/684 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation->        Other than first group moves for focusing (internal focus type)
359/685 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation->        Nonlinear variator/compensator movements
359/686 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation->        Four groups
359/687 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation ->        Four groups->        + - + + Arrangement
359/688 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation ->        Four groups->        + - - + Arrangement
359/689 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation->        Three groups
359/690 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation ->        Three groups->        + - + Arrangement
359/691 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation->        Two groups
359/692 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation ->        Two groups->        + - Arrangement
359/693 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        With mechanical compensation->        With macro-type focusing
359/694 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type)->        Adjusting mechanism
359/695 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism->        Three or more movable lens groups
359/696 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism->        Motor driven
359/697 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism ->        Motor driven->        Condition responsive
359/698 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism ->        Motor driven ->        Condition responsive->        Auto focusing
359/699 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism->        Having cam device
359/700 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism ->        Having cam device->        Cam groove type
359/701 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism ->        Having cam device->        Cam ring type or zoom ring type
359/702 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism->        With adjustment lock
359/703 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism->        With specified mount
359/704 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism ->        With specified mount->        Having detail of barrel
359/705 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism->        With macro type focusing
359/706 -> 642 LENS  ->        With variable magnification (e.g., zoom type) ->        Adjusting mechanism ->        With macro type focusing->        With specific ring means
359/707 -> 642 LENS ->        Diffusing
359/708 -> 642 LENS ->        Including a nonspherical surface
359/709 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Conical
359/710 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Cylindrical
359/711 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Toroidal
359/712 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Paraboloidal
359/713 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Having six components
359/714 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Having five components
359/715 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Having four components
359/716 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Having three components
359/717 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Having two components
359/718 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface->        Having one component
359/719 -> 642 LENS  ->        Including a nonspherical surface ->        Having one component->        Objective for laser (e.g., optical disc, etc.)
359/720 -> 642 LENS ->        Asymmetric (e.g., prismatic or eccentric, etc.)
359/721 -> 642 LENS ->        Plural focal length
359/722 -> 642 LENS ->        Selective wavelength transmitting or blocking
359/723 -> 642 LENS  ->        Selective wavelength transmitting or blocking->        With separate filter
359/724 -> 642 LENS ->        Annular zonal correcting
359/725 -> 642 LENS ->        Panoramic
359/726 -> 642 LENS ->        With reflecting element
359/727 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element->        Including concave or convex reflecting surface
359/728 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element ->        Including concave or convex reflecting surface->        With aspheric surface (e.g., Schmidt lens, etc.)
359/729 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element ->        Including concave or convex reflecting surface ->        With aspheric surface (e.g., Schmidt lens, etc.)->        With concave and convex reflectors in series
359/730 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element ->        Including concave or convex reflecting surface->        Reflectors in series
359/731 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element ->        Including concave or convex reflecting surface ->        Reflectors in series->        With concave and convex reflectors in series
359/732 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element->        For producing a double pass
359/733 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element->        Multiple component lenses
359/734 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element ->        Multiple component lenses->        Four components
359/735 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element ->        Multiple component lenses->        Three components
359/736 -> 642 LENS  ->        With reflecting element ->        Multiple component lenses->        Two components
359/737 -> 642 LENS ->        With diverse refracting element
359/738 -> 642 LENS ->        With light limiting or controlling means
359/739 -> 642 LENS  ->        With light limiting or controlling means->        Diaphragm
359/740 -> 642 LENS  ->        With light limiting or controlling means ->        Diaphragm->        Between lens components
359/741 -> 642 LENS ->        With multipart element
359/742 -> 642 LENS  ->        With multipart element->        Echelon (e.g., Fresnel lens, etc.)
359/743 -> 642 LENS  ->        With multipart element ->        Echelon (e.g., Fresnel lens, etc.)->        Having curvilinear lens
359/744 -> 642 LENS ->        Afocal (e.g., Galilean telescopes, etc.)
359/745 -> 642 LENS ->        Telephoto
359/746 -> 642 LENS  ->        Telephoto->        With five components
359/747 -> 642 LENS  ->        Telephoto->        With four components
359/748 -> 642 LENS  ->        Telephoto->        With less than four components
359/749 -> 642 LENS ->        Reverse telephoto
359/750 -> 642 LENS  ->        Reverse telephoto->        With eight components
359/751 -> 642 LENS  ->        Reverse telephoto->        With seven components
359/752 -> 642 LENS  ->        Reverse telephoto->        With six components
359/753 -> 642 LENS  ->        Reverse telephoto->        With five or less components
359/754 -> 642 LENS ->        Multiple component lenses
359/755 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses->        Seven components
359/756 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses->        Six components
359/757 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Six components->        First component positive
359/758 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Six components ->        First component positive->        + - + + - + Arrangement
359/759 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Six components ->        First component positive->        First two components positive
359/760 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Six components ->        First component positive ->        First two components positive->        + + - - + + Arrangement
359/761 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Six components->        First component negative
359/762 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Six components ->        First component negative->        First two components negative
359/763 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses->        Five components
359/764 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Five components->        First component positive
359/765 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Five components ->        First component positive->        + - - + + Arrangement
359/766 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Five components ->        First component positive->        + - + - + Arrangement
359/767 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Five components ->        First component positive->        First two components positive
359/768 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Five components ->        First component positive ->        First two components positive->        + + - - + Arrangement
359/769 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Five components ->        First component positive ->        First two components positive->        + + - + + Arrangement
359/770 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Five components->        First component negative
359/771 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses->        Four components
359/772 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components->        First component positive
359/773 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component positive->        + - + - Arrangement
359/774 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component positive->        + - + + Arrangement
359/775 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component positive->        + - - + Arrangement
359/776 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component positive ->        + - - + Arrangement->        With multiple element component
359/777 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component positive ->        + - - + Arrangement ->        With multiple element component->        Infinite radius
359/778 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component positive ->        + - - + Arrangement ->        With multiple element component->        Having a biconvex single element component
359/779 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component positive->        + + - + Arrangement
359/780 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component positive->        + + + - Arrangement
359/781 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components->        First component negative
359/782 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component negative->        - + + - Arrangement
359/783 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Four components ->        First component negative->        - + + + Arrangement
359/784 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses->        Three components
359/785 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Three components->        + - + Arrangement
359/786 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Three components ->        + - + Arrangement->        With multiple element first component
359/787 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Three components ->        + - + Arrangement->        With multiple element second component
359/788 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Three components ->        + - + Arrangement->        With multiple element third component
359/789 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Three components ->        + - + Arrangement->        With first component biconvex
359/790 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Three components ->        + - + Arrangement->        With third component biconvex
359/791 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Three components->        + + - Arrangement
359/792 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Three components->        + + + Arrangement
359/793 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses->        Two components
359/794 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Two components->        + + Arrangement
359/795 -> 642 LENS  ->        Multiple component lenses ->        Two components->        + - Arrangement
359/796 -> 642 LENS ->        Single component with multiple elements
359/797 -> 642 LENS  ->        Single component with multiple elements->        Three or more elements
359/798 -> 642 LENS ->        With viewed object or viewed field illumination
359/799 -> 642 LENS  ->        With viewed object or viewed field illumination->        Illuminating beam coaxial with lens axis
359/800 -> 642 LENS  ->        With viewed object or viewed field illumination->        Illumination through lens
359/801 -> 642 LENS  ->        With viewed object or viewed field illumination->        With viewed object support
359/802 -> 642 LENS  ->        With viewed object or viewed field illumination->        Magnifier
359/803 -> 642 LENS  ->        With viewed object or viewed field illumination ->        Magnifier->        Hand held
359/804 -> 642 LENS ->        With viewed object support
359/805 -> 642 LENS  ->        With viewed object support->        On lens supporting handle
359/806 -> 642 LENS  ->        With viewed object support->        Relatively movable informatory sheet and lens (e.g., reading machine, etc.)
359/807 -> 642 LENS  ->        With viewed object support->        Flat opaque document or picture
359/808 -> 642 LENS ->        With lens casing
359/809 -> 642 LENS ->        Combined with diverse art tool, instrument or machine
359/810 -> 642 LENS  ->        Combined with diverse art tool, instrument or machine->        Operation viewed through lens
359/811 -> 642 LENS ->        With support
359/812 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support->        With additional handle
359/813 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support->        Lens movable in its plane
359/814 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens movable in its plane->        Electromagnetic motive power
359/815 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support->        Body or apparel attached or carried
359/816 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Body or apparel attached or carried->        Monocular loupe type
359/817 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support->        Foldable or collapsible
359/818 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support->        With clamp or grip
359/819 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support->        Lens mounts
359/820 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts->        With temperature compensation or control
359/821 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts->        Plural lenses in common carrier selectively operable (e.g., turret type, etc.)
359/822 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts->        Adjustable
359/823 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts ->        Adjustable->        With axial adjustment (e.g., adjustable focus, etc.)
359/824 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts ->        Adjustable ->        With axial adjustment (e.g., adjustable focus, etc.)->        Electromagnetic or piezoelectric drive
359/825 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts ->        Adjustable ->        With axial adjustment (e.g., adjustable focus, etc.)->        Focusing ring
359/826 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts ->        Adjustable ->        With axial adjustment (e.g., adjustable focus, etc.)->        Sliding barrels
359/827 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts->        Detachably attached (e.g., plate, barrel, etc.)
359/828 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts ->        Detachably attached (e.g., plate, barrel, etc.)->        Bayonet coupling
359/829 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts->        With threads
359/830 -> 642 LENS  ->        With support ->        Lens mounts->        With ring
359/831 PRISM (INCLUDING MOUNT)
359/832 -> 831 PRISM (INCLUDING MOUNT) ->        Fluid filled
359/833 -> 831 PRISM (INCLUDING MOUNT) ->        With reflecting surface
359/834 -> 831 PRISM (INCLUDING MOUNT)  ->        With reflecting surface->        Plural reflecting surfaces
359/835 -> 831 PRISM (INCLUDING MOUNT)  ->        With reflecting surface ->        Plural reflecting surfaces->        For binocular or porro-prism
359/836 -> 831 PRISM (INCLUDING MOUNT)  ->        With reflecting surface ->        Plural reflecting surfaces->        Roof or roof-angle
359/837 -> 831 PRISM (INCLUDING MOUNT) ->        With refracting surface
359/838 MIRROR
359/839 -> 838 MIRROR ->        With a transmitting property
359/840 -> 838 MIRROR ->        Back to back
359/841 -> 838 MIRROR ->        Retractable vehicle mirror
359/842 -> 838 MIRROR ->        Mounted on vehicle having handlebars (e.g., bicycle, motorcycle, etc.)
359/843 -> 838 MIRROR ->        Automatically adjustable in response to vehicle position, control, or indicator
359/844 -> 838 MIRROR ->        On adjustable diverse vehicle portion or accessory
359/845 -> 838 MIRROR ->        Fluid cooled mirror
359/846 -> 838 MIRROR ->        Including specified control or retention of the shape of a mirror surface
359/847 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Including specified control or retention of the shape of a mirror surface->        Membrane mirror in mechanical contact only at its edge
359/848 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Including specified control or retention of the shape of a mirror surface->        With structure to minimize internal mirror stress
359/849 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Including specified control or retention of the shape of a mirror surface->        Including a plurality of adjustable mirror supports
359/850 -> 838 MIRROR ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces
359/851 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces->        Composite or echelon mirrors or light concentrating array
359/852 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces ->        Composite or echelon mirrors or light concentrating array->        With a line focus
359/853 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces ->        Composite or echelon mirrors or light concentrating array->        Light concentrating (e.g., heliostat, etc.), concave, or paraboloidal structure
359/854 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces->        Identical side mirrors adjustable with respect to a central mirror
359/855 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces->        Identical adjacent mirrors identically supported
359/856 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces ->        Identical adjacent mirrors identically supported->        With successive reflections
359/857 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces->        With successive reflections
359/858 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces ->        With successive reflections->        Including curved mirror surfaces in series
359/859 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces ->        With successive reflections ->        Including curved mirror surfaces in series->        With concave and convex mirrors in series
359/860 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces ->        With successive reflections->        To view observer
359/861 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces ->        With successive reflections->        With three or more successive reflections
359/862 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces ->        With successive reflections->        Including an adjustable mirror
359/863 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces ->        With successive reflections ->        Including an adjustable mirror->        Including a curved mirror
359/864 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces->        Including adjacent plane and curved mirrors
359/865 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces->        Relatively adjustable
359/866 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        Plural mirrors or reflecting surfaces->        Wide angle segmented mirrors
359/867 -> 838 MIRROR ->        Concave cylindrical or providing a line focus
359/868 -> 838 MIRROR ->        With mirror surface of varied radius
359/869 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With mirror surface of varied radius->        Concave
359/870 -> 838 MIRROR ->        Fracture resistant (e.g., shatterproof, etc.)
359/871 -> 838 MIRROR ->        With support
359/872 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support->        Mirror movable relative to support
359/873 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support ->        Mirror movable relative to support->        With rotary to linear motion converting mirror adjustment
359/874 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support ->        Mirror movable relative to support ->        With rotary to linear motion converting mirror adjustment->        With rotation of mirror about perpendicular axes
359/875 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support ->        Mirror movable relative to support->        With a rigid handle extending to or near a mirror pivot
359/876 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support ->        Mirror movable relative to support->        With rotation of mirror about perpendicular axes
359/877 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support ->        Mirror movable relative to support->        With switch or motor controlling mirror movement
359/878 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support ->        Mirror movable relative to support ->        With switch or motor controlling mirror movement->        Fluid pressure actuated
359/879 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support ->        Mirror movable relative to support->        Body or apparel mirror support
359/880 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support ->        Mirror movable relative to support ->        Body or apparel mirror support->        Having support or apparel engaging head or neck
359/881 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support ->        Mirror movable relative to support->        With mirror supporting column or sliding adjustment
359/882 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support->        With handle
359/883 -> 838 MIRROR  ->        With support->        Laminated or layered mirror support
359/884 -> 838 MIRROR ->        With selective absorption or transparent overcoating
359/885 ABSORPTION FILTER
359/886 -> 885 ABSORPTION FILTER ->        Fluid
359/887 -> 885 ABSORPTION FILTER ->        Sequentially additive
359/888 -> 885 ABSORPTION FILTER ->        Neutral or graded density
359/889 -> 885 ABSORPTION FILTER ->        Movable in or out of optical path
359/890 -> 885 ABSORPTION FILTER ->        Superimposed or series
359/891 -> 885 ABSORPTION FILTER ->        Filters in optical parallel (e.g., colors side-by-side, etc.)
359/892 -> 885 ABSORPTION FILTER ->        With support or frame
359/893 SCREEN (E.G., HALFTONE SCREEN, ETC.)
359/894 OPTICAL APERTURE OR TUBE, OR TRANSPARENT CLOSURE
359/895 -> 894 OPTICAL APERTURE OR TUBE, OR TRANSPARENT CLOSURE ->        Submerged object viewer
359/896 MISCELLANEOUS
359/900 METHODS
359/901 ACOUSTIC HOLOGRAPHY
359/902 HOLOGRAPHIC INTERFEROMETER
359/903 WITH MAGNET
361/1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES
361/2 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch)
361/3 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch)->        Synchronized or sequential opening or closing
361/4 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch) ->        Synchronized or sequential opening or closing->        Counter electromotive force
361/5 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch) ->        Synchronized or sequential opening or closing->        With current sensitive control circuit
361/6 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch) ->        Synchronized or sequential opening or closing->        With voltage sensitive control circuit
361/7 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch) ->        Synchronized or sequential opening or closing->        With combined voltage and current sensitive control circuit
361/8 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch) ->        Synchronized or sequential opening or closing->        Shunt bypass
361/9 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch) ->        Synchronized or sequential opening or closing ->        Shunt bypass->        With sequentially inserted impedance
361/10 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch)->        By inserting series impedance
361/11 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch) ->        By inserting series impedance->        Nonlinear impedance
361/12 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch) ->        By inserting series impedance->        By arc stretching (e.g., horn gap)
361/13 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch)->        Shunt bypass of main switch
361/14 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Arc suppression at switching point (i.e., includes solid-state switch)->        Arc blowout for main breaker contact (e.g., electromagnet, gas, fluid, etc.)
361/15 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Capacitor protection
361/16 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Capacitor protection->        Series connected capacitors
361/17 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Capacitor protection->        Shunt connected capacitors
361/18 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Voltage regulator protective circuits
361/19 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Superconductor protective circuits
361/20 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Generator protective circuits
361/21 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Generator protective circuits->        Voltage responsive
361/22 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Compressor protective circuits
361/23 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits
361/24 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits->        Current and temperature
361/25 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits->        Motor temperature
361/26 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits ->        Motor temperature->        With bimetallic sensor
361/27 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits ->        Motor temperature->        With thermistor sensor
361/28 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits->        With time delay
361/29 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits ->        With time delay->        During energization of motor
361/30 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits->        Current and voltage
361/31 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits->        Current
361/32 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits ->        Current->        Bimetallic element
361/33 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits->        Voltage
361/34 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Motor protective condition responsive circuits ->        Voltage->        Bimetallic element
361/35 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Transformer protection
361/36 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Transformer protection->        With differential sensing means
361/37 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Transformer protection->        With temperature or pressure sensing means
361/38 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Transformer protection->        Transformer with structurally combined protective device
361/39 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Transformer protection ->        Transformer with structurally combined protective device->        With lightning arrester and fuse
361/40 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Transformer protection ->        Transformer with structurally combined protective device->        With lightning arrester (e.g., spark gap)
361/41 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Transformer protection ->        Transformer with structurally combined protective device->        With fuse
361/42 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Ground fault protection
361/43 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Ground fault protection->        Fault suppression (e.g., Petersen coil)
361/44 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Ground fault protection->        With differential sensing in a polyphase system
361/45 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Ground fault protection->        With differential sensing in a single phase system
361/46 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Ground fault protection ->        With differential sensing in a single phase system->        With more than two wires
361/47 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Ground fault protection->        In a polyphase system
361/48 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Ground fault protection ->        In a polyphase system->        With more than three wires
361/49 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Ground fault protection->        In a single phase system
361/50 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Ground fault protection ->        In a single phase system->        With more than two wires
361/51 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Overspeed responsive
361/52 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        By regulating source or load (e.g., generator field killed)
361/53 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        By regulating source or load (e.g., generator field killed)->        Prime mover control
361/54 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Load shunting by fault responsive means (e.g., crowbar circuit)
361/55 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Load shunting by fault responsive means (e.g., crowbar circuit)->        Disconnect after shunting
361/56 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Load shunting by fault responsive means (e.g., crowbar circuit)->        Voltage responsive
361/57 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Load shunting by fault responsive means (e.g., crowbar circuit)->        Current responsive
361/58 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Impedance insertion
361/59 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Circuit automatically reconnected only after the fault is cleared
361/60 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Circuit automatically reconnected only after the fault is cleared->        With differential voltage comparison across the circuit interrupting means
361/61 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Circuit automatically reconnected only after the fault is cleared->        Reclosing of the nonfaulty phases of a polyphase system
361/62 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Feeder protection in distribution networks
361/63 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Feeder protection in distribution networks->        With current responsive fault sensor
361/64 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Feeder protection in distribution networks ->        With current responsive fault sensor->        With communication between feeder disconnect points
361/65 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Feeder protection in distribution networks->        With current and voltage responsive fault sensors
361/66 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Feeder protection in distribution networks ->        With current and voltage responsive fault sensors->        With communication between feeder disconnect points
361/67 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Series connected sections with faulty section disconnect
361/68 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Series connected sections with faulty section disconnect->        With communication between disconnect points
361/69 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Series connected sections with faulty section disconnect ->        With communication between disconnect points->        Pilot wire communication
361/70 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Series connected sections with faulty section disconnect->        Constant current system
361/71 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Automatic reclosing
361/72 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Automatic reclosing->        With lockout means
361/73 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Automatic reclosing ->        With lockout means->        Including timer reset before lockout
361/74 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Automatic reclosing->        Continuous
361/75 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Automatic reclosing ->        Continuous->        With time delay before reclosing
361/76 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        With phase sequence network analyzer
361/77 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Reverse phase responsive
361/78 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        With specific quantity comparison means
361/79 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific quantity comparison means->        Voltage and current
361/80 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific quantity comparison means ->        Voltage and current->        Distance relaying
361/81 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific quantity comparison means ->        Voltage and current ->        Distance relaying->        With communication means between disconnect points
361/82 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific quantity comparison means ->        Voltage and current->        Reverse energy responsive (e.g., directional)
361/83 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific quantity comparison means ->        Voltage and current->        With time delay protective means
361/84 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific quantity comparison means->        Reverse energy responsive (e.g., directional)
361/85 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific quantity comparison means->        Phase
361/86 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific quantity comparison means->        Voltage
361/87 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific quantity comparison means->        Current
361/88 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor
361/89 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor->        With time delay protective means
361/90 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor->        Overvoltage and undervoltage
361/91.1 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor->        Overvoltage
361/91.2 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor ->        Overvoltage->        With resistor sensor
361/91.3 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor ->        Overvoltage->        Including time delay
361/91.4 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor ->        Overvoltage->        Including photo-coupling (e.g., photo-receptors, photo-emitters, etc.)
361/91.5 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor ->        Overvoltage->        Including P-N junction (e.g., a diode, a zener diode, or transistor)
361/91.6 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor ->        Overvoltage ->        Including P-N junction (e.g., a diode, a zener diode, or transistor)->        With zener diode sensor
361/91.7 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor ->        Overvoltage->        Protection by snubber circuitry
361/91.8 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor ->        Overvoltage->        Protection for thyristor
361/92 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific voltage responsive fault sensor->        Undervoltage
361/93.1 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor
361/93.2 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        Digital control
361/93.3 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        Rating plug
361/93.4 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        Automatic reset after trip
361/93.5 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        Transformer and resistor sensors
361/93.6 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        Transformer sensor (i.e., toroidal current sensor)
361/93.7 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        Resistor sensor
361/93.8 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        Thermal sensing
361/93.9 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        Current limiting
361/94 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        With time delay protective means
361/95 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor ->        With time delay protective means->        With instantaneous override
361/96 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor ->        With time delay protective means ->        With instantaneous override->        With multiple timing characteristics (e.g., short, long)
361/97 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor ->        With time delay protective means->        With multiple timing characteristics
361/98 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor ->        With time delay protective means->        Transistorized
361/99 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor ->        With time delay protective means->        Combined thermal-electromagnetic relay
361/100 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        With semiconductor circuit interrupter (e.g., SCR, Triac, Tunnel Diode, etc.)
361/101 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor ->        With semiconductor circuit interrupter (e.g., SCR, Triac, Tunnel Diode, etc.)->        With transistor circuit interrupter
361/102 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific current responsive fault sensor->        With mechanical circuit breaker
361/103 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Circuit interruption by thermal sensing
361/104 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Circuit interruption by thermal sensing->        With fuse
361/105 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Circuit interruption by thermal sensing->        With bimetallic element
361/106 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        Circuit interruption by thermal sensing->        With thermistor
361/107 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        With specific transmission line (e.g., guarded)
361/108 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific transmission line (e.g., guarded)->        Plural conductors in single sheath (e.g., compound)
361/109 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Too large fault makes breaker inoperative
361/110 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Transient nonresponsive (e.g., ignores surge on transmission line)
361/111 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        Transient responsive
361/112 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        With space discharge means
361/113 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        With tuned circuit
361/114 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        With manual or automatic opening of breaker and manual reclose
361/115 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        With specific circuit breaker or control structure
361/116 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        With specific circuit breaker or control structure->        Pneumatically operated circuit breaker
361/117 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)
361/118 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        Surge prevention (e.g., choke coil)
361/119 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        Surge prevention (e.g., choke coil)->        In communication systems
361/120 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        Vacuum or gas filled space discharge
361/121 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        Fluid (e.g., mercury, quenching)
361/122 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        Fluid (e.g., mercury, quenching)->        Electrolytic
361/123 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        Fluid (e.g., mercury, quenching)->        Gas blast
361/124 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        Thermal (e.g., fusible, bimetallic)
361/125 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        Thermal (e.g., fusible, bimetallic)->        With cutout (e.g., blowout type)
361/126 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        Current limiting material in discharge path
361/127 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        Current limiting material in discharge path->        Nonlinear material (e.g., valve type)
361/128 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        Current limiting material in discharge path ->        Nonlinear material (e.g., valve type)->        With plural gaps in discharge path
361/129 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        Plural gaps with common electrode
361/130 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        Plural gaps serially connected
361/131 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        Combined (e.g., with disconnect switch)
361/132 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        Combined (e.g., with disconnect switch)->        With line supporting insulator
361/133 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        With magnetic means (e.g., electromagnet)
361/134 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        With magnetic means (e.g., electromagnet)->        Arc stretching (e.g., blowout)
361/135 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        With magnetic means (e.g., electromagnet) ->        Arc stretching (e.g., blowout)->        By separating contacts
361/136 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        With magnetic means (e.g., electromagnet)->        For grounding line
361/137 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester)->        Horn gap
361/138 -> 1 SAFETY AND PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS AND DEVICES  ->        High voltage dissipation (e.g., lightning arrester) ->        Horn gap->        With resistance insertion
361/139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES
361/140 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES ->        Including compensation for thermal change of electromagnetic device
361/141 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES ->        Including superconductivity
361/142 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES ->        Including housing
361/143 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field
361/144 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field->        For lifting or holding
361/145 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field ->        For lifting or holding->        Magnetic chuck-type
361/146 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field->        Systems for magnetic field stabilization or compensation
361/147 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field->        With permanent magnet
361/148 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field ->        With permanent magnet->        Calibration or permanent magnet
361/149 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field->        Demagnetizing
361/150 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field ->        Demagnetizing->        Television degaussing
361/151 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field ->        Demagnetizing->        Magnetic tape
361/152 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field->        Including particular drive circuit
361/153 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field ->        Including particular drive circuit->        Pulse initiated
361/154 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field ->        Including particular drive circuit->        Including means to establish plural distinct current levels (e.g., high, low)
361/155 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field ->        Including particular drive circuit ->        Including means to establish plural distinct current levels (e.g., high, low)->        With capacitor charging or discharging through coil
361/156 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Systems for magnetizing, demagnetizing, or controlling the magnetic field ->        Including particular drive circuit->        With capacitor charging or discharging through coil
361/157 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES ->        Including instrument (e.g., meter-relay)
361/158 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        Including instrument (e.g., meter-relay)->        Temperature indicating instrument
361/159 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES ->        Including means for using, or compensating for, the induced EMF of the electromagnetic device
361/160 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES ->        For relays or solenoids
361/161 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        Including thermal device
361/162 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Including thermal device->        Thermoelectric
361/163 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Including thermal device->        Bimetallic element
361/164 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Including thermal device ->        Bimetallic element->        Including heater
361/165 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Including thermal device->        Thermistor
361/166 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        Plural relays or solenoids sequentially operated
361/167 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Plural relays or solenoids sequentially operated->        Alternately operated
361/168.1 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Plural relays or solenoids sequentially operated->        Pulse responsive
361/169.1 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Plural relays or solenoids sequentially operated ->        Pulse responsive->        Including electronic element
361/170 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)
361/171 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)->        Code responsive
361/172 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition) ->        Code responsive->        Including electronic element
361/173 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)->        Light
361/174 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition) ->        Light->        Light sensor controls its light path
361/175 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition) ->        Light->        Including electronic element
361/176 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition) ->        Light ->        Including electronic element->        Plural light sensors
361/177 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition) ->        Light->        Plural light sensors
361/178 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)->        Fluid (e.g., liquid level, humidity)
361/179 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)->        Proximity or contact
361/180 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition) ->        Proximity or contact->        Metal presence or absence responsive
361/181 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition) ->        Proximity or contact->        Capacitance change-type
361/182 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)->        Frequency (e.g., audio, radio)
361/183 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition) ->        Frequency (e.g., audio, radio)->        Plural relays or solenoids as loads
361/184 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition) ->        Frequency (e.g., audio, radio)->        Specific frequency responsive relay
361/185 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)->        Phase
361/186 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)->        Pulse
361/187 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)->        Voltage or current level discriminators
361/188 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Condition responsive (e.g., external circuit condition)->        Variable impedance
361/189 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        Plural switches in control circuit
361/190 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Plural switches in control circuit->        Including electronic switch
361/191 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        Plural relay or solenoid load selectively operated
361/192 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Plural relay or solenoid load selectively operated->        Including interlock
361/193 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Plural relay or solenoid load selectively operated ->        Including interlock->        Electronic interlock
361/194 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        Holding means
361/195 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        Time delay
361/196 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Time delay->        Including semiconductor device connected to timing element
361/197 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Time delay ->        Including semiconductor device connected to timing element->        Threshold device (e.g., zener, schockley diode)
361/198 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Time delay ->        Including semiconductor device connected to timing element ->        Threshold device (e.g., zener, schockley diode)->        Including three or more electrodes (e.g., unijunction)
361/199 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Time delay->        Including electric discharge device
361/200 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Time delay ->        Including electric discharge device->        Threshold device (neon tube)
361/201 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Time delay ->        Including electric discharge device ->        Threshold device (neon tube)->        Including thyratron
361/202 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Time delay->        Electromechanical delay means
361/203 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        With oscillator
361/204 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        With magnetic amplifier or saturable reactor
361/205 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        Threshold device (e.g., SCR, thyratron)
361/206 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids->        Particular relay or solenoid
361/207 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Particular relay or solenoid->        Electrostatic
361/208 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Particular relay or solenoid->        Polarized
361/209 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Particular relay or solenoid->        Alternating current type
361/210 -> 139 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES  ->        For relays or solenoids ->        Particular relay or solenoid->        Plural coils
361/211 CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR NONELECTROMAGNETIC TYPE RELAY (E.G., THERMAL RELAYS)
361/212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY)
361/213 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY) ->        By charged gas irradiation
361/214 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY) ->        Of paper or paper handling machine
361/215 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY) ->        Of storage or hazardous area or fluid handling
361/216 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY) ->        Structurally combined with building or vehicle
361/217 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY)  ->        Structurally combined with building or vehicle->        With external structure of vehicle
361/218 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY)  ->        Structurally combined with building or vehicle ->        With external structure of vehicle->        Aircraft
361/219 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY)  ->        Structurally combined with building or vehicle ->        With external structure of vehicle->        Chain-type grounding means
361/220 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY) ->        Specific conduction means or dissipator
361/221 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY)  ->        Specific conduction means or dissipator->        Brush- or roller-type structure
361/222 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY)  ->        Specific conduction means or dissipator->        Rod-type structure
361/223 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY)  ->        Specific conduction means or dissipator->        Shoe type
361/224 -> 212 DISCHARGING OR PREVENTING ACCUMULATION OF ELECTRIC CHARGE (E.G., STATIC ELECTRICITY)  ->        Specific conduction means or dissipator ->        Shoe type->        Integral with shoe
361/225 ELECTRIC CHARGING OF OBJECTS OR MATERIALS
361/226 -> 225 ELECTRIC CHARGING OF OBJECTS OR MATERIALS ->        Particulate matter (e.g., liquids with suspended particles)
361/227 -> 225 ELECTRIC CHARGING OF OBJECTS OR MATERIALS  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., liquids with suspended particles)->        For spray production
361/228 -> 225 ELECTRIC CHARGING OF OBJECTS OR MATERIALS  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., liquids with suspended particles) ->        For spray production->        Liquid type
361/229 -> 225 ELECTRIC CHARGING OF OBJECTS OR MATERIALS ->        By charged gas irradiation
361/230 ELECTRIC CHARGE GENERATING OR CONDUCTING MEANS (E.G., CHARGING OF GASES)
361/231 -> 230 ELECTRIC CHARGE GENERATING OR CONDUCTING MEANS (E.G., CHARGING OF GASES) ->        Modification of environmental electric charge
361/232 -> 230 ELECTRIC CHARGE GENERATING OR CONDUCTING MEANS (E.G., CHARGING OF GASES) ->        For application to living beings
361/233 -> 230 ELECTRIC CHARGE GENERATING OR CONDUCTING MEANS (E.G., CHARGING OF GASES) ->        Use of forces of electric charge or field
361/234 -> 230 ELECTRIC CHARGE GENERATING OR CONDUCTING MEANS (E.G., CHARGING OF GASES)  ->        Use of forces of electric charge or field->        Pinning
361/235 -> 230 ELECTRIC CHARGE GENERATING OR CONDUCTING MEANS (E.G., CHARGING OF GASES) ->        With specific power supply
361/236 ELECTRICAL SPEED SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS
361/237 -> 236 ELECTRICAL SPEED SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS ->        With centrifugal weight means
361/238 -> 236 ELECTRICAL SPEED SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS ->        Antislip detection and circuitry
361/239 -> 236 ELECTRICAL SPEED SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS ->        With speed analog electrical signal
361/240 -> 236 ELECTRICAL SPEED SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS ->        Including frequency generators
361/241 -> 236 ELECTRICAL SPEED SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS ->        Two position (e.g., on-off)
361/242 -> 236 ELECTRICAL SPEED SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS ->        With speed comparison
361/243 -> 236 ELECTRICAL SPEED SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS ->        Synchronization of shafts
361/244 -> 236 ELECTRICAL SPEED SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEMS  ->        Synchronization of shafts->        Phase comparison
361/245 POLARITY REVERSING
361/246 -> 245 POLARITY REVERSING ->        Automatic
361/247 IGNITING SYSTEMS
361/248 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS ->        For explosive devices
361/249 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For explosive devices->        With sequential firing by electronic switching
361/250 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For explosive devices->        With sequential firing by mechanical switching
361/251 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For explosive devices->        With capacitor discharging into explosive device
361/252 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For explosive devices->        With electromechanical power source
361/253 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS ->        For electric spark ignition
361/254 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition->        With electromagnet control means
361/255 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition ->        With electromagnet control means->        Including spark electrode make-break
361/256 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition->        With capacitor discharging into sparking transformer
361/257 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition->        With capacitor discharge into spark gap
361/258 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition->        With electromechanical generator
361/259 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition ->        With electromechanical generator->        With permanent magnet
361/260 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition ->        With electromechanical generator->        With piezoelectric element
361/261 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition->        With mechanical arrangement for spark electrode make-break
361/262 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition->        With one spark electrode which is hand held
361/263 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For electric spark ignition->        With spark coil or transformer
361/264 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS ->        For incandescent ignition
361/265 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For incandescent ignition->        With electromagnet control means
361/266 -> 247 IGNITING SYSTEMS  ->        For incandescent ignition->        With helical heating element
361/267 DEMAGNETIZING SYSTEMS AND PROCESSES
361/268 TRANSFORMERS AND INDUCTORS WITH INTEGRAL SWITCH, CAPACITOR, OR LOCK (E.G., IGNITION COIL)
361/269 -> 268 TRANSFORMERS AND INDUCTORS WITH INTEGRAL SWITCH, CAPACITOR, OR LOCK (E.G., IGNITION COIL) ->        With lock for preventing unauthorized use
361/270 -> 268 TRANSFORMERS AND INDUCTORS WITH INTEGRAL SWITCH, CAPACITOR, OR LOCK (E.G., IGNITION COIL) ->        With capacitor element
361/271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS
361/272 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS ->        With protection or compensating means
361/273 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        With protection or compensating means->        Self-healing
361/274.1 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        With protection or compensating means->        Temperature
361/274.2 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        With protection or compensating means ->        Temperature->        With fluid cooling means
361/274.3 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        With protection or compensating means ->        Temperature->        With heat sink
361/275.1 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        With protection or compensating means->        For electrical irregularities
361/275.2 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        With protection or compensating means ->        For electrical irregularities->        With over-pressure breakaway fuse
361/275.3 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        With protection or compensating means ->        For electrical irregularities->        With resistance element
361/275.4 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        With protection or compensating means ->        For electrical irregularities->        With thermal fuse
361/276 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS ->        Cryogenic
361/277 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS ->        Variable
361/278 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable->        With significant electrode or terminal feature
361/279 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable->        Gas or vacuum dielectric
361/280 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable->        Responsive to external condition
361/281 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Responsive to external condition->        Electrical
361/282 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Responsive to external condition->        Thermal
361/283.1 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Responsive to external condition->        Pressure
361/283.2 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Responsive to external condition ->        Pressure->        By displacement of stylus or lever
361/283.3 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Responsive to external condition ->        Pressure->        By differential capacitor
361/283.4 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Responsive to external condition ->        Pressure->        By diaphragm
361/284 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Responsive to external condition->        Liquid level
361/285 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Responsive to external condition->        Fluid flow
361/286 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Responsive to external condition->        Humidity
361/287 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable->        Mechanically variable
361/288 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable->        Push button
361/289 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable->        Motor driven
361/290 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable->        By varying distance between electrodes
361/291 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying distance between electrodes->        Compression type
361/292 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable->        By varying effective area of electrode
361/293 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode->        Disk trimmer
361/294 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode->        Direct travel piston type
361/295 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode->        Piston trimmer
361/296 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode->        Sliding plates
361/297 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode->        Spiral or helical plates
361/298.1 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode->        Rotary plates
361/299.1 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode ->        Rotary plates->        Plural capacitors
361/299.2 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode ->        Rotary plates ->        Plural capacitors->        Details of electrical connecting means (e.g., terminal or lead)
361/299.3 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode ->        Rotary plates ->        Plural capacitors->        Details of mounting means
361/299.4 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode ->        Rotary plates ->        Plural capacitors->        With adjustment means
361/299.5 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode ->        Rotary plates ->        Plural capacitors->        Details of insulator feature
361/298.2 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode ->        Rotary plates->        Details of plate feature
361/298.3 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode ->        Rotary plates->        Details of dielectric
361/298.4 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode ->        Rotary plates->        Details of electrical connecting means (e.g., terminal or lead)
361/298.5 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable ->        By varying effective area of electrode ->        Rotary plates->        With adjustment means
361/300 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Variable ->        Mechanically variable->        With controlling or indicating means
361/301.1 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS ->        Fixed capacitor
361/301.2 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Special type (e.g., "bypass" type)
361/301.3 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Encapsulated
361/301.4 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Stack
361/301.5 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Wound
361/302 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Feed through
361/303 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Significant electrode feature
361/304 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Significant electrode feature->        Non-self-supporting electrodes
361/305 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Significant electrode feature->        Material
361/306.1 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Details of electrical connection means (e.g., terminal or lead)
361/306.2 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Details of electrical connection means (e.g., terminal or lead)->        For decoupling type capacitor
361/306.3 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Details of electrical connection means (e.g., terminal or lead)->        For multilayer capacitor
361/307 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Details of electrical connection means (e.g., terminal or lead)->        Lead extends into body of capacitor
361/308.1 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Details of electrical connection means (e.g., terminal or lead)->        Lead attached to edge of capacitor
361/308.2 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Details of electrical connection means (e.g., terminal or lead) ->        Lead attached to edge of capacitor->        Cap
361/308.3 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Details of electrical connection means (e.g., terminal or lead) ->        Lead attached to edge of capacitor->        Wire
361/309 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Details of electrical connection means (e.g., terminal or lead) ->        Lead attached to edge of capacitor->        Metallized terminal
361/310 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Details of electrical connection means (e.g., terminal or lead)->        Lead extends around at least a portion of capacitor
361/311 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Solid dielectric
361/312 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric->        Plural dielectrics
361/313 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Plural dielectrics->        Layered
361/314 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Plural dielectrics->        Impregnated
361/315 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Plural dielectrics ->        Impregnated->        With specific impregnant
361/316 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Plural dielectrics ->        Impregnated ->        With specific impregnant->        Including wax
361/317 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Plural dielectrics ->        Impregnated ->        With specific impregnant->        Including halogen (e.g., chlorinated)
361/318 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Plural dielectrics ->        Impregnated ->        With specific impregnant ->        Including halogen (e.g., chlorinated)->        With stabilizer or modifying substance
361/319 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Plural dielectrics ->        Impregnated->        With stabilizer or modifying substance
361/320 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Plural dielectrics->        Ceramic and glass
361/321.1 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric->        Ceramic, glass, or oxide particles
361/321.2 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Ceramic, glass, or oxide particles->        With multilayer ceramic capacitor
361/321.3 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Ceramic, glass, or oxide particles ->        With multilayer ceramic capacitor->        Including metallization coating
361/321.4 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Ceramic, glass, or oxide particles ->        With multilayer ceramic capacitor->        Composition
361/321.5 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Ceramic, glass, or oxide particles->        Composition
361/321.6 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Ceramic, glass, or oxide particles->        With tubular capacitor
361/322 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric ->        Ceramic, glass, or oxide particles->        Oxide film
361/323 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric->        Plastic
361/324 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric->        Fibrous or fabric (e.g., paper, etc.)
361/325 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Solid dielectric->        Mica
361/326 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Vacuum or gas dielectric
361/327 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Liquid dielectric
361/328 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor->        Multiple capacitors
361/329 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Multiple capacitors->        Distinct physically
361/330 -> 271 ELECTROSTATIC CAPACITORS  ->        Fixed capacitor ->        Multiple capacitors->        Shared electrode
361/600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
361/601 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices
361/602 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        Distribution station (i.e., substation)
361/603 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution station (i.e., substation)->        Having transformer
361/604 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution station (i.e., substation)->        Gas insulated
361/605 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        Electrical switchgear
361/606 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear->        Truck type
361/607 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear ->        Truck type->        With interlock
361/608 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear->        Drawer type
361/609 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear ->        Drawer type->        With interlock
361/610 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear->        Pivoted support means
361/611 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear->        Busbar arrangements
361/612 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear ->        Busbar arrangements->        Gas insulated
361/613 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear ->        Busbar arrangements->        Liquid insulated
361/614 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear ->        Busbar arrangements->        With plural removable control units in housing
361/615 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear->        With interlock
361/616 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear ->        With interlock->        Door or cover type
361/617 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear ->        With interlock->        Shutter type
361/618 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear->        Gas insulated
361/619 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear->        Having gas circuit breaker
361/620 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear->        Having transformer
361/621 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical switchgear->        Having isolating switch
361/622 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        Distribution or control unit
361/623 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control unit->        Having transformer
361/624 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control unit->        Having busbar arrangement
361/625 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control unit->        Portable
361/626 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control unit->        Having fuse or relay
361/627 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        Distribution or control panel board
361/628 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board->        With switches and fuses
361/629 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board ->        With switches and fuses->        Unit block
361/630 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board->        With fuses
361/631 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board->        With switches
361/632 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board ->        With switches->        With switch actuating arrangements
361/633 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board->        Plugboards
361/634 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board->        With circuit breaker arrangements
361/635 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board ->        With circuit breaker arrangements->        With discriminating means
361/636 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board ->        With circuit breaker arrangements->        Plug-in or removable
361/637 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board->        Busbar or conductor arrangements
361/638 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board ->        Busbar or conductor arrangements->        U-shaped member
361/639 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board ->        Busbar or conductor arrangements->        With horizontal busbar
361/640 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Distribution or control panel board ->        Busbar or conductor arrangements->        With removable or plug-in connection
361/641 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        Electrical service distribution box
361/642 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box->        With fuse
361/643 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box->        With switch
361/644 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box->        Including panel board
361/645 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board->        Adjustable panel
361/646 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board->        With fuse support means
361/647 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board->        With switch support means
361/648 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board->        Busbar arrangements
361/649 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board ->        Busbar arrangements->        U-shaped member
361/650 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board ->        Busbar arrangements->        Spaced parallel relationship
361/651 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board->        Panel board corner mountings
361/652 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board->        Circuit breaker supporting arrangements
361/653 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board ->        Circuit breaker supporting arrangements->        With discriminating means
361/654 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board ->        Circuit breaker supporting arrangements->        With tamper prevention means
361/655 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board ->        Circuit breaker supporting arrangements->        Having two row arrangement
361/656 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box ->        Including panel board ->        Circuit breaker supporting arrangements->        With plug-in circuit breakers
361/657 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box->        With removable member
361/658 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        Electrical service distribution box->        With plastic enclosure or support
361/659 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        For electricity service meter
361/660 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter->        Plural
361/661 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter->        With meter circuit controller
361/662 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter ->        With meter circuit controller->        Bypass arrangement
361/663 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter ->        With meter circuit controller->        With transformer or circuit breaker
361/664 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter->        Meter mounting arrangements
361/665 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter ->        Meter mounting arrangements->        Adaptable meter supports
361/666 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter ->        Meter mounting arrangements->        Retractable or detachable meter support
361/667 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter ->        Meter mounting arrangements->        Removable cover
361/668 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter->        Meter terminal and connector arrangements
361/669 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter ->        Meter terminal and connector arrangements->        Terminal block
361/670 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter ->        Meter terminal and connector arrangements->        Contact blade receiving structure
361/671 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter ->        Meter terminal and connector arrangements->        Adjustable or adaptable contacts
361/672 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        For electricity service meter->        Tamper resistant
361/673 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        Circuit breaker supporting means (i.e., attaching, mounting, etc.)
361/674 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        For ballast elements
361/675 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        Bus duct
361/676 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices->        With cooling means
361/677 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        With cooling means->        Fluid
361/678 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electrical power distribution systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid->        Air
361/679 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        For electronic systems and devices
361/680 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Including keyboard support
361/681 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Including display support
361/682 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Including display support->        CRT support
361/683 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Computer related support
361/684 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Computer related support->        Memory unit support
361/685 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Computer related support ->        Memory unit support->        Disk drive support
361/686 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Computer related support->        Input/output device support
361/687 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Computer related support->        With cooling means
361/688 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        With cooling means
361/689 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means->        Fluid
361/690 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid->        Air
361/691 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid ->        Air->        Pressurized or conditioned
361/692 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid ->        Air->        Plural Openings
361/693 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid ->        Air ->        Plural Openings->        Circular
361/694 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid ->        Air->        With air circulating means
361/695 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid ->        Air ->        With air circulating means->        Fan or blower
361/696 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid ->        Air ->        With air circulating means ->        Fan or blower->        With heat exchanger unit
361/697 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid ->        Air ->        With air circulating means ->        Fan or blower->        With heat sink or cooling fins
361/698 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid ->        Air->        And liquid
361/699 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid->        Liquid
361/700 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid ->        Liquid->        Change of physical state
361/701 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid->        With heat exchanger unit
361/702 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid->        With cold plate or heat sink
361/703 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Fluid->        With cooling fins
361/704 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means->        Thermal conduction
361/705 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction->        By specific coating
361/706 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        By specific coating->        Containing silicon or aluminum
361/707 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction->        Through support means
361/708 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        Through support means->        Specific chemical compound or element
361/709 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        Through support means->        Heat sink
361/710 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        Through support means ->        Heat sink->        Details
361/711 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        Through support means ->        Heat sink->        Cooling plate or bar
361/712 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        Through support means->        Thermally and electrically conductive
361/713 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        Through support means->        Electrically insulating thermally conductive
361/714 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction->        Through component housing
361/715 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction->        For module
361/716 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        For module->        Plural
361/717 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction->        For active solid state devices
361/718 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        For active solid state devices->        For integrated circuit
361/719 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        For active solid state devices ->        For integrated circuit->        Circuit board mounted
361/720 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction->        For printed circuit board
361/721 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction ->        For printed circuit board->        Plural
361/722 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction->        For electronic circuit
361/723 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        With cooling means ->        Thermal conduction->        For lead frame
361/724 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Cabinet-type housing
361/725 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Cabinet-type housing->        With retractable or readily detachable chassis
361/726 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Cabinet-type housing ->        With retractable or readily detachable chassis->        With locking means or device
361/727 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Cabinet-type housing ->        With retractable or readily detachable chassis->        Sliding component or commpartment
361/728 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Module
361/729 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module->        Plural
361/730 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        Plural->        With housing
361/731 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        Plural ->        With housing->        Interchangeable
361/732 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        Plural ->        With housing->        Having lock or interlock
361/733 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        Plural ->        With housing->        Selective connections
361/734 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        Plural->        With coupling or decoupling capacitor
361/735 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        Plural->        Stacked
361/736 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module->        With printed circuit boards
361/737 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        With printed circuit boards->        IC card or card member
361/738 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        With printed circuit boards->        With resistor and capacitor
361/739 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        With printed circuit boards->        With particular material
361/740 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        With printed circuit boards->        With locking means or device
361/741 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        With printed circuit boards->        Guiding means
361/742 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        With printed circuit boards->        With spacer
361/743 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        With printed circuit boards->        Solder connection
361/744 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        With printed circuit boards->        Cordwood type
361/745 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module ->        With printed circuit boards ->        Cordwood type->        Welded connection
361/746 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module->        With specific dielectric material or layer
361/747 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Module->        With locking means or device
361/748 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Printed circuit board
361/749 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board->        Flexible board
361/750 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Flexible board->        With specific dielectric material or layer
361/751 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Flexible board->        With particular conductive material or coating
361/752 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board->        With housing or chassis
361/753 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        With housing or chassis->        Specific chassis or ground
361/754 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        With housing or chassis->        With ejector means
361/755 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        With housing or chassis->        Rotatable
361/756 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        With housing or chassis->        Guiding means
361/757 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        With housing or chassis->        With particular material
361/758 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        With housing or chassis->        With spacer
361/759 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        With housing or chassis->        With lock or interlock
361/760 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board->        Connection of components to board
361/761 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board->        Component within printed circuit board
361/762 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        Component within printed circuit board->        With specific dielectric material or layer
361/763 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        Component within printed circuit board->        Capacitor and electrical component
361/764 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        Component within printed circuit board->        Integrated circuit
361/765 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board->        By direct coating of components on board
361/766 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        By direct coating of components on board->        Capacitor and resistor
361/767 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board->        With mounting pad
361/768 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        With mounting pad->        Having leadless component
361/769 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        With mounting pad->        Having spring member
361/770 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        With mounting pad->        Having spacer
361/771 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        With mounting pad->        Having particular material
361/772 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board->        With specific lead configuration
361/773 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        With specific lead configuration->        Shaped lead on components
361/774 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        With specific lead configuration->        Shaped lead on board
361/775 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        With specific lead configuration->        Busbar
361/776 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        With specific lead configuration->        Flexible connecting lead
361/777 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board->        By specific pattern on board
361/778 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        By specific pattern on board->        Cross-connected
361/779 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board ->        By specific pattern on board->        With specific connection material
361/780 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board->        Different voltage layers
361/781 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board->        With switch
361/782 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board->        Having passive component
361/783 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Connection of components to board->        Having semiconductive device
361/784 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board->        Plural
361/785 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural->        With separable connector or socket means
361/786 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With separable connector or socket means->        Having key connection
361/787 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With separable connector or socket means->        Having spring member
361/788 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With separable connector or socket means->        Having backplane connection
361/789 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With separable connector or socket means->        Having flexible connector
361/790 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With separable connector or socket means->        Stacked
361/791 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With separable connector or socket means->        Multiple contact pins
361/792 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural->        Plural contiguous boards
361/793 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        Plural contiguous boards->        Thick film component or material
361/794 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        Plural contiguous boards->        Power, voltage, or current layer
361/795 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        Plural contiguous boards->        Plural dielectric layers
361/796 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural->        With housing or chassis
361/797 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With housing or chassis->        Storage or file cabinet
361/798 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With housing or chassis->        With ejector or extractor
361/799 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With housing or chassis->        Grounding Construction or Detail
361/800 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With housing or chassis->        With Shielding Structure
361/801 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With housing or chassis->        Specific latching or retaining device
361/802 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural ->        With housing or chassis->        Specific alignment or guide means
361/803 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural->        Interconnection details
361/804 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Printed circuit board ->        Plural->        Spacer details
361/805 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Matrix assembly
361/806 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Matrix assembly->        Diode
361/807 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Component mounting or support means
361/808 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Component mounting or support means->        Mounting pad
361/809 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Component mounting or support means->        With discrete structure or support
361/810 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Component mounting or support means->        Plural mounting or support
361/811 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Component mounting or support means->        With passive components
361/812 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Component mounting or support means->        With particular insulation
361/813 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Lead frame
361/814 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Radio type
361/815 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Radio type->        Tube mounting
361/816 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        Shielding
361/817 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Shielding->        For electronic tube
361/818 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices ->        Shielding->        EMI
361/819 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        For relay
361/820 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        For semiconductor device
361/821 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        For electronic systems and devices->        For capacitor and inductor
361/822 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        Contact banks
361/823 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        Terminal block
361/824 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        Terminal block->        With protective device or unit
361/825 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        Support brackets
361/826 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        Wire distribution (e.g., harness, rack, etc.)
361/827 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        Wire distribution (e.g., harness, rack, etc.)->        With interconnecting cable
361/828 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        Wire distribution (e.g., harness, rack, etc.)->        With switchboard or switch
361/829 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        Frame
361/830 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        Frame->        With plurality of capacitors
361/831 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        Frame->        With cooling means
361/832 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        Frame->        With switchboard or switch
361/833 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        Fuse block
361/834 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS  ->        Fuse block->        Plural
361/835 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        Fuse pullout device
361/836 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        For transformer
361/837 -> 600 HOUSING OR MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ->        For switch or fuse
361/500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES
361/501 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES ->        Coulometer (i.e., electrochemical timer)
361/502 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES ->        Double layer electrolytic capacitor
361/503 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor
361/504 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor->        With significant electrolyte
361/505 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        With significant electrolyte->        Salt solute
361/506 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        With significant electrolyte->        Ethylene glycol
361/507 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        With significant electrolyte->        With depolarizer
361/508 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor->        Anode type electrode
361/509 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Anode type electrode->        Aluminum or tantalum
361/510 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Anode type electrode->        Anode riser
361/511 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Anode type electrode->        Wound
361/512 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Anode type electrode ->        Wound->        With separator
361/513 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Anode type electrode ->        Wound->        With mounting means (e.g., anchoring means or clamping)
361/514 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Anode type electrode ->        Wound->        With heat conductor (e.g., heat sink)
361/515 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Anode type electrode ->        Wound->        With common conductor (e.g., stripline)
361/516 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor->        Cathode type electrode (e.g., cathode casing)
361/517 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor->        Casing
361/518 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Casing->        With hermetic seal
361/519 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Casing->        With header, cover, or endseal
361/520 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Casing ->        With header, cover, or endseal->        Significant electrical connection means (e.g., terminals or leads)
361/521 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor ->        Casing->        With vent means
361/522 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Liquid electrolytic capacitor->        Multiple capacitors
361/523 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor)
361/524 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor)->        Dielectric
361/525 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor)->        With significant electrolyte or semiconductor
361/526 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        With significant electrolyte or semiconductor->        Paste or gel
361/527 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        With significant electrolyte or semiconductor->        Organic salt (e.g., TCNQ)
361/528 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor)->        Anode type electrode
361/529 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        Anode type electrode->        Aluminum or tantalum
361/530 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        Anode type electrode->        Wound
361/531 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        Anode type electrode ->        Wound->        With lead conductor
361/532 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor)->        Cathode type electrode
361/533 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        Cathode type electrode->        With significant lead
361/534 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor)->        With protection means
361/535 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor)->        Casing
361/536 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        Casing->        With hermetic seal
361/537 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        Casing->        With header, cover, or endseal
361/538 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        Casing ->        With header, cover, or endseal->        Significant electrical connection means (e.g., terminals or leads)
361/539 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor) ->        Casing ->        With header, cover, or endseal->        With potting
361/540 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor)->        With terminal
361/541 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES  ->        Solid electrolytic capacitor (e.g., dry electrolytic capacitor)->        Multiple capacitors
361/434 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES ->        Systems (e.g., plural cells, standby exciting voltage)
361/435 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES ->        Current interruption type (e.g., circuit breaker, D.C.-to-pulse converters)
361/436 -> 500 ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEMS OR DEVICES ->        Rectifiers
361/437 MISCELLANEOUS
362/1 DAYLIGHT LIGHTING
362/2 -> 1 DAYLIGHT LIGHTING ->        Including selected wavelength modifier (e.g., filter)
362/3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING
362/4 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING ->        Light responsive
362/5 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING ->        Measuring or indicating
362/6 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING ->        Heat responsive or control
362/7 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING ->        Convertible
362/8 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING ->        Combined
362/9 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING  ->        Combined->        With battery support means
362/10 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING ->        Safety or interlocks
362/11 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING ->        Plural light sources or light source supports
362/12 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING  ->        Plural light sources or light source supports->        Diverse type or size
362/13 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING  ->        Plural light sources or light source supports->        Lamp substitution or selection
362/14 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING  ->        Plural light sources or light source supports ->        Lamp substitution or selection->        Indexing (i.e., dynamic)
362/15 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING  ->        Plural light sources or light source supports ->        Lamp substitution or selection ->        Indexing (i.e., dynamic)->        With electrical ignition
362/16 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING ->        Including specific light modifier
362/17 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING  ->        Including specific light modifier->        Plural diverse
362/18 -> 3 PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHTING  ->        Including specific light modifier->        Selective or adjustable
362/19 WITH POLARIZER
362/20 AUTOMATIC SUBSTITUTION OF POWER SUPPLY OR LIGHT SOURCE
362/21 WITH FILAMENT CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO FRACTURE OF LIGHT SOURCE ENVELOPE OR ENCLOSURE
362/22 -> 21 WITH FILAMENT CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO FRACTURE OF LIGHT SOURCE ENVELOPE OR ENCLOSURE ->        Fluid or pressure responsive
362/23 ILLUMINATED SCALE OR DIAL
362/24 -> 23 ILLUMINATED SCALE OR DIAL ->        Telephone dial
362/25 -> 23 ILLUMINATED SCALE OR DIAL ->        Radiator water temperature meter
362/26 -> 23 ILLUMINATED SCALE OR DIAL ->        Edge illuminated modifier or light rod/pipe
362/27 -> 23 ILLUMINATED SCALE OR DIAL  ->        Edge illuminated modifier or light rod/pipe->        Plural light sources
362/28 -> 23 ILLUMINATED SCALE OR DIAL ->        Illuminated through meter case
362/29 -> 23 ILLUMINATED SCALE OR DIAL ->        Internal light source
362/30 -> 23 ILLUMINATED SCALE OR DIAL  ->        Internal light source->        Indirect illumination
362/31 EDGE LIGHTED PANEL
362/551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE
362/552 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        With intensity control
362/553 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        Laser
362/554 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        With optical fiber bundle
362/556 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        With optical fiber bundle->        Including specific fiber structure
362/555 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        Light Emitting Diode (LED)
362/583 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        With filter device
362/557 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        Nonelectric power source
362/558 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        Diffuser or diffusing of incident light (e.g., optical coupler)
362/559 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        Illuminating or display apparatus (e.g., sign, runway light, channel marker)
362/560 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Illuminating or display apparatus (e.g., sign, runway light, channel marker)->        With reflective surface (e.g., mirror)
362/561 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Illuminating or display apparatus (e.g., sign, runway light, channel marker)->        Including liquid crystal display (i.e., LCD)
362/562 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        With gas or liquid container
362/563 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        Horticultural
362/564 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Horticultural->        Tree
362/570 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        With wearing apparel or body support
362/571 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        With wearing apparel or body support->        Jewelry
362/565 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        Ornamental or decorative
362/566 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Ornamental or decorative->        With star or cross
362/567 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Ornamental or decorative->        Tree- or plant-like (e.g., tree simulation)
362/568 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Ornamental or decorative ->        Tree- or plant-like (e.g., tree simulation)->        Christmas tree
362/569 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Ornamental or decorative->        Filament lamp simulating candle
362/572 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        Medical (e.g., surgical or dental)
362/573 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Medical (e.g., surgical or dental)->        Dental lighting fixture
362/574 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Medical (e.g., surgical or dental)->        Endoscopy
362/575 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        Medical (e.g., surgical or dental)->        Microscopic diagnosis
362/576 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        With static structure (e.g., building interior, framework of tent, wall, ceiling)
362/577 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        With portable hand-held implement (e.g., cane, baton, umbrella, club)
362/578 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        With portable hand-held implement (e.g., cane, baton, umbrella, club)->        Workpiece illuminating screwdriver
362/579 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE  ->        With portable hand-held implement (e.g., cane, baton, umbrella, club)->        Writing utensil (e.g., pen, pencil)
362/580 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        With ventilating or cooling or thermally controlled light guide
362/581 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        With mounting or holding means (e.g., clamp, disengagable mechanical connector, optical fiber holder)
362/582 -> 551 LIGHT FIBER, ROD, OR PIPE ->        Specific material (e.g., type of light conducting material, material of pipe or rod)
362/33 WORK-TABLE LIGHTING SYSTEM
362/34 CHEMILUMINESCENT LIGHTING
362/35 REVOLVING
362/36 VEHICLES STEERING SWITCHES LIGHT SOURCES
362/37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT
362/38 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT ->        Through fluid pressure control
362/39 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT ->        Pivoted lamps having plural unlike motions controlled additionally by manual movement
362/40 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT ->        Manual or steering mechanism control of pivoted lamp
362/41 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT ->        Plural lamps, one only moves in turn direction
362/42 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT ->        Tire, wheel or brake backing plate movement turns lamp
362/43 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved
362/44 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved->        Single connection to steering mechanism or element
362/45 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved ->        Single connection to steering mechanism or element->        First lamp motion moves second lamp
362/46 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved ->        Single connection to steering mechanism or element ->        First lamp motion moves second lamp->        Steering post arm or rod motion controls first lamp
362/47 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved ->        Single connection to steering mechanism or element ->        First lamp motion moves second lamp ->        Steering post arm or rod motion controls first lamp->        Through link and lever transmission means
362/48 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved ->        Single connection to steering mechanism or element ->        First lamp motion moves second lamp->        Tie rod motion controls first lamp motion
362/49 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved ->        Single connection to steering mechanism or element->        Steering post, arm rod motion controls lamps
362/50 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved ->        Single connection to steering mechanism or element ->        Steering post, arm rod motion controls lamps->        Through link and lever transmission means
362/51 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved ->        Single connection to steering mechanism or element->        Tie rod motion control
362/52 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Plural lamps concurrently moved->        Tie rod motion control
362/53 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT ->        Steering post, arm or rod controlled
362/54 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Steering post, arm or rod controlled->        Through link and lever motion transmission
362/55 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT ->        Stub shaft, stub shaft arm or attachment element controlled
362/56 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Stub shaft, stub shaft arm or attachment element controlled->        Through telescopic motion transmission means
362/57 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT ->        Tie rod element controlled
362/58 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Tie rod element controlled->        With manual disconnect
362/59 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Tie rod element controlled->        Through link and lever motion transmission means
362/60 -> 37 VEHICLE STEERING MECHANISM OR ELEMENT MOVES PIVOTED LAMP OR LAMP SUPPORT  ->        Tie rod element controlled ->        Through link and lever motion transmission means->        With pin and slot motion transmission means
362/459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)
362/460 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Including headlamp beam measuring or indicating (e.g., headlamp beam leveling, aiming, inclination detecting)
362/461 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Including headlamp beam measuring or indicating (e.g., headlamp beam leveling, aiming, inclination detecting)->        Plumb or level having liquid-type bubble
362/462 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Including headlamp beam measuring or indicating (e.g., headlamp beam leveling, aiming, inclination detecting) ->        Plumb or level having liquid-type bubble->        Including indicia mark (e.g., calibrated rod)
362/463 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Including headlamp beam measuring or indicating (e.g., headlamp beam leveling, aiming, inclination detecting)->        Including indicia mark (e.g., calibrated rod)
362/464 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Condition responsive (e.g., position)
362/465 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Condition responsive (e.g., position)->        Automatically adjusted headlamp beam
362/466 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Condition responsive (e.g., position) ->        Automatically adjusted headlamp beam->        Computer controlled
362/469 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Condition responsive (e.g., position) ->        Automatically adjusted headlamp beam->        Weight biased or mechanically actuated
362/467 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Condition responsive (e.g., position) ->        Automatically adjusted headlamp beam->        Electromagnetically, electrodynamically, or electronically actuated
362/468 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Condition responsive (e.g., position) ->        Automatically adjusted headlamp beam->        Hydraulically or pneumatically actuated
362/470 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Aircraft
362/471 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Aircraft->        Interior (e.g., instrument, cockpit)
362/472 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Aircraft->        Having retractable lamp
362/473 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Bicycle or motorcycle
362/474 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Bicycle or motorcycle->        Handlebar
362/475 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Bicycle or motorcycle->        Headlight
362/476 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Bicycle or motorcycle ->        Headlight->        Headlight support
362/477 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Marine
362/478 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Bus or railway rolling stock
362/479 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Bus or railway rolling stock->        Roof or ceiling
362/480 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Bus or railway rolling stock ->        Roof or ceiling->        Ventilation casing or fixture
362/481 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Bus or railway rolling stock->        Threshold illumination
362/482 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Bus or railway rolling stock->        Dashboard
362/483 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Bus or railway rolling stock->        Seat
362/484 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Bus or railway rolling stock->        Baggage rack
362/485 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Truck, trailer, or wagon
362/486 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Portable
362/487 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Automobile
362/488 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Interior
362/489 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile ->        Interior->        Dashboard
362/490 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile ->        Interior->        Ceiling
362/491 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile ->        Interior->        Gearshift
362/492 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile ->        Interior->        Sun visor or vanity mirror
362/493 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Roof
362/494 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Rear view mirror
362/495 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Running board
362/496 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Hood, grill, or trunk
362/497 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        License plate
362/498 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile ->        License plate->        Turn signal indicator
362/499 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile ->        License plate ->        Turn signal indicator->        Including brake or emergency
362/500 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Wheel spindle, axle, or hub cap
362/501 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Door or door handle
362/502 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Radiator
362/503 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Windshield or window
362/504 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile ->        Windshield or window->        Including adjustable lamp support
362/505 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Bumper or bumper guard
362/506 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile->        Fender
362/507 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Automobile ->        Fender->        Headlight
362/508 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Adjustable source (e.g., bulb filament)
362/509 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Light modifier
362/510 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier->        Including selected wavelength modifier
362/511 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier->        Optical waveguide (e.g., fiber optic, edge-lit)
362/512 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier->        Adjustable or positionable
362/513 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier ->        Adjustable or positionable->        Electric or fluid-pressure actuated
362/514 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier ->        Adjustable or positionable->        Reflector
362/515 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier ->        Adjustable or positionable ->        Reflector->        Having ball and socket mechanism
362/516 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier->        Reflector structure
362/517 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier ->        Reflector structure->        Plural separate reflectors with complex surfaces
362/518 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier ->        Reflector structure->        Plural separate sections with complex surfaces
362/519 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier ->        Reflector structure->        With bulb mounting means
362/520 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier->        Refractor structure
362/521 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier ->        Refractor structure->        Plural separate refractors
362/522 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Light modifier ->        Refractor structure->        Plural separate sections with complex surfaces
362/523 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support
362/524 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support->        Gear driven
362/525 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support->        Plural headlight supports concurrently operated
362/526 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support->        Electromagnetic or fluid-pressure actuated
362/527 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support ->        Electromagnetic or fluid-pressure actuated->        Retractable headlight
362/528 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support->        Having ball and socket mechanism
362/529 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support->        Manually operable (e.g., remote manual actuation)
362/530 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support ->        Manually operable (e.g., remote manual actuation)->        Plural or diverse motion
362/531 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support ->        Manually operable (e.g., remote manual actuation)->        Horizontal motion
362/532 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support ->        Manually operable (e.g., remote manual actuation)->        Vertical motion
362/534 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support->        Railway truck actuated
362/535 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support ->        Railway truck actuated->        Cable, chain, or spring actuated
362/536 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support ->        Railway truck actuated->        Gear actuated
362/537 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Adjustable lamp or lamp support ->        Railway truck actuated->        Lever or link actuated
362/538 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Projection-type headlamp
362/539 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Projection-type headlamp->        Including mask or screen
362/540 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Visual identification light
362/541 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Visual identification light->        Brake
362/542 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Visual identification light->        Emergency
362/543 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Plural light sources
362/544 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Plural light sources->        With common housing
362/545 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Plural light sources ->        With common housing->        Including light emitting diode
362/546 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Housing
362/547 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Housing->        With cooling or ventilating feature
362/548 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE)  ->        Housing->        Including specific light bulb mounting
362/549 -> 459 SUPPORTED BY VEHICLE STRUCTURE (E.G., ESPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLE) ->        Specific lamp mounting or retaining
362/84 LIGHT SOURCE OR LIGHT SOURCE SUPPORT AND LUMINESCENT MATERIAL
362/85 WITH CONTROL CONSOLE
362/86 SOUND EQUIPMENT ILLUMINATOR
362/87 -> 86 SOUND EQUIPMENT ILLUMINATOR ->        Phonograph
362/88 -> 86 SOUND EQUIPMENT ILLUMINATOR ->        Telephone
362/89 MACHINERY LIGHTING
362/90 -> 89 MACHINERY LIGHTING ->        Sewing
362/91 -> 89 MACHINERY LIGHTING ->        Cleaning
362/92 WITH HEATER OR REFRIGERATOR
362/93 -> 92 WITH HEATER OR REFRIGERATOR ->        Nonelectric illuminator
362/94 -> 92 WITH HEATER OR REFRIGERATOR ->        With door-controlled switch
362/95 WITH SWITCH PLATE OR SOCKET
362/96 WITH FLUID DISTRIBUTER
362/97 LIGHT TABLE-TYPE ILLUMINATOR
362/98 WITH PAPER, BOOK OR COPY HOLDER
362/99 -> 98 WITH PAPER, BOOK OR COPY HOLDER ->        Notepad
362/100 DOOR KNOB OR KEYHOLE ILLUMINATOR
362/101 WITH LIQUID CONTAINER
362/102 WITH CANE, BATON, UMBRELLA OR CLUB
362/103 WITH WEARING APPAREL OR BODY SUPPORT
362/104 -> 103 WITH WEARING APPAREL OR BODY SUPPORT ->        Jewelry
362/105 -> 103 WITH WEARING APPAREL OR BODY SUPPORT ->        Head covering or clamp
362/106 -> 103 WITH WEARING APPAREL OR BODY SUPPORT  ->        Head covering or clamp->        Hat
362/107 -> 103 WITH WEARING APPAREL OR BODY SUPPORT  ->        Head covering or clamp ->        Hat->        Nonelectric light unit
362/108 -> 103 WITH WEARING APPAREL OR BODY SUPPORT ->        Shoulder suspension or torso encircling (e.g., vest, neck-sling)
362/109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR
362/110 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR ->        Firearm
362/111 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR  ->        Firearm->        Convertible to light gun
362/112 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR  ->        Firearm->        Imitation firearm
362/113 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR  ->        Firearm->        Light controlled by trigger
362/114 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR  ->        Firearm->        Switch on handle
362/115 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR ->        Barber
362/116 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR ->        Key holder
362/117 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR ->        Iron
362/118 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR ->        Pen or pencil
362/119 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR ->        Hand tool (e.g., knife, drill)
362/120 -> 109 WITH IMPLEMENT OR HAND HELD HOLDER THEREFOR  ->        Hand tool (e.g., knife, drill)->        Elongate type
362/121 WITH STAR OR CROSS
362/122 WITH PLANT-LIKE ORNAMENT OR WREATH
362/123 -> 122 WITH PLANT-LIKE ORNAMENT OR WREATH ->        Tree
362/124 WITH SIMULATED ANIMAL
362/125 WITH SHOWCASE OR SHOW WINDOW
362/126 -> 125 WITH SHOWCASE OR SHOW WINDOW ->        Heat insulation or dissipation type
362/127 WITH FURNITURE
362/128 -> 127 WITH FURNITURE ->        With viewing mirror
362/129 -> 127 WITH FURNITURE  ->        With viewing mirror->        Adjustable
362/130 -> 127 WITH FURNITURE ->        Bed
362/131 -> 127 WITH FURNITURE ->        Chair, stool or sofa
362/132 -> 127 WITH FURNITURE ->        Plural diverse type article holders (e.g., drawer and hook)
362/133 -> 127 WITH FURNITURE ->        Cabinet
362/134 -> 127 WITH FURNITURE ->        Base
362/135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR
362/136 -> 135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR ->        With vanity case
362/137 -> 135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR  ->        With vanity case->        With closure light source control
362/138 -> 135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR ->        Inspection type
362/139 -> 135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR  ->        Inspection type->        Adjustable
362/140 -> 135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR ->        With plural light sources or diverse light modifiers
362/141 -> 135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR  ->        With plural light sources or diverse light modifiers->        Adjustable
362/142 -> 135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR ->        Adjustable
362/143 -> 135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR  ->        Adjustable->        Janus-faced mirror-and-light projector
362/144 -> 135 WITH VIEWING MIRROR  ->        Adjustable->        Repositionable as a unit
362/145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE
362/146 -> 145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE ->        Staircase
362/147 -> 145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE ->        Wall or ceiling
362/148 -> 145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE  ->        Wall or ceiling->        Subceiling
362/149 -> 145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE  ->        Wall or ceiling ->        Subceiling->        With fluid handling means
362/150 -> 145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE  ->        Wall or ceiling ->        Subceiling->        Common subceiling and light unit support
362/151 -> 145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE ->        Valence or cornice
362/152 -> 145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE ->        With border, fence, gate or awning
362/153 -> 145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE ->        Floor
362/153.1 -> 145 WITH STATIC STRUCTURE ->        Pavement
362/154 WITH CONTAINER
362/155 -> 154 WITH CONTAINER ->        With closure controlled switch
362/156 -> 154 WITH CONTAINER ->        Bag, purse or trunk
362/157 SELF POWERED LAMP
362/158 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        With hermetic seal
362/159 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Nonelectric
362/160 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric->        Acetylene
362/161 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric->        Candle type
362/162 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Candle type->        Collapsible housing
362/163 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Candle type->        With chimmey
362/164 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric->        Miner's safety type
362/165 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Miner's safety type->        With lock
362/166 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric->        Selective wavelength transmitting or light blocking means
362/167 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Selective wavelength transmitting or light blocking means->        With separate movable selective elements
362/168 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Selective wavelength transmitting or light blocking means ->        With separate movable selective elements->        Plural
362/169 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Selective wavelength transmitting or light blocking means->        Plural lenses
362/170 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Selective wavelength transmitting or light blocking means ->        Plural lenses->        Rotatable type
362/171 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric->        Tubular type
362/172 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Tubular type->        Base structure
362/173 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Tubular type->        Dome structure
362/174 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Tubular type->        Relatively movable modifier
362/175 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Tubular type ->        Relatively movable modifier->        Compound motion
362/176 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Tubular type ->        Relatively movable modifier->        Rectilinear motion
362/177 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Tubular type ->        Relatively movable modifier->        Pivoted motion
362/178 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric ->        Tubular type->        Tube structure
362/179 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric->        Mantle type
362/180 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric->        Chimmey type
362/181 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric->        Base structure
362/182 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Nonelectric->        Dome structure
362/183 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Rechargeable electrical source of with external connections
362/184 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Having plural lamp bulbs or lamp sockets
362/185 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Having plural lamp bulbs or lamp sockets->        With a protective cage
362/186 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Dome, globe or wire guard or lamp bulb cover
362/187 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        With movable focusing element
362/188 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        With movable focusing element->        Movable lamp bulb or lamp bulb support
362/189 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Disposable lamp or flexible material casing
362/190 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        With support
362/191 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        With support->        With or comprising mounting means
362/192 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Generator power source
362/193 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Generator power source->        Friction driven generator
362/194 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Battery supported separable lamp assembly
362/195 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Battery supported separable lamp assembly->        Battery terminal sole support of lamp
362/196 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Mating-halves type flashlight casing
362/197 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Lamp bulb or lamp support axis adjustable or angularly fixed relative to axis of flashlight casing
362/198 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Lamp bulb or lamp support axis adjustable or angularly fixed relative to axis of flashlight casing->        Flexibly or extensibly mounted lamp bulb or lamp support
362/199 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Lamp bulb or lamp support axis adjustable or angularly fixed relative to axis of flashlight casing->        Separate lamp housing or lamp support pivoed to flashlight casing
362/200 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Flat flashlight casing
362/201 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Flat flashlight casing->        Lamp terminal directly contacts a battery terminal
362/202 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Cylindrical flashlight casing
362/203 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Cylindrical flashlight casing->        Bulb or battery physically moved to join mating contacts of each other
362/204 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Cylindrical flashlight casing->        Insulated casing with switch between fixed conductors
362/205 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Cylindrical flashlight casing->        With switch
362/206 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP  ->        Cylindrical flashlight casing ->        With switch->        At end opposite bulb
362/207 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Spare bulb carrier
362/208 -> 157 SELF POWERED LAMP ->        Flashlight elements
362/209 PLURAL NONELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES
362/210 PLURAL CARBON ARC-TYPE LIGHT SOURCES
362/211 MULTIPLE FILAMENT LIGHT UNIT
362/212 -> 211 MULTIPLE FILAMENT LIGHT UNIT ->        With electrical switching means
362/213 -> 211 MULTIPLE FILAMENT LIGHT UNIT ->        Relatively movable light source or modifier
362/214 -> 211 MULTIPLE FILAMENT LIGHT UNIT ->        With mask or screen for at least one filament
362/215 -> 211 MULTIPLE FILAMENT LIGHT UNIT ->        With corrugated, faceted or fluted reflector and/or lens
362/216 CURVILINEAR LIGHT SOURCE
362/217 ELONGATED SOURCE LIGHT UNIT OR SUPPORT
362/218 -> 217 ELONGATED SOURCE LIGHT UNIT OR SUPPORT ->        With ventilating or cooling means
362/219 -> 217 ELONGATED SOURCE LIGHT UNIT OR SUPPORT ->        With means to position plural light sources colinearly
362/220 -> 217 ELONGATED SOURCE LIGHT UNIT OR SUPPORT ->        Repositionable
362/221 -> 217 ELONGATED SOURCE LIGHT UNIT OR SUPPORT ->        With means to accommodate additional circuit element
362/222 -> 217 ELONGATED SOURCE LIGHT UNIT OR SUPPORT  ->        With means to accommodate additional circuit element->        With or including transparent or translucent member
362/223 -> 217 ELONGATED SOURCE LIGHT UNIT OR SUPPORT ->        With or including transparent or translucent member
362/224 -> 217 ELONGATED SOURCE LIGHT UNIT OR SUPPORT  ->        With or including transparent or translucent member->        Plural members
362/225 -> 217 ELONGATED SOURCE LIGHT UNIT OR SUPPORT ->        Plural sources or supports therefor
362/226 QUICK DISCONNECT-TYPE LIGHT UNIT
362/227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES
362/228 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES ->        Diverse light generators
362/229 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        Diverse light generators->        Gas and electric
362/230 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES ->        Particular wavelength
362/231 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        Particular wavelength->        Different wavelengths
362/232 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES ->        Source and modifier mounted for relative movement
362/233 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES ->        Remote adjustment or positioning means
362/234 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES ->        Combined
362/235 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES ->        With modifier
362/236 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier->        Distinct light units
362/237 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units->        Substantially identical modifiers
362/238 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units ->        Substantially identical modifiers->        Positioning means for plural units
362/239 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units ->        Substantially identical modifiers ->        Positioning means for plural units->        Relative adjustment means
362/240 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units ->        Substantially identical modifiers->        Units have common housing
362/241 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units ->        Substantially identical modifiers->        Reflector type modifiers
362/242 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units->        Diverse modifiers
362/243 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units ->        Diverse modifiers->        Including reflector
362/244 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units->        Refractor type modifier
362/245 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units ->        Refractor type modifier->        With reflector
362/246 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units ->        Refractor type modifier->        Diffusing type
362/247 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units->        Reflector type modifier
362/248 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With modifier ->        Distinct light units->        Shielding type modifier
362/249 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES ->        With support
362/250 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With support->        Adjustable
362/251 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With support->        With switch
362/252 -> 227 PLURAL LIGHT SOURCES  ->        With support->        Particular arrangement (e.g., ornamental star)
362/253 COMBINED
362/254 LIGHT SOURCE SUBSTITUTION
362/255 MODIFIER MOUNTABLE ON LIGHT SOURCE ENVELOPE
362/256 -> 255 MODIFIER MOUNTABLE ON LIGHT SOURCE ENVELOPE ->        With additional modifier
362/257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER
362/258 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        With extensible electric cord storage member
362/259 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Laser type
362/260 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Fluorescent type
362/261 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Carbon arc type
362/262 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Carbon arc type->        With electrode feed means
362/263 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Ionized gas or vapor light source
362/264 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Ionized gas or vapor light source->        Including cooling means
362/265 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Ionized gas or vapor light source->        Including circuit arrangement
362/266 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Nonelectric type
362/267 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        With sealing means or artifical atmosphere
362/268 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Plural serial lens elements or components
362/269 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Tiltable or rotatable as a unit
362/270 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Tiltable or rotatable as a unit->        With linear repositioning means
362/271 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Tiltable or rotatable as a unit->        With actuator
362/272 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Tiltable or rotatable as a unit ->        With actuator->        Electric or pneumatic
362/273 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Tiltable or rotatable as a unit ->        With actuator->        Screw actuator
362/274 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Tiltable or rotatable as a unit ->        With actuator->        Resiliently biased
362/275 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Tiltable or rotatable as a unit->        Plural axes
362/276 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Condition responsive
362/277 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Adjustable or repositionable modifier
362/278 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable modifier->        Flexible modifier
362/279 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable modifier->        Louvered or grid type modifier movable as a unit
362/280 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable modifier->        In plane, or extension of modifying surface
362/281 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable modifier ->        In plane, or extension of modifying surface->        Plural, relatively movable
362/282 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable modifier->        Angularly adjustable or respositionable
362/283 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable modifier ->        Angularly adjustable or respositionable->        Plural, relatively movable
362/284 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable modifier ->        Angularly adjustable or respositionable->        With actuator
362/285 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Adjustable or repositionable light source or light source support
362/286 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable light source or light source support->        Electromagnetic actuator
362/287 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable light source or light source support->        Angularly adjustable or repositionable
362/288 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable light source or light source support->        Resiliently biased
362/289 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or repositionable light source or light source support->        Screw actuated
362/290 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Louvered or grid type modifier
362/291 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Louvered or grid type modifier->        Including curved modifying surface
362/292 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Louvered or grid type modifier->        Including nonparallel modifying surfaces
362/293 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Including selected wavelength modifier (e.g., filter)
362/294 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        With ventilating, cooling or heat insulating means
362/295 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        With rheostat or switch
362/296 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Including reflector
362/297 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector->        With or including plural, distinct reflecting surfaces
362/298 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including plural, distinct reflecting surfaces->        Opposed
362/299 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including plural, distinct reflecting surfaces ->        Opposed->        With or including refractor
362/300 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including plural, distinct reflecting surfaces ->        Opposed->        With or including translucent or transparent modifier
362/301 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including plural, distinct reflecting surfaces ->        Opposed->        With or including planar reflecting surface
362/302 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including plural, distinct reflecting surfaces ->        Opposed->        With or including coaxial reflecting surfaces
362/303 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including plural, distinct reflecting surfaces ->        Opposed ->        With or including coaxial reflecting surfaces->        With or including means blocking axial rays
362/304 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including plural, distinct reflecting surfaces->        Coaxial
362/305 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including plural, distinct reflecting surfaces ->        Coaxial->        With or including means modifying axial rays
362/306 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector->        With resilient means to position source or modifier
362/307 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector->        With or including translucent or transparent modifier
362/308 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including translucent or transparent modifier->        Refractor
362/309 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector ->        With or including translucent or transparent modifier ->        Refractor->        With complex surface
362/310 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER  ->        Including reflector->        Enclosed light source
362/311 -> 257 LIGHT SOURCE (OR SUPPORT THEREFOR) AND MODIFIER ->        Including translucent or transparent modifier
362/312 LIGHT PERVIOUS CHIMNEYS OR ACESSORIES THEREFOR
362/313 -> 312 LIGHT PERVIOUS CHIMNEYS OR ACESSORIES THEREFOR ->        Attachments
362/314 -> 312 LIGHT PERVIOUS CHIMNEYS OR ACESSORIES THEREFOR ->        Chimeny support or holder
362/315 -> 312 LIGHT PERVIOUS CHIMNEYS OR ACESSORIES THEREFOR ->        Composite
362/316 -> 312 LIGHT PERVIOUS CHIMNEYS OR ACESSORIES THEREFOR ->        Modified base
362/317 LIGHT MODIFIER
362/318 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER ->        Fluid medium type
362/319 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER ->        Adjustable or positionable
362/320 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or positionable->        Flexible
362/321 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or positionable->        Shutter type
362/322 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or positionable->        Angularly
362/323 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or positionable ->        Angularly->        In plane or modifier surface
362/324 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or positionable ->        Angularly->        With actuator
362/325 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Adjustable or positionable ->        Angularly->        Louvered or grid type
362/326 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER ->        Refractor
362/327 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor->        With reflector
362/328 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor ->        With reflector->        Reflector separate from refractor
362/329 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor ->        With reflector->        Enclosure type
362/330 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor->        Panel type
362/331 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor->        Plural serial refractors
362/332 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor->        Separate sections
362/333 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor->        With plural elements on both sides of main surface
362/334 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor ->        With plural elements on both sides of main surface->        Curved main surface
362/335 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor->        Curved lens type
362/336 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor ->        Curved lens type->        Including diverse refracting elements on one surface
362/337 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor ->        Curved lens type ->        Including diverse refracting elements on one surface->        Prismatic type
362/338 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor ->        Curved lens type->        Plural elements on a curved surface
362/339 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor->        Prismatic type
362/340 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Refractor ->        Prismatic type->        Curved main surface
362/341 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER ->        Reflector
362/342 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Reflector->        Louvered or grid type
362/343 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Reflector->        With diverse modifier
362/344 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Reflector->        With guard means
362/345 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Reflector->        With ventilating or cooling
362/346 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Reflector->        Plural separate reflectors or separate sections
362/347 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Reflector->        Curved surface
362/348 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Reflector ->        Curved surface->        Patterned surface
362/349 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Reflector ->        Curved surface->        Including straight surface
362/350 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Reflector ->        Curved surface->        Bowl shaped main surface
362/351 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade")
362/352 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade")->        Collapsible or folding
362/353 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade")->        Including socket engaging means
362/354 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade")->        Louvered or grid type
362/355 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade")->        Diffusing type
362/356 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade") ->        Diffusing type->        Hollow body open at both sides
362/357 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade") ->        Diffusing type ->        Hollow body open at both sides->        Including cloth covering
362/358 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade")->        Wire frame type
362/359 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade")->        External hood or visor
362/360 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade")->        Plural sections
362/361 -> 317 LIGHT MODIFIER  ->        Translucent or opaque (e.g., "shade")->        Curved surface
362/362 HOUSING
362/363 -> 362 HOUSING ->        Transparent globe type
362/364 -> 362 HOUSING ->        Recessed
362/365 -> 362 HOUSING  ->        Recessed->        With mounting means
362/366 -> 362 HOUSING  ->        Recessed ->        With mounting means->        With adjustment for panel dimensions or slope
362/367 -> 362 HOUSING ->        Frame with multiple light-transmitting panels
362/368 -> 362 HOUSING ->        With mounting means
362/369 -> 362 HOUSING  ->        With mounting means->        Shock absorbing
362/370 -> 362 HOUSING  ->        With mounting means->        Arm or bracket
362/371 -> 362 HOUSING  ->        With mounting means ->        Arm or bracket->        Adjustable movement between arm and housing
362/372 -> 362 HOUSING ->        With adjustable light source
362/373 -> 362 HOUSING ->        With cooling means
362/374 -> 362 HOUSING ->        With closure fastener
362/375 -> 362 HOUSING ->        With closure
362/376 GUARD MEANS
362/377 -> 376 GUARD MEANS ->        Bulb engaging
362/378 -> 376 GUARD MEANS ->        Socket engaging
362/379 SMOKE BELLS
362/380 SPARK ARRESTERS
362/381 GAS TAPS
362/382 SUPPORTS
362/383 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Object sound or sighting controls movable light support
362/384 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Moving mass control movable light support
362/385 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Fluid pressure controls movable light support
362/386 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Electromagnetic operator controls movable light support
362/387 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        With flexible power-cord storage member
362/388 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Convertible support
362/389 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Antislipping
362/390 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Shock absorbing
362/391 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Line-wire or cable-attaching support
362/392 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Imitation candle support
362/393 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Imitation candle support->        Adjustable
362/394 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Special switch operator
362/395 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Special switch operator->        With standard (e.g., table and floor lamps)
362/396 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Clamp or hook
362/397 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Suction cup
362/398 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Magnetic
362/399 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Handle or bail
362/400 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Handle or bail->        With means for receiving guard
362/401 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Counterbalanced support
362/402 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Counterbalanced support->        Spring counterbalance
362/403 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Support having gravity-type light source or light modifier raising and lowering means
362/404 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Ceiling-suspended support
362/405 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Ceiling-suspended support->        Body member with plural radial arms (e.g., chandelier)
362/406 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Ceiling-suspended support ->        Body member with plural radial arms (e.g., chandelier)->        With mounting means
362/407 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Ceiling-suspended support->        Cord-supported light source with light source directing means
362/408 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Ceiling-suspended support->        With light modifier holder
362/409 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Ceiling-suspended support->        Nonelectric
362/410 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Standard-type support (e.g., table or floor lamp)
362/411 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Standard-type support (e.g., table or floor lamp)->        With electrical regulating means
362/412 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Standard-type support (e.g., table or floor lamp)->        Vase-type standard
362/413 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Standard-type support (e.g., table or floor lamp)->        Adjustable standard
362/414 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Standard-type support (e.g., table or floor lamp)->        With light source support mounted at top end of standard
362/415 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Standard-type support (e.g., table or floor lamp)->        Nonelectric
362/416 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Arc lamp hanger
362/417 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Harp type support
362/418 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Adjustable light support
362/419 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support->        Having plural diverse motions
362/420 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support ->        Having plural diverse motions->        Plural headlight supports concurrently operated
362/421 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support ->        Having plural diverse motions->        With ball and socket light support
362/422 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support ->        Having plural diverse motions->        With coaxial motion transmission members
362/423 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support ->        Having plural diverse motions ->        With coaxial motion transmission members->        With plural pairs of gears transmitting motion through internal member
362/424 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support ->        Having plural diverse motions ->        With coaxial motion transmission members->        Internal coaxial member having straight line motion
362/425 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support ->        Having plural diverse motions->        Single reciprocating and turning member transmits plural different motions to the adjustable support
362/426 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support ->        Having plural diverse motions->        Fork support
362/427 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support->        Pivoted lamp or lamp support
362/428 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support ->        Pivoted lamp or lamp support->        With operating means to move lamp or lamp support
362/429 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support->        Adjustable socket holder
362/430 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Adjustable light support->        With mounting means
362/431 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Pole or post type support
362/432 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Wall type arm or bracket support
362/433 -> 382 SUPPORTS ->        Modifier support
362/434 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Double-ring frame
362/435 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support ->        Double-ring frame->        Socket extension
362/436 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support ->        Double-ring frame ->        Socket extension->        Clamping jaws
362/437 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Socket covers
362/438 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support ->        Socket covers->        Clamping jaws
362/439 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support ->        Socket covers->        With mounting means
362/440 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Spring ring
362/441 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Base
362/442 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support ->        Base->        Spider
362/443 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Removable socket collar
362/444 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Spring frame or bulb
362/445 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Spring frame on body of chimney
362/446 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Side
362/447 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        On candle
362/448 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        With socket or shell
362/449 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Adjustable
362/450 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Collapsible
362/451 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Drop
362/452 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Interior arms and ring crown engaged
362/453 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Inverted-bowl suspension devices
362/454 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support ->        Inverted-bowl suspension devices->        Combined with support
362/455 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support->        Lens holder or support
362/456 -> 382 SUPPORTS  ->        Modifier support ->        Lens holder or support->        Perforated plate
362/457 MISCELLANEOUS ATTACHMENTS AND FITTINGS
362/458 MISCELLANEOUS
362/800 LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
362/801 BEDROOM LIGHTING (E.G., MODULAR COMBINATIONS)
362/802 POSITION OR CONDITION RESPONSIVE SWITCH
362/803 PHOTO SAFE LAMP
362/804 SURGICAL OR DENTAL SPOTLIGHT
362/805 HORTICULTURAL
362/806 ORNAMENTAL OR DECORATIVE
362/807 -> 806 ORNAMENTAL OR DECORATIVE ->        Star
362/808 -> 806 ORNAMENTAL OR DECORATIVE ->        Figure
362/809 -> 806 ORNAMENTAL OR DECORATIVE  ->        Figure->        Terrestrial globe
362/810 -> 806 ORNAMENTAL OR DECORATIVE ->        Imitation candle
362/811 -> 806 ORNAMENTAL OR DECORATIVE ->        Psychedelic lighting
362/812 SIGNS
363/1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.
363/2 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        Current and phase (e.g., D.C.-Ph1-Ph2)
363/3 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        Current and phase (e.g., D.C.-Ph1-Ph2)->        Phase 1 to phase 2 to D.C.
363/4 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        Current and phase (e.g., D.C.-Ph1-Ph2) ->        Phase 1 to phase 2 to D.C.->        Single phase to polyphase to D.C.
363/5 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        Current and phase (e.g., D.C.-Ph1-Ph2) ->        Phase 1 to phase 2 to D.C.->        With interphase transformer
363/6 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        Current and phase (e.g., D.C.-Ph1-Ph2) ->        Phase 1 to phase 2 to D.C. ->        With interphase transformer->        Including plural anode/single cathode device
363/7 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        Current and phase (e.g., D.C.-Ph1-Ph2) ->        Phase 1 to phase 2 to D.C.->        With dynamic rectifier in phase 2 to D.C. stage (e.g., commutator type)
363/8 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        Current and frequency (e.g., f1-f2-D.C.)
363/9 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        Combined phase and frequency conversion (i.e., Ph1f1-Ph2f2)
363/10 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        Combined phase and frequency conversion (i.e., Ph1f1-Ph2f2)->        By semiconductor device converter
363/11 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        Combined phase and frequency conversion (i.e., Ph1f1-Ph2f2)->        By electron tube converter
363/12 -> 1 CASCADED OR COMBINED, DIVERSE CONVERSIONS IN WHICH THE FREQUENCY OR PHASE OR COMBINED CONVERSION IS WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        Combined phase and frequency conversion (i.e., Ph1f1-Ph2f2)->        By saturable reactor converter
363/13 CURRENT CONVERSION
363/14 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Cryogenic
363/15 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter
363/16 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter->        Having transistorized inverter
363/17 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter->        Bridge type
363/18 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter->        Single-ended, self-oscillating type
363/19 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, self-oscillating type->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current
363/20 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter->        Single-ended, separately-driven type
363/21.01 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current
363/21.02 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current->        For resonant-type converter
363/21.03 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For resonant-type converter->        Having particular zero-switching control circuit (e.g., for quasi-resonant converter, etc.)
363/21.04 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current->        For forward-type converter
363/21.05 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For forward-type converter->        Having digital logic
363/21.06 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For forward-type converter->        Having synchronous rectifier
363/21.07 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For forward-type converter->        Having feedback isolation (e.g., optoisolator, transformer coupled, etc.)
363/21.08 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For forward-type converter->        Having feedback winding inductively coupled to inverter inductive device (e.g., tertiary winding, etc.)
363/21.09 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For forward-type converter->        Having output current feedback
363/21.1 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For forward-type converter->        Utilizing pulse-width modulation
363/21.11 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For forward-type converter ->        Utilizing pulse-width modulation->        Having particular pulse-width modulation circuit
363/21.12 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current->        For flyback-type converter
363/21.13 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For flyback-type converter->        Having digital logic
363/21.14 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For flyback-type converter->        Having synchronous rectifier
363/21.15 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For flyback-type converter->        Having feedback isolation (e.g., optoisolator, transformer coupled, etc.)
363/21.16 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For flyback-type converter->        Having feedback winding inductively coupled to inverter inductive device (e.g., tertiary winding, etc.)
363/21.17 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For flyback-type converter->        Having output current feedback
363/21.18 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Single-ended, separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current ->        For flyback-type converter->        Utilizing pulse-width modulation
363/22 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter->        Double-ended (i.e., push-pull), self-oscillating type
363/23 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Double-ended (i.e., push-pull), self-oscillating type->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current
363/24 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter->        Double-ended (i.e., push-pull), separately-driven type
363/25 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Double-ended (i.e., push-pull), separately-driven type->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current
363/26 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having transistorized inverter ->        Double-ended (i.e., push-pull), separately-driven type ->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current->        Utilizing pulse-width modulation
363/27 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter->        Having thyristor inverter (e.g., SCR, etc.)
363/28 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having thyristor inverter (e.g., SCR, etc.)->        With automatic control of the magnitude of output voltage or current
363/29 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter->        Having electron-tube inverter
363/30 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having electron-tube inverter->        Single-ended type
363/31 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter ->        Having electron-tube inverter->        Double-ended type (i.e., push-pull)
363/32 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter->        Rotary-commutator-type inverter
363/33 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including D.C.-A.C.-D.C. converter->        Vibrator-type inverter
363/34 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Including an A.C.-D.C.-A.C. converter
363/35 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including an A.C.-D.C.-A.C. converter->        For transfer of power via a high voltage D.C. link (i.e., HVDC transmission system)
363/36 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including an A.C.-D.C.-A.C. converter->        For change of phase (e.g., number of phases)
363/37 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including an A.C.-D.C.-A.C. converter->        By semiconductor rectifier and inverter
363/38 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including an A.C.-D.C.-A.C. converter->        By electron tube rectifier and inverter
363/39 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components
363/40 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components->        In inverter systems
363/41 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components ->        In inverter systems->        By pulse modulation technique (e.g., PWM, PPM, etc.)
363/42 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components ->        In inverter systems ->        By pulse modulation technique (e.g., PWM, PPM, etc.)->        Including notching
363/43 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components ->        In inverter systems->        By step-wave, amplitude summation technique
363/44 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components->        In rectifier systems
363/45 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components ->        In rectifier systems->        Including means for reducing ripples from the output
363/46 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components ->        In rectifier systems ->        Including means for reducing ripples from the output->        With ripple responsive, automatic control
363/47 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components ->        In rectifier systems ->        Including means for reducing ripples from the output->        With low pass L or LC filter
363/48 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to introduce or eliminate frequency components ->        In rectifier systems ->        Including means for reducing ripples from the output ->        With low pass L or LC filter->        For semiconductor rectifier
363/49 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With starting arrangement
363/50 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Including automatic or integral protection means
363/51 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means->        For high voltage D.C. transmission systems
363/52 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means->        For rectifiers
363/53 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For rectifiers->        Semiconductor type
363/54 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For rectifiers ->        Semiconductor type->        Thyristor
363/55 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means->        For inverters
363/56.01 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters->        Transistor inverter
363/56.02 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter->        Bridge type
363/56.03 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter ->        Bridge type->        Having current protection (e.g., over current, short, etc.)
363/56.04 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter ->        Bridge type ->        Having current protection (e.g., over current, short, etc.)->        Including short protection across a series-connected pair of transistors (e.g., shoot-through protection, etc.)
363/56.05 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter ->        Bridge type->        Having voltage protection
363/56.06 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter->        Double-ended type
363/56.07 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter ->        Double-ended type->        Having current protection
363/56.08 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter ->        Double-ended type->        Having voltage protection
363/56.09 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter->        Single-ended type
363/56.1 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter ->        Single-ended type->        Having current protection
363/56.11 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter ->        Single-ended type->        Having voltage protection
363/56.12 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Transistor inverter->        Transient protection (e.g., snubber, etc.)
363/57 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters->        Thyristor inverter
363/58 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Including automatic or integral protection means ->        For inverters ->        Thyristor inverter->        Bridge type
363/59 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With voltage multiplication means (i.e., V out > V in)
363/60 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With voltage multiplication means (i.e., V out > V in)->        Including semiconductor means
363/61 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With voltage multiplication means (i.e., V out > V in) ->        Including semiconductor means->        For rectifying
363/62 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With voltage division by storage type impedance (i.e., V out)
363/63 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With means to selectively provide D.C. of either polarity
363/64 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With interphase transformer
363/65 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Having plural converters for single conversion
363/66 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Having plural converters for single conversion->        Including plural anodes and single cathode (e.g., vapor arc device)
363/67 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Having plural converters for single conversion->        Plural rectifiers
363/68 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Having plural converters for single conversion ->        Plural rectifiers->        In series (e.g., series SCR's, bridge circuits, etc.)
363/69 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Having plural converters for single conversion ->        Plural rectifiers->        In parallel
363/70 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Having plural converters for single conversion ->        Plural rectifiers ->        In parallel->        Including semiconductor device
363/71 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Having plural converters for single conversion->        Plural inverters
363/72 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Having plural converters for single conversion ->        Plural inverters->        Master-slave
363/73 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Constant current to constant voltage or vice versa
363/74 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current
363/75 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current->        Including inductive integral sensing and control means (e.g., ferroresonant circuit)
363/76 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current->        Including integral sensing and control means for rectifier
363/77 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Including integral sensing and control means for rectifier->        With semiconductor conversion means
363/78 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means
363/79 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means->        Including plural sensing or control means
363/80 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        Including plural sensing or control means->        With transistor as control means in the line circuit
363/81 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        Including plural sensing or control means->        By rectifier
363/82 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        Including plural sensing or control means ->        By rectifier->        With inductive control means in the line circuit
363/83 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        Including plural sensing or control means ->        By rectifier->        With electron tube or valve as control means in the line circuit
363/84 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means->        For rectifier system
363/85 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system->        With thyristor control means in the line circuit
363/86 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system ->        With thyristor control means in the line circuit->        External to rectifier (e.g., pre or post regulation)
363/87 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system ->        With thyristor control means in the line circuit->        For plural phase to D.C. rectifier
363/88 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system ->        With thyristor control means in the line circuit->        For full wave rectifier with at least 1 three electrode device
363/89 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system->        With transistor control means in the line circuit
363/90 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system->        With inductive control means in the line circuit
363/91 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system ->        With inductive control means in the line circuit->        Saturable reactor (e.g., magnetic amplifier)
363/92 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system ->        With inductive control means in the line circuit ->        Saturable reactor (e.g., magnetic amplifier)->        In plural phase to D.C. system
363/93 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system ->        With inductive control means in the line circuit ->        Saturable reactor (e.g., magnetic amplifier)->        With plural control windings
363/94 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For rectifier system->        With electron tube or valve control means in the line circuit
363/95 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means->        For inverter
363/96 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For inverter->        With thyristor control means in the line circuit
363/97 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For inverter->        With transistor control means in the line circuit
363/98 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For inverter ->        With transistor control means in the line circuit->        For bridge-type inverter
363/99 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With condition responsive means to control the output voltage or current ->        Cooperating separate sensing and control means ->        For inverter->        With electron tube or valve control means in the line circuit
363/100 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With manual control of the output voltage or current
363/101 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With auxiliary bucking or boosting EMF
363/102 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Using dynamoelectric machine converter
363/103 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using dynamoelectric machine converter->        Plural collector type
363/104 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using dynamoelectric machine converter ->        Plural collector type->        Having plural field windings
363/105 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using dynamoelectric machine converter ->        Plural collector type->        Having auxiliary motor drive
363/106 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        By circuit interrupter type
363/107 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        By circuit interrupter type->        Rotating
363/108 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        By circuit interrupter type ->        Rotating->        Rectifier (i.e., A.C.-D.C.)
363/109 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        By circuit interrupter type ->        Rotating->        Inverter (i.e., D.C.-A.C.)
363/110 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        By circuit interrupter type->        Vibrating
363/111 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Using electronic tube converter
363/112 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter->        With gap in open atmosphere
363/113 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter->        With cathode element control
363/114 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter->        In rectifier systems
363/115 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter ->        In rectifier systems->        With retarding or delaying control means
363/116 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter ->        In rectifier systems->        With discharge control means (e.g., grid)
363/117 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter ->        In rectifier systems ->        With discharge control means (e.g., grid)->        D.C. bias control
363/118 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter ->        In rectifier systems ->        With discharge control means (e.g., grid)->        Phase angle control
363/119 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter ->        In rectifier systems ->        With discharge control means (e.g., grid)->        Particular waveform grid excitation
363/120 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter->        In inverter systems
363/121 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter ->        In inverter systems->        With discharge control means (e.g., grid)
363/122 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using electronic tube converter ->        In inverter systems ->        With discharge control means (e.g., grid)->        Grid-like electrode
363/123 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Using semiconductor-type converter
363/124 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter->        In chopper converter systems
363/125 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter->        In rectifier systems
363/126 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In rectifier systems->        Diode
363/127 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In rectifier systems->        Transistor
363/128 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In rectifier systems->        Thyristor
363/129 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In rectifier systems ->        Thyristor->        Plural phase to D.C.
363/130 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In rectifier systems ->        Thyristor->        With magnetic control means
363/131 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter->        In transistor inverter systems
363/132 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In transistor inverter systems->        Bridge type
363/133 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In transistor inverter systems->        Double ended (i.e., push-pull) type
363/134 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In transistor inverter systems ->        Double ended (i.e., push-pull) type->        Separately driven
363/135 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter->        In thyristor inverter systems
363/136 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In thyristor inverter systems->        Bridge type
363/137 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In thyristor inverter systems ->        Bridge type->        D.C. to plural phase
363/138 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In thyristor inverter systems ->        Bridge type ->        D.C. to plural phase->        With commutation means
363/139 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        Using semiconductor-type converter ->        In thyristor inverter systems->        Double ended (i.e., push-pull) type
363/140 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Using impedance-type converter
363/141 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With cooling means
363/142 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With means to connect the input to diverse power sources
363/143 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With means to connect the input to diverse power sources->        110/220 Volts A.C. in, constant 110 Volts D.C. out
363/144 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        With conductive support mounting
363/145 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION  ->        With conductive support mounting->        Adapted for use with alternators
363/146 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Encased in plug housing
363/147 -> 13 CURRENT CONVERSION ->        Integrated circuit
363/148 PHASE CONVERSION (PH1-PH2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.
363/149 -> 148 PHASE CONVERSION (PH1-PH2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        With automatic voltage magnitude or phase angle control
363/150 -> 148 PHASE CONVERSION (PH1-PH2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        By dynamoelectric machine converter
363/151 -> 148 PHASE CONVERSION (PH1-PH2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        By electron tube converter
363/152 -> 148 PHASE CONVERSION (PH1-PH2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        By induction-type converter
363/153 -> 148 PHASE CONVERSION (PH1-PH2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By induction-type converter->        Transformer type
363/154 -> 148 PHASE CONVERSION (PH1-PH2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By induction-type converter ->        Transformer type->        Stationary
363/155 -> 148 PHASE CONVERSION (PH1-PH2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By induction-type converter ->        Transformer type ->        Stationary->        With passive phase shift element
363/156 -> 148 PHASE CONVERSION (PH1-PH2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        By passive phase shift elements
363/157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.
363/158 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        By varactor
363/159 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        By semiconductor converter
363/160 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By semiconductor converter->        Thyristor type
363/161 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By semiconductor converter ->        Thyristor type->        Positive and negative groups
363/162 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By semiconductor converter ->        Thyristor type ->        Positive and negative groups->        Including blanking or inhibiting means
363/163 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By semiconductor converter->        Transistor type
363/164 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        With automatic voltage magnitude control
363/165 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        With automatic frequency control
363/166 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        By electron tube converter
363/167 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By electron tube converter->        With discharge control means
363/168 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By electron tube converter ->        With discharge control means->        Including plural anodes and single cathode device (e.g., vapor arc device)
363/169 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By electron tube converter ->        With discharge control means->        Thyratron type
363/170 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        By induction-type converter
363/171 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By induction-type converter->        Transformer
363/172 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By induction-type converter ->        Transformer->        Saturable core
363/173 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By induction-type converter->        LC circuit
363/174 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By induction-type converter->        Dynamoelectric machine
363/175 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By induction-type converter ->        Dynamoelectric machine->        Motor generator type
363/176 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C.  ->        By induction-type converter ->        Dynamoelectric machine->        Including induction motor
363/177 -> 157 FREQUENCY CONVERSION (F1-F2) WITHOUT INTERMEDIATE CONVERSION TO D.C. ->        By circuit interrupter converter
363/178 MISCELLANEOUS
367/1 SONAR COUNTER-MEASURES
367/2 TRANSPONDERS
367/3 -> 2 TRANSPONDERS ->        Sonobuoys and sonobuoy systems
367/4 -> 2 TRANSPONDERS  ->        Sonobuoys and sonobuoy systems->        With component activating or deployment means
367/5 -> 2 TRANSPONDERS  ->        Sonobuoys and sonobuoy systems->        With plurality of sonobuoys
367/6 -> 2 TRANSPONDERS ->        With plurality of transponders
367/7 ACOUSTIC IMAGE CONVERSION
367/8 -> 7 ACOUSTIC IMAGE CONVERSION ->        Acoustic holography
367/9 -> 7 ACOUSTIC IMAGE CONVERSION  ->        Acoustic holography->        Seismic display
367/10 -> 7 ACOUSTIC IMAGE CONVERSION  ->        Acoustic holography->        Liquid or deformable surface holography
367/11 -> 7 ACOUSTIC IMAGE CONVERSION ->        With memory means
367/12 BEAM STABILIZATION OR COMPENSATION
367/13 TESTING, MONITORING, OR CALIBRATING
367/14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING
367/15 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING ->        Offshore prospecting
367/16 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Offshore prospecting->        Transducer position control
367/17 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Offshore prospecting ->        Transducer position control->        Hydromechanical
367/18 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Offshore prospecting ->        Transducer position control->        Fluid variation
367/19 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Offshore prospecting->        Transducer cable location determination
367/20 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Offshore prospecting->        Multiple hydrophone cable systems
367/21 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Offshore prospecting->        Signal processing
367/22 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Offshore prospecting ->        Signal processing->        Transducer output weighting
367/23 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Offshore prospecting ->        Signal processing->        Controlled source signalling
367/24 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Offshore prospecting ->        Signal processing->        Reverberation removal
367/25 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING ->        Well logging
367/26 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging->        Threshold set system
367/27 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging->        Time interval measurement
367/28 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging->        Amplitude measurement
367/29 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging ->        Amplitude measurement->        Peak amplitude
367/30 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging ->        Amplitude measurement->        Amplitude comparison
367/31 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging ->        Amplitude measurement->        Of noncompressional acoustic wave energy
367/32 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging ->        Amplitude measurement->        Frequency dependent determination
367/33 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging->        Depth recording or control
367/34 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging->        Received signal cycle discrimination
367/35 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Well logging->        Borehole or casing condition
367/36 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING ->        Land-refraction type
367/37 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING ->        Land-reflection type
367/38 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type->        Signal analysis and/or correction
367/39 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Random signal correlation
367/40 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Received correlation
367/41 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Transmitted correlation
367/42 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Standard correlation
367/43 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Filters
367/44 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Filters->        Comb filters
367/45 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Filters->        Adaptive filters
367/46 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Filters->        Inverse filters
367/47 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Amplitude
367/48 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Phase
367/49 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Frequency
367/50 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Timing correction
367/51 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Timing correction->        Dynamic timing correction
367/52 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Timing correction ->        Dynamic timing correction->        Normal moveout
367/53 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Timing correction->        For dip
367/54 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Timing correction->        For weathering layer
367/55 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Timing mark generation
367/56 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Particular source-receiver array
367/57 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Particular source-receiver array->        Vertical receiver or source array
367/58 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        By receiver pattern arrangement
367/59 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Compositing system
367/60 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Compositing system->        Special digital system
367/61 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Compositing system->        Beam steering
367/62 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Compositing system->        Array weighting
367/63 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Compositing system->        With preliminary signal processing
367/64 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Optical processing
367/65 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction->        Gain control
367/66 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Gain control->        Analog/digital compatible systems
367/67 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Signal analysis and/or correction ->        Gain control->        Digital
367/68 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type->        Display systems
367/69 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Display systems->        Well logging type
367/70 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Display systems->        Color
367/71 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Display systems->        CRT
367/72 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Display systems->        3-D
367/73 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type->        Synthetic seismograms and models
367/74 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type->        Format conversion
367/75 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type->        Shear wave
367/76 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type->        Telemetry
367/77 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Telemetry->        Radio wave
367/78 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Telemetry->        Multiplex
367/79 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Telemetry ->        Multiplex->        Time
367/80 -> 14 SEISMIC PROSPECTING  ->        Land-reflection type ->        Telemetry ->        Multiplex->        Frequency
367/81 WELLBORE TELEMETERING
367/82 -> 81 WELLBORE TELEMETERING ->        Through drill string or casing
367/83 -> 81 WELLBORE TELEMETERING ->        Through well fluids
367/84 -> 81 WELLBORE TELEMETERING  ->        Through well fluids->        Rotary valve control
367/85 -> 81 WELLBORE TELEMETERING  ->        Through well fluids->        Linear valve control
367/86 BOREHOLE TESTING
367/87 ECHO SYSTEMS
367/88 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS ->        Side scanning or contour mapping sonar systems
367/89 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS ->        Speed determination
367/90 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Speed determination->        By doppler effect
367/91 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Speed determination ->        By doppler effect->        Vehicle mounted system for determining vehicle speed
367/92 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS ->        Parametric sonar
367/93 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS ->        Presence or movement only detection
367/94 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Presence or movement only detection->        By doppler effect
367/95 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS ->        Returned signal used for control
367/96 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Returned signal used for control->        External device
367/97 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Returned signal used for control->        Receiver system
367/98 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Returned signal used for control ->        Receiver system->        Automatic gain or threshold control
367/99 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS ->        Distance or direction finding
367/100 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding->        With correlation or matched filtering
367/101 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding->        Frequency modulation
367/102 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        Frequency modulation->        Linear modulation (e.g., sawtooth)
367/103 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding->        With beam steering, scanning, or focussing
367/104 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With beam steering, scanning, or focussing->        By transducer movement
367/105 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With beam steering, scanning, or focussing->        Transducer switching or gating
367/106 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding->        With towing
367/107 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding->        With indicator
367/108 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With indicator->        Digital readout
367/109 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With indicator->        Rotating lamp
367/110 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With indicator->        Color display
367/111 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With indicator->        Luminous array
367/112 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With indicator->        Alarm
367/113 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With indicator->        Cathode-ray tube
367/114 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With indicator->        Meter
367/115 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With indicator->        Permanent record
367/116 -> 87 ECHO SYSTEMS  ->        Distance or direction finding ->        With indicator->        Audible or tactile
367/117 PLURAL TRANSMITTERS TO RECEIVER OR TRANSMITTER TO PLURAL RECEIVERS
367/197 SELECTIVE (E.G., REMOTE CONTROL)
367/198 -> 197 SELECTIVE (E.G., REMOTE CONTROL) ->        Humanly generated sound or speech responsive (e.g., human whistle)
367/199 -> 197 SELECTIVE (E.G., REMOTE CONTROL) ->        Frequency responsive actuation
367/118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING
367/119 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING ->        With beam steering, scanning, or focussing
367/120 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING  ->        With beam steering, scanning, or focussing->        By transducer movement
367/121 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING  ->        With beam steering, scanning, or focussing->        By electrical means
367/122 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING  ->        With beam steering, scanning, or focussing ->        By electrical means->        Transducer switching or gating
367/123 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING  ->        With beam steering, scanning, or focussing ->        By electrical means->        With phase shifter or delay means
367/124 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING ->        By combining or comparing signals
367/125 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING  ->        By combining or comparing signals->        Phase comparison and/or correlation
367/126 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING  ->        By combining or comparing signals->        Addition or subtraction
367/127 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING ->        With time interval measuring means
367/128 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING ->        With electromagnetic wave
367/129 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING ->        With plurality of transducers
367/130 -> 118 DISTANCE OR DIRECTION FINDING ->        With towing
367/131 UNDERWATER SYSTEM
367/132 -> 131 UNDERWATER SYSTEM ->        Analog speech communication
367/133 -> 131 UNDERWATER SYSTEM ->        Remote control
367/134 -> 131 UNDERWATER SYSTEM ->        Telemetering
367/135 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY
367/136 -> 135 RECEIVER CIRCUITRY ->        Responsive to intruder energy
367/137 TRANSMITTER SYSTEMS
367/138 -> 137 TRANSMITTER SYSTEMS ->        With beam forming, shaping, steering, or scanning
367/139 -> 137 TRANSMITTER SYSTEMS ->        Animal control
367/140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS
367/141 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS ->        Underwater type
367/142 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Exclusive-type transmitter
367/143 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Exclusive-type transmitter->        Hydraulically driven vibrator
367/144 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Exclusive-type transmitter->        Air guns
367/145 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Exclusive-type transmitter->        Explosives
367/146 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Exclusive-type transmitter->        Implosion devices
367/147 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Exclusive-type transmitter->        Spark discharge devices
367/148 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Exclusive-type transmitter->        Electrically driven underwater bells or sirens
367/149 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Exclusive-type receiver
367/150 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        With modifying lens
367/151 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        With reflector
367/152 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        With impedance matching means
367/153 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Plural transducer array
367/154 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Plural transducer array->        Line array
367/155 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Plural transducer array->        Piezoelectric
367/156 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Plural transducer array->        Magnetostrictive
367/157 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Piezoelectric
367/158 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric->        Head and tail mass
367/159 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric->        Elongated cylindrical element
367/160 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric->        Bending type
367/161 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric ->        Bending type->        Multimorph
367/162 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric->        With resonant or damping structure
367/163 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric->        With diaphragm
367/164 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric->        Single element having a plurality of electrodes
367/165 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric->        Specific support structure
367/166 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric->        Liquid filled
367/167 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Piezoelectric->        Pressure compensating means
367/168 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Magnetostrictive
367/169 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Elongated continuous type
367/170 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Electret
367/171 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Liquid filled transducer
367/172 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Transducer with pressure compensating means
367/173 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Transducer with support
367/174 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Transducer with diaphragm
367/175 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type ->        Transducer with diaphragm->        Diaphragm with electric driving coil
367/176 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Underwater type->        Transducer with resonant or damping structure
367/177 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS ->        Towed land cables
367/178 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS ->        Receivers
367/179 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers->        Pendulum type
367/180 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers->        Piezoelectric
367/181 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers->        Capacitive
367/182 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers->        Moving coil
367/183 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers ->        Moving coil->        Spider spring
367/184 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers ->        Moving coil->        Having arcuate movement
367/185 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers->        Moving magnet
367/186 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers ->        Moving magnet->        Having arcuate movement
367/187 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers ->        Moving magnet->        Spider spring
367/188 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Receivers->        Casing or housing
367/189 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS ->        Vibrator-type transmitter
367/190 -> 140 SIGNAL TRANSDUCERS  ->        Vibrator-type transmitter->        With feedback control
367/191 MISCELLANEOUS
367/900 SONAR TIME VARIED GAIN CONTROL SYSTEMS
367/901 NOISE OR UNWANTED SIGNAL REDUCTION IN NONSEISMIC RECEIVING SYSTEM
367/902 SPEED OF SOUND COMPENSATION
367/903 TRANSMIT-RECEIVE CIRCUITRY
367/904 DOPPLER COMPENSATION SYSTEMS
367/905 SIDE LOBE REDUCTION OR SHADING
367/906 AIRBORNE SHOCK-WAVE DETECTION
367/907 COORDINATE DETERMINATION
367/908 MATERIAL LEVEL DETECTION, E.G., LIQUID LEVEL
367/909 COLLISION AVOIDANCE
367/910 PORTABLE SONAR DEVICES
367/911 PARTICULAR WELL-LOGGING APPARATUS
367/912 -> 911 PARTICULAR WELL-LOGGING APPARATUS ->        Particular transducer
369/1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS
369/2 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS ->        Changeover between audio systems
369/3 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS  ->        Changeover between audio systems->        Fading between plural signals
369/4 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS ->        Combining signals to form composite (e.g., mixing)
369/5 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS ->        One of systems having plural concurrent signals (e.g., stereophonic)
369/6 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS ->        Radio
369/7 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS  ->        Radio->        Including recording from radio
369/8 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS  ->        Radio->        Oscillator modulated by retrieved information signal
369/9 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS  ->        Radio->        Mechanical phonograph
369/10 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS  ->        Radio->        With common cabinet for cartridge or cassette
369/11 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS  ->        Radio->        Including separable assembly
369/12 -> 1 COMBINED INDEPENDENT AUDIO SYSTEMS  ->        Radio->        Cabinet details
369/13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION
369/13.02 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION ->        Magnetic field and light beam
369/13.03 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Initializing
369/13.04 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Erasing
369/13.05 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Reading
369/13.06 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Reading->        By transferring magnetic domain between layers
369/13.07 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Reading ->        By transferring magnetic domain between layers->        Three or more magnetic layers
369/13.08 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Reading ->        By transferring magnetic domain between layers ->        Three or more magnetic layers->        Changing size of magnetic domain
369/13.09 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Reading ->        By transferring magnetic domain between layers->        Changing size of magnetic domain
369/13.1 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Three or more magnetic states
369/13.11 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Positioning of transducer assembly for storage or retrieval
369/13.12 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Relative positioning of transducer assemblies
369/13.13 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Integral transducers
369/13.14 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Magnetic field generation
369/13.15 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Magnetic field generation->        Leakage magnetic field
369/13.16 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Magnetic field generation->        Overwriting
369/13.17 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Magnetic field generation->        Magnetic field transducer assembly
369/13.18 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Magnetic field generation ->        Magnetic field transducer assembly->        Permanent magnet
369/13.19 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Magnetic field generation ->        Magnetic field transducer assembly ->        Permanent magnet->        Rotating magnet
369/13.2 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Magnetic field generation ->        Magnetic field transducer assembly->        Operative location positioning of transducer assembly
369/13.21 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Magnetic field generation ->        Magnetic field transducer assembly ->        Operative location positioning of transducer assembly->        During load and unload of storage medium
369/13.22 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Magnetic field generation->        Magnetic field generating circuit
369/13.23 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Magnetic field generation ->        Magnetic field generating circuit->        Conductor coil
369/13.24 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Light beam generation
369/13.25 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Light beam generation->        Overwriting
369/13.26 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Light beam generation->        Setting light beam power level
369/13.27 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Light beam generation ->        Setting light beam power level->        Based on referenced test signal
369/13.28 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Light beam generation->        Multiple light beams
369/13.29 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Light beam generation->        Polarized light beam
369/13.3 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Light beam generation ->        Polarized light beam->        Plural polarization
369/13.31 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Light beam generation ->        Polarized light beam->        Linear polarization
369/13.32 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Light beam generation->        Light beam transducer assembly
369/13.33 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Light beam generation ->        Light beam transducer assembly->        Near field optic
369/13.34 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        In compact size assembly
369/13.35 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam->        Specific detail of recording medium
369/13.36 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium->        In protective jacket
369/13.37 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium->        Tape or card
369/13.38 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.)
369/13.39 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.)->        Plural distinct storage layers
369/13.4 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.)->        Plural layers having particular order
369/13.41 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.)->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers)
369/13.42 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers)->        Three or more magnetic layers (e.g., recording, intermediate, and reproducing layers, etc.)
369/13.43 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers) ->        Three or more magnetic layers (e.g., recording, intermediate, and reproducing layers, etc.)->        In-plane magnetization layer
369/13.44 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers) ->        Three or more magnetic layers (e.g., recording, intermediate, and reproducing layers, etc.)->        Exchange-coupling magnetization layer
369/13.45 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers) ->        Three or more magnetic layers (e.g., recording, intermediate, and reproducing layers, etc.)->        Rare earth or metal alloy
369/13.46 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers) ->        Three or more magnetic layers (e.g., recording, intermediate, and reproducing layers, etc.)->        Temperature or coercivity
369/13.47 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers) ->        Three or more magnetic layers (e.g., recording, intermediate, and reproducing layers, etc.)->        Magnetic domain wall
369/13.48 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers)->        In-plane magnetization layer
369/13.49 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers)->        Exchange-coupling magnetization layer
369/13.5 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers)->        Rare earth or metal alloy
369/13.51 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers)->        Temperature or coercivity
369/13.52 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.) ->        Plural magnetic layers (e.g., recording and reproducing layers)->        Magnetic domain wall
369/13.53 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium ->        Specific detail of layer (e.g., bias or initializing layers, etc.)->        Thickness of layer
369/13.54 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium->        Recording mark dimension
369/13.55 -> 13.01 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL BY SIMULTANEOUS APPLICATION OF DIVERSE TYPES OF ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION  ->        Magnetic field and light beam ->        Specific detail of recording medium->        Land or groove track
369/13.56 STORAGE DIFFERENT FROM RETRIEVAL (E.G., OPTICAL RECORDING AND MAGNETIC REPRODUCTION)
369/300 DETAIL OF OPTICAL SLIDER PER SE
369/14 SIMULTANEOUS DIVERSE TYPES OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL
369/15 ALTERNATIVE DIVERSE TYPES OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL
369/16 MECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF OPTICAL STORAGE TRACK
369/17 TRACK CONVERSION
369/18 OPTICAL READING OF MECHANICAL RECORD
369/19 CONTROL BY TIMER OR EXTERNAL EXTRANEOUS CONDITION
369/20 -> 19 CONTROL BY TIMER OR EXTERNAL EXTRANEOUS CONDITION ->        By diverse art device
369/21 -> 19 CONTROL BY TIMER OR EXTERNAL EXTRANEOUS CONDITION  ->        By diverse art device->        In vehicle or elevator
369/22 -> 19 CONTROL BY TIMER OR EXTERNAL EXTRANEOUS CONDITION  ->        By diverse art device->        Audible indicator
369/23 -> 19 CONTROL BY TIMER OR EXTERNAL EXTRANEOUS CONDITION  ->        By diverse art device ->        Audible indicator->        Talking clock
369/24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL
369/25.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL ->        Dictation or transcribing
369/26.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Dictation or transcribing->        Privacy
369/27.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Dictation or transcribing->        With access to or marking of specified location (e.g., indexing)
369/28.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Dictation or transcribing ->        With access to or marking of specified location (e.g., indexing)->        By stored additional signal (e.g., tone)
369/29.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Dictation or transcribing->        Remote station
369/29.02 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Dictation or transcribing->        Portable device
369/30.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access)
369/30.02 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access)->        Novelty device (e.g., talking doll)
369/30.03 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access)->        Of optical storage medium
369/30.04 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium->        Using recorded information indicative of storage medium contents
369/30.05 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Using recorded information indicative of storage medium contents->        Copying or editing
369/30.06 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Using recorded information indicative of storage medium contents->        Plural storage medium elements (e.g., "juke box")
369/30.07 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Using recorded information indicative of storage medium contents->        Specified contents information modification processing
369/30.08 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Using recorded information indicative of storage medium contents->        Designating particular order of contents (e.g., sequential playing back by playlist)
369/30.09 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Using recorded information indicative of storage medium contents ->        Designating particular order of contents (e.g., sequential playing back by playlist)->        Specified order of contents information modification processing
369/30.1 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium->        Transducer movement control using recorded information indicative of location of information (e.g., track address)
369/30.11 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Transducer movement control using recorded information indicative of location of information (e.g., track address)->        Location information correction
369/30.12 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Transducer movement control using recorded information indicative of location of information (e.g., track address)->        Particular track portion
369/30.13 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Transducer movement control using recorded information indicative of location of information (e.g., track address)->        Counting tracks traversed by transducer
369/30.14 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Transducer movement control using recorded information indicative of location of information (e.g., track address) ->        Counting tracks traversed by transducer->        Count correction
369/30.15 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Transducer movement control using recorded information indicative of location of information (e.g., track address)->        Multiple movement control modes
369/30.16 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Transducer movement control using recorded information indicative of location of information (e.g., track address) ->        Multiple movement control modes->        Specific detail of terminating
369/30.17 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Transducer movement control using recorded information indicative of location of information (e.g., track address)->        Transducer velocity control
369/30.18 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium->        Electrical information signal processing
369/30.19 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical information signal processing->        Copying or editing
369/30.2 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical information signal processing->        Plural storage medium elements
369/30.21 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical information signal processing->        Monitoring signal error or verification
369/30.22 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical information signal processing ->        Monitoring signal error or verification->        Correction of error
369/30.23 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical information signal processing->        Buffering
369/30.24 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical information signal processing->        Abnormal condition or changing mode of system
369/30.25 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical information signal processing->        Auxiliary information
369/30.26 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium->        Remote operating mode control
369/30.27 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium->        Electrical control signal processing
369/30.28 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing->        Plural storage medium elements
369/30.29 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing ->        Plural storage medium elements->        Matching control signal
369/30.3 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing ->        Plural storage medium elements->        Of information indicative of contents or particular order of contents
369/30.31 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing ->        Plural storage medium elements->        For operation of storage medium gripper, accessor, or transfer member
369/30.32 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing ->        Plural storage medium elements->        For record medium loading or ejecting
369/30.33 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing ->        Plural storage medium elements->        For radial array positioning of unitary plural storage medium carrier
369/30.34 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing ->        Plural storage medium elements->        For linear array positioning of unitary plural storage medium carrier (e.g., horizontal or vertical positioning)
369/30.35 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing ->        Plural storage medium elements->        For relative positioning between storage medium elements
369/30.36 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing->        Abnormal condition or changing mode of system
369/30.37 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Electrical control signal processing->        Of particular order of contents
369/30.38 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium->        Plural optical storage media in library system
369/30.39 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system->        Modular library system
369/30.4 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges
369/30.41 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having specified disc rack
369/30.42 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having particular removable magazine
369/30.43 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having specified picker
369/30.44 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges ->        Having specified picker->        Of carousel library system
369/30.45 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Picker support structure (i.e., mechanism for moving picker)
369/30.46 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having specified disc drive
369/30.47 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges ->        Having specified disc drive->        Drive moves into alignment with disc
369/30.48 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into library from outside
369/30.49 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Linear vertical or horizontal array
369/30.5 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Carousel array
369/30.51 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)
369/30.52 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having specified disc rack
369/30.53 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having particular removable magazine
369/30.54 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Mounting or locking magazine to library system
369/30.55 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having specified picker
369/30.56 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having specified picker->        Of carousel library system
369/30.57 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Picker support structure detail (i.e., mechanism for moving picker)
369/30.58 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having specified disc drive
369/30.59 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having specified disc drive->        Drive moves into alignment with disc
369/30.6 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into library from outside
369/30.61 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Linear vertical or horizontal array
369/30.62 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Carousel array
369/30.63 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in library system->        Having particular cabinet
369/30.64 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer
369/30.65 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges
369/30.66 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having specified stocker or internal magazine
369/30.67 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Stocker or internal magazine is adjustable or movable
369/30.68 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having particular removable magazine
369/30.69 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Mounting or locking magazine to disc changer
369/30.7 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having particular internal transfer mechanism for transferring disc while disc is inside of disc changer
369/30.71 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges ->        Having particular internal transfer mechanism for transferring disc while disc is inside of disc changer->        Of carousel changer
369/30.72 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having particular internal support structure for internal transfer mechanism
369/30.73 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having specified drive
369/30.74 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges ->        Having specified drive->        Movable drive
369/30.75 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are discs stored in cartridges->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside
369/30.76 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)
369/30.77 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having specified stocker or internal magazine
369/30.78 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Stocker or internal magazine is adjustable or movable
369/30.79 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Stocker or internal magazine is adjustable or movable->        In carousel changer
369/30.8 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Stocker or internal magazine is adjustable or movable ->        In carousel changer->        Positioning mechanism
369/30.81 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having disc reproduced while entirely in magazine
369/30.82 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having disc reproduced while partially in magazine
369/30.83 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having particular removable magazine
369/30.84 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Mounting or locking magazine to disc changer
369/30.85 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having particular internal transfer mechanism for transferring disc while disc is inside of disc changer
369/30.86 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular internal transfer mechanism for transferring disc while disc is inside of disc changer->        Of carousel changer
369/30.87 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having specified internal support structure for internal transfer mechanism
369/30.88 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having specified drive
369/30.89 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having specified drive->        Movable drive
369/30.9 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges)->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside
369/30.91 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside->        Of carousel changer
369/30.92 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside->        Plural trays
369/30.93 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside->        One tray for multiple discs
369/30.94 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside ->        One tray for multiple discs->        Loading mechanism
369/30.95 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside ->        One tray for multiple discs->        Chucking mechanism
369/30.96 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside ->        One tray for multiple discs->        Locking mechanism
369/30.97 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside ->        One tray for multiple discs->        Positioning mechanism
369/30.98 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside ->        One tray for multiple discs->        Having single motor that drives multiple mechanisms
369/30.99 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer ->        Plural media are unprotected (i.e., discs that are not in cartridges) ->        Having particular mechanism or slot for transferring disc into changer from outside->        One tray for single disc
369/31.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Of optical storage medium ->        Plural optical storage media in disc changer->        Having particular cabinet
369/32.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access)->        Specified electrical information signal processing
369/33.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access)->        Specified electrical control signal processing
369/34.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Specified electrical control signal processing->        Plural storage medium elements
369/35.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access)->        Plural nontranslating storage elements (e.g., in situ)
369/36.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access)->        Unitary plural record carrier
369/37.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Unitary plural record carrier->        Radial array
369/38.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Unitary plural record carrier->        Moving linear array
369/39.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access) ->        Unitary plural record carrier->        Scanning turntable
369/40.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access)->        By manually actuated mechanism for movement of tone arm
369/41.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL  ->        Selective addressing of storage medium (e.g., programmed access)->        Of track on single storage medium
369/42.01 -> 24.01 INFORMATION LOCATION OR REMOTE OPERATOR ACTUATED CONTROL ->        By mechanical linkage
369/43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING
369/44.11 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING ->        Optical servo system
369/44.12 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Solid state optical element with plural dissimilar optical components (e.g., using I.C. block, etc.)
369/44.13 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Dithering or wobbling the beam or track
369/44.14 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Optical head servo system structure
369/44.15 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Optical head servo system structure->        Elastic, flexible, pliant or spring support of lens or mirror
369/44.16 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Optical head servo system structure ->        Elastic, flexible, pliant or spring support of lens or mirror->        Flat flexible support (e.g., parallel leaf spring, etc.)
369/44.17 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Optical head servo system structure->        Optical head element with rotary motion
369/44.18 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Optical head servo system structure ->        Optical head element with rotary motion->        Rotary head wheel or scanner (e.g., for use with arcuate, transverse or slant tracks, etc.)
369/44.19 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Optical head servo system structure ->        Optical head element with rotary motion->        Head element pivots on arm (e.g., optical head disc arm etc.)
369/44.21 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Optical head servo system structure ->        Optical head element with rotary motion->        Lens or mirror pivots off center (e.g., on a shaft, etc.)
369/44.22 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Optical head servo system structure->        Lens or mirror floats, (e.g., magnetic field support or lens/mirror can freely float and pivot about its own axis, etc.)
369/44.23 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Optical head servo system structure->        Structure for shaping beam or causing astigmatic condition
369/44.24 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Optical head servo system structure ->        Structure for shaping beam or causing astigmatic condition->        Means to mask or shield a portion of the beam
369/44.25 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Servo signal compared to a reference signal
369/44.26 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Servo system operation related to disc structure information format
369/44.27 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Initialization/start-up or changing modes of system
369/44.28 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Initialization/start-up or changing modes of system->        While track jumping or crossing
369/44.29 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Initialization/start-up or changing modes of system->        Servo loop gain/switching control
369/44.31 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Initialization/start-up or changing modes of system ->        Servo loop gain/switching control->        Recording
369/44.32 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Means to compensate for defect or abnormal condition
369/44.33 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Means to compensate for defect or abnormal condition->        Recording (e.g., inhibit recording upon defect, etc.)
369/44.34 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Sampling servo system
369/44.35 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Servo loop gain/switching control
369/44.36 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Servo loop gain/switching control->        Variable gain
369/44.37 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Plural incident beams
369/44.38 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Plural incident beams->        Recording
369/44.39 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Recording
369/44.41 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system->        Arithmetic operation using plural photodetectors
369/44.42 -> 43 WITH SERVO POSITIONING OF TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY OVER TRACK COMBINED WITH INFORMATION SIGNAL PROCESSING  ->        Optical servo system ->        Arithmetic operation using plural photodetectors->        Beam or detector is not rectangular or circular
369/47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED
369/47.11 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED ->        Control of initiation of pause mode
369/47.12 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED ->        For copying
369/47.13 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED ->        For editing
369/47.14 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED ->        By medium defect indicative control signal
369/47.15 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED ->        Control of information signal processing channel
369/47.16 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel->        Of plural interrelated channels
369/47.17 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel->        For removal of unwanted signal component
369/47.18 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel->        For interpolating or drop-out correcting
369/47.19 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel->        For modulating or demodulating
369/47.2 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel->        For multiplexing or demultiplexing
369/47.21 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For multiplexing or demultiplexing->        Of sub-code information
369/47.22 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For multiplexing or demultiplexing ->        Of sub-code information->        Having location identification information
369/47.23 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel->        For sequencing or switching
369/47.24 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For sequencing or switching->        Between alternative processing channels
369/47.25 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel->        For gain processing
369/47.26 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For gain processing->        Within a frequency band
369/47.27 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For gain processing->        Using a reproduced information of specified preformat, header, or reference area
369/47.28 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel->        For phase, timing, or rate processing
369/47.29 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For phase, timing, or rate processing->        During retrieval at dynamic retrieval rate different from storage rate
369/47.3 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For phase, timing, or rate processing->        While changing of system mode or dynamic retrieval rate
369/47.31 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For phase, timing, or rate processing->        Using program or address signal
369/47.32 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For phase, timing, or rate processing->        Including static memory accessing
369/47.33 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For phase, timing, or rate processing ->        Including static memory accessing->        Including static memory fill level monitoring or controlling
369/47.34 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel ->        For phase, timing, or rate processing ->        Including static memory accessing->        Including static memory write address controlling
369/47.35 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Control of information signal processing channel->        For sampling, digital to analog or analog to digital converting
369/47.36 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED ->        Mechanism control by the control signal
369/47.37 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal->        Control of spiral track spacing (e.g., signal variable pitch)
369/47.38 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism
369/47.39 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        During initialization or start-up
369/47.4 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        Responsive to change in transduced location
369/47.41 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        Responsive to change in transduced information characteristic
369/47.42 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        Responsive to stand-by or pause mode operation
369/47.43 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        Having different storage and retrieval relative motion
369/47.44 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        Responsive to abnormal condition
369/47.45 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        By a selected relative motion error signal
369/47.46 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        By information signal characteristic
369/47.47 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        By program or address signal
369/47.48 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of relative motion producing mechanism->        By synchronous signal
369/47.49 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal->        Control of transducer assembly mechanism
369/47.5 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of transducer assembly mechanism->        Power control for energy producing device
369/47.51 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of transducer assembly mechanism ->        Power control for energy producing device->        For storage
369/47.52 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of transducer assembly mechanism ->        Power control for energy producing device ->        For storage->        During multiple system modes
369/47.53 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of transducer assembly mechanism ->        Power control for energy producing device ->        For storage->        Stored and retrieved testing signal
369/47.54 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal ->        Control of transducer assembly mechanism->        By program or address signal
369/47.55 -> 47.1 CONTROL OF STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OPERATION BY A CONTROL SIGNAL TO BE RECORDED OR REPRODUCED  ->        Mechanism control by the control signal->        During initialization or start-up or changing system mode
369/52.1 CONTROL STRUCTURE ON STORAGE MEDIUM SENSED BY OTHER THAN TRANSDUCER SUPPORT (E.G., CONDUCTIVE STRIP, NOTCHED EDGE SENSOR)
369/53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING
369/53.11 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval
369/53.12 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval->        Having abnormal condition indicating
369/53.13 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Having abnormal condition indicating->        Due to unwanted operational condition of record carrier
369/53.14 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Having abnormal condition indicating ->        Due to unwanted operational condition of record carrier->        Eccentricity or warp
369/53.15 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Having abnormal condition indicating ->        Due to unwanted operational condition of record carrier->        Defect
369/53.16 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Having abnormal condition indicating ->        Due to unwanted operational condition of record carrier ->        Defect->        Including storage or retrieval of auxiliary signal
369/53.17 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Having abnormal condition indicating ->        Due to unwanted operational condition of record carrier ->        Defect ->        Including storage or retrieval of auxiliary signal->        Defect location indicating
369/53.18 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Having abnormal condition indicating->        System disturbance
369/53.19 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Having abnormal condition indicating->        Relative transducer to medium misalignment (e.g., relative tilt)
369/53.2 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval->        Of record carrier
369/53.21 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of record carrier->        For protection
369/53.22 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of record carrier->        By detection of storage medium incident radiation
369/53.23 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of record carrier ->        By detection of storage medium incident radiation->        Derived focusing or tracking related signal
369/53.24 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of record carrier->        Having unrecorded location indicating
369/53.25 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval->        Of transducer assembly mechanism
369/53.26 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of transducer assembly mechanism->        Energy producing device
369/53.27 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of transducer assembly mechanism ->        Energy producing device->        By detection of storage medium incident radiation
369/53.28 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of transducer assembly mechanism->        Focusing or tracking servo
369/53.29 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of transducer assembly mechanism->        Transduced location indicating
369/53.3 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval->        Of relative motion producing mechanism
369/53.31 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval->        Of storage or retrieval information signal
369/53.32 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of storage or retrieval information signal->        Dropout indicating
369/53.33 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of storage or retrieval information signal->        Unwanted signal component indicating
369/53.34 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of storage or retrieval information signal->        Time based parameter
369/53.35 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of storage or retrieval information signal->        Signal error correcting or detecting
369/53.36 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval ->        Of storage or retrieval information signal ->        Signal error correcting or detecting->        During storage
369/53.37 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Including radiation storage or retrieval->        Initialization or start-up mode or changing system modeCOLON
369/53.38 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING ->        Of transducer assembly mechanism
369/53.39 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Of transducer assembly mechanism->        Transducer location indicating
369/53.4 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING  ->        Of transducer assembly mechanism->        Positioning adjunct
369/53.41 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING ->        Of record carrier
369/53.42 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING ->        Having abnormality condition indicating
369/53.43 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING ->        Of relative motion producing mechanism
369/53.44 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING ->        Of storage or retrieval information signal
369/53.45 -> 53.1 CONDITION INDICATING, MONITORING, OR TESTING ->        Initialization or start-up mode or changing system mode
369/59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL
369/59.11 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Binary signal processing for controlling recording light characteristic
369/59.12 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL  ->        Binary signal processing for controlling recording light characteristic->        Pulse forming by adjusting binary signal phase or shifting binary signal pulse
369/59.13 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Selecting from a plurality of binary processing types
369/59.14 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Changing a system mode
369/59.15 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Binary signal gain processing
369/59.16 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL  ->        Binary signal gain processing->        Within a frequency band
369/59.17 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Binary signal level detecting using a reference signal
369/59.18 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL  ->        Binary signal level detecting using a reference signal->        Plural reference signals
369/59.19 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Binary signal detecting using a clock signal
369/59.2 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Binary signal phase processing
369/59.21 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Including sampling or A/D converting
369/59.22 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL  ->        Including sampling or A/D converting->        By interpolating or maximum likelihood detecting
369/59.23 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Having specific code or form generation or regeneration processing
369/59.24 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL  ->        Having specific code or form generation or regeneration processing->        During storage
369/59.25 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Format arrangement processing for auxiliary information
369/59.26 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Binary signal processing of sectioned information
369/59.27 -> 59.1 BINARY PULSE TRAIN INFORMATION SIGNAL ->        Binary signal multiplexing or demultiplexing
369/60.01 SIGNAL PROCESSING BY STORAGE AND SUBSEQUENT RETRIEVAL (E.G., FREQUENCY SHIFT, DELAY, ETC.)
369/61 STORAGE OF DIRECTLY RETRIEVABLE MODULATED R.F. OR SUPERAUDIBLE CARRIER SIGNAL
369/62 STORAGE OF SIGNAL MODULATING COMPONENT
369/63 SOUND REPRODUCTION FOR TOY OR NOVELTY DEVICE (E.G., TALKING DOLL)
369/64 -> 63 SOUND REPRODUCTION FOR TOY OR NOVELTY DEVICE (E.G., TALKING DOLL) ->        With electrical information signal processing
369/65 -> 63 SOUND REPRODUCTION FOR TOY OR NOVELTY DEVICE (E.G., TALKING DOLL) ->        Indexing to track (e.g., consecutive)
369/66 -> 63 SOUND REPRODUCTION FOR TOY OR NOVELTY DEVICE (E.G., TALKING DOLL)  ->        Indexing to track (e.g., consecutive)->        By chance
369/67 -> 63 SOUND REPRODUCTION FOR TOY OR NOVELTY DEVICE (E.G., TALKING DOLL) ->        With beginning or end of cycle stylus return
369/68 -> 63 SOUND REPRODUCTION FOR TOY OR NOVELTY DEVICE (E.G., TALKING DOLL) ->        Manual motion application (e.g., novelty card, hand-held stylus)
369/69 SYSTEMS OR SUBSYSTEMS COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ART DEVICE
369/70 -> 69 SYSTEMS OR SUBSYSTEMS COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ART DEVICE ->        For control of diverse art device
369/71 WITH STYLUS CLEANING OR TREATMENT (E.G., GRINDING)
369/72 WITH STORAGE MEDIUM CLEANING OR ELECTROSTATIC CHANRGE NEUTRALIZATION
369/73 -> 72 WITH STORAGE MEDIUM CLEANING OR ELECTROSTATIC CHANRGE NEUTRALIZATION ->        By charge leakage (e.g., ionized particles)
369/74 -> 72 WITH STORAGE MEDIUM CLEANING OR ELECTROSTATIC CHANRGE NEUTRALIZATION ->        By tone arm attachment
369/75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE
369/75.2 -> 75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE ->        With mechanism to place disc on a turntable
369/76 -> 75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE ->        With electrical information signal processing
369/77.1 -> 75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE ->        Slotted for edgewise insertion of storage disc
369/77.2 -> 75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE  ->        Slotted for edgewise insertion of storage disc->        Having disc stored in protective jacket
369/78 -> 75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE ->        With lid-mounted transducer assembly carrier
369/79 -> 75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE ->        With closure-operated interlock or braking actuator
369/80 -> 75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE ->        Particular acoustical structure (e.g., baffle)
369/81 -> 75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE  ->        Particular acoustical structure (e.g., baffle)->        Having collapsible or expandable acoustic path
369/82 -> 75.1 WITH PARTICULAR CABINET STRUCTURE  ->        Particular acoustical structure (e.g., baffle)->        Having parallel acoustic paths
369/83 EDITING OF STORED INFORMATION
369/84 DUPLICATION OR COPYING (E.G., RERECORDING)
369/85 -> 84 DUPLICATION OR COPYING (E.G., RERECORDING) ->        To diverse type of storage medium
369/86 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OF SPATIALLY RELATED ACOUSTIC SIGNALS (E.G., STEREO)
369/87 -> 86 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OF SPATIALLY RELATED ACOUSTIC SIGNALS (E.G., STEREO) ->        Simulated spatial effect (e.g., pseudo-stereo)
369/88 -> 86 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OF SPATIALLY RELATED ACOUSTIC SIGNALS (E.G., STEREO) ->        With transformation or intentional distortion of information signal (e.g., preemphasis)
369/89 -> 86 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OF SPATIALLY RELATED ACOUSTIC SIGNALS (E.G., STEREO) ->        Quadraphonic
369/90 -> 86 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OF SPATIALLY RELATED ACOUSTIC SIGNALS (E.G., STEREO)  ->        Quadraphonic->        Including modulated subchannel signal
369/91 -> 86 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OF SPATIALLY RELATED ACOUSTIC SIGNALS (E.G., STEREO) ->        Having distinct electrical channels
369/92 -> 86 STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL OF SPATIALLY RELATED ACOUSTIC SIGNALS (E.G., STEREO) ->        Including distinct storage tracks on record medium
369/93 SYSTEMS HAVING PLURAL PHYSICALLY DISTINCT INDEPENDENT TRACKS ON A SINGLE STORAGE MEDIUM SURFACE
369/94 -> 93 SYSTEMS HAVING PLURAL PHYSICALLY DISTINCT INDEPENDENT TRACKS ON A SINGLE STORAGE MEDIUM SURFACE ->        Having layered storage medium
369/95 -> 93 SYSTEMS HAVING PLURAL PHYSICALLY DISTINCT INDEPENDENT TRACKS ON A SINGLE STORAGE MEDIUM SURFACE ->        Common time base (i.e., simultaneous)
369/96 -> 93 SYSTEMS HAVING PLURAL PHYSICALLY DISTINCT INDEPENDENT TRACKS ON A SINGLE STORAGE MEDIUM SURFACE ->        Continuous consecutive storage or retrieval of interrupted track for single signal (e.g., automatic reversal)
369/97 -> 93 SYSTEMS HAVING PLURAL PHYSICALLY DISTINCT INDEPENDENT TRACKS ON A SINGLE STORAGE MEDIUM SURFACE  ->        Continuous consecutive storage or retrieval of interrupted track for single signal (e.g., automatic reversal)->        Tracks transverse to a motion component
369/98 -> 93 SYSTEMS HAVING PLURAL PHYSICALLY DISTINCT INDEPENDENT TRACKS ON A SINGLE STORAGE MEDIUM SURFACE ->        Indexing to discrete signal tracks (e.g., consecutive, by chance)
369/99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM
369/100 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium
369/101 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Invisible radiation (e.g., electron beam or X-ray)
369/102 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Multiplex
369/103 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Holographic
369/104 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Ribbon light modulator
369/105 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Penumbra or push-pull optical system
369/106 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Optical feedback
369/107 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Ground noise suppression, signal envelope, or plural optical modulation
369/108 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Color
369/109.01 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Diffractive storage medium information element
369/109.02 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Diffractive storage medium information element->        Plural elements with distinct diffractive characteristics
369/110.01 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Polarization of or by storage medium information element
369/110.02 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Polarization of or by storage medium information element->        Separation into plural polarization component beams
369/110.03 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Polarization of or by storage medium information element ->        Separation into plural polarization component beams->        By diffraction
369/110.04 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Polarization of or by storage medium information element ->        Separation into plural polarization component beams->        Using plural polarized or polarizing optical elements
369/111 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Spiral or helical track
369/112.01 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium
369/112.02 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium->        Crystal (e.g., liquid, elasto-optic, photo-refractive, etc.)
369/112.03 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium->        Diffractive
369/112.04 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive->        Plural distinct diffractive optical elements
369/112.05 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive->        In radiation beam path to storage medium
369/112.06 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive ->        In radiation beam path to storage medium->        Sectioned optical element
369/112.07 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive ->        In radiation beam path to storage medium ->        Sectioned optical element->        Plural diffractive sections
369/112.08 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive ->        In radiation beam path to storage medium ->        Sectioned optical element->        Lens section
369/112.09 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive ->        In radiation beam path to storage medium ->        Sectioned optical element->        Prism, mirror, or waveguide section
369/112.1 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive ->        In radiation beam path to storage medium->        Holographic
369/112.11 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive->        Sectioned optical element
369/112.12 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive ->        Sectioned optical element->        Plural diffractive sections
369/112.13 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive ->        Sectioned optical element->        Lens section
369/112.14 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive ->        Sectioned optical element->        Prism, mirror, or waveguide section
369/112.15 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Diffractive->        Holographic
369/112.16 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium->        Polarized or polarizing
369/112.17 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Polarized or polarizing->        Plural distinct polarized optical elements
369/112.18 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Polarized or polarizing->        Sectioned optical element
369/112.19 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Polarized or polarizing ->        Sectioned optical element->        Plural polarizing sections
369/112.2 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Polarized or polarizing ->        Sectioned optical element->        Lens section
369/112.21 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Polarized or polarizing ->        Sectioned optical element->        Prism, mirror, or waveguide section
369/112.22 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium->        Particular optical filter
369/112.23 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium->        Particular lens
369/112.24 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Particular lens->        Plural distinct lenses
369/112.25 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Particular lens->        Sectioned element
369/112.26 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium ->        Particular lens ->        Sectioned element->        Plural lens sections
369/112.27 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium->        Waveguide
369/112.28 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium->        Prism
369/112.29 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        Having particular optical element or particular placement thereof in radiation beam path to or from storage medium->        Mirror
369/113 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        With medium contacting drum or gate in optical system (e.g., sound head)
369/114 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With medium contacting drum or gate in optical system (e.g., sound head)->        Movable roller support for optical path
369/115 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With medium contacting drum or gate in optical system (e.g., sound head)->        With driving or stabilizing mechanism
369/116 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Light intensity adjustment or maintenance
369/117 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Having movable shutter or light gate
369/118 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        With detail, configuration, or adjunct of element having slit or aperture in radiation path
369/119 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With detail, configuration, or adjunct of element having slit or aperture in radiation path->        With movement of optical beam (e.g., galvanometer)
369/120 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Having particular radiation sensor
369/121 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        With particular light source (e.g., laser, CRT with phosphor)
369/122 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With particular light source (e.g., laser, CRT with phosphor)->        Solid state
369/123 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With particular light source (e.g., laser, CRT with phosphor)->        Glow lamps
369/124.01 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        With details of electrical signal processing
369/124.02 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        With transducing multiple tracks
369/124.03 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        With transducing using plural beams
369/124.04 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        Modulating or demodulating
369/124.05 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        Integrating or sampling
369/124.06 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        Compressing or decompressing
369/124.07 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        Auxiliary information arrangement processing (e.g., block headers, subcode, or interpolated information, etc.)
369/124.08 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        Sectioned information processing (e.g., lengths, frames, or blocks, etc.)
369/124.09 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        Multiplexing or demultiplexing
369/124.1 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        Gain processing
369/124.11 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing ->        Gain processing->        Of retrieved signal
369/124.12 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing ->        Gain processing ->        Of retrieved signal->        Of signals obtained from photo-detector components
369/124.13 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing ->        Gain processing ->        Of retrieved signal->        With specific frequency or frequency range
369/124.14 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        Rate, phase, or transient processing
369/124.15 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium ->        With details of electrical signal processing->        Level detecting using reference signal
369/125 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Radiation beam modification of or by storage medium->        Having photographic storage medium (e.g., variable density or area)
369/126 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM ->        Electrical modification or sensing of storage medium (e.g., capacitive, resistive, electrostatic charge)
369/127 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium
369/128 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium->        With electrical information signal processing
369/129 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        With electrical information signal processing->        From information modulated oscillator
369/130 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        With electrical information signal processing->        Sensing of elastic deformation or relaxation of storage medium (e.g., skid type)
369/131 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        With electrical information signal processing->        Bidirectional information flow (e.g., record/replay switching)
369/132 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        With electrical information signal processing->        Recording
369/133 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        With electrical information signal processing ->        Recording->        With transformation or intentional distortion of information signal (e.g., compensation for velocity variation with diameter)
369/134 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        With electrical information signal processing->        With particular amplification characteristic or signal control circuitry (e.g., muting)
369/135 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly
369/136 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Multichannel (stereo cartridge)
369/137 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly ->        Multichannel (stereo cartridge)->        By stress application to solid transducing element (e.g., piezoelectric)
369/138 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly ->        Multichannel (stereo cartridge) ->        By stress application to solid transducing element (e.g., piezoelectric)->        With adjustable or replaceable stylus coupling structure
369/139 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly ->        Multichannel (stereo cartridge)->        With details of damping or compliance
369/140 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Plural styli
369/141 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Plural alternative or with signal handling adjunct
369/142 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Stylus controlled optical element
369/143 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Electron tube
369/144 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Electret or piezoelectric
369/145 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Semiconductive
369/146 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Magnetic field variation (e.g., magnetostrictive)
369/147 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly ->        Magnetic field variation (e.g., magnetostrictive)->        Moving signal coil
369/148 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly ->        Magnetic field variation (e.g., magnetostrictive)->        Variable reluctance
369/149 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly ->        Magnetic field variation (e.g., magnetostrictive) ->        Variable reluctance->        Fixed coil surrounding fixed part of magnetic path
369/150 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Capacitive or electrolytic liquid
369/151 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Electrostatic or capacitive
369/152 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Specified structure of electrical transducing assembly->        Variable resistance
369/153 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium->        Including treatment to facilitate storage (e.g., storage medium softening)
369/154 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Including treatment to facilitate storage (e.g., storage medium softening)->        Heating (e.g., heated stylus)
369/155 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound
369/156 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound->        Including fluid coupling in force linkage
369/157 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound->        Sound box with mounting structure
369/158 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound->        Acoustical tone arm
369/159 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Acoustical tone arm->        Having plural acoustical paths
369/160 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound->        Sound box
369/161 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Sound box->        With interchangeable styli
369/162 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Sound box->        Including stylus pivoted from fixed casing
369/163 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Sound box->        With sound modification
369/164 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Sound box->        Convertible between lateral and perpendicular modulation modes
369/165 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Sound box->        Perpendicular mechanical modulation
369/166 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Sound box ->        Perpendicular mechanical modulation->        Recording
369/167 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Sound box ->        Perpendicular mechanical modulation->        With mechanical amplification (e.g., frictional coupling)
369/168 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Sound box ->        Perpendicular mechanical modulation->        Floating weight
369/169 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Mechanical conversion to or from sound ->        Sound box->        Lateral mechanical modulation
369/170 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium->        Stylus holder or shield
369/171 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Stylus holder or shield->        With structure to interchange styli
369/172 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium ->        Stylus holder or shield ->        With structure to interchange styli->        By replacement
369/173 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Mechanical modification or sensing of storage medium->        Stylus
369/174 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM ->        Including signal modification
369/175 -> 99 SPECIFIC DETAIL OF INFORMATION HANDLING PORTION OF SYSTEM  ->        Including signal modification->        Frequency dependent (e.g., separation)
369/176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM
369/177 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM ->        Having stationary storage medium
369/178.01 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)
369/179 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Cylindrical storage element
369/180 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Flexible disc
369/181 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Stack height adjustment for tone arm or turntable
369/182 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Numerical count shut-off
369/183 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Cam shaft transverse to turntable spindle axis of record changer
369/184 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Tone arm position control by sensing of disc (e.g., disc or hole size)
369/185 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Tone arm position control by sensing of disc (e.g., disc or hole size)->        Disc size sensor on or using tone arm
369/186 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Tone arm position control by sensing of disc (e.g., disc or hole size)->        Stepped tone arm stop element
369/187 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Tone arm position control by sensing of disc (e.g., disc or hole size)->        Disc size sensor in feed path
369/188 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Tone arm position control by sensing of disc (e.g., disc or hole size)->        Disc size sensor at turntable position
369/189 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Turntable speed control
369/190 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Turntable speed control->        By sensing of disc (e.g., disc or hole size)
369/191 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Storage disc fed to and removed from turntable
369/192 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Storage disc fed to and removed from turntable->        Plural disc holder having unitary separating structure
369/193 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Storage disc fed to and removed from turntable->        Grouped removal with sequential feed
369/194 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Storage disc fed to and removed from turntable->        Coplanar storage
369/195 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Storage disc fed to and removed from turntable->        Both sides of disc used
369/196 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Separate motors operate turntable and disc change mechanism
369/197 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Plural turntables
369/198 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Plural turntables->        Plural tone arms
369/199 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Both sides of disc used
369/200 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Both sides of disc used->        By inverting disc
369/201 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Discs sequentially removed from turntable
369/202 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable
369/203 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable->        Tone arm set down adjustment
369/204 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable->        By edge controlled feeding of disc
369/205 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable ->        By edge controlled feeding of disc->        With feed cooperating structure on spindle
369/206 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable->        By center hold feeding of disc (e.g., spindle drop)
369/207 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable ->        By center hold feeding of disc (e.g., spindle drop)->        Support mechanism adapter for large hole records on small hole spindles
369/208 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable ->        By center hold feeding of disc (e.g., spindle drop)->        Having specified spindle structure
369/209 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable ->        By center hold feeding of disc (e.g., spindle drop) ->        Having specified spindle structure->        Umbrella type
369/210 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable ->        By center hold feeding of disc (e.g., spindle drop) ->        Having specified spindle structure->        Having shoulder and ejector lever
369/211 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer) ->        Discs sequentially fed to turntable ->        By center hold feeding of disc (e.g., spindle drop) ->        Having specified spindle structure ->        Having shoulder and ejector lever->        With edge stabilizer
369/212 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Access of multiple storage elements (e.g., record changer)->        Auxiliary structure (e.g., shut-off preventer, disc spacer)
369/213 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM ->        Additional motion of storage element support to effect tracking
369/214 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Additional motion of storage element support to effect tracking->        Cylindrical storage element
369/215 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM ->        Having power driven transducer assembly
369/216 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly->        Having tone arm set-down control
369/217 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly ->        Having tone arm set-down control->        By disc sensing (e.g., by sensed disc or hole size)
369/218 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly->        Having groove engaging driving element
369/219 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly->        With drive transverse to storage track during storage or retrieval
369/220 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly ->        With drive transverse to storage track during storage or retrieval->        Controlled by transducer assembly support
369/221 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly ->        With drive transverse to storage track during storage or retrieval->        With additional drive (e.g., scanning, restoring, or return)
369/222 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly ->        With drive transverse to storage track during storage or retrieval->        Having pivoted tone arm
369/223 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly ->        With drive transverse to storage track during storage or retrieval->        By lead screw
369/224 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly->        With passive linear tracking
369/225 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly->        Restoring after passive tracking
369/226 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly ->        Restoring after passive tracking->        Responsive to transducer support condition (e.g., movement or position)
369/227 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly ->        Restoring after passive tracking ->        Responsive to transducer support condition (e.g., movement or position)->        Numerical count replay
369/228 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly ->        Restoring after passive tracking ->        Responsive to transducer support condition (e.g., movement or position)->        Controllable position
369/229 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly ->        Restoring after passive tracking->        Turntable mounted template
369/230 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Having power driven transducer assembly->        Power cueing (i.e., engage/disengage)
369/231 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM ->        Mechanism responsive to control structure on storage medium sensed by transducer assembly support (e.g., trip device)
369/232 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism responsive to control structure on storage medium sensed by transducer assembly support (e.g., trip device)->        With turntable braking (e.g., velocity or reverse responsive)
369/233 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control
369/234 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control->        With turntable braking (e.g., tone arm position responsive)
369/235 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control ->        With turntable braking (e.g., tone arm position responsive)->        With stopping of motor
369/236 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control ->        With turntable braking (e.g., tone arm position responsive)->        Adjustable
369/237 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control ->        With turntable braking (e.g., tone arm position responsive)->        With electrical control of brake
369/238 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control ->        With turntable braking (e.g., tone arm position responsive)->        End limit sensor coupled with tone arm
369/239 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control->        Speed
369/240 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control ->        Speed->        Variable radius compensation (e.g., constant interaction speed)
369/241 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control ->        Speed->        Self-responsive (e.g., governor)
369/242 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control->        Antiskating
369/243 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Mechanism condition or storage medium responsive control->        Energizing circuit
369/244 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm)
369/245 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm)->        With manual tone arm displacement adjunct (e.g., cueing)
369/246 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm) ->        With manual tone arm displacement adjunct (e.g., cueing)->        With viscous limiting of motion (e.g., rate damping)
369/247 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm)->        Vibration or resonance suppression (e.g., damping)
369/248 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm) ->        Vibration or resonance suppression (e.g., damping)->        By viscous damping
369/249 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm)->        Having linear guide
369/250 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm)->        Pivoted arm with tracking path compensation
369/251 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm)->        Having application of counterbalancing force
369/252 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm) ->        Having application of counterbalancing force->        Lateral (e.g., antiskating)
369/253 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm) ->        Having application of counterbalancing force->        By resilient force element (e.g., spring)
369/254 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm) ->        Having application of counterbalancing force->        Specified weight mounting
369/255 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm)->        Having specified bearing structure
369/256 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm)->        Mechanical details of cartridge mounting
369/257 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of transducer assembly support structure (e.g., tone arm)->        Rest
369/258 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production
369/259 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production->        For endless web looped about plural rotatable mounts (e.g., belt)
369/260 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production->        For cylinder
369/261 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production->        For pliable (e.g., floppy) disc
369/262 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production->        With storage medium removal adjunct
369/263 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production->        Mounting structure for support or motion producing assembly (e.g., vibration damping
369/264 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production->        Turntable
369/265 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production ->        Turntable->        With auxiliary turntable
369/266 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production ->        Turntable->        Driving mechanism
369/267 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production ->        Turntable ->        Driving mechanism->        Speed changing
369/268 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production ->        Turntable->        Braking
369/269 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production ->        Turntable->        Bearing structure
369/270 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production ->        Turntable->        Disc holding or locating (e.g., spindle structure)
369/271 -> 176 DYNAMIC MECHANISM SUBSYSTEM  ->        Specific detail of storage medium support or motion production ->        Turntable ->        Disc holding or locating (e.g., spindle structure)->        With detail of storage medium contact structure on turntable surface
369/272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE
369/273 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Combined with diverse art structure
369/274 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Composite (e.g., package with preview record)
369/275.1 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Optical track structure (e.g., phase or diffracting structure, etc.)
369/275.2 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Optical track structure (e.g., phase or diffracting structure, etc.)->        Erasable, reversible or re-recordable
369/275.3 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Optical track structure (e.g., phase or diffracting structure, etc.)->        Track data format/layout
369/275.4 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Optical track structure (e.g., phase or diffracting structure, etc.)->        Pit/bubble/groove structure specifies
369/275.5 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Optical track structure (e.g., phase or diffracting structure, etc.)->        Protection (e.g., preventing damage to medium, etc.)
369/276 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Electrical track structure
369/277 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Special groove (e.g., particular groove shape)
369/278 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Special groove (e.g., particular groove shape)->        Groove acts as control system signal
369/279 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Special groove (e.g., particular groove shape)->        Guide during storage or retrieval
369/280 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Specific disc profile
369/281 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Specific disc profile->        With interdisc coupling
369/282 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Specified center hole or locating structure
369/283 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Layered (e.g., permanent protective layer)
369/284 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Layered (e.g., permanent protective layer)->        Radiation beam modified or controlling (e.g., photosensitve, optical track)
369/285 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Layered (e.g., permanent protective layer) ->        Radiation beam modified or controlling (e.g., photosensitve, optical track)->        With mask
369/286 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Layered (e.g., permanent protective layer)->        Laminated or unified discrete layers
369/287 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Flexible
369/288 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Specified material
369/289 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE ->        Adjuncts or adapters
369/290 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Adjuncts or adapters->        For central area of disc (e.g., hole size or drive sticker)
369/291 -> 272 STORAGE MEDIUM STRUCTURE  ->        Adjuncts or adapters->        Protectors
369/292 MISCELLANEOUS
370/200 PHANTOM
370/201 CROSSTALK SUPPRESSION
370/202 AMPLITUDE COMPRESSION OR EXPANSION
370/203 GENERALIZED ORTHOGONAL OR SPECIAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES
370/204 -> 203 GENERALIZED ORTHOGONAL OR SPECIAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES ->        Plural diverse modulation techniques
370/205 -> 203 GENERALIZED ORTHOGONAL OR SPECIAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES  ->        Plural diverse modulation techniques->        Pulse width and pulse position modulation
370/206 -> 203 GENERALIZED ORTHOGONAL OR SPECIAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES ->        Quadrature carriers
370/207 -> 203 GENERALIZED ORTHOGONAL OR SPECIAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES  ->        Quadrature carriers->        Having a signaling constellation
370/208 -> 203 GENERALIZED ORTHOGONAL OR SPECIAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES ->        Particular set of orthogonal functions
370/209 -> 203 GENERALIZED ORTHOGONAL OR SPECIAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES  ->        Particular set of orthogonal functions->        Walsh functions
370/210 -> 203 GENERALIZED ORTHOGONAL OR SPECIAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES ->        Fourier transform
370/211 -> 203 GENERALIZED ORTHOGONAL OR SPECIAL MATHEMATICAL TECHNIQUES ->        Level multiplex
370/212 PULSE WIDTH (PULSE DURATION) MODULATION
370/213 PULSE POSITION MODULATION
370/214 SIMULTANEOUS TELEGRAPHY AND TELEPHONY
370/215 PHASE MODULATION
370/216 FAULT RECOVERY
370/217 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY ->        Bypass an inoperative switch or inoperative element of a switching system
370/218 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass an inoperative switch or inoperative element of a switching system->        Packet switching system or element
370/219 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass an inoperative switch or inoperative element of a switching system ->        Packet switching system or element->        Standby switch
370/220 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass an inoperative switch or inoperative element of a switching system->        Standby switch
370/221 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY ->        Bypass an inoperative station
370/222 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass an inoperative station->        In a ring or loop network
370/223 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass an inoperative station ->        In a ring or loop network->        Using a secondary ring or loop
370/224 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass an inoperative station ->        In a ring or loop network ->        Using a secondary ring or loop->        Loopback of signals on the secondary ring or loop
370/225 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY ->        Bypass an inoperative channel
370/226 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass an inoperative channel->        In a repeater system
370/227 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass an inoperative channel ->        In a repeater system->        Using a spare channel
370/228 -> 216 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass an inoperative channel->        Spare channel
370/229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL
370/230 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL ->        Control of data admission to the network
370/230.1 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Control of data admission to the network->        Traffic shaping
370/231 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Control of data admission to the network->        End-to-end flow control
370/232 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Control of data admission to the network->        Based on data flow rate measurement
370/233 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Control of data admission to the network ->        Based on data flow rate measurement->        Measurement of the peak data flow rate
370/234 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Control of data admission to the network ->        Based on data flow rate measurement->        Measurement of the average data flow rate
370/235 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL ->        Flow control of data transmission through a network
370/235.1 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Flow control of data transmission through a network->        Using leaky bucket technique
370/236 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Flow control of data transmission through a network->        Including signaling between network elements
370/236.1 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Flow control of data transmission through a network ->        Including signaling between network elements->        Using RM (Resource Management) cells
370/236.2 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Flow control of data transmission through a network ->        Including signaling between network elements->        Using OAM (Operation, Administration and Maintenance) cells
370/237 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Flow control of data transmission through a network->        Congestion based rerouting
370/238 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Flow control of data transmission through a network->        Least cost or minimum delay routing
370/238.1 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Flow control of data transmission through a network ->        Least cost or minimum delay routing->        ATM least cost routing
370/239 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL ->        Using antijabber circuit
370/240 -> 229 DATA FLOW CONGESTION PREVENTION OR CONTROL  ->        Using antijabber circuit->        In a star coupler
370/241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION)
370/241.1 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION) ->        Using OAM (Operation, Administration and Maintenance) cells
370/242 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION) ->        Fault detection
370/243 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION)  ->        Fault detection->        Of a repeater system
370/244 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION)  ->        Fault detection->        Of a switching system
370/245 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION)  ->        Fault detection->        Of a local area network
370/246 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION) ->        Of a repeater
370/247 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION)  ->        Of a repeater->        Having a dedicated test line or channel
370/248 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION) ->        Path check
370/249 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION) ->        Loopback
370/250 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION) ->        Of a switching system
370/251 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION)  ->        Of a switching system->        Having dedicated test line or channel
370/252 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION) ->        Determination of communication parameters
370/253 -> 241 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING (OTHER THAN SYNCHRONIZATION)  ->        Determination of communication parameters->        Measurement of flow rate of messages having an address header
370/254 NETWORK CONFIGURATION DETERMINATION
370/255 -> 254 NETWORK CONFIGURATION DETERMINATION ->        Using a particular learning algorithm or technique
370/256 -> 254 NETWORK CONFIGURATION DETERMINATION  ->        Using a particular learning algorithm or technique->        Spanning tree
370/257 -> 254 NETWORK CONFIGURATION DETERMINATION ->        In a bus system
370/258 -> 254 NETWORK CONFIGURATION DETERMINATION  ->        In a bus system->        In a ring system
370/259 SPECIAL SERVICES
370/260 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Conferencing
370/261 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing->        Technique for setting up a conference call
370/262 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing ->        Technique for setting up a conference call->        Operator setup of the conference
370/263 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing->        Conferee signals combined or distributed via time channels
370/264 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing ->        Conferee signals combined or distributed via time channels->        Using plural diverse channel communications with a dedicated signaling channel (i.e., ISDN)
370/265 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing ->        Conferee signals combined or distributed via time channels->        Particular technique for combining diverse information types
370/266 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing ->        Conferee signals combined or distributed via time channels->        Using summation of conferee signals
370/267 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing ->        Conferee signals combined or distributed via time channels ->        Using summation of conferee signals->        Digital summation
370/268 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing ->        Conferee signals combined or distributed via time channels ->        Using summation of conferee signals ->        Digital summation->        Including cancellation of certain signals
370/269 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing ->        Conferee signals combined or distributed via time channels ->        Using summation of conferee signals->        Including cancellation of certain signals
370/270 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Distribution of signal to multiple agent stations
370/271 -> 259 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Special feature of multiplex telephone terminal
370/272 SEXTUPLEX
370/273 QUADRUPLEX
370/274 -> 273 QUADRUPLEX ->        Repeater
370/275 -> 273 QUADRUPLEX ->        Duplex diplex
370/276 DUPLEX
370/277 -> 276 DUPLEX ->        Communication over free space
370/278 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Communication over free space->        Transmit/receive interaction control
370/279 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Communication over free space->        Duplex repeaters
370/280 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Communication over free space->        Time division
370/281 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Communication over free space->        Frequency division
370/282 -> 276 DUPLEX ->        Transmit/receive interaction control
370/283 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control->        Artificial line
370/284 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control->        Differential
370/285 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control->        Bridge
370/286 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control->        Echo suppression or cancellation
370/287 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control ->        Echo suppression or cancellation->        Disabling or inhibiting
370/288 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control ->        Echo suppression or cancellation->        Using an attenuator
370/289 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control ->        Echo suppression or cancellation->        Having residual echo cancellation or suppression
370/290 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control ->        Echo suppression or cancellation->        Using a particular adaptive filter
370/291 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control ->        Echo suppression or cancellation ->        Using a particular adaptive filter->        Using a transversal filter
370/292 -> 276 DUPLEX  ->        Transmit/receive interaction control ->        Echo suppression or cancellation->        Using a training sequence
370/293 -> 276 DUPLEX ->        Duplex repeaters or extenders
370/294 -> 276 DUPLEX ->        Time division
370/295 -> 276 DUPLEX ->        Frequency division
370/296 -> 276 DUPLEX ->        Convertible to half duplex
370/297 DIPLEX
370/298 LOW SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM (E.G., TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE)
370/299 -> 298 LOW SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM (E.G., TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE) ->        Data switching exchange
370/300 -> 298 LOW SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM (E.G., TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE) ->        Data assembly or formatting
370/301 -> 298 LOW SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM (E.G., TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE) ->        Transmitting time of transition and logic state
370/302 -> 298 LOW SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM (E.G., TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE) ->        Channels separated in frequency
370/303 -> 298 LOW SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM (E.G., TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE) ->        Rotary distributor
370/304 -> 298 LOW SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM (E.G., TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE)  ->        Rotary distributor->        Synchronizer
370/305 -> 298 LOW SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM (E.G., TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE)  ->        Rotary distributor ->        Synchronizer->        Start-Stop
370/306 -> 298 LOW SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA SYSTEM (E.G., TELETYPEWRITER SERVICE)  ->        Rotary distributor ->        Synchronizer ->        Start-Stop->        Nonmechanical
370/307 TRASMULTIPLEXERS
370/308 RESONANT TRANSFER TECHNIQUES
370/309 RESONANT TRANSFER SUBSTITUTES
370/310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE
370/310.1 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Using ATM as a wireles protocol
370/310.2 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Using ATM as a wireles protocol->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations
370/311 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Signaling for performing battery saving
370/312 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Message addressed to multiple destinations
370/313 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Portable address responsive receiver
370/314 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Portable address responsive receiver->        Using time division multiplexing
370/315 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Repeater
370/316 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater->        Airborne or space satellite repeater
370/317 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater->        Including noise compensation
370/318 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater ->        Including noise compensation->        Including power control
370/319 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater->        Multiple access (e.g., FDMA)
370/320 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater ->        Multiple access (e.g., FDMA)->        Code division (CDMA)
370/321 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater ->        Multiple access (e.g., FDMA)->        Time division (TDMA)
370/322 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater ->        Multiple access (e.g., FDMA) ->        Time division (TDMA)->        Channel reservation scheme
370/323 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater ->        Multiple access (e.g., FDMA) ->        Time division (TDMA)->        Including onboard switching
370/324 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater ->        Multiple access (e.g., FDMA) ->        Time division (TDMA)->        Synchronization
370/325 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater ->        Multiple access (e.g., FDMA)->        Including onboard switching
370/326 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater ->        Airborne or space satellite repeater->        Combining or distributing information via time channels
370/327 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Repeater->        In a trunking system
370/328 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations
370/329 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations->        Channel assignment
370/330 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations ->        Channel assignment->        Having both time and frequency assignment
370/331 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations ->        Channel assignment->        Hand-off control
370/332 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations ->        Channel assignment ->        Hand-off control->        Based upon a particular signal quality measurement
370/333 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations ->        Channel assignment ->        Hand-off control ->        Based upon a particular signal quality measurement->        Signal quality determined by bit error rate
370/334 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations ->        Channel assignment ->        Hand-off control ->        Based upon a particular signal quality measurement->        Using multiple antennas at a station
370/335 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations ->        Channel assignment->        Combining or distributing information via code word channels using multiple access techniques (e.g., CDMA)
370/336 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations ->        Channel assignment->        Combining or distributing information via time channels
370/337 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations ->        Channel assignment ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Multiple access (e.g., TDMA)
370/338 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Having a plurality of contiguous regions served by respective fixed stations->        Contiguous regions interconnected by a local area network
370/339 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Plural usage of common antenna
370/340 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Using trunking
370/341 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Using trunking->        Channel assignment
370/342 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Combining or distributing information via code word channels using multiple access techniques (e.g., CDMA)
370/343 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels
370/344 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Multiple access (e.g., FDMA)
370/345 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels
370/346 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Polling
370/347 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Multiple access (e.g., TDMA)
370/348 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Multiple access (e.g., TDMA)->        Channel reservation scheme
370/349 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Using messages having an address field as header
370/350 -> 310 COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Synchronization
370/351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING
370/352 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING ->        Combined circuit switching and packet switching
370/353 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Combined circuit switching and packet switching->        Switching network having common elements to handle both circuit switched traffic and packet switched traffic
370/354 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Combined circuit switching and packet switching->        Switching network having separate elements to handle circuit switched traffic and packet switched traffic
370/355 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Combined circuit switching and packet switching->        Routing packets through a circuit switching network
370/356 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Combined circuit switching and packet switching->        Routing circuit switched traffic through a packet switching network
370/357 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING ->        Through a circuit switch
370/358 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch->        Switching input signals having different aggregate bit rates
370/359 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch->        Input or output circuit, per se (i.e., line interface)
370/360 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch->        Switching control
370/361 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control->        Folded network
370/362 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control->        Bus switch
370/363 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Bus switch->        Having details of control storage arrangement
370/364 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Bus switch->        Having plural buses
370/365 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Bus switch ->        Having plural buses->        Separate transmit and receive buses
370/366 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control->        Including serial-parallel or parallel-serial conversion for input or output
370/367 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Including serial-parallel or parallel-serial conversion for input or output->        For distribution to a multiplanar switching network
370/368 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Including serial-parallel or parallel-serial conversion for input or output->        Having details of control storage arrangement
370/369 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control->        Having time and space switches
370/370 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Having time and space switches->        Having space switch as intermediate stage (e.g., T-S-T, T-S-S, or S-S-T)
370/371 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Having time and space switches ->        Having space switch as intermediate stage (e.g., T-S-T, T-S-S, or S-S-T)->        Having details of control storage arrangement
370/372 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Having time and space switches->        Having time switch as intermediate stage (e.g., S-T-S or T-T-S)
370/373 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Having time and space switches->        Having supervisory signaling
370/374 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Having time and space switches->        Having details of control storage arrangement
370/375 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control->        Time switch, per se (e.g., T or T-T)
370/376 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Time switch, per se (e.g., T or T-T)->        Time slot interchange, per se
370/377 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Time switch, per se (e.g., T or T-T)->        Having supervisory signaling
370/378 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Time switch, per se (e.g., T or T-T)->        Having details of control storage arrangement
370/379 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Time switch, per se (e.g., T or T-T) ->        Having details of control storage arrangement->        Data memory addressing
370/380 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control->        Space switch, per se (e.g., S or S-S)
370/381 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control->        Having details of control storage arrangement
370/382 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Having details of control storage arrangement->        Data memory addressing
370/383 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Having details of control storage arrangement->        Control storage addressing
370/384 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control->        Having a supervisory signaling feature
370/385 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Switching control ->        Having a supervisory signaling feature->        Having a separate signaling network
370/386 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch->        Particular switching network arrangement
370/387 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Particular switching network arrangement->        Multiplanar switch
370/388 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Through a circuit switch ->        Particular switching network arrangement->        Multistage switch
370/389 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING ->        Switching a message which includes an address header
370/390 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Replicate messages for multiple destination distribution
370/391 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Switching input signals having different aggregate bit rates
370/392 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Processing of address header for routing, per se
370/393 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Processing of address header for routing, per se->        Address concatenation
370/394 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Sequencing or resequencing of packets to insure proper output sequence order
370/395.1 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells)
370/396 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells)->        Distributed switching
370/397 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Distributed switching->        Employing logical addressing for routing (e.g., VP or VC)
370/398 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells)->        Centralized switching
370/399 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Centralized switching->        Employing logical addressing for routing (e.g., VP or VC)
370/395.2 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells)->        Connection set-up/disconnect (e.g., Connection Admission Control)
370/395.21 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Connection set-up/disconnect (e.g., Connection Admission Control)->        Based on traffic contract (including using setup messages, QoS, delay/bandwidth requirement)
370/395.3 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells)->        Connection identifier assignment
370/395.31 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Connection identifier assignment->        Including routing table
370/395.32 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Connection identifier assignment ->        Including routing table->        Employing particular searching function (e.g., hashing, alternate, re-routing)
370/395.4 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells)->        Assigning period of time for information to be transmitted (e.g., scheduling)
370/395.41 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Assigning period of time for information to be transmitted (e.g., scheduling)->        Based on bandwidth allocation (e.g., Weighted Round Robin)
370/395.42 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Assigning period of time for information to be transmitted (e.g., scheduling)->        Based on priority
370/395.43 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Assigning period of time for information to be transmitted (e.g., scheduling) ->        Based on priority->        Based on service category (e.g., CBR, VBR, UBR, or ABR)
370/395.5 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells)->        Multiprotocol network
370/395.51 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Multiprotocol network->        Utilizing a plurality of ATM networks (e.g., MPOA, SONET, or SDH)
370/395.52 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Multiprotocol network->        Internet Protocol (including TCP/IP or UDP/IP) over fixed length packet network (e.g., IP over ATM)
370/395.53 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Multiprotocol network->        Emulated LAN (LANE/ELAN/VLAN, e.g., Ethernet or token ring legacy LAN over a single ATM network/LAN)
370/395.54 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Multiprotocol network->        Address resolution (e.g., ARP, or NHRP)
370/395.6 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells)->        Adapting detail (e.g., converting to/from ATM, or detail of ATM Adaption Layers (AALs))
370/395.61 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Adapting detail (e.g., converting to/from ATM, or detail of ATM Adaption Layers (AALs))->        Adapting constant bit rate (CBR) data (e.g., voice, or narrow band ISDN over ATM, or using AAL1)
370/395.62 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Adapting detail (e.g., converting to/from ATM, or detail of ATM Adaption Layers (AALs)) ->        Adapting constant bit rate (CBR) data (e.g., voice, or narrow band ISDN over ATM, or using AAL1)->        Detail of clock recovery or synchronization
370/395.63 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Adapting detail (e.g., converting to/from ATM, or detail of ATM Adaption Layers (AALs))->        Adapting frame relay/X.25 data (e.g., using AAL 3/4)
370/395.64 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Adapting detail (e.g., converting to/from ATM, or detail of ATM Adaption Layers (AALs))->        Adapting connection-oriented variable bit rate (VBR) data (e.g., MPEG/HDTV packet video/audio over ATM or using AAL2)
370/395.65 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Adapting detail (e.g., converting to/from ATM, or detail of ATM Adaption Layers (AALs))->        Adapting connectionless variable bit rate (VBR) data (e.g., adapting 802.X, or using AAL5)
370/395.7 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells)->        Having detail of switch memory reading/writing
370/395.71 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Having detail of switch memory reading/writing->        Having input or output storage or both
370/395.72 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Message transmitted using fixed length packets (e.g., ATM cells) ->        Having detail of switch memory reading/writing->        Having central (e.g., common) storage
370/400 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching
370/401 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching->        Bridge or gateway between networks
370/402 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching ->        Bridge or gateway between networks->        Bridge between bus systems
370/403 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching ->        Bridge or gateway between networks ->        Bridge between bus systems->        At least one bus is a ring network
370/404 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching ->        Bridge or gateway between networks ->        Bridge between bus systems ->        At least one bus is a ring network->        Ring or loop forms backbone for interconnecting other networks
370/405 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching ->        Bridge or gateway between networks ->        Bridge between bus systems ->        At least one bus is a ring network ->        Ring or loop forms backbone for interconnecting other networks->        The other networks are ring or loop networks
370/406 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching->        Plurality of rings or loops to form a mesh network
370/407 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching->        Interconnected star couplers
370/408 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching->        Nodes interconnected in hierarchy to form a tree
370/409 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching->        Employing logical addressing for routing (e.g., VP or VC)
370/410 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Having a plurality of nodes performing distributed switching->        Having a signaling feature
370/411 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Including sorting and merging networks
370/412 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Queuing arrangement
370/413 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Queuing arrangement->        Having both input and output queuing
370/414 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Queuing arrangement ->        Having both input and output queuing->        Contention resolution for output
370/415 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Queuing arrangement->        Having input queuing only
370/416 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Queuing arrangement ->        Having input queuing only->        Contention resolution for output
370/417 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Queuing arrangement->        Having output queuing only
370/418 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Queuing arrangement ->        Having output queuing only->        Contention resolution for output
370/419 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Input or output circuit, per se (i.e., line interface)
370/420 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Input or output circuit, per se (i.e., line interface)->        For connecting plural subscribers to a network (i.e., network termination)
370/421 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Input or output circuit, per se (i.e., line interface) ->        For connecting plural subscribers to a network (i.e., network termination)->        Subscribers connected to input or output circuit by a common bus
370/422 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Centralized switching
370/423 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Centralized switching->        Including a bus for interconnecting inputs and outputs
370/424 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Centralized switching ->        Including a bus for interconnecting inputs and outputs->        Including a ring or loop for interconnecting inputs and outputs
370/425 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Centralized switching->        Star configuration
370/426 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header ->        Centralized switching->        Having a signaling feature
370/427 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Switching a message which includes an address header->        Space switching
370/428 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING ->        Store and forward
370/429 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING  ->        Store and forward->        Particular storing and queuing arrangement
370/430 -> 351 PATHFINDING OR ROUTING ->        FDM switching
370/431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES
370/432 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Messages addressed to multiple destinations
370/433 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Only active channels transmitted
370/434 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Only active channels transmitted->        Concentrator
370/435 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Only active channels transmitted ->        Concentrator->        TASI (Time Assignment Speech Interpolation)
370/436 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Combined time and frequency assignment
370/437 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Adaptive selection of channel assignment technique
370/438 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Using a separate control line or bus for access control
370/439 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Using a separate control line or bus for access control->        Control line is used to request or reserve access
370/440 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Using a separate control line or bus for access control ->        Control line is used to request or reserve access->        Dual bus dynamic queuing (i.e., DQDB)
370/441 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Combining or distributing information via code word channels using multiple access techniques (e.g., CDMA)
370/442 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels using multiple access technique (e.g., TDMA)
370/443 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels using multiple access technique (e.g., TDMA)->        Using channel reservation
370/444 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels using multiple access technique (e.g., TDMA) ->        Using channel reservation->        With priority resolution
370/445 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Carrier sense multiple access (CSMA)
370/446 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Carrier sense multiple access (CSMA)->        Using a star coupler
370/447 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Carrier sense multiple access (CSMA)->        Arbitration for access between contending stations
370/448 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) ->        Arbitration for access between contending stations->        Using weighted back-off timing
370/449 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Polling
370/450 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Polling->        Passing a signal identifying the idle or busy state of a channel (e.g., token passing)
370/451 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Polling ->        Passing a signal identifying the idle or busy state of a channel (e.g., token passing)->        On bus
370/452 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Polling ->        Passing a signal identifying the idle or busy state of a channel (e.g., token passing) ->        On bus->        On ring or loop
370/453 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Polling ->        Passing a signal identifying the idle or busy state of a channel (e.g., token passing) ->        On bus ->        On ring or loop->        Initialization or reinitialization of network
370/454 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Polling ->        Passing a signal identifying the idle or busy state of a channel (e.g., token passing) ->        On bus ->        On ring or loop->        Having multiple idle or busy signals simultaneously on the network
370/455 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Polling ->        Passing a signal identifying the idle or busy state of a channel (e.g., token passing) ->        On bus ->        On ring or loop->        Including priority resolution
370/456 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Polling ->        Passing a signal identifying the idle or busy state of a channel (e.g., token passing) ->        On bus ->        On ring or loop->        Idle or busy signal erasure or frame erasure
370/457 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Polling ->        Passing a signal identifying the idle or busy state of a channel (e.g., token passing)->        Initialization or reinitialization of network
370/458 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Using time slots
370/459 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Using time slots->        Having indication of idle or busy state of time slot
370/460 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Using time slots ->        Having indication of idle or busy state of time slot->        On ring or loop network
370/461 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES  ->        Using time slots->        Arbitration for access between contending stations
370/462 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Arbitration for access to a channel
370/463 -> 431 CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT TECHNIQUES ->        Details of circuit or interface for connecting user to the network
370/464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS
370/465 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS ->        Adaptive
370/466 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Adaptive->        Converting between protocols
370/467 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Adaptive ->        Converting between protocols->        Conversion between signaling protocols
370/468 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Adaptive->        Assignment of variable bandwidth or time period for transmission or reception
370/469 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Adaptive->        Processing multiple layer protocols
370/470 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Adaptive->        Frame length
370/471 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Adaptive ->        Frame length->        Message having an address header
370/472 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Adaptive->        Byte length
370/473 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Adaptive->        Transmission of a single message having multiple packets
370/474 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS ->        Assembly or disassembly of messages having address headers
370/475 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS ->        Address transmitted
370/476 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS ->        Byte assembly and formatting
370/477 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS ->        Transmission bandwidth conservation
370/478 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS ->        Combined time division and frequency division
370/479 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS ->        Combining or distributing information via code word channels
370/480 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels
370/481 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Multiple frequency translations
370/482 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Particular carrier generation
370/483 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Using angle modulation
370/484 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Digital analysis or synthesis of a group
370/485 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Subscriber carrier
370/486 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels ->        Subscriber carrier->        Program distribution
370/487 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels ->        Subscriber carrier ->        Program distribution->        Combined communication of diverse information types
370/488 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels ->        Subscriber carrier->        Connecting filters
370/489 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Bus (distributed stations)
370/490 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels ->        Bus (distributed stations)->        Combined communication of diverse information types
370/491 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Pilot
370/492 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Repeater
370/493 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Combined voice and data transmission
370/494 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels ->        Combined voice and data transmission->        Data over voice
370/495 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels ->        Combined voice and data transmission->        Data under voice
370/496 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Signaling
370/497 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via frequency channels->        Using particular filtering technique
370/498 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels
370/499 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Polarity multiplex
370/500 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Pilot
370/501 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Repeater
370/502 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Repeater->        Bus extenders
370/503 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Synchronizing
370/504 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing->        Reference indication consists of a gap
370/505 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing->        Pulse stuffing or deletion
370/506 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Pulse stuffing or deletion->        Frame or bit stream justification
370/507 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing->        Mutual (reciprocal) synchronization
370/508 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Mutual (reciprocal) synchronization->        Transmission time into time slots adjusted based upon propagation delay time
370/509 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing->        Using synchronization information contained in a frame
370/510 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Using synchronization information contained in a frame->        Synchronization information is distributed over multiple frames
370/511 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Using synchronization information contained in a frame ->        Synchronization information is distributed over multiple frames->        Using redundant synchronization words
370/512 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Using synchronization information contained in a frame->        Synchronization information is distributed within a frame
370/513 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Using synchronization information contained in a frame ->        Synchronization information is distributed within a frame->        Plural synchronization words
370/514 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Using synchronization information contained in a frame->        Unique synchronization word or unique bit sequence
370/515 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Using synchronization information contained in a frame ->        Unique synchronization word or unique bit sequence->        Pseudo-random
370/516 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing->        Adjusting for phase or jitter
370/517 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Adjusting for phase or jitter->        Including delay device
370/518 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Adjusting for phase or jitter ->        Including delay device->        Provide plural phases of a clocking signal
370/519 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing ->        Adjusting for phase or jitter ->        Including delay device->        Delay based upon propagation delay time
370/520 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Synchronizing->        Unique synchronization pulse
370/521 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Time compression or expansion
370/522 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Signaling (ancillary to main information)
370/523 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Signaling (ancillary to main information)->        Using bit robbing
370/524 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Signaling (ancillary to main information)->        Using a dedicated signaling channel (i.e., D-channel)
370/525 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Signaling (ancillary to main information)->        Digital tone signal generation
370/526 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Signaling (ancillary to main information)->        Digital tone detection
370/527 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Signaling (ancillary to main information)->        Superimposed or modulated on principal information
370/528 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Signaling (ancillary to main information)->        Inserted in gaps in main information
370/529 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Information superimposed on other information
370/530 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Staircase wave
370/531 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Magnetic core for switching or storage
370/532 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Multiplexer or distributor and technique for handling low level input signal
370/533 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Multiplexer or distributor using pulse amplitude modulation
370/534 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Multiplexer or distributor using electron beam switching device
370/535 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Multiplexing combined with demultiplexing
370/536 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Demultiplexing single signal into plural parallel channels (e.g., parallel transmission for increasing transmission speed)
370/537 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Multiplexing plural input channels to a common output channel
370/538 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Multiplexing plural input channels to a common output channel->        Plural input channels of different rates to a single common rate output channel
370/539 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Multiplexing plural input channels to a common output channel ->        Plural input channels of different rates to a single common rate output channel->        Multiple levels of multiplexing to form a multiplex hierarchy
370/540 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Multiplexing plural input channels to a common output channel->        Plural input channels of same rate to a single common rate output channel
370/541 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Multiplexing plural input channels to a common output channel ->        Plural input channels of same rate to a single common rate output channel->        Multiple levels of multiplexing to form a multiplex hierarchy
370/542 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Demultiplexing single input channel to plural output channels
370/543 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Demultiplexing single input channel to plural output channels->        Different rate output channels
370/544 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels ->        Demultiplexing single input channel to plural output channels->        Same rate output channels
370/545 -> 464 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR INFORMATION CARRIED IN PLURAL CHANNELS  ->        Combining or distributing information via time channels->        Conversion of rate from a single input to a single output
370/546 MISCELLANEOUS
370/901 WIDE AREA NETWORK
370/902 -> 901 WIDE AREA NETWORK ->        Packet switching
370/903 -> 901 WIDE AREA NETWORK  ->        Packet switching->        OSI Compliant Network
370/904 -> 901 WIDE AREA NETWORK  ->        Packet switching ->        OSI Compliant Network->        Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
370/905 -> 901 WIDE AREA NETWORK  ->        Packet switching ->        OSI Compliant Network->        Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)
370/906 -> 901 WIDE AREA NETWORK  ->        Packet switching ->        OSI Compliant Network->        Fiber Data Distribution Interface (FDDI)
370/907 -> 901 WIDE AREA NETWORK  ->        Packet switching ->        OSI Compliant Network->        Synchronous Optical network (SONET)
370/908 LOCAL AREA NETWORK
370/909 -> 908 LOCAL AREA NETWORK ->        Token ring
370/910 -> 908 LOCAL AREA NETWORK ->        Carrier sense multiple access (e.g., Ethernet, 10Base-T)
370/911 -> 908 LOCAL AREA NETWORK ->        Bridge (e.g., brouter, bus extender, etc.)
370/912 PACKET COMMUNICATIONS
370/913 -> 912 PACKET COMMUNICATIONS ->        Wireless or radio
370/914 RATE CONVERTER
370/915 TIME DIVISION CELLULAR RADIO SYSTEMS
370/916 MULTIPLEXER/DEMULTIPLEXER
372/1 SUPERRADIANT LASER
372/2 FREE ELECTRON LASER
372/3 RAMAN LASER
372/4 LONG WAVELENGTH (E.G., FAR INFRARED)
372/5 SHORT WAVELENGTH LASER
372/6 OPTICAL FIBER LASER
372/7 THIN FILM LASER
372/8 LASER LOGIC SYSTEM
372/9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE
372/10 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Q-switch
372/11 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Q-switch->        Absorption type
372/12 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Q-switch->        Electro-optic
372/13 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Q-switch->        Acousto-optic
372/14 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Q-switch->        Mechanical
372/15 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Q-switch ->        Mechanical->        Rotating mirror
372/16 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Q-switch ->        Mechanical->        Rotating prism
372/17 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Q-switch->        Plural Q-switches
372/18 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Mode locking
372/19 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Mode discrimination
372/20 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Tuning
372/21 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Nonlinear device
372/22 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Nonlinear device->        Frequency multiplying (e.g., harmonic generator)
372/23 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Producing plural wavelength output
372/24 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Scanning
372/25 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Control of pulse characteristics
372/26 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Modulation
372/27 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Modulation->        Polarization
372/28 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Modulation->        Frequency
372/29.01 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Having particular beam control circuit component
372/29.011 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Having particular beam control circuit component->        Feedback circuitry
372/29.012 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Having particular beam control circuit component->        Power supply
372/29.013 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Having particular beam control circuit component->        Having particular electrode structure
372/29.014 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Having particular beam control circuit component->        Controlling light intensity
372/29.015 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Having particular beam control circuit component->        Controlling current or voltage
372/29.016 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Having particular beam control circuit component->        Controlling beam phase
372/29.02 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE ->        Optical output stabilization
372/29.021 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Optical output stabilization->        Power
372/29.022 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Optical output stabilization->        Cavity
372/29.023 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Optical output stabilization->        Phase
372/30 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Optical output stabilization->        Pulse
372/31 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Optical output stabilization->        Amplitude
372/32 -> 9 PARTICULAR BEAM CONTROL DEVICE  ->        Optical output stabilization->        Frequency
372/33 PARTICULAR OPERATING COMPENSATION MEANS
372/34 PARTICULAR TEMPERATURE CONTROL
372/35 -> 34 PARTICULAR TEMPERATURE CONTROL ->        Liquid coolant
372/36 -> 34 PARTICULAR TEMPERATURE CONTROL ->        Heat sink
372/37 HAVING AN APPLIED MAGNETIC FIELD
372/38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY
372/38.01 -> 38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY ->        Having feedback circuitry
372/38.02 -> 38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY ->        For driving or controlling laser
372/38.03 -> 38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY ->        Switch (e.g., thyratron, etc.)
372/38.04 -> 38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY ->        Power supply
372/38.05 -> 38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY ->        Electrode
372/38.06 -> 38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY ->        Optical pumping
372/38.07 -> 38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY ->        Controlling current or voltage to laser
372/38.08 -> 38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY ->        Having noise suppression circuitry
372/38.09 -> 38.1 PARTICULAR COMPONENT CIRCUITRY ->        Having fault protection circuitry
372/39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA
372/40 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA ->        Amorphous (e.g., glass)
372/41 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA ->        Insulating crystal
372/42 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Insulating crystal->        Utilizing color centers
372/43 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA ->        Semiconductor
372/44 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Semiconductor->        Injection
372/45 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Semiconductor ->        Injection->        Particular confinement layer
372/46 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Semiconductor ->        Injection->        Particular current control structure
372/47 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Semiconductor ->        Injection ->        Particular current control structure->        Transverse junction
372/48 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Semiconductor ->        Injection ->        Particular current control structure->        Channeled substrate
372/49 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Semiconductor ->        Injection->        Particular coating on facet
372/50 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Semiconductor ->        Injection->        Monolithic integrated
372/51 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA ->        Liquid
372/52 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Liquid->        Chelate
372/53 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Liquid->        Dye
372/54 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Liquid->        Particular structural features
372/55 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA ->        Gas
372/56 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas->        Metal vapor
372/57 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas->        Excimer or exciplex
372/58 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas->        With means for controlling gas flow
372/59 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas->        Gas maintenance (e.g., purification, replenishment, etc.)
372/60 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas->        Including a specified gas additive
372/61 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas->        Discharge tube feature
372/62 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas ->        Discharge tube feature->        Segmented
372/63 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas ->        Discharge tube feature->        Backflow feature
372/64 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas ->        Discharge tube feature->        Waveguide
372/65 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Gas ->        Discharge tube feature->        Support
372/66 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA ->        Active media with particular shape
372/67 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA  ->        Active media with particular shape->        Disc-shaped
372/68 -> 39 PARTICULAR ACTIVE MEDIA ->        Plural active media or active media having plural dopants
372/69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS
372/70 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy
372/71 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy->        End-pumped laser
372/72 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy->        Pump cavity
372/73 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy->        High-energy particles
372/74 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy ->        High-energy particles->        Electron beam
372/75 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy->        Semiconductor
372/76 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy->        Plasma
372/77 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy->        Exploding or combustible material
372/78 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy->        Heat
372/79 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy->        Solar
372/80 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Pumping with optical or radiant energy->        Excited phosphor
372/81 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS ->        Electrical
372/82 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Electrical->        Inductive or capactive excitation
372/83 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Electrical->        Transversely excited
372/84 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Electrical ->        Transversely excited->        Traveling wave
372/85 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Electrical->        Glow discharge
372/86 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Electrical->        Having an auxiliary ionization means
372/87 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Electrical->        Having particular electrode structure
372/88 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS  ->        Electrical ->        Having particular electrode structure->        Hollow electrode
372/89 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS ->        Chemical
372/90 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS ->        Gas dynamic
372/91 -> 69 PARTICULAR PUMPING MEANS ->        With depopulation of lower states
372/92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY
372/93 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY ->        Folded cavity
372/94 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY  ->        Folded cavity->        Having a ring configuration
372/95 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY ->        Unstable resonator
372/96 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY ->        Distributed feedback
372/97 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY ->        Plural cavities
372/98 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY ->        Specified cavity component
372/99 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY  ->        Specified cavity component->        Reflector
372/100 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY  ->        Specified cavity component->        Prism
372/101 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY  ->        Specified cavity component->        Lens or lens system
372/102 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY  ->        Specified cavity component->        Grating
372/103 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY  ->        Specified cavity component->        Window, aperture, and mask
372/104 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY  ->        Specified cavity component ->        Window, aperture, and mask->        Aerodynamic window
372/105 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY  ->        Specified cavity component->        Birefringent material
372/106 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY  ->        Specified cavity component->        Polarizer
372/107 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY ->        Mirror support or alignment structure
372/108 -> 92 PARTICULAR RESONANT CAVITY ->        Specified output coupling device
372/109 MISCELLANEOUS
372/700 OPTICAL DELAY
372/701 NOZZLE
372/702 ISOTOPE
372/703 OPTICAL ISOLATER
372/704 SUMMARY REFERENCE
372/705 NEAT THING
375/130 SPREAD SPECTRUM
375/131 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM ->        Hybrid form
375/132 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM ->        Frequency hopping
375/133 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Frequency hopping->        End-to-end transmission system
375/134 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Frequency hopping ->        End-to-end transmission system->        Having specific code acquisition or tracking
375/135 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Frequency hopping->        Transmitter
375/136 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Frequency hopping->        Receiver
375/137 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Frequency hopping ->        Receiver->        Having specific code acquisition or tracking
375/138 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM ->        Time hopping
375/139 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM ->        Chirp
375/140 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM ->        Direct sequence
375/141 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence->        End-to-end transmission system
375/142 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        End-to-end transmission system->        Having correlation-type receiver
375/143 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        End-to-end transmission system->        Having matched-filter-type receiver
375/144 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        End-to-end transmission system->        Having multi-receiver or interference cancellation
375/145 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        End-to-end transmission system->        Having specific signaling for code synchronization
375/146 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence->        Transmitter
375/147 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence->        Receiver
375/148 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        Receiver->        Multi-receiver or interference cancellation
375/149 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        Receiver->        Having specific code synchronization
375/150 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        Receiver->        Correlation-type receiver
375/151 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        Receiver ->        Correlation-type receiver->        Having SAW or charge-transfer device
375/152 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        Receiver->        Matched-filter-type receiver
375/153 -> 130 SPREAD SPECTRUM  ->        Direct sequence ->        Receiver ->        Matched-filter-type receiver->        Having SAW or charge-transfer device
375/211 REPEATERS
375/212 -> 211 REPEATERS ->        Ring or star configuration
375/213 -> 211 REPEATERS ->        Testing
375/214 -> 211 REPEATERS ->        Including pulse regeneration or conversion
375/215 -> 211 REPEATERS  ->        Including pulse regeneration or conversion->        Phase locked loop
375/216 APPARATUS CONVERTIBLE TO ANALOG
375/217 -> 216 APPARATUS CONVERTIBLE TO ANALOG ->        Muting circuit and squelch
375/218 EARTH OR WATER MEDIUM
375/219 TRANSCEIVERS
375/220 -> 219 TRANSCEIVERS ->        Transmission interface between two stations or terminals
375/221 -> 219 TRANSCEIVERS ->        Loopback mode
375/222 -> 219 TRANSCEIVERS ->        Modems (data sets)
375/223 -> 219 TRANSCEIVERS  ->        Modems (data sets)->        Angle modulation
375/224 TESTING
375/225 -> 224 TESTING ->        Data rate
375/226 -> 224 TESTING ->        Phase error or phase jitter
375/227 -> 224 TESTING ->        Signal noise
375/228 -> 224 TESTING ->        With indicator
375/229 EQUALIZERS
375/230 -> 229 EQUALIZERS ->        Automatic
375/231 -> 229 EQUALIZERS  ->        Automatic->        Training period or initial set up
375/232 -> 229 EQUALIZERS  ->        Automatic->        Adaptive
375/233 -> 229 EQUALIZERS  ->        Automatic ->        Adaptive->        Decision feedback equalizer
375/234 -> 229 EQUALIZERS  ->        Automatic ->        Adaptive->        Fractionally spaced equalizer
375/235 -> 229 EQUALIZERS  ->        Automatic ->        Adaptive->        Quadrature channels
375/236 -> 229 EQUALIZERS  ->        Automatic ->        Adaptive->        Accumulator or up/down counter
375/237 PULSE NUMBER MODULATION
375/238 PULSE WIDTH MODULATION
375/239 PULSE POSITION, FREQUENCY, OR SPACING MODULATION
375/240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION
375/240.01 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION ->        Television or motion video signal
375/240.02 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Adaptive
375/240.03 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Adaptive->        Quantization
375/240.04 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Adaptive ->        Quantization->        Feed forward
375/240.05 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Adaptive ->        Quantization->        Feed back
375/240.06 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Adaptive->        Feed forward
375/240.07 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Adaptive->        Feed back
375/240.08 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Feature based
375/240.09 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Feature based->        Polygonal approximation
375/240.1 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Feature based->        Separate coders
375/240.11 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Feature based ->        Separate coders->        Subband coding
375/240.12 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Predictive
375/240.13 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Predictive->        Intra/inter selection
375/240.14 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Predictive->        Plural
375/240.15 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Predictive->        Bidirectional
375/240.16 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Predictive->        Motion vector
375/240.17 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Predictive ->        Motion vector->        Half-pixel refinement
375/240.18 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Transform
375/240.19 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Transform->        Wavelet
375/240.2 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Transform->        Discrete cosine
375/240.21 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Subsampling
375/240.22 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Vector quantization
375/240.23 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Variable length coding
375/240.24 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Block coding
375/240.25 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Specific decompression process
375/240.26 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal->        Associated signal processing
375/240.27 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Associated signal processing->        Error detection or correction
375/240.28 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Associated signal processing->        Synchronization
375/240.29 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION  ->        Television or motion video signal ->        Associated signal processing->        Pre/post filtering
375/241 -> 240 BANDWIDTH REDUCTION OR EXPANSION ->        Pulse code modulation
375/242 PULSE CODE MODULATION
375/243 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION ->        Correcting or reducing quantizing errors
375/244 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION ->        Differential
375/245 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION  ->        Differential->        Quantizer or inverse quantizer
375/246 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION  ->        Differential->        Length coding
375/247 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION  ->        Differential->        Single bit (delta)
375/248 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION  ->        Differential ->        Single bit (delta)->        Nonamplitude delta (area, etc.)
375/249 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION  ->        Differential ->        Single bit (delta)->        Compand (overload prevention)
375/250 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION  ->        Differential ->        Single bit (delta) ->        Compand (overload prevention)->        Redundancy removal
375/251 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION  ->        Differential ->        Single bit (delta) ->        Compand (overload prevention)->        Syllabic
375/252 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION  ->        Differential ->        Single bit (delta)->        Plural feedback loops
375/253 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION ->        Length coding
375/254 -> 242 PULSE CODE MODULATION ->        Noise or distortion reduction
375/256 PULSE TRANSMISSION VIA RADIATED BASEBAND
375/257 CABLE SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS
375/258 -> 257 CABLE SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS ->        Transformer coupling
375/259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT
375/260 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT ->        Plural channels for transmission of a single pulse train
375/261 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Plural channels for transmission of a single pulse train->        Quadrature amplitude modulation
375/262 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Plural channels for transmission of a single pulse train ->        Quadrature amplitude modulation->        Maximum likelihood decoder or viterbi decoder
375/263 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Plural channels for transmission of a single pulse train ->        Quadrature amplitude modulation->        Partial response
375/264 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Plural channels for transmission of a single pulse train ->        Quadrature amplitude modulation->        Multilevel
375/265 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Plural channels for transmission of a single pulse train ->        Quadrature amplitude modulation->        Trellis encoder or Trellis decoder
375/267 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Plural channels for transmission of a single pulse train->        Diversity
375/268 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT ->        Amplitude modulation
375/269 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Amplitude modulation->        With phase or frequency shift keying
375/270 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Amplitude modulation->        Vestigial or single sideband or suppressed carrier
375/271 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT ->        Angle modulation
375/272 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation->        Frequency shift keying
375/273 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        Combined with phase shift keying
375/274 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        Minimum shift keying
375/275 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        More than two frequencies
375/276 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        One cycle or less per bit
375/277 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        Vestigial or single sideband, or suppressed carrier
375/278 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        Antinoise or distortion
375/279 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation->        Phase shift keying
375/280 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Phase shift keying->        More than two phases
375/281 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Phase shift keying ->        More than two phases->        Quaternary
375/282 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Phase shift keying->        Biphase (manchester codes)
375/283 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Phase shift keying->        Differential phase shift keying (diphase)
375/284 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT  ->        Angle modulation ->        Phase shift keying->        Antinoise or distortion
375/285 -> 259 SYSTEMS USING ALTERNATING OR PULSATING CURRENT ->        Antinoise or distortion
375/286 MULTILEVEL
375/287 -> 286 MULTILEVEL ->        With threshold level
375/288 -> 286 MULTILEVEL ->        Transmission line
375/289 -> 286 MULTILEVEL ->        Bipolar signal
375/290 -> 286 MULTILEVEL ->        Partial response
375/291 -> 286 MULTILEVEL  ->        Partial response->        Duobinary
375/292 -> 286 MULTILEVEL ->        Disparity reduction
375/293 -> 286 MULTILEVEL ->        Synchronized
375/294 -> 286 MULTILEVEL  ->        Synchronized->        Phase locked loop
375/295 TRANSMITTERS
375/296 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS ->        Antinoise or distortion (includes predistortion)
375/297 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Antinoise or distortion (includes predistortion)->        Power amplifier
375/298 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS ->        Quadrature amplitude modulation
375/299 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS ->        Plural diversity
375/300 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS ->        Amplitude modulation
375/301 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Amplitude modulation->        Single or vestigial sideband or suppressed carrier
375/302 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS ->        Angle modulation
375/303 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Angle modulation->        Frequency shift keying
375/304 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        Antenna tuning with frequency shift
375/305 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        Minimum shift keying
375/306 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        One oscillator
375/307 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        Two or more oscillators
375/308 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Angle modulation->        Phase shift keying
375/309 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS ->        Keying circuits
375/310 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Keying circuits->        Remote controlled
375/311 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Keying circuits->        Automatic
375/312 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Keying circuits->        Power or bias voltage supply keying
375/313 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Keying circuits->        Key shock or click prevention
375/314 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Keying circuits->        Including auxiliary control tube
375/315 -> 295 TRANSMITTERS  ->        Keying circuits->        Modulation by absorption of signal, changing antenna dimension or changing antenna impedance
375/316 RECEIVERS
375/317 -> 316 RECEIVERS ->        Automatic baseline or threshold adjustment
375/318 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Automatic baseline or threshold adjustment->        Differential amplifier
375/319 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Automatic baseline or threshold adjustment->        Automatic bias circuit for DC restoration
375/320 -> 316 RECEIVERS ->        Amplitude modulation
375/321 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Amplitude modulation->        Single or vestigial sideband or suppressed carrier
375/322 -> 316 RECEIVERS ->        Angle modulation
375/323 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation->        Combined phase shift keyed and frequency shift keyed
375/324 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation->        Particular demodulator
375/325 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Particular demodulator->        Including coherent detector
375/326 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Particular demodulator->        Carrier recovery circuit or carrier tracking
375/327 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Particular demodulator->        Phase locked loop
375/328 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Particular demodulator->        Including switching or gating (digital circuits)
375/329 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation->        Phase shift keying
375/330 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Phase shift keying->        Differential (diphase)
375/331 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Phase shift keying ->        Differential (diphase)->        More than two phases
375/332 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Phase shift keying->        Plural phase (>2)
375/333 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Phase shift keying->        Biphase (manchester code)
375/334 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation->        Frequency shift keying
375/335 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        More than two frequencies
375/336 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        Minimum shift keying
375/337 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Angle modulation ->        Frequency shift keying->        Separate mark and space channels
375/338 -> 316 RECEIVERS ->        Interrupted carrier wave
375/339 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Interrupted carrier wave->        Carrier controlling local generator
375/340 -> 316 RECEIVERS ->        Particular pulse demodulator or detector
375/341 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Particular pulse demodulator or detector->        Maximum likelihood decoder or viterbi decoder
375/342 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Particular pulse demodulator or detector->        Locating predetermined portion of pulse
375/343 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Particular pulse demodulator or detector->        Correlative or matched filter
375/344 -> 316 RECEIVERS ->        Automatic frequency control
375/345 -> 316 RECEIVERS ->        Automatic gain control
375/346 -> 316 RECEIVERS ->        Interference or noise reduction
375/347 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Interference or noise reduction->        Diversity (frequency or time)
375/348 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Interference or noise reduction->        Intersymbol interference
375/349 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Interference or noise reduction->        Plural signal paths in receiver
375/350 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Interference or noise reduction->        By filtering (e.g., digital)
375/351 -> 316 RECEIVERS  ->        Interference or noise reduction->        Gating, blanking, etc.
375/352 -> 316 RECEIVERS ->        With electromagnetic relay or solenoid
375/353 PULSE AMPLITUDE MODULATION
375/354 SYNCHRONIZERS
375/355 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS ->        Synchronizing the sampling time of digital data
375/356 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS ->        Network synchronizing more than two stations
375/357 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS ->        Synchronization failure prevention
375/358 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS ->        Feedback, receiver to transmitter
375/359 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS ->        Self-synchronizing signal (self-clocking codes, etc.)
375/360 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Self-synchronizing signal (self-clocking codes, etc.)->        With transition detector
375/361 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Self-synchronizing signal (self-clocking codes, etc.)->        Manchester code or biphase code
375/362 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS ->        Frequency or phase control using synchronizing signal
375/363 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Frequency or phase control using synchronizing signal->        Synchronization bit insertion into artificially created gaps
375/364 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Frequency or phase control using synchronizing signal->        Synchronization signals with unique amplitude, polarity, length, or frequency
375/365 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Frequency or phase control using synchronizing signal->        Synchronization word
375/366 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Frequency or phase control using synchronizing signal ->        Synchronization word->        Plurality of synchronization words
375/367 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Frequency or phase control using synchronizing signal ->        Synchronization word->        Pseudo noise
375/368 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Frequency or phase control using synchronizing signal ->        Synchronization word->        Synchronizer pattern recognizers
375/369 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Frequency or phase control using synchronizing signal->        Start - stop
375/370 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Frequency or phase control using synchronizing signal ->        Start - stop->        With asynchronous data
375/371 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS ->        Phase displacement, slip or jitter correction
375/372 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Phase displacement, slip or jitter correction->        Elastic buffer
375/373 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Phase displacement, slip or jitter correction->        Phase locking
375/374 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Phase displacement, slip or jitter correction ->        Phase locking->        With charge pump or up and down counters
375/375 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Phase displacement, slip or jitter correction ->        Phase locking->        With frequency detector and phase detector
375/376 -> 354 SYNCHRONIZERS  ->        Phase displacement, slip or jitter correction ->        Phase locking->        Phase locked loop
375/377 MISCELLANEOUS
377/1 APPLICATIONS
377/2 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Control
377/3 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Counting on an object, areas having alternating physical properties (e.g., counting lines on grid, teeth on gear, windings on coil)
377/4 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Betting on the outcome of an eventSEMI Totalizers
377/5 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Game or sport
377/6 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Counting animate or inanimate entities
377/7 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Counting animate or inanimate entities->        Coins
377/8 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Counting animate or inanimate entities->        Flat articles (e.g., sheet, bill, ticket)
377/9 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Counting animate or inanimate entities->        Vehicles
377/10 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Counting animate or inanimate entities->        Field of view contains plural entities or entities scanned plural times (e.g., microscopic particles)
377/11 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Counting animate or inanimate entities ->        Field of view contains plural entities or entities scanned plural times (e.g., microscopic particles)->        Including particle size determination variations
377/12 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Counting animate or inanimate entities ->        Field of view contains plural entities or entities scanned plural times (e.g., microscopic particles)->        Counting by detecting electrical impedance variations
377/13 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Registering counts for different categories (e.g., accounting)
377/14 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Registering counts for different categories (e.g., accounting)->        Where the different categories represent monetary amounts (e.g., wages, charges)
377/15 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Counting based on number of times machine or apparatus operates
377/16 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Determining machine or apparatus operating time or monitoring machine, apparatus or operation
377/17 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Position determining
377/18 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Position determining->        Of flat flexible strip (e.g., tape)
377/19 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Measuring or testing
377/20 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Measuring or testing->        Time combined with measurement of another parameter
377/21 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Measuring or testing->        Fluid flow
377/22 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Measuring or testing->        Weight
377/23 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Measuring or testing->        Acceleration
377/24 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Measuring or testing->        Dimension
377/24.1 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Measuring or testing ->        Dimension->        Distance and Powered Vehicle (e.g., odometer)
377/24.2 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Measuring or testing ->        Dimension->        Distance and Human Activity (e.g., pedometer, nonpowered golf carts)
377/25 -> 1 APPLICATIONS  ->        Measuring or testing->        Temperature
377/26 -> 1 APPLICATIONS ->        Including memory
377/27 SYSTEMS
377/28 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Identifying or correcting improper counter operation (e.g., error checking, monitoringSEMI preventing or correcting improper counter operation)
377/29 -> 27 SYSTEMS  ->        Identifying or correcting improper counter operation (e.g., error checking, monitoringSEMI preventing or correcting improper counter operation)->        Testing or calibrating the counter
377/30 -> 27 SYSTEMS  ->        Identifying or correcting improper counter operation (e.g., error checking, monitoringSEMI preventing or correcting improper counter operation)->        Preventing an inaccurate count as a result of an external condition
377/31 -> 27 SYSTEMS  ->        Identifying or correcting improper counter operation (e.g., error checking, monitoringSEMI preventing or correcting improper counter operation) ->        Preventing an inaccurate count as a result of an external condition->        Automatic preset
377/32 -> 27 SYSTEMS  ->        Identifying or correcting improper counter operation (e.g., error checking, monitoringSEMI preventing or correcting improper counter operation) ->        Preventing an inaccurate count as a result of an external condition->        Power failure
377/33 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Using particular code or particular counting sequence
377/34 -> 27 SYSTEMS  ->        Using particular code or particular counting sequence->        Minimum change code (e.g., Gray code)
377/35 -> 27 SYSTEMS  ->        Using particular code or particular counting sequence->        Excess three code
377/36 -> 27 SYSTEMS  ->        Using particular code or particular counting sequence->        Biquinary code
377/37 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Sequential readout of plural counters or sequential sampling of inputs to a counter
377/38 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Plug in counter
377/39 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Comparing counts
377/40 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Nonsignificant zero elimination
377/41 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Complementing a count
377/42 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Converting input or output signal from or to an analogue signal
377/43 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Having phase shift
377/44 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Counter controlled counter
377/45 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Including reversible counter
377/46 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Including ring counter
377/47 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Pulse multiplication or division
377/48 -> 27 SYSTEMS  ->        Pulse multiplication or division->        Multiplication or division by a fraction
377/49 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Counter includes circuit for performing an arithmetic function
377/50 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Compensation for excess or shortage of pulses
377/51 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Including structure for detecting or indicating overflow condition
377/52 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        With programmable counter (i.e., with variable base)
377/53 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        With photoelectric sensor
377/54 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Using shift register
377/55 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Particular input circuit
377/56 -> 27 SYSTEMS ->        Particular output circuit
377/57 CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE (E.G., ANALOGUE SHIFT REGISTER, CCD, BUCKET BRIGADE DEVICE)
377/58 -> 57 CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE (E.G., ANALOGUE SHIFT REGISTER, CCD, BUCKET BRIGADE DEVICE) ->        Compensating for or preventing signal charge deterioration
377/59 -> 57 CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE (E.G., ANALOGUE SHIFT REGISTER, CCD, BUCKET BRIGADE DEVICE) ->        With feedback
377/60 -> 57 CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE (E.G., ANALOGUE SHIFT REGISTER, CCD, BUCKET BRIGADE DEVICE) ->        Particular input or output means
377/61 -> 57 CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE (E.G., ANALOGUE SHIFT REGISTER, CCD, BUCKET BRIGADE DEVICE) ->        Direction and/or path flow control (e.g., by clocking or biasing, by charge splitting)
377/62 -> 57 CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE (E.G., ANALOGUE SHIFT REGISTER, CCD, BUCKET BRIGADE DEVICE)  ->        Direction and/or path flow control (e.g., by clocking or biasing, by charge splitting)->        In charge-coupled device
377/63 -> 57 CHARGE TRANSFER DEVICE (E.G., ANALOGUE SHIFT REGISTER, CCD, BUCKET BRIGADE DEVICE) ->        Charge-coupled device
377/64 SHIFT REGISTER
377/65 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER ->        Using electromechanical relays
377/66 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER ->        Asynchronous
377/67 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER ->        Multirank (i.e., rows of storage units form a shift register)
377/68 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER ->        Compensating for or preventing signal deterioration
377/69 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER ->        Shift direction control
377/70 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER ->        Particular input circuit
377/71 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER  ->        Particular input circuit->        Pulse shaping
377/72 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER  ->        Particular input circuit->        With feedback
377/73 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER  ->        Particular input circuit->        Including logic circuit
377/74 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER  ->        Particular input circuit ->        Including logic circuit->        Field-effect transistor
377/75 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER ->        Particular output circuit
377/76 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER  ->        Particular output circuit->        Sequential output (e.g., tapped delay line)
377/77 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER ->        Particular transfer means
377/78 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER  ->        Particular transfer means->        Phase clocking or synchronizing
377/79 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER  ->        Particular transfer means ->        Phase clocking or synchronizing->        Field-effect transistor
377/80 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER  ->        Particular transfer means->        Parallel clocking
377/81 -> 64 SHIFT REGISTER  ->        Particular transfer means->        Logic circuit
377/82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER
377/83 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        Counting or dividing chains using relays
377/84 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        Programmable (i.e., with variable base)
377/85 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        Reversible
377/86 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        Particular input means
377/87 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        Particular output means
377/88 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        With resetting
377/89 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        Rotary magnet
377/90 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        Stepping switch
377/91 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        Clutch or escapement
377/92 -> 82 ELECTROMECHANICAL COUNTER ->        Pawl and rachet
377/93 WITH SUPERCONDUCTIVE ELEMENT
377/94 COUNTING OR DIVIDING IN INCREMENTAL STEPS (I.E., STAIRCASE COUNTER)
377/95 -> 94 COUNTING OR DIVIDING IN INCREMENTAL STEPS (I.E., STAIRCASE COUNTER) ->        Charge storage (e.g., capacitor without polarization hysteresis)
377/96 -> 94 COUNTING OR DIVIDING IN INCREMENTAL STEPS (I.E., STAIRCASE COUNTER)  ->        Charge storage (e.g., capacitor without polarization hysteresis)->        Using auxiliary pulse generator triggered by incoming pulses
377/97 -> 94 COUNTING OR DIVIDING IN INCREMENTAL STEPS (I.E., STAIRCASE COUNTER) ->        Hysteresis storage (e.g., counters using saturable magnetic core elements)
377/98 -> 94 COUNTING OR DIVIDING IN INCREMENTAL STEPS (I.E., STAIRCASE COUNTER) ->        DEVICES HAVING MORE THAN TWO STABLE STATES
377/99 -> 94 COUNTING OR DIVIDING IN INCREMENTAL STEPS (I.E., STAIRCASE COUNTER) ->        Beam type tube (e.g., magnetron, cathode-ray tube)
377/100 -> 94 COUNTING OR DIVIDING IN INCREMENTAL STEPS (I.E., STAIRCASE COUNTER) ->        Multi-cathode gas discharge tubes
377/101 USING BISTABLE MAGNETIC CORES OR FERROELECTRIC CAPACITORS
377/102 USING BISTABLE ELECTRO-OPTICAL DEVICES
377/103 COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS USING GAS-FILLED TUBES
377/104 PHASED CLOCKING
377/105 -> 104 PHASED CLOCKING ->        Field-effect transistor
377/106 PARTICULAR PARALLEL GATING OR CLOCK SIGNAL
377/107 STARTING, STOPPING, PRESETTING OR RESETTING THE COUNTER
377/108 -> 107 STARTING, STOPPING, PRESETTING OR RESETTING THE COUNTER ->        Counter chains with a radix or base other than the number two raised to an integral power
377/109 -> 107 STARTING, STOPPING, PRESETTING OR RESETTING THE COUNTER  ->        Counter chains with a radix or base other than the number two raised to an integral power->        Decade
377/110 -> 107 STARTING, STOPPING, PRESETTING OR RESETTING THE COUNTER  ->        Counter chains with a radix or base other than the number two raised to an integral power->        Programmable (e.g., with mechanical or electromechanical switch means for selecting the count
377/111 PARTICULAR INPUT CIRCUITS FOR COUNTER
377/112 INDICATING MEANS
377/113 -> 112 INDICATING MEANS ->        Using glow discharge lamps
377/114 PARTICULAR OUTPUT CIRCUITS FOR COUNTER
377/115 PARTICULAR TRANSFER MEANS (E.G., MASTER-SLAVE)
377/116 -> 115 PARTICULAR TRANSFER MEANS (E.G., MASTER-SLAVE) ->        Including logic circuit
377/117 -> 115 PARTICULAR TRANSFER MEANS (E.G., MASTER-SLAVE)  ->        Including logic circuit->        Field-effect device (e.g., JFET, IGFET, MNOS)
377/118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS
377/119 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS ->        Using bistable regenerative trigger circuits
377/120 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS  ->        Using bistable regenerative trigger circuits->        Using only semiconductors having at least three electrodes
377/121 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS  ->        Using bistable regenerative trigger circuits ->        Using only semiconductors having at least three electrodes->        Field-effect device (e.g., JFET, IGFET, MNOS)
377/122 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS  ->        Using bistable regenerative trigger circuits ->        Using only semiconductors having at least three electrodes->        Ring counter
377/123 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS  ->        Using bistable regenerative trigger circuits ->        Using only semiconductors having at least three electrodes->        Reversible counter
377/124 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS  ->        Using bistable regenerative trigger circuits->        Ring counter
377/125 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS  ->        Using bistable regenerative trigger circuits->        Reversible counter
377/126 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS ->        Ring or reversible counter
377/127 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS ->        Using bistable semiconductors having at least three electrodes or analogous complementary transistor circuits (e.g., avalanche transistor, SCR's)
377/128 -> 118 PULSE COUNTING OR DIVIDING CHAINS ->        Using bistable semiconductors having only two electrodes (e.g., tunnel diode, multilayer diode)
377/129 PULSES CONTINUOUSLY CIRCULATED IN A CLOSED LOOP
377/130 MISCELLANEOUS
379/1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT
379/1.02 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Of audio message storage and retrieval
379/1.03 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Of data transmission
379/1.04 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of data transmission->        Qualifying line for data transmission
379/2 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Including fault responsive disconnection of tested component
379/3 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Of hybrid or echo suppressor or canceller
379/4 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Of repeater
379/7 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        For detection of eavesdropping device
379/8 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        With blocking of normal usage
379/9 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Of centralized switching system
379/9.01 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Software compatibility
379/9.02 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Maintenance console
379/9.03 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Trouble ticket reporting
379/9.04 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Record or report generation
379/9.05 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Backup system
379/9.06 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Of line interface circuitry
379/14 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Of plural exchange network
379/14.01 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        Of plural exchange network->        Fault segmentation (e.g., error location in network)
379/10.01 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        By automatic testing sequence
379/10.02 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        By automatic testing sequence->        By call generator
379/10.03 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        By automatic testing sequence->        Script file generation or execution
379/11 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        By automatic testing sequence->        Routiner
379/12 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        With dedicated testing line or trunk
379/13 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Of call timing or charging equiment
379/15.01 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Of switching equipment or network element
379/15.02 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        Of switching equipment or network element->        Advanced intelligent network (AIN)
379/15.03 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        Of switching equipment or network element ->        Advanced intelligent network (AIN)->        Provisioning of service
379/15.04 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        Of switching equipment or network element ->        Advanced intelligent network (AIN)->        Of plural AIN elements
379/15.05 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        Of switching equipment or network element ->        Advanced intelligent network (AIN) ->        Of plural AIN elements->        Determining fault location
379/16 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        Of switching equipment or network element->        Of switching path
379/17 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        Of switching equipment or network element->        Of switching selector
379/18 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        Of switching equipment or network element->        By use of call address signal
379/19 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system ->        Of switching equipment or network element->        Rapid manual connecting structure for test equipment
379/20 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of centralized switching system->        Of switchboard element condition (e.g., lamp)
379/21 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Using portable test set (e.g., handset type)
379/22 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Of trunk or long line
379/22.01 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line->        By loopback
379/22.02 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line->        By analysis of injected tone signal
379/22.03 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line->        Fault detection or fault location on telephone link (e.g., continuity, leakage)
379/22.04 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line ->        Fault detection or fault location on telephone link (e.g., continuity, leakage)->        Of digital loop carrier
379/22.05 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line ->        Fault detection or fault location on telephone link (e.g., continuity, leakage) ->        Of digital loop carrier->        Pair gain test controller
379/22.06 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line ->        Fault detection or fault location on telephone link (e.g., continuity, leakage)->        Having special connector
379/22.07 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line ->        Fault detection or fault location on telephone link (e.g., continuity, leakage)->        Telephone multiconducting wires (e.g., tip, ring and ground wires)
379/22.08 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line ->        Fault detection or fault location on telephone link (e.g., continuity, leakage)->        Noise
379/23 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line->        Of line signalling
379/24 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line->        Electrical parameter measurement (e.g., attenuation)
379/25 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Of trunk or long line->        Conductor identification or location
379/26.01 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Testing of network terminating interface, subscriber trunk interface, or service function
379/26.02 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of network terminating interface, subscriber trunk interface, or service function->        With a programmable or self-test device
379/27.01 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal
379/27.02 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        By generating call signal
379/27.03 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        By analysis of testing signal
379/27.04 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        By automatic testing sequence (e.g., programmable, test, script or test call generation program)
379/27.05 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        Having protection circuit (e.g., surge or short circuit protector)
379/27.06 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        Having electromechanical switch or relay
379/27.07 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        Having plugging maintenance or test module
379/27.08 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        Including sampling measurement technique
379/28 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        Of data transmission instrument
379/29.01 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)
379/29.02 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        By simulator (e.g., computer simulates testing personnel)
379/29.03 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        Voltage or current determination
379/29.04 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        Voltage or current detector
379/29.05 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        Metallic loop testing
379/29.06 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        By dialing back the calling terminal
379/29.07 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        For a fault caused by an off-hook status
379/29.08 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        For a fault caused by new added service or equipment (e.g., software compatible)
379/29.09 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        With historical operating information database
379/29.1 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        Visual output (e.g., printing, displaying)
379/29.11 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal ->        Terminal arrangement to enable remote testing (e.g., testing interface)->        Having telephone maintenance termination unit (e.g., MTU)
379/30 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        Loop impedance (e.g., resistance, capacitance)
379/31 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Testing of subscriber loop or terminal->        Of line signalling generator (e.g., dial, tone code generator)
379/32.01 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT ->        Monitoring
379/32.02 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Monitoring->        Trunk or long line
379/32.03 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Monitoring ->        Trunk or long line->        AIN link
379/32.04 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Monitoring->        Subscriber line
379/32.05 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Monitoring->        Call tracing
379/33 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Monitoring->        Alarm or emergency (e.g., cut line)
379/35 -> 1.01 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING, MALFUNCTION INDICATION, OR ELECTRICAL CONDITION MEASUREMENT  ->        Monitoring->        Listening-in or eavesdropping type
379/36 FREE CALLING FROM PAYSTATION
379/37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT)
379/38 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT) ->        Personal monitoring (e.g., for the ill or infirm)
379/39 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT) ->        Responsive to sensed nonsystem condition
379/40 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT)  ->        Responsive to sensed nonsystem condition->        Automatic dialing
379/41 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT)  ->        Responsive to sensed nonsystem condition->        Transmission of recorded audio message
379/42 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT)  ->        Responsive to sensed nonsystem condition->        Plural conditions
379/43 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT)  ->        Responsive to sensed nonsystem condition->        Fire
379/44 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT)  ->        Responsive to sensed nonsystem condition->        Intrusion
379/45 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT) ->        Central office responsive to emergency call or alarm (e.g., "911", operator position display)
379/46 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT) ->        Called line or station condition responsive (e.g., recall if busy)
379/47 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT) ->        Plural alarms over single line
379/48 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT) ->        Announcement or alarm received at terminal station (e.g., "butt-in", alarm)
379/49 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT) ->        Central station with plural substations
379/50 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT) ->        By pulse or digital signal
379/51 -> 37 EMERGENCY OR ALARM COMMUNICATIONS (E.G., WATCHMAN'S CIRCUIT) ->        With automatic dialing or transmission of recorded audio message
379/52 INCLUDING AID FOR HANDICAPPED USER (E.G., VISUAL, TACTILE, HEARING AID COUPLING)
379/55.1 HAVING NEAR FIELD LINK (E.G., CAPACITIVE, INDUCTIVE)
379/56.1 HAVING LIGHT WAVE OR ULTRASONIC LINK FOR SPEECH OR PAGING SIGNAL
379/56.2 -> 56.1 HAVING LIGHT WAVE OR ULTRASONIC LINK FOR SPEECH OR PAGING SIGNAL ->        Including fiber optic link within telephone network
379/56.3 -> 56.1 HAVING LIGHT WAVE OR ULTRASONIC LINK FOR SPEECH OR PAGING SIGNAL ->        Including infra-red link with landline telephone network
379/67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS
379/68 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction
379/69 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction->        Call originating
379/70 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction->        Call intercept or answering
379/71 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering->        Consecutive use of recorded phrases or words to form message
379/72 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering->        Sequential or repeated announcement during single call initiated cycle
379/73 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering->        Plural record carrier channels
379/74 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering->        Remote control over telephone line
379/75 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering ->        Remote control over telephone line->        Remote dictation
379/76 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering ->        Remote control over telephone line->        Announcement selection or replacement
379/77 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering ->        Remote control over telephone line->        Control by generated tone
379/78 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering->        Acoustic coupling
379/79 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering->        With specified call initiated cycle control circuitry
379/80 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering ->        With specified call initiated cycle control circuitry->        Voice signal presence responsive
379/81 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering ->        With specified call initiated cycle control circuitry->        Call termination responsive (e.g., hang-up)
379/82 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering ->        With specified call initiated cycle control circuitry->        Having specified call initiation (e.g., ringing) responsive circuitry
379/83 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering ->        With specified call initiated cycle control circuitry->        Structural detail of storage medium drive
379/84 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Call intercept or answering->        At switching facility (e.g., central office, switchboard)
379/85 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction->        Recording of telephone signal during normal operation
379/86 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction ->        Recording of telephone signal during normal operation->        Inductive pickup
379/87 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Dynamic audio signal recording or reproduction->        Reproduced signal distributed over telephone line
379/88.01 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Voice activation or recognition
379/88.02 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Voice activation or recognition->        Voice verification (e.g., voice authorization, voiceprint, etc.)
379/88.03 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Voice activation or recognition->        Voice dialing
379/88.04 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Voice activation or recognition->        Voice controlled message management
379/88.05 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Multilingual system or operation
379/88.06 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Multilingual system or operation->        Language selection
379/88.07 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Digital signal processing (DSP)
379/88.08 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Message signal analysis
379/88.09 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Message signal analysis->        Statistical analysis (e.g., time, date, length of message, etc.)
379/88.1 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Message signal analysis->        Including data compression
379/88.11 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Display of message related information
379/88.12 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Indication or notification of message
379/88.13 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Multimedia system (e.g., voice output combined with fax, video, text, etc.)
379/88.14 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Multimedia system (e.g., voice output combined with fax, video, text, etc.)->        Presentation format conversion
379/88.15 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Multimedia system (e.g., voice output combined with fax, video, text, etc.)->        Pager activation
379/88.16 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Voice message synthesis
379/88.17 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Interaction with an external nontelephone network (e.g., Internet)
379/88.18 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Interacting voice message systems
379/88.19 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Call source identification
379/88.2 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Call source identification->        Automatic Number Identification (ANI)
379/88.21 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Call source identification->        Caller identification received at substation
379/88.22 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS ->        Message management
379/88.23 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Message management->        Controlled by subscriber or caller
379/88.24 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Message management ->        Controlled by subscriber or caller->        By generated tone
379/88.25 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Message management ->        Controlled by subscriber or caller->        Message storage in centralized location (e.g., central office, PBX, etc.)
379/88.26 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Message management ->        Controlled by subscriber or caller ->        Message storage in centralized location (e.g., central office, PBX, etc.)->        Recording voice message from non subscriber caller
379/88.27 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Message management->        Separate storage for voice and control information
379/88.28 -> 67.1 AUDIO MESSAGE STORAGE, RETRIEVAL, OR SYNTHESIS  ->        Message management->        Solid state memory storage
379/90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)
379/91.01 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE) ->        Credit authorization
379/91.02 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Credit authorization->        At switching station
379/92.01 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE) ->        Polling
379/92.02 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Polling->        Televoting
379/92.03 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Polling->        Having central station equipment
379/92.04 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Polling->        Having subscriber station equipment
379/93.01 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE) ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line
379/93.02 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line->        Access restricting
379/93.03 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Access restricting->        Personal identification
379/93.04 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Access restricting->        Two or more calls
379/93.05 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line->        Terminal interface circuitry
379/93.06 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Terminal interface circuitry->        Digital
379/93.07 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Terminal interface circuitry->        To plural lines or networks
379/93.08 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line->        Transmission scheme (e.g., compression/decompression, transmission rate)
379/93.09 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line->        Switching between different terminal types (e.g., voice/data switch)
379/93.11 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Switching between different terminal types (e.g., voice/data switch)->        Among at least three terminal types
379/93.12 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line->        Sales, ordering, or banking system
379/93.13 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line->        Amusement (e.g., game, lottery)
379/93.14 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line->        Having switching station
379/93.15 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Having switching station->        Having format conversion
379/93.17 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line->        Having station display
379/93.18 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Having station display->        Having tone code recognition for generating alphanumeric characters
379/93.19 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Having station display->        Having pressure or position sensitive surface (e.g., touch-screen, light pen)
379/93.21 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Having station display->        Having conferencing
379/93.22 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Having station display->        At pay station
379/93.23 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Having station display->        Having user information display (e.g., telephone number, name, address, etc.)
379/93.24 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Having station display->        Having electronic mail
379/93.25 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        Having station display->        Having remote database (e.g., videotex system)
379/93.26 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code)
379/93.27 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code)->        Alphanumeric
379/93.28 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code)->        Modulated audio tone
379/93.29 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code) ->        Modulated audio tone->        Reconfigurable
379/93.31 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code) ->        Modulated audio tone->        Protocol
379/93.32 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code) ->        Modulated audio tone ->        Protocol->        Initial setup
379/93.33 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code) ->        Modulated audio tone ->        Protocol->        Having adjustable speed
379/93.34 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code) ->        Modulated audio tone ->        Protocol->        Having recognition and selection
379/93.35 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code) ->        Modulated audio tone->        Having call-waiting
379/93.36 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code) ->        Modulated audio tone->        Line powered
379/93.37 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Having transmission of a digital message signal over a telephone line ->        By voice frequency signal (e.g., tone code)->        Having acoustic link
379/100.01 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE) ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)
379/100.02 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Having detachable device (e.g., detachable storage medium, scanner)
379/100.03 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Usage system
379/100.04 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Communication charge calculation
379/100.05 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Monitoring
379/100.06 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Communication status notification
379/100.07 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Using mark sheet
379/100.08 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Electronic mailbox
379/100.09 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Relay system
379/100.11 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        From a library
379/100.12 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Connection to plural networks or lines
379/100.13 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Format conversion
379/100.14 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Call signal generation (e.g., auto-dial)
379/100.15 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Having switching to other communication modes
379/100.16 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile) ->        Having switching to other communication modes->        Voice mode
379/100.17 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        To produce visual-graphic copy (e.g., facsimile)->        Transmission scheme
379/101.01 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE) ->        Audio program distribution
379/102.01 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE) ->        Remote control
379/102.02 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote control->        Communication device
379/102.03 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote control ->        Communication device->        Entertainmemt appliance (e.g., TV, VCR, radio, etc.)
379/102.04 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote control ->        Communication device->        Power source
379/102.05 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote control->        Of heating, ventilation, air conditioner (e.g., HVAC)
379/102.06 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote control->        Of physical entrance or exit lock
379/102.07 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote control->        Having indication
379/106.01 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE) ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry)
379/106.02 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry)->        Patient monitoring
379/106.03 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry)->        Meter reading
379/106.04 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry) ->        Meter reading->        Having power supply circuitry
379/106.05 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry) ->        Meter reading->        Having ringing suppression
379/106.06 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry) ->        Meter reading->        Having time window
379/106.07 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry) ->        Meter reading->        Having interrogation signal
379/106.08 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry) ->        Meter reading->        Having line status detection
379/106.09 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry)->        Ringing suppression
379/106.11 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Remote indication over telephone line (e.g., telemetry)->        Interrogation signal
379/108.01 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE) ->        Telegraphy
379/108.02 -> 90.01 TELEPHONE LINE OR SYSTEM COMBINED WITH DIVERSE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OR SIGNALLING (E.G., COMPOSITE)  ->        Telegraphy->        Over telephone line
379/110.01 COMPOSITE SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL (E.G., HAVING CALCULATOR, RADIO)
379/111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)
379/112.01 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER) ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor
379/112.02 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor->        Redundant processor or backup processor
379/112.03 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor->        Estimating blocking probability
379/112.04 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor->        Threshold or limiting control (e.g., gapping control)
379/112.05 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor->        Optimization network configuration
379/112.06 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor->        Generalized statistics about telephone network usage
379/112.07 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor ->        Generalized statistics about telephone network usage->        Carrier usage data
379/112.08 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor ->        Generalized statistics about telephone network usage->        Trunk or path usage data
379/112.09 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor ->        Generalized statistics about telephone network usage->        Specialized exchange
379/112.1 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording by computer or control processor ->        Generalized statistics about telephone network usage->        Traffic rate for overload
379/114.01 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER) ->        Call charge metering or monitoring
379/114.02 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Least cost
379/114.03 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Billing computing software or program
379/114.04 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Charge error detection
379/114.05 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Special service fees (e.g., customized feature)
379/114.06 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Variable rate
379/114.07 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Variable rate->        Bandwidth
379/114.08 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Variable rate->        Traffic
379/114.09 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Variable rate->        Time controlled
379/114.1 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Incentive billing
379/114.11 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Incentive billing->        Gaming
379/114.12 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Incentive billing->        Discount or bargaining
379/114.13 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Incentive billing->        Advertisement
379/114.14 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Fraud detection or control
379/114.15 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Calling card
379/114.16 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Calling card->        Recharging or replenishing an account or calling card
379/114.17 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Calling card->        Monitoring account or card usage balance
379/114.18 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Calling card->        Having complementary item (e.g., novelty)
379/114.19 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Calling card->        Credit card
379/114.2 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Calling card->        Pre-paid calling account or card
379/114.21 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Redirect billing
379/114.22 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Redirect billing->        Split billing or cost sharing
379/114.23 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Redirect billing->        Third party billing
379/114.24 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Redirect billing->        1-800 billing
379/114.25 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Redirect billing->        1-900 billing
379/114.26 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Redirect billing->        Based on unique account code
379/114.27 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Portable number billing
379/114.28 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Advanced intelligent billing network (e.g., a billing service control processor)
379/114.29 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Advanced intelligent billing network (e.g., a billing service control processor)->        Using more than one advanced intelligent elements (e.g., accessing multiple AIN databases)
379/115.01 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Interexchange billing operation
379/115.02 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Interexchange billing operation->        Long distance billing
379/115.03 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Interexchange billing operation->        Interfacing with foreign exchange
379/116 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Interexchange billing operation->        Hardcopy record generating
379/117 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Of station on polystation or party line
379/118 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Of station on polystation or party line->        Identification of station
379/119 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        Hardcopy record generating (e.g., ticket printing)
379/120 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        Hardcopy record generating (e.g., ticket printing)->        With line identification or class of service determination
379/121.01 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office)
379/121.02 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office)->        Discount charge rate or billing plan
379/121.03 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office)->        Multiple billing account
379/121.04 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office)->        Detail of call history and rates database
379/121.05 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Detail of call history and rates database->        Call record modification
379/121.06 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office)->        Having network terminating point receiving registration from subscriber terminal
379/122 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office)->        With display
379/123 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office)->        Paystation (e.g., escrow control)
379/124 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office)->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering")
379/125 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering")->        Local or zone
379/126 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering")->        Assembling billing record (e.g., automatic message account (AMA), call detail record (CDR), etc.)
379/127.01 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering") ->        Assembling billing record (e.g., automatic message account (AMA), call detail record (CDR), etc.)->        Having line identification associated with call billing (e.g., automatic number identification (ANI)
379/127.02 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering") ->        Assembling billing record (e.g., automatic message account (AMA), call detail record (CDR), etc.) ->        Having line identification associated with call billing (e.g., automatic number identification (ANI)->        Fraud control or billing restriction
379/127.03 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering") ->        Assembling billing record (e.g., automatic message account (AMA), call detail record (CDR), etc.) ->        Having line identification associated with call billing (e.g., automatic number identification (ANI)->        Billing code or trigger code
379/127.04 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering") ->        Assembling billing record (e.g., automatic message account (AMA), call detail record (CDR), etc.) ->        Having line identification associated with call billing (e.g., automatic number identification (ANI)->        Pricing a call made from different account (e.g., calling card, credit card)
379/127.05 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering") ->        Assembling billing record (e.g., automatic message account (AMA), call detail record (CDR), etc.) ->        Having line identification associated with call billing (e.g., automatic number identification (ANI)->        Billing option selection
379/127.06 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering") ->        Assembling billing record (e.g., automatic message account (AMA), call detail record (CDR), etc.) ->        Having line identification associated with call billing (e.g., automatic number identification (ANI)->        Having terminal identification
379/128 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office) ->        Pulse counting or accumulating (e.g., "message metering")->        Time of day controlled
379/129 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At local exchange carrier (e.g., central switching office)->        Manually set (e.g., key and lock)
379/130 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring->        At subscriber station
379/131 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At subscriber station->        Time controlled
379/132 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call charge metering or monitoring ->        At subscriber station ->        Time controlled->        Paystation (e.g., escrow control)
379/133 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER) ->        Call traffic recording or monitoring
379/134 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording or monitoring->        At central station
379/135 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording or monitoring ->        At central station->        With hardcopy record generation (e.g., ticket printing)
379/136 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording or monitoring ->        At central station->        With display
379/137 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording or monitoring ->        At central station->        Trunk usage (e.g., peg count)
379/138 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording or monitoring ->        At central station ->        Trunk usage (e.g., peg count)->        All trunks busy metering
379/139 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording or monitoring ->        At central station->        Counting the number of completed connections
379/140 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording or monitoring->        At subscriber
379/141 -> 111 WITH USAGE MEASUREMENT (E.G., CALL OR TRAFFIC REGISTER)  ->        Call traffic recording or monitoring ->        At subscriber->        Mechanical register
379/142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
379/142.02 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Blocking caller ID transmission
379/142.03 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  ->        Blocking caller ID transmission->        Using a trigger code
379/142.04 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Extracting call ID from transmitted signal
379/142.05 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  ->        Extracting call ID from transmitted signal->        Authentication or authorization
379/142.06 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  ->        Extracting call ID from transmitted signal->        Matching and retrieving stored caller ID information from a database
379/142.07 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Routing an incoming call on multiple lines to a particular appliance (e.g., facsimile, computer, or telephone)
379/142.08 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Call waiting associated with caller ID information
379/142.09 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Non-assigned telephone number indication
379/142.1 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Caller location indication (e.g., city, state, etc.)
379/142.11 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Caller local time indication
379/142.12 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Including master-slave modules, parent-child terminals, or controller-adjunct units
379/142.13 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Adaptive module coupled to telephone line or telephone device
379/142.14 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM  ->        Adaptive module coupled to telephone line or telephone device->        Format conversion
379/142.15 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Connecting to an external information processing terminal (e.g., computer)
379/142.16 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Having broadband premise equipment (e.g., TV)
379/142.17 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Having display unit
379/142.18 -> 142.01 RECEPTION OF CALLING INFORMATION AT SUBSTATION IN WIRELINE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ->        Including DTMF signal
379/143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)
379/144.01 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION) ->        Other than coin
379/144.02 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Other than coin->        Collect calling from payphone
379/144.03 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Other than coin->        Fraud detection in payphone
379/144.04 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Other than coin->        Card reader
379/144.05 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Other than coin->        Payphone service associated or integrated with other communication device (e.g., computer, fax, etc.)
379/144.06 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Other than coin->        Special circuitry for processing accounting data
379/144.07 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Other than coin->        Information message notification at paystation
379/144.08 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Other than coin ->        Information message notification at paystation->        Visual display
379/145 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION) ->        Fraud or interference prevention
379/146 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION) ->        Coin signalling or control
379/147 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Coin signalling or control->        Coin box audit or totalizer
379/148 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Coin signalling or control->        Denomination
379/149 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Coin signalling or control->        Post-pay coin collection
379/150 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Coin signalling or control->        Coin disposition (i.e., return or collection)
379/151 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Coin signalling or control ->        Coin disposition (i.e., return or collection)->        Upon connection to called station
379/152 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Coin signalling or control ->        Coin disposition (i.e., return or collection)->        Magnet, electromagnet, or relay controlled from central office
379/153 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION)  ->        Coin signalling or control ->        Coin disposition (i.e., return or collection)->        Paystation (e.g., controlled by refund key)
379/154 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION) ->        At central office
379/155 -> 143 WITH CHECK OPERATED CONTROL (E.G., PAYSTATION) ->        At terminal station (e.g., coin paystation)
379/156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION
379/157 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION ->        With special service
379/158 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION  ->        With special service->        Conferencing
379/159 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION ->        With intercom system
379/160 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION  ->        With intercom system->        With connection of intercom station to subscriber line
379/161 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION ->        With exclusion or priority feature (e.g., lockout or privacy)
379/162 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION ->        Detail of hold circuitry
379/163 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION  ->        Detail of hold circuitry->        Electronic
379/164 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION ->        Line status indication or call alerting
379/165 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION ->        Switching or supervision feature (e.g., common control, digital)
379/166 -> 156 MULTI-LINE OR KEY SUBSTATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVE SWITCHING AND CENTRAL SWITCHING OFFICE CONNECTION ->        Detail of line circuit or line card
379/167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM
379/167.02 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        At collective house
379/167.03 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        At booth (e.g., at theater, gas station, etc.)
379/167.04 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM  ->        At booth (e.g., at theater, gas station, etc.)->        Having intercom switch
379/167.05 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        Doorbell system
379/167.06 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM  ->        Doorbell system->        Having access code
379/167.07 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM  ->        Doorbell system->        Having remote controlling station (e.g., gate guard or attendant)
379/167.08 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM  ->        Doorbell system->        Call addressing or announcing
379/167.11 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM  ->        Doorbell system->        Having connection to telephone line
379/167.12 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM  ->        Doorbell system->        Having display
379/167.13 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        Having telephone adaptor system
379/167.14 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        Two-way voice channel
379/167.15 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        Having transducer circuitry
379/168 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        Lockout
379/169 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM  ->        Lockout->        Central power source
379/170 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        With paging
379/171 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        Having plural stations with selective calling (e.g., master)
379/172 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM  ->        Having plural stations with selective calling (e.g., master)->        With call addressing
379/173 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        With call addressing
379/174 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        Including body or apparel supported terminal (e.g., headgear)
379/175 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM  ->        Including body or apparel supported terminal (e.g., headgear)->        For underwater use (e.g., in diver's suit)
379/176 -> 167.01 PRIVATE (E.G., HOUSE OR INTERCOM) OR SINGLE LINE SYSTEM ->        With central power source
379/177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE)
379/178 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE) ->        Revertive call
379/179 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE) ->        Call alerting (e.g., ringing)
379/180 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE)  ->        Call alerting (e.g., ringing)->        Full selective or tuned (e.g., harmonic)
379/181 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE)  ->        Call alerting (e.g., ringing)->        Semi-selective (e.g., line side, polarized)
379/182 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE) ->        Automatic or unattended
379/183 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE)  ->        Automatic or unattended->        Station identification
379/184 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE)  ->        Automatic or unattended->        Lockout
379/185 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE) ->        Portable or mobile
379/186 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE) ->        Central power source
379/187 -> 177 POLYSTATION LINE SYSTEM (I.E., PARTY LINE) ->        Connected to central office
379/188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL
379/189 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL ->        Fraud or improper use mitigating or indication (e.g., "blue box", "black box")
379/190 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL ->        Time out
379/191 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL  ->        Time out->        At switching center
379/192 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL  ->        Time out ->        At switching center->        Of call duration (e.g., conversation timer)
379/193 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL  ->        Time out ->        At switching center->        Of specific equipment
379/194 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL ->        Lockout or double use signalling
379/195 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL  ->        Lockout or double use signalling->        In automatic system
379/196 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL ->        At switching center
379/197 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL  ->        At switching center->        Central office
379/198 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL  ->        At switching center->        PBX
379/199 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL ->        At substation
379/200 -> 188 CALL OR TERMINAL ACCESS ALARM OR CONTROL  ->        At substation->        Restrictive dialing circuit
379/201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES
379/201.02 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Service profile (e.g., calling service)
379/201.03 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service profile (e.g., calling service)->        Creation of service (e.g., using object oriented programming, primitive, function)
379/201.04 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service profile (e.g., calling service)->        Display arrangement
379/201.05 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service profile (e.g., calling service)->        Distribution of service (e.g., downloading, uploading)
379/201.06 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Locating using diverse technology (e.g., using infrared badge, sensor, card reader)
379/201.07 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Locating using diverse technology (e.g., using infrared badge, sensor, card reader)->        Called party
379/201.08 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Locating using diverse technology (e.g., using infrared badge, sensor, card reader)->        Calling party
379/201.09 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Locating using diverse technology (e.g., using infrared badge, sensor, card reader)->        Object
379/201.1 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Locating using diverse technology (e.g., using infrared badge, sensor, card reader)->        Detecting presence or absence of party or object
379/201.11 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Anonymous party (e.g., protection of called or calling party's identity, privacy)
379/201.12 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Provisioning
379/202.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Conferencing
379/203.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing->        Operator control
379/204.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing->        Subscriber control
379/205.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing ->        Subscriber control->        Conferencing initiation by single calling station
379/206.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Conferencing->        At substation
379/207.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Three-way calling
379/207.02 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation)
379/207.03 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation)->        Time (e.g., time of day, expiration of time period, time zone, date)
379/207.04 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation)->        Line or loop condition
379/207.05 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation) ->        Line or loop condition->        Busy signal (e.g., off hook)
379/207.06 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation) ->        Line or loop condition->        Transition from off-hook to on-hook (e.g., busy to idle, hook flash)
379/207.07 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation) ->        Line or loop condition->        Transition from on-hook to off-hook (e.g., idle to busy)
379/207.08 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation) ->        Line or loop condition->        No answer (e.g., ringing signal, on-hook, idle)
379/207.09 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation) ->        Line or loop condition ->        No answer (e.g., ringing signal, on-hook, idle)->        Number of rings
379/207.1 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation) ->        Line or loop condition ->        No answer (e.g., ringing signal, on-hook, idle)->        Expiration of predetermined time period
379/207.11 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation)->        Service access code
379/207.12 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation)->        Party location
379/207.13 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation)->        Party identification or validation (e.g., personal identification number (PIN))
379/207.14 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation)->        Dialed number identification service (DNIS)
379/207.15 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation)->        Automatic number identification or calling number identification (ANI or CLID)
379/207.16 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Service trigger (activation or deactivation)->        Ringing signal (e.g. having a predetermined cadence or distinctive ring)
379/208.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Priority override (e.g., butt-in)
379/209.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Repetitive call attempts (e.g., camp-on-busy, retry)
379/210.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Reserved call (e.g., return call, call back, scheduled call, reestablished call)
379/210.02 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Call blocking
379/210.03 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Call blocking->        Call from anonymous caller
379/211.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Call diversion (e.g., call capture)
379/211.02 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Call diversion (e.g., call capture)->        Call forwarding
379/211.03 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Call diversion (e.g., call capture) ->        Call forwarding->        Sequential ringing
379/211.04 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Call diversion (e.g., call capture) ->        Call forwarding->        Simultaneous ringing
379/211.05 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Call diversion (e.g., call capture) ->        Call forwarding->        Smart card
379/212.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Call diversion (e.g., call capture)->        Call transfer
379/213.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Call diversion (e.g., call capture)->        Intercept (e.g., dead or changed number)
379/214.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES  ->        Call diversion (e.g., call capture)->        Secretarial or answering service
379/215.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Call Waiting
379/216.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Abbreviated dialing or direct call (e.g., hot line)
379/217.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Audible paging
379/218.01 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Automatic directory service (e.g., on-line)
379/218.02 -> 201.01 SPECIAL SERVICES ->        Performed by operator (e.g., butt-in, busy verification)
379/219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION
379/220.01 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION ->        With interexchange network routing
379/221.01 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing->        Alternate routing
379/221.02 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing ->        Alternate routing->        Service provider selection (e.g., local or long distance, primary and alternate carriers)
379/221.03 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing ->        Alternate routing->        Failure (e.g., disaster, overload, blockage)
379/221.04 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing ->        Alternate routing ->        Failure (e.g., disaster, overload, blockage)->        Restoration (e.g., backup, recovery)
379/221.05 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing->        Based upon historical data
379/221.06 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing->        Algorithm (e.g., software, computer program)
379/221.07 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing ->        Algorithm (e.g., software, computer program)->        Parameter optimization or enhancement (e.g., capacity or bandwidth)
379/221.08 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing->        Advanced intelligent network (AIN)
379/221.09 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing ->        Advanced intelligent network (AIN)->        Service control point (SCP, ISCP, external database)
379/221.1 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing ->        Advanced intelligent network (AIN)->        Signal transfer point (STP, ISTP)
379/221.11 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing ->        Advanced intelligent network (AIN)->        Adjunct or intelligent peripheral (IP)
379/221.12 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing ->        Advanced intelligent network (AIN)->        Service switching point (SSP)
379/221.13 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        With interexchange network routing->        Local number portability (LNP)
379/221.14 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION ->        Routing parameter (e.g., area code, address, service provider identifier)
379/221.15 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION ->        Connection call model (e.g., virtual network, displayed models)
379/222 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION ->        Toll center
379/223 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Toll center->        With operator assistance
379/224 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION ->        Tandem switching center
379/225 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION ->        Multi-PBX interconnection
379/226 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION ->        Having a manual exchange
379/227 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Having a manual exchange->        With an automatic exchange
379/228 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Having a manual exchange ->        With an automatic exchange->        Having signalling to operator
379/229 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION ->        Interexchange signalling
379/230 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling->        Signalling path distinct from trunk (e.g., CCIS)
379/231 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling->        Central office-to-PBX signalling
379/232 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling ->        Central office-to-PBX signalling->        PBX trunk groups
379/233 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling ->        Central office-to-PBX signalling->        Direct inward dialing
379/234 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling->        PBX to central office signalling (e.g., direct outward dialing)
379/235 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling->        Voice frequency signalling over trunk
379/236 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling->        D.C. signalling over trunk
379/237 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling ->        D.C. signalling over trunk->        Pulse or digital signalling
379/238 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling ->        D.C. signalling over trunk ->        Pulse or digital signalling->        Having signalling repeater
379/239 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling ->        D.C. signalling over trunk ->        Pulse or digital signalling->        Using register-sender
379/240 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling->        Interexchange trunk circuit
379/241 -> 219 PLURAL EXCHANGE NETWORK OR INTERCONNECTION  ->        Interexchange signalling ->        Interexchange trunk circuit->        Glare or simultaneous seizure mitigation
379/242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM
379/243 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Class of service determination or transmission
379/244 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Class of service determination or transmission->        In common control system
379/245 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Identification
379/246 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Identification->        Of line or trunk
379/247 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Identification ->        Of line or trunk->        With display
379/248 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Identification ->        Of line or trunk->        Using matrix
379/249 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Identification ->        Of line or trunk->        For nuisance call mitigation
379/250 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Four-wire switching
379/251 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        With generating of call associated substation signal
379/252 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        With generating of call associated substation signal->        For alerting signal at called station (e.g., ringing)
379/253 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        With generating of call associated substation signal ->        For alerting signal at called station (e.g., ringing)->        Electronic
379/254 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        With generating of call associated substation signal ->        For alerting signal at called station (e.g., ringing)->        Associated with connector
379/255 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        With generating of call associated substation signal ->        For alerting signal at called station (e.g., ringing)->        With interrupter
379/256 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        With generating of call associated substation signal->        Having automatic or through ringing
379/257 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        With generating of call associated substation signal->        For calling station (e.g., status or progress tones)
379/265.01 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Call distribution to operator
379/265.02 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system
379/265.03 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system->        Reporting status (e.g., supervisory reporting)
379/265.04 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Reporting status (e.g., supervisory reporting)->        Log-on or log-off of agent
379/265.05 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Reporting status (e.g., supervisory reporting)->        Agent assignment (e.g., allocation of agent's time to a specific task)
379/265.06 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Reporting status (e.g., supervisory reporting)->        Monitoring agent performance (e.g., quality of agent's performance)
379/265.07 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Reporting status (e.g., supervisory reporting) ->        Monitoring agent performance (e.g., quality of agent's performance)->        Speech of agent or customer (e.g., talk time)
379/265.08 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Reporting status (e.g., supervisory reporting) ->        Monitoring agent performance (e.g., quality of agent's performance)->        Average call length
379/265.09 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system->        Having a multimedia feature (e.g., connected to Internet, E-mail, etc.)
379/265.1 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system->        Predictive (e.g., anticipating next available agent)
379/265.11 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system->        Routing to available agent
379/265.12 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Routing to available agent->        Based on agent's skill (e.g., language spoken by agent)
379/265.13 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Routing to available agent->        Based on type of call
379/265.14 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Routing to available agent->        Based on time (e.g., longest waiting agent)
379/266.01 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system->        Call or agent queuing
379/266.02 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Call or agent queuing->        Based on type of call
379/266.03 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Call or agent queuing->        Based on time (e.g., age of queued call, time of day, date)
379/266.04 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Call or agent queuing->        Overflow (e.g., queue-to-queue, ACD-to-ACD)
379/266.05 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Call or agent queuing->        Split
379/266.06 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Call or agent queuing->        Estimating or reporting waiting time
379/266.07 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system->        Call campaign (e.g., script, application, inbound/outbound balancing)
379/266.08 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system ->        Call campaign (e.g., script, application, inbound/outbound balancing)->        Predictive algorithm
379/266.09 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system->        Home agent
379/266.1 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Call distribution to operator ->        Automatic call distributor (ACD) system->        Call record
379/258 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal
379/259 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal->        Including deflected electron beam switching device or mechanical or optical switching control (e.g., fluidic)
379/260 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal->        With operator position or completion of call (e.g., dial "O", semiautomatic)
379/261 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        With operator position or completion of call (e.g., dial "O", semiautomatic)->        Operator controlled register-sender
379/262 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        With operator position or completion of call (e.g., dial "O", semiautomatic)->        Call extension by operator
379/263 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        With operator position or completion of call (e.g., dial "O", semiautomatic) ->        Call extension by operator->        With call indicator or announcer
379/264 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        With operator position or completion of call (e.g., dial "O", semiautomatic) ->        Call extension by operator->        A to B operator
379/267 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        With operator position or completion of call (e.g., dial "O", semiautomatic)->        Operator's console
379/268 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal->        Having shared or common switching control
379/269 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control->        Distributed control
379/270 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control->        In-stage or interstage scanning (e.g., link scanning)
379/271 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control->        Having multistage switching
379/272 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Having multistage switching->        Path selection or routing
379/273 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Having multistage switching ->        Path selection or routing->        Alternate routing
379/274 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Having multistage switching ->        Path selection or routing ->        Alternate routing->        With busy or idle test
379/275 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Having multistage switching ->        Path selection or routing->        Including marking circuit
379/276 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Having multistage switching ->        Path selection or routing ->        Including marking circuit->        End-to-end marking (e.g., self-seeking)
379/277 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Having multistage switching ->        Path selection or routing->        With busy or idle test
379/278 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Having multistage switching->        Interstage junctor or "trunk"
379/279 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control->        Control reliability (e.g., redundancy)
379/280 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control->        Including registering or storing device for call address signal
379/281 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Including registering or storing device for call address signal->        Conversion between dial pulse and voice frequency signal
379/282 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Including registering or storing device for call address signal->        Voice frequency receiver
379/283 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Including registering or storing device for call address signal ->        Voice frequency receiver->        Dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) receiver
379/284 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Including registering or storing device for call address signal->        With processor
379/285 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Including registering or storing device for call address signal->        With magnetic memory
379/286 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Including registering or storing device for call address signal->        Signal processing (e.g., dial pulse analysis)
379/287 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Including registering or storing device for call address signal->        Electronic
379/288 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        Including registering or storing device for call address signal->        Register-sender
379/289 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control->        Translator
379/290 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control->        With time division of control or supervisory signals
379/291 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control->        With detail of crosspoint switching structure (e.g., crossbar)
379/292 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having shared or common switching control ->        With detail of crosspoint switching structure (e.g., crossbar)->        Electronic crosspoint (e.g., solid-state)
379/293 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal->        Having line finder
379/294 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having line finder->        Including electronic element (e.g., tube or semiconductor)
379/295 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Having line finder->        Plural
379/296 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal->        With repeater
379/297 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal->        Having specified busy-idle test
379/298 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal->        Direct control
379/299 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Direct control->        Step-by-step system
379/300 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Direct control ->        Step-by-step system->        Having plural wiper sets
379/301 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Direct control ->        Step-by-step system->        Having potential control
379/302 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Direct control ->        Step-by-step system->        Having rotary switch
379/303 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Direct control ->        Step-by-step system->        Coordinate system (e.g., X-Y)
379/304 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Direct control->        All relay type
379/305 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal ->        Direct control->        Having motor-driven switch
379/306 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal->        With crosspoint switch detail
379/307 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching controlled in response to called station addressing signal->        With power supply
379/308 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Switching apparatus for connecting calling line to operator's position
379/309 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Switching apparatus for connecting calling line to operator's position->        Call distribution or queuing
379/310 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Divided central (e.g., communication between switchboards)
379/311 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Divided central (e.g., communication between switchboards)->        Having signalling path feature
379/312 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Having multiple answering jacks for multiplied line
379/313 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Multiple section switchboard
379/314 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Multiple section switchboard->        Auxiliary (e.g., overflow)
379/315 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        With line-signal control
379/316 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        With line-signal control->        Spring-jack cut-off
379/317 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        With line-signal control->        Relay cut-off
379/318 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        With line-signal control->        Central power source
379/319 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Single switchboard (e.g., cord circuit)
379/320 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Single switchboard (e.g., cord circuit)->        Switchboard circuit
379/321 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Single switchboard (e.g., cord circuit) ->        Switchboard circuit->        Connection to operator's terminal
379/322 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Power supply
379/323 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Power supply->        Power to switching equipment
379/324 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Power supply->        Central power source (e.g., common battery, line current feed)
379/325 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Structure of equipment
379/326 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Structure of equipment->        Wire or cable distribution
379/327 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Structure of equipment ->        Wire or cable distribution->        Main or intermediate distribution frame
379/328 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Structure of equipment->        Equipment mounting or support
379/329 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Structure of equipment ->        Equipment mounting or support->        Allowing movement of equipment (e.g., movable, modular)
379/330 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM  ->        Structure of equipment->        Housing
379/331 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Having protective circuit
379/332 -> 242 CENTRALIZED SWITCHING SYSTEM ->        Plug and socket
379/333 CONCENTRATOR OR TRUNK SELECTOR
379/334 -> 333 CONCENTRATOR OR TRUNK SELECTOR ->        Concentrator-distributor pair (e.g., line concentrator)
379/335 -> 333 CONCENTRATOR OR TRUNK SELECTOR ->        Using crossbar or crosspoint switching
379/336 -> 333 CONCENTRATOR OR TRUNK SELECTOR ->        With magnet, electromagnet, or relay
379/337 -> 333 CONCENTRATOR OR TRUNK SELECTOR ->        With busy-idle test (e.g., idle trunk finder)
379/338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY)
379/339 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY) ->        With signal conversion (e.g., dial to DTMF, analog to PCM)
379/340 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY) ->        Having line length compensation or equalization
379/341 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY) ->        Pulse or tone repeater (e.g., electromechanical relay)
379/342 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY)  ->        Pulse or tone repeater (e.g., electromechanical relay)->        Electronic (e.g., logic circuitry)
379/343 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY) ->        Controlled by a pilot or reference signal
379/344 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY) ->        Component processes bidirectional signals
379/345 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY)  ->        Component processes bidirectional signals->        Including two-to-four wire conversion or hybrid circuit
379/346 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY) ->        With frequency discriminator or negative impedance element
379/347 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY) ->        With gain or attenuation control
379/348 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY) ->        Transmission of power to distant repeater
379/349 -> 338 REPEATER (E.G., VOICE FREQUENCY) ->        Having voice frequency transformer
379/406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION
379/406.02 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION ->        Combined diverse function
379/406.03 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Combined diverse function->        Additional signal enhancement (e.g., voice processing or recognition)
379/406.04 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION ->        Disable or inhibit function
379/406.05 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION ->        Residual echo cancellation
379/406.06 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION ->        Using digital signal processing
379/406.07 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Using digital signal processing->        Using attenuator
379/406.08 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Using digital signal processing->        Adaptive filtering
379/406.09 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Using digital signal processing ->        Adaptive filtering->        Least mean squares (LMS) algorithm
379/406.1 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Using digital signal processing ->        Adaptive filtering->        With training sequence
379/406.11 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Using digital signal processing->        Convolution processing
379/406.12 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Using digital signal processing->        Frequency domain analysis
379/406.13 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Using digital signal processing ->        Frequency domain analysis->        Fourier analysis
379/406.14 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Using digital signal processing ->        Frequency domain analysis->        Sub-band analysis
379/406.15 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION  ->        Using digital signal processing->        Additional analog processing
379/406.16 -> 406.01 ECHO CANCELLATION OR SUPPRESSION ->        Having analog variolosser or attenuator
379/350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING
379/351 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING ->        Signalling integrity protection (e.g., voice signal immunity)
379/352 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING ->        Substation originated
379/353 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated->        Conversion of signal form
379/354 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated->        With called number display
379/355.01 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation
379/355.02 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Call address signal stored in terminal
379/355.03 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation ->        Call address signal stored in terminal->        Including terminal other than telephone
379/355.04 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Call address signal stored in network
379/355.05 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Modification of call address signal for abbreviated dialing
379/355.06 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation ->        Modification of call address signal for abbreviated dialing->        Modification by other than key input
379/355.07 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation ->        Modification of call address signal for abbreviated dialing->        Including modification of indicia associated with a call address
379/355.08 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Including prefix in the call address signal
379/355.09 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Selection of registered call address signal
379/355.1 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation ->        Selection of registered call address signal->        Selection of multiple call address signals
379/356.01 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Including dynamic memory
379/357.01 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Insertable control element or circuitry (e.g., card)
379/357.02 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation ->        Insertable control element or circuitry (e.g., card)->        Personal computer memory card (PCMCIA)
379/357.03 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Acoustical generation
379/357.04 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Circuitry of call signal generator
379/357.05 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Including solid state memory storage
379/358 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        By motor driven dial rotating device
379/359 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Repertory or abbreviated call signal generation->        Pulse signal generating (e.g., dialing)
379/360 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated->        Voice frequency band signalling (e.g., reed devices)
379/361 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Voice frequency band signalling (e.g., reed devices)->        Electronic (e.g., tone generator)
379/362 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated->        Pulse signal generator (e.g., rotary dial)
379/363 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Pulse signal generator (e.g., rotary dial)->        Control of motor driven dial rotating device
379/364 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Pulse signal generator (e.g., rotary dial)->        With nonrotary actuator (e.g., key or slide type)
379/365 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Pulse signal generator (e.g., rotary dial)->        Specified switching contact (e.g., contact spring)
379/366 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Pulse signal generator (e.g., rotary dial)->        With detail of dial return mechanism (e.g., driving spring, speed governor)
379/367 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Pulse signal generator (e.g., rotary dial)->        Finger wheel or mechanical adjunct (e.g., finger stop)
379/368 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated->        Plural-switch number input device (e.g., keypad)
379/369 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated->        Detail of mounting of switch pad or dial
379/370 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated ->        Detail of mounting of switch pad or dial->        In handset
379/371 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Substation originated->        Magneto signalling
379/372 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING ->        Signal reception at substation
379/373.01 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation->        Incoming call alerting
379/373.02 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation ->        Incoming call alerting->        Distinctive or selective alerting
379/373.03 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation ->        Incoming call alerting ->        Distinctive or selective alerting->        Registration of alerting signal in association with incoming signal
379/373.04 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation ->        Incoming call alerting ->        Distinctive or selective alerting ->        Registration of alerting signal in association with incoming signal->        Recording audio for use as the alerting signal
379/373.05 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation ->        Incoming call alerting ->        Distinctive or selective alerting->        Directing incoming call to local appliance
379/374.01 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation ->        Incoming call alerting->        Including musical sound generation
379/374.02 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation ->        Incoming call alerting->        Including audible message generation
379/374.03 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation ->        Incoming call alerting->        Alerting by other than sight or sound (e.g., vibration)
379/375.01 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation ->        Incoming call alerting->        Having electronic call sounder (e.g., tone "ringer")
379/376.01 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation ->        Incoming call alerting->        Visual indication of incoming call (e.g., LED or light bulb)
379/376.02 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Signal reception at substation->        Silencing ring signal
379/377 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING ->        Using line or loop condition detection (e.g., line circuit)
379/378 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Using line or loop condition detection (e.g., line circuit)->        With current controlling electromagnetic core device (e.g., Hall-effect device)
379/379 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Using line or loop condition detection (e.g., line circuit)->        With optical link between line and switching system
379/380 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Using line or loop condition detection (e.g., line circuit)->        By bridge circuit
379/381 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Using line or loop condition detection (e.g., line circuit)->        Busy test or make busy
379/382 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Using line or loop condition detection (e.g., line circuit)->        For ring trip or polarity reversal detection
379/383 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Using line or loop condition detection (e.g., line circuit)->        Of plural lines
379/384 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Using line or loop condition detection (e.g., line circuit) ->        Of plural lines->        By scanning
379/385 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING  ->        Using line or loop condition detection (e.g., line circuit)->        Relayless
379/386 -> 350 SUPERVISORY OR CONTROL LINE SIGNALING ->        Signal receiver (e.g., tone decoder)
379/387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY
379/387.02 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        Conversion of signal form (e.g., A/D, frequency or phase)
379/388.01 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        For loudspeaking terminal
379/388.02 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal->        Speakerphone with build-in microphone
379/388.03 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal ->        Speakerphone with build-in microphone->        Automatic gain or volumn (AGC or AVC)
379/388.04 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal->        Voice control of transmission direction
379/388.05 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal ->        Voice control of transmission direction->        Voice switching by attenuation/amplification
379/388.06 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal ->        Voice control of transmission direction->        Comparing signal level of receiving and transmitting circuits
379/388.07 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal ->        Voice control of transmission direction->        Controlling acoustic feedback
379/390.01 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal->        Amplification or attenuation level control
379/390.02 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal ->        Amplification or attenuation level control->        Filtering (FIR, HPF, Widrow-Hoff, LMS)
379/390.03 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal ->        Amplification or attenuation level control->        Automatic gain control
379/390.04 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        For loudspeaking terminal ->        Amplification or attenuation level control->        Hybrid circuit
379/391 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        Sidetone control or hybrid circuit (e.g., induction coil)
379/392 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY  ->        Sidetone control or hybrid circuit (e.g., induction coil)->        Suppression (e.g., antisidetone)
379/392.01 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        Noise suppression
379/393 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        Hold circuit
379/394 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        Impedance matching or line equalizing
379/395 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        Amplifying (e.g., AGC or AVC)
379/395.01 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        Power control or detection circuit
379/396 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        Visual signalling (e.g., lamp)
379/397 -> 387.01 SUBSTATION OR TERMINAL CIRCUITRY ->        Wire distribution
379/398 LINE EQUALIZATION OR IMPEDANCE MATCHING
379/399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE
379/399.02 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE ->        Circuitry to provide a coder and decoder function
379/400 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE ->        For line length compensation
379/401 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE  ->        For line length compensation->        Voltage boosting circuit
379/402 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE ->        Hybrid circuit
379/403 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE  ->        Hybrid circuit->        With adjustable balance circuit
379/404 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE  ->        Hybrid circuit ->        With adjustable balance circuit->        Automatic adjustment
379/405 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE  ->        Hybrid circuit->        Electronic noninductive
379/412 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE ->        Protective circuit
379/413 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE ->        Power supply (e.g., battery feed)
379/413.01 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE  ->        Power supply (e.g., battery feed)->        Circuitry to provide ringing current supply
379/413.02 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE ->        Network interface device (NLD)
379/413.03 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE  ->        Network interface device (NLD)->        Including connection for alternate communication line (e.g., cable)
379/413.04 -> 399.01 SUBSCRIBER LINE OR TRANSMISSION LINE INTERFACE  ->        Network interface device (NLD)->        Connection block or module
379/414 TRANSMISSION LINE CONDITIONING
379/415 -> 414 TRANSMISSION LINE CONDITIONING ->        Reactance neutralizing
379/416 -> 414 TRANSMISSION LINE CONDITIONING ->        Interference suppression
379/417 -> 414 TRANSMISSION LINE CONDITIONING  ->        Interference suppression->        Anticrosstalk
379/418 CALL SIGNAL GENERATING (E.G., RINGING OR TONE GENERATOR)
379/419 TERMINAL
379/420.01 -> 419 TERMINAL ->        Having loudspeaking conversation capability (e.g., hands- free type or speakerphone)
379/420.02 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Having loudspeaking conversation capability (e.g., hands- free type or speakerphone)->        Hands-free loudspeaker feature
379/420.03 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Having loudspeaking conversation capability (e.g., hands- free type or speakerphone)->        Hands-free microphone feature
379/420.04 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Having loudspeaking conversation capability (e.g., hands- free type or speakerphone)->        Hands-free accesory or attachment
379/421 -> 419 TERMINAL ->        Having muting
379/422 -> 419 TERMINAL ->        Switch or switch actuator structure
379/423 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Switch or switch actuator structure->        Line selection
379/424 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Switch or switch actuator structure->        Receiver or handset position responsive (e.g., hookswitch)
379/425 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Switch or switch actuator structure ->        Receiver or handset position responsive (e.g., hookswitch)->        With mechanism for latching hookswitch or plunger against motion
379/426 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Switch or switch actuator structure ->        Receiver or handset position responsive (e.g., hookswitch)->        Movable holder for receiver or handset
379/427 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Switch or switch actuator structure ->        Receiver or handset position responsive (e.g., hookswitch)->        Having plunger and lever linkage
379/428.01 -> 419 TERMINAL ->        Housing or housing component
379/428.02 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Handset or headset combined with telephone base
379/428.03 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Display on telephone base
379/428.04 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Base having detachable accessory
379/429 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Having distinct circuitry support structure (e.g., circuit board)
379/430 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Body supported (e.g., headgear)
379/431 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Separate housings for earphone and microphone (e.g., candlestick type)
379/433.01 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Handset structure
379/433.02 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure->        Speaker mounting (i.e., speaker phone feature)
379/433.03 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure->        Microphone mounting
379/433.04 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure->        Display on handset
379/433.05 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure->        Connector
379/433.06 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure->        Button or switch having specific function
379/433.07 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure ->        Button or switch having specific function->        Keypad
379/433.08 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure->        Battery
379/433.09 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure->        Card (e.g., SIM or magnetic strip card)
379/433.1 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure->        Handset having special feature (e.g., wrist watch)
379/433.11 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure->        Moveable or removeable element (e.g., cover)
379/433.12 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure ->        Moveable or removeable element (e.g., cover)->        Slideable mechanism
379/433.13 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Handset structure ->        Moveable or removeable element (e.g., cover)->        Rotatable mechanism (e.g., hinge)
379/432 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Loudspeaking set
379/434 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Specified terminal configuration (e.g., novelty type)
379/435 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Wall set or convertible type
379/436 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Desk set
379/437 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Protective structure
379/438 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Protective structure->        Of cord or connector
379/439 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component ->        Protective structure->        Antiseptic
379/440 -> 419 TERMINAL  ->        Housing or housing component->        Casing or enclosure, per se
379/441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
379/442 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ->        With circuit connection to terminal
379/443 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ->        Including coupler (e.g., inductive)
379/444 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT  ->        Including coupler (e.g., inductive)->        Acoustic
379/445 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ->        Locking device
379/446 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ->        Telephone receiver support
379/447 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ->        Attachable to terminal housing
379/448 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT  ->        Attachable to terminal housing->        Hookswitch operator
379/449 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT  ->        Attachable to terminal housing->        Handset holder (e.g., shoulder rest)
379/450 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT  ->        Attachable to terminal housing->        Clips onto terminal structure
379/451 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ->        Protective structure
379/452 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT  ->        Protective structure->        Antiseptic, disinfecting, or disposable
379/453 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ->        Hood or enclosure (e.g., booth)
379/454 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ->        Support or stand
379/455 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT  ->        Support or stand->        Handset holder
379/456 -> 441 TERMINAL ACCESSORY OR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ->        Dialing tool
379/457 MISCELLANEOUS
379/900 INTERNET (E.G., INTERNET PHONE, WEBPHONE, INTERNET-BASED TELEPHONY)
379/901 VIRTUAL NETWORKS OR VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORKS
379/902 AUTO-SWITCH FOR AN INCOMING VOICE DATA, OR FAX TELEPHONE CALL (E.G., COMP/FAX/TEL)
379/903 PASSWORD
379/904 AUTO-CALLING
379/905 FAX MAIL
379/906 TOUCHTONE MESSAGE TRANSMISSION
379/907 SPEECH RECOGNITION VIA TELEPHONE SYSTEM OR COMPONENT
379/908 MULTIMEDIA
379/909 ALTERNATIVES
379/910 BAR CODE OR OPTICAL CHARACTER READER WITH TELEPHONE
379/911 DISTINCTIVE RINGING
379/912 GEOGRAPHICALLY ADAPTIVE
379/913 PERSON LOCATOR OR PERSON-SPECIFIC
379/914 PROGRAMMABLE TELEPHONE COMPONENT
379/915 -> 914 PROGRAMMABLE TELEPHONE COMPONENT ->        "Soft" key
379/916 TOUCH SCREEN ASSOCIATED WITH TELEPHONE SET
379/917 VOICE MENUS
380/1 CRYPTANALYSIS
380/2 EQUIPMENT TEST OR MALFUNCTION INDICATION
380/200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY
380/201 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Copy protection or prevention
380/202 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Copy protection or prevention->        Having origin or program ID
380/203 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Copy protection or prevention->        Having copy protect signal
380/204 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Copy protection or prevention->        Modifying sync signal
380/205 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Video electric signal masking
380/206 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal masking->        Masking of synchronization signal
380/207 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal masking->        Including locally generated masking signal
380/208 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal masking->        Including filter for removing masking signal
380/209 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal masking->        Masking signal selectively addressed
380/210 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)
380/211 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Interactive TV
380/212 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Plural video stream multiplexing
380/213 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Chrominance scrambling
380/214 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Nonstandard scan pattern of video information
380/215 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Nonstandard scan pattern of video information->        Line cut and shuffle
380/216 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Image data converted to digital before modification
380/217 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Image data converted to digital before modification->        Having compression (e.g., MPEG)
380/218 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Variable time delay modulation of baseband video signal
380/219 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Carrier phase shift
380/220 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Carrier frequency conversion
380/221 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        By modifying synchronizing signal
380/222 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        By modifying synchronizing signal->        Including phase inversion of scan line information
380/223 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        By modifying synchronizing signal->        Key signal on separate carrier
380/224 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        By modifying synchronizing signal->        Including pseudo-synchronizing pulse
380/225 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        By modifying synchronizing signal->        Self-synchronizing circuit at receiver
380/226 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        By modifying synchronizing signal->        Key signal in blanking interval
380/227 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Record or coin controlled
380/228 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Record or coin controlled->        Including key on record
380/229 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Record or coin controlled->        Including authentication
380/230 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Record or coin controlled->        Including usage recording
380/231 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Usage or charge determination
380/232 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Usage or charge determination->        Including authentication
380/233 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Usage or charge determination->        Including usage or charge recording at subscriber station
380/234 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Usage or charge determination->        Including display of supplemental information
380/235 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Phase inversion of scan line information
380/236 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Modifying accompanying audio signal
380/237 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Modifying accompanying audio signal->        Including digital audio
380/238 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Modifying accompanying audio signal->        Including frequency modification of audio signal or frequency shifting of audio carrier
380/239 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Encrypted code control signal
380/240 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling)->        Including addressed decoder control signal
380/241 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Including addressed decoder control signal->        Having program ID or authorization
380/242 -> 200 VIDEO CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Video electric signal modification (e.g., scrambling) ->        Including addressed decoder control signal->        Having command signal for receiver
380/243 FACSIMILE CRYPTOGRAPHY
380/244 -> 243 FACSIMILE CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Synchronization
380/245 -> 243 FACSIMILE CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Nonstandard scan pattern
380/246 -> 243 FACSIMILE CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Including generation of an associated coded record
380/247 CELLULAR TELEPHONE CRYPTOGRAPHIC AUTHENTICATION
380/248 -> 247 CELLULAR TELEPHONE CRYPTOGRAPHIC AUTHENTICATION ->        Visiting center
380/249 -> 247 CELLULAR TELEPHONE CRYPTOGRAPHIC AUTHENTICATION ->        Initialization
380/250 -> 247 CELLULAR TELEPHONE CRYPTOGRAPHIC AUTHENTICATION ->        Usage pattern detection
380/251 ELECTRONIC GAME USING CRYPTOGRAPHY
380/252 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MASKING
380/253 -> 252 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MASKING ->        By signal having discrete frequency component
380/254 -> 252 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MASKING ->        By signal having discrete step amplitude variation
380/255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY
380/256 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Fiber optic network
380/257 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Circuit switched network (e.g., wired telephone)
380/41 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Circuit switched network (e.g., wired telephone)->        Having quantizing and subsequent normalizing of signal (e.g., reentry telephone circuitry)
380/258 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Position dependent or authenticating
380/259 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Symmetric key cryptography
380/260 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Symmetric key cryptography->        Symmetric key synchronization
380/261 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Symmetric key cryptography ->        Symmetric key synchronization->        Including frame synchronization
380/262 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Symmetric key cryptography ->        Symmetric key synchronization->        Transmitting a seed, sequence, or initial value
380/263 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Symmetric key cryptography ->        Symmetric key synchronization->        Nonlinear or chaotic system
380/264 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Symmetric key cryptography->        Key derived from addressable memory element
380/265 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Symmetric key cryptography->        Combining outputs of shift register
380/266 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Symmetric key cryptography->        Including a modem
380/267 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Correcting for random appearance of control character code
380/268 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Pseudo-random sequence scrambling
380/269 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Having compression
380/270 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Wireless communication
380/271 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Wireless communication->        Having receiver selection (e.g., pager)
380/272 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Wireless communication->        Including hand-off based cryptographic alteration
380/273 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Wireless communication->        Rekeying system
380/31 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Wireless communication->        Plural modulation of single carrier
380/32 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Wireless communication ->        Plural modulation of single carrier->        Wobbling of carrier
380/33 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Wireless communication->        Using plural paths or channels
380/34 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Wireless communication ->        Using plural paths or channels->        Plural carrier frequencies
380/274 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Wireless communication->        Synchronization
380/35 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Variable time delay modulation
380/36 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Time segment interchange
380/37 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Time segment interchange->        Block/data stream enciphering
380/38 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Frequency shift or inversion
380/39 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Frequency shift or inversion->        Having plural band pass filters
380/40 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Having plural band pass filters
380/42 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Data stream/substitution enciphering
380/43 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Data stream/substitution enciphering->        Key sequence signal combined with data signal
380/275 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Speech scrambler detail
380/276 -> 255 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Speech scrambler detail->        Including sampling
380/277 KEY MANAGEMENT
380/278 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT ->        Key distribution
380/279 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Key distribution->        Key distribution center
380/280 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Key distribution ->        Key distribution center->        Control vector or tag
380/281 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Key distribution ->        Key distribution center->        Using master key (e.g., key-encrypting-key)
380/282 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Key distribution ->        Key distribution center->        By public key method
380/283 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Key distribution->        User-to-user key distributed over data link (i.e., no center)
380/284 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Key distribution ->        User-to-user key distributed over data link (i.e., no center)->        Using master key (e.g., key-encrypting-key)
380/285 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Key distribution ->        User-to-user key distributed over data link (i.e., no center)->        By public key method
380/286 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT ->        Key escrow or recovery
380/44 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT ->        Having particular key generator
380/45 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Having particular key generator->        Multiple key level
380/46 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Having particular key generator->        Nonlinear (e.g., pseudorandom)
380/47 -> 277 KEY MANAGEMENT  ->        Having particular key generator->        Plural generators
380/28 PARTICULAR ALGORITHMIC FUNCTION ENCODING
380/29 -> 28 PARTICULAR ALGORITHMIC FUNCTION ENCODING ->        NBS/DES algorithm
380/30 -> 28 PARTICULAR ALGORITHMIC FUNCTION ENCODING ->        Public key
380/287 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION
380/22 -> 287 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION ->        Having magnetic record carrier (e.g., tape, drum)
380/26 -> 287 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION ->        Having mechanical control of signal encryption (e.g., cam)
380/27 -> 287 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION  ->        Having mechanical control of signal encryption (e.g., cam)->        By perforated record
380/51 -> 287 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION ->        Having production of printed copy (e.g., printer, typewriter)
380/52 -> 287 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION ->        Including particular structure or housing (e.g., display, keyboard)
380/53 -> 287 ELECTRIC SIGNAL MODIFICATION  ->        Including particular structure or housing (e.g., display, keyboard)->        Audio transducer mounting or structure
380/54 BY MODIFYING OPTICAL IMAGE (E.G., TRANSMISSIVE OVERLAY)
380/55 HAVING PRODUCTION OF PRINTED COPY (E.G., CRYPTOGRAPHIC PRINTER OR TYPEWRITER)
380/56 SELECTIVELY MOVABLE ELEMENT HAVING CODE CHARACTERS
380/57 -> 56 SELECTIVELY MOVABLE ELEMENT HAVING CODE CHARACTERS ->        Rotatable
380/58 -> 56 SELECTIVELY MOVABLE ELEMENT HAVING CODE CHARACTERS  ->        Rotatable->        Characters on peripheral surface (e.g., cylinder section)
380/59 MISCELLANEOUS
382/100 APPLICATIONS
382/101 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Mail processing
382/102 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Mail processing->        ZIP code
382/103 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Target tracking or detecting
382/104 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Vehicle or traffic control (e.g., auto, bus, or train)
382/105 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Vehicle or traffic control (e.g., auto, bus, or train)->        License plate
382/106 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Range or distance measuring
382/107 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Motion or velocity measuring
382/108 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Surface texture or roughness measuring
382/109 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Seismic or geological sample measuring
382/110 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Animal, plant, or food inspection
382/111 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Textiles or clothing
382/112 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Document or print quality inspection (e.g., newspaper, photographs, etc.)
382/113 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Reading maps, graphs, drawings, or schematics
382/114 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Reading aids for the visually impaired
382/115 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics)
382/116 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics)->        Using a combination of features (e.g., signature and fingerprint)
382/117 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics)->        Using a characteristic of the eye
382/118 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics)->        Using a facial characteristic
382/119 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics)->        Using a signature
382/120 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics) ->        Using a signature->        Sensing pressure together with speed or acceleration
382/121 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics) ->        Using a signature->        Sensing pressure only
382/122 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics) ->        Using a signature->        Sensing speed or acceleration only
382/123 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics) ->        Using a signature->        Sensing geometrical properties
382/124 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics)->        Using a fingerprint
382/125 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics) ->        Using a fingerprint->        Extracting minutia such as ridge endings and bifurcations
382/126 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics) ->        Using a fingerprint->        With a guiding mechanism for positioning finger
382/127 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Personnel identification (e.g., biometrics) ->        Using a fingerprint->        With a prism
382/128 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Biomedical applications
382/129 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Biomedical applications->        DNA or RNA pattern reading
382/130 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Biomedical applications->        Producing difference image (e.g., angiography)
382/131 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Biomedical applications->        Tomography (e.g., CAT scanner)
382/132 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Biomedical applications->        X-ray film analysis (e.g., radiography)
382/133 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Biomedical applications->        Cell analysis, classification, or counting
382/134 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Biomedical applications ->        Cell analysis, classification, or counting->        Blood cells
382/135 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Reading paper currency
382/136 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Reading coins
382/137 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Reading bank checks (e.g., documents bearing E-13B type characters)
382/138 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Reading bank checks (e.g., documents bearing E-13B type characters)->        Reading monetary amount
382/139 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Reading bank checks (e.g., documents bearing E-13B type characters)->        Reading MICR data
382/140 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Reading bank checks (e.g., documents bearing E-13B type characters) ->        Reading MICR data->        Including an optical imager or reader
382/141 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Manufacturing or product inspection
382/142 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection->        Bottle inspection
382/143 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection->        Inspection of packaged consumer goods
382/144 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection->        Mask inspection (e.g., semiconductor photomask)
382/145 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection->        Inspection of semiconductor device or printed circuit board
382/146 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection ->        Inspection of semiconductor device or printed circuit board->        Measuring external leads
382/147 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection ->        Inspection of semiconductor device or printed circuit board->        Inspecting printed circuit boards
382/148 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection ->        Inspection of semiconductor device or printed circuit board->        At plural magnifications or resolutions
382/149 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection ->        Inspection of semiconductor device or printed circuit board->        Fault or defect detection
382/150 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection ->        Inspection of semiconductor device or printed circuit board ->        Fault or defect detection->        Faulty soldering
382/151 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection ->        Inspection of semiconductor device or printed circuit board->        Alignment, registration, or position determination
382/152 -> 100 APPLICATIONS  ->        Manufacturing or product inspection->        Tool, workpiece, or mechanical component inspection
382/153 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        Robotics
382/154 -> 100 APPLICATIONS ->        3-D or stereo imaging analysis
382/155 LEARNING SYSTEMS
382/156 -> 155 LEARNING SYSTEMS ->        Neural networks
382/157 -> 155 LEARNING SYSTEMS  ->        Neural networks->        Network learning techniques (e.g., back propagation)
382/158 -> 155 LEARNING SYSTEMS  ->        Neural networks->        Network structures
382/159 -> 155 LEARNING SYSTEMS ->        Trainable classifiers or pattern recognizers (e.g., adaline, perceptron)
382/160 -> 155 LEARNING SYSTEMS  ->        Trainable classifiers or pattern recognizers (e.g., adaline, perceptron)->        Generating a standard by statistical analysis
382/161 -> 155 LEARNING SYSTEMS  ->        Trainable classifiers or pattern recognizers (e.g., adaline, perceptron)->        Alphanumerics
382/162 COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING
382/163 -> 162 COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING ->        Drop-out color in image (i.e., color to be removed)
382/164 -> 162 COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING ->        Image segmentation using color
382/165 -> 162 COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING ->        Pattern recognition or classification using color
382/166 -> 162 COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING ->        Compression of color images
382/167 -> 162 COLOR IMAGE PROCESSING ->        Color correction
382/168 HISTOGRAM PROCESSING
382/169 -> 168 HISTOGRAM PROCESSING ->        With a gray-level transformation (e.g., uniform density transformation)
382/170 -> 168 HISTOGRAM PROCESSING ->        With pattern recognition or classification
382/171 -> 168 HISTOGRAM PROCESSING ->        For segmenting an image
382/172 -> 168 HISTOGRAM PROCESSING ->        For setting a threshold
382/173 IMAGE SEGMENTATION
382/174 -> 173 IMAGE SEGMENTATION ->        Using projections (i.e., shadow or profile of characters)
382/175 -> 173 IMAGE SEGMENTATION ->        Separating document regions using preprinted guides or markings
382/176 -> 173 IMAGE SEGMENTATION ->        Distinguishing text from other regions
382/177 -> 173 IMAGE SEGMENTATION ->        Segmenting individual characters or words
382/178 -> 173 IMAGE SEGMENTATION  ->        Segmenting individual characters or words->        Separating touching or overlapping characters
382/179 -> 173 IMAGE SEGMENTATION  ->        Segmenting individual characters or words->        Segmenting hand-printed characters
382/180 -> 173 IMAGE SEGMENTATION ->        Region labeling (e.g., page description language)
382/181 PATTERN RECOGNITION
382/182 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION ->        Limited to specially coded, human-readable characters
382/183 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Limited to specially coded, human-readable characters->        Characters formed entirely of parallel bars (e.g., CMC-7)
382/184 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Limited to specially coded, human-readable characters->        With separate timing or alignment marks
382/185 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION ->        Ideographic characters (e.g., Japanese or Chinese)
382/186 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION ->        Unconstrained handwriting (e.g., cursive)
382/187 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION ->        On-line recognition of handwritten characters
382/188 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        On-line recognition of handwritten characters->        Writing on ordinary surface (i.e., electronics are in pen)
382/189 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        On-line recognition of handwritten characters->        With a display
382/190 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION ->        Feature extraction
382/191 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction->        Multispectral features (e.g., frequency, phase)
382/192 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction->        Feature counting
382/193 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Feature counting->        Counting intersections of scanning lines with pattern
382/194 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Feature counting->        Counting individual pixels or pixel patterns
382/195 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction->        Local or regional features
382/196 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features->        Slice codes
382/197 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features->        Directional codes and vectors (e.g., Freeman chains, compasslike codes)
382/198 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features ->        Directional codes and vectors (e.g., Freeman chains, compasslike codes)->        Extracted from alphanumeric characters
382/199 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features->        Pattern boundary and edge measurements
382/200 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features ->        Pattern boundary and edge measurements->        Measurements made on alphanumeric characters
382/201 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features->        Point features (e.g., spatial coordinate descriptors)
382/202 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features->        Linear stroke analysis (e.g., limited to straight lines)
382/203 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features->        Shape and form analysis
382/204 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features ->        Shape and form analysis->        Topological properties (e.g., number of holes in a pattern, connectivity, etc.)
382/205 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Local or regional features->        Local neighborhood operations (e.g., 3x3 kernel, window, or matrix operator)
382/206 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction->        Global features (e.g., measurements on image as a whole, such as area, projections, etc.)
382/207 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction->        Waveform analysis
382/208 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Feature extraction ->        Waveform analysis->        With a tapped delay line
382/209 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match)
382/210 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match)->        Spatial filtering (e.g., holography)
382/211 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match) ->        Spatial filtering (e.g., holography)->        With electrically controlled light modulator or filter
382/212 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match)->        Nonholographic optical mask or transparency
382/213 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match) ->        Nonholographic optical mask or transparency->        Using both positive and negative masks or transparencies
382/214 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match) ->        Nonholographic optical mask or transparency->        With a display
382/215 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match)->        Using dynamic programming or elastic templates (e.g., warping)
382/216 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match)->        At multiple image orientations or positions
382/217 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match)->        Electronic template
382/218 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match) ->        Electronic template->        Comparator
382/219 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match) ->        Electronic template ->        Comparator->        Determining both similarities and differences
382/220 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match) ->        Electronic template ->        Comparator->        Calculating weighted similarity or difference (e.g., don`t-care areas)
382/221 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match) ->        Electronic template ->        Comparator->        Counting difference pixels
382/222 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match) ->        Electronic template ->        Comparator ->        Counting difference pixels->        Using an Exclusive-OR gate
382/223 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Template matching (e.g., specific devices that determine the best match) ->        Electronic template->        Resistor matrix
382/224 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION ->        Classification
382/225 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Classification->        Cluster analysis
382/226 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Classification->        Sequential decision process (e.g., decision tree structure)
382/227 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Classification ->        Sequential decision process (e.g., decision tree structure)->        With a multilevel classifier
382/228 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Classification->        Statistical decision process
382/229 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION ->        Context analysis or word recognition (e.g., character string)
382/230 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Context analysis or word recognition (e.g., character string)->        Trigrams or digrams
382/231 -> 181 PATTERN RECOGNITION  ->        Context analysis or word recognition (e.g., character string)->        Checking spelling for recognition
382/232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING
382/233 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Including details of decompression
382/234 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Parallel coding architecture
382/235 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Substantial processing of image in compressed form
382/236 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Interframe coding (e.g., difference or motion detection)
382/237 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Gray level to binary coding
382/238 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Predictive coding
382/239 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Adaptive coding (i.e., changes based upon history, activity, busyness, etc.)
382/240 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Pyramid, hierarchy, or tree structure
382/241 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Polygonal approximation
382/242 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Contour or chain coding (e.g., Bezier)
382/243 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Shape, icon, or feature-based compression
382/244 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Lossless compression
382/245 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING  ->        Lossless compression->        Run-length coding
382/246 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING  ->        Lossless compression->        Huffman or variable-length coding
382/247 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING  ->        Lossless compression->        Arithmetic coding
382/248 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Transform coding
382/249 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING  ->        Transform coding->        Fractal
382/250 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING  ->        Transform coding->        Discrete cosine or sine transform
382/251 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING ->        Quantization
382/252 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING  ->        Quantization->        Error diffusion or dispersion
382/253 -> 232 IMAGE COMPRESSION OR CODING  ->        Quantization->        Vector quantization
382/254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION
382/255 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION ->        Focus measuring or adjusting (e.g., deblurring)
382/256 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION ->        Object boundary expansion or contraction
382/257 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Object boundary expansion or contraction->        Dilation or erosion (e.g., opening or closing)
382/258 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Object boundary expansion or contraction->        Line thinning or thickening
382/259 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Object boundary expansion or contraction ->        Line thinning or thickening->        Skeletonizing
382/260 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION ->        Image filter
382/261 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Image filter->        Adaptive filter
382/262 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Image filter->        Median filter
382/263 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Image filter->        Highpass filter (i.e., for sharpening or enhancing details)
382/264 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Image filter->        Lowpass filter (i.e., for blurring or smoothing)
382/265 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Image filter->        Recursive filter
382/266 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION ->        Edge or contour enhancement
382/267 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Edge or contour enhancement->        Minimize discontinuities in dot-matrix image data (i.e., connecting or merging the dots)
382/268 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Edge or contour enhancement->        Minimize discontinuities at boundaries of image blocks (i.e., reducing blocking effects or effects of wrap-around)
382/269 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Edge or contour enhancement->        Minimize jaggedness in edges (e.g., anti-aliasing)
382/270 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION ->        Variable threshold, gain, or slice level
382/271 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Variable threshold, gain, or slice level->        Based on the results of a count
382/272 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Variable threshold, gain, or slice level->        Based on a local average, mean, or median
382/273 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION  ->        Variable threshold, gain, or slice level->        Based on peak levels
382/274 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION ->        Intensity, brightness, contrast, or shading correction
382/275 -> 254 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT OR RESTORATION ->        Artifact removal or suppression (e.g., distortion correction)
382/276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING
382/277 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Transforming each dimension separately
382/278 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Correlation
382/279 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Convolution
382/280 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Fourier transform
382/281 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Walsh, Hough, or Hadamard transform
382/282 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Selecting a portion of an image
382/283 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Selecting a portion of an image->        Using a mask
382/284 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Combining image portions (e.g., portions of oversized documents)
382/285 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Mapping 2-D image onto a 3-D surface
382/286 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Measuring image properties (e.g., length, width, or area)
382/287 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Measuring image properties (e.g., length, width, or area)->        Detecting alignment marks
382/288 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Measuring image properties (e.g., length, width, or area)->        Determining center of gravity or moment
382/289 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Measuring image properties (e.g., length, width, or area)->        Determining amount an image is rotated or skewed
382/290 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Measuring image properties (e.g., length, width, or area) ->        Determining amount an image is rotated or skewed->        Where the image is a character, word, or text
382/291 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Measuring image properties (e.g., length, width, or area)->        Determining the position of an object
382/292 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Measuring image properties (e.g., length, width, or area) ->        Determining the position of an object->        Where the object is a character, word, or text
382/293 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Changing the image coordinates
382/294 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Changing the image coordinates->        Registering or aligning multiple images to one another
382/295 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Changing the image coordinates->        To position or translate an image
382/296 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Changing the image coordinates->        To rotate an image
382/297 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Changing the image coordinates ->        To rotate an image->        Rotation of image is limited to 90 degrees, 180 degrees, or 270 degrees
382/298 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Changing the image coordinates->        To change the scale or size of an image
382/299 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Changing the image coordinates ->        To change the scale or size of an image->        Raising or lowering the image resolution (e.g., subpixel accuracy)
382/300 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Changing the image coordinates ->        To change the scale or size of an image ->        Raising or lowering the image resolution (e.g., subpixel accuracy)->        Interpolation
382/301 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Changing the image coordinates ->        To change the scale or size of an image->        Where the image is an alphanumeric character
382/302 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Multilayered image transformations
382/303 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Multilayered image transformations->        Pipeline processing
382/304 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Multilayered image transformations->        Parallel processing
382/305 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        Image storage or retrieval
382/306 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        Image storage or retrieval->        Using identification indicia on document
382/307 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING ->        General purpose image processor
382/308 -> 276 IMAGE TRANSFORMATION OR PREPROCESSING  ->        General purpose image processor->        Morphological operations (i.e., local neighborhood operations)
382/309 EDITING, ERROR CHECKING, OR CORRECTION (E.G., POSTRECOGNITION PROCESSING)
382/310 -> 309 EDITING, ERROR CHECKING, OR CORRECTION (E.G., POSTRECOGNITION PROCESSING) ->        Correcting alphanumeric recognition errors
382/311 -> 309 EDITING, ERROR CHECKING, OR CORRECTION (E.G., POSTRECOGNITION PROCESSING) ->        Including operator interaction
382/312 IMAGE SENSING
382/313 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING ->        Hand-held
382/314 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING  ->        Hand-held->        Sensing mechanism in stylus
382/315 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING  ->        Hand-held->        Sensing mechanism in platen
382/316 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING ->        Curve tracer
382/317 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING ->        Sensor control (e.g., OCR sheet controls copier or fax)
382/318 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING ->        Multiple scanning
382/319 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING  ->        Multiple scanning->        Prescanning
382/320 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING ->        Magnetic
382/321 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING ->        Optical (e.g., OCR)
382/322 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING  ->        Optical (e.g., OCR)->        Single spot
382/323 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING  ->        Optical (e.g., OCR)->        Single line
382/324 -> 312 IMAGE SENSING  ->        Optical (e.g., OCR)->        Full retina
382/325 MISCELLANEOUS
385/1 TEMPORAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
385/2 -> 1 TEMPORAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE ->        Electro-optic
385/3 -> 1 TEMPORAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE  ->        Electro-optic->        Phase modulation type
385/4 DIRECTIONAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
385/5 -> 4 DIRECTIONAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE ->        Light intensity dependent (e.g., nonlinear effects)
385/6 -> 4 DIRECTIONAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE ->        Magneto-optic
385/7 -> 4 DIRECTIONAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE ->        Acousto-optic
385/8 -> 4 DIRECTIONAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE ->        Electro-optic
385/9 -> 4 DIRECTIONAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE  ->        Electro-optic->        Coupling between waveguides
385/10 -> 4 DIRECTIONAL OPTICAL MODULATION WITHIN AN OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE  ->        Electro-optic->        Diffraction grating (e.g., Bragg)
385/11 POLARIZATION WITHOUT MODULATION
385/12 OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE SENSOR
385/13 -> 12 OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE SENSOR ->        Including physical deformation or movement of waveguide
385/14 INTEGRATED OPTICAL CIRCUIT
385/15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER
385/16 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER ->        Switch (i.e., switching from one terminal to another, not modulation)
385/17 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Switch (i.e., switching from one terminal to another, not modulation)->        Matrix switch (i.e., M X N, where M and N are 3 or more)
385/18 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Switch (i.e., switching from one terminal to another, not modulation)->        Reflective-type switch
385/19 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Switch (i.e., switching from one terminal to another, not modulation)->        Stationary waveguides with movable opaque element
385/20 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Switch (i.e., switching from one terminal to another, not modulation)->        Multiple pole multiple throw
385/21 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Switch (i.e., switching from one terminal to another, not modulation) ->        Multiple pole multiple throw->        Double pole multiple throw
385/22 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Switch (i.e., switching from one terminal to another, not modulation)->        Single pole multiple throw (relay switch)
385/23 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Switch (i.e., switching from one terminal to another, not modulation)->        Single pole single throw
385/24 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER ->        Plural (e.g., data bus)
385/25 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER ->        Movable coupler
385/26 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Movable coupler->        Slip ring
385/27 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER ->        Particular coupling function
385/28 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling function->        Coupling between modes in a waveguide or fiber
385/29 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling function ->        Coupling between modes in a waveguide or fiber->        Mode strippers
385/30 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling function->        Evanescent wave coupling
385/31 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER ->        Input/output coupler
385/32 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Input/output coupler->        Coupling light through a waveguide bend or loop
385/33 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Input/output coupler->        Lens
385/34 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Input/output coupler ->        Lens->        Rod type
385/35 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Input/output coupler ->        Lens->        Spherical
385/36 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Input/output coupler->        Prism
385/37 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Input/output coupler->        Grating
385/38 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Input/output coupler->        End fire
385/39 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER ->        Particular coupling structure
385/40 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        Electrodes on or near the coupling region
385/41 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure ->        Electrodes on or near the coupling region->        Directional coupler
385/42 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        Directional coupler
385/43 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        Tapered coupler
385/44 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        "T" coupler or duplex coupler
385/45 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        "Y" coupler
385/46 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        Star coupler
385/47 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        Multiport coupler using reflective surface
385/48 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        Access couplers, power tappers, or power dividers
385/49 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        Fiber to thin film devices
385/50 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER  ->        Particular coupling structure->        Waveguide to waveguide
385/51 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER ->        Permanently fixed coupler
385/52 -> 15 WITH OPTICAL COUPLER ->        With alignment device
385/53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR
385/54 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber bundle-to-bundle connection
385/55 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection
385/56 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched)
385/57 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched)->        Magnetically actuated
385/58 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched)->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face
385/59 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face->        Plural fiber-to-fiber connections
385/60 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face->        Fiber end held in ferrule
385/61 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Lens-shaped ferrule
385/62 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Compressively fixed (e.g., chuck, collet, crimp, set screws, etc.)
385/63 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Plate-type holding structure (e.g., jewel)
385/64 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Plural rods or balls structure
385/65 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Groove-type holding structure
385/66 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Tube-type holding structure
385/67 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule ->        Tube-type holding structure->        Eccentric arrangement
385/68 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched) ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule ->        Tube-type holding structure->        Capillary tubes
385/69 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        Multi-part (e.g., two pieces screwed together or bayonet latched)->        With additional structure rearward of fiber joint to secure additional cable layers
385/70 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face
385/71 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face->        Plural fiber-to-fiber connections
385/72 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        With additional structure at or immediately surrounding each optical fiber end face->        Fiber end held in ferrule
385/73 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection->        With additional optical element between facing fiber ends
385/74 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection ->        With additional optical element between facing fiber ends->        Lens
385/75 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Structure surrounding optical fiber-to-fiber connection->        With additional nonoptical structure
385/76 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure
385/77 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure->        At or immediately surrounding an optical fiber end face
385/78 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure ->        At or immediately surrounding an optical fiber end face->        Fiber end held in ferrule
385/79 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure ->        At or immediately surrounding an optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Lens-shaped ferrule
385/80 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure ->        At or immediately surrounding an optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Adhesively fixed
385/81 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure ->        At or immediately surrounding an optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Compressively fixed (chuck, collet, crimp, set screw, etc.)
385/82 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure ->        At or immediately surrounding an optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Plural rods or balls structure
385/83 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure ->        At or immediately surrounding an optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Groove-type holding structure
385/84 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure ->        At or immediately surrounding an optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Tube-type holding structure
385/85 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure ->        At or immediately surrounding an optical fiber end face ->        Fiber end held in ferrule->        Fiber/ferrule further processed (grinding, polishing, etc.)
385/86 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure->        Structure rearward of optical fiber end face to secure additional fiber or cable layers
385/87 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber/optical fiber cable termination structure ->        Structure rearward of optical fiber end face to secure additional fiber or cable layers->        Having at least one layer compressively fixed (e.g., crimp, tightening screws, etc.)
385/88 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR ->        Optical fiber to a nonfiber optical device connector
385/89 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber to a nonfiber optical device connector->        Plural fiber/device connections
385/90 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber to a nonfiber optical device connector->        Fiber adjustable relative to device
385/91 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber to a nonfiber optical device connector ->        Fiber adjustable relative to device->        Fiber permanently fixed after adjustment
385/92 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber to a nonfiber optical device connector->        With housing
385/93 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber to a nonfiber optical device connector ->        With housing->        Including lens
385/94 -> 53 WITH DISENGAGABLE MECHANICAL CONNECTOR  ->        Optical fiber to a nonfiber optical device connector ->        With housing->        Sealed from environment
385/95 WITH SPLICE (PERMANENT CONNECTION)
385/96 -> 95 WITH SPLICE (PERMANENT CONNECTION) ->        Fusion splicing
385/97 -> 95 WITH SPLICE (PERMANENT CONNECTION) ->        Alignment of fiber ends prior to splicing
385/98 -> 95 WITH SPLICE (PERMANENT CONNECTION)  ->        Alignment of fiber ends prior to splicing->        End-to-end (butt) coupling
385/99 -> 95 WITH SPLICE (PERMANENT CONNECTION) ->        Including splice joint reinforcement
385/100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE
385/101 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE ->        With electrical conductor in the same cable
385/102 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE ->        Tightly confined (i.e., fiber tightly held inside the outer sheath)
385/103 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Tightly confined (i.e., fiber tightly held inside the outer sheath)->        Having a central strength member
385/104 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Tightly confined (i.e., fiber tightly held inside the outer sheath)->        Particular fiber orientation (e.g., helically wound, etc.)
385/105 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Tightly confined (i.e., fiber tightly held inside the outer sheath)->        Compartmentalized
385/106 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Tightly confined (i.e., fiber tightly held inside the outer sheath)->        Plural unit type (plural complete cables within a single outside sheath)
385/107 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Tightly confined (i.e., fiber tightly held inside the outer sheath)->        With armoring
385/108 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Tightly confined (i.e., fiber tightly held inside the outer sheath) ->        With armoring->        Prestressed
385/109 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE ->        Loose tube type
385/110 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Loose tube type->        Compartmentalized
385/111 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Loose tube type->        Particular fiber orientation
385/112 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Loose tube type->        Plural unit type
385/113 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE  ->        Loose tube type->        With strength member
385/114 -> 100 OPTICAL TRANSMISSION CABLE ->        Ribbon cable
385/115 OPTICAL FIBER BUNDLE
385/116 -> 115 OPTICAL FIBER BUNDLE ->        Imaging (i.e., with coherent fiber structure and includes shaping, enhancing, and correcting)
385/117 -> 115 OPTICAL FIBER BUNDLE  ->        Imaging (i.e., with coherent fiber structure and includes shaping, enhancing, and correcting)->        For fiber scope (endoscope)
385/118 -> 115 OPTICAL FIBER BUNDLE  ->        Imaging (i.e., with coherent fiber structure and includes shaping, enhancing, and correcting) ->        For fiber scope (endoscope)->        With manipulator
385/119 -> 115 OPTICAL FIBER BUNDLE  ->        Imaging (i.e., with coherent fiber structure and includes shaping, enhancing, and correcting)->        With lens or mirror
385/120 -> 115 OPTICAL FIBER BUNDLE ->        Fiber bundle plate
385/121 -> 115 OPTICAL FIBER BUNDLE ->        Transition between geometric shapes
385/122 HAVING NONLINEAR PROPERTY
385/123 OPTICAL FIBER WAVEGUIDE WITH CLADDING
385/124 -> 123 OPTICAL FIBER WAVEGUIDE WITH CLADDING ->        With graded index core or cladding
385/125 -> 123 OPTICAL FIBER WAVEGUIDE WITH CLADDING ->        Utilizing nonsolid core or cladding
385/126 -> 123 OPTICAL FIBER WAVEGUIDE WITH CLADDING ->        Utilizing multiple core or cladding
385/127 -> 123 OPTICAL FIBER WAVEGUIDE WITH CLADDING  ->        Utilizing multiple core or cladding->        Concentric
385/128 -> 123 OPTICAL FIBER WAVEGUIDE WITH CLADDING  ->        Utilizing multiple core or cladding ->        Concentric->        Where the second or further layer is a coating
385/129 PLANAR OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE
385/130 -> 129 PLANAR OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE ->        Thin film optical waveguide
385/131 -> 129 PLANAR OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE  ->        Thin film optical waveguide->        Multilayer structure (mixture)
385/132 -> 129 PLANAR OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE  ->        Thin film optical waveguide->        Channel waveguide
385/133 OPTICAL IMAGING TUNNEL
385/134 ACCESSORIES
385/135 -> 134 ACCESSORIES ->        Splice box and surplus fiber storage/trays/organizers/ carriers
385/136 -> 134 ACCESSORIES ->        External retainer/clamp
385/137 -> 134 ACCESSORIES  ->        External retainer/clamp->        Fiber holder (i.e., for single fiber or holding multiple single fibers together)
385/138 -> 134 ACCESSORIES ->        Bushing structure (e.g., penetrator)
385/139 -> 134 ACCESSORIES ->        Plug/termination device
385/140 -> 134 ACCESSORIES ->        Attenuator
385/141 HAVING PARTICULAR OPTICAL CHARACTERISTIC MODIFYING CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
385/142 -> 141 HAVING PARTICULAR OPTICAL CHARACTERISTIC MODIFYING CHEMICAL COMPOSITION ->        Of waveguide core
385/143 -> 141 HAVING PARTICULAR OPTICAL CHARACTERISTIC MODIFYING CHEMICAL COMPOSITION  ->        Of waveguide core->        Organic
385/144 -> 141 HAVING PARTICULAR OPTICAL CHARACTERISTIC MODIFYING CHEMICAL COMPOSITION ->        Of waveguide cladding
385/145 -> 141 HAVING PARTICULAR OPTICAL CHARACTERISTIC MODIFYING CHEMICAL COMPOSITION  ->        Of waveguide cladding->        Organic
385/146 NONCYCLINDRICAL OR NONPLANAR SHAPED WAVEGUIDE
385/147 MISCELLANEOUS
385/900 SOLAR COLLECTOR OR TRANSMITTER
385/901 ILLUMINATING OR DISPLAY APPARATUS
385/902 NONBUNDLE FIBERSCOPE DEVICES
398/1 FAULT RECOVERY
398/2 -> 1 FAULT RECOVERY ->        Bypass inoperative element
398/3 -> 1 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass inoperative element->        In a ring or loop
398/4 -> 1 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass inoperative element ->        In a ring or loop->        Using a secondary ring or loop
398/5 -> 1 FAULT RECOVERY  ->        Bypass inoperative element->        Spare channel or standby optical fiber
398/6 -> 1 FAULT RECOVERY ->        In a repeater system
398/7 -> 1 FAULT RECOVERY ->        WDM
398/8 -> 1 FAULT RECOVERY ->        TDM
398/9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING
398/10 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Fault location
398/11 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault location->        Repeater
398/12 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault location->        Switch
398/13 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault location->        Fiber or waveguide
398/14 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault location->        WDM
398/15 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault location->        Stop transmission or reduce power
398/16 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Test signal
398/17 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Fault detection
398/18 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault detection->        Repeater
398/19 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault detection->        Switch
398/20 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault detection->        Optical fiber
398/21 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault detection ->        Optical fiber->        Determined by reflection from break in fiber
398/22 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault detection->        Transceiver
398/23 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault detection->        Transmitter
398/24 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Fault detection->        Receiver
398/25 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Determination of communication parameter
398/26 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter->        Signal to noise ratio
398/27 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter->        Bit error rate
398/28 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter->        Fiber characteristic
398/29 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter ->        Fiber characteristic->        Dispersion
398/30 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter->        Using supervisory signal
398/31 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter ->        Using supervisory signal->        Different wavelengths for diagnostic and communication
398/32 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter ->        Using supervisory signal->        Pilot signal
398/33 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter ->        Using supervisory signal->        Monitoring
398/34 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter->        WDM system
398/35 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter->        TDM system
398/36 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter->        Collision detection
398/37 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter->        Amplifier or repeater operation
398/38 -> 9 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Determination of communication parameter->        Power
398/39 INTERFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION OR ELIMINATION (E.G., JAMMING OR ANTIJAMMING)
398/40 EAVESDROPPING
398/41 DUPLEX
398/42 -> 41 DUPLEX ->        Wavelength division
398/43 MULTIPLEX
398/44 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Mode
398/45 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Optical switching
398/46 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching->        Hybrid
398/47 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching ->        Hybrid->        Time and wavelength
398/48 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching->        Wavelength
398/49 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching ->        Wavelength->        Router
398/50 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching ->        Wavelength->        Crossconnect
398/51 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching ->        Wavelength->        Including photonic packet switching
398/52 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching->        Time
398/53 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching ->        Time->        Including delay
398/54 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching ->        Time->        Including photonic packet switching
398/55 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching->        space
398/56 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching ->        space->        Crossconnect
398/57 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical switching ->        space->        Path finding or path routing
398/58 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Optical local area network (LAN)
398/59 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical local area network (LAN)->        Ring or loop
398/60 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical local area network (LAN)->        Bus
398/61 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical local area network (LAN)->        Active star
398/62 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical local area network (LAN) ->        Active star->        Repeater
398/63 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical local area network (LAN)->        Passive star
398/64 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Optical local area network (LAN) ->        Passive star->        Repeater
398/65 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Polarization
398/66 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Broadcast and distribution system
398/67 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Broadcast and distribution system->        Bidirectional
398/68 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Broadcast and distribution system->        WDM
398/69 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Broadcast and distribution system ->        WDM->        With variable frequency channel assignment
398/70 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Broadcast and distribution system ->        WDM->        Hub or central office
398/71 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Broadcast and distribution system ->        WDM ->        Hub or central office->        Including subscribers
398/72 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Broadcast and distribution system ->        WDM ->        Hub or central office ->        Including subscribers->        Bidirectional
398/73 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Broadcast and distribution system ->        WDM->        Bus
398/74 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Hybrid
398/75 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Hybrid->        Time and wavelength division
398/76 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Subcarrier multiplexing
398/77 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Code division multiplexing
398/78 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Code division multiplexing->        Multiple Access (e.g., CDMA)
398/79 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)
398/80 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)->        Soliton
398/81 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)->        Dispersion compensation
398/82 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)->        By optical coupling
398/83 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.) ->        By optical coupling->        Add or drop
398/84 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.) ->        By optical coupling ->        Add or drop->        Grating
398/85 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.) ->        By optical coupling ->        Add or drop->        Filter
398/86 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.) ->        By optical coupling->        Prism
398/87 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.) ->        By optical coupling->        Grating
398/88 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.) ->        By optical coupling->        Lens
398/89 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)->        Multiple Access (e.g., WDMA)
398/90 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)->        Electrically controlled single source
398/91 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)->        Different sources
398/92 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.) ->        Different sources->        Including pumping
398/93 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)->        Including feedback
398/94 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.) ->        Including feedback->        Power control
398/95 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.) ->        Including feedback->        Wavelength control
398/96 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)->        Through free space
398/97 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Wavelength division or frequency division (e.g., Raman, Brillouin, etc.)->        Repeater
398/98 -> 43 MULTIPLEX ->        Time division
398/99 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Time division->        Multiple access (e.g., TDMA, CSMA)
398/100 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Time division->        Subscriber system
398/101 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Time division->        By specific optical element
398/102 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Time division->        Including delay
398/103 -> 43 MULTIPLEX  ->        Time division->        Through free space
398/104 UNDERWATER
398/105 -> 104 UNDERWATER ->        Cable repeater
398/106 REMOTE CONTROL
398/107 -> 106 REMOTE CONTROL ->        Bidirectional (i.e., monitoring or acknowledge)
398/108 -> 106 REMOTE CONTROL  ->        Bidirectional (i.e., monitoring or acknowledge)->        Interrogator system
398/109 -> 106 REMOTE CONTROL ->        In industrial environment or hazardous environmrnt
398/110 -> 106 REMOTE CONTROL  ->        In industrial environment or hazardous environmrnt->        Through optical fiber or waveguide
398/111 -> 106 REMOTE CONTROL ->        Switching
398/112 -> 106 REMOTE CONTROL ->        Plural
398/113 -> 106 REMOTE CONTROL ->        Through optical fiber or waveguide
398/114 -> 106 REMOTE CONTROL ->        Rotating part
398/115 HYBRID COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (E.G., OPTICAL AND RF)
398/116 -> 115 HYBRID COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (E.G., OPTICAL AND RF) ->        Including specific optical interface
398/117 -> 115 HYBRID COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (E.G., OPTICAL AND RF)  ->        Including specific optical interface->        Housing or mounting
398/118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE
398/119 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE ->        Compensation
398/120 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE  ->        Compensation->        Power control
398/121 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE ->        Satellite system
398/122 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE  ->        Satellite system->        Including alignment
398/123 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE  ->        Satellite system ->        Including alignment->        Feedback control
398/124 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE  ->        Satellite system->        Space to space
398/125 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE  ->        Satellite system->        Space to ground or ground to space
398/126 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE ->        Specific repeater
398/127 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE ->        In an office environment
398/128 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE ->        Transceivers
398/129 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE  ->        Transceivers->        Including alignment
398/130 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE ->        Transmitter and receiver
398/131 -> 118 OPTICAL COMMUNICATION OVER FREEE SPACE  ->        Transmitter and receiver->        Including alignment
398/132 PHOTOPHONE
398/133 -> 132 PHOTOPHONE ->        Specific transducer
398/134 -> 132 PHOTOPHONE  ->        Specific transducer->        Including optical fiber or waveguide
398/135 OPTICAL TRANSCEIVER
398/136 -> 135 OPTICAL TRANSCEIVER ->        Including compensation
398/137 -> 135 OPTICAL TRANSCEIVER ->        Including feedback
398/138 -> 135 OPTICAL TRANSCEIVER ->        Single device as transmitter and receiver
398/139 -> 135 OPTICAL TRANSCEIVER ->        Including optical fiber or waveguide
398/140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM
398/141 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including optical waveguide
398/142 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including optical waveguide->        Specific type of fiber or waveguide
398/143 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including optical waveguide ->        Specific type of fiber or waveguide->        Multimode
398/144 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including optical waveguide ->        Specific type of fiber or waveguide->        Monomode
398/145 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including optical waveguide ->        Specific type of fiber or waveguide->        Redundant fibers
398/146 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including optical waveguide->        Soliton
398/147 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including optical waveguide->        Dispersion compensation
398/148 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including optical waveguide ->        Dispersion compensation->        Using dispersion compensation optical fiber (e.g., DCOF)
398/149 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including optical waveguide ->        Dispersion compensation->        Using equalizing filter (e.g., interferometer, grating)
398/150 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including optical waveguide ->        Dispersion compensation->        Using optical phase conjugation
398/151 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Presence detection
398/152 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including polarization
398/153 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        One transmitter, plural receivers
398/154 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including synchronization
398/155 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including synchronization->        Clock recovery
398/156 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including alignment between transmitter and receiver
398/157 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including pumping
398/158 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including compensation
398/159 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including compensation->        Reducing distortion or dispersion
398/160 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including compensation->        Using optical amplifier
398/161 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Including compensation->        Using delay
398/162 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including feedback from receiver
398/163 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including electrical oscillator
398/164 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including optical circuit board
398/165 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Plural stations
398/166 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Plural stations->        Address directing connections
398/167 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Plural stations->        Unidirectional or loopback
398/167.5 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Plural stations->        Central or master station
398/168 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Passive system
398/169 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM  ->        Passive system->        Retroreflection
398/170 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Retroreflection
398/171 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Received signal supplies power distribution to diverse devices
398/172 -> 140 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER SYSTEM ->        Including visible light modulation
398/173 OPTICAL REPEATER SYSTEM
398/174 -> 173 OPTICAL REPEATER SYSTEM ->        Demodulating
398/175 -> 173 OPTICAL REPEATER SYSTEM ->        Regenerative
398/176 -> 173 OPTICAL REPEATER SYSTEM  ->        Regenerative->        Modulation conversion
398/177 -> 173 OPTICAL REPEATER SYSTEM ->        Monitoring
398/178 -> 173 OPTICAL REPEATER SYSTEM ->        Specific optical waveguide
398/179 -> 173 OPTICAL REPEATER SYSTEM  ->        Specific optical waveguide->        Soliton
398/180 -> 173 OPTICAL REPEATER SYSTEM ->        Specific optical elements
398/181 -> 173 OPTICAL REPEATER SYSTEM ->        Supervisory signal by repeater
398/182 TRANSMITTER
398/183 -> 182 TRANSMITTER ->        Having particular modulation
398/184 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Having particular modulation->        Including polarization
398/185 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Having particular modulation->        Hybrid modulation
398/186 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Having particular modulation->        Intensity modulation
398/187 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Having particular modulation->        Frequency modulation
398/188 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Having particular modulation->        Phase modulation
398/189 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Having particular modulation->        Pulse modulation
398/190 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Having particular modulation ->        Pulse modulation->        Pulse-code
398/191 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Having particular modulation ->        Pulse modulation->        Pulse time
398/192 -> 182 TRANSMITTER ->        Including compensation
398/193 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including compensation->        Precompensation (e.g., prechirping, predistortion
398/194 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including compensation->        For noise or distortion
398/195 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including compensation->        Including feedback
398/196 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including compensation ->        Including feedback->        For wavelength control
398/197 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including compensation ->        Including feedback->        For power control
398/198 -> 182 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including compensation ->        Including feedback->        For modulator control
398/199 -> 182 TRANSMITTER ->        Chirping
398/200 -> 182 TRANSMITTER ->        Including optical waveguide
398/201 -> 182 TRANSMITTER ->        Including specific optical elements
398/202 RECEIVER
398/203 -> 202 RECEIVER ->        Homodyne
398/204 -> 202 RECEIVER ->        Heterodyne
398/205 -> 202 RECEIVER  ->        Heterodyne->        Including polarization
398/206 -> 202 RECEIVER  ->        Heterodyne ->        Including polarization->        Having feedback
398/207 -> 202 RECEIVER  ->        Heterodyne->        Specific optical elements
398/208 -> 202 RECEIVER ->        Including postcompensation
398/209 -> 202 RECEIVER  ->        Including postcompensation->        Feedback
398/210 -> 202 RECEIVER  ->        Including postcompensation->        Amplitude
398/211 -> 202 RECEIVER  ->        Including postcompensation->        Intermodulation
398/212 -> 202 RECEIVER ->        Including optical element (e.g., lens, mirror, etc.)
398/213 -> 202 RECEIVER  ->        Including optical element (e.g., lens, mirror, etc.)->        Having feedback
398/214 -> 202 RECEIVER ->        Including optical waveguide
405/1 MARINE VESSEL PORTAGE, LAUNCHING, OR REMOVING
405/2 -> 1 MARINE VESSEL PORTAGE, LAUNCHING, OR REMOVING ->        Rail mounted carrier
405/3 -> 1 MARINE VESSEL PORTAGE, LAUNCHING, OR REMOVING ->        Lifting
405/4 -> 1 MARINE VESSEL PORTAGE, LAUNCHING, OR REMOVING ->        Dry dock
405/5 -> 1 MARINE VESSEL PORTAGE, LAUNCHING, OR REMOVING  ->        Dry dock->        Fabrication
405/6 -> 1 MARINE VESSEL PORTAGE, LAUNCHING, OR REMOVING  ->        Dry dock->        Gate
405/7 -> 1 MARINE VESSEL PORTAGE, LAUNCHING, OR REMOVING  ->        Dry dock->        Vessel support (e.g., bilge or keel block)
405/8 PRESSURIZED CAISSON
405/9 -> 8 PRESSURIZED CAISSON ->        Having lifting cable
405/10 -> 8 PRESSURIZED CAISSON ->        Movable relative to mobile support
405/11 MEANS TO EXPOSE A NORMALLY WETTED SURFACE,E.G., COFFERDAM, ETC.
405/12 -> 11 MEANS TO EXPOSE A NORMALLY WETTED SURFACE,E.G., COFFERDAM, ETC. ->        Contoured to wetted surface, e.g., side hung ship caisson
405/13 -> 11 MEANS TO EXPOSE A NORMALLY WETTED SURFACE,E.G., COFFERDAM, ETC. ->        Having transport, placement, or dislodgement means
405/14 -> 11 MEANS TO EXPOSE A NORMALLY WETTED SURFACE,E.G., COFFERDAM, ETC. ->        Connectable sections
405/15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION
405/16 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION ->        Revetment
405/17 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Revetment->        Revetment laying
405/18 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Revetment->        Continuous concrete or concrete filled bag
405/19 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Revetment->        Mattress
405/20 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Revetment ->        Mattress->        Hinged concrete sections
405/21 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION ->        Wave or flow dissipation
405/22 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation->        Fluid application
405/23 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation->        Floatable dissipator submerged at site
405/24 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation->        Artificial seaweed
405/25 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation->        Bed supported subsurface dissipator
405/26 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation->        Floating
405/27 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation ->        Floating->        Openwork
405/28 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation->        Flexibly suspended from or pivoted to support
405/29 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation->        Polypod
405/30 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation->        Openwork or concave face
405/31 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation ->        Openwork or concave face->        Associated with solid wall
405/32 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation ->        Openwork or concave face->        With fabric
405/33 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation ->        Openwork or concave face->        Interfitted or interleaved members
405/34 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation ->        Openwork or concave face->        Jetty
405/35 -> 15 BANK, SHORE, OR BED PROTECTION  ->        Wave or flow dissipation ->        Openwork or concave face->        Spaced members
405/36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION
405/37 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION ->        Control means responsive to sensed condition
405/38 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION ->        Including subsurface moisture barrier
405/39 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION ->        Having regulation of flow through channel
405/40 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION  ->        Having regulation of flow through channel->        At outlet or intake
405/41 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION  ->        Having regulation of flow through channel ->        At outlet or intake->        Riser or standpipe outlet or intake
405/42 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION ->        End cap
405/43 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION ->        Porous or apertured pipe, flume, or tileway
405/44 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION  ->        Porous or apertured pipe, flume, or tileway->        Uniform discharge
405/45 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION  ->        Porous or apertured pipe, flume, or tileway->        Porous
405/46 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION  ->        Porous or apertured pipe, flume, or tileway->        Earthen bottom
405/47 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION  ->        Porous or apertured pipe, flume, or tileway->        Flow through joint
405/48 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION  ->        Porous or apertured pipe, flume, or tileway->        Open seam or shielded outlet
405/49 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION  ->        Porous or apertured pipe, flume, or tileway->        Corrugated
405/50 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION ->        Porous waterway, e.g., sand drain, etc.
405/51 -> 36 DRAINAGE OR IRRIGATION ->        Branched flow
405/52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT
405/53 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT ->        Fluid storage in earthen cavity
405/54 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Fluid storage in earthen cavity->        With indicator or alarm means
405/55 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Fluid storage in earthen cavity->        Cavity construction
405/56 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Fluid storage in earthen cavity ->        Cavity construction->        Including cooling or heating of material surrounding cavity
405/57 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Fluid storage in earthen cavity ->        Cavity construction->        Earth treatment
405/58 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Fluid storage in earthen cavity ->        Cavity construction ->        Earth treatment->        Dissolving earth
405/59 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Fluid storage in earthen cavity->        Supply or recovery of stored fluid by separate fluid
405/60 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT ->        Floatable matter containment
405/60.5 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment->        Logging device for guiding logs
405/61 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment->        Ice
405/62 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment->        Barrier formed by fluid
405/63 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment->        Floating barrier
405/64 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment ->        Floating barrier->        Submergible
405/65 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment ->        Floating barrier->        With means to seal space between barrier and fixed structure
405/66 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment ->        Floating barrier->        With barrier storage or deployment feature
405/67 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment ->        Floating barrier ->        With barrier storage or deployment feature->        Quick release float
405/68 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment ->        Floating barrier ->        With barrier storage or deployment feature->        Inflatable or deflatable
405/69 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment ->        Floating barrier ->        With barrier storage or deployment feature ->        Inflatable or deflatable->        Self-inflating
405/70 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment ->        Floating barrier->        Having joint detail
405/71 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment ->        Floating barrier ->        Having joint detail->        Having hinged joint between rigid sections
405/72 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Floatable matter containment ->        Floating barrier->        With reinforcing feature
405/73 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT ->        Erosive scouring
405/74 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT ->        Settling of suspended matter in a specific location (e.g., at a scoured pier)
405/75 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT ->        Extracting power from moving fluid
405/76 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Extracting power from moving fluid->        Wave or tide
405/77 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Extracting power from moving fluid ->        Wave or tide->        With flow restrictor or ramp
405/78 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Extracting power from moving fluid->        Associated with dam
405/79 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT ->        Wave generation or enhancement
405/80 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT ->        Flow control
405/81 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control->        Fishway
405/82 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Fishway->        Elevator
405/83 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Fishway->        Closed channel
405/84 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control->        Navigable canal
405/85 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Navigable canal->        Having lock
405/86 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Navigable canal ->        Having lock->        Movable lifting member
405/87 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control->        Water gate or adjustable weir
405/88 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir->        Center flow
405/89 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir->        Uniform discharge
405/90 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir->        Removable
405/91 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Removable->        Flexible
405/92 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir->        Condition responsive
405/93 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Condition responsive->        To weight of liquid separated from a main body
405/94 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Condition responsive->        To pressure on pivoted water gate
405/95 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Condition responsive ->        To pressure on pivoted water gate->        With latch for closed position
405/96 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Condition responsive->        Float
405/97 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Condition responsive ->        Float->        Having separate float chamber
405/98 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir->        Roller or flexible
405/99 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir->        Swinging
405/100 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Swinging->        About horizontal axis
405/101 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Swinging ->        About horizontal axis->        Overflow
405/102 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Swinging ->        About horizontal axis ->        Overflow->        Collapsible
405/103 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir->        Sliding
405/104 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Sliding->        Vertical
405/105 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Sliding ->        Vertical->        Gate unseating
405/106 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Water gate or adjustable weir ->        Sliding ->        Vertical->        With lift mechanism or latch
405/107 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.)
405/108 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.)->        Having spillway
405/109 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.)->        Having impervious core
405/110 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.)->        Hollow or buttressed
405/111 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.) ->        Hollow or buttressed->        With ballast compartment or cavity
405/112 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.) ->        Hollow or buttressed->        Vertical wall buttress
405/113 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.)->        Tension stayed
405/114 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.)->        Connectable sections
405/115 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.)->        Flexible
405/116 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.)->        In situ construction
405/117 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Artificial water barrier (e.g., dam, levee, etc.) ->        In situ construction->        Earthen
405/118 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control->        Open channel
405/119 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Open channel->        Flume
405/120 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Open channel ->        Flume->        Elbow or tee
405/121 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Open channel ->        Flume->        Joint
405/122 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Open channel ->        Flume ->        Joint->        Including U-clamp
405/123 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Open channel ->        Flume ->        Joint ->        Including U-clamp->        With crossbar
405/124 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control->        Culvert
405/125 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Culvert->        Terminal or head
405/126 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control ->        Culvert->        Serially connected segments
405/127 -> 52 FLUID CONTROL, TREATMENT, OR CONTAINMENT  ->        Flow control->        Intake
405/128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION
405/128.15 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization
405/128.2 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization->        Vacuuming contaminant
405/128.25 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization ->        Vacuuming contaminant->        With fluid application
405/128.3 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization ->        Vacuuming contaminant ->        With fluid application->        At spaced locations
405/128.35 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization ->        Vacuuming contaminant ->        With fluid application ->        At spaced locations->        With heat
405/128.4 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization ->        Vacuuming contaminant->        With heat
405/128.45 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization->        With treatment
405/128.5 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization ->        With treatment->        Chemical
405/128.55 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization ->        With treatment ->        Chemical->        With heat
405/128.6 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization ->        With treatment->        Temperature
405/128.65 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        In situ contaminant removal or stabilization ->        With treatment ->        Temperature->        Vitrify
405/128.7 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION ->        With treatment
405/128.75 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        With treatment->        Chemical
405/128.8 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        With treatment ->        Chemical->        With heat
405/128.85 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        With treatment->        Temperature
405/128.9 -> 128.1 SOIL REMEDIATION  ->        With treatment ->        Temperature->        Vitrify
405/129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT
405/129.15 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT ->        Compacting
405/129.2 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT ->        With treatment of waste
405/129.25 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        With treatment of waste->        Chemical
405/129.27 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        With treatment of waste ->        Chemical->        With heat
405/129.28 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        With treatment of waste->        Temperature
405/129.3 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        With treatment of waste->        Solidification
405/129.35 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT ->        Earthen formation
405/129.4 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Earthen formation->        Hydraulic fracture
405/129.45 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring
405/129.5 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring->        Monitoring, detecting, or sensing
405/129.55 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring->        Complete containment structure
405/129.57 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring ->        Complete containment structure->        With drainage or collection
405/129.6 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring->        Floor, pit, or wall
405/129.65 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring ->        Floor, pit, or wall->        With treatment
405/129.7 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring ->        Floor, pit, or wall->        With drainage or collection
405/129.75 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring ->        Floor, pit, or wall->        Flexible sheet or liner
405/129.8 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring ->        Floor, pit, or wall->        Rigid sectional members
405/129.85 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring->        Drainage or collection
405/129.9 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT  ->        Waste barrier, containment, or monitoring->        Daily cover
405/129.95 -> 129.1 SUBTERRANEAN WASTE DISPOSAL, CONTAINMENT, OR TREATMENT ->        Landfill
405/130 TEMPERATURE MODIFICATION OR CONTROL OF EARTHEN FORMATION
405/131 -> 130 TEMPERATURE MODIFICATION OR CONTROL OF EARTHEN FORMATION ->        Heating
405/132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL
405/133 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL ->        Vertical
405/134 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL ->        Sectional
405/135 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Sectional->        Seal or joint
405/136 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL ->        Subaqueous
405/137 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Subaqueous->        Below bed
405/138 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL ->        Boring
405/139 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring->        With auxiliary tunnel
405/140 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring->        By axially overlapped members
405/141 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring->        Shield
405/142 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring ->        Shield->        With transverse force application feature
405/143 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring ->        Shield->        Direction control
405/144 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring ->        Shield->        Door or bulkhead
405/145 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring ->        Shield->        Discrete independently advanceable earth supporting segments
405/146 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring ->        Shield->        Lining installation
405/147 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring ->        Shield->        Seal
405/148 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Boring->        Work platform
405/149 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL ->        Cut and cover
405/150.1 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL ->        Lining
405/150.2 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Lining->        By spraying of settable material (e.g., concrete)
405/151 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Lining->        Panel
405/152 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Lining ->        Panel->        With sealing feature
405/153 -> 132 UNDERGROUND PASSAGEWAY, E.G., TUNNEL  ->        Lining ->        Panel->        With separate fastening means between adjacent panels
405/154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING
405/155 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        Cast in situ
405/156 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        With forming or cutting of pipe or cable
405/157 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        With protection or indication of pipe or trench
405/158 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment
405/159 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment->        Entrenched or buried
405/160 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        Entrenched or buried->        Condition responsive
405/161 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        Entrenched or buried->        Entrenching or burying apparatus guided by pre-positioned pipe or cable
405/162 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        Entrenched or buried ->        Entrenching or burying apparatus guided by pre-positioned pipe or cable->        With apparatus buoyancy control
405/163 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        Entrenched or buried ->        Entrenching or burying apparatus guided by pre-positioned pipe or cable->        With bottom fluidizing means
405/164 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        Entrenched or buried->        By towing submerged sled with attached plow and pipe or cable guide
405/165 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        Entrenched or buried ->        By towing submerged sled with attached plow and pipe or cable guide->        With means to forcibly feed or to control tension in pipe or cable
405/166 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment->        Facilitated by extension from line-laying vessel
405/167 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        Facilitated by extension from line-laying vessel->        Articulated segments
405/168.1 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment->        With causing or controlling the deformation of a line
405/168.2 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        With causing or controlling the deformation of a line->        Buckle arrestor for pipe
405/168.3 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        With causing or controlling the deformation of a line->        Pipe laying from a reel
405/168.4 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        With causing or controlling the deformation of a line->        Pipe tensioner
405/169 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment->        With assembling of line structure
405/170 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment ->        With assembling of line structure->        By joining successive sections of line
405/171 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment->        By control of buoyancy
405/172 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment->        With anchoring of line
405/173 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Submerging, raising, or manipulating line of pipe or cable in or from marine environment->        With raising of line from marine floor
405/174 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position
405/175 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position->        Condition responsive
405/176 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position->        Tape or strip
405/177 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position->        With positive feed or means to vary tension in pipe or cable
405/178 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position->        Simultaneous laying of plural parallel pipes or cables
405/179 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position->        With backfill or bedding material conveying or dispensing means
405/180 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position->        Including trench forming plow with pipe or cable guide
405/181 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position ->        Including trench forming plow with pipe or cable guide->        With depth adjustment
405/182 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position ->        Including trench forming plow with pipe or cable guide->        With plow vibrating or oscillating means
405/183 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        By means advancing along terrain and guiding pipe or cable into subterranean position ->        Including trench forming plow with pipe or cable guide->        Guide integral with or rigidly fixed to plow
405/183.5 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        Moving cable within pipe
405/184 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        Advancing subterranean length of pipe or cable
405/184.1 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        Repair, replacement, or improvement
405/184.2 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Repair, replacement, or improvement->        Installing liner
405/184.3 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING  ->        Repair, replacement, or improvement->        Pipe splitting, breaking, or expanding
405/184.4 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        Supporting, anchoring, or positioning of pipe or cable
405/184.5 -> 154.1 SUBTERRANEAN OR SUBMARINE PIPE OR CABLE LAYING, RETRIEVING, MANIPULATING, OR TREATING ->        Plural pipe sections
405/185 DIVING
405/186 -> 185 DIVING ->        Suit or accessory therefor
405/187 -> 185 DIVING  ->        Suit or accessory therefor->        Rigid element
405/188 -> 185 DIVING ->        Underwater docking or mooring
405/189 -> 185 DIVING  ->        Underwater docking or mooring->        With communication between inhabitable enclosures
405/190 -> 185 DIVING ->        Remote control
405/191 -> 185 DIVING  ->        Remote control->        From surface
405/192 -> 185 DIVING ->        With air lock
405/193 -> 185 DIVING ->        With pressure equalization
405/194 -> 185 DIVING ->        With continuous surface access
405/195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF
405/196 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        With work deck vertically adjustable relative to floor
405/197 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With work deck vertically adjustable relative to floor->        Sectional leg
405/198 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With work deck vertically adjustable relative to floor->        Longitudinally extending projections or recesses
405/199 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With work deck vertically adjustable relative to floor->        Frictional gripper
405/200 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With work deck vertically adjustable relative to floor->        By buoyancy control
405/201 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        With horizontally movable work deck
405/202 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        With pivotal connection between work deck and base
405/203 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        Floatable to site and supported by marine floor
405/204 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Floatable to site and supported by marine floor->        With assembly of sectional supporting structure at site
405/205 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Floatable to site and supported by marine floor->        With ballasting means to sink or position structure at site
405/206 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Floatable to site and supported by marine floor ->        With ballasting means to sink or position structure at site->        Detachable from structure
405/207 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Floatable to site and supported by marine floor ->        With ballasting means to sink or position structure at site->        Compartment in base
405/208 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Floatable to site and supported by marine floor ->        With ballasting means to sink or position structure at site ->        Compartment in base->        And leg depending from base
405/209 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Floatable to site and supported by marine floor->        Separable transport means
405/210 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        Storage container
405/211 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        Structure protection
405/211.1 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Structure protection->        Corrosion prevention
405/212 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Structure protection->        Fender
405/213 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Structure protection ->        Fender->        Roller type
405/214 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Structure protection ->        Fender->        Having coil spring
405/215 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Structure protection ->        Fender->        Resilient block
405/216 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Structure protection->        Sleeve or coating
405/217 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        In or on frozen media
405/218 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        Dock
405/219 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Dock->        Floating
405/220 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Dock->        Hinged
405/221 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Dock->        Vertically adjustable
405/222 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        Cast in situ
405/223 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        Cast in situ->        Installing means
405/223.1 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        Tension leg platform
405/224 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF ->        With anchoring of structure to marine floor
405/224.1 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With anchoring of structure to marine floor->        Pressure holding or loosening means
405/224.2 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With anchoring of structure to marine floor->        By riser pipe
405/224.3 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With anchoring of structure to marine floor ->        By riser pipe->        Having flexible segment
405/224.4 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With anchoring of structure to marine floor ->        By riser pipe->        Having tensioner
405/225 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With anchoring of structure to marine floor->        By grouting preformed structure
405/226 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With anchoring of structure to marine floor->        Including floor modifying means
405/227 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With anchoring of structure to marine floor->        By pile extending through sleeve in structure
405/228 -> 195.1 MARINE STRUCTURE OR FABRICATION THEREOF  ->        With anchoring of structure to marine floor->        Pile driving
405/229 FOUNDATION
405/230 -> 229 FOUNDATION ->        Underpinning
405/231 -> 229 FOUNDATION ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile)
405/232 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile)->        Process or apparatus for installing
405/233 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material
405/234 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material->        With heating, cooling, or explosion
405/235 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material->        With subsequent moving
405/236 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material->        Subsurface dispensing of material for flow toward surface
405/237 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material->        Forming subsurface enlargement
405/238 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material ->        Forming subsurface enlargement->        Preformed enlargement cavity
405/239 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material->        Providing embedded metallic reinforcement
405/240 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material->        Dispensing fluent material while withdrawing dispenser
405/241 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material ->        Dispensing fluent material while withdrawing dispenser->        Dispensing auger
405/242 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material ->        Dispensing fluent material while withdrawing dispenser->        Driven dispenser with separable tip
405/243 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Casting in situ hardenable fluent material->        Withdrawing form structure
405/244 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing->        With anchoring of structure
405/245 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing->        Driving removable wall supporting core
405/246 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Driving removable wall supporting core->        Diametrically retractable core
405/247 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing ->        Driving removable wall supporting core ->        Diametrically retractable core->        Fluid pressure actuated
405/248 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing->        With subsurfacr fluid discharge
405/249 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Process or apparatus for installing->        Caisson or hollow shaft
405/250 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile)->        Comprising series of connected longitudinal sections having diverse compositions
405/251 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile)->        With joint or connection between sections of similar material
405/252 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        With joint or connection between sections of similar material->        Between concrete sections
405/252.1 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile)->        Pile having screw threads
405/253 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile)->        With driving or cutting tip
405/254 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        With driving or cutting tip->        Longitudinally ribbed
405/255 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile)->        With end cap
405/256 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile)->        Concrete
405/257 -> 229 FOUNDATION  ->        Columnar structure (e.g., pier, pile) ->        Concrete->        With form or casing
405/258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL
405/259.1 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL ->        Rock or earth bolt or anchor
405/259.2 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Rock or earth bolt or anchor->        Frangible bolt
405/259.3 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Rock or earth bolt or anchor->        Expandable tube
405/259.4 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Rock or earth bolt or anchor->        Bolt having wedge expander
405/259.5 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Rock or earth bolt or anchor->        With settable material feature
405/259.6 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Rock or earth bolt or anchor ->        With settable material feature->        Breaking canister or packet
405/262 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Rock or earth bolt or anchor->        With retaining wall
405/263 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL ->        Chemical
405/264 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Chemical->        Organic
405/265 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Chemical ->        Organic->        Bituminous
405/266 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Chemical->        Cementitious (e.g., grouting)
405/267 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Chemical ->        Cementitious (e.g., grouting)->        Filling substerranean cavity (e.g., underground wall)
405/268 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Chemical ->        Cementitious (e.g., grouting)->        Lining
405/269 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Chemical ->        Cementitious (e.g., grouting)->        Injector
405/270 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL ->        Impermeabilization
405/271 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL ->        Compaction
405/272 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention
405/273 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention->        Cribbing
405/274 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention->        Sheet piles
405/275 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Sheet piles->        Concrete
405/276 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Sheet piles->        Metal
405/277 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Sheet piles ->        Metal->        C or I sections
405/278 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Sheet piles ->        Metal->        Head and claw interlock
405/279 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Sheet piles ->        Metal->        With separate fastening, reinforcing or sealing means
405/280 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Sheet piles ->        Metal->        Cellular
405/281 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Sheet piles ->        Metal->        Bulb and socket interlock
405/282 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention->        Trench shoring
405/283 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Trench shoring->        Shield type
405/284 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention->        Retaining wall
405/285 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Retaining wall->        Pile and panel
405/286 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Retaining wall->        Concrete
405/287 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Retaining wall ->        Concrete->        Cast in situ
405/287.1 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention->        Cast in situ
405/288 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention->        Roof support
405/289 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support->        Inflatable
405/290 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support->        Jack
405/291 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack->        Mobile
405/292 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile->        Position restoring
405/293 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile->        With canopy extension
405/294 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile ->        With canopy extension->        Telescoping
405/295 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile->        Cantilevered
405/296 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile->        With rubble shield
405/297 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile->        With contour following feature
405/298 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile->        Under load advanceable
405/299 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile->        Self-advanceable
405/300 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile ->        Self-advanceable->        Paired
405/301 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile ->        Self-advanceable ->        Paired->        Nested
405/302 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support ->        Jack ->        Mobile->        Control system
405/302.1 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support->        Subterranean roof plate
405/302.2 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support->        Cable or strap support
405/302.3 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Shoring, bracing, or cave-in prevention ->        Roof support->        Mesh support
405/302.4 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL ->        Ground stabilization or reinforcement
405/302.5 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Ground stabilization or reinforcement->        Vibration dampener
405/302.6 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Ground stabilization or reinforcement->        Erosion protection
405/302.7 -> 258.1 EARTH TREATMENT OR CONTROL  ->        Ground stabilization or reinforcement->        Net, fabric, or sheet type
405/303 MISCELLANEOUS
422/1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING
422/2 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Step of warning or decreasing hazard of process
422/3 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Process control in response to analysis
422/4 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        A gas is substance acted upon
422/5 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Deodorizing
422/6 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Affecting structure, article, etc., submerged in marine environment
422/7 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal
422/8 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal->        Using protective article (e.g., antitarnish fabric, etc.)
422/9 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal->        Using gaseous preservative, preservative added to gaseous phase of environment, or maintaining gaseous phase nondestructive
422/10 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal ->        Using gaseous preservative, preservative added to gaseous phase of environment, or maintaining gaseous phase nondestructive->        Manipulating gaseous environment for preservative purpose
422/11 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal ->        Using gaseous preservative, preservative added to gaseous phase of environment, or maintaining gaseous phase nondestructive->        Steam environment
422/12 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal->        Aqueous acid environment (i.e.,pH << 4.1)
422/13 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal->        Aqueous alkali environment (i.e., pH >> 8.4)
422/14 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal->        Essentially pure water environment
422/15 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal ->        Essentially pure water environment->        Using organic compound having phosphorus
422/16 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal ->        Essentially pure water environment->        Using organic nitrogen compound other than ammonium salt
422/17 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal ->        Essentially pure water environment->        Using organic carboxylic acid or salt thereof
422/18 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal ->        Essentially pure water environment->        Using inorganic silicon or phosphorus compound
422/19 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Maintaining environment nondestructive to metal ->        Essentially pure water environment->        Using heavy metal or compound thereof
422/20 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Using sonic or ultrasonic energy
422/21 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Using microwave energy
422/22 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Using direct contact with electrical or electromagnetic radiation
422/23 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using direct contact with electrical or electromagnetic radiation->        In atmosphere other than air
422/24 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using direct contact with electrical or electromagnetic radiation->        Ultraviolet
422/25 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Including additional step of preventing damage to sealed container
422/26 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Using direct contact steam to disinfect or sterilize
422/27 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using direct contact steam to disinfect or sterilize->        And additional disinfecting or sterilizing agent
422/28 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance
422/29 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance->        In situ generation of agent other than aldehyde or glycol
422/30 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance->        And removing the agent by chemical reaction or sorption
422/31 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance->        And recovering or reusing the agent
422/32 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance->        Treating bulk material
422/33 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance->        With positive pressure or vacuum
422/34 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance->        Using alkylene oxide
422/35 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance->        Using cyanide
422/36 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance->        Using aldehyde
422/37 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Using disinfecting or sterilizing substance->        Using halogen or halogen-containing compound
422/38 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Using fluent heat transfer medium other than air
422/39 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        By sudden release of pressure
422/40 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING ->        Process of storage or protection
422/41 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Process of storage or protection->        Of liquid
422/42 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Process of storage or protection ->        Of liquid->        By preventing evaporation
422/43 -> 1 PROCESS DISINFECTING, PRESERVING, DEODORIZING, OR STERILIZING  ->        Process of storage or protection ->        Of liquid ->        By preventing evaporation->        Of water
422/44 BLOOD TREATING DEVICE FOR TRANSFUSIBLE BLOOD
422/45 -> 44 BLOOD TREATING DEVICE FOR TRANSFUSIBLE BLOOD ->        Oxygenator
422/46 -> 44 BLOOD TREATING DEVICE FOR TRANSFUSIBLE BLOOD  ->        Oxygenator->        Including integral heat-exchange means
422/47 -> 44 BLOOD TREATING DEVICE FOR TRANSFUSIBLE BLOOD  ->        Oxygenator->        Bubble or foam producing
422/48 -> 44 BLOOD TREATING DEVICE FOR TRANSFUSIBLE BLOOD  ->        Oxygenator->        Membrane
422/49 INCLUDING MEANS FACILITATING PART REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OTHER THAN SOLID, EXTENDED SURFACE, FLUID CONTACT MEANS
422/50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE
422/51 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Calorimeter
422/52 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Chemiluminescent
422/53 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Corrosion tester
422/54 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Flame ionization detector
422/55 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Structured visual or optical indicator, per se
422/56 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Structured visual or optical indicator, per se->        Having reagent in absorbent or bibulous substrate
422/57 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Structured visual or optical indicator, per se->        Having coated reagent
422/58 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Structured visual or optical indicator, per se->        In holder or container having special form
422/59 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Structured visual or optical indicator, per se ->        In holder or container having special form->        Column
422/60 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Structured visual or optical indicator, per se ->        In holder or container having special form ->        Column->        Having plural-layered material
422/61 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Test package or kit
422/62 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Automatic analytical monitor and control of industrial process
422/63 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Sample mechanical transport means in or for automated analytical system
422/64 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Sample mechanical transport means in or for automated analytical system->        Means is turntable (circular)
422/65 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Sample mechanical transport means in or for automated analytical system->        Means is conveyor and rack
422/66 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Sample mechanical transport means in or for automated analytical system->        Means is moving tape or band
422/67 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Sample mechanical transport means in or for automated analytical system->        With specific analytical program control means
422/68.1 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample
422/69 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Sorption testing
422/70 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Sorption testing->        Liquid chromatography
422/71 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Sorption testing->        With radioactive material
422/72 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Including centrifuge
422/73 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        With coagulometer for agglutination, clotting, or prothrombin, or for particle (e.g., cell, etc.) counting, or volume or characteristics determination
422/74 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Dairy tester
422/75 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Including titrator
422/76 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Including titrator->        Conductiometric type
422/77 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Including titrator ->        Conductiometric type->        With integrating or differentiating means
422/78 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Including means for pyrolysis, combustion, or oxidation
422/79 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Including means for pyrolysis, combustion, or oxidation->        Biological, chemical, or total oxygen demand (i.e., BOD, COD, TOD)
422/80 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Including means for pyrolysis, combustion, or oxidation->        And means directly analyzing evolved gas
422/81 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Automated system with sample fluid pressure transport means
422/82 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Automated system with sample fluid pressure transport means->        And means segmenting fluid material
422/82.01 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Measuring electrical property
422/82.02 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Measuring electrical property->        Resistance or conductivity
422/82.03 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Measuring electrical property->        Ion selective electrode
422/82.04 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Measuring electrical property ->        Ion selective electrode->        Dissolved gas
422/82.05 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Measuring optical property by using ultraviolet, infrared, or visible light
422/82.06 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Measuring optical property by using ultraviolet, infrared, or visible light->        Optode or optrode
422/82.07 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Measuring optical property by using ultraviolet, infrared, or visible light ->        Optode or optrode->        Fluorescence
422/82.08 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Measuring optical property by using ultraviolet, infrared, or visible light->        Fluorescence
422/82.09 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Measuring optical property by using ultraviolet, infrared, or visible light->        Absorbance or transmittance
422/82.11 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample ->        Measuring optical property by using ultraviolet, infrared, or visible light->        Waveguides
422/82.12 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Measuring temperature
422/82.13 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing liquid or solid sample->        Measuring pressure
422/83 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Means for analyzing gas sample
422/84 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample->        Breath tester
422/85 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample ->        Breath tester->        Based on color change
422/86 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample->        Including means reacting gas with color indicator
422/87 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample ->        Including means reacting gas with color indicator->        Strip indicator
422/88 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample->        Including means for adsorbing or absorbing gas into or onto liquid or solid media
422/89 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample ->        Including means for adsorbing or absorbing gas into or onto liquid or solid media->        Gas chromatography
422/90 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample ->        Including means for adsorbing or absorbing gas into or onto liquid or solid media->        With conductiometric detector
422/91 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample ->        Including means for adsorbing or absorbing gas into or onto liquid or solid media->        With photometric detector
422/92 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample ->        Including means for adsorbing or absorbing gas into or onto liquid or solid media->        With volumetric detector
422/93 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample->        Including means dividing sample stream into plural parallel segments having diverse treating means and the analytical result compared or combined
422/94 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample->        Combustible gas detector
422/95 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample ->        Combustible gas detector->        With thermoelectric detector
422/96 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample ->        Combustible gas detector ->        With thermoelectric detector->        Wheatstone bridge
422/97 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample ->        Combustible gas detector ->        With thermoelectric detector ->        Wheatstone bridge->        With specific coating on bridge element
422/98 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Means for analyzing gas sample->        Analysis based on electrical measurement
422/99 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE ->        Miscellaneous laboratory apparatus and elements, per se
422/100 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Miscellaneous laboratory apparatus and elements, per se->        Pipette or other volumetric fluid transfer means
422/101 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Miscellaneous laboratory apparatus and elements, per se->        Including means for separating a constituentSEMI e.g., filter, condenser, extractor, etc.
422/102 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Miscellaneous laboratory apparatus and elements, per se->        Container
422/103 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Miscellaneous laboratory apparatus and elements, per se->        Valve or connector structure
422/104 -> 50 ANALYZER, STRUCTURED INDICATOR, OR MANIPULATIVE LABORATORY DEVICE  ->        Miscellaneous laboratory apparatus and elements, per se->        Holder, support, housing, or hood
422/105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION
422/106 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION ->        Responsive to liquid level
422/107 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION ->        Control element directly mechanically linked to separate sensor
422/108 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION ->        Control element responds proportionally to a variable signal from a sensor
422/109 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION  ->        Control element responds proportionally to a variable signal from a sensor->        Controls heat transfer
422/110 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION  ->        Control element responds proportionally to a variable signal from a sensor->        Controls flow rate of a material to or from a contact zone
422/111 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION  ->        Control element responds proportionally to a variable signal from a sensor ->        Controls flow rate of a material to or from a contact zone->        Material is an input to contact zone
422/112 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION ->        Control element is fluid pressure sensitive
422/113 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION  ->        Control element is fluid pressure sensitive->        Pressure-relief valve (e.g., pop-off valve) or check valve
422/114 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION ->        Control element is a binary responsive valve
422/115 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION  ->        Control element is a binary responsive valve->        Valve diverts flow from a contact zone
422/116 -> 105 CONTROL ELEMENT RESPONSIVE TO A SENSED OPERATING CONDITION ->        Sensed condition is operating time and control is operation sequencer
422/117 WITH SAFETY FEATURE
422/118 -> 117 WITH SAFETY FEATURE ->        Preventing opening of closure of pressurized apparatus at unsafe pressure
422/119 WITH INDICATING, SIGNALLING, RECORDING, SAMPLING, OR INSPECTION MEANS
422/120 FOR DEODORIZING OF, OR CHEMICAL PURIFICATION OF, OR GENERATION OF, LIFE-SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL GAS
422/121 -> 120 FOR DEODORIZING OF, OR CHEMICAL PURIFICATION OF, OR GENERATION OF, LIFE-SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL GAS ->        With means exposing gas to electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation
422/122 -> 120 FOR DEODORIZING OF, OR CHEMICAL PURIFICATION OF, OR GENERATION OF, LIFE-SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL GAS ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction means (e.g., Raschig rings, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.)
422/123 -> 120 FOR DEODORIZING OF, OR CHEMICAL PURIFICATION OF, OR GENERATION OF, LIFE-SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL GAS ->        Including means adding material into environmental gas
422/124 -> 120 FOR DEODORIZING OF, OR CHEMICAL PURIFICATION OF, OR GENERATION OF, LIFE-SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL GAS  ->        Including means adding material into environmental gas->        And mechanical means creating forced draft at addition site
422/125 -> 120 FOR DEODORIZING OF, OR CHEMICAL PURIFICATION OF, OR GENERATION OF, LIFE-SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL GAS  ->        Including means adding material into environmental gas->        With material-heating means
422/126 -> 120 FOR DEODORIZING OF, OR CHEMICAL PURIFICATION OF, OR GENERATION OF, LIFE-SUSTAINING ENVIRONMENTAL GAS  ->        Including means adding material into environmental gas ->        With material-heating means->        Material is combusted
422/127 SHOCK OR SOUND WAVE
422/128 -> 127 SHOCK OR SOUND WAVE ->        Including supersonic or ultrasonic energy generation means
422/129 CHEMICAL REACTOR
422/129.1 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Soap making
422/130 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Bench scale
422/131 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Organic polymerization
422/132 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Organic polymerization->        Closed loop
422/133 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Organic polymerization->        Generating foamed plastic
422/134 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Organic polymerization->        Including plural sequential reaction stages
422/135 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Organic polymerization->        Including reactant agitating means in reaction chamber
422/136 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Organic polymerization ->        Including reactant agitating means in reaction chamber->        And means rotatably mounting reaction chamber
422/137 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Organic polymerization ->        Including reactant agitating means in reaction chamber->        Horizontal reaction chamber with screw or worm agitator
422/138 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Organic polymerization->        With heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein
422/139 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Fluidized bed
422/140 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Fluidized bed->        With liquid present
422/141 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Fluidized bed->        Plural reaction beds
422/142 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Fluidized bed ->        Plural reaction beds->        Sequentially arranged
422/143 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Fluidized bed->        Including specific wind box or particulate matter support grid
422/144 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Fluidized bed->        Including means to strip reaction mass from, or to regenerate, the particulate matter (including fluidized bed regenerators, per se)
422/145 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Fluidized bed->        And means providing flow of particulate matter into or out of reaction chamber
422/146 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Fluidized bed->        With heat exchange means affecting reaction chamber or reactants located therein
422/147 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Fluidized bed->        And means mechanically separating and removing particulate bed material from fluid effluent
422/148 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Ammonia synthesizer
422/149 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        With means simultaneously carrying out conjugated reactions within single reactor
422/150 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Pigment or carbon black producer
422/151 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Pigment or carbon black producer->        With means injecting quench stream into reaction chamber downstream of reaction site
422/152 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Pigment or carbon black producer->        With particulate product collecting surface and means mechanically removing product therefrom
422/153 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Pigment or carbon black producer ->        With particulate product collecting surface and means mechanically removing product therefrom->        Moving collecting surface
422/154 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Pigment or carbon black producer ->        With particulate product collecting surface and means mechanically removing product therefrom ->        Moving collecting surface->        Rotary collecting surface
422/155 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Pigment or carbon black producer ->        With particulate product collecting surface and means mechanically removing product therefrom ->        Moving collecting surface ->        Rotary collecting surface->        Disk or plate
422/156 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Pigment or carbon black producer->        With plural sequential reaction zones or chambers
422/157 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Pigment or carbon black producer ->        With plural sequential reaction zones or chambers->        With movably or removably mounted plug means for converting reactor from (N) to (N+1) reaction stages
422/158 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Pigment or carbon black producer->        Vapor phase reaction type
422/159 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        For radioactive reactant or product
422/160 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Inorganic sulfur acid or anhydride producing type
422/161 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Inorganic sulfur acid or anhydride producing type->        Acid is final product
422/162 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Inorganic hydrator
422/163 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Explosives synthesizer
422/164 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Solid reactant type (i.e., absence of fluid reactants)
422/165 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Solid reactant type (i.e., absence of fluid reactants)->        Including ignition means for reactant
422/166 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Solid reactant type (i.e., absence of fluid reactants) ->        Including ignition means for reactant->        Electrically actuated
422/167 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Solid reactant type (i.e., absence of fluid reactants)->        Including reactor cooling means surrounding reactor
422/168 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Waste gas purifier
422/169 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier->        Including means providing sequential purification stages
422/170 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        Including means providing sequential purification stages->        Plural chemical reaction stages
422/171 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        Including means providing sequential purification stages ->        Plural chemical reaction stages->        Solid, extended surface, fluid contact type
422/172 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        Including means providing sequential purification stages ->        Plural chemical reaction stages->        And means downstream of a stage for injecting a reactant into waste gas for interreaction in subsequent stage
422/173 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier->        With heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein
422/174 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        With heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein->        Electrical type
422/175 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        With heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein->        Regenerative heat sink
422/176 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier->        Including waste gas flow distributor upstream of reaction site and within reaction chamber modifying velocity profile of gas
422/177 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.
422/178 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        And contact regenerating means or means for cleaning an internal surface of the reaction chamber
422/179 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        Fixed bed with resilient or differential thermal expansion compensating bed support means
422/180 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        Unitary (i.e., nonparticulate) contact bed (e.g., monolithic catalyst bed, etc.)
422/181 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        Fixed annularly shaped bed of contact material and means directing gas therethrough substantially perpendicular to longitudinal axis of bed
422/182 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier->        Including means injecting combustion fuel into reaction chamber in direct contact with waste gas
422/183 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Waste gas purifier ->        Including means injecting combustion fuel into reaction chamber in direct contact with waste gas->        And means mixing combustion fuel with waste gas upstream of reaction site
422/184.1 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        For chemically destroying or disintegrating solid waste, other than burning alone
422/185 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        For chemical recovery of chemicals from waste paper making liquor
422/186 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction
422/186.01 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction->        Magnetic
422/186.02 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Magnetic->        Object protection
422/186.03 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Magnetic->        With electrical discharge
422/186.04 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge
422/186.05 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        Treating surface of solid substrate
422/186.06 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Treating surface of solid substrate->        Surface is metal
422/186.07 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        Ozonizers
422/186.08 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers->        With preparatory or product-treating means
422/186.09 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers ->        With preparatory or product-treating means->        With drying means
422/186.1 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers ->        With preparatory or product-treating means->        With filtering or particle removal means
422/186.11 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers ->        With preparatory or product-treating means->        With cooling, compression, condensation, or liquefying means
422/186.12 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers->        With subsequent use means
422/186.13 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers->        With electrode moving means
422/186.14 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers->        With fluent reactant flow control means
422/186.15 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers->        With current control or special electrical supply means
422/186.16 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers ->        With current control or special electrical supply means->        With pulse generating means
422/186.18 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers->        Cylindrical electrode
422/186.19 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers ->        Cylindrical electrode->        With heating or cooling means
422/186.2 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Ozonizers->        With heating or cooling means
422/186.21 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        Arc or spark discharge means
422/186.22 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Arc or spark discharge means->        With electrode or reaction space heating or cooling means
422/186.23 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Arc or spark discharge means->        With preparatory or product-treating means
422/186.24 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Arc or spark discharge means ->        With preparatory or product-treating means->        With nitrogen fixation means
422/186.25 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Arc or spark discharge means ->        With preparatory or product-treating means->        With cooling or pressurizing means
422/186.26 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Arc or spark discharge means->        With electrode moving means
422/186.27 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Arc or spark discharge means ->        With electrode moving means->        With current control means
422/186.28 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge ->        Arc or spark discharge means->        With current control means
422/186.29 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction ->        Electrostatic field or electrical discharge->        With RF input means
422/186.3 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        With means applying electromagnetic wave energy or corpuscular radiation to reactants for initiating or perfecting chemical reaction->        With ultraviolet radiation generating means
422/187 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Combined
422/188 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Including plural reaction stages
422/189 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including plural reaction stages->        And means providing discrete sequential reaction stagesSEMI e.g., train, etc.
422/190 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including plural reaction stages ->        And means providing discrete sequential reaction stagesSEMI e.g., train, etc.->        Plural solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction stages each containingSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate sorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.
422/191 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including plural reaction stages ->        And means providing discrete sequential reaction stagesSEMI e.g., train, etc. ->        Plural solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction stages each containingSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate sorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        Superimposed reaction stages in single reaction chamber
422/192 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including plural reaction stages ->        And means providing discrete sequential reaction stagesSEMI e.g., train, etc. ->        Plural solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction stages each containingSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate sorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        At least one reaction stage formed of fixed, annularly shaped bed of contact material and means directing reaction stream therethrough substantially perpendicular to longitudinal axis of bed
422/193 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including plural reaction stages ->        And means providing discrete sequential reaction stagesSEMI e.g., train, etc.->        Reaction stages located within single reaction chamber
422/194 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including plural reaction stages ->        And means providing discrete sequential reaction stagesSEMI e.g., train, etc. ->        Reaction stages located within single reaction chamber->        And means downstream of a stage for internally injecting a reactant into a reaction stream for interreaction in a subsequent stage, or injecting an internal quench stream into reaction stream passing between stages
422/195 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including plural reaction stages ->        And means providing discrete sequential reaction stagesSEMI e.g., train, etc. ->        Reaction stages located within single reaction chamber->        Means within reaction chamber redistributing reaction stream as it passes between adjacent stages
422/196 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including plural reaction stages->        Including plural parallel reaction stages with each stage in form of a reaction tube
422/197 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including plural reaction stages ->        Including plural parallel reaction stages with each stage in form of a reaction tube->        Tubular stages in single reaction chamber
422/198 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein
422/199 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein->        Electrical type
422/200 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein->        Indirect heat-exchange tube within reaction chamber with a nonreactant heat-exchange fluid passing therethrough
422/201 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein ->        Indirect heat-exchange tube within reaction chamber with a nonreactant heat-exchange fluid passing therethrough->        Tube and shell type
422/202 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein->        Heat-exchange jacket surrounding reaction chamber
422/203 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein ->        Heat-exchange jacket surrounding reaction chamber->        Including fluid-transfer means connecting chamber to heat-exchange jacket
422/204 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein ->        Heat-exchange jacket surrounding reaction chamber->        Means associated with jacket providing combustion gas as heat-exchange medium
422/205 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein ->        Heat-exchange jacket surrounding reaction chamber->        Including baffle or stirring means disposed within jacket or chamber, the baffle means within chamber connected directly to wall thereof
422/206 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein->        Regenerative heat sink
422/207 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein->        Means injecting internal quench stream into reaction stream downstream of reaction stage
422/208 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including heat exchanger for reaction chamber or reactants located therein->        Apparatus operates at positive pressure
422/209 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Including means rotating reaction chamber during use
422/210 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including means rotating reaction chamber during use->        And means wiping or scraping interior surface of reaction chamber
422/211 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.
422/212 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        With means removing and recovering product from extended surface contact material
422/213 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        Particulate contact material type and means providing flow of particulate material into or out of reaction chamber with reactants or products
422/214 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc. ->        Particulate contact material type and means providing flow of particulate material into or out of reaction chamber with reactants or products->        Transfer line type reaction chamber
422/215 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc. ->        Particulate contact material type and means providing flow of particulate material into or out of reaction chamber with reactants or products->        And internal mixing means
422/216 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        Compact bed of particulate, fluid contact material and means providing gravity flow of material within bed
422/217 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        And means upstream of extended surface, fluid contact means removing particulate impurities from reactant stream
422/218 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        Fixed annularly shaped bed of contact material and means directing reactant therethrough substantially perpendicular to longitudinal axis of bed
422/219 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        And means loading contact material into, or unloading contact material from, reactor or means providing internal contact material reservoir
422/220 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        And reactant flow distributor upstream of contact means and within reaction chamber modifying velocity profile of reactant flow
422/221 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        Fixed contact bed type with resilient or differential thermal expansion compensating bed support means
422/222 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        Unitary (i.e., nonparticulate) contact bed, (e.g., monolithic catalyst bed, etc.)
422/223 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid, extended surface, fluid contact reaction meansSEMI e.g., inert Raschig rings, particulate absorbent, particulate or monolithic catalyst, etc.->        With contact material regenerating means, per se, or combined with reactor
422/224 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Including internal mixing or stirring means
422/225 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including internal mixing or stirring means->        Mechanical type stirring means
422/226 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including internal mixing or stirring means ->        Mechanical type stirring means->        In positive pressure reactor
422/227 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including internal mixing or stirring means ->        Mechanical type stirring means->        Including a draft tube for internal recirculation
422/228 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including internal mixing or stirring means ->        Mechanical type stirring means->        Including flow directing baffle attached directly to reaction chamber wall
422/229 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including internal mixing or stirring means ->        Mechanical type stirring means->        Longitudinally extending spiral stirring means
422/230 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including internal mixing or stirring means->        Thermosyphon or differential density mixing meansSEMI e.g., means internally recycling reaction mass via differential density pumping, etc.
422/231 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including internal mixing or stirring means ->        Thermosyphon or differential density mixing meansSEMI e.g., means internally recycling reaction mass via differential density pumping, etc.->        Gas sparger type mixing means submerged in liquid reactant
422/232 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Including solid reactant and means charging solids into, or dischanging solids from, reaction chamber
422/233 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including solid reactant and means charging solids into, or dischanging solids from, reaction chamber->        Having both charge and discharge means along with means conveying solids therebetween located within reaction chamber
422/234 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Including external recycle loop
422/235 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including external recycle loop->        And means heating or cooling loop or reaction mass located therein
422/236 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Including means separating reaction chamber into plural reactant-containing compartments and means moving reactant therebetween
422/237 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including means separating reaction chamber into plural reactant-containing compartments and means moving reactant therebetween->        Movably mounted container-type separating means and means moving same
422/238 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including means separating reaction chamber into plural reactant-containing compartments and means moving reactant therebetween->        Solid reactant containing perforated or porous container-type separating means
422/239 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Reaction chamber includes at least one perforated, porous, or semipermeable wall and is adapted for holding solid reactant
422/240 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Including specific material of construction
422/241 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR  ->        Including specific material of construction->        Reactor liner
422/242 -> 129 CHEMICAL REACTOR ->        Positive pressure type
422/243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS
422/244 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS ->        Including serially disposed vaporizing heating means (sublimer) and solid material deposition means maintained at a temperature lower than said heating means (condenser)
422/245.1 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS ->        Crystallizer
422/250.1 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Crystallizer->        Crucible-free zone refiner
422/251 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Crystallizer->        Including means separating and conveying crystals to a melting zone
422/252 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Crystallizer->        Hydraulic classifier with crystallizer
422/253 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Crystallizer->        Including feed compartment for introducing nutrient
422/254 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Crystallizer->        Movable crystallizer or scraping means
422/255 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent
422/256 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent->        Liquid-liquid contact means
422/257 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-liquid contact means->        Including pulsator, adjustable plates, or plural inletsSEMI e.g., spraying, etc.
422/258 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-liquid contact means->        Including rotating chamber or rotating member within chamberSEMI e.g., mixer-settler, etc.
422/259 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-liquid contact means ->        Including rotating chamber or rotating member within chamberSEMI e.g., mixer-settler, etc.->        Having rotating member within chamber
422/260 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-liquid contact means->        Including heating and cooling means
422/261 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent->        Liquid-solid contact means
422/262 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Sulfur extraction
422/263 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Including monolithic nonporous body of solute
422/264 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Including means restricting solvent contact to one end of body of solute
422/265 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Buoyant holder
422/266 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Manual or mountable holderSEMI e.g., soap holder, etc.
422/267 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Including means to remove solids from a filter
422/268 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Conveyor support for solid material during contactSEMI e.g., bucket, etc.
422/269 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Including rotating member
422/270 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means ->        Including rotating member->        Member is container
422/271 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means ->        Including rotating member ->        Member is container->        Including internal rotating member
422/272 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means ->        Including rotating member ->        Member is container->        Partitions divide container
422/273 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means ->        Including rotating member->        Member conveys material into and out of containerSEMI e.g., screw propeller, etc.
422/274 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Including perforated member which is nonlinear or inclined with respect to the major axis of container
422/275 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Including parallel perforated members perpendicular to, or parallel to, major axis of container
422/276 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Side wall of holder perforated
422/277 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means ->        Side wall of holder perforated->        Perforations of holder form inlet for solvent
422/278 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Including plural orifice inlet, or deflector adjacent inlet for solvent flow
422/279 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means ->        Including plural orifice inlet, or deflector adjacent inlet for solvent flow->        Having inlet submerged within body of a solid solute
422/280 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Solvent vapor condenser
422/281 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Means recirculating solvent
422/282 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Including bypass
422/283 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Including dip tube for inlet or outlet of fluid solvent
422/284 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        Liquid-solid contact means->        Internal heaterSEMI e.g., steam coil, etc.
422/285 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent->        And heating means
422/286 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        And heating means->        Including mechanical comminuting or conveying means
422/287 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        And heating means ->        Including mechanical comminuting or conveying means->        Within treating vessel
422/288 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        And heating means->        Including means removing vapor from treated material
422/289 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        And heating means ->        Including means removing vapor from treated material->        And direct contact heating fluid means within separating or dissolving chamber vessel
422/290 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Means separating or dissolving a material constituent ->        And heating means ->        Including means removing vapor from treated material->        And indirect contact heating fluid means in separating or dissolving chamber
422/291 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS ->        Combined
422/292 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical
422/293 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical->        Fluid having simultaneous diverse function
422/294 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical->        Including flexible or collapsible treating chamber
422/295 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical->        Including pressure treating chamber (above ambient)
422/296 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical ->        Including pressure treating chamber (above ambient)->        Fluid pressure maintains closure or seal
422/297 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical ->        Including pressure treating chamber (above ambient)->        And rack, support or handling means
422/298 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical ->        Including pressure treating chamber (above ambient)->        And vaporizerSEMI e.g., boiler, etc.
422/299 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical ->        Including pressure treating chamber (above ambient) ->        And vaporizerSEMI e.g., boiler, etc.->        Constituting treating chamber
422/300 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical->        Including rack, support or handling means
422/301 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical ->        Including rack, support or handling means->        Apparatus closure operates means immersing article or material in liquid chemical
422/302 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical ->        Including rack, support or handling means->        For treating container or covers therefor
422/303 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical ->        Including rack, support or handling means ->        For treating container or covers therefor->        Container is inverted
422/304 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Apparatus for treating solid article or material with fluid chemical ->        Including rack, support or handling means ->        For treating container or covers therefor->        Including endless conveyor
422/305 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS ->        Including gas generating means
422/306 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS ->        Including means for adding a material to a gas
422/307 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS ->        Heat treating vessel with heating means
422/308 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Heat treating vessel with heating means->        Including multiple stages
422/309 -> 243 PHYSICAL TYPE APPARATUS  ->        Heat treating vessel with heating means->        Including comminuting, kneading, or surface-wiping means interior or vessel
422/310 ELEMENTS OR ADJUNCTS
422/311 -> 310 ELEMENTS OR ADJUNCTS ->        Bed support means (e.g., support grid or plate for supporting particulate bed of contact material, etc.)
422/312 -> 310 ELEMENTS OR ADJUNCTS ->        Tube element containing extended surface contact reaction means (e.g., a tube internally coated or packed with a catalyst, etc.)
422/900 DECREASING POLLUTION OR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
422/901 POLYMER DISSOLVER
422/902 SODIUM CHLORIDE AND POTASSIUM CHLORIDE DISSOLVER
422/903 RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL APPARATUS
422/904 NITROGEN FIXATION MEANS
422/905 MISCELLANEOUS LIQUID STERILIZATION MEANS
422/906 PLASMA OR ION GENERATION MEANS
422/907 CORONA OR GLOW DISCHARGE MEANS
425/1 MEANS UTILIZING FORCE FROM EXPLOSIVE OR THERMIC COMPOSITION
425/2 SHAPING MEANS EMPLOYING ANATOMICAL BODY OR PORTION THEREOF (I.E., ANIMAL OR PLANT)
425/3 WITH DIRECT APPLICATION OF MAGNETIC FORCE TO MANIPULATE SHAPING MEANS OR WORK
425/4R WITH MECHANICAL MEANS FORMING OR EXPANDING PORES (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.)
425/4C -> 4R WITH MECHANICAL MEANS FORMING OR EXPANDING PORES (E.G., FOAMING, ETC.) ->        Continuously
425/5 MEANS ENCAPSULATING NORMALLY LIQUID MATERIAL
425/6 MEANS MAKING PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM LIQUID OR MOLTEN MATERIAL
425/7 -> 6 MEANS MAKING PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM LIQUID OR MOLTEN MATERIAL ->        By means applying fluid jet or blast to unconfined liquid material
425/8 -> 6 MEANS MAKING PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM LIQUID OR MOLTEN MATERIAL ->        By slinger or rotating liquid comminutor
425/9 -> 6 MEANS MAKING PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM LIQUID OR MOLTEN MATERIAL  ->        By slinger or rotating liquid comminutor->        Cotton candy maker
425/10 -> 6 MEANS MAKING PARTICULATE MATERIAL DIRECTLY FROM LIQUID OR MOLTEN MATERIAL ->        And distinct means applying congealing fluid to formed particles
425/11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS
425/12 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS ->        Hand manipulable tool
425/13 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS ->        Means feeding fluent stock under pressure
425/14 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS ->        Shape conforming sleeve or deformable pressure wrap means
425/15 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS ->        Tire segment engaging channel box coacting with pressure surface or rim
425/16 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Tire segment engaging channel box coacting with pressure surface or rim->        Adjustable sidewall channel box
425/17 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS ->        Tire recapping, rebeading or sidewall replacing means
425/18 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Tire recapping, rebeading or sidewall replacing means->        Simultaneously on plural tires
425/19 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Tire recapping, rebeading or sidewall replacing means->        Including carcass or tread mold aligning means
425/20 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Tire recapping, rebeading or sidewall replacing means->        Band or channel type recapping mold
425/21 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Tire recapping, rebeading or sidewall replacing means ->        Band or channel type recapping mold->        Including axially supported bead spreading means
425/22 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Tire recapping, rebeading or sidewall replacing means ->        Band or channel type recapping mold->        Including sidewall pressure platens
425/23 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Tire recapping, rebeading or sidewall replacing means ->        Band or channel type recapping mold->        Means applying pressure to carcass interior
425/24 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Tire recapping, rebeading or sidewall replacing means ->        Band or channel type recapping mold ->        Means applying pressure to carcass interior->        Means applying fluid pressure directly
425/25 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Tire recapping, rebeading or sidewall replacing means ->        Band or channel type recapping mold->        Diametrically separable mold sections coacting with tire carcass
425/26 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS ->        Means for supporting only a portion of a tire
425/27 -> 11 PRODUCT OR PREFORM REPAIR OR RESTORING MEANS  ->        Means for supporting only a portion of a tire->        Expansible internal support
425/28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT
425/29 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT ->        Control means responsive to condition sensing means
425/30 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT ->        Control means responsive to independently operated timer
425/31 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT ->        Means shaping drum shaped preform to tire casing shape
425/32 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Means shaping drum shaped preform to tire casing shape->        Mold or housing encasing preform
425/33 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Means shaping drum shaped preform to tire casing shape ->        Mold or housing encasing preform->        And means inserting pressurizing diaphragm into mold or housing
425/34.1 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT ->        Plural female molds for plural preforms
425/34.2 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Plural female molds for plural preforms->        Forming belts (e,g., drive, transmission, endless)
425/34.3 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Plural female molds for plural preforms->        Within separate vulcanizing chamber
425/35 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst
425/36 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst->        Including distinct means to engage tire-type bead
425/37 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst->        Including core pins forming transverse voids in solid tire portion
425/38 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst->        Including means placing preform in mold or removing product from mold
425/39 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst->        Female mold surface is expansible
425/40 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst->        Including heating or cooling means
425/41 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst ->        Including heating or cooling means->        Electrical
425/42 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst ->        Including heating or cooling means->        Within cavity of hollow preform
425/43 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst->        Coating holding means is expansible structure
425/44 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst->        Means to directly apply fluid pressure to preform
425/45 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst ->        Means to directly apply fluid pressure to preform->        Inner tube type including valve stem feature
425/46 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Toroidal or annular female shaping means and coacting means holding preform thereagainst->        Including removable tire tread shaping portion
425/47 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT ->        Sectional female mold including locking or clamping assembly means
425/48 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT ->        Interior holding means or curing bag inserter, releaser, or remover
425/49 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid
425/50 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid->        Including heating or cooling means
425/51 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid->        Expansible surface
425/52 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid ->        Expansible surface->        Fluid pressure actuated diaphragm type
425/53 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid ->        Expansible surface ->        Fluid pressure actuated diaphragm type->        Including valve stem
425/54 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid->        Sectional
425/55 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid ->        Sectional->        Removable portion
425/56 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid ->        Sectional ->        Removable portion->        Annular assembly clamping ring
425/57 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid ->        Sectional ->        Removable portion->        Internal support held in assembly by cam or wedge means
425/58 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT  ->        Internal mold, form or support for toroid->        Bead clamping means, air bag support means or means sealing tire opening
425/58.1 -> 28.1 RESHAPING, RESIZING OR VULCANIZING MEANS FOR TIRE, TIRE TUBE, OR DRIVE BELT ->        Post cure inflator
425/59 UTILIZING SUBTERRANEAN FEATURE AS SHAPING MEANS
425/60 BOOM MOUNTED DEPOSITING AND FORMING MEANS OF THE CARROUSEL TYPE
425/61 WITH SHIP OR BOAT LAUNCHING MEANS OR DRYDOCK
425/62 WITH TRANSPORTATION DEVICE FOR RELOCATING MOLDING APPARATUS TO DIFFERENT SITE (E.G., LAND VEHICLE, ETC.)
425/63 BUILDING FORMS OR CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING TYPE MOLD WITH REPOSITIONING MEANS FOR PROGRESSIVE MOLDING
425/64 -> 63 BUILDING FORMS OR CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING TYPE MOLD WITH REPOSITIONING MEANS FOR PROGRESSIVE MOLDING ->        Including mold charging means
425/65 -> 63 BUILDING FORMS OR CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING TYPE MOLD WITH REPOSITIONING MEANS FOR PROGRESSIVE MOLDING ->        Means penetrating or embedded in previously formed section to support mold
425/66 CONTINUOUS FILAMENT FORMING OR FILM CASTING MEANS WITH STRETCHING MEANS COMPRISING PRODUCT ADVANCING MEANS
425/67 IMMERSED SHAPING ORIFICE DISCHARGING DIRECTLY INTO LIQUID BATH OR SHOWER MEANS
425/68 -> 67 IMMERSED SHAPING ORIFICE DISCHARGING DIRECTLY INTO LIQUID BATH OR SHOWER MEANS ->        Additional downstream means for treating product by fluid
425/69 -> 67 IMMERSED SHAPING ORIFICE DISCHARGING DIRECTLY INTO LIQUID BATH OR SHOWER MEANS ->        Shaping orifice and bath or shower means mounted for relative movement
425/70 -> 67 IMMERSED SHAPING ORIFICE DISCHARGING DIRECTLY INTO LIQUID BATH OR SHOWER MEANS ->        Means directing product through tubular conduit within bath or shower means
425/71 INCLUDING MEANS ADVANCING CONTINUOUS LENGTH WORK THROUGH DOWNSTREAM LIQUID BATH OR SHOWER MEANS
425/72.1 SHAPING ORIFICE AND DOWNSTREAM WORK CONTACTING GASEOUS TREATING MEANS
425/72.2 -> 72.1 SHAPING ORIFICE AND DOWNSTREAM WORK CONTACTING GASEOUS TREATING MEANS ->        Orifice for filaments or fibers (e.g., spinneret)
425/73 INCLUDING VENTILATING TYPE HOOD OR CHAMBER ENCASING A MATERIAL HANDLER
425/74 -> 73 INCLUDING VENTILATING TYPE HOOD OR CHAMBER ENCASING A MATERIAL HANDLER ->        Recovering or recycling gas or vapor
425/75 -> 73 INCLUDING VENTILATING TYPE HOOD OR CHAMBER ENCASING A MATERIAL HANDLER ->        Material handler is endless casting surface
425/76 MEANS IMPARTING IRREGULAR DENIER TO FILAMENTS
425/77 ULTRA HIGH PRESSURE GENERATING DEVICE
425/78 MEANS FOR MOLDING POWDERED METAL
425/79 -> 78 MEANS FOR MOLDING POWDERED METAL ->        Continuous length product formation
425/80.1 AIR FELTING TYPE SHAPING MEANS
425/81.1 -> 80.1 AIR FELTING TYPE SHAPING MEANS ->        Means forming stratified products
425/82.1 -> 80.1 AIR FELTING TYPE SHAPING MEANS ->        With particle liberating means (e.g., cutting, carding, etc.)
425/83.1 -> 80.1 AIR FELTING TYPE SHAPING MEANS ->        Means forming running length product
425/84 WITH FORAMINOUS OR ABSORBENT MEANS FOR REMOVAL OF VEHICLE OR COMPONENT IN LIQUID FORM DURING OR AFTER SHAPING
425/85 -> 84 WITH FORAMINOUS OR ABSORBENT MEANS FOR REMOVAL OF VEHICLE OR COMPONENT IN LIQUID FORM DURING OR AFTER SHAPING ->        Vacuum means
425/86 INCLUDING HANDLING MEANS OR FEATURE FOR TREATING LIQUID OR VEHICLE LIQUID, OR CONDENSATE
425/87 HAND MOVABLE, SUBSTRATE TRAVERSING, PLURAL DIMENSION SHAPING MEANS INCLUDING MOLDING MATERIAL SUPPLY
425/88 WITH FACTORY STRUCTURE FEATURE
425/89 WITH INTERPOSED NON-ADHERING WEB OR SHEET TYPE PARTING MEANS
425/90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS
425/91 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS ->        Plural diverse type applicators
425/92 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS ->        Plural spaced applying means applying material to work and work contact means
425/93 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS ->        Immersion type
425/94 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS ->        Means contacting work downstream of shaping member
425/95 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS ->        By means attached to or within male shaping member
425/96 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS ->        Separate means applying material directly to shaping means, dough divider trap chamber, or between work and shaping means
425/97 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS  ->        Separate means applying material directly to shaping means, dough divider trap chamber, or between work and shaping means->        By means injecting material into extrusion head or nozzle
425/98 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS  ->        Separate means applying material directly to shaping means, dough divider trap chamber, or between work and shaping means->        To female mold or dough divider trap chamber
425/99 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS  ->        Separate means applying material directly to shaping means, dough divider trap chamber, or between work and shaping means ->        To female mold or dough divider trap chamber->        Orbital or conveyor mounted mold
425/100 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS  ->        Separate means applying material directly to shaping means, dough divider trap chamber, or between work and shaping means ->        To female mold or dough divider trap chamber ->        Orbital or conveyor mounted mold->        By spray means or pneumatic conveyor type applicator
425/101 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS  ->        Separate means applying material directly to shaping means, dough divider trap chamber, or between work and shaping means->        To endless surface type shaping means
425/102 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS ->        To work contact means upstream of shaping means
425/103 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS  ->        To work contact means upstream of shaping means->        By spray means or pneumatic conveyor type applicator
425/104 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS ->        To work downstream of shaping means
425/105 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS  ->        To work downstream of shaping means->        By means striping or applying a definite pattern
425/106 -> 90 WITH MEANS APPLYING COATING (E.G., PARTING, ETC.) MATERIAL TO WORK OR WORK CONTACT MEANS  ->        To work downstream of shaping means->        With reshaping or cutting means downstream of coating means
425/107 WITH MEANS LUBRICATING COOPERATING APPARATUS PARTS
425/108 ROD END TO ROD END SPLICING OR JOINING TYPE
425/500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING
425/501 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING ->        Vulcanizing or curing means including a conforming preform support
425/502 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        Vulcanizing or curing means including a conforming preform support->        With means to release or remove product from support
425/503 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING ->        Reshaping means utilizing fluid pressure directly contacting work
425/504 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        Reshaping means utilizing fluid pressure directly contacting work->        Vacuum or suction
425/505 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING ->        Means forming indefinite length product
425/506 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING ->        With treatment means other than assembling, bonding, shaping or reshaping means
425/507 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        With treatment means other than assembling, bonding, shaping or reshaping means->        Means to modify temperature of work or product
425/508 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        With treatment means other than assembling, bonding, shaping or reshaping means ->        Means to modify temperature of work or product->        Heating
425/509 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        With treatment means other than assembling, bonding, shaping or reshaping means ->        Means to modify temperature of work or product ->        Heating->        And cooling
425/510 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        With treatment means other than assembling, bonding, shaping or reshaping means->        Severing means
425/511 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        With treatment means other than assembling, bonding, shaping or reshaping means ->        Severing means->        And means for forming preform from bulk material
425/512 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        With treatment means other than assembling, bonding, shaping or reshaping means ->        Severing means->        Plural distinct severing means
425/513 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        With treatment means other than assembling, bonding, shaping or reshaping means ->        Severing means ->        Plural distinct severing means->        Diverse
425/514 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        With treatment means other than assembling, bonding, shaping or reshaping means ->        Severing means->        Downstream of bonding means
425/515 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING ->        With additional shaping means to form or reshape preform upstream of bonding means
425/516 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        With additional shaping means to form or reshape preform upstream of bonding means->        Extrusion
425/517 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING ->        Means press fitting or forcibly embedding one preform into another preform
425/518 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING ->        Plural reshaping means
425/519 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        Plural reshaping means->        Opposed, registering, coacting mold cavities
425/520 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING ->        Opposed coacting press members
425/521 -> 500 PREFORM ASSEMBLY MEANS AND MEANS FOR BONDING OF PLURAL PREFORMS INVOLVING PREFORM RESHAPING OR VULCANIZING  ->        Opposed coacting press members->        Male shaping member and female mold
425/110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT
425/111 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT ->        And means to apply stress to preform and uniting in stressed condition
425/112 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT ->        And means to form or reshape preform
425/113 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT ->        Extrusion shaping means
425/114 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Extrusion shaping means->        Means to feed or support plural preforms to or at extrusion means
425/115 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT ->        Endless surface means to shape fluent material
425/116 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT ->        Opposed registering coacting female molds
425/117 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT ->        Female mold type means
425/118 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Including hand manipulatable support for edible receiver (e.g., ice cream cone, etc.)
425/119 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Shoe last type support for preform
425/120 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Plural sources feeding the fluent material
425/121 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Means to feed or support common preform to or at spaced female molds
425/122 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Means to continuously feed indefinite length preform
425/123 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Means to support plural preforms in spaced relation in or at common female mold
425/124 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means ->        Means to support plural preforms in spaced relation in or at common female mold->        Washer type preform
425/125 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Female mold or preform support vertically movable
425/126.1 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Means to convey preform to female mold
425/126.2 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means ->        Means to convey preform to female mold->        Stick inserter
425/127 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Preform stock acting as reaction shaping surface cooperating with recessed fluent stock shaping means
425/128 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Coacting pressure means
425/129.1 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means->        Means to charge fuent stock under pressure
425/129.2 -> 110 DISTINCT MEANS TO FEED, SUPPORT OR MANIPULATE PREFORM STOCK AND MEANS FOR SHAPING FLUENT OR BULK STOCK TO FORM UNITED PRODUCT  ->        Female mold type means ->        Means to charge fuent stock under pressure->        Shoe or boot
425/130 MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK FROM PLURAL SOURCES TO COMMON SHAPING MEANS TO FORM COMPOSITE PRODUCT
425/131.1 -> 130 MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK FROM PLURAL SOURCES TO COMMON SHAPING MEANS TO FORM COMPOSITE PRODUCT ->        Extrusion shaping means
425/131.5 -> 130 MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK FROM PLURAL SOURCES TO COMMON SHAPING MEANS TO FORM COMPOSITE PRODUCT  ->        Extrusion shaping means->        Comprising spinnerette
425/132 -> 130 MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK FROM PLURAL SOURCES TO COMMON SHAPING MEANS TO FORM COMPOSITE PRODUCT  ->        Extrusion shaping means->        Intermittent feed
425/133.1 -> 130 MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK FROM PLURAL SOURCES TO COMMON SHAPING MEANS TO FORM COMPOSITE PRODUCT  ->        Extrusion shaping means->        Concentric
425/133.5 -> 130 MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK FROM PLURAL SOURCES TO COMMON SHAPING MEANS TO FORM COMPOSITE PRODUCT  ->        Extrusion shaping means->        For extruding film
425/134 -> 130 MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK FROM PLURAL SOURCES TO COMMON SHAPING MEANS TO FORM COMPOSITE PRODUCT ->        Traveling female mold type shaping means
425/135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED
425/136 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED ->        Means responsive to abnormal condition completely stop operation of machine
425/137 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED  ->        Means responsive to abnormal condition completely stop operation of machine->        Means responsive to material remaining in mold from previous molding operation
425/138 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED  ->        Means responsive to abnormal condition completely stop operation of machine->        Means responsive to improper mold position
425/139 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED ->        Article ejector or stripper control
425/140 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED ->        Control means responsive to product weight or dimension
425/141 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED  ->        Control means responsive to product weight or dimension->        Thickness
425/142 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED ->        Cutter control
425/143 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED ->        Temperature control
425/144 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED  ->        Temperature control->        Of mold cavity or fluent material to shaping or discharging orifice
425/145 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED ->        Feed control of material en route to shaping area
425/146 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED  ->        Feed control of material en route to shaping area->        By pressure actuated valve
425/147 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED  ->        Feed control of material en route to shaping area->        By stopping or adjusting flow responsive to material level in collector or mold
425/148 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED  ->        Feed control of material en route to shaping area->        By means responsive to weight of feed material
425/149 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED ->        Molding pressure control means responsive to pressure at shaping area (e.g., injection or press mold, etc.)
425/150 -> 135 CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO OR ACTUATED BY MEANS SENSING OR DETECTING A CONDITION OR MATERIAL TRIGGERED ->        Mold motion or position control
425/151 WITH SAFETY FEATURE
425/152 -> 151 WITH SAFETY FEATURE ->        Plural starting buttons or mold operating means dependent upon position of a machine element
425/153 -> 151 WITH SAFETY FEATURE ->        Secondary means to prevent accidental motion, (e.g., mold closing, etc.) or means to relieve gaseous pressure
425/154 -> 151 WITH SAFETY FEATURE ->        Means to alter operation due to presence of foreign matter or overload
425/155 WITH CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO INDEPENDENTLY OPERATED TIMER
425/156 -> 155 WITH CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO INDEPENDENTLY OPERATED TIMER ->        For timing period mold is closed or period molding pressure is maintained
425/157 -> 155 WITH CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO INDEPENDENTLY OPERATED TIMER  ->        For timing period mold is closed or period molding pressure is maintained->        In press mold cycle
425/158 -> 155 WITH CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO INDEPENDENTLY OPERATED TIMER  ->        For timing period mold is closed or period molding pressure is maintained ->        In press mold cycle->        With timer for molding material preheat period
425/159 -> 155 WITH CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO INDEPENDENTLY OPERATED TIMER ->        For timing mold filling means
425/160 -> 155 WITH CONTROL MEANS RESPONSIVE TO INDEPENDENTLY OPERATED TIMER ->        For timing heating or cooling means
425/161 INTERLOCKED DIVERSE FUNCTION ELEMENTS
425/162 WITH ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM
425/163 -> 162 WITH ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM ->        Of diverse shaping means or sequential contact of work with different shaping elements
425/164 -> 162 WITH ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM ->        For severing product from shaped mass
425/165 -> 162 WITH ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM ->        Of product removal from molding surface
425/166 -> 162 WITH ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM ->        Of intermittent delivery of fluent charges to shaping surface
425/167 -> 162 WITH ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM ->        Of ram or platen reciprocation in press molding cycle
425/168 WITH MEANS ADJUSTING SYNCHRONIZATION OR COMPENSATING FOR WEAR
425/169 WITH INDICATOR, SIGNAL, RECORDER, ILLUMINATOR, OR INSPECTION MEANS
425/170 -> 169 WITH INDICATOR, SIGNAL, RECORDER, ILLUMINATOR, OR INSPECTION MEANS ->        For molding temperature or pressure
425/171 -> 169 WITH INDICATOR, SIGNAL, RECORDER, ILLUMINATOR, OR INSPECTION MEANS ->        For determining, observing, or recording position of adjustable element
425/172 -> 169 WITH INDICATOR, SIGNAL, RECORDER, ILLUMINATOR, OR INSPECTION MEANS  ->        For determining, observing, or recording position of adjustable element->        Element is means determining product size
425/173 -> 169 WITH INDICATOR, SIGNAL, RECORDER, ILLUMINATOR, OR INSPECTION MEANS ->        Means permitting visual inspection by operator
425/174 MEANS APPLYING ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY DIRECTLY TO WORK
425/174.2 -> 174 MEANS APPLYING ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY DIRECTLY TO WORK ->        Sonic or supersonic wave energy
425/174.4 -> 174 MEANS APPLYING ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY DIRECTLY TO WORK ->        Radiated energy
425/174.6 -> 174 MEANS APPLYING ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY DIRECTLY TO WORK ->        Electrical energy conducted through work
425/174.8R -> 174 MEANS APPLYING ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY DIRECTLY TO WORK ->        Electro-static or inductive field
425/174.8E -> 174 MEANS APPLYING ELECTRICAL OR WAVE ENERGY DIRECTLY TO WORK  ->        Electro-static or inductive field->        Electro-static
425/175 MEANS FORMING A MOLDSEMI OR FLASK, PER SE
425/176 -> 175 MEANS FORMING A MOLDSEMI OR FLASK, PER SE ->        Including means to separate subsequently molded product from formed mold (e.g., destructible starch type, etc.)
425/177 -> 175 MEANS FORMING A MOLDSEMI OR FLASK, PER SE ->        Press means to form mold
425/178 -> 175 MEANS FORMING A MOLDSEMI OR FLASK, PER SE ->        Including ram type feed of molding material or means to break bond between flask and contents
425/179 -> 175 MEANS FORMING A MOLDSEMI OR FLASK, PER SE ->        Including, structurally integral fastening means
425/180 -> 175 MEANS FORMING A MOLDSEMI OR FLASK, PER SE ->        Three part flask
425/181 CONVERTIBLE
425/182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART
425/183 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        Plural wear or shaping surfaces mounted for alternative use
425/184 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        Shaping and severing means mounted for alternative use
425/185 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        Means permitting removal or substitution of elements during apparatus operation
425/186 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        Including support or guide means for disassembled element
425/187 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        Means excavating from bulk with simultaneous shaping (e.g., ice cream scoop or plugger, etc.)
425/188 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        Pivotally joined housings or housing sections enclosing removable element
425/189 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        By handle or handwheel means
425/190 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        For extrusion or injection type shaping means
425/191 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART  ->        For extrusion or injection type shaping means->        Threaded die or die housing
425/192R -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART  ->        For extrusion or injection type shaping means->        Including securing means retaining separable elements
425/192S -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART  ->        For extrusion or injection type shaping means ->        Including securing means retaining separable elements->        Spinnerets
425/193 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        For press shaping surface
425/194 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART  ->        For press shaping surface->        Calender roll or roll face
425/195 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART  ->        For press shaping surface->        Female mold
425/196 -> 182 WITH APPARATUS ASSEMBLY OR DISMANTLING MEANS OR WITH IDLE PART ->        Blade type harvesting means or severing means
425/197 WITH UPSTREAM SCREEN OR PERFORATED PLATE FOR STRAINING, HOMOGENIZING, OR MIXING MATERIAL TO BE SHAPED
425/198 -> 197 WITH UPSTREAM SCREEN OR PERFORATED PLATE FOR STRAINING, HOMOGENIZING, OR MIXING MATERIAL TO BE SHAPED ->        Upstream of multi-orifice shaping die
425/199 -> 197 WITH UPSTREAM SCREEN OR PERFORATED PLATE FOR STRAINING, HOMOGENIZING, OR MIXING MATERIAL TO BE SHAPED ->        Plural screens or plates
425/200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS
425/201 -> 200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS ->        Mixing roll type (e.g., rubber mills, etc.)
425/202 -> 200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS ->        With cutting, severing or comminuting means
425/203 -> 200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS ->        With separate and distinct gas withdrawal chamber
425/204 -> 200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS ->        Plural means being diverse, or parallel and intermeshing or concentric
425/205 -> 200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS ->        Serially arranged chambers each housing a kneading or mixing means
425/206 -> 200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS ->        Within or at forming means
425/207 -> 200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS ->        Within pressurizing chamber
425/208 -> 200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS  ->        Within pressurizing chamber->        By modified screw helix
425/209 -> 200 WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT UPSTREAM AGITATING OR KNEADING MEANS ->        Agitator or kneader comprises means rotating about a horizontal axis
425/210 WITH MEANS CLEANING AND PURIFYING ATMOSPHERE SURROUNDING MOLDING DEVICE
425/211 WITH SOUND MUFFLING OR DAMPENING MEANS
425/212 WITH MEANS TO RESET OPERATION CYCLE
425/213 WITH PERSONNEL SUPPORT MEANS
425/214 WITH MEANS TO RETARD OR STOP MOVING ELEMENT (E.G., BRAKE, ETC.)
425/215 WITH MEANS TO GATHER EXCESS OR REJECTED STOCK MATERIAL
425/216 -> 215 WITH MEANS TO GATHER EXCESS OR REJECTED STOCK MATERIAL ->        Dynamic gatherer
425/217 -> 215 WITH MEANS TO GATHER EXCESS OR REJECTED STOCK MATERIAL  ->        Dynamic gatherer->        Recycling type
425/218 FEMALE MOLD AND COOPERATING STOCK SMOOTHING MEANS OR EXCESS STOCK REMOVING MEANS
425/219 -> 218 FEMALE MOLD AND COOPERATING STOCK SMOOTHING MEANS OR EXCESS STOCK REMOVING MEANS ->        Means carried by or attached to feeder
425/220 -> 218 FEMALE MOLD AND COOPERATING STOCK SMOOTHING MEANS OR EXCESS STOCK REMOVING MEANS ->        Conveyor or roll mounted mold with stationary smoothing or removing means
425/221 -> 218 FEMALE MOLD AND COOPERATING STOCK SMOOTHING MEANS OR EXCESS STOCK REMOVING MEANS ->        For means excavating from bulk source with simultaneous shaping (e.g., ice cream scoop or plugger, etc.)
425/222 TUMBLING TYPE AGGLOMERATING MEANS FOR PARTICULATE MATERIAL
425/223 ENDLESS CASTING SURFACE AND COOPERATING HARVESTING MEANS
425/224 MEANS CASTING FLUENT STOCK OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH SHAPING SURFACE TO FORM INDEFINITE LENGTH PRODUCT
425/225 WITH SEPARATE APPARATUS CLEANING MEANS
425/226 -> 225 WITH SEPARATE APPARATUS CLEANING MEANS ->        Coacting with diverse apparatus elements
425/227 -> 225 WITH SEPARATE APPARATUS CLEANING MEANS ->        Coacting with forming means or dough divider type trap chamber
425/228 -> 225 WITH SEPARATE APPARATUS CLEANING MEANS  ->        Coacting with forming means or dough divider type trap chamber->        Reciprocating cleaner moving across a plunger face
425/229 -> 225 WITH SEPARATE APPARATUS CLEANING MEANS  ->        Coacting with forming means or dough divider type trap chamber->        Cleaner moving into working engagement
425/230 -> 225 WITH SEPARATE APPARATUS CLEANING MEANS  ->        Coacting with forming means or dough divider type trap chamber->        Cleaner coacting with endless surface press forming means or film forming casting surface
425/231 -> 225 WITH SEPARATE APPARATUS CLEANING MEANS  ->        Coacting with forming means or dough divider type trap chamber->        Cleaner coacting with traveling former
425/232 -> 225 WITH SEPARATE APPARATUS CLEANING MEANS ->        Coacting with work contact means (e.g., conveyor or cutter, etc.) downstream of former
425/233 SETS OF PRESS COUPLES COMPRISING REGISTERING FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES
425/234 -> 233 SETS OF PRESS COUPLES COMPRISING REGISTERING FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES ->        Stacked
425/235 -> 233 SETS OF PRESS COUPLES COMPRISING REGISTERING FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES ->        Coacting cuttingSEMI edges on female mold sections
425/236 -> 233 SETS OF PRESS COUPLES COMPRISING REGISTERING FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES ->        Including positive means to eject product
425/237 -> 233 SETS OF PRESS COUPLES COMPRISING REGISTERING FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES ->        Mounted on rolls
425/238 DOUGH DIVIDER TYPE INCLUDING TRAP CHAMBER
425/239 -> 238 DOUGH DIVIDER TYPE INCLUDING TRAP CHAMBER ->        Including positive discharge assistant in supply hopper
425/240 -> 238 DOUGH DIVIDER TYPE INCLUDING TRAP CHAMBER ->        Reciprocating ram feeding to rotating trap chamber
425/241 -> 238 DOUGH DIVIDER TYPE INCLUDING TRAP CHAMBER ->        Rotating trap chamber pickup
425/522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)
425/523 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        Utilizing laminated parison
425/524 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        With filling means
425/525 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        Forming baffle, bottleneck, or handle
425/526 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        With heating or cooling means
425/527 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        With means to sever product
425/528 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        Including means to prepare parison
425/529 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Including means to prepare parison->        Parison stretching means
425/530 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Including means to prepare parison ->        Parison stretching means->        Comprising staged inflation means
425/531 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Including means to prepare parison->        Parison severing means
425/532 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Including means to prepare parison->        Parison forming extruder
425/533 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Including means to prepare parison->        Parison forming injection mold
425/534 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Including means to prepare parison->        Parison transfer means
425/535 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        Including blowing medium supply means
425/536 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Including blowing medium supply means->        Needle
425/537 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        Including product ejector
425/538 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        Plural female molds and means to shape parison at each directly by internal fluid pressure
425/539 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Plural female molds and means to shape parison at each directly by internal fluid pressure->        With means to support molds for movement with continuously moving work
425/540 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Plural female molds and means to shape parison at each directly by internal fluid pressure->        With rotary support for molds
425/541 -> 522 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO SHAPE PARISON DIRECTLY BY INTERNAL FLUID PRESSURE, (E.G., BLOW MOLD, ETC.) ->        Including means to close or lock blow mold
425/542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)
425/543 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        Molding of thermosetting or cross-linking stock
425/544 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Molding of thermosetting or cross-linking stock->        Means for transfer molding
425/545 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        To make slide fastener element
425/546 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With means to evacuate mold or provide controlled environment
425/547 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With means to heat or cool
425/548 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to heat or cool->        Plural distinct means
425/549 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to heat or cool->        Including heated or cooled nozzle
425/550 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to heat or cool->        Including heated or cooled plasticizer
425/551 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to heat or cool->        Including heated or cooled material supply hopper
425/552 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to heat or cool->        Cooling means for female mold
425/553 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With preform severing means movable relative to mold
425/554 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With preform severing means movable relative to mold->        And product ejector
425/555 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With shrinkage compensation means
425/556 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With product ejector
425/557 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With accumulator, trap chamber, or serially arranged valves between charger and mold
425/558 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With accumulator, trap chamber, or serially arranged valves between charger and mold->        Changeable volume accumulator
425/559 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With accumulator, trap chamber, or serially arranged valves between charger and mold->        Accumulator with check valve supplying fluent thereto
425/560 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With accumulator, trap chamber, or serially arranged valves between charger and mold->        Including valve to alternatively direct fluent stock to accumulator or mold
425/561 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With accumulator, trap chamber, or serially arranged valves between charger and mold->        Accumulator with plunger of charger acting as valve
425/562 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With means between charger and mold to cut off flow of fluent stock (e.g., needle valve, baffle, etc.)
425/563 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means between charger and mold to cut off flow of fluent stock (e.g., needle valve, baffle, etc.)->        Biased, pressure responsive means
425/564 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means between charger and mold to cut off flow of fluent stock (e.g., needle valve, baffle, etc.)->        Nozzle valve
425/565 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means between charger and mold to cut off flow of fluent stock (e.g., needle valve, baffle, etc.) ->        Nozzle valve->        Mold actuated
425/566 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means between charger and mold to cut off flow of fluent stock (e.g., needle valve, baffle, etc.) ->        Nozzle valve->        Flush with or entering mold cavity
425/567 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With coupling between charger and mold
425/568 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With coupling between charger and mold->        Including sepcific nozzle
425/569 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With coupling between charger and mold ->        Including sepcific nozzle->        And means to connect nozzle to mold
425/570 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With coupling between charger and mold ->        Including sepcific nozzle->        Plural nozzles
425/571 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With coupling between charger and mold ->        Including sepcific nozzle->        Flush with or entering into mold cavity
425/572 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With coupling between charger and mold->        Supplying fluent stock to plural mold cavities
425/573 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With coupling between charger and mold->        Including plural passages to single mold cavity
425/574 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With means to cause relative movement between mold and charger
425/575 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to cause relative movement between mold and charger->        Means to move mold
425/576 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to cause relative movement between mold and charger ->        Means to move mold->        Rotary mold support
425/577 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        Mold having movable core or movable pin
425/578 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With normally open stock chamber (e.g., hopper, etc.)
425/579 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With normally open stock chamber (e.g., hopper, etc.)->        Charger including a shaping surface (e.g., Briquetting means, etc.)
425/580 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With normally open stock chamber (e.g., hopper, etc.)->        And feeder to supply granular fluent stock to charger
425/581 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With normally open stock chamber (e.g., hopper, etc.) ->        And feeder to supply granular fluent stock to charger->        Including plural molds
425/582 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With normally open stock chamber (e.g., hopper, etc.) ->        And feeder to supply granular fluent stock to charger->        Rotary feeder
425/583 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With normally open stock chamber (e.g., hopper, etc.) ->        And feeder to supply granular fluent stock to charger->        Reciprocating feeder
425/584 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With normally open stock chamber (e.g., hopper, etc.) ->        And feeder to supply granular fluent stock to charger->        Air or vacuum utilized to feed stock
425/585 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        Including feeder to supply stock to charger
425/586 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Including feeder to supply stock to charger->        Means to feed measured charge
425/587 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        Including feeder to supply stock to charger->        Screw feeder
425/588 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        Plural mold cavities
425/589 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With means to close mold
425/590 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to close mold->        Varying pressure and/or speed closing
425/591 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to close mold->        Common fluid pressure closes mold and performs injection
425/592 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to close mold->        Including articulated link
425/593 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to close mold ->        Including articulated link->        Toggle
425/594 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.)  ->        With means to close mold->        Charger and closing means on same side of mold
425/595 -> 542 FEMALE MOLD AND CHARGER TO SUPPLY FLUENT STOCK UNDER PRESSURE THERETO IN FLUID-TIGHT RELATIONSHIP (E.G., INJECTION MOLD, ETC.) ->        With means to lock mold in closed position
425/253 FEMALE MOLD, PALLET HANDLING MEANS AND MEANS TO CHARGE FEMALE MOLD
425/254 -> 253 FEMALE MOLD, PALLET HANDLING MEANS AND MEANS TO CHARGE FEMALE MOLD ->        Including magazine type pallet supply means
425/255 -> 253 FEMALE MOLD, PALLET HANDLING MEANS AND MEANS TO CHARGE FEMALE MOLD ->        Pallet supported within mold sidewalls by vertically movable stripper
425/256 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO FEED MEASURED CHARGE OF FLUENT MATERIAL THERETO
425/257 -> 256 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO FEED MEASURED CHARGE OF FLUENT MATERIAL THERETO ->        Plural separate and distinct feeders
425/258 -> 256 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO FEED MEASURED CHARGE OF FLUENT MATERIAL THERETO ->        Means to move feed means to female mold
425/259 -> 256 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO FEED MEASURED CHARGE OF FLUENT MATERIAL THERETO  ->        Means to move feed means to female mold->        Traveling female mold
425/260 -> 256 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO FEED MEASURED CHARGE OF FLUENT MATERIAL THERETO  ->        Means to move feed means to female mold->        Drawer type feed coacting with mold having movable bottom
425/261 -> 256 FEMALE MOLD AND MEANS TO FEED MEASURED CHARGE OF FLUENT MATERIAL THERETO ->        Means to sequentially move female mold
425/262 MEANS WITHDRAWING TROWEL TYPE SHAPING MEMBER FROM WITHIN OPEN ENDED MOLD TO SHAPE MATERIAL THEREIN
425/263 POTTERY WHEEL TYPE SUPPORT AND PROFILE
425/264 -> 263 POTTERY WHEEL TYPE SUPPORT AND PROFILE ->        Including separate and distinct male plunger
425/265 -> 263 POTTERY WHEEL TYPE SUPPORT AND PROFILE ->        Plural profile tools of diverse configuration
425/266 -> 263 POTTERY WHEEL TYPE SUPPORT AND PROFILE ->        Plural female molds or preform supports
425/267 -> 263 POTTERY WHEEL TYPE SUPPORT AND PROFILE ->        Rotatable profile tool
425/268 -> 263 POTTERY WHEEL TYPE SUPPORT AND PROFILE ->        Externally engaging profile tool
425/269 DIPPING TYPE SHAPING MEANS
425/270 -> 269 DIPPING TYPE SHAPING MEANS ->        Mounted on moving support
425/271 -> 269 DIPPING TYPE SHAPING MEANS  ->        Mounted on moving support->        Including means to infect or withdraw gas from internal portion of shaping means
425/272 -> 269 DIPPING TYPE SHAPING MEANS  ->        Mounted on moving support->        Means causing diverse motion of shaping means (e.g., rotating during dipping, etc.)
425/273 -> 269 DIPPING TYPE SHAPING MEANS  ->        Mounted on moving support->        Means moving immersion bath
425/274 -> 269 DIPPING TYPE SHAPING MEANS  ->        Mounted on moving support->        Including stripper means
425/275 -> 269 DIPPING TYPE SHAPING MEANS ->        Dipping form per se
425/276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.)
425/277 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.) ->        Means includes enclosure for fluids of high specific heat
425/278 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.) ->        Including means to arrange shaping surface during penetration of bulk
425/279 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.) ->        Including means to aid separation of shape product from bulk
425/280 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.) ->        Rotating or oscillating means to aid penetration of bulk
425/281 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.) ->        Shaping surface having serrated or cutting edge
425/282 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.) ->        Including product release means
425/283 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.)  ->        Including product release means->        Segmented or expansible shaping surface
425/284 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.)  ->        Including product release means->        Movable blade
425/285 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.)  ->        Including product release means ->        Movable blade->        Pivoted to rim
425/286 -> 276 MEANS EXCAVATING FROM A BULK SOURCE WITH SIMULTANEOUS SHAPING (E.G., ICE CREAM SCOOP OR PLUGGER, ETC.)  ->        Including product release means->        Ejector
425/287 FORMER OF THE DIE EXPRESSING TYPE MAKING DOUGHNUT SHAPES
425/288 -> 287 FORMER OF THE DIE EXPRESSING TYPE MAKING DOUGHNUT SHAPES ->        Relatively movable concentric internal and external members coacting with orifice means
425/289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS
425/290 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Severing means is perforator
425/291 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Severing means is perforator->        With scoring or diverse severing means
425/292 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Cutter guided by or cooperating with peripheral edge of female mold
425/293 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Cutter guided by or cooperating with peripheral edge of female mold->        And crimper
425/294 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Rotating means comprising circumferentially extending cutting and shaping channels coacting with a roll or platen having complementary channels
425/295 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Cutter guided by a template or a pattern
425/296 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Means for forming from bulk material, means for severing and means for reshaping
425/297 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Means for forming from bulk material, means for severing and means for reshaping->        Severing means preceding reshaping means
425/298 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Configuration of cutting implement providing shaping cavity
425/299 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Configuration of cutting implement providing shaping cavity->        Including surface deformation means
425/300 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Configuration of cutting implement providing shaping cavity->        Honeycomb type cutters coacting internally of female mold or mold sidewalls
425/301 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Diverse severing means
425/302.1 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Serially arranged with preform reshaping means
425/303 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Serially arranged with preform reshaping means->        Corrugating reshaper
425/304 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Serially arranged with preform reshaping means->        Separate and distinct surface deformation means
425/305.1 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Serially arranged with preform reshaping means->        Severing means preceding shaping means
425/306 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Plural distinct cutters
425/307 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Plural distinct cutters->        Cutters downstream of former
425/308 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS ->        Means forming from bulk and downstream severing means
425/309 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Means forming from bulk and downstream severing means->        Cutter operated by means extending from within shaping orifice
425/310 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Means forming from bulk and downstream severing means->        Utilizing former as cutter reaction surface
425/311 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Means forming from bulk and downstream severing means ->        Utilizing former as cutter reaction surface->        Moving cutter, stationary former
425/312 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Means forming from bulk and downstream severing means ->        Utilizing former as cutter reaction surface ->        Moving cutter, stationary former->        Cutter mounted on flexible endless conveyor
425/313 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Means forming from bulk and downstream severing means ->        Utilizing former as cutter reaction surface ->        Moving cutter, stationary former->        Single assembly plural cutting elements
425/314 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Means forming from bulk and downstream severing means ->        Utilizing former as cutter reaction surface->        Stationary cutter, plural forming
425/315 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Means forming from bulk and downstream severing means->        Utilizing product handler downstream of former as cutter aid
425/316 -> 289 PREFORM SEVERING MEANS  ->        Means forming from bulk and downstream severing means ->        Utilizing product handler downstream of former as cutter aid->        Single assembly plural cutting elements
425/317 COMBINED
425/318 HAND MANIPULABLE SHAPING COUPLE
425/319 MEANS TO FORM PREFORM FROM BULK AND MEANS TO CONVOLUTE OR TWIST THE PREFORM
425/320 -> 319 MEANS TO FORM PREFORM FROM BULK AND MEANS TO CONVOLUTE OR TWIST THE PREFORM ->        Convoluting means includes an endless surface
425/321 -> 319 MEANS TO FORM PREFORM FROM BULK AND MEANS TO CONVOLUTE OR TWIST THE PREFORM  ->        Convoluting means includes an endless surface->        Convoluting means includes two or more endless surfaces
425/322 -> 319 MEANS TO FORM PREFORM FROM BULK AND MEANS TO CONVOLUTE OR TWIST THE PREFORM  ->        Convoluting means includes an endless surface->        Convoluting means includes a roll
425/323 PRETZEL BENDING TYPE
425/324.1 DIVERSE DISTINCT TYPE SHAPING MEANS
425/325 -> 324.1 DIVERSE DISTINCT TYPE SHAPING MEANS ->        Shaping orifice and either a downstream preform reshaping means or vulcanizing means including conforming preform support
425/326.1 -> 324.1 DIVERSE DISTINCT TYPE SHAPING MEANS  ->        Shaping orifice and either a downstream preform reshaping means or vulcanizing means including conforming preform support->        Utilizing a fluid pressure differential as a reshaping means
425/327 -> 324.1 DIVERSE DISTINCT TYPE SHAPING MEANS  ->        Shaping orifice and either a downstream preform reshaping means or vulcanizing means including conforming preform support->        Reshaping or vulcanizing means is a press
425/328 -> 324.1 DIVERSE DISTINCT TYPE SHAPING MEANS ->        Roll means and diverse press means
425/329 THREE OR MORE ENDLESS SURFACES COOPERATING TO DEFINE A SHAPING APERTURE
425/330 THREE OR MORE PLATENS MOVABLE ON INTERSECTING PATHS TO DEFINE A SHAPING CAVITY
425/331 TRAVERSING ROLL PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM PERFORATED PLATE
425/332 MEANS IMPARTING ROLLING ACTION TO DISCRETE CHARGE OF STOCK TO FORM A BALL
425/333 -> 332 MEANS IMPARTING ROLLING ACTION TO DISCRETE CHARGE OF STOCK TO FORM A BALL ->        Molding means having material shaping guideway providing arcuate path
425/334 SETS OF CONVOLUTING OR TWISTING MEANS
425/335 SETS OF SHAPING COUPLES COMPRISING AN ENDLESS SURFACE FOR PRESS FORMING, RESHAPING (PLURAL STAGE OR PASS) OR VULCANIZING
425/336 -> 335 SETS OF SHAPING COUPLES COMPRISING AN ENDLESS SURFACE FOR PRESS FORMING, RESHAPING (PLURAL STAGE OR PASS) OR VULCANIZING ->        Corrugating means for running length work
425/337 -> 335 SETS OF SHAPING COUPLES COMPRISING AN ENDLESS SURFACE FOR PRESS FORMING, RESHAPING (PLURAL STAGE OR PASS) OR VULCANIZING ->        Including intermediate chute, conveyor or guide means
425/338 GANG-PRESS, PLURAL PARALLEL LEAVES OR PLATENS
425/339 -> 338 GANG-PRESS, PLURAL PARALLEL LEAVES OR PLATENS ->        Reshaping or vulcanizing means including conforming preform support
425/340 PLURAL RESHAPING MEANS OR PLURAL VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT
425/341 -> 340 PLURAL RESHAPING MEANS OR PLURAL VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Including plural feeding means for preforms
425/342.1 -> 340 PLURAL RESHAPING MEANS OR PLURAL VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Including means for contacting work by fluid pressure
425/343 -> 340 PLURAL RESHAPING MEANS OR PLURAL VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Spaced reshaping or vulcanizing means acting on a single preform
425/344 PLURAL SETS EACH COMPRISING A FEMALE MOLD AND OPPOSED COAXIAL DYNAMIC PRESS MEMBERS
425/345 -> 344 PLURAL SETS EACH COMPRISING A FEMALE MOLD AND OPPOSED COAXIAL DYNAMIC PRESS MEMBERS ->        Molds or press members traveling transversely to molding motion
425/346 SETS OF MALE-FEMALE PRESS MOLDS
425/347 -> 346 SETS OF MALE-FEMALE PRESS MOLDS ->        Traveling female mold
425/348R -> 346 SETS OF MALE-FEMALE PRESS MOLDS  ->        Traveling female mold->        Orbiting
425/349 -> 346 SETS OF MALE-FEMALE PRESS MOLDS  ->        Traveling female mold ->        Orbiting->        Reciprocable mold, non-reciprocable plunger
425/350 -> 346 SETS OF MALE-FEMALE PRESS MOLDS  ->        Traveling female mold ->        Orbiting->        Including positive downstream ejection means
425/348S -> 346 SETS OF MALE-FEMALE PRESS MOLDS  ->        Traveling female mold ->        Orbiting->        Split female mold
425/351 -> 346 SETS OF MALE-FEMALE PRESS MOLDS ->        Including positive means to eject product
425/352 FEMALE MOLD AND OPPOSED COAXIAL DYNAMIC PRESS MEMBERS
425/353 -> 352 FEMALE MOLD AND OPPOSED COAXIAL DYNAMIC PRESS MEMBERS ->        Mold or press member traveling transversely to molding motion
425/354 -> 352 FEMALE MOLD AND OPPOSED COAXIAL DYNAMIC PRESS MEMBERS ->        Opposed press members simultaneously moving in the same direction
425/355 -> 352 FEMALE MOLD AND OPPOSED COAXIAL DYNAMIC PRESS MEMBERS ->        Opposed press members each moving one at a time toward the other
425/356 PLURAL SHAPING PLUNGERS OR ROLLS COACTING WITH A SINGLE FEMALE MOLD
425/357 PLURAL FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES COOPERATING WITH SINGLE PRESS MEMBER
425/358 -> 357 PLURAL FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES COOPERATING WITH SINGLE PRESS MEMBER ->        Male-type press member
425/359 -> 357 PLURAL FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES COOPERATING WITH SINGLE PRESS MEMBER  ->        Male-type press member->        Transversely traveling female mold cavities
425/360 -> 357 PLURAL FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES COOPERATING WITH SINGLE PRESS MEMBER  ->        Male-type press member ->        Transversely traveling female mold cavities->        Orbiting about horizontal axis
425/361 -> 357 PLURAL FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES COOPERATING WITH SINGLE PRESS MEMBER  ->        Male-type press member ->        Transversely traveling female mold cavities->        Orbiting about vertical axis
425/362 -> 357 PLURAL FEMALE MOLD CAVITIES COOPERATING WITH SINGLE PRESS MEMBER ->        Roll press member coacting with endless surface having product forming shape imparting cavities
425/363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE
425/364R -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE ->        Endless belt coacting with stationary platen or with reciprocating shaping means
425/364B -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE  ->        Endless belt coacting with stationary platen or with reciprocating shaping means->        Bagel
425/365 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE ->        Roll mounted within cooperating drum
425/366 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE ->        Cooperating rolls having nonparallel axes
425/367 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE ->        Including means to adjust relative position of a roll
425/368 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE ->        Expansible roll type
425/369 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE ->        Means corrugating a preform
425/370 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE  ->        Means corrugating a preform->        Endless belt
425/371 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE ->        Cooperating endless belts
425/372 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE  ->        Cooperating endless belts->        Including speed differential means
425/373 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE ->        Roll and coacting endless belt press member
425/374 -> 363 PRESS FORMING MEANS, PRESS RESHAPING MEANS, OR VULCANIZING MEANS IS ENDLESS SURFACE TYPE ->        Roll and coacting stationary shaping surface
425/375 PATTERN CONTROL OF TRAVEL FOR A FORMING MEANS (E.G., DEPOSITING, ETC.)
425/376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE
425/377 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Including product handling means
425/378.1 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Including heating or cooling means
425/378.2 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE  ->        Including heating or cooling means->        Spinneret
425/379.1 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE  ->        Including heating or cooling means->        Plural spaced
425/380 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Including auxiliary shaping means (e.g., mandrel, etc.) associated with molding orifice
425/381 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE  ->        Including auxiliary shaping means (e.g., mandrel, etc.) associated with molding orifice->        Movable orifice or movable mounted inner mandrel within orifice
425/381.2 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Centripetal elastic melt extruder type
425/382R -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Plural orifices
425/382.2 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE  ->        Plural orifices->        Spinneret type
425/382N -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE  ->        Plural orifices->        Netting
425/382.3 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Including additional rotating means downstream of the primary pressurizing means
425/382.4 -> 376.1 STOCK PRESSURIZING MEANS OPERABLY ASSOCIATED WITH DOWNSTREAM SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Including restriction upstream of shaping orifice and downstream of primary pressurizing means
425/383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT
425/384 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Including both heating and cooling means
425/385 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Surface deformation means only
425/386 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Surface deformation means only->        Sealing wax type
425/387.1 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Including shaping means comprising fluid pressure contacting work directly
425/388 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Including shaping means comprising fluid pressure contacting work directly->        Vacuum or suction means
425/389 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        By fluid pressure actuated flexible diaphragm
425/390 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        By fluid pressure actuated flexible diaphragm->        Opposed, registering, coacting mold cavities
425/391 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Convoluting or twisting means
425/392 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Rod or tubular preform
425/393 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Rod or tubular preform->        Mandrel to interiorly support work and means urging work against mandrel
425/394 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Coacting shaping surfaces (e.g., pressure surfaces, etc.)
425/395 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Coacting shaping surfaces (e.g., pressure surfaces, etc.)->        Opposed, registering, coacting mold cavities
425/396 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Coacting shaping surfaces (e.g., pressure surfaces, etc.)->        Corrugating platens or dies
425/397 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Coacting shaping surfaces (e.g., pressure surfaces, etc.)->        Including particular handling means for preform
425/398 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Coacting shaping surfaces (e.g., pressure surfaces, etc.)->        Relatively reciprocating plunger and female mold
425/399 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Coacting shaping surfaces (e.g., pressure surfaces, etc.) ->        Relatively reciprocating plunger and female mold->        Stationary plunger and reciprocating female mold
425/400 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Coacting shaping surfaces (e.g., pressure surfaces, etc.) ->        Relatively reciprocating plunger and female mold->        Including means positioning or centering work
425/401 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT  ->        Coacting shaping surfaces (e.g., pressure surfaces, etc.) ->        Relatively reciprocating plunger and female mold->        Including sprue or vent
425/402 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Utilizing rotary motion of work
425/403 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Shaping surfaces per se (e.g., mandrel, etc.)
425/403.1 -> 383 PREFORM RESHAPING OR RESIZING MEANSCOLON OR VULCANIZING MEANS INCLUDING A CONFORMING PREFORM SUPPORT ->        Including product handling means
425/404 SHAPING MEANS AND SUBSEQUENT PRODUCT TREATMENT MEANS
425/405.1 MEANS TO CREATE A VACUUM OR APPLY FLUID PRESSURE WITHIN A PRESS FORMING MOLD
425/405.2 -> 405.1 MEANS TO CREATE A VACUUM OR APPLY FLUID PRESSURE WITHIN A PRESS FORMING MOLD ->        Isostatic type
425/406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS
425/407 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS ->        Including both heating and cooling means
425/408 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS ->        Opposed, registering, coacting mold cavities
425/409 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS ->        Pressure applying member mounted for arcuate motion
425/410 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS ->        Periphery of female mold limiting the movement of a dynamic press member
425/411 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS ->        Opposed press shaping members insertable between opposed pressure applying means
425/412 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS ->        Male shaping member and female mold
425/413 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Including pallet handling means
425/414 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Including means to insert or remove core
425/415 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Female mold movably associated with opposed press surfaces position therein
425/416 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Male shaping member penetrating superposed mold
425/417 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Expansible male shaping member
425/418 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Means rotating male shaping members
425/419 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Including means varying pressure of male shaping member during pressing
425/420 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Including provision to remove entrained gas
425/421 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Including vibrator or tamper
425/422 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        With positive means to remove or eject product
425/423 -> 406 PRESS FORMING APPARATUS HAVING OPPOSED PRESS MEMBERS  ->        Male shaping member and female mold->        Female mold moving into a mating relationship with a male shaping member
425/424 FEMALE MOLD VIBRATOR OR TAMPER, AND PRODUCT RELEASE MEANS
425/425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN
425/426 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN ->        Relatively moving female type shaping member and internal (e.g., trowel, etc.)shaping member
425/427 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN  ->        Relatively moving female type shaping member and internal (e.g., trowel, etc.)shaping member->        Moving internal shaping member, stationary female-type member
425/428 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN  ->        Relatively moving female type shaping member and internal (e.g., trowel, etc.)shaping member->        Including tamper
425/429 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN ->        Including means imparting diverse motion
425/430 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN  ->        Including means imparting diverse motion->        Plural female molds
425/431 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN ->        Including tamper
425/432 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN ->        Means to vibrate shaping surface
425/433 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN ->        Peripherally supported for rotation on endless belt
425/434 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN ->        Plural female molds
425/435 -> 425 FEMALE MOLD INCLUDING TAMPING MEANS OR MEANS UTILIZING MOLD MOTION TO DISTRIBUTE OR COMPACT STOCK THEREIN ->        Means to rotate female mold about horizontal axis
425/436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE
425/437 -> 436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE ->        By differential gas pressure ejecting means
425/438 -> 436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE ->        By means releasing article from interiorly placed shaping surface
425/439 -> 436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE ->        By means inverting mold
425/440 -> 436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE ->        By means flexing or deforming the mold
425/441 -> 436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE ->        By movable mold sections
425/442 -> 436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE  ->        By movable mold sections->        Hinged mold sections
425/443 -> 436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE  ->        By movable mold sections->        Sections relatively movable vertically
425/444 -> 436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE ->        By movable ejector means entering mold cavity
425/436RM -> 436R SHAPING SURFACE INCLUDING MEANS TO RELEASE OR REMOVE PRODUCT FROM SHAPING SURFACE ->        Removal-Miscellaneous
425/445 MEANS TREATING SHAPED WORK
425/446 -> 445 MEANS TREATING SHAPED WORK ->        In or on work confining surface
425/447 FORMING SURFACE AND MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK THERETO
425/448 -> 447 FORMING SURFACE AND MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK THERETO ->        Trap measuring compartment (e.g., feed drawer, etc.)
425/449 -> 447 FORMING SURFACE AND MEANS FEEDING FLUENT STOCK THERETO ->        Utilizing positive charging means
425/450.1 MOLD OPENING AND CLOSING MEANS AND SEGMENTED FEMALE MOLD
425/451 -> 450.1 MOLD OPENING AND CLOSING MEANS AND SEGMENTED FEMALE MOLD ->        Including traveling mold carrier or support
425/451.2 -> 450.1 MOLD OPENING AND CLOSING MEANS AND SEGMENTED FEMALE MOLD ->        Varying pressure and/or speed closing
425/451.3 -> 450.1 MOLD OPENING AND CLOSING MEANS AND SEGMENTED FEMALE MOLD ->        Rack and pinion
425/451.4 -> 450.1 MOLD OPENING AND CLOSING MEANS AND SEGMENTED FEMALE MOLD ->        Rotary cam
425/451.5 -> 450.1 MOLD OPENING AND CLOSING MEANS AND SEGMENTED FEMALE MOLD ->        Articulated link
425/451.6 -> 450.1 MOLD OPENING AND CLOSING MEANS AND SEGMENTED FEMALE MOLD  ->        Articulated link->        Toggle
425/451.7 -> 450.1 MOLD OPENING AND CLOSING MEANS AND SEGMENTED FEMALE MOLD ->        Wedge or screw
425/451.9 SEGMENTED FEMALE MOLD AND MOLD CLAMPING MEANS
425/452 FEMALE MOLD AND PALLET HANDLING MEANS
425/453 DYNAMIC SUPPORT OR DYNAMIC CARRIER AND FEMALE MOLD
425/454 -> 453 DYNAMIC SUPPORT OR DYNAMIC CARRIER AND FEMALE MOLD ->        Means to raise or lower mold
425/456 VIBRATING MEANS (E.G., TAMPING ROD OR JARRING MEANS, ETC.) INCLUDING MECHANICAL MOVEMENT OR POWER MEANS
425/457 DYNAMIC MALE SHAPING MEANS INCLUDING MECHANICAL MOVEMENT OR POWER MEANS
425/458 HAND MOVABLE, SUBSTRATE TRAVERSING, PLURAL DIMENSION SHAPING MEANS
425/459 PROFILE, JIGGER TOOL OR POTTER`S WHEEL PER SE
425/460 SHAPING MEMBER FOR TRAVERSING THE INTERIOR SURFACE OF HOLLOW WORK
425/461 MEANS PROVIDING A SHAPING ORIFICE
425/462 -> 461 MEANS PROVIDING A SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Plural distinct feed inlets
425/463 -> 461 MEANS PROVIDING A SHAPING ORIFICE  ->        Plural distinct feed inlets->        Plural distinct shaping orifices
425/464 -> 461 MEANS PROVIDING A SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Single inlet, plural shaping orifices
425/465 -> 461 MEANS PROVIDING A SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Including means forming products with distinct portions of varying cross section
425/466 -> 461 MEANS PROVIDING A SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Adjustable shaping orifice or shape imparting insert member (e.g., core, etc.)
425/467 -> 461 MEANS PROVIDING A SHAPING ORIFICE ->        Core, pin or insert member
425/468 CORE AND POSITIONING MEANS THEREFOR
425/469 TAMP ROD, PLUNGER OR MALE SHAPING MEMBER
425/470 SHAPING OR CASTING SURFACE (E.G., PLASTERING OR GUNITE TYPE, ETC.)
425/471 -> 470 SHAPING OR CASTING SURFACE (E.G., PLASTERING OR GUNITE TYPE, ETC.) ->        Endless shaping surface
425/472 MISCELLANEOUS
425/801 BUTTON
425/802 CABLE TUBE OR ROD SPLICING
425/803 CANDLE OR CRAYON
425/804 CAPSULE MAKING
425/805 COMB OR BRUSH
425/806 FLASH REMOVAL
425/807 LACE TIPPING
425/808 LENS MOLD
425/809 SEAL (BOTTLE CAPS ONLY)
425/810 SOUND RECORD
425/811 STENCIL
425/812 VENTING
425/813 WATER BOTTLE
425/814 ZIPPER
425/815 CHEMICALLY INERT OR REACTIVE ATMOSPHERE
425/816 GAS MASK
425/817R MEANS MOLDING PORE FORMABLE MATERIAL
425/817C -> 817R MEANS MOLDING PORE FORMABLE MATERIAL ->        Continuous
425/818 BELT
425/DIG201 -> 818 BELT ->        Diverse stations
425/DIG202 -> 818 BELT ->        Earthenwave type
425/DIG231 -> 818 BELT ->        Control for blow molding apparatus
425/DIG225 -> 818 BELT ->        Automatic control
425/DIG226 -> 818 BELT ->        Actuated by contact with mold
427/1 BODY MEMBER PRINTING (E.G., FINGERPRINTING, ETC.)
427/2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)
427/2.11 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT) ->        Analysis, diagnosis, measuring, or testing product (e.g., specimen preparation, microscope slide smearing)
427/2.12 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Analysis, diagnosis, measuring, or testing product (e.g., specimen preparation, microscope slide smearing)->        For contacting living body or transfusing bodily fluid (e.g., endoscope, electrode, thermometer, probe)
427/2.13 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Analysis, diagnosis, measuring, or testing product (e.g., specimen preparation, microscope slide smearing)->        Layer formed contains chemical reagent or chemically reacts with substrate (e.g., cell stain or fix, pH paper, immobilized antigen)
427/2.14 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT) ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch)
427/2.15 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch)->        Fluidized bed utilized
427/2.16 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch) ->        Fluidized bed utilized->        Retarded or controlled-release layer produced (e.g., enteric)
427/2.17 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch) ->        Fluidized bed utilized->        Significant color or other intended appearance altering layer formed (e.g., shining, indicia)
427/2.18 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch)->        En masse rotating means employed (e.g., rotating pan, tumbling)
427/2.19 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch) ->        En masse rotating means employed (e.g., rotating pan, tumbling)->        Retarded or controlled-release layer produced (e.g., enteric)
427/2.2 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch) ->        En masse rotating means employed (e.g., rotating pan, tumbling)->        Significant color or other intended appearance altering layer formed (e.g., shining, indicia)
427/2.21 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch)->        Retarded or controlled-release layer produced (e.g., enteric)
427/2.22 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch)->        Gelatin matrix layer produced
427/2.23 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Particulate or unit-dosage-article base (e.g., tablet, pill, pellet, capsule, liposome, powder, controlled-release implant, suppositorySEMI excluding transdermal patch)->        Significant color or other intended appearance altering layer formed (e.g., shining, indicia)
427/2.24 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT) ->        Implantable permanent prosthesis (i.e., artificial body member) (e.g., pacemaker, lens, cornea, glaucoma shunt, heart valve, muscle, spinal disc, breast, internal organ)
427/2.25 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Implantable permanent prosthesis (i.e., artificial body member) (e.g., pacemaker, lens, cornea, glaucoma shunt, heart valve, muscle, spinal disc, breast, internal organ)->        Liquid conveying (e.g., vascular, arterial, bile duct, urethra)
427/2.26 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Implantable permanent prosthesis (i.e., artificial body member) (e.g., pacemaker, lens, cornea, glaucoma shunt, heart valve, muscle, spinal disc, breast, internal organ)->        For mineralized body part (e.g., bone, tooth, crown, hip)
427/2.27 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT)  ->        Implantable permanent prosthesis (i.e., artificial body member) (e.g., pacemaker, lens, cornea, glaucoma shunt, heart valve, muscle, spinal disc, breast, internal organ) ->        For mineralized body part (e.g., bone, tooth, crown, hip)->        Inorganic oxygen-containing compound containing layer formed (e.g., hydroxyapatite, ceramic, glass)
427/2.28 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT) ->        Device for creating or holding open an unnatural opening in a membrane or organ (e.g., syringe, scalpel, drainage tube)
427/2.29 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT) ->        Dental product (e.g., floss, denture, orthodontia wire)
427/2.3 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT) ->        Fluid barrier or fluid transporting product, other than merely absorbing (e.g., surgical glove, condom, lined diaper, membrane filter, IV tubing, cannula, dialysis membrane, urinary catheter)
427/2.31 -> 2.1 MEDICAL OR DENTAL PURPOSE PRODUCTSEMI PARTSSEMI SUBCOMBINATIONSSEMI INTERMEDIATES (E.G., BALLOON CATHETER, SPLINT) ->        Flexible web, sheet, film, or filament base (e.g., fabric, bandage, suture, transdermal patch, orthopedic cast tape)
427/4 PLANT MEMBER OR ANIMAL SPECIMEN COATING
427/5 RADIOACTIVE BASE OR COATING
427/6 -> 5 RADIOACTIVE BASE OR COATING ->        Particles or nuclear reactor fuel elements coated
427/7 FRAUD OR TAMPER DETECTING
427/8 MEASURING, TESTING, OR INDICATING
427/9 -> 8 MEASURING, TESTING, OR INDICATING ->        Thickness or uniformity of thickness determined
427/10 -> 8 MEASURING, TESTING, OR INDICATING  ->        Thickness or uniformity of thickness determined->        Electrical or optical
427/11 FRICTIONAL APPLICATION (I.E., RUBBING SOLID COATING MATERIAL ON BASE)
427/446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.)
427/447 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.) ->        Organic containing coating
427/448 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.) ->        Nonuniform or patterned coating
427/449 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.) ->        Continuous feed solid coating material (e.g., wire, rod, or filament, etc.)
427/450 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.) ->        Inorganic carbon containing coating, not as steel (e.g., carbide, etc.)
427/451 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.)  ->        Inorganic carbon containing coating, not as steel (e.g., carbide, etc.)->        Additionally containing nickel, cobalt, or iron as free metal or alloy
427/452 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.) ->        Silicon containing coating
427/453 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.) ->        Metal oxide containing coating
427/454 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.)  ->        Metal oxide containing coating->        Superposed diverse or multilayer similar coatings applied
427/455 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.) ->        Metal or metal alloy coating
427/456 -> 446 SPRAY COATING UTILIZING FLAME OR PLASMA HEAT (E.G., FLAME SPRAYING, ETC.)  ->        Metal or metal alloy coating->        Aluminum, nickel, cobalt, or iron metal or alloy containing coating
427/457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY
427/458 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized
427/459 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized->        Fluidized bed utilized
427/460 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Fluidized bed utilized->        Ionization or corona discharge utilized
427/461 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Fluidized bed utilized->        Heating or fusing applied coating
427/462 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized->        Flock or fiber applied
427/463 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Flock or fiber applied->        Pile- or nap-type surface formed
427/464 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Flock or fiber applied ->        Pile- or nap-type surface formed->        Heating, drying, or cooling adhesive surface
427/465 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Flock or fiber applied ->        Pile- or nap-type surface formed->        Organic substrate specified (e.g., fabric, etc.)
427/466 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized->        Nonuniform or patterned coating (e.g., ink jet printing, etc.)
427/467 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Nonuniform or patterned coating (e.g., ink jet printing, etc.)->        Edging or striping
427/468 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Nonuniform or patterned coating (e.g., ink jet printing, etc.)->        Mask or stencil utilized
427/469 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Nonuniform or patterned coating (e.g., ink jet printing, etc.)->        Coating material consists of charged particles (e.g., paint, pigment, dye, etc.)
427/470 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized->        Superposed diverse or multilayer similar coatings applied
427/471 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized->        Applying coatings to opposite sides of a substrate (excluding processes where all coating is by immersion)
427/472 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized->        Positioning, orientation, or application of nonsprayed, nonatomized coating material solely by electrostatic charge, field, or force
427/473 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Positioning, orientation, or application of nonsprayed, nonatomized coating material solely by electrostatic charge, field, or force->        Inorganic substrate
427/474 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Positioning, orientation, or application of nonsprayed, nonatomized coating material solely by electrostatic charge, field, or force->        Solid particles applied
427/475 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied
427/476 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied->        Inside hollow articles
427/477 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied->        Articles or substrates sequentially moved past atomizing source
427/478 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied ->        Articles or substrates sequentially moved past atomizing source->        Collection of off-target or fugitive coating material
427/479 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied ->        Articles or substrates sequentially moved past atomizing source->        Utilizing multiple spray sources (e.g., atomizers)
427/480 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied ->        Articles or substrates sequentially moved past atomizing source->        Movable atomizer or spray source (e.g., spray source or atomizer rotates, reciprocates, oscillates, etc.)
427/481 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied ->        Articles or substrates sequentially moved past atomizing source->        Rotatable base or support for substrate
427/482 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied->        Running or indefinite length substrate
427/483 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied->        Utilizing apparatus to atomize and electrostatically charge liquid coating material (e.g., charging electrode adjacent spray source, etc.)
427/484 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied ->        Utilizing apparatus to atomize and electrostatically charge liquid coating material (e.g., charging electrode adjacent spray source, etc.)->        Rotatable atomizer or spray source
427/485 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied->        Coating contains organic material
427/486 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electrostatic charge, field, or force utilized ->        Solid particles or atomized liquid applied ->        Coating contains organic material->        Inorganic substrate
427/487 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics)
427/488 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics)->        Plasma initiated polymerization
427/489 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Plasma initiated polymerization->        Organosilicon containing coating
427/490 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Plasma initiated polymerization->        Flurocarbon containing coating
427/491 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Plasma initiated polymerization->        Organic substrate
427/492 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics)->        Multiple applications of identical radiation energy source to polymerize (e.g., pulse, flash, lamp, etc.)
427/493 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics)->        Application of plural diverse energy sources to polymerize (e.g., electromagnetic wave plus resistance heat, ultraviolet wave plus infrared wave, etc.)
427/494 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics)->        Gloss control (e.g., light scattering, etc.)
427/495 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics)->        Polymerization involving the control of oxygen containing gas as an inhibitor (e.g., air, etc.)
427/496 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics)->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)
427/497 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)->        Vapor deposition utilized
427/498 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)->        Immersion, partial immersion, spraying, or spin coating utilized (e.g., dipping, etc.)
427/499 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.) ->        Immersion, partial immersion, spraying, or spin coating utilized (e.g., dipping, etc.)->        Natural cellulose substrate
427/500 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)->        Coating material includes colorant or pigment
427/501 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)->        Textile, fiber, or wire coated or impregnated
427/502 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)->        Magnetic recording medium formed
427/503 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)->        Organosilicon containing coating material
427/504 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)->        Nonuniform or patterned coating (e.g., mask, printing, etc.)
427/505 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)->        Coating is adhesive or intended to be made adhesive (e.g., release sheet or coating, etc.)
427/506 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.)->        Benzene ring or nitrogen containing coating material
427/507 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma rays, X-rays, atomic particles, i.e., alpha rays, beta rays, electrons, etc.) ->        Benzene ring or nitrogen containing coating material->        Styrene or carboxamide group containing coating material (e.g., urea, urethane, etc.)
427/508 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics)->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)
427/509 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Vapor deposition utilized
427/510 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Nonuniform or patterned coating (e.g., mask, printing, textured, etc.)
427/511 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.) ->        Nonuniform or patterned coating (e.g., mask, printing, textured, etc.)->        Printing ink utilized
427/512 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Immersion, partial immersion, spraying, or spin coating utilized (e.g., dipping, etc.)
427/513 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Textile or fiber coated or impregnated
427/514 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Coating material includes colorant or pigment
427/515 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Organosilicon containing coating material
427/516 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Coating is adhesive or is intended to be made adhesive (e.g., release sheet or coating, etc.)
427/517 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Coating includes specified rate affecting material
427/518 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.) ->        Coating includes specified rate affecting material->        Inorganic substrate
427/519 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.) ->        Coating includes specified rate affecting material->        Keto or aldehyde containing group is part of the rate affecting coating material (e.g., benzoin, benzophenone, acetaldehyde, etc.)
427/520 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Benzene ring or nitrogen containing coating material
427/521 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics) ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation utilized (e.g., UV, visible, IR, microwave, radio wave, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Radiation as heat source (e.g., radiant energy, etc.)
427/522 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Polymerization of coating utilizing direct application of electrical, magnetic, wave, or particulate energy (i.e., including cross-linking, curing, and hardening of organics)->        Resistance or induction heat-initiated polymerization
427/523 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Ion plating or implantation
427/524 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Ion plating or implantation->        With simultaneous sputter etching of substrate
427/525 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Ion plating or implantation->        Organic material present in substrate, plating, or implanted layer
427/526 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Ion plating or implantation->        Nonuniform or patterned ion plating or ion implanting (e.g., mask, etc.)
427/527 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Ion plating or implantation->        Silicon present in substrate, plating, or implanted layer
427/529 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Ion plating or implantation->        Inorganic oxide containing plating or implanted material
427/530 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Ion plating or implantation->        Inorganic metal compound present in plating or implanted material (e.g., nitrides, carbides, borides, etc.)
427/528 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Ion plating or implantation->        Metal or metal alloy substrate
427/531 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Ion plating or implantation->        Metal or metal alloy plating or implanted material
427/532 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate
427/533 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate->        Ionized gas utilized (e.g., electrically powered source, corona discharge, plasma, glow discharge, etc.)
427/534 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Ionized gas utilized (e.g., electrically powered source, corona discharge, plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Cleaning or removing part of substrate (e.g., etching with plasma, glow discharge, etc.)
427/535 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Ionized gas utilized (e.g., electrically powered source, corona discharge, plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Plasma (e.g., cold plasma, corona, glow discharge, etc.)
427/536 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Ionized gas utilized (e.g., electrically powered source, corona discharge, plasma, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Plasma (e.g., cold plasma, corona, glow discharge, etc.)->        Organic substrate
427/537 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Ionized gas utilized (e.g., electrically powered source, corona discharge, plasma, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Plasma (e.g., cold plasma, corona, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Organic substrate->        Metal containing coating
427/538 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Ionized gas utilized (e.g., electrically powered source, corona discharge, plasma, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Plasma (e.g., cold plasma, corona, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Organic substrate->        Textile or fiber coated or impregnated
427/539 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Ionized gas utilized (e.g., electrically powered source, corona discharge, plasma, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Plasma (e.g., cold plasma, corona, glow discharge, etc.)->        Oxygen containing atmosphere
427/540 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate->        Arc or electrical discharge
427/541 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate->        Drying
427/542 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Drying->        Infrared or radiant heating
427/543 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate->        Induction or dielectric heating
427/544 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Induction or dielectric heating->        Organic coating containing material
427/545 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate->        Resistance heating
427/546 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Resistance heating->        Metal or metal alloy containing coating
427/547 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate->        Magnetic field or force utilized
427/548 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Magnetic field or force utilized->        Magnetic recording medium or device formed
427/549 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Magnetic field or force utilized ->        Magnetic recording medium or device formed->        Running length substrate
427/550 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Magnetic field or force utilized->        Magnetizable powder, flakes, or particles utilized
427/551 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma ray, X-ray, atomic particle, i.e., alpha ray, beta ray, high energy electron, etc.)
427/552 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        High energy electromagnetic radiation or high energy particles utilized (e.g., gamma ray, X-ray, atomic particle, i.e., alpha ray, beta ray, high energy electron, etc.)->        Nonuniform or patterned coating
427/553 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation (e.g., microwave, radio wave, IR, UV, visible, actinic, laser, etc.)
427/554 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation (e.g., microwave, radio wave, IR, UV, visible, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Laser
427/555 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation (e.g., microwave, radio wave, IR, UV, visible, actinic, laser, etc.) ->        Laser->        Nonuniform or patterned coating
427/556 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation (e.g., microwave, radio wave, IR, UV, visible, actinic, laser, etc.) ->        Laser ->        Nonuniform or patterned coating->        Metal or metal alloy substrate
427/557 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation (e.g., microwave, radio wave, IR, UV, visible, actinic, laser, etc.)->        Thermal processes (e.g., radiant heat, infrared, etc.)
427/558 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation (e.g., microwave, radio wave, IR, UV, visible, actinic, laser, etc.) ->        Thermal processes (e.g., radiant heat, infrared, etc.)->        Ultraviolet light
427/559 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate ->        Low energy electromagnetic radiation (e.g., microwave, radio wave, IR, UV, visible, actinic, laser, etc.) ->        Thermal processes (e.g., radiant heat, infrared, etc.)->        Fusing, curing, or annealing (e.g., ceramics, etc.)
427/560 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of substrate or post-treatment of coated substrate->        Sonic or ultrasonic (e.g., cleaning or removing material from substrate, etc.)
427/561 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Pretreatment of coating supply or source outside of primary deposition zone or off site
427/562 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of coating supply or source outside of primary deposition zone or off site->        Electric discharge (e.g., corona, glow discharge, etc.)
427/563 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of coating supply or source outside of primary deposition zone or off site ->        Electric discharge (e.g., corona, glow discharge, etc.)->        Silicon containing coating material
427/564 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of coating supply or source outside of primary deposition zone or off site ->        Electric discharge (e.g., corona, glow discharge, etc.)->        Metal, metal alloy, or metal oxide containing coating material
427/565 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of coating supply or source outside of primary deposition zone or off site->        Sonic or ultrasonic (e.g., vibratory energy, etc.)
427/566 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of coating supply or source outside of primary deposition zone or off site->        Electron irradiation (e.g., e-beam evaporation, etc.)
427/567 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of coating supply or source outside of primary deposition zone or off site ->        Electron irradiation (e.g., e-beam evaporation, etc.)->        Silicon or metal oxide coating (e.g., glass, etc.)
427/568 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Pretreatment of coating supply or source outside of primary deposition zone or off site->        Silicon containing coating supply or source
427/569 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.)
427/570 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.)->        Utilizing plasma with other nonionizing energy sources
427/571 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.) ->        Utilizing plasma with other nonionizing energy sources->        With magnetic enhancement
427/572 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.) ->        Utilizing plasma with other nonionizing energy sources->        Light as energy source
427/573 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.) ->        Utilizing plasma with other nonionizing energy sources->        With heated substrate
427/574 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.) ->        Utilizing plasma with other nonionizing energy sources->        Silicon containing coating
427/575 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.)->        Generated by microwave (i.e., 1mm to 1m)
427/576 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.)->        Metal, metal alloy, or metal oxide coating
427/577 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.)->        Inorganic carbon containing coating material, not as steel (e.g., carbide, etc.)
427/578 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.)->        Silicon containing coating material
427/579 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.) ->        Silicon containing coating material->        Silicon oxides or nitrides
427/580 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Electrical discharge (e.g., arcs, sparks, etc.)
427/581 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Chemical deposition from liquid contiguous with substrate via electron beam or light (e.g., photochemical liquid deposition, etc.)
427/582 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Photoinitiated chemical vapor deposition (i.e., photo CVD)
427/583 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Photoinitiated chemical vapor deposition (i.e., photo CVD)->        Silicon containing coating
427/584 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Photoinitiated chemical vapor deposition (i.e., photo CVD)->        Metal, metal alloy, or metal oxide coating
427/585 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Chemical vapor deposition (e.g., electron beam or heating using IR, inductance, resistance, etc.)
427/586 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Chemical vapor deposition (e.g., electron beam or heating using IR, inductance, resistance, etc.)->        Pyrolytic use of laser or focused light (e.g., IR, UV lasers to heat, etc.)
427/587 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Chemical vapor deposition (e.g., electron beam or heating using IR, inductance, resistance, etc.)->        Resistance or induction heating
427/588 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Chemical vapor deposition (e.g., electron beam or heating using IR, inductance, resistance, etc.) ->        Resistance or induction heating->        Silicon or semiconductor material containing coating
427/589 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Chemical vapor deposition (e.g., electron beam or heating using IR, inductance, resistance, etc.) ->        Resistance or induction heating ->        Silicon or semiconductor material containing coating->        Silicon carbide
427/590 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Chemical vapor deposition (e.g., electron beam or heating using IR, inductance, resistance, etc.) ->        Resistance or induction heating->        Boron, nitrogen, or inorganic carbon containing coating
427/591 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Induction or dielectric heating
427/592 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Resistance heating
427/593 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Resistance heating->        Vapor deposition employing resistance heating of substrate or coating material
427/594 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Resistance heating->        Immersion or partial immersion
427/595 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Electromagnetic or particulate radiation utilized (e.g., IR, UV, X-ray, gamma ray, actinic, microwave, radio wave, atomic particleSEMI i.e., alpha ray, beta ray, electron, etc.)
427/596 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electromagnetic or particulate radiation utilized (e.g., IR, UV, X-ray, gamma ray, actinic, microwave, radio wave, atomic particleSEMI i.e., alpha ray, beta ray, electron, etc.)->        Laser or electron beam (e.g., heat source, etc.)
427/597 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Electromagnetic or particulate radiation utilized (e.g., IR, UV, X-ray, gamma ray, actinic, microwave, radio wave, atomic particleSEMI i.e., alpha ray, beta ray, electron, etc.) ->        Laser or electron beam (e.g., heat source, etc.)->        Metal or metal alloy containing coating material applied
427/598 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Magnetic field or force utilized
427/599 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Magnetic field or force utilized->        Magnetic recording medium or device formed
427/600 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY ->        Sonic or ultrasonic
427/601 -> 457 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL, MAGNETIC, WAVE, OR PARTICULATE ENERGY  ->        Sonic or ultrasonic->        Immersion bath utilized
427/58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED
427/59 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Welding electrode
427/60 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Welding electrode->        Post-treating with solid treating member
427/61 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Welding electrode->        Metal coating or Group IIA metallic compound containing coating
427/62 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Superconductor
427/63 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Superconductor->        Nonuniform coating
427/64 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.)
427/65 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.)->        X-radiation properties
427/66 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.)->        Electroluminescent lamp
427/67 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.)->        Fluorescent lamp
427/68 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.)->        Multicolor or mosaic (e.g., color T.V. tube, etc.)
427/69 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.)->        Vapor deposition
427/70 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.) ->        Vapor deposition->        Nonmetallic coating formed by vapor deposition
427/71 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.)->        Particles applied
427/72 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.)->        Rotating the base
427/73 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Fluorescent or phosphorescent base coating (e.g., cathode-ray tube, luminescent screen, etc.)->        Settling out of liquid
427/74 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Photoelectric
427/75 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Photoelectric->        Mosaic or nonuniform coating
427/76 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Photoelectric->        Coating is selenium, tellurium, or compound thereof
427/77 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Electron emissive or suppressive (excluding electrode for arc)
427/78 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Electron emissive or suppressive (excluding electrode for arc)->        Vapor deposition or spraying
427/79 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Condenser or capacitor
427/80 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Condenser or capacitor->        Electrolytic or barrier layer type
427/81 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Condenser or capacitor->        Vacuum or pressure utilized
427/96 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Integrated circuit, printed circuit, or circuit board
427/97 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Integrated circuit, printed circuit, or circuit board->        Coating hole walls
427/98 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Integrated circuit, printed circuit, or circuit board->        Immersion metal plating from solution (e.g., electroless plating, etc.)
427/99 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Integrated circuit, printed circuit, or circuit board->        Vapor deposition
427/100 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Piezoelectric properties
427/101 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Resistor for current control (excludes heating element)
427/102 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Resistor for current control (excludes heating element)->        Nonuniform coating
427/103 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Resistor for current control (excludes heating element)->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base
427/104 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Motor stator or core for winding
427/105 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Hollow article
427/106 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Hollow article->        Glass (e.g., light bulb, etc.)
427/107 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Hollow article ->        Glass (e.g., light bulb, etc.)->        Vapor deposition
427/108 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Transparent base
427/109 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Transparent base->        Vapor deposition
427/110 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Transparent base->        Spraying
427/111 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Filament for lamp or tube
427/112 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Filament for lamp or tube->        Carbon filament
427/113 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Carbon base
427/114 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Carbon base->        Brushes
427/115 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Fuel cell part
427/116 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Coil or winding
427/117 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Wire conductor
427/118 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Wire conductor->        Applying superposed coatings or coating a coated base
427/119 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Wire conductor->        Foam, cellular, or natural rubber coating
427/120 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Wire conductor->        Heat utilized
427/121 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Cellulosic or fibrous base (e.g., wood, paper, etc.)
427/122 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Carbon coating
427/123 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Metal coating
427/124 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Metal coating->        Vapor deposition or utilizing vacuum
427/125 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Metal coating->        Silver, gold, platinum, or palladium
427/126.1 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Metallic compound coating
427/126.2 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Metallic compound coating->        Glass or ceramic base or coating
427/126.3 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Metallic compound coating->        Metal oxide, peroxide, or hydroxide coating
427/126.4 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Metallic compound coating ->        Metal oxide, peroxide, or hydroxide coating->        Metal is Al
427/126.5 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Metallic compound coating ->        Metal oxide, peroxide, or hydroxide coating->        Metal is Au, Ag, Pt, Pd, Ru, Rh, Os, Ir
427/126.6 -> 58 ELECTRICAL PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Metallic compound coating ->        Metal oxide, peroxide, or hydroxide coating->        Metal is Ni, Fe, or Co
427/127 MAGNETIC BASE OR COATING
427/128 -> 127 MAGNETIC BASE OR COATING ->        Magnetic coating
427/129 -> 127 MAGNETIC BASE OR COATING  ->        Magnetic coating->        With pretreatment of base
427/130 -> 127 MAGNETIC BASE OR COATING  ->        Magnetic coating->        With post-treatment of coating or coating material
427/131 -> 127 MAGNETIC BASE OR COATING  ->        Magnetic coating->        Applying superposed diverse coating or coating a coated base
427/132 -> 127 MAGNETIC BASE OR COATING  ->        Magnetic coating->        Metal coating
427/133 MOLD COATING
427/134 -> 133 MOLD COATING ->        Sand mold
427/135 -> 133 MOLD COATING ->        Metal mold
427/136 COATING PAVEMENT OR THE EARTH (E.G., ROADMAKING, ETC.)
427/137 -> 136 COATING PAVEMENT OR THE EARTH (E.G., ROADMAKING, ETC.) ->        Striping, marking, or increasing reflectivity
427/138 -> 136 COATING PAVEMENT OR THE EARTH (E.G., ROADMAKING, ETC.) ->        Asphalt, bitumen, oil, or tar containing coating
427/139 -> 136 COATING PAVEMENT OR THE EARTH (E.G., ROADMAKING, ETC.)  ->        Asphalt, bitumen, oil, or tar containing coating->        Rolling
427/140 RESTORING OR REPAIRING
427/141 -> 140 RESTORING OR REPAIRING ->        Carbon paper or inked ribbon
427/142 -> 140 RESTORING OR REPAIRING ->        Metal article
427/143 STENCIL BLANK MAKING
427/144 HECTROGRAPHIC OR COPYING SURFACE MAKING
427/145 LATENT IMAGE FORMED OR DEVELOPED
427/146 TRANSFER OR COPY SHEET MAKING
427/147 -> 146 TRANSFER OR COPY SHEET MAKING ->        Decal or embossing foil type (i.e., continuous film transfers)
427/148 -> 146 TRANSFER OR COPY SHEET MAKING  ->        Decal or embossing foil type (i.e., continuous film transfers)->        Heat sensitive
427/149 -> 146 TRANSFER OR COPY SHEET MAKING  ->        Decal or embossing foil type (i.e., continuous film transfers)->        Fluid releasable
427/150 -> 146 TRANSFER OR COPY SHEET MAKING ->        Reactive components
427/151 -> 146 TRANSFER OR COPY SHEET MAKING  ->        Reactive components->        Heterocyclic organic compound component
427/152 -> 146 TRANSFER OR COPY SHEET MAKING ->        Coating opposite sides or forming plural or nonuniform coats
427/153 -> 146 TRANSFER OR COPY SHEET MAKING ->        Carbon paper type
427/154 REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE COATING APPLIED
427/155 -> 154 REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE COATING APPLIED ->        Organic base
427/156 -> 154 REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE COATING APPLIED ->        Metal base
427/157 FLUORESCENT OR PHOSPHORESCENT COATING
427/158 -> 157 FLUORESCENT OR PHOSPHORESCENT COATING ->        Optical brightening
427/159 INCANDESCENT MANTLE PRODUCED
427/160 COATING HAS X-RAY, ULTRAVIOLET, OR INFRARED PROPERTIES
427/161 TRANSPARENCY OR TRANSLUCENCY INCREASED (E.G., MAKING WINDOW ENVELOPES, ETC.)
427/162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED
427/163.1 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED ->        Polarizer, windshield, optical fiber, projection screen, or retroreflector
427/163.2 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED  ->        Polarizer, windshield, optical fiber, projection screen, or retroreflector->        Optical fiber, rod, filament, or waveguide
427/163.3 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED  ->        Polarizer, windshield, optical fiber, projection screen, or retroreflector->        Projection screen
427/163.4 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED  ->        Polarizer, windshield, optical fiber, projection screen, or retroreflector->        Retroreflector (e.g., light reflecting small spherical beads, etc.)
427/164 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED ->        Transparent base
427/165 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED  ->        Transparent base->        Glass
427/166 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED  ->        Transparent base ->        Glass->        Vapor depositing
427/167 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED  ->        Transparent base ->        Glass ->        Vapor depositing->        Silicon compound coating (e.g., quartz, etc.)
427/168 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED  ->        Transparent base ->        Glass->        Spraying
427/169 -> 162 OPTICAL ELEMENT PRODUCED  ->        Transparent base ->        Glass->        Immersion
427/170 DELUSTERING FABRIC OR YARN
427/171 WITH STRETCHING OR TENSIONING
427/172 -> 171 WITH STRETCHING OR TENSIONING ->        Running lengths
427/173 -> 171 WITH STRETCHING OR TENSIONING  ->        Running lengths->        Lateral stretching
427/174 -> 171 WITH STRETCHING OR TENSIONING  ->        Running lengths->        Particles or fibers applied
427/175 -> 171 WITH STRETCHING OR TENSIONING  ->        Running lengths->        Cord, thread, yarn, or wire
427/176 -> 171 WITH STRETCHING OR TENSIONING  ->        Running lengths->        Textile fabric
427/177 WITH WINDING, BALLING, ROLLING, OR COILING
427/178 -> 177 WITH WINDING, BALLING, ROLLING, OR COILING ->        Metal or glass base (e.g., wire, etc.)
427/179 -> 177 WITH WINDING, BALLING, ROLLING, OR COILING ->        Paper or felt base
427/180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED
427/181 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED ->        Interior or hollow article coating
427/182 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Interior or hollow article coating->        Fluidized bed utilized
427/183 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Interior or hollow article coating->        Rotating the base
427/184 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED ->        Nonuniform speed or nonrectilinear base motion
427/185 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED ->        Fluidized bed utilized
427/186 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED ->        Roofing produced
427/187 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Roofing produced->        With cutting
427/188 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Roofing produced->        Localized different areas produced
427/189 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED ->        Uniting particles to form continuous coating with nondiscernible particles
427/190 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Uniting particles to form continuous coating with nondiscernible particles->        Metallic compound particles
427/191 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Uniting particles to form continuous coating with nondiscernible particles->        Metal particles
427/192 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Uniting particles to form continuous coating with nondiscernible particles ->        Metal particles->        Aluminum, copper, or zinc particles
427/193 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Uniting particles to form continuous coating with nondiscernible particles->        Vitrifiable particles
427/194 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Uniting particles to form continuous coating with nondiscernible particles->        Roller utilized
427/195 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Uniting particles to form continuous coating with nondiscernible particles->        Synthetic resin particles
427/196 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED ->        Plural direction application of coating materials or simultaneously applying particles and binder from different sources
427/197 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED ->        Localized different areas produced (e.g., printing, etc.)
427/198 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Localized different areas produced (e.g., printing, etc.)->        Deforming the base or coating or removing part of the coating
427/199 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Localized different areas produced (e.g., printing, etc.)->        Silicon compound, metal, or metallic compound containing particles applied
427/200 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Localized different areas produced (e.g., printing, etc.)->        Flock or fibers applied
427/201 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED ->        Plural particulate materials applied
427/202 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base
427/203 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Coating over the applied coating of particles
427/204 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Silicon compound containing particles (e.g., sand, etc.)
427/205 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Metal or metallic compound containing particles
427/206 -> 180 SOLID PARTICLES OR FIBERS APPLIED  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Flock or fibers applied
427/207.1 COATING REMAINS ADHESIVE OR IS INTENDED TO BE MADE ADHESIVE
427/208 -> 207.1 COATING REMAINS ADHESIVE OR IS INTENDED TO BE MADE ADHESIVE ->        Application to opposite sides of base
427/208.2 -> 207.1 COATING REMAINS ADHESIVE OR IS INTENDED TO BE MADE ADHESIVE ->        Heat sensitive adhesive
427/208.4 -> 207.1 COATING REMAINS ADHESIVE OR IS INTENDED TO BE MADE ADHESIVE ->        Pressure sensitive adhesive
427/208.6 -> 207.1 COATING REMAINS ADHESIVE OR IS INTENDED TO BE MADE ADHESIVE  ->        Pressure sensitive adhesive->        Nonuniform coating (e.g., perforated, etc.)
427/208.8 -> 207.1 COATING REMAINS ADHESIVE OR IS INTENDED TO BE MADE ADHESIVE  ->        Pressure sensitive adhesive->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base
427/209 APPLICATION TO OPPOSITE SIDES OF SHEET, WEB, OR STRIP (EXCLUDING PROCESSES WHERE ALL COATING IS BY IMMERSION)
427/210 -> 209 APPLICATION TO OPPOSITE SIDES OF SHEET, WEB, OR STRIP (EXCLUDING PROCESSES WHERE ALL COATING IS BY IMMERSION) ->        Nonuniform coating
427/211 -> 209 APPLICATION TO OPPOSITE SIDES OF SHEET, WEB, OR STRIP (EXCLUDING PROCESSES WHERE ALL COATING IS BY IMMERSION) ->        Roller applicator utilized
427/212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED
427/213 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED ->        Fluidized bed utilized
427/213.3 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED ->        Solid encapsulation process utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)
427/213.31 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Solid encapsulation process utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)->        With post-treatment of encapsulant or encapsulating material (e.g., further coating, hardening, etc.)
427/213.32 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Solid encapsulation process utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome) ->        With post-treatment of encapsulant or encapsulating material (e.g., further coating, hardening, etc.)->        Hardening
427/213.33 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Solid encapsulation process utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome) ->        With post-treatment of encapsulant or encapsulating material (e.g., further coating, hardening, etc.) ->        Hardening->        Using crosslinking agent
427/213.34 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Solid encapsulation process utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)->        Solid-walled microcapsule formed by in situ polymerization
427/213.35 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Solid encapsulation process utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)->        Solid-walled microcapsule formed from gelatin or derivative thereof
427/213.36 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Solid encapsulation process utilizing an emulsion or dispersion to form a solid-walled microcapsule (includes liposome)->        Solid-walled microcapsule formed from preformed synthetic polymer
427/214 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base
427/215 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED ->        Inorganic base
427/216 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Inorganic base->        Metal base
427/217 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Inorganic base->        Metal coating
427/218 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Inorganic base->        Pigment containing coating
427/219 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Inorganic base ->        Pigment containing coating->        Silicon compound containing coating
427/220 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Inorganic base->        Organic coating
427/221 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED  ->        Inorganic base ->        Organic coating->        Resin, rubber, or hardenable oil containing coating
427/222 -> 212 PARTICLES, FLAKES, OR GRANULES COATED OR ENCAPSULATED ->        Resin base
427/223 FLAME CONTACT
427/224 -> 223 FLAME CONTACT ->        After coating
427/225 -> 223 FLAME CONTACT ->        Metal coating
427/226 HEAT DECOMPOSITION OF APPLIED COATING OR BASE MATERIAL
427/227 -> 226 HEAT DECOMPOSITION OF APPLIED COATING OR BASE MATERIAL ->        Base material decomposed or carbonized
427/228 -> 226 HEAT DECOMPOSITION OF APPLIED COATING OR BASE MATERIAL ->        Coating decomposed to form carbide or coating carbonized
427/229 -> 226 HEAT DECOMPOSITION OF APPLIED COATING OR BASE MATERIAL ->        Coating decomposed to form metal
427/230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING
427/231 -> 230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING ->        Rotating the article
427/232 -> 230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING  ->        Rotating the article->        Removing excess coating material
427/233 -> 230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING  ->        Rotating the article->        Spraying
427/234 -> 230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING  ->        Rotating the article->        Metal base
427/235 -> 230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING ->        Removing excess coating material
427/236 -> 230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING ->        Spraying
427/237 -> 230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING ->        Coating by vapor, gas, mist, or smoke
427/238 -> 230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING ->        Vacuum or pressure utilized
427/239 -> 230 INTERIOR OF HOLLOW ARTICLE COATING ->        Metal base
427/240 CENTRIFUGAL FORCE UTILIZED
427/241 -> 240 CENTRIFUGAL FORCE UTILIZED ->        Metal coating
427/242 RUMBLING OR TUMBLING
427/243 FORAMINOUS PRODUCT PRODUCED
427/244 -> 243 FORAMINOUS PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Filter, sponge, or foam
427/245 -> 243 FORAMINOUS PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Microporous coating (e.g., vapor permeable, etc.)
427/246 -> 243 FORAMINOUS PRODUCT PRODUCED  ->        Microporous coating (e.g., vapor permeable, etc.)->        Coagulating or jelling the coating
427/247 -> 243 FORAMINOUS PRODUCT PRODUCED ->        Metal base
427/248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE
427/249.1 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE ->        Carbon or carbide coating
427/249.2 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating->        Chemical vapor infiltration (i.e., CVI) of porous base (e.g., fiber, fibrous web, etc.)
427/249.3 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating->        Fiber or fibrous web or sheet base (e.g., strand, filament, fabric, cloth, etc.)
427/249.4 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating ->        Fiber or fibrous web or sheet base (e.g., strand, filament, fabric, cloth, etc.)->        Inorganic carbon base (e.g., graphite, etc.)
427/249.5 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating->        Boron and carbon containing coating (e.g., boron carbide, etc.)
427/249.6 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating->        Graphite coating
427/249.7 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating->        Diamond-like carbon coating (i.e., DLC)
427/249.8 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating->        Diamond coating
427/249.9 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating ->        Diamond coating->        Patterned or non-uniform coating
427/249.11 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating ->        Diamond coating->        Hot filament utilized
427/249.12 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating ->        Diamond coating->        Diamond seed crystals utilized
427/249.13 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating ->        Diamond coating->        Tungsten containing base
427/249.14 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating ->        Diamond coating->        Superposed coatings (i.e., layered)
427/249.15 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating->        Silicon and carbon containing coating (e.g., silicon carbide, etc.)
427/249.16 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating ->        Silicon and carbon containing coating (e.g., silicon carbide, etc.)->        Inorganic carbon base (e.g., graphite, etc.)
427/249.17 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating->        Metal carbide containing coating
427/249.18 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating ->        Metal carbide containing coating->        Chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), or tungsten (W) metal carbide containing coating
427/249.19 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Carbon or carbide coating ->        Metal carbide containing coating->        Titanium (Ti), zirconnium (Zr), or hafnium (Hf) metal carbide containing coating
427/250 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE ->        Metal coating
427/251 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Metal coating->        Moving the base
427/252 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Metal coating->        By decomposing metallic compound (e.g., pack process, etc.)
427/253 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Metal coating ->        By decomposing metallic compound (e.g., pack process, etc.)->        Halogen containing compound
427/254 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE ->        Wood base
427/255.11 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.)
427/255.12 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.)->        Chemical vapor infiltration (i.e., CVI) of porous base (e.g., fiber, fibrous web etc.)
427/255.13 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.)->        Glaze coating produced
427/255.14 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.)->        Organic compound containing coating
427/255.15 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.)->        Plural coatings applied utilizing vapor, gas, or smoke
427/255.18 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.)->        Silicon containing coating
427/255.17 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.) ->        Silicon containing coating->        Halogen containing coating, reactant, or precursor
427/255.19 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.)->        Metal oxide containing coating
427/255.21 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.)->        Base includes inorganic metal containing compound
427/255.22 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Base includes an inorganic compound containing silicon or metal (e.g., glass, ceramic, brick, etc.) ->        Base includes inorganic metal containing compound->        Iron compound containing base (e.g., ferric oxide, etc.)
427/255.23 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized
427/255.24 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized->        Fiber or fibrous web or sheet based (e.g., strand, filament, fabric, cloth, etc.)
427/255.25 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized->        Mixture contains liquid or solid particulate suspension
427/255.26 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized->        Coating formed by reaction of vaporous or gaseous mixture with a base (i.e., reactive coating of non-metal base)
427/255.27 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed by reaction of vaporous or gaseous mixture with a base (i.e., reactive coating of non-metal base)->        Silicon containing coating
427/255.28 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.)
427/255.29 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.)->        Inorganic oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium (i.e., chalcogen) containing coating (e.g., phosphosilicate, silicon oxynitride, etc.)
427/255.31 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Inorganic oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium (i.e., chalcogen) containing coating (e.g., phosphosilicate, silicon oxynitride, etc.)->        Metal and chalcogen containing coating (e.g., metal oxide, metal sulfide, metal telluride, etc.)
427/255.32 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Inorganic oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium (i.e., chalcogen) containing coating (e.g., phosphosilicate, silicon oxynitride, etc.) ->        Metal and chalcogen containing coating (e.g., metal oxide, metal sulfide, metal telluride, etc.)->        Plural metal containing coating (e.g., indium oxide/tin oxide, titanium oxide/aluminum oxide, etc.)
427/255.33 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Inorganic oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium (i.e., chalcogen) containing coating (e.g., phosphosilicate, silicon oxynitride, etc.) ->        Metal and chalcogen containing coating (e.g., metal oxide, metal sulfide, metal telluride, etc.)->        Zinc (Zn), cadmium (Cd), or mercury (Hg), containing
427/255.34 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Inorganic oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium (i.e., chalcogen) containing coating (e.g., phosphosilicate, silicon oxynitride, etc.) ->        Metal and chalcogen containing coating (e.g., metal oxide, metal sulfide, metal telluride, etc.)->        Gallium (Ga), aluminum (Al), or indium (In) containing
427/255.35 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Inorganic oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium (i.e., chalcogen) containing coating (e.g., phosphosilicate, silicon oxynitride, etc.) ->        Metal and chalcogen containing coating (e.g., metal oxide, metal sulfide, metal telluride, etc.)->        Germanium (Ge), tin (Sn), or lead (Pb) containing
427/255.36 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Inorganic oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium (i.e., chalcogen) containing coating (e.g., phosphosilicate, silicon oxynitride, etc.) ->        Metal and chalcogen containing coating (e.g., metal oxide, metal sulfide, metal telluride, etc.)->        Titanium (Ti) or zirconium (Zr) containing
427/255.37 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Inorganic oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium (i.e., chalcogen) containing coating (e.g., phosphosilicate, silicon oxynitride, etc.)->        Silicon dioxide coating
427/255.38 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.)->        Phosphorus or boron containing coating (e.g., aluminum boride, boron phosphide etc.)
427/255.39 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.)->        Halogen or halogen compound containing reactant
427/255.391 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Halogen or halogen compound containing reactant->        Titanium compound containing coating (e.g., titanium carbonitride, titanium nitride, etc.)
427/255.392 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Halogen or halogen compound containing reactant->        Tungsten compound containing coating (e.g., tungsten silicide, etc.)
427/255.393 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.) ->        Halogen or halogen compound containing reactant->        Silicon containing coating
427/255.394 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized ->        Coating formed from vaporous or gaseous phase reaction mixture (e.g., chemical vapor deposition, CVD, etc.)->        Nitrogen containing coating (e.g., metal nitride, etc.)
427/255.395 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE  ->        Mixture of vapors or gases (e.g., deposition gas and inert gas, inert gas and reactive gas, two or more reactive gases, etc.) utilized->        Inorganic coating
427/255.4 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE ->        Base supplied constituent
427/255.5 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE ->        Moving the base
427/255.6 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE ->        Organic coating applied by vapor, gas, or smoke
427/255.7 -> 248.1 COATING BY VAPOR, GAS, OR SMOKE ->        Plural coatings applied by vapor, gas, or smoke
427/256 NONUNIFORM COATING
427/257 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Wrinkled or crackled coating
427/258 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base
427/259 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Including a masking coating
427/260 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Handheld brush or absorbent applicator utilized
427/261 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Final coating nonuniform
427/262 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base ->        Final coating nonuniform->        Variegated surface produced (e.g., mottled, stippled, wood grained, etc.)
427/263 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base ->        Final coating nonuniform ->        Variegated surface produced (e.g., mottled, stippled, wood grained, etc.)->        Marbleized
427/264 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base ->        Final coating nonuniform->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating
427/265 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base ->        Final coating nonuniform->        Plural nonuniform coatings
427/266 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base ->        Final coating nonuniform ->        Plural nonuniform coatings->        Glass or ceramic base
427/267 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Variegated surface produced (e.g., mottled, stippled, wood grained, etc.)
427/268 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base ->        Variegated surface produced (e.g., mottled, stippled, wood grained, etc.)->        Marbleized
427/269 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Glass or ceramic base
427/270 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Applying superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated base->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating
427/271 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating
427/272 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating->        Mask or stencil utilized
427/273 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating->        Fluid treating the coating (e.g., vapor treating, etc.)
427/274 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating->        Variegated surface produced (e.g., stippled, marbleized, mottled, wood grained, etc.)
427/275 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating->        Deforming the base
427/276 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating ->        Deforming the base->        Simultaneously deforming the coating
427/277 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating->        Solid treating member contacts coating
427/278 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Deforming the base or coating or removing a portion of the coating ->        Solid treating member contacts coating->        Roller treating member
427/279 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Vitreous coating
427/280 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Variegated surface produced (e.g., mottled, wood grained, etc.)
427/281 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Variegated surface produced (e.g., mottled, wood grained, etc.)->        Marbleized
427/282 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Mask or stencil utilized
427/283 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Crystalization or precipitation coating
427/284 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Edge or border coating
427/285 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING  ->        Edge or border coating->        Paper or textile base
427/286 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Striping (i.e., forming stripes)
427/287 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Metal, glass, or ceramic base
427/288 -> 256 NONUNIFORM COATING ->        Paper or textile base
427/289 WITH CUTTING, HOLDING, SEVERING, OR ABRADING THE BASE
427/290 -> 289 WITH CUTTING, HOLDING, SEVERING, OR ABRADING THE BASE ->        Prior to coating
427/291 -> 289 WITH CUTTING, HOLDING, SEVERING, OR ABRADING THE BASE  ->        Prior to coating->        Wood base (e.g., injecting, etc.)
427/292 -> 289 WITH CUTTING, HOLDING, SEVERING, OR ABRADING THE BASE  ->        Prior to coating->        Inorganic base
427/293 -> 289 WITH CUTTING, HOLDING, SEVERING, OR ABRADING THE BASE ->        Rectilinear cutting to length
427/294 VACUUM UTILIZED PRIOR TO OR DURING COATING
427/295 -> 294 VACUUM UTILIZED PRIOR TO OR DURING COATING ->        Metal base
427/296 -> 294 VACUUM UTILIZED PRIOR TO OR DURING COATING ->        Organic base
427/297 -> 294 VACUUM UTILIZED PRIOR TO OR DURING COATING  ->        Organic base->        Wood base
427/298 -> 294 VACUUM UTILIZED PRIOR TO OR DURING COATING  ->        Organic base ->        Wood base->        Creosote, wax, oil, asphalt, or bitumen coating
427/299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE
427/300 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE ->        Shielding or spacing
427/301 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE ->        Preapplied reactant or reaction promoter or hardener (e.g., catalyst, etc.)
427/302 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Preapplied reactant or reaction promoter or hardener (e.g., catalyst, etc.)->        Resin, rubber, or hardenable oil containing coating
427/303 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Preapplied reactant or reaction promoter or hardener (e.g., catalyst, etc.) ->        Resin, rubber, or hardenable oil containing coating->        Cellulosic base
427/304 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Preapplied reactant or reaction promoter or hardener (e.g., catalyst, etc.)->        Metal coating (e.g., electroless deposition, etc.)
427/305 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Preapplied reactant or reaction promoter or hardener (e.g., catalyst, etc.) ->        Metal coating (e.g., electroless deposition, etc.)->        Nickel, copper, cobalt, or chromium coating
427/306 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Preapplied reactant or reaction promoter or hardener (e.g., catalyst, etc.) ->        Metal coating (e.g., electroless deposition, etc.) ->        Nickel, copper, cobalt, or chromium coating->        Organic base
427/307 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE ->        Etching, swelling, or dissolving out part of the base
427/308 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Etching, swelling, or dissolving out part of the base->        Cellulosic base
427/309 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Etching, swelling, or dissolving out part of the base->        Inorganic base
427/310 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE ->        Fluxing
427/311 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Fluxing->        Supernatant flux (floating)
427/312 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Fluxing ->        Supernatant flux (floating)->        Lead or tin coating
427/313 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Fluxing->        Lead or tin coating
427/314 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE ->        Heating or drying pretreatment
427/315 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Heating or drying pretreatment->        Steam utilized
427/316 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Heating or drying pretreatment->        Organic base
427/317 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Heating or drying pretreatment ->        Organic base->        Wood base
427/318 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Heating or drying pretreatment->        Metal base
427/319 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Heating or drying pretreatment ->        Metal base->        Metal coating
427/320 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Heating or drying pretreatment ->        Metal base ->        Metal coating->        Aluminum coating
427/321 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Heating or drying pretreatment ->        Metal base ->        Metal coating->        Zinc or spelter coating (e.g., galvanizing, etc.)
427/322 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE ->        Organic base
427/323 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Organic base->        Natural protein containing base (e.g., silk, wool, leather, etc.)
427/324 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Organic base->        Cellulosic base
427/325 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Organic base ->        Cellulosic base->        Wood base
427/326 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Organic base ->        Cellulosic base->        Paper base
427/327 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE ->        Metal base
427/328 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Metal base->        Metal coating
427/329 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Metal base ->        Metal coating->        Molten metal bath utilized
427/330 -> 299 WITH PRETREATMENT OF THE BASE  ->        Metal base->        Vitreous coating
427/331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL
427/332 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Deodorizing
427/333 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Plural film forming coatings wherein one coating contains a chemical treating agent for the other
427/334 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Oil or wax treatment of coating
427/335 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Solvent vapor treatment of coating
427/336 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Swelling agent or solvent applied to treat coating
427/337 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Chemical agent applied to treat coating
427/338 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Chemical agent applied to treat coating->        Proteinaceous coating
427/339 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Chemical agent applied to treat coating->        Cellulosic coating
427/340 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Chemical agent applied to treat coating->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil containing coating
427/341 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Chemical agent applied to treat coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil containing coating->        Inorganic treating agent
427/342 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Chemical agent applied to treat coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil containing coating->        Textile or cellulosic base
427/343 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Chemical agent applied to treat coating->        Inorganic coating
427/344 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Chemical agent applied to treat coating ->        Inorganic coating->        Silicon compound containing coating
427/345 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Coating material recirculation or regeneration
427/346 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Movement of work treats coating (e.g., vibrating, tilting, etc.)
427/347 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Movement of work treats coating (e.g., vibrating, tilting, etc.)->        Metal coating
427/348 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Gas jet or blast mechanically treats coating
427/349 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Gas jet or blast mechanically treats coating->        Metal coating
427/350 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Vacuum or reduced pressure utilized
427/351 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Vacuum or reduced pressure utilized->        Wood base
427/352 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Liquid extraction of coating constituent or cleaning coating
427/353 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Liquid extraction of coating constituent or cleaning coating->        With water
427/354 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Liquid extraction of coating constituent or cleaning coating ->        With water->        Drying subsequent to washing
427/355 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating
427/356 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating->        Die, blade, or sharp-edged tool
427/357 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Die, blade, or sharp-edged tool->        Metal coating
427/358 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Die, blade, or sharp-edged tool->        Organic coating
427/359 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating->        Roller, drum, or cylinder
427/360 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Roller, drum, or cylinder->        Metal coating
427/361 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Roller, drum, or cylinder->        Paper base (e.g., calendering, etc.)
427/362 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Roller, drum, or cylinder ->        Paper base (e.g., calendering, etc.)->        Cast coating
427/363 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Roller, drum, or cylinder ->        Paper base (e.g., calendering, etc.)->        Wax or oil containing coating
427/364 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Roller, drum, or cylinder ->        Paper base (e.g., calendering, etc.)->        Casein or starch containing coating
427/365 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Roller, drum, or cylinder->        Treating between rollers (e.g., calendering, etc.)
427/366 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Roller, drum, or cylinder ->        Treating between rollers (e.g., calendering, etc.)->        With heating (e.g., heated roller, etc.)
427/367 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating->        Metal coating
427/368 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating->        Brushing
427/369 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating->        Pressure treatment of coating (e.g., squeezing, etc.)
427/370 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating ->        Pressure treatment of coating (e.g., squeezing, etc.)->        With heating (e.g., hot ironing, etc.)
427/371 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Solid treating member or material contacts coating->        Organic base
427/372.2 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.)
427/373 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.)->        Cells, foam, or bubbles formed
427/374.1 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.)->        And cooling
427/374.2 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        And cooling->        Heating after cooling
427/374.3 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        And cooling ->        Heating after cooling->        Without intervening coating step
427/374.4 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        And cooling->        Fused or molten coating cooled
427/374.5 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        And cooling ->        Fused or molten coating cooled->        Liquid or solid cooling medium
427/374.6 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        And cooling ->        Fused or molten coating cooled->        Vacuum, vapor, or gas other than air utilized
427/374.7 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        And cooling ->        Fused or molten coating cooled->        Vitreous or glazed coating
427/375 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.)->        Fusion or softening of coating
427/376.1 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Fusion or softening of coating->        Inorganic coating
427/376.2 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Fusion or softening of coating ->        Inorganic coating->        Metal oxide- or silicon-containing coating (e.g., glazed, vitreous enamel, etc.)
427/376.3 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Fusion or softening of coating ->        Inorganic coating ->        Metal oxide- or silicon-containing coating (e.g., glazed, vitreous enamel, etc.)->        Metal-containing coating (e.g., cermet, etc.)
427/376.4 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Fusion or softening of coating ->        Inorganic coating ->        Metal oxide- or silicon-containing coating (e.g., glazed, vitreous enamel, etc.)->        Metal base
427/376.5 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Fusion or softening of coating ->        Inorganic coating ->        Metal oxide- or silicon-containing coating (e.g., glazed, vitreous enamel, etc.) ->        Metal base->        Ferrous base
427/376.6 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Fusion or softening of coating ->        Inorganic coating->        Metal-containing coating
427/376.7 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Fusion or softening of coating ->        Inorganic coating ->        Metal-containing coating->        Coating consists of metal
427/376.8 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Fusion or softening of coating ->        Inorganic coating ->        Metal-containing coating ->        Coating consists of metal->        Metal base
427/377 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.)->        Modified condition of atmosphere (e.g., steam, air movement, etc.)
427/378 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Modified condition of atmosphere (e.g., steam, air movement, etc.)->        Movement of atmosphere
427/379 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.)->        Plural heating or drying steps
427/380 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Plural heating or drying steps->        Metal or metallic compound containing coating
427/381 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Plural heating or drying steps->        Textile or cellulosic base
427/382 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Plural heating or drying steps ->        Textile or cellulosic base->        Paper or natural cellulose base
427/383.1 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.)->        Metal coating
427/383.3 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Metal coating->        Inorganic base
427/383.5 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Metal coating ->        Inorganic base->        Fused oxide-containing base (e.g., ceramic, glass, etc.)
427/383.7 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Metal coating ->        Inorganic base->        Metal base
427/384 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.)->        Organic coating
427/385.5 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating
427/386 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating->        Epoxy or polyepoxide containing coating
427/387 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating->        Silicon compound containing coating
427/388.1 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating->        Metal base
427/388.2 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Metal base->        Cross-linked or infusible coating
427/388.3 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Metal base ->        Cross-linked or infusible coating->        Aldehyde-containing precursor
427/388.4 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Metal base->        Water-containing coating (i.e., aqueous dispersion, emulsion, or solution)
427/388.5 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Metal base->        Nonaqueous dispersion
427/389 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating->        Proteinaceous base (e.g., wool, leather, etc.)
427/389.7 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating->        Glass base
427/389.8 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Glass base->        Fiberglass base
427/389.9 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating->        Textile or cellulose base
427/391 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Textile or cellulose base->        Paper base
427/392 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Textile or cellulose base->        Natural cellulose base
427/393 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Textile or cellulose base ->        Natural cellulose base->        Wood base
427/393.1 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Textile or cellulose base->        Antistatic properties increased
427/393.2 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Textile or cellulose base->        Wrinkle resistance of crease holding properties increased
427/393.3 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Textile or cellulose base->        Flame resistance increased
427/393.4 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating ->        Textile or cellulose base->        Antisoiling or water repellency increased
427/393.5 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating->        Resin, rubber, or elastomer base
427/393.6 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Resin, resin precursor, rubber, or hardenable oil-containing coating->        Asbestos, ceramic, concrete, or masonry base
427/394 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating->        Textile or cellulosic base
427/395 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Textile or cellulosic base->        Paper base
427/396 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Textile or cellulosic base->        Natural cellulose base
427/397 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Organic coating ->        Textile or cellulosic base ->        Natural cellulose base->        Wood base
427/397.7 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.)->        Inorganic silicon-containing coating
427/397.8 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Heating or drying (e.g., polymerizing, vulcanizing, curing, etc.) ->        Inorganic silicon-containing coating->        Alkali silicate
427/398.1 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL ->        Cooling
427/398.2 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Cooling->        Utilizing solid member contacting base or coating (e.g., cooling roller, etc.)
427/398.3 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Cooling->        Liquid utilized (e.g., quenching, spraying, etc.)
427/398.4 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Cooling->        Vacuum, vapor, or gas other than air utilized
427/398.5 -> 331 WITH POST-TREATMENT OF COATING OR COATING MATERIAL  ->        Cooling->        Movement of atmosphere
427/399 BASE SUPPLIED CONSTITUENT
427/400 -> 399 BASE SUPPLIED CONSTITUENT ->        Resin or rubber base
427/401 COMBINED
427/402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE
427/403 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE ->        Settable inorganic coating (e.g., cement, etc.)
427/404 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE ->        Metal coating
427/405 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Metal coating->        Metal base
427/406 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Metal coating ->        Metal base->        Zinc coating
427/407.1 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE ->        Synthetic resin coating
427/407.2 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating->        Glass base
427/407.3 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating ->        Glass base->        Fiberglass base
427/408 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating->        Wood base
427/409 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating->        Metal base
427/410 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating ->        Metal base->        Epoxy or polyepoxide containing coating
427/411 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating->        Paper base
427/412 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating->        Textile or leather base
427/412.1 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating->        Nonfibrous organic base
427/412.2 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating ->        Nonfibrous organic base->        Cellulose derivative base
427/412.3 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating ->        Nonfibrous organic base->        Polyolefin base
427/412.4 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating ->        Nonfibrous organic base->        Halogen-containing resin base
427/412.5 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Synthetic resin coating ->        Nonfibrous organic base->        Polyester or alkyd resin base
427/413 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE ->        Natural rubber or derivative containing coating
427/414 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE ->        Protein or derivative containing coating (e.g., casein, glue, gelatin, etc.)
427/415 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE ->        Cellulosic coating
427/416 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE ->        Wax containing coating
427/417 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE ->        Natural resin, oil, or fat containing
427/418 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Natural resin, oil, or fat containing->        Metallic compound-containing coating
427/419.1 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE ->        Metallic compound-containing coating
427/419.2 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Metallic compound-containing coating->        Oxide-containing coating
427/419.3 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Metallic compound-containing coating ->        Oxide-containing coating->        Superposed diverse oxide coatings
427/419.4 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Metallic compound-containing coating ->        Oxide-containing coating ->        Superposed diverse oxide coatings->        Vitreous coating
427/419.5 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Metallic compound-containing coating ->        Oxide-containing coating->        Organic coating
427/419.6 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Metallic compound-containing coating ->        Oxide-containing coating->        Vitreous coating
427/419.7 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Metallic compound-containing coating->        Boride, carbide, nitride, phosphide, silicide, or sulfide-containing coating
427/419.8 -> 402 APPLYING SUPERPOSED DIVERSE COATING OR COATING A COATED BASE  ->        Metallic compound-containing coating->        Organometallic or metal salt of organic compound-containing coating
427/420 FALLING CURTAIN OF COATING MATERIAL UTILIZED (I.E., CURTAIN COATING)
427/421 SPRAYING
427/422 -> 421 SPRAYING ->        Heated coating material
427/424 -> 421 SPRAYING ->        Moving the base
427/425 -> 421 SPRAYING  ->        Moving the base->        Rotating or inverting
427/426 -> 421 SPRAYING ->        Ingredients supplied separately
427/427 -> 421 SPRAYING ->        Inorganic coating material
427/428 ROLLER APPLICATOR UTILIZED (E.G., PADDING, ETC.)
427/429 BRUSH OR ABSORBENT APPLICATOR UTILIZED
427/430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION
427/431 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION ->        Molten metal or fused salt bath
427/432 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Molten metal or fused salt bath->        Inert gas or nonoxidizing atmosphere utilized
427/433 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Molten metal or fused salt bath->        Lead, zinc, or tin coating (e.g., galvanizing, etc.)
427/434.2 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION ->        Running lengths
427/434.3 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Running lengths->        Coating applied at surface of bath only
427/434.4 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Running lengths->        Base treated by solid member in bath (e.g., scraped, squeezed, etc.)
427/434.5 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Running lengths->        Coating material moved (e.g., agitated, circulated, etc.)
427/434.6 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Running lengths->        Cord, thread, yarn, wire, or rod
427/434.7 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Running lengths ->        Cord, thread, yarn, wire, or rod->        Extending through bath-containing wall
427/435 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION ->        Metal base
427/436 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Metal base->        Metal coating
427/437 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Metal base ->        Metal coating->        Chemical compound reducing agent utilized (i.e., electroless deposition)
427/438 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Metal base ->        Metal coating ->        Chemical compound reducing agent utilized (i.e., electroless deposition)->        Nickel coating
427/439 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION ->        Cellulosic base
427/440 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Cellulosic base->        Wood base
427/441 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Cellulosic base ->        Wood base->        Creosote, wax, oil, asphalt, or bitumen containing coating
427/442 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION  ->        Cellulosic base->        Wax, oil, asphalt, or bitumen containing coating
427/443 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION ->        Wax, oil, asphalt, or bitumen containing coating
427/443.1 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION ->        Chemical compound reducing agent utilized (i.e., electroless deposition)
427/443.2 -> 430.1 IMMERSION OR PARTIAL IMMERSION ->        Inorganic base
427/444 PRETREATMENT, PER SE, OR POST-TREATMENT, PER SE (WITHOUT CLAIMED COATING)
427/445 MISCELLANEOUS
427/900 CHEMICAL VAPOR INFILTRATION (I.E., CVI)
427/901 LIQUID SOURCE CHEMICAL DEPOSTION (I.E., LSCVD) OR AEROSOL CHEMICAL VAPOR DEPOSITION (I.E., ACVD)
427/903 FULLERENE TYPE BASE OR COATING
427/902 DIAMOND-LIKE CARBON COATING (I.E., DLC)
427/904 -> 902 DIAMOND-LIKE CARBON COATING (I.E., DLC) ->        Utilizing low energy electromagnetic radiation (e.g., microwave, radio wave, IR, UV, visible, actinic laser, etc.)
427/905 -> 902 DIAMOND-LIKE CARBON COATING (I.E., DLC) ->        Utilizing ion plating or ion implantation
427/906 -> 902 DIAMOND-LIKE CARBON COATING (I.E., DLC) ->        Utilizing plasma (e.g., corona, glow discharge, cold plasma, etc.)
428/1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION
428/1.2 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION ->        Alignment layer of specified composition
428/1.21 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        Alignment layer of specified composition->        Alignment layer is inorganic
428/1.23 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        Alignment layer of specified composition->        Silicon compound (i.e., organosilicon)
428/1.25 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        Alignment layer of specified composition->        Polyamide
428/1.26 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        Alignment layer of specified composition->        Polyimide
428/1.27 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        Alignment layer of specified composition ->        Polyimide->        Polyimidfluoride
428/1.28 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        Alignment layer of specified composition ->        Polyimide->        Polyimidmetalo
428/1.3 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION ->        With viewing layer of specified composition
428/1.31 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With viewing layer of specified composition->        Polarizer or dye containing viewing layer
428/1.32 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With viewing layer of specified composition->        Silicon compound (e.g., glass, organosilicon, etc.)
428/1.33 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With viewing layer of specified composition->        Ester (e.g., polycarbonate, polyacrylate, etc.)
428/1.4 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION ->        With charge transferring layer of specified composition
428/1.5 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION ->        With bonding or intermediate layer of specified composition (e.g., sealant, space, etc.)
428/1.51 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With bonding or intermediate layer of specified composition (e.g., sealant, space, etc.)->        Inorganic layer
428/1.52 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With bonding or intermediate layer of specified composition (e.g., sealant, space, etc.)->        Silicon compound (i.e., organosilicon)
428/1.53 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With bonding or intermediate layer of specified composition (e.g., sealant, space, etc.)->        Epoxy
428/1.54 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With bonding or intermediate layer of specified composition (e.g., sealant, space, etc.)->        Ester
428/1.55 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With bonding or intermediate layer of specified composition (e.g., sealant, space, etc.)->        Unsaturated aliphatic polymer (e.g., vinyl, etc.)
428/1.6 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION ->        With substrate layer of specified composition
428/1.61 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With substrate layer of specified composition->        Releasable substrate layer to expose adhesive
428/1.62 -> 1.1 LIQUID CRYSTAL OPTICAL DISPLAY HAVING LAYER OF SPECIFIED COMPOSITION  ->        With substrate layer of specified composition->        Inorganic substrate layer (e.g., ceramic, metallic, glass, etc.)
428/3 RELIGIOUS ARTIFACT (E.G., CRUCIFORM, ETC.)
428/4 BOW, POMPOM OR ROSETTE
428/5 -> 4 BOW, POMPOM OR ROSETTE ->        Looped type
428/6 PLUME
428/7 SPECIAL OCCASION ORNAMENT
428/8 -> 7 SPECIAL OCCASION ORNAMENT ->        Knockdown
428/9 -> 7 SPECIAL OCCASION ORNAMENT ->        Collapsible
428/10 -> 7 SPECIAL OCCASION ORNAMENT ->        Wreath type
428/11 -> 7 SPECIAL OCCASION ORNAMENT ->        Ball, bell, or star-shaped
428/12 COLLAPSIBLE ARTICLE (E.G., JOINTED, ELASTIC, ETC.)
428/13 DISPLAY IN FRAME OR TRANSPARENT CASINGSEMI OR DIORAMA INCLUDING OR IMITATIVE OF A REAL OBJECT
428/14 -> 13 DISPLAY IN FRAME OR TRANSPARENT CASINGSEMI OR DIORAMA INCLUDING OR IMITATIVE OF A REAL OBJECT ->        Peripheral enclosure or frame
428/15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT
428/16 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT ->        Fauna
428/17 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT ->        Flora
428/18 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora->        Tree
428/19 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora ->        Tree->        With article holder or ornament
428/20 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora ->        Tree->        Knockdown
428/21 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora->        Artificial fruit or garnishing leaf display strip
428/22 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora->        Including naturally occurring article
428/23 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora->        Cluster or with holder
428/24 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora->        Flower or flower petal
428/25 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora ->        Flower or flower petal->        Of filamentary or filamentary-openwork type
428/26 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora ->        Flower or flower petal->        Of cloth, paper, or chemically plastic matter
428/27 -> 15 THREE DIMENSION IMITATION OR "TREATED" NATURAL PRODUCT  ->        Flora->        Framework with or therefor
428/28 FINIAL OR PENDANT TYPE ARTICLE
428/29 ARTICLE HAVING LATENT IMAGE OR TRANSFORMATION
428/30 -> 29 ARTICLE HAVING LATENT IMAGE OR TRANSFORMATION ->        Striated for iridescence
428/31 VEHICLE BODY ORNAMENT
428/544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS
428/545 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Component of composite having metal continuous phase interengaged with nonmetal continuous phase
428/546 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Having metal particles
428/547 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles->        Having composition or density gradient or differential porosity
428/548 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.)
428/549 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.)->        Fiber, asbestos, or cellulose in or next to particulate component
428/550 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.)->        Porous component
428/551 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.)->        Nonmetal component
428/552 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonmetal component->        Entirely inorganic
428/553 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.)->        Nonparticulate metal component
428/554 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component->        Plural nonparticulate metal components
428/555 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component ->        Plural nonparticulate metal components->        Next to each other
428/556 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component ->        Plural nonparticulate metal components ->        Next to each other->        Nonmetal in particulate component
428/557 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component->        Plural particulate metal components
428/558 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component->        Nonparticulate component encloses particles
428/559 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component->        Particles discontinuous
428/560 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component ->        Particles discontinuous->        Separated by nonmetal matrix or binder (e.g., welding electrode, etc.)
428/561 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component ->        Particles discontinuous ->        Separated by nonmetal matrix or binder (e.g., welding electrode, etc.)->        Nonparticulate component has Ni-, Cu-, or Zn-base
428/562 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component ->        Particles discontinuous ->        Separated by nonmetal matrix or binder (e.g., welding electrode, etc.)->        Nonparticulate component has Fe-base
428/563 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component ->        Particles discontinuous ->        Separated by nonmetal matrix or binder (e.g., welding electrode, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate component has Fe-base->        Next to Fe-containing particles
428/564 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.) ->        Nonparticulate metal component->        Nonmetal particles in particulate component
428/565 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, etc.)->        Nonmetal particles in a component
428/566 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles->        Interconnected void structure (e.g., permeable, etc.)
428/567 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles->        Continuous interengaged phases of plural metals, or oriented fiber containing
428/568 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        Continuous interengaged phases of plural metals, or oriented fiber containing->        Nonmetal containing
428/569 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having metal particles ->        Continuous interengaged phases of plural metals, or oriented fiber containing->        Mo or W containing
428/570 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Composite powder (e.g., coated, etc.)
428/571 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Having marginal feature for indexing or weakened portion for severing
428/572 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having marginal feature for indexing or weakened portion for severing->        For severing perpendicular to longitudinal dimension
428/573 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Width or thickness variation or marginal cuts repeating longitudinally
428/574 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Width or thickness variation or marginal cuts repeating longitudinally->        Variation in both width and thickness
428/575 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Width or thickness variation or marginal cuts repeating longitudinally->        Marginal slots (i.e., deeper than wide)
428/576 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Shaped configuration for melting (e.g., package, etc.)
428/577 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.)
428/578 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.)->        Panel having nonrectangular perimeter
428/579 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.) ->        Panel having nonrectangular perimeter->        Disk
428/580 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.) ->        Panel having nonrectangular perimeter->        Symmetrical
428/581 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.) ->        Panel having nonrectangular perimeter ->        Symmetrical->        Only one plane of symmetry
428/582 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.)->        Having outward flange, gripping means or interlocking feature
428/583 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.)->        Having discrete fastener, marginal fastening, taper, or end structure
428/584 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.) ->        Having discrete fastener, marginal fastening, taper, or end structure->        Same structure at both ends of plural taper
428/585 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Intermediate article (e.g., blank, etc.) ->        Having discrete fastener, marginal fastening, taper, or end structure->        Single taper (e.g., ingot, etc.)
428/586 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Workpiece with longitudinal passageway or stopweld material (e.g., for tubular stock, etc.)
428/587 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Workpiece mimicking finished stock having nonrectangular or noncircular cross section
428/588 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Workpiece of parallel, nonfastened components (e.g., fagot, pile, etc.)
428/589 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Workpiece of parallel, nonfastened components (e.g., fagot, pile, etc.)->        Arranged to avoid lateral displacement
428/590 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Workpiece of parallel, nonfastened components (e.g., fagot, pile, etc.)->        Composite
428/591 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        With provision for limited relative movement between components
428/592 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Helical or with helical component
428/593 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Honeycomb, or with grain orientation or elongated elements in defined angular relationship in respective components (e.g., parallel, inter- secting, etc.)
428/594 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Plural layers discontinuously bonded (e.g., spot-weld, mechanical fastener, etc.)
428/595 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Nonplanar, uniform-thickness material having symmetrical channel shape or reverse fold (e.g., making acute angle, etc.)
428/596 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Having aperture or cut
428/597 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having aperture or cut->        Struck-out portion type
428/598 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Having member which crosses the plane of another member (e.g., T or X cross section, etc.)
428/599 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Defined configuration of both thickness and nonthickness surface or angle therebetween (e.g., rounded corners, etc.)
428/600 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Having variation in thickness
428/601 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having variation in thickness->        Discontinuous surface component
428/602 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Having variation in thickness->        Longitudinally smooth and symmetrical
428/603 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness or nonlinear uniform diameter (e.g., L-shape)
428/604 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness or nonlinear uniform diameter (e.g., L-shape)->        Intersecting corrugating or dimples not in a single line (e.g., waffle form, etc.)
428/605 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Mass of only fibers
428/606 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Foil or filament smaller than 6 mils
428/607 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        Foil or filament smaller than 6 mils->        Composite
428/608 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Embodying fibers interengaged or between layers (e.g., paper, etc.)
428/609 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Macroscopically anomalous interface between layers
428/610 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Having composition, density, or hardness gradient
428/611 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Having magnetic properties, or preformed fiber orientation coordinate with shape
428/612 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Microscopic interfacial wave or roughness
428/613 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Porous (e.g., foamed, spongy, cracked, etc.)
428/614 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Laterally noncoextensive components (e.g., embedded, etc.)
428/615 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)
428/616 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Deflectable by temperature change (e.g., thermostat element)
428/617 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Deflectable by temperature change (e.g., thermostat element)->        More than two components
428/618 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Deflectable by temperature change (e.g., thermostat element)->        One component Cu-based
428/619 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Deflectable by temperature change (e.g., thermostat element)->        Both components Fe-based with more than 10% Ni
428/620 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Semiconductor component
428/621 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component
428/622 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component->        More than one such component
428/623 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component ->        More than one such component->        Adjacent to each other
428/624 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component->        Organic component
428/625 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component ->        Organic component->        Elastomer
428/626 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component ->        Organic component->        Synthetic resin
428/627 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component->        Boride, carbide or nitride component
428/628 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component->        Component contains compound of adjacent metal
428/629 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component ->        Component contains compound of adjacent metal->        Oxide
428/630 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component->        Noncrystalline silica or noncrystalline plural-oxide component (e.g., glass, etc.)
428/631 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component ->        Noncrystalline silica or noncrystalline plural-oxide component (e.g., glass, etc.)->        Film (e.g., glaze, etc.)
428/632 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component->        Oxide-containing component
428/633 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component ->        Oxide-containing component->        Plural oxides
428/634 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        With additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component->        Free carbon containing component
428/635 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Four or more distinct components with alternate recurrence of each type component
428/636 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Adjacent, identical composition, components
428/637 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Adjacent, identical composition, components->        Group VIII or IB metal-base
428/638 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Adjacent, identical composition, components ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base->        Fe, containing 0.01-1.7% carbon (i.e., steel)
428/639 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        O, S, or organic compound in metal component
428/640 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        O, S, or organic compound in metal component->        Oxide of transition metal or Al
428/641 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Ge- or Si-base component
428/642 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Ga-, In-, Tl- or Group VA metal-base component
428/643 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Pb- and Sn-base componentsCOLON alternative to or next to each other
428/644 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Pb- and Sn-base componentsCOLON alternative to or next to each other->        And next to Cu- or Fe-base component
428/645 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Pb-base component
428/646 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Sn-base component
428/647 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Sn-base component->        Next to Group IB metal-base component
428/648 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Sn-base component->        Next to Group VIII metal-base component
428/649 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Group IIA metal-base component
428/650 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Al-base component
428/651 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Al-base component->        Next to refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component
428/652 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Al-base component->        Next to Group VIII or IB metal-base component
428/653 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Al-base component ->        Next to Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Fe
428/654 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Al-base component->        Next to Al-base component
428/655 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Transition metal-base component
428/656 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component->        Alternative base metals from diverse categories
428/657 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component->        Group IIB metal-base component
428/658 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group IIB metal-base component->        Zn-base component
428/659 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group IIB metal-base component ->        Zn-base component->        Next to Fe-base component (e.g., galvanized)
428/660 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component->        Refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component
428/661 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component->        Diverse refractory group metal-base componentsCOLON alternative to or next to each other
428/662 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component->        Group VB metal-base component
428/663 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component->        Group VIB metal-base component
428/664 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component ->        Group VIB metal-base component->        Alternative to or next to each other
428/665 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component ->        Group VIB metal-base component->        W-base component
428/666 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component ->        Group VIB metal-base component->        Cr-base component
428/667 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Refractory (Group IVB, VB, or VIB) metal-base component ->        Group VIB metal-base component ->        Cr-base component->        Next to Co-, Fe-, or Ni-base component
428/668 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component
428/669 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Group IB metal-base component alternative to platinum group metal-base component (e.g., precious metal, etc.)
428/670 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Platinum group metal-base component
428/671 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Cu-base component alternative to Ag-, Au-, or Ni-base component
428/672 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Au-base component
428/673 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Ag-base component
428/674 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Cu-base component
428/675 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component ->        Cu-base component->        Next to Co-, Cu-, or Ni-base component
428/676 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component ->        Cu-base component->        Next to Fe-base component
428/677 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component ->        Cu-base component ->        Next to Fe-base component->        Fe-base has 0.01-1.7% carbon (i.e., steel)
428/678 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Co-, Fe-, or Ni-base components, alternative to each other
428/679 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Co- or Ni-base component next to Fe-base component
428/680 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Ni-base component
428/681 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component->        Fe-base component
428/682 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component ->        Fe-base component->        Next to Fe-base component
428/683 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component ->        Fe-base component ->        Next to Fe-base component->        Both containing 0.01-1.7% carbon (i.e., steel)
428/684 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component ->        Fe-base component->        Containing 0.01-1.7% carbon (i.e., steel)
428/685 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.) ->        Transition metal-base component ->        Group VIII or IB metal-base component ->        Fe-base component ->        Containing 0.01-1.7% carbon (i.e., steel)->        Containing more than 10% nonferrous elements (e.g., high alloy, stainless)
428/686 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS  ->        CompositeSEMI i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components (e.g., layers, joint, etc.)->        Adjacent functionally defined components
428/687 -> 544 ALL METAL OR WITH ADJACENT METALS ->        Surface feature (e.g., rough, mirror)
428/2 COMPACTED TRASH OR REFUSE BUNDLE
428/32 ARTICLE HAVING ORNAMENTAL WOUND OR WOVEN STRANDS
428/32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)
428/32.11 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Having property to receive other media in addition to ink jet composition
428/32.12 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Retransferable
428/32.13 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Image viewable from either side (e.g., OHP, projectable image, etc.)
428/32.14 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Image viewable from either side (e.g., OHP, projectable image, etc.)->        Single recording layer
428/32.15 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Image viewable from either side (e.g., OHP, projectable image, etc.) ->        Single recording layer->        Particles in recording layer
428/32.16 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Cloth or textile support
428/32.17 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Microporous synthetic resin support (e.g., microcracked, microembossed, etc.)
428/32.18 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Physical properties (e.g., dimensions, optical, smoothness, etc.) of support specified
428/32.19 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Physical properties (e.g., dimensions, optical, smoothness, etc.) of support specified->        Optical property of support specified (e.g., opacity, brightness, etc.)
428/32.2 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Physical properties (e.g., dimensions, optical, smoothness, etc.) of support specified->        Smoothness or freeness specified
428/32.21 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Paper support composition specified
428/32.22 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Specified property (e.g., antistatic, anticurl, adhesive, antifriction, etc.) of backing layer
428/32.23 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Terpolymer ink receptive layer
428/32.24 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Plural ink receptive layers
428/32.25 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Plural ink receptive layers->        Particle (e.g., pigment, etc.) containing layer
428/32.26 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Hardened, cured, or cross-linked ink receptive layer
428/32.27 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Gelatin ink receptive layer
428/32.28 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Modified polyvinyl alcohol ink receptive layer
428/32.29 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Quaternary ammonium compound ink receptive layer
428/32.3 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Dye-fixing agent in ink receptive layer
428/32.31 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Physical property of ink receptive layer specified
428/32.32 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Physical property of ink receptive layer specified->        Pore size or volume
428/32.33 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Physical property of ink receptive layer specified->        Gloss specified
428/32.34 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Particles (e.g., pigment, etc.) present in ink receptive layer
428/32.35 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Particles (e.g., pigment, etc.) present in ink receptive layer->        Particle size distribution
428/32.36 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Particles (e.g., pigment, etc.) present in ink receptive layer->        Surface of particle is modified (e.g., coated, charged, etc.)
428/32.37 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING)  ->        Particles (e.g., pigment, etc.) present in ink receptive layer->        Property of particle specified (e.g., oil absorbtivity, surface area, pore size, etc.)
428/32.38 -> 32.1 INK JET STOCK FOR PRINTING (I.E., STOCK BEFORE PRINTING) ->        Multiple polymers in ink-receptive layer
428/32.39 RECEIVER FOR THERMAL TRANSFER INK
428/32.5 -> 32.39 RECEIVER FOR THERMAL TRANSFER INK ->        Particles in receiving media
428/32.51 -> 32.39 RECEIVER FOR THERMAL TRANSFER INK ->        Retransferable (i.e., receiving layer utilizable as ink transferable donor)
428/32.52 -> 32.39 RECEIVER FOR THERMAL TRANSFER INK ->        Thermal transfer donor attached
428/32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)
428/32.61 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Multiple printing (i.e., reusable)
428/32.62 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Multiple printing (i.e., reusable)->        Porous layer containing transferable material (e.g., ink, etc.)
428/32.63 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Support properties specified (e.g., shrikability, thermal conductivity, etc.)
428/32.64 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Specialized heat source contacting layer (i.e., back layer) on support
428/32.65 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Specialized heat source contacting layer (i.e., back layer) on support->        Having electrical resistance specified
428/32.66 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Specialized heat source contacting layer (i.e., back layer) on support->        Having heat resistance and lubricity specified
428/32.67 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Specialized heat source contacting layer (i.e., back layer) on support->        Having lubricity specified
428/32.68 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Specialized heat source contacting layer (i.e., back layer) on support->        Having heat resistance specified
428/32.69 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Particles in transfer layer
428/32.7 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Particles in transfer layer->        Meltable particles
428/32.71 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Particles in transfer layer->        Glass or ceramic particles
428/32.72 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Particles in transfer layer->        Resin particles
428/32.73 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Particles in transfer layer ->        Resin particles->        Microcapsule particle
428/32.74 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Particles in transfer layer->        Metal particles
428/32.75 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Multiple colors transferable (e.g., stacked, etc.)
428/32.76 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Multiple colors transferable (e.g., stacked, etc.)->        Lateral diverse colors
428/32.77 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Multiple layers transfer
428/32.78 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Multiple layers transfer->        Separate adhesive layer transfers
428/32.79 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Multiple layers transfer ->        Separate adhesive layer transfers->        Adhesive outermost layer
428/32.8 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Specialized non-transferable layer on support
428/32.81 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Specialized non-transferable layer on support->        Release enhancing layer
428/32.82 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Specialized non-transferable layer on support ->        Release enhancing layer->        Wax in releasing layer
428/32.83 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Wax in transfer layer
428/32.84 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.)  ->        Wax in transfer layer->        Wax and resin in transfer layer
428/32.85 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Copolymer in transfer layer
428/32.86 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Multiple resins in transfer layer
428/32.87 -> 32.6 THERMAL TRANSFER DONOR (E.G., RIBBON, SHEETS, ETC.) ->        Physical property (e.g., melting point, softening point, glass transition point, etc.) specified
428/33 PLURAL PARTS WITH EDGES OR TEMPORARY JOINING MEANS EACH COMPLEMENTARY TO OTHER
428/34 LIGHT TRANSMISSIVE SHEETS, WITH GAS SPACE THEREBETWEEN AND EDGE SEALED (E.G., DOUBLE GLAZED STORM WINDOW, ETC.)
428/34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)
428/34.2 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.) ->        Paper containing (e.g., paperboard, cardboard, fiberboard, etc.)
428/34.3 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Paper containing (e.g., paperboard, cardboard, fiberboard, etc.)->        Bag or tubular film (e.g., pouch, flexible food casing, envelope, etc.)
428/34.4 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.) ->        Glass, ceramic, or sintered, fused, fired, or calcined metal oxide or metal carbide containing (e.g., porcelain, brick, cement, etc.)
428/34.5 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Glass, ceramic, or sintered, fused, fired, or calcined metal oxide or metal carbide containing (e.g., porcelain, brick, cement, etc.)->        Contains fabric, fiber particle, or filament made of glass, ceramic, or sintered, fused, fired, or calcined metal oxide, or metal carbide or other inorganic compound (e.g., fiber glass, mineral fiber, sand, etc.)
428/34.6 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Glass, ceramic, or sintered, fused, fired, or calcined metal oxide or metal carbide containing (e.g., porcelain, brick, cement, etc.)->        Multilayer (continuous layer)
428/34.7 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Glass, ceramic, or sintered, fused, fired, or calcined metal oxide or metal carbide containing (e.g., porcelain, brick, cement, etc.) ->        Multilayer (continuous layer)->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)
428/34.8 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.) ->        Flexible food casing (e.g., sausage type, etc.)
428/34.9 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.) ->        Shrinkable or shrunk (e.g., due to heat, solvent, volatile agent, restraint removal, etc.)
428/35.1 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Shrinkable or shrunk (e.g., due to heat, solvent, volatile agent, restraint removal, etc.)->        Single layer (continuous layer)
428/35.2 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.) ->        Nonself-supporting tubular film or bag (e.g., pouch, envelope, packet, etc.)
428/35.3 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Nonself-supporting tubular film or bag (e.g., pouch, envelope, packet, etc.)->        Elemental metal containing
428/35.4 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Nonself-supporting tubular film or bag (e.g., pouch, envelope, packet, etc.)->        Contains vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a vinyl alcohol unit
428/35.5 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Nonself-supporting tubular film or bag (e.g., pouch, envelope, packet, etc.)->        Single layer (continuous layer)
428/35.6 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.) ->        Cellular material derived from plant or animal source (e.g., wood, cotton, wool, leather, etc.)
428/35.7 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.) ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)
428/35.8 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)->        Elemental metal containing (e.g., substrate, foil, film, coating, etc.)
428/35.9 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic) ->        Elemental metal containing (e.g., substrate, foil, film, coating, etc.)->        Three or more layers (continuous layer)
428/36.1 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)->        Textile, fabric, cloth, or pile containing (e.g., web, net, woven, knitted, mesh, nonwoven, matted, etc.)
428/36.2 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic) ->        Textile, fabric, cloth, or pile containing (e.g., web, net, woven, knitted, mesh, nonwoven, matted, etc.)->        Textile, fabric, cloth, or pile is sandwiched between two distinct layers of material unlike the textile, fabric, cloth, or pile layer
428/36.3 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)->        Fiber or fibers wound around each other or into a self-sustaining shape (e.g., yarn, braid, fibers shaped around a core, etc.)
428/36.4 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)->        Randomly noninterengaged or randomly contacting fibers, filaments, particles, or flakes
428/36.5 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)->        Foam or porous material containing
428/36.6 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)->        Contains vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a vinyl alcohol unit
428/36.7 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic) ->        Contains vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a vinyl alcohol unit->        Vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a vinyl alcohol unit is sandwiched between layers (continuous layer)
428/36.8 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)->        Natural or synthetic rubber or rubber-like compound containing
428/36.9 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)->        Open-ended, self-supporting conduit, cylinder, or tube-type article
428/36.91 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic) ->        Open-ended, self-supporting conduit, cylinder, or tube-type article->        Multilayer (continuous layer)
428/36.92 -> 34.1 HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.)  ->        Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic)->        Single layer (continuous layer)
428/37 SPIRALLY FLAT-WOUND STRAND OR STRIP (E.G., BRAIDED RUG, ETC.)
428/38 MASS TRANSMISSIVE OF LIGHT THROUGH ALL LAYERS AND HAVING OPAQUE BORDER (E.G., STAINED GLASS, WIRED GLASS, ETC.)
428/39 COLLAGE REPRESENTATIVE OF REAL OBJECT
428/40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE
428/40.2 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Capsule or particulate matter containing (e.g., sphere, flake, microballon, etc.)
428/40.3 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Bituminous
428/40.4 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Ceramic, glass, glasslike, vitreous
428/40.5 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Wax containing
428/40.6 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Halogen containing compound
428/40.7 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE  ->        Halogen containing compound->        Fluorine
428/40.8 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE  ->        Halogen containing compound->        Coloring agent containing
428/40.9 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Metal containing
428/41.1 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE  ->        Metal containing->        Aluminum
428/41.2 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE  ->        Metal containing->        Coloring agent containing
428/41.3 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomer
428/41.4 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE  ->        Polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomer->        Silicon
428/41.5 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Polymer derived from material having at least one acrylic or alkacrylic group or the nitrile or amide derivative thereof (e.g., acrylamide, acrylate ester, etc.)
428/41.6 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Coloring agent
428/41.7 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Protective layer
428/41.8 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Release layer
428/41.9 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Dissimilar adhesives
428/42.1 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Ornamental, decorative, pattern, or indicia
428/42.2 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE ->        Sectional layer removable
428/42.3 -> 40.1 LAYER OR COMPONENT REMOVABLE TO EXPOSE ADHESIVE  ->        Sectional layer removable->        Adhesive is on removable layer
428/43 SHEET, WEB, OR LAYER WEAKENED TO PERMIT SEPARATION THROUGH THICKNESS
428/44 TWO DIMENSIONALLY SECTIONAL LAYER
428/45 -> 44 TWO DIMENSIONALLY SECTIONAL LAYER ->        With frame, casing, or perimeter structure
428/46 -> 44 TWO DIMENSIONALLY SECTIONAL LAYER ->        Transparent or translucent layer or section
428/47 -> 44 TWO DIMENSIONALLY SECTIONAL LAYER ->        Next to unitary web or sheet of equal or greater extent
428/48 -> 44 TWO DIMENSIONALLY SECTIONAL LAYER  ->        Next to unitary web or sheet of equal or greater extent->        Continuous two dimensionally sectional layer
428/49 -> 44 TWO DIMENSIONALLY SECTIONAL LAYER  ->        Next to unitary web or sheet of equal or greater extent ->        Continuous two dimensionally sectional layer->        Glass, ceramic, or metal sections (e.g., floor or wall tile, etc.)
428/50 -> 44 TWO DIMENSIONALLY SECTIONAL LAYER  ->        Next to unitary web or sheet of equal or greater extent ->        Continuous two dimensionally sectional layer->        Cellulosic sections (e.g., parquet floor, etc.)
428/51 -> 44 TWO DIMENSIONALLY SECTIONAL LAYER  ->        Next to unitary web or sheet of equal or greater extent->        Nonrectangular
428/52 -> 44 TWO DIMENSIONALLY SECTIONAL LAYER ->        Sections connected flexibly with external fastener
428/53 THREE OR MORE COPLANAR INTERFITTED SECTIONS WITH SECURING MEANS
428/54 LONGITUDINALLY SECTIONAL LAYER OF THREE OR MORE SECTIONS
428/55 -> 54 LONGITUDINALLY SECTIONAL LAYER OF THREE OR MORE SECTIONS ->        Next to unitary sheet of equal or greater extent
428/56 -> 54 LONGITUDINALLY SECTIONAL LAYER OF THREE OR MORE SECTIONS  ->        Next to unitary sheet of equal or greater extent->        Continuous sectional layer
428/57 SHEETS OR WEBS EDGE SPLICED OR JOINED
428/58 -> 57 SHEETS OR WEBS EDGE SPLICED OR JOINED ->        Sheets or webs coplanar
428/59 -> 57 SHEETS OR WEBS EDGE SPLICED OR JOINED  ->        Sheets or webs coplanar->        Double faced corrugated sheets or webs connected
428/60 -> 57 SHEETS OR WEBS EDGE SPLICED OR JOINED  ->        Sheets or webs coplanar->        Beveled, stepped, or skived in thickness
428/61 -> 57 SHEETS OR WEBS EDGE SPLICED OR JOINED  ->        Sheets or webs coplanar->        With noncoplanar reinforcement
428/62 -> 57 SHEETS OR WEBS EDGE SPLICED OR JOINED  ->        Sheets or webs coplanar ->        With noncoplanar reinforcement->        Pile or nap surface sheets connected
428/63 PATCHED HOLE OR DEPRESSION
428/64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK
428/64.2 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK ->        Recording medium or carrier
428/64.3 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier->        Magneto optical recording medium or carrier
428/64.4 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier->        Optical recording medium or carrier
428/64.5 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Optical recording medium or carrier->        Tellurium containing
428/64.6 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Optical recording medium or carrier ->        Tellurium containing->        Protective layer
428/64.7 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Optical recording medium or carrier->        Polycarbonate containing
428/64.8 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Optical recording medium or carrier->        Coloring agent containing
428/64.9 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Optical recording medium or carrier ->        Coloring agent containing->        Thickness specified
428/65.1 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Optical recording medium or carrier->        Polymer derived from material having at least one acrylic or alkacrylic group or the nitrile or amide derivative thereof (e.g., acrylamide, acrylate ester, etc.)
428/65.2 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Optical recording medium or carrier->        Adhesive containing
428/65.3 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier->        Magnetic recording medium or carrier
428/65.4 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Magnetic recording medium or carrier->        Lubricant containing
428/65.5 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Magnetic recording medium or carrier->        Protective layer containing
428/65.6 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Magnetic recording medium or carrier->        Aluminum containing
428/65.7 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier ->        Magnetic recording medium or carrier->        Chromium containing
428/65.8 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier->        Lubricant containing
428/65.9 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK  ->        Recording medium or carrier->        Fibrous material containing
428/66.1 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK ->        Gear
428/66.2 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK ->        Frictional
428/66.3 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK ->        End closure
428/66.4 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK ->        Seal, gasket, or packing
428/66.5 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK ->        Ornamental, decorative, pattern, or indicia
428/66.6 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK ->        Aperture containing
428/66.7 -> 64.1 CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK ->        Edge structure
428/67 NONPARTICULATE ELEMENT EMBEDDED OR INLAID IN SUBSTRATE AND VISIBLE
428/68 SHEET INCLUDING COVER OR CASING
428/69 -> 68 SHEET INCLUDING COVER OR CASING ->        Filled with gas other than airSEMI or under vacuum
428/70 -> 68 SHEET INCLUDING COVER OR CASING ->        Encased layer derived from inorganic settable ingredient
428/71 -> 68 SHEET INCLUDING COVER OR CASING ->        Foamed or expanded material encased
428/72 -> 68 SHEET INCLUDING COVER OR CASING ->        Including elements cooperating to form cells
428/73 -> 68 SHEET INCLUDING COVER OR CASING  ->        Including elements cooperating to form cells->        Honeycomb type cells extend perpendicularly to nonthickness layer
428/74 -> 68 SHEET INCLUDING COVER OR CASING ->        Noninterengaged fibered material encased (e.g., mat, batt, etc.)
428/75 -> 68 SHEET INCLUDING COVER OR CASING  ->        Noninterengaged fibered material encased (e.g., mat, batt, etc.)->        Metal cover or casing
428/76 -> 68 SHEET INCLUDING COVER OR CASING ->        Complete cover or casing
428/77 SHEET FACING AND LONGITUDINALLY NONCOEXTENSIVE WITH WEB OR OTHER SHEET
428/78 -> 77 SHEET FACING AND LONGITUDINALLY NONCOEXTENSIVE WITH WEB OR OTHER SHEET ->        Sheet smaller in both length and width
428/79 -> 77 SHEET FACING AND LONGITUDINALLY NONCOEXTENSIVE WITH WEB OR OTHER SHEET  ->        Sheet smaller in both length and width->        Smaller sheet has decorative outline
428/80 NONRECTANGULAR SHEET
428/81 PERIMETER OR CORNER STRUCTURE OF SHEET (EXCLUDING MERE RECTANGULAR)
428/82 -> 81 PERIMETER OR CORNER STRUCTURE OF SHEET (EXCLUDING MERE RECTANGULAR) ->        Pile or nap type surface
428/83 -> 81 PERIMETER OR CORNER STRUCTURE OF SHEET (EXCLUDING MERE RECTANGULAR) ->        Channel or U-shaped perimeter
428/84 -> 81 PERIMETER OR CORNER STRUCTURE OF SHEET (EXCLUDING MERE RECTANGULAR) ->        Paper sheet
428/85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT
428/86 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT ->        Interlaminar
428/87 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT ->        With particles
428/88 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT ->        Edge feature or configured or discontinuous surface
428/89 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT  ->        Edge feature or configured or discontinuous surface->        Differential pile length or surface
428/90 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT ->        Flock surface
428/91 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT ->        Nap type surface
428/92 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT ->        Particular shape or structure of pile
428/93 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT  ->        Particular shape or structure of pile->        U-, V-, or W-shaped or continuous strand, filamentary material
428/94 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT  ->        Particular shape or structure of pile ->        U-, V-, or W-shaped or continuous strand, filamentary material->        Continuous strand with adhesive bond to backing
428/95 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT ->        Particular backing structure or composition
428/96 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT ->        With coating, impregnation, or bond
428/97 -> 85 PILE OR NAP TYPE SURFACE OR COMPONENT ->        Composition of pile or adhesive
428/98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)
428/99 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Including fastener for attaching to external surface
428/100 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including fastener for attaching to external surface->        Hook or barb
428/101 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Superposed movable attached layers or components
428/102 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Including stitching and discrete fastener(s), coating or bond
428/103 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including stitching and discrete fastener(s), coating or bond->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation, or bond
428/104 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including stitching and discrete fastener(s), coating or bond ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation, or bond->        Coating, impregnation, or bond in stitching zone only
428/105 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular relation
428/106 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular relation->        Wood grain
428/107 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular relation->        Strand or strand-portions
428/108 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular relation ->        Strand or strand-portions->        Nonlinear strands or strand-portions
428/109 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular relation ->        Strand or strand-portions->        With additional layer(s)
428/110 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular relation ->        Strand or strand-portions ->        With additional layer(s)->        On each side of strands or strand-portions
428/111 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular relation ->        Strand or strand-portions ->        With additional layer(s) ->        On each side of strands or strand-portions->        Including mechanically interengaged strands, strand-portions or strand-like strips
428/112 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular relation ->        Strand or strand-portions->        Oblique to direction of web
428/113 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in respective layers or components in angular relation->        Fibers
428/114 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Including grain, strips, or filamentary elements in different layers or components parallel
428/115 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Including fringe
428/116 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Honeycomb-like
428/117 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Honeycomb-like->        Filled honeycomb cells (e.g., solid substance in cavities, etc.)
428/118 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Honeycomb-like->        Hexagonally shaped cavities
428/119 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Including sheet or component perpendicular to plane of web or sheet
428/120 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including sheet or component perpendicular to plane of web or sheet->        Inward from edge of web or sheet
428/121 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Fold at edge
428/122 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Fold at edge->        Channel-shaped edge component (e.g., binding, etc.)
428/123 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Fold at edge->        With strand(s) or strand-portion(s) between layers (e.g., upholstery trim, etc.)
428/124 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Fold at edge->        Acute or reverse fold of exterior component
428/125 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Fold at edge ->        Acute or reverse fold of exterior component->        Embedded in body of web
428/126 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Fold at edge ->        Acute or reverse fold of exterior component->        At opposed marginal edges
428/127 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Fold at edge ->        Acute or reverse fold of exterior component ->        At opposed marginal edges->        Annular cover
428/128 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Fold at edge ->        Acute or reverse fold of exterior component ->        At opposed marginal edges ->        Annular cover->        One piece
428/129 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Fold at edge ->        Acute or reverse fold of exterior component ->        At opposed marginal edges ->        Annular cover ->        One piece->        Abutted or lapped seam
428/130 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Fold at edge->        Particular fold structure (e.g., beveled, etc.)
428/131 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Including aperture
428/132 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including aperture->        Struck out portion type
428/133 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including aperture ->        Struck out portion type->        Embedded or interlocked
428/134 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including aperture->        Noncircular aperture (e.g., slit, diamond, rectangular, etc.)
428/135 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including aperture ->        Noncircular aperture (e.g., slit, diamond, rectangular, etc.)->        Diamond or hexagonal
428/136 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including aperture ->        Noncircular aperture (e.g., slit, diamond, rectangular, etc.)->        Slit or elongated
428/137 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including aperture->        Composite web or sheet
428/138 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including aperture ->        Composite web or sheet->        Including nonapertured component
428/139 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including aperture ->        Composite web or sheet ->        Including nonapertured component->        Keyed
428/140 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including aperture ->        Composite web or sheet ->        Including nonapertured component ->        Keyed->        From both sides
428/141 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.)
428/142 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.)->        With transparent or protective coating
428/143 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.)->        Particulate matter
428/144 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.) ->        Particulate matter->        Coated
428/145 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.) ->        Particulate matter ->        Coated->        Silicon containing coating
428/146 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.) ->        Particulate matter->        Carbohydrate
428/147 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.) ->        Particulate matter->        Polymer or resin (e.g., natural or synthetic rubber, etc.)
428/148 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.) ->        Particulate matter->        Metal or metal compound
428/149 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.) ->        Particulate matter->        Silicon containing
428/150 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.) ->        Particulate matter ->        Silicon containing->        Sand, clay, or crushed rock or slate
428/151 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.)->        Artificial wood or leather grain surface
428/152 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.)->        Wrinkled, creased, crinkled or creped
428/153 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.) ->        Wrinkled, creased, crinkled or creped->        Paper
428/154 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.) ->        Wrinkled, creased, crinkled or creped ->        Paper->        Plural paper components
428/155 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Continuous and nonuniform or irregular surface on layer or component (e.g., roofing, etc.)->        Crackled, crazed or slit
428/156 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Including variation in thickness
428/157 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness->        Differential nonuniformity at margin
428/158 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness->        Foamed or cellular component
428/159 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        Foamed or cellular component->        Component comprises a polymer (e.g., rubber, etc.)
428/160 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        Foamed or cellular component ->        Component comprises a polymer (e.g., rubber, etc.)->        Polyurethane
428/161 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness->        With component conforming to contour of nonplanar surface
428/162 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        With component conforming to contour of nonplanar surface->        And conforming component on an opposite nonplanar surface
428/163 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        With component conforming to contour of nonplanar surface->        Parallel ribs and/or grooves
428/164 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        With component conforming to contour of nonplanar surface->        Containing metal or metal compound
428/165 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        With component conforming to contour of nonplanar surface->        Including cellulosic or natural rubber component
428/166 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness->        Interlaminar spaces
428/167 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness->        Parallel ribs and/or grooves
428/168 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        Parallel ribs and/or grooves->        With particulate matter
428/169 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        Parallel ribs and/or grooves->        Oblique to longitudinal axis of web or sheet
428/170 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness->        And varying density
428/171 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        And varying density->        Fiber containing component
428/172 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness->        Composite web or sheet
428/173 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including variation in thickness ->        Composite web or sheet->        With partial filling of valleys on outer surface
428/174 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material
428/175 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material->        Embodying mechanically interengaged strand(s), strand-portion(s) or strand-like strip(s) (e.g., weave, knit, etc.)
428/176 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material ->        Embodying mechanically interengaged strand(s), strand-portion(s) or strand-like strip(s) (e.g., weave, knit, etc.)->        With folds in parallel planes
428/177 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material->        Differential nonplanarity at margin
428/178 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material->        Forming, or cooperating to form cells
428/179 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material->        Aligned or parallel nonplanarities
428/180 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material ->        Aligned or parallel nonplanarities->        Waffle-form
428/181 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material ->        Aligned or parallel nonplanarities->        Pleats or otherwise parallel adjacent folds
428/182 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material ->        Aligned or parallel nonplanarities->        Parallel corrugations
428/183 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material ->        Aligned or parallel nonplanarities ->        Parallel corrugations->        With locally deformed crests or intersecting series of corrugations
428/184 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material ->        Aligned or parallel nonplanarities ->        Parallel corrugations->        Plural corrugated components
428/185 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material ->        Aligned or parallel nonplanarities ->        Parallel corrugations ->        Plural corrugated components->        With corrugations of respective components intersecting in plane projection
428/186 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material ->        Aligned or parallel nonplanarities ->        Parallel corrugations ->        Plural corrugated components->        With planar component
428/187 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Nonplanar uniform thickness material->        Ornamental design or indicia
428/188 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Longitudinal or transverse tubular cavity or cell
428/189 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Laterally noncoextensive components
428/190 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Laterally noncoextensive components->        Fabric, cloth or textile component
428/191 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Laterally noncoextensive components->        Cellulosic
428/192 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Edge feature
428/193 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Edge feature->        Including layer embodying mechanically interengaged strands, strand portions or strand-like strips (e.g., weave, knit, etc.)
428/194 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Edge feature->        Comprising discontinuous or differential impregnation or bond
428/195.1 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)
428/196 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)->        Including layer of mechanically interengaged strands, strand-portions or strand-like strips
428/197 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.) ->        Including layer of mechanically interengaged strands, strand-portions or strand-like strips->        Knitted, with particular or differential bond sites or intersections
428/198 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)->        Spot bonds connect components
428/199 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)->        Including developable image or soluble portion in coating or impregnation (e.g., safety paper, etc.)
428/200 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)->        With heat sealable or heat releasable adhesive layer
428/201 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)->        Intermediate layer is discontinuous or differential
428/202 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.) ->        Intermediate layer is discontinuous or differential->        With outer strippable or release layer
428/203 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.) ->        Intermediate layer is discontinuous or differential->        Translucent outer layer
428/204 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.) ->        Intermediate layer is discontinuous or differential ->        Translucent outer layer->        Intermediate layer contains particulate material (e.g., pigment, etc.)
428/205 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.) ->        Intermediate layer is discontinuous or differential ->        Translucent outer layer->        Translucent layer comprises natural oil, wax, resin, gum, glue, gelatin
428/206 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)->        Including particulate material
428/207 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.) ->        Including particulate material->        Including coloring matter
428/208 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.) ->        Including particulate material->        Free metal or mineral containing
428/209 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)->        Including metal layer
428/210 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)->        Including ceramic, glass, porcelain or quartz layer
428/211.1 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond (e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.)->        Including paper layer
428/212 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Including components having same physical characteristic in differing degree
428/213 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including components having same physical characteristic in differing degree->        Thickness (relative or absolute)
428/214 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including components having same physical characteristic in differing degree ->        Thickness (relative or absolute)->        Of adhesive layers
428/215 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including components having same physical characteristic in differing degree ->        Thickness (relative or absolute)->        Absolute thicknesses specified
428/216 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including components having same physical characteristic in differing degree ->        Thickness (relative or absolute) ->        Absolute thicknesses specified->        No layer or component greater than 5 mils thick
428/217 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including components having same physical characteristic in differing degree->        Hardness
428/218 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.)  ->        Including components having same physical characteristic in differing degree->        Density or compression of components
428/219 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Weight per unit area specified
428/220 -> 98 STRUCTURALLY DEFINED WEB OR SHEET (E.G., OVERALL DIMENSION, ETC.) ->        Physical dimension specified
428/221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT
428/222 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT ->        Embodying intertwined or helical component(s)
428/223 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT ->        Including interlaminar mechanical fastener
428/292.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity
428/292.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity->        Fiber-containing wood product (e.g., hardboard, lumber, or wood board, etc.)
428/292.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity->        Including paper layer
428/293.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity->        Fiber embedded in a metal matrix
428/293.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity->        Fiber embedded in a ceramic, glass, or carbon matrix
428/293.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in a ceramic, glass, or carbon matrix->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel
428/294.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in a ceramic, glass, or carbon matrix ->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel->        Fiber is precoated
428/294.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in a ceramic, glass, or carbon matrix->        Free metal or alloy fiber
428/294.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity->        Fiber embedded in a layer derived from a water-settable material (e.g., cement, gypsum, etc.)
428/295.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a natural or synthetic rubber matrix
428/295.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a natural or synthetic rubber matrix->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel
428/295.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a natural or synthetic rubber matrix ->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel->        Fiber is nonlinear (e.g., crimped, sinusoidal, etc.)
428/296.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a natural or synthetic rubber matrix ->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel->        Fiber is precoated
428/296.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a natural or synthetic rubber matrix->        Fiber is precoated
428/296.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a natural or synthetic rubber matrix->        Composite or conjugate fiber (e.g., fiber contains more than one chemically different material in monofilament or multifilament form, etc.)
428/297.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a natural or synthetic rubber matrix->        Two or more layers
428/297.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix
428/297.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix->        Fiber is on the surface of a polymeric matrix having no embedded portion
428/298.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel
428/298.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix ->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel->        Fiber is nonlinear (e.g., crimped, sinusoidal, etc.)
428/298.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix ->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel->        Fiber is precoated
428/299.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix ->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel->        Carbon or carbonaceous fiber
428/299.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix ->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel->        Glass fiber
428/299.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix ->        Fibers are aligned substantially parallel->        Polymeric fiber
428/300.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix->        Fiber is precoated
428/300.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix->        Two or more chemically different fibers
428/300.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix->        Two or more layers
428/301.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix ->        Two or more layers->        Including a free metal or alloy constituent
428/301.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet which is not of specified porosity ->        Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix ->        Two or more layers->        At least one thermosetting synthetic polymeric material layer
428/304.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)
428/305.5 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        With chemically effective material or specified gas other than air, N, or carbon dioxide in void-containing component
428/306.6 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        Void-containing component partially impregnated with adjacent component
428/307.3 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Void-containing component partially impregnated with adjacent component->        Void-containing component is inorganic
428/307.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Void-containing component partially impregnated with adjacent component ->        Void-containing component is inorganic->        Inorganic impregnant
428/308.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Void-containing component partially impregnated with adjacent component->        Void-containing component is synthetic resin or natural rubbers
428/308.8 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Void-containing component partially impregnated with adjacent component->        Void-containing component is wood or paper
428/309.9 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        With internal element bridging layers, nonplanar interface between layers, or intermediate layer of commingled adjacent foam layers
428/310.5 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        With gradual property change within a component
428/311.11 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        Void-containing component has a continuous matrix of fibers only (e.g., porous paper, etc.)
428/311.31 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Void-containing component has a continuous matrix of fibers only (e.g., porous paper, etc.)->        And a force disintegratable component (e.g., stencil sheet, etc.)
428/311.51 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Void-containing component has a continuous matrix of fibers only (e.g., porous paper, etc.)->        Fibers of defined composition
428/311.71 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Void-containing component has a continuous matrix of fibers only (e.g., porous paper, etc.) ->        Fibers of defined composition->        Cellulosic
428/311.91 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Void-containing component has a continuous matrix of fibers only (e.g., porous paper, etc.) ->        Fibers of defined composition ->        Cellulosic->        Plural cellulosic components
428/312.2 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        Inorganic matrix in void-containing component
428/312.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Inorganic matrix in void-containing component->        Of hydraulic-setting material
428/312.6 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Inorganic matrix in void-containing component->        Of silicon-containing material (e.g., glass, etc.)
428/312.8 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Inorganic matrix in void-containing component->        Of metal-containing material
428/313.3 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        Preformed hollow element-containing
428/313.5 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Preformed hollow element-containing->        Resin or rubber element
428/313.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Preformed hollow element-containing->        Mineral element
428/313.9 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Preformed hollow element-containing->        Metal- or silicon-containing element
428/314.2 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        Void shape specified (e.g., crushed, flat, round, etc.)
428/314.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        Voids specified as closed
428/314.8 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Voids specified as closed->        Specified thickness of void-containing component (absolute or relative), numerical cell dimension or density
428/315.5 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        Voids specified as micro
428/315.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Voids specified as micro->        Specified thickness of void-containing component (absolute or relative) or numerical cell dimension
428/315.9 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        Voids specified as micro->        Composite has more than two layers
428/316.6 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        Plural void-containing components
428/317.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        With component specified as adhesive or bonding agent
428/317.3 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        With component specified as adhesive or bonding agent->        As outermost component
428/317.5 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        With component specified as adhesive or bonding agent->        Adhesive or bonding component contains voids
428/317.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        With component specified as adhesive or bonding agent->        Composition of adhesive or bonding component specified
428/317.9 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        Void-containing component contains also a solid fiber or solid particle
428/318.4 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.)->        With nonvoid component of specified composition
428/318.6 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        With nonvoid component of specified composition->        Of about the same composition as, and adjacent to, the void-containing component
428/318.8 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        With nonvoid component of specified composition ->        Of about the same composition as, and adjacent to, the void-containing component->        Integrally formed skin
428/319.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        With nonvoid component of specified composition->        Inorganic
428/319.3 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        With nonvoid component of specified composition->        Synthetic resin or natural rubbers
428/319.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        With nonvoid component of specified composition ->        Synthetic resin or natural rubbers->        Linear or thermoplastic
428/319.9 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous, cellular, etc.) ->        With nonvoid component of specified composition ->        Synthetic resin or natural rubbers ->        Linear or thermoplastic->        Hydrocarbon polymer
428/320.2 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT ->        Composite having a component wherein a constituent is liquid or is contained within preformed walls (e.g., impregnant-filled, previously void containing component, etc.)
428/321.1 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having a component wherein a constituent is liquid or is contained within preformed walls (e.g., impregnant-filled, previously void containing component, etc.)->        Constituent is in liquid form
428/321.3 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having a component wherein a constituent is liquid or is contained within preformed walls (e.g., impregnant-filled, previously void containing component, etc.) ->        Constituent is in liquid form->        Ink in pores
428/321.5 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having a component wherein a constituent is liquid or is contained within preformed walls (e.g., impregnant-filled, previously void containing component, etc.) ->        Constituent is in liquid form->        Encapsulated liquid
428/322.2 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having a component wherein a constituent is liquid or is contained within preformed walls (e.g., impregnant-filled, previously void containing component, etc.)->        Indefinite plurality of similar impregnated thin sheets (e.g., "decorative laminate" type, etc.)
428/322.7 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Composite having a component wherein a constituent is liquid or is contained within preformed walls (e.g., impregnant-filled, previously void containing component, etc.)->        Differentially filled foam, filled plural layers, or filled layer with coat of filling material
428/323 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT ->        Including a second component containing structurally defined particles
428/324 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Including a second component containing structurally defined particles->        Mica
428/325 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Including a second component containing structurally defined particles->        Glass or ceramic (i.e., fired or glazed clay, cement, etc.) (porcelain, quartz, etc.)
428/326 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Including a second component containing structurally defined particles->        Cellulosic (e.g., wood, paper, cork, rayon, etc.)
428/327 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Including a second component containing structurally defined particles->        Polymeric or resinous material
428/328 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Including a second component containing structurally defined particles->        Heavy metal or aluminum or compound thereof
428/329 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Including a second component containing structurally defined particles ->        Heavy metal or aluminum or compound thereof->        Iron oxide or aluminum oxide
428/330 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Including a second component containing structurally defined particles->        Alkali metal or alkaline earth metal or compound thereof
428/331 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Including a second component containing structurally defined particles->        Silicic material
428/332 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT ->        Physical dimension specified
428/333 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Physical dimension specified->        In terms of molecular thickness or light wave length
428/334 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Physical dimension specified->        Coating layer not in excess of 5 mils thick or equivalent
428/335 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Physical dimension specified ->        Coating layer not in excess of 5 mils thick or equivalent->        Up to 3 mils
428/336 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Physical dimension specified ->        Coating layer not in excess of 5 mils thick or equivalent ->        Up to 3 mils->        1 mil or less
428/337 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Physical dimension specified->        Of base or substrate
428/338 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Physical dimension specified->        Monolayer with structurally defined element
428/339 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Physical dimension specified->        Including synthetic resin or polymer layer or component
428/340 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT ->        Weight per unit area specified (e.g., gms/sq cm, lbs/sq ft, etc.)
428/341 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Weight per unit area specified (e.g., gms/sq cm, lbs/sq ft, etc.)->        Of coating
428/342 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Weight per unit area specified (e.g., gms/sq cm, lbs/sq ft, etc.) ->        Of coating->        Cellulosic substrate
428/343 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT ->        Adhesive outermost layer
428/344 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer->        Next to metal
428/345 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer->        Including irradiated or wave energy treated component
428/346 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer->        Heat or solvent activated or sealable
428/347 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Heat or solvent activated or sealable->        Heat sealable
428/348 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Heat or solvent activated or sealable ->        Heat sealable->        Wax containing
428/349 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Heat or solvent activated or sealable ->        Heat sealable->        Synthetic resin or polymer
428/350 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Heat or solvent activated or sealable->        Water activated
428/351 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer->        Including moisture or waterproof component
428/352 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer->        With release or antistick coating
428/353 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer->        Including a primer layer
428/354 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer->        Three or more layers
428/355R -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer->        Adhesive compositions
428/356 -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions->        Including metal or compound thereof or natural rubber
428/355RA -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions->        Having readily strippable combined with readily readhearable properties (e.g., stick-ons, etc.)
428/355CP -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions->        Including monomer or polymer of carbohydrate (e.g., starch, dextrin, etc.) or protein (e.g., casein, animal protein, etc.) or derivative thereof
428/355EP -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions->        Including epoxy group or epoxy polymer
428/355AK -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions->        Including aldehyde or ketone condensation polymer (e.g., urea formaldehyde polymer, melamine formaldehyde polymer, etc.)
428/355EN -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions->        Including addition polymer from unsaturated monomer
428/355BL -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions ->        Including addition polymer from unsaturated monomer->        Including addition polymer of diene monomer (e.g., SBR, SIS, etc.)
428/355CN -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions ->        Including addition polymer from unsaturated monomer->        Including nitrogen containing polymer (e.g., polyacrylonitrile, polymethacrylonitrile, etc.)
428/355AC -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions ->        Including addition polymer from unsaturated monomer->        Including addition polymer from alpha-beta unsaturated carboxylic acid (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, etc.) or derivative thereof
428/355N -> 221 WEB OR SHEET CONTAINING STRUCTURALLY DEFINED ELEMENT OR COMPONENT  ->        Adhesive outermost layer ->        Adhesive compositions->        Including nitrogen containing condensation polymer (e.g., polyurethane, polyisocyanate, etc.)
428/357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF
428/358 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF ->        Channel shape
428/359 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF ->        Staple length fiber
428/360 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Staple length fiber->        Plural and with bonded intersections only
428/361 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Staple length fiber->        With coating or impregnation
428/362 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Staple length fiber->        Nonlinear (e.g., crimped, coiled, etc.)
428/363 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF ->        Mica flake
428/364 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber
428/365 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber->        Including textile, cloth or fabric
428/366 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber->        Including boron or compound thereof (not as steel)
428/367 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber->        Including free carbon or carbide or therewith (not as steel)
428/368 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Including free carbon or carbide or therewith (not as steel)->        In coating or impregnation
428/369 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber->        Nonlinear (e.g., crimped, coiled, etc.)
428/370 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Nonlinear (e.g., crimped, coiled, etc.)->        Composite
428/371 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Nonlinear (e.g., crimped, coiled, etc.)->        Helical or coiled
428/372 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber->        Including structurally defined particulate matter
428/373 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber->        Bicomponent, conjugate, composite or collateral fibers or filaments (i.e., coextruded sheath-core or side-by-side type)
428/374 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Bicomponent, conjugate, composite or collateral fibers or filaments (i.e., coextruded sheath-core or side-by-side type)->        Fibers or filaments nonconcentric (e.g., side-by-side or eccentric, etc.)
428/375 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core
428/376 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core->        Discontinuous or tubular or cellular core
428/377 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core->        Wound or wrapped core or coating (i.e., spiral or helical)
428/378 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core->        Coating on discrete and individual rods, strands or filaments
428/379 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos)
428/380 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos)->        Plural coatings
428/381 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos) ->        Plural coatings->        Free metal in coating
428/382 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos) ->        Plural coatings->        Natural rubber in coating
428/383 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos) ->        Plural coatings->        Synthetic resin or polymer in plural coatings, each of different type
428/384 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos) ->        Plural coatings->        Glass, ceramic or metal oxide in coating
428/385 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos)->        Metal with weld modifying or stabilizing coating (e.g., flux, slag, producer, etc.)
428/386 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos) ->        Metal with weld modifying or stabilizing coating (e.g., flux, slag, producer, etc.)->        Titanium compound in coating
428/387 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos) ->        Metal with weld modifying or stabilizing coating (e.g., flux, slag, producer, etc.)->        Silicic material in coating
428/388 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos)->        Glass or silicic fiber or filament with metal coating
428/389 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos)->        Metal or metal compound in coating
428/390 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Including metal or compound thereof (excluding glass, ceramic and asbestos)->        Rubber, cellulosic or silicic material in coating
428/391 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core->        Silane, silicone or siloxane in coating
428/392 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core->        Artificial fiber or filament
428/393 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Artificial fiber or filament->        Cellulosic
428/394 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Artificial fiber or filament->        Synthetic resin or polymer
428/395 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core ->        Artificial fiber or filament ->        Synthetic resin or polymer->        Polyamide, polyimide or polyester
428/396 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Coated or with bond, impregnation or core->        Impregnation
428/397 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber->        Particular cross section
428/398 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Particular cross section->        Tubular or cellular
428/399 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Particular cross section->        Longitudinally varying
428/400 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber ->        Particular cross section->        Surface characteristic
428/401 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Rod, strand, filament or fiber->        Physical dimension
428/402 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.)
428/402.2 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.)->        Microcapsule with fluid core (includes liposome)
428/402.21 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.) ->        Microcapsule with fluid core (includes liposome)->        Solid-walled microcapsule from synthetic polymer
428/402.22 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.) ->        Microcapsule with fluid core (includes liposome) ->        Solid-walled microcapsule from synthetic polymer->        Addition polymer from unsaturated monomers only
428/402.24 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.)->        Microcapsule with solid core (includes liposome)
428/403 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.)->        Coated
428/404 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.) ->        Coated->        Silicic or refractory material containing (e.g., tungsten oxide, glass, cement, etc.)
428/405 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.) ->        Coated ->        Silicic or refractory material containing (e.g., tungsten oxide, glass, cement, etc.)->        Silane, siloxane or silicone coating
428/406 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.) ->        Coated ->        Silicic or refractory material containing (e.g., tungsten oxide, glass, cement, etc.)->        Glass particles or spheres
428/407 -> 357 COATED OR STRUCTUALLY DEFINED FLAKE, PARTICLE, CELL, STRAND, STRAND PORTION, ROD, FILAMENT, MACROSCOPIC FIBER OR MASS THEREOF  ->        Particulate matter (e.g., sphere, flake, etc.) ->        Coated->        Including synthetic resin or polymer
428/408 SELF-SUSTAINING CARBON MASS OR LAYER WITH IMPREGNANT OR OTHER LAYER
428/409 SURFACE PROPERTY OR CHARACTERISTIC OF WEB, SHEET OR BLOCK
428/410 -> 409 SURFACE PROPERTY OR CHARACTERISTIC OF WEB, SHEET OR BLOCK ->        Surface modified glass (e.g., tempered, strengthened, etc.)
428/411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)
428/412 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of polycarbonate
428/413 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of epoxy ether
428/414 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of epoxy ether->        As intermediate layer
428/415 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of epoxy ether ->        As intermediate layer->        Next to glass or quartz
428/416 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of epoxy ether ->        As intermediate layer->        Next to metal
428/417 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of epoxy ether->        Next to glass or quartz
428/418 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of epoxy ether->        Next to metal
428/419 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of polythioether
428/420 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Including interfacial reaction product of adjacent layers
428/421 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of fluorinated addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
428/422 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of fluorinated addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Addition polymer is perhalogenated
428/422.8 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of polyisocyanurate
428/423.1 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)
428/423.3 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to second layer of polyamidoester
428/423.4 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to animal skin or membrane
428/423.5 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to polyamide (nylon, etc.)
428/423.7 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to polyester (polyethylene terephthalate, etc.)
428/423.9 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to natural rubber
428/424.2 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to addition polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomer
428/424.4 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.) ->        Next to addition polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomer->        Ester monomer type (polyvinylacetate, etc.)
428/424.6 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.) ->        Next to addition polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomer->        Halide monomer type (polyvinyl chloride, etc.)
428/424.7 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.) ->        Next to addition polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomer->        Nitrile monomer type (polyacrylonitrile, etc.)
428/424.8 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.) ->        Next to addition polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomer->        Hydrocarbon polymer (polyethylene, polybutadiene, etc.)
428/425.1 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to cellulosic
428/425.3 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product (phenol-aldehyde, etc.)
428/425.5 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to silicon-containing (silicone, cement, etc.) layer
428/425.6 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.) ->        Next to silicon-containing (silicone, cement, etc.) layer->        Quartz or glass
428/425.8 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Next to free metal
428/425.9 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate, polycarbamate, etc.)->        Particulate metal or metal compound-containing
428/426 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of quartz or glass
428/427 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass->        Next to a boron containing layer
428/428 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass->        Next to another silicon containing layer
428/429 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass ->        Next to another silicon containing layer->        As silicone, silane or siloxane
428/430 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass->        Next to polyester (e.g., alkyd)
428/431 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass ->        Next to polyester (e.g., alkyd)->        Cross-linked polyester (e.g., glycerol maleate-styrene, etc.)
428/432 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass->        Next to metal or compound thereof
428/433 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass ->        Next to metal or compound thereof->        Alloy or free metal
428/434 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass ->        Next to metal or compound thereof ->        Alloy or free metal->        Noble metal containing
428/435 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass->        Next to polyamide or polyimide
428/436 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass->        Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product
428/437 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass ->        Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product->        Next to acetal of polymerized unsaturated alcohol (e.g., formal butyral, etc.)
428/438 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass->        Next to cellulosic
428/439 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass ->        Next to cellulosic->        Cellulosic ester
428/440 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass->        Next to natural rubber, gum, oil, rosin, wax, bituminous or tarry residue
428/441 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
428/442 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of quartz or glass ->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer
428/443 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of asbestos
428/444 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of asbestos->        With metal layer
428/445 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of asbestos->        With cellulosic layer
428/446 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy)
428/447 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy)->        As siloxane, silicone or silane
428/448 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy)->        As intermediate layer
428/449 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy) ->        As intermediate layer->        Paper as both adjacent layers
428/450 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy)->        Next to metal
428/451 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy)->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers, or aldehyde or ketone condensation product
428/452 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy)->        Next to cellulosic
428/453 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy) ->        Next to cellulosic->        Sodium silicate
428/454 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of silicon containing (not as silicon alloy)->        Sand, clay or mica (silica excluded)
428/455 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of cork
428/456 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of cork->        Including natural oil or gum or rosin (e.g., linoleum, etc.)
428/457 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of metal
428/458 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal->        Next to polyester, polyamide or polyimide (e.g., alkyd, glue, or nylon, etc.)
428/459 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to polyester, polyamide or polyimide (e.g., alkyd, glue, or nylon, etc.)->        Natural source polyamide (e.g., casein, gelatin, etc.)
428/460 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal->        Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product
428/461 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
428/462 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Including polyene monomers (e.g., butadiene, etc.)
428/463 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer
428/464 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal->        Next to cellulosic
428/465 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal->        Next to natural rubber
428/466 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to natural rubber->        With natural rubber next to second layer of natural rubber
428/467 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal->        Next to natural gum, natural oil, rosin, lac or wax
428/468 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal->        Next to bituminous or tarry residue
428/469 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal->        Next to metal salt or oxide
428/470 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to metal salt or oxide->        Organo-metallic salt
428/471 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to metal salt or oxide->        Alkali or alkaline earth metal oxide
428/472 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to metal salt or oxide->        Refractory metal salt or oxide
428/472.1 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to metal salt or oxide ->        Refractory metal salt or oxide->        Formed in situ
428/472.2 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to metal salt or oxide->        Aluminum or iron salt or oxide formed in situ
428/472.3 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of metal ->        Next to metal salt or oxide->        Phosphorus containing metal salt formed in situ
428/473 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of animal membrane or skin
428/473.5 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of polyimide
428/474.4 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of polyamide
428/474.7 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide->        Next to second layer of polyamide
428/474.9 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide ->        Next to second layer of polyamide->        At least one layer is nylon type
428/475.2 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide->        Next to polyester
428/475.5 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide->        Nylon type
428/475.8 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide ->        Nylon type->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomer(s)
428/476.1 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide ->        Nylon type ->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomer(s)->        Polymer of monoethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon
428/476.3 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomer(s)
428/476.6 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide ->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomer(s)->        Natural source-type polyamide
428/476.9 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide ->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomer(s)->        Polymer of monoethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon
428/477.4 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide->        Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product
428/477.7 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide->        Inorganic-containing or next to inorganic-containing
428/478.2 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide->        Natural source-type polyamide (e.g., casein, gelatin, etc.)
428/478.4 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide ->        Natural source-type polyamide (e.g., casein, gelatin, etc.)->        Next to cellulosic
428/478.8 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide ->        Natural source-type polyamide (e.g., casein, gelatin, etc.) ->        Next to cellulosic->        Paper
428/479.3 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide->        Next to cellulosic
428/479.6 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyamide ->        Next to cellulosic->        Paper or wood
428/480 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of polyester (e.g., alkyd, etc.)
428/481 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyester (e.g., alkyd, etc.)->        Next to cellulosic
428/482 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyester (e.g., alkyd, etc.)->        Of cross-linked polyester
428/483 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of polyester (e.g., alkyd, etc.)->        Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
428/484.1 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of wax or waxy material
428/485 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of wax or waxy material->        Next to cellulosic
428/486 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of wax or waxy material ->        Next to cellulosic->        Cellulosic is paper
428/487 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of wax or waxy material ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Cellulosic is paper->        Glassine paper
428/488.11 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of wax or waxy material ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Cellulosic is paper->        With pigment or dye (e.g., carbon paper, hectograph paper, etc.)
428/488.41 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of wax or waxy material ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Cellulosic is paper ->        With pigment or dye (e.g., carbon paper, hectograph paper, etc.)->        Having layer over transferable material or on carrier opposite transferable material layer
428/489 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of bituminous or tarry residue
428/490 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of bituminous or tarry residue->        Next to cellulosic
428/491 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of bituminous or tarry residue ->        Next to cellulosic->        Paper
428/492 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of natural rubber
428/493 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of natural rubber->        Next to second layer of natural rubber
428/494 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of natural rubber->        Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product or addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
428/495 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of natural rubber ->        Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product or addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Including polyene monomers
428/496 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of natural rubber->        Next to cellulosic
428/497 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of natural gum, rosin, natural oil or lac
428/498 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of natural gum, rosin, natural oil or lac->        Next to cellulosic
428/499 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of natural gum, rosin, natural oil or lac ->        Next to cellulosic->        Natural oil
428/500 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
428/501 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Next to an aldehyde or ketone condensation product
428/502 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to an aldehyde or ketone condensation product->        Melamine-aldehyde
428/503 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to an aldehyde or ketone condensation product ->        Melamine-aldehyde->        Impregnated or coated cellulosic material
428/504 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to an aldehyde or ketone condensation product->        Amide-aldehyde
428/505 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to an aldehyde or ketone condensation product ->        Amide-aldehyde->        Urea or modified urea-aldehyde
428/506 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to an aldehyde or ketone condensation product->        Phenol-aldehyde
428/507 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Next to cellulosic
428/508 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to cellulosic->        Regenerated or modified cellulose
428/509 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Regenerated or modified cellulose->        Addition polymer of hydrocarbon(s) only
428/510 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Regenerated or modified cellulose->        Where addition polymer is an ester or halide
428/511 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to cellulosic->        Paper or wood
428/512 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Paper or wood->        Addition polymer of hydrocarbon(s) only
428/513 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Paper or wood ->        Addition polymer of hydrocarbon(s) only->        Monoethylenically unsaturated
428/514 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Paper or wood->        Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer
428/515 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Next to second addition polymer from unsaturated monomers
428/516 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to second addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Monoolefin polymer
428/517 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to second addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Monoolefin polymer->        Next to polyene polymer
428/518 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to second addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Monoolefin polymer->        Next to vinyl or vinylidene chloride polymer
428/519 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to second addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Including polyene monomers
428/520 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers ->        Next to second addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer
428/521 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Polyene monomer-containing
428/522 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Ester, halide or nitrile of addition polymer
428/523 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of addition polymer from unsaturated monomers->        Polymer of monoethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon
428/524 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of aldehyde or ketone condensation product
428/525 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of aldehyde or ketone condensation product->        Next to second aldehyde or ketone condensation product
428/526 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of aldehyde or ketone condensation product->        Next to cellulosic
428/527 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of aldehyde or ketone condensation product ->        Next to cellulosic->        Modified or regenerated cellulose
428/528 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of aldehyde or ketone condensation product ->        Next to cellulosic->        Wood
428/529 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of aldehyde or ketone condensation product ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Wood->        Phenoplast
428/530 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of aldehyde or ketone condensation product ->        Next to cellulosic->        Paper
428/531 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of aldehyde or ketone condensation product ->        Next to cellulosic ->        Paper->        Phenoplast
428/532 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of carbohydrate
428/533 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of carbohydrate->        Of cellulosic next to another carbohydrate
428/534 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of carbohydrate ->        Of cellulosic next to another carbohydrate->        Cellulosic next to another cellulosic
428/535 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of carbohydrate ->        Of cellulosic next to another carbohydrate ->        Cellulosic next to another cellulosic->        Wood or paper
428/536 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of carbohydrate ->        Of cellulosic next to another carbohydrate ->        Cellulosic next to another cellulosic->        Regenerated or modified
428/537.1 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of carbohydrate->        Of wood
428/537.5 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of carbohydrate->        Of paper
428/537.7 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of carbohydrate ->        Of paper->        Next to layer of metal salt (e.g., plasterboard, etc.)
428/688 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of inorganic material
428/689 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material->        Metal-compound-containing layer
428/690 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer->        Fluroescent, phosphorescent, or luminescent layer
428/691 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Fluroescent, phosphorescent, or luminescent layer->        Halogen-containing
428/692 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer->        Defined magnetic layer
428/693 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer->        Next to second metal-compound-containing layer
428/694R -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer->        Dynamic recording medium
428/694ML -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium->        Magneto optical recording layer
428/694SC -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer->        Specified recording layer composition
428/694LE -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer ->        Specified recording layer composition->        Lanthanoid
428/694GT -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer ->        Specified recording layer composition->        Garnet or magnetoplumbite
428/694DE -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer ->        Specified recording layer composition->        Separate refractive, anti-reflective or protective layer composition
428/694MT -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer ->        Specified recording layer composition->        Pure metal or alloy
428/694RE -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer ->        Specified recording layer composition ->        Pure metal or alloy->        Rare earth
428/694NF -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer ->        Specified recording layer composition->        Nitride, carbide, or fluoride
428/694XS -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer ->        Specified recording layer composition->        Oxide or sulfide
428/694RL -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer->        Reflective layer specified
428/694AH -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer->        With plasma polymerized organic top coat or other adhesive layer
428/694MM -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer->        Multiple magnetic layers
428/694EC -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer ->        Multiple magnetic layers->        Exchange coupling
428/694IS -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer ->        Multiple magnetic layers->        Magnetically or thermally isolated
428/694GR -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer->        Composition gradient
428/694PR -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer->        Hardness, stress, thermal or electrical coefficients specified
428/694MP -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Magneto optical recording layer->        Microporous layer
428/694T -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium->        Metal thin film magnetic layer
428/694TS -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Metal thin film magnetic layer->        Specified subbing or underlayer
428/694TB -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Metal thin film magnetic layer->        Specified back coat layer
428/694TP -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Metal thin film magnetic layer->        Topcoat, or protective overlayer
428/694TC -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Metal thin film magnetic layer ->        Topcoat, or protective overlayer->        Carbon
428/694TZ -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Metal thin film magnetic layer ->        Topcoat, or protective overlayer->        Plasma polymerized
428/694TF -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Metal thin film magnetic layer ->        Topcoat, or protective overlayer->        Fluorocarbon or organosilicon layer
428/694TR -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Metal thin film magnetic layer->        Specified surface feature or roughness
428/694TM -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Metal thin film magnetic layer->        Multiple magnetic layer
428/694B -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium->        Binder containing magnetic layer
428/694BC -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        Radiation curable binder
428/694BG -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        Organic acid or salt thereof
428/694BU -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        Polyurethane binder
428/694BY -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer ->        Polyurethane binder->        Isocyanate specified
428/694BL -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer ->        Polyurethane binder->        Polyol specified
428/694BP -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        Specified lubricant or protective layer
428/694BF -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer ->        Specified lubricant or protective layer->        Flurorocarbon or organosilicon
428/694BS -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        Including subbing or underlayer
428/694BB -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        Including back coat layer
428/694BR -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        Specified surface feature or roughness
428/694BN -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        With non-magnetic particle
428/694BA -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        Magnetic particle with specified shape or dimension
428/694BH -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer ->        Magnetic particle with specified shape or dimension->        Hexogonal or tabular
428/694BM -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Binder containing magnetic layer->        Multiple magnetic layers
428/694ST -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium->        Support composition specified
428/694SL -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Support composition specified->        Organic material
428/694SG -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium ->        Support composition specified->        Specified surface feature or roughness
428/695 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Defined magnetic layer ->        Dynamic recording medium->        With lubricant in or on layer
428/696 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer->        Halogen-containing
428/697 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer->        Layer contains compound(s) of plural metals
428/698 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer->        Carbide-, nitride-, or sulfide-containing layer
428/699 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer->        Next to second metal-compound-containing layer
428/700 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Next to second metal-compound-containing layer->        Single crystal
428/701 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        Next to second metal-compound-containing layer->        O-containing metal compound
428/702 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer->        O-containing
428/703 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE)  ->        Of inorganic material ->        Metal-compound-containing layer ->        O-containing->        Water-settable material (e.g., gypsum, etc.)
428/704 -> 411.1 COMPOSITE (NONSTRUCTURAL LAMINATE) ->        Of B, N, P, S, or metal-containing material
428/539.5 METAL CONTINUOUS PHASE INTERENGAGED WITH NONMETAL CONTINUOUS PHASE
428/540 IMPREGNATED NATURALLY SOLID PRODUCT (E.G., LEATHER, STONE, ETC.)
428/541 -> 540 IMPREGNATED NATURALLY SOLID PRODUCT (E.G., LEATHER, STONE, ETC.) ->        Wood timber product (e.g., piling, post, veneer, etc.)
428/542.2 DECORATIVE ARTICLE
428/542.4 -> 542.2 DECORATIVE ARTICLE ->        Trophy or memento (e.g., preserved artifact, etc.)
428/542.6 -> 542.2 DECORATIVE ARTICLE ->        Constructed from filamentary or flat sheet material
428/542.8 ARTICLE OF INTERMEDIATE SHAPE (E.G., BLANK, PARISON, PREFORM, ETC.)
428/543 MISCELLANEOUS (E.G., TREATED SURFACES, ETC.)
428/900 MAGNETIC FEATURE
428/901 PRINTED CIRCUIT
428/902 HIGH MODULUS FILAMENT OR FIBER
428/903 MICROFIBER (LESS THAN 100 MICRON DIAMETER)
428/903.3 RECYCLED MATERIALS
428/904 ARTIFICIAL LEATHER
428/904.4 WALL AND SHELF COVERING
428/905 ODOR RELEASING MATERIAL
428/906 ROLL OR COIL
428/906.6 EMBROIDERY
428/907 RESISTANT AGAINST PLANT OR ANIMAL ATTACK
428/907.7 LAYER OR ARTICLE RENDERED LIGHT-TRANSMISSIVE BY PRESSURE (E.G., BLUSHED, ETC.)
428/908 IMPRESSION RETENTION LAYER (E.G., PRINT MATRIX, SOUND RECORD, ETC.)
428/908.8 WEAR-RESISTANT LAYER
428/909 RESILIENT LAYER (E.G., PRINTER'S BLANKET, ETC.)
428/910 PRODUCT WITH MOLECULAR ORIENTATION
428/911 PENETRATION RESISTANT LAYER
428/912 PUNCTURE HEALING LAYER
428/912.2 MIRROR
428/913 MATERIAL DESIGNED TO BE RESPONSIVE TO TEMPERATURE, LIGHT, MOISTURE, ETC.
428/913.3 DECORATIVE ARTICLE FOR VIEWING FROM ONE SIDE ONLY (E.G., PLAQUE, ETC.)
428/914 TRANSFER OR DECALCOMANIA
428/915 -> 914 TRANSFER OR DECALCOMANIA ->        Fraud or tamper detecting
428/916 FRAUD OR TAMPER DETECTING
428/917 ELECTROLUMINESCENT
428/918 MATERIAL ABNORMALLY TRANSPARENT
428/919 CAMOUFLAGED ARTICLE
428/920 FIRE OR HEAT PROTECTION FEATURE
428/921 -> 920 FIRE OR HEAT PROTECTION FEATURE ->        Fire or flameproofing
428/922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK
428/923 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK ->        Physical dimension
428/924 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Composite
428/925 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension ->        Composite->        Relative dimension specified
428/926 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension ->        Composite->        Thickness of individual layer specified
428/927 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Decorative informative
428/928 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Magnetic
428/929 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Electrical contact feature
428/930 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Electric superconducting
428/931 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Components of differing electric conductivity
428/932 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Abrasive or cutting feature
428/933 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Sacrificial component
428/934 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Electrical process
428/935 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension ->        Electrical process->        Electroplating
428/936 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Chemical deposition (e.g., electroless plating, etc.)
428/937 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Sprayed metal
428/938 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Vapor deposition or gas diffusion
428/939 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Molten or fused coating
428/940 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Pressure bonding (e.g., explosive, etc.)
428/941 -> 922 STATIC ELECTRICITY METAL BLEED-OFF METALLIC STOCK  ->        Physical dimension->        Solid state alloying (e.g., diffusion, to disappearance of an original layer)
430/1 HOLOGRAPHIC PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT
430/2 -> 1 HOLOGRAPHIC PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Composition or product or process of making the same
430/3 USE OF SOUND OR NONDIGITAL COMPRESSIVE FORCE
430/4 RADIATION MODIFYING PRODUCT OR PROCESS OF MAKING
430/5 -> 4 RADIATION MODIFYING PRODUCT OR PROCESS OF MAKING ->        Radiation mask
430/6 -> 4 RADIATION MODIFYING PRODUCT OR PROCESS OF MAKING ->        Screen other than for cathode-ray tube
430/7 -> 4 RADIATION MODIFYING PRODUCT OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Screen other than for cathode-ray tube->        Color
430/8 MICROGRAPHY, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT OTHER THAN MICROELECTRONIC DEVICE MANUFACTURE
430/9 IMAGED PRODUCT
430/10 -> 9 IMAGED PRODUCT ->        Antifraud or antitampering
430/11 -> 9 IMAGED PRODUCT ->        Structurally defined
430/12 -> 9 IMAGED PRODUCT  ->        Structurally defined->        Nonuniform or noncoextensive layer added to finished imaged product
430/13 -> 9 IMAGED PRODUCT ->        Image contained within transparent base
430/14 -> 9 IMAGED PRODUCT ->        Multilayer
430/15 -> 9 IMAGED PRODUCT  ->        Multilayer->        Plural image layers
430/16 -> 9 IMAGED PRODUCT ->        Deposited metal coating on image
430/17 -> 9 IMAGED PRODUCT ->        Nonsilver image
430/18 -> 9 IMAGED PRODUCT ->        Including resin or synthetic polymer
430/19 ERASABLE IMAGING
430/20 LIQUID CRYSTAL PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT
430/21 RETRIEVING IMAGE MADE USING RADIATION IMAGERY
430/22 REGISTRATION OR LAYOUT PROCESS OTHER THAN COLOR PROOFING
430/23 PRODUCING CATHODE-RAY TUBE OR ELEMENT THEREOF
430/24 -> 23 PRODUCING CATHODE-RAY TUBE OR ELEMENT THEREOF ->        Using specific control or specific modification of exposure, i.e., by manipulation of radiation source or exposure through elements other than shadow mask
430/25 -> 23 PRODUCING CATHODE-RAY TUBE OR ELEMENT THEREOF ->        With light-absorbing matrix on faceplate
430/26 -> 23 PRODUCING CATHODE-RAY TUBE OR ELEMENT THEREOF ->        With faceplate of phosphoric stripes
430/27 -> 23 PRODUCING CATHODE-RAY TUBE OR ELEMENT THEREOF ->        With filter material on finished faceplate
430/28 -> 23 PRODUCING CATHODE-RAY TUBE OR ELEMENT THEREOF ->        Using specified radiation-sensitive composition other than a nominal sensitized polyvinyl alcohol
430/29 -> 23 PRODUCING CATHODE-RAY TUBE OR ELEMENT THEREOF ->        Using specified post-imaging process composition
430/30 INCLUDING CONTROL FEATURE RESPONSIVE TO A TEST OR MEASUREMENT
430/31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT
430/32 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Electrophoretic imaging, process, composition, or product
430/33 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Electrophoretic imaging, process, composition, or product->        Post treatment process to fix or transfer image, or collect or remove electric radiation sensitive pigment
430/34 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Electrophoretic imaging, process, composition, or product->        Pretreatment process to change the physical properties of electrophoretic suspension or specified imaging feature exposure
430/35 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Electrophoretic imaging, process, composition, or product->        Specified electric field applied or electric charging step
430/36 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Electrophoretic imaging, process, composition, or product->        Manipulation of electrode
430/37 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Electrophoretic imaging, process, composition, or product->        Electric radiation sensitive pigment
430/38 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Electrophoretic imaging, process, composition, or product->        Material used to modify electrophoretic suspension response
430/39 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Magnetic imaging
430/40 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Manifold imaging, process, composition, or product
430/41 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Migration imaging, process, composition, or product, e.g., electrosolography, etc.
430/42 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        To produce a color reproduction, i.e., color named, or more than one color specified
430/43 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        To produce a color reproduction, i.e., color named, or more than one color specified->        Color correction
430/44 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        To produce a color reproduction, i.e., color named, or more than one color specified->        Manipulation of color separation image to obtain a multicolor image in registration
430/45 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        To produce a color reproduction, i.e., color named, or more than one color specified->        Identified developing composition or identified developing feature
430/46 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        To produce a color reproduction, i.e., color named, or more than one color specified->        Identified radiation-conductive element or composition
430/47 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        To produce a color reproduction, i.e., color named, or more than one color specified->        Identified receptor or named image transfer feature
430/48 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Electrostatic image transfer
430/49 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        To produce printing surface
430/50 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Deformation imaging, e.g., frost imaging, etc.
430/51 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Persistent internal polarization imaging
430/52 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Electrolysis imaging
430/53 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Using ion or particle flow modulation
430/54 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        To produce multiple image on medium or plural radiant energy exposures of medium, e.g., image intensification using two images, or two exposures of same image, etc.
430/55 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Charging simultaneous with imaging
430/56 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product
430/57.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Having plural conductive layers
430/57.2 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers->        With plural charge generation layers
430/57.3 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        With plural charge generation layers->        Nitrogen hetero ring compound in one or more charge generation layers
430/57.4 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        With plural charge generation layers->        Inorganic silicon (e.g., elemental silicon, silicon alloy or inorganic compound thereof) in one or more charge generation layers
430/57.5 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        With plural charge generation layers ->        Inorganic silicon (e.g., elemental silicon, silicon alloy or inorganic compound thereof) in one or more charge generation layers->        With germanium (elemental, compound or alloy) in layer containing silicon
430/57.6 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        With plural charge generation layers ->        Inorganic silicon (e.g., elemental silicon, silicon alloy or inorganic compound thereof) in one or more charge generation layers ->        With germanium (elemental, compound or alloy) in layer containing silicon->        Germanium as dopant
430/57.7 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        With plural charge generation layers ->        Inorganic silicon (e.g., elemental silicon, silicon alloy or inorganic compound thereof) in one or more charge generation layers->        P-type or N-type silicon containing (e.g., silicon doped with a Group 111a, or a Group Va element)
430/57.8 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        With plural charge generation layers->        Inorganic selenium (Se) (e.g., elemental selenium, selenium alloy or inorganic compound thereof)
430/58.05 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers->        Charge transport layer
430/58.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer->        Inorganic charge transport layer
430/58.15 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer->        Sulfur containing hetero ring in charge transport layer
430/58.2 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer->        Organosilicon or organogermanium in charge transport layer
430/58.25 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer->        Cyclic ketone, cyclodicyanomethylene, or cyclomethylenemalonate in charge transport layer
430/58.3 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer->        Containing at least three aryl groups bonded to a single carbon atom in charge transport layer
430/58.35 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer
430/58.4 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer->        Hydrazone containing
430/58.45 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer ->        Hydrazone containing->        Additional nitrogen attached indirectly to the hydrazone group by nonionic bonding
430/58.5 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer->        Nitrogen hetero ring compound
430/58.55 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer ->        Nitrogen hetero ring compound->        Pyrazole containing (e.g., including hydrogenated pyrazole, etc.)
430/58.6 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer ->        Nitrogen hetero ring compound->        Carbazole containing or derivative
430/58.65 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer->        Arylamine containing
430/58.7 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer ->        Arylamine containing->        Polymeric arylamine containing
430/58.75 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer ->        Arylamine containing->        Triamine, or diamine containing
430/58.8 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer ->        Arylamine containing ->        Triamine, or diamine containing->        1,1' biphenyl 4,4' diamine (e.g., benzidine, etc.)
430/58.85 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        Organic nitrogen in charge transport layer ->        Arylamine containing->        Charge transport layer containing alkenylarylamine
430/59.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer->        And specified charge generator layer
430/59.2 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        And specified charge generator layer->        Charge generator layer contains compound having an acyclic azo group (i.e., -N=N-)
430/59.3 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        And specified charge generator layer ->        Charge generator layer contains compound having an acyclic azo group (i.e., -N=N-)->        Compound having an acyclic azo group and having either an azomethine (i.e., -CH=N), or a stilbene groupSEMI or a compound having three or more azo groups in charge generator layer
430/59.4 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        And specified charge generator layer->        Phthalocyanine or phthalocyanine derivative compound in charge generator layer
430/59.5 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer ->        And specified charge generator layer ->        Phthalocyanine or phthalocyanine derivative compound in charge generator layer->        Titanium (Ti) or vanadium (V) phthalocyanine containing
430/59.6 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Having plural conductive layers ->        Charge transport layer->        With specified binder resin in transport layer
430/60 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Product having layer between radiation-conductive layer and base or support
430/61 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Product having layer between radiation-conductive layer and base or support->        Sensitizing layer
430/62 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Product having layer between radiation-conductive layer and base or support->        Conductive layer
430/63 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Product having layer between radiation-conductive layer and base or support ->        Conductive layer->        Inorganic containing
430/64 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Product having layer between radiation-conductive layer and base or support->        Blocking or barrier layer
430/65 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Product having layer between radiation-conductive layer and base or support ->        Blocking or barrier layer->        Inorganic containing
430/66 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Product having overlayer on radiation-conductive layer
430/67 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Product having overlayer on radiation-conductive layer->        Electrically insulating overlayer
430/68 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Including radiation-conductive screen
430/69 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Including conductive base or support
430/70 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Radiation-conductive composition contains carbocyclic ring only
430/71 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains carbocyclic ring only->        Polycyclo ring system
430/72 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains carbocyclic ring only ->        Polycyclo ring system->        Substituted
430/73 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains carbocyclic ring only->        Containing amino or substituted amino group
430/74 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains carbocyclic ring only ->        Containing amino or substituted amino group->        Alkyl amino group
430/75 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Radiation-conductive composition contains hetero ring
430/76 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains hetero ring->        The hetero ring has at least nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
430/77 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains hetero ring ->        The hetero ring has at least nitrogen as a ring hetero atom->        Additional diverse ring hetero atom in the hetero ring
430/78 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains hetero ring ->        The hetero ring has at least nitrogen as a ring hetero atom->        Polycyclo ring system having the hetero ring as one of the cyclo systems
430/79 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains hetero ring ->        The hetero ring has at least nitrogen as a ring hetero atom ->        Polycyclo ring system having the hetero ring as one of the cyclo systems->        Carbazole
430/80 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains hetero ring ->        The hetero ring has at least nitrogen as a ring hetero atom ->        Polycyclo ring system having the hetero ring as one of the cyclo systems ->        Carbazole->        Polymer or synthetic resin only
430/81 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains hetero ring ->        The hetero ring has at least nitrogen as a ring hetero atom ->        Polycyclo ring system having the hetero ring as one of the cyclo systems ->        Carbazole->        Sensitized or doped
430/82 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Radiation-conductive composition contains hetero ring ->        The hetero ring has at least nitrogen as a ring hetero atom ->        Polycyclo ring system having the hetero ring as one of the cyclo systems ->        Carbazole ->        Sensitized or doped->        Dye or pigment
430/83 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Sensitized or doped organic radiation conductor
430/84 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition
430/85 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition->        Alloy
430/86 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition ->        Alloy->        Having more than two consituents
430/87 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition->        Zinc containing
430/88 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition ->        Zinc containing->        And other radiation-conductive material
430/89 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition ->        Zinc containing->        And nonsensitizing additive other than binder
430/90 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition ->        Zinc containing->        Sensitized or doped
430/91 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition ->        Zinc containing ->        Sensitized or doped->        Dye or pigment
430/92 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition ->        Zinc containing ->        Sensitized or doped ->        Dye or pigment->        Intercyclic-acyclic -CH= or intercyclic-acyclic chain which contains -CH=
430/93 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition ->        Zinc containing ->        Sensitized or doped ->        Dye or pigment ->        Intercyclic-acyclic -CH= or intercyclic-acyclic chain which contains -CH=->        Cyanine dye
430/94 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition->        Cadmium containing
430/95 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product ->        Inorganic radiation conductive composition->        Sensitized or doped
430/96 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation-sensitive composition or product->        Binder for radiation-conductive composition
430/97 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product
430/98 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Fixing image by pressure only
430/99 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Fixing image by heated metal roller
430/100 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Reversal development
430/101 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Impression development
430/102 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Selective toner release
430/103 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Using development electrode
430/104 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product
430/105 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product->        Developing composition or product
430/106.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product->        Dry toner containing a chemically identified magnetic component
430/106.2 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner containing a chemically identified magnetic component->        Binary ferric or ferrous oxide containing magnetic component
430/106.3 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner containing a chemically identified magnetic component->        Elemental metal or alloy magnetic component
430/107.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product->        Dry multicolor toner (i.e., composition containing more than one colored toner (e.g., cyan, magenta, and yellow toners, etc.)) with chemically identified colorant or colorant identified by color
430/108.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)
430/108.11 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)->        Fluorine compound adjuvant
430/108.14 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.) ->        Fluorine compound adjuvant->        Fluorophosphate salt or fluoroborate salt adjuvant
430/108.15 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.) ->        Fluorine compound adjuvant->        Organic fluorine compound adjuvant containing either nitrogen or phosphorus
430/108.2 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)->        Organic nitrogen or organic phosphorus compound adjuvant
430/108.21 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.) ->        Organic nitrogen or organic phosphorus compound adjuvant->        Plural nitrogen or phosphorus atoms attached directly or indirectly to each other by nonionic bonding in the adjuvant
430/108.22 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.) ->        Organic nitrogen or organic phosphorus compound adjuvant ->        Plural nitrogen or phosphorus atoms attached directly or indirectly to each other by nonionic bonding in the adjuvant->        As a nitrogen- or phosphorus-containing polymer
430/108.23 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.) ->        Organic nitrogen or organic phosphorus compound adjuvant ->        Plural nitrogen or phosphorus atoms attached directly or indirectly to each other by nonionic bonding in the adjuvant->        Azo containing adjuvant
430/108.24 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.) ->        Organic nitrogen or organic phosphorus compound adjuvant->        Heavy metal, aluminum, or silicon in the nitrogen or phosphorus compound
430/108.3 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)->        Organic heavy metal, aluminum, or silicon compound adjuvant
430/108.4 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)->        Carboxylic acid or ester compound adjuvant
430/108.5 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)->        Organic sulfur compound adjuvant
430/108.6 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)->        Metal oxide conmpound adjuvant (e.g., AI2O3'TiO2'etc.)
430/108.7 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)->        Inorganic silicon compound adjuvant
430/108.8 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)->        Hydrocarbon wax-containing adjuvant
430/108.9 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner with chemically identified adjuvant (e.g., charge control agent, colorant, etc.)->        Identified carbon black adjuvant
430/109.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product->        Dry toner having chemically identified binder
430/109.2 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner having chemically identified binder->        Epoxy or oxirane compound (e.g., glycidyl, etc.) binder
430/109.3 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner having chemically identified binder->        Vinyl addition binder (e.g., methacrylate, styrene or vinyl chloride addition products, etc.)
430/109.31 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner having chemically identified binder ->        Vinyl addition binder (e.g., methacrylate, styrene or vinyl chloride addition products, etc.)->        Covalent nitrogen in the vinyl addition binder
430/109.4 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner having chemically identified binder->        Polyester backbone binder (e.g., condensation reaction product, etc.)
430/109.5 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Dry toner having chemically identified binder->        Organic nitrogen containing binder (e.g., polyamide, etc.)
430/110.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product->        Identified dry toner physical structure
430/110.2 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Identified dry toner physical structure->        Core-shell structure
430/110.3 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Identified dry toner physical structure->        Identified toner shape (e.g., recited shape parameter, etc.)
430/110.4 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Identified dry toner physical structure->        Having specified toner particle size distribution
430/111.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product->        ChemicaIly identified carrier for dry toner
430/111.2 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        ChemicaIly identified carrier for dry toner->        Glass-containing carrier
430/111.3 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        ChemicaIly identified carrier for dry toner->        Magnetic carrier
430/111.31 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        ChemicaIly identified carrier for dry toner ->        Magnetic carrier->        Ferrite containing magnetic carrier
430/111.32 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        ChemicaIly identified carrier for dry toner ->        Magnetic carrier ->        Ferrite containing magnetic carrier->        Ferrite core-resin shell carrier
430/111.33 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        ChemicaIly identified carrier for dry toner ->        Magnetic carrier ->        Ferrite containing magnetic carrier ->        Ferrite core-resin shell carrier->        The ferrite contains nonferrous metal oxide
430/111.34 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        ChemicaIly identified carrier for dry toner ->        Magnetic carrier->        Chemically identified elemental magnetic metal or magnetic alloy carrier
430/111.35 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        ChemicaIly identified carrier for dry toner ->        Magnetic carrier->        Chemically or physically identified binder or coating resin for magnetic carrier
430/111.4 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product->        Identified physical parameter of carrier particle or dry toner particle, etc. (Tg, MW, coercivity, density, etc.)
430/111.41 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Identified physical parameter of carrier particle or dry toner particle, etc. (Tg, MW, coercivity, density, etc.)->        Electrical or magnetic parameter
430/112 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product->        Liquid
430/113 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Liquid->        Multiple phase liquid carrier medium, i.e., emulsion
430/114 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Liquid->        Identified toner, i.e., identified resin coated pigment, etc.
430/115 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Liquid->        Identified adjuvant, i.e., surfactant, etc.
430/116 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product ->        Developing composition or product ->        Liquid->        Identified liquid carrier
430/117 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Liquid development
430/118 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Liquid development->        Wetting development
430/119 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Liquid development->        Charged solid particles deposited out of insulating liquid carrier
430/120 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Dry powder developing
430/121 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Dry powder developing->        Cascade
430/122 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Dry powder developing->        Using magnetic brush
430/123 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product ->        Dry powder developing->        Using fur brush
430/124 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Fixing image
430/125 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Cleaning radiation-conductive surface
430/126 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Post imaging process, finishing, or perfecting composition or product->        Transfer of image to different surface
430/127 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive product
430/128 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive product->        Coating by vacuum deposition
430/129 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive product->        Extrusion coating
430/130 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive product->        Thermal or energy treatment of radiation-sensitive layer, e.g., fusing, annealing, or solvent after treatment of radiation-sensitive layer, etc.
430/131 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive product->        Applying subbing layer
430/132 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive product->        Applying overlayer
430/133 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive product->        Applying radiation-sensitive layer
430/134 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive product ->        Applying radiation-sensitive layer->        Heterogeneous
430/135 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive composition
430/136 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making radiation-sensitive composition->        Utilizing high temperature, e.g., by fusing, etc.
430/137.1 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Process of making developer composition
430/137.11 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition->        By coating
430/137.12 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition ->        By coating->        In situ polymerization to form shell, followed by polymerization to form core
430/137.13 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition ->        By coating->        Carrier core coating
430/137.14 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition->        By coalescing or aggregating
430/137.15 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition->        By polymerization
430/137.16 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition ->        By polymerization->        Chemical after treating of polymer
430/137.17 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition ->        By polymerization->        Two-phase polymerization (e.g., oil-water)
430/137.18 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition->        By milling, grinding, crushing, or comminuting
430/137.19 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition ->        By milling, grinding, crushing, or comminuting->        Milling, grinding, crushing, or comminuting in liquid
430/137.2 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition ->        By milling, grinding, crushing, or comminuting->        Milling with subsequent classification
430/137.21 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition->        By dry blending developer components
430/137.22 -> 31 ELECTRIC OR MAGNETIC IMAGERY, E.G., XEROGRAPHY, ELECTROGRAPHY, MAGNETOGRAPHY, ETC., PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process of making developer composition->        Making a liquid toner or concentrate
430/138 MICROCAPSULE, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT
430/139 LUMINESCENT IMAGING
430/140 PRODUCT HAVING SOUND RECORD OR PROCESS OF MAKING
430/141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT
430/142 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Process producing multiple image
430/143 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process producing multiple image->        Color proofing, colloid transfer, or pigment development
430/144 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Powder development of tacky surface
430/145 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Photomechanical dye image prepared
430/146 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Diazo-type process, i.e., producing dye image by reacting the diazo or the imaged reaction product of the diazo
430/147 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Diazo-type process, i.e., producing dye image by reacting the diazo or the imaged reaction product of the diazo->        Negative image prepared
430/148 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Diazo-type process, i.e., producing dye image by reacting the diazo or the imaged reaction product of the diazo->        To make diazo-type intermediate, black-line image, or continuous-tone image
430/149 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Diazo-type process, i.e., producing dye image by reacting the diazo or the imaged reaction product of the diazo->        Liquid development, e.g., aqueous solution with coupler, etc.
430/150 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Diazo-type process, i.e., producing dye image by reacting the diazo or the imaged reaction product of the diazo->        Gaseous development, e.g., ammonia vapor, etc.
430/151 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Diazo-type process, i.e., producing dye image by reacting the diazo or the imaged reaction product of the diazo->        Heat development
430/152 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Vesicular process
430/153 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Physical development
430/154 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction
430/155 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction->        Product with at least two named layers
430/156 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers->        At least two radiation-sensitive layers
430/157 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers->        Diazonium compound containing layer
430/158 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers ->        Diazonium compound containing layer->        Including subbing layer
430/159 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers ->        Diazonium compound containing layer ->        Including subbing layer->        Silicon, nitrogen, or sulfur compound containing subbing layer
430/160 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers ->        Diazonium compound containing layer ->        Including subbing layer->        Polymer containing subbing layer
430/161 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers ->        Diazonium compound containing layer ->        Including subbing layer->        Acid, salt, or ester moiety ingredient containing subbing layer
430/162 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers ->        Diazonium compound containing layer->        Including overlayer or backing layer
430/163 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers ->        Diazonium compound containing layer->        Diazonium salt with anion specified
430/164 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers->        Diazo-N-sulfonate containing layer
430/165 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers->        Quinone diazide containing layer
430/166 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers ->        Quinone diazide containing layer->        Including additional layer
430/167 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Product with at least two named layers->        Azide containing layer
430/168 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction->        Process of making diazo product
430/169 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Process of making diazo product->        Using specific adjuvant other than radiation-sensitive diazo compound
430/170 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction->        Radiation-sensitive composition
430/171 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition->        Diazonium compound containing
430/172 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing->        At least two diverse diazonium compounds
430/173 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing->        At least two couplers
430/174 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing ->        At least two couplers->        Includes additional adjuvant other than acidic stabilizer
430/175 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing->        Polymeric diazonium compound
430/176 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing->        Polymeric mixture
430/177 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing->        Processing ingredient other than coupler or carboxylic acid compound
430/178 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing ->        Processing ingredient other than coupler or carboxylic acid compound->        Metal salt ingredient
430/179 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing ->        Processing ingredient other than coupler or carboxylic acid compound->        Nitrogen atom containing organic ingredient
430/180 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing->        Naphthol coupler included
430/181 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing->        Phenol coupler included
430/182 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing->        Aceto-aceto or heterocyclic coupler included
430/183 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing->        P-amino or p-thio benzene diazonium compound
430/184 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing ->        P-amino or p-thio benzene diazonium compound->        2,3 substitution of benzene nucleus
430/185 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing ->        P-amino or p-thio benzene diazonium compound->        Additional substituent on benzene nucleus
430/186 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing ->        P-amino or p-thio benzene diazonium compound->        P-substituent is p-heterocyclic amine
430/187 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Diazonium compound containing ->        P-amino or p-thio benzene diazonium compound->        2,5 substitution of benzene nucleus
430/188 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition->        Diazo-N-sulfonate containing
430/189 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition->        Quinone diazide containing
430/190 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Quinone diazide containing->        Polymeric quinone diazide
430/191 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Quinone diazide containing->        And monomeric processing ingredient
430/192 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Quinone diazide containing->        Polymeric mixture
430/193 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Quinone diazide containing->        O-quinone diazide
430/194 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition->        Azide containing
430/195 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Azide containing->        Polymeric azide
430/196 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Azide containing->        And monomeric processing ingredient
430/197 -> 141 DIAZO REPRODUCTION, PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product which contains radiation sensitive compound having moiety of nitrogen double or triple bonded directly to nitrogen other than chromophore moiety, e.g., triazene containing product, etc., process of making, and composition or product used to finish or develop a diazo reproduction ->        Radiation-sensitive composition ->        Azide containing->        Polymeric mixture
430/198 VISIBLE IMAGING INCLUDING STEP OF FIRING OR SINTERING
430/199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER
430/200 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER ->        Imagewise heating, element or image receiving layers therefor or imagewise vapor and gas transfer process, element or image receiving layer therefor
430/201 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Imagewise heating, element or image receiving layers therefor or imagewise vapor and gas transfer process, element or image receiving layer therefor->        Imagewise vapor or gas transfer process, element or image receiving layer therefor
430/202 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor
430/203 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor->        By uniform application of heat, element, or image receiving layer therefor
430/204 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor->        Making printing plate
430/205 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Making printing plate->        Including imagewise removal of image receiving layer or portion thereof
430/206 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor->        Web processing of radiation-sensitive layer or imbibition of image receiving layer or image receiving element with processing composition prior to contact with the radiation sensitive element or layer
430/207 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor->        Element structurally defined other than containing nominal processing composition container or trap, or containing processing composition container or trap made of identified material
430/208 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element structurally defined other than containing nominal processing composition container or trap, or containing processing composition container or trap made of identified material->        Having specified processing composition retaining means
430/209 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element structurally defined other than containing nominal processing composition container or trap, or containing processing composition container or trap made of identified material->        Having specified trap
430/210 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element structurally defined other than containing nominal processing composition container or trap, or containing processing composition container or trap made of identified material->        Having separable carrier sheet with processing composition container or trap permanently attached thereto
430/211 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation
430/212 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith
430/213 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith->        Having either an identified dye mordant or image receiving layer binder other than nominal gelatin
430/214 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith->        Having either a nonradiation sensitive scavenger layer, or an ingredient for forming scavenger or barrier layer, or an identified developing agent scavenger
430/215 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith->        Identified synthetic polymeric binder contained in nonradiation sensitive processing composition permeable layer other than an image receiving or neutralizating layer
430/216 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith->        Identified neutralizing layer or ingredient containing or dye stabilizer containing
430/217 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith->        Silver halide identified-grain, identified emulsion binder other than nominal gelatin, or identified sensitizer or identified desensitizer containing
430/218 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith->        Identified nondye image forming developing agent, silver halide development accelerator or retarder, or dye image forming accelerator or retarder containing
430/219 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith ->        Identified nondye image forming developing agent, silver halide development accelerator or retarder, or dye image forming accelerator or retarder containing->        Silver halide developing retarder or antifoggant
430/220 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith->        Identified light absorbing, whitening, brightening, or reflecting agent other than nominal TiO2
430/221 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith ->        Identified light absorbing, whitening, brightening, or reflecting agent other than nominal TiO2->        pH sensitive
430/222 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith->        Identified dye image forming compound other than colorless color developer or dye mordant containing or identified organic solvent for an incorporated ingredient
430/223 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith ->        Identified dye image forming compound other than colorless color developer or dye mordant containing or identified organic solvent for an incorporated ingredient->        Redox cleavable dye or dye precursor releaser
430/224 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith ->        Identified dye image forming compound other than colorless color developer or dye mordant containing or identified organic solvent for an incorporated ingredient->        Dye developer or leuco dye developer
430/225 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith ->        Identified dye image forming compound other than colorless color developer or dye mordant containing or identified organic solvent for an incorporated ingredient ->        Dye developer or leuco dye developer->        Azo
430/226 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or identified image receiving layers for dye image formation ->        Element containing silver salt sensitizer or either element or image receiving layer for use therewith ->        Identified dye image forming compound other than colorless color developer or dye mordant containing or identified organic solvent for an incorporated ingredient->        Coupler with coupling-off ballast, dye or dye precursor moiety
430/227 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor->        Element or image receiving layers for silver salt or silver complex transfer
430/228 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or image receiving layers for silver salt or silver complex transfer->        Having lenticular or color screen
430/229 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or image receiving layers for silver salt or silver complex transfer->        Permanent laminate
430/230 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or image receiving layers for silver salt or silver complex transfer->        Identified silver halide grain, silver halide emulsion, binder other than nominally defined gelatin, or silver halide sensitizer or desensitizer containing
430/231 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or image receiving layers for silver salt or silver complex transfer->        Identified precipitation nuclei or image receiving layer binder containing other than nominal gelatin
430/232 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or image receiving layers for silver salt or silver complex transfer ->        Identified precipitation nuclei or image receiving layer binder containing other than nominal gelatin->        Identified organic polymeric image receiving layer binder other than nominal gelatin
430/233 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or image receiving layers for silver salt or silver complex transfer->        Identified toning or silver transfer image stabilizing ingredient containing
430/234 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Element or image receiving layers for silver salt or silver complex transfer->        Identified developing agent or silver salt complexing agent containing
430/235 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor->        Dye image formation process
430/236 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Dye image formation process->        Using silver salt sensitizer
430/237 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Dye image formation process ->        Using silver salt sensitizer->        Using identified neutralization layer or ingredient or separate post transfer treatment of dye image
430/238 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Dye image formation process ->        Using silver salt sensitizer->        Using identified dye mordant or binder other than nominal gelatin
430/239 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Dye image formation process ->        Using silver salt sensitizer->        Using identified nondye image forming developing agent, silver development accelerator or retarder, or dye image formation accelerator or retarder
430/240 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Dye image formation process ->        Using silver salt sensitizer ->        Using identified nondye image forming developing agent, silver development accelerator or retarder, or dye image formation accelerator or retarder->        Development retarder or antifoggant
430/241 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Dye image formation process ->        Using silver salt sensitizer->        Using identified dye forming compound other than colorless color developer or dye mordant or using identified organic solvent
430/242 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Dye image formation process ->        Using silver salt sensitizer ->        Using identified dye forming compound other than colorless color developer or dye mordant or using identified organic solvent->        Redox cleavable dye or dye precursor releaser
430/243 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Dye image formation process ->        Using silver salt sensitizer ->        Using identified dye forming compound other than colorless color developer or dye mordant or using identified organic solvent->        Dye developer or leuco dye developer
430/244 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor->        Silver salt transfer process
430/245 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Silver salt transfer process->        Exposing through color filter element
430/246 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Silver salt transfer process->        Processing permanent laminate
430/247 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Silver salt transfer process->        Having identified precipitation nuclei or identified image receiving binder other than nominal gelatin
430/248 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Silver salt transfer process->        Including silver transfer image toning or stabilizing, or separate post transfer treatment of element or layer containing silver image
430/249 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Silver salt transfer process->        Developing with an identified silver halide developing agent
430/250 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Silver salt transfer process ->        Developing with an identified silver halide developing agent->        Hydroxylamine
430/251 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Diffusion transfer process, element, or identified image receiving layers therefor ->        Silver salt transfer process->        Processing with identified silver or silver salt complexing agent
430/252 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER ->        Image layer portion transfer and element therefor
430/253 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Image layer portion transfer and element therefor->        Separating exposed areas from unexposed or underexposed areas of image layer by transfer, element or image receiving layer therefor
430/254 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Image layer portion transfer and element therefor ->        Separating exposed areas from unexposed or underexposed areas of image layer by transfer, element or image receiving layer therefor->        Transfer process with uniform heat application and element therefor
430/255 -> 199 TRANSFER PROCEDURE BETWEEN IMAGE AND IMAGE LAYER, IMAGE RECEIVING LAYERS, OR ELEMENT CONTAINING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER OR AN INGREDIENT FOR FORMING AN IMAGE RECEIVING LAYER  ->        Image layer portion transfer and element therefor ->        Separating exposed areas from unexposed or underexposed areas of image layer by transfer, element or image receiving layer therefor->        Using silver salt sensitizer and element therefor
430/256 STRIPPING PROCESS OR ELEMENT
430/257 -> 256 STRIPPING PROCESS OR ELEMENT ->        Forming composite image, e.g., multiple stripped image layers, etc.
430/258 -> 256 STRIPPING PROCESS OR ELEMENT ->        Forming nonplanar image
430/259 -> 256 STRIPPING PROCESS OR ELEMENT ->        Element
430/260 -> 256 STRIPPING PROCESS OR ELEMENT  ->        Element->        Stripping layer having radiation polymerizable or cross-linkable composition
430/261 -> 256 STRIPPING PROCESS OR ELEMENT  ->        Element->        Strippable between two radiation-sensitive layers
430/262 -> 256 STRIPPING PROCESS OR ELEMENT  ->        Element->        Stripping layer containing specified synthetic nonradiation sensitive polymer
430/263 -> 256 STRIPPING PROCESS OR ELEMENT  ->        Element ->        Stripping layer containing specified synthetic nonradiation sensitive polymer->        From ethylenically unsaturated monomer
430/264 SILVER HALIDE COLLOID TANNING PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT
430/265 -> 264 SILVER HALIDE COLLOID TANNING PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Process using lithographic infectious developer
430/266 -> 264 SILVER HALIDE COLLOID TANNING PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process using lithographic infectious developer->        And polymer or nonpolymer condensation reaction product
430/267 -> 264 SILVER HALIDE COLLOID TANNING PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Process using lithographic infectious developer->        And heterocyclic additive
430/268 -> 264 SILVER HALIDE COLLOID TANNING PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Infectious developer composition
430/269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT
430/270.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making
430/270.11 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable
430/270.12 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent inorganic composition
430/270.13 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable ->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent inorganic composition->        Which changes phase during recording
430/270.14 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent organic or organometallic composition or mixtures thereof
430/270.15 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable ->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent organic or organometallic composition or mixtures thereof->        Containing nonpolymeric chromophore
430/270.16 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable ->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent organic or organometallic composition or mixtures thereof ->        Containing nonpolymeric chromophore->        Organometallic containing
430/270.17 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable ->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent organic or organometallic composition or mixtures thereof ->        Containing nonpolymeric chromophore ->        Organometallic containing->        Naphthalocyanine
430/270.18 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable ->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent organic or organometallic composition or mixtures thereof ->        Containing nonpolymeric chromophore->        Having methine linkage
430/270.19 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable ->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent organic or organometallic composition or mixtures thereof ->        Containing nonpolymeric chromophore ->        Having methine linkage->        And containing quencher or stabilizer
430/270.2 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable ->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent organic or organometallic composition or mixtures thereof ->        Containing nonpolymeric chromophore ->        Having methine linkage->        Cyanine chromophore
430/270.21 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Optical recording nonstructural layered product having a radiation sensitive composition layer claimed or solely disclosed as optically reorderable and optically machine readable ->        Having read-write layer of 100 per cent organic or organometallic composition or mixtures thereof ->        Containing nonpolymeric chromophore ->        Having methine linkage ->        Cyanine chromophore->        Indolenic cyanine chromophore
430/271.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making->        Identified backing or protective layer containing
430/272.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing->        Silicon containing backing or protective layer
430/273.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing->        Identified overlayer on radiation-sensitive layer
430/274.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing->        And radiation-sensitive chromium compound
430/275.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing->        Metal as backing or protective layer
430/276.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Metal as backing or protective layer->        And another backing or protective layer other than aluminum oxide
430/277.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Metal as backing or protective layer->        Copper
430/278.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Metal as backing or protective layer->        Aluminum
430/279.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Metal as backing or protective layer->        Zinc or magnesium
430/280.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making->        Radiation sensitive composition comprising oxirane ring containing component
430/281.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making->        Radiation sensitive composition comprising ethylenically unsaturated compound
430/282.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Radiation sensitive composition comprising ethylenically unsaturated compound->        N-vinylidene
430/283.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Radiation sensitive composition comprising ethylenically unsaturated compound->        Amide
430/284.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Radiation sensitive composition comprising ethylenically unsaturated compound ->        Amide->        Urethane
430/285.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Radiation sensitive composition comprising ethylenically unsaturated compound->        Polyester
430/286.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Radiation sensitive composition comprising ethylenically unsaturated compound->        Resin or prepolymer containing ethylenical unsaturation
430/287.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Radiation sensitive composition comprising ethylenically unsaturated compound ->        Resin or prepolymer containing ethylenical unsaturation->        Ethylenic unsaturation within the side chain component
430/288.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making ->        Radiation sensitive composition comprising ethylenically unsaturated compound->        Plural, terminal unsaturation
430/289.1 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making->        Radiation sensitive chromium compound
430/290 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Light scattering or refractive index image formation
430/291 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Post imaging treatment with particles
430/292 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Readily visible image formation
430/293 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Readily visible image formation->        Color proofing or multicolor image formation
430/294 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Readily visible image formation->        By solvent removal
430/295 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Readily visible image formation->        Making ornamental design
430/296 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Electron beam imaging
430/297 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Simultaneous radiation imaging and etching of substrate
430/298 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Simultaneous radiation imaging and deposition of material on substrate
430/299 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Simultaneous developing a resist image and etching a subtrate
430/300 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Making printing plates
430/301 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates->        Multicolor
430/302 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates->        Lithographic
430/303 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates ->        Lithographic->        Driography
430/304 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates ->        Lithographic->        Coating over colloid image and removal of colloid image to leave reversed image in coating, i.e., deep etch
430/305 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates ->        Lithographic->        Continuous tone or collotype
430/306 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates->        Relief
430/307 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates->        Intaglio or gravure
430/308 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates->        Stencil
430/309 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates->        Post imaging process
430/310 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making printing plates ->        Post imaging process->        Including etching of substrate
430/311 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Making electrical device
430/312 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making electrical device->        Including multiple resist image formation
430/313 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making electrical device->        With formation of resist image, and etching of substrate or material deposition
430/314 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making electrical device ->        With formation of resist image, and etching of substrate or material deposition->        Etching of substrate and material deposition
430/315 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making electrical device ->        With formation of resist image, and etching of substrate or material deposition->        Material deposition only
430/316 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making electrical device ->        With formation of resist image, and etching of substrate or material deposition->        Multiple etching of substrate
430/317 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making electrical device ->        With formation of resist image, and etching of substrate or material deposition->        Insulative or nonmetallic dielectric etched
430/318 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making electrical device ->        With formation of resist image, and etching of substrate or material deposition->        Metal etched
430/319 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making electrical device->        Named electrical device
430/320 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Making named article
430/321 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Making named article->        Optical device
430/322 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Forming nonplanar surface
430/323 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Forming nonplanar surface->        Including etching substrate
430/324 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Forming nonplanar surface->        Including material deposition
430/325 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Forming nonplanar surface->        Post image treatment to produce elevated pattern
430/326 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Forming nonplanar surface ->        Post image treatment to produce elevated pattern->        Pattern elevated in radiation unexposed areas
430/327 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Processing feature prior to imaging
430/328 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Post imaging radiant energy exposure
430/329 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Removal of imaged layers
430/330 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Including heating
430/331 -> 269 IMAGING AFFECTING PHYSICAL PROPERTY OF RADIATION SENSITIVE MATERIAL, OR PRODUCING NONPLANAR OR PRINTING SURFACE - PROCESS, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Finishing or perfecting composition or product
430/332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT
430/333 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Multiple image formation, multiple image exposure, or simultaneous radiant energy exposure
430/334 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Positive image formation from radiation sensitive dye former
430/335 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Pretreatment processing before imaging, e.g., overall radiant energy exposure, etc.
430/336 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Developing latent image using radiant energy or heat
430/337 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Fixing or stabilizing image
430/338 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT ->        Composition or product
430/339 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product->        Radiation sensitive bleachable dyestuff
430/340 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product->        Identified sensitizer containing
430/341 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product ->        Identified sensitizer containing->        Metal salt or complex
430/342 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product ->        Identified sensitizer containing->        Sulfur compound
430/343 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product ->        Identified sensitizer containing->        Heterocyclic
430/344 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product ->        Identified sensitizer containing->        Halogen compound
430/345 -> 332 DYE IMAGE FROM RADIATION SENSITIVE DYE OR DYE FORMER BY DRY PROCESSING, COMPOSITION, OR PRODUCT  ->        Composition or product->        Spiropyran dye or dye former
430/346 VISIBLE IMAGING USING RADIATION ONLY OTHER THAN HEATING BY SURFACE CONTACT OR CONVECTION
430/347 COMBINED
430/348 THERMOGRAPHIC PROCESS
430/349 -> 348 THERMOGRAPHIC PROCESS ->        Heat applied before imaging
430/350 -> 348 THERMOGRAPHIC PROCESS ->        Heat applied after imaging
430/351 -> 348 THERMOGRAPHIC PROCESS  ->        Heat applied after imaging->        Color development
430/352 -> 348 THERMOGRAPHIC PROCESS  ->        Heat applied after imaging->        During stabilization
430/353 -> 348 THERMOGRAPHIC PROCESS  ->        Heat applied after imaging->        During dry development
430/354 -> 348 THERMOGRAPHIC PROCESS  ->        Heat applied after imaging ->        During dry development->        Including generation of vapor, moisture, etc.
430/355 -> 348 THERMOGRAPHIC PROCESS  ->        Heat applied after imaging->        During solvent development
430/356 ACHROMATIC IMAGE PRODUCED FROM CHROMATIC REPRODUCTION IMAGE
430/357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS
430/358 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Color proofing
430/359 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Color correcting
430/360 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Color correcting->        Correcting by silver image
430/361 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Color correcting->        Correcting by color image produced by oxidizing bath treatment
430/362 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Color correcting->        Correcting by interimage effect
430/363 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Laser or radiation exposure other than visible light
430/364 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Forming combined chromatic and achromatic images
430/365 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Forming multicolor image in a single layer
430/366 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Resensitizing
430/367 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Chromatic image produced from achromatic reproduction image
430/368 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Chromatic image produced from achromatic reproduction image->        Blue or brown print forming
430/369 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Chromatic image produced from achromatic reproduction image->        Viewing through either a colored filter or a colored light
430/370 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Chromatic image produced from achromatic reproduction image->        Toning
430/371 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Mordanting
430/372 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Stabilizing
430/373 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Intensifying
430/374 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image
430/375 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image->        Silver compound sensitizer
430/376 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer->        And coupler
430/377 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler->        And binder, coating aid, solvent, emulsifier, hardener, chemical sensitizer, or optical sensitizer
430/378 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler->        Direct positive process
430/379 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler ->        Direct positive process->        Reversal process
430/380 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler->        And developer other than or in addition to p-phenylenediamine or derivative thereof
430/381 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler->        Polymeric or bis coupler
430/382 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler->        And either developing or dye inhibition
430/383 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler->        Forming multicolor image
430/384 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler->        Identified cyan dye color
430/385 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler ->        Identified cyan dye color->        Substituted at coupling position with other than hydrogen
430/386 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler->        Identified magenta dye color
430/387 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler ->        Identified magenta dye color->        Substituted at coupling position with other than hydrogen
430/388 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler->        Identified yellow dye color
430/389 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And coupler ->        Identified yellow dye color->        Substituted at coupling position with other than hydrogen
430/390 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer->        And dye
430/391 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And dye->        Forming multicolor image
430/392 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        And dye->        And dye catalyst
430/393 -> 357 COLOR IMAGING PROCESS  ->        Using identified radiation sensitive composition in the formation of color image ->        Silver compound sensitizer->        Silver bleach or bleach-fix
430/394 PLURAL EXPOSURE STEPS
430/395 USING REFLECTED RADIATION, E.G., REFLEX COPYING, ETC.
430/396 EFFECTING FRONTAL RADIATION MODIFICATION DURING EXPOSURE, E,G., SCREENING, MASKING, STENCILING, ETC.
430/397 -> 396 EFFECTING FRONTAL RADIATION MODIFICATION DURING EXPOSURE, E,G., SCREENING, MASKING, STENCILING, ETC. ->        Involving motion during exposure, e.g., dodging, etc.
430/398 REGENERATING IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITION
430/399 -> 398 REGENERATING IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITION ->        Developer
430/400 -> 398 REGENERATING IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITION ->        Bleach-fix
430/401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING
430/402 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Achromatic image from organic compound
430/403 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        With structural limitation
430/404 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Using web or gel
430/405 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Containing developer in element
430/406 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Positive
430/407 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Positive->        Reversal
430/408 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Positive->        Photosolubilization
430/409 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Positive->        Emulsions fogged during processing
430/410 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Positive ->        Emulsions fogged during processing->        Identified nucleating or fogging agent
430/411 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Positive->        Using fogged emulsion
430/412 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Positive ->        Using fogged emulsion->        Identified electron acceptor or desensitizer containing
430/413 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Physical developing
430/414 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Physical developing->        Amplifying
430/415 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Physical developing->        With processing ingredient in element
430/416 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Physical developing->        Silver halide as radiation sensitive medium
430/417 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Physical developing->        Radiation reducible metal compound directly produces catalytic metal nuclei in image area
430/418 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Disparate function simultaneous process step
430/419 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Disparate function simultaneous process step->        Develop-fix
430/420 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Disparate function simultaneous process step->        Develop-harden
430/421 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Using plural sequential baths of same type
430/422 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Treating with processing composition prior to imaging and then developing
430/423 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Treating with processing composition after imaging prior to developing
430/424 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Treating with processing composition after imaging prior to developing->        Desensitizing
430/425 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Treating with processing composition after imaging prior to developing->        Sensitizing
430/426 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Treating with processing composition after imaging prior to developing->        Prehardening
430/427 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Treating with process composition between standard develop and fix-wash
430/428 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Stabilizing
430/429 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Stabilizing->        Containing additive
430/430 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Bleaching
430/431 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Bleaching->        Using silver and dye bleach
430/432 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Including post developing step
430/433 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Developing in acid medium
430/434 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING ->        Developing
430/435 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing->        Using identified developer
430/436 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing ->        Using identified developer->        Plural identified developers
430/437 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing ->        Using identified developer ->        Plural identified developers->        Three or more identified developers
430/438 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing ->        Using identified developer ->        Plural identified developers->        Containing hydroquinone
430/439 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing ->        Using identified developer ->        Plural identified developers ->        Containing hydroquinone->        And amino substituted carbocyclic compound
430/440 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing ->        Using identified developer->        Heterocyclic
430/441 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing ->        Using identified developer->        Carbocyclic
430/442 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing ->        Using identified developer ->        Carbocyclic->        Amino substituent on carbocyclic ring
430/443 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing ->        Using identified developer->        Having developer releasing compound
430/444 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing->        Using polymer or condensation reaction product
430/445 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing->        Using mercapto or thione compound
430/446 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing->        Using heterocyclic compound
430/447 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing->        Using inorganic or organometallic complex
430/448 -> 401 POST IMAGING PROCESSING  ->        Developing->        Using processing ingredient in element
430/449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING
430/450 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING ->        Process of preparing composition from plural preformed concentrates
430/451 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING ->        Hardener
430/452 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Hardener->        Develop-harden
430/453 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Hardener->        Fix-harden
430/454 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING ->        Shortstop
430/455 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING ->        Fixer
430/456 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Fixer->        And developer
430/457 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Fixer ->        And developer->        Forming dye image
430/458 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Fixer->        Dry or concentrated
430/459 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Fixer->        Plural fixers
430/460 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Fixer->        And bleach
430/461 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING ->        Bleach or intensification
430/462 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Bleach or intensification->        Dye bleach for color image
430/463 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING ->        Wash or aftertreat
430/464 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING ->        Developer
430/465 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Solid or dry
430/466 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Concentrated or viscosity increasing agent containing
430/467 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Color developer
430/468 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Color developer->        Additional developer containing
430/469 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Color developer->        Including developing accelerator
430/470 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Coupler containing
430/471 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Coupler containing->        And additional reactive compound containing
430/472 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Coupler containing->        Substituted at coupling position with other than hydrogen
430/473 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Coupler containing->        Phenol or naphthol coupler
430/474 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Coupler containing->        Pyrazolone coupler
430/475 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Coupler containing->        Open-chain keto methylene coupler
430/476 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Coupler containing->        Heterocyclic coupler
430/477 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Reducible metal compound including reducing agent, i.e., physical developer
430/478 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Plural developer agents containing
430/479 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Plural developer agents containing->        Heavy metal organic or inorganic
430/480 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Plural developer agents containing->        Heterocyclic developer
430/481 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Plural developer agents containing ->        Heterocyclic developer->        And hydroquinone
430/482 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Plural developer agents containing->        Methyl-p-aminophenol and dihydroxy benzene
430/483 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Heterocyclic developers
430/484 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Amine developer
430/485 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Hydroxy developer
430/486 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer->        Processing additive containing
430/487 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Processing additive containing->        Accelerator
430/488 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Processing additive containing->        Antisludgant
430/489 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Processing additive containing->        Antifoggant
430/490 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Processing additive containing->        Stabilizer-preservative
430/491 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Processing additive containing->        Sequestrant
430/492 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Processing additive containing->        Buffer
430/493 -> 449 NONRADIATION SENSITIVE IMAGE PROCESSING COMPOSITIONS OR PROCESS OF MAKING  ->        Developer ->        Processing additive containing->        Surfactant, emulsifier, or solvent
430/494 INCLUDING EXPOSURE STEP OR SPECIFIED PRE-EXPOSURE STEP PERFECTING EXPOSURE
430/495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT
430/496 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT ->        Structurally defined
430/497 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Structurally defined->        With processing ingredient container or trap
430/498 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Structurally defined ->        With processing ingredient container or trap->        Container or trap intended to remain in finished product
430/499 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Structurally defined ->        With processing ingredient container or trap->        With feature to control spreading of processing ingredient
430/500 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Structurally defined ->        With processing ingredient container or trap->        Roll film
430/501 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Structurally defined->        Roll film
430/502 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT ->        Two or more radiation-sensitive layers containing other than that characterized by the composition of a single sensitive layer
430/503 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Two or more radiation-sensitive layers containing other than that characterized by the composition of a single sensitive layer->        Layers sensitive to different spectral regions
430/504 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Two or more radiation-sensitive layers containing other than that characterized by the composition of a single sensitive layer ->        Layers sensitive to different spectral regions->        Ingredient for color compensation or correction containing
430/505 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Two or more radiation-sensitive layers containing other than that characterized by the composition of a single sensitive layer ->        Layers sensitive to different spectral regions->        Developing inhibitor or processing ingredient containing
430/506 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Two or more radiation-sensitive layers containing other than that characterized by the composition of a single sensitive layer ->        Layers sensitive to different spectral regions->        And containing plural layers sensitive to the same spectral region
430/507 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Two or more radiation-sensitive layers containing other than that characterized by the composition of a single sensitive layer ->        Layers sensitive to different spectral regions->        Filter layer containing
430/508 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Two or more radiation-sensitive layers containing other than that characterized by the composition of a single sensitive layer->        Sensitive to portion only of visible spectrum or of widened spectral response
430/509 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Two or more radiation-sensitive layers containing other than that characterized by the composition of a single sensitive layer->        Sensitive layers differ in speed
430/510 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing
430/511 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing->        Filters differing spectral regions in different areas of the filter, e.g., color screen
430/512 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing->        Filters ultraviolet radiation
430/513 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing->        Dissolvable or removable
430/514 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing ->        Dissolvable or removable->        Synthetic resin containing
430/515 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing ->        Dissolvable or removable->        Carbohydrate or derivative containing
430/516 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing ->        Dissolvable or removable ->        Carbohydrate or derivative containing->        Contains carboxyl groups
430/517 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing->        Organic dye or pigment containing
430/518 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing ->        Organic dye or pigment containing->        And mordant
430/519 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing ->        Organic dye or pigment containing->        Azo
430/520 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing ->        Organic dye or pigment containing->        Triarylmethane
430/521 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing ->        Organic dye or pigment containing->        Anthraquinone or quinhydrone
430/522 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Antihalation or filter layer containing ->        Organic dye or pigment containing->        Intercyclic methine or azomethine and cyclic ring containing
430/523 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing
430/524 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing->        Metal
430/525 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Metal->        And another backing layer other than aluminum oxide
430/526 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Metal->        Aluminum
430/527 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing->        Antistatic agent containing
430/528 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Antistatic agent containing->        Ammonium salt
430/529 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Antistatic agent containing->        Organic carboxylic, sulfur or phosphorus acid or salt
430/530 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Antistatic agent containing->        Elemental metal or metal salt
430/531 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing->        Synthetic resin or cellulose derivative containing
430/532 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Synthetic resin or cellulose derivative containing->        Subjected to radiation, flame, or corona discharge
430/533 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Synthetic resin or cellulose derivative containing->        Polyester or polycarbonate
430/534 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Synthetic resin or cellulose derivative containing ->        Polyester or polycarbonate->        Next to polymer of unsaturated monomer
430/535 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Synthetic resin or cellulose derivative containing ->        Polyester or polycarbonate ->        Next to polymer of unsaturated monomer->        Polymer of unsaturated ester or halide
430/536 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Synthetic resin or cellulose derivative containing->        Polymer of unsaturated monomer
430/537 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing ->        Synthetic resin or cellulose derivative containing ->        Polymer of unsaturated monomer->        In nonradiation-sensitive layer including gelatin
430/538 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing->        Fibrous, e.g., paper, textile, etc.
430/539 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified backing or protective layer containing->        Gelatin other than radiation sensitive type
430/540 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT ->        Iron compound sensitizer containing
430/541 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance
430/542 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance->        Silver compound sensitizer
430/543 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer->        Coupler containing
430/544 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        And development inhibitor or development inhibitor releasing agent
430/545 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        And identified binder
430/546 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        And solvent or emulsifier or coating aid
430/547 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        Direct positive
430/548 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        Polymeric or bis coupler
430/549 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        Mixture of couplers
430/550 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        And chemical or optical sensitizer
430/551 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        And antifoggant or color stabilizer
430/552 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        Phenol or naphthol coupler
430/553 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing ->        Phenol or naphthol coupler->        Substituted at coupling position with other than hydrogen
430/554 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        2-pyrazolin-5-one coupler
430/555 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing ->        2-pyrazolin-5-one coupler->        Substituted at coupling position with other than hydrogen
430/556 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        Open chain keto- methylene coupler
430/557 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing ->        Open chain keto- methylene coupler->        Substituted at coupling position with other than hydrogen
430/558 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Coupler containing->        Heterocyclic coupler
430/559 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer->        Dye containing
430/560 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Dye containing->        And optical sensitizer
430/561 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Dye containing->        Azo dye
430/562 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Dye containing ->        Azo dye->        Monoazo
430/563 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Identified radiation sensitive composition with color producing substance ->        Silver compound sensitizer ->        Dye containing ->        Azo dye->        Diazo
430/564 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing
430/565 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Achromatic image forming organic compound
430/566 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Developing or fixing agents containing for liquid processing
430/567 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Silver compound having specified crystal form, habit, particle size or particle size distribution
430/568 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Silver compound having specified crystal form, habit, particle size or particle size distribution->        Having particle size of 100 millimicrons or less, e.g., Lippmann type, etc.
430/569 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Including manipulative emulsification step
430/570 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Spectral sensitizing
430/571 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing->        Mixed grain
430/572 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing->        Multiple sensitizers or supersensitizing
430/573 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Multiple sensitizers or supersensitizing->        Polyheteronuclear sensitizer
430/574 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Multiple sensitizers or supersensitizing->        Two or more cyanine sensitizers
430/575 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Multiple sensitizers or supersensitizing->        Inorganic material containing
430/576 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Multiple sensitizers or supersensitizing->        Cyanine sensitizer
430/577 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Multiple sensitizers or supersensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer->        Merocyanine compound
430/578 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing->        Polyhetero nuclear containing at least three heterocyclic nuclei
430/579 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Polyhetero nuclear containing at least three heterocyclic nuclei->        Four or more distinct heterocyclic nuclei
430/580 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing->        Styryl sensitizer
430/581 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing->        Cyanine sensitizer
430/582 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer->        Methine linked six-membered heterocyclic rings
430/583 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer->        Containing odd number of methine groups
430/584 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer ->        Containing odd number of methine groups->        Five or more methine groups
430/585 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer ->        Containing odd number of methine groups->        Three methine groups, i.e., carbocyanines
430/586 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer ->        Containing odd number of methine groups ->        Three methine groups, i.e., carbocyanines->        Linking six-membered hetero to five-membered hetero
430/587 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer ->        Containing odd number of methine groups ->        Three methine groups, i.e., carbocyanines->        Hetero ring bridged or fused to hetero ring
430/588 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer ->        Containing odd number of methine groups ->        Three methine groups, i.e., carbocyanines->        Hetero rings bridged or fused to carbocyclic rings
430/589 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer ->        Containing odd number of methine groups ->        Three methine groups, i.e., carbocyanines ->        Hetero rings bridged or fused to carbocyclic rings->        Direct positive
430/590 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Cyanine sensitizer ->        Containing odd number of methine groups ->        Three methine groups, i.e., carbocyanines->        Only one hetero ring fused or bridged to carbocyclic ring
430/591 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing->        Two or more separate ring structures
430/592 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Two or more separate ring structures->        Intercyclic methine chain sensitizer
430/593 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Two or more separate ring structures ->        Intercyclic methine chain sensitizer->        Methine linked hetero ring with hetero group bridged or fused thereto
430/594 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Two or more separate ring structures ->        Intercyclic methine chain sensitizer->        One or both methine linked rings carbocyclic
430/595 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Spectral sensitizing ->        Two or more separate ring structures ->        Intercyclic methine chain sensitizer->        Odd number of carbons in acyclic methine chain
430/596 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Fogged direct positive
430/597 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Fogged direct positive->        Identified desensitizer or electron acceptor containing
430/598 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Fogging or nucleating agent containing
430/599 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Hypersensitizing or latensifying ingredient containing
430/600 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hypersensitizing or latensifying ingredient containing->        Heterocyclic N, O, S, Se, or Te compound containing
430/601 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hypersensitizing or latensifying ingredient containing->        Phosphorus compound
430/602 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hypersensitizing or latensifying ingredient containing->        Polyoxyalkylene compound
430/603 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hypersensitizing or latensifying ingredient containing->        S, Se, or Te or compound thereof
430/604 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hypersensitizing or latensifying ingredient containing->        Heavy metal or compound thereof
430/605 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hypersensitizing or latensifying ingredient containing ->        Heavy metal or compound thereof->        Noble metal or compound thereof
430/606 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Desensitizing ingredient containing
430/607 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Stabilizing or fog inhibiting ingredient containing
430/608 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Stabilizing or fog inhibiting ingredient containing->        Inorganic material
430/609 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Stabilizing or fog inhibiting ingredient containing->        Synthetic organic polymer
430/610 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Stabilizing or fog inhibiting ingredient containing->        Phosphorus compound
430/611 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Stabilizing or fog inhibiting ingredient containing->        Mercaptan, thioether, thione, disulfide or organic bisulfite
430/612 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Stabilizing or fog inhibiting ingredient containing->        Organic metal compound
430/613 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Stabilizing or fog inhibiting ingredient containing->        Heterocyclic compound
430/614 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Stabilizing or fog inhibiting ingredient containing ->        Heterocyclic compound->        Polyhetero atom ring
430/615 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Stabilizing or fog inhibiting ingredient containing ->        Heterocyclic compound ->        Polyhetero atom ring->        Polyhetero atom ring fused to another ring having polyhetero atoms
430/616 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Composition for visible imaging by radiation only
430/617 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Silver compound other than halide, per se, or composition for thermographic process process
430/618 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Silver compound other than halide, per se, or composition for thermographic process process->        Organic silver compound containing
430/619 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Silver compound other than halide, per se, or composition for thermographic process process ->        Organic silver compound containing->        And inorganic silver compound
430/620 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Silver compound other than halide, per se, or composition for thermographic process process ->        Organic silver compound containing->        Silver salt of organic acid
430/621 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Hardening ingredient containing
430/622 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hardening ingredient containing->        Vinylidene compound
430/623 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hardening ingredient containing->        Heterocyclic compound
430/624 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hardening ingredient containing ->        Heterocyclic compound->        Epoxide, i.e., oxirane
430/625 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hardening ingredient containing ->        Heterocyclic compound->        Aziridine
430/626 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Hardening ingredient containing ->        Heterocyclic compound->        Triazine including hydrogenated triazine
430/627 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Resin or synthetic polymer containing
430/628 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Resin or synthetic polymer containing->        Protein or other natural colloid or derivative containing
430/629 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Resin or synthetic polymer containing->        Sulfur or sulfur compound containing
430/630 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Resin or synthetic polymer containing->        Heterocyclic compound containing, e.g., heterocyclic monomer, etc.
430/631 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Film or film coating improvement ingredient containing, e.g., wetting agent, coating aid, plasticizer, antistatic agent, etc.
430/632 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Film or film coating improvement ingredient containing, e.g., wetting agent, coating aid, plasticizer, antistatic agent, etc.->        Rosin acid or derivative
430/633 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Film or film coating improvement ingredient containing, e.g., wetting agent, coating aid, plasticizer, antistatic agent, etc.->        Higher fatty acid or derivative
430/634 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Film or film coating improvement ingredient containing, e.g., wetting agent, coating aid, plasticizer, antistatic agent, etc.->        Polycarboxylic or polysulfoxy acid or derivative
430/635 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Film or film coating improvement ingredient containing, e.g., wetting agent, coating aid, plasticizer, antistatic agent, etc.->        Carboxylic acid or derivative
430/636 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Film or film coating improvement ingredient containing, e.g., wetting agent, coating aid, plasticizer, antistatic agent, etc.->        Sulfoxy compound or derivative
430/637 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Film or film coating improvement ingredient containing, e.g., wetting agent, coating aid, plasticizer, antistatic agent, etc.->        Polyglycidol, polyglycol, polyoxyalkylene oxide, or ether or ester thereof
430/638 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Film or film coating improvement ingredient containing, e.g., wetting agent, coating aid, plasticizer, antistatic agent, etc.->        Alkyl or cycloalkyl alcohol or ether or ester thereof
430/639 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Carbohydrate or derivative containing
430/640 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Carbohydrate or derivative containing->        Gelatin or derivative containing
430/641 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing ->        Carbohydrate or derivative containing->        Cellulose or derivative, e.g., regenerated cellulose, etc.
430/642 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Gelatin or derivative containing
430/643 -> 495.1 RADIATION SENSITIVE PRODUCT  ->        Silver compound sensitizer containing->        Casein or derivative containing
430/644 MISCELLANEOUS
430/900 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS ->        Donor-acceptor complex photoconductor
430/901 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS ->        Photoconductor powder
430/902 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS ->        Electrically charging radiation-conductive surface
430/970 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS ->        Radiation sensitive composition or product containing specified antioxidant
430/903 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS ->        One component toner
430/904 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS ->        Polymer in developer
430/905 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer->        Binder containing
430/906 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Binder containing->        Polyamide or polyurethane
430/907 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Binder containing->        Polyolefin or halogen containing
430/908 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Binder containing->        Polyester
430/909 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Binder containing->        Vinyl alcohol polymer or derivative
430/910 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Binder containing->        Polymer of unsaturated acid or ester
430/911 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Binder containing->        Cellulosic
430/912 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Binder containing->        With plasticizer
430/913 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer->        Initiator containing
430/914 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing->        Cationic or anionic
430/915 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing->        Redox or dye sensitizer
430/916 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing->        Free radical
430/917 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing->        With inhibitor or stabilizer
430/918 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing ->        With inhibitor or stabilizer->        Hydroxyl or carbonyl group containing as sole functional groups
430/919 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing->        Nitrogen compound containing
430/920 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing ->        Nitrogen compound containing->        Nitrogen in heterocyclic ring
430/921 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing->        Sulfur compound containing
430/922 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing ->        Sulfur compound containing->        Sulfur in heterocyclic ring
430/923 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing->        Carbonyl compound containing
430/924 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing ->        Carbonyl compound containing->        Carbonyl in heterocyclic compound
430/925 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer ->        Initiator containing->        Halogen compound containing
430/926 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer->        Spectral sensitizer containing
430/927 -> 644 MISCELLANEOUS  ->        Polymer in developer->        Radiation-activated cross-linking agent containing
430/928 AERIAL FILMS OR PROCESSES SPECIFICALLY ADAPTED FOR AERIAL RADIAION IMAGERY
430/929 ANTIBRONZE AGENT OR PROCESS
430/930 ANTICURL LAYER
430/931 ANTI-ULTRAVIOLET FADING
430/932 BINDER-FREE EMULSION
430/933 BRIGHTENER CONTAINING
430/934 CINE FILM
430/935 COATING PROCESS MAKING RADIATION SENSITIVE ELEMENT
430/936 COBALT COMPLEX CONTAINING
430/937 CORONA DISCHARGE PROCESS
430/938 DEFECT COATING
430/939 DIMENSIONALLY STABLE MATERIAL
430/940 DIRECT POSITIVE MATERIAL
430/941 DYE MORDANT
430/942 ELECTRON BEAM
430/943 HYDROGEN PEROXIDE TREATMENT
430/944 INFRARED
430/945 LASER BEAM
430/946 LENTICULAR
430/947 LIGHT SENSITIVE TITANIUM COMPOUND CONTAINING
430/948 LIPPMANN
430/949 LITHOGRAPHIC EMULSION
430/950 MATTING OR OTHER SURFACE REFLECTIVITY ALTERING MATERIAL
430/951 MAKING CAMERA COPY, E.G., MECHANICAL NEGATIVE, ETC.
430/952 MULTIPLE IMAGE PRODUCING ON SINGLE RECEIVER
430/953 NEUTRON BEAM
430/954 NONRESINOUS ADDITIVE TO PROMOTE INTERLAYER ADHESION IN ELEMENT
430/955 PRECURSOR COMPOUND
430/956 -> 955 PRECURSOR COMPOUND ->        Interlayer correction coupler (ICC)
430/957 -> 955 PRECURSOR COMPOUND ->        Development inhibitor releaser (DIR)
430/958 -> 955 PRECURSOR COMPOUND ->        Development dye releaser (DDR)
430/959 -> 955 PRECURSOR COMPOUND ->        Blocked developers
430/960 -> 955 PRECURSOR COMPOUND ->        Blocked restrainers
430/961 PROTECTIVE OR ANTIABRASION LAYER
430/962 RADIATION-CHROMIC COMPOUND
430/963 RAPID ACCESS PROCESSING
430/964 THERMAL IMAGING COMPOSITION
430/965 TONER CONTAINING
430/966 X-RAY
430/967 -> 966 X-RAY ->        X-ray exposure process
436/500 THYROID HORMONE TESTS (E.G., T3, T4, TBG, TSH, ETC.)
436/501 BIOSPECIFIC LIGAND BINDING ASSAY
436/503 -> 501 BIOSPECIFIC LIGAND BINDING ASSAY ->        Utilizing isolate of tissue or organ as binding agent
436/504 -> 501 BIOSPECIFIC LIGAND BINDING ASSAY  ->        Utilizing isolate of tissue or organ as binding agent->        Radioactive label
436/505 -> 501 BIOSPECIFIC LIGAND BINDING ASSAY  ->        Utilizing isolate of tissue or organ as binding agent ->        Radioactive label->        B12 or folate
436/506 FOR PREEXISTING IMMUNE COMPLEX OR AUTO-IMMUNE DISEASE
436/507 -> 506 FOR PREEXISTING IMMUNE COMPLEX OR AUTO-IMMUNE DISEASE ->        Immune complex
436/508 -> 506 FOR PREEXISTING IMMUNE COMPLEX OR AUTO-IMMUNE DISEASE ->        Antinuclear (e.g., DNA, etc.)
436/509 -> 506 FOR PREEXISTING IMMUNE COMPLEX OR AUTO-IMMUNE DISEASE ->        Rheumatoid factors
436/510 IMMUNOCHEMICAL PREGNANCY DETERMINATION
436/512 INVOLVING ANTIBODY FRAGMENTS
436/513 INVOLVING IGA, IGD, IGE, OR IGM
436/514 INVOLVING DIFFUSION OR MIGRATION OF ANTIGEN OR ANTIBODY
436/515 -> 514 INVOLVING DIFFUSION OR MIGRATION OF ANTIGEN OR ANTIBODY ->        Through a gel (e.g., Ouchterlony technique, etc.)
436/516 -> 514 INVOLVING DIFFUSION OR MIGRATION OF ANTIGEN OR ANTIBODY  ->        Through a gel (e.g., Ouchterlony technique, etc.)->        Immunoelectrophoresis
436/517 INVOLVING KINETIC MEASUREMENT OF ANTIGEN-ANTIBODY REACTION
436/518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS
436/519 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS ->        Carrier is a biological cell or cell fragment
436/520 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is a biological cell or cell fragment->        Red blood cell
436/521 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is a biological cell or cell fragment ->        Red blood cell->        Fixation or stabilization of red blood cells
436/522 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is a biological cell or cell fragment ->        Red blood cell->        Lysis of red blood cell membrane
436/523 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS ->        Carrier is particulate and the particles are of intentionally different sizes or impregnated differently with the immunochemicals
436/524 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS ->        Carrier is inorganic
436/525 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is inorganic->        Metal or metal coated
436/526 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is inorganic ->        Metal or metal coated->        Magnetic
436/527 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is inorganic->        Glass or silica
436/528 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS ->        Carrier is organic
436/529 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is organic->        Polysaccharide, carrier (e.g., dextran, etc.)
436/530 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is organic ->        Polysaccharide, carrier (e.g., dextran, etc.)->        Cellulose or derivative
436/531 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is organic->        Carrier is synthetic resin
436/532 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is organic ->        Carrier is synthetic resin->        Antigen or antibody attached to a carrier via bridging agent
436/533 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is organic ->        Carrier is synthetic resin ->        Antigen or antibody attached to a carrier via bridging agent->        Carrier is water suspendible particles (e.g., latex, etc.)
436/534 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is organic ->        Carrier is synthetic resin->        Carrier is water suspendible particles
436/535 -> 518 INVOLVING AN INSOLUBLE CARRIER FOR IMMOBILIZING IMMUNOCHEMICALS  ->        Carrier is organic->        Antigen or antibody entrapped within the carrier (e.g., gel, hollow fiber, etc.)
436/536 INVOLVING IMMUNE COMPLEX FORMED IN LIQUID PHASE
436/537 -> 536 INVOLVING IMMUNE COMPLEX FORMED IN LIQUID PHASE ->        Signal modification or steric inhibition
436/538 -> 536 INVOLVING IMMUNE COMPLEX FORMED IN LIQUID PHASE ->        Separation of immune complex from unbound antigen or antibody
436/539 -> 536 INVOLVING IMMUNE COMPLEX FORMED IN LIQUID PHASE  ->        Separation of immune complex from unbound antigen or antibody->        Involving precipitating reagent
436/540 -> 536 INVOLVING IMMUNE COMPLEX FORMED IN LIQUID PHASE  ->        Separation of immune complex from unbound antigen or antibody ->        Involving precipitating reagent->        Double or second antibody
436/541 -> 536 INVOLVING IMMUNE COMPLEX FORMED IN LIQUID PHASE  ->        Separation of immune complex from unbound antigen or antibody->        Absorbent column, particles or resin strip
436/542 -> 536 INVOLVING IMMUNE COMPLEX FORMED IN LIQUID PHASE  ->        Separation of immune complex from unbound antigen or antibody->        Involving radioactive labeling
436/543 INVOLVING PRODUCING OR TREATING ANTIGEN OR HAPTEN
436/544 -> 543 INVOLVING PRODUCING OR TREATING ANTIGEN OR HAPTEN ->        Producing labeled antigens
436/545 -> 543 INVOLVING PRODUCING OR TREATING ANTIGEN OR HAPTEN  ->        Producing labeled antigens->        Radioactive label
436/546 -> 543 INVOLVING PRODUCING OR TREATING ANTIGEN OR HAPTEN  ->        Producing labeled antigens->        Fluorescent label
436/547 INVOLVING PRODUCTION OR TREATMENT OF ANTIBODY
436/548 -> 547 INVOLVING PRODUCTION OR TREATMENT OF ANTIBODY ->        Monoclonal antibody
436/1 PROCESS OR COMPOSITION FOR STERILITY OR PACKAGE INTEGRITY TEST
436/2 PROCESS OR COMPOSITION FOR DETERMINATION OF PHYSICAL STATE OR PROPERTY BY MEANS INCLUDING A CHEMICAL REACTION
436/3 -> 2 PROCESS OR COMPOSITION FOR DETERMINATION OF PHYSICAL STATE OR PROPERTY BY MEANS INCLUDING A CHEMICAL REACTION ->        Leak detection
436/4 -> 2 PROCESS OR COMPOSITION FOR DETERMINATION OF PHYSICAL STATE OR PROPERTY BY MEANS INCLUDING A CHEMICAL REACTION ->        Of crystal or crystalline material
436/5 -> 2 PROCESS OR COMPOSITION FOR DETERMINATION OF PHYSICAL STATE OR PROPERTY BY MEANS INCLUDING A CHEMICAL REACTION ->        Surface area, porosity, imperfection, or alteration
436/6 -> 2 PROCESS OR COMPOSITION FOR DETERMINATION OF PHYSICAL STATE OR PROPERTY BY MEANS INCLUDING A CHEMICAL REACTION ->        Corrosion resistance or power
436/7 -> 2 PROCESS OR COMPOSITION FOR DETERMINATION OF PHYSICAL STATE OR PROPERTY BY MEANS INCLUDING A CHEMICAL REACTION ->        By thermoparticulating composition
436/8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING
436/9 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Simulative of a gaseous composition
436/10 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Particle count or volume standard or control (e.g., platelet count standards, etc.)
436/11 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Blood gas standard or control
436/12 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Bilirubin or uric acid standard or control
436/13 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Lipid, cholesterol, or triglyceride standard or control
436/14 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Glucose, ketone, nitrate standard or control
436/15 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Protein or peptide standard or control (e.g., hemoglobin, etc.)
436/16 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Blood serum or blood plasma standard or control
436/17 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Preparation composition (e.g., lysing or precipitation, etc.)
436/18 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Preservative, buffer, anticoagulant or diluent
436/19 -> 8 COMPOSITION FOR STANDARDIZATION, CALIBRATION, SIMULATION, STABILIZATION, PREPARATION OR PRESERVATIONSEMI PROCESSES OF USE IN PREPARATION FOR CHEMICAL TESTING ->        Inorganic standards or controls
436/20 FOOD OR DAIRY PRODUCTS
436/21 -> 20 FOOD OR DAIRY PRODUCTS ->        Meat or eggs
436/22 -> 20 FOOD OR DAIRY PRODUCTS ->        Dairy product
436/23 -> 20 FOOD OR DAIRY PRODUCTS  ->        Dairy product->        Milk or butter fat
436/24 -> 20 FOOD OR DAIRY PRODUCTS ->        Wine or alcoholic beverages
436/25 GEOCHEMICAL, GEOLOGICAL, OR GEOTHERMAL EXPLORATION
436/26 -> 25 GEOCHEMICAL, GEOLOGICAL, OR GEOTHERMAL EXPLORATION ->        For metallic ores
436/27 -> 25 GEOCHEMICAL, GEOLOGICAL, OR GEOTHERMAL EXPLORATION ->        Using chemical tracers
436/28 -> 25 GEOCHEMICAL, GEOLOGICAL, OR GEOTHERMAL EXPLORATION ->        In situ testing
436/29 -> 25 GEOCHEMICAL, GEOLOGICAL, OR GEOTHERMAL EXPLORATION ->        For petroleum oils or carbonaceous minerals
436/30 -> 25 GEOCHEMICAL, GEOLOGICAL, OR GEOTHERMAL EXPLORATION  ->        For petroleum oils or carbonaceous minerals->        Removing and testing drilling mud or fluid
436/31 -> 25 GEOCHEMICAL, GEOLOGICAL, OR GEOTHERMAL EXPLORATION  ->        For petroleum oils or carbonaceous minerals->        Removing and testing solid samples
436/32 -> 25 GEOCHEMICAL, GEOLOGICAL, OR GEOTHERMAL EXPLORATION  ->        For petroleum oils or carbonaceous minerals ->        Removing and testing solid samples->        Analyzing evolved gas
436/33 -> 25 GEOCHEMICAL, GEOLOGICAL, OR GEOTHERMAL EXPLORATION  ->        For petroleum oils or carbonaceous minerals ->        Removing and testing solid samples ->        Analyzing evolved gas->        Evolving gas by acidification
436/34 RATE OF REACTION DETERMINATION
436/35 USING ACTIVATED SPECIE
436/36 WITH USE OF CONDENSATION NUCLEI
436/37 TESTING OF CATALYST
436/38 PURITY OF STEAM OR CHEMICALLY INERT GAS
436/39 DETERMINATION OF WATER
436/40 -> 39 DETERMINATION OF WATER ->        In petroleum oil, hydrocarbon oil or organic fluid
436/41 -> 39 DETERMINATION OF WATER ->        By use of a cobalt, copper or nickel containing reagent
436/42 -> 39 DETERMINATION OF WATER ->        By use of a Karl Fischer reagent
436/43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
436/44 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS ->        Utilizing a moving indicator strip or tape
436/45 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS ->        Utilizing a centrifuge or compartmented rotor
436/46 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS ->        With sample on test slide
436/47 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS ->        With conveyance of sample along a test line in a container or rack
436/48 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS  ->        With conveyance of sample along a test line in a container or rack->        With step of insertion or removal from test line
436/49 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS  ->        With conveyance of sample along a test line in a container or rack->        With treatment or replacement of aspirator element (e.g., cleaning, etc.)
436/50 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS ->        Condition or time responsive
436/51 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS  ->        Condition or time responsive->        With automated titrator
436/52 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS ->        With a continuously flowing sample or carrier stream
436/53 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS  ->        With a continuously flowing sample or carrier stream->        With formation of a segmented stream
436/54 -> 43 AUTOMATED CHEMICAL ANALYSIS ->        With aspirator of claimed structure
436/55 CONDITION RESPONSIVE CONTROL
436/56 TRACERS OR TAGS
436/57 INCLUDING USE OF RADIOACTIVE PROPERTIES
436/58 -> 57 INCLUDING USE OF RADIOACTIVE PROPERTIES ->        Dosage determination of high energy radiation, (e.g., use of an X-ray dosimeter, etc.)
436/59 -> 57 INCLUDING USE OF RADIOACTIVE PROPERTIES ->        Including pyrolysis of radioactive material
436/60 LUBRICANT, GREASE, MINERAL OIL, HYDROCARBON OIL PRODUCT, OR FATS OR LIPIDS FOR OXIDATION (E.G., BREAKDOWN PRODUCTS OR CONTAMINATION, ETC.)
436/61 -> 60 LUBRICANT, GREASE, MINERAL OIL, HYDROCARBON OIL PRODUCT, OR FATS OR LIPIDS FOR OXIDATION (E.G., BREAKDOWN PRODUCTS OR CONTAMINATION, ETC.) ->        Acidity, basicity or neutralization number
436/62 OXYGEN DEMAND (E.G., BOD, TOD, COD, ETC.)
436/63 BIOLOGICAL CELLULAR MATERIAL TESTED
436/64 CANCER
436/65 PREGNANCY OR OVULATION
436/66 HEMOGLOBIN, MYOGLOBIN, OR OCCULT BLOOD
436/67 -> 66 HEMOGLOBIN, MYOGLOBIN, OR OCCULT BLOOD ->        Glycosylated hemoglobin
436/68 BLOOD GAS (E.G., OXYGEN, CARBON DIOXIDE, BLOOD, PH, ETC.)
436/69 CLOTTING OR CLOTTING FACTOR LEVEL TESTS
436/70 SEDIMENTATION RATE OR HEMATOCRIT
436/71 LIPIDS, TRIGLYCERIDES, CHOLESTEROL, OR LIPOPROTEINS
436/72 SILICON CONTAINING
436/73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING
436/74 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING ->        Present in biological fluids (e.g., blood, urine, etc.)
436/75 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING ->        Oxide or gas content of metal (e.g., determination of dissolved gases, etc.)
436/76 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING ->        Organometallic compound determined
436/77 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING  ->        Organometallic compound determined->        Ge, Sn, Pb
436/78 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING ->        Presence of a component of steel
436/79 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING ->        Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr, Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra
436/80 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING ->        Cu, Ag, Au
436/81 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING ->        Zn, Cd, Hg, Sc, Y, or Actinides, or Lanthanides
436/82 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING  ->        Zn, Cd, Hg, Sc, Y, or Actinides, or Lanthanides->        Lanthanide or Actinide
436/83 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING ->        Ti, Zr, Hf, Va, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo, W
436/84 -> 73 METAL OR METAL CONTAINING ->        Mn, Te, Re, Fe, Ru, Os, Co, Rh, Ir, Ni, Pd, Pt
436/85 SYNTHETIC OR NATURAL RESIN
436/86 PEPTIDE, PROTEIN OR AMINO ACID
436/87 -> 86 PEPTIDE, PROTEIN OR AMINO ACID ->        Glycoproteins (e.g., hormone, etc.)
436/88 -> 86 PEPTIDE, PROTEIN OR AMINO ACID  ->        Glycoproteins (e.g., hormone, etc.)->        Albumin
436/89 -> 86 PEPTIDE, PROTEIN OR AMINO ACID ->        Amino acid or sequencing procedure
436/90 -> 86 PEPTIDE, PROTEIN OR AMINO ACID  ->        Amino acid or sequencing procedure->        Alpha or beta amino acid
436/91 HETEROCYCLIC CARBON COMPOUND (I.E., O, S, N, SE, TE, AS ONLY RING HETERO ATOM)
436/92 -> 91 HETEROCYCLIC CARBON COMPOUND (I.E., O, S, N, SE, TE, AS ONLY RING HETERO ATOM) ->        Diverse hetero atoms in same or different rings (e.g., alkaloids, opiates, etc.)
436/93 -> 91 HETEROCYCLIC CARBON COMPOUND (I.E., O, S, N, SE, TE, AS ONLY RING HETERO ATOM) ->        Hetero-O (e.g., ascorbic acid, etc.)
436/94 -> 91 HETEROCYCLIC CARBON COMPOUND (I.E., O, S, N, SE, TE, AS ONLY RING HETERO ATOM)  ->        Hetero-O (e.g., ascorbic acid, etc.)->        Saccharide (e.g., DNA, etc.)
436/95 -> 91 HETEROCYCLIC CARBON COMPOUND (I.E., O, S, N, SE, TE, AS ONLY RING HETERO ATOM)  ->        Hetero-O (e.g., ascorbic acid, etc.) ->        Saccharide (e.g., DNA, etc.)->        Glucose
436/96 -> 91 HETEROCYCLIC CARBON COMPOUND (I.E., O, S, N, SE, TE, AS ONLY RING HETERO ATOM) ->        Hetero-N
436/97 -> 91 HETEROCYCLIC CARBON COMPOUND (I.E., O, S, N, SE, TE, AS ONLY RING HETERO ATOM)  ->        Hetero-N->        Bile pigment
436/98 -> 91 HETEROCYCLIC CARBON COMPOUND (I.E., O, S, N, SE, TE, AS ONLY RING HETERO ATOM)  ->        Hetero-N->        Plural nitrogen in the same ring (e.g., barbituates, creatinine, etc.)
436/99 -> 91 HETEROCYCLIC CARBON COMPOUND (I.E., O, S, N, SE, TE, AS ONLY RING HETERO ATOM)  ->        Hetero-N ->        Plural nitrogen in the same ring (e.g., barbituates, creatinine, etc.)->        Uric acid
436/100 INORGANIC ACID OR BASE (E.G., HCL, SULFURIC ACID, ETC.)
436/101 -> 100 INORGANIC ACID OR BASE (E.G., HCL, SULFURIC ACID, ETC.) ->        Halogen containing
436/102 -> 100 INORGANIC ACID OR BASE (E.G., HCL, SULFURIC ACID, ETC.) ->        Sulfur containing
436/103 PHOSPHORUS CONTAINING
436/104 -> 103 PHOSPHORUS CONTAINING ->        Organic (e.g., chemical warfare agents, insecticides, etc.)
436/105 -> 103 PHOSPHORUS CONTAINING ->        Of inorganic phosphorus compound in body fluid
436/106 NITROGEN CONTAINING
436/107 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING ->        N-Nitroso containing (e.g., nitrosamine, etc.)
436/108 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING ->        Urea or blood urea nitrogen
436/109 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING ->        Cyanide or isocyanide
436/110 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING ->        Nitrite or nitrate
436/111 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING ->        Amine and quaternary ammonium
436/112 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING  ->        Amine and quaternary ammonium->        Tertiary amine
436/113 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING  ->        Amine and quaternary ammonium->        Ammonia
436/114 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING ->        Total nitrogen determined
436/115 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING  ->        Total nitrogen determined->        As part of an elemental analysis
436/116 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING ->        Oxides of nitrogen
436/117 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING  ->        Oxides of nitrogen->        Only nitrogen dioxide
436/118 -> 106 NITROGEN CONTAINING  ->        Oxides of nitrogen->        Both nitrogen oxide and dioxide
436/119 SULFUR CONTAINING
436/120 -> 119 SULFUR CONTAINING ->        Organic or sulfhydryl containing (e.g., mercaptan, hydrogen, sulfide, etc.)
436/121 -> 119 SULFUR CONTAINING  ->        Organic or sulfhydryl containing (e.g., mercaptan, hydrogen, sulfide, etc.)->        Only hydrogen sulfide
436/122 -> 119 SULFUR CONTAINING ->        Sulfur dioxide
436/123 -> 119 SULFUR CONTAINING ->        Total or elemental sulfur
436/124 HALOGEN CONTAINING
436/125 -> 124 HALOGEN CONTAINING ->        In aqueous solution
436/126 -> 124 HALOGEN CONTAINING ->        Carbon containing compound (e.g., vinylchloride, etc.)
436/127 OXYGEN CONTAINING
436/128 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING ->        Carbonyl, ether, aldehyde or ketone containing
436/129 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING  ->        Carbonyl, ether, aldehyde or ketone containing->        Carboxylic acid
436/130 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING  ->        Carbonyl, ether, aldehyde or ketone containing->        Formaldehyde or acetone
436/131 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING ->        Hydroxyl containing
436/132 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING  ->        Hydroxyl containing->        Ethanol
436/133 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING ->        Inorganic carbon compounds
436/134 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING  ->        Inorganic carbon compounds->        Carbon monoxide only
436/135 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING ->        Ozone or peroxide
436/136 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING ->        Molecular oxygen
436/137 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING  ->        Molecular oxygen->        Fuel/air mixture or exhaust gas analysis
436/138 -> 127 OXYGEN CONTAINING  ->        Molecular oxygen->        Dissolved or trace oxygen or oxygen content of a sealed environment
436/139 HYDROCARBON
436/140 -> 139 HYDROCARBON ->        Aromatic
436/141 -> 139 HYDROCARBON ->        Acyclic (e.g., methane, octane, isoparaffin, etc.)
436/142 -> 139 HYDROCARBON  ->        Acyclic (e.g., methane, octane, isoparaffin, etc.)->        Unsaturated (e.g., ethylene, diene, etc.)
436/143 -> 139 HYDROCARBON ->        Total hydrocarbon, flammability, combustibility (e.g., air-fuel mixture, etc.)
436/144 HYDROGEN, PER SE
436/145 CARBON CONTAINING
436/146 -> 145 CARBON CONTAINING ->        In an aqueous solution (e.g., TOC, etc.)
436/147 MEASUREMENT INCLUDES TEMPERATURE CHANGE OF THE MATERIAL BEING ANALYZED (E.G., CALORIMETRY, ETC.)
436/148 MEASUREMENT INCLUDES CHANGE IN VOLUME OR PRESSURE
436/149 MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL OR MAGNETIC PROPERTY OR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
436/150 -> 149 MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL OR MAGNETIC PROPERTY OR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY ->        Of a liquid
436/151 -> 149 MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL OR MAGNETIC PROPERTY OR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY ->        By means of a solid body in contact with a fluid
436/152 -> 149 MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL OR MAGNETIC PROPERTY OR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY  ->        By means of a solid body in contact with a fluid->        Solid body contains a combustion catalyst
436/153 -> 149 MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL OR MAGNETIC PROPERTY OR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY ->        Of an ionized gas
436/154 -> 149 MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL OR MAGNETIC PROPERTY OR THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY  ->        Of an ionized gas->        Flame ionization
436/155 PYROLYSIS, COMBUSTION, OR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE CONVERSION
436/156 -> 155 PYROLYSIS, COMBUSTION, OR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE CONVERSION ->        Explosibility
436/157 -> 155 PYROLYSIS, COMBUSTION, OR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE CONVERSION ->        Multiple stages of heating or heating at multiple temperatures or application of temperature gradient
436/158 -> 155 PYROLYSIS, COMBUSTION, OR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE CONVERSION ->        Dividing or separating a sample stream
436/159 -> 155 PYROLYSIS, COMBUSTION, OR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE CONVERSION ->        With catalyst or accelerator
436/160 -> 155 PYROLYSIS, COMBUSTION, OR ELEVATED TEMPERATURE CONVERSION ->        Combustion with oxygen containing gas
436/161 INCLUDING CHROMATOGRAPHY
436/162 -> 161 INCLUDING CHROMATOGRAPHY ->        Utilizing paper or thin layer plate
436/163 INCLUDING TITRATION OR PH DETERMINATION
436/164 OPTICAL RESULT
436/165 -> 164 OPTICAL RESULT ->        With claimed manipulation of container to effect reaction or use of container of claimed optical structure
436/166 -> 164 OPTICAL RESULT ->        Including reagent preparation
436/167 -> 164 OPTICAL RESULT ->        Including gas absorption in liquid or solid
436/168 -> 164 OPTICAL RESULT  ->        Including gas absorption in liquid or solid->        Liquid sorbent
436/169 -> 164 OPTICAL RESULT ->        With reagent in absorbent or bibulous substrate
436/170 -> 164 OPTICAL RESULT  ->        With reagent in absorbent or bibulous substrate->        Plural superposed layers
436/171 -> 164 OPTICAL RESULT ->        Spectrum analysis (e.g., flame photometry, etc.)
436/172 -> 164 OPTICAL RESULT ->        With fluorescence or luminescence
436/173 NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE, ELECTRON SPIN RESONANCE OR OTHER SPIN EFFECTS OR MASS SPECTROMETRY
436/174 INCLUDING SAMPLE PREPARATION
436/175 -> 174 INCLUDING SAMPLE PREPARATION ->        Digestion or removing interfering materials
436/176 -> 174 INCLUDING SAMPLE PREPARATION ->        Stabilizing or preserving
436/177 -> 174 INCLUDING SAMPLE PREPARATION ->        Liberation or purification of sample or separation of material from a sample (e.g., filtering, centrifuging, etc.)
436/178 -> 174 INCLUDING SAMPLE PREPARATION  ->        Liberation or purification of sample or separation of material from a sample (e.g., filtering, centrifuging, etc.)->        Including use of a solid sorbent, semipermeable membrane, or liquid extraction
436/179 -> 174 INCLUDING SAMPLE PREPARATION ->        Dilution
436/180 -> 174 INCLUDING SAMPLE PREPARATION ->        Volumetric liquid transfer
436/181 -> 174 INCLUDING SAMPLE PREPARATION ->        Gaseous sample or with change of physical state
436/182 ELEMENT OR INORGANIC COMPOUND
436/183 MISCELLANEOUS
436/800 FLUORESCENT DYES (E.G., RHODAMINE, ETC.)
436/801 ELECTRON DENSE COMPOUNDS (E.G., FERRITIN, ETC.)
436/802 PROTEIN-BACTERIOPHAGE CONJUGATES
436/803 STABE FREE RADICALS (E.G., SPIN IMMUNOASSAY, ETC.)
436/804 RADIOISOTOPE (E.G., RADIOIMMUNOASSAY, ETC.)
436/805 OPTICAL PROPERTY
436/806 ELECTRICAL PROPERTY OR MAGNETIC PROPERTY
436/807 APPARATUS INCLUDED IN PROCESS CLAIM (E.G., PHYSICAL SUPPORT STRUCTURES, ETC.)
436/808 -> 807 APPARATUS INCLUDED IN PROCESS CLAIM (E.G., PHYSICAL SUPPORT STRUCTURES, ETC.) ->        Automated or kit
436/809 -> 807 APPARATUS INCLUDED IN PROCESS CLAIM (E.G., PHYSICAL SUPPORT STRUCTURES, ETC.) ->        Multifield plates or multicontainer arrays
436/810 -> 807 APPARATUS INCLUDED IN PROCESS CLAIM (E.G., PHYSICAL SUPPORT STRUCTURES, ETC.) ->        Tube, bottle, or dipstick
436/811 TEST FOR NAMED DISEASE, BODY CONDITION OR ORGAN FUNCTION
436/812 -> 811 TEST FOR NAMED DISEASE, BODY CONDITION OR ORGAN FUNCTION ->        Infectious mononucleosis
436/813 -> 811 TEST FOR NAMED DISEASE, BODY CONDITION OR ORGAN FUNCTION ->        Cancer
436/814 -> 811 TEST FOR NAMED DISEASE, BODY CONDITION OR ORGAN FUNCTION ->        Pregnancy
436/815 TEST FOR NAMED COMPOUND OR CLASS OF COMPOUNDS
436/816 -> 815 TEST FOR NAMED COMPOUND OR CLASS OF COMPOUNDS ->        Alkaloids, amphetamines, and barbiturates
436/817 -> 815 TEST FOR NAMED COMPOUND OR CLASS OF COMPOUNDS ->        Steroids or hormones
436/818 -> 815 TEST FOR NAMED COMPOUND OR CLASS OF COMPOUNDS  ->        Steroids or hormones->        Human chorionic gonadotropin
436/819 MULTIFUNCTIONAL ANTIGEN OR ANTIBODY
436/820 HEPATITIS ASSOCIATED ANTIGENS AND ANTIBODIES
436/821 INVOLVING COMPLEMENT FACTORS OR COMPLEMENT SYSTEMS
436/822 IDENTIFIED HAPTEN
436/823 IMMUNOGENIC CARRIER OR CARRIER PER SE
436/824 IMMUNOLOGICAL SEPARATION TECHNIQUES
436/825 PRETREATMENT FOR REMOVAL OF INTERFERING FACTORS FROM SAMPLE
436/826 ADDITIVES (E.G., BUFFERS, DILUENTS, PRESERVATIVES)
436/827 LECTINS
436/828 PROTEIN A
436/829 LIPOSOMES (E.G., ENCAPSULATION, ETC.)
436/900 BREATH TESTING
436/901 DRUGS OF ABUSE (E.G., NARCOTICS, AMPHETAMINE, ETC.)
436/902 DOSIMETER
436/903 DIAZO REACTIONS
436/904 OXIDATION - REDUCTION INDICATORS
436/905 PHOTOCHEMICAL ACTIVATION OF REACTIONS
436/906 FERTILITY TESTS
436/907 FETAL LUNG MATURITY
436/908 GRAVIMETRIC ANALYSIS
436/909 NEPHELOMETRY
436/910 IRON-BINDING CAPACITY OF BLOOD
438/1 HAVING BIOMATERIAL COMPONENT OR INTEGRATED WITH LIVING ORGANISM
438/2 HAVING SUPERCONDUCTIVE COMPONENT
438/3 HAVING MAGNETIC OR FERROELECTRIC COMPONENT
438/4 REPAIR OR RESTORATION
438/5 INCLUDING CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO SENSED CONDITION
438/6 -> 5 INCLUDING CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO SENSED CONDITION ->        Interconnecting plural devices on semiconductor substrate
438/7 -> 5 INCLUDING CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO SENSED CONDITION ->        Optical characteristic sensed
438/8 -> 5 INCLUDING CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO SENSED CONDITION  ->        Optical characteristic sensed->        Chemical etching
438/9 -> 5 INCLUDING CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO SENSED CONDITION  ->        Optical characteristic sensed ->        Chemical etching->        Plasma etching
438/10 -> 5 INCLUDING CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO SENSED CONDITION ->        Electrical characteristic sensed
438/11 -> 5 INCLUDING CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO SENSED CONDITION  ->        Electrical characteristic sensed->        Utilizing integral test element
438/12 -> 5 INCLUDING CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO SENSED CONDITION  ->        Electrical characteristic sensed->        And removal of defect
438/13 -> 5 INCLUDING CONTROL RESPONSIVE TO SENSED CONDITION  ->        Electrical characteristic sensed->        Altering electrical property by material removal
438/14 WITH MEASURING OR TESTING
438/15 -> 14 WITH MEASURING OR TESTING ->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor
438/16 -> 14 WITH MEASURING OR TESTING ->        Optical characteristic sensed
438/17 -> 14 WITH MEASURING OR TESTING ->        Electrical characteristic sensed
438/18 -> 14 WITH MEASURING OR TESTING  ->        Electrical characteristic sensed->        Utilizing integral test element
438/19 HAVING INTEGRAL POWER SOURCE (E.G., BATTERY, ETC.)
438/20 ELECTRON EMITTER MANUFACTURE
438/21 MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRICAL DEVICE CONTROLLED PRINTHEAD
438/22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL
438/23 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Having diverse electrical device
438/24 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Having diverse electrical device->        Including device responsive to nonelectrical signal
438/25 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Having diverse electrical device ->        Including device responsive to nonelectrical signal->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor
438/26 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor
438/27 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor->        Having additional optical element (e.g., optical fiber, etc.)
438/28 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor->        Plural emissive devices
438/29 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Including integrally formed optical element (e.g., reflective layer, luminescent material, contoured surface, etc.)
438/30 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Including integrally formed optical element (e.g., reflective layer, luminescent material, contoured surface, etc.)->        Liquid crystal component
438/31 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Including integrally formed optical element (e.g., reflective layer, luminescent material, contoured surface, etc.)->        Optical waveguide structure
438/32 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Including integrally formed optical element (e.g., reflective layer, luminescent material, contoured surface, etc.)->        Optical grating structure
438/33 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Substrate dicing
438/34 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Making emissive array
438/35 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Making emissive array->        Multiple wavelength emissive
438/36 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Ordered or disordered
438/37 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Graded composition
438/38 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Passivating of surface
438/39 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Mesa formation
438/40 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Mesa formation->        Tapered etching
438/41 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Mesa formation->        With epitaxial deposition of semiconductor adjacent mesa
438/42 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Groove formation
438/43 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Groove formation->        Tapered etching
438/44 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Groove formation->        With epitaxial deposition of semiconductor in groove
438/45 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Dopant introduction into semiconductor region
438/46 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Compound semiconductor
438/47 -> 22 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT EMISSIVE OF NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Compound semiconductor->        Heterojunction
438/48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL
438/49 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Chemically responsive
438/50 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Physical stress responsive
438/51 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Physical stress responsive->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor
438/52 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Physical stress responsive->        Having cantilever element
438/53 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Physical stress responsive->        Having diaphragm element
438/54 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Thermally responsive
438/55 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Thermally responsive->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor
438/56 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Responsive to corpuscular radiation (e.g., nuclear particle detector, etc.)
438/57 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation
438/58 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Gettering of substrate
438/59 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Having diverse electrical device
438/60 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Having diverse electrical device->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)
438/61 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Continuous processing
438/62 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Continuous processing->        Using running length substrate
438/63 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Particulate semiconductor component
438/64 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor
438/65 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor->        Having additional optical element (e.g., optical fiber, etc.)
438/66 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor->        Plural responsive devices (e.g., array, etc.)
438/67 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Packaging (e.g., with mounting, encapsulating, etc.) or treatment of packaged semiconductor ->        Plural responsive devices (e.g., array, etc.)->        Assembly of plural semiconductor substrates
438/68 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Substrate dicing
438/69 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Including integrally formed optical element (e.g., reflective layer, luminescent layer, etc.)
438/70 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Including integrally formed optical element (e.g., reflective layer, luminescent layer, etc.)->        Color filter
438/71 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Including integrally formed optical element (e.g., reflective layer, luminescent layer, etc.)->        Specific surface topography (e.g., textured surface, etc.)
438/72 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Including integrally formed optical element (e.g., reflective layer, luminescent layer, etc.)->        Having reflective or antireflective component
438/73 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Making electromagnetic responsive array
438/74 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Making electromagnetic responsive array->        Vertically arranged (e.g., tandem, stacked, etc.)
438/75 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Making electromagnetic responsive array->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)
438/76 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Making electromagnetic responsive array ->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, peristaltic, etc.)
438/77 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Making electromagnetic responsive array ->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)->        Compound semiconductor
438/78 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Making electromagnetic responsive array ->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)->        Having structure to improve output signal (e.g., exposure control structure, etc.)
438/79 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Making electromagnetic responsive array ->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.) ->        Having structure to improve output signal (e.g., exposure control structure, etc.)->        Having blooming suppression structure (e.g., antiblooming drain, etc.)
438/80 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Making electromagnetic responsive array->        Lateral series connected array
438/81 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Making electromagnetic responsive array ->        Lateral series connected array->        Specified shape junction barrier (e.g., V-grooved junction, etc.)
438/82 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Having organic semiconductor component
438/83 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Forming point contact
438/84 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Having selenium or tellurium elemental semiconductor component
438/85 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Having metal oxide or copper sulfide compound semiconductive component
438/86 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Having metal oxide or copper sulfide compound semiconductive component->        And cadmium sulfide compound semiconductive component
438/87 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Graded composition
438/88 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Direct application of electric current
438/89 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Fusion or solidification of semiconductor region
438/90 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Including storage of electrical charge in substrate
438/91 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Avalanche diode
438/92 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Schottky barrier junction
438/93 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Compound semiconductor
438/94 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Compound semiconductor->        Heterojunction
438/95 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation ->        Compound semiconductor->        Chalcogen (i.e., oxygen (O), sulfur (S), selenium (Se), tellurium (Te)) containing
438/96 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Amorphous semiconductor
438/97 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Polycrystalline semiconductor
438/98 -> 48 MAKING DEVICE OR CIRCUIT RESPONSIVE TO NONELECTRICAL SIGNAL  ->        Responsive to electromagnetic radiation->        Contact formation (i.e., metallization)
438/99 HAVING ORGANIC SEMICONDUCTIVE COMPONENT
438/100 MAKING POINT CONTACT DEVICE
438/101 -> 100 MAKING POINT CONTACT DEVICE ->        Direct application of electrical current
438/102 HAVING SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENT
438/103 -> 102 HAVING SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM ELEMENTAL SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENT ->        Direct application of electrical current
438/104 HAVING METAL OXIDE OR COPPER SULFIDE COMPOUND SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENT
438/105 HAVING DIAMOND SEMICONDUCTOR COMPONENT
438/106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR
438/107 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        Assembly of plural semiconductive substrates each possessing electrical device
438/108 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Assembly of plural semiconductive substrates each possessing electrical device->        Flip-chip-type assembly
438/109 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Assembly of plural semiconductive substrates each possessing electrical device->        Stacked array (e.g., rectifier, etc.)
438/110 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        Making plural separate devices
438/111 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Making plural separate devices->        Using strip lead frame
438/112 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Making plural separate devices ->        Using strip lead frame->        And encapsulating
438/113 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Making plural separate devices->        Substrate dicing
438/114 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Making plural separate devices ->        Substrate dicing->        Utilizing a coating to perfect the dicing
438/115 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        Including contaminant removal or mitigation
438/116 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        Having light transmissive window
438/117 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        Incorporating resilient component (e.g., spring, etc.)
438/118 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        Including adhesive bonding step
438/119 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Including adhesive bonding step->        Electrically conductive adhesive
438/120 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        With vibration step
438/121 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        Metallic housing or support
438/122 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Metallic housing or support->        Possessing thermal dissipation structure (i.e., heat sink)
438/123 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Metallic housing or support->        Lead frame
438/124 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Metallic housing or support->        And encapsulating
438/125 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        Insulative housing or support
438/126 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR  ->        Insulative housing or support->        And encapsulating
438/127 -> 106 PACKAGING (E.G., WITH MOUNTING, ENCAPSULATING, ETC.) OR TREATMENT OF PACKAGED SEMICONDUCTOR ->        Encapsulating
438/128 MAKING DEVICE ARRAY AND SELECTIVELY INTERCONNECTING
438/129 -> 128 MAKING DEVICE ARRAY AND SELECTIVELY INTERCONNECTING ->        With electrical circuit layout
438/130 -> 128 MAKING DEVICE ARRAY AND SELECTIVELY INTERCONNECTING ->        Rendering selected devices operable or inoperable
438/131 -> 128 MAKING DEVICE ARRAY AND SELECTIVELY INTERCONNECTING ->        Using structure alterable to conductive state (i.e., antifuse)
438/132 -> 128 MAKING DEVICE ARRAY AND SELECTIVELY INTERCONNECTING ->        Using structure alterable to nonconductive state (i.e., fuse)
438/133 MAKING REGENERATIVE-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, IGBT, THYRISTOR, ETC.)
438/134 -> 133 MAKING REGENERATIVE-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, IGBT, THYRISTOR, ETC.) ->        Bidirectional rectifier with control electrode (e.g., triac, diac, etc.)
438/135 -> 133 MAKING REGENERATIVE-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, IGBT, THYRISTOR, ETC.) ->        Having field effect structure
438/136 -> 133 MAKING REGENERATIVE-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, IGBT, THYRISTOR, ETC.)  ->        Having field effect structure->        Junction gate
438/137 -> 133 MAKING REGENERATIVE-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, IGBT, THYRISTOR, ETC.)  ->        Having field effect structure ->        Junction gate->        Vertical channel
438/138 -> 133 MAKING REGENERATIVE-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, IGBT, THYRISTOR, ETC.)  ->        Having field effect structure->        Vertical channel
438/139 -> 133 MAKING REGENERATIVE-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, IGBT, THYRISTOR, ETC.) ->        Altering electrical characteristic
438/140 -> 133 MAKING REGENERATIVE-TYPE SWITCHING DEVICE (E.G., SCR, IGBT, THYRISTOR, ETC.) ->        Having structure increasing breakdown voltage (e.g., guard ring, field plate, etc.)
438/141 MAKING CONDUCTIVITY MODULATION DEVICE (E.G., UNIJUNCTION TRANSISTOR, DOUBLE BASE DIODE, CONDUCTIVITY-MODULATED TRANSISTOR, ETC.)
438/142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS
438/143 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Gettering of semiconductor substrate
438/144 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)
438/145 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)->        Having additional electrical device
438/146 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)->        Majority signal carrier (e.g., buried or bulk channel, peristaltic, etc.)
438/147 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)->        Changing width or direction of channel (e.g., meandering channel, etc.)
438/148 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Charge transfer device (e.g., CCD, etc.)->        Substantially incomplete signal charge transfer (e.g., bucket brigade, etc.)
438/149 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.)
438/150 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.)->        Specified crystallographic orientation
438/151 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.)->        Having insulated gate
438/152 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Combined with electrical device not on insulating substrate or layer
438/153 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate ->        Combined with electrical device not on insulating substrate or layer->        Complementary field effect transistors
438/154 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Complementary field effect transistors
438/155 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        And additional electrical device on insulating substrate or layer
438/156 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Vertical channel
438/157 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Plural gate electrodes (e.g., dual gate, etc.)
438/158 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Inverted transistor structure
438/159 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate ->        Inverted transistor structure->        Source-to-gate or drain-to-gate overlap
438/160 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate ->        Inverted transistor structure->        Utilizing backside irradiation
438/161 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Including source or drain electrode formation prior to semiconductor layer formation (i.e., staggered electrodes)
438/162 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Introduction of nondopant into semiconductor layer
438/163 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Adjusting channel dimension (e.g., providing lightly doped source or drain region, etc.)
438/164 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Semiconductor islands formed upon insulating substrate or layer (e.g., mesa formation, etc.)
438/165 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate ->        Semiconductor islands formed upon insulating substrate or layer (e.g., mesa formation, etc.)->        Including differential oxidation
438/166 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        On insulating substrate or layer (e.g., TFT, etc.) ->        Having insulated gate->        Including recrystallization step
438/167 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)
438/168 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Specified crystallographic orientation
438/169 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Complementary Schottky gate field effect transistors
438/170 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        And bipolar device
438/171 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        And passive electrical device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.)
438/172 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Having heterojunction (e.g., HEMT, MODFET, etc.)
438/173 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Vertical channel
438/174 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Doping of semiconductive channel region beneath gate (e.g., threshold voltage adjustment, etc.)
438/175 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Buried channel
438/176 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Plural gate electrodes (e.g., dual gate, etc.)
438/177 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Closed or loop gate
438/178 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Elemental semiconductor
438/179 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Asymmetric
438/180 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.)->        Self-aligned
438/181 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.) ->        Self-aligned->        Doping of semiconductive region
438/182 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Doping of semiconductive region->        T-gate
438/183 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Doping of semiconductive region->        Dummy gate
438/184 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Doping of semiconductive region->        Utilizing gate sidewall structure
438/185 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having Schottky gate (e.g., MESFET, HEMT, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Doping of semiconductive region ->        Utilizing gate sidewall structure->        Multiple doping steps
438/186 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)
438/187 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)->        Specified crystallographic orientation
438/188 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)->        Complementary junction gate field effect transistors
438/189 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)->        And bipolar transistor
438/190 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)->        And passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.)
438/191 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)->        Having heterojunction
438/192 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)->        Vertical channel
438/193 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.) ->        Vertical channel->        Multiple parallel current paths (e.g., grid gate, etc.)
438/194 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)->        Doping of semiconductive channel region beneath gate (e.g., threshold voltage adjustment, etc.)
438/195 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)->        Plural gate electrodes
438/196 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having junction gate (e.g., JFET, SIT, etc.)->        Including isolation structure
438/197 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)
438/198 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Specified crystallographic orientation
438/199 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)
438/200 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        And additional electrical device
438/201 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device->        Including insulated gate field effect transistor having gate surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)
438/202 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiCMOS)
438/203 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device ->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiCMOS)->        Complementary bipolar transistors
438/204 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device ->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiCMOS)->        Lateral bipolar transistor
438/205 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device ->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiCMOS)->        Plural bipolar transistors of differing electrical characteristics
438/206 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device ->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiCMOS)->        Vertical channel insulated gate field effect transistor
438/207 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device ->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiCMOS)->        Including isolation structure
438/208 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device ->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiCMOS) ->        Including isolation structure->        Isolation by PN junction only
438/209 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device->        Including additional vertical channel insulated gate field effect transistor
438/210 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        And additional electrical device->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.)
438/211 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        Having gate surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)
438/212 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        Vertical channel
438/213 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        Common active region
438/214 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        Having underpass or crossunder
438/215 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        Having fuse or integral short
438/216 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        Gate insulator structure constructed of diverse dielectrics (e.g., MNOS, etc.) or of nonsilicon compound
438/217 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        Doping of semiconductor channel region beneath gate insulator (e.g., threshold voltage adjustment, etc.)
438/218 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        Including isolation structure
438/219 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure->        Total dielectric isolation
438/220 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure->        Isolation by PN junction only
438/221 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure->        Dielectric isolation formed by grooving and refilling with dielectric material
438/222 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure ->        Dielectric isolation formed by grooving and refilling with dielectric material->        With epitaxial semiconductor layer formation
438/223 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure ->        Dielectric isolation formed by grooving and refilling with dielectric material->        Having well structure of opposite conductivity type
438/224 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure ->        Dielectric isolation formed by grooving and refilling with dielectric material ->        Having well structure of opposite conductivity type->        Plural wells
438/225 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure->        Recessed oxide formed by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)
438/226 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure ->        Recessed oxide formed by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        With epitaxial semiconductor layer formation
438/227 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure ->        Recessed oxide formed by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        Having well structure of opposite conductivity type
438/228 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Including isolation structure ->        Recessed oxide formed by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS) ->        Having well structure of opposite conductivity type->        Plural wells
438/229 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        Self-aligned
438/230 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Self-aligned->        Utilizing gate sidewall structure
438/231 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Self-aligned ->        Utilizing gate sidewall structure->        Plural doping steps
438/232 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS) ->        Self-aligned->        Plural doping steps
438/233 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Complementary insulated gate field effect transistors (i.e., CMOS)->        And contact formation
438/234 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiMOS)
438/235 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiMOS)->        Heterojunction bipolar transistor
438/236 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including bipolar transistor (i.e., BiMOS)->        Lateral bipolar transistor
438/237 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Including diode
438/238 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.)
438/239 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.)->        Capacitor
438/240 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor->        Having high dielectric constant insulator (e.g., Ta2O5, etc.)
438/241 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor->        And additional field effect transistor (e.g., sense or access transistor, etc.)
438/242 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        And additional field effect transistor (e.g., sense or access transistor, etc.)->        Including transistor formed on trench sidewalls
438/243 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor->        Trench capacitor
438/244 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Trench capacitor->        Utilizing stacked capacitor structure (e.g., stacked trench, buried stacked capacitor, etc.)
438/245 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Trench capacitor->        With epitaxial layer formed over the trench
438/246 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Trench capacitor->        Including doping of trench surfaces
438/247 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Trench capacitor ->        Including doping of trench surfaces->        Multiple doping steps
438/248 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Trench capacitor ->        Including doping of trench surfaces->        Including isolation means formed in trench
438/249 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Trench capacitor ->        Including doping of trench surfaces->        Doping by outdiffusion from a dopant source layer (e.g., doped oxide, etc.)
438/250 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor->        Planar capacitor
438/251 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Planar capacitor->        Including doping of semiconductive region
438/252 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Planar capacitor ->        Including doping of semiconductive region->        Multiple doping steps
438/253 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor->        Stacked capacitor
438/254 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Stacked capacitor->        Including selectively removing material to undercut and expose storage node layer
438/255 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Stacked capacitor->        Including texturizing storage node layer
438/256 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Capacitor ->        Stacked capacitor->        Contacts formed by selective growth or deposition
438/257 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)
438/258 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)->        Including additional field effect transistor (e.g., sense or access transistor, etc.)
438/259 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)->        Including forming gate electrode in trench or recess in substrate
438/260 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)->        Textured surface of gate insulator or gate electrode
438/261 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)->        Multiple interelectrode dielectrics or nonsilicon compound gate insulator
438/262 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)->        Including elongated source or drain region disposed under thick oxide regions (e.g., buried or diffused bitline, etc.)
438/263 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate) ->        Including elongated source or drain region disposed under thick oxide regions (e.g., buried or diffused bitline, etc.)->        Tunneling insulator
438/264 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)->        Tunneling insulator
438/265 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)->        Oxidizing sidewall of gate electrode
438/266 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate)->        Having additional, nonmemory control electrode or channel portion (e.g., for accessing field effect transistor structure, etc.)
438/267 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Having additional gate electrode surrounded by dielectric (i.e., floating gate) ->        Having additional, nonmemory control electrode or channel portion (e.g., for accessing field effect transistor structure, etc.)->        Including forming gate electrode as conductive sidewall spacer to another electrode
438/268 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Vertical channel
438/269 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Vertical channel->        Utilizing epitaxial semiconductor layer grown through an opening in an insulating layer
438/270 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Vertical channel->        Gate electrode in trench or recess in semiconductor substrate
438/271 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Vertical channel ->        Gate electrode in trench or recess in semiconductor substrate->        V-gate
438/272 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Vertical channel ->        Gate electrode in trench or recess in semiconductor substrate->        Totally embedded in semiconductive layers
438/273 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Vertical channel->        Having integral short of source and base regions
438/274 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Vertical channel ->        Having integral short of source and base regions->        Short formed in recess in substrate
438/275 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Making plural insulated gate field effect transistors of differing electrical characteristics
438/276 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Making plural insulated gate field effect transistors of differing electrical characteristics->        Introducing a dopant into the channel region of selected transistors
438/277 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Making plural insulated gate field effect transistors of differing electrical characteristics ->        Introducing a dopant into the channel region of selected transistors->        Including forming overlapping gate electrodes
438/278 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Making plural insulated gate field effect transistors of differing electrical characteristics ->        Introducing a dopant into the channel region of selected transistors->        After formation of source or drain regions and gate electrode (e.g., late programming, encoding, etc.)
438/279 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Making plural insulated gate field effect transistors having common active region
438/280 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Having underpass or crossunder
438/281 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Having fuse or integral short
438/282 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Buried channel
438/283 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Plural gate electrodes (e.g., dual gate, etc.)
438/284 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Closed or loop gate
438/285 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Utilizing compound semiconductor
438/286 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Asymmetric
438/287 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Gate insulator structure constructed of diverse dielectrics (e.g., MNOS, etc.) or of nonsilicon compound
438/288 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Having step of storing electrical charge in gate dielectric
438/289 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Doping of semiconductive channel region beneath gate insulator (e.g., adjusting threshold voltage, etc.)
438/290 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Doping of semiconductive channel region beneath gate insulator (e.g., adjusting threshold voltage, etc.)->        After formation of source or drain regions and gate electrode
438/291 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Doping of semiconductive channel region beneath gate insulator (e.g., adjusting threshold voltage, etc.)->        Using channel conductivity dopant of opposite type as that of source and drain
438/292 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Direct application of electrical current
438/293 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Fusion or solidification of semiconductor region
438/294 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Including isolation structure
438/295 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including isolation structure->        Total dielectric isolation
438/296 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including isolation structure->        Dielectric isolation formed by grooving and refilling with dielectric material
438/297 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including isolation structure->        Recessed oxide formed by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)
438/298 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Including isolation structure ->        Recessed oxide formed by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        Doping region beneath recessed oxide (e.g., to form chanstop, etc.)
438/299 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Self-aligned
438/300 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Self-aligned->        Having elevated source or drain (e.g., epitaxially formed source or drain, etc.)
438/301 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Self-aligned->        Source or drain doping
438/302 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Source or drain doping->        Oblique implantation
438/303 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Source or drain doping->        Utilizing gate sidewall structure
438/304 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Source or drain doping ->        Utilizing gate sidewall structure->        Conductive sidewall component
438/305 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Source or drain doping ->        Utilizing gate sidewall structure->        Plural doping steps
438/306 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Source or drain doping->        Plural doping steps
438/307 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.) ->        Self-aligned ->        Source or drain doping ->        Plural doping steps->        Using same conductivity-type dopant
438/308 -> 142 MAKING FIELD EFFECT DEVICE HAVING PAIR OF ACTIVE REGIONS SEPARATED BY GATE STRUCTURE BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having insulated gate (e.g., IGFET, MISFET, MOSFET, etc.)->        Radiation or energy treatment modifying properties of semiconductor regions of substrate (e.g., thermal, corpuscular, electromagnetic, etc.)
438/309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS
438/310 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Gettering of semiconductor substrate
438/311 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        On insulating substrate or layer (i.e., SOI type)
438/312 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Having heterojunction
438/313 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having heterojunction->        Complementary bipolar transistors
438/314 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having heterojunction->        And additional electrical device
438/315 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having heterojunction->        Forming inverted transistor structure
438/316 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having heterojunction->        Forming lateral transistor structure
438/317 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having heterojunction->        Wide bandgap emitter
438/318 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having heterojunction->        Including isolation structure
438/319 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having heterojunction ->        Including isolation structure->        Air isolation (e.g., mesa, etc.)
438/320 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having heterojunction->        Self-aligned
438/321 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Having heterojunction ->        Self-aligned->        Utilizing dummy emitter
438/322 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Complementary bipolar transistors
438/323 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Complementary bipolar transistors->        Having common active region (i.e., integrated injection logic (I2L), etc.)
438/324 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Complementary bipolar transistors ->        Having common active region (i.e., integrated injection logic (I2L), etc.)->        Including additional electrical device
438/325 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Complementary bipolar transistors ->        Having common active region (i.e., integrated injection logic (I2L), etc.)->        Having lateral bipolar transistor
438/326 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Complementary bipolar transistors->        Including additional electrical device
438/327 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Complementary bipolar transistors->        Having lateral bipolar transistor
438/328 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Including diode
438/329 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.)
438/330 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.)->        Resistor
438/331 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Resistor->        Having same doping as emitter or collector
438/332 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including passive device (e.g., resistor, capacitor, etc.) ->        Resistor->        Lightly doped junction isolated resistor
438/333 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Having fuse or integral short
438/334 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Forming inverted transistor structure
438/335 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Forming lateral transistor structure
438/336 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Forming lateral transistor structure->        Combined with vertical bipolar transistor
438/337 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Forming lateral transistor structure->        Active region formed along groove or exposed edge in semiconductor
438/338 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Forming lateral transistor structure->        Having multiple emitter or collector structure
438/339 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Forming lateral transistor structure->        Self-aligned
438/340 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Making plural bipolar transistors of differing electrical characteristics
438/341 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Using epitaxial lateral overgrowth
438/342 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Having multiple emitter or collector structure
438/343 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Mesa or stacked emitter
438/344 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Washed emitter
438/345 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Walled emitter
438/346 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Emitter dip prevention or utilization
438/347 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Permeable or metal base
438/348 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Sidewall base contact
438/349 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Pedestal base
438/350 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Forming base region of specified dopant concentration profile (e.g., inactive base region more heavily doped than active base region, etc.)
438/351 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Direct application of electrical current
438/352 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Fusion or solidification of semiconductor region
438/353 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Including isolation structure
438/354 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure->        Having semi-insulative region
438/355 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure->        Total dielectrical isolation
438/356 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure->        Isolation by PN junction only
438/357 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure ->        Isolation by PN junction only->        Including epitaxial semiconductor layer formation
438/358 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure ->        Isolation by PN junction only ->        Including epitaxial semiconductor layer formation->        Up diffusion of dopant from substrate into epitaxial layer
438/359 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure->        Dielectric isolation formed by grooving and refilling with dielectrical material
438/360 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure ->        Dielectric isolation formed by grooving and refilling with dielectrical material->        With epitaxial semiconductor formation in groove
438/361 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure ->        Dielectric isolation formed by grooving and refilling with dielectrical material->        Including deposition of polysilicon or noninsulative material into groove
438/362 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)
438/363 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Including isolation structure ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        With epitaxial semiconductor layer formation
438/364 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Self-aligned
438/365 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned->        Forming active region from adjacent doped polycrystalline or amorphous semiconductor
438/366 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Forming active region from adjacent doped polycrystalline or amorphous semiconductor->        Having sidewall
438/367 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Forming active region from adjacent doped polycrystalline or amorphous semiconductor ->        Having sidewall->        Including conductive component
438/368 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Forming active region from adjacent doped polycrystalline or amorphous semiconductor->        Simultaneously outdiffusing plural dopants from polysilicon or amorphous semiconductor
438/369 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned->        Dopant implantation or diffusion
438/370 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Dopant implantation or diffusion->        Forming buried region (e.g., implanting through insulating layer, etc.)
438/371 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Dopant implantation or diffusion->        Simultaneous introduction of plural dopants
438/372 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Dopant implantation or diffusion ->        Simultaneous introduction of plural dopants->        Plural doping steps
438/373 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Dopant implantation or diffusion ->        Simultaneous introduction of plural dopants ->        Plural doping steps->        Multiple ion implantation steps
438/374 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Dopant implantation or diffusion ->        Simultaneous introduction of plural dopants ->        Plural doping steps ->        Multiple ion implantation steps->        Using same conductivity-type dopant
438/375 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Dopant implantation or diffusion ->        Simultaneous introduction of plural dopants ->        Plural doping steps->        Forming partially overlapping regions
438/376 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Dopant implantation or diffusion ->        Simultaneous introduction of plural dopants ->        Plural doping steps->        Single dopant forming regions of different depth or concentrations
438/377 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS  ->        Self-aligned ->        Dopant implantation or diffusion ->        Simultaneous introduction of plural dopants ->        Plural doping steps->        Through same mask opening
438/378 -> 309 FORMING BIPOLAR TRANSISTOR BY FORMATION OR ALTERATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGIONS ->        Radiation or energy treatment modifying properties of semiconductor regions of substrate (e.g., thermal, corpuscular, electromagnetic, etc.)
438/379 VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE DEVICE MANUFACTURE (E.G., VARACTOR, ETC.)
438/380 AVALANCHE DIODE MANUFACTURE (E.G., IMPATT, TRAPPAT, ETC.)
438/381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)
438/382 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.) ->        Resistor
438/383 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Resistor->        Lightly doped junction isolated resistor
438/384 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Resistor->        Deposited thin film resistor
438/385 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Resistor ->        Deposited thin film resistor->        Altering resistivity of conductor
438/386 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.) ->        Trench capacitor
438/387 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Trench capacitor->        Having stacked capacitor structure (e.g., stacked trench, buried stacked capacitor, etc.)
438/388 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Trench capacitor->        With epitaxial layer formed over the trench
438/389 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Trench capacitor->        Including doping of trench surfaces
438/390 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Trench capacitor ->        Including doping of trench surfaces->        Multiple doping steps
438/391 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Trench capacitor ->        Including doping of trench surfaces->        Including isolation means formed in trench
438/392 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Trench capacitor ->        Including doping of trench surfaces->        Doping by outdiffusion from a dopant source layer (e.g., doped oxide)
438/393 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.) ->        Planar capacitor
438/394 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Planar capacitor->        Including doping of semiconductive region
438/395 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Planar capacitor ->        Including doping of semiconductive region->        Multiple doping steps
438/396 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.) ->        Stacked capacitor
438/397 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Stacked capacitor->        Including selectively removing material to undercut and expose storage node layer
438/398 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Stacked capacitor->        Including texturizing storage node layer
438/399 -> 381 MAKING PASSIVE DEVICE (E.G., RESISTOR, CAPACITOR, ETC.)  ->        Stacked capacitor->        Having contacts formed by selective growth or deposition
438/400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE
438/401 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        Having substrate registration feature (e.g., alignment mark)
438/402 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        And gettering of substrate
438/403 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        Having semi-insulating component
438/404 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        Total dielectric isolation
438/405 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Total dielectric isolation->        And separate partially isolated semiconductor regions
438/406 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Total dielectric isolation->        Bonding of plural semiconductive substrates
438/407 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Total dielectric isolation->        Nondopant implantation
438/408 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Total dielectric isolation->        With electrolytic treatment step
438/409 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Total dielectric isolation ->        With electrolytic treatment step->        Porous semiconductor formation
438/410 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Total dielectric isolation->        Encroachment of separate locally oxidized regions
438/411 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Total dielectric isolation->        Air isolation (e.g., beam lead supported semiconductor islands, etc.)
438/412 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Total dielectric isolation ->        Air isolation (e.g., beam lead supported semiconductor islands, etc.)->        Semiconductor islands formed upon insulating substrate or layer (e.g., mesa isolation, etc.)
438/413 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Total dielectric isolation->        With epitaxial semiconductor formation
438/414 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        Isolation by PN junction only
438/415 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Isolation by PN junction only->        Thermomigration
438/416 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Isolation by PN junction only->        With epitaxial semiconductor formation
438/417 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Isolation by PN junction only ->        With epitaxial semiconductor formation->        And simultaneous polycrystalline growth
438/418 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Isolation by PN junction only ->        With epitaxial semiconductor formation->        Dopant addition
438/419 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Isolation by PN junction only ->        With epitaxial semiconductor formation ->        Dopant addition->        Plural doping steps
438/420 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Isolation by PN junction only->        Plural doping steps
438/421 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        Having air-gap dielectric (e.g., groove, etc.)
438/422 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Having air-gap dielectric (e.g., groove, etc.)->        Enclosed cavity
438/423 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        Implanting to form insulator
438/424 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material
438/425 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material->        Combined with formation of recessed oxide by localized oxidation
438/426 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material ->        Combined with formation of recessed oxide by localized oxidation->        Recessed oxide laterally extending from groove
438/427 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material->        Refilling multiple grooves of different widths or depths
438/428 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material ->        Refilling multiple grooves of different widths or depths->        Reflow of insulator
438/429 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material->        And epitaxial semiconductor formation in groove
438/430 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material->        And deposition of polysilicon or noninsulative material into groove
438/431 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material ->        And deposition of polysilicon or noninsulative material into groove->        Oxidation of deposited material
438/432 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material ->        And deposition of polysilicon or noninsulative material into groove ->        Oxidation of deposited material->        Nonoxidized portions remaining in groove after oxidation
438/433 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material->        Dopant addition
438/434 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material ->        Dopant addition->        From doped insulator in groove
438/435 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material->        Multiple insulative layers in groove
438/436 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material ->        Multiple insulative layers in groove->        Reflow of insulator
438/437 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material ->        Multiple insulative layers in groove->        Conformal insulator formation
438/438 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Grooved and refilled with deposited dielectric material->        Reflow of insulator
438/439 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)
438/440 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        Including nondopant implantation
438/441 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        With electrolytic treatment step
438/442 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        With epitaxial semiconductor layer formation
438/443 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        Etchback of recessed oxide
438/444 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        Preliminary etching of groove
438/445 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS) ->        Preliminary etching of groove->        Masking of groove sidewall
438/446 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS) ->        Preliminary etching of groove ->        Masking of groove sidewall->        Polysilicon containing sidewall
438/447 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS) ->        Preliminary etching of groove ->        Masking of groove sidewall->        Dopant addition
438/448 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        Utilizing oxidation mask having polysilicon component
438/449 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        Dopant addition
438/450 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS) ->        Dopant addition->        Implanting through recessed oxide
438/451 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS) ->        Dopant addition->        Plural doping steps
438/452 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        Plural oxidation steps to form recessed oxide
438/453 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE  ->        Recessed oxide by localized oxidation (i.e., LOCOS)->        And electrical conductor formation (i.e., metallization)
438/454 -> 400 FORMATION OF ELECTRICALLY ISOLATED LATERAL SEMICONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE ->        Field plate electrode
438/455 BONDING OF PLURAL SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATES
438/456 -> 455 BONDING OF PLURAL SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATES ->        Having enclosed cavity
438/457 -> 455 BONDING OF PLURAL SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATES ->        Warping of semiconductor substrate
438/458 -> 455 BONDING OF PLURAL SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATES ->        Subsequent separation into plural bodies (e.g., delaminating, dicing, etc.)
438/459 -> 455 BONDING OF PLURAL SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATES ->        Thinning of semiconductor substrate
438/460 SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE DICING
438/461 -> 460 SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE DICING ->        Beam lead formation
438/462 -> 460 SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE DICING ->        Having specified scribe region structure (e.g., alignment mark, plural grooves, etc.)
438/463 -> 460 SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE DICING ->        By electromagnetic irradiation (e.g., electron, laser, etc.)
438/464 -> 460 SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE DICING ->        With attachment to temporary support or carrier
438/465 -> 460 SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE DICING ->        Having a perfecting coating
438/466 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL CURRENT
438/467 -> 466 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL CURRENT ->        To alter conductivity of fuse or antifuse element
438/468 -> 466 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL CURRENT ->        Electromigration
438/469 -> 466 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL CURRENT ->        Utilizing pulsed current
438/470 -> 466 DIRECT APPLICATION OF ELECTRICAL CURRENT ->        Fusion of semiconductor region
438/471 GETTERING OF SUBSTRATE
438/472 -> 471 GETTERING OF SUBSTRATE ->        By vibrating or impacting
438/473 -> 471 GETTERING OF SUBSTRATE ->        By implanting or irradiating
438/474 -> 471 GETTERING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        By implanting or irradiating->        Ionized radiation (e.g., corpuscular or plasma treatment, etc.)
438/475 -> 471 GETTERING OF SUBSTRATE  ->        By implanting or irradiating ->        Ionized radiation (e.g., corpuscular or plasma treatment, etc.)->        Hydrogen plasma (i.e., hydrogenization)
438/476 -> 471 GETTERING OF SUBSTRATE ->        By layers which are coated, contacted, or diffused
438/477 -> 471 GETTERING OF SUBSTRATE ->        By vapor phase surface reaction
438/478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)
438/479 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION) ->        On insulating substrate or layer
438/480 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        On insulating substrate or layer->        Including implantation of ion which reacts with semiconductor substrate to form insulating layer
438/481 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        On insulating substrate or layer->        Utilizing epitaxial lateral overgrowth
438/482 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION) ->        Amorphous semiconductor
438/483 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor->        Compound semiconductor
438/484 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor->        Running length (e.g., sheet, strip, etc.)
438/485 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor->        Deposition utilizing plasma (e.g., glow discharge, etc.)
438/486 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor->        And subsequent crystallization
438/487 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Amorphous semiconductor ->        And subsequent crystallization->        Utilizing wave energy (e.g., laser, electron beam, etc.)
438/488 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION) ->        Polycrystalline semiconductor
438/489 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Polycrystalline semiconductor->        Simultaneous single crystal formation
438/490 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Polycrystalline semiconductor->        Running length (e.g., sheet, strip, etc.)
438/491 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Polycrystalline semiconductor->        And subsequent doping of polycrystalline semiconductor
438/492 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION) ->        Fluid growth step with preceding and subsequent diverse operation
438/493 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION) ->        Plural fluid growth steps with intervening diverse operation
438/494 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Plural fluid growth steps with intervening diverse operation->        Differential etching
438/495 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Plural fluid growth steps with intervening diverse operation->        Doping of semiconductor
438/496 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Plural fluid growth steps with intervening diverse operation->        Coating of semiconductive substrate with nonsemiconductive material
438/497 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION) ->        Fluid growth from liquid combined with preceding diverse operation
438/498 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Fluid growth from liquid combined with preceding diverse operation->        Differential etching
438/499 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Fluid growth from liquid combined with preceding diverse operation->        Doping of semiconductor
438/500 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION) ->        Fluid growth from liquid combined with subsequent diverse operation
438/501 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Fluid growth from liquid combined with subsequent diverse operation->        Doping of semiconductor
438/502 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Fluid growth from liquid combined with subsequent diverse operation->        Heat treatment
438/503 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION) ->        Fluid growth from gaseous state combined with preceding diverse operation
438/504 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Fluid growth from gaseous state combined with preceding diverse operation->        Differential etching
438/505 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Fluid growth from gaseous state combined with preceding diverse operation->        Doping of semiconductor
438/506 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Fluid growth from gaseous state combined with preceding diverse operation ->        Doping of semiconductor->        Ion implantation
438/507 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION) ->        Fluid growth from gaseous state combined with subsequent diverse operation
438/508 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Fluid growth from gaseous state combined with subsequent diverse operation->        Doping of semiconductor
438/509 -> 478 FORMATION OF SEMICONDUCTIVE ACTIVE REGION ON ANY SUBSTRATE (E.G., FLUID GROWTH, DEPOSITION)  ->        Fluid growth from gaseous state combined with subsequent diverse operation->        Heat treatment
438/510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL
438/511 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        Ordering or disordering
438/512 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        Involving nuclear transmutation doping
438/513 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        Plasma (e.g., glow discharge, etc.)
438/514 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region
438/515 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Ionized molecules
438/516 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Including charge neutralization
438/517 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Of semiconductor layer on insulating substrate or layer
438/518 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Of compound semiconductor
438/519 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region ->        Of compound semiconductor->        Including multiple implantation steps
438/520 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region ->        Of compound semiconductor ->        Including multiple implantation steps->        Providing nondopant ion (e.g., proton, etc.)
438/521 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region ->        Of compound semiconductor ->        Including multiple implantation steps->        Using same conductivity-type dopant
438/522 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region ->        Of compound semiconductor->        Including heat treatment
438/523 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region ->        Of compound semiconductor->        And contact formation (i.e., metallization)
438/524 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Into grooved semiconductor substrate region
438/525 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Using oblique beam
438/526 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Forming buried region
438/527 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Including multiple implantation steps
438/528 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region ->        Including multiple implantation steps->        Providing nondopant ion (e.g., proton, etc.)
438/529 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region ->        Including multiple implantation steps->        Using same conductivity-type dopant
438/530 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Including heat treatment
438/531 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Using shadow mask
438/532 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        Into polycrystalline region
438/533 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region->        And contact formation (i.e., metallization)
438/534 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Ion implantation of dopant into semiconductor region ->        And contact formation (i.e., metallization)->        Rectifying contact (i.e., Schottky contact)
438/535 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        By application of corpuscular or electromagnetic radiation (e.g., electron, laser, etc.)
438/536 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        By application of corpuscular or electromagnetic radiation (e.g., electron, laser, etc.)->        Recoil implantation
438/537 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        Fusing dopant with substrate (i.e., alloy junction)
438/538 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Fusing dopant with substrate (i.e., alloy junction)->        Using additional material to improve wettability or flow characteristics (e.g., flux, etc.)
438/539 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Fusing dopant with substrate (i.e., alloy junction)->        Application of pressure to material during fusion
438/540 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Fusing dopant with substrate (i.e., alloy junction)->        Including plural controlled heating or cooling steps or nonuniform heating
438/541 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Fusing dopant with substrate (i.e., alloy junction) ->        Including plural controlled heating or cooling steps or nonuniform heating->        Including diffusion after fusing step
438/542 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        Diffusing a dopant
438/543 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        To control carrier lifetime (i.e., deep level dopant)
438/544 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        To solid-state solubility concentration
438/545 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Forming partially overlapping regions
438/546 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Plural dopants in same region (e.g., through same mask opening, etc.)
438/547 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        Plural dopants in same region (e.g., through same mask opening, etc.)->        Simultaneously
438/548 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Plural dopants simultaneously in plural regions
438/549 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Single dopant forming plural diverse regions (e.g., forming regions of different concentrations or of different depths, etc.)
438/550 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Nonuniform heating
438/551 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Using multiple layered mask
438/552 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        Using multiple layered mask->        Having plural predetermined openings in master mask
438/553 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Using metal mask
438/554 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Outwardly
438/555 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Laterally under mask opening
438/556 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        Edge diffusion by using edge portion of structure other than masking layer to mask
438/557 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        From melt
438/558 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        From solid dopant source in contact with semiconductor region
438/559 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From solid dopant source in contact with semiconductor region->        Using capping layer over dopant source to prevent out-diffusion of dopant
438/560 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From solid dopant source in contact with semiconductor region->        Plural diffusion stages
438/561 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From solid dopant source in contact with semiconductor region->        Dopant source within trench or groove
438/562 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From solid dopant source in contact with semiconductor region->        Organic source
438/563 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From solid dopant source in contact with semiconductor region->        Glassy source or doped oxide
438/564 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From solid dopant source in contact with semiconductor region->        Polycrystalline semiconductor source
438/565 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant->        From vapor phase
438/566 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From vapor phase->        Plural diffusion stages
438/567 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From vapor phase->        Solid source in operative relation with semiconductor region
438/568 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From vapor phase ->        Solid source in operative relation with semiconductor region->        In capsule-type enclosure
438/569 -> 510 INTRODUCTION OF CONDUCTIVITY MODIFYING DOPANT INTO SEMICONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Diffusing a dopant ->        From vapor phase->        Into compound semiconductor region
438/570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)
438/571 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT) ->        Combined with formation of ohmic contact to semiconductor region
438/572 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT) ->        Compound semiconductor
438/573 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)  ->        Compound semiconductor->        Multilayer electrode
438/574 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)  ->        Compound semiconductor ->        Multilayer electrode->        T-shaped electrode
438/575 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)  ->        Compound semiconductor ->        Multilayer electrode->        Using platinum group metal (i.e., platinum (Pt), palladium (Pd), rodium (Rh), ruthenium (Ru), iridium (Ir), osmium (Os), or alloy thereof)
438/576 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)  ->        Compound semiconductor->        Into grooved or recessed semiconductor region
438/577 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)  ->        Compound semiconductor ->        Into grooved or recessed semiconductor region->        Utilizing lift-off
438/578 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)  ->        Compound semiconductor ->        Into grooved or recessed semiconductor region->        Forming electrode of specified shape (e.g., slanted, etc.)
438/579 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)  ->        Compound semiconductor ->        Into grooved or recessed semiconductor region ->        Forming electrode of specified shape (e.g., slanted, etc.)->        T-shaped electrode
438/580 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT) ->        Using platinum group metal (i.e., platinum (Pt), palladium (Pd), rhodium (Rh), ruthenium (Ru), iridium (Ir), osmium (Os), or alloy thereof)
438/581 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)  ->        Using platinum group metal (i.e., platinum (Pt), palladium (Pd), rhodium (Rh), ruthenium (Ru), iridium (Ir), osmium (Os), or alloy thereof)->        Silicide
438/582 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT) ->        Using refractory group metal (i.e., titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), vanadium (V), niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), or alloy thereof)
438/583 -> 570 FORMING SCHOTTKY JUNCTION (I.E., SEMICONDUCTOR-CONDUCTOR RECTIFYING JUNCTION CONTACT)  ->        Using refractory group metal (i.e., titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), vanadium (V), niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), or alloy thereof)->        Silicide
438/584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL
438/585 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        Insulated gate formation
438/586 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation->        Combined with formation of ohmic contact to semiconductor region
438/587 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation->        Forming array of gate electrodes
438/588 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation ->        Forming array of gate electrodes->        Plural gate levels
438/589 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation->        Recessed into semiconductor substrate
438/590 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation->        Compound semiconductor
438/591 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation->        Gate insulator structure constructed of plural layers or nonsilicon containing compound
438/592 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation->        Possessing plural conductive layers (e.g., polycide)
438/593 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation ->        Possessing plural conductive layers (e.g., polycide)->        Separated by insulator (i.e., floating gate)
438/594 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation ->        Possessing plural conductive layers (e.g., polycide) ->        Separated by insulator (i.e., floating gate)->        Tunnelling dielectric layer
438/595 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation->        Having sidewall structure
438/596 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        Insulated gate formation ->        Having sidewall structure->        Portion of sidewall structure is conductive
438/597 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material
438/598 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Selectively interconnecting (e.g., customization, wafer scale integration, etc.)
438/599 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Selectively interconnecting (e.g., customization, wafer scale integration, etc.)->        With electrical circuit layout
438/600 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Selectively interconnecting (e.g., customization, wafer scale integration, etc.)->        Using structure alterable to conductive state (i.e., antifuse)
438/601 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Selectively interconnecting (e.g., customization, wafer scale integration, etc.)->        Using structure alterable to nonconductive state (i.e., fuse)
438/602 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        To compound semiconductor
438/603 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        To compound semiconductor->        II-VI compound semiconductor
438/604 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        To compound semiconductor->        III-V compound semiconductor
438/605 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        To compound semiconductor ->        III-V compound semiconductor->        Multilayer electrode
438/606 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        To compound semiconductor ->        III-V compound semiconductor->        Ga and As containing semiconductor
438/607 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        With epitaxial conductor formation
438/608 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Oxidic conductor (e.g., indium tin oxide, etc.)
438/609 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Oxidic conductor (e.g., indium tin oxide, etc.)->        Transparent conductor
438/610 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Conductive macromolecular conductor (including metal powder filled composition)
438/611 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Beam lead formation
438/612 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Forming solder contact or bonding pad
438/613 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Forming solder contact or bonding pad->        Bump electrode
438/614 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Forming solder contact or bonding pad ->        Bump electrode->        Plural conductive layers
438/615 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Forming solder contact or bonding pad ->        Bump electrode->        Including fusion of conductor
438/616 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Forming solder contact or bonding pad ->        Bump electrode ->        Including fusion of conductor->        By transcription from auxiliary substrate
438/617 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Forming solder contact or bonding pad ->        Bump electrode ->        Including fusion of conductor->        By wire bonding
438/618 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects)
438/619 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects)->        Air bridge structure
438/620 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects)->        Forming contacts of differing depths into semiconductor substrate
438/621 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects)->        Contacting diversely doped semiconductive regions (e.g., p-type and n-type regions, etc.)
438/622 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects)->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization)
438/623 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization)->        Including organic insulating material between metal levels
438/624 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization)->        Separating insulating layer is laminate or composite of plural insulating materials
438/625 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization)->        At least one metallization level formed of diverse conductive layers
438/626 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        At least one metallization level formed of diverse conductive layers->        Planarization
438/627 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        At least one metallization level formed of diverse conductive layers->        At least one layer forms a diffusion barrier
438/628 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        At least one metallization level formed of diverse conductive layers->        Having adhesion promoting layer
438/629 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        At least one metallization level formed of diverse conductive layers->        Diverse conductive layers limited to viahole/plug
438/630 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        At least one metallization level formed of diverse conductive layers ->        Diverse conductive layers limited to viahole/plug->        Silicide formation
438/631 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization)->        Having planarization step
438/632 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        Having planarization step->        Utilizing reflow
438/633 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        Having planarization step->        Simultaneously by chemical and mechanical means
438/634 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        Having planarization step->        Utilizing etch-stop layer
438/635 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization)->        Insulator formed by reaction with conductor (e.g., oxidation, etc.)
438/636 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization)->        Including use of antireflective layer
438/637 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization)->        With formation of opening (i.e., viahole) in insulative layer
438/638 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        With formation of opening (i.e., viahole) in insulative layer->        Having viaholes of diverse width
438/639 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        With formation of opening (i.e., viahole) in insulative layer->        Having viahole with sidewall component
438/640 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization) ->        With formation of opening (i.e., viahole) in insulative layer->        Having viahole of tapered shape
438/641 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Multiple metal levels, separated by insulating layer (i.e., multiple level metallization)->        Selective deposition
438/642 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects)->        Diverse conductors
438/643 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Diverse conductors->        At least one layer forms a diffusion barrier
438/644 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Diverse conductors->        Having adhesion promoting layer
438/645 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Diverse conductors->        Having planarization step
438/646 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Diverse conductors ->        Having planarization step->        Utilizing reflow
438/647 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Diverse conductors->        Having electrically conductive polysilicon component
438/648 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Diverse conductors->        Having refractory group metal (i.e., titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), vanadium (V), niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), or alloy thereof)
438/649 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Diverse conductors ->        Having refractory group metal (i.e., titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), vanadium (V), niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), or alloy thereof)->        Silicide
438/650 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Diverse conductors->        Having noble group metal (i.e., silver (Ag), gold (Au), platinum (Pt), palladium (Pd), rhodium (Rh), ruthenium (Ru), iridium (Ir), osmium (Os), or alloy thereof)
438/651 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Contacting multiple semiconductive regions (i.e., interconnects) ->        Diverse conductors ->        Having noble group metal (i.e., silver (Ag), gold (Au), platinum (Pt), palladium (Pd), rhodium (Rh), ruthenium (Ru), iridium (Ir), osmium (Os), or alloy thereof)->        Silicide
438/652 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Plural layered electrode or conductor
438/653 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Plural layered electrode or conductor->        At least one layer forms a diffusion barrier
438/654 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Plural layered electrode or conductor->        Having adhesion promoting layer
438/655 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Plural layered electrode or conductor->        Silicide
438/656 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Plural layered electrode or conductor->        Having refractory group metal (i.e., titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), vanadium (V), niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), or alloy thereof)
438/657 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Plural layered electrode or conductor->        Having electrically conductive polysilicon component
438/658 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Altering composition of conductor
438/659 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Altering composition of conductor->        Implantation of ion into conductor
438/660 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Including heat treatment of conductive layer
438/661 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Including heat treatment of conductive layer->        Subsequent fusing conductive layer
438/662 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Including heat treatment of conductive layer ->        Subsequent fusing conductive layer->        Utilizing laser
438/663 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Including heat treatment of conductive layer->        Rapid thermal anneal
438/664 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Including heat treatment of conductive layer ->        Rapid thermal anneal->        Forming silicide
438/665 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Utilizing textured surface
438/666 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Specified configuration of electrode or contact
438/667 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Specified configuration of electrode or contact->        Conductive feedthrough or through-hole in substrate
438/668 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Specified configuration of electrode or contact->        Specified aspect ratio of conductor or viahole
438/669 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        And patterning of conductive layer
438/670 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        And patterning of conductive layer->        Utilizing lift-off
438/671 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        And patterning of conductive layer->        Utilizing multilayered mask
438/672 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        And patterning of conductive layer->        Plug formation (i.e., in viahole)
438/673 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        And patterning of conductive layer->        Tapered etching
438/674 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Selective deposition of conductive layer
438/675 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Selective deposition of conductive layer->        Plug formation (i.e., in viahole)
438/676 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Selective deposition of conductive layer->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy
438/677 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Selective deposition of conductive layer->        Pretreatment of surface to enhance or retard deposition
438/678 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Electroless deposition of conductive layer
438/679 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Evaporative coating of conductive layer
438/680 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Utilizing chemical vapor deposition (i.e., CVD)
438/681 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Utilizing chemical vapor deposition (i.e., CVD)->        Of organo-metallic precursor (i.e., MOCVD)
438/682 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Silicide
438/683 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material ->        Silicide->        Of refractory group metal (i.e., titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), vanadium (V), niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), or alloy thereof)
438/684 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Electrically conductive polysilicon
438/685 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Refractory group metal (i.e., titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), vanadium (V), niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), or alloy thereof)
438/686 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Noble group metal (i.e., silver (Ag), gold (Au), platinum (Pt), palladium (Pd), rhodium (Rh), ruthenium (Ru), iridium (Ir), osmium (Os), or alloy thereof)
438/687 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Copper of copper alloy conductor
438/688 -> 584 COATING WITH ELECTRICALLY OR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL  ->        To form ohmic contact to semiconductive material->        Aluminum or aluminum alloy conductor
438/689 CHEMICAL ETCHING
438/690 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING ->        Combined with the removal of material by nonchemical means (e.g., ablating, abrading, etc.)
438/691 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with the removal of material by nonchemical means (e.g., ablating, abrading, etc.)->        Combined mechanical and chemical material removal
438/692 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with the removal of material by nonchemical means (e.g., ablating, abrading, etc.) ->        Combined mechanical and chemical material removal->        Simultaneous (e.g., chemical-mechanical polishing, etc.)
438/693 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with the removal of material by nonchemical means (e.g., ablating, abrading, etc.) ->        Combined mechanical and chemical material removal ->        Simultaneous (e.g., chemical-mechanical polishing, etc.)->        Utilizing particulate abradant
438/694 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING ->        Combined with coating step
438/695 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with coating step->        Simultaneous etching and coating
438/696 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with coating step->        Coating of sidewall
438/697 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with coating step->        Planarization by etching and coating
438/698 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with coating step ->        Planarization by etching and coating->        Utilizing reflow
438/699 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with coating step ->        Planarization by etching and coating->        Plural coating steps
438/700 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with coating step->        Formation of groove or trench
438/701 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with coating step ->        Formation of groove or trench->        Tapered configuration
438/702 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with coating step ->        Formation of groove or trench->        Plural coating steps
438/703 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Combined with coating step->        Plural coating steps
438/704 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING ->        Having liquid and vapor etching steps
438/705 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING ->        Altering etchability of substrate region by compositional or crystalline modification
438/706 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching)
438/707 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching)->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy
438/708 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy->        Photo-induced etching
438/709 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        Photo-induced etching->        Photo-induced plasma etching
438/710 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)
438/711 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Utilizing multiple gas energizing means
438/712 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Reactive ion beam etching (i.e., RIBE)
438/713 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Forming tapered profile (e.g., tapered etching, etc.)
438/714 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Including change in etch influencing parameter (e.g., energizing power, etchant composition, temperature, etc.)
438/715 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        With substrate heating or cooling
438/716 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        With substrate handling (e.g., conveying, etc.)
438/717 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Utilizing multilayered mask
438/718 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Compound semiconductor
438/719 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Silicon
438/720 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Electrically conductive material (e.g., metal, conductive oxide, etc.)
438/721 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Electrically conductive material (e.g., metal, conductive oxide, etc.)->        Silicide
438/722 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Metal oxide
438/723 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Silicon oxide or glass
438/724 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Silicon nitride
438/725 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Organic material (e.g., resist, etc.)
438/726 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Having microwave gas energizing
438/727 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Having microwave gas energizing->        Producing energized gas remotely located from substrate
438/728 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Having microwave gas energizing ->        Producing energized gas remotely located from substrate->        Using magnet (e.g., electron cyclotron resonance, etc.)
438/729 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Using specified electrode/susceptor configuration (e.g., of multiple substrates using barrel-type susceptor, planar reactor configuration, etc.) to generate plasma
438/730 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Using specified electrode/susceptor configuration (e.g., of multiple substrates using barrel-type susceptor, planar reactor configuration, etc.) to generate plasma->        Producing energized gas remotely located from substrate
438/731 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.) ->        Using specified electrode/susceptor configuration (e.g., of multiple substrates using barrel-type susceptor, planar reactor configuration, etc.) to generate plasma ->        Producing energized gas remotely located from substrate->        Using intervening shield structure
438/732 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy ->        By creating electric field (e.g., plasma, glow discharge, etc.)->        Using magnet (e.g., electron cyclotron resonance, etc.)
438/733 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy->        Using or orientation dependent etchant (i.e., anisotropic etchant)
438/734 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching)->        Sequential etching steps on a single layer
438/735 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching)->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate
438/736 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate->        Utilizing multilayered mask
438/737 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate->        Substrate possessing multiple layers
438/738 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate ->        Substrate possessing multiple layers->        Selectively etching substrate possessing multiple layers of differing etch characteristics
438/739 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate ->        Substrate possessing multiple layers ->        Selectively etching substrate possessing multiple layers of differing etch characteristics->        Lateral etching of intermediate layer (i.e., undercutting)
438/740 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate ->        Substrate possessing multiple layers ->        Selectively etching substrate possessing multiple layers of differing etch characteristics->        Utilizing etch stop layer
438/741 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate ->        Substrate possessing multiple layers ->        Selectively etching substrate possessing multiple layers of differing etch characteristics ->        Utilizing etch stop layer->        PN junction functions as etch stop
438/742 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate ->        Substrate possessing multiple layers->        Electrically conductive material (e.g., metal, conductive oxide, etc.)
438/743 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate ->        Substrate possessing multiple layers->        Silicon oxide or glass
438/744 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Vapor phase etching (i.e., dry etching) ->        Differential etching of semiconductor substrate ->        Substrate possessing multiple layers->        Silicon nitride
438/745 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING ->        Liquid phase etching
438/746 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy
438/747 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching->        With relative movement between substrate and confined pool of etchant
438/748 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching->        Projection of etchant against a moving substrate or controlling the angle or pattern of projected etchant
438/749 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching->        Sequential application of etchant
438/750 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching ->        Sequential application of etchant->        To same side of substrate
438/751 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching ->        Sequential application of etchant ->        To same side of substrate->        Each etch step exposes surface of an adjacent layer
438/752 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching->        Germanium
438/753 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching->        Silicon
438/754 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching->        Electrically conductive material (e.g., metal, conductive oxide, etc.)
438/755 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching ->        Electrically conductive material (e.g., metal, conductive oxide, etc.)->        Silicide
438/756 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching->        Silicon oxide
438/757 -> 689 CHEMICAL ETCHING  ->        Liquid phase etching->        Silicon nitride
438/758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE
438/759 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE ->        Combined with the removal of material by nonchemical means
438/760 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE ->        Utilizing reflow (e.g., planarization, etc.)
438/761 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE ->        Multiple layers
438/762 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Multiple layers->        At least one layer formed by reaction with substrate
438/763 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Multiple layers->        Layers formed of diverse composition or by diverse coating processes
438/764 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE ->        Formation of semi-insulative polycrystalline silicon
438/765 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE ->        By reaction with substrate
438/766 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate->        Implantation of ion (e.g., to form ion amorphousized region prior to selective oxidation, reacting with substrate to form insulative region, etc.)
438/767 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate->        Compound semiconductor substrate
438/768 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate->        Reaction with conductive region
438/769 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate->        Reaction with silicon semiconductive region (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.)
438/770 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate ->        Reaction with silicon semiconductive region (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.)->        Oxidation
438/771 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate ->        Reaction with silicon semiconductive region (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.) ->        Oxidation->        Using electromagnetic or wave energy
438/772 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate ->        Reaction with silicon semiconductive region (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.) ->        Oxidation ->        Using electromagnetic or wave energy->        Microwave gas energizing
438/773 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate ->        Reaction with silicon semiconductive region (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.) ->        Oxidation->        In atmosphere containing water vapor (i.e., wet oxidation)
438/774 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate ->        Reaction with silicon semiconductive region (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.) ->        Oxidation->        In atmosphere containing halogen
438/775 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate ->        Reaction with silicon semiconductive region (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.)->        Nitridation
438/776 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate ->        Reaction with silicon semiconductive region (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.) ->        Nitridation->        Using electromagnetic or wave energy
438/777 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        By reaction with substrate ->        Reaction with silicon semiconductive region (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.) ->        Nitridation ->        Using electromagnetic or wave energy->        Microwave gas energizing
438/778 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate
438/779 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate->        Compound semiconductor substrate
438/780 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate->        Depositing organic material (e.g., polymer, etc.)
438/781 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate ->        Depositing organic material (e.g., polymer, etc.)->        Subsequent heating modifying organic coating composition
438/782 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate->        With substrate handling during coating (e.g., immersion, spinning, etc.)
438/783 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate->        Insulative material having impurity (e.g., for altering physical characteristics, etc.)
438/784 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate ->        Insulative material having impurity (e.g., for altering physical characteristics, etc.)->        Introduction simultaneous with deposition
438/785 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate->        Insulative material is compound of refractory group metal (i.e., titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), vanadium (V), niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), or alloy thereof)
438/786 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate->        Tertiary silicon containing compound formation (e.g., oxynitride formation, etc.)
438/787 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate->        Silicon oxide formation
438/788 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate ->        Silicon oxide formation->        Using electromagnetic or wave energy (e.g., photo-induced deposition, plasma, etc.)
438/789 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate ->        Silicon oxide formation ->        Using electromagnetic or wave energy (e.g., photo-induced deposition, plasma, etc.)->        Organic reactant
438/790 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate ->        Silicon oxide formation->        Organic reactant
438/791 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate->        Silicon nitride formation
438/792 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate ->        Silicon nitride formation->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy (e.g., photo-induced deposition, plasma, etc.)
438/793 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate ->        Silicon nitride formation ->        Utilizing electromagnetic or wave energy (e.g., photo-induced deposition, plasma, etc.)->        Organic reactant
438/794 -> 758 COATING OF SUBSTRATE CONTAINING SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OR OF SEMICONDUCTOR SUBSTRATE  ->        Insulative material deposited upon semiconductive substrate ->        Silicon nitride formation->        Organic reactant
438/795 RADIATION OR ENERGY TREATMENT MODIFYING PROPERTIES OF SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OF SUBSTRATE (E.G., THERMAL, CORPUSCULAR, ELECTROMAGNETIC, ETC.)
438/796 -> 795 RADIATION OR ENERGY TREATMENT MODIFYING PROPERTIES OF SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OF SUBSTRATE (E.G., THERMAL, CORPUSCULAR, ELECTROMAGNETIC, ETC.) ->        Compound semiconductor
438/797 -> 795 RADIATION OR ENERGY TREATMENT MODIFYING PROPERTIES OF SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OF SUBSTRATE (E.G., THERMAL, CORPUSCULAR, ELECTROMAGNETIC, ETC.)  ->        Compound semiconductor->        Ordering or disordering
438/798 -> 795 RADIATION OR ENERGY TREATMENT MODIFYING PROPERTIES OF SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OF SUBSTRATE (E.G., THERMAL, CORPUSCULAR, ELECTROMAGNETIC, ETC.) ->        Ionized irradiation (e.g., corpuscular or plasma treatment, etc.)
438/799 -> 795 RADIATION OR ENERGY TREATMENT MODIFYING PROPERTIES OF SEMICONDUCTOR REGION OF SUBSTRATE (E.G., THERMAL, CORPUSCULAR, ELECTROMAGNETIC, ETC.) ->        By differential heating
438/800 MISCELLANEOUS
438/900 BULK EFFECT DEVICE MAKING
438/901 CAPACITIVE JUNCTION
438/902 CAPPING LAYER
438/903 CATALYST AIDED DEPOSITION
438/904 CHARGE CARRIER LIFETIME CONTROL
438/905 CLEANING OF REACTION CHAMBER
438/906 CLEANING OF WAFER AS INTERIM STEP
438/907 CONTINUOUS PROCESSING
438/908 -> 907 CONTINUOUS PROCESSING ->        Utilizing cluster apparatus
438/909 CONTROLLED ATMOSPHERE
438/910 CONTROLLING CHARGING STATE AT SEMICONDUCTOR-INSULATOR INTERFACE
438/911 DIFFERENTIAL OXIDATION AND ETCHING
438/912 DISPLACING PN JUNCTION
438/913 DIVERSE TREATMENTS PERFORMED IN UNITARY CHAMBER
438/914 DOPING
438/915 -> 914 DOPING ->        Amphoteric doping
438/916 -> 914 DOPING ->        Autodoping control or utilization
438/917 -> 914 DOPING ->        Deep level dopants (e.g., gold (Au), chromium (Cr), iron (Fe), nickel (Ni), etc.)
438/918 -> 914 DOPING ->        Special or nonstandard dopant
438/919 -> 914 DOPING ->        Compensation doping
438/920 -> 914 DOPING ->        Controlling diffusion profile by oxidation
438/921 -> 914 DOPING ->        Nonselective diffusion
438/922 -> 914 DOPING ->        Diffusion along grain boundaries
438/923 -> 914 DOPING ->        Diffusion through a layer
438/924 -> 914 DOPING ->        To facilitate selective etching
438/925 -> 914 DOPING ->        Fluid growth doping control (e.g., delta doping, etc.)
438/926 DUMMY METALLIZATION
438/927 ELECTROMIGRATION RESISTANT METALLIZATION
438/928 FRONT AND REAR SURFACE PROCESSING
438/929 EUTECTIC SEMICONDUCTOR
438/930 TERNARY OR QUATERNARY SEMICONDUCTOR COMPRISED OF ELEMENTS FROM THREE DIFFERENT GROUPS (E.G., I-III-V, ETC.)
438/931 SILICON CARBIDE SEMICONDUCTOR
438/932 BORON NITRIDE SEMICONDUCTOR
438/933 GERMANIUM OR SILICON OR GE-SI ON III-V
438/934 SHEET RESISTANCE (I.E., DOPANT PARAMETERS)
438/935 GAS FLOW CONTROL
438/936 GRADED ENERGY GAP
438/937 HILLOCK PREVENTION
438/938 LATTICE STRAIN CONTROL OR UTILIZATION
438/939 LANGMUIR-BLODGETT FILM UTILIZATION
438/940 LASER ABLATIVE MATERIAL REMOVAL
438/941 LOADING EFFECT MITIGATION
438/942 MASKING
438/943 -> 942 MASKING ->        Movable
438/944 -> 942 MASKING ->        Shadow
438/945 -> 942 MASKING ->        Special (e.g., metal, etc.)
438/946 -> 942 MASKING ->        Step and repeat
438/947 -> 942 MASKING ->        Subphotolithographic processing
438/948 -> 942 MASKING ->        Radiation resist
438/949 -> 942 MASKING  ->        Radiation resist->        Energy beam treating radiation resist on semiconductor
438/950 -> 942 MASKING  ->        Radiation resist->        Multilayer mask including nonradiation sensitive layer
438/951 -> 942 MASKING  ->        Radiation resist->        Lift-off
438/952 -> 942 MASKING  ->        Radiation resist->        Utilizing antireflective layer
438/953 MAKING RADIATION RESISTANT DEVICE
438/954 MAKING OXIDE-NITRIDE-OXIDE DEVICE
438/955 MELT-BACK
438/956 MAKING MULTIPLE WAVELENGTH EMISSIVE DEVICE
438/957 MAKING METAL-INSULATOR-METAL DEVICE
438/958 PASSIVATION LAYER
438/959 MECHANICAL POLISHING OF WAFER
438/960 POROUS SEMICONDUCTOR
438/961 ION BEAM SOURCE AND GENERATION
438/962 QUANTUM DOTS AND LINES
438/963 REMOVING PROCESS RESIDUES FROM VERTICAL SUBSTRATE SURFACES
438/964 ROUGHENED SURFACE
438/965 SHAPED JUNCTION FORMATION
438/966 SELECTIVE OXIDATION OF ION-AMORPHOUSIZED LAYER
438/967 SEMICONDUCTOR ON SPECIFIED INSULATOR
438/968 SEMICONDUCTOR-METAL-SEMICONDUCTOR
438/969 SIMULTANEOUS FORMATION OF MONOCRYSTALLINE AND POLYCRYSTALLINE REGIONS
438/970 SPECIFIED ETCH STOP MATERIAL
438/971 STOICHIOMETRIC CONTROL OF HOST SUBSTRATE COMPOSITION
438/972 STORED CHARGE ERASURE
438/973 SUBSTRATE ORIENTATION
438/974 SUBSTRATE SURFACE PREPARATION
438/975 SUBSTRATE OR MASK ALIGNING FEATURE
438/976 TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE LAYER
438/977 THINNING OR REMOVAL OF SUBSTRATE
438/978 FORMING TAPERED EDGES ON SUBSTRATE OR ADJACENT LAYERS
438/979 TUNNEL DIODES
438/980 UTILIZING PROCESS EQUIVALENTS OR OPTIONS
438/981 UTILIZING VARYING DIELECTRIC THICKNESS
438/982 VARYING ORIENTATION OF DEVICES IN ARRAY
438/983 ZENER DIODES
439/1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE
439/2 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE ->        And antivibration mounting
439/3 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE ->        With means to apply lubricant or coolant
439/4 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE ->        With storage means for flaccid conductor
439/5 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE ->        Having liquid contact
439/6 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE ->        Universal movement
439/7 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Universal movement->        Having "nonsolid" contact, e.g., fibrous or pelletized bed
439/8 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Universal movement->        Parts comprisng ball and socket
439/9 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Universal movement->        One part having flexible contact fingers
439/10 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE ->        Compound movement, e.g., rotary + linear
439/11 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE ->        Movement about axis
439/12 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis->        Including stacked plates used as conductor
439/13 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis->        Rotary movement
439/14 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement->        Between cable and screw-type contact shell
439/15 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement->        Part comprising hand wheel, e.g., steering wheel
439/16 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement->        Part comprising vehicle wheel
439/17 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement->        Including ball or roller bearing used as conductor
439/18 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement->        Including annular contact
439/19 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact->        Rolling contact
439/20 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact->        Coaxial annular contacts
439/21 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact ->        Coaxial annular contacts->        Concentric
439/22 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact ->        Coaxial annular contacts->        Having axially facing contact surface
439/23 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact ->        Coaxial annular contacts->        Having radially outwardly facing contact surface
439/24 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact ->        Coaxial annular contacts ->        Having radially outwardly facing contact surface->        Three or more such contacts
439/25 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact ->        Coaxial annular contacts ->        Having radially outwardly facing contact surface ->        Three or more such contacts->        Engaged by resiliently biased contact
439/26 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact ->        Coaxial annular contacts ->        Having radially outwardly facing contact surface ->        Three or more such contacts ->        Engaged by resiliently biased contact->        Laterally biased finger contact
439/27 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact->        Having axially facing contact surface
439/28 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including annular contact->        Having radially outwardly facing contact surface
439/29 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement->        Including resiliently biased contact
439/30 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis ->        Rotary movement ->        Including resiliently biased contact->        Contact having resilient shank
439/31 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Movement about axis->        Hinge
439/32 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE ->        Linear movement
439/33 -> 1 INTERRELATED CONNECTORS RELATIVELY MOVABLE DURING USE  ->        Linear movement->        Expansion joint
439/34 WITH VEHICLE STRUCTURE
439/35 -> 34 WITH VEHICLE STRUCTURE ->        Connection to towed vehicle
439/36 -> 34 WITH VEHICLE STRUCTURE ->        Connection to lamp
439/37 WITH WEARING APPAREL
439/38 WITH MAGNET
439/39 -> 38 WITH MAGNET ->        To urge mating connectors together
439/40 -> 38 WITH MAGNET ->        To urge connector to supporting surface
439/41 WITH VACUUM APPLYING MEANS. E.G., SUCTION CUP
439/42 -> 41 WITH VACUUM APPLYING MEANS. E.G., SUCTION CUP ->        To urge mating connectors or contacts together
439/43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD
439/44 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD ->        Planar circuit overlying a second planar circuit, both adapted to be electrically connected
439/45 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD  ->        Planar circuit overlying a second planar circuit, both adapted to be electrically connected->        Connected by transversely inserted pin
439/46 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD  ->        Planar circuit overlying a second planar circuit, both adapted to be electrically connected ->        Connected by transversely inserted pin->        Pin having selection feature
439/47 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD  ->        Planar circuit overlying a second planar circuit, both adapted to be electrically connected ->        Connected by transversely inserted pin->        Panel member having planar surface for supporting circuit and parallel surface for supporting second circuit
439/48 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD  ->        Planar circuit overlying a second planar circuit, both adapted to be electrically connected ->        Connected by transversely inserted pin->        Linear conductors of first surfaceSEMI linear, normally disposed, conductors in second circuit
439/49 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD ->        Including three or more contacts adapted to be selectively interconnected
439/50 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD  ->        Including three or more contacts adapted to be selectively interconnected->        Panel having planar contact array with mating panel having mating planar contact array
439/51 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD  ->        Including three or more contacts adapted to be selectively interconnected ->        Panel having planar contact array with mating panel having mating planar contact array->        Mounted for controlled movement with respect thereto
439/52 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD ->        Coupling part including repositionable contact
439/53 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD ->        Coupling part with selectably oriented mating part
439/54 -> 43 WITH SELECTABLE CIRCUIT, E.G., PLUG BOARD ->        Test panel
439/55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.
439/56 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC. ->        Connection to lamp or electron tube
439/57 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        Connection to lamp or electron tube->        Movable about its axis
439/58 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        Connection to lamp or electron tube->        Electron tube moved perpendicularly to panel circuit
439/59 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC. ->        With mating connector which receives panel circuit edge
439/60 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With mating connector which receives panel circuit edge->        Contacts at different distances from lead panel circuit edge
439/61 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With mating connector which receives panel circuit edge->        Receives plural panel circuit edges
439/62 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With mating connector which receives panel circuit edge->        Panel mounted connector which receives edge of panel circuit
439/63 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC. ->        For receiving coaxial connector
439/64 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC. ->        With guide for directing panel circuit movement
439/65 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC. ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit
439/66 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit->        Conductor is compressible and to be sandwiched between panel circuits
439/67 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit->        Flexible panel
439/68 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit->        Micro panel circuit arrangement, e.g., ICM, DIP, chip, wafer, etc.
439/69 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit ->        Micro panel circuit arrangement, e.g., ICM, DIP, chip, wafer, etc.->        Overlying second, coextensive micro panel circuit arrangement
439/70 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit ->        Micro panel circuit arrangement, e.g., ICM, DIP, chip, wafer, etc.->        Dual inline package (DIP)
439/71 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit ->        Micro panel circuit arrangement, e.g., ICM, DIP, chip, wafer, etc. ->        Dual inline package (DIP)->        Leadless
439/72 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit ->        Micro panel circuit arrangement, e.g., ICM, DIP, chip, wafer, etc. ->        Dual inline package (DIP)->        Contacts extending parallel with DIP at contact surface
439/73 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit ->        Micro panel circuit arrangement, e.g., ICM, DIP, chip, wafer, etc. ->        Dual inline package (DIP)->        With external, contact enhancing clamp
439/74 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit->        Overlying second preformed panel circuit, both adapted to be electrically connected
439/75 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        With provision to conduct electricity from panel circuit to another panel circuit ->        Overlying second preformed panel circuit, both adapted to be electrically connected->        Connected by transversely inserted pin
439/76.1 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC. ->        Within distinct housing spaced from panel circuit arrangement
439/76.2 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        Within distinct housing spaced from panel circuit arrangement->        Automotive junction box
439/77 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC. ->        Flexible panel
439/78 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC. ->        Distinct contact secured to panel circuit
439/79 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        Distinct contact secured to panel circuit->        Panel circuit adapted to move along panel plane relative to coupling part for insertion of male contact
439/80 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        Distinct contact secured to panel circuit ->        Panel circuit adapted to move along panel plane relative to coupling part for insertion of male contact->        Resilient contact or to receive resilient contact
439/81 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        Distinct contact secured to panel circuit->        Resilient contact or to receive resilient contact
439/82 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        Distinct contact secured to panel circuit ->        Resilient contact or to receive resilient contact->        In or for use in panel circuit aperture
439/83 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        Distinct contact secured to panel circuit->        Contact soldered to panel circuit
439/84 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC.  ->        Distinct contact secured to panel circuit->        Contact secured to panel circuit by deformation
439/85 -> 55 PREFORMED PANEL CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT, E.G., PCB, ICM, DIP, CHIP, WAFER, ETC. ->        Of layers of insulation
439/86 INCLUDING ELASTOMERIC OR NONMETALLIC CONDUCTIVE PORTION
439/87 -> 86 INCLUDING ELASTOMERIC OR NONMETALLIC CONDUCTIVE PORTION ->        Rigid carbon conductive member
439/88 -> 86 INCLUDING ELASTOMERIC OR NONMETALLIC CONDUCTIVE PORTION ->        Inductive shielding or arc suppressing means
439/89 -> 86 INCLUDING ELASTOMERIC OR NONMETALLIC CONDUCTIVE PORTION  ->        Inductive shielding or arc suppressing means->        Sealing with coupled connector
439/90 -> 86 INCLUDING ELASTOMERIC OR NONMETALLIC CONDUCTIVE PORTION  ->        Inductive shielding or arc suppressing means->        Between parallel conductors
439/91 -> 86 INCLUDING ELASTOMERIC OR NONMETALLIC CONDUCTIVE PORTION ->        Adapted to be sandwiched between preformed panel circuit arrangements
439/92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION
439/93 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION ->        And means to block access to power contact surface
439/94 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION ->        Uninterrupted support rail or contact, or for interfitting with uninterrupted support rail or contact
439/95 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION ->        Grounding to connector container or housing
439/96 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION  ->        Grounding to connector container or housing->        Pliable conductor for making grounding connection of connector to container
439/97 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION  ->        Grounding to connector container or housing->        By means of connector mounting screw
439/98 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION ->        Grounding to conductive sheath of cable
439/99 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION  ->        Grounding to conductive sheath of cable->        Portion of connector beneath conductive sheath
439/100 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION ->        Grounding to pipe, rod or conduit
439/101 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION ->        Direct grounding of coupling part member passing into aperture
439/102 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION  ->        Direct grounding of coupling part member passing into aperture->        Prong having locking provision, e.g., bayonet
439/103 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION  ->        Direct grounding of coupling part member passing into aperture->        Movable or removable ground prong
439/104 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION  ->        Direct grounding of coupling part member passing into aperture ->        Movable or removable ground prong->        Pivotable or rotatable about transverse axis
439/105 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION  ->        Direct grounding of coupling part member passing into aperture->        Adapter
439/106 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION  ->        Direct grounding of coupling part member passing into aperture->        Three-prong coupling part including ground prong, or receptacle
439/107 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION  ->        Direct grounding of coupling part member passing into aperture ->        Three-prong coupling part including ground prong, or receptacle->        Duplex receptacle
439/108 -> 92 WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS AND SAFETY GROUNDING PROVISION ->        Grounding of coupling part
439/109 INTERMEDIATE MEMBER BETWEEN PRONG AND ENCOMPASSING PLANAR GROUND
439/110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT
439/111 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT ->        Arcuate, bendable or pliant rail or contact
439/112 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT  ->        Arcuate, bendable or pliant rail or contact->        Circular rail or contact
439/113 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT ->        With access restricting cover
439/114 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT  ->        With access restricting cover->        Bus duct
439/115 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT ->        With means to join tandem rails or tandem contacts
439/116 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT ->        With coupling movement-actuating means or retaining means in addition to contact of coupling part
439/117 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT  ->        With coupling movement-actuating means or retaining means in addition to contact of coupling part->        Uninterrupted contact accessible by mating contact moving in a first, then a lateral direction
439/118 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT  ->        With coupling movement-actuating means or retaining means in addition to contact of coupling part ->        Uninterrupted contact accessible by mating contact moving in a first, then a lateral direction->        Bayonet coupling part movable about axis
439/119 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT ->        With mating part having mating connector portion and another connector portion electrically connected thereto, e.g., adapter
439/120 -> 110 UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT ->        Molding typeSEMI e.g., baseboard
439/121 FOR INTERFITTING WITH UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT
439/122 -> 121 FOR INTERFITTING WITH UNINTERRUPTED SUPPORT RAIL OR UNINTERRUPTED CONTACT ->        Coupling part with actuating means urging contact surface to move with respect to rest of connector and toward mating contact
439/123 CANDLE SIMULATION TYPE
439/124 -> 123 CANDLE SIMULATION TYPE ->        Adapter
439/125 HAVING SPARK OR GLOW PLUG COVER
439/126 -> 125 HAVING SPARK OR GLOW PLUG COVER ->        Inductive shieldingSEMI e.g., radio disturbance
439/127 -> 125 HAVING SPARK OR GLOW PLUG COVER ->        With distinct securing means
439/128 -> 125 HAVING SPARK OR GLOW PLUG COVER ->        Having removable closure
439/129 MAGNETO POST TYPE
439/130 MULTICONTACT INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE DISTRIBUTOR CAP OR MULTICONTACT MATING PART
439/131 CONNECTOR MOVABLE BETWEEN ACCESSIBLE AND INACCESSIBLE POSITIONS
439/132 -> 131 CONNECTOR MOVABLE BETWEEN ACCESSIBLE AND INACCESSIBLE POSITIONS ->        With fluid pressure operating or control means
439/133 WITH UNAUTHORIZED CONNECTION PREVENTER, E.G., KEY OR COMBINATION LOCK
439/134 -> 133 WITH UNAUTHORIZED CONNECTION PREVENTER, E.G., KEY OR COMBINATION LOCK ->        Prong cover
439/135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART
439/136 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART ->        Movably mounted
439/137 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Movably mounted->        Moved by mating connector
439/138 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Movably mounted ->        Moved by mating connector->        Moved about an axis
439/139 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Movably mounted ->        Moved by mating connector ->        Moved about an axis->        Connector moved rectilinearly for engagement, preventer or cover moved about axis parallel to direction of connector movement
439/140 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Movably mounted ->        Moved by mating connector->        Connector moved rectilinearly for engagement, preventer or cover moved rectilinearly and parallel thereto
439/141 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Movably mounted ->        Moved by mating connector ->        Connector moved rectilinearly for engagement, preventer or cover moved rectilinearly and parallel thereto->        Retractable sheath
439/142 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Movably mounted->        Movable about axis
439/143 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Movably mounted ->        Movable about axis->        To misalign aperture with contact
439/144 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Movably mounted ->        Movable about axis->        With connector retaining means in addition to contact of connector
439/145 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Movably mounted->        Movable to misalign aperture with contact
439/146 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART ->        Adapted to fit between contacts of first and second coupled connectors (e.g., power measuring meter)
439/147 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART ->        With connector retaining means in addition to contact of connector
439/148 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART ->        Dummy connector
439/149 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART ->        Prong cover
439/150 -> 135 WITH CONTACT PREVENTER OR RETRACTABLE COVER PART  ->        Prong cover->        Protector for electron tube pin
439/151 COUPLING PART COMBINED WITH MEANS TO ALLOW REPOSITIONING OF MATING PART FOR ENGAGEMENT WITH DIFFERENT CONTACTS ON MATING PARTSEMI E.G., FLASH CUBE
439/152 WITH COUPLING SEPARATOR
439/153 -> 152 WITH COUPLING SEPARATOR ->        Including retainer or joiner
439/154 -> 152 WITH COUPLING SEPARATOR  ->        Including retainer or joiner->        Destructible retainer
439/155 -> 152 WITH COUPLING SEPARATOR  ->        Including retainer or joiner->        Distinct from separator
439/156 -> 152 WITH COUPLING SEPARATOR  ->        Including retainer or joiner ->        Distinct from separator->        Coaxial contacts, center one comprising separator, e.g., photo flash
439/157 -> 152 WITH COUPLING SEPARATOR  ->        Including retainer or joiner->        Integral retainer and cam separator
439/158 -> 152 WITH COUPLING SEPARATOR ->        Means to utilize direct fluid action
439/159 -> 152 WITH COUPLING SEPARATOR ->        Nonconducting pusher
439/160 -> 152 WITH COUPLING SEPARATOR  ->        Nonconducting pusher->        Including handle for direct manual urge to separate
439/161 HEAT RESPONSIVE CONTACT PRESSURE CONTROL
439/162 WITH RELATIVELY GUIDED MEMBERS AND INTERMEDIATE PLIABLE CONDUCTOR
439/163 -> 162 WITH RELATIVELY GUIDED MEMBERS AND INTERMEDIATE PLIABLE CONDUCTOR ->        Frangible pliable conductorSEMI e.g., umbilical break-away
439/164 -> 162 WITH RELATIVELY GUIDED MEMBERS AND INTERMEDIATE PLIABLE CONDUCTOR ->        Relatively movable about axis
439/165 -> 162 WITH RELATIVELY GUIDED MEMBERS AND INTERMEDIATE PLIABLE CONDUCTOR  ->        Relatively movable about axis->        Hinge
439/166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT
439/167 -> 166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT ->        Connector for power measuring meter
439/168 -> 166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT ->        Lamp or electron tube socket or base
439/169 -> 166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT ->        Test probe
439/170 -> 166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT ->        Coupling part
439/171 -> 166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT  ->        Coupling part->        Including repositionable contact
439/172 -> 166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT  ->        Coupling part ->        Including repositionable contact->        To nonuse or distinct use (e.g., male/female) position
439/173 -> 166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT  ->        Coupling part ->        Including repositionable contact->        To fit differently oriented contact
439/174 -> 166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT ->        Including repositionable contact
439/175 -> 166 CONVERTIBLE BY INTERNAL CHANGE TO SELECTIVELY COOPERATE WITH A DIFFERENT CONTACT  ->        Including repositionable contact->        To fit different size contact
439/176 FEMALE COUPLING PART CONVERTIBLE TO MALE COUPLING PART BY ADDITION OF PRONG
439/177 COUPLING PART CONVERTIBLE TO DISTINCT SHAPE BY ADDITION OF NONREMOVABLE ELEMENT OR BY REMOVAL OF NONREUSABLE ELEMENT
439/178 FLUENT CONDUCTING MATERIAL
439/179 -> 178 FLUENT CONDUCTING MATERIAL ->        Liquid
439/180 CONTACT SEPARATION BY SNAP OR QUICK-BREAK ACTION
439/181 INCLUDING ARC SUPPRESSING OR EXTINGUISHING MEANS
439/182 -> 181 INCLUDING ARC SUPPRESSING OR EXTINGUISHING MEANS ->        Lamp or electron tube socket
439/183 -> 181 INCLUDING ARC SUPPRESSING OR EXTINGUISHING MEANS ->        By arc suppressing or extinguishing environment
439/184 -> 181 INCLUDING ARC SUPPRESSING OR EXTINGUISHING MEANS  ->        By arc suppressing or extinguishing environment->        Gas
439/185 -> 181 INCLUDING ARC SUPPRESSING OR EXTINGUISHING MEANS  ->        By arc suppressing or extinguishing environment ->        Gas->        Gas accomodation by relatively moving parts
439/186 -> 181 INCLUDING ARC SUPPRESSING OR EXTINGUISHING MEANS ->        Contact encasing chamber
439/187 -> 181 INCLUDING ARC SUPPRESSING OR EXTINGUISHING MEANS  ->        Contact encasing chamber->        Movable relative to contact
439/188 HAVING CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING PROVISION EFFECTED BY MATING OR HAVING "DEAD" CONTACT ACTIVATED AFTER MATING
439/189 WITH OR COMPRISING REMOVABLE CIRCUIT MODIFYING ARRANGEMENT
439/190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL
439/191 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL ->        Fluent material transmission line
439/192 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL  ->        Fluent material transmission line->        Connector electrically joined to line
439/193 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL  ->        Fluent material transmission line->        For use with line heater
439/194 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL  ->        Fluent material transmission line->        Electrical connection within line
439/195 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL  ->        Fluent material transmission line->        Connector/line assembly coupled to mating connector/line assembly by movement about an axis less than 360 degrees
439/196 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL ->        Liquid material to dissipate, remove, or block the flow of heat
439/197 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL ->        For urging contact toward or away from mating contact
439/198 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL ->        Gas retainer
439/199 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL ->        Liquid retainer
439/200 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL  ->        Liquid retainer->        Impregnated material
439/201 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL  ->        Liquid retainer->        Coupling part having contact encompassed by liquid storage chamber
439/202 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL  ->        Liquid retainer ->        Coupling part having contact encompassed by liquid storage chamber->        Contact comprising tapered post or mating part (e.g., battery post)
439/203 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL  ->        Liquid retainer->        Crimped end terminal
439/204 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL  ->        Liquid retainer->        Encompassing wire
439/205 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL ->        Passageway allowing escape of fluent material during mating
439/206 -> 190 HAVING RETAINER OR PASSAGEWAY FOR FLUENT MATERIAL ->        Vent
439/207 WITH CONDUIT OR DUCT
439/208 -> 207 WITH CONDUIT OR DUCT ->        Enclosed conductor electrically connected thereto
439/209 -> 207 WITH CONDUIT OR DUCT ->        Molding type (e.g., baseboard)
439/210 -> 207 WITH CONDUIT OR DUCT ->        Means to join conduit, duct or conductor sections
439/211 -> 207 WITH CONDUIT OR DUCT ->        Including receptacle
439/212 BUS DUCT
439/213 -> 212 BUS DUCT ->        Means to join bus ducts
439/214 COMPRISING COUPLING PART OF INDETERMINATE LENGTH LATERALLY OF CONNECTION
439/215 -> 214 COMPRISING COUPLING PART OF INDETERMINATE LENGTH LATERALLY OF CONNECTION ->        Included in prefabricated building panel (e.g., floor, ceiling, wall)
439/216 -> 214 COMPRISING COUPLING PART OF INDETERMINATE LENGTH LATERALLY OF CONNECTION ->        Molding type (e.g., baseboard)
439/217 ALTERNATIVELY CONNECTED
439/218 -> 217 ALTERNATIVELY CONNECTED ->        Coupling part
439/219 -> 217 ALTERNATIVELY CONNECTED  ->        Coupling part->        Test probe
439/220 -> 217 ALTERNATIVELY CONNECTED  ->        Coupling part->        Lamp or electron tube socket or base
439/221 -> 217 ALTERNATIVELY CONNECTED  ->        Coupling part->        Contact comprising prong
439/222 -> 217 ALTERNATIVELY CONNECTED  ->        Coupling part->        Receptacle having distinct openings for distinct prongs
439/223 -> 217 ALTERNATIVELY CONNECTED  ->        Coupling part->        Receptacle for prong of first lateral dimension or for prong of second lateral dimension
439/224 -> 217 ALTERNATIVELY CONNECTED ->        To receive contact from first direction or from second axially distinct direction
439/225 CONTACT TAP BETWEEN NORMALLY ENGAGED COUPLING PARTS
439/226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP
439/227 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        Having curved tubular envelope
439/228 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP  ->        Having curved tubular envelope->        Plural lamps
439/229 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP  ->        Having curved tubular envelope->        Circular lamp
439/230 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        With sealing element or material for cooperation with coupled lamp
439/231 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        With contact for starting switch
439/232 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        With additional retaining or locking means for coupled connector and lamp
439/233 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP  ->        With additional retaining or locking means for coupled connector and lamp->        Removable
439/234 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        Adjustably mounted
439/235 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        Plural lamps
439/236 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        Adapter
439/237 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        Separately biased connector
439/238 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP  ->        Separately biased connector->        Pivotable connector
439/239 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        With provision for transverse receipt of lamp contact
439/240 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP  ->        With provision for transverse receipt of lamp contact->        By rotation of lamp about axis
439/241 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP  ->        With provision for transverse receipt of lamp contact ->        By rotation of lamp about axis->        Contact comprising laterally resilient spring finger
439/242 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP ->        With provision for axial receipt of lamp contact
439/243 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP  ->        With provision for axial receipt of lamp contact->        Axially biased contact
439/244 -> 226 COUPLING PART TO RECEIVE FLUORESCENT OR NEON LAMP  ->        With provision for axial receipt of lamp contact ->        Axially biased contact->        Coil spring with provision to utilize conductivity thereof
439/245 COUPLING PART HAVING HELICALLY DISPOSED STRANDLIKE CONTACT
439/246 SELF ALIGNING CONTACT
439/247 -> 246 SELF ALIGNING CONTACT ->        Contact mounted in floating nonconductive holder
439/248 -> 246 SELF ALIGNING CONTACT  ->        Contact mounted in floating nonconductive holder->        Connector including housing or panel to support holder
439/249 -> 246 SELF ALIGNING CONTACT ->        Receptacle having two directly opposed contact arms and open sides between arms
439/250 -> 246 SELF ALIGNING CONTACT  ->        Receptacle having two directly opposed contact arms and open sides between arms->        To receive fuse
439/251 -> 246 SELF ALIGNING CONTACT  ->        Receptacle having two directly opposed contact arms and open sides between arms->        To receive rigid bar type connector, e.g.,busbar
439/252 -> 246 SELF ALIGNING CONTACT ->        Tubular socket
439/253 SCREW COUPLING PART ENGAGED OR DISENGAGED WITHOUT ROTARY MOTION
439/254 -> 253 SCREW COUPLING PART ENGAGED OR DISENGAGED WITHOUT ROTARY MOTION ->        Having radially movable thread means
439/255 -> 253 SCREW COUPLING PART ENGAGED OR DISENGAGED WITHOUT ROTARY MOTION  ->        Having radially movable thread means->        By axially moving wedge or cam
439/256 -> 253 SCREW COUPLING PART ENGAGED OR DISENGAGED WITHOUT ROTARY MOTION  ->        Having radially movable thread means->        Biased toward mating thread
439/257 -> 253 SCREW COUPLING PART ENGAGED OR DISENGAGED WITHOUT ROTARY MOTION  ->        Having radially movable thread means ->        Biased toward mating thread->        Socket
439/258 COUPLING PART WITH LATCHING MEANS AND TETHER OR EXPLOSIVE TO UNLATCH FROM MATING PART
439/259 COUPLING PART WITH ACTUATING MEANS URGING CONTACT TO MOVE LATERALLY WITH RESPECT TO REST OF COUPLING PART AND TOWARD MATING PART
439/260 -> 259 COUPLING PART WITH ACTUATING MEANS URGING CONTACT TO MOVE LATERALLY WITH RESPECT TO REST OF COUPLING PART AND TOWARD MATING PART ->        Having open slot for receiving preformed panel circuit arrangement or tape cable
439/261 -> 259 COUPLING PART WITH ACTUATING MEANS URGING CONTACT TO MOVE LATERALLY WITH RESPECT TO REST OF COUPLING PART AND TOWARD MATING PART ->        Pivotable means, one portion actuating contact surface, another portion retaining coupling part
439/262 -> 259 COUPLING PART WITH ACTUATING MEANS URGING CONTACT TO MOVE LATERALLY WITH RESPECT TO REST OF COUPLING PART AND TOWARD MATING PART ->        Urging stacked contacts to move with respect to rest of coupling part
439/263 -> 259 COUPLING PART WITH ACTUATING MEANS URGING CONTACT TO MOVE LATERALLY WITH RESPECT TO REST OF COUPLING PART AND TOWARD MATING PART ->        Contractile receptacle
439/264 -> 259 COUPLING PART WITH ACTUATING MEANS URGING CONTACT TO MOVE LATERALLY WITH RESPECT TO REST OF COUPLING PART AND TOWARD MATING PART  ->        Contractile receptacle->        For dual inline coupling part, e.g., DIP
439/265 -> 259 COUPLING PART WITH ACTUATING MEANS URGING CONTACT TO MOVE LATERALLY WITH RESPECT TO REST OF COUPLING PART AND TOWARD MATING PART ->        Expandable contact or spreadable contacts
439/266 COUPLING PART HAVING HANDLE OR MEANS TO MOVE CONTACT LATERALLY TO PERMIT UNCOUPLING
439/267 -> 266 COUPLING PART HAVING HANDLE OR MEANS TO MOVE CONTACT LATERALLY TO PERMIT UNCOUPLING ->        Having open slot for receiving panel circuit arrangement
439/268 -> 266 COUPLING PART HAVING HANDLE OR MEANS TO MOVE CONTACT LATERALLY TO PERMIT UNCOUPLING ->        Expandable, prong receiving socket
439/269.1 -> 266 COUPLING PART HAVING HANDLE OR MEANS TO MOVE CONTACT LATERALLY TO PERMIT UNCOUPLING ->        To move contact with respect to similar contact
439/269.2 -> 266 COUPLING PART HAVING HANDLE OR MEANS TO MOVE CONTACT LATERALLY TO PERMIT UNCOUPLING  ->        To move contact with respect to similar contact->        Comprising laterally movable prong or socket attached to flaccid conductor
439/270 -> 266 COUPLING PART HAVING HANDLE OR MEANS TO MOVE CONTACT LATERALLY TO PERMIT UNCOUPLING ->        Movable latching prong or latch on prong
439/271 WITH SEALING ELEMENT OR MATERIAL FOR COOPERATION WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR, E.G., GASKET
439/272 -> 271 WITH SEALING ELEMENT OR MATERIAL FOR COOPERATION WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR, E.G., GASKET ->        Sealing element having cross section that is neither circular nor rectangular
439/273 -> 271 WITH SEALING ELEMENT OR MATERIAL FOR COOPERATION WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR, E.G., GASKET  ->        Sealing element having cross section that is neither circular nor rectangular->        Tapered cross-section
439/274 -> 271 WITH SEALING ELEMENT OR MATERIAL FOR COOPERATION WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR, E.G., GASKET  ->        Sealing element having cross section that is neither circular nor rectangular->        Combined with distinct cable sheath sealing element or material
439/275 -> 271 WITH SEALING ELEMENT OR MATERIAL FOR COOPERATION WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR, E.G., GASKET ->        Combined with distinct cable sheath sealing element or material
439/276 -> 271 WITH SEALING ELEMENT OR MATERIAL FOR COOPERATION WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR, E.G., GASKET ->        Including chamber for contact potting
439/277 -> 271 WITH SEALING ELEMENT OR MATERIAL FOR COOPERATION WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR, E.G., GASKET ->        With helically threaded coupling movement-actuating means or retaining means in addition to contact of coupling part
439/278 HAVING RESILIENT HOUSING FOR SEALING WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR
439/279 -> 278 HAVING RESILIENT HOUSING FOR SEALING WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR ->        Combined with distinct cable sheath sealing element or material
439/280 -> 278 HAVING RESILIENT HOUSING FOR SEALING WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR ->        Connector comprising lamp or electron tube socket or base
439/281 -> 278 HAVING RESILIENT HOUSING FOR SEALING WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR ->        Having interengageable sealing extension
439/282 -> 278 HAVING RESILIENT HOUSING FOR SEALING WITH COUPLED CONNECTOR ->        Housing comprising resilient latching means
439/283 COUPLED CONNECTOR TO SEALINGLY FIT WITH FIRST CONNECTOR
439/284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR
439/285 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR ->        Sequentially connected contacts, e.g., zipper type
439/286 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR ->        Engaged by axial and pivotal movements (e.g., bayonet)
439/287 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR ->        Engaged by lateral movement
439/288 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR  ->        Engaged by lateral movement->        Pivotal
439/289 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR ->        Butt coupling
439/290 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR ->        Contact intermeshable with duplicate mating contact
439/291 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR  ->        Contact intermeshable with duplicate mating contact->        Plural, electrically distinct contacts
439/292 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR ->        With coupling movement retaining means in addition to contact of coupling part
439/293 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR  ->        With coupling movement retaining means in addition to contact of coupling part->        Resilient
439/294 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR  ->        With coupling movement retaining means in addition to contact of coupling part->        With relatively rotatable movement-actuating or retaining ring
439/295 -> 284 ADAPTED TO COOPERATE WITH DUPLICATE CONNECTOR ->        Resiliently biased contact
439/296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART
439/297 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        With guiding means for removable automobile radio or record player
439/298 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        With guiding means for removable automobile radio or record player->        Including resilient latching retaining means
439/299 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        With coupling part retained in connection with mating part by presence of distinct coupling part
439/300 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        With coupling part retained in connection with mating part by presence of distinct coupling part->        Adapter
439/301 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Retaining means requiring destruction of element before separation
439/302 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means requiring destruction of element before separation->        Threaded coupling part
439/303 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means requiring destruction of element before separation ->        Threaded coupling part->        Requiring destruction of lamp envelope
439/304 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Including lock for retaining means (e.g., key or combination lock or requiring "special" tool)
439/305 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Including lock for retaining means (e.g., key or combination lock or requiring "special" tool)->        Magnetically operated latch
439/306 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Including lock for retaining means (e.g., key or combination lock or requiring "special" tool)->        Threaded coupling part
439/307 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Including lock for retaining means (e.g., key or combination lock or requiring "special" tool) ->        Threaded coupling part->        Having freely rotatable component to prevent unthreading
439/308 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Including lock for retaining means (e.g., key or combination lock or requiring "special" tool) ->        Threaded coupling part->        Retaining means entirely exterior of coupling part
439/309 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Including lock for retaining means (e.g., key or combination lock or requiring "special" tool) ->        Threaded coupling part->        Retaining means comprising part of female coupling part
439/310 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Retaining means with distinct movement-actuating means to move coupling part axially
439/311 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means with distinct movement-actuating means to move coupling part axially->        For bayonet (breech) type locking ring
439/312 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring
439/313 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring->        Coupling part having appurtenant means for supporting other structure
439/314 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring->        Retaining bayonet
439/315 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring ->        Retaining bayonet->        Having coupling indicating indicia or signal
439/316 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring ->        Retaining bayonet->        Bayonet lug on axially extending finger
439/317 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring ->        Retaining bayonet->        With means to move ring
439/318 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring ->        Retaining bayonet->        With means to prevent bayonet release
439/319 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring ->        Retaining bayonet->        With spring to longitudinally bias movement-actuating or retaining ring
439/320 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring->        Threaded ring or ring adapted to engage threaded mating part
439/321 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring ->        Threaded ring or ring adapted to engage threaded mating part->        With means to prevent unthreading
439/322 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring ->        Threaded ring or ring adapted to engage threaded mating part->        Coupling part having concentric contacts
439/323 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part with relatively pivotable concentric movement-actuating or retaining ring ->        Threaded ring or ring adapted to engage threaded mating part->        Adapter
439/324 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Male contact pin with blockable retaining means at tip, e.g., Modrey
439/325 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Coupling part for receiving edge of planar board moving parallel to plane
439/326 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part for receiving edge of planar board moving parallel to plane->        With angular mating
439/327 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part for receiving edge of planar board moving parallel to plane->        Retaining means exterior of slot
439/328 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part for receiving edge of planar board moving parallel to plane ->        Retaining means exterior of slot->        Fingerlike grasping means comprising portion of coupling part
439/329 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        For direct connection to a flexible tape or printed circuit board
439/330 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        For dual inline package (DIP)
439/331 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        For dual inline package (DIP)->        Movement-actuating or retaining means comprises cover press
439/332 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Bayonet coupling part movable about its axis
439/333 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Bayonet coupling part movable about its axis->        With distinct means to secure movement-actuating or retaining means against movement
439/334 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Bayonet coupling part movable about its axis->        Coupling part including appurtenant means for supporting other structure
439/335 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Bayonet coupling part movable about its axis->        Comprising cylindrical shell having lug receiving slot
439/336 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Bayonet coupling part movable about its axis ->        Comprising cylindrical shell having lug receiving slot->        Lamp or electron tube socket
439/337 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Bayonet coupling part movable about its axis->        Having axially extending bayonet contact
439/338 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Including movement of coupling part about axis
439/339 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Including movement of coupling part about axis->        Threaded coupling part
439/340 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Including movement of coupling part about axis ->        Threaded coupling part->        With socket contact transversely engaging male threaded part
439/341 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Including movement of coupling part about axis->        Pivotal movement
439/342 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Including compound movement of coupling part
439/343 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Including compound movement of coupling part->        Including appurtenant means for supporting other structure
439/344 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Having push-pull contacts spaced along only one planar side wall transverse to longitudinal engagement axis (e.g., telephone jack or plug)
439/345 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART ->        Retaining means
439/346 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Adapted to engage contact of mating part
439/347 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Laterally moving slide
439/348 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Laterally moving roller or ball
439/349 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Toroidal band urged radially of connection or adapted to be compressed for retention, e.g., O-ring
439/350 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Finger or stretchable sleeve resiliently urged laterally of connection
439/351 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Finger or stretchable sleeve resiliently urged laterally of connection->        Coupling part having appurtenant means for supporting other structure
439/352 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Finger or stretchable sleeve resiliently urged laterally of connection->        With additional means to cause or prevent unlatching
439/353 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Finger or stretchable sleeve resiliently urged laterally of connection->        Finger inwardly biased during coupling or uncoupling
439/354 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Finger or stretchable sleeve resiliently urged laterally of connection ->        Finger inwardly biased during coupling or uncoupling->        Rearwardly extending finger
439/355 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Finger or stretchable sleeve resiliently urged laterally of connection->        Plural independent coupling parts
439/356 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Finger or stretchable sleeve resiliently urged laterally of connection->        Coupling part comprising lamp or electron tube socket
439/357 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Finger or stretchable sleeve resiliently urged laterally of connection->        Resilient finger
439/358 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Finger or stretchable sleeve resiliently urged laterally of connection ->        Resilient finger->        With graspable portion
439/359 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Retaining means comprising helically threaded member
439/360 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Retaining means comprising helically threaded member->        For lamp or electron tube
439/361 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Retaining means comprising helically threaded member->        Including appurtenant means for supporting other structure
439/362 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Retaining means comprising helically threaded member->        Parallel to connection
439/363 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Retaining means comprising helically threaded member ->        Parallel to connection->        For retaining tubular conductor in electrical contact
439/364 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Retaining means comprising helically threaded member ->        Parallel to connection->        Passing centrally through coupling part
439/365 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means ->        Retaining means comprising helically threaded member ->        Parallel to connection->        Adapter
439/366 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Retaining functioning electrical component (e.g., tube, lamp, fuse, battery, etc.)
439/367 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Protective enclosure
439/368 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Single means retaining plural distinct coupling parts and mating parts together
439/369 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        For unsupported coupling part and unsupported mating part, (e.g., connecting extension cords)
439/370 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Resiliently urging coupling part and mating part together
439/371 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Pliable band, conductor sheath engaging means, or adhesive
439/372 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Rotatable retaining means, pivotable retaining means, or actuated gripping retaining means
439/373 -> 296 WITH COUPLING MOVEMENT-ACTUATING MEANS OR RETAINING MEANS IN ADDITION TO CONTACT OF COUPLING PART  ->        Retaining means->        Wall or outlet mounted
439/374 WITH GUIDING MEANS FOR MATING OF COUPLING PART
439/375 -> 374 WITH GUIDING MEANS FOR MATING OF COUPLING PART ->        Lamp or electron tube socket or base
439/376 -> 374 WITH GUIDING MEANS FOR MATING OF COUPLING PART ->        For constrained pivotal or plural movement coupling
439/377 -> 374 WITH GUIDING MEANS FOR MATING OF COUPLING PART ->        For guiding side of movable panel, e.g., circuit board
439/378 -> 374 WITH GUIDING MEANS FOR MATING OF COUPLING PART ->        Rodlike guide member extending in coupling direction or tubular passage for receiving rodlike guide member
439/379 -> 374 WITH GUIDING MEANS FOR MATING OF COUPLING PART  ->        Rodlike guide member extending in coupling direction or tubular passage for receiving rodlike guide member->        With plural contacts circularly disposed about guide opening or rodlike member, e.g., electron tube base
439/380 -> 374 WITH GUIDING MEANS FOR MATING OF COUPLING PART  ->        Rodlike guide member extending in coupling direction or tubular passage for receiving rodlike guide member->        Tubular passage receives contact
439/381 -> 374 WITH GUIDING MEANS FOR MATING OF COUPLING PART  ->        Rodlike guide member extending in coupling direction or tubular passage for receiving rodlike guide member ->        Tubular passage receives contact->        Bare contact
439/382 INCLUDING VIBRATION CUSHIONING OR ABSORBING MEANS
439/383 -> 382 INCLUDING VIBRATION CUSHIONING OR ABSORBING MEANS ->        Adapted to fit between opposing faces of mated connectors
439/384 -> 382 INCLUDING VIBRATION CUSHIONING OR ABSORBING MEANS ->        For supporting connector
439/385 -> 382 INCLUDING VIBRATION CUSHIONING OR ABSORBING MEANS  ->        For supporting connector->        By gripping mating connector
439/386 WITH COMMONING MEANS FOR RETURN GROUND
439/387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)
439/388 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        Adapted to engage tapered post (e.g., storage battery terminal)
439/389 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        Insulation cutter
439/390 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter->        Adapted to engage liquid, granular or metallic wool conductor
439/391 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter->        Conductor sheath piercing
439/392 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        With means to cut off excess end of conductor
439/393 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Cutter piercing insulation parallel to conductor axis
439/394 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Coaxial cable
439/395 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation
439/396 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation->        With additional diverse sharp cutting edge
439/397 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation->        Contact engages conductor in at least two locations spaced along conductor axis
439/398 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation ->        Contact engages conductor in at least two locations spaced along conductor axis->        Conductor engaging slot extends through bight of contact
439/399 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation ->        Contact engages conductor in at least two locations spaced along conductor axis->        With stress relieving means for conductor to terminal joint
439/400 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation ->        Contact engages conductor in at least two locations spaced along conductor axis->        With distinct surface holding conductor in slot
439/401 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation->        Contact engages conductor at axial location and engages insulation at second axial location to relieve stress at conductor to terminal joint
439/402 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation->        Single conductive member having plural slots formed by three or more fingers for connecting plural conductors
439/403 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation ->        Single conductive member having plural slots formed by three or more fingers for connecting plural conductors->        From different margins of contact
439/404 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation->        Plural contacts, each formed by slot between pair of fingers
439/405 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation ->        Plural contacts, each formed by slot between pair of fingers->        Longitudinally and laterally staggered contacts
439/406 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation->        Contact is portion of elongated channel
439/407 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation ->        Contact is portion of elongated channel->        With stress relieving means for conductor to terminal joint
439/408 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Having slot edge for cutting insulation->        More than one conductor in same slot
439/409 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Pivoting cutter, pivoting means to operate cutter, or pivoting means to move conductor against cutter
439/410 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Pivoting cutter, pivoting means to operate cutter, or pivoting means to move conductor against cutter->        Pivoting cutter
439/411 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Comprising screw, screw operated cutter, or screw means to move conductor against cutter
439/412 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Comprising screw, screw operated cutter, or screw means to move conductor against cutter->        Screw means to move conductor against cutter
439/413 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Comprising screw, screw operated cutter, or screw means to move conductor against cutter ->        Screw means to move conductor against cutter->        Single element cutting and connecting plural conductors
439/414 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Comprising screw, screw operated cutter, or screw means to move conductor against cutter ->        Screw means to move conductor against cutter->        Lamp or electron tube socket or base
439/415 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Comprising screw, screw operated cutter, or screw means to move conductor against cutter->        Screw threads pierce insulation
439/416 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Comprising screw, screw operated cutter, or screw means to move conductor against cutter->        Piercing means comprising end of screw
439/417 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Rectilinearly moving operator
439/418 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Contact member cutting to contact first conductor and contacting second conductor
439/419 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Contact member cutting to contact first conductor and contacting second conductor->        Lamp or electron tube socket or base
439/420 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Flexibly tensioned strap
439/421 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Crimped
439/422 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Crimped->        For use with tape cable
439/423 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Crimped->        Cutting by peripheral end of sheath encircling crimped contact
439/424 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing ->        Crimped->        Cutting by stamped out tooth of sheath encircling crimped contact
439/425 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter ->        Conductor sheath piercing->        Nail like cutter
439/426 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Insulation cutter->        Passing through insulation to make contact
439/427 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        Axially penetrating the elongated conductor
439/428 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Axially penetrating the elongated conductor->        Comprising screw or screw operated means
439/429 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Axially penetrating the elongated conductor ->        Comprising screw or screw operated means->        Screw threads engage conductor
439/430 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Axially penetrating the elongated conductor->        Contact permanently secured to a conductor, e.g., crimped, soldered, etc.
439/431 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        Comprising screw, screw operated cutter, or screw means to move conductor against cutter
439/432 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Comprising screw, screw operated cutter, or screw means to move conductor against cutter->        Screw operated pivoted cutter
439/433 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Comprising screw, screw operated cutter, or screw means to move conductor against cutter->        Annular cutter
439/434 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        Annular cutter
439/435 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        U-shaped clamp
439/436 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        Resiliently biased
439/437 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Resiliently biased->        Finger
439/438 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Resiliently biased ->        Finger->        Resilient finger
439/439 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Resiliently biased ->        Finger ->        Resilient finger->        Plural fingers
439/440 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Resiliently biased ->        Finger ->        Resilient finger->        Spaced along longitudinal axis of engagement
439/441 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING)  ->        Resiliently biased ->        Finger ->        Resilient finger->        Adapted to grip upon withdrawal of mating part
439/442 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        Crimped
439/443 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        Having slot edge for cutting
439/444 -> 387 CONTACT COMPRISING CUTTER (SEVERING, PIERCING, ABRADING, SCRAPING, BREAKING OR TEARING) ->        Piercing into support structure
439/445 WITH OR HAVING FLEXIBLE GUARD OR SUPPORT FOR CABLE OR CONDUCTOR
439/446 -> 445 WITH OR HAVING FLEXIBLE GUARD OR SUPPORT FOR CABLE OR CONDUCTOR ->        Pivotal
439/447 -> 445 WITH OR HAVING FLEXIBLE GUARD OR SUPPORT FOR CABLE OR CONDUCTOR ->        Resilient
439/448 -> 445 WITH OR HAVING FLEXIBLE GUARD OR SUPPORT FOR CABLE OR CONDUCTOR  ->        Resilient->        Coil spring concentric with cable or conductor
439/449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT
439/450 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT ->        Drop cord attaching means, e.g., block or rosette
439/451 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT ->        Including provision to attach tether
439/452 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT ->        Including provision to attach to stress bearing portion of conductor
439/453 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT ->        Enlargement engaging means
439/454 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Enlargement engaging means->        Including longitudinally threaded connector part to effect gripping of enlargement
439/455 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Enlargement engaging means->        Distinct cable attached enlargement means
439/456 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT ->        Curved conductor path
439/457 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Curved conductor path->        Means comprising notched or apertured body
439/458 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Curved conductor path ->        Means comprising notched or apertured body->        Plate-like body
439/459 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Curved conductor path->        Conductor clamping and shaping
439/460 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing
439/461 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing->        Including longitudinally threaded connector part to effect gripping of conductor
439/462 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing ->        Including longitudinally threaded connector part to effect gripping of conductor->        Distinct clamp actuated by threaded connector part
439/463 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing->        Eccentric gripping means
439/464 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing->        By pliant, conductor encircling strap
439/465 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing->        Longitudinally divided connector housing grips conductor
439/466 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing ->        Longitudinally divided connector housing grips conductor->        With additional contacts comprising coupling part mating along axis normal to conductor
439/467 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing ->        Longitudinally divided connector housing grips conductor->        Hinged connector housing parts
439/468 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing->        With additional contacts comprising coupling part mating along axis normal to conductor
439/469 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped by or entirely within connector housing->        Transverse conductor gripping screw, or with means to transversely move conductor gripping means
439/470 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT ->        Conductor gripped outside connector housing by distinct clamp
439/471 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped outside connector housing by distinct clamp->        By pliant conductor encircling strap
439/472 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped outside connector housing by distinct clamp->        With means to transversely move conductor gripping means
439/473 -> 449 WITH STRESS RELIEVING MEANS FOR CONDUCTOR TO TERMINAL JOINT  ->        Conductor gripped outside connector housing by distinct clamp ->        With means to transversely move conductor gripping means->        With additional contacts comprising coupling part mating along axis normal to conductor
439/474 INCLUDING OVERSTRESS PREVENTING MEANS
439/475 -> 474 INCLUDING OVERSTRESS PREVENTING MEANS ->        Frangible element
439/476.1 INCLUDING HANDLE OR DISTINCT MANIPULATING MEANS
439/477 -> 476.1 INCLUDING HANDLE OR DISTINCT MANIPULATING MEANS ->        For attachment of connector to overhead conductor
439/478 -> 476.1 INCLUDING HANDLE OR DISTINCT MANIPULATING MEANS  ->        For attachment of connector to overhead conductor->        With conductor inside handle or manipulating means
439/479 -> 476.1 INCLUDING HANDLE OR DISTINCT MANIPULATING MEANS  ->        For attachment of connector to overhead conductor->        Including handle operated screw to effect gripping of overhead conductor
439/480 -> 476.1 INCLUDING HANDLE OR DISTINCT MANIPULATING MEANS ->        Distinct manipulating meansSEMI e.g., hot stick
439/481 -> 476.1 INCLUDING HANDLE OR DISTINCT MANIPULATING MEANS ->        Randomly manipulated implement
439/482 -> 476.1 INCLUDING HANDLE OR DISTINCT MANIPULATING MEANS  ->        Randomly manipulated implement->        Test probe
439/483 -> 476.1 INCLUDING HANDLE OR DISTINCT MANIPULATING MEANS ->        Coupling part
439/484 -> 476.1 INCLUDING HANDLE OR DISTINCT MANIPULATING MEANS  ->        Coupling part->        Including bale or loop
439/485 WITH PROVISION TO DISSIPATE, REMOVE, OR BLOCK THE FLOW OF HEAT
439/486 -> 485 WITH PROVISION TO DISSIPATE, REMOVE, OR BLOCK THE FLOW OF HEAT ->        Tube clamp
439/487 -> 485 WITH PROVISION TO DISSIPATE, REMOVE, OR BLOCK THE FLOW OF HEAT ->        Distinct heat sink
439/488 WITH INDICATING OR IDENTIFYING PROVISION
439/489 -> 488 WITH INDICATING OR IDENTIFYING PROVISION ->        Connection indicating provision
439/490 -> 488 WITH INDICATING OR IDENTIFYING PROVISION  ->        Connection indicating provision->        Indicator light
439/491 -> 488 WITH INDICATING OR IDENTIFYING PROVISION ->        Distinct indicia bearing member
439/492 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH TAPE CABLE
439/493 -> 492 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH TAPE CABLE ->        For connection to rigid preformed panel circuit arrangement, e.g., PCB
439/494 -> 492 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH TAPE CABLE ->        Single cable end into dual rows of contacts
439/495 -> 492 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH TAPE CABLE ->        With mating connection region formed by bared cable
439/496 -> 492 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH TAPE CABLE  ->        With mating connection region formed by bared cable->        Bared cable wrapped into U-shape about insertion projection
439/497 -> 492 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH TAPE CABLE ->        With shield, ground conductor or ground commoning means
439/498 -> 492 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH TAPE CABLE ->        Plural cables to multicontact connector or single cable branching to plural connectors
439/499 -> 492 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH TAPE CABLE ->        Including connector housing surrounding cable
439/500 ENERGY CELL SUBSTITUTION DEVICE INCLUDING PLURAL CONTACTS (E.G., JUMPER) OR WITH SUPPORT MEANS FOR ENERGY CELL
439/501 WITH STORAGE MEANS FOR FLACCID CONDUCTOR
439/502 WITH FLACCID CONDUCTOR AND WITH ADDITIONAL CONNECTOR SPACED THEREALONG
439/503 -> 502 WITH FLACCID CONDUCTOR AND WITH ADDITIONAL CONNECTOR SPACED THEREALONG ->        Adapted to interconnect vehicles
439/504 -> 502 WITH FLACCID CONDUCTOR AND WITH ADDITIONAL CONNECTOR SPACED THEREALONG ->        Adapted to connect to a battery
439/505 -> 502 WITH FLACCID CONDUCTOR AND WITH ADDITIONAL CONNECTOR SPACED THEREALONG ->        And with third connector spaced therealong
439/506 -> 502 WITH FLACCID CONDUCTOR AND WITH ADDITIONAL CONNECTOR SPACED THEREALONG ->        Connector comprising pivoted spring biased clamp
439/507 JUMPER (OR SHORT CIRCUITING COUPLING PART)
439/508 -> 507 JUMPER (OR SHORT CIRCUITING COUPLING PART) ->        Adapted to be used with power measuring meter
439/509 -> 507 JUMPER (OR SHORT CIRCUITING COUPLING PART) ->        Coupling part comprising short circuiting cover or manipulatable supporting means
439/510 -> 507 JUMPER (OR SHORT CIRCUITING COUPLING PART) ->        To bridge post-type contacts
439/511 -> 507 JUMPER (OR SHORT CIRCUITING COUPLING PART) ->        Including plural prongs
439/512 -> 507 JUMPER (OR SHORT CIRCUITING COUPLING PART) ->        Including plural female contacts
439/513 -> 507 JUMPER (OR SHORT CIRCUITING COUPLING PART) ->        Having spring biased contact
439/514 -> 507 JUMPER (OR SHORT CIRCUITING COUPLING PART) ->        Parallel or supplemental nonshielded path
439/515 PARALLEL OR SUPPLEMENTAL NONSHIELDED PATH
439/516 WITH PROVISION TO ISOLATE CIRCUITRY BY SEVERANCE OF BRIDGING ELEMENT
439/517 POWER MEASURING METER COUPLING PART
439/518 COUPLING PART CONVERTIBLE TO DIFFERENT FORMAT BY SUBSTITUTION OF DIFFERENT CONTACT
439/519 WITH PROVISION TO RESTRICT ENVIRONMENT EFFECTS
439/520 -> 519 WITH PROVISION TO RESTRICT ENVIRONMENT EFFECTS ->        Sacrificial material
439/521 -> 519 WITH PROVISION TO RESTRICT ENVIRONMENT EFFECTS ->        Including contact cover or case
439/522 -> 519 WITH PROVISION TO RESTRICT ENVIRONMENT EFFECTS  ->        Including contact cover or case->        Connector comprising or mating with tapered post, e.g., storage battery terminal
439/523 -> 519 WITH PROVISION TO RESTRICT ENVIRONMENT EFFECTS  ->        Including contact cover or case->        Having elastic or heat shrunk cable grip
439/524 CORROSION RESISTANT CONDUCTING MATERIAL OTHER THAN LEAD
439/525 FOR DUAL INLINE PACKAGE (DIP)
439/526 ALIGNING MEANS FOR DUAL INLINE PACKAGE (DIP)
439/527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART
439/528 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Nonuse covering means, e.g., connector storage means
439/529 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        And including appurtenant means for supporting other structure
439/530 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        And including appurtenant means for supporting other structure->        And including electrical contact for load bearing
439/531 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Flexible suspension means, e.g., chain or strand
439/532 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Interfitting with channel or double rail
439/533 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Also supporting mating part
439/534 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Universally or pivotally adjustable supporting elements
439/535 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Outlet box
439/536 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Supporting means comprising face plate or closure member for outlet box
439/537 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Supporting means comprising face plate or closure member for outlet box->        For ceiling box
439/538 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Outlet receptacle mounting flange
439/539 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Outlet receptacle mounting flange->        Yoke
439/540.1 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Supporting plural, independent coupling parts
439/541 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Supporting plural, independent coupling parts->        Plural lamp or electron tube sockets
439/541.5 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Supporting plural, independent coupling parts->        Stacked right-angle connector for use on printed circuit board (i.e., PCB)
439/542 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Elongated member supporting connector at its extremity or member for interfitting with such an elongated member
439/543 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Elongated member supporting connector at its extremity or member for interfitting with such an elongated member->        Threaded shaft or tube
439/544 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening
439/545 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening->        With securing by movement of coupling part in plane of panel
439/546 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        With securing by movement of coupling part in plane of panel->        Movement about connective axisSEMI e.g., bayonet
439/547 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        With securing by movement of coupling part in plane of panel ->        Movement about connective axisSEMI e.g., bayonet->        To preformed panel circuit arrangement
439/548 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        With securing by movement of coupling part in plane of panel ->        Movement about connective axisSEMI e.g., bayonet->        With sealing to panel
439/549 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        With securing by movement of coupling part in plane of panel ->        Movement about connective axisSEMI e.g., bayonet->        Resilient gripping of panel
439/550 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening->        With opening encircling retaining collar
439/551 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        With opening encircling retaining collar->        Concentrically screw threaded collar
439/552 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening->        Including resilient securing
439/553 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Including resilient securing->        By resilient member on panel
439/554 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Including resilient securing->        Panel circuit arrangement
439/555 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Including resilient securing->        With means to deform or lock resilient means
439/556 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Including resilient securing->        With sealing to panel
439/557 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Including resilient securing->        Laterally flexed finger on coupling part
439/558 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Including resilient securing ->        Laterally flexed finger on coupling part->        Including lamp or electron tube socket
439/559 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening->        With sealing to panel
439/560 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening->        Coupling part secured to panel by stressing beyond elastic limit
439/561 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Coupling part secured to panel by stressing beyond elastic limit->        By stressing panel beyond elastic limit
439/562 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening->        Coupling part including panel engaging shoulder
439/563 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Coupling part including panel engaging shoulder->        Comprising detachable or adjustable flange
439/564 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Coupling part including panel engaging shoulder->        Directly attached to panel by elongated fastener in tension (e.g., rivet, bolt or screw)
439/565 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Coupling part including panel engaging shoulder->        With opposed, cooperating panel engaging member
439/566 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Coupling part or mating part extending into panel opening ->        Coupling part including panel engaging shoulder->        For permanent attachment to panel, e.g., by welding
439/567 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Having resilient means engaging panel opening
439/568 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Coupling part supported by randomly manipulated appliance (e.g., electric iron)
439/569 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Flange on coupling part
439/570 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Flange on coupling part->        Plural detachable flanges
439/571 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Comprising or for use with supporting panel
439/572 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Comprising or for use with supporting panel->        Conductor extending into panel opening
439/573 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Comprising or for use with supporting panel->        Directly attached to panel by elongated fastener in tension (e.g., rivet, bolt or screw)
439/574 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        Means to clamp
439/575 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART  ->        Means to clamp->        Resilient clamp
439/576 -> 527 WITH SUPPORTING MEANS FOR COUPLING PART ->        To be engaged by suspension means
439/577 COMBINED WITH NONELECTRICAL FEATURE
439/578 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH COAXIAL CABLE
439/579 -> 578 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH COAXIAL CABLE ->        Having means for interconnecting outer conductors of three or more cables
439/580 -> 578 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH COAXIAL CABLE ->        For cable having three or more coaxial conductors
439/581 -> 578 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH COAXIAL CABLE ->        Adapted to join cable conductors to different type conductors (e.g., to PCB conductors)
439/582 -> 578 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH COAXIAL CABLE ->        Adapted to secure cables perpendicular to one another or a cable perpendicular to coupling axis
439/583 -> 578 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH COAXIAL CABLE ->        Having screw-threaded or screw-thread operated cable grip
439/584 -> 578 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH COAXIAL CABLE  ->        Having screw-threaded or screw-thread operated cable grip->        With radially compressible cable grip
439/585 -> 578 INCLUDING OR FOR USE WITH COAXIAL CABLE ->        Having crimpable metallic cable conductor grip
439/586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION
439/587 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Sealing
439/588 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION  ->        Sealing->        Resilient, coupling part encircling jacket
439/589 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION  ->        Sealing->        Within rigid coupling part shell
439/590 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Storage strip for a plurality of coupling parts
439/591 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Coupling part for use between duplicate coupling parts (e.g., sandwiched between printed circuit boards)
439/592 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Insulation distorted by or to effect coupling action
439/593 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION  ->        Insulation distorted by or to effect coupling action->        Receptacle adapted to bias contact and cause indirect gripping of mating contact
439/594 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Resiliently interlocking coupling part with adjacent modular coupling part
439/595 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Hinged or flexed detent on insulation engaging to secure contact within coupling part housing
439/596 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Coupling part housing hinged for coupling part assembly
439/597 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Having plural, laterally spaced, prongs or prong sockets
439/598 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION  ->        Having plural, laterally spaced, prongs or prong sockets->        Coupling part including shell and assembly of contact and contact supporting insulator
439/599 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION  ->        Having plural, laterally spaced, prongs or prong sockets->        And multiple insulating components
439/600 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION  ->        Having plural, laterally spaced, prongs or prong sockets->        Having laterally spaced prongs
439/601 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION  ->        Having plural, laterally spaced, prongs or prong sockets ->        Having laterally spaced prongs->        Folded prongs
439/602 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Lamp or electron tube socket or base
439/603 -> 586 COUPLING PART INCLUDING FLEXING INSULATION ->        Retaining contact within distinct coupling part housing
439/604 WITH EXTERNAL CONDUCTOR OR CABLE EMBEDDED IN INSULATIVE SEALING MATERIAL
439/605 -> 604 WITH EXTERNAL CONDUCTOR OR CABLE EMBEDDED IN INSULATIVE SEALING MATERIAL ->        Lamp or electron tube socket or base
439/606 -> 604 WITH EXTERNAL CONDUCTOR OR CABLE EMBEDDED IN INSULATIVE SEALING MATERIAL ->        Molded connector body
439/607 HAVING OR PROVIDING INDUCTIVE OR CAPACITIVE SHIELD
439/608 -> 607 HAVING OR PROVIDING INDUCTIVE OR CAPACITIVE SHIELD ->        Conductive shielding material individually surrounding or interposed between mutually insulated contacts
439/609 -> 607 HAVING OR PROVIDING INDUCTIVE OR CAPACITIVE SHIELD ->        Resilient conductive means providing additional electrical path between mating outer shield members
439/610 -> 607 HAVING OR PROVIDING INDUCTIVE OR CAPACITIVE SHIELD ->        Having means for electrically connecting shield of shielded cable to connector shield member
439/611 WITH VITREOUS-TYPE ENVELOPE (E.G., BASE OF LAMP OR VACUUM TUBE)
439/612 -> 611 WITH VITREOUS-TYPE ENVELOPE (E.G., BASE OF LAMP OR VACUUM TUBE) ->        Connector or contact secured to each end of double-ended envelope
439/613 -> 611 WITH VITREOUS-TYPE ENVELOPE (E.G., BASE OF LAMP OR VACUUM TUBE) ->        Connector of the type having only concentric annular contacts or annular contact disposed concentrically about an axial contact
439/614 -> 611 WITH VITREOUS-TYPE ENVELOPE (E.G., BASE OF LAMP OR VACUUM TUBE)  ->        Connector of the type having only concentric annular contacts or annular contact disposed concentrically about an axial contact->        Having three or more contacts (e.g., for three-way lamp)
439/615 -> 611 WITH VITREOUS-TYPE ENVELOPE (E.G., BASE OF LAMP OR VACUUM TUBE)  ->        Connector of the type having only concentric annular contacts or annular contact disposed concentrically about an axial contact->        Having screw-thread-coupling contact
439/616 -> 611 WITH VITREOUS-TYPE ENVELOPE (E.G., BASE OF LAMP OR VACUUM TUBE) ->        Having bayonet-coupling contact
439/617 -> 611 WITH VITREOUS-TYPE ENVELOPE (E.G., BASE OF LAMP OR VACUUM TUBE) ->        Plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts
439/618 -> 611 WITH VITREOUS-TYPE ENVELOPE (E.G., BASE OF LAMP OR VACUUM TUBE)  ->        Plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Having three or more circularly arranged contacts (e.g., base of vacuum tube)
439/619 -> 611 WITH VITREOUS-TYPE ENVELOPE (E.G., BASE OF LAMP OR VACUUM TUBE) ->        Having only two duplicate contacts arranged bilaterally symmetric about longitudinal axis of engagement
439/620 WITH CIRCUIT COMPONENT OR COMPRISING CONNECTOR WHICH FULLY ENCLOSES CIRCUIT COMPONENT
439/621 -> 620 WITH CIRCUIT COMPONENT OR COMPRISING CONNECTOR WHICH FULLY ENCLOSES CIRCUIT COMPONENT ->        With or for fuse
439/622 -> 620 WITH CIRCUIT COMPONENT OR COMPRISING CONNECTOR WHICH FULLY ENCLOSES CIRCUIT COMPONENT  ->        With or for fuse->        Comprising coupling part housing for enclosing fuse
439/623 CABLE COMPOSED OF MUTUALLY INSULATED CONDUCTORS HAVING SEPARATELY CARRIED CONDUCTOR END TERMINALS
439/624 PLURAL CONTACTS DISPOSED INTERMEDIATE ENDS OF CABLE HAVING SHEATH ENCLOSING MUTUALLY INSULATED CONDUCTORS (E.G., SEISMIC TYPE CABLE)
439/625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH
439/626 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Plural-contact coupling part
439/627 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part->        For direct simultaneous contact with plural battery or cell terminals
439/628 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part->        Single-contact connector for interposition between two plural-contact coupling parts (e.g., adaptor)
439/629 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part->        For coupling to edge of printed circuit board or to coupling part secured to such edge
439/630 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        For coupling to edge of printed circuit board or to coupling part secured to such edge->        Having elongated slot for receiving edge of printed circuit board
439/631 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        For coupling to edge of printed circuit board or to coupling part secured to such edge ->        Having elongated slot for receiving edge of printed circuit board->        Plural slots for electrically interconnecting plural printed circuit boards
439/632 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        For coupling to edge of printed circuit board or to coupling part secured to such edge ->        Having elongated slot for receiving edge of printed circuit board->        Providing direct contact between contacts of printed circuit board and different type conductors
439/633 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        For coupling to edge of printed circuit board or to coupling part secured to such edge ->        Having elongated slot for receiving edge of printed circuit board->        Having polarizing means
439/634 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        For coupling to edge of printed circuit board or to coupling part secured to such edge ->        Having elongated slot for receiving edge of printed circuit board->        Having multipart insulating body
439/635 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        For coupling to edge of printed circuit board or to coupling part secured to such edge ->        Having elongated slot for receiving edge of printed circuit board ->        Having multipart insulating body->        Relative movement of insulating parts alters contact pressure
439/636 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        For coupling to edge of printed circuit board or to coupling part secured to such edge ->        Having elongated slot for receiving edge of printed circuit board->        Contacts within slot engage opposite sides of printed circuit board
439/637 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        For coupling to edge of printed circuit board or to coupling part secured to such edge ->        Having elongated slot for receiving edge of printed circuit board ->        Contacts within slot engage opposite sides of printed circuit board->        Separate mutually insulated contacts on opposite longitudinal sides of slot
439/638 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit
439/639 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit->        Unit includes three or more diverse types of coupling parts
439/640 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit->        One coupling part of unit repositionable relative to another thereof
439/641 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit->        Unit includes coupling part having screw-thread-coupling contact
439/642 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes coupling part having screw-thread-coupling contact->        Plug having surrounding screw-thread-coupling contact
439/643 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes coupling part having screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Plug having surrounding screw-thread-coupling contact->        Combined with plural receptacles with each having internal screw-thread coupling contact
439/644 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes coupling part having screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Plug having surrounding screw-thread-coupling contact->        Combined with receptacle having internal bayonet-coupling contact
439/645 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes coupling part having screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Plug having surrounding screw-thread-coupling contact->        Combined with push-pull-coupling receptacle
439/646 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes coupling part having screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Plug having surrounding screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Combined with push-pull-coupling receptacle->        Wherein the receptacle is adapted to receive plug having spaced prong-like contacts
439/647 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes coupling part having screw-thread-coupling contact->        Receptacle having internal screw-thread-coupling contact combined with plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts
439/648 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes coupling part having screw-thread-coupling contact->        Plural receptacles with each having screw-thread-coupling contact
439/649 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit->        Unit includes plural receptacles with each having bayonet-coupling contact
439/650 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit->        Unit includes receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts
439/651 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Combined with plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts
439/652 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts ->        Combined with plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Wherein the plug is combined with a plurality of the receptacles adapted to receive spaced-prong plug
439/653 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Combined with diverse type of coupling part
439/654 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit ->        Unit includes receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Having receptacle at each of parallel opposed surfaces or sides
439/655 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Two or more plural-contact coupling parts combined in one integral unit->        Unit includes plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts
439/656 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part->        With common means securing plural conductors to separate contacts
439/657 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        With common means securing plural conductors to separate contacts->        Screw-thread operated
439/658 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part->        Having separate through-passageways for enabling securement of intermediate portion of conductors thereto
439/659 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Having separate through-passageways for enabling securement of intermediate portion of conductors thereto->        Coupling part comprises receptacle having internal screw-thread-coupling contact
439/660 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug
439/661 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Having screw-thread-coupling contact
439/662 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having screw-thread-coupling contact->        Screw threads formed on cylindrical or annular contact
439/663 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Screw threads formed on cylindrical or annular contact->        Screw-threaded center-contact type
439/664 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Screw threads formed on cylindrical or annular contact->        Plug having screw-thread-coupling contact and also having resilient or spring-biased center contact
439/665 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Screw threads formed on cylindrical or annular contact->        Having mutilated, irregular, interrupted, or discontinuous contact thread
439/666 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Screw threads formed on cylindrical or annular contact->        Receptacle having internal screw-thread-coupling contact
439/667 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having screw-thread-coupling contact ->        Screw threads formed on cylindrical or annular contact ->        Receptacle having internal screw-thread-coupling contact->        And also having resilient or spring-biased center contact
439/668 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Having only push-pull-engaging contacts spaced along longitudinal axis of engagement (e.g., jack-type receptacle or plug)
439/669 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having only push-pull-engaging contacts spaced along longitudinal axis of engagement (e.g., jack-type receptacle or plug)->        Plug having cylindrical or annular contacts of substantially the same diameter (e.g., jack-type plug)
439/670 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Having coupling contact requiring successive relative motions in different directions to complete the coupling
439/671 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having coupling contact requiring successive relative motions in different directions to complete the coupling->        Having bayonet-coupling contact
439/672 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having coupling contact requiring successive relative motions in different directions to complete the coupling ->        Having bayonet-coupling contact->        Bayonet-coupling contact comprises cylindrically-shaped ring or shell
439/673 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having coupling contact requiring successive relative motions in different directions to complete the coupling ->        Having bayonet-coupling contact->        Having plural bayonet-coupling contacts
439/674 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having coupling contact requiring successive relative motions in different directions to complete the coupling ->        Having bayonet-coupling contact ->        Having plural bayonet-coupling contacts->        Polarized
439/675 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Having annular, push-pull-engaging contact concentrically disposed about longitudinal axis of engagement
439/676 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Having push-pull-engaging contacts spaced along planar side wall transverse to longitudinal engagement axis (e.g., telephone jack or plug)
439/677 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Polarized
439/678 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Polarized->        By asymmetric disposition or asymmetric shape of duplicate contacts
439/679 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Polarized->        By having or receiving contacts of similar type which are unequal in size or shape
439/680 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Polarized->        By key or guideway
439/681 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Polarized ->        By key or guideway->        User adjustable key or guideway
439/682 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts
439/683 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Adapted to receive base connector of electron tube
439/684 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts ->        Adapted to receive base connector of electron tube->        Receptacle body formed of thin, superposed plates or discs of insulation
439/685 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Having only three prong-receiving recesses arranged to define apices of a triangle
439/686 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Having multipart insulating body or casing
439/687 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts ->        Having multipart insulating body or casing->        Divided parallel to longitudinal engagement axis (e.g., formed of two casing halves)
439/688 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts ->        Having multipart insulating body or casing->        Formed of superposed planar sheets or plates of insulation
439/689 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts ->        Having multipart insulating body or casing->        Planar insulating cover overlying insulating body or casing
439/690 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts ->        Having multipart insulating body or casing->        Insulating parts secured together by screw-threaded means
439/691 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Receptacle for receiving plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Having additional resilient member cooperating with contact to increase grip on contact of mating plug
439/692 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts
439/693 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        With insulative covering about part of protruding portion of each contact
439/694 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Having wire conductor receiving passageway extending perpendicular to longitudinal axes of contacts
439/695 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Having multipart insulating body
439/696 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts ->        Having multipart insulating body->        Divided parallel to longitudinal engagement axis (e.g., formed of two casing halves)
439/697 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Plug having spaced, longitudinally engaging, prong-like contacts->        Having means other than screw-threaded means for securing wire-type conductor to contact
439/698 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Receptacle for transversely receiving elongated fuselike component having contact at each end thereof
439/699.1 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Having only two duplicate contacts arranged bilaterally symmetric about longitudinal axis of engagement
439/699.2 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug ->        Having only two duplicate contacts arranged bilaterally symmetric about longitudinal axis of engagement->        Lamp-receiving socket
439/700 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Having spring-biased, plunger-type contact movable along line parallel to longitudinal axis of engagement
439/701 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Plural-contact coupling part ->        Plural-contact coupling part comprises receptacle or plug->        Having modular or multipart insulating body
439/702 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Insulating body comprising or for use with cylindrical cap and shell type lamp receptacle casing
439/703 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body comprising or for use with cylindrical cap and shell type lamp receptacle casing->        Insulating lining or contact support within separable, metallic cap and shell casing
439/704 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body comprising or for use with cylindrical cap and shell type lamp receptacle casing->        Insulating lining or contact support within metallic cap casing
439/705 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body comprising or for use with cylindrical cap and shell type lamp receptacle casing->        Insulating lining or contact support within metallic shell casing
439/706 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body comprising or for use with cylindrical cap and shell type lamp receptacle casing->        Insulating lining for interior of metallic cap or shell casing
439/707 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body comprising or for use with cylindrical cap and shell type lamp receptacle casing->        Separable insulating cap and shell casing
439/708 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Insulating body providing direct contact or engagement of duplicate terminals or conductors
439/709 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block)
439/710 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block)->        Duplicate insulating blocks or boards interconnected by frangible or severable part
439/711 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block)->        With common operator for simultaneously securing separate contacts thereof to separate external contacts or conductors
439/712 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block)->        Modular or multipart insulating body
439/713 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block) ->        Modular or multipart insulating body->        Relatively movable insulating body parts
439/714 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block) ->        Modular or multipart insulating body->        Formed of three or more thin, flat, superposed layers, plates, or sheets of insulation
439/715 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block) ->        Modular or multipart insulating body->        Modular insulating block or board
439/716 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block) ->        Modular or multipart insulating body ->        Modular insulating block or board->        With support track for receiving plural insulating blocks or boards
439/717 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block) ->        Modular or multipart insulating body ->        Modular insulating block or board->        Having integral means to interlock or interfit with a duplicate insulating block or board
439/718 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block) ->        Modular or multipart insulating body->        Having protective cover formed from insulating material
439/719 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block)->        With conductor fanning means
439/720 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block)->        Terminals or contacts secured by permanently bending or deforming metallic part onto insulation
439/721 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block)->        Having three or more spaced, electrically interconnected, duplicate terminals or contacts
439/722 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body having plural mutually insulated terminals or contacts (e.g., terminal block)->        Terminals or contacts embedded in insulating body
439/723 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Insulating body with spaced, electrically interconnected, duplicate terminals or contacts
439/724 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Insulating body with spaced, electrically interconnected, duplicate terminals or contacts->        Modular or multipart insulating body
439/725 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Having movable insulated part for securing conductor or mating connector thereto
439/726 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Having movable insulated part for securing conductor or mating connector thereto->        Clamp-type connector for storage battery post
439/727 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Having movable insulated part for securing conductor or mating connector thereto->        Screw-thread-operated securing part
439/728 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Having movable insulated part for securing conductor or mating connector thereto ->        Screw-thread-operated securing part->        With spring operating on conductive clamp portion of securing part
439/729 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Having movable insulated part for securing conductor or mating connector thereto->        Spring-operated or resilient securing part
439/730 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Terminal connector having insulating tube or sleeve adapted to be crimped or heat-shrunk onto wire conductor
439/731 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Insulating body divided parallel to longitudinal axis of engagement (e.g., formed of two casing halves)
439/732 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Interfitting or abutting insulating bodies carried by separate mating connectors
439/733.1 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation
439/734 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        Annular or center contact secured to lamp-type insulating receptacle or base
439/735 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Annular or center contact secured to lamp-type insulating receptacle or base->        Screw-threaded contact having mutilated, irregular, interrupted, or discontinuous screw thread
439/736 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        Secured by heat-molding or cold-deforming insulation or by casting, welding, or cementing
439/737 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        Secured to insulation by screw-threaded means
439/738 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Secured to insulation by screw-threaded means->        Insulating tube, sleeve, or cap concentrically surrounding part of connector
439/739 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Secured to insulation by screw-threaded means->        Including resilient or spring-biased part for securing wire-conductor or mating connector thereto
439/740 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        Secured to insulation by bayonet engagement
439/741 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        Secured by permanently bending, deforming, or crimping metallic part
439/742 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Secured by permanently bending, deforming, or crimping metallic part->        Having separate bendable or deformable securing part (e.g., rivet)
439/743 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Secured by permanently bending, deforming, or crimping metallic part->        Resilient or spring-biased socket contact or connector
439/744 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        Secured by resiliently biased part latching behind shoulder or into recess
439/745 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Secured by resiliently biased part latching behind shoulder or into recess->        Separate latching part secured to contact prior to engagement with insulation
439/746 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Secured by resiliently biased part latching behind shoulder or into recess->        Latching part unitary with metallic connector or contact
439/747 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Secured by resiliently biased part latching behind shoulder or into recess ->        Latching part unitary with metallic connector or contact->        Coupling part type contact inserted into insulation from coupling end
439/748 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Secured by resiliently biased part latching behind shoulder or into recess ->        Latching part unitary with metallic connector or contact->        Resilient socket contact for surrounding or engaging opposed surfaces of mating plug contact
439/749 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation ->        Secured by resiliently biased part latching behind shoulder or into recess ->        Latching part unitary with metallic connector or contact ->        Resilient socket contact for surrounding or engaging opposed surfaces of mating plug contact->        Adapted to have secured wire conductor extending transverse to longitudinal coupling axis
439/750 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        Insulating tube, sleeve, or cap concentrically surrounding part of connector
439/751 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        Secured by part resiliently gripping insulation
439/752 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        Secured by superposition of insulating body parts
439/752.5 -> 625 WITH INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Metallic connector or contact secured to insulation->        With guiding means for inserted contact
439/753 CYLINDRICAL METALLIC CAP AND SHELL TYPE LAMP RECEPTACLE CASING
439/754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL
439/755 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL ->        For threaded-receptacle type terminal flush with battery wall (e.g., for side terminal type battery)
439/756 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL ->        Common securing means for post and conductor
439/757 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL ->        With clamp-to-post joint separator
439/758 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        With clamp-to-post joint separator->        Clamp secured to and separated from post by same screw-threaded member
439/759 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL ->        Spring-actuated or resilient clamp
439/760 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL ->        With reinforcing insert
439/761 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL ->        Deformable C- or U-clamp
439/762 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Deformable C- or U-clamp->        Screw-thread operated
439/763 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Deformable C- or U-clamp ->        Screw-thread operated->        With plural conductor terminals
439/764 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Deformable C- or U-clamp ->        Screw-thread operated->        With means for removably securing conductor thereto
439/765 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL ->        Screw-thread operated
439/766 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Screw-thread operated->        Screw or nut coaxial with post
439/767 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Screw-thread operated->        Post between and transverse of plural screws
439/768 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Screw-thread operated->        Eye bolt type
439/769 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Screw-thread operated->        Clamping lever
439/770 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Screw-thread operated->        Clamping cam or wedge
439/771 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Screw-thread operated->        Screw axis intersects post axis (e.g., set screw)
439/772 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL ->        Clamping lever, cam, or wedge
439/773 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Clamping lever, cam, or wedge->        Rotary or swinging cam
439/774 -> 754 METALLIC CLAMP-TYPE CONNECTOR FOR STORAGE BATTERY TERMINAL  ->        Clamping lever, cam, or wedge->        Sliding wedge
439/775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART
439/776 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Stirrup type for simultaneously securing two spaced-apart locations along the length of a conductor thereto
439/777 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Adjustable angular joint between separate connectors or conductor securing means
439/778 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Externally threaded, bifurcated bolt for joining conductors having like cross-sectional shape
439/779 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Externally threaded, bifurcated bolt for joining conductors having like cross-sectional shape->        With nut retainer
439/780 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Externally threaded, bifurcated bolt for joining conductors having like cross-sectional shape->        With slidable conductive element between conductors
439/781 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Bolt or screw between and transverse of parallel conductors
439/782 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Bolt or screw between and transverse of parallel conductors->        With means to maintain assembly of clamp part and bolt or screw
439/783 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Cam or wedge between conductors
439/784 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Screw-threaded securing means coaxial with elongated conductors joined in axially aligned relationship
439/785 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Parallel elongated conductors between and transverse of plural screws (e.g., U-bolt)
439/786 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Resilient or spring-operated securing means joining plural conductors
439/787 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Resilient or spring-operated securing means joining plural conductors->        Conductors secured in duplicate receiving means
439/788 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Resilient or spring-operated securing means joining plural conductors ->        Conductors secured in duplicate receiving means->        With helical spring
439/789 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Hinged jaw type having alignable conductor receiving bores
439/790 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Single operator for securing and joining plural conductors
439/791 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Single operator for securing and joining plural conductors->        Single screw-threaded operator
439/792 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Single operator for securing and joining plural conductors ->        Single screw-threaded operator->        Conductors secured in direct contact with one another
439/793 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Single operator for securing and joining plural conductors ->        Single screw-threaded operator ->        Conductors secured in direct contact with one another->        Screw axis intersects axes of conductors joined parallel to one another
439/794 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Single operator for securing and joining plural conductors ->        Single screw-threaded operator->        Conductors secured in duplicate receiving means
439/795 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Single operator for securing and joining plural conductors ->        Single screw-threaded operator->        Screw-threaded operator circumferentially tensions flexible strap or band
439/796 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Duplicate receiving means having independently operated securing means for joining plural conductors
439/797 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Duplicate receiving means having independently operated securing means for joining plural conductors->        Screw-thread operated securing means for each receiving means
439/798 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Duplicate receiving means having independently operated securing means for joining plural conductors ->        Screw-thread operated securing means for each receiving means->        For joining three or more conductors
439/799 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Circumferentially tensioned flexible strap or band
439/800 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Circumferentially tensioned flexible strap or band->        Tensioning screw intersects longitudinal axis of encircled conductor
439/801 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Screw-thread operated securing part
439/802 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        Screw-threaded lamp-shell type contact having resilient or spring biased securing part
439/803 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        C-clamp type
439/804 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        Single conductor between and transverse of plural screws (e.g., U-bolt)
439/805 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        Nut, bolt, or screw coaxial with elongated conductor
439/806 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        Clamping lever
439/807 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        With screw-thread operated cam or wedge
439/808 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        With strand coiling or loop forming means
439/809 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        With means confining strand or wire loop about screw
439/810 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        Screw axis intersects conductor axis (e.g., set screw)
439/811 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part ->        Screw axis intersects conductor axis (e.g., set screw)->        With movable clamp jaw between conductor and screw or nut (e.g., slidable follower)
439/812 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part ->        Screw axis intersects conductor axis (e.g., set screw) ->        With movable clamp jaw between conductor and screw or nut (e.g., slidable follower)->        Clamp jaw movably secured to screw or nut
439/813 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part ->        Screw axis intersects conductor axis (e.g., set screw)->        Captive screw or nut
439/814 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part ->        Screw axis intersects conductor axis (e.g., set screw)->        Set screw type
439/815 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Screw-thread operated securing part->        Screw or nut moves resilient or resiliently biased securing part
439/816 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part
439/817 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Compression spring axis transverse of and intersecting conductor axis
439/818 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Compression spring axis transverse of and intersecting conductor axis->        Spring biases detent member to form snap-latch type securing part
439/819 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Separate spring means moves rigid nonresilent clamping part into securing condition
439/820 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Separate spring means moves rigid nonresilent clamping part into securing condition->        Spring biases slidable wedge-shaped or wedge-operated jaw
439/821 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Separate spring means moves rigid nonresilent clamping part into securing condition->        Socket connector having three or more annularly arranged duplicate grip elements
439/822 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Separate spring means moves rigid nonresilent clamping part into securing condition->        Hinged clamping part (i.e., clamping lever)
439/823 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Separate spring means moves rigid nonresilent clamping part into securing condition->        Socket or pin connector having small radially biased clamping or detenting element
439/824 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Separate spring means moves rigid nonresilent clamping part into securing condition->        Spring-biased butt contact
439/825 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Plug having means for resiliently engaging opposed interior surfaces of mating socket connector (e.g., banana plug)
439/826 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Plug having means for resiliently engaging opposed interior surfaces of mating socket connector (e.g., banana plug)->        Also having means for resiliently engaging exterior surfaces of the socket connector
439/827 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Plug having means for resiliently engaging opposed interior surfaces of mating socket connector (e.g., banana plug)->        Having separate resilent means extending externally around or outwardly through rigid plug body
439/828 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Having resilient clamping finger crossing plane of opposed clamping member while in clamping condition
439/829 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Having resilient clamping finger crossing plane of opposed clamping member while in clamping condition->        Hand-grip type
439/830 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        For receiving end contact of elongated fuselike component inserted transverse to longitudinal axis of component (e.g., fuse clip)
439/831 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        For receiving end contact of elongated fuselike component inserted transverse to longitudinal axis of component (e.g., fuse clip)->        With contact rejection feature or adaptor
439/832 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        For receiving end contact of elongated fuselike component inserted transverse to longitudinal axis of component (e.g., fuse clip)->        With movably attached user manipulated locking, contact retaining, or spring spreading means
439/833 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        For receiving end contact of elongated fuselike component inserted transverse to longitudinal axis of component (e.g., fuse clip)->        With separate means to increase clamping pressure of spring clip
439/834 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Clamping pressure provided by cantilevered finger resiliently urged away from opposed clamping member
439/835 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        With movably attached user manipulated means or having user grippable means for manually distorting resilient part
439/836 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        With movably attached user manipulated means or having user grippable means for manually distorting resilient part->        Slidably mounted cam or wedge locks or places resilient securing part into securing condition
439/837 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        With movably attached user manipulated means or having user grippable means for manually distorting resilient part ->        Slidably mounted cam or wedge locks or places resilient securing part into securing condition->        With additional spring means to operate slidable cam or wedge
439/838 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        With movably attached user manipulated means or having user grippable means for manually distorting resilient part->        Pivotally or rotatably mounted member locks or places securing part into securing condition
439/839 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        With additional reinforcing spring means
439/840 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Helically coiled spring forms securing part
439/841 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Helically coiled spring forms securing part->        Adapted to receive elongated contact or conductor by insertion along axis passing through spring coils
439/842 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact
439/843 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact->        Having separate gripping spring means located within or extending into rigid socket body
439/844 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact ->        Having separate gripping spring means located within or extending into rigid socket body->        Adapted to be mounted to flat panel with longitudinal axis of socket perpendicular to plane of panel
439/845 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact ->        Having separate gripping spring means located within or extending into rigid socket body->        Adapted to receive thin blade contact (e.g., spade receiving)
439/846 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact ->        Having separate gripping spring means located within or extending into rigid socket body->        Separate spring means forms snap-latching detent
439/847 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact ->        Having separate gripping spring means located within or extending into rigid socket body->        Spring means mounted on exterior of and extends into rigid socket body
439/848 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact->        Having latching detent or means operated by mating contact to lock or manipulate resilient part
439/849 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact ->        Having latching detent or means operated by mating contact to lock or manipulate resilient part->        Adapted to receive thin blade contact (e.g., spade receiving)
439/850 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact->        Resilient channel-like socket for receiving thin blade contact (e.g., spade receiving)
439/851 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact->        Socket comprises tubular body having resilient means for gripping inserted elongated contact (includes split or slotted tube)
439/852 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact ->        Socket comprises tubular body having resilient means for gripping inserted elongated contact (includes split or slotted tube)->        Having resilient cantilevered clamping finger located within tubular body
439/853 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact ->        Socket comprises tubular body having resilient means for gripping inserted elongated contact (includes split or slotted tube) ->        Having resilient cantilevered clamping finger located within tubular body->        With means for mounting to flat panel
439/854 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact ->        Socket comprises tubular body having resilient means for gripping inserted elongated contact (includes split or slotted tube)->        Tubular socket perpendicular to wire-securing barrel (e.g., right-angle connector)
439/855 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact->        Socket perpendicular to wire-securing barrel (e.g., right-angle connector)
439/856 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact->        Having opposed cantilevered clamping fingers resiliently urged toward one another
439/857 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact ->        Having opposed cantilevered clamping fingers resiliently urged toward one another->        Allochiral cantilevered clamping fingers
439/858 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part ->        Socket adapted to receive push-pull-engaging elongated contact by insertion along longitudinal axis of contact->        Having cantilevered clamping finger resiliently urged toward rigid clamping jaw
439/859 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Adapted to resiliently engage end face and inner annular shoulder of headed terminal
439/860 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Comprising conductor-encircling resilient wire loop or comprising slotted or apertured resilient plate
439/861 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Having cantilevered clamping finger resiliently urged toward opposed clamping jaw
439/862 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Spring actuated or resilient securing part->        Having cantilevered spring contact finger
439/863 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART ->        Clamping cam or wedge
439/864 -> 775 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MOVABLE OR RESILIENT SECURING PART  ->        Clamping cam or wedge->        Rotary or swinging
439/865 METALLIC CONDUCTOR TERMINAL HAVING CONDUCTOR SHEATH ENGAGING MEANS
439/866 -> 865 METALLIC CONDUCTOR TERMINAL HAVING CONDUCTOR SHEATH ENGAGING MEANS ->        Pin or plug type terminal
439/867 -> 865 METALLIC CONDUCTOR TERMINAL HAVING CONDUCTOR SHEATH ENGAGING MEANS ->        Resilient or spring-biased socket or clip type terminal
439/868 -> 865 METALLIC CONDUCTOR TERMINAL HAVING CONDUCTOR SHEATH ENGAGING MEANS ->        Slotted or apertured disc or plate type terminal (e.g., ring terminal)
439/869 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MEANS FOR SECURING TO INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH
439/870 -> 869 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MEANS FOR SECURING TO INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Adapted to be secured by permanently bending or deforming metallic part
439/871 -> 869 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MEANS FOR SECURING TO INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Adapted to be secured by resiliently biased part latching behind shoulder
439/872 -> 869 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MEANS FOR SECURING TO INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH  ->        Adapted to be secured by resiliently biased part latching behind shoulder->        Latching part unitary with metallic connector or contact
439/873 -> 869 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING MEANS FOR SECURING TO INSULATION OTHER THAN CONDUCTOR SHEATH ->        Adapted to be secured by part resiliently gripping insulation
439/874 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING PART PERMANENTLY SECURED TO CONDUCTOR USING FUSED OR MOLDED MATERIAL
439/875 -> 874 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING PART PERMANENTLY SECURED TO CONDUCTOR USING FUSED OR MOLDED MATERIAL ->        Having duplicate locations for permanently securing individual conductors thereto
439/876 -> 874 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT HAVING PART PERMANENTLY SECURED TO CONDUCTOR USING FUSED OR MOLDED MATERIAL ->        Adapted to be secured to conductor formed on printed circuit board
439/877 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT ALSO HAVING SECURING PART ADAPTED TO BE CRIMPED, DEFORMED, OR BENT ONTO CONDUCTOR
439/878 -> 877 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT ALSO HAVING SECURING PART ADAPTED TO BE CRIMPED, DEFORMED, OR BENT ONTO CONDUCTOR ->        Securing part crimped or bent onto looped end of wire conductor
439/879 -> 877 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT ALSO HAVING SECURING PART ADAPTED TO BE CRIMPED, DEFORMED, OR BENT ONTO CONDUCTOR ->        Multipart assembly
439/880 -> 877 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT ALSO HAVING SECURING PART ADAPTED TO BE CRIMPED, DEFORMED, OR BENT ONTO CONDUCTOR ->        Having duplicate receiving means for permanently securing individual conductors thereto
439/881 -> 877 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT ALSO HAVING SECURING PART ADAPTED TO BE CRIMPED, DEFORMED, OR BENT ONTO CONDUCTOR ->        Wire conductor secured transverse to contact portion (e.g., right-angle connector)
439/882 -> 877 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT ALSO HAVING SECURING PART ADAPTED TO BE CRIMPED, DEFORMED, OR BENT ONTO CONDUCTOR ->        Wire conductor secured within ferrule having series of preformed wire gripping means therein
439/883 METALLIC CONNECTOR OR CONTACT COMPRISING A SLOTTED OR APERTURED DISC OR PLATE
439/884 CONTACT TERMINAL
439/885 -> 884 CONTACT TERMINAL ->        Strip of detachable contacts
439/886 -> 884 CONTACT TERMINAL ->        Having treated (e.g., coated) surface or distinct contact surface layer
439/887 -> 884 CONTACT TERMINAL ->        Of particular metal or alloy
439/888 -> 884 CONTACT TERMINAL ->        Having provision for retaining to mating wire (e.g., wire wrap)
439/889 -> 884 CONTACT TERMINAL ->        Having provision for retaining to mating contact
439/890 -> 884 CONTACT TERMINAL ->        For functioning electrical component, (e.g., tube, lamp, fuse, spark plug, etc.)
439/891 -> 884 CONTACT TERMINAL ->        Multipart contact prong
439/892 DISTINCT COVERING MEANS
439/893 -> 892 DISTINCT COVERING MEANS ->        Covering functioning electrical component (e.g., tube, lamp, fuse, spark plug, etc.)
439/894 MISCELLANEOUS
439/901 CONNECTOR HOOD OR SHELL
439/902 -> 901 CONNECTOR HOOD OR SHELL ->        Angularly disposed contact and conductor
439/903 -> 901 CONNECTOR HOOD OR SHELL ->        Special latch for insert
439/904 -> 901 CONNECTOR HOOD OR SHELL ->        Multipart shell
439/905 -> 901 CONNECTOR HOOD OR SHELL  ->        Multipart shell->        Axially joined sections
439/906 -> 901 CONNECTOR HOOD OR SHELL  ->        Multipart shell->        Longitudinally divided
439/907 CONTACT HAVING THREE CONTACT SURFACES, INCLUDING DIVERSE SURFACE
439/908 CONTACT HAVING TWO CONTACT SURFACES FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF INSULATIVE BODY
439/909 MEDICAL USE OR ATTACHED TO HUMAN BODY
439/910 OBSERVATION AIDE, E.G., TRANSPARENT MATERIAL, WINDOW IN HOUSING
439/911 SAFETY, E.G., ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTION REQUIRED BEFORE OPENING HOUSING
439/912 WITH TESTING MEANS
439/913 CONDITION DETERMINING DEVICE, E.G., OXYGEN SENSOR, ACCELEROMETER, IONIZER CHAMBER, THERMOCOUPLE
439/914 FOR FLASHBULB OR CAMERA (INCLUDING FLASH CUBE)
439/915 AUXILIARY DEVICE FOR EXISTING PLUG
439/916 ANTENNA
439/917 ALARM CIRCUIT, E.G., WINDOW AFFIXED FOIL
439/918 MULTILAMP VEHICLE PANEL
439/919 FOR TREATMENT BY ELECTRICAL CURRENT, E.G., MAGNET OR BATTERY CHARGER, HEATER, WELDER, ETC.
439/920 FOR INTERCONNECTING RIGID PIPELIKE BODIES, E.G., WAVE GUIDES
439/921 TRANSFORMER BUSHING TYPE OR HIGH VOLTAGE UNDERGROUND CONNECTOR
439/922 TELEPHONE SWITCHBOARD PROTECTOR
439/923 SEPARATION OR DISCONNECTION AID
439/924.1 CONTACTS ARRANGED FOR SEQUENTIAL CONNECTION
439/924.2 -> 924.1 CONTACTS ARRANGED FOR SEQUENTIAL CONNECTION ->        With contact preventer to require joining in a given sequence
439/925 FLOOR MOUNTED, E.G., UNDER CARPET
439/926 WITHIN MACHINE CASING OR MOTOR HOUSING (CONNECTOR WITHIN CASING WALL)
439/927 CONDUCTIVE GASKET
439/928 MODULAR ELECTRICALLY INTERENGAGING PARTS, E.G., STOVE WITH REPLACEABLE HEATING ELEMENTS FORMED ON COUPLING PARTS
439/928.1 -> 928 MODULAR ELECTRICALLY INTERENGAGING PARTS, E.G., STOVE WITH REPLACEABLE HEATING ELEMENTS FORMED ON COUPLING PARTS ->        Plug-in carrier or adapter for removable component (e.g., "hard drive" for computer)
439/929 CONNECTING BASE PLATE OR SHELF TYPE HOLDER
439/930 COUPLING PART WHEREIN CONTACT IS COMPRISED OF A WIRE OR BRUSH
439/931 CONDUCTIVE COATING
439/932 HEAT SHRINK MATERIAL
439/933 SPECIAL INSULATION
439/934 -> 933 SPECIAL INSULATION ->        High voltage barrier (e.g., surface arcing or corona preventing insulator)
439/935 -> 933 SPECIAL INSULATION ->        Glass or ceramic contact pin holder
439/936 -> 933 SPECIAL INSULATION ->        Potting material or coating (e.g., grease, insulative coating, sealant or, adhesive)
439/937 -> 933 SPECIAL INSULATION ->        Plural insulators in strip form
439/938.1 CATHODIC PROTECTION OF STRUCTURE (E.G., SHIP HULL)
439/939 WITH GROUNDING TO METAL MOUNTING PANEL
439/940 INCLUDING PROVISION FOR MECHANICAL LIFTING OR MANIPULATION (E.G., FOR VACUUM LIFTING)
439/941 CROSSTALK SUPPRESSION
439/942 COMBLIKE RETAINER FOR CONDUCTOR
439/943 INCLUDING PROVISION FOR PRESSING CONTACT INTO PCB HOLE
439/944 COAXIAL CONNECTOR HAVING CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTING PROVISION EFFECTED BY MATING OR HAVING "DEAD" CONTACT ACTIVATED AFTER MATING
439/945 ADAPTER FOR PCB OR CARTRIDGE
439/946 MEMORY CARD CARTRIDGE
439/947 PCB MOUNTED CONNECTOR WITH GROUND TERMINAL
439/948 CONTACT OR CONNECTOR WITH INSERTION DEPTH LIMITER
439/949 JUNCTION BOX WITH BUSBAR FOR PLUG-SOCKET TYPE INTERCONNECTION WITH RECEPTACLE
439/950 ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR ADAPTED TO TRANSMIT ELECTRICITY TO MATING CONNECTOR WITHOUT PHYSICAL CONTACT (E.G., BY INDUCTION, MAGNETISM, OR ELECTROSTATIC FIELD)
439/951 PCB HAVING DETAILED LEADING EDGE
439/952 JUMPER FOR USE WITH SPECIFIC APPARATUS
439/953 WITH LATCH ROD TO BE RETAININGLY RECEIVED BY OPENING OF MATING CONNECTOR
439/954 SPECIAL ORIENTATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
439/955 INCLUDING ELECTRONIC IDENTIFIER OR CODING MEANS
439/956 WITH MEANS TO ALLOW SELECTION OF DIVERSE VOLTAGE OR POLARITY
439/957 AUXILIARY CONTACT PART FOR CIRCUIT ADAPTATION
455/1 INTERFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION (E.G., JAMMING)
455/2.01 AUDIENCE SURVEY OR PROGRAM DISTRIBUTION USE ACCOUNTING
455/3.01 WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
455/3.02 -> 3.01 WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Receiver for satellite broadcast
455/3.03 -> 3.01 WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Remote control of distribution
455/3.04 -> 3.01 WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Remote control of distribution->        With subscriber selection or switching
455/3.05 -> 3.01 WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Two-way
455/3.06 -> 3.01 WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Combined with diverse art device (e.g., audio/sound or entertainment system)
455/400 HAVING SINGLE-CHANNEL TELEPHONE CARRIER
455/401 -> 400 HAVING SINGLE-CHANNEL TELEPHONE CARRIER ->        Including call signaling (e.g., ringing, off-hook, dialing)
455/402 -> 400 HAVING SINGLE-CHANNEL TELEPHONE CARRIER ->        Over power line
455/403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM
455/404.1 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Emergency or alarm communication
455/404.2 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Emergency or alarm communication->        Location monitoring
455/405 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Usage measurement
455/406 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Usage measurement->        Billing
455/407 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Usage measurement ->        Billing->        At subscriber unit
455/408 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Usage measurement ->        Billing->        At remote station
455/409 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Usage measurement->        Rental
455/410 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Security or fraud prevention
455/411 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Security or fraud prevention->        Privacy, lock-out, or authentication
455/412.1 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Message storage or retrieval
455/412.2 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Message storage or retrieval->        Having message notification
455/413 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Message storage or retrieval->        Voice mail
455/414.1 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Special service
455/414.2 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Special service->        User location independent information retrieval
455/414.3 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Special service ->        User location independent information retrieval->        Based on request (e.g., news, weather, etc.)
455/414.4 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Special service ->        User location independent information retrieval->        Format conversion (e.g., text, audio, etc.)
455/415 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Special service->        Caller identification
455/416 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Special service->        Call conferencing
455/417 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Special service->        Call diversion
455/418 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Programming control
455/419 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Programming control->        Remote programming control
455/420 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Programming control ->        Remote programming control->        Control of another apparatus
455/421 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Out-of-range indication
455/422.1 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system
455/423 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Diagnostic testing, malfunction indication, or electrical condition measurement
455/424 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Diagnostic testing, malfunction indication, or electrical condition measurement->        System equipment
455/425 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Diagnostic testing, malfunction indication, or electrical condition measurement->        Subscriber equipment
455/426.1 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Including other radio communication system (e.g., cordless telephone, paging, trunking, etc.)
455/426.2 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Wireless service for fixed premises equipment (e.g., Wireless Local Loop (WLL) Telco emulator, etc.)
455/427 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Space satellite
455/428 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Space satellite->        Switching or routing
455/429 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Space satellite->        Cell projection
455/430 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Space satellite->        Ground station control
455/431 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Airborne or aircraft
455/432.1 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Roaming
455/432.2 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Roaming->        System format conversion
455/432.3 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Roaming->        Service profile
455/433 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Roaming->        Home location registration (HLR) or visitor location registration (VLR) detail
455/434 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Control or access channel scanning
455/435.1 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Registration
455/435.2 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Registration->        System selection
455/435.3 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Registration ->        System selection->        Based on priority
455/436 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Handoff
455/437 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Handoff->        Mobile assisted or initiated
455/438 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Handoff->        Serving site initiated
455/439 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Handoff->        Handoff initiated by another source (e.g., target, user initiated, mobile switching center (MSC), or mobile telephone switching office (MTSO), etc.)
455/440 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Handoff->        Based upon unit location
455/441 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Handoff->        Based upon unit velocity
455/442 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Handoff->        Soft handoff
455/443 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Handoff->        Overlapping cells
455/444 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Handoff->        Between macro and micro cells
455/445 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Call routing (e.g., to prevent backhaul, routing efficiency, least cost, or alternate routing)
455/446 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Including cell planning or layout
455/447 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Including cell planning or layout->        Frequency reuse scheme
455/448 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Including cell planning or layout->        Co-located systems
455/449 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Including cell planning or layout->        Hierarchical cell structure
455/450 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Channel allocation
455/451 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Channel allocation->        Hybrid allocation
455/452.1 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Channel allocation->        Dynamic allocation
455/452.2 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Channel allocation ->        Dynamic allocation->        Based on service quality (e.g., bandwidth, etc.)
455/453 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Channel allocation->        Load balancing
455/454 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Channel allocation->        Spectrum sharing for different type of system (e.g., point-to-point microwave, television, etc.)
455/455 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Channel seizing
455/456.1 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Location monitoring
455/456.2 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Location monitoring->        Based on request signal
455/456.3 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Location monitoring->        Position based personal service
455/456.4 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Location monitoring->        Quiet or transmission prevention mode
455/456.5 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Location monitoring->        At system equipment (i.e., base station)
455/456.6 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Location monitoring->        At remote station (i.e., mobile station)
455/457 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Location monitoring->        Location display
455/458 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system->        Specific paging technique
455/459 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Specific paging technique->        Meet-me system
455/460 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Zoned or cellular telephone system ->        Specific paging technique->        Auto-dialing
455/461 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Including personal numbering system (i.e., intelligent network for subscriber tracking or follow-me subscriber feature)
455/462 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Including private cordless extension system
455/463 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Including private cordless extension system->        Multi-users
455/464 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM  ->        Including private cordless extension system->        Channel selection or allocation
455/465 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Including public cordless extension system
455/466 -> 403 RADIOTELEPHONE SYSTEM ->        Auxiliary data signaling (e.g., short message service (SMS))
455/7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)
455/8 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        Failure compensation (e.g., spare channel)
455/9 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        Monitoring
455/10 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)  ->        Monitoring->        Fading compensation
455/11.1 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        Portable or mobile repeater
455/12.1 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)  ->        Portable or mobile repeater->        Space satellite
455/13.1 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)  ->        Portable or mobile repeater ->        Space satellite->        With plural repeater or relay systems
455/13.2 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)  ->        Portable or mobile repeater ->        Space satellite->        With synchronizing of satellites or system
455/13.3 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)  ->        Portable or mobile repeater ->        Space satellite->        With antenna feed network or multiple antenna switching
455/13.4 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)  ->        Portable or mobile repeater ->        Space satellite->        Power control
455/14 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        With transmission line
455/15 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        Two separate way transmission
455/16 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)  ->        Two separate way transmission->        Simultaneous using plural repeaters at each location
455/17 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        Plural modulated carriers
455/18 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        With delay or recording
455/19 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        Common antenna
455/20 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        With frequency conversion
455/21 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)  ->        With frequency conversion->        With demodulator
455/22 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION)  ->        With frequency conversion->        Plural conversion stages
455/23 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        Frequency or phase modulation
455/24 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        Transmitter/receiver feedback compensation
455/25 -> 7 CARRIER WAVE REPEATER OR RELAY SYSTEM (I.E., RETRANSMISSION OF SAME INFORMATION) ->        Directive antenna
455/26.1 USE OR ACCESS BLOCKING (E.G., LOCKING SWITCH)
455/39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS
455/40 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Earth or water medium
455/41.1 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Near field (i.e., inductive or capacitive coupling)
455/41.2 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Short range RF communication
455/41.3 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Short range RF communication->        To output device
455/42 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Frequency or phase modulation
455/43 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        With modification of frequencies of analog signal passed (e.g., pre-emphasis and de-emphasis)
455/44 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        With stated modulation index
455/45 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        Via subcarrier
455/46 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Suppressed carrier wave system
455/47 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Single or vestigial sideband system
455/48 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Inverted sideband
455/500 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations)
455/501 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations)->        Noise, distortion, or singing reduction
455/502 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Noise, distortion, or singing reduction->        Synchronized stations
455/503 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Noise, distortion, or singing reduction ->        Synchronized stations->        Simulcast system
455/504 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Noise, distortion, or singing reduction->        Fading compensation
455/505 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Noise, distortion, or singing reduction ->        Fading compensation->        Due to weather
455/506 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Noise, distortion, or singing reduction ->        Fading compensation->        Rayleigh or multipath fading
455/507 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations)->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.)
455/508 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.)->        Having console
455/509 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.)->        Channel allocation
455/510 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        Channel allocation->        Plural requests (e.g., retries)
455/511 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        Channel allocation->        Control channel/voice channel conversion
455/512 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        Channel allocation->        Based on priority
455/513 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        Channel allocation->        Ranking (e.g., based on signal strength, etc.)
455/514 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        Channel allocation->        Having storage detail
455/515 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.)->        Control channel monitoring (i.e., paging or access channel signaling) for system access
455/516 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.)->        Channel seizing
455/517 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.)->        To or from mobile station
455/518 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        To or from mobile station->        Having talk group
455/519 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        To or from mobile station ->        Having talk group->        Talk group forming (e.g., dynamic regrouping, talk group assignment)
455/520 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        To or from mobile station ->        Having talk group->        On-site or multi-site trunking
455/521 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        To or from mobile station->        Emergency dispatch or response
455/522 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        To or from mobile station->        Transmission power control technique
455/523 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        To or from mobile station->        Using radiating transmission line
455/524 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        To or from mobile station->        Multiple base stations
455/525 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.) ->        To or from mobile station ->        Multiple base stations->        Base station selection
455/526 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations) ->        Central station (e.g., master, etc.)->        Plural receivers tuned to common frequency
455/527 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations)->        Break-in or priority override
455/528 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Plural transmitters or receivers (i.e., more than two stations)->        Lockout or busy-idle signaling
455/59 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Single message via plural carrier wave transmission
455/60 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Single message via plural carrier wave transmission->        Different phases of same frequency carrier
455/61 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Single message via plural modulation of single carrier
455/62 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Optimum frequency selection
455/63.1 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Distortion, noise, or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation
455/63.2 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Distortion, noise, or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation->        System with hierarchical coverage areas
455/63.3 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Distortion, noise, or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation->        Frequency switching
455/63.4 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Distortion, noise, or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation->        Directional antenna
455/64 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Distortion, noise, or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation->        Plasma source or barrier
455/65 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Distortion, noise, or other interference prevention, reduction, or compensation->        Anti-multipath
455/66.1 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Having diverse art device
455/67.11 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        Having measuring, testing, or monitoring of system or part
455/67.12 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Having measuring, testing, or monitoring of system or part->        Using a chamber (e.g., room testing or audio surveillance, etc.)
455/67.13 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Having measuring, testing, or monitoring of system or part->        Noise, distortion, or unwanted signal detection (e.g., quality control, etc.)
455/67.14 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Having measuring, testing, or monitoring of system or part->        Using a test signal
455/67.15 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Having measuring, testing, or monitoring of system or part->        Of a microwave link or system
455/67.16 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Having measuring, testing, or monitoring of system or part->        Phase measuring (e.g., group delay, propagation effect, etc.)
455/67.7 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        Having measuring, testing, or monitoring of system or part->        With indication (e.g., visual or voice signalling, etc.)
455/68 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS ->        With control signal
455/69 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        With control signal->        Transmitter controlled by signal feedback from receiver
455/701 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        With control signal->        Tone coded squelch
455/702 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        With control signal ->        Tone coded squelch->        Plural tones
455/703 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        With control signal ->        Tone coded squelch ->        Plural tones->        Difference frequency
455/70 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        With control signal->        Receiver control signal originates at message transmitter
455/71 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        With control signal ->        Receiver control signal originates at message transmitter->        Frequency control
455/72 -> 39 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SEPARATE STATIONS  ->        With control signal ->        Receiver control signal originates at message transmitter->        For compression and expansion of message signal (i.e., companding)
455/73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)
455/74 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        Convertible (e.g., to diverse art device)
455/74.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Convertible (e.g., to diverse art device)->        Cordless/corded conversion
455/75 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        With frequency stabilization (e.g., automatic frequency control)
455/76 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        With frequency stabilization (e.g., automatic frequency control)->        Synthesizer
455/77 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        With tuning
455/78 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        With transmitter-receiver switching or interaction prevention
455/79 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        With transmitter-receiver switching or interaction prevention->        Automatic (e.g., voice operated)
455/80 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        With transmitter-receiver switching or interaction prevention ->        Automatic (e.g., voice operated)->        With distributed parameter coupling
455/81 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        With transmitter-receiver switching or interaction prevention ->        Automatic (e.g., voice operated) ->        With distributed parameter coupling->        Waveguide
455/82 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        With transmitter-receiver switching or interaction prevention ->        Automatic (e.g., voice operated)->        Common antenna
455/83 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        With transmitter-receiver switching or interaction prevention->        Single antenna switched between transmitter and receiver
455/84 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        With a common signal processing stage
455/85 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        With a common signal processing stage->        Transmitter oscillator used as detector
455/86 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        With a common signal processing stage->        Transmitter oscillator used as local oscillator
455/87 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        With a common signal processing stage ->        Transmitter oscillator used as local oscillator->        Tunable or variable
455/88 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        Transceiver controlling a separate transceiver or receiver
455/550.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail
455/551 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Number assignment module (NAM) detail
455/552.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Operable on more than one system
455/553.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Operable on more than one system->        Radiotelephone having plural transceivers (e.g., for analog and digital, trunking and cellular, etc.)
455/554.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Remote private branch exchange (PBX) with wireless link to landline
455/554.2 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Equipment detail for providing wireless link to fixed equipment (e.g., WLL, Telco emulator, etc.)
455/555 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Wireless private branch exchange (PBX) (i.e., wireless link to extension unit)
455/556.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Integrated with other device
455/556.2 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Integrated with other device->        Personal digitial assistant
455/557 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Interface attached device (e.g., interface with modem, facsimile, computer, etc.)
455/558 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Interface attached device (e.g., interface with modem, facsimile, computer, etc.)->        Card control element
455/559 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Interface attached device (e.g., interface with modem, facsimile, computer, etc.)->        Smart cable
455/560 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Switching unit detail (e.g., mobile telephone switching office (MTSO), base station controller (BSC), etc.)
455/561 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Base station detail
455/562.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Base station detail->        Having specific antenna arrangement
455/563 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Having voice recognition or synthesization
455/564 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Auto-dialing or repertory dialing (e.g., using bar code, etc.)
455/565 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Restrictive dialing circuitry
455/566 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Having display
455/567 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Call alerting
455/569.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Hands-free or loudspeaking arrangement
455/569.2 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Hands-free or loudspeaking arrangement->        In vehicle
455/570 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Hands-free or loudspeaking arrangement->        Noise suppression or echo cancellation
455/571 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Power booster
455/572 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Power supply
455/573 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Power supply->        Battery charging
455/574 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Power supply->        Power conservation
455/575.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail->        Housing or support
455/575.2 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Housing or support->        Headgear
455/575.3 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Housing or support->        Foldable type
455/575.4 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Housing or support->        Slidable type
455/575.5 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Housing or support->        Antenna shielding
455/575.6 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Housing or support->        Attached or connected to user
455/575.7 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Housing or support->        Having specific antenna arrangement
455/575.8 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Housing or support->        Protective cover
455/575.9 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER)  ->        Radiotelephone equipment detail ->        Housing or support->        In vehicle
455/90.1 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        Having particular application (e.g., avalanche victim assistance) of a transceiver
455/90.2 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        Having particular configuration (e.g., C.B., or walkie-talkie) of a transceiver
455/90.3 -> 73 TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AT SAME STATION (E.G., TRANSCEIVER) ->        Having particular housing or support of a transceiver
455/91 TRANSMITTER
455/92 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Remote control of a transmitter
455/93 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Convertible to different type (e.g., AM to FM)
455/94 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Alternator
455/95 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Mobile or portable
455/96 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Mobile or portable->        Transmitter ejected from moving vehicle
455/97 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Mobile or portable->        With antenna ejection or external support
455/98 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Mobile or portable->        With aircraft, satellite, or projectile
455/99 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Mobile or portable->        With vehicle
455/100 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Mobile or portable->        Body attached or connected
455/101 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Diversity
455/102 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Plural modulation
455/103 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Plural separate transmitters or channels
455/104 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Plural separate transmitters or channels->        Carrier and sidebands separately transmitted
455/105 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Plural separate transmitters or channels->        Common frequency
455/106 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Modulation by absorption, shielding, or reflecting
455/107 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        With variation of antenna impedance or dimension for modulation
455/108 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Amplitude modulation
455/109 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Amplitude modulation->        Vestigial or single sideband or suppressed carrier
455/110 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Angle modulation
455/111 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Angle modulation->        Including distributed parameter structure
455/112 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Angle modulation->        With frequency multiplication or division
455/113 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Angle modulation->        With frequency control
455/114.1 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Having harmonic radiation suppression
455/114.2 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Noise or interference elimination
455/114.3 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        Predistortion (e.g., for power amplifier)
455/115.1 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Measuring, testing, or monitoring of transmitter
455/115.2 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Measuring, testing, or monitoring of transmitter->        Using a test signal
455/115.3 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Measuring, testing, or monitoring of transmitter->        Signal strength
455/115.4 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Measuring, testing, or monitoring of transmitter->        Having meter or indicator
455/116 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Carrier amplitude control (e.g., voice operated on/off)
455/117 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        With electrical protection of transmitter circuit or operator
455/118 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Frequency conversion
455/119 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Carrier frequency stabilization
455/120 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Including tuning
455/121 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including tuning->        In antenna circuit
455/122 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including tuning ->        In antenna circuit->        With saturable reactor
455/123 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including tuning ->        In antenna circuit->        Automatically controlled
455/124 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including tuning->        Distributed parameter device
455/125 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Including tuning->        Automatic adjustment of tuning
455/126 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        With feedback of modulated output signal
455/127.1 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        Power control, power supply, or bias voltage supply
455/127.2 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Power control, power supply, or bias voltage supply->        Gain control
455/127.3 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Power control, power supply, or bias voltage supply ->        Gain control->        Plural amplifier stages
455/127.4 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Power control, power supply, or bias voltage supply->        Dual mode (e.g., analog and digital)
455/127.5 -> 91 TRANSMITTER  ->        Power control, power supply, or bias voltage supply->        Power conservation
455/128 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        With casing or housing
455/129 -> 91 TRANSMITTER ->        With coupled antenna
455/130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER
455/131 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Frequency conversion between signal source (e.g., wave collector) and receiver
455/132 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Plural receivers
455/133 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Plural receivers->        With output selecting
455/134 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Plural receivers ->        With output selecting->        By signal strength
455/135 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Plural receivers ->        With output selecting->        By signal quality (e.g., signal to noise ratio)
455/136 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Plural receivers ->        With output selecting->        With control (e.g., automatic gain control, automatic frequency control, etc.)
455/137 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Plural receivers->        With output combining
455/138 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Plural receivers ->        With output combining->        With control (e.g., automatic gain control)
455/139 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Plural receivers ->        With output combining ->        With control (e.g., automatic gain control)->        Frequency or phase control
455/140 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Plural receivers->        Selectively actuated or controlled
455/141 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Plural receivers->        Including common stage (e.g., local oscillator)
455/142 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Convertible to different type (e.g., AM to FM)
455/143 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Convertible to different type (e.g., AM to FM)->        With distinct signal path for each type
455/144 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Convertible to different type (e.g., AM to FM)->        With dual purpose amplifying or other stage
455/145 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Panoramic display
455/146 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Panoramic display->        Plural separate paths or plural oscillators
455/147 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Panoramic display->        Particular local oscillator control
455/148 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Panoramic display->        With oscilloscope sweep signal derivation or control
455/149 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Plural output (e.g., plural speakers) (not stereo)
455/150.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)
455/151.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        Remote control of channel or station selection
455/151.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Remote control of channel or station selection->        Wireless link (sonic, RF, or infrared)
455/151.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Remote control of channel or station selection->        Remote oscillator tuned
455/151.4 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Remote control of channel or station selection->        Plural electronic devices controlled
455/152.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Remote control of channel or station selection->        Of or combined with vehicle receiver
455/153.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Remote control of channel or station selection->        Mechanical
455/153.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Remote control of channel or station selection ->        Mechanical->        With wired link
455/154.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid)
455/154.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid)->        Scanning display
455/155.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid)->        By meter
455/156.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid)->        Audible indicator
455/157.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid)->        Analog frequency indication (e.g., dial)
455/157.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid) ->        Analog frequency indication (e.g., dial)->        With light indication or bar type
455/158.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid)->        Channel index indication
455/158.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid) ->        Channel index indication->        With electronic digital indication
455/158.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid) ->        Channel index indication ->        With electronic digital indication->        Using a counter
455/158.4 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid) ->        Channel index indication->        With multiple display functions
455/158.5 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid) ->        Channel index indication->        Non-numeric display (e.g., call letters)
455/159.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid)->        Variable light indication
455/159.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With indication of frequency, channel, or selector condition (e.g., tuning aid) ->        Variable light indication->        Plural lamps
455/160.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        Plural tuning modes (e.g., manual and scanning, etc.)
455/161.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        Frequency scanning
455/161.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning->        With processor control
455/161.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning->        Using signal strength or quality
455/162.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning->        Motor activated
455/163.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning ->        Motor activated->        Reversible motor (e.g., end-stop control)
455/164.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning->        With automatic frequency control
455/164.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning ->        With automatic frequency control->        Processor controlled (AFC)
455/165.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning->        With frequency synthesizer
455/166.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning->        With channel skipping selection
455/166.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning ->        With channel skipping selection->        With priority channel selection
455/167.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning->        With dual sweeping
455/168.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning->        Multiband
455/169.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning->        With particular variable voltage or current tuning
455/169.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Frequency scanning ->        With particular variable voltage or current tuning->        With varactor diode
455/170.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        With mechanical or electromechanical selection
455/171.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With mechanical or electromechanical selection->        Time actuated
455/172.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With mechanical or electromechanical selection ->        Time actuated->        Including a motor
455/173.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With mechanical or electromechanical selection->        With automatic frequency control of fine tuning
455/174.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With mechanical or electromechanical selection->        With muting (e.g., silent tuning)
455/175.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With mechanical or electromechanical selection->        With carrier wave preset
455/176.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With mechanical or electromechanical selection->        Combined with band selection
455/177.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With mechanical or electromechanical selection->        Combined with other control (e.g., bandwidth, volume, gain, etc.)
455/178.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With mechanical or electromechanical selection->        With plurality of tunable circuits
455/179.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        Channel or station selection
455/180.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection->        Combined with band selection
455/180.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection ->        Combined with band selection->        UHF and VHF
455/180.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection ->        Combined with band selection ->        UHF and VHF->        With phase locked loop (PLL) tuning
455/180.4 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection ->        Combined with band selection ->        UHF and VHF->        Varactor tuned (e.g., varactor diode)
455/181.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection->        Time controlled
455/182.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection->        With frequency control
455/182.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection ->        With frequency control->        Automatic (AFC)
455/182.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection->        Fine tuning
455/183.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection->        With frequency synthesizer
455/183.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection ->        With frequency synthesizer->        Processor controlled
455/184.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection->        With comparing desired and existing tuning conditions
455/185.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection->        With channel information storage
455/186.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection ->        With channel information storage->        With memory control or programming
455/186.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection ->        With channel information storage ->        With memory control or programming->        Having a keyboard
455/187.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Channel or station selection->        Separate tuned circuits for each channel or station
455/188.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        Band selection
455/188.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Band selection->        UHF and VHF
455/189.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Band selection->        With plural separate mixer or converter circuits
455/190.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Band selection->        With frequency conversion
455/191.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Band selection->        With plurality of tuned circuits
455/191.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Band selection ->        With plurality of tuned circuits->        Varactor tuned
455/191.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Band selection ->        With plurality of tuned circuits->        With switching between stages
455/192.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        With frequency control
455/192.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With frequency control->        Automatic (AFC)
455/192.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With frequency control->        Fine tuning
455/193.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        With antenna circuit tuning
455/193.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With antenna circuit tuning->        With plural resonant circuits
455/193.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With antenna circuit tuning->        Including varactor diode
455/194.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        With muting (e.g., silent tuning)
455/194.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        With muting (e.g., silent tuning)->        Amplifier controlled
455/195.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        Variable voltage or current tuning
455/196.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        Including variation of local oscillator frequency
455/197.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Including variation of local oscillator frequency->        By simultaneous control with signal selection
455/197.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Including variation of local oscillator frequency ->        By simultaneous control with signal selection->        Variable capacitor tuned
455/197.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Including variation of local oscillator frequency ->        By simultaneous control with signal selection ->        Variable capacitor tuned->        Including additional tuning circuit
455/198.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Including variation of local oscillator frequency ->        By simultaneous control with signal selection->        Including distributed parameter control device
455/199.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning) ->        Including variation of local oscillator frequency ->        By simultaneous control with signal selection->        Discrete frequency types (e.g., channel switching)
455/200.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Signal selection based on frequency (e.g., tuning)->        With other control (e.g., volume, gain, bandwidth, etc.)
455/201 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Exalted carrier
455/202 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Suppressed carrier
455/203 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Carrier and single sideband
455/204 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Vestigial sideband
455/205 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Frequency or phase modulation
455/206 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        Responsive to one of overlapping signals
455/207 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        With plural conversion
455/208 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        With synchronized or controlled local oscillator
455/209 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation ->        With synchronized or controlled local oscillator->        Plural local oscillators or mixers
455/210 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        With carrier amplitude modulation elimination (e.g., specified limiter)
455/211 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation ->        With carrier amplitude modulation elimination (e.g., specified limiter)->        Combined with other function
455/212 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        With squelch or other audio output silencing
455/213 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation ->        With squelch or other audio output silencing->        Using specified filter
455/214 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        With particular discriminator or detector
455/215 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation ->        With particular discriminator or detector->        Superregenerative
455/216 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency or phase modulation->        With particular frequency division or multiplication
455/217 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        With protection circuit for receiver circuit
455/218 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Squelch
455/219 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Squelch->        With automatic gain or volume control
455/220 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Squelch->        Adjustable
455/221 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Squelch->        Audio responsive
455/222 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Squelch->        Noise controlled
455/223 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Squelch ->        Noise controlled->        Short duration (noise blankers)
455/224 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Squelch ->        Noise controlled ->        Short duration (noise blankers)->        Separate broadband detector channel
455/225 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Squelch->        Plural paths
455/226.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Measuring or testing of receiver
455/226.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Measuring or testing of receiver->        Signal strength
455/226.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Measuring or testing of receiver->        Signal-to-noise ratio
455/226.4 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Measuring or testing of receiver->        With meter or indicator
455/227 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Responsive to an input signal of particular predetermined frequency
455/228 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Responsive to an input signal of particular predetermined frequency->        Responsive to specified modulation (e.g., call alarm, Conelrad)
455/229 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Responsive to an input signal of particular predetermined frequency->        Responsive to carrier absence or presence
455/230 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Local control of receiver operation
455/231 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation->        Applied at or for specific intervals or periods of time
455/232.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation->        Gain control
455/233.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control->        With diverse control (tone, etc.)
455/234.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control->        Automatic
455/234.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Processor controlled
455/235.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Forward acting
455/236.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Variable conversion efficiency (variable oscillator amplitude, etc.)
455/237.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Responsive to locally injected pilot
455/238.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Responsive to vehicle speed
455/239.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Nonlinear automatic gain control
455/240.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic ->        Nonlinear automatic gain control->        Variable automatic gain control loop gain
455/241.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic ->        Nonlinear automatic gain control->        Different gain stages
455/242.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic ->        Nonlinear automatic gain control->        Delayed
455/242.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic ->        Nonlinear automatic gain control ->        Delayed->        Different delay for different signal stages or thresholds
455/243.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic ->        Nonlinear automatic gain control ->        Delayed->        Radio frequency stage only delayed
455/244.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic ->        Nonlinear automatic gain control->        Dual time constant
455/245.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Automatic gain control signal derived from information signal
455/245.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic ->        Automatic gain control signal derived from information signal->        Plural stages controlled
455/246.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Responsive to plural inputs
455/247.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic ->        Responsive to plural inputs->        Separate automatic gain control signals
455/248.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Constant or controlled input impedance
455/249.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Variable attenuator type
455/250.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Automatic gain control to improve strong signal handling
455/251.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Plural stages with different levels or bias to each stage (e.g., partial automatic gain control)
455/252.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Semiconductor
455/253.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Plural stages controlled with plates, screen grids, or cathodes connected in parallel
455/253.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Gain control ->        Automatic->        Plural amplifier stages
455/254 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation->        Sensitivity control
455/255 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation->        Local oscillator frequency control
455/256 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control->        Combined with other control
455/257 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control->        Automatic
455/258 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control ->        Automatic->        Utilizing particular local oscillator control
455/259 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control ->        Automatic ->        Utilizing particular local oscillator control->        Reference oscillator or source
455/260 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control ->        Automatic ->        Utilizing particular local oscillator control ->        Reference oscillator or source->        Phase lock loop or frequency synthesizer
455/261 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control ->        Automatic ->        Utilizing particular local oscillator control->        Variable reactance (e.g., reactance tube)
455/262 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control ->        Automatic ->        Utilizing particular local oscillator control ->        Variable reactance (e.g., reactance tube)->        Voltage controlled capacitor
455/263 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control ->        Automatic ->        Utilizing particular local oscillator control->        Discriminator or detector
455/264 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control ->        Automatic ->        Utilizing particular local oscillator control->        Voltage control of oscillator
455/265 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation ->        Local oscillator frequency control ->        Automatic->        With local oscillator synchronization or locking
455/266 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation->        Selectivity or bandwidth control
455/267 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation->        Tone control
455/268 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Local control of receiver operation->        Fidelity control
455/269 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna)
455/270 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna)->        Power-line or receiver element used as wave collector
455/271 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna)->        Suppression of radiation from receiver via wave collector
455/272 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna)->        Plural separate collectors
455/273 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        Plural separate collectors->        With particular output combining
455/274 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        Plural separate collectors ->        With particular output combining->        Loop or coil antenna
455/275 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        Plural separate collectors->        With frequency changing or selecting in the output path of one or more collectors
455/276.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        Plural separate collectors->        With phase shifting, correcting, or regulating in the output path of one or more collectors
455/277.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        Plural separate collectors->        Selectively or alternately connected to receiver
455/277.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        Plural separate collectors ->        Selectively or alternately connected to receiver->        By signal quality (e.g., noise)
455/278.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        Plural separate collectors->        Combined with noise or interference elimination
455/279.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        Plural separate collectors ->        Combined with noise or interference elimination->        Plural antenna currents entering single transformer
455/280 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna)->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver
455/281 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver->        Having distributed parameters
455/282 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver ->        Having distributed parameters->        Transmission line
455/283 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver->        Undesired signal or noise control (e.g., antistatic)
455/284 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver ->        Undesired signal or noise control (e.g., antistatic)->        Balancing or cancelling
455/285 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver ->        Undesired signal or noise control (e.g., antistatic)->        With image frequency suppression
455/286 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver ->        Undesired signal or noise control (e.g., antistatic)->        Wave filter, coil, or wave trap
455/287 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver ->        Undesired signal or noise control (e.g., antistatic)->        Shunt or bypass
455/288 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver ->        Undesired signal or noise control (e.g., antistatic)->        Particular composition (e.g., of cell or element)
455/289 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver->        With coupling varying, regulating, or control
455/290 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver->        Including passive tuned circuit
455/291 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver->        Using active device (e.g., as preamplifier or reactance)
455/292 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver->        Transformer or other passive inductance
455/293 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver->        Specified stage (e.g., mixer, amplifier, or demodulator)
455/294 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With wave collector (e.g., antenna) ->        With coupling to a stage of the receiver ->        Specified stage (e.g., mixer, amplifier, or demodulator)->        With particular electron tube structure
455/295 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Modulation distortion or cross talk correction or elimination
455/296 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Noise or interference elimination
455/297 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        In vehicle
455/298 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        Originating in power supply
455/299 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination ->        Originating in power supply->        Filter or rectification in power supply energized by fluctuating or a.c. source
455/300 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        By shielding
455/301 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination ->        By shielding->        Plural or compartmented shielding structure
455/302 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        Image frequency suppression
455/303 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        Using plural separate signal paths
455/304 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination ->        Using plural separate signal paths->        Phase shift in at least one path
455/305 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination ->        Using plural separate signal paths->        With balancing or neutralizing
455/306 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination ->        Using plural separate signal paths ->        With balancing or neutralizing->        Filter in at least one path
455/307 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        With specific filter structure
455/308 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        With amplitude limiter
455/309 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination ->        With amplitude limiter->        In demodulator or low frequency (audio amplifier circuit)
455/310 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        Internally generated noise or oscillations
455/311 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        In radio frequency amplifier, intermediate frequency amplifier or converter circuit
455/312 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Noise or interference elimination->        In demodulator or low frequency (e.g., audio frequency)
455/313 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Frequency modifying or conversion
455/314 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion->        Plural separate successive conversions
455/315 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Plural separate successive conversions->        With plural separate local oscillators
455/316 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Plural separate successive conversions ->        With plural separate local oscillators->        With frequency stabilization for at least one local oscillator
455/317 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion->        Unwanted oscillation or radiation prevention
455/318 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion->        With specified local oscillator structure or coupling
455/319 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        With specified local oscillator structure or coupling->        With particular coupling
455/320 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        With specified local oscillator structure or coupling ->        With particular coupling->        Lumped impedance
455/321 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        With specified local oscillator structure or coupling->        In a single envelope or with common active element (e.g., autodyne)
455/322 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        With specified local oscillator structure or coupling ->        In a single envelope or with common active element (e.g., autodyne)->        Plural common electrode
455/323 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry
455/324 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry->        Homodyne (i.e., zero beat or synchrodyne reception)
455/325 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry->        Including distributed electrical parameter structure
455/326 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry ->        Including distributed electrical parameter structure->        With balanced mixer
455/327 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry ->        Including distributed electrical parameter structure ->        With balanced mixer->        Stripline
455/328 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry ->        Including distributed electrical parameter structure ->        With balanced mixer->        Hollow waveguide
455/329 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry ->        Including distributed electrical parameter structure->        Electron beam tube
455/330 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry ->        Including distributed electrical parameter structure->        With nonlinear impedance (e.g., diode)
455/331 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry->        Crystal or electron tube diode
455/332 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry->        Push-pull
455/333 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Frequency modifying or conversion ->        Particular frequency conversion structure or circuitry->        Transistor or integrated circuit
455/334 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        With particular receiver circuit
455/335 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit->        Plural diverse function tube or stage (performs plural functions alternately or concurrently)
455/336 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit->        Superregenerative detector or discriminator
455/337 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit->        Discriminator or demodulator
455/338 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit->        Coupling or decoupling between stages
455/339 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit ->        Coupling or decoupling between stages->        Band pass filter
455/340 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit ->        Coupling or decoupling between stages->        Variably tunable or adjustable
455/341 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit->        Amplifier
455/342 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit ->        Amplifier->        Reflex type
455/343.1 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit->        Having particular power or bias supply (including self-powered or battery saving means)
455/343.2 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit ->        Having particular power or bias supply (including self-powered or battery saving means)->        Battery saving based on received signal
455/343.3 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit ->        Having particular power or bias supply (including self-powered or battery saving means) ->        Battery saving based on received signal->        Based on identification
455/343.4 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit ->        Having particular power or bias supply (including self-powered or battery saving means) ->        Battery saving based on received signal->        Based on schedule information
455/343.5 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit ->        Having particular power or bias supply (including self-powered or battery saving means)->        Battery saving based on detected power source level
455/343.6 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        With particular receiver circuit ->        Having particular power or bias supply (including self-powered or battery saving means)->        Back-up power supply
455/344 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Combined with diverse art device
455/345 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Combined with diverse art device->        With vehicle
455/346 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Combined with diverse art device ->        With vehicle->        Detachable for portability
455/347 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Cabinet, housing, or chassis structure
455/348 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Cabinet, housing, or chassis structure->        With retractable or readily detachable chassis
455/349 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Cabinet, housing, or chassis structure->        Sectional or interconnectable (e.g., modules)
455/350 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Cabinet, housing, or chassis structure->        With particular speaker mounting
455/351 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Cabinet, housing, or chassis structure->        Transportable
455/352 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER ->        Remote control of receiver
455/353 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Remote control of receiver->        Plural conditions from remote station
455/354 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Remote control of receiver ->        Plural conditions from remote station->        Mechanical
455/355 -> 130 RECEIVER OR ANALOG MODULATED SIGNAL FREQUENCY CONVERTER  ->        Remote control of receiver->        Amplitude, volume, or gain control
455/899 MISCELLANEOUS
501/1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS
501/2 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Devitrified glass-ceramics
501/3 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Devitrified glass-ceramics->        Halogen containing crystalline phase (e.g., fluormica, etc.)
501/4 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Devitrified glass-ceramics->        Silica containing crystalline phase (e.g., stuffed quartz, crystobalite, etc.)
501/5 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Devitrified glass-ceramics->        Binary, ternary, quaternary, etc., metal silicate crystalline phase (e.g., mullite, diopside, sphene, plagioclase, slagcerams free of alumina, etc.)
501/6 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Devitrified glass-ceramics ->        Binary, ternary, quaternary, etc., metal silicate crystalline phase (e.g., mullite, diopside, sphene, plagioclase, slagcerams free of alumina, etc.)->        Alkali metal aluminosilicate crystalline phase
501/7 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Devitrified glass-ceramics ->        Binary, ternary, quaternary, etc., metal silicate crystalline phase (e.g., mullite, diopside, sphene, plagioclase, slagcerams free of alumina, etc.) ->        Alkali metal aluminosilicate crystalline phase->        Lithium aluminosilicate (e.g., spodumeme, eucryptite, petalite, etc.)
501/8 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Devitrified glass-ceramics ->        Binary, ternary, quaternary, etc., metal silicate crystalline phase (e.g., mullite, diopside, sphene, plagioclase, slagcerams free of alumina, etc.)->        Divalent metal oxide aluminosilicate crystalline phase (e.g., anorthite, slagcerams, etc.)
501/9 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Devitrified glass-ceramics ->        Binary, ternary, quaternary, etc., metal silicate crystalline phase (e.g., mullite, diopside, sphene, plagioclase, slagcerams free of alumina, etc.) ->        Divalent metal oxide aluminosilicate crystalline phase (e.g., anorthite, slagcerams, etc.)->        Magnesium aluminosilicate (e.g., cordierite, etc.)
501/10 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Devitrified glass-ceramics->        Nonsilica and nonsilicate crystalline phase (e.g., spinel, barium titanate, etc.)
501/11 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions
501/12 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Made by gel route
501/13 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Radiation color change responsive
501/14 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients)
501/15 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients)->        Fusion seals (frit plus material other than glass)
501/16 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients)->        Plural diverse frits
501/17 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients)->        Frit plus material other than glass (e.g., color, opacifier, mill additions, etc.)
501/18 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients) ->        Frit plus material other than glass (e.g., color, opacifier, mill additions, etc.)->        Titanium or zirconium compound as other material
501/19 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients) ->        Frit plus material other than glass (e.g., color, opacifier, mill additions, etc.)->        Free metal as other material
501/20 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients) ->        Frit plus material other than glass (e.g., color, opacifier, mill additions, etc.)->        With vehicle or suspending agent (i.e., slip)
501/21 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients)->        Chemically specified frit compositions
501/22 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients) ->        Chemically specified frit compositions->        Lead containing
501/23 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients) ->        Chemically specified frit compositions ->        Lead containing->        And titanium or zirconium
501/24 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients) ->        Chemically specified frit compositions->        Phosphorous containing
501/25 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients) ->        Chemically specified frit compositions->        Halogen containing
501/26 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Enamels, glazes, or fusion seals (e.g., raw, fritted, or calcined ingredients) ->        Chemically specified frit compositions->        Zinc containing
501/27 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Glass batch forming compositions (i.e., glass batch compositions)
501/28 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Glass batch forming compositions (i.e., glass batch compositions)->        Slag containing
501/29 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Glass batch forming compositions (i.e., glass batch compositions)->        Pellet or agglomerate containing
501/30 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Glass batch forming compositions (i.e., glass batch compositions)->        Halogen containing
501/31 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Glass batch forming compositions (i.e., glass batch compositions)->        Uncombined silica containing (e.g., sand)
501/32 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Glass and material other than glass (e.g., crystal glass, opal glass, etc.)
501/33 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Beads
501/34 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Beads->        Reflective
501/35 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Fibers
501/36 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Fibers->        Mineral fibers (e.g., slag wool, rock wool, mineral wool, etc.)
501/37 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Fibers->        Optical fibers
501/38 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Fibers->        Titanium or zirconium containing
501/39 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Pore-forming
501/40 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Nonoxide glasses (e.g., fluoride glasses, etc.)
501/41 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses
501/42 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses->        Germanium containing
501/43 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses->        Halogen containing
501/44 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses ->        Halogen containing->        Fluorine and phosphorus containing
501/45 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses->        Phosphorus containing
501/46 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses ->        Phosphorus containing->        And titanium, zirconium, vanadium, tungsten, or molybdenum
501/47 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses ->        Phosphorus containing->        And boron
501/48 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses ->        Phosphorus containing->        And aluminum or beryllium
501/49 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses->        Boron containing
501/50 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses ->        Boron containing->        And yttrium or rare earth (i.e., elements with atomic numbers 39, 57-71, or 89+)
501/51 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses ->        Boron containing ->        And yttrium or rare earth (i.e., elements with atomic numbers 39, 57-71, or 89+)->        And zirconium, titanium, tantalum, or niobium
501/52 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Nonsilicate oxide glasses ->        Boron containing->        And aluminum or beryllium
501/53 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions->        Silica containing
501/54 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing->        More than 90 percent by weight silica
501/55 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica
501/56 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica->        And halogen or nitrogen
501/57 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And halogen or nitrogen->        Fluorine
501/58 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And halogen or nitrogen ->        Fluorine->        And boron
501/59 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And halogen or nitrogen ->        Fluorine ->        And boron->        And aluminum
501/60 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica->        And lead
501/61 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And lead->        And boron
501/62 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And lead->        And aluminum
501/63 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica->        And phosphorus, niobium, or tantalum
501/64 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica->        And yttrium or rare earth (i.e., elements with atomic numbers 39 or 57-71)
501/65 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica->        And boron
501/66 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And boron->        And aluminum
501/67 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And boron ->        And aluminum->        And zinc or zirconium
501/68 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica->        And aluminum or iron compound
501/69 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And aluminum or iron compound->        And divalent metal oxide (e.g., oxides of zinc, cadmium, beryllium, alkaline earth metal, magnesium, etc.)
501/70 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And aluminum or iron compound ->        And divalent metal oxide (e.g., oxides of zinc, cadmium, beryllium, alkaline earth metal, magnesium, etc.)->        Calcium oxide containing
501/71 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica ->        And aluminum or iron compound ->        And divalent metal oxide (e.g., oxides of zinc, cadmium, beryllium, alkaline earth metal, magnesium, etc.) ->        Calcium oxide containing->        And chromium, nickel, or cobalt
501/72 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        40 percent - 90 percent by weight silica->        And divalent metal oxide (e.g., oxides of zinc, cadmium, beryllium, alkaline earth metal, magnesium, etc.)
501/73 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing->        Less than 40 percent by weight silica
501/74 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        Less than 40 percent by weight silica->        And lead
501/75 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        Less than 40 percent by weight silica ->        And lead->        And boron
501/76 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        Less than 40 percent by weight silica ->        And lead ->        And boron->        And zinc
501/77 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        Less than 40 percent by weight silica->        And boron
501/78 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        Less than 40 percent by weight silica ->        And boron->        And rare earth (i.e., elements with atomic number 39 or 57-71)
501/79 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Glass compositions, compositions containing glass other than those wherein glass is a bonding agent, or glass batch forming compositions ->        Silica containing ->        Less than 40 percent by weight silica ->        And boron->        And zinc
501/80 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Pore-forming
501/81 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Pore-forming->        By use of organic combustible material
501/82 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Pore-forming ->        By use of organic combustible material->        Of resin or vegetable origin material
501/83 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Pore-forming ->        By use of organic combustible material ->        Of resin or vegetable origin material->        Of cellulosic material
501/84 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Pore-forming->        By gas blowing, foaming agent, or in situ reactive gas generation
501/85 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Pore-forming->        By volatilizing or heat expansion of water or other noncombustible material
501/86 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Synthetic precious stones (e.g., single crystals, etc.)
501/87 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Carbide or oxycarbide containing
501/88 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Carbide or oxycarbide containing->        Silicon carbide
501/89 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Carbide or oxycarbide containing ->        Silicon carbide->        And aluminum compound
501/90 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Carbide or oxycarbide containing ->        Silicon carbide->        And carbonaceous material
501/91 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Carbide or oxycarbide containing ->        Silicon carbide->        And different carbide
501/92 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Carbide or oxycarbide containing ->        Silicon carbide->        And boride, silicide, nitride, or oxynitride
501/93 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Carbide or oxycarbide containing->        Plural carbides (i.e., carbides of plural metals) containing
501/94 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Refractory
501/95.1 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory->        Fiber or fiber containing
501/95.2 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Fiber or fiber containing->        Composites (continuous matrix with dispersed fiber phase)
501/95.3 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Fiber or fiber containing ->        Composites (continuous matrix with dispersed fiber phase)->        Whisker containing
501/96.1 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing
501/96.2 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing->        From organometallic precursor
501/96.3 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing->        Boride or silicide containing
501/96.4 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing->        Boron nitride containing
501/96.5 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing->        Silicon oxynitride, silicon carbonitride, or silicon oxycarbonitride containing (i.e., SiAOBNC, SiACBNC, or SiAOBCcND)
501/97.1 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing->        Silicon nitride containing (Si3N4)
501/97.2 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing ->        Silicon nitride containing (Si3N4)->        With trivalent metal compound (e.g., yttrium, rare earth, or aluminum compound, etc.)
501/97.3 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing ->        Silicon nitride containing (Si3N4) ->        With trivalent metal compound (e.g., yttrium, rare earth, or aluminum compound, etc.)->        With alkaline earth metal compound
501/97.4 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing ->        Silicon nitride containing (Si3N4)->        Composites (continuous matrix with dispersed phase)
501/98.1 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing->        Silicon aluminum oxynitride containing (i.e., SiAION compounds)
501/98.2 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing ->        Silicon aluminum oxynitride containing (i.e., SiAION compounds)->        With rare earth or alkaline earth metal compound
501/98.3 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing ->        Silicon aluminum oxynitride containing (i.e., SiAION compounds)->        Composites (continuous matrix with dispersed phase)
501/98.4 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing->        Aluminum nitride containing (AIN)
501/98.5 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing ->        Aluminum nitride containing (AIN)->        With alkaline earth metal compound
501/98.6 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Boride, silicide, nitride, oxynitride, carbonitride, or oxycarbonitride containing ->        Aluminum nitride containing (AIN)->        Composites (continuous matrix with dispersed phase)
501/99 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory->        Elemental carbon containing
501/100 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Elemental carbon containing->        And aluminum compound (e.g., clay, aluminum oxide, etc.)
501/101 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Elemental carbon containing->        And alkaline earth metal or magnesium compound (e.g., dolomite, magnesium oxide, etc.)
501/102 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory->        Zirconium compound containing
501/103 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Zirconium compound containing->        Zirconium oxide
501/104 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Zirconium compound containing ->        Zirconium oxide->        And alkaline earth metal or magnesium compound
501/105 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Zirconium compound containing ->        Zirconium oxide->        And aluminum compound (e.g., clay, aluminum oxide, etc.)
501/106 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Zirconium compound containing->        Zirconium silicate
501/107 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Zirconium compound containing ->        Zirconium silicate->        And aluminum compound (e.g., clay, aluminum oxide, etc.)
501/108 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory->        Magnesium compound containing
501/109 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing->        With organic material in starting mixture
501/110 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing ->        With organic material in starting mixture->        And iron or chromium compound
501/111 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing->        And phosphorus compound
501/112 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing->        And iron compound
501/113 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing ->        And iron compound->        Dolomite containing
501/114 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing ->        And iron compound->        And chromium compound
501/115 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing ->        And iron compound ->        And chromium compound->        Fused cast or fused material containing
501/116 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing ->        And iron compound ->        And chromium compound->        Chemical binder containing
501/117 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing->        And chromium compound
501/118 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing->        And aluminum compound
501/119 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing ->        And aluminum compound->        Aluminum compound other than clay
501/120 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing ->        And aluminum compound ->        Aluminum compound other than clay->        Spinel or other aluminate
501/121 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing->        Less than 90 percent by weight magnesium compound
501/122 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Magnesium compound containing->        And silicon compound
501/123 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory->        Alkaline earth metal compound containing
501/124 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Alkaline earth metal compound containing->        Hydraulic cement containing
501/125 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Alkaline earth metal compound containing->        And aluminum compound
501/126 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory->        Trivalent metal compound (e.g., iron oxide, chromium oxide, trivalent rare earth oxide, etc.) containing
501/127 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Trivalent metal compound (e.g., iron oxide, chromium oxide, trivalent rare earth oxide, etc.) containing->        Aluminum compound (e.g., clay, aluminium oxide, etc.)
501/128 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Trivalent metal compound (e.g., iron oxide, chromium oxide, trivalent rare earth oxide, etc.) containing ->        Aluminum compound (e.g., clay, aluminium oxide, etc.)->        And silicon compound other than clay
501/129 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Trivalent metal compound (e.g., iron oxide, chromium oxide, trivalent rare earth oxide, etc.) containing ->        Aluminum compound (e.g., clay, aluminium oxide, etc.) ->        And silicon compound other than clay->        And silica-clay mixtures
501/130 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Trivalent metal compound (e.g., iron oxide, chromium oxide, trivalent rare earth oxide, etc.) containing ->        Aluminum compound (e.g., clay, aluminium oxide, etc.) ->        And silicon compound other than clay->        And clay containing
501/131 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Trivalent metal compound (e.g., iron oxide, chromium oxide, trivalent rare earth oxide, etc.) containing ->        Aluminum compound (e.g., clay, aluminium oxide, etc.) ->        And silicon compound other than clay ->        And clay containing->        Less than 40 percent by weight clay
501/132 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory ->        Trivalent metal compound (e.g., iron oxide, chromium oxide, trivalent rare earth oxide, etc.) containing->        Chromium compound containing
501/133 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Refractory->        Silica containing
501/134 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Titanate, zirconate, stannate, niobate, or tantalate or oxide of titanium, zirconium, tin, niobium, or tantalum containing (e.g., dielectrics, etc.)
501/135 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Titanate, zirconate, stannate, niobate, or tantalate or oxide of titanium, zirconium, tin, niobium, or tantalum containing (e.g., dielectrics, etc.)->        Alkaline earth or magnesium containing
501/136 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Titanate, zirconate, stannate, niobate, or tantalate or oxide of titanium, zirconium, tin, niobium, or tantalum containing (e.g., dielectrics, etc.) ->        Alkaline earth or magnesium containing->        Titanate containing
501/137 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Titanate, zirconate, stannate, niobate, or tantalate or oxide of titanium, zirconium, tin, niobium, or tantalum containing (e.g., dielectrics, etc.) ->        Alkaline earth or magnesium containing ->        Titanate containing->        Barium titanate
501/138 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Titanate, zirconate, stannate, niobate, or tantalate or oxide of titanium, zirconium, tin, niobium, or tantalum containing (e.g., dielectrics, etc.) ->        Alkaline earth or magnesium containing ->        Titanate containing ->        Barium titanate->        And divalent metal oxide other than alkaline earth oxide or magnesium oxide
501/139 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Titanate, zirconate, stannate, niobate, or tantalate or oxide of titanium, zirconium, tin, niobium, or tantalum containing (e.g., dielectrics, etc.) ->        Alkaline earth or magnesium containing ->        Titanate containing ->        Barium titanate->        And trivalent metal oxide
501/140 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Elemental sulfur containing
501/141 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.)
501/142 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.)->        And phosphorus (e.g., bone china, etc.)
501/143 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.)->        And flint or feldspar
501/144 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.) ->        And flint or feldspar->        Kaolin (e.g., ball clay, fire clay, etc.) containing
501/145 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.)->        Clay pretreatment
501/146 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.) ->        Clay pretreatment->        Chemical pretreatment
501/147 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.) ->        Clay pretreatment ->        Chemical pretreatment->        Using alkaline compound treating agent
501/148 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.) ->        Clay pretreatment ->        Chemical pretreatment->        Using organic substance as treating agent
501/149 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.) ->        Clay pretreatment->        Water pretreatment
501/150 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS  ->        Clay containing (e.g., porcelain, earthenware, etc.) ->        Clay pretreatment->        Heat pretreatment
501/151 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Fluorine containing
501/152 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Yttrium, lanthanide, actinide, or transactinide containing (i.e., atomic numbers 39 or 57-71 or 89+)
501/153 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Aluminum compound containing
501/154 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Silicon compound containing
501/155 -> 1 CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS ->        Composed of waste material
501/900 OPTICAL GLASS (E.G., SILENT ON REFRACTIVE INDEX AND/OR ABBE NUMBER)
501/901 -> 900 OPTICAL GLASS (E.G., SILENT ON REFRACTIVE INDEX AND/OR ABBE NUMBER) ->        Having R.I. at least 1.8
501/902 -> 900 OPTICAL GLASS (E.G., SILENT ON REFRACTIVE INDEX AND/OR ABBE NUMBER) ->        Having Abbe number at least 70
501/903 -> 900 OPTICAL GLASS (E.G., SILENT ON REFRACTIVE INDEX AND/OR ABBE NUMBER) ->        Having refractive index less than 1.8 and Abbe number less than 70
501/904 -> 900 OPTICAL GLASS (E.G., SILENT ON REFRACTIVE INDEX AND/OR ABBE NUMBER) ->        Infrared transmitting or absorbing
501/905 -> 900 OPTICAL GLASS (E.G., SILENT ON REFRACTIVE INDEX AND/OR ABBE NUMBER) ->        Ultraviolet transmitting or absorbing
501/906 -> 900 OPTICAL GLASS (E.G., SILENT ON REFRACTIVE INDEX AND/OR ABBE NUMBER) ->        Thorium oxide containing
522/1 -> ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY
522/2 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of forming or modifying a solid polymer by laserSEMI or compositions therefore
522/3 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of forming or modifying a solid polymer wherein specified mixing, stirring, agitating, movement of material or directional orientation is employedSEMI or compositions therefore
522/4 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of forming or modifying a solid polymer by wave energy wherein at least two distinct external radiant energy sources are utilizedSEMI or compositions therefore
522/5 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of forming or modifying a solid polymer by wave energy wherein a temperature less than 0 degree C (32 degree F) or greater than 250 degree C (482 degree F) is employedSEMI or compositions therefore
522/6 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product
522/7 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified
522/8 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        At least two specified rate-affecting materials containing keto group not part of a ringSEMI or contains a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer and specified ketone containing material wherein the keto group is not part of a ring
522/9 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        At least two specified rate-affecting materials containing keto group not part of a ringSEMI or contains a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer and specified ketone containing material wherein the keto group is not part of a ring->        With a heterocyclic specified rate-affecting material
522/10 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        At least two specified rate-affecting materials containing keto group not part of a ringSEMI or contains a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer and specified ketone containing material wherein the keto group is not part of a ring->        With a tertiary amine specified rate-affecting material
522/11 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and nonspecified rate-affecting material other than mere photoinitiator or photosensitizer
522/12 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer
522/13 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material is a peroxide or azo compound
522/14 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material is an amide or tertiary amine
522/15 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material contains onium group
522/16 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material is heterocyclic
522/17 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material contains sulfur
522/18 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material contains phosphorous, arsenic, antimony or nitrogen atom
522/19 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material is an aldehyde or aldehyde derivative
522/20 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material is a carboxylic acid or derivative
522/21 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material contains C-OH or C-O-C group
522/22 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material contains an inorganic compound
522/23 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified ->        Contains compound containing keto group not part of a ring and a specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or contains a specified rate-affecting material and a nonspecified photoinitiator or photosensitizer->        Specified rate-affecting material contains only carbon, hydrogen, or halogen and at least one atom of carbon is bonded to hydrogen or a halogen atom
522/24 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        Specified rate-affecting material is a peroxide
522/25 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        Specified rate-affecting material contains onium group
522/26 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        Specified rate-affecting material is heterocyclic
522/27 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        Specified rate-affecting material contains sulfur
522/28 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        Specified rate-affecting material contains phosphorous, arsenic, antimony or nitrogen
522/29 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        Specified rate-affecting material is a metal-containing organic compound
522/30 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Contains two or more rate-affecting materials, at least one of which is specified->        Specified rate-affecting material is organic
522/31 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains onium group
522/32 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains onium group->        Diazonium containing material
522/33 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring
522/34 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Containing ethylenic unsaturation
522/35 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Contained in polymeric rate-affecting material, e.g., synthetic resin, etc.
522/36 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Containing two or more ketone groups
522/37 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring ->        Containing two or more ketone groups->        Adjacent (C=O)* groups where * is at least two
522/38 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Containing phosphorous
522/39 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Containing nitrogen
522/40 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Containing C-CO-CHOH, e.g., benzoin, etc.
522/41 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring ->        Containing C-CO-CHOH, e.g., benzoin, etc.->        Containing C-CO-CHOH-CHOR wherein R is organic
522/42 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Containing C-CO-C(R)(OH) wherein R is organic
522/43 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Containing C-CO-C(H)(OR) wherein R is organic, e.g., benzoin methyl ether, etc.
522/44 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Containing C-CO-C(R)(OR) wherein R is organic, e.g., diethoxyacetophenone, etc.
522/45 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        Containing halogen, e.g., chloroacetone, etc.
522/46 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a ketone group -c-(CO)n-c-, the (CO)n not being part of a ring->        At least two aryl groups connected directly to same carbonyl carbon, e.g., benzophenone, etc.
522/47 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material is a quinone
522/48 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material is a quinone->        Quinone ring is part of polynuclear system, e.g., anthraquinone, etc.
522/49 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen
522/50 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen->        Hetero nitrogen ring
522/51 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen ->        Hetero nitrogen ring->        Containing mercapto or mercaptide group, e.g., (thio)mercaptobenzoxazole, etc.
522/52 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen ->        Hetero nitrogen ring->        Containing halogen
522/53 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen->        Hetero sulfur ring
522/54 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen->        C-(S)*-C wherein * is at least two
522/55 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen->        Sulfide
522/56 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen->        Mercapto group attached directly to aromatic ring, e.g., thiophenol, etc.
522/57 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen->        Nitrogen containing compound
522/58 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen->        Sulfenate, e.g., R-O-S-R, etc.
522/59 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains chalcogen other than as oxygen->        (O=S=O), e.g., sulfuryl or sulfonyl containing, etc.
522/60 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material is a peroxide
522/61 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material is a peroxide->        Hydroperoxide
522/62 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains a C-N=N-C-group
522/63 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains nitrogen or oxygen atom in heterocyclic ring
522/64 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains phosphorous
522/65 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains nitrogen
522/66 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains metal atom
522/67 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains halogen
522/68 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains oxygen
522/69 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product ->        Specified rate-affecting material contains oxygen->        Phenolic, e.g., hydroquinone, etc.
522/70 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Compositions to be polymerized or modified by wave energy wherein said composition contains at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI or processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer utilizing wave energy in the presence of at least one specified rate-affecting materialSEMI e.g., nitrogen containing photosensitizer, oxygen containing photoinitiator, etc. wave energy in order to prepare a cellular product->        Specified rate-affecting material contains only carbon and hydrogen
522/71 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore
522/72 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore->        Carbohydrate or derivative DNRM
522/73 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore->        Coal, asphaltic, or bituminous material DNRM
522/74 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore->        Organic DNRM
522/75 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore ->        Organic DNRM->        Heterocyclic ring containing DNRM
522/76 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore ->        Organic DNRM->        Phosphorous containing DNRM
522/77 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore ->        Organic DNRM->        Silicon containing DNRM
522/78 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore ->        Organic DNRM->        Nitrogen containing DNRM
522/79 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore ->        Organic DNRM->        Oxygen containing DNRM
522/80 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore ->        Organic DNRM->        Carbon and hydrogen only containing DNRM
522/81 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore->        Heavy metal containing DNRM
522/82 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore->        Phosphorous or sulfur containing DNRM
522/83 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore->        Oxygen containing DNRM
522/84 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore ->        Oxygen containing DNRM->        Water
522/85 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore ->        Oxygen containing DNRM ->        Water->        Reacting an ethylenic monomer in the presence of a solid polymer
522/86 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing or treating a solid polymer by wave energy in the presence of a designated nonreactant material (DNRM)SEMI or compositions therefore ->        Oxygen containing DNRM ->        Water->        Treating a solid polymer
522/87 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes involving protein as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore
522/88 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes involving carbohydrate as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore
522/89 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving carbohydrate as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Preparing a polymer from carbohydrate and ethylenic reactant
522/90 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes involving a polyurethane having terminal ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore
522/91 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving a polyurethane having terminal ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        With a polysiloxane reactant or polymer
522/92 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving a polyurethane having terminal ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        With a reactant containing ethylenic unsaturation derived from poly 1,2 epoxide or polymer
522/93 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving a polyurethane having terminal ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative and a polyol, a condensate or solid polymer thereof reactant
522/94 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving a polyurethane having terminal ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        With aldehyde or aldehyde derivative reactant, condensate or solid polymer thereof
522/95 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving a polyurethane having terminal ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        With solid polymer derived solely from ethylenic monomers
522/96 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving a polyurethane having terminal ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        With ethylenic reactant
522/97 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving a polyurethane having terminal ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Polyurethane has an oxygen other than as part of a urethane or carboxylic acid ester group
522/98 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving a polyurethane having terminal ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Polyurethane has at least one non-terminal ethylenic group
522/99 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes involving a polysiloxane having ethylenic unsaturation as reactant or as solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore
522/100 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes involving an ethylenically unsaturated material derived from poly 1,2-epoxide as reactant or a solid polymerSEMI or compositions thereof
522/101 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving an ethylenically unsaturated material derived from poly 1,2-epoxide as reactant or a solid polymerSEMI or compositions thereof->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative and a polyol, condensate or solid polymer thereof
522/102 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving an ethylenically unsaturated material derived from poly 1,2-epoxide as reactant or a solid polymerSEMI or compositions thereof->        With solid polymer derived solely from ethylencally unsaturated monomers
522/103 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving an ethylenically unsaturated material derived from poly 1,2-epoxide as reactant or a solid polymerSEMI or compositions thereof->        With ethylenic reactant
522/104 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes involving an ethylenically unsaturated polyester derived from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative and polyol, condensate or solid polymer thereofSEMI or compositions therefore
522/105 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving an ethylenically unsaturated polyester derived from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative and polyol, condensate or solid polymer thereofSEMI or compositions therefore->        With aldehyde or aldehyde derivative reactant or polymer thereof
522/106 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving an ethylenically unsaturated polyester derived from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative and polyol, condensate or solid polymer thereofSEMI or compositions therefore->        With solid polymer derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomers only
522/107 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving an ethylenically unsaturated polyester derived from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative and polyol, condensate or solid polymer thereofSEMI or compositions therefore->        With ethylenic reactant
522/108 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes involving an ethylenically unsaturated polyester derived from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative and polyol, condensate or solid polymer thereofSEMI or compositions therefore->        Condensate or solid polymer contains oxygen other than as part of a carboxylic acid ester moiety
522/109 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of chemically modifying a blend of two or more solid polymers in the presence of a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore
522/110 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a blend of two or more solid polymers in the presence of a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore->        At least one solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers has at least two ethylenic groups
522/111 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of treating a blend of two or more solid polymers or reacting one solid polymer with another solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore
522/112 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a blend of two or more solid polymers or reacting one solid polymer with another solid polymerSEMI or compositions therefore->        At least two solid polymers derived from ethylenic monomers only
522/113 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore
522/114 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated
522/115 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated->        Phosphorus
522/116 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated->        Nitrogen
522/117 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Nitrogen->        Chemical reactant has two or more ethylenic groups
522/118 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated->        Sulfur
522/119 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Sulfur->        Chemical reactant has two or more ethylenic groups
522/120 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated->        Oxygen
522/121 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Oxygen->        Chemical reactant has two or more ethylenic groups
522/122 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Oxygen->        Hetero oxygen
522/123 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Oxygen->        Contains C-OH group other than as part of a COO-moiety
522/124 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated->        Carbon, hydrogen and halogen or carbon and halogen only
522/125 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated->        Carbon and hyrogen only
522/126 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore->        Chemical reactant contains nitrogen
522/127 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore->        Chemical reactant contains sulfur
522/128 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant contains sulfur->        Elemental sulfur
522/129 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore->        Chemical reacant contains oxygen
522/130 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reacant contains oxygen->        Contains C=O moiety
522/131 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore->        Chemical reactant is elemental halogen
522/132 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is elemental halogen->        Solid polymer treated contains halogen
522/133 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomers by treating polymer with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Chemical reactant is elemental halogen->        Solid polymer derived from single monomer
522/134 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor
522/135 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated
522/136 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated->        Nitrogen
522/137 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Nitrogen->        Chemical reactant has two or more ethylenic groups
522/138 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Nitrogen->        Hetero nitrogen
522/139 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Nitrogen->        N-C=O containing
522/140 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Nitrogen ->        N-C=O containing->        Two or more N-C=O groups
522/141 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated->        Chalcogen
522/142 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Chalcogen->        Chemical reactant has two or more ethylenic groups
522/143 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Chalcogen->        Hetero oxygen
522/144 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated ->        Chalcogen->        Carboxylic acid or derivative
522/145 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor ->        Chemical reactant is ethylenically unsaturated->        Chemical reactant has two or more ethylenic groups and contains only carbon and hydrogen
522/146 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor->        Chemical reactant contains chalcogen
522/147 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of chemically modifying a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one saturated monomer by treating solid polymer or SICP with a chemical reactantSEMI or compositions therefor->        Chemical reactant contains halogen
522/148 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of treating a solid polymer or SICP derived from silicon containing reactantSEMI or compositions therefore
522/149 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of treating a reaction product of a solid polymer and ethylenic reactantSEMI or compositions therefore e.g., graft- or graft-type polymer, etc.
522/150 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore
522/151 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore->        Solid polymer derived from nitrogen containing monomer
522/152 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore ->        Solid polymer derived from nitrogen containing monomer->        Nitrogen containing monomer contains oxygen
522/153 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore->        Solid polymer derived from carboxylic acid or derivative monomer
522/154 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore ->        Solid polymer derived from carboxylic acid or derivative monomer->        Oxygen other than as part of carboxylic acid or derivative moiety
522/155 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore->        Solid polymer derived from halogen containing monomer
522/156 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore ->        Solid polymer derived from halogen containing monomer->        Halogen is fluorine
522/157 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore->        Solid polymer derived from monomer containing only carbon and hydrogen
522/158 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore ->        Solid polymer derived from monomer containing only carbon and hydrogen->        At least one reactant contains two or more ethylenic groups
522/159 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore ->        Solid polymer derived from monomer containing only carbon and hydrogen ->        At least one reactant contains two or more ethylenic groups->        Polyisoprene or natural rubber
522/160 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore ->        Solid polymer derived from monomer containing only carbon and hydrogen->        Carbocyclic ring containing, e.g., styrene, etc.
522/161 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer derived from ethylenic monomers onlySEMI or compositions therefore ->        Solid polymer derived from monomer containing only carbon and hydrogen->        Derived from ethylene
522/162 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of treating a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one nonethylenic reactant or compositions therefore
522/163 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one nonethylenic reactant or compositions therefore->        Solid polymer or SICP derived from reactant having halo-C(=O)-halo,halo C(=O)-O, or -O-C(=O)-O-group
522/164 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one nonethylenic reactant or compositions therefore->        Solid polymer or SICP derived from polycarboxylic acid or derivative and organic amine or from organic amine salt of a polycarboxylic acid
522/165 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one nonethylenic reactant or compositions therefore->        Solid polymer or SICP derived from polycarboxylic acid or derivative and polyol
522/166 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of treating a solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one nonethylenic reactant or compositions therefore->        Solid polymer or SICP derived from at least one heterocyclic monomer or aldehyde or aldehyde derivative
522/167 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from heterocyclic nitrogen monomersSEMI or compositions therefore, e.g., carbazole, etc.
522/168 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from a heterocyclic chalogen monomerSEMI or compsitions therefore
522/169 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from a heterocyclic chalogen monomerSEMI or compsitions therefore->        Two or more hetero atoms in hetero ring at least one of which is oxygen
522/170 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from a heterocyclic chalogen monomerSEMI or compsitions therefore->        1,2 epoxy
522/171 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one phosphorous containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore
522/172 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one silicon containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore
522/173 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one nitrogen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore
522/174 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one nitrogen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Nitrogen containing reactant contains a N-C=O or N-C=O moiety
522/175 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one nitrogen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Nitrogen containing reactant contains a N-C=O or N-C=O moiety->        Acrylamide or methacrylamide
522/176 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one nitrogen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Organic polyamine and polycarboxylic acid or derivative or from an organic amine salt of a polycarboxylic acid
522/177 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one nitrogen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile
522/178 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one oxygen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore
522/179 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one oxygen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Polycarboxylic acid or derivative and polyol, or condensate thereof, e.g., dimethylterephthalate, etc.
522/180 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one oxygen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Sulfur containing
522/181 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one oxygen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Ether group
522/182 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one oxygen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore->        Carboxylic acid or derivative
522/183 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from at least one oxygen containing monomerSEMI or compositions therefore ->        Carboxylic acid or derivative->        Oxygen other than as part of a COO-group
522/184 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from ethylenic reactants onlySEMI or compositions therefore
522/185 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from ethylenic reactants onlySEMI or compositions therefore->        Carbon, hydrogen and halogen only reactant contains at least three carbon atoms
522/186 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from ethylenic reactants onlySEMI or compositions therefore->        At least one reactant contains two or more ethylenic groups
522/187 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from ethylenic reactants onlySEMI or compositions therefore->        At least one reactant contains halogen
522/188 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from ethylenic reactants onlySEMI or compositions therefore->        Derived from aromatic hydrocarbon
522/189 ->  ->        COMPOSITIONS TO BE POLYMERIZED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR COMPOSITIONS TO BE MODIFIED BY WAVE ENERGY WHEREIN SAID COMPOSITION CONTAINS A RATE-AFFECTING MATERIALSEMI OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER UTILIZING WAVE ENERGY ->        Processes of preparing a solid polymer from ethylenic reactants onlySEMI or compositions therefore->        Derived from ethylene only
522/901 DARK STORAGE STABILIZER
522/902 AIR INHIBITION
522/903 REMOVAL OF RESIDUAL MONOMER
522/904 MONOMER OR POLYMER CONTAINS INITIATING GROUP
522/905 -> 904 MONOMER OR POLYMER CONTAINS INITIATING GROUP ->        Benzophenone group
522/906 PREPARING SHRINKABLE MATERIAL
522/907 INVOLVING PRECURSOR OF AN ULTRAVIOLET ABSORBER, E.G., MONOBENZOATE, ETC.
522/908 DENTAL UTILITY
522/909 SOLVENTLESS INK
522/910 TREATMENT THROUGH AN EXTERNAL FILTER OR MASK (NONPHOTOGRAGHIC PROCESS)
522/911 SPECIFIED TREATMENT INVOLVING MEGARAD OR LESS
522/912 -> 911 SPECIFIED TREATMENT INVOLVING MEGARAD OR LESS ->        Polymer derived from ethylenic monomers only
522/913 NUMERICALLY SPECIFIED DISTINCT WAVELENGTH
522/914 -> 913 NUMERICALLY SPECIFIED DISTINCT WAVELENGTH ->        Wavelength of 200 nanometers or less
522/915 INVOLVING INERT GAS, STEAM, NITROGEN GAS, OR CARBON DIOXIDE
526/59 -> ->        EFFECTING A CHANGE IN A POLYMERIZATION PROCESS IN RESPONSE TO A MEASUREMENT OR TEST
526/60 ->  ->        EFFECTING A CHANGE IN A POLYMERIZATION PROCESS IN RESPONSE TO A MEASUREMENT OR TEST->        Change responsive to composition property other than density
526/61 ->  ->        EFFECTING A CHANGE IN A POLYMERIZATION PROCESS IN RESPONSE TO A MEASUREMENT OR TEST->        Change responsive to pressure or temperature
526/62 -> ->        POLYMERIZING IN REACTOR OF SPECIFIED MATERIAL, OR IN REACTOR IN WHICH SURFACE CONTACTING POLYMERIZING MATERIAL HAS BEEN TREATED
526/63 -> ->        POLYMERIZING IN PRESENCE OF INERT SOLID MASSES SO AS TO HEAT, COOL, OR GRIND POLYMERIZING MASS
526/64 -> ->        POLYMERIZING IN TUBULAR OR LOOP REACTOR
526/65 -> ->        POLYMERIZING IN TWO OR MORE PHYSICALLY DISTINCT ZONES
526/66 ->  ->        POLYMERIZING IN TWO OR MORE PHYSICALLY DISTINCT ZONES->        Adding material to polymerization zone in an incremental or sequential manner
526/67 -> ->        REMOVING AND RECYCLING REMOVED MATERIAL FROM AN ONGOING POLYMERIZATION ZONE TO A POLYMERIZATION ZONE
526/68 ->  ->        REMOVING AND RECYCLING REMOVED MATERIAL FROM AN ONGOING POLYMERIZATION ZONE TO A POLYMERIZATION ZONE->        Recycling monomer
526/69 ->  ->        REMOVING AND RECYCLING REMOVED MATERIAL FROM AN ONGOING POLYMERIZATION ZONE TO A POLYMERIZATION ZONE->        Recycling catalyst
526/70 ->  ->        REMOVING AND RECYCLING REMOVED MATERIAL FROM AN ONGOING POLYMERIZATION ZONE TO A POLYMERIZATION ZONE->        Recycling diluent
526/71 -> ->        REMOVING ONLY NONPOLYMERIZED OR NONPOLYMERIZABLE MATERIAL DURING POLYMERIZATION PROCESS
526/72 -> ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING
526/73 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        Polymerization involving two or more specified temperature or pressure conditions
526/74 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        Utilizing material during polymerization to prevent or remove reactor buildup, e.g., fouling, clogging, etc.
526/75 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        Including step of synthesis of monomer or pre-polymer
526/76 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Including step of synthesis of monomer or pre-polymer->        Polymerizable material derived from petroleum fraction
526/77 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        Including step of purifying monomer
526/78 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge
526/79 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge->        Adding in an incremental or sequential manner
526/80 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge ->        Adding in an incremental or sequential manner->        Polymerizing in the presence of water
526/81 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge ->        Adding in an incremental or sequential manner ->        Polymerizing in the presence of water->        Added material is other than monomer per se, or composition containing monomer
526/82 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge->        Adding polymerization inhibitor or terminator, e.g., short-stopper, etc.
526/83 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge ->        Adding polymerization inhibitor or terminator, e.g., short-stopper, etc.->        Added material contains nitrogen compound
526/84 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge ->        Adding polymerization inhibitor or terminator, e.g., short-stopper, etc.->        Added material contains oxygen compound
526/85 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge ->        Adding polymerization inhibitor or terminator, e.g., short-stopper, etc.->        Added material contains sulfur atom
526/86 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge->        Adding catalyst or catalyst component
526/87 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Adding material to an on-going polymerization reaction, said addition being other than the continuous addition of the initial charge->        Adding monomer
526/88 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        Polymerization involving specified mixing, stirring, agitating, or movement of material
526/89 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer
526/90 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof
526/91 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        In presence of water
526/92 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        In presence of water->        Carbon-metal bond
526/93 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        In presence of water->        Group VIII transition metal (Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt)
526/94 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        In presence of water ->        Group VIII transition metal (Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt)->        With organo-sulfur compound or organic-transition metal compound containing sulfur atom
526/95 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)
526/96 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)->        Contains elemental transition metal or a non-oxide compound of a transition metal
526/97 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide) ->        Contains elemental transition metal or a non-oxide compound of a transition metal->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond
526/98 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)->        Contains non-metallic halogen-containing material
526/99 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)->        Contains compound containing aluminum to halogen bond and wherein the same aluminum atom is not bonded to a hydrogen or carbon atom
526/100 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)->        Contains non-metal organic N, O, S or P containing compound
526/101 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)->        Two or more transition metal oxides, at least two of said oxides being other than oxides of Ti, Zr, Hf, or Th
526/102 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)->        Contains non-transition heavy metal or compound thereof
526/103 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)->        Group VIII metal oxide (Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt)
526/104 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)->        Group VIB metal oxide (Cr, Mo, W)
526/105 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide) ->        Group VIB metal oxide (Cr, Mo, W)->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or nontransition metal to carbon atom bond
526/106 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide) ->        Group VIB metal oxide (Cr, Mo, W)->        Metal oxide is of chromium
526/107 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains transition metal oxide (other than peroxide)->        Group IVB metal oxide (Ti, Zr, Hf)
526/108 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Contains one or more elemental transition metal atoms
526/109 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Contains one or more elemental transition metal atoms->        With peroxy compound (-O-O-)
526/110 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Contains one or more elemental transition metal atoms->        With non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond
526/111 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Contains one or more elemental transition metal atoms ->        With non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        With non-metal P, S, O, or N containing material
526/112 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Contains one or more elemental transition metal atoms->        With transition metal compound
526/113 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Two or more diverse transition metal atoms in distinct compounds or in the same compound
526/114 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Two or more diverse transition metal atoms in distinct compounds or in the same compound->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond
526/115 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Two or more diverse transition metal atoms in distinct compounds or in the same compound ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Contains Group VIII metal atom (Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt)
526/116 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Two or more diverse transition metal atoms in distinct compounds or in the same compound ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        At least one Group IVB metal atom (Ti, Zr, Hf) and at least one Group VB meta l (V, Nb, Ta)
526/117 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Two or more diverse transition metal atoms in distinct compounds or in the same compound->        Contains Group VIII metal atom (Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt)
526/118 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Material contains two or more different compounds of same transition metal
526/119 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains two or more different compounds of same transition metal->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond
526/120 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Material contains compound of non-transition heavy metal wherein non-transition heavy metal is not bonded to hydrogen or carbon
526/121 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of non-transition heavy metal wherein non-transition heavy metal is not bonded to hydrogen or carbon->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond
526/122 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of non-transition heavy metal wherein non-transition heavy metal is not bonded to hydrogen or carbon ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Nontransition heavy metal compound is halogen-containing
526/123.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon
526/124.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond
526/124.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound
526/124.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound->        Contains at least one additional specified material
526/124.4 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material->        Contains two or more magnesium compounds having no H to magnesium or C to magnesium bonds or at least one additional said Group IA or IIA compound
526/124.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material->        Contains Si or Al inorganic oxygen-containing compound
526/124.6 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material ->        Contains Si or Al inorganic oxygen-containing compound->        Contains organic non-metal containing B, Si, N, P, or chalcogen material
526/124.7 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material->        Contains at least two non-transition elemental metals, hydrides thereof, or compounds containing carbon to non-transition metal atom bond, or mixtures thereof
526/124.8 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material ->        Contains at least two non-transition elemental metals, hydrides thereof, or compounds containing carbon to non-transition metal atom bond, or mixtures thereof->        Contains organic non-metal containing B, Si, N, P, or chalcogen material
526/124.9 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material->        Contains organic non-metal containing B, Si, N, P, or chalcogen material
526/125.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material ->        Contains organic non-metal containing B, Si, N, P, or chalcogen material->        Contains organic Al compound containing no H to aluminum or C to aluminum bonds
526/125.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material ->        Contains organic non-metal containing B, Si, N, P, or chalcogen material->        Contains compound containing only C, H and halogen atoms or only C and halogen atoms
526/125.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material ->        Contains organic non-metal containing B, Si, N, P, or chalcogen material->        Contains organic non-metal containing B or Si material
526/125.4 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material ->        Contains organic non-metal containing B, Si, N, P, or chalcogen material->        Contains at least one inorganic material having no H to metal bonds
526/125.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material ->        Contains organic non-metal containing B, Si, N, P, or chalcogen material ->        Contains at least one inorganic material having no H to metal bonds->        At least one of said inorganic materials is an Al halide
526/125.6 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material ->        Contains organic non-metal containing B, Si, N, P, or chalcogen material->        Contains at least two organic non-metal containing N, P, or chalcogen materials
526/125.7 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material->        Contains compound containing only C, H and halogen atoms or only C and halogen atoms
526/125.8 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains compound of Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra) metal wherein IA or IIA metal is not bonded to hydrogen or to carbon ->        Contains nontransition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Contains a magnesium compound as the Group IIA metal compound ->        Contains at least one additional specified material->        Contains at least one inorganic material having no H to metal bonds
526/126 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Material contains silicon atom
526/127 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains silicon atom->        Contains non-transition free metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond
526/128 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains silicon atom ->        Contains non-transition free metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Silicon present in organic non-metal compound
526/129 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains silicon atom ->        Contains non-transition free metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Silicon present in inorganic oxygen-containing compound
526/130 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains silicon atom->        Silicon present in inorganic oxygen-containing compound
526/131 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Material contains boron atom
526/132 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains boron atom->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond
526/133 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains boron atom ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Boron compound is halogen-containing
526/134 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains boron atom->        Boron compound contains boron bonded to hydrogen or to carbon atom
526/135 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas
526/136 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond
526/137 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Non-metal material is inorganic halogen-containing material
526/138 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Non-metal material is inorganic oxygen-containing material
526/139 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Non-metal material is organic phosphorus-containing compound
526/140 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Non-metal material is organic sulfur-containing compound
526/141 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Non-metal material is organic nitrogen-containing compound
526/142 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Non-metal material is organic oxygen-containing compound
526/143 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond ->        Non-metal material is organic oxygen-containing compound->        Non-metal organic oxygen compound is halogen-containing
526/144 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Non-metal material is organic halogen-containing compound
526/145 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas->        Non-metal phosphorus-containing material
526/146 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas->        Non-metal sulfur-containing material
526/147 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        With non-metal N, P, O, S, Se, Te, or halogen material other than nitrogen gas->        Non-metal nitrogen-containing material
526/148 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Contains two or more diverse non-transition elemental metals, different non-transition hydride compounds, different carbon to non transition metal compounds, or mixture thereof
526/149 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Contains two or more diverse non-transition elemental metals, different non-transition hydride compounds, different carbon to non transition metal compounds, or mixture thereof->        At least one atom of As, Sb, or Bi, in elemental form or bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom
526/150 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Contains two or more diverse non-transition elemental metals, different non-transition hydride compounds, different carbon to non transition metal compounds, or mixture thereof->        At least one atom of Ge, Sn, or Pb in elemental form or bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom
526/151 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Contains two or more diverse non-transition elemental metals, different non-transition hydride compounds, different carbon to non transition metal compounds, or mixture thereof->        At least one atom of Group IIIA metal (Al, Ga, In, Tl) in elemental form or bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom
526/152 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Contains two or more diverse non-transition elemental metals, different non-transition hydride compounds, different carbon to non transition metal compounds, or mixture thereof ->        At least one atom of Group IIIA metal (Al, Ga, In, Tl) in elemental form or bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom->        At least one atom of Group IA metal (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) in elemental form or bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom
526/153 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Contains two or more diverse non-transition elemental metals, different non-transition hydride compounds, different carbon to non transition metal compounds, or mixture thereof ->        At least one atom of Group IIIA metal (Al, Ga, In, Tl) in elemental form or bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom->        Two or more Group IIIA metals in elemental form or bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom
526/154 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Material contains aluminum compound wherein aluminum atom is not bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom
526/155 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains aluminum compound wherein aluminum atom is not bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof or carbon to non transition metal atom bond
526/156 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains aluminum compound wherein aluminum atom is not bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Inorganic oxygen containing aluminum compound
526/157 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains aluminum compound wherein aluminum atom is not bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof or carbon to non transition metal atom bond->        Aluminum trihalide
526/158 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains aluminum compound wherein aluminum atom is not bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom ->        Contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof or carbon to non transition metal atom bond ->        Aluminum trihalide->        With Group IVB transition metal compound (Ti, Zr, Hf)
526/159 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond
526/160 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Transition metal bonded to carbon atom
526/161 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Transition metal compound contains P, S, or N atom
526/162 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Non-transition metal is bonded to carbon atom in compound which contains ethylenic unsaturation
526/163 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Non-transition metal hydride or carbon to non-transition metal metal atom bond compound contains P, S, or N atom
526/164 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Transition metal is IB, IIIB, VIIB or atomic number 58-71, 88, 90 or higher
526/165 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Non-transition metal to carbon atom bond compound contains at least two atoms of same or different non-transition metal
526/166 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Group IVA (Ge, Sn, Pb) or Group VA (As, Sb, Bi) metal is bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom
526/167 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Elemental non-transition metal atom
526/168 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Elemental carbon
526/169 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        Transition metal is Group VB, VIB or VIII metal
526/169.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Transition metal is Group VB, VIB or VIII metal->        Transition metal is Group VIII
526/169.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond ->        Transition metal is Group VB, VIB or VIII metal->        Transition metal is vanadium
526/169.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Material contains non-transition elemental metal, hydride thereof, or carbon to non-transition metal atom bond->        At least one monomer is nonhydrocarbon material
526/170 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Transition metal bonded to carbon atom
526/171 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof ->        Transition metal bonded to carbon atom->        Transition metal is Group VIII (Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Ph, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt)
526/172 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains transition metal or compound thereof->        Transition metal compound has at least one atom of P, S, N or O therein
526/173 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)
526/174 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)->        Contains at least two diverse alkali metal atoms, at least one of which is in the form of a free alkali metal, or in the form of a hydride, or has an alkali metal to carbon atom bond
526/175 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)->        Contains two or more separate chemical entities containing atoms of the same alkali metal, with at least one atom in elemental form, or in the form of a hydride, or has an alkali metal to carbon atom bond
526/176 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)->        Contains heavy metal atom
526/177 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)->        Contains aluminum atom
526/178 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)->        Contains boron or silicon atom
526/179 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)->        Contains phosphorus atom
526/180 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)->        Contains compound of nitrogen
526/181 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)->        Contains oxygen atom
526/182 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains elemental alkali metal, hydride thereof, or alkali metal to carbon atom bond (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)->        Contains halogen atom
526/183 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains metal atom bonded to a carbon atom
526/184 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains metal atom bonded to a carbon atom->        With free oxygen or peroxy compound (-O-O-)
526/185 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains metal atom bonded to a carbon atom->        Metal bonded to carbon is aluminum
526/186 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains metal atom bonded to a carbon atom ->        Metal bonded to carbon is aluminum->        Contains aluminum not bonded to carbon
526/187 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains metal atom bonded to a carbon atom ->        Metal bonded to carbon is aluminum->        Contains Group IA or IIA atom
526/188 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains metal atom bonded to a carbon atom ->        Metal bonded to carbon is aluminum->        Contains heavy metal atom
526/189 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains metal atom bonded to a carbon atom ->        Metal bonded to carbon is aluminum->        Contains P, N, S, or O atom
526/190 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains metal atom bonded to a carbon atom->        Metal bonded to carbon atom is a heavy metal atom
526/191 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains elemental metal
526/192 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains a heavy metal atom containing organic compound
526/193 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains organic compound having a phosphorus atom
526/194 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains Si, Te, Se, or Group VIIIA atom, e.g., He, Ne, etc.
526/195 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains boron compound other than boron trihalide or non-metal organic complex of boron trihalide
526/196 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains boron compound other than boron trihalide or non-metal organic complex of boron trihalide->        Boron bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom compound
526/197 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains boron compound other than boron trihalide or non-metal organic complex of boron trihalide ->        Boron bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom compound->        With free oxygen or peroxy compound
526/198 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains boron compound other than boron trihalide or non-metal organic complex of boron trihalide ->        Boron bonded to hydrogen or carbon atom compound->        Contains P, S, or N atom other than as elemental nitrogen
526/199 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains polypeptide, e.g., protein, gelatin, etc.
526/200 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains carbohydrate, e.g., starch, sugar, etc.
526/201 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains previously formed normally solid polymer which is distinct from polymer to be formed and is a polymer formed from at least one ethylenic monomer
526/202 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains previously formed normally solid polymer which is distinct from polymer to be formed and is a polymer formed from at least one ethylenic monomer->        Normally solid polymer contains free alcohol group or alcoholate thereof
526/203 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains previously formed normally solid polymer which is distinct from polymer to be formed and is a polymer formed from at least one ethylenic monomer->        Normally solid polymer is formed from ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, ester, salt, or anhydride thereof
526/204 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains heterocyclic compound
526/205 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains heterocyclic compound->        Sulfur and nitrogen together in a single ring
526/206 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains halogenated hydrocarbon wherein at least one halogen atom is other than chlorine, and mixtures of water and a halogenated hydrocarbon one ethylenic monomer
526/207 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains water and a hydrocarbon
526/208 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains aldehyde or ketone or polymeric reaction product thereof, e.g., urea-formaldehyde, etc.
526/209 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains ether
526/210 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains alcohol or alcoholate
526/211 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains alcohol or alcoholate->        Alcohol or alcoholate has at least one atom of nitrogen or sulfur chemically combined therewith
526/212 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains alcohol or alcoholate->        Alcohol contains a single hydroxy group or is alcoholate thereof
526/213 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains carboxylic acid, salt, ester, or anhydride thereof
526/214 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains carboxylic acid, salt, ester, or anhydride thereof->        Derived from carboxylic acid containing at least one atom of halogen or sulfur
526/215 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains carboxylic acid, salt, ester, or anhydride thereof->        Derived from carboxylic acid containing at least one atom of nitrogen
526/216 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains carboxylic acid, salt, ester, or anhydride thereof->        Derived from aliphatic acid
526/217 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound
526/218.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound->        Organic compound contains N=N or N-N group
526/219 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound ->        Organic compound contains N=N or N-N group->        Organic N-N or N=N containing compound also contains at least one S or O chemically bound therein
526/219.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound ->        Organic compound contains N=N or N-N group->        Organic N=N or N-N group containing compound contains carbocyclic group or element other than C,H, or N
526/219.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound ->        Organic compound contains N=N or N-N group->        N=N or N-N group-containing compound is a catalyst admixed with at least one other catalyst, co-catalyst, or accelerator, e.g., redox catalyst, etc.
526/219.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound ->        Organic compound contains N=N or N-N group->        Contains specified ingredient other than the N=N or N-N group containing compound, or water, or defined hydrocarbon or defined halogenated hydrocarbon
526/219.4 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound ->        Organic compound contains N=N or N-N group ->        Contains specified ingredient other than the N=N or N-N group containing compound, or water, or defined hydrocarbon or defined halogenated hydrocarbon->        Ingredient contains halogenated hydrocarbon
526/219.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound ->        Organic compound contains N=N or N-N group ->        Contains specified ingredient other than the N=N or N-N group containing compound, or water, or defined hydrocarbon or defined halogenated hydrocarbon->        Ingredient contains water, e.g., an emulsion, dispersion, etc.
526/219.6 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound ->        Organic compound contains N=N or N-N group->        Azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN)
526/220 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic nitrogen compound->        Organic nitrogen compound contains at least one S or O atom chemically bound therein
526/221 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains inorganic heavy metal compound
526/222 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains organic sulfur compound
526/223 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic sulfur compound->        Organic sulfur compound contains -S-S- or -O-O-group
526/224 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic sulfur compound->        Mercaptan
526/225 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains organic sulfur compound->        Organic compound contains hexavalent S atom, e.g., organosulfate, sulfonate, etc.
526/226 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains aluminum compound other than aluminum trihalide or nonmetallic organic complex of aluminum trihalide
526/227 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-)
526/228 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-)->        Two or more peroxide compounds
526/229 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-)->        Inorganic peroxide, e.g., persulfate, hydrogen peroxide, etc.
526/229.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-) ->        Inorganic peroxide, e.g., persulfate, hydrogen peroxide, etc.->        Nitrogen- or halogen-containing inorganic -0-0- compound free of sulfur, or wherein an -0-0- compound is in admixture with a compound devoid of sulfur and containing a N, halogen or P atom
526/230 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-)->        Hydroperoxide
526/230.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-)->        Peroxy carbonate
526/231 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-)->        Peroxide contains halogen atom chemically combined therein
526/232 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-)->        Peroxide contains an aryl group
526/232.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-) ->        Peroxide contains an aryl group->        Benzoyl peroxide
526/232.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-)->        Two or more peroxy groups in same compound
526/232.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains peroxy group compound (-O-O-)->        Cycloaliphatic or ethylenically unsaturated peroxy-containing compound
526/233 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains elemental phosphorus or inorganic phosphorus compound
526/234 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains sulfur or inorganic sulfur compound
526/235 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains free oxygen, air, or ozone
526/236 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains nitrogen compound
526/237 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer->        Material contains metal halide, boron halide or organic complexes thereof, hydrogen halide, elemental halogen, or compound containing only halogen atoms
526/238 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than monomer ->        Material contains metal halide, boron halide or organic complexes thereof, hydrogen halide, elemental halogen, or compound containing only halogen atoms->        At least one monomer is nonhydrocarbon material
526/238.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From protein or biologically active polypeptide containing monomer
526/238.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From carbohydrate, tannin, or derivative containing monomer
526/238.21 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carbohydrate, tannin, or derivative containing monomer->        Cellulose or derivative containing monomer
526/238.22 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carbohydrate, tannin, or derivative containing monomer->        Starch or derivative containing monomer, e.g., starch-acrylamide, etc.
526/238.23 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carbohydrate, tannin, or derivative containing monomer->        Mono- or di-saccharide containing monomer, e.g., allyl sucrose, etc.
526/238.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From natural resin or derivative containing monomer
526/239 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From boron containing monomer
526/240 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From metal containing monomer
526/241 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From metal containing monomer->        Transition metal containing
526/242 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From fluorine containing monomer
526/243 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer->        Fluorine-containing monomer contains a sulfur atom
526/244 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer->        Fluorine-containing monomer is a ketone or aldehyde
526/245 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer->        Fluorine containing monomer is a mono-carboxylic acid ester
526/246 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer ->        Fluorine containing monomer is a mono-carboxylic acid ester->        Alcohol derived portion of ester contains ether group
526/247 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer->        Fluorine containing monomer is an ether
526/248 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer->        Fluorine containing monomer contains nitrogen atom
526/249 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer->        Fluorine containing monomer contains at least one diverse halogen atom
526/250 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer->        Fluorine containing monomer contains F, C and H only or F and C only
526/251 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer ->        Fluorine containing monomer contains F, C and H only or F and C only->        Aromatic
526/252 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer ->        Fluorine containing monomer contains F, C and H only or F and C only->        Fluorine compound contains two or more ethylenic groups
526/253 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer ->        Fluorine containing monomer contains F, C and H only or F and C only->        Five or more fluorine atoms
526/254 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer ->        Fluorine containing monomer contains F, C and H only or F and C only ->        Five or more fluorine atoms->        Contains only carbon and fluorine atoms
526/255 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fluorine containing monomer ->        Fluorine containing monomer contains F, C and H only or F and C only->        Two or more fluorine atoms, e.g., vinylidene fluoride, etc.
526/256 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing sulfur atom as part of a heterocyclic ring
526/257 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing sulfur atom as part of a heterocyclic ring->        Sulfur-containing ring contains additional hetero atom, i.e., N, O, Se, Te
526/258 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing nitrogen atom as part of a heterocyclic ring
526/259 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing nitrogen atom as part of a heterocyclic ring->        Nitrogen atom is part of a bridged or fused ring system
526/260 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing nitrogen atom as part of a heterocyclic ring->        5- or 6-membered nitrogen ring compound having at least one oxygen in the ring
526/261 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing nitrogen atom as part of a heterocyclic ring->        Three or more nitrogen atoms in a single ring
526/262 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing nitrogen atom as part of a heterocyclic ring->        Imide monomer
526/263 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing nitrogen atom as part of a heterocyclic ring->        Nitrogen of ring is bonded directly or indirectly to extracyclic ethylenic moiety
526/264 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing nitrogen atom as part of a heterocyclic ring ->        Nitrogen of ring is bonded directly or indirectly to extracyclic ethylenic moiety->        Lactam monomer
526/265 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing nitrogen atom as part of a heterocyclic ring->        6-membered ring contains a single nitrogen atom
526/266 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing oxygen as part of a heterocyclic ring
526/267 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing oxygen as part of a heterocyclic ring->        Polymer contains coumarone and indene
526/268 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing oxygen as part of a heterocyclic ring->        From cyclic ether which is bridged or fused to a ring system
526/269 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing oxygen as part of a heterocyclic ring->        Hetero-oxygen ring compound contains a carbonate group, i.e., -O-C(=O)-O as ring atoms
526/270 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing oxygen as part of a heterocyclic ring->        5-membered heterocyclic ring compound contains at least one oxygen atom
526/271 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing oxygen as part of a heterocyclic ring ->        5-membered heterocyclic ring compound contains at least one oxygen atom->        Acid anhydride
526/272 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing oxygen as part of a heterocyclic ring ->        5-membered heterocyclic ring compound contains at least one oxygen atom ->        Acid anhydride->        Interpolymerized with hydrocarbon monomer
526/273 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing oxygen as part of a heterocyclic ring->        3-membered heterocyclic ring contains at least one oxygen atom
526/274 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing a phosphorus atom
526/275 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing a phosphorus atom->        Phosphorus is part of a ring
526/276 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing a phosphorus atom->        Phosphorus is bonded to a nitrogen atom
526/277 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing a phosphorus atom->        Phosphorus atom is pentavalent
526/278 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing a phosphorus atom ->        Phosphorus atom is pentavalent->        Pentavalent phosphorus is bonded to at least one atom of carbon
526/279 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing a silicon atom
526/280 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From fused or bridged ring containing monomer
526/281 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fused or bridged ring containing monomer->        Bridged monomer
526/282 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fused or bridged ring containing monomer ->        Bridged monomer->        Contains an exterior ethylenic substituent bonded to a single carbon atom of the bridged ring system
526/283 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fused or bridged ring containing monomer ->        Bridged monomer->        Compound containing dicyclopentadiene moiety
526/284 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From fused or bridged ring containing monomer->        Contains an exterior ethylenic substituent bonded directly or indirectly to a single carbon atom of the fused ring system
526/285 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing an acetylenic group
526/286 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From S-containing monomer
526/287 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From S-containing monomer->        From monomer containing three or more oxygen atoms bonded to a single sulfur atom, e.g., sulfonate, etc.
526/288 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From S-containing monomer->        From sulfur monomer containing nitrogen atom
526/289 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From S-containing monomer->        From sulfide-containing monomer
526/290 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        Monomer from unsaturated petroleum hydrocarbon fractionSEMI from unsaturated coal or bituminous material, extract, or derivative thereofSEMI or from unsaturated fatty still residue
526/291 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms
526/292.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms->        Halogen monomer is carboxylic acid ester
526/292.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms ->        Halogen monomer is carboxylic acid ester->        Contains nitrogen
526/292.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms ->        Halogen monomer is carboxylic acid ester->        Contains oxygen other than as part of a carboxylic acid ester group
526/292.4 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms ->        Halogen monomer is carboxylic acid ester->        Contains two or more carboxylic acid ester groups
526/292.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms ->        Halogen monomer is carboxylic acid ester->        Contains carbocyclic ring, e.g., aryl, etc.
526/292.6 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms ->        Halogen monomer is carboxylic acid ester->        Interpolymerized with a monomer containing atom other than carbon, hydrogen, or halogen
526/292.7 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms ->        Halogen monomer is carboxylic acid ester->        Interpolymerized
526/292.8 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms->        Halogen monomer is nitrile
526/292.9 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms->        Halogen monomer contains an ether group
526/292.95 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms->        Halogen monomer contains a carboxylic acid, salt, or carboxylic acid amide
526/293 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms->        Aromatic
526/294 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms->        Plural halogen atom
526/295 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From halogen containing monomer having at least three carbon atoms->        Plural ethylenic groups
526/296 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From bromine or iodine containing monomer, dichloroethylene, trichloroethylene or tetrachloroethylene
526/297 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From nitrile group containing monomer other than acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile
526/298 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From nitrile group containing monomer other than acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile->        Contains non-nitrile nitrogen atom or contains an oxygen atom
526/299 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From nitrile group containing monomer other than acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile->        Aromatic
526/300 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From nitrile group containing monomer other than acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile->        Plural nitrile group-containing
526/301 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing a >N-C(=O)-O- group, e.g., carbamic acid, etc.
526/302 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing a >>N-C(=O)-N<< or >>N-C(-O)-N<< group e.g., urea, isoureau, etc.
526/303.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer
526/304 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer->        Contains oxygen atom other than in amide form bonded to a carbon atom
526/305 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer->        Cycloaliphatic or aromatic
526/306 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer->        Plural amide group containing
526/307 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer->        Non-amide nitrogen containing
526/307.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer->        N- substituted unsaturated hydrocarbon group
526/307.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer->        With monomer containing carboxylic acid amide group
526/307.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer->        With monomer containing nitrogen other than (meth)-acrylonitrile
526/307.4 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer->        With monomer containing oxygen
526/307.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer ->        With monomer containing oxygen->        Oxygen atom is part of ether or hydroxyl group
526/307.6 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer ->        With monomer containing oxygen->        Oxygen atom is part of carboxylic acid group
526/307.7 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer ->        With monomer containing oxygen->        Oxygen atom is part of ester group derived from unsaturated carboxylic acid
526/307.8 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid amide-containing monomer->        With hydrocarbon monomer
526/308 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From cycloaliphatic monomer
526/309 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From cycloaliphatic monomer->        Contains atoms other than carbon and hydrogen
526/310 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From nitrogen containing monomer other than acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile
526/311 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From nitrogen containing monomer other than acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile->        Nitrogen bonded to oxygen atom (including nitrogen containing salts)
526/312 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From nitrogen containing monomer other than acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile->        Contains oxygen atom bonded to a carbon atom
526/313 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From phenol, phenol ether, or inorganic phenolate monomer
526/314 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing a carbonate group, i.e., -O-C(=O)-O-
526/315 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From aldehyde monomer
526/316 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From ketone or ketene monomer
526/317.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From carboxylic acid monomer
526/318 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer->        Carboxylic acid contains ester group
526/318.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer->        Carboxylic acid contains aryl group, or two or more ethylenic groups
526/318.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer->        Carboxylic acid contains two or more carboxyl groups
526/318.25 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer ->        Carboxylic acid contains two or more carboxyl groups->        With hydrocarbon, vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride monomer
526/318.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer->        Carboxylic acid other than acrylic or methacrylic acid
526/318.4 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer->        With ester monomer
526/318.41 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer ->        With ester monomer->        Monomer contains chalcogen other than in C(=O)-O- chalcogen in any monomer)
526/318.42 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer ->        With ester monomer ->        Monomer contains chalcogen other than in C(=O)-O- chalcogen in any monomer)->        Hydroxyl group
526/318.43 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer ->        With ester monomer->        Monomer contains two or more ester groups
526/318.44 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer ->        With ester monomer->        Two or more ester monomers
526/318.45 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer ->        With ester monomer->        With hydrocarbon monomer
526/318.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer->        With chalcogen containing monomer, e.g., additional carboxyl monomer, etc.
526/318.6 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid monomer->        With hydrocarbon monomer
526/319 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer
526/320 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer->        Ether or hydroxy containing
526/321 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer->        Monomer containing at least two carboxylic acid ester groups
526/322 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Monomer containing at least two carboxylic acid ester groups->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated alcohol
526/323 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Monomer containing at least two carboxylic acid ester groups ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated alcohol->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated acid containing plural carboxylic acid groups
526/323.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Monomer containing at least two carboxylic acid ester groups->        Diester derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and polyol
526/323.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Monomer containing at least two carboxylic acid ester groups ->        Diester derived from an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and polyol->        With additional monomer
526/324 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Monomer containing at least two carboxylic acid ester groups->        Interpolymerized with hydrocarbon monomer
526/325 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Monomer containing at least two carboxylic acid ester groups->        Interpolymerized with monomer of diverse carboxylic ester
526/326 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer->        Aromatic
526/327 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid and an ethylenically unsaturated alcohol
526/328 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid
526/328.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid->        With additional monomer
526/329 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid ->        With additional monomer->        Interpolymerized with hydrocarbon monomer
526/329.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid ->        With additional monomer ->        Interpolymerized with hydrocarbon monomer->        Hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.
526/329.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid ->        With additional monomer ->        Interpolymerized with hydrocarbon monomer->        Aromatic, e.g., styrene, etc.
526/329.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid ->        With additional monomer->        Additional monomer is acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile
526/329.4 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid ->        With additional monomer->        Additional monomer is a halogen-containing monomer
526/329.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid ->        With additional monomer->        Additional monomer is an ester derived from saturated carboxylic acid
526/329.6 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid ->        With additional monomer->        Additional monomer contains an ether group
526/329.7 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Derived from an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid->        Polymer derived from methyl acrylate or methyl methacrylate
526/330 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer->        Interpolymer of an ester derived from ethylenically unsaturated alcohol, e.g., interpolymer of vinyl acetate, etc.
526/331 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From carboxylic acid ester monomer ->        Interpolymer of an ester derived from ethylenically unsaturated alcohol, e.g., interpolymer of vinyl acetate, etc.->        Interpolymerized with hydrocarbon monomer
526/332 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From monomer containing an ether group
526/333 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing an ether group->        Plural ether groups
526/334 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From monomer containing an ether group->        Aromatic or plural ethylenic groups
526/335 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.
526/336 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.->        Ethylenic groups are non-conjugated, e.g., divinylbenzene, etc.
526/337 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.->        Interpolymerized with at least one diverse hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups
526/338 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.->        Interpolymerized with non-hydrocarbon monomer
526/339 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.->        Interpolymerized with aliphatic hydrocarbon
526/340 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.->        Interpolymerized with aromatic hydrocarbon
526/340.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.->        Polymerized in the presence of a water medium
526/340.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.->        From hydrocarbon having only five carbon atoms
526/340.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.->        From hydrocarbon having at least six carbon atoms
526/340.4 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon monomer containing at least two ethylenic groups, e.g., butadiene, etc.->        Butadiene homopolymer contains at least 75% cis-1,4-configuration
526/341 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile
526/342 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile->        Interpolymerized
526/343 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From vinylidene chloride
526/344 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From vinyl chloride
526/344.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From vinyl chloride->        Bulk or mass polymerization of vinyl chloride only
526/344.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From vinyl chloride->        Polymerization of vinyl chloride only in an aqueous medium
526/344.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From vinyl chloride->        Polyvinyl chloride characterized by physical shape, e.g., fiber, sheet, etc.
526/345 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From vinyl chloride->        Interpolymerized
526/346 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From aromatic hydrocarbon
526/347 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From aromatic hydrocarbon->        Interpolymerized
526/347.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From aromatic hydrocarbon->        Monomer other than styrene
526/347.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From aromatic hydrocarbon->        Crystalline polystyrene
526/348 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING->        From hydrocarbon
526/348.1 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon->        Stretched product
526/348.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon->        At least six carbon atoms
526/348.3 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon ->        At least six carbon atoms->        Ten or more carbon atoms
526/348.4 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon ->        At least six carbon atoms->        Six carbon atoms only
526/348.5 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon ->        At least six carbon atoms ->        Six carbon atoms only->        N-hexene
526/348.6 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon->        At least four carbon atoms
526/348.7 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon ->        At least four carbon atoms->        Isobutylene
526/348.8 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon->        With nonhydrocarbon monomer
526/351 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon->        From propylene only
526/352 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon->        From ethylene only
526/352.2 ->  ->        POLYMERS FROM ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS OR PROCESSES OF POLYMERIZING, POLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ONLY ETHYLENIC MONOMERS AS REACTANTS OR PROCESSES OF PREPARING ->        From hydrocarbon ->        From ethylene only->        Low density
526/901 MONOMER POLYMERIZED IN VAPOR STATE IN PRESENCE OF TRANSITION METAL CONTAINING CATALYST
526/902 MONOMER POLYMERIZED IN BULK IN PRESENCE OF TRANSITION METAL CONTAINING CATALYST
526/903 MONOMER POLYMERIZED IN PRESENCE OF TRANSITION METAL CONTAINING CATALYST AND HYDROCARBON ADDITIVE AFFECTING POLYMER PROPERTIES OF CATALYST ACTIVITY
526/904 MONOMER POLYMERIZED IN PRESENCE OF TRANSITION METAL CONTAINING CATALYST AT LEAST PART OF WHICH IS SUPPORTED ON A POLYMERSEMI E.G., PREPOLYMERIZED CATALYSTS, ETC.
526/905 POLYMERIZATION IN PRESENCE OF TRANSITION METAL CONTAINING CATALYST IN PRESENCE OF HYDROGEN
526/906 COMMINUTION OF TRANSITION METAL CONTAINING CATALYST
526/907 SPECIFIED MEANS OF REACTING COMPONENTS OF TRANSITION METAL CATALYST
526/908 CONTAINING CATALYST OF SPECIFIED PARTICLE SIZE
526/909 POLYMERIZATION CHARACTERIZED BY PARTICLE SIZE OF PRODUCT
526/910 SUSPENDING AGENTS
526/911 EMULSIFYING AGENTS
526/912 REACTION MEDIUM PURIFICATION
526/913 VAPOR PHASE POLYMERIZATION IN ABSENCE OF TRANSITION METAL CONTAINING CATALYST
526/914 POLYMER DEGRADATION
526/915 REDOX CATALYST
526/916 INTERPOLYMER FROM AT LEAST THREE ETHYLENICALLY UNSATURATED MONOOLEFINIC HYDROCARBON MONOMERS
526/917 MANIPULATIVE PROCESSES INVOLVING A SULFUR-CONTAINING TREATING AGENT
526/918 POLYMERIZATION REACTORS FOR ADDITION POLYMER PREPARATION
526/919 CATALYST INJECTION TECHNIQUE IN ADDITION POLYMERIZATION PROCESSES
526/920 APPARATUS FOR USE IN ADDITION POLYMERIZATION PROCESSES
526/921 TIME CYCLE USED IN ADDITION POLYMERIZATION PROCESS CONTROL
526/922 POLYMERIZATION PROCESS OF ETHYLENIC MONOMERS USING MANIPULATIVE TECHNIQUE
526/923 ETHYLENIC MONOMERS CONTAINING AT LEAST ONE SALT GROUP
526/930 WATER SWELLABLE OR HYDROPHILIC
526/931 PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE
526/932 THICKENER OR DISPERSANT FOR AQUEOUS SYSTEM
526/933 DETERGENT PROPERTY OR LUBRICANT ADDITIVE
526/934 ELECTRODEPOSIT, E.G., ELECTROPHORETIC, XEROGRAPHIC, ETC.
526/935 HOT MELT ADHESIVE
526/936 PHYSIOLOGICAL USE, E.G., PHARMACEUTICAL, VETERINARY, DENTAL, ETC.
526/937 OPTICAL CLARITY
526/938 RUBBERY PROPERTY
526/939 MOSITURE PROOF OR HYDROPHOBIC
526/940 HIGH SOFTENING TEMPERATURE, E.G., EXPOSURE TO BOILING WATER, BOILABLE, ETC.
526/941 HAVING THE TRANSITION METAL BONDED DIRECTLY TO CARBON
526/942 POLYMERIZATION IN THE PRESENCE OF A LIQUID CO2 DILUENT
526/943 POLYMERIZATION WITH METALLOCENE CATALYSTS
528/1 -> ->        FROM PLANT MATERIAL OF UNKNOWN CONSTITUTION
528/2 ->  ->        FROM PLANT MATERIAL OF UNKNOWN CONSTITUTION->        From cashew material with a sulfur-containing reactant
528/3 ->  ->        FROM PLANT MATERIAL OF UNKNOWN CONSTITUTION->        From cashew material with an aldehyde or derivative
528/4 -> ->        FROM BORON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE BORON TO HYDROGEN OR BORON TO CARBON BOND
528/5 ->  ->        FROM BORON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE BORON TO HYDROGEN OR BORON TO CARBON BOND->        Boron reactant contains a silicon atom
528/6 ->  ->        FROM BORON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE BORON TO HYDROGEN OR BORON TO CARBON BOND->        Boron reactant contains a phosphorus atom
528/7 ->  ->        FROM BORON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE BORON TO HYDROGEN OR BORON TO CARBON BOND->        Boron reactant contains a nitrogen atom
528/8 ->  ->        FROM BORON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE BORON TO HYDROGEN OR BORON TO CARBON BOND->        Boron reactant contains a boron atom bonded to at least one atom of oxygen
528/9 -> ->        FROM HEAVY METAL OR ALUMINUM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE HYDROGEN-TO-HEAVY METAL OR -ALUMINUM BOND OR AT LEAST ONE CARBON-TO-HEAVY METAL OR -ALUMINUM BOND
528/10 -> ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND
528/12 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/13 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material is a boron-containing material
528/14 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material is a metal-containing material
528/15 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material is a metal-containing material->        Material contains a Group VIII metal atom
528/16 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material is a metal-containing material->        Material contains a Group IIIA metal
528/17 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material is a metal-containing material->        Material contains a Group IVB metal atom
528/18 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material is a metal-containing material->        Material contains a Group IVA metal atom
528/19 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material is a metal-containing material->        Material contains a heavy metal atom
528/20 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains an alcohol, alcoholate, or ether compound
528/21 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material is a nitrogen-containing compound
528/22 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material is a nitrogen-containing compound->        Nitrogen-containign silicon compound
528/23 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a phosphorus or sulfur atom
528/24 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Polymerizing in the pressence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a compound having an O-O group, e.g., peroxide, etc.
528/25 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        With organic silicon-free reactant
528/26 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        With organic silicon-free reactant->        Organic Si-free reactant is a carboxylic acid or derivative
528/26.5 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        With organic silicon-free reactant ->        Organic Si-free reactant is a carboxylic acid or derivative->        Reactant which is a fatty acid glycerol ester, a fatty acid or salt derived from a naturally occurring glyceride, tall oil, or a fatty acid derived from tall oil
528/27 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        With organic silicon-free reactant->        Organic Si-free reactant contains a heterocyclic ring
528/28 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        With organic silicon-free reactant->        Organic Si-free reactant is a nitrogen-containing compound
528/29 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        With organic silicon-free reactant->        Organic Si-free reactant is an alcohol or alcoholate
528/30 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        From silicon-containing reactant having at least one polyvalent atom other than carbon, oxygen, or nitrogen
528/31 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        Silicon reactant contains a silicon-to-hydrogen bond
528/32 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        Silicon reactant contains an ethylenically unsaturated group
528/33 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        Silicon reactant contains two or more silicon atoms
528/34 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Silicon reactant contains two or more silicon atoms->        With silicon reactant containing a single silicon atom
528/35 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Silicon reactant contains two or more silicon atoms->        Silicon reactamt contains only carbon atom, only a carbon chain, or chain of carbon and oxygen atoms only between two silicon atoms
528/36 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Silicon reactant contains two or more silicon atoms->        Silicon reactant contains at least one halogen atom bonded to a carbon atom which carbon atom is not an acyl halide carbon atom
528/37 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND ->        Silicon reactant contains two or more silicon atoms->        Reactant contains a silicon atom as a ring member of a cyclic compound
528/38 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        Silicon reactant contains an amine nitrogen atom
528/39 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        With silicon reactant which is free of any silicon to carbon bond
528/40 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        Silicon reactant contains a fused, bridged, or cycloaliphatic ring
528/41 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        Silicon containing carboxylic acid or derivative or from a silicon derivative of a nonsilicon containing carboxylic acid
528/42 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        Silicon reactant contains at least one halogen atom bonded to a carbon atom which carbon atom is not an acyl halide carbon atom
528/43 ->  ->        FROM SILICON REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE SILICON-TO-HYDROGEN OR -CARBON BOND->        Silicon reactant contains an aryl group
528/44 -> ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.
528/45 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        From at least one blocked -N=C=X group
528/48 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant
528/49 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains only one -C-XH,-C-C(=X)-XH or carbon to -NH or HNH group
528/50 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains compound having a -O-O- group, e.g., peroxide, etc.
528/51 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a phosphorus atom
528/52 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material is organic nitrogen-containing compoud
528/53 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material is organic nitrogen-containing compoud->        Organic nitrogen compound contains a nitrogen atom bonded to three atoms or carbon
528/54 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material is organic nitrogen-containing compoud ->        Organic nitrogen compound contains a nitrogen atom bonded to three atoms or carbon->        Nitrogen compound wherein nitrogen atom is bonded to three atoms of carbon contains a bridged- or fused-ring system, e.g., triethylene diamine, etc.
528/55 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains at least one metal atom
528/56 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains at least one metal atom->        Material contains a transition metal atom
528/57 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains at least one metal atom->        Material contains at least one group IA or group IIA metal atom
528/58 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        Process of polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains at least one metal atom->        Material contains at least one atom of tin
528/59 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        From N=C=X reactant having at least two -C-NH-C(=X)- groups
528/60 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        From N=C=X reactant having at least two -C-NH-C(=X)- groups->        With reactant compound containing three or more XH, -C(=X)-XH, -NH, =NH, or HNH groups or combination thereof
528/61 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        From N=C=X reactant having at least two -C-NH-C(=X)- groups->        With organic nitrogen reactant which contains two NH, =NH, or HNH groups
528/62 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        From N=C=X reactant having at least two -C-NH-C(=X)- groups ->        With organic nitrogen reactant which contains two NH, =NH, or HNH groups->        Organic NH, =NH, or HNH nitrogen-containing reactant contains a heterocyclic ring
528/63 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        From N=C=X reactant having at least two -C-NH-C(=X)- groups ->        With organic nitrogen reactant which contains two NH, =NH, or HNH groups->        Organic NH, =NH, HNH nitrogen reactant contains at least one halogen atom
528/64 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        From N=C=X reactant having at least two -C-NH-C(=X)- groups ->        With organic nitrogen reactant which contains two NH, =NH, or HNH groups->        Organic NH, =NH or HNH nitrogen reactant contains a carbocyclic or aromatic ring
528/65 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        From N=C=X reactant having at least two -C-NH-C(=X)- groups->        With reactant having two -XH groups
528/66 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        From N=C=X reactant having at least two -C-NH-C(=X)- groups ->        With reactant having two -XH groups->        Reactant having two -XH groups contains two or more -C-X-C- groups or two or more carboxylic acid ester groups
528/67 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        From two or more reactants containing -N=C=X groups
528/68 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        With organic compound reactant containing at least two NH, HNH or =NH groups and wherein the reactant composition is devoid of -C-XH, -C(=X)XH or anhydride
528/69 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        Reactant contains a single -N=C=X group
528/70 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        Reactant contains a fluorine atom
528/71 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        Reactant contains at least one salt group, e.g., quaternary ammonium salt, etc.
528/72 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        Reactant contains at least one phosphorus atom
528/73 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        Reactant contains at least one heterocyclic ring
528/74 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        Reactant contains at least one bridged- or fused-ring system
528/74.5 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        Reactant which is a fatty acid glycerol ester, a fatty acid or salt derived from a naturally occurring glyceride, tall oil, or a fatty acid derived from tall oil
528/75 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        Reactant contains at least one ethylenically unsaturated group
528/76 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        With ether or thioether compound containing at least two -C-X-C- groups
528/77 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        With ether or thioether compound containing at least two -C-X-C- groups->        Ether or thioether compound contains three or more -XH groups
528/78 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        With ether or thioether compound containing at least two -C-X-C- groups->        Ether or thioether contains at least one nitrogen atom other than as a C NH, C=NH, or C-N(H)-H
528/79 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        With ether or thioether compound containing at least two -C-X-C- groups->        Ether or thioether contains a carbocyclic or aromatic group
528/80 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        With reactant compound containing at least two -C-C(=X)-X-C groups and which compound is devoid of C-NH, C=NH or C-N(H)-H groups
528/81 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        With reactant compound containing at least two -C-C(=X)-X-C groups and which compound is devoid of C-NH, C=NH or C-N(H)-H groups->        Reactant compound which contains at least two -C-C(=X)-X-C groups contains three or more XH groups
528/82 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        With reactant compound containing at least two -C-C(=X)-X-C groups and which compound is devoid of C-NH, C=NH or C-N(H)-H groups->        Reactant which contains at least two -C-C(=X)-X-C groups contains tertiary nitrogen atom
528/83 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC. ->        With reactant compound containing at least two -C-C(=X)-X-C groups and which compound is devoid of C-NH, C=NH or C-N(H)-H groups->        Reactant which contains at least two -C-C(=X)-X-C groups has been derived from only a dicarboxylic acid or derivative and only a dihydric alcohol or alcoholate derivative
528/84 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        With reactant containing at least two -C-C(=X)-X groups
528/85 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING AT LEAST ONE -N=C=X GROUP (WHEREIN X IS A CHALCOGEN ATOM) AS WELL AS PRECURSORS THEREOF, E.G., BLOCKED ISOCYANATE, ETC.->        With reactant containing at least two -XH groups
528/86 -> ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE
528/87 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant
528/88 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant
528/89 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a phosphorus atom
528/90 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a sulfur atom
528/91 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a boron atom
528/92 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a polyvalent metal atom
528/93 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a nitrogen compound
528/94 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a nitrogen compound->        Nitrogen material contains a nitrogen atom as part of a heterocyclic ring
528/95 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a Group IA metal atom (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)
528/96 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Phenolic reactant contains a heterocyclic group other than a 1,2-epoxy group per se
528/97 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Phenolic reactant contains a fused-or bridged-ring other than as a 1,2 epoxy group fused to carbocyclic or aromatic ring
528/98 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Phenolic reactant contains at least three distinct aromatic or carbocyclic rings or mixtures thereof
528/99 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Phenolic reactant contains at least one nitrogen, phosphorus, or sulfur atom
528/100 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Phenolic reactant contains a carboxylic acid or carboxylic acid derivative thereof
528/101 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Phenolic reactant contains ethylenic unsaturation or contains a 1,2-epoxy group fused to a carbocyclic ring
528/102 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Phenolic reactant contains a halogen atom directly bonded to a nuclear carbon atom of the aryl-oxygen group
528/103 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Two or more 1,2-epoxy reactants
528/103.5 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        Two or more 1,2-epoxy reactants->        1,2-epoxy reactant having at least one carboxylic ester group, e.g., epoxidized linseed oil, etc.
528/104 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Two or more phenolic reactants
528/105 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        Phenolic reactant contains only one, 1,2-epoxy group
528/106 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant
528/107 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant is an aldehyde or derivative
528/108 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant->        Non-1,2-epoxy, or nonphenolic reactant is a phosphorus-containing material
528/109 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant->        Non-1,2-epoxy, or nonphenolic reactant is a sulfur-containing material
528/110 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant->        Non-1,2-epoxy, or nonphenolic reactant is an alcohol, inorganic alcoholate, or ether
528/111 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy, or nonphenolic reactant is an alcohol, inorganic alcoholate, or ether->        Nitrogen-containing alcohol, inorganic alcoholate, or ether
528/111.3 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant->        Non 1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant which is a dimer or trimer of an ethylenically unsaturated aliphatic monocarboxylic acid having at least ten carbon atomsSEMI or adduct of said unsaturated monocarboxylic acid with an alpha, beta ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid or derivative
528/111.5 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant->        Non 1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant which is a fatty acid glycerol ester, a fatty acid or salt derived from a naturally occurring glyceride, tall oil, or a fatty acid derived from tall oil
528/112 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant is a carboxylic acid, salt thereof, or carboxylic acid anhydride
528/113 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant is a carboxylic acid, salt thereof, or carboxylic acid anhydride->        With nitrogen-containing reactant
528/114 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant is a carboxylic acid, salt thereof, or carboxylic acid anhydride->        Nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid, salt thereof, or anhydride, or nitrogen-containing salt of a non-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid
528/115 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant is a carboxylic acid, salt thereof, or carboxylic acid anhydride->        At least two carboxylic acids, salts thereof, or carboxylic acid anhydrides, or mixtures thereof
528/116 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant contains a heterocyclic ring
528/117 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant contains a heterocyclic ring->        Five-membered heterocyclic ring contains at least one nitrogen atom as a ring member
528/118 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant contains a heterocyclic ring->        Six-membered heterocyclic ring contains at least one nitrogen atom as a ring member
528/119 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant contains one or more nitrogen atoms
528/120 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant contains one or more nitrogen atoms->        Two or more nitrogen-containing reactants
528/121 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant contains one or more nitrogen atoms->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom
528/122 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant contains one or more nitrogen atoms ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom->        Nitrogen reactant having at least one amino-nitrogen atom contains a cycloaliphatic ring
528/123 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant contains one or more nitrogen atoms ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom->        Nitrogen reactant having at least one amino-nitrogen atom contains three or more nitrogen atoms
528/124 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From 1,2-epoxy-containing phenolic reactant or with 1,2-epoxy-containing reactant ->        With at least one nonepoxy or nonphenolic reactant ->        Non-1,2-epoxy or nonphenolic reactant contains one or more nitrogen atoms ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom->        Nitrogen reactant having at least one amino-nitrogen atom contains at least one aryl group
528/125 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        From ketone-containing phenolic reactant or with ketone-containing reactant
528/126 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From ketone-containing phenolic reactant or with ketone-containing reactant->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant
528/127 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From ketone-containing phenolic reactant or with ketone-containing reactant->        With nonketone- or nonphenolic-aldehyde or derivative as a reactant
528/128 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        From ketone-containing phenolic reactant or with ketone-containing reactant->        With nonphenolic or nonketone reactant
528/129 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        With aldehyde or derivative
528/137 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/138 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a boron atom
528/139 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains an aluminum or heavy metal atom
528/140 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a Group IIA metal atom (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra)
528/141 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a phosphorus atom
528/142 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains an alcohol, inorganic alcoholate, or ether
528/143 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a sulfur atom
528/144 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a carboxylic acid, anhydride thereof, ester thereof, or salt thereof
528/145 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a nitrogen compound
528/146 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a nitrogen compound->        Nitrogen-containing material contains a nitrogen atom directly bonded to a carbon atom
528/147 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a Group IA metal atom (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)
528/148 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Phenolic reactant contains a carboxylic acid or carboxylic acid salt group
528/149 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Phenolic reactant contains a nitrogen atom
528/150 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Phenolic reactant contains a sulfur atom
528/151 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Phenolic reactant contains a halogen atom directly bonded to a nuclear carbon atom of the benzene-oxygen group
528/152 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Phenolic reactant contains an ethylenically unsaturated group
528/153 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Phenolic reactant contains at least two ring moieties (includes fused or bridged ring system)
528/154 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Phenol ether
528/155 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Two distinct phenolic reactants or two or more hydroxy groups or phenate groups bonded to nuclear carbon atoms of the same benzene ring
528/156 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Two or more aldehydes or derivatives
528/157 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Aldehyde or derivative is ethylenically unsaturated
528/158 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        With at least one nonaldehyde phosphorus- or sulfur-containing reactant
528/158.5 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        With a reactant which is a fatty acid glycerol ester, a fatty acid or salt derived from a naturally occurring glyceride, tall oil, or a fatty acid derived from tall oil
528/159 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        With an ethylenically unsaturated reactant
528/160 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        With reactant having only carbon and hydrogen atoms or only carbon, hydrogen, and halogen atoms
528/161 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        With at least one reactant which is other than an aldehyde or derivative and which contains a carboxylic acid, anhydride thereof, salt thereof, or ester thereof
528/162 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        With nitrogen-containing reactant
528/163 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        With nitrogen-containing reactant->        Nitrogen-containing reactant is a heterocyclic ring compound containing at least one nitrogen atom as a ring member or is nitrogen-containing aromatic compound
528/164 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative ->        With nitrogen-containing reactant->        Nitrogen-containing reactant contains the -N-C(=O)-N- group
528/165 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With aldehyde or derivative->        Aldehyde or derivative is sole coreactant
528/166 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        Aluminum- or heavy metal-containing reactant
528/167 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        Phosphorus-containing reactant
528/168 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phosphorus-containing reactant->        Nitrogen-containing reactant
528/169 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phosphorus-containing reactant->        Halogen-containing reactant
528/170 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        Imide-containing reactant
528/171 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        Sulfur reactant contains sulfur directly bonded to oxygen
528/172 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Sulfur reactant contains sulfur directly bonded to oxygen->        Nitrogen-containing compound is a reactant other than wherein nitrogen is solely present as a carboxylic acid derivative
528/173 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Sulfur reactant contains sulfur directly bonded to oxygen->        Carboxylic acid or derivative is a reactant
528/174 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Sulfur reactant contains sulfur directly bonded to oxygen->        Halogen-containing material is a reactant
528/175 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Sulfur reactant contains sulfur directly bonded to oxygen ->        Halogen-containing material is a reactant->        Reactant contains a (O=)S(=O)-halo group
528/176 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant
528/179 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom
528/180 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom->        Material contains a metal atom
528/181 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom ->        Material contains a metal atom->        At least one transition metal atom
528/182 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom->        Material is a nitrogen-containing compound
528/183 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom
528/184 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom->        Nitrogen reactant having at least one amino-nitrogen atom contains a carboxylic acid group or is a derivative thereof
528/185 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom->        Phenolic reactant contains at least two aryl rings and two diverse phenolic to oxygen bonds
528/186 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least three amino-nitrogen atoms bonded to one or more carbon atoms
528/187 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least three amino-nitrogen atoms bonded to one or more carbon atoms->        At least one reactant contains three or more carboxylic acid groups or is derivative thereof
528/188 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom->        Reactant contains three or more carboxylic acid groups or is derivative thereof
528/189 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant ->        Nitrogen reactant contains at least one amino-nitrogen atom ->        Reactant contains three or more carboxylic acid groups or is derivative thereof->        Two or more polycarboxylic acids or derivatives or mixtures thereof
528/190 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant->        Reactant contains a fused- or bridged-ring other than solely as a polycarboxylic acid anhydride group
528/191 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant->        Reactant contains a halogen atom other than solely as halogen atom bonded to a carbonyl group
528/192 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant->        Ethylenically unsaturated reactant
528/193 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant->        Two or more phenolic reactants
528/194 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant->        Two or more polycarboxylic acids or derivatives as reactants
528/195 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With polycarboxylic acid or derivative as reactant->        Reactant is a nonphenolic compound having at least two hydroxyl groups or salts thereof
528/196 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        With reactant having halo-C(=O)-halo, halo-C(=O)-O-, or -O-C(=O)-O- group
528/198 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With reactant having halo-C(=O)-halo, halo-C(=O)-O-, or -O-C(=O)-O- group->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom
528/199 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With reactant having halo-C(=O)-halo, halo-C(=O)-O-, or -O-C(=O)-O- group ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom->        Material is a nitrogen-containing compound
528/200 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With reactant having halo-C(=O)-halo, halo-C(=O)-O-, or -O-C(=O)-O- group ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom->        Material contains a metal atom
528/201 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With reactant having halo-C(=O)-halo, halo-C(=O)-O-, or -O-C(=O)-O- group->        Fused- or bridged-ring-containing reactant other than solely as a polycarboxylic acid anhydride group
528/202 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With reactant having halo-C(=O)-halo, halo-C(=O)-O-, or -O-C(=O)-O- group->        Reactant contains a halogen atom other than solely as halogen bonded to a carbonyl group
528/203 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With reactant having halo-C(=O)-halo, halo-C(=O)-O-, or -O-C(=O)-O- group->        Reactant contains a nitrogen atom
528/204 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        With reactant having halo-C(=O)-halo, halo-C(=O)-O-, or -O-C(=O)-O- group->        Two or more phenolic reactants
528/205 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        Ethylenically unsaturated reactant
528/206 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        Phenolic reactant contains at least one carboxylic acid group or is derivative thereof
528/207 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phenolic reactant contains at least one carboxylic acid group or is derivative thereof->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom
528/208 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phenolic reactant contains at least one carboxylic acid group or is derivative thereof->        Nitrogen-containing reactant
528/209 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phenolic reactant contains at least one carboxylic acid group or is derivative thereof->        With nonphenolic compound having at least two hydroxyl groups or salts thereof as reactant
528/210 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        Phenolic reactant contains a nitrogen atom
528/211 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        With nitrogen-containing reactant
528/212 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        Phenolic reactant contains a single phenolic -OH group or a single inorganic phenolate thereof
528/214 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phenolic reactant contains a single phenolic -OH group or a single inorganic phenolate thereof->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom
528/215 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phenolic reactant contains a single phenolic -OH group or a single inorganic phenolate thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom->        Material is a nitrogen-containing compound
528/216 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phenolic reactant contains a single phenolic -OH group or a single inorganic phenolate thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom ->        Material is a nitrogen-containing compound->        Nitrogen-containing material is a heterocyclic compound containing at least one nitrogen atom as a ring member
528/217 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phenolic reactant contains a single phenolic -OH group or a single inorganic phenolate thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant and other than Group IA or Group IIA material as sole metal atom->        Material contains a metal atom
528/218 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE ->        Phenolic reactant contains a single phenolic -OH group or a single inorganic phenolate thereof->        Two or more phenolic reactants each of which contains a single -OH group or inorganic phenolate group, or with a compound containing a single ether oxygen atom bonded to two discrete aryl rings
528/219 ->  ->        FROM PHENOL, PHENOL ETHER, OR INORGANIC PHENOLATE->        Phenolic reactant contains two or more phenolic -OH groups, or two or more inorganic phenolate groups, or mixtures thereof
528/220 -> ->        FROM KETONE OR KETENE REACTANT
528/222 ->  ->        FROM KETONE OR KETENE REACTANT->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/223 ->  ->        FROM KETONE OR KETENE REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a phosphorus or sulfur atom
528/224 ->  ->        FROM KETONE OR KETENE REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a nitrogen-containing compound
528/225 ->  ->        FROM KETONE OR KETENE REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a boron or polyvalent metal atom
528/226 ->  ->        FROM KETONE OR KETENE REACTANT->        With sulfur-containing reactant
528/227 ->  ->        FROM KETONE OR KETENE REACTANT->        With aldehyde or derivative thereof as reactant
528/228 ->  ->        FROM KETONE OR KETENE REACTANT->        With nitrogen-containing reactant
528/229 ->  ->        FROM KETONE OR KETENE REACTANT ->        With nitrogen-containing reactant->        Nitrogen-containing reactant contains an amine group
528/230 -> ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT
528/232 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/233 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a metal atom
528/234 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a transition metal atom
528/235 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom ->        Material contains a transition metal atom->        Transition metal atom is a Group VIII metal atom
528/236 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a heavy metal atom
528/237 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom ->        Material contains a heavy metal atom->        Heavy metal is a Group IVA metal atom (Ge, Sn, Pb)
528/238 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains an aluminum atom
528/239 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a Group IA metal atom (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr)
528/240 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a boron atom
528/241 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a boron atom->        Boron trihalide or organic complex thereof
528/242 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a phosphorus or sulfur atom
528/243 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains nitrogen as part of a nitrogen-containing compound
528/244 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        Fluorine- or phosphorus-containing reactant
528/245 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        From glyoxal or compound having two or more -C(=O)-H groups per se
528/245.3 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        With a polycarboxylic acid reactant which is a dimer or trimer of an ethylenically unsaturated aliphatic monocarboxylic acid having at least ten carbon atomsSEMI or adduct of said unsaturated monocarboxylic acid with an alpha, beta ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid or derivative
528/245.5 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        With a reactant which is a fatty acid glycerol ester, a fatty acid or salt derived from a naturally occurring glyceride, tall oil, or a fatty acid derived from tall oil
528/246 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        Ethylenically unsaturated reactant other than unsaturation solely in heterocyclic ring containing only oxygen as hetero atom
528/247 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        With hydrocarbon or halogenated hydrocarbon reactant
528/248 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative
528/249 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic compound contains an oxygen atom as a ring member of the heterocyclic compound
528/250 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative ->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic compound contains an oxygen atom as a ring member of the heterocyclic compound->        Heterocyclic compound contains a 1,2-epoxy ring
528/251 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic compound contains a sulfur atom as a ring member of the heterocyclic compound
528/252 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic compound contains only two nitrogen atoms as ring members of the heterocyclic compound
528/253 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic compound contains two or more heterocyclic rings and includes shared hetero atoms in a fused or bridged ring system
528/254 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic reactant contains a six membered ring having three nitrogen and three carbon atoms as ring members
528/255 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative ->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic reactant contains a six membered ring having three nitrogen and three carbon atoms as ring members->        Sulfur-containing heterocyclic compound having three nitrogen and three carbon atoms
528/256 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative ->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic reactant contains a six membered ring having three nitrogen and three carbon atoms as ring members->        With reactant containing >NC(=O)- or >N-C(=S)- group, e.g., urea, etc.
528/257 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative ->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic reactant contains a six membered ring having three nitrogen and three carbon atoms as ring members->        With reactant containing at least one noncyclic carbon atom bonded to at least three atoms of nitrogen, e.g., dicyanodiamide, etc.
528/258 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With heterocyclic reactant which is not an aldehyde or derivative ->        Nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative heterocyclic reactant contains a six membered ring having three nitrogen and three carbon atoms as ring members->        Six-membered heterocycle is other than melamine per se or methylol derivative thereof
528/259 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        With >N-C(=X)-N< -containing reactant wherein X is a chalcogen atom
528/260 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With >N-C(=X)-N< -containing reactant wherein X is a chalcogen atom->        Two or more >N-C(=X)-N< -containing reactants
528/261 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With >N-C(=X)-N< -containing reactant wherein X is a chalcogen atom->        At least one reactant is a nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative, non- >N C(=X)-N< -containing reactant
528/262 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With >N-C(=X)-N< -containing reactant wherein X is a chalcogen atom ->        At least one reactant is a nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative, non- >N C(=X)-N< -containing reactant->        Nonaldehyde reactant, non->N-C(=X)-N< reactant contains a nitrogen atom
528/263 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With >N-C(=X)-N< -containing reactant wherein X is a chalcogen atom ->        At least one reactant is a nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative, non- >N C(=X)-N< -containing reactant ->        Nonaldehyde reactant, non->N-C(=X)-N< reactant contains a nitrogen atom->        Non- >N-C(=X)-N< nitrogen reactant is an organic compound containing two or more amino groups
528/264 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With >N-C(=X)-N< -containing reactant wherein X is a chalcogen atom->        >N-C(=X)-N< reactant is other than urea or thiourea per se
528/265 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        Sulfur-containing reactant
528/266 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        With nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative nitrogen-containing compound
528/267 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative nitrogen-containing compound->        Nitrogen-containing nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative contains a nitrile group
528/268 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative nitrogen-containing compound->        Nitrogen-containing nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative contains three or more nitrogen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom, e.g., dicyanodiamide, etc.
528/269 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT ->        With nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative nitrogen-containing compound->        Nitrogen-containing nonaldehyde or nonaldehyde derivative contains a single organic amine group
528/270 ->  ->        FROM ALDEHYDE OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF AS REACTANT->        From aldehyde or aldehyde derivative as sole reactant (includes copolymer of only aldehydes or aldehyde derivatives)
528/271 -> ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF
528/272 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof
528/274 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant
528/275 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a metal atom
528/276 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Metal atom in elemental form
528/277 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a transition metal atom
528/278 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom ->        Material contains a transition metal atom->        Metal atom has atomic number of 57-71, or 89 and higher
528/279 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom ->        Material contains a transition metal atom->        Material contains a Group IVB metal atom (Ti, Zr, Hf)
528/280 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom ->        Material contains a transition metal atom->        Material contains a Group VIII metal atom (Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt)
528/281 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a Group IIB metal atom (Zn, Cd, Hg)
528/282 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a Group IIIA metal atom (Al, Ga, In, Tl)
528/283 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a Group IVA metal atom (Ge, Sn, Pb)
528/284 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom ->        Material contains a Group IVA metal atom (Ge, Sn, Pb)->        Material contains a lead atom
528/285 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a Group VA metal atom (As, Sb, Bi)
528/286 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a phosphorus atom
528/287 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Phosphorus-containing reactant
528/288 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Nitrogen-containing reactant
528/289 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Nitrogen-containing reactant->        Final product contains nitrogen atom as a member of a heterocyclic ring
528/290 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Nitrogen-containing reactant->        Sulfur-containing reactant
528/291 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Nitrogen-containing reactant->        Nitrogen-containing polyhydroxy compound or salt of a nitrogen-containing polyhydroxy compound
528/292 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Nitrogen-containing reactant->        Nitrogen-containing polycarboxylic acid or nitrogen-containing polycarboxylic acid derivative
528/293 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Sulfur-containing reactant
528/294 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Sulfur-containing reactant->        Sulfur-containing polyhydroxy compound or salt of a sulfur-containing polyhydroxy compound
528/295 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Sulfur-containing reactant->        Sulfur-containing aryl compound
528/295.3 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Polycarboxylic acid reactant which is a dimer or trimer of an ethylenically unsaturated aliphatic monocarboxylic acid having at least ten carbon atomsSEMI or adduct of said unsaturated monocarboxylic acid with an alpha, beta ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid or derivative
528/295.5 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Reactant which is a fatty acid glycerol ester, a fatty acid or salt derived from a naturally occurring glyceride, tall oil, or a fatty acid derived from tall oil
528/296 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Reactant contains three or more carboxylic acid groups or is derivative thereof
528/297 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        1,2-epoxy containing reactant
528/298 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Fused- or bridged-ring-containing reactant other than solely as cyclic acid anhydride group
528/299 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Halogen-containing reactant other than solely as halogen atom bonded to a carbonyl group
528/300 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Polyhydroxy-containing compound or salt thereof having an ether-oxygen atom as reactant
528/301 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Polyhydroxy-containing compound or salt thereof having an ether-oxygen atom as reactant->        Acyclic ether-oxygen compound
528/302 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Two or more carboxylic acid or derivatives or mixtures thereof
528/303 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Two or more carboxylic acid or derivatives or mixtures thereof->        Ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid or ethylenically unsaturated derivative
528/304 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Two or more carboxylic acid or derivatives or mixtures thereof ->        Ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid or ethylenically unsaturated derivative->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing carboxylic acid
528/305 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Two or more carboxylic acid or derivatives or mixtures thereof->        Each of the carboxylic acids or derivatives contains an aryl group
528/306 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid or derivative of an ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid
528/307 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Cycloaliphatic ring-containing reactant (other than aryl)
528/308 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid
528/308.1 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid->        Polyethylene Terephthalate per se
528/308.2 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid ->        Polyethylene Terephthalate per se->        Physically after-treated solid polymer
528/308.3 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid ->        Polyethylene Terephthalate per se->        Processes of preparing
528/308.4 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid ->        Polyethylene Terephthalate per se ->        Processes of preparing->        In presence of hydrocarbon, steam or water
528/308.5 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid ->        Polyethylene Terephthalate per se ->        Processes of preparing->        At least two claimed distinct temperature or pressure gradients
528/308.6 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid->        Contains terephthalic acid or substituted forms thereof
528/308.7 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid ->        Contains terephthalic acid or substituted forms thereof->        Derived from at least two reactants simultaneously containing a C-OH group
528/308.8 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid ->        Contains terephthalic acid or substituted forms thereof->        Processes of preparing
528/309.1 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From di- or higher ester of a polycarboxylic acid as sole reactant, or from a polycarboxylic acid or derivative with a compound containing two or more hydroxyl groups or salts thereof ->        Aryl-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an aryl-containing dicarboxylic acid ->        Contains terephthalic acid or substituted forms thereof ->        Processes of preparing->        At least two claimed distinct temperature or pressure gradients
528/310 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid
528/312 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant
528/313 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a phosphorus or sulfur atom
528/314 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a nitrogen atom as a ring member of a heterocyclic ring other than where nitrogen heterocycle is solely part of a lactam ring
528/315 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material is a nitrogen-containing compound other than a lactam
528/316 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material is a ketone, aldehyde, or derivative
528/317 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material is an alcohol, ether, or inorganic alcoholate
528/318 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material is a carboxylic acid, acyl halide thereof, ester thereof, or lactone thereof
528/319 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a polyvalent metal atom
528/320 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than reactant->        Material contains a silicon atom
528/321 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid->        Phosphorus- or sulfur-containing reactant
528/322 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid->        Imide-containing reactant
528/323 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid->        Lactam-containing reactant
528/324 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Lactam-containing reactant->        With two or more reactants one of which is a carboxylic acid or derivative and one of which is an organic compound containing at least two amino nitrogen atoms
528/325 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Lactam-containing reactant->        Two or more lactam reactant or with an amino-containing carboxylic acid or derivative of an amino-containing carboxylic acid
528/326 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid ->        Lactam-containing reactant->        Lactam reactant contains 3-5 or 12 or more carbon atoms in the lactam ring
528/327 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid->        Heterocyclic reactant or a reactant which contains a nitrogen atom bonded directly to another nitrogen atom
528/328 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid->        From N-C-(C=O)-OH containing reactant or acid derivative thereof, e.g., alpha amino acid, etc.
528/329.1 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid->        With two or more reactants one of which is a carboxylic acid or derivative thereof which is devoid of an amine group and one reactant which is a polyamine which is devoid of a carboxylic acid group or carboxylic acid derivative group
528/330 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid->        Cycloaliphatic ring-containing reactant
528/331 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From imide- or lactam-containing compound, or from an amino-nitrogen containing carboxylic acid, or derivative of an amino-nitrogen-containing carboxylic acid->        Aryl-containing reactant
528/332 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid
528/335 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid
528/336 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material
528/337 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        Phosphorus- or sulfur-containing reactant
528/338 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        From at least two dicarboxylic acids or derivatives or mixtures thereof and at least two organic polyamines
528/339 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        From at least two dicarboxylic acids or derivatives or mixtures thereof
528/339.3 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid ->        From at least two dicarboxylic acids or derivatives or mixtures thereof->        Polycarboxylic acid reactant which is a dimer or trimer of an ethylenically unsaturated aliphatic monocarboxylic acid having at least ten carbon atomsSEMI or adduct of said unsaturated monocarboxylic acid with an alpha, beta ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid or derivative
528/339.5 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid ->        From at least two dicarboxylic acids or derivatives or mixtures thereof->        Reactant which is a fatty acid glycerol ester, a fatty acid or salt derived from a naturally occurring glyceride, tall oil, or a fatty acid derived from tall oil
528/340 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        From at least two organic polyamines
528/341 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        Heterocyclic-containing reactant other than cyclic acid anhydride as sole hetero ring
528/342 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        From reactant containing at least three amino-nitrogen-containing groups or with a carboxylic acid containing at least three carboxylic acid groups or deivatives thereof
528/343 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        Carboxylic acid containing (C=O)-(C=O) or is a derivative thereof, e.g., oxalic acid, etc.
528/344 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        Bridged- or fused-ring-containing reactant other than as anhydride fused to a nonfused- or bridged-ring system
528/345 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        Ethylenically unsaturated reactant
528/346 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        Cycloaliphatic ring-containing reactant
528/347 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        Aryl ring-containing reactant
528/348 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid ->        Aryl ring-containing reactant->        All reactants contain at least one aryl ring
528/349 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From dicarboxylic acid or derivative thereof and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a dicarboxylic acid->        Reactant contains three carbon atoms directly bonded to a single carbon atom
528/350 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid->        From carboxylic acid having three or more carboxylic acid groups or derivatives thereof, and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a tri-or higher carboxylic acid
528/351 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From carboxylic acid having three or more carboxylic acid groups or derivatives thereof, and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a tri-or higher carboxylic acid->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/352 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From carboxylic acid having three or more carboxylic acid groups or derivatives thereof, and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a tri-or higher carboxylic acid->        Phosphorus- or sulfur-containing reactant
528/353 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With organic amine, or from organic amine salt of a carboxylic acid ->        From carboxylic acid having three or more carboxylic acid groups or derivatives thereof, and an organic amine, or from an organic amine salt of a tri-or higher carboxylic acid->        Carboxylic acid contains at least four carboxylic acid groups or is a derivative of a carboxylic acid containing at least four carboxylic groups
528/354 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        From compound having -C-C(=O)-O-C- group as part of a heterocyclic ring, e.g., lactone, etc.
528/355 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From compound having -C-C(=O)-O-C- group as part of a heterocyclic ring, e.g., lactone, etc.->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/356 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From compound having -C-C(=O)-O-C- group as part of a heterocyclic ring, e.g., lactone, etc. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a phosphorus or sulfur atom
528/357 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From compound having -C-C(=O)-O-C- group as part of a heterocyclic ring, e.g., lactone, etc. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a metal atom
528/358 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From compound having -C-C(=O)-O-C- group as part of a heterocyclic ring, e.g., lactone, etc. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA metal atom (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra)
528/359 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        From compound having -C-C(=O)-O-C- group as part of a heterocyclic ring, e.g., lactone, etc.->        Heterocyclic ring compound is a four-membered ring containing one oxygen and three carbon atoms -C-C(=O)-O-C-
528/360 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        From sulfur-containing carboxylic acid
528/361 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        From ether, metal alcoholate, or alcohol group-containing carboxylic acidSEMI or from a derivative of a carboxylic acid which derivative contains an ether, metal alcoholate, or alcohol group
528/362 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        From organic nitrile group-containing compound
528/363 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        With nitrogen-containing reactant
528/364 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        With sulfur-containing reactant
528/365 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF->        With reactant containing at least one cyclic ether group
528/366 ->  ->        FROM CARBOXYLIC ACID OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF ->        With reactant containing at least one cyclic ether group->        Contains a single 1,2-epoxy group
528/367 -> ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING A NITROGEN ATOM DIRECTLY BONDED TO THE CARBON ATOM OF A CARBONYL GROUP, I.E., N-C(=O)-
528/368 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING A NITROGEN ATOM DIRECTLY BONDED TO THE CARBON ATOM OF A CARBONYL GROUP, I.E., N-C(=O)-->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/369 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING A NITROGEN ATOM DIRECTLY BONDED TO THE CARBON ATOM OF A CARBONYL GROUP, I.E., N-C(=O)-->        N-C(=O)-OH containing reactant or ester, salt, anhydride, or acyl halide thereof
528/370 -> ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING A HALOGEN ATOM OR OXYGEN SINGLE BONDED TO A CARBONYL GROUP, E.G., HALO-C(=O)-, -O-C(=O)-O, ETC.
528/371 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING A HALOGEN ATOM OR OXYGEN SINGLE BONDED TO A CARBONYL GROUP, E.G., HALO-C(=O)-, -O-C(=O)-O, ETC.->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/372 ->  ->        FROM REACTANT HAVING A HALOGEN ATOM OR OXYGEN SINGLE BONDED TO A CARBONYL GROUP, E.G., HALO-C(=O)-, -O-C(=O)-O, ETC.->        Reactant contains a halogen atom directly bonded to a carbon atom of a carbonyl group, i.e., halo-C(=O)-
528/373 -> ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT
528/374 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT->        From mercaptan or mercaptide-containing reactant
528/375 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From mercaptan or mercaptide-containing reactant->        Two or more mercaptan or mercaptide reactants, or mixture thereof, or with additional reactant-containing sulfur
528/376 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From mercaptan or mercaptide-containing reactant->        With ethylenically unsaturated reactant
528/377 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT->        From heterocyclic compound containing a sulfur atom as a ring member
528/378 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From heterocyclic compound containing a sulfur atom as a ring member->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/379 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From heterocyclic compound containing a sulfur atom as a ring member ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a Group IA (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or Group IIA metal atom (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra)
528/380 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From heterocyclic compound containing a sulfur atom as a ring member->        Heterocyclic reactant contains a ring composed solely of carbon atoms and a single sulfur atom
528/381 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT->        From inorganic sulfur-containing reactant
528/382 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From inorganic sulfur-containing reactant->        Sulfur dioxide is a reactant
528/383 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From inorganic sulfur-containing reactant ->        Sulfur dioxide is a reactant->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/384 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From inorganic sulfur-containing reactant ->        Sulfur dioxide is a reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a metal atom
528/385 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From inorganic sulfur-containing reactant ->        Sulfur dioxide is a reactant ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material is free oxygen, peroxide, air, or ozone
528/386 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From inorganic sulfur-containing reactant ->        Sulfur dioxide is a reactant->        With reactant containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms
528/387 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From inorganic sulfur-containing reactant->        Carbon disulfide or hydrogen sulfide is reactant
528/388 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From inorganic sulfur-containing reactant->        Inorganic sulfur reactant contains at least one metal atom or contains an ammonium ion
528/389 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        From inorganic sulfur-containing reactant->        Elemental sulfur is reactant
528/390 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT->        From organic reactant containing a -C(=S)-group
528/391 ->  ->        FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING REACTANT->        From organic reactant containing a sulfur to oxygen bond, e.g., -S(=O), etc.
528/392 -> ->        POLYMER OF AN ETHYLENICALLY UNSATURATED REACTANT WITH A SATURATED REACTANT
528/393 ->  ->        POLYMER OF AN ETHYLENICALLY UNSATURATED REACTANT WITH A SATURATED REACTANT->        At least one reactant contains a three-membered heterocyclic ring having two carbon and one oxygen atoms, e.g., oxirane, etc.
528/394 -> ->        FROM BORON-CONTAINING REACTANT
528/395 -> ->        FROM ALUMINUM- OR HEAVY METAL-CONTAINING REACTANT
528/396 -> ->        FROM HYDROCARBON REACTANT
528/397 -> ->        FROM HALOGENATED HYDROCARBON REACTANT
528/398 -> ->        FROM PHOSPHORUS-CONTAINING REACTANT
528/399 ->  ->        FROM PHOSPHORUS-CONTAINING REACTANT->        Phosphorus reactant contains a nitrogen atom
528/400 ->  ->        FROM PHOSPHORUS-CONTAINING REACTANT->        With alcohol or alcoholate reactant
528/401 -> ->        FROM FLUORINE-CONTAINING REACTANT
528/402 ->  ->        FROM FLUORINE-CONTAINING REACTANT->        Fluorine reactant contains a heterocyclic ring having a -C-O-C- group as part of the hetero ring atoms
528/403 -> ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC.
528/405 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC.->        With reactant which is devoid of a heterocyclic ring containing oxygen, selenium or tellurium atoms as ring members
528/406 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        With reactant which is devoid of a heterocyclic ring containing oxygen, selenium or tellurium atoms as ring members->        Heterocyclic reactant contains at least two heterocyclic rings having oxygen, selenium or tellurium as ring members
528/407 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        With reactant which is devoid of a heterocyclic ring containing oxygen, selenium or tellurium atoms as ring members ->        Heterocyclic reactant contains at least two heterocyclic rings having oxygen, selenium or tellurium as ring members->        Reactant which is devoid of a heterocyclic ring containing oxygen, selenium or tellurium as ring atoms, contains at least one nitrogen atom
528/408 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC.->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant
528/409 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant->        Material contains a metal atom
528/410 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a transition metal atom
528/411 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom ->        Material contains a transition metal atom->        Material contains a Group IVB metal atom (Ti, Zr, Hf)
528/412 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom ->        Material contains a transition metal atom->        Material contains a Group VIII metal atom (Fe, Co, Ni, Pd, Ru, Os, Ir, Rh, Pt)
528/413 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a Group IIA metal atom (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra)
528/414 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a Group IIB metal atom (Zn, Cd, Hg)
528/415 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom ->        Material contains a Group IIB metal atom (Zn, Cd, Hg)->        Material contains at least two diverse metal atoms either in the same compound or in different compounds
528/416 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC. ->        Polymerizing in the presence of a specified material other than a reactant ->        Material contains a metal atom->        Material contains a Group IIIA metal atom (Al, Ga, In, Tl)
528/417 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC.->        Reactant contains a single hetero-atom in a ring and at least three carbon atoms, e.g., oxetane, etc.
528/418 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC.->        Reactant contains two or more rings each of said rings having a single oxygen and two carbon atoms
528/419 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC.->        Two or more heterocyclic reactants containing rings of one oxygen and two carbon atoms
528/420 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC.->        Reactant has a three-membered ring of oxygen and two carbon and contains a nitrogen atom
528/421 ->  ->        FROM HETEROCYCLIC REACTANT CONTAINING AS RING ATOMS OXYGEN, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM, E.G., EPOXY, ETC.->        Reactant has a three-membered ring containing oxygen and two carbon atoms, i.e., 1,2-epoxy
528/422 -> ->        NITROGEN-CONTAINING REACTANT
528/423 ->  ->        NITROGEN-CONTAINING REACTANT->        Reactant contains nitrogen as a ring member of a heterocyclic ring
528/424 ->  ->        NITROGEN-CONTAINING REACTANT ->        Reactant contains nitrogen as a ring member of a heterocyclic ring->        Heterocyclic nitrogen-containing ring contains a single atom of nitrogen and two atoms of carbon as ring members
528/425 -> ->        FROM ORGANIC OXYGEN-CONTAINING REACTANT
528/480 -> ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT
528/481 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Treating at O Deg C (32 Deg F) or below, or at 200 Deg C (392 Deg F) or above
528/482 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Contacting with ion exchange material or solid sorbent
528/483 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Contacting with exteriorly produced specified gaseous agent other than drying, blanket, or carrier gas
528/484 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Preventing or removing reactor or processing equipment buildup
528/485 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Contacting with aluminum or heavy metal material
528/486 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Contacting with carboxylic acid, salt, or anhydride thereof
528/487 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Contacting with sulfur or phosphorus-containing material
528/488 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Contacting with alkali (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or alkaline earth (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba) metal or compound thereof
528/489 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Contacting with alkali (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Fr) or alkaline earth (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba) metal or compound thereof->        Oxide or hydroxide
528/490 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Contacting with specified element or with specified inorganic compound other than water, elemental nitrogen, air and the inert gases (Group VIII A)
528/491 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Contacting with organic material
528/492 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Contacting with organic material->        Nitrogen containing
528/493 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Contacting with organic material->        Aldehyde or ketone
528/494 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Contacting with organic material->        Ether
528/495 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Contacting with organic material->        Alcohol
528/496 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Contacting with organic material ->        Alcohol->        Contains one to four carbon atoms
528/497 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Contacting with organic material->        Hydrocarbon
528/498 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Contacting with organic material ->        Hydrocarbon->        Acyclic
528/499 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Contacting with water
528/500 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Contacting with water->        Steam stripping or steam distilling
528/501 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        With distilling or pressured reduction step to remove material, e.g., flashing, autorefrigeration, etc.
528/502R ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Physical treatment
528/502A ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Physical treatment->        Filtration
528/502B ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Physical treatment->        Stretching to alter polymer properties by elongation
528/502C ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Physical treatment->        Compression or pressure treatment
528/502D ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Physical treatment->        Centrifuge separation
528/502E ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Physical treatment->        Spray drying or atomization
528/502F ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT ->        Physical treatment->        Shearing to change polymer particle size or to change polymer properties
528/503 ->  ->        TREATING POLYMER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR TREATING A SOLID POLYMER OR A RESINIFIABLE INTERMEDIATE CONDENSATION PRODUCT->        Temperature maintaining, heating or cooling
528/901 ROOM TEMPERATURE CURABLE SILICON-CONTAINING POLYMER
528/902 PARTICULATE MATERIAL PREPARED FROM AN ISOCYANATE
528/903 POLYMERIZING OR PROCESSING AN ISOCYANATE UNDER SUBSTANTIALLY ANHYDROUS CONDITIONS
528/904 ISOCYANATE POLYMER HAVING STATED HYDROPHILIC OR HYDROPHOBIC PROPERTY
528/905 POLYMER PREPARED FROM ISOCYANATE REACTANT HAS ADHESIVE PROPERTY
528/906 FIBER OR ELASTOMER PREPARED FROM AN ISOCYANATE REACTANT
528/950 POLYMERS USEFUL FOR REPLACING HARD ANIMAL TISSUES, E.G., DENTURES, BONES, ETC.
528/930 GUAYULE RUBBER
528/931 PHYSICAL TREATMENT OF NATURAL RUBBER OR NATURAL RUBBER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF NON-RUBBER PORTION THEREOF, E.G., EXTRACTION OF RUBBER FROM MILK WEED, ETC.
528/932 -> 931 PHYSICAL TREATMENT OF NATURAL RUBBER OR NATURAL RUBBER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF NON-RUBBER PORTION THEREOF, E.G., EXTRACTION OF RUBBER FROM MILK WEED, ETC. ->        Protein removal or conversion
528/933 -> 931 PHYSICAL TREATMENT OF NATURAL RUBBER OR NATURAL RUBBER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF NON-RUBBER PORTION THEREOF, E.G., EXTRACTION OF RUBBER FROM MILK WEED, ETC. ->        Resin removal or conversion
528/934 -> 931 PHYSICAL TREATMENT OF NATURAL RUBBER OR NATURAL RUBBER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF NON-RUBBER PORTION THEREOF, E.G., EXTRACTION OF RUBBER FROM MILK WEED, ETC. ->        Latex
528/935 -> 931 PHYSICAL TREATMENT OF NATURAL RUBBER OR NATURAL RUBBER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF NON-RUBBER PORTION THEREOF, E.G., EXTRACTION OF RUBBER FROM MILK WEED, ETC.  ->        Latex->        Preserving or stabilizing
528/936 -> 931 PHYSICAL TREATMENT OF NATURAL RUBBER OR NATURAL RUBBER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF NON-RUBBER PORTION THEREOF, E.G., EXTRACTION OF RUBBER FROM MILK WEED, ETC.  ->        Latex->        Coagulating
528/937 -> 931 PHYSICAL TREATMENT OF NATURAL RUBBER OR NATURAL RUBBER CONTAINING MATERIAL OR CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF NON-RUBBER PORTION THEREOF, E.G., EXTRACTION OF RUBBER FROM MILK WEED, ETC.  ->        Latex->        Concentrating, e.g., creaming, etc.
600/300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING
600/301 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Via monitoring a plurality of physiological data, e.g., pulse and blood pressure
600/302 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Endoradiosonde
600/303 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Olfactometer
600/304 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Readiness to give birth
600/305 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Hazardous current flow conditions
600/306 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Measurement of skin parameters
600/307 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Determining rate of fluid loss from body surface
600/308 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Physical characteristics of electrolytes
600/309 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test
600/310 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom
600/311 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom->        Partial pressure of constituent
600/312 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Partial pressure of constituent->        Using a fluorescent material
600/313 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Partial pressure of constituent->        Fetal tissue
600/314 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom->        Foreign substance
600/315 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom->        Bilirubin
600/318 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom->        Determining constituents in eye
600/319 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining constituents in eye->        Glucose
600/320 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining constituents in eye->        Hemoglobin
600/321 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining constituents in eye->        Using fluorescent emission determination
600/316 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom->        Glucose
600/317 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom->        By fluorescent emission
600/322 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom->        Determining blood constituent
600/323 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter
600/324 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        And other cardiovascular parameters
600/325 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter ->        And other cardiovascular parameters->        Inserted in body
600/326 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        And other blood constituents
600/327 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter ->        And other blood constituents->        Inserted in body
600/328 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter ->        And other blood constituents->        Hemoglobin
600/329 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Using a fluorescing material
600/330 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Separation of ac/dc components in signal
600/331 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Calibrated
600/332 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter ->        Calibrated->        Inserted in body
600/333 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Used in conjunction with associated apparatus (e.g., pacemaker)
600/334 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        With tissue perfusion
600/335 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Pressurization of body portion performed
600/336 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Detects constituents while excluding components (e.g., noise)
600/337 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Structure preventing contact of body inserted fiber with internal body portions
600/338 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Fetal tissue
600/339 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Inserted in body
600/340 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent ->        Oxygen saturation, e.g., oximeter->        Measured at specified areas of body portions
600/341 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Determining blood constituent->        Inserted in body
600/342 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom->        Light conducting fiber inserted in body
600/343 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom ->        Light conducting fiber inserted in body->        Digestive tract
600/344 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Infrared, visible light, or ultraviolet radiation directed on or through body or constituent released therefrom->        Mounting structure (e.g., belt, etc.)
600/345 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test->        Electroanalysis
600/346 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis->        Sweat analysis
600/347 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis->        Blood glucose
600/348 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure
600/349 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure->        Oral fluids
600/350 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure->        Esophageal or gastrointestinal fluids
600/351 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure->        Fetal
600/352 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure->        Using a flowthrough cell
600/353 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure->        Carbon dioxide or other gases
600/354 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure ->        Carbon dioxide or other gases->        Transcutaneous
600/355 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure->        Oxygen tension
600/356 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure ->        Oxygen tension->        Eye
600/357 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure ->        Oxygen tension->        Transcutaneous
600/358 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure ->        Oxygen tension ->        Transcutaneous->        Including tissue perfusion
600/359 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure ->        Oxygen tension ->        Transcutaneous->        Temperature compensated
600/360 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure ->        Oxygen tension->        Internal
600/361 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test ->        Electroanalysis ->        Determining ion concentration/partial pressure->        pH
600/362 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test->        Absorbent patch for fluid analysis
600/363 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test->        Perfusion detection
600/364 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test->        Blood gas
600/365 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test->        Glucose measurement
600/366 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test->        Equilibration and analysis of fluid
600/367 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring or detecting nonradioactive constituent of body liquid by means placed against or in body throughout test->        Holder for color indicator (e.g., fertility tester)
600/368 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Physical characteristics of blood
600/369 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Physical characteristics of blood->        Coagulation
600/370 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Erythrocyte sedimentation rate/viscosity
600/371 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Bleeding detection
600/372 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body
600/373 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body->        Electrode placed in body
600/374 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode placed in body->        Electrode placed in or on heart
600/375 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode placed in body ->        Electrode placed in or on heart->        Anchored
600/376 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode placed in body->        Fetal monitoring
600/377 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode placed in body->        Electrode implanted in body
600/378 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode placed in body->        Electrode in brain
600/379 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode placed in body->        Electrode in ear
600/380 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode placed in body->        Electrode in esophagus or pharynx
600/381 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode placed in body->        Electrode in artery or blood vessel
600/382 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body->        Electrode attached to or positioned relative to a specific external body portion
600/383 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode attached to or positioned relative to a specific external body portion->        Head or eye
600/384 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode attached to or positioned relative to a specific external body portion->        Attached to one of the body`s extremities
600/385 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode attached to or positioned relative to a specific external body portion->        Radiolucent
600/386 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body->        Means for attaching electrode to body
600/387 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Means for attaching electrode to body->        Suction
600/388 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Means for attaching electrode to body->        Garment
600/389 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Means for attaching electrode to body ->        Garment->        Vest
600/390 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Means for attaching electrode to body->        Belt or strap
600/391 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Means for attaching electrode to body->        Adhesive
600/392 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Means for attaching electrode to body ->        Adhesive->        Having release sheet
600/393 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body->        Plural electrodes carried on single support
600/394 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body->        Head and socket connector for attaching lead to electrode
600/395 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body->        Electrode composition
600/396 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode composition->        Silver/silver chloride containing
600/397 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Structure of body-contacting electrode or electrode inserted in body ->        Electrode composition->        Electrolyte containing
600/398 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Testing aqueous humor pressure or related condition
600/399 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Testing aqueous humor pressure or related condition->        Measuring impedance to flow of aqueous humor (tonometry)
600/400 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Testing aqueous humor pressure or related condition->        Measuring acoustic impedance of eye
600/401 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Testing aqueous humor pressure or related condition->        Fluid jet directed against eye
600/402 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Testing aqueous humor pressure or related condition->        Eye vibrated
600/403 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Testing aqueous humor pressure or related condition->        Pressure indicator includes liquid column
600/404 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Testing aqueous humor pressure or related condition->        Pressure indicator includes pointer swingable over scale and mechanically driven by eye contacting means
600/405 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Testing aqueous humor pressure or related condition->        Measuring force required to produce standard or measured eye flattening (applanation)
600/406 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Testing aqueous humor pressure or related condition ->        Measuring force required to produce standard or measured eye flattening (applanation)->        Disposable or sterilizable eye contacting structure
600/407 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation
600/408 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        Using neural network or trainable (adaptive) system
600/409 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        Magnetic field sensor (e.g., magnetometer, SQUID)
600/410 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy
600/411 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        Combined with therapeutic or diverse diagnostic device
600/412 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        Temperature detection
600/413 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        With triggering or gating device
600/414 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        Using fiducial marker
600/415 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        With means for positioning patient or body part
600/416 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        Simulation of modeling
600/417 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        With stereotactic device
600/418 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        With means for communicating with patient
600/419 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        Of fluid flow
600/420 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        Using detectable material placed in body
600/421 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy->        Including any system component contacting (internal or external) or conforming to body or body part
600/422 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy ->        Including any system component contacting (internal or external) or conforming to body or body part->        Coil
600/423 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Magnetic resonance imaging or spectroscopy ->        Including any system component contacting (internal or external) or conforming to body or body part ->        Coil->        With means for inserting into a body
600/424 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        With means for determining position of a device placed within a body
600/425 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        With tomographic imaging obtained from electromagnetic wave
600/426 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        With tomographic imaging obtained from electromagnetic wave->        Using fiducial marker
600/427 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        With tomographic imaging obtained from electromagnetic wave->        Combined with therapeutic or diagnostic device
600/428 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        With tomographic imaging obtained from electromagnetic wave->        With triggering or gating device
600/429 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        With tomographic imaging obtained from electromagnetic wave->        With stereotactic device
600/430 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        With microwave carrier signal
600/431 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        Detectable material placed in body
600/432 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Detectable material placed in body->        Piston-type ram forces material into body
600/433 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Detectable material placed in body->        Using flexible catheter
600/434 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Detectable material placed in body ->        Using flexible catheter->        Catheter guide means
600/435 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Detectable material placed in body ->        Using flexible catheter->        Catheter structure
600/436 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        Nuclear radiation (e.g., radioactive emission, etc.)
600/437 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        Ultrasonic
600/438 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        Used as an indicator of another parameter (e.g., temperature, pressure, viscosity)
600/439 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        With therapeutic device
600/440 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        Plural display mode systems
600/441 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Plural display mode systems->        Having B-scan and Doppler
600/442 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        Tissue attenuation or impedance measurement or compensation
600/443 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        Anatomic image produced by reflective scanning
600/444 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Anatomic image produced by reflective scanning->        With mechanical and electronic scanning
600/445 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Anatomic image produced by reflective scanning->        Mechanical scanning
600/446 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Anatomic image produced by reflective scanning ->        Mechanical scanning->        Hand-held unit
600/447 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Anatomic image produced by reflective scanning->        Electronic array scanning
600/448 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        Through-transmission (e.g., time-of-flight) imaging
600/449 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        One-dimensional anatomic display or measurement
600/450 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        One-dimensional anatomic display or measurement->        Cardiographic
600/451 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        One-dimensional anatomic display or measurement->        Echoencephalography
600/452 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        One-dimensional anatomic display or measurement->        Ophthalmic
600/453 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        Doppler effect (e.g., fetal HR monitoring)
600/454 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Doppler effect (e.g., fetal HR monitoring)->        Blood flow studies
600/455 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Doppler effect (e.g., fetal HR monitoring) ->        Blood flow studies->        Pulse Doppler
600/456 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Doppler effect (e.g., fetal HR monitoring) ->        Blood flow studies ->        Pulse Doppler->        With volumetric measurement
600/457 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Doppler effect (e.g., fetal HR monitoring) ->        Blood flow studies->        CW Doppler
600/458 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        Contrast enhancement
600/459 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly
600/462 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice
600/463 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly ->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice->        With acoustical or display imaging
600/464 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly ->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice->        Having puncturing means thereon
600/466 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly ->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice->        Catheter
600/467 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly ->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice ->        Catheter->        Intravascular
600/468 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly ->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice ->        Catheter ->        Intravascular->        With blood flow measurement or detection
600/469 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly ->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice ->        Catheter ->        Intravascular ->        With blood flow measurement or detection->        Detecting emboli
600/470 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly ->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice ->        Catheter ->        Intravascular->        By inflatable ballon
600/471 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly ->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice ->        Catheter->        Tool (e.g., ablation, abrasion, cutting)
600/465 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly ->        Probe placed in vascular system or body orifice->        Blood flow measurement
600/472 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly->        With beam directing or shaping means in the wave path (e.g., lens, reflector)
600/461 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Ultrasonic ->        Structure of transducer or probe assembly->        Associated with puncturing instrument
600/473 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        Infrared radiation
600/474 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Infrared radiation->        Temperature detection
600/475 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Infrared radiation->        With comparison means (e.g., ratio of or comparison to a standard)
600/476 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation->        Visible light radiation
600/477 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Visible light radiation->        With comparison means (e.g., ratio of or comparison to a standard)
600/478 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Visible light radiation->        Light conducting fiber inserted into a body
600/479 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Visible light radiation->        Cardiovascular testing
600/480 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting nuclear, electromagnetic, or ultrasonic radiation ->        Visible light radiation ->        Cardiovascular testing->        Pressure in blood vessel
600/481 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Cardiovascular
600/482 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular->        Measuring resistance of capillary blood vessels to hemorrhage
600/483 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular->        Simultaneously detecting cardiovascular condition and diverse body condition
600/484 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Simultaneously detecting cardiovascular condition and diverse body condition->        Detecting respiratory condition
600/485 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel
600/486 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel->        Testing means inserted in body
600/487 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Testing means inserted in body->        Pressure indicator includes liquid column
600/488 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Testing means inserted in body->        Pressure transducer structure
600/489 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel->        Ophthalmodynamometer
600/490 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel
600/491 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel->        Hand-supported occluder
600/492 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel->        Tester having plural occluders, or single occluder and separate pressurized pulse sensing cuff or cushion
600/493 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel->        Electric signal generated by sensing means responsive to pulse or Korotkoff sounds
600/494 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel ->        Electric signal generated by sensing means responsive to pulse or Korotkoff sounds->        Pulse-induced pressure fluctuation in occluder generates electric signal
600/495 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel ->        Electric signal generated by sensing means responsive to pulse or Korotkoff sounds->        Pressure in inflatable occluder automatically raised above systolic pressure
600/496 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel ->        Electric signal generated by sensing means responsive to pulse or Korotkoff sounds ->        Pressure in inflatable occluder automatically raised above systolic pressure->        Repeating pressurization cycle
600/497 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel->        Pressure indicator includes liquid column
600/498 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel->        Valve structure
600/499 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring pressure in heart or blood vessel ->        Force applied against skin to close blood vessel->        Occluder structure
600/500 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular->        Detecting blood vessel pulsation
600/501 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Detecting blood vessel pulsation->        Waveform graph-type pulse recorder
600/502 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Detecting blood vessel pulsation->        Pulse indicator
600/503 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Detecting blood vessel pulsation ->        Pulse indicator->        Entire testing assembly supported on wrist
600/504 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular->        Measuring blood flow in body portion other than heart
600/505 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring blood flow in body portion other than heart->        Sensing means inserted in blood vessel
600/506 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring blood flow in body portion other than heart->        By detecting electrical impedance of body portion
600/507 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Measuring blood flow in body portion other than heart->        By detecting volume of body portion
600/508 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular->        Heart
600/509 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal
600/510 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Testing artificially regulated or assisted heart
600/511 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Fetal heartbeat
600/512 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Orthogonal heartbeat electric signals combined to form vector signal
600/513 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal and diverse cardiovascular characteristic
600/514 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Sound generated by successive heartbeat electric signals to represent heart action
600/515 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Detecting arrhythmia
600/516 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal ->        Detecting arrhythmia->        Variation in duration of segment of PQRST signal waveform (e.g., QRS complex, etc.) detected
600/517 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal ->        Detecting arrhythmia->        Vertical variation of PQRST signal waveform (e.g., amplitude of QRS complex, etc.) detected
600/518 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal ->        Detecting arrhythmia->        Tachycardia or fibrillation detected
600/519 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Detecting signal repetition rate
600/520 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal ->        Detecting signal repetition rate->        Detecting means associated with exercise machine
600/521 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Detecting R portion of signal waveform
600/522 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Switching means for activating different monitoring systems, signal displays, or signal recorders
600/523 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal->        Signal display or recording
600/524 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal ->        Signal display or recording->        Magnetic recording
600/525 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart ->        Detecting heartbeat electric signal ->        Signal display or recording->        Cathode-ray tube used for display or included in recording means
600/526 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart->        Blood output per beat or time interval
600/527 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart->        Detecting heartbeat by sensing movement of oscillatable body-supporting means
600/528 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Cardiovascular ->        Heart->        Detecting heart sound
600/529 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Respiratory
600/530 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory->        Halitosis detection
600/531 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory->        Measuring metabolic rate by breath test
600/532 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory->        Qualitative or quantitative analysis of breath component
600/533 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory->        Measuring respiratory flow impedance or lung elasticity
600/534 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory->        Detecting body movement attending breathing
600/535 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory ->        Detecting body movement attending breathing->        Capacitor-type transducer
600/536 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory ->        Detecting body movement attending breathing->        Detector responsive to movement induced variation in impedance of body to electric current
600/537 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory->        Thermistor-type transducer generating electric signal in response to breath flow
600/538 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory->        Measuring breath flow or lung capacity
600/539 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory ->        Measuring breath flow or lung capacity->        Element rotated by breath flow
600/540 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory ->        Measuring breath flow or lung capacity->        Breath exhaled into or inhaled from expansible chamber
600/541 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory ->        Measuring breath flow or lung capacity ->        Breath exhaled into or inhaled from expansible chamber->        Bellows or expansible bag
600/542 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory ->        Measuring breath flow or lung capacity ->        Breath exhaled into or inhaled from expansible chamber->        Liquid surface forms portion of chamber boundary
600/543 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Respiratory->        Breath collection
600/544 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Detecting brain electric signal
600/545 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Detecting brain electric signal->        With feedback of signal to patient
600/546 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Detecting muscle electrical signal
600/547 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Measuring electrical impedance or conductance of body portion
600/548 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring electrical impedance or conductance of body portion->        Locating acupuncture points
600/549 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Temperature detection
600/550 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Detecting foreign object or calculus by probing
600/551 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Monitoring fertility cycle
600/552 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Sensitivity to vibration
600/553 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Sensitivity to impact
600/554 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Sensitivity to electric stimulus
600/555 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Sensitivity to thermal stimulus
600/556 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Sensitivity of skin to allergens or radiation
600/557 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Touch or pain response of skin
600/558 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Eye or testing by visual stimulus
600/559 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Ear or testing by auditory stimulus
600/560 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Injecting gas into body canal or cavity
600/561 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Measuring fluid pressure in body
600/562 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.)
600/563 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.)->        Irrigation
600/564 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.)->        Cutting
600/565 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.) ->        Cutting->        Applying suction to sample
600/566 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.) ->        Cutting ->        Applying suction to sample->        Body pierced by tubular cutter or rod-type punch
600/567 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.) ->        Cutting->        Body pierced by tubular cutter or rod-type punch
600/568 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.) ->        Cutting->        Motorized
600/569 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.)->        Brushing
600/570 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.)->        Scraping with edged instrument
600/571 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.) ->        Scraping with edged instrument->        Applying suction to sample
600/572 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Sampling nonliquid body material (e.g., bone, muscle tissue, epithelial cells, etc.)->        Wiping or dabbing
600/573 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Liquid collection
600/574 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection->        Means specifically structured for collecting urine of human female
600/575 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection->        Plural collection means (e.g., plural reservoirs or plural absorbent pads, etc.)
600/576 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection->        Manually supported collector with rigid intake tube (e.g., a hollow needle, etc.)
600/577 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection ->        Manually supported collector with rigid intake tube (e.g., a hollow needle, etc.)->        Penetrable seal in liquid flow path to collection reservoir
600/578 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection ->        Manually supported collector with rigid intake tube (e.g., a hollow needle, etc.)->        Mechanical means for drawing liquid into collection reservoir
600/579 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection ->        Manually supported collector with rigid intake tube (e.g., a hollow needle, etc.)->        Means for controlling liquid flow
600/580 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection->        Wall of collection reservoir formed of flexible material
600/581 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection->        Flexible collection tube inserted in body
600/582 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection->        Collection receptacle placed within body
600/583 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection->        Collector combined with lancet
600/584 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Liquid collection->        Indicator
600/585 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Flexible catheter guide
600/586 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Detecting sound generated within body
600/587 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING ->        Measuring anatomical characteristic or force applied to or exerted by body
600/588 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring anatomical characteristic or force applied to or exerted by body->        Associated with parturition
600/589 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring anatomical characteristic or force applied to or exerted by body->        Gum
600/590 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring anatomical characteristic or force applied to or exerted by body->        Mouth, tongue, or jaw
600/591 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring anatomical characteristic or force applied to or exerted by body->        Vagina or uterus
600/592 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring anatomical characteristic or force applied to or exerted by body->        Foot
600/593 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring anatomical characteristic or force applied to or exerted by body->        Esophagus, stomach, or lower alimentary canal
600/594 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring anatomical characteristic or force applied to or exerted by body->        Spine
600/595 -> 300 DIAGNOSTIC TESTING  ->        Measuring anatomical characteristic or force applied to or exerted by body->        Body movement (e.g., head or hand tremor, motility of limb, etc.)
600/1 RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCE APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY
600/2 -> 1 RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCE APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY ->        Combined with other radiant or wave energy source (e.g., electromagnetic, thermal, microwave etc.)
600/3 -> 1 RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCE APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY ->        Radioactive substance placed within body (e.g., inhaled, implanted, injected, etc.)
600/4 -> 1 RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCE APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY  ->        Radioactive substance placed within body (e.g., inhaled, implanted, injected, etc.)->        By fluid injection of radioactive or enhancing agent through body piercing conduit
600/5 -> 1 RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCE APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY  ->        Radioactive substance placed within body (e.g., inhaled, implanted, injected, etc.) ->        By fluid injection of radioactive or enhancing agent through body piercing conduit->        Fluid reservoir shielding (e.g., syringe)
600/6 -> 1 RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCE APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY  ->        Radioactive substance placed within body (e.g., inhaled, implanted, injected, etc.)->        Utero-vaginal or pelvic application
600/7 -> 1 RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCE APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY  ->        Radioactive substance placed within body (e.g., inhaled, implanted, injected, etc.)->        Injectors/holders for seeds or implants (e.g., capsules)
600/8 -> 1 RADIOACTIVE SUBSTANCE APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY  ->        Radioactive substance placed within body (e.g., inhaled, implanted, injected, etc.) ->        Injectors/holders for seeds or implants (e.g., capsules)->        Seeds
600/9 MAGNETIC FIELD APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY
600/10 -> 9 MAGNETIC FIELD APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY ->        Radio frequency wave induced magnetic field for subcutaneous hyperthermia
600/11 -> 9 MAGNETIC FIELD APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY ->        Probes
600/12 -> 9 MAGNETIC FIELD APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY ->        Magnetic element placed within body (e.g., injected, inserted, implanted, etc.)
600/13 -> 9 MAGNETIC FIELD APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY ->        Electromagnetic coil
600/14 -> 9 MAGNETIC FIELD APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY  ->        Electromagnetic coil->        Pulsating field
600/15 -> 9 MAGNETIC FIELD APPLIED TO BODY FOR THERAPY ->        Externally supported or worn (e.g., garment, belt etc.)
600/16 CARDIAC AUGMENTATION (PULSATORS, ETC.)
600/17 -> 16 CARDIAC AUGMENTATION (PULSATORS, ETC.) ->        With condition responsive means
600/18 -> 16 CARDIAC AUGMENTATION (PULSATORS, ETC.) ->        Aortic balloon pumping
600/19 ANTIGRAVATIONAL SYSTEMS
600/20 -> 19 ANTIGRAVATIONAL SYSTEMS ->        Body suits
600/21 ISOLATION TREATMENT CHAMBERS
600/22 -> 21 ISOLATION TREATMENT CHAMBERS ->        Incubators
600/23 SPEECH CORRECTION/THERAPY (E.G., ANTISTAMMERING)
600/24 -> 23 SPEECH CORRECTION/THERAPY (E.G., ANTISTAMMERING) ->        Oral cavity devices
600/25 SURGICALLY IMPLANTED VIBRATORY HEARING AID
600/26 SLEEP OR RELAXATION INDUCING THERAPY (E.G., DIRECT NERVE STIMULATION, HYPNOSIS, ANALGESIA)
600/27 -> 26 SLEEP OR RELAXATION INDUCING THERAPY (E.G., DIRECT NERVE STIMULATION, HYPNOSIS, ANALGESIA) ->        Sensory (e.g., visual, audio, tactile, etc.)
600/28 -> 26 SLEEP OR RELAXATION INDUCING THERAPY (E.G., DIRECT NERVE STIMULATION, HYPNOSIS, ANALGESIA)  ->        Sensory (e.g., visual, audio, tactile, etc.)->        Audio (e.g., heartbeat, "white noise", etc.)
600/29 BODY INSERTED URINARY OR COLONIC INCONTINENT DEVICE OR TREATMENT (E.G., ARTIFICIAL SPHINCTERS, ETC.)
600/30 -> 29 BODY INSERTED URINARY OR COLONIC INCONTINENT DEVICE OR TREATMENT (E.G., ARTIFICIAL SPHINCTERS, ETC.) ->        Implanted
600/31 -> 29 BODY INSERTED URINARY OR COLONIC INCONTINENT DEVICE OR TREATMENT (E.G., ARTIFICIAL SPHINCTERS, ETC.)  ->        Implanted->        With fluid actuated occluding means (e.g., inflatable cuff)
600/32 -> 29 BODY INSERTED URINARY OR COLONIC INCONTINENT DEVICE OR TREATMENT (E.G., ARTIFICIAL SPHINCTERS, ETC.) ->        Stoma closures (e.g., colostomy plugs)
600/38 SEXUAL APPLIANCE
600/39 -> 38 SEXUAL APPLIANCE ->        Male splint
600/40 -> 38 SEXUAL APPLIANCE  ->        Male splint->        Implanted
600/41 -> 38 SEXUAL APPLIANCE ->        Retention means
600/33 REPRODUCTION AND FERTILIZATION TECHNIQUES
600/34 -> 33 REPRODUCTION AND FERTILIZATION TECHNIQUES ->        Embryo transplantation
600/35 -> 33 REPRODUCTION AND FERTILIZATION TECHNIQUES ->        Artificial insemination
600/36 BLOOD VESSEL OR GRAFT PREPARATION
600/37 INTERNAL ORGAN SUPPORT OR SLING
600/101 ENDOSCOPE
600/102 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With chair, table, holder, or other support
600/103 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With monitoring of components or view field
600/104 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With tool carried on endoscope or auxillary channel therefore
600/105 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With tool carried on endoscope or auxillary channel therefore->        Urogenital resectoscope
600/106 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With tool carried on endoscope or auxillary channel therefore->        Having tool moving or stopping means
600/107 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With tool carried on endoscope or auxillary channel therefore ->        Having tool moving or stopping means->        Having tool raising platform
600/108 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With tool carried on endoscope or auxillary channel therefore->        Laser
600/109 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With camera or solid state imager
600/110 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With camera or solid state imager->        Having signal wires
600/111 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With camera or solid state imager->        Sterioscopic
600/112 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With camera or solid state imager->        Means for coupling camera or imager
600/113 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With additional scope
600/114 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With guide means for body insertion
600/115 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With guide means for body insertion->        Inflatable cuff or balloon
600/116 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With inflatable balloon
600/117 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With means for indicating position, depth or condition of endoscope
600/118 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With control or monitoring of endoscope functions
600/119 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With shield to protect operator (e.g., splatter protection)
600/120 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Having endotrachael intuabation means on endoscope
600/121 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With protective sheath
600/122 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With protective sheath->        For camera or handle
600/123 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With protective sheath->        For auxiliary channel
600/124 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With protective sheath->        With means to assist covering or uncovering of sheath
600/125 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        With protective sheath->        With locking or retaining means for sheath
600/126 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With foot pedal control for endoscope operation
600/127 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With non-optical distal tip attachment
600/128 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With particular shaft cross-section
600/129 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With particular distal tip configuration
600/130 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With particular arrangement of internal elements (e.g., shaft reducing)
600/131 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        With particular operating handle design (e.g., for comfort)
600/132 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Universal cord connector device for endoscope functions
600/133 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Sterilizable
600/134 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Having means to protect user, patient, or endoscope from electrical discharge
600/135 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Urological
600/136 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Having separable shaft
600/137 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Having rotatable shaft
600/138 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Having rigid tube structure
600/139 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Having flexible tube structure
600/140 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure->        Plural layers
600/141 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure->        Articulated segments
600/142 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure ->        Articulated segments->        Pivotally connected
600/143 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure->        Having shape memory retaining material component
600/144 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure->        With adjustable rigidity
600/145 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure->        With bend detecting means (e.g., endoscope tracking)
600/146 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure->        With bending control means
600/147 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure ->        With bending control means->        With removable control knob
600/148 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure ->        With bending control means->        With braking means
600/149 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure ->        With bending control means->        With wire tension control (e.g., slack absorbing)
600/150 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure ->        With bending control means->        With deflection recovery
600/151 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure ->        With bending control means->        Having temperature sensitive shape memory retaining material
600/152 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having flexible tube structure ->        With bending control means->        Fluid or electrical control means
600/153 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Having auxiliary channel
600/154 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having auxiliary channel->        Channel seal (e.g., forceps stopcock)
600/155 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having auxiliary channel->        With interior cleaning means
600/156 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having auxiliary channel->        Fluid channel (e.g., suction, irrigation, aspiration)
600/157 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having auxiliary channel ->        Fluid channel (e.g., suction, irrigation, aspiration)->        With window cleaning means
600/158 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having auxiliary channel ->        Fluid channel (e.g., suction, irrigation, aspiration)->        With air or water supply means
600/159 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having auxiliary channel ->        Fluid channel (e.g., suction, irrigation, aspiration)->        With valve construction or valve control means
600/160 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Having imaging and illumination means
600/161 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Strain relief means on optical element
600/162 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Ocular (e.g., eyepiece)
600/163 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means ->        Ocular (e.g., eyepiece)->        With focusing
600/164 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means ->        Ocular (e.g., eyepiece)->        Angled or offset on endoscope shaft
600/165 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means ->        Ocular (e.g., eyepiece)->        Plural
600/166 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Stereoscopic
600/167 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Focusing
600/168 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Magnifying
600/169 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Fog prevention
600/170 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Side viewing distal end
600/171 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Oblique viewing distal end
600/172 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Interchangeable optical system
600/173 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        View field altering means
600/174 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Articulated optical coupler
600/175 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Distal optical attachment
600/176 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Having particular distal lens or window
600/177 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means ->        Having particular distal lens or window->        For improved illumination
600/178 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Light source
600/179 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means ->        Light source->        Lamp in shaft
600/180 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means ->        Light source->        With light intensity control
600/181 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        With filter, masking, diaphram, or aperture plate
600/182 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE  ->        Having imaging and illumination means->        Light transmitting fibers or arrangements
600/183 -> 101 ENDOSCOPE ->        Tissue division viewing (e.g., carpal tunnel, plantal fasciotomy)
600/184 SPECULA
600/185 -> 184 SPECULA ->        Laryngoscope
600/186 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope->        With protective sheath
600/187 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope->        With auxiliary channel for fluid transversing
600/188 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope->        With means to transmit view from distal end
600/189 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope ->        With means to transmit view from distal end->        By mirror or prism
600/190 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope->        Having particular blade structure
600/191 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope ->        Having particular blade structure->        Made from light transmitting material
600/192 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope ->        Having particular blade structure->        With rough grained surface
600/193 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope ->        Having particular blade structure->        Detachable or foldable
600/194 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope ->        Having particular blade structure->        Specific design for intubation
600/195 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope ->        Having particular blade structure->        With cushion or pad (e.g., teeth guard)
600/196 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope ->        Having particular blade structure->        Adjustable (e.g., linearly, angularly)
600/197 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope->        Having particular handle structure
600/198 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope ->        Having particular handle structure->        Sterilizable
600/199 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope->        Illuminating
600/200 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Laryngoscope ->        Illuminating->        Otoscope (e.g., funnel shaped specula)
600/201 -> 184 SPECULA ->        Retractor
600/202 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        With sensor or measuring means
600/203 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        With protective sheath
600/204 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        Laproscopic
600/205 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        With auxiliary channel (e.g., fluid transversing)
600/206 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        Having flexible, malleable or shape memory material
600/207 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Having flexible, malleable or shape memory material->        Inflatable
600/208 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Having flexible, malleable or shape memory material->        Circular or eliptically shaped retracting surface
600/209 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Having flexible, malleable or shape memory material->        Unitary wire construction
600/210 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        With special blade or retracting surface structure
600/211 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With special blade or retracting surface structure->        Skeleton blade
600/212 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With special blade or retracting surface structure->        Containing light transmitting material
600/213 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With special blade or retracting surface structure->        Detachable from handle
600/214 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With special blade or retracting surface structure->        Plural blades on single handle
600/215 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With special blade or retracting surface structure->        Adjustable (e.g., extendable)
600/216 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With special blade or retracting surface structure ->        Adjustable (e.g., extendable)->        Multiple joints on retracting surface
600/217 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With special blade or retracting surface structure->        With retracting hook, claw, teeth, or barb
600/218 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        With compressing jaws
600/219 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        With cooperating retracting members
600/220 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With cooperating retracting members->        Duck-Billed specula (e.g., vagina)
600/221 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With cooperating retracting members ->        Duck-Billed specula (e.g., vagina)->        With auxiliary instrument
600/222 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With cooperating retracting members ->        Duck-Billed specula (e.g., vagina)->        With means to change parallel distance between blades
600/223 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With cooperating retracting members ->        Duck-Billed specula (e.g., vagina)->        With illuminating means
600/224 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With cooperating retracting members->        Three or more members (e.g., trivalve speculum)
600/225 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With cooperating retracting members->        Pivots along longitudinal axis
600/226 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        With special handle
600/227 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        With holder
600/228 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With holder->        Having supporting arm
600/229 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With holder ->        Having supporting arm->        Flexible or articulable
600/230 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With holder ->        Having supporting arm->        Special table clamp
600/231 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With holder->        Supporting frame
600/232 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With holder ->        Supporting frame->        Three sided rectangular frame
600/233 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With holder ->        Supporting frame->        Closed frame (e.g., circle, square)
600/234 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        With holder->        Handle-holder cooperating means
600/235 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        Specific use retractor
600/236 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Specific use retractor->        Eyeball
600/237 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Specific use retractor->        Mouth
600/238 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Specific use retractor ->        Mouth->        Brace or prop
600/239 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Specific use retractor ->        Mouth->        Jaw spreader with tongue depressor
600/240 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Specific use retractor ->        Mouth->        Tongue depressor
600/241 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Specific use retractor ->        Mouth ->        Tongue depressor->        Illuminated
600/242 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Specific use retractor ->        Mouth->        Lip or cheek
600/243 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Specific use retractor ->        Mouth->        Veterinary jaw spreader
600/244 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Specific use retractor ->        Mouth ->        Veterinary jaw spreader->        Pivoted
600/245 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor->        Having illuminating means
600/246 -> 184 SPECULA  ->        Retractor ->        Having illuminating means->        With lens or mirror
600/247 REFLECTOR
600/248 -> 247 REFLECTOR ->        With illuminating means
600/249 LAMPS FOR ILLUMINATION
600/920 METHOD OF MAKING ENDOSCOPES
600/921 MANIPULATING IMAGE CHARACTERISTICS
606/1 INSTRUMENTS
606/2 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Light application
606/2.5 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application->        Lithotripsy
606/3 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application->        With particular wavelength
606/4 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application->        Ophthalmic
606/5 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Ophthalmic->        Recurving or reshaping of the eye
606/6 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Ophthalmic->        Cataracts or glaucoma
606/7 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application->        Angioplasty
606/8 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application->        Anastomosis
606/9 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application->        Dermatological
606/10 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application->        Systems
606/11 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Systems->        Beam energy control or monitoring
606/12 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Systems ->        Beam energy control or monitoring->        Condition responsive
606/13 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application->        Applicators
606/14 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Applicators->        Placed in body
606/15 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Applicators ->        Placed in body->        With optical fiber
606/16 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Applicators->        With optical fiber
606/17 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Applicators->        With beam shaping or redirecting (e.g., lens)
606/18 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Applicators ->        With beam shaping or redirecting (e.g., lens)->        Mirror
606/19 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Light application ->        Applicators ->        With beam shaping or redirecting (e.g., lens) ->        Mirror->        Articulated arm
606/20 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Cyrogenic application
606/21 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cyrogenic application->        Internal application
606/22 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cyrogenic application->        With coolant supply
606/23 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cyrogenic application ->        With coolant supply->        Tip or other cooling concentration means
606/24 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cyrogenic application ->        With coolant supply ->        Tip or other cooling concentration means->        With heating means (e.g., defroster)
606/25 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cyrogenic application ->        With coolant supply ->        Tip or other cooling concentration means->        Self-contained coolant supply
606/26 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cyrogenic application ->        With coolant supply ->        Tip or other cooling concentration means->        With hand manipulable coolant control
606/27 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Heat application
606/28 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Heat application->        Tip or other heat concentration means
606/29 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Heat application ->        Tip or other heat concentration means->        Tip in electrical circuit
606/30 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Heat application ->        Tip or other heat concentration means ->        Tip in electrical circuit->        Self-contained powersupply
606/31 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Heat application ->        Tip or other heat concentration means ->        Tip in electrical circuit->        With thermal control means
606/32 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Electrical application
606/33 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application->        Electromagnetic wave irradiation
606/34 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application->        Systems
606/35 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Systems->        Ground electrode monitoring
606/36 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Systems->        Depilation
606/37 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Systems->        Combined cutting-coagulation
606/38 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Systems ->        Combined cutting-coagulation->        With feed back control
606/39 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Systems->        Cutting
606/40 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Systems->        Coagulation
606/41 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application->        Applicators
606/42 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators->        With switching or power control
606/43 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators->        Depilation
606/44 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators ->        Depilation->        By needle
606/45 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators->        Cutting
606/46 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators ->        Cutting->        Endoscopic
606/47 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators ->        Cutting ->        Endoscopic->        With formable electrode
606/48 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators ->        Cutting->        Bipolar electrodes
606/49 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators->        coagulation
606/50 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators ->        coagulation->        Bipolar electrodes
606/51 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators ->        coagulation ->        Bipolar electrodes->        With forceps or tweezers
606/52 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Electrical application ->        Applicators ->        coagulation->        With forceps or tweezers
606/237 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Chiropractic or osteopathic implement
606/238 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Chiropractic or osteopathic implement->        Percussive prod
606/239 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Chiropractic or osteopathic implement ->        Percussive prod->        Motorized pummelling device
606/240 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Chiropractic or osteopathic implement->        Positioner for recumbent user
606/241 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Chiropractic or osteopathic implement->        Extension appliance
606/242 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Chiropractic or osteopathic implement ->        Extension appliance->        Couch
606/243 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Chiropractic or osteopathic implement ->        Extension appliance ->        Couch->        With intermediate gap
606/244 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Chiropractic or osteopathic implement ->        Extension appliance ->        Couch->        With pivot to pedestal
606/245 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Chiropractic or osteopathic implement->        With intermediate pivot
606/53 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Orthopedic instrumentation
606/54 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation->        External fixation means
606/55 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        External fixation means->        Movable by patient
606/56 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        External fixation means->        Ring frame
606/57 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        External fixation means->        Compression or distraction mechanism
606/58 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        External fixation means ->        Compression or distraction mechanism->        Cyclable or incrementable
606/59 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        External fixation means->        Pin connector
606/60 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation->        Internal fixation means
606/61 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means->        Spinal positioner or stabilizer
606/62 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means->        Intramedullary fixator
606/63 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means ->        Intramedullary fixator->        Expanding in diameter or length
606/64 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means ->        Intramedullary fixator->        Cross-fastened
606/65 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means->        Femoral screw
606/66 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means ->        Femoral screw->        Anti-rotation or keeper means
606/67 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means->        Femoral nail
606/68 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means ->        Femoral nail->        Expanding
606/69 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means->        Cortical plate
606/70 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means ->        Cortical plate->        Multi-element or coated plate
606/71 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means ->        Cortical plate ->        Multi-element or coated plate->        Having separable and distinct plate elements
606/72 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means->        Orthopedic fastener
606/73 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means ->        Orthopedic fastener->        Threaded fastener element
606/74 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means ->        Orthopedic fastener->        Bone cerclage device
606/75 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Internal fixation means ->        Orthopedic fastener->        Staple or similar driven fastener
606/76 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation->        Specialized coating or material
606/77 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Specialized coating or material->        Absorbable
606/78 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Specialized coating or material->        Shape memory material
606/79 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation->        Orthopedic cutting instrument
606/80 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Orthopedic cutting instrument->        Reamer or drill
606/81 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Orthopedic cutting instrument ->        Reamer or drill->        Acetabular
606/82 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Orthopedic cutting instrument->        Saw type tool
606/83 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Orthopedic cutting instrument->        Rongeur, resector, or nipper
606/84 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Orthopedic cutting instrument->        Osteotome or scraper
606/85 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Orthopedic cutting instrument ->        Osteotome or scraper->        Rasp or file
606/86 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation->        Means for use in bone reperation
606/87 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Osteotomy jig or fixture
606/88 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation ->        Osteotomy jig or fixture->        Knee or knee joint
606/89 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation ->        Osteotomy jig or fixture->        Femoral head
606/90 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Joint distractor
606/91 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Acetabular cup positioner
606/92 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Device for the application of bone cement
606/93 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation ->        Device for the application of bone cement->        Applicator
606/94 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation ->        Device for the application of bone cement ->        Applicator->        Pressurized cement placement
606/95 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation ->        Device for the application of bone cement->        Intramedullary plug or centering means
606/96 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Drill or pin guide
606/97 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation ->        Drill or pin guide->        X-ray positioned
606/98 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation ->        Drill or pin guide->        Cross-pinning drill guide
606/99 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Prosthesis insertor or extractor
606/100 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation ->        Prosthesis insertor or extractor->        Restrained movable mass (e.g., slide hammer)
606/101 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Nail or plate bender
606/102 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Gauging or measuring device
606/103 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Wiring aid
606/104 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Screw or pin placement or removal means
606/105 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation->        Bone compression or distraction
606/105.5 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Orthopedic instrumentation ->        Means for use in bone reperation ->        Bone compression or distraction->        Cast removal implement
606/106 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for removing foreign objects from the throat or connected passageways (e.g., probang)
606/107 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for removing, inserting or aiding in the removal or insertion of eye lens material
606/108 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for inserting or removing conduit within body
606/109 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for inserting or removing conduit within body->        Ear vent or drain
606/110 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for removing tonsils, adenoids or polyps
606/111 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for removing tonsils, adenoids or polyps->        With hemostasis
606/112 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for removing tonsils, adenoids or polyps ->        With hemostasis->        By pressure application
606/113 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for removing tonsils, adenoids or polyps->        By wire loop or snare
606/114 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for removing tonsils, adenoids or polyps->        With collecting means for removed material
606/115 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for removing tonsils, adenoids or polyps ->        With collecting means for removed material->        By vacuum application
606/116 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for marking animals
606/117 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for applying animal identification device
606/118 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for circumcision
606/119 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Obstetric or gynecological instruments
606/120 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Obstetric or gynecological instruments->        Umbilical clamp
606/121 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Obstetric or gynecological instruments->        Partuition assistance device
606/122 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Obstetric or gynecological instruments ->        Partuition assistance device->        Fetus extractor
606/123 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Obstetric or gynecological instruments ->        Partuition assistance device ->        Fetus extractor->        With vacuum or suction application
606/124 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Obstetric or gynecological instruments ->        Partuition assistance device ->        Fetus extractor->        With mechanical means for applying tension (e.g., gearing, reels, etc.)
606/125 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Obstetric or gynecological instruments->        Means for rupturing the amniotic membrane
606/126 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Obstetric or gynecological instruments->        Embryotome
606/127 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for concretion removal
606/128 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for concretion removal->        With fragmenting means
606/129 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Electrode guide means
606/130 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Stereotaxic device
606/131 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for removal of skin or material therefrom
606/132 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for removal of skin or material therefrom->        By means for skin graft preparation (e.g., dermatome)
606/133 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for removal of skin or material therefrom->        Physical removal of hair or hair plugs from skin
606/134 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for removal of skin or material therefrom ->        Physical removal of hair or hair plugs from skin->        By application of wax or adhesive
606/135 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for, or to assist in mammalian sterilization
606/136 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for, or to assist in mammalian sterilization->        By crushing
606/137 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for, or to assist in mammalian sterilization->        By severing
606/138 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for removing suture, clip, staple or ligature
606/139 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier
606/140 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier->        Elastic band applier
606/141 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier ->        Elastic band applier->        Band applied to reproductive organ
606/142 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier->        Clip applier
606/143 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier ->        Clip applier->        Clip fed from supply
606/144 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier->        Mechanical suture or ligature applier
606/145 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier ->        Mechanical suture or ligature applier->        Shuttle action by suture passing device
606/146 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier ->        Mechanical suture or ligature applier->        Spool feeds suture to needle
606/147 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier ->        Mechanical suture or ligature applier->        Means for clamping needle to handle
606/148 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier->        Suturing or ligating aid or guide
606/149 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier ->        Suturing or ligating aid or guide->        Eversion device
606/150 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture, ligature, elastic band or clip applier ->        Suturing or ligating aid or guide->        Alignment device (e.g., approximators)
606/151 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Surgical mesh, connector, clip, clamp or band
606/152 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Surgical mesh, connector, clip, clamp or band->        Connector for nerve endings
606/153 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Surgical mesh, connector, clip, clamp or band->        Connector for hollow body organs
606/154 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Surgical mesh, connector, clip, clamp or band ->        Connector for hollow body organs->        Bioabsorbable
606/155 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Surgical mesh, connector, clip, clamp or band ->        Connector for hollow body organs->        Connector is single element
606/156 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Surgical mesh, connector, clip, clamp or band ->        Connector for hollow body organs ->        Connector is single element->        Removable
606/157 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Surgical mesh, connector, clip, clamp or band->        Occluding clip, clamp, or band
606/158 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Surgical mesh, connector, clip, clamp or band ->        Occluding clip, clamp, or band->        Artery or vein
606/159 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Blood vessel, duct or teat cutter, scrapper or abrader
606/160 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Curette
606/161 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Optic, otic or oral scrapper or abrader
606/162 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for cleaning eye, ear or nose
606/163 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for debeaking or dehorning animals
606/164 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Means for debeaking or dehorning animals->        By electrical or thermal application
606/165 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Means for removal of animal tails
606/166 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Corneal cutter or guide for corneal cutter
606/167 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing
606/168 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Cutter drive reversed to clean material therefrom
606/169 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Cutter having vibratory drive means
606/170 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Cutter carried on elongated probe-like member
606/171 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Cutter carried on elongated probe-like member->        Recriprocating or oscillating cutter
606/172 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Means to limit cutter penetration depth (e.g., dura guard)
606/173 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Means to limit cutter penetration depth (e.g., dura guard)->        By disconnecting cutter drive
606/174 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Shear type (e.g., scissors, etc.)
606/175 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Shear type (e.g., scissors, etc.)->        Snout cutter
606/176 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Saw type
606/177 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Saw type->        Reciprocating
606/178 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Saw type->        Oscillating
606/179 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Saw type->        Cylindrical
606/180 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Rotary cutter
606/181 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Lancet
606/182 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Lancet->        Spring driven or biased into cutting position
606/183 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Lancet ->        Spring driven or biased into cutting position->        Plural cutting blades
606/184 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Punch
606/185 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing->        Puncturing or piercing
606/186 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Puncturing or piercing->        Multiple puncturing elements (e.g., tatoo, scarifiers, etc.)
606/187 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Puncturing or piercing->        Hair or artificial hair injector or anchor
606/188 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Puncturing or piercing->        Earlobe piercing means
606/189 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Cutting, puncturing or piercing ->        Puncturing or piercing->        Acupuncture means
606/190 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Blunt dissectors
606/191 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator)
606/192 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator)->        Inflatable or expandible by fluid
606/193 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator) ->        Inflatable or expandible by fluid->        Inserted in female reproductive system
606/194 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator) ->        Inflatable or expandible by fluid->        Inserted in vascular system
606/195 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator) ->        Inflatable or expandible by fluid ->        Inserted in vascular system->        Detachable from inflation means
606/196 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator) ->        Inflatable or expandible by fluid->        Nose or throat
606/197 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator)->        Rectal or anal
606/198 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator)->        Expanding dilator (e.g., expanding arm, etc.)
606/199 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator)->        Nasal dilator
606/200 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Internal pressure applicator (e.g., dilator)->        With emboli trap or filter
606/201 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        External pressure applicator
606/202 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        External pressure applicator->        Pneumatic cuff
606/203 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        External pressure applicator->        Tourniquet
606/204 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        External pressure applicator->        Acupressure device
606/204.15 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        External pressure applicator->        Head
606/204.25 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        External pressure applicator ->        Head->        Eye
606/204.35 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        External pressure applicator ->        Head->        Wrinkle remover
606/204.45 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        External pressure applicator ->        Head->        Nose shaper
606/204.55 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        External pressure applicator ->        Head->        Horn bender
606/205 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Forceps
606/206 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Forceps->        Jaws biased to open or closed position
606/207 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Forceps->        Jaw structure
606/208 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Forceps->        Hinge or latch structure
606/209 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Forceps->        Tubular member stripper
606/210 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Tweezers
606/211 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Tweezers->        Combined with another device
606/212 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Hoof crack repair
606/213 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Sutureless closure
606/214 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Sutureless closure->        Chemical bonding material applied to wound edges
606/215 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Sutureless closure->        Material placed on opposed sides of incision or wound
606/216 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Sutureless closure ->        Material placed on opposed sides of incision or wound->        Means to draw opposed sides of incision into apposition
606/217 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Sutureless closure ->        Material placed on opposed sides of incision or wound ->        Means to draw opposed sides of incision into apposition->        Sliding fastener
606/218 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Sutureless closure ->        Material placed on opposed sides of incision or wound ->        Means to draw opposed sides of incision into apposition->        Screw, rack and pinion or pawl and racket
606/219 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Sutureless closure ->        Material placed on opposed sides of incision or wound->        Staple fastener
606/220 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Sutureless closure ->        Material placed on opposed sides of incision or wound ->        Staple fastener->        With retaining means
606/221 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Sutureless closure ->        Material placed on opposed sides of incision or wound->        Approximating clip or serrefine
606/222 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Suturing needle
606/223 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suturing needle->        Needle tip or body structure
606/224 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suturing needle->        Filament attachment
606/225 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suturing needle ->        Filament attachment->        Tied, hooked, wedged or grasped
606/226 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suturing needle ->        Filament attachment->        Deformed
606/227 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suturing needle ->        Filament attachment->        Pull out or frangible
606/228 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Suture or ligature
606/229 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture or ligature->        Collagen containing
606/230 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture or ligature->        Absorbable in body
606/231 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Suture or ligature->        Organic material containing
606/232 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Suture retaining means (e.g., buttons)
606/233 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Suture supported from engagement with incision (e.g., suture bridge)
606/234 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS ->        Oral pacifier
606/235 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Oral pacifier->        Teething device
606/236 -> 1 INSTRUMENTS  ->        Oral pacifier->        Nipple attachment or structure
700/1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS
700/2 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Plural processors
700/3 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Plural processors->        Master-slave
700/4 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Plural processors->        Parallel
700/5 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Plural processors ->        Parallel->        Shared memory
700/6 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Plural processors->        Hybrid types (analog, digital)
700/7 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Plural processors->        Including sequence or logic processor
700/8 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Cascade control
700/9 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Supervisory control
700/10 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Supervisory control->        Of analog controllers
700/11 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Sequential or selective
700/12 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective->        State of condition or parameter (e.g., on/off)
700/13 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective ->        State of condition or parameter (e.g., on/off)->        Position responsive
700/14 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective ->        State of condition or parameter (e.g., on/off)->        Time responsive (duration)
700/15 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective ->        State of condition or parameter (e.g., on/off) ->        Time responsive (duration)->        Having display
700/16 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective ->        State of condition or parameter (e.g., on/off) ->        Time responsive (duration)->        Clock-calendar (e.g., time of day)
700/17 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective->        Operator interface (e.g., display with control)
700/18 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective ->        Operator interface (e.g., display with control)->        Specific programming (e.g., relay or ladder logic)
700/19 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective->        Plural controlled systems, mechanisms, or elements
700/20 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective->        Plural controllers
700/21 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective->        Failure protection or reliability
700/22 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective->        Electrical power distribution
700/23 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective->        Sequence program response
700/24 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective ->        Sequence program response->        Addressing
700/25 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective ->        Sequence program response->        I/O table
700/26 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective ->        Sequence program response->        Diagnostics or debugging
700/27 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sequential or selective ->        Sequence program response->        Having status indication
700/28 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Optimization or adaptive control
700/29 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Having model
700/30 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Having model->        Comparison with model (e.g., model reference)
700/31 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Having model->        Having adjustment of model (e.g., update)
700/32 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Specific criteria of system performance
700/33 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Specific criteria of system performance->        Constraint or limit (e.g., max/min)
700/34 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Specific criteria of system performance ->        Constraint or limit (e.g., max/min)->        Variable
700/35 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Specific criteria of system performance ->        Constraint or limit (e.g., max/min)->        Bidirectional (e.g., oscillatory)
700/36 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Specific criteria of system performance ->        Constraint or limit (e.g., max/min)->        Economic (e.g., cost)
700/37 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Specific criteria of system performance->        Gain (e.g., tuning)
700/38 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Having perturbation
700/39 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Having perturbation->        Test signal
700/40 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Plural modes
700/41 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Plural modes->        Proportional-Integral (P-I)
700/42 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Plural modes ->        Proportional-Integral (P-I)->        Proportional-Integral-Derivative (P-I-D)
700/43 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Plural modes->        Proportional-Derivative (P-D)
700/44 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Feed-forward (e.g., predictive)
700/45 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Feed-forward (e.g., predictive)->        Combined with feedback
700/46 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Rate control
700/47 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Trainable system (e.g., self-learning, self-organizing)
700/48 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Trainable system (e.g., self-learning, self-organizing)->        Neural network
700/49 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Expert system
700/50 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Fuzzy logic
700/51 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Statistical process control (SPC)
700/52 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Parameter estimation or identification
700/53 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Multiple input-multiple output (MIMO) system feature (e.g., decoupling)
700/54 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control->        Having particular compensation or stabilization feature
700/55 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Optimization or adaptive control ->        Having particular compensation or stabilization feature->        Filtering
700/56 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool)
700/57 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool)->        Alignment or registration
700/58 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool) ->        Alignment or registration->        Having position marking
700/59 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool) ->        Alignment or registration->        Having optical sensing (e.g., image projection)
700/60 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool)->        Support positioning (e.g., table, stage)
700/61 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool)->        Multiple axis motion or path control
700/62 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool) ->        Multiple axis motion or path control->        Orientation (e.g., posture, pose)
700/63 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool) ->        Multiple axis motion or path control->        Including velocity or acceleration control
700/64 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool) ->        Multiple axis motion or path control->        Position recording
700/65 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool)->        Operator control of remotely located element
700/66 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Digital positioning (other than machine tool)->        Having particular position determining apparatue (e.g., portable or handheld)
700/67 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Plural variables
700/68 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Plural variables->        Ratio
700/69 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Plural variables->        Positional (e.g., velocity, acceleration)
700/70 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Plural variables ->        Positional (e.g., velocity, acceleration)->        Positional with nonpositional
700/71 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Specific compensation or stabilization feature
700/72 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Specific compensation or stabilization feature->        Lag (e.g., deadtime)
700/73 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Sampled data system
700/74 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Sampled data system->        Variable rate
700/75 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Multiple modes (e.g., digital/analog)
700/76 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Multiple modes (e.g., digital/analog)->        Manual/automatic
700/77 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Multiple modes (e.g., digital/analog)->        Fine/coarse
700/78 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Having specific error signal generation (e.g., up/down counter)
700/79 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Having protection or reliability feature
700/80 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Having protection or reliability feature->        Warning or alarm
700/81 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Having protection or reliability feature->        Self-test
700/82 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Having protection or reliability feature->        Backup/standby
700/83 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Having operator control interface (e.g., control/display console)
700/84 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Having operator control interface (e.g., control/display console)->        Keyboard
700/85 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Having operator control interface (e.g., control/display console)->        Positional (e.g., joystick)
700/86 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Having preparation of program
700/87 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Having preparation of program->        Editing/modifying
700/88 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Having preparation of program->        Playback
700/89 -> 1 GENERIC CONTROL SYSTEM, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Having specific algorithm
700/90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS
700/91 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Contest or contestant analysis, management, or monitoring (e.g., statistical analysis, handicapping, scoring)
700/92 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Contest or contestant analysis, management, or monitoring (e.g., statistical analysis, handicapping, scoring)->        Scoring
700/93 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Contest or contestant analysis, management, or monitoring (e.g., statistical analysis, handicapping, scoring)->        Probability determination or handicapping
700/94 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Digital audio data processing system
700/95 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Product assembly or manufacturing
700/96 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing->        Integrated system (Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM)
700/97 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing->        Design or planning
700/98 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning->        3-D product design (e.g., solid modeling)
700/99 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning->        Resource allocation
700/100 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning ->        Resource allocation->        Job scheduling
700/101 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning ->        Resource allocation ->        Job scheduling->        Priority ordering
700/102 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning ->        Resource allocation ->        Job scheduling->        Job release determination
700/103 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning->        Constraints or rules
700/104 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning ->        Constraints or rules->        Knowledge based (e.g., expert system)
700/105 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning->        Rework or engineering change
700/106 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning->        Material requirement
700/107 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Design or planning ->        Material requirement->        Bill of material
700/108 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing->        Performance monitoring
700/109 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Performance monitoring->        Quality control
700/110 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Performance monitoring ->        Quality control->        Defect analysis or recognition
700/111 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Performance monitoring->        Worker or work station efficiency
700/112 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing->        Having particular work transport control between manufacturing stations
700/113 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Having particular work transport control between manufacturing stations->        Mobile transport
700/114 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing->        Work positioning
700/115 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing->        Product tracking (e.g., having product or carrier identification)
700/116 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Product tracking (e.g., having product or carrier identification)->        Having identification controlled manufacturing operation
700/117 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing->        Particular manufactured product or operation
700/118 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Three-dimensional product forming
700/119 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Three-dimensional product forming->        Rapid prototyping (e.g., layer-by-layer, material deposition)
700/120 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Three-dimensional product forming ->        Rapid prototyping (e.g., layer-by-layer, material deposition)->        Stereolithography
700/121 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Integrated circuit production or semiconductor fabrication
700/122 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Continuous material having indeterminate length (e.g., web, strand, strip, or sheet)
700/123 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Continuous material having indeterminate length (e.g., web, strand, strip, or sheet)->        Material deposition or application (e.g., spraying, coating)
700/124 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Continuous material having indeterminate length (e.g., web, strand, strip, or sheet)->        Registration control
700/125 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Continuous material having indeterminate length (e.g., web, strand, strip, or sheet) ->        Registration control->        Having a reference mark or pattern
700/126 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Continuous material having indeterminate length (e.g., web, strand, strip, or sheet)->        Winding
700/127 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Continuous material having indeterminate length (e.g., web, strand, strip, or sheet)->        Sheet making (e.g., paper product)
700/128 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Continuous material having indeterminate length (e.g., web, strand, strip, or sheet) ->        Sheet making (e.g., paper product)->        Paper machine or subsystem control
700/129 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Continuous material having indeterminate length (e.g., web, strand, strip, or sheet) ->        Sheet making (e.g., paper product)->        Profile analyzer or controller
700/130 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Textile
700/131 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile->        Pattern design
700/132 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile ->        Pattern design->        For a garment
700/133 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile ->        Pattern design->        Having particular pattern producing operation (e.g., dyeing)
700/134 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile->        Pattern cutting
700/135 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile->        Pattern matching or positioning
700/136 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile->        Sewing
700/137 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile ->        Sewing->        Having particular input data (e.g., stitch)
700/138 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile ->        Sewing->        Embroidering
700/139 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile->        Spinning or winding (e.g., yarn)
700/140 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile->        Loom control
700/141 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile->        Knitting
700/142 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile->        Fiber preparation
700/143 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile->        Having monitoring or inspecting (e.g., abnormality detection)
700/144 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Textile ->        Having monitoring or inspecting (e.g., abnormality detection)->        Yarn quality
700/145 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Metal
700/146 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal->        Casting or drawing
700/147 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal ->        Casting or drawing->        Control of metallurgical property
700/148 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal->        Rolling
700/149 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal ->        Rolling->        Having schedule adjustment
700/150 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal ->        Rolling->        Control or detection of a particular condition
700/151 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal ->        Rolling ->        Control or detection of a particular condition->        Speed control
700/152 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal ->        Rolling ->        Control or detection of a particular condition->        Tension control (e.g., interstrand)
700/153 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal ->        Rolling ->        Control or detection of a particular condition->        Temperature control
700/154 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal ->        Rolling ->        Control or detection of a particular condition->        Flatness or crown control
700/155 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal ->        Rolling ->        Control or detection of a particular condition->        Thickness control
700/156 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Metal ->        Rolling ->        Control or detection of a particular condition ->        Thickness control->        Roll eccentricity compensation
700/157 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Glassware forming
700/158 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Glassware forming->        IS (individual section) machine
700/159 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Machining
700/160 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Having particular tool or tool operation
700/161 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having particular tool or tool operation->        Tracing or duplicating
700/162 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having particular tool or tool operation->        Electrical discharge machining (EDM)
700/163 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having particular tool or tool operation->        3-D sculpturing using nontracing prototype sensor
700/164 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having particular tool or tool operation->        Grinding
700/165 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having particular tool or tool operation->        Bending (e.g., press brake)
700/166 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having particular tool or tool operation->        Laser
700/167 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Of elongated material (e.g., timber, veneer, web)
700/168 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Portable (e.g., handheld)
700/169 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Supervisory control (e.g., plural tools or plural processors)
700/170 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Having particular control of a motor parameter
700/171 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Material usage optimization
700/172 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Multiple mode (e.g., rough-finish, coarse-fine)
700/173 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Adaptive (optimizing) system
700/174 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Performance monitoring
700/175 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Performance monitoring->        Condition of tool or workpiece (e.g., tolerance, tool wear)
700/176 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Performance monitoring ->        Condition of tool or workpiece (e.g., tolerance, tool wear)->        Offsetting
700/177 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Performance monitoring->        Protective or diagnostic feature
700/178 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Performance monitoring ->        Protective or diagnostic feature->        Tool/workpiece interference prevention
700/179 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Tool selection/change
700/180 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Having operator interface feature
700/181 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having operator interface feature->        Specific programming format (e.g., macro)
700/182 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having operator interface feature->        Including CAD, CAM, or CIM technique
700/183 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having operator interface feature->        Preset pattern
700/184 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having operator interface feature->        Machining path display
700/185 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Having operator interface feature->        Prompting technique
700/186 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Digital positioning technique
700/187 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Digital positioning technique->        For curve or contour
700/188 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Digital positioning technique->        Including velocity or acceleration control
700/189 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Digital positioning technique->        Interpolation
700/190 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Digital positioning technique->        Specified tool feed path at entry or withdrawal
700/191 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Digital positioning technique ->        Specified tool feed path at entry or withdrawal->        Repeated machining passes
700/192 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Digital positioning technique->        Alignment of tool or workpiece (e.g., origin or path return)
700/193 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining ->        Digital positioning technique->        Positional compensation or modification compensation or mod
700/194 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Coordinate transformation technique
700/195 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Machining->        Having particular measuring device (e.g., probe)
700/196 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Extruding
700/197 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Molding
700/198 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Molding->        Control of curing
700/199 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Molding ->        Control of curing->        Vulcanization
700/200 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Molding->        Injection
700/201 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Molding ->        Injection->        Plural molding machines or stations
700/202 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Molding ->        Injection->        Control of temperature
700/203 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Molding ->        Injection->        Control of pressure
700/204 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Molding->        Monitoring, inspection, or control of a particular condition
700/205 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Molding ->        Monitoring, inspection, or control of a particular condition->        Control of temperature
700/206 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Pressing
700/207 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation->        Heating
700/208 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Heating->        Drying
700/209 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Heating->        Furnace
700/210 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Heating ->        Furnace->        Multizone
700/211 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Heating->        Oven
700/212 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Product assembly or manufacturing ->        Particular manufactured product or operation ->        Heating->        Sintering, soldering, or bonding
700/213 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Article handling
700/214 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling->        Article storing, retrieval, or arrangement (e.g., warehousing, automated library)
700/215 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Article storing, retrieval, or arrangement (e.g., warehousing, automated library)->        Having an identification code
700/216 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Article storing, retrieval, or arrangement (e.g., warehousing, automated library)->        Order filling
700/217 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Article storing, retrieval, or arrangement (e.g., warehousing, automated library)->        Article support load management (e.g., palletizing)
700/218 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Article storing, retrieval, or arrangement (e.g., warehousing, automated library)->        Particular charging or discharging apparatus
700/219 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling->        Associating or disassociating plural articles
700/220 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Associating or disassociating plural articles->        Inserting
700/221 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Associating or disassociating plural articles ->        Inserting->        Having an identification code
700/222 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Associating or disassociating plural articles ->        Inserting ->        Having an identification code->        Monitoring or inspection (e.g., incomplete assembly)
700/223 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Associating or disassociating plural articles->        Collating or sorting
700/224 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Associating or disassociating plural articles ->        Collating or sorting->        Having an identification code
700/225 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling->        Having an identification code
700/226 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Having an identification code->        Identification code determines article destination
700/227 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Having an identification code ->        Identification code determines article destination->        Preparation of an article for an identification code (e.g., printing, encoding)
700/228 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling->        Having particular transport between article handling stations
700/229 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Having particular transport between article handling stations->        Transport position identification
700/230 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Having particular transport between article handling stations->        Having a conveyor
700/231 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling->        Dispensing or vending
700/232 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending->        Operator or payment initiated
700/233 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending ->        Operator or payment initiated->        Customized dispensed article (e.g., operator design)
700/234 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending ->        Operator or payment initiated->        Demonstration or duplication of article (e.g., software, video)
700/235 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending ->        Operator or payment initiated->        Printing on or of dispensed or vended article
700/236 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending ->        Operator or payment initiated->        Data collection or reporting (e.g., sales, inventory)
700/237 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending ->        Operator or payment initiated->        Authorization (e.g., password, time usage limit, personal identification number (PIN)
700/238 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending ->        Operator or payment initiated->        Price adjustment
700/239 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending->        Blending or mixing
700/240 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending->        Condition controlled dispensing (e.g., weight or volume)
700/241 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending->        Central control of plural dispensing units
700/242 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending->        Particular supply arrangement (e.g., plural sources or compartments)
700/243 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending ->        Particular supply arrangement (e.g., plural sources or compartments)->        Movable (e.g., rotatable)
700/244 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Article handling ->        Dispensing or vending->        Monitoring or inspection
700/245 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Robot control
700/246 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control->        Combined with knowledge processing (e.g., natural language system)
700/247 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control->        Plural controlled devices or plural nonvision controlling devices
700/248 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Plural controlled devices or plural nonvision controlling devices->        Plural robots
700/249 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Plural controlled devices or plural nonvision controlling devices->        Plural processors
700/250 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control->        Specific enhancing or modifying technique (e.g., adaptive control)
700/251 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Specific enhancing or modifying technique (e.g., adaptive control)->        Coordinate transformation
700/252 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Specific enhancing or modifying technique (e.g., adaptive control)->        Interpolation
700/253 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Specific enhancing or modifying technique (e.g., adaptive control)->        Programmed data (e.g., path) modified by sensed data
700/254 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Specific enhancing or modifying technique (e.g., adaptive control)->        Compensation or calibration
700/255 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Specific enhancing or modifying technique (e.g., adaptive control)->        Collision prevention
700/256 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Specific enhancing or modifying technique (e.g., adaptive control)->        Overload prevention
700/257 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Specific enhancing or modifying technique (e.g., adaptive control)->        Based on user input
700/258 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control->        Having particular sensor
700/259 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Having particular sensor->        Vision sensor (e.g., camera, photocell)
700/260 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control->        Having control of force
700/261 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Having control of force->        Having control of robot torque
700/262 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control->        Using particular manipulator orientation computation (e.g., vector/matrix calculation)
700/263 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control ->        Using particular manipulator orientation computation (e.g., vector/matrix calculation)->        Using Jacobian computation
700/264 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Robot control->        Having particular operator interface (e.g., teaching box, digitizer, tablet, pendant, dummy arm)
700/265 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Nonreactive mixing process (e.g., mixing cement, preparing solution, diluting chemical)
700/266 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Chemical process control or monitoring system
700/267 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Chemical process control or monitoring system->        Titration or pH level
700/268 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Chemical process control or monitoring system->        Synthesis process
700/269 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Chemical process control or monitoring system ->        Synthesis process->        Polymerization/trimerization
700/270 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Chemical process control or monitoring system->        Distillation
700/271 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Chemical process control or monitoring system->        Refinement or purification or rejuvenation
700/272 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Chemical process control or monitoring system ->        Refinement or purification or rejuvenation->        Of fuel
700/273 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Chemical process control or monitoring system->        Separation process
700/274 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Chemical process control or monitoring system->        Control of combustion or heating apparatus (e.g., kiln, furnace, autoclave, burner, combusion system)
700/275 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Mechanical control system
700/276 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system->        HVAC control
700/277 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system ->        HVAC control->        Multiple zones
700/278 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system ->        HVAC control->        Specific thermally responsive controller
700/279 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system->        Balancing or alignment
700/280 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system->        Vibration or acoustic noise control
700/281 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system->        Control of fluid level or volume
700/282 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system->        Flow control (e.g., valve or pump control)
700/283 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system ->        Flow control (e.g., valve or pump control)->        Dispensing management (e.g., spraying)
700/284 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system ->        Flow control (e.g., valve or pump control) ->        Dispensing management (e.g., spraying)->        Irrigation
700/285 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Mechanical control system ->        Flow control (e.g., valve or pump control)->        Fluid mixing
700/286 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system
700/287 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system->        Turbine or generator control
700/288 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system ->        Turbine or generator control->        Cogenerative system
700/289 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system ->        Turbine or generator control->        Adaptive valve control
700/290 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system ->        Turbine or generator control ->        Adaptive valve control->        For turbine speed control
700/291 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system->        Energy consumption or demand prediction or estimation
700/292 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system->        System protection (e.g., circuit interrupter, circuit limiter, voltage suppressor)
700/293 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system ->        System protection (e.g., circuit interrupter, circuit limiter, voltage suppressor)->        Abnormal power, current, or impedance condition
700/294 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system ->        System protection (e.g., circuit interrupter, circuit limiter, voltage suppressor)->        Abnormal phase, waveform, or polarity condition
700/295 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system->        Power allocation management (e.g., load adding/shedding)
700/296 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system ->        Power allocation management (e.g., load adding/shedding)->        Time based control (e.g., real time or duty cycle)
700/297 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system->        Power supply regulation operation
700/298 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Electrical power generation or distribution system ->        Power supply regulation operation->        By voltage regulation
700/299 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Specific application of temperature responsive control system
700/300 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS  ->        Specific application of temperature responsive control system->        For heating or cooling
700/301 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Specific application of pressure responsive control system
700/302 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Specific application of positional responsive control system
700/303 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Specific application of dimensional responsive control system
700/304 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Specific application of speed responsive control system
700/305 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Specific application of weight responsive control system
700/306 -> 90 SPECIFIC APPLICATION, APPARATUS OR PROCESS ->        Specific application of control based on elapsed time
700/900 SPECIAL ROBOT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT
701/1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION
701/2 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Remote control system
701/3 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Aeronautical vehicle
701/4 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle->        Altitude or attitude control or indication
701/5 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        Altitude or attitude control or indication->        Rate of change (e.g., ascent, decent)
701/6 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        Altitude or attitude control or indication ->        Rate of change (e.g., ascent, decent)->        Angle of attack
701/7 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        Altitude or attitude control or indication->        Air speed or velocity measurement
701/8 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        Altitude or attitude control or indication->        Threshold or reference value
701/9 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        Altitude or attitude control or indication ->        Threshold or reference value->        Warning signal or alarm
701/10 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        Altitude or attitude control or indication->        Compensation for environmental conditions
701/11 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        Altitude or attitude control or indication->        Auto pilot
701/12 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        Altitude or attitude control or indication ->        Auto pilot->        Inner/outer loop
701/13 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        Altitude or attitude control or indication->        Spacecraft or satellite
701/14 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle->        Flight condition indicating system
701/15 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle->        With indication or control of take-off
701/16 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle->        With indication or control of landing
701/17 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        With indication or control of landing->        I.L.S. or radar guidance
701/18 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Aeronautical vehicle ->        With indication or control of landing->        Profile of descent
701/19 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Railway vehicle
701/20 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Railway vehicle->        Railway vehicle speed control
701/21 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Marine vehicle
701/22 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Electric vehicle
701/23 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Automatic route guidance vehicle
701/24 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Automatic route guidance vehicle->        On-board computer interact with a host computer
701/25 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Automatic route guidance vehicle->        Storage or planning of route information
701/26 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Automatic route guidance vehicle ->        Storage or planning of route information->        Modification or correction of route information
701/27 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Automatic route guidance vehicle->        Artificial intelligence (e.g., fuzzy logic)
701/28 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Automatic route guidance vehicle->        Having image processing
701/29 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Vehicle diagnosis or maintenance indication
701/30 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle diagnosis or maintenance indication->        Indication of maintenance interval
701/31 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle diagnosis or maintenance indication->        Self-test
701/32 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle diagnosis or maintenance indication->        Vehicle or device ID
701/33 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle diagnosis or maintenance indication->        Plural processors or external processor
701/34 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle diagnosis or maintenance indication->        Detection of faulty sensor
701/35 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle diagnosis or maintenance indication->        With data recording device
701/36 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control
701/37 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control->        Suspension control
701/38 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control ->        Suspension control->        Attitude change suppressive control (e.g., antiroll or antipitch)
701/39 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control ->        Suspension control->        Fail-safe system
701/40 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control ->        Suspension control->        Artificial intelligence (e.g., fuzzy logic)
701/41 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control->        Steering control
701/42 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control ->        Steering control->        Feedback, transfer function or proportional and derivative (P& D) control
701/43 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control ->        Steering control->        Fail-safe system
701/44 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control ->        Steering control->        Artificial intelligence (e.g., fuzzy logic)
701/45 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control->        Control of vehicle safety devices (e.g., airbag, seat-belt, etc.)
701/46 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control ->        Control of vehicle safety devices (e.g., airbag, seat-belt, etc.)->        By integrating the amplitude of the input signal
701/47 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control ->        Control of vehicle safety devices (e.g., airbag, seat-belt, etc.)->        By frequency or waveform analysis
701/48 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control->        Cooperative or multiple control (e.g., suspension and braking)
701/49 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Vehicle subsystem or accessory control->        Vehicle equipment position control (e.g., seat, mirror, door, window, headrest, or headlamp)
701/50 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Construction or agricultural-type vehicle (e.g., crane, forklift)
701/51 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Transmission control
701/52 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control->        Semiautomatic control (e.g., switchable between automatic and manual)
701/53 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control->        And other vehicle control
701/54 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control ->        And other vehicle control->        Engine output control
701/55 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control->        By changing shift map, schedule, or pattern
701/56 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control ->        By changing shift map, schedule, or pattern->        Having a plurality of preset maps, schedules, or patterns
701/57 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control->        Fuzzy logic
701/58 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control->        Adaptive control
701/59 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control ->        Adaptive control->        Model or learning means (e.g., neural network)
701/60 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control ->        Adaptive control->        Feedback control (e.g., closed loop)
701/61 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control ->        Adaptive control ->        Feedback control (e.g., closed loop)->        Using a transmission ratio as feedback control
701/62 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control->        Fail-safe control (e.g., preventing a gear shift)
701/63 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control ->        Fail-safe control (e.g., preventing a gear shift)->        Responsive to faulty sensor
701/64 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control->        Indicating a completion of a shift or a shift to be completed
701/65 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control->        Responsive to road, external, or ambient condition
701/66 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Transmission control->        Time regulated operations
701/67 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Clutch control
701/68 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Clutch control->        Adaptive control
701/69 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Control of power distribution between vehicle axis or wheels (e.g., four wheel drive vehicle)
701/70 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration
701/71 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control
701/72 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control->        During cornering or turning of vehicle
701/73 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control->        On split coefficient surface (u)
701/74 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control->        Having particular means to determine a reference value for wheel slippage or pseudo-vehicle speed
701/75 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control ->        Having particular means to determine a reference value for wheel slippage or pseudo-vehicle speed->        Correction or modification
701/76 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control->        Fail-safe system
701/77 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control->        Artificial intelligence (e.g., fuzzy logic)
701/78 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control->        Control of brake pressure
701/79 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control ->        Control of brake pressure->        Having speed variation responsive means (e.g., acceleration, deceleration)
701/80 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control ->        Control of brake pressure->        Having coefficient of friction or road condition determining means
701/81 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antiskid, antilock, or brake slip control ->        Control of brake pressure->        Four wheel drive, electric, or heavy vehicles
701/82 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control
701/83 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control->        Control of brake pressure
701/84 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control->        Control of engine torque
701/85 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control ->        Control of engine torque->        Having throttle valve positioning
701/86 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control ->        Control of engine torque->        Having fuel cutting or ignition timing retarding
701/87 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control->        Control of transmission torque
701/88 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control->        Restricting differential operation
701/89 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control->        Four wheel drive vehicle
701/90 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control->        Having particular slip threshold, target slip ratio, or target engine torque determining means
701/91 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control->        Integrated with antiskid or other vehicle control system (e.g., cruise control, suspension)
701/92 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Antispin, traction control, or drive slip control->        Fail-safe system
701/93 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration->        Vehicle speed control (e.g., cruise control)
701/94 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Vehicle speed control (e.g., cruise control)->        Having gradient responsive control to suppress hunting, overshooting, or undershooting
701/95 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Vehicle speed control (e.g., cruise control) ->        Having gradient responsive control to suppress hunting, overshooting, or undershooting->        By transmission shifting control
701/96 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Vehicle speed control (e.g., cruise control)->        Having inter-vehicle distance or speed control
701/97 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Vehicle speed control (e.g., cruise control)->        Fail-safe system
701/98 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Indication or control of braking, acceleration, or deceleration ->        Vehicle speed control (e.g., cruise control)->        Artificial intelligence (e.g., fuzzy logic)
701/99 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance)
701/100 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance)->        Gas turbine, compressor
701/101 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance)->        Internal-combustion engine
701/102 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine->        Digital or programmed data processor
701/103 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor->        Control of air/fuel ratio or fuel injection
701/104 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor ->        Control of air/fuel ratio or fuel injection->        Controlling fuel quantity
701/105 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor ->        Control of air/fuel ratio or fuel injection->        Controlling timing
701/106 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor ->        Control of air/fuel ratio or fuel injection->        Artificial intelligence (e.g., fuzzy logic)
701/107 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor ->        Control of air/fuel ratio or fuel injection->        Fail-safe system
701/108 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor ->        Control of air/fuel ratio or fuel injection->        Exhaust gas circulation (EGC)
701/109 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor ->        Control of air/fuel ratio or fuel injection->        Detection of O2 concentration
701/110 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor->        Speed, acceleration, deceleration
701/111 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor->        Vibration, roughness, knock
701/112 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor->        Engine stop, fuel shutoff
701/113 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor->        Starting, warmup
701/114 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor->        Backup, interrupt, reset, or test
701/115 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        With indicator or control of power plant (e.g., performance) ->        Internal-combustion engine ->        Digital or programmed data processor->        Specific memory or interfacing device
701/116 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        With indication or control to maintain fixed position
701/117 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Traffic analysis or control of surface vehicle
701/118 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Traffic analysis or control of surface vehicle->        With determination of traffic density
701/119 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Traffic analysis or control of surface vehicle->        With determination of traffic speed
701/120 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Traffic analysis or control of aircraft
701/121 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Traffic analysis or control of aircraft->        With speed control or order
701/122 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION  ->        Traffic analysis or control of aircraft->        With course diversion
701/123 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        With indication of fuel consumption rate or economy of usage
701/124 -> 1 VEHICLE CONTROL, GUIDANCE, OPERATION, OR INDICATION ->        Determining balance or center of gravity (e.g., load distribution of vehicle)
701/200 NAVIGATION
701/201 -> 200 NAVIGATION ->        Determination of travel data based on the start point and destination point
701/202 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Determination of travel data based on the start point and destination point->        Route pre-planning
701/203 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Determination of travel data based on the start point and destination point->        Great circle route
701/204 -> 200 NAVIGATION ->        Determination of E.T.A.
701/205 -> 200 NAVIGATION ->        Determination of along-track or cross-track deviations
701/206 -> 200 NAVIGATION ->        Employing way point navigation
701/207 -> 200 NAVIGATION ->        Employing position determining equipment
701/208 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment->        For use in a map data base system
701/209 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment ->        For use in a map data base system->        Including route searching or determining device
701/210 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment ->        For use in a map data base system ->        Including route searching or determining device->        Route correction, modification, or verification
701/211 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment ->        For use in a map data base system->        Having audio or visual route guidance
701/212 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment ->        For use in a map data base system->        Having variable map scale
701/213 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment->        Using Global Positioning System (GPS)
701/214 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment ->        Using Global Positioning System (GPS)->        Means to improve accuracy of position or location
701/215 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment ->        Using Global Positioning System (GPS) ->        Means to improve accuracy of position or location->        Having multiple GPS antennas or receivers (e.g., differential GPS)
701/216 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment ->        Using Global Positioning System (GPS) ->        Means to improve accuracy of position or location->        Having an self-contained position computing means (e.g., dead reckoning)
701/217 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment->        Using dead-reckoning apparatus
701/218 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment->        Using R-O (D.M.E. and path) or Tacan equipment
701/219 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment->        Using Loran or Shoran or Decca equipment
701/220 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment->        Using inertial sensor
701/221 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment ->        Using inertial sensor->        With correction by noninertial sensor
701/222 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment->        Using star tracker
701/223 -> 200 NAVIGATION  ->        Employing position determining equipment->        With radar or optical ground scanner
701/224 -> 200 NAVIGATION ->        With indicated course correction (compass deviation)
701/225 -> 200 NAVIGATION ->        Determining range without range measurement
701/226 -> 200 NAVIGATION ->        Space orbits or paths
701/300 RELATIVE LOCATION
701/301 -> 300 RELATIVE LOCATION ->        Collision avoidance
701/302 -> 300 RELATIVE LOCATION ->        Course to intercept
702/1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT
702/2 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT ->        Earth science
702/3 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science->        Weather
702/4 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Weather->        Lightning
702/5 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science->        Topography (e.g., land mapping)
702/6 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science->        Well logging or borehole study
702/7 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Well logging or borehole study->        By induction or resistivity logging tool
702/8 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Well logging or borehole study->        By radiation (e.g., nuclear, gamma, X-ray)
702/9 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Well logging or borehole study->        Drilling
702/10 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Well logging or borehole study->        Dipmeter
702/11 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Well logging or borehole study->        Formation characteristic
702/12 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Well logging or borehole study ->        Formation characteristic->        Fluid flow investigation
702/13 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Well logging or borehole study ->        Formation characteristic ->        Fluid flow investigation->        Hydrocarbon prospecting
702/14 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science->        Seismology
702/15 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Seismology->        Earthquake or volcanic activity
702/16 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Seismology->        Specific display system (e.g., mapping, profiling)
702/17 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Seismology->        Filtering or noise reduction/removal
702/18 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Earth science ->        Seismology->        Velocity of seismic wave
702/19 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT ->        Biological or biochemical
702/20 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Biological or biochemical->        Gene sequence determination
702/21 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Biological or biochemical->        Cell count or shape or size analysis (e.g., blood cell)
702/22 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT ->        Chemical analysis
702/23 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis->        Quantitative determination (e.g., mass, concentration, density)
702/24 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis ->        Quantitative determination (e.g., mass, concentration, density)->        Gaseous mixture (e.g., solid-gas, liquid-gas, gas-gas)
702/25 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis ->        Quantitative determination (e.g., mass, concentration, density)->        Liquid mixture (e.g., solid-liquid, liquid-liquid)
702/26 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis ->        Quantitative determination (e.g., mass, concentration, density)->        By particle count
702/27 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis->        Molecular structure or composition determination
702/28 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis ->        Molecular structure or composition determination->        Using radiant energy
702/29 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis->        Particle size determination
702/30 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis->        Chemical property analysis
702/31 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis->        Specific operation control system
702/32 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Chemical analysis->        Specific signal data processing
702/33 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT ->        Mechanical measurement system
702/34 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system->        Wear or deterioration evaluation
702/35 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system->        Flaw or defect detection
702/36 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Flaw or defect detection->        Location
702/38 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Flaw or defect detection->        Electromagnetic (e.g., eddy current)
702/39 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Flaw or defect detection->        Sound energy (e.g., ultrasonic)
702/40 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Flaw or defect detection->        Radiant energy (e.g., X-ray, infrared, laser)
702/41 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system->        Force or torque measurement
702/42 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Force or torque measurement->        Stress or strain measurement
702/43 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Force or torque measurement ->        Stress or strain measurement->        Torsional, shear, tensile, or compression
702/44 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Force or torque measurement->        Mechanical work or power measurement
702/45 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system->        Flow metering
702/46 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Flow metering->        Count or pulse
702/47 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Flow metering->        Pressure, resistive, or capacitive sensor
702/48 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Flow metering->        Acoustic
702/49 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Flow metering->        Radiant energy
702/50 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system->        Fluid measurement (e.g., mass, pressure, viscosity)
702/51 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Fluid measurement (e.g., mass, pressure, viscosity)->        Leak detecting
702/52 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Fluid measurement (e.g., mass, pressure, viscosity)->        Capacitive sensor
702/53 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Fluid measurement (e.g., mass, pressure, viscosity)->        Resistive sensor
702/54 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Fluid measurement (e.g., mass, pressure, viscosity)->        Acoustic or vibration sensor
702/55 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system ->        Fluid measurement (e.g., mass, pressure, viscosity)->        Liquid level or volume determination
702/56 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Mechanical measurement system->        Vibration detection
702/57 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system
702/58 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system->        For electrical fault detection
702/59 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        For electrical fault detection->        Fault location
702/60 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system->        Power parameter
702/61 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Power parameter->        Power logging (e.g., metering)
702/62 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Power parameter ->        Power logging (e.g., metering)->        Including communication means
702/63 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Power parameter->        Battery monitoring
702/64 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system->        Voltage or current
702/65 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Voltage or current->        Including related electrical parameter
702/66 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system->        Waveform analysis
702/67 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis->        Display of waveform
702/68 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis ->        Display of waveform->        Having specified user interface (e.g., marker, menu)
702/69 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis->        Signal quality (e.g., timing jitter, distortion, signal-to-noise ratio)
702/70 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis->        Waveform extraction
702/71 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis->        Waveform-to-waveform comparison
702/72 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis ->        Waveform-to-waveform comparison->        Phase comparison
702/73 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis ->        Waveform-to-waveform comparison->        Identification of waveform
702/74 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis ->        Waveform-to-waveform comparison->        Signal-in-signal determination
702/75 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis->        Frequency
702/76 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis ->        Frequency->        Frequency spectrum
702/77 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis ->        Frequency ->        Frequency spectrum->        Using Fourier method
702/78 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system ->        Waveform analysis ->        Frequency->        By count (e.g., pulse)
702/79 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system->        Time-related parameter (e.g., pulse-width, period, delay, etc.)
702/80 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Electrical signal parameter measurement system->        Specified memory location generation for storage
702/81 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT ->        Quality evaluation
702/82 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Quality evaluation->        Having judging means (e.g., accept/reject)
702/83 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Quality evaluation->        Sampling Inspection Plan
702/84 -> 1 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM IN A SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENT  ->        Quality evaluation->        Quality control
702/85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM
702/86 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Linearization of measurement
702/87 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Zeroing (e.g., null)
702/88 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Zero-full scaling
702/89 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Timing (e.g., delay, synchronization)
702/90 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Error due to component compatibility
702/91 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM  ->        Error due to component compatibility->        Having interchangeable sensors or probes
702/92 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Direction (e.g., compass)
702/93 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM  ->        Direction (e.g., compass)->        By another sensor
702/94 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Position measurement
702/95 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM  ->        Position measurement->        Coordinate positioning
702/96 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Speed
702/97 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Length, distance, or thickness
702/98 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Pressure
702/99 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Temperature
702/100 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Fluid or fluid flow measurement
702/101 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Weight
702/102 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM  ->        Weight->        Tare weight adjusted
702/103 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Acoustic
702/104 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Sensor or transducer
702/105 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        For mechanical system
702/106 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Signal frequency or phase correction
702/107 -> 85 CALIBRATION OR CORRECTION SYSTEM ->        Circuit tuning (e.g., potentiometer, amplifier)
702/108 TESTING SYSTEM
702/109 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM ->        For transfer function determination
702/110 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        For transfer function determination->        Binary signal stimulus (e.g., pulse)
702/111 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        For transfer function determination->        Noise signal stimulus (e.g., white noise)
702/112 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        For transfer function determination->        Sinusoidal signal stimulus
702/113 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM ->        Of mechanical system
702/114 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        Of mechanical system->        Pneumatic or hydraulic system
702/115 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        Of mechanical system->        Electromechanical or magnetic system
702/116 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM ->        Of sensing device
702/117 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM ->        Of circuit
702/118 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        Of circuit->        Testing multiple circuits
702/119 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        Of circuit->        Including program initialization (e.g., program loading) or code selection (e.g., program creation)
702/120 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        Of circuit->        Including input/output or test mode selection means
702/121 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM ->        Including multiple test instruments
702/122 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM ->        Including specific communication means
702/123 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM ->        Including program set up
702/124 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM ->        Signal generation or waveform shaping
702/125 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        Signal generation or waveform shaping->        Timing signal
702/126 -> 108 TESTING SYSTEM  ->        Signal generation or waveform shaping->        Signal conversion
702/127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM
702/128 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Article count or size distribution
702/129 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Article count or size distribution->        Quantitative determination by weight
702/130 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Temperature measuring system
702/131 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Temperature measuring system->        Body temperature
702/132 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Temperature measuring system->        Thermal protection
702/133 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Temperature measuring system->        By resistive means
702/134 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Temperature measuring system->        By radiant energy
702/135 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Temperature measuring system ->        By radiant energy->        Infrared
702/136 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Temperature measuring system->        Thermal related property
702/137 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Density
702/138 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Pressure
702/139 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Pressure->        Exerted on or by a living body
702/140 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Pressure->        Within an enclosure
702/141 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Accelerometer
702/142 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Speed
702/143 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Speed->        By radar or sonar
702/144 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Speed->        Of aircraft
702/145 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Speed->        Rotational speed
702/146 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Speed ->        Rotational speed->        Averaging performed
702/147 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Speed ->        Rotational speed->        Specific mathematical operation performed
702/148 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Speed ->        Rotational speed ->        Specific mathematical operation performed->        For wheel speed
702/149 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Speed->        By distance and time measurement
702/150 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Orientation or position
702/151 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Orientation or position->        Angular position
702/152 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Orientation or position->        3D position
702/153 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Orientation or position ->        3D position->        3D orientation
702/154 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Orientation or position->        Inclinometer
702/155 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Dimensional determination
702/156 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination->        Area or volume
702/157 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination->        Radius or diameter
702/158 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination->        Linear distance or length
702/159 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Linear distance or length->        By reflected signal (e.g., ultrasonic, light, laser)
702/160 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Linear distance or length->        Pedometer
702/161 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Linear distance or length->        Electronic ruler
702/162 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Linear distance or length->        Micrometer
702/163 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Linear distance or length->        By rotary encoding means
702/164 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Linear distance or length ->        By rotary encoding means->        Electronic tape measure
702/165 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Linear distance or length ->        By rotary encoding means->        Odometer
702/166 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination->        Height or depth
702/167 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination->        Contouring
702/168 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Contouring->        By probe (e.g., contact)
702/169 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Contouring->        Center of gravity
702/170 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination->        Thickness or width
702/171 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Thickness or width->        By ultrasonic
702/172 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Dimensional determination ->        Thickness or width->        By radiant energy (e.g., X-ray, light)
702/173 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Weight
702/174 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Weight->        Payload
702/175 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Weight->        Of moving article
702/176 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Time duration or rate
702/177 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Time duration or rate->        Due time monitoring (e.g., medication clock, maintenance interval)
702/178 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Time duration or rate->        Timekeeping (e.g., clock, calendar, stopwatch)
702/179 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Statistical measurement
702/180 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Statistical measurement->        Histogram distribution
702/181 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Statistical measurement->        Probability determination
702/182 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Performance or efficiency evaluation
702/183 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Performance or efficiency evaluation->        Diagnostic analysis
702/184 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Performance or efficiency evaluation ->        Diagnostic analysis->        Maintenance
702/185 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Performance or efficiency evaluation ->        Diagnostic analysis->        Cause or fault identification
702/186 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Performance or efficiency evaluation->        Computer and peripheral benchmarking
702/187 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        History logging or time stamping
702/188 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Remote supervisory monitoring
702/189 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM ->        Measured signal processing
702/190 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Measured signal processing->        Signal extraction or separation (e.g., filtering)
702/191 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Measured signal processing ->        Signal extraction or separation (e.g., filtering)->        For noise removal or suppression
702/193 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Measured signal processing ->        Signal extraction or separation (e.g., filtering) ->        For noise removal or suppression->        By threshold comparison
702/194 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Measured signal processing ->        Signal extraction or separation (e.g., filtering) ->        For noise removal or suppression->        By mathematical attenuation (e.g., weighting, averaging)
702/195 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Measured signal processing ->        Signal extraction or separation (e.g., filtering) ->        For noise removal or suppression ->        By mathematical attenuation (e.g., weighting, averaging)->        Subtracting noise component
702/196 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Measured signal processing ->        Signal extraction or separation (e.g., filtering)->        Using matrix operation
702/197 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Measured signal processing ->        Signal extraction or separation (e.g., filtering) ->        Using matrix operation->        Having multiple filtering stages
702/198 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Measured signal processing->        Measurement conversion processing (e.g., true-to-RMS value)
702/199 -> 127 MEASUREMENT SYSTEM  ->        Measured signal processing->        Averaging
707/1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING
707/2 -> 1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING ->        Access augmentation or optimizing
707/3 -> 1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING ->        Query processing (i.e., searching)
707/4 -> 1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING  ->        Query processing (i.e., searching)->        Query formulation, input preparation, or translation
707/5 -> 1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING  ->        Query processing (i.e., searching)->        Query augmenting and refining (e.g., inexact access)
707/6 -> 1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING  ->        Query processing (i.e., searching)->        Pattern matching access
707/7 -> 1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING ->        Sorting
707/8 -> 1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING ->        Concurrency (e.g., lock management in shared database)
707/9 -> 1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING ->        Privileged access
707/10 -> 1 DATABASE OR FILE ACCESSING ->        Distributed or remote access
707/100 DATABASE SCHEMA OR DATA STRUCTURE
707/101 -> 100 DATABASE SCHEMA OR DATA STRUCTURE ->        Manipulating data structure (e.g., compression, compaction, compilation)
707/102 -> 100 DATABASE SCHEMA OR DATA STRUCTURE ->        Generating database or data structure (e.g., via user interface)
707/103R -> 100 DATABASE SCHEMA OR DATA STRUCTURE ->        Object-oriented database structure
707/103Y -> 100 DATABASE SCHEMA OR DATA STRUCTURE  ->        Object-oriented database structure->        Object-oriented database structure processing
707/103X -> 100 DATABASE SCHEMA OR DATA STRUCTURE  ->        Object-oriented database structure->        Object-oriented database structure network
707/103Z -> 100 DATABASE SCHEMA OR DATA STRUCTURE  ->        Object-oriented database structure->        Object-oriented database structure reference
707/104.1 -> 100 DATABASE SCHEMA OR DATA STRUCTURE ->        Application of database or data structure (e.g., distributed, multimedia, image)
707/200 FILE OR DATABASE MAINTENANCE
707/201 -> 200 FILE OR DATABASE MAINTENANCE ->        Coherency (e.g., same view to multiple users)
707/202 -> 200 FILE OR DATABASE MAINTENANCE  ->        Coherency (e.g., same view to multiple users)->        Recoverability
707/203 -> 200 FILE OR DATABASE MAINTENANCE  ->        Coherency (e.g., same view to multiple users)->        Version management
707/204 -> 200 FILE OR DATABASE MAINTENANCE  ->        Coherency (e.g., same view to multiple users)->        Archiving or backup
707/205 -> 200 FILE OR DATABASE MAINTENANCE ->        File allocation
707/206 -> 200 FILE OR DATABASE MAINTENANCE  ->        File allocation->        Garbage collection
709/200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING
709/201 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Distributed data processing
709/202 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Distributed data processing->        Processing agent
709/203 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Distributed data processing->        Client/server
709/204 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Computer conferencing
709/205 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer conferencing->        Cooperative computer processing
709/206 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer conferencing->        Demand based messaging
709/207 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer conferencing->        Priority based messaging
709/208 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Master/slave computer controlling
709/209 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Master/slave computer controlling->        Master/slave mode selecting
709/210 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Master/slave computer controlling->        Slave computer locking
709/211 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Master/slave computer controlling->        Master accessing slave storage
709/212 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Computer-to-computer direct memory accessing
709/213 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Multicomputer data transferring via shared memory
709/214 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Multicomputer data transferring via shared memory->        Plural shared memories
709/215 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Multicomputer data transferring via shared memory->        Partitioned shared memory
709/216 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Multicomputer data transferring via shared memory->        Accessing another computer's memory
709/217 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Remote data accessing
709/218 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Remote data accessing->        Using interconnected networks
709/219 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Remote data accessing->        Accessing a remote server
709/220 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Network computer configuring
709/221 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Network computer configuring->        Reconfiguring
709/222 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Network computer configuring->        Initializing
709/223 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Computer network managing
709/224 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer network managing->        Computer network monitoring
709/225 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer network managing->        Computer network access regulating
709/226 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer network managing->        Network resource allocating
709/227 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Computer-to-computer session/connection establishing
709/228 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer session/connection establishing->        Session/connection parameter setting
709/229 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer session/connection establishing->        Network resources access controlling
709/230 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Computer-to-computer protocol implementing
709/231 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer protocol implementing->        Computer-to-computer data streaming
709/232 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer protocol implementing->        Computer-to-computer data transfer regulating
709/233 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer protocol implementing ->        Computer-to-computer data transfer regulating->        Transfer speed regulating
709/234 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer protocol implementing ->        Computer-to-computer data transfer regulating->        Data flow compensating
709/235 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer protocol implementing ->        Computer-to-computer data transfer regulating->        Congestion avoiding
709/236 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer protocol implementing->        Computer-to-computer data framing
709/237 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer protocol implementing->        Computer-to-computer handshaking
709/238 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Computer-to-computer data routing
709/239 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer data routing->        Alternate path routing
709/240 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer data routing->        Prioritized data routing
709/241 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer data routing->        Least weight routing
709/242 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer data routing->        Routing data updating
709/243 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer data routing->        Decentralized controlling
709/244 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer data routing->        Centralized controlling
709/245 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Computer-to-computer data addressing
709/246 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Computer-to-computer data modifying
709/247 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING  ->        Computer-to-computer data modifying->        Compressing/decompressing
709/248 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Multicomputer synchronizing
709/249 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Multiple network interconnecting
709/250 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Network-to-computer interfacing
709/251 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Ring computer networking
709/252 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Star or tree computer networking
709/253 -> 200 MULTICOMPUTER DATA TRANSFERRING ->        Bused computer networking
709/400 SYNCHRONIZATION OF PLURAL PROCESSORS
710/1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING
710/2 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Input/Output expansion
710/3 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Input/Output addressing
710/4 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output addressing->        Address data transfer
710/5 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Input/Output command process
710/6 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output command process->        Operation scheduling
710/7 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output command process->        Concurrently performing Input/Output operation and other operation unrelated to Input/Output
710/8 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Peripheral configuration
710/9 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral configuration->        Address assignment
710/10 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral configuration->        Configuration initialization
710/11 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral configuration->        Protocol selection
710/12 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral configuration->        As input or output
710/13 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral configuration->        By detachable memory
710/14 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral configuration->        Mode selection
710/15 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Peripheral monitoring
710/16 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral monitoring->        Characteristic discrimination
710/17 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral monitoring->        Availability monitoring
710/18 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral monitoring->        Activity monitoring
710/19 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral monitoring->        Status updating
710/20 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Concurrent Input/Output processing and data transfer
710/21 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Concurrent Input/Output processing and data transfer->        Concurrent data transferring
710/22 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Direct Memory Accessing (DMA)
710/23 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Direct Memory Accessing (DMA)->        Programmed control memory accessing
710/24 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Direct Memory Accessing (DMA)->        By command chaining
710/25 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Direct Memory Accessing (DMA)->        Timing
710/26 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Direct Memory Accessing (DMA)->        Using addressing
710/27 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Direct Memory Accessing (DMA)->        Via separate bus
710/28 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Direct Memory Accessing (DMA)->        With access regulating
710/29 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Flow controlling
710/30 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Frame forming
710/31 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Transfer direction selection
710/32 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Transfer termination
710/33 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Data transfer specifying
710/34 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Data transfer specifying->        Transferred data counting
710/35 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Data transfer specifying->        Burst data transfer
710/36 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Input/Output access regulation
710/37 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation->        Access dedication
710/38 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation->        Path selection
710/39 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation->        Access request queuing
710/40 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation->        Access prioritization
710/41 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation ->        Access prioritization->        Dynamic
710/42 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation ->        Access prioritization->        Group
710/43 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation ->        Access prioritization->        Physical position
710/44 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation ->        Access prioritization->        Prioritized polling
710/45 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation ->        Access prioritization->        Time-slot accessing
710/46 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation->        Input/Output polling
710/47 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation ->        Input/Output polling->        Polled interrupt
710/48 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation->        Input/Output interrupting
710/49 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation ->        Input/Output interrupting->        Masking
710/50 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation ->        Input/Output interrupting->        Vectored
710/51 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output access regulation->        Accessing via a multiplexer
710/52 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Input/Output data buffering
710/53 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output data buffering->        Alternately filling or emptying buffers
710/54 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output data buffering->        Queue content modification
710/55 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output data buffering->        Contents validation
710/56 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output data buffering->        Buffer space allocation or deallocation
710/57 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output data buffering->        Fullness indication
710/58 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Input/Output process timing
710/59 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output process timing->        Processing suspension
710/60 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output process timing->        Transfer rate regulation
710/61 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Input/Output process timing->        Synchronous data transfer
710/62 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING ->        Peripheral adapting
710/63 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting->        Universal
710/64 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting->        Via common units and peripheral-specific units
710/65 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting->        Input/Output data modification
710/66 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting ->        Input/Output data modification->        Width conversion
710/67 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting ->        Input/Output data modification->        Keystroke interpretation
710/68 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting ->        Input/Output data modification->        Data compression and expansion
710/69 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting ->        Input/Output data modification->        Analog-to-digital or digital-to-analog
710/70 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting ->        Input/Output data modification->        Digital-to-digital
710/71 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting ->        Input/Output data modification->        Serial-to-parallel or parallel-to-serial
710/72 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting->        Application-specific peripheral adapting
710/73 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting ->        Application-specific peripheral adapting->        For user input device
710/74 -> 1 INPUT/OUTPUT DATA PROCESSING  ->        Peripheral adapting ->        Application-specific peripheral adapting->        For data storage device
710/100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)
710/300 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING) ->        Bus expansion or extension
710/301 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus expansion or extension->        Card insertion
710/302 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus expansion or extension ->        Card insertion->        Hot insertion
710/303 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus expansion or extension->        Docking station
710/304 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus expansion or extension ->        Docking station->        Hot docking
710/104 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING) ->        System configuring
710/105 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING) ->        Protocol
710/106 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Protocol->        Using transmitter and receiver
710/107 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING) ->        Bus access regulation
710/108 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation->        Bus locking
710/109 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation->        Bus polling
710/110 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation->        Bus master/slave controlling
710/111 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation->        Rotational prioritizing (i.e., round robin)
710/112 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation->        Bus request queuing
710/113 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation->        Centralized bus arbitration
710/114 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Centralized bus arbitration->        Static bus prioritization
710/115 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Centralized bus arbitration ->        Static bus prioritization->        Physical position bus prioritization
710/116 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Centralized bus arbitration->        Dynamic bus prioritization
710/117 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Centralized bus arbitration->        Time-slotted bus accessing
710/118 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Centralized bus arbitration->        Delay reduction
710/119 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation->        Decentralized bus arbitration
710/120 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Decentralized bus arbitration->        Hierarchical or multilevel accessing
710/121 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Decentralized bus arbitration->        Static bus prioritization
710/122 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Decentralized bus arbitration ->        Static bus prioritization->        Physical position bus prioritization
710/123 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Decentralized bus arbitration->        Dynamic bus prioritization
710/124 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Decentralized bus arbitration->        Time-slotted bus accessing
710/125 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus access regulation ->        Decentralized bus arbitration->        Delay reduction
710/305 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING) ->        Bus interface architecture
710/306 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture->        Bus bridge
710/307 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Bus bridge->        Variable or multiple bus width
710/308 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Bus bridge->        Direct memory access (e.g., DMA)
710/309 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Bus bridge->        Arbitration
710/310 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Bus bridge->        Buffer or que control
710/311 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Bus bridge->        Intelligent bridge
710/312 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Bus bridge->        Multiple bridges
710/313 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Bus bridge->        Peripheral bus coupling (e.g., PCI, USB, ISA, and etc.)
710/314 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Bus bridge->        Common protocol (e.g., PCI to PCI)
710/315 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Bus bridge->        Different protocol (e.g., PCI to ISA)
710/316 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture->        Path selecting switch
710/317 -> 100 INTRASYSTEM CONNECTION (E.G., BUS AND BUS TRANSACTION PROCESSING)  ->        Bus interface architecture ->        Path selecting switch->        Crossbar
710/200 ACCESS LOCKING
710/220 ACCESS POLLING
710/240 ACCESS ARBITRATING
710/241 -> 240 ACCESS ARBITRATING ->        Centralized arbitrating
710/242 -> 240 ACCESS ARBITRATING ->        Decentralized arbitrating
710/243 -> 240 ACCESS ARBITRATING ->        Hierarchical or multilevel arbitrating
710/244 -> 240 ACCESS ARBITRATING ->        Access prioritizing
710/260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING
710/261 -> 260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING ->        Multimode interrupt processing
710/262 -> 260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING ->        Interrupt inhibiting or masking
710/263 -> 260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING ->        Interrupt queuing
710/264 -> 260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING ->        Interrupt prioritizing
710/265 -> 260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING  ->        Interrupt prioritizing->        Variable
710/266 -> 260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING ->        Programmable interrupt processing
710/267 -> 260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING ->        Processor status
710/268 -> 260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING ->        Source or destination identifier
710/269 -> 260 INTERRUPT PROCESSING ->        Handling vector
713/1 DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION OR CONFIGURATION (E.G., INITIALIZING, SET UP, CONFIGURATION, OR RESETTING)
713/2 -> 1 DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION OR CONFIGURATION (E.G., INITIALIZING, SET UP, CONFIGURATION, OR RESETTING) ->        Loading initialization program (e.g., booting, rebooting, warm booting, remote booting, BIOS, initial program load (IPL), bootstrapping)
713/100 RECONFIGURATION (E.G., CHANGING SYSTEM SETTING)
713/150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY
713/151 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Protection at a particular protocol layer
713/152 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Protection at a particular protocol layer->        Application layer security
713/153 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Particular node (e.g., gateway, bridge, router, etc.) for directing data and applying cryptography
713/154 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular node (e.g., gateway, bridge, router, etc.) for directing data and applying cryptography->        Including filtering based on content or address
713/155 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Central trusted authority provides computer authentication
713/156 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Central trusted authority provides computer authentication->        By certificate
713/157 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Central trusted authority provides computer authentication ->        By certificate->        Chain or hierarchical certificates
713/158 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Central trusted authority provides computer authentication ->        By certificate->        Revocation or expiration
713/159 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Central trusted authority provides computer authentication->        Including intelligent token
713/160 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Packet header designating cryptographically protected data
713/161 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Packet header designating cryptographically protected data->        Data authentication
713/162 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Having particular address related cryptography
713/163 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Having particular address related cryptography->        Multicast
713/164 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Security kernel or utility
713/165 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Security kernel or utility->        File protection
713/166 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Security kernel or utility->        Security levels
713/167 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Security kernel or utility->        Object protection
713/168 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Particular communication authentication technique
713/169 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique->        Mutual entity authentication
713/170 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique->        Authentication of an entity and a message
713/171 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique->        Having key exchange
713/172 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique->        Intelligent token
713/173 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique ->        Intelligent token->        Pre-loaded with certificate
713/174 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique ->        Intelligent token->        Including particular multiplication or exponentiation circuit
713/175 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique->        By generation of certificate
713/176 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique->        Authentication by digital signature representation or digital watermark
713/177 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique ->        Authentication by digital signature representation or digital watermark->        Signature tree
713/178 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique ->        Authentication by digital signature representation or digital watermark->        Time stamp
713/179 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique ->        Authentication by digital signature representation or digital watermark->        Including generation of associated coded record
713/180 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique->        Generating specific digital signature type (e.g., blind, shared, or undeniable)
713/181 -> 150 MULTIPLE COMPUTER COMMUNICATION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Particular communication authentication technique->        Message digest travels with message
713/182 SYSTEM ACCESS CONTROL BASED ON USER IDENTIFICATION BY CRYPTOGRAPHY
713/183 -> 182 SYSTEM ACCESS CONTROL BASED ON USER IDENTIFICATION BY CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Solely password entry (no record or token)
713/184 -> 182 SYSTEM ACCESS CONTROL BASED ON USER IDENTIFICATION BY CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        PIN/password generator device
713/185 -> 182 SYSTEM ACCESS CONTROL BASED ON USER IDENTIFICATION BY CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Using record or token
713/186 -> 182 SYSTEM ACCESS CONTROL BASED ON USER IDENTIFICATION BY CRYPTOGRAPHY  ->        Using record or token->        Biometric acquisition
713/187 COMPUTER PROGRAM MODIFICATION DETECTION BY CRYPTOGRAPHY
713/188 COMPUTER VIRUS DETECTION BY CRYPTOGRAPHY
713/189 DATA PROCESSING PROTECTION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY
713/190 -> 189 DATA PROCESSING PROTECTION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Computer instruction/address encryption
713/191 -> 189 DATA PROCESSING PROTECTION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Upgrade/install encryption
713/192 -> 189 DATA PROCESSING PROTECTION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Having separate add-on board
713/193 -> 189 DATA PROCESSING PROTECTION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        By stored data protection
713/194 -> 189 DATA PROCESSING PROTECTION USING CRYPTOGRAPHY ->        Tamper resistant
713/200 SECURITY
713/201 -> 200 SECURITY ->        Computer network
713/202 -> 200 SECURITY ->        Password
713/300 COMPUTER POWER CONTROL
713/310 -> 300 COMPUTER POWER CONTROL ->        By external command
713/320 -> 300 COMPUTER POWER CONTROL ->        Power conservation
713/321 -> 300 COMPUTER POWER CONTROL  ->        Power conservation->        Programmable calculator with power saving feature
713/322 -> 300 COMPUTER POWER CONTROL  ->        Power conservation->        By clock speed control (e.g., clock on/off)
713/323 -> 300 COMPUTER POWER CONTROL  ->        Power conservation->        Active/idle mode processing
713/324 -> 300 COMPUTER POWER CONTROL  ->        Power conservation->        By shutdown of only part of system
713/330 -> 300 COMPUTER POWER CONTROL ->        Power sequencing
713/340 -> 300 COMPUTER POWER CONTROL ->        Having power source monitoring
713/400 SYNCHRONIZATION OF CLOCK OR TIMING SIGNALS, DATA, OR PULSES
713/401 -> 400 SYNCHRONIZATION OF CLOCK OR TIMING SIGNALS, DATA, OR PULSES ->        Using delay
713/500 CLOCK, PULSE, OR TIMING SIGNAL GENERATION OR ANALYSIS
713/501 -> 500 CLOCK, PULSE, OR TIMING SIGNAL GENERATION OR ANALYSIS ->        Multiple or variable intervals or frequencies
713/502 -> 500 CLOCK, PULSE, OR TIMING SIGNAL GENERATION OR ANALYSIS ->        Counting, scheduling, or event timing
713/503 -> 500 CLOCK, PULSE, OR TIMING SIGNAL GENERATION OR ANALYSIS ->        Correction for skew, phase, or rate
713/600 CLOCK CONTROL OF DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM, COMPONENT, OR DATA TRANSMISSION
713/601 -> 600 CLOCK CONTROL OF DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM, COMPONENT, OR DATA TRANSMISSION ->        Inhibiting timing generator or component
714/100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING
714/1 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING ->        Reliability and availability
714/2 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability->        Fault recovery
714/3 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery->        By masking or reconfiguration
714/4 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration->        Of network
714/5 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration->        Of memory or peripheral subsystem
714/6 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration ->        Of memory or peripheral subsystem->        Redundant stored data accessed (e.g., duplicated data, error correction coded data, or other parity-type data)
714/7 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration ->        Of memory or peripheral subsystem ->        Redundant stored data accessed (e.g., duplicated data, error correction coded data, or other parity-type data)->        Reconfiguration (e.g., adding a replacement storage component)
714/8 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration ->        Of memory or peripheral subsystem->        Isolating failed storage location (e.g., sector remapping)
714/9 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration ->        Of memory or peripheral subsystem->        Access processor affected (e.g., I/O processor, MMU, DMA processor)
714/10 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration->        Of processor
714/11 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration ->        Of processor->        Concurrent, redundantly operating processors
714/12 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration ->        Of processor ->        Concurrent, redundantly operating processors->        Synchronization maintenance of processors
714/13 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration ->        Of processor->        Prepared backup processor (e.g., initializing cold backup) or updating backup processor (e.g., by checkpoint message)
714/14 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        By masking or reconfiguration->        Of power supply
714/15 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery->        State recovery (i.e., process or data file)
714/16 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        State recovery (i.e., process or data file)->        Forward recovery (e.g., redoing committed action)
714/17 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        State recovery (i.e., process or data file) ->        Forward recovery (e.g., redoing committed action)->        Reexecuting single instruction or bus cycle
714/18 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        State recovery (i.e., process or data file)->        Transmission data record (e.g., for retransmission)
714/19 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        State recovery (i.e., process or data file)->        Undo record
714/20 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        State recovery (i.e., process or data file)->        Plural recovery data sets containing set interrelation data (e.g., time values or log record numbers)
714/21 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        State recovery (i.e., process or data file)->        State validity check
714/22 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery ->        State recovery (i.e., process or data file)->        With power supply status monitoring
714/23 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery->        Resetting processor
714/24 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault recovery->        Safe shutdown
714/25 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing)
714/26 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing)->        Artificial intelligence (e.g., diagnostic expert system)
714/27 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing)->        Particular access structure
714/28 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Particular access structure->        Substituted emulative component (e.g., emulator microprocessor)
714/29 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Particular access structure ->        Substituted emulative component (e.g., emulator microprocessor)->        Memory emulator feature
714/30 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Particular access structure->        Built-in hardware for diagnosing or testing within-system component (e.g., microprocessor test mode circuit, scan path)
714/31 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Particular access structure->        Additional processor for in-system fault locating (e.g., distributed diagnosis program)
714/32 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing)->        Particular stimulus creation
714/33 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Particular stimulus creation->        Derived from analysis (e.g., of a specification or by stimulation)
714/34 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Particular stimulus creation->        Halt, clock, or interrupt signal (e.g., freezing, hardware breakpoint, single-stepping)
714/35 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Particular stimulus creation->        Substituted or added instruction (e.g., code instrumenting, breakpoint instruction)
714/36 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Particular stimulus creation->        Test sequence at power-up or initialization
714/37 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing)->        Analysis (e.g., of output, state, or design)
714/38 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Analysis (e.g., of output, state, or design)->        Of computer software
714/39 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Analysis (e.g., of output, state, or design)->        Monitor recognizes sequence of events (e.g., protocol or logic state analyzer)
714/40 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing)->        Component dependent technique
714/41 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Component dependent technique->        For reliability enhancing component (e.g., testing backup spare, or fault injection)
714/42 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Component dependent technique->        Memory or storage device component fault
714/43 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Component dependent technique->        Bus, I/O channel, or network path component fault
714/44 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing) ->        Component dependent technique->        Peripheral device component fault
714/45 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing)->        Output recording (e.g., signature or trace)
714/46 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Fault locating (i.e., diagnosis or testing)->        Operator interface for diagnosing or testing
714/47 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability->        Performance monitoring for fault avoidance
714/48 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability->        Error detection or notification
714/49 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Error detection or notification->        State error (i.e., content of instruction, data, or message)
714/50 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Error detection or notification ->        State error (i.e., content of instruction, data, or message)->        State out of sequence
714/51 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Error detection or notification ->        State error (i.e., content of instruction, data, or message) ->        State out of sequence->        Control flow state sequence monitored (e.g., watchdog processor for control-flow checking)
714/52 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Error detection or notification ->        State error (i.e., content of instruction, data, or message) ->        State out of sequence->        Error checking code
714/53 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Error detection or notification ->        State error (i.e., content of instruction, data, or message)->        Address error
714/54 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Error detection or notification ->        State error (i.e., content of instruction, data, or message)->        Storage content error
714/55 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Error detection or notification->        Timing error (e.g., watchdog timer time-out)
714/56 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Error detection or notification ->        Timing error (e.g., watchdog timer time-out)->        Bus or I/O channel device fault
714/57 -> 100 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM ERROR OR FAULT HANDLING  ->        Reliability and availability ->        Error detection or notification->        Error forwarding and presentation (e.g., operator console, error display)
714/699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING
714/700 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Skew detection correction
714/701 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Data formatting to improve error detection correction capability
714/702 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Data formatting to improve error detection correction capability->        Memory access (e.g., address permutation)
714/703 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Testing of error-check system
714/704 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Error count or rate
714/705 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error count or rate->        Pseudo-error rate
714/706 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error count or rate->        Up-down counter
714/707 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error count or rate->        Synchronization control
714/708 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error count or rate->        Shutdown or establishing system parameter (e.g., transmission rate)
714/709 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Data pulse evaluation/bit decision
714/710 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Replacement of memory spare location, portion, or segment
714/711 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Replacement of memory spare location, portion, or segment->        Spare row or column
714/712 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Transmission facility testing
714/713 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Transmission facility testing->        For channel having repeater
714/714 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Transmission facility testing->        By tone signal
714/715 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Transmission facility testing->        Test pattern with comparison
714/716 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Transmission facility testing ->        Test pattern with comparison->        Loop-back
714/717 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Transmission facility testing->        Loop or ring configuration
714/718 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Memory testing
714/719 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Memory testing->        Read-in with read-out and compare
714/720 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Memory testing ->        Read-in with read-out and compare->        Special test pattern (e.g., checkerboard, walking ones)
714/721 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Memory testing->        Electrical parameter (e.g., threshold voltage)
714/722 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Memory testing->        Performing arithmetic function on memory contents
714/723 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Memory testing->        Error mapping or logging
714/724 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Digital logic testing
714/725 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Programmable logic array (PLA) testing
714/726 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Scan path testing (e.g., level sensitive scan design (LSSD))
714/727 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Scan path testing (e.g., level sensitive scan design (LSSD))->        Boundary scan
714/728 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Scan path testing (e.g., level sensitive scan design (LSSD))->        Random pattern generation (includes pseudorandom pattern)
714/729 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Scan path testing (e.g., level sensitive scan design (LSSD))->        Plural scan paths
714/730 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Scan path testing (e.g., level sensitive scan design (LSSD))->        Addressing
714/731 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Scan path testing (e.g., level sensitive scan design (LSSD))->        Clock or synchronization
714/732 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Signature analysis
714/733 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Built-in testing circuit (BILBO)
714/734 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Structural (in-circuit test)
714/735 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Device response compared to input pattern
714/736 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Device response compared to expected fault-free response
714/737 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Device response compared to fault dictionary/truth table
714/738 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Including test pattern generator
714/739 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Including test pattern generator->        Random pattern generation (includes pseudorandom pattern)
714/740 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Including test pattern generator->        Having analog signal
714/741 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Including test pattern generator->        Simulation
714/742 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Including test pattern generator->        Testing specific device
714/743 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Including test pattern generator->        Addressing
714/744 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing ->        Including test pattern generator->        Clock or synchronization
714/745 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital logic testing->        Determination of marginal operation limits
714/746 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Digital data error correction
714/747 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction->        Substitution of previous valid data
714/748 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction->        Request for retransmission
714/749 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Request for retransmission->        Retransmission if no ACK returned
714/750 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Request for retransmission->        Feedback to transmitter for comparison
714/751 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Request for retransmission->        Including forward error correction capability
714/752 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction->        Forward correction by block code
714/753 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Double error correcting with single error correcting code
714/754 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Error correction during refresh cycle
714/755 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Double encoding codes (e.g., product, concatenated)
714/756 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Double encoding codes (e.g., product, concatenated)->        Cross-interleave Reed-Solomon code (CIRC)
714/757 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Parallel generation of check bits
714/758 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Error correcting code with additional error detection code (e.g., cyclic redundancy character, parity)
714/759 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Look-up table encoding or decoding
714/760 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Threshold decoding (e.g., majority logic)
714/761 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Random and burst error correction
714/762 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Burst error correction
714/763 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Memory access
714/764 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access->        Error correct and restore
714/765 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access->        Error pointer
714/766 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access->        Check bits stored in separate area of memory
714/767 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access->        Code word for plural n-bit (n>1) storage units (e.g., x4 DRAM's)
714/768 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access->        Error correction code for memory address
714/769 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access->        Dynamic data storage
714/770 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access ->        Dynamic data storage->        Disk array
714/771 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access ->        Dynamic data storage->        Tape
714/772 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access->        Code word parallel access
714/773 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Memory access->        Solid state memory
714/774 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Adaptive error-correcting capability
714/775 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Synchronization
714/776 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        For packet or frame multiplexed data
714/777 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Hamming code
714/778 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Nonbinary data (e.g., ternary)
714/779 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Variable length data
714/780 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Using symbol reliability information (e.g., soft decision)
714/781 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code->        Code based on generator polynomial
714/782 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Code based on generator polynomial->        Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghem code
714/783 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Code based on generator polynomial->        Golay code
714/784 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Code based on generator polynomial->        Reed-Solomon code
714/785 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward correction by block code ->        Code based on generator polynomial->        Syndrome computed
714/786 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)
714/787 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Random and burst errors
714/788 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Burst error
714/789 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Synchronization
714/790 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Puncturing
714/791 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Sequential decoder (e.g., Fano or stack algorithm)
714/792 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Trellis code
714/793 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Syndrome decodable (e.g., self orthogonal)
714/794 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Maximum likelihood
714/795 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Viterbi decoding
714/796 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction ->        Forward error correction by tree code (e.g., convolutional)->        Branch metric calculation
714/797 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Digital data error correction->        Majority decision/voter circuit
714/798 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Error detection for synchronization control
714/799 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING ->        Error/fault detection technique
714/800 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique->        Parity bit
714/801 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Parity bit->        Parity generator or checker circuit detail
714/802 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Parity bit->        Even and odd parity
714/803 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Parity bit->        Parity prediction
714/804 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Parity bit->        Plural dimension parity check
714/805 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Parity bit->        Storage accessing (e.g., address parity check)
714/806 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique->        Constant-ratio code (m/n)
714/807 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique->        Check character
714/808 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Check character->        Modulo-n residue check character
714/809 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique->        Code constraint monitored
714/810 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Code constraint monitored->        Multilevel coding (n>2)
714/811 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique->        Forbidden combination or improper condition
714/812 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Forbidden combination or improper condition->        Specified digital signal or pulse count
714/813 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Forbidden combination or improper condition->        Two key-down detector
714/814 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Forbidden combination or improper condition->        Data timing/clocking
714/815 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Forbidden combination or improper condition->        Time delay/interval monitored
714/816 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Forbidden combination or improper condition->        Two-rail logic
714/817 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Forbidden combination or improper condition->        Noise level
714/818 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Forbidden combination or improper condition->        Missing-bit/drop-out detection
714/819 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique->        Comparison of data
714/820 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Comparison of data->        Plural parallel devices of channels
714/821 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Comparison of data ->        Plural parallel devices of channels->        Transmission facility
714/822 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Comparison of data->        Sequential repetition
714/823 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Comparison of data ->        Sequential repetition->        True and complement data
714/824 -> 699 PULSE OR DATA ERROR HANDLING  ->        Error/fault detection technique ->        Comparison of data->        Device output compared to input
715/500.1 SYNCHRONIZATION OF DIVERSE MEDIA
715/501.1 HYPERMEDIA
715/502 DRAWING
715/503 SPREADSHEET
715/504 -> 503 SPREADSHEET ->        Cell format control
715/505 FORM
715/506 -> 505 FORM ->        Form creation
715/507 -> 505 FORM ->        Form filling
715/508 -> 505 FORM  ->        Form filling->        Fitting data into field on form
715/509 TABLE
715/510 -> 509 TABLE ->        Ruled lines
715/511 VERSION MANAGEMENT
715/512 ANNOTATION CONTROL
715/513 STRUCTURED DOCUMENT (E.G., HTML, SGML, ODA, CDA)
715/514 HIERARCHICAL CONTROL
715/515 -> 514 HIERARCHICAL CONTROL ->        Compound document
715/516 -> 514 HIERARCHICAL CONTROL  ->        Compound document->        Matching application process to displayed data type
715/517 LAYOUT
715/518 -> 517 LAYOUT ->        Spacing control
715/519 -> 517 LAYOUT  ->        Spacing control->        Horizontal spacing
715/520 -> 517 LAYOUT ->        Area designation
715/521 -> 517 LAYOUT ->        Boundary processing
715/522 -> 517 LAYOUT ->        Format information in separate file
715/523 -> 517 LAYOUT ->        Format transformation
715/524 -> 517 LAYOUT ->        Detecting format code change
715/525 -> 517 LAYOUT ->        Pagination
715/526 DISPLAY PROCESSING
715/527 -> 526 DISPLAY PROCESSING ->        Print preview
715/528 -> 526 DISPLAY PROCESSING ->        Color attribute
715/529 -> 526 DISPLAY PROCESSING ->        Text attribute
715/530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL
715/531 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL ->        Text
715/532 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL  ->        Text->        Dictionary
715/533 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL  ->        Text->        Spell Check
715/534 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL  ->        Text->        Input of abbreviated word form
715/535 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL  ->        Text->        Ideographic generator
715/536 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL  ->        Text->        Multilingual
715/537 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL  ->        Text->        Footnoting
715/538 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL  ->        Text->        Equation or formula processing
715/539 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL ->        Block control
715/540 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL ->        Replacement of element
715/541 -> 530 EDIT, COMPOSITION, OR STORAGE CONTROL ->        Handwritten textual input
715/542 FONT SELECTION
715/500 MISCELLANEOUS
715/900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT
715/901 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Active document
715/902 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Multilayer document
715/903 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        3-D spreadsheet
715/904 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Details of spreadsheet data records
715/905 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Spreadsheet cell protection
715/906 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Creating one form from another
715/907 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Hierarchical document control with varying levels of detail
715/908 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Document format layout template
715/909 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Document page collating
715/910 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Document presenting plural pages on a single sheet
715/911 -> 900 DOCUMENT STRUCTURAL ELEMENT ->        Document page description processing
717/100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)
717/101 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL) ->        Software project management
717/102 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Software project management->        Enterprise based
717/103 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Software project management ->        Enterprise based->        Distributed
717/104 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL) ->        Modeling
717/105 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Modeling->        Visual
717/106 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL) ->        Code generation
717/107 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Code generation->        Component based
717/108 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Code generation->        Object oriented
717/109 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Code generation->        Visual
717/110 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL) ->        Editing
717/111 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Editing->        Dynamic
717/112 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Editing ->        Dynamic->        Syntax based
717/113 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Editing->        Visual
717/114 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL) ->        Programming language
717/115 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Programming language->        Script
717/116 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Programming language->        Object oriented
717/117 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Programming language->        Declarative (e.g., rule based)
717/118 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Programming language->        Bytecode (e.g., Java)
717/119 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Programming language->        Parallel
717/120 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL) ->        Managing software components
717/121 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Managing software components->        Software configuration
717/122 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Managing software components->        Source code version
717/123 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Managing software components->        Design documentation
717/124 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL) ->        Testing or debugging
717/125 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging->        Having interactive or visual
717/126 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging->        Program verification
717/127 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging->        Monitoring program execution
717/128 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging ->        Monitoring program execution->        Tracing
717/129 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging ->        Monitoring program execution->        Using breakpoint
717/130 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging->        Including instrumentation and profiling
717/131 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging->        Including analysis of program execution
717/132 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging ->        Including analysis of program execution->        Using program flow graph
717/133 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging ->        Including analysis of program execution ->        Using program flow graph->        Using procedure or function call graph
717/134 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging->        Including emulation
717/135 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Testing or debugging->        Including simulation
717/136 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL) ->        Translation of code
717/137 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code->        Source-to-source programming language translation
717/138 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code->        Emulation
717/139 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code->        Interpreter
717/140 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code->        Compiling code
717/141 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code->        Analysis of code form
717/142 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Analysis of code form->        Scanning and lexical analysis
717/143 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Analysis of code form->        Parsing, syntax analysis, and semantic analysis
717/144 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Analysis of code form->        Including graph or tree representation (e.g., abstract syntax tree or AST)
717/145 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code->        Including recompilation
717/146 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code->        Including intermediate code
717/147 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Including intermediate code->        Platform-independent form (e.g., abstract code)
717/148 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Including intermediate code->        Just-in-time compiling or dynamic compiling (e.g., compiling Java bytecode on a virtual machine)
717/149 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code->        For a parallel or multiprocessor system
717/150 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        For a parallel or multiprocessor system->        Loop compiling
717/151 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code->        Optimization
717/152 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization->        Static (source or intermediate level)
717/153 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization->        Dynamic (i.e., machine or object level)
717/154 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization->        Including analysis of program
717/155 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization ->        Including analysis of program->        Data flow analysis
717/156 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization ->        Including analysis of program->        Using flow graph
717/157 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization ->        Including analysis of program ->        Using flow graph->        Using procedure or function call graph
717/158 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization ->        Including analysis of program->        Including instrumentation and profiling
717/159 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization->        Code restructuring
717/160 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization ->        Code restructuring->        Including loop
717/161 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Translation of code ->        Compiling code ->        Optimization ->        Code restructuring ->        Including loop->        Including scheduling instructions
717/162 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL) ->        Linking
717/163 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Linking->        Including library
717/164 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Linking ->        Including library->        Shared
717/165 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Linking->        Object oriented
717/166 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Linking ->        Object oriented->        Using class loader
717/167 -> 100 SOFTWARE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT TOOL (E.G., INTEGRATED CASE TOOL OR STAND-ALONE DEVELOPMENT TOOL)  ->        Linking->        Remote
717/168 SOFTWARE UPGRADING OR UPDATING
717/169 -> 168 SOFTWARE UPGRADING OR UPDATING ->        Including multiple files
717/170 -> 168 SOFTWARE UPGRADING OR UPDATING ->        Plural version management
717/171 -> 168 SOFTWARE UPGRADING OR UPDATING ->        Network
717/172 -> 168 SOFTWARE UPGRADING OR UPDATING  ->        Network->        Including distribution of software (e.g., push-down, pull-down)
717/173 -> 168 SOFTWARE UPGRADING OR UPDATING  ->        Network ->        Including distribution of software (e.g., push-down, pull-down)->        Including downloading
717/174 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
717/175 -> 174 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ->        Including multiple files
717/176 -> 174 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION ->        Network
717/177 -> 174 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION  ->        Network->        Including distribution of software
717/178 -> 174 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION  ->        Network ->        Including distribution of software->        Including downloading
725/1 BILLING IN VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
725/2 -> 1 BILLING IN VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Data stored locally (e.g., at set-top box)
725/3 -> 1 BILLING IN VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Data stored locally (e.g., at set-top box)->        On nonelectronic medium (e.g., paper tape or meter)
725/4 -> 1 BILLING IN VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Data stored at intermediate point (i.e., at location between headend or server and receiver)
725/5 -> 1 BILLING IN VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Payment method or scheme
725/6 -> 1 BILLING IN VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Payment method or scheme->        Card reader (e.g., reader for credit, debit, or smart card)
725/7 -> 1 BILLING IN VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Payment method or scheme->        Coin operated
725/8 -> 1 BILLING IN VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Having variable cost or free preview period
725/9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)
725/10 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED) ->        Monitoring physical reaction or presence of viewer
725/11 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)  ->        Monitoring physical reaction or presence of viewer->        With entry of user identification
725/12 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)  ->        Monitoring physical reaction or presence of viewer->        By passive determination and measurement (e.g., by detecting motion or ambient temperature, or by use of video camera)
725/13 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED) ->        Manual entry (e.g., using keypad or by written response)
725/14 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED) ->        By passively monitoring receiver operation
725/15 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)  ->        By passively monitoring receiver operation->        By detecting local oscillator or IF signal
725/16 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)  ->        By passively monitoring receiver operation->        By polling
725/17 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)  ->        By passively monitoring receiver operation->        By monitoring sync or blanking pulse
725/18 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)  ->        By passively monitoring receiver operation->        By use of audio signal
725/19 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)  ->        By passively monitoring receiver operation->        By use of pattern recognition or signature
725/20 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)  ->        By passively monitoring receiver operation->        By data encoded in video signal (e.g., VBI data)
725/21 -> 9 USE SURVEYING OR MONITORING (E.G., PROGRAM OR CHANNEL WATCHED)  ->        By passively monitoring receiver operation->        Combined with detecting VCR operation
725/22 COMMERCIAL OR PROGRAM AIRING VERIFICATION SYSTEM
725/23 SYSTEM FOR AWARDING COUPON, TOKEN, OR CREDIT
725/24 INTERACTIVE OPINION POLLING
725/25 ACCESS CONTROL OR BLOCKING
725/26 -> 25 ACCESS CONTROL OR BLOCKING ->        By mechanical lock
725/27 -> 25 ACCESS CONTROL OR BLOCKING ->        Of specific channel
725/28 -> 25 ACCESS CONTROL OR BLOCKING ->        Of specific program (e.g., based on program rating)
725/29 -> 25 ACCESS CONTROL OR BLOCKING ->        Time dependent (e.g., time spent viewing program, time of day, etc.)
725/30 -> 25 ACCESS CONTROL OR BLOCKING ->        Access via PIN or password
725/31 -> 25 ACCESS CONTROL OR BLOCKING ->        With encryption or scrambling of video signal
725/32 PROGRAM, MESSAGE, OR COMMERCIAL INSERTION OR SUBSTITUTION
725/33 -> 32 PROGRAM, MESSAGE, OR COMMERCIAL INSERTION OR SUBSTITUTION ->        Emergency warning
725/34 -> 32 PROGRAM, MESSAGE, OR COMMERCIAL INSERTION OR SUBSTITUTION ->        Specific to individual user or household
725/35 -> 32 PROGRAM, MESSAGE, OR COMMERCIAL INSERTION OR SUBSTITUTION ->        Based on demographics or geographical area
725/36 -> 32 PROGRAM, MESSAGE, OR COMMERCIAL INSERTION OR SUBSTITUTION ->        Insertion of local commercial or local program at headend or network affiliate
725/37 OPERATOR INTERFACE
725/38 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal
725/39 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal->        Electronic program guide
725/40 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide->        For displaying additional information
725/41 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide ->        For displaying additional information->        Video still or clip
725/42 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide ->        For displaying additional information->        Commercial or advertisement
725/43 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide ->        For displaying additional information->        With separate window, panel, or screen
725/44 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide->        Content arrangement
725/45 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide ->        Content arrangement->        Based on genre, theme, or category
725/46 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide ->        Content arrangement->        Based on personal preference, profile, or viewing history (e.g., to produce redacted listing)
725/47 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide ->        Content arrangement->        User customization of display content
725/48 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide->        Combined from plural information providers (e.g., combined terrestrial and satellite sources)
725/49 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide ->        Combined from plural information providers (e.g., combined terrestrial and satellite sources)->        Combined at local receiver
725/50 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide->        Information updating
725/51 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide->        Having link to external information resource (e.g., online resource)
725/52 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide->        Navigational feature
725/53 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide->        Searching (e.g., by title or actor's name)
725/54 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide->        Transmission scheme
725/55 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal ->        Electronic program guide->        Provided on recordable medium
725/56 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal->        Channel guide (i.e., channel-specific as opposed to program-specific guide)
725/57 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal->        Tune-by-label (i.e., channel selection by alphanumeric character entry)
725/58 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal->        Program reserve or reminder system
725/59 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE  ->        To facilitate tuning or selection of video signal->        Selecting from multiple inputs or sources
725/60 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE ->        Interactive product selection
725/61 -> 37 OPERATOR INTERFACE ->        Interactive program selection
725/62 CELLULAR VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
725/63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
725/64 -> 63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Two-way
725/65 -> 63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Two-way->        Return path
725/66 -> 63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Two-way ->        Return path->        Terrestrial return path
725/67 -> 63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Transmitter
725/68 -> 63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Receiver
725/69 -> 63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Receiver->        Polarization of signal
725/70 -> 63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Receiver->        For digital signal
725/71 -> 63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Receiver->        For providing signals to plural subsequent receivers
725/72 -> 63 SATELLITE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Receiver->        Antenna initialization, calibration, or aiming
725/73 TERRESTRIAL MICROWAVE VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
725/74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
725/75 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Vehicle
725/76 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Vehicle->        Airplane
725/77 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Vehicle ->        Airplane->        Seat-back terminal
725/78 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ->        Multiunit or multiroom structure (e.g., home, hospital, hotel, office building, school, etc.)
725/79 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Multiunit or multiroom structure (e.g., home, hospital, hotel, office building, school, etc.)->        Using existing power network
725/80 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Multiunit or multiroom structure (e.g., home, hospital, hotel, office building, school, etc.)->        Coordinating diverse devices
725/81 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Multiunit or multiroom structure (e.g., home, hospital, hotel, office building, school, etc.)->        Using wireless link
725/82 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Multiunit or multiroom structure (e.g., home, hospital, hotel, office building, school, etc.)->        Local server or headend
725/83 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Multiunit or multiroom structure (e.g., home, hospital, hotel, office building, school, etc.)->        Having additional amenity (e.g., access to outside network, room service, etc.)
725/84 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Multiunit or multiroom structure (e.g., home, hospital, hotel, office building, school, etc.) ->        Having additional amenity (e.g., access to outside network, room service, etc.)->        Combined with call bell system for hospital use
725/85 -> 74 LOCAL VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM  ->        Multiunit or multiroom structure (e.g., home, hospital, hotel, office building, school, etc.)->        Receiver
725/86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM
725/87 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM ->        Video-on-demand
725/88 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand->        VCR-like function
725/89 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand ->        VCR-like function->        By use of memory at receiver
725/90 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand ->        VCR-like function->        With particular transmission scheme (e.g., transmitting I-frames only)
725/91 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand->        Server or headend
725/92 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand ->        Server or headend->        Mass storage
725/93 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand ->        Server or headend->        Control process
725/94 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand ->        Server or headend ->        Control process->        Buffering and switching
725/95 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand ->        Server or headend ->        Control process->        Channel or bandwidth allocation
725/96 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand ->        Server or headend ->        Control process ->        Channel or bandwidth allocation->        In accordance with server or network congestion
725/97 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand ->        Server or headend ->        Control process->        Scheduling (e.g., grouping users together)
725/98 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand->        Transmission network
725/99 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand ->        Transmission network->        Using telephone network
725/100 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Video-on-demand->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)
725/101 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM ->        Near video-on-demand system (i.e., providing plural, time-staggered versions of same program)
725/102 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Near video-on-demand system (i.e., providing plural, time-staggered versions of same program)->        VCR-like function
725/103 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM  ->        Near video-on-demand system (i.e., providing plural, time-staggered versions of same program)->        Server or headend
725/104 -> 86 USER-REQUESTED VIDEO PROGRAM SYSTEM ->        Pay-per-view
725/105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION
725/106 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION ->        Telephony via television distribution network
725/107 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION ->        Remote testing of cable system
725/108 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION ->        Alarm system using television network
725/109 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION ->        Having link to external network (e.g., interconnected computer network)
725/110 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Having link to external network (e.g., interconnected computer network)->        Connection to external network at receiver (e.g., set-top box)
725/111 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Having link to external network (e.g., interconnected computer network)->        Cable modem
725/112 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Having link to external network (e.g., interconnected computer network)->        Link transmission (e.g., URL sent to user)
725/113 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Having link to external network (e.g., interconnected computer network) ->        Link transmission (e.g., URL sent to user)->        Conveyed in video image
725/114 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION ->        Server or headend
725/115 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Server or headend->        Data storage or retrieval
725/116 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Server or headend->        Control process
725/117 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Server or headend->        Communications interface
725/118 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION ->        Transmission network
725/119 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network->        Having significant intermediate network unit (e.g., hub, substation, etc.)
725/120 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network ->        Having significant intermediate network unit (e.g., hub, substation, etc.)->        With two-way connection from unit to receiver (e.g., for the purpose of channel selection)
725/121 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network->        Return path
725/122 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network ->        Return path->        Return path via telephone network
725/123 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network ->        Return path->        Wireless return path
725/124 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network ->        Return path->        Noise in return path
725/125 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network ->        Return path ->        Noise in return path->        Ingress noise
725/126 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network->        Detail of use of two-way spectrum
725/127 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network->        Network component (e.g., filter, tap, splitter, amplifier, repeater, etc.)
725/128 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network ->        Network component (e.g., filter, tap, splitter, amplifier, repeater, etc.)->        Diplex filter
725/129 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network->        Hybrid fiber-coax network
725/130 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Transmission network->        Power signal over network
725/131 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)
725/132 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)->        Programmable or upgradeable
725/133 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)->        With diverse device (e.g., personal computer, game player, VCR, etc.)
725/134 -> 105 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH UPSTREAM COMMUNICATION  ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)->        Having particular storage feature
725/135 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LOCAL INTERACTION
725/136 -> 135 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LOCAL INTERACTION ->        Interactive data transmitted in video signal band (e.g., VBI or HBI data)
725/137 -> 135 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LOCAL INTERACTION  ->        Interactive data transmitted in video signal band (e.g., VBI or HBI data)->        Teletext
725/138 -> 135 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LOCAL INTERACTION ->        Headend
725/139 -> 135 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LOCAL INTERACTION ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)
725/140 -> 135 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LOCAL INTERACTION  ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)->        Programmable or upgradeable
725/141 -> 135 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LOCAL INTERACTION  ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)->        With diverse device (e.g., personal computer, game player, VCR, etc.)
725/142 -> 135 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITH LOCAL INTERACTION  ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)->        Having particular storage feature
725/143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS
725/144 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS ->        Headend
725/145 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS  ->        Headend->        Data storage or retrieval
725/146 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS  ->        Headend->        Control process
725/147 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS  ->        Headend->        Communications interface
725/148 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS ->        Transmission network
725/149 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS  ->        Transmission network->        Network component (e.g., filter, tap, splitter, amplifier, repeater, etc.)
725/150 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS  ->        Transmission network->        Power signal over network
725/151 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)
725/152 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS  ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)->        Programmable or upgradeable
725/153 -> 143 VIDEO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS  ->        Receiver (e.g., set-top box)->        With diverse device (e.g., personal computer, game player, VCR, etc.)
